diff --git a/.cproject b/.cproject index 307064c1..69419af7 100644 --- a/.cproject +++ b/.cproject @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ - + @@ -189,10 +189,10 @@ - + - + diff --git a/.project b/.project index 4d29320d..f7a36d9b 100644 --- a/.project +++ b/.project @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ - Project4-CUDA-Denoiser + Project3-CUDA-Path-Tracer diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index 162568b9..c473e2c0 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.1) -project(cis565_denoiser) +project(cis565_path_tracer) set_property(GLOBAL PROPERTY USE_FOLDERS ON) @@ -73,6 +73,17 @@ set(headers src/sceneStructs.h src/preview.h src/utilities.h + src/ImGui/imconfig.h + + src/ImGui/imgui.h + src/ImGui/imconfig.h + src/ImGui/imgui_impl_glfw.h + src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h + src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h + src/ImGui/imgui_internal.h + src/ImGui/imstb_rectpack.h + src/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h + src/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h ) set(sources @@ -84,35 +95,26 @@ set(sources src/scene.cpp src/preview.cpp src/utilities.cpp - ) - -set(imgui - imgui/imconfig.h - imgui/imgui.cpp - imgui/imgui.h - imgui/imgui_draw.cpp - imgui/imgui_internal.h - imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp - imgui/imgui_demo.cpp - imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp - imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h - imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp - imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.h - imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp - imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h + + src/ImGui/imgui.cpp + src/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp + src/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp + src/ImGui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp + src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp + src/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp + src/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp ) list(SORT headers) list(SORT sources) -list(SORT imgui) source_group(Headers FILES ${headers}) source_group(Sources FILES ${sources}) -source_group(imgui FILES ${imgui}) +#add_subdirectory(src/ImGui) #add_subdirectory(stream_compaction) # TODO: uncomment if using your stream compaction -cuda_add_executable(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} ${sources} ${headers} ${imgui}) +cuda_add_executable(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} ${sources} ${headers}) target_link_libraries(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} ${LIBRARIES} #stream_compaction # TODO: uncomment if using your stream compaction diff --git a/GNUmakefile b/GNUmakefile index d9443257..8d548aed 100644 --- a/GNUmakefile +++ b/GNUmakefile @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ RelWithDebugInfo: build run: - build/cis565_denoiser scenes/sphere.txt + build/cis565_path_tracer scenes/sphere.txt build: mkdir -p build diff --git a/INSTRUCTION.md b/INSTRUCTION.md index 8820ab45..75cd10be 100644 --- a/INSTRUCTION.md +++ b/INSTRUCTION.md @@ -1,70 +1,35 @@ -Project 4 CUDA Denoiser - Instructions -======================================= +# Proj 3 CUDA Path Tracer - Instructions -This is due **Friday October 21st** at 11:59pm EST. +This is due **Monday October 3th** at 11:59pm. -**Summary:** - -In this project, you'll implement a pathtracing denoiser that uses geometry buffers (G-buffers) to guide a smoothing filter. - -We would like you to base your technique on the paper "Edge-Avoiding A-Trous Wavelet Transform for fast Global Illumination Filtering," by Dammertz, Sewtz, Hanika, and Lensch. -You can find the paper here: https://jo.dreggn.org/home/2010_atrous.pdf - -Denoisers can help produce a smoother appearance in a pathtraced image with fewer samples-per-pixel/iterations, although the actual improvement often varies from scene-to-scene. -Smoothing an image can be accomplished by blurring pixels - a simple pixel-by-pixel blur filter may sample the color from a pixel's neighbors in the image, weight them by distance, and write the result back into the pixel. - -However, just running a simple blur filter on an image often reduces the amount of detail, smoothing sharp edges. This can get worse as the blur filter gets larger, or with more blurring passes. -Fortunately in a 3D scene, we can use per-pixel metrics to help the filter detect and preserve edges. +This project involves a significant bit of running time to generate high-quality images, so be sure to take that into account. You will receive an additional 2 days (due Wednesday, October 5th) for "README and Scene" only updates. However, the standard project requirements for READMEs still apply for the October 3th deadline. You may use these two extra days to improve your images, charts, performance analysis, etc. -| raw pathtraced image | simple blur | blur guided by G-buffers | -|---|---|---| -|![](img/noisy.png)|![](img/simple_blur.png)|![](img/denoised.png)| +If you plan to use late days on this project (which we recommend), they will apply to the October 5th deadline. Once you have used your extra days and submitted the project, you will recieve the additional 2 days for "README and Scene" updates only. -These per-pixel metrics can include scene geometry information (hence G-buffer), such as per-pixel normals and per-pixel positions, as well as surface color or albedo for preserving detail in mapped or procedural textures. For the purposes of this assignment we will only require per-pixel metrics from the "first bounce." +[Link to "Pathtracing Primer" Slides](https://1drv.ms/p/s!AiLXbdZHgbemhe96czmjQ4iKDm0Q1w?e=0mOYnL) - per-pixel normals | per-pixel positions (scaled down) | ???! (dummy data, time-of-flight)| -|---|---|---| -|![](img/normals.png)|![](img/positions.png)|![](img/time-of-flight.png)| - -## Building on Project 3 CUDA Path Tracer - -**We highly recommend that you integrate denoising into your Project 3 CUDA Path Tracers.** - -This project's base code is forked from the CUDA Path Tracer basecode in Project 3, and exists so that the -assignment can stand on its own as well as provide some guidance on how to implement some useful tools. -The main changes are that we have added some GUI controls, a *very* simple pathtracer without stream -compaction, and G-buffer with some dummy data in it. +**Summary:** -You may choose to use the base code in this project as a reference, playground, or as the base code for your denoiser. Using it as a reference or playground will allow you to understand the changes that you need for integrating the denoiser. -Like Project 3, you may also change any part of the base code as you please. **This is YOUR project.** +In this project, you'll implement a CUDA-based path tracer capable of rendering globally-illuminated images very quickly. Since in this class we are concerned with working in GPU programming, performance, and the generation of actual beautiful images (and not with mundane programming tasks like I/O), this project includes base code for loading a scene description file, described below, and various other things that generally make up a framework for previewing and saving images. -### Working with Git +The core renderer is left for you to implement. Finally, note that, while this base code is meant to serve as a strong starting point for a CUDA path tracer, you are not required to use it if you don't want to. You may also change any part of the base code as you please. **This is YOUR project.** -We expect that most of you will integrate the denoiser into Project 3. So here is how we want you to handle working with Git/GitHub as GitHub will not allow you to open a PR from Project 3 into Project 4. +**Recommendations:** -1. Fork Project 4 as you have done with all other projects. You are free to use the base code as previously discussed. -2. In your Project 3 repos, create a branch called `denoiser` using `git checkout -b denoiser`. Use this as your main denoiser branch, you may create any number of additional branches as you need to. -3. You will build the denoiser in your Project 3 until submission. -4. When you are ready to submit your project, do the following: - 1. Add your Project 4 fork as a remote using `git remote add project4 git@github.com:/Project4-CUDA-Denoiser.git` (you may replace `git@github.com:` with `https://github.com/`). - 2. Push your denoiser branch to Project 4 using `git push project4 denoiser`. Here `project4` is the remote repo, and `denoiser` is your branch for submission. - 3. Open your Project 4 repo on GitHub and confirm that the branch you have just pushed is present. - 4. Open [https://github.com/CIS565-Fall-2022/Project4-CUDA-Denoiser](https://github.com/CIS565-Fall-2022/Project4-CUDA-Denoiser) in your browser, and open a Pull Request where the source branch is your branch in GitHub. -5. All other instructions for submission and opening a pull request remain consistent with other projects. See the submission section towards the end of this document. +* Every image you save should automatically get a different filename. Don't delete all of them! For the benefit of your README, keep a bunch of them around so you can pick a few to document your progress at the end. Outtakes are highly appreciated! +* Remember to save your debug images - these will make for a great README. +* Also remember to save and share your bloopers. Every image has a story to tell and we want to hear about it. ## Contents * `src/` C++/CUDA source files. * `scenes/` Example scene description files. * `img/` Renders of example scene description files. (These probably won't match precisely with yours.) - * note that we have added a `cornell_ceiling_light` scene - * simple pathtracers often benefit from scenes with very large lights * `external/` Includes and static libraries for 3rd party libraries. -* `imgui/` Library code from https://github.com/ocornut/imgui ## Running the code -The main function requires a scene description file. Call the program with one as an argument: `cis565_denoiser scenes/cornell_ceiling_light.txt`. (In Visual Studio, `../scenes/cornell_ceiling_light.txt`.) +The main function requires a scene description file. Call the program with one as an argument: `cis565_path_tracer scenes/sphere.txt`. (In Visual Studio, `../scenes/sphere.txt`.) If you are using Visual Studio, you can set this in the `Debugging > Command Arguments` section in the `Project Properties`. Make sure you get the path right - read the console for errors. @@ -77,135 +42,283 @@ If you are using Visual Studio, you can set this in the `Debugging > Command Arg * Right mouse button on the vertical axis to zoom in/out. * Middle mouse button to move the LOOKAT point in the scene's X/Z plane. -We have also added simple GUI controls that change variables in the code, letting you tune denoising -parameters without having to recompile the project. +## Requirements + +In this project, you are given code for: + +* Loading and reading the scene description format. +* Sphere and box intersection functions. +* Support for saving images. +* Working CUDA-GL interop for previewing your render while it's running. +* A skeleton renderer with: + * Naive ray-scene intersection. + * A "fake" shading kernel that colors rays based on the material and intersection properties but does NOT compute a new ray based on the BSDF. + +**Ask in Ed Discussion for clarifications.** + +### Part 1 - Core Features + +You will need to implement the following features: + +* A shading kernel with BSDF evaluation for: + * Ideal Diffuse surfaces (using provided cosine-weighted scatter function, see below.) [PBRT 8.3]. + * Perfectly specular-reflective (mirrored) surfaces (e.g. using `glm::reflect`). + * See notes on diffuse/specular in `scatterRay` and on imperfect specular below. +* Path continuation/termination using Stream Compaction from Project 2. +* After you have a [basic pathtracer up and running](img/REFERENCE_cornell.5000samp.png), +implement a means of making rays/pathSegments/intersections contiguous in memory by material type. This should be easily toggleable. + * Consider the problems with coloring every path segment in a buffer and performing BSDF evaluation using one big shading kernel: different materials/BSDF evaluations within the kernel will take different amounts of time to complete. + * Sort the rays/path segments so that rays/paths interacting with the same material are contiguous in memory before shading. How does this impact performance? Why? +* A toggleable option to cache the first bounce intersections for re-use across all subsequent iterations. Provide performance benefit analysis across different max ray depths. + +### Part 2 - Make Your Pathtracer Unique! + +The following features are a non-exhaustive list of features you can choose from based on your own interests and motivation. Each feature has an associated score (represented in emoji numbers, eg. :five:). + +**You are required to implement additional features of your choosing from the list below totalling up to minimum 10 score points.** + +An example set of optional features is: + +* Mesh Loading - :four: points +* Refraction - :two: points +* Anti-aliasing - :two: points +* Final rays post processing - :three: points + +This list is not comprehensive. If you have a particular idea you would like to implement (e.g. acceleration structures, etc.), please post on Piazza. + +**Extra credit**: implement more features on top of the above required ones, with point value up to +25/100 at the grader's discretion (based on difficulty and coolness), generally . + +#### Visual Improvements + +* :two: Refraction (e.g. glass/water) [PBRT 8.2] with Frensel effects using [Schlick's approximation](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schlick's_approximation) or more accurate methods [PBRT 8.5]. You can use `glm::refract` for Snell's law. + * Recommended but not required: non-perfect specular surfaces. (See below.) +* :two: Physically-based depth-of-field (by jittering rays within an aperture). [PBRT 6.2.3] +* :two: Stochastic Sampled Antialiasing. See Paul Bourke's [notes](http://paulbourke.net/miscellaneous/aliasing/). Keep in mind how this influences the first-bounce cache in part 1. +* :four: Procedural Shapes & Textures. + * You must generate a minimum of two different complex shapes procedurally. (Not primitives) + * You must be able to shade object with a minimum of two different textures +* :five: (:six: if combined with Arbitrary Mesh Loading) Texture mapping [PBRT 10.4] and Bump mapping [PBRT 9.3]. + * Implement file-loaded textures AND a basic procedural texture + * Provide a performance comparison between the two +* :two: Direct lighting (by taking a final ray directly to a random point on an emissive object acting as a light source). Or more advanced [PBRT 15.1.1]. +* :four: Subsurface scattering [PBRT 5.6.2, 11.6]. +* :three: [Better hemisphere sampling methods](https://cseweb.ucsd.edu/classes/sp17/cse168-a/CSE168_07_Random.pdf) +* :three: Some method of defining object motion, and motion blur by averaging samples at different times in the animation. +* :three: Use final rays to apply post-processing shaders. Please post your ideas on Piazza before starting. + +#### Mesh Improvements + +* Arbitrary mesh loading and rendering (e.g. glTF 2.0 (preferred) or `obj` files) with toggleable bounding volume intersection culling + * :four: glTF + * :two: OBJ + * For other formats, please check on the class forum + * You can find models online or export them from your favorite 3D modeling application. With approval, you may use a third-party loading code to bring the data into C++. + * [tinygltf](https://github.com/syoyo/tinygltf/) is highly recommended for glTF. + * [tinyObj](https://github.com/syoyo/tinyobjloader) is highly recommended for OBJ. + * [obj2gltf](https://github.com/CesiumGS/obj2gltf) can be used to convert OBJ to glTF files. You can find similar projects for FBX and other formats. + * You can use the triangle intersection function `glm::intersectRayTriangle`. + * Bounding volume intersection culling: reduce the number of rays that have to be checked against the entire mesh by first checking rays against a volume that completely bounds the mesh. For full credit, provide performance analysis with and without this optimization. + > Note: This goes great with the Hierarcical Spatial Data Structures. + +#### Performance Improvements + +* :two: Work-efficient stream compaction using shared memory across multiple blocks. (See [*GPU Gems 3*, Chapter 39](https://developer.nvidia.com/gpugems/gpugems3/part-vi-gpu-computing/chapter-39-parallel-prefix-sum-scan-cuda).) + * Note that you will NOT receieve extra credit for this if you implemented shared memory stream compaction as extra credit for Project 2. +* :six: Hierarchical spatial data structures - for better ray/scene intersection testing + * Octree recommended - this feature is more about traversal on the GPU than perfect tree structure + * CPU-side data structure construction is sufficient - GPU-side construction was a [final project.](https://github.com/jeremynewlin/Accel) + * Make sure this is toggleable for performance comparisons + * If implemented in conjunction with Arbitrary mesh loading (required for this year), this qualifies as the toggleable bounding volume intersection culling. + * See below for more resources +* :six: [Wavefront pathtracing](https://research.nvidia.com/publication/megakernels-considered-harmful-wavefront-path-tracing-gpus): +Group rays by material without a sorting pass. A sane implementation will require considerable refactoring, since every supported material suddenly needs its own kernel. +* :five: [*Open Image AI Denoiser or an alternative approve image denoiser*](https://github.com/OpenImageDenoise/oidn) Open Image Denoiser is an image denoiser which works by applying a filter on Monte-Carlo-based pathtracer output. The denoiser runs on the CPU and takes in path tracer output from 1spp to beyond. In order to get full credit for this, you must pass in at least one extra buffer along with the [raw "beauty" buffer](https://github.com/OpenImageDenoise/oidn#open-image-denoise-overview). **Ex:** Beauty + Normals. + * Part of this extra credit is figuring out where the filter should be called, and how you should manage the data for the filter step. + * It is important to note that integrating this is not as simple as it may seem at first glance. Library integration, buffer creation, device compatibility, and more are all real problems which will appear, and it may be hard to debug them. Please only try this if you have finished the Part 2 early and would like extra points. While this is difficult, the result would be a significantly faster resolution of the path traced image. +* :five: Re-startable Path tracing: Save some application state (iteration number, samples so far, acceleration structure) so you can start and stop rendering instead of leaving your computer running for hours at end (which will happen in this project) +* :five: Switch the project from using CUDA-OpenGL Interop to using CUDA-Vulkan interop (this is a really great one for those of you interested in doing Vulkan). Talk to TAs if you are planning to pursue this. + +For each extra feature, you must provide the following analysis: + +* Overview write-up of the feature along with before/after images. +* Performance impact of the feature +* If you did something to accelerate the feature, what did you do and why? +* Compare your GPU version of the feature to a HYPOTHETICAL CPU version (you don't have to implement it!)? Does it benefit or suffer from being implemented on the GPU? +* How might this feature be optimized beyond your current implementation? -Requirements -=== +## Base Code Tour -**Ask in Ed for clarifications.** +You'll be working in the following files. Look for important parts of the code: -## Part 1 - Read! +* Search for `CHECKITOUT`. +* You'll have to implement parts labeled with `TODO`. (But don't let these constrain you - you have free rein!) -One meta-goal for this project is to help you gain some experience in reading technical papers and implementing their concepts. This is an important skill in graphics software engineering, and will also be helpful for your final projects. +* `src/pathtrace.cu`: path tracing kernels, device functions, and calling code + * `pathtraceInit` initializes the path tracer state - it should copy scene data (e.g. geometry, materials) from `Scene`. + * `pathtraceFree` frees memory allocated by `pathtraceInit` + * `pathtrace` performs one iteration of the rendering - it handles kernel launches, memory copies, transferring some data, etc. + * See comments for a low-level path tracing recap. +* `src/intersections.h`: ray intersection functions + * `boxIntersectionTest` and `sphereIntersectionTest`, which take in a ray and a geometry object and return various properties of the intersection. +* `src/interactions.h`: ray scattering functions + * `calculateRandomDirectionInHemisphere`: a cosine-weighted random direction in a hemisphere. Needed for implementing diffuse surfaces. + * `scatterRay`: this function should perform all ray scattering, and will call `calculateRandomDirectionInHemisphere`. See comments for details. +* `src/main.cpp`: you don't need to do anything here, but you can change the program to save `.hdr` image files, if you want (for postprocessing). +* `stream_compaction`: A dummy folder into which you should place your Stream Compaction implementation from Project 2. It should be sufficient to copy the files from [here](https://github.com/CIS565-Fall-2018/Project2-Stream-Compaction/tree/master/stream_compaction) -For part one, try to skim the paper, and then read through it in depth a couple times: https://jo.dreggn.org/home/2010_atrous.pdf +### Generating random numbers -Try to look up anything that you don't understand, and feel free to discuss with your fellow students on Ed. We were also able to locate presentation slides for this paper that may be helpful: https://www.highperformancegraphics.org/previous/www_2010/media/RayTracing_I/HPG2010_RayTracing_I_Dammertz.pdf +```cpp +thrust::default_random_engine rng(hash(index)); +thrust::uniform_real_distribution u01(0, 1); +float result = u01(rng); +``` -This paper is also helpful in that it includes a code sample illustrating some of the math, although not -all the details are given away - for example, parameter tuning in denoising can be very implementation-dependent. +There is a convenience function for generating a random engine using a +combination of index, iteration, and depth as the seed: -This project will focus on this paper, however, it may be helpful to read some of the references as well as -more recent papers on denoising, such as "Spatiotemporal Variance-Guided Filtering" from NVIDIA, available here: https://research.nvidia.com/publication/2017-07_Spatiotemporal-Variance-Guided-Filtering%3A +```cpp +thrust::default_random_engine rng = makeSeededRandomEngine(iter, index, path.remainingBounces); +``` -## Part 2 - A-trous wavelet filter +### Imperfect specular lighting -Implement the A-trous wavelet filter from the paper. :shrug: +In path tracing, like diffuse materials, specular materials are simulated using a probability distribution instead computing the strength of a ray bounce based on angles. -It's always good to break down techniques into steps that you can individually verify. -Such a breakdown for this paper could include: -1. add UI controls to your project - we've done this for you in this base code, but see `Base Code Tour` -1. implement G-Buffers for normals and positions and visualize them to confirm (see `Base Code Tour`) -1. implement the A-trous kernel and its iterations without weighting and compare with a a blur applied from, say, GIMP or Photoshop -1. use the G-Buffers to preserve perceived edges -1. tune parameters to see if they respond in ways that you expect -1. test more advanced scenes +Equations 7, 8, and 9 of [*GPU Gems 3*, Chapter 20](https://developer.nvidia.com/gpugems/gpugems3/part-iii-rendering/chapter-20-gpu-based-importance-sampling) give the formulas for generating a random specular ray. (Note that there is a typographical error: χ in the text = ξ in the formulas.) -## Base Code Tour +Also see the notes in `scatterRay` for probability splits between diffuse/specular/other material types. + +See also: PBRT 8.2.2. + +### Hierarchical spatial datastructures -This base code is derived from Project 3. Some notable differences: +One method for avoiding checking a ray against every primitive in the scene or every triangle in a mesh is to bin the primitives in a hierarchical spatial datastructure such as an [octree](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Octree). -* `src/pathtrace.cu` - we've added functions `showGBuffer` and `showImage` to help you visualize G-Buffer info and your denoised results. There's also a `generateGBuffer` kernel on the first bounce of `pathtrace`. -* `src/sceneStructs.h` - there's a new `GBufferPixel` struct - * the term G-buffer is more common in the world of rasterizing APIs like OpenGL or WebGL, where many G-buffers may be needed due to limited pixel channels (RGB, RGBA) - * in CUDA we can pack everything into one G-buffer with comparatively huge pixels. - * at the moment this just contains some dummy "time-to-intersect" data so you can see how `showGBuffer` works. -* `src/main.h` and `src/main.cpp` - we've added a bunch of `ui_` variables - these connect to the UI sliders in `src/preview.cpp`, and let you toggle between `showGBuffer` and `showImage`, among other things. -* `scenes` - we've added `cornell_ceiling_light.txt`, which uses a much larger light and fewer iterations. This can be a good scene to start denoising with, since even in the first iteration many rays will terminate at the light. -* As usual, be sure to search across the project for `CHECKITOUT` and `TODO` +Ray-primitive intersection then involves recursively testing the ray against bounding volumes at different levels in the tree until a leaf containing a subset of primitives/triangles is reached, at which point the ray is checked against all the primitives/triangles in the leaf. -Note that the image saving functionality isn't hooked up to gbuffers or denoised images yet - you may need to do this yourself, but doing so will be considerably more usable than screenshotting every image. +* We highly recommend building the datastructure on the CPU and encapsulating the tree buffers into their own struct, with its own dedicated GPU memory management functions. +* We highly recommend working through your tree construction algorithm by hand with a couple cases before writing any actual code. + * How does the algorithm distribute triangles uniformly distributed in space? + * What if the model is a perfect axis-aligned cube with 12 triangles in 6 faces? This test can often bring up numerous edge cases! +* Note that traversal on the GPU must be coded iteratively! +* Good execution on the GPU requires tuning the maximum tree depth. Make this configurable from the start. +* If a primitive spans more than one leaf cell in the datastructure, it is sufficient for this project to count the primitive in each leaf cell. -There's also a couple specific git commits that you can look at for guidance on how to add some of these changes to your own pathtracer, such as `imgui`. You can view these changes on the command line using `git diff [commit hash]`, or on github, for example: https://github.com/CIS565-Fall-2022/Project4-CUDA-Denoiser/commit/0857d1f8f477a39a9ba28a1e0a584b79bd7ec466 +### Handling Long-Running CUDA Threads -* [0857d1f8f477a39a9ba28a1e0a584b79bd7ec466](https://github.com/CIS565-Fall-2022/Project4-CUDA-Denoiser/commit/0857d1f8f477a39a9ba28a1e0a584b79bd7ec466) - visualization code for a gbuffer with dummy data as time-to-intersection -* [1178307347e32da064dce1ef4c217ce0ca6153a8](https://github.com/CIS565-Fall-2022/Project4-CUDA-Denoiser/commit/1178307347e32da064dce1ef4c217ce0ca6153a8) - add iterations slider and save-and-exit button to UI -* [5feb60366e03687bfc245579523402221950c9c5](https://github.com/CIS565-Fall-2022/Project4-CUDA-Denoiser/commit/5feb60366e03687bfc245579523402221950c9c5) - add imgui and set up basic sliders for denoising parameters (all the gory cmake changes) +By default, your GPU driver will probably kill a CUDA kernel if it runs for more than 5 seconds. There's a way to disable this timeout. Just beware of infinite loops - they may lock up your computer. -## Part 3 - Performance Analysis +> The easiest way to disable TDR for Cuda programming, assuming you have the NVIDIA Nsight tools installed, is to open the Nsight Monitor, click on "Nsight Monitor options", and under "General" set "WDDM TDR enabled" to false. This will change the registry setting for you. Close and reboot. Any change to the TDR registry setting won't take effect until you reboot. [Stack Overflow](http://stackoverflow.com/questions/497685/cuda-apps-time-out-fail-after-several-seconds-how-to-work-around-this) -The point of denoising is to reduce the number of samples-per-pixel/pathtracing iterations needed to achieve an acceptably smooth image. You should provide analysis and charts for the following: -* how much time denoising adds to your renders -* how denoising influences the number of iterations needed to get an "acceptably smooth" result -* how denoising at different resolutions impacts runtime -* how varying filter sizes affect performance +### Scene File Format -In addition to the above, you should also analyze your denoiser on a qualitative level: -* how visual results vary with filter size -- does the visual quality scale uniformly with filter size? -* how effective/ineffective is this method with different material types -* how do results compare across different scenes - for example, between `cornell.txt` and `cornell_ceiling_light.txt`. Does one scene produce better denoised results? Why or why not? +> Note: The Scene File Format and sample scene files are provided as a starting point. You are encouraged to create your own unique scene files, or even modify the scene file format in its entirety. Be sure to document any changes in your readme. -Note that "acceptably smooth" is somewhat subjective - we will leave the means for image comparison up to you, but image diffing tools may be a good place to start, and can help visually convey differences between two images. +This project uses a custom scene description format. Scene files are flat text files that describe all geometry, materials, lights, cameras, and render settings inside of the scene. Items in the format are delimited by new lines, and comments can be added using C-style `// comments`. -Extra Credit -=== +Materials are defined in the following fashion: -The following extra credit items are listed roughly in order of level-of-effort, and are just suggestions - if you have an idea for something else you want to add, just ask on Ed! +* MATERIAL (material ID) //material header +* RGB (float r) (float g) (float b) //diffuse color +* SPECX (float specx) //specular exponent +* SPECRGB (float r) (float g) (float b) //specular color +* REFL (bool refl) //reflectivity flag, 0 for no, 1 for yes +* REFR (bool refr) //refractivity flag, 0 for no, 1 for yes +* REFRIOR (float ior) //index of refraction for Fresnel effects +* EMITTANCE (float emittance) //the emittance strength of the material. Material is a light source iff emittance > 0. +Cameras are defined in the following fashion: -## G-Buffer optimization +* CAMERA //camera header +* RES (float x) (float y) //resolution +* FOVY (float fovy) //vertical field of view half-angle. the horizonal angle is calculated from this and the reslution +* ITERATIONS (float interations) //how many iterations to refine the image +* DEPTH (int depth) //maximum depth (number of times the path will bounce) +* FILE (string filename) //file to output render to upon completion +* EYE (float x) (float y) (float z) //camera's position in worldspace +* LOOKAT (float x) (float y) (float z) //point in space that the camera orbits around and points at +* UP (float x) (float y) (float z) //camera's up vector -When starting out with gbuffers, it's probably easiest to start storing per-pixel positions and normals as glm::vec3s. However, this can be a decent amount of per-pixel data, which must be read from memory. +Objects are defined in the following fashion: -Implement methods to store positions and normals more compactly. Two places to start include: -* storing Z-depth instead of position, and reconstruct position based on pixel coordinates and an inverted projection matrix -* oct-encoding normals: http://jcgt.org/published/0003/02/01/paper.pdf +* OBJECT (object ID) //object header +* (cube OR sphere OR mesh) //type of object, can be either "cube", "sphere", or "mesh". Note that cubes and spheres are unit sized and centered at the origin. +* material (material ID) //material to assign this object +* TRANS (float transx) (float transy) (float transz) //translation +* ROTAT (float rotationx) (float rotationy) (float rotationz) //rotation +* SCALE (float scalex) (float scaley) (float scalez) //scale -Be sure to provide performance comparison numbers between optimized and unoptimized implementations. +Two examples are provided in the `scenes/` directory: a single emissive sphere, and a simple cornell box made using cubes for walls and lights and a sphere in the middle. You may want to add to this file for features you implement. (DOF, Anti-aliasing, etc...) -## Comparing A-trous and Gaussian filtering +## Third-Party Code Policy -Dammertz-et-al mention in their section 2.2 that A-trous filtering is a means for approximating gaussian filtering. Implement gaussian filtering and compare with A-trous to see if one method is significantly faster. Also note any visual differences in your results. +* Use of any third-party code must be approved by asking on our Ed Discussion. +* If it is approved, all students are welcome to use it. Generally, we approve use of third-party code that is not a core part of the project. For example, for the path tracer, we would approve using a third-party library for loading models, but would not approve copying and pasting a CUDA function for doing refraction. +* Third-party code **MUST** be credited in README.md. +* Using third-party code without its approval, including using another student's code, is an academic integrity violation, and will, at minimum, result in you receiving an F for the semester. +* You may use third-party 3D models and scenes in your projects. Be sure to provide the right attribution as requested by the creators. -## Shared Memory Filtering +## README -Filtering techniques can be somewhat memory-expensive - for each pixel, the technique reads several neighboring pixels to compute a final value. This only gets more expensive with the aditional data in G-Buffers, so these tecniques are likely to benefit from shared memory. +Please see: [**TIPS FOR WRITING AN AWESOME README**](https://github.com/pjcozzi/Articles/blob/master/CIS565/GitHubRepo/README.md) -Be sure to provide performance comparison numbers between implementations with and without shared memory. -Also pay attention to how shared memory use impacts the block size for your kernels, and how this may change as the filter width changes. +* Sell your project. +* Assume the reader has a little knowledge of path tracing - don't go into detail explaining what it is. Focus on your project. +* Don't talk about it like it's an assignment - don't say what is and isn't "extra" or "extra credit." Talk about what you accomplished. +* Use this to document what you've done. +* *DO NOT* leave the README to the last minute! + * It is a crucial part of the project, and we will not be able to grade you without a good README. + * Generating images will take time. Be sure to account for it! -## Implement Temporal Sampling +In addition: -High-performance raytracers in dynamic applications (like games, or real-time visualization engines) now often use temporal sampling, borrowing and repositioning samples from previous frames so that each frame effectively only computes 1 sample-per-pixel but can denoise from many frames. +* This is a renderer, so include images that you've made! +* Be sure to back your claims for optimization with numbers and comparisons. +* If you reference any other material, please provide a link to it. +* You wil not be graded on how fast your path tracer runs, but getting close to real-time is always nice! +* If you have a fast GPU renderer, it is very good to show case this with a video to show interactivity. If you do so, please include a link! -This will require additional buffers, as well as reprojection code to move samples from where they were in a previous frame to the current frame. +### Analysis -Note that our basic pathtracer doesn't do animation, so you will also need to implement some kind of dynamic aspect in your scene - this may be as simple as an automated panning camera, or as complex as translating models. +* Stream compaction helps most after a few bounces. Print and plot the effects of stream compaction within a single iteration (i.e. the number of unterminated rays after each bounce) and evaluate the benefits you get from stream compaction. +* Compare scenes which are open (like the given cornell box) and closed (i.e. no light can escape the scene). Again, compare the performance effects of stream compaction! Remember, stream compaction only affects rays which terminate, so what might you expect? +* For optimizations that target specific kernels, we recommend using stacked bar graphs to convey total execution time and improvements in individual kernels. For example: -See https://research.nvidia.com/publication/2017-07_Spatiotemporal-Variance-Guided-Filtering%3A for more details. + ![Clearly the Macchiato is optimal.](img/stacked_bar_graph.png) -Submission -=== + Timings from NSight should be very useful for generating these kinds of charts. -If you have modified any of the `CMakeLists.txt` files at all (aside from the list of `SOURCE_FILES`), mentions it explicity. Beware of any build issues discussed on the Ed. +## Submit + +If you have modified any of the `CMakeLists.txt` files at all (aside from the list of `SOURCE_FILES`), mentions it explicity. + +Beware of any build issues discussed on the Piazza. Open a GitHub pull request so that we can see that you have finished. -The title should be "Project 4: YOUR NAME". +The title should be "Project 3: YOUR NAME". + The template of the comment section of your pull request is attached below, you can do some copy and paste: * [Repo Link](https://link-to-your-repo) * (Briefly) Mentions features that you've completed. Especially those bells and whistles you want to highlight - * Feature 0 - * Feature 1 - * ... + * Feature 0 + * Feature 1 + * ... * Feedback on the project itself, if any. -References -=== - -* [Edge-Avoiding A-Trous Wavelet Transform for fast Global Illumination Filtering](https://jo.dreggn.org/home/2010_atrous.pdf) -* [Spatiotemporal Variance-Guided Filtering](https://research.nvidia.com/publication/2017-07_Spatiotemporal-Variance-Guided-Filtering%3A) -* [A Survey of Efficient Representations for Independent Unit Vectors](http://jcgt.org/published/0003/02/01/paper.pdf) -* ocornut/imgui - https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +## References + +* [PBRT] Physically Based Rendering, Second Edition: From Theory To Implementation. Pharr, Matt and Humphreys, Greg. 2010. +* Antialiasing and Raytracing. Chris Cooksey and Paul Bourke, http://paulbourke.net/miscellaneous/aliasing/ +* [Sampling notes](http://graphics.ucsd.edu/courses/cse168_s14/) from Steve Rotenberg and Matteo Mannino, University of California, San Diego, CSE168: Rendering Algorithms +* Path Tracer Readme Samples (non-exhaustive list): + * https://github.com/byumjin/Project3-CUDA-Path-Tracer + * https://github.com/lukedan/Project3-CUDA-Path-Tracer + * https://github.com/botforge/CUDA-Path-Tracer + * https://github.com/taylornelms15/Project3-CUDA-Path-Tracer + * https://github.com/emily-vo/cuda-pathtrace + * https://github.com/ascn/toki + * https://github.com/gracelgilbert/Project3-CUDA-Path-Tracer + * https://github.com/vasumahesh1/Project3-CUDA-Path-Tracer diff --git a/Project4-CUDA-Denoiser.launch b/Project3-CUDA-Path-Tracer.launch similarity index 92% rename from Project4-CUDA-Denoiser.launch rename to Project3-CUDA-Path-Tracer.launch index 192751f0..0222434e 100644 --- a/Project4-CUDA-Denoiser.launch +++ b/Project3-CUDA-Path-Tracer.launch @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ - - + + - + diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index f044c821..becb1323 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -1,13 +1,78 @@ -CUDA Denoiser For CUDA Path Tracer -================================== +CUDA Path Tracer +================ -**University of Pennsylvania, CIS 565: GPU Programming and Architecture, Project 4** +**University of Pennsylvania, CIS 565: GPU Programming and Architecture, Project 3** -* (TODO) YOUR NAME HERE -* Tested on: (TODO) Windows 22, i7-2222 @ 2.22GHz 22GB, GTX 222 222MB (Moore 2222 Lab) +* Guanlin Huang + * [LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com/in/guanlin-huang-4406668502/), [personal website](virulentkid.github.io/personal_web/index.html) +* Tested on: Windows 11, i9-10900KF CPU @ 5.0GHz 32GB RAM, RTX3080 10GB; Compute Capability: 8.6 -### (TODO: Your README) +## Result -*DO NOT* leave the README to the last minute! It is a crucial part of the -project, and we will not be able to grade you without a good README. +### Denoised image +By include the weights' influence in the convolution, we should see a "denoised" image. +A desirable result is produced by tuning the settings. +Original | Blur with Edge-Avoiding (Final Result) +:-------------------------:|:-----------: +![](img/ori_10.png) | ![](img/denoi_10.png) +### G-buffer +The normal and position data per-pixel are kept in the G-buffer for edge-avoiding weights. +Normal | Position | Z-Depth +:-------------------------:|:-------------------------:|:-----------: +![](img/gb_nor.png) | ![](img/gb_pos.png) | ![](img/gb_z.png) + +## Performance Analysis + +### How much time denoising adds to your renders +The additional time from denoising is independent of the number of path tracing iterations as the denoising kernel is only executed once during the final iteration. Roughly, the denoising procedure adds **0.81ms** to the path tracer in release mode. +![](img/denoi_time.png) + +### How denoising influences the number of iterations needed to get an "acceptably smooth" result +With only 10 iterations and denoising, we can get a decently "smooth" result comparing to the 5000 iteration "ground truth" +10 iterations | denoised | 5000 iterations (ground truth) +:-------------------------:|:-------------------------:|:-----------: +![](img/ori_10.png) | ![](img/denoi_10.png) | ![](img/5000.png) + +### How denoising at different resolutions impacts runtime +The denoising time increases in a approximately linear fashion as image resolution increases. +![](img/diff_res.png) + + +### How varying filter sizes affect performance +With bigger filters, it takes longer to denoise. Expanding the kernel to encompass the filter/blur size requires additional passes and iterations as the filter size grows. + +![](img/diff_filter.png) + +### Z-depth and oct-encoding normal VS original implementation +The z-depth doesn't display a significant performance upgrade, and the oct-encoding normal actually worsen the performance. It might be the fact that the encoding process actually takes more time than leaving the original normal. A much more complicated scene might make use of this feature. +![](img/extra.png) + + +## Visual Analysis +### How visual results vary with filter size -- does the visual quality scale uniformly with filter size? + +We can observe from the images below that the visual quality gets better as the filter size increases. +They do not, however, scale consistently. The transition from 5x5 to 30x30 is obvious. From 30x30 to 60x60, the difference is more negligible, and from 60x60 to 100x100, it is scarcely perceptible. + +5x5 |30x30 | 60x60 | 100x100 +:-----:|:-------------------------:|:-------------------------:|:-----------: +![](img/5x5.png)|![](img/30x30.png) | ![](img/60x60.png) | ![](img/100x100.png) + +### How effective/ineffective is this method with different material types + +The approach works well with diffuse materials but less well with reflecting ones. +The denoised result for the diffuse scene is more alike as the actual version, as seen below. +However, there are observable blurring in the reflected surface in the specular scene. + +Material Type | Original | Denoised +:------------:|:------------------:|:-------------------------: +Diffuse |![](img/dif.png) | ![](img/denoi_dif.png) +Specular |![](img/ori_10.png) | ![](img/denoi_10.png) + +### How do results compare across different scenes? Does one scene produce better denoised results? Why or why not? + +The path traced output after 10 iterations for the basic Cornell scenario with a lower light volume will make the denoise artifact more conspicuous, but generally good enough. +10 iterations | denoised | 5000 iterations (ground truth) +:-------------------------:|:-------------------------:|:-----------: +![](img/bad_light_ori.png) | ![](img/bad_light_denoi.png) | ![](img/bad_light_5000.png) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/cmake/CUDAComputesList.cmake b/cmake/CUDAComputesList.cmake index 87629ae5..3156a63d 100644 --- a/cmake/CUDAComputesList.cmake +++ b/cmake/CUDAComputesList.cmake @@ -60,6 +60,8 @@ IF( CUDA_COMPUTE_20 OR CUDA_COMPUTE_70 OR CUDA_COMPUTE_72 OR CUDA_COMPUTE_75 + OR CUDA_COMPUTE_80 + OR CUDA_COMPUTE_86 ) SET(FALLBACK OFF) ELSE() @@ -70,8 +72,8 @@ LIST(LENGTH COMPUTES_DETECTED_LIST COMPUTES_LEN) IF(${COMPUTES_LEN} EQUAL 0 AND ${FALLBACK}) MESSAGE(STATUS "You can use -DCOMPUTES_DETECTED_LIST=\"AB;XY\" (semicolon separated list of CUDA Compute versions to enable the specified computes") MESSAGE(STATUS "Individual compute versions flags are also available under CMake Advance options") - LIST(APPEND COMPUTES_DETECTED_LIST "30" "50" "60" "70") - MESSAGE(STATUS "No computes detected. Fall back to 30, 50, 60 70") + LIST(APPEND COMPUTES_DETECTED_LIST "30" "50" "60" "70" "80") + MESSAGE(STATUS "No computes detected. Fall back to 30, 50, 60, 70, 80") ENDIF() LIST(LENGTH COMPUTES_DETECTED_LIST COMPUTES_LEN) @@ -90,7 +92,7 @@ MACRO(SET_COMPUTE VERSION) ENDMACRO(SET_COMPUTE) # Iterate over compute versions. Create variables and enable computes if needed -FOREACH(VER 20 30 32 35 37 50 52 53 60 61 62 70 72 75) +FOREACH(VER 20 30 32 35 37 50 52 53 60 61 62 70 72 75 80 86) OPTION(CUDA_COMPUTE_${VER} "CUDA Compute Capability ${VER}" OFF) MARK_AS_ADVANCED(CUDA_COMPUTE_${VER}) IF(${CUDA_COMPUTE_${VER}}) diff --git a/cmake/FindGLFW.cmake b/cmake/FindGLFW.cmake index 014ae838..9cf37864 100644 --- a/cmake/FindGLFW.cmake +++ b/cmake/FindGLFW.cmake @@ -20,57 +20,57 @@ include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs) if (WIN32) - # Find include files - find_path( - GLFW_INCLUDE_DIR - NAMES GLFW/glfw3.h - PATHS - $ENV{PROGRAMFILES}/include - ${GLFW_ROOT_DIR}/include - DOC "The directory where GLFW/glfw.h resides") + # Find include files + find_path( + GLFW_INCLUDE_DIR + NAMES GLFW/glfw3.h + PATHS + $ENV{PROGRAMFILES}/include + ${GLFW_ROOT_DIR}/include + DOC "The directory where GLFW/glfw.h resides") - # Use glfw3.lib for static library - if (GLFW_USE_STATIC_LIBS) - set(GLFW_LIBRARY_NAME glfw3) - else() - set(GLFW_LIBRARY_NAME glfw3dll) - endif() + # Use glfw3.lib for static library + if (GLFW_USE_STATIC_LIBS) + set(GLFW_LIBRARY_NAME glfw3) + else() + set(GLFW_LIBRARY_NAME glfw3dll) + endif() - # Find library files - find_library( - GLFW_LIBRARY - NAMES ${GLFW_LIBRARY_NAME} - PATHS - $ENV{PROGRAMFILES}/lib - ${GLFW_ROOT_DIR}/lib) + # Find library files + find_library( + GLFW_LIBRARY + NAMES ${GLFW_LIBRARY_NAME} + PATHS + $ENV{PROGRAMFILES}/lib + ${GLFW_ROOT_DIR}/lib) - unset(GLFW_LIBRARY_NAME) + unset(GLFW_LIBRARY_NAME) else() - # Find include files - find_path( - GLFW_INCLUDE_DIR - NAMES GLFW/glfw.h - PATHS - /usr/include - /usr/local/include - /sw/include - /opt/local/include - DOC "The directory where GL/glfw.h resides") + # Find include files + find_path( + GLFW_INCLUDE_DIR + NAMES GLFW/glfw.h + PATHS + /usr/include + /usr/local/include + /sw/include + /opt/local/include + DOC "The directory where GL/glfw.h resides") - # Find library files - # Try to use static libraries - find_library( - GLFW_LIBRARY - NAMES glfw3 - PATHS - /usr/lib64 - /usr/lib - /usr/local/lib64 - /usr/local/lib - /sw/lib - /opt/local/lib - ${GLFW_ROOT_DIR}/lib - DOC "The GLFW library") + # Find library files + # Try to use static libraries + find_library( + GLFW_LIBRARY + NAMES glfw3 + PATHS + /usr/lib64 + /usr/lib + /usr/local/lib64 + /usr/local/lib + /sw/lib + /opt/local/lib + ${GLFW_ROOT_DIR}/lib + DOC "The GLFW library") endif() # Handle REQUIRD argument, define *_FOUND variable @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ find_package_handle_standard_args(GLFW DEFAULT_MSG GLFW_INCLUDE_DIR GLFW_LIBRARY # Define GLFW_LIBRARIES and GLFW_INCLUDE_DIRS if (GLFW_FOUND) - set(GLFW_LIBRARIES ${OPENGL_LIBRARIES} ${GLFW_LIBRARY}) - set(GLFW_INCLUDE_DIRS ${GLFW_INCLUDE_DIR}) + set(GLFW_LIBRARIES ${OPENGL_LIBRARIES} ${GLFW_LIBRARY}) + set(GLFW_INCLUDE_DIRS ${GLFW_INCLUDE_DIR}) endif() # Hide some variables diff --git a/cmake/FindGLM.cmake b/cmake/FindGLM.cmake index e2d45a89..55086f64 100644 --- a/cmake/FindGLM.cmake +++ b/cmake/FindGLM.cmake @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ # Find GLM # # Try to find GLM : OpenGL Mathematics. -# This module defines +# This module defines # - GLM_INCLUDE_DIRS # - GLM_FOUND # # The following variables can be set as arguments for the module. -# - GLM_ROOT_DIR : Root library directory of GLM +# - GLM_ROOT_DIR : Root library directory of GLM # # References: # - https://github.com/Groovounet/glm/blob/master/util/FindGLM.cmake @@ -18,26 +18,26 @@ include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs) if (WIN32) - # Find include files - find_path( - GLM_INCLUDE_DIR - NAMES glm/glm.hpp - PATHS - $ENV{PROGRAMFILES}/include - ${GLM_ROOT_DIR}/include - DOC "The directory where glm/glm.hpp resides") + # Find include files + find_path( + GLM_INCLUDE_DIR + NAMES glm/glm.hpp + PATHS + $ENV{PROGRAMFILES}/include + ${GLM_ROOT_DIR}/include + DOC "The directory where glm/glm.hpp resides") else() - # Find include files - find_path( - GLM_INCLUDE_DIR - NAMES glm/glm.hpp - PATHS - /usr/include - /usr/local/include - /sw/include - /opt/local/include - ${GLM_ROOT_DIR}/include - DOC "The directory where glm/glm.hpp resides") + # Find include files + find_path( + GLM_INCLUDE_DIR + NAMES glm/glm.hpp + PATHS + /usr/include + /usr/local/include + /sw/include + /opt/local/include + ${GLM_ROOT_DIR}/include + DOC "The directory where glm/glm.hpp resides") endif() # Handle REQUIRD argument, define *_FOUND variable @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ find_package_handle_standard_args(GLM DEFAULT_MSG GLM_INCLUDE_DIR) # Define GLM_INCLUDE_DIRS if (GLM_FOUND) - set(GLM_INCLUDE_DIRS ${GLM_INCLUDE_DIR}) + set(GLM_INCLUDE_DIRS ${GLM_INCLUDE_DIR}) endif() # Hide some variables diff --git a/external/include/GL/Copying.txt b/external/include/GL/Copying.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fc36ad99..00000000 --- a/external/include/GL/Copying.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ - - Freeglut Copyright - ------------------ - - Freeglut code without an explicit copyright is covered by the following - copyright: - - Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Pawel W. Olszta. All Rights Reserved. - Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy - of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal - in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights - to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell - copies or substantial portions of the Software. - - The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - - THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - PAWEL W. OLSZTA BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER - IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - - Except as contained in this notice, the name of Pawel W. Olszta shall not be - used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings - in this Software without prior written authorization from Pawel W. Olszta. diff --git a/external/include/GL/Readme.txt b/external/include/GL/Readme.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f4541691..00000000 --- a/external/include/GL/Readme.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -freeglut 2.8.1-1.mp for MSVC - -This package contains freeglut import libraries, headers, and Windows DLLs. -These allow 32 and 64 bit GLUT applications to be compiled on Windows using -Microsoft Visual C++. - -For more information on freeglut, visit http://freeglut.sourceforge.net/. - - -Installation - -Create a folder on your PC which is readable by all users, for example -�C:\Program Files\Common Files\MSVC\freeglut\� on a typical Windows system. Copy -the �lib\� and �include\� folders from this zip archive to that location. - -The appropriate freeglut DLL can either be placed in the same folder as your -application, or can be installed in a system-wide folder which appears in your -%PATH% environment variable. Be careful not to mix the 32 bit DLL up with the 64 -bit DLL, as they are not interchangeable. - - -Compiling 32 bit Applications - -To create a 32 bit freeglut application, create a new Win32 C++ project in MSVC. -From the �Win32 Application Wizard�, choose a �Windows application�, check the -�Empty project� box, and submit. - -You�ll now need to configure the compiler and linker settings. Open up the -project properties, and select �All Configurations� (this is necessary to ensure -our changes are applied for both debug and release builds). Open up the -�general� section under �C/C++�, and configure the �include\� folder you created -above as an �Additional Include Directory�. If you have more than one GLUT -package which contains a �glut.h� file, it�s important to ensure that the -freeglut include folder appears above all other GLUT include folders. - -Now open up the �general� section under �Linker�, and configure the �lib\� -folder you created above as an �Additional Library Directory�. A freeglut -application depends on the import libraries �freeglut.lib� and �opengl32.lib�, -which can be configured under the �Input� section. However, it shouldn�t be -necessary to explicitly state these dependencies, since the freeglut headers -handle this for you. Now open the �Advanced� section, and enter �mainCRTStartup� -as the �Entry Point� for your application. This is necessary because GLUT -applications use �main� as the application entry point, not �WinMain��without it -you�ll get an undefined reference when you try to link your application. - -That�s all of your project properties configured, so you can now add source -files to your project and build the application. If you want your application to -be compatible with GLUT, you should �#include �. If you want to use -freeglut specific extensions, you should �#include � instead. - -Don�t forget to either include the freeglut DLL when distributing applications, -or provide your users with some method of obtaining it if they don�t already -have it! - - -Compiling 64 bit Applications - -Building 64 bit applications is almost identical to building 32 bit applications. -When you use the configuration manager to add the x64 platform, it�s easiest to -copy the settings from the Win32 platform. If you do so, it�s then only necessary -to change the �Additional Library Directories� configuration so that it -references the directory containing the 64 bit import library rather -than the 32 bit one. - - -Problems? - -If you have problems using this package (compiler / linker errors etc.), please -check that you have followed all of the steps in this readme file correctly. -Almost all of the problems which are reported with these packages are due to -missing a step or not doing it correctly, for example trying to build a 32 bit -app against the 64 bit import library. If you have followed all of the steps -correctly but your application still fails to build, try building a very simple -but functional program (the example at -http://www.transmissionzero.co.uk/computing/using-glut-with-mingw/ works fine -with MSVC). A lot of people try to build very complex applications after -installing these packages, and often the error is with the application code or -other library dependencies rather than freeglut. - -If you still can�t get it working after trying to compile a simple application, -then please get in touch via http://www.transmissionzero.co.uk/contact/, -providing as much detail as you can. Please don�t complain to the freeglut guys -unless you�re sure it�s a freeglut bug, and have reproduced the issue after -compiling freeglut from the latest SVN version�if that�s still the case, I�m sure -they would appreciate a bug report or a patch. - - -Changelog - -2013�05�11: Release 2.8.1-1.mp - - � First 2.8.1 MSVC release. I�ve built the package using Visual Studio 2012, - and the only change I�ve made is to the DLL version resource�I�ve changed - the description so that my MinGW and MSVC builds are distinguishable from - each other (and other builds) using Windows Explorer. - - -Martin Payne -2013�05�11 - -http://www.transmissionzero.co.uk/ diff --git a/external/include/stb_image.h b/external/include/stb_image.h index b9b265fa..74c7d8fe 100644 --- a/external/include/stb_image.h +++ b/external/include/stb_image.h @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -/* stb_image - v2.06 - public domain image loader - http://nothings.org/stb_image.h - no warranty implied; use at your own risk +#pragma once +/* stb_image - v2.21 - public domain image loader - http://nothings.org/stb + no warranty implied; use at your own risk Do this: #define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION @@ -21,17 +22,20 @@ avoid problematic images and only need the trivial interface JPEG baseline & progressive (12 bpc/arithmetic not supported, same as stock IJG lib) - PNG 1/2/4/8-bit-per-channel (16 bpc not supported) + PNG 1/2/4/8/16-bit-per-channel TGA (not sure what subset, if a subset) BMP non-1bpp, non-RLE - PSD (composited view only, no extra channels) + PSD (composited view only, no extra channels, 8/16 bit-per-channel) GIF (*comp always reports as 4-channel) HDR (radiance rgbE format) PIC (Softimage PIC) PNM (PPM and PGM binary only) + Animated GIF still needs a proper API, but here's one way to do it: + http://gist.github.com/urraka/685d9a6340b26b830d49 + - decode from memory or through FILE (define STBI_NO_STDIO to remove code) - decode from arbitrary I/O callbacks - SIMD acceleration on x86/x64 (SSE2) and ARM (NEON) @@ -39,177 +43,68 @@ Full documentation under "DOCUMENTATION" below. - Revision 2.00 release notes: - - - Progressive JPEG is now supported. - - - PPM and PGM binary formats are now supported, thanks to Ken Miller. - - - x86 platforms now make use of SSE2 SIMD instructions for - JPEG decoding, and ARM platforms can use NEON SIMD if requested. - This work was done by Fabian "ryg" Giesen. SSE2 is used by - default, but NEON must be enabled explicitly; see docs. - - With other JPEG optimizations included in this version, we see - 2x speedup on a JPEG on an x86 machine, and a 1.5x speedup - on a JPEG on an ARM machine, relative to previous versions of this - library. The same results will not obtain for all JPGs and for all - x86/ARM machines. (Note that progressive JPEGs are significantly - slower to decode than regular JPEGs.) This doesn't mean that this - is the fastest JPEG decoder in the land; rather, it brings it - closer to parity with standard libraries. If you want the fastest - decode, look elsewhere. (See "Philosophy" section of docs below.) - - See final bullet items below for more info on SIMD. - - - Added STBI_MALLOC, STBI_REALLOC, and STBI_FREE macros for replacing - the memory allocator. Unlike other STBI libraries, these macros don't - support a context parameter, so if you need to pass a context in to - the allocator, you'll have to store it in a global or a thread-local - variable. - - - Split existing STBI_NO_HDR flag into two flags, STBI_NO_HDR and - STBI_NO_LINEAR. - STBI_NO_HDR: suppress implementation of .hdr reader format - STBI_NO_LINEAR: suppress high-dynamic-range light-linear float API - - - You can suppress implementation of any of the decoders to reduce - your code footprint by #defining one or more of the following - symbols before creating the implementation. - - STBI_NO_JPEG - STBI_NO_PNG - STBI_NO_BMP - STBI_NO_PSD - STBI_NO_TGA - STBI_NO_GIF - STBI_NO_HDR - STBI_NO_PIC - STBI_NO_PNM (.ppm and .pgm) - - - You can request *only* certain decoders and suppress all other ones - (this will be more forward-compatible, as addition of new decoders - doesn't require you to disable them explicitly): - - STBI_ONLY_JPEG - STBI_ONLY_PNG - STBI_ONLY_BMP - STBI_ONLY_PSD - STBI_ONLY_TGA - STBI_ONLY_GIF - STBI_ONLY_HDR - STBI_ONLY_PIC - STBI_ONLY_PNM (.ppm and .pgm) - - Note that you can define multiples of these, and you will get all - of them ("only x" and "only y" is interpreted to mean "only x&y"). - - - If you use STBI_NO_PNG (or _ONLY_ without PNG), and you still - want the zlib decoder to be available, #define STBI_SUPPORT_ZLIB - - - Compilation of all SIMD code can be suppressed with - #define STBI_NO_SIMD - It should not be necessary to disable SIMD unless you have issues - compiling (e.g. using an x86 compiler which doesn't support SSE - intrinsics or that doesn't support the method used to detect - SSE2 support at run-time), and even those can be reported as - bugs so I can refine the built-in compile-time checking to be - smarter. - - - The old STBI_SIMD system which allowed installing a user-defined - IDCT etc. has been removed. If you need this, don't upgrade. My - assumption is that almost nobody was doing this, and those who - were will find the built-in SIMD more satisfactory anyway. - - - RGB values computed for JPEG images are slightly different from - previous versions of stb_image. (This is due to using less - integer precision in SIMD.) The C code has been adjusted so - that the same RGB values will be computed regardless of whether - SIMD support is available, so your app should always produce - consistent results. But these results are slightly different from - previous versions. (Specifically, about 3% of available YCbCr values - will compute different RGB results from pre-1.49 versions by +-1; - most of the deviating values are one smaller in the G channel.) - - - If you must produce consistent results with previous versions of - stb_image, #define STBI_JPEG_OLD and you will get the same results - you used to; however, you will not get the SIMD speedups for - the YCbCr-to-RGB conversion step (although you should still see - significant JPEG speedup from the other changes). - - Please note that STBI_JPEG_OLD is a temporary feature; it will be - removed in future versions of the library. It is only intended for - near-term back-compatibility use. - - - Latest revision history: - 2.06 (2015-04-19) fix bug where PSD returns wrong '*comp' value - 2.05 (2015-04-19) fix bug in progressive JPEG handling, fix warning - 2.04 (2015-04-15) try to re-enable SIMD on MinGW 64-bit - 2.03 (2015-04-12) additional corruption checking - stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load - fix NEON support; fix mingw support - 2.02 (2015-01-19) fix incorrect assert, fix warning - 2.01 (2015-01-17) fix various warnings - 2.00b (2014-12-25) fix STBI_MALLOC in progressive JPEG - 2.00 (2014-12-25) optimize JPEG, including x86 SSE2 & ARM NEON SIMD - progressive JPEG - PGM/PPM support - STBI_MALLOC,STBI_REALLOC,STBI_FREE - STBI_NO_*, STBI_ONLY_* - GIF bugfix - 1.48 (2014-12-14) fix incorrectly-named assert() - 1.47 (2014-12-14) 1/2/4-bit PNG support (both grayscale and paletted) - optimize PNG - fix bug in interlaced PNG with user-specified channel count +LICENSE + + See end of file for license information. + +RECENT REVISION HISTORY: + + 2.21 (2019-02-25) fix typo in comment + 2.20 (2019-02-07) support utf8 filenames in Windows; fix warnings and platform ifdefs + 2.19 (2018-02-11) fix warning + 2.18 (2018-01-30) fix warnings + 2.17 (2018-01-29) bugfix, 1-bit BMP, 16-bitness query, fix warnings + 2.16 (2017-07-23) all functions have 16-bit variants; optimizations; bugfixes + 2.15 (2017-03-18) fix png-1,2,4; all Imagenet JPGs; no runtime SSE detection on GCC + 2.14 (2017-03-03) remove deprecated STBI_JPEG_OLD; fixes for Imagenet JPGs + 2.13 (2016-12-04) experimental 16-bit API, only for PNG so far; fixes + 2.12 (2016-04-02) fix typo in 2.11 PSD fix that caused crashes + 2.11 (2016-04-02) 16-bit PNGS; enable SSE2 in non-gcc x64 + RGB-format JPEG; remove white matting in PSD; + allocate large structures on the stack; + correct channel count for PNG & BMP + 2.10 (2016-01-22) avoid warning introduced in 2.09 + 2.09 (2016-01-16) 16-bit TGA; comments in PNM files; STBI_REALLOC_SIZED See end of file for full revision history. ============================ Contributors ========================= - Image formats Bug fixes & warning fixes - Sean Barrett (jpeg, png, bmp) Marc LeBlanc - Nicolas Schulz (hdr, psd) Christpher Lloyd - Jonathan Dummer (tga) Dave Moore - Jean-Marc Lienher (gif) Won Chun - Tom Seddon (pic) the Horde3D community - Thatcher Ulrich (psd) Janez Zemva - Ken Miller (pgm, ppm) Jonathan Blow - Laurent Gomila - Aruelien Pocheville - Extensions, features Ryamond Barbiero - Jetro Lauha (stbi_info) David Woo - Martin "SpartanJ" Golini (stbi_info) Martin Golini - James "moose2000" Brown (iPhone PNG) Roy Eltham - Ben "Disch" Wenger (io callbacks) Luke Graham - Omar Cornut (1/2/4-bit PNG) Thomas Ruf - Nicolas Guillemot (vertical flip) John Bartholomew - Ken Hamada - Optimizations & bugfixes Cort Stratton - Fabian "ryg" Giesen Blazej Dariusz Roszkowski - Arseny Kapoulkine Thibault Reuille - Paul Du Bois - Guillaume George - If your name should be here but Jerry Jansson - isn't, let Sean know. Hayaki Saito - Johan Duparc - Ronny Chevalier - Michal Cichon - Tero Hanninen - Sergio Gonzalez - Cass Everitt - Engin Manap - Martins Mozeiko - Joseph Thomson - Phil Jordan - -LICENSE - -This software is in the public domain. Where that dedication is not -recognized, you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, -distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. - + Image formats Extensions, features + Sean Barrett (jpeg, png, bmp) Jetro Lauha (stbi_info) + Nicolas Schulz (hdr, psd) Martin "SpartanJ" Golini (stbi_info) + Jonathan Dummer (tga) James "moose2000" Brown (iPhone PNG) + Jean-Marc Lienher (gif) Ben "Disch" Wenger (io callbacks) + Tom Seddon (pic) Omar Cornut (1/2/4-bit PNG) + Thatcher Ulrich (psd) Nicolas Guillemot (vertical flip) + Ken Miller (pgm, ppm) Richard Mitton (16-bit PSD) + github:urraka (animated gif) Junggon Kim (PNM comments) + Christopher Forseth (animated gif) Daniel Gibson (16-bit TGA) + socks-the-fox (16-bit PNG) + Jeremy Sawicki (handle all ImageNet JPGs) + Optimizations & bugfixes Mikhail Morozov (1-bit BMP) + Fabian "ryg" Giesen Anael Seghezzi (is-16-bit query) + Arseny Kapoulkine + John-Mark Allen + Carmelo J Fdez-Aguera + + Bug & warning fixes + Marc LeBlanc David Woo Guillaume George Martins Mozeiko + Christpher Lloyd Jerry Jansson Joseph Thomson Phil Jordan + Dave Moore Roy Eltham Hayaki Saito Nathan Reed + Won Chun Luke Graham Johan Duparc Nick Verigakis + the Horde3D community Thomas Ruf Ronny Chevalier github:rlyeh + Janez Zemva John Bartholomew Michal Cichon github:romigrou + Jonathan Blow Ken Hamada Tero Hanninen github:svdijk + Laurent Gomila Cort Stratton Sergio Gonzalez github:snagar + Aruelien Pocheville Thibault Reuille Cass Everitt github:Zelex + Ryamond Barbiero Paul Du Bois Engin Manap github:grim210 + Aldo Culquicondor Philipp Wiesemann Dale Weiler github:sammyhw + Oriol Ferrer Mesia Josh Tobin Matthew Gregan github:phprus + Julian Raschke Gregory Mullen Baldur Karlsson github:poppolopoppo + Christian Floisand Kevin Schmidt JR Smith github:darealshinji + Blazej Dariusz Roszkowski github:Michaelangel007 */ #ifndef STBI_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_H @@ -218,10 +113,8 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. // DOCUMENTATION // // Limitations: -// - no 16-bit-per-channel PNG // - no 12-bit-per-channel JPEG // - no JPEGs with arithmetic coding -// - no 1-bit BMP // - GIF always returns *comp=4 // // Basic usage (see HDR discussion below for HDR usage): @@ -234,10 +127,10 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. // stbi_image_free(data) // // Standard parameters: -// int *x -- outputs image width in pixels -// int *y -- outputs image height in pixels -// int *comp -- outputs # of image components in image file -// int req_comp -- if non-zero, # of image components requested in result +// int *x -- outputs image width in pixels +// int *y -- outputs image height in pixels +// int *channels_in_file -- outputs # of image components in image file +// int desired_channels -- if non-zero, # of image components requested in result // // The return value from an image loader is an 'unsigned char *' which points // to the pixel data, or NULL on an allocation failure or if the image is @@ -245,11 +138,12 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. // with each pixel consisting of N interleaved 8-bit components; the first // pixel pointed to is top-left-most in the image. There is no padding between // image scanlines or between pixels, regardless of format. The number of -// components N is 'req_comp' if req_comp is non-zero, or *comp otherwise. -// If req_comp is non-zero, *comp has the number of components that _would_ -// have been output otherwise. E.g. if you set req_comp to 4, you will always -// get RGBA output, but you can check *comp to see if it's trivially opaque -// because e.g. there were only 3 channels in the source image. +// components N is 'desired_channels' if desired_channels is non-zero, or +// *channels_in_file otherwise. If desired_channels is non-zero, +// *channels_in_file has the number of components that _would_ have been +// output otherwise. E.g. if you set desired_channels to 4, you will always +// get RGBA output, but you can check *channels_in_file to see if it's trivially +// opaque because e.g. there were only 3 channels in the source image. // // An output image with N components has the following components interleaved // in this order in each pixel: @@ -261,16 +155,26 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. // 4 red, green, blue, alpha // // If image loading fails for any reason, the return value will be NULL, -// and *x, *y, *comp will be unchanged. The function stbi_failure_reason() -// can be queried for an extremely brief, end-user unfriendly explanation -// of why the load failed. Define STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS to avoid -// compiling these strings at all, and STBI_FAILURE_USERMSG to get slightly +// and *x, *y, *channels_in_file will be unchanged. The function +// stbi_failure_reason() can be queried for an extremely brief, end-user +// unfriendly explanation of why the load failed. Define STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS +// to avoid compiling these strings at all, and STBI_FAILURE_USERMSG to get slightly // more user-friendly ones. // // Paletted PNG, BMP, GIF, and PIC images are automatically depalettized. // // =========================================================================== // +// UNICODE: +// +// If compiling for Windows and you wish to use Unicode filenames, compile +// with +// #define STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8 +// and pass utf8-encoded filenames. Call stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8 to convert +// Windows wchar_t filenames to utf8. +// +// =========================================================================== +// // Philosophy // // stb libraries are designed with the following priorities: @@ -281,15 +185,15 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. // // Sometimes I let "good performance" creep up in priority over "easy to maintain", // and for best performance I may provide less-easy-to-use APIs that give higher -// performance, in addition to the easy to use ones. Nevertheless, it's important +// performance, in addition to the easy-to-use ones. Nevertheless, it's important // to keep in mind that from the standpoint of you, a client of this library, -// all you care about is #1 and #3, and stb libraries do not emphasize #3 above all. +// all you care about is #1 and #3, and stb libraries DO NOT emphasize #3 above all. // // Some secondary priorities arise directly from the first two, some of which -// make more explicit reasons why performance can't be emphasized. +// provide more explicit reasons why performance can't be emphasized. // // - Portable ("ease of use") -// - Small footprint ("easy to maintain") +// - Small source code footprint ("easy to maintain") // - No dependencies ("ease of use") // // =========================================================================== @@ -321,13 +225,6 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. // (at least this is true for iOS and Android). Therefore, the NEON support is // toggled by a build flag: define STBI_NEON to get NEON loops. // -// The output of the JPEG decoder is slightly different from versions where -// SIMD support was introduced (that is, for versions before 1.49). The -// difference is only +-1 in the 8-bit RGB channels, and only on a small -// fraction of pixels. You can force the pre-1.49 behavior by defining -// STBI_JPEG_OLD, but this will disable some of the SIMD decoding path -// and hence cost some performance. -// // If for some reason you do not want to use any of SIMD code, or if // you have issues compiling it, you can disable it entirely by // defining STBI_NO_SIMD. @@ -336,11 +233,10 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. // // HDR image support (disable by defining STBI_NO_HDR) // -// stb_image now supports loading HDR images in general, and currently -// the Radiance .HDR file format, although the support is provided -// generically. You can still load any file through the existing interface; -// if you attempt to load an HDR file, it will be automatically remapped to -// LDR, assuming gamma 2.2 and an arbitrary scale factor defaulting to 1; +// stb_image supports loading HDR images in general, and currently the Radiance +// .HDR file format specifically. You can still load any file through the existing +// interface; if you attempt to load an HDR file, it will be automatically remapped +// to LDR, assuming gamma 2.2 and an arbitrary scale factor defaulting to 1; // both of these constants can be reconfigured through this interface: // // stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(2.2f); @@ -374,7 +270,7 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. // // By default we convert iphone-formatted PNGs back to RGB, even though // they are internally encoded differently. You can disable this conversion -// by by calling stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(0), in which case +// by calling stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(0), in which case // you will always just get the native iphone "format" through (which // is BGR stored in RGB). // @@ -383,6 +279,41 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. // says there's premultiplied data (currently only happens in iPhone images, // and only if iPhone convert-to-rgb processing is on). // +// =========================================================================== +// +// ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION +// +// - You can suppress implementation of any of the decoders to reduce +// your code footprint by #defining one or more of the following +// symbols before creating the implementation. +// +// STBI_NO_JPEG +// STBI_NO_PNG +// STBI_NO_BMP +// STBI_NO_PSD +// STBI_NO_TGA +// STBI_NO_GIF +// STBI_NO_HDR +// STBI_NO_PIC +// STBI_NO_PNM (.ppm and .pgm) +// +// - You can request *only* certain decoders and suppress all other ones +// (this will be more forward-compatible, as addition of new decoders +// doesn't require you to disable them explicitly): +// +// STBI_ONLY_JPEG +// STBI_ONLY_PNG +// STBI_ONLY_BMP +// STBI_ONLY_PSD +// STBI_ONLY_TGA +// STBI_ONLY_GIF +// STBI_ONLY_HDR +// STBI_ONLY_PIC +// STBI_ONLY_PNM (.ppm and .pgm) +// +// - If you use STBI_NO_PNG (or _ONLY_ without PNG), and you still +// want the zlib decoder to be available, #define STBI_SUPPORT_ZLIB +// #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO @@ -393,7 +324,7 @@ distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. enum { - STBI_default = 0, // only used for req_comp + STBI_default = 0, // only used for desired_channels STBI_grey = 1, STBI_grey_alpha = 2, @@ -401,7 +332,9 @@ enum STBI_rgb_alpha = 4 }; +#include typedef unsigned char stbi_uc; +typedef unsigned short stbi_us; #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -429,34 +362,64 @@ typedef struct int (*eof) (void *user); // returns nonzero if we are at end of file/data } stbi_io_callbacks; -STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); -STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len , int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); -STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk , void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +//////////////////////////////////// +// +// 8-bits-per-channel interface +// + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len , int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk , void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO -STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); // for stbi_load_from_file, file pointer is left pointing immediately after image #endif +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_gif_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp); +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8 +STBIDEF int stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input); +#endif + +//////////////////////////////////// +// +// 16-bits-per-channel interface +// + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16 (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_from_file_16(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +#endif + +//////////////////////////////////// +// +// float-per-channel interface +// #ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR - STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); - STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); - STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_callbacks (stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_callbacks (stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO - STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); #endif #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(float gamma); STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(float scale); -#endif +#endif // STBI_NO_HDR #ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(float gamma); STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(float scale); -#endif // STBI_NO_HDR +#endif // STBI_NO_LINEAR // stbi_is_hdr is always defined, but always returns false if STBI_NO_HDR STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user); @@ -477,11 +440,14 @@ STBIDEF void stbi_image_free (void *retval_from_stbi_load); // get image dimensions & components without fully decoding STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp); STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user); #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO -STBIDEF int stbi_info (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp); -STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp); - +STBIDEF int stbi_info (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit (char const *filename); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_file(FILE *f); #endif @@ -562,9 +528,10 @@ STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, const ch #include // ptrdiff_t on osx #include #include +#include #if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) -#include // ldexp +#include // ldexp, pow #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO @@ -576,6 +543,12 @@ STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, const ch #define STBI_ASSERT(x) assert(x) #endif +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define STBI_EXTERN extern "C" +#else +#define STBI_EXTERN extern +#endif + #ifndef _MSC_VER #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -620,18 +593,22 @@ typedef unsigned char validate_uint32[sizeof(stbi__uint32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; #define stbi_lrot(x,y) (((x) << (y)) | ((x) >> (32 - (y)))) #endif -#if defined(STBI_MALLOC) && defined(STBI_FREE) && defined(STBI_REALLOC) +#if defined(STBI_MALLOC) && defined(STBI_FREE) && (defined(STBI_REALLOC) || defined(STBI_REALLOC_SIZED)) // ok -#elif !defined(STBI_MALLOC) && !defined(STBI_FREE) && !defined(STBI_REALLOC) +#elif !defined(STBI_MALLOC) && !defined(STBI_FREE) && !defined(STBI_REALLOC) && !defined(STBI_REALLOC_SIZED) // ok #else -#error "Must define all or none of STBI_MALLOC, STBI_FREE, and STBI_REALLOC." +#error "Must define all or none of STBI_MALLOC, STBI_FREE, and STBI_REALLOC (or STBI_REALLOC_SIZED)." #endif #ifndef STBI_MALLOC -#define STBI_MALLOC(sz) malloc(sz) -#define STBI_REALLOC(p,sz) realloc(p,sz) -#define STBI_FREE(p) free(p) +#define STBI_MALLOC(sz) malloc(sz) +#define STBI_REALLOC(p,newsz) realloc(p,newsz) +#define STBI_FREE(p) free(p) +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_REALLOC_SIZED +#define STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(p,oldsz,newsz) STBI_REALLOC(p,newsz) #endif // x86/x64 detection @@ -641,12 +618,14 @@ typedef unsigned char validate_uint32[sizeof(stbi__uint32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; #define STBI__X86_TARGET #endif -#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) || defined(STBI__X64_TARGET)) && !defined(__SSE2__) && !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) -// NOTE: not clear do we actually need this for the 64-bit path? +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) && !defined(__SSE2__) && !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) // gcc doesn't support sse2 intrinsics unless you compile with -msse2, -// (but compiling with -msse2 allows the compiler to use SSE2 everywhere; -// this is just broken and gcc are jerks for not fixing it properly -// http://www.virtualdub.org/blog/pivot/entry.php?id=363 ) +// which in turn means it gets to use SSE2 everywhere. This is unfortunate, +// but previous attempts to provide the SSE2 functions with runtime +// detection caused numerous issues. The way architecture extensions are +// exposed in GCC/Clang is, sadly, not really suited for one-file libs. +// New behavior: if compiled with -msse2, we use SSE2 without any +// detection; if not, we don't use it at all. #define STBI_NO_SIMD #endif @@ -665,7 +644,7 @@ typedef unsigned char validate_uint32[sizeof(stbi__uint32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; #define STBI_NO_SIMD #endif -#if !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) && defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) +#if !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) && (defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) || defined(STBI__X64_TARGET)) #define STBI_SSE2 #include @@ -694,25 +673,27 @@ static int stbi__cpuid3(void) #define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) __declspec(align(16)) type name -static int stbi__sse2_available() +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_SSE2) +static int stbi__sse2_available(void) { int info3 = stbi__cpuid3(); return ((info3 >> 26) & 1) != 0; } +#endif + #else // assume GCC-style if not VC++ #define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) type name __attribute__((aligned(16))) -static int stbi__sse2_available() +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_SSE2) +static int stbi__sse2_available(void) { -#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__) >= 408 // GCC 4.8 or later - // GCC 4.8+ has a nice way to do this - return __builtin_cpu_supports("sse2"); -#else - // portable way to do this, preferably without using GCC inline ASM? - // just bail for now. - return 0; -#endif + // If we're even attempting to compile this on GCC/Clang, that means + // -msse2 is on, which means the compiler is allowed to use SSE2 + // instructions at will, and so are we. + return 1; } +#endif + #endif #endif @@ -750,7 +731,7 @@ typedef struct stbi_uc buffer_start[128]; stbi_uc *img_buffer, *img_buffer_end; - stbi_uc *img_buffer_original; + stbi_uc *img_buffer_original, *img_buffer_original_end; } stbi__context; @@ -762,7 +743,7 @@ static void stbi__start_mem(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc const *buffer, int len) s->io.read = NULL; s->read_from_callbacks = 0; s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_original = (stbi_uc *) buffer; - s->img_buffer_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer+len; + s->img_buffer_end = s->img_buffer_original_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer+len; } // initialize a callback-based context @@ -774,6 +755,7 @@ static void stbi__start_callbacks(stbi__context *s, stbi_io_callbacks *c, void * s->read_from_callbacks = 1; s->img_buffer_original = s->buffer_start; stbi__refill_buffer(s); + s->img_buffer_original_end = s->img_buffer_end; } #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO @@ -815,59 +797,76 @@ static void stbi__rewind(stbi__context *s) // but we just rewind to the beginning of the initial buffer, because // we only use it after doing 'test', which only ever looks at at most 92 bytes s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_original; + s->img_buffer_end = s->img_buffer_original_end; } +enum +{ + STBI_ORDER_RGB, + STBI_ORDER_BGR +}; + +typedef struct +{ + int bits_per_channel; + int num_channels; + int channel_order; +} stbi__result_info; + #ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG static int stbi__jpeg_test(stbi__context *s); -static stbi_uc *stbi__jpeg_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +static void *stbi__jpeg_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); static int stbi__jpeg_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG static int stbi__png_test(stbi__context *s); -static stbi_uc *stbi__png_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +static void *stbi__png_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); static int stbi__png_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +static int stbi__png_is16(stbi__context *s); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_BMP static int stbi__bmp_test(stbi__context *s); -static stbi_uc *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +static void *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); static int stbi__bmp_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_TGA static int stbi__tga_test(stbi__context *s); -static stbi_uc *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +static void *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); static int stbi__tga_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD static int stbi__psd_test(stbi__context *s); -static stbi_uc *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +static void *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri, int bpc); static int stbi__psd_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +static int stbi__psd_is16(stbi__context *s); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR static int stbi__hdr_test(stbi__context *s); -static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); static int stbi__hdr_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PIC static int stbi__pic_test(stbi__context *s); -static stbi_uc *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +static void *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); static int stbi__pic_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_GIF static int stbi__gif_test(stbi__context *s); -static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +static void *stbi__gif_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static void *stbi__load_gif_main(stbi__context *s, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp); static int stbi__gif_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PNM static int stbi__pnm_test(stbi__context *s); -static stbi_uc *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp); +static void *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); static int stbi__pnm_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); #endif @@ -890,6 +889,81 @@ static void *stbi__malloc(size_t size) return STBI_MALLOC(size); } +// stb_image uses ints pervasively, including for offset calculations. +// therefore the largest decoded image size we can support with the +// current code, even on 64-bit targets, is INT_MAX. this is not a +// significant limitation for the intended use case. +// +// we do, however, need to make sure our size calculations don't +// overflow. hence a few helper functions for size calculations that +// multiply integers together, making sure that they're non-negative +// and no overflow occurs. + +// return 1 if the sum is valid, 0 on overflow. +// negative terms are considered invalid. +static int stbi__addsizes_valid(int a, int b) +{ + if (b < 0) return 0; + // now 0 <= b <= INT_MAX, hence also + // 0 <= INT_MAX - b <= INTMAX. + // And "a + b <= INT_MAX" (which might overflow) is the + // same as a <= INT_MAX - b (no overflow) + return a <= INT_MAX - b; +} + +// returns 1 if the product is valid, 0 on overflow. +// negative factors are considered invalid. +static int stbi__mul2sizes_valid(int a, int b) +{ + if (a < 0 || b < 0) return 0; + if (b == 0) return 1; // mul-by-0 is always safe + // portable way to check for no overflows in a*b + return a <= INT_MAX/b; +} + +// returns 1 if "a*b + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow +static int stbi__mad2sizes_valid(int a, int b, int add) +{ + return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__addsizes_valid(a*b, add); +} + +// returns 1 if "a*b*c + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow +static int stbi__mad3sizes_valid(int a, int b, int c, int add) +{ + return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b, c) && + stbi__addsizes_valid(a*b*c, add); +} + +// returns 1 if "a*b*c*d + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +static int stbi__mad4sizes_valid(int a, int b, int c, int d, int add) +{ + return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b, c) && + stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b*c, d) && stbi__addsizes_valid(a*b*c*d, add); +} +#endif + +// mallocs with size overflow checking +static void *stbi__malloc_mad2(int a, int b, int add) +{ + if (!stbi__mad2sizes_valid(a, b, add)) return NULL; + return stbi__malloc(a*b + add); +} + +static void *stbi__malloc_mad3(int a, int b, int c, int add) +{ + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(a, b, c, add)) return NULL; + return stbi__malloc(a*b*c + add); +} + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +static void *stbi__malloc_mad4(int a, int b, int c, int d, int add) +{ + if (!stbi__mad4sizes_valid(a, b, c, d, add)) return NULL; + return stbi__malloc(a*b*c*d + add); +} +#endif + // stbi__err - error // stbi__errpf - error returning pointer to float // stbi__errpuc - error returning pointer to unsigned char @@ -902,8 +976,8 @@ static void *stbi__malloc(size_t size) #define stbi__err(x,y) stbi__err(x) #endif -#define stbi__errpf(x,y) ((float *) (stbi__err(x,y)?NULL:NULL)) -#define stbi__errpuc(x,y) ((unsigned char *) (stbi__err(x,y)?NULL:NULL)) +#define stbi__errpf(x,y) ((float *)(size_t) (stbi__err(x,y)?NULL:NULL)) +#define stbi__errpuc(x,y) ((unsigned char *)(size_t) (stbi__err(x,y)?NULL:NULL)) STBIDEF void stbi_image_free(void *retval_from_stbi_load) { @@ -925,33 +999,38 @@ STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_flip) stbi__vertically_flip_on_load = flag_true_if_should_flip; } -static unsigned char *stbi__load_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +static void *stbi__load_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri, int bpc) { + memset(ri, 0, sizeof(*ri)); // make sure it's initialized if we add new fields + ri->bits_per_channel = 8; // default is 8 so most paths don't have to be changed + ri->channel_order = STBI_ORDER_RGB; // all current input & output are this, but this is here so we can add BGR order + ri->num_channels = 0; + #ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG - if (stbi__jpeg_test(s)) return stbi__jpeg_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (stbi__jpeg_test(s)) return stbi__jpeg_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG - if (stbi__png_test(s)) return stbi__png_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (stbi__png_test(s)) return stbi__png_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_BMP - if (stbi__bmp_test(s)) return stbi__bmp_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (stbi__bmp_test(s)) return stbi__bmp_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_GIF - if (stbi__gif_test(s)) return stbi__gif_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (stbi__gif_test(s)) return stbi__gif_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD - if (stbi__psd_test(s)) return stbi__psd_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (stbi__psd_test(s)) return stbi__psd_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri, bpc); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PIC - if (stbi__pic_test(s)) return stbi__pic_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (stbi__pic_test(s)) return stbi__pic_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PNM - if (stbi__pnm_test(s)) return stbi__pnm_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (stbi__pnm_test(s)) return stbi__pnm_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR if (stbi__hdr_test(s)) { - float *hdr = stbi__hdr_load(s, x,y,comp,req_comp); + float *hdr = stbi__hdr_load(s, x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); return stbi__hdr_to_ldr(hdr, *x, *y, req_comp ? req_comp : *comp); } #endif @@ -959,65 +1038,175 @@ static unsigned char *stbi__load_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *com #ifndef STBI_NO_TGA // test tga last because it's a crappy test! if (stbi__tga_test(s)) - return stbi__tga_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + return stbi__tga_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif return stbi__errpuc("unknown image type", "Image not of any known type, or corrupt"); } -static unsigned char *stbi__load_flip(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +static stbi_uc *stbi__convert_16_to_8(stbi__uint16 *orig, int w, int h, int channels) { - unsigned char *result = stbi__load_main(s, x, y, comp, req_comp); + int i; + int img_len = w * h * channels; + stbi_uc *reduced; - if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load && result != NULL) { - int w = *x, h = *y; - int depth = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; - int row,col,z; - stbi_uc temp; - - // @OPTIMIZE: use a bigger temp buffer and memcpy multiple pixels at once - for (row = 0; row < (h>>1); row++) { - for (col = 0; col < w; col++) { - for (z = 0; z < depth; z++) { - temp = result[(row * w + col) * depth + z]; - result[(row * w + col) * depth + z] = result[((h - row - 1) * w + col) * depth + z]; - result[((h - row - 1) * w + col) * depth + z] = temp; - } - } + reduced = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(img_len); + if (reduced == NULL) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + for (i = 0; i < img_len; ++i) + reduced[i] = (stbi_uc)((orig[i] >> 8) & 0xFF); // top half of each byte is sufficient approx of 16->8 bit scaling + + STBI_FREE(orig); + return reduced; +} + +static stbi__uint16 *stbi__convert_8_to_16(stbi_uc *orig, int w, int h, int channels) +{ + int i; + int img_len = w * h * channels; + stbi__uint16 *enlarged; + + enlarged = (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__malloc(img_len*2); + if (enlarged == NULL) return (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + for (i = 0; i < img_len; ++i) + enlarged[i] = (stbi__uint16)((orig[i] << 8) + orig[i]); // replicate to high and low byte, maps 0->0, 255->0xffff + + STBI_FREE(orig); + return enlarged; +} + +static void stbi__vertical_flip(void *image, int w, int h, int bytes_per_pixel) +{ + int row; + size_t bytes_per_row = (size_t)w * bytes_per_pixel; + stbi_uc temp[2048]; + stbi_uc *bytes = (stbi_uc *)image; + + for (row = 0; row < (h>>1); row++) { + stbi_uc *row0 = bytes + row*bytes_per_row; + stbi_uc *row1 = bytes + (h - row - 1)*bytes_per_row; + // swap row0 with row1 + size_t bytes_left = bytes_per_row; + while (bytes_left) { + size_t bytes_copy = (bytes_left < sizeof(temp)) ? bytes_left : sizeof(temp); + memcpy(temp, row0, bytes_copy); + memcpy(row0, row1, bytes_copy); + memcpy(row1, temp, bytes_copy); + row0 += bytes_copy; + row1 += bytes_copy; + bytes_left -= bytes_copy; } } +} - return result; +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +static void stbi__vertical_flip_slices(void *image, int w, int h, int z, int bytes_per_pixel) +{ + int slice; + int slice_size = w * h * bytes_per_pixel; + + stbi_uc *bytes = (stbi_uc *)image; + for (slice = 0; slice < z; ++slice) { + stbi__vertical_flip(bytes, w, h, bytes_per_pixel); + bytes += slice_size; + } +} +#endif + +static unsigned char *stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__result_info ri; + void *result = stbi__load_main(s, x, y, comp, req_comp, &ri, 8); + + if (result == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (ri.bits_per_channel != 8) { + STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 16); + result = stbi__convert_16_to_8((stbi__uint16 *) result, *x, *y, req_comp == 0 ? *comp : req_comp); + ri.bits_per_channel = 8; + } + + // @TODO: move stbi__convert_format to here + + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load) { + int channels = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; + stbi__vertical_flip(result, *x, *y, channels * sizeof(stbi_uc)); + } + + return (unsigned char *) result; +} + +static stbi__uint16 *stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__result_info ri; + void *result = stbi__load_main(s, x, y, comp, req_comp, &ri, 16); + + if (result == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (ri.bits_per_channel != 16) { + STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 8); + result = stbi__convert_8_to_16((stbi_uc *) result, *x, *y, req_comp == 0 ? *comp : req_comp); + ri.bits_per_channel = 16; + } + + // @TODO: move stbi__convert_format16 to here + // @TODO: special case RGB-to-Y (and RGBA-to-YA) for 8-bit-to-16-bit case to keep more precision + + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load) { + int channels = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; + stbi__vertical_flip(result, *x, *y, channels * sizeof(stbi__uint16)); + } + + return (stbi__uint16 *) result; } +#if !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) && !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) static void stbi__float_postprocess(float *result, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) { if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load && result != NULL) { - int w = *x, h = *y; - int depth = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; - int row,col,z; - float temp; - - // @OPTIMIZE: use a bigger temp buffer and memcpy multiple pixels at once - for (row = 0; row < (h>>1); row++) { - for (col = 0; col < w; col++) { - for (z = 0; z < depth; z++) { - temp = result[(row * w + col) * depth + z]; - result[(row * w + col) * depth + z] = result[((h - row - 1) * w + col) * depth + z]; - result[((h - row - 1) * w + col) * depth + z] = temp; - } - } - } + int channels = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; + stbi__vertical_flip(result, *x, *y, channels * sizeof(float)); } } - +#endif #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +STBI_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall MultiByteToWideChar(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const char *str, int cbmb, wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide); +STBI_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall WideCharToMultiByte(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide, char *str, int cbmb, const char *defchar, int *used_default); +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +STBIDEF int stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input) +{ + return WideCharToMultiByte(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, input, -1, buffer, bufferlen, NULL, NULL); +} +#endif + static FILE *stbi__fopen(char const *filename, char const *mode) { FILE *f; -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) + wchar_t wMode[64]; + wchar_t wFilename[1024]; + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, filename, -1, wFilename, sizeof(wFilename))) + return 0; + + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, mode, -1, wMode, sizeof(wMode))) + return 0; + +#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 + if (0 != _wfopen_s(&f, wFilename, wMode)) + f = 0; +#else + f = _wfopen(wFilename, wMode); +#endif + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 if (0 != fopen_s(&f, filename, mode)) f=0; #else @@ -1042,28 +1231,83 @@ STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_file(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req unsigned char *result; stbi__context s; stbi__start_file(&s,f); - result = stbi__load_flip(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + result = stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (result) { + // need to 'unget' all the characters in the IO buffer + fseek(f, - (int) (s.img_buffer_end - s.img_buffer), SEEK_CUR); + } + return result; +} + +STBIDEF stbi__uint16 *stbi_load_from_file_16(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__uint16 *result; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_file(&s,f); + result = stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); if (result) { // need to 'unget' all the characters in the IO buffer fseek(f, - (int) (s.img_buffer_end - s.img_buffer), SEEK_CUR); } return result; } + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + stbi__uint16 *result; + if (!f) return (stbi_us *) stbi__errpuc("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_load_from_file_16(f,x,y,comp,req_comp); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + + #endif //!STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(&s,x,y,channels_in_file,desired_channels); +} + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *)clbk, user); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(&s,x,y,channels_in_file,desired_channels); +} + STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) { stbi__context s; stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); - return stbi__load_flip(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); } STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) { stbi__context s; stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) clbk, user); - return stbi__load_flip(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_gif_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + unsigned char *result; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + + result = (unsigned char*) stbi__load_gif_main(&s, delays, x, y, z, comp, req_comp); + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load) { + stbi__vertical_flip_slices( result, *x, *y, *z, *comp ); + } + + return result; } +#endif #ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR static float *stbi__loadf_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) @@ -1071,13 +1315,14 @@ static float *stbi__loadf_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int unsigned char *data; #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR if (stbi__hdr_test(s)) { - float *hdr_data = stbi__hdr_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + stbi__result_info ri; + float *hdr_data = stbi__hdr_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, &ri); if (hdr_data) stbi__float_postprocess(hdr_data,x,y,comp,req_comp); return hdr_data; } #endif - data = stbi__load_flip(s, x, y, comp, req_comp); + data = stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(s, x, y, comp, req_comp); if (data) return stbi__ldr_to_hdr(data, *x, *y, req_comp ? req_comp : *comp); return stbi__errpf("unknown image type", "Image not of any known type, or corrupt"); @@ -1147,13 +1392,18 @@ STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr (char const *filename) return result; } -STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_file(FILE *f) +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_file(FILE *f) { #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + long pos = ftell(f); + int res; stbi__context s; stbi__start_file(&s,f); - return stbi__hdr_test(&s); + res = stbi__hdr_test(&s); + fseek(f, pos, SEEK_SET); + return res; #else + STBI_NOTUSED(f); return 0; #endif } @@ -1166,18 +1416,21 @@ STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) clbk, user); return stbi__hdr_test(&s); #else + STBI_NOTUSED(clbk); + STBI_NOTUSED(user); return 0; #endif } -static float stbi__h2l_gamma_i=1.0f/2.2f, stbi__h2l_scale_i=1.0f; +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR static float stbi__l2h_gamma=2.2f, stbi__l2h_scale=1.0f; -#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(float gamma) { stbi__l2h_gamma = gamma; } STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(float scale) { stbi__l2h_scale = scale; } #endif +static float stbi__h2l_gamma_i=1.0f/2.2f, stbi__h2l_scale_i=1.0f; + STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(float gamma) { stbi__h2l_gamma_i = 1/gamma; } STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(float scale) { stbi__h2l_scale_i = 1/scale; } @@ -1286,17 +1539,23 @@ static stbi__uint32 stbi__get32be(stbi__context *s) return (z << 16) + stbi__get16be(s); } +#if defined(STBI_NO_BMP) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_GIF) +// nothing +#else static int stbi__get16le(stbi__context *s) { int z = stbi__get8(s); return z + (stbi__get8(s) << 8); } +#endif +#ifndef STBI_NO_BMP static stbi__uint32 stbi__get32le(stbi__context *s) { stbi__uint32 z = stbi__get16le(s); return z + (stbi__get16le(s) << 16); } +#endif #define STBI__BYTECAST(x) ((stbi_uc) ((x) & 255)) // truncate int to byte without warnings @@ -1325,7 +1584,7 @@ static unsigned char *stbi__convert_format(unsigned char *data, int img_n, int r if (req_comp == img_n) return data; STBI_ASSERT(req_comp >= 1 && req_comp <= 4); - good = (unsigned char *) stbi__malloc(req_comp * x * y); + good = (unsigned char *) stbi__malloc_mad3(req_comp, x, y, 0); if (good == NULL) { STBI_FREE(data); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); @@ -1335,26 +1594,75 @@ static unsigned char *stbi__convert_format(unsigned char *data, int img_n, int r unsigned char *src = data + j * x * img_n ; unsigned char *dest = good + j * x * req_comp; - #define COMBO(a,b) ((a)*8+(b)) - #define CASE(a,b) case COMBO(a,b): for(i=x-1; i >= 0; --i, src += a, dest += b) + #define STBI__COMBO(a,b) ((a)*8+(b)) + #define STBI__CASE(a,b) case STBI__COMBO(a,b): for(i=x-1; i >= 0; --i, src += a, dest += b) + // convert source image with img_n components to one with req_comp components; + // avoid switch per pixel, so use switch per scanline and massive macros + switch (STBI__COMBO(img_n, req_comp)) { + STBI__CASE(1,2) { dest[0]=src[0]; dest[1]=255; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=255; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,1) { dest[0]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=src[1]; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,4) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2];dest[3]=255; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(3,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = 255; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(4,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = src[3]; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,3) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2]; } break; + default: STBI_ASSERT(0); + } + #undef STBI__CASE + } + + STBI_FREE(data); + return good; +} + +static stbi__uint16 stbi__compute_y_16(int r, int g, int b) +{ + return (stbi__uint16) (((r*77) + (g*150) + (29*b)) >> 8); +} + +static stbi__uint16 *stbi__convert_format16(stbi__uint16 *data, int img_n, int req_comp, unsigned int x, unsigned int y) +{ + int i,j; + stbi__uint16 *good; + + if (req_comp == img_n) return data; + STBI_ASSERT(req_comp >= 1 && req_comp <= 4); + + good = (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__malloc(req_comp * x * y * 2); + if (good == NULL) { + STBI_FREE(data); + return (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + + for (j=0; j < (int) y; ++j) { + stbi__uint16 *src = data + j * x * img_n ; + stbi__uint16 *dest = good + j * x * req_comp; + + #define STBI__COMBO(a,b) ((a)*8+(b)) + #define STBI__CASE(a,b) case STBI__COMBO(a,b): for(i=x-1; i >= 0; --i, src += a, dest += b) // convert source image with img_n components to one with req_comp components; // avoid switch per pixel, so use switch per scanline and massive macros - switch (COMBO(img_n, req_comp)) { - CASE(1,2) dest[0]=src[0], dest[1]=255; break; - CASE(1,3) dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; break; - CASE(1,4) dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0], dest[3]=255; break; - CASE(2,1) dest[0]=src[0]; break; - CASE(2,3) dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; break; - CASE(2,4) dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0], dest[3]=src[1]; break; - CASE(3,4) dest[0]=src[0],dest[1]=src[1],dest[2]=src[2],dest[3]=255; break; - CASE(3,1) dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); break; - CASE(3,2) dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]), dest[1] = 255; break; - CASE(4,1) dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); break; - CASE(4,2) dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]), dest[1] = src[3]; break; - CASE(4,3) dest[0]=src[0],dest[1]=src[1],dest[2]=src[2]; break; + switch (STBI__COMBO(img_n, req_comp)) { + STBI__CASE(1,2) { dest[0]=src[0]; dest[1]=0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,1) { dest[0]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=src[1]; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,4) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2];dest[3]=0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(3,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = 0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(4,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = src[3]; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,3) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2]; } break; default: STBI_ASSERT(0); } - #undef CASE + #undef STBI__CASE } STBI_FREE(data); @@ -1365,7 +1673,9 @@ static unsigned char *stbi__convert_format(unsigned char *data, int img_n, int r static float *stbi__ldr_to_hdr(stbi_uc *data, int x, int y, int comp) { int i,k,n; - float *output = (float *) stbi__malloc(x * y * comp * sizeof(float)); + float *output; + if (!data) return NULL; + output = (float *) stbi__malloc_mad4(x, y, comp, sizeof(float), 0); if (output == NULL) { STBI_FREE(data); return stbi__errpf("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } // compute number of non-alpha components if (comp & 1) n = comp; else n = comp-1; @@ -1373,7 +1683,11 @@ static float *stbi__ldr_to_hdr(stbi_uc *data, int x, int y, int comp) for (k=0; k < n; ++k) { output[i*comp + k] = (float) (pow(data[i*comp+k]/255.0f, stbi__l2h_gamma) * stbi__l2h_scale); } - if (k < comp) output[i*comp + k] = data[i*comp+k]/255.0f; + } + if (n < comp) { + for (i=0; i < x*y; ++i) { + output[i*comp + n] = data[i*comp + n]/255.0f; + } } STBI_FREE(data); return output; @@ -1385,7 +1699,9 @@ static float *stbi__ldr_to_hdr(stbi_uc *data, int x, int y, int comp) static stbi_uc *stbi__hdr_to_ldr(float *data, int x, int y, int comp) { int i,k,n; - stbi_uc *output = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(x * y * comp); + stbi_uc *output; + if (!data) return NULL; + output = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, comp, 0); if (output == NULL) { STBI_FREE(data); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } // compute number of non-alpha components if (comp & 1) n = comp; else n = comp-1; @@ -1450,7 +1766,7 @@ typedef struct stbi__context *s; stbi__huffman huff_dc[4]; stbi__huffman huff_ac[4]; - stbi_uc dequant[4][64]; + stbi__uint16 dequant[4][64]; stbi__int16 fast_ac[4][1 << FAST_BITS]; // sizes for components, interleaved MCUs @@ -1486,6 +1802,9 @@ typedef struct int succ_high; int succ_low; int eob_run; + int jfif; + int app14_color_transform; // Adobe APP14 tag + int rgb; int scan_n, order[4]; int restart_interval, todo; @@ -1498,7 +1817,8 @@ typedef struct static int stbi__build_huffman(stbi__huffman *h, int *count) { - int i,j,k=0,code; + int i,j,k=0; + unsigned int code; // build size list for each symbol (from JPEG spec) for (i=0; i < 16; ++i) for (j=0; j < count[i]; ++j) @@ -1514,7 +1834,7 @@ static int stbi__build_huffman(stbi__huffman *h, int *count) if (h->size[k] == j) { while (h->size[k] == j) h->code[k++] = (stbi__uint16) (code++); - if (code-1 >= (1 << j)) return stbi__err("bad code lengths","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (code-1 >= (1u << j)) return stbi__err("bad code lengths","Corrupt JPEG"); } // compute largest code + 1 for this size, preshifted as needed later h->maxcode[j] = code << (16-j); @@ -1555,10 +1875,10 @@ static void stbi__build_fast_ac(stbi__int16 *fast_ac, stbi__huffman *h) // magnitude code followed by receive_extend code int k = ((i << len) & ((1 << FAST_BITS) - 1)) >> (FAST_BITS - magbits); int m = 1 << (magbits - 1); - if (k < m) k += (-1 << magbits) + 1; + if (k < m) k += (~0U << magbits) + 1; // if the result is small enough, we can fit it in fast_ac table if (k >= -128 && k <= 127) - fast_ac[i] = (stbi__int16) ((k << 8) + (run << 4) + (len + magbits)); + fast_ac[i] = (stbi__int16) ((k * 256) + (run * 16) + (len + magbits)); } } } @@ -1567,9 +1887,10 @@ static void stbi__build_fast_ac(stbi__int16 *fast_ac, stbi__huffman *h) static void stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(stbi__jpeg *j) { do { - int b = j->nomore ? 0 : stbi__get8(j->s); + unsigned int b = j->nomore ? 0 : stbi__get8(j->s); if (b == 0xff) { int c = stbi__get8(j->s); + while (c == 0xff) c = stbi__get8(j->s); // consume fill bytes if (c != 0) { j->marker = (unsigned char) c; j->nomore = 1; @@ -1582,7 +1903,7 @@ static void stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(stbi__jpeg *j) } // (1 << n) - 1 -static stbi__uint32 stbi__bmask[17]={0,1,3,7,15,31,63,127,255,511,1023,2047,4095,8191,16383,32767,65535}; +static const stbi__uint32 stbi__bmask[17]={0,1,3,7,15,31,63,127,255,511,1023,2047,4095,8191,16383,32767,65535}; // decode a jpeg huffman value from the bitstream stbi_inline static int stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(stbi__jpeg *j, stbi__huffman *h) @@ -1635,7 +1956,7 @@ stbi_inline static int stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(stbi__jpeg *j, stbi__huffman *h) } // bias[n] = (-1<s); if (x != 0xff) return STBI__MARKER_none; while (x == 0xff) - x = stbi__get8(j->s); + x = stbi__get8(j->s); // consume repeated 0xff fill bytes return x; } @@ -2418,7 +2739,7 @@ static void stbi__jpeg_reset(stbi__jpeg *j) j->code_bits = 0; j->code_buffer = 0; j->nomore = 0; - j->img_comp[0].dc_pred = j->img_comp[1].dc_pred = j->img_comp[2].dc_pred = 0; + j->img_comp[0].dc_pred = j->img_comp[1].dc_pred = j->img_comp[2].dc_pred = j->img_comp[3].dc_pred = 0; j->marker = STBI__MARKER_none; j->todo = j->restart_interval ? j->restart_interval : 0x7fffffff; j->eob_run = 0; @@ -2550,7 +2871,7 @@ static int stbi__parse_entropy_coded_data(stbi__jpeg *z) } } -static void stbi__jpeg_dequantize(short *data, stbi_uc *dequant) +static void stbi__jpeg_dequantize(short *data, stbi__uint16 *dequant) { int i; for (i=0; i < 64; ++i) @@ -2592,13 +2913,14 @@ static int stbi__process_marker(stbi__jpeg *z, int m) L = stbi__get16be(z->s)-2; while (L > 0) { int q = stbi__get8(z->s); - int p = q >> 4; + int p = q >> 4, sixteen = (p != 0); int t = q & 15,i; - if (p != 0) return stbi__err("bad DQT type","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (p != 0 && p != 1) return stbi__err("bad DQT type","Corrupt JPEG"); if (t > 3) return stbi__err("bad DQT table","Corrupt JPEG"); + for (i=0; i < 64; ++i) - z->dequant[t][stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[i]] = stbi__get8(z->s); - L -= 65; + z->dequant[t][stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[i]] = (stbi__uint16)(sixteen ? stbi__get16be(z->s) : stbi__get8(z->s)); + L -= (sixteen ? 129 : 65); } return L==0; @@ -2631,12 +2953,50 @@ static int stbi__process_marker(stbi__jpeg *z, int m) } return L==0; } + // check for comment block or APP blocks if ((m >= 0xE0 && m <= 0xEF) || m == 0xFE) { - stbi__skip(z->s, stbi__get16be(z->s)-2); + L = stbi__get16be(z->s); + if (L < 2) { + if (m == 0xFE) + return stbi__err("bad COM len","Corrupt JPEG"); + else + return stbi__err("bad APP len","Corrupt JPEG"); + } + L -= 2; + + if (m == 0xE0 && L >= 5) { // JFIF APP0 segment + static const unsigned char tag[5] = {'J','F','I','F','\0'}; + int ok = 1; + int i; + for (i=0; i < 5; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(z->s) != tag[i]) + ok = 0; + L -= 5; + if (ok) + z->jfif = 1; + } else if (m == 0xEE && L >= 12) { // Adobe APP14 segment + static const unsigned char tag[6] = {'A','d','o','b','e','\0'}; + int ok = 1; + int i; + for (i=0; i < 6; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(z->s) != tag[i]) + ok = 0; + L -= 6; + if (ok) { + stbi__get8(z->s); // version + stbi__get16be(z->s); // flags0 + stbi__get16be(z->s); // flags1 + z->app14_color_transform = stbi__get8(z->s); // color transform + L -= 6; + } + } + + stbi__skip(z->s, L); return 1; } - return 0; + + return stbi__err("unknown marker","Corrupt JPEG"); } // after we see SOS @@ -2679,6 +3039,28 @@ static int stbi__process_scan_header(stbi__jpeg *z) return 1; } +static int stbi__free_jpeg_components(stbi__jpeg *z, int ncomp, int why) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < ncomp; ++i) { + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_data) { + STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].raw_data); + z->img_comp[i].raw_data = NULL; + z->img_comp[i].data = NULL; + } + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff) { + STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff); + z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = 0; + z->img_comp[i].coeff = 0; + } + if (z->img_comp[i].linebuf) { + STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].linebuf); + z->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; + } + } + return why; +} + static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) { stbi__context *s = z->s; @@ -2688,7 +3070,7 @@ static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) s->img_y = stbi__get16be(s); if (s->img_y == 0) return stbi__err("no header height", "JPEG format not supported: delayed height"); // Legal, but we don't handle it--but neither does IJG s->img_x = stbi__get16be(s); if (s->img_x == 0) return stbi__err("0 width","Corrupt JPEG"); // JPEG requires c = stbi__get8(s); - if (c != 3 && c != 1) return stbi__err("bad component count","Corrupt JPEG"); // JFIF requires + if (c != 3 && c != 1 && c != 4) return stbi__err("bad component count","Corrupt JPEG"); s->img_n = c; for (i=0; i < c; ++i) { z->img_comp[i].data = NULL; @@ -2697,11 +3079,12 @@ static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) if (Lf != 8+3*s->img_n) return stbi__err("bad SOF len","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->rgb = 0; for (i=0; i < s->img_n; ++i) { + static const unsigned char rgb[3] = { 'R', 'G', 'B' }; z->img_comp[i].id = stbi__get8(s); - if (z->img_comp[i].id != i+1) // JFIF requires - if (z->img_comp[i].id != i) // some version of jpegtran outputs non-JFIF-compliant files! - return stbi__err("bad component ID","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (s->img_n == 3 && z->img_comp[i].id == rgb[i]) + ++z->rgb; q = stbi__get8(s); z->img_comp[i].h = (q >> 4); if (!z->img_comp[i].h || z->img_comp[i].h > 4) return stbi__err("bad H","Corrupt JPEG"); z->img_comp[i].v = q & 15; if (!z->img_comp[i].v || z->img_comp[i].v > 4) return stbi__err("bad V","Corrupt JPEG"); @@ -2710,7 +3093,7 @@ static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) if (scan != STBI__SCAN_load) return 1; - if ((1 << 30) / s->img_x / s->img_n < s->img_y) return stbi__err("too large", "Image too large to decode"); + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(s->img_x, s->img_y, s->img_n, 0)) return stbi__err("too large", "Image too large to decode"); for (i=0; i < s->img_n; ++i) { if (z->img_comp[i].h > h_max) h_max = z->img_comp[i].h; @@ -2722,6 +3105,7 @@ static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) z->img_v_max = v_max; z->img_mcu_w = h_max * 8; z->img_mcu_h = v_max * 8; + // these sizes can't be more than 17 bits z->img_mcu_x = (s->img_x + z->img_mcu_w-1) / z->img_mcu_w; z->img_mcu_y = (s->img_y + z->img_mcu_h-1) / z->img_mcu_h; @@ -2733,28 +3117,27 @@ static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) // the bogus oversized data from using interleaved MCUs and their // big blocks (e.g. a 16x16 iMCU on an image of width 33); we won't // discard the extra data until colorspace conversion + // + // img_mcu_x, img_mcu_y: <=17 bits; comp[i].h and .v are <=4 (checked earlier) + // so these muls can't overflow with 32-bit ints (which we require) z->img_comp[i].w2 = z->img_mcu_x * z->img_comp[i].h * 8; z->img_comp[i].h2 = z->img_mcu_y * z->img_comp[i].v * 8; - z->img_comp[i].raw_data = stbi__malloc(z->img_comp[i].w2 * z->img_comp[i].h2+15); - - if (z->img_comp[i].raw_data == NULL) { - for(--i; i >= 0; --i) { - STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].raw_data); - z->img_comp[i].data = NULL; - } - return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); - } + z->img_comp[i].coeff = 0; + z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = 0; + z->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; + z->img_comp[i].raw_data = stbi__malloc_mad2(z->img_comp[i].w2, z->img_comp[i].h2, 15); + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_data == NULL) + return stbi__free_jpeg_components(z, i+1, stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory")); // align blocks for idct using mmx/sse z->img_comp[i].data = (stbi_uc*) (((size_t) z->img_comp[i].raw_data + 15) & ~15); - z->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; if (z->progressive) { - z->img_comp[i].coeff_w = (z->img_comp[i].w2 + 7) >> 3; - z->img_comp[i].coeff_h = (z->img_comp[i].h2 + 7) >> 3; - z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = STBI_MALLOC(z->img_comp[i].coeff_w * z->img_comp[i].coeff_h * 64 * sizeof(short) + 15); + // w2, h2 are multiples of 8 (see above) + z->img_comp[i].coeff_w = z->img_comp[i].w2 / 8; + z->img_comp[i].coeff_h = z->img_comp[i].h2 / 8; + z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = stbi__malloc_mad3(z->img_comp[i].w2, z->img_comp[i].h2, sizeof(short), 15); + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff == NULL) + return stbi__free_jpeg_components(z, i+1, stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory")); z->img_comp[i].coeff = (short*) (((size_t) z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff + 15) & ~15); - } else { - z->img_comp[i].coeff = 0; - z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = 0; } } @@ -2773,6 +3156,8 @@ static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) static int stbi__decode_jpeg_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) { int m; + z->jfif = 0; + z->app14_color_transform = -1; // valid values are 0,1,2 z->marker = STBI__MARKER_none; // initialize cached marker to empty m = stbi__get_marker(z); if (!stbi__SOI(m)) return stbi__err("no SOI","Corrupt JPEG"); @@ -2814,12 +3199,15 @@ static int stbi__decode_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *j) if (x == 255) { j->marker = stbi__get8(j->s); break; - } else if (x != 0) { - return stbi__err("junk before marker", "Corrupt JPEG"); } } // if we reach eof without hitting a marker, stbi__get_marker() below will fail and we'll eventually return 0 } + } else if (stbi__DNL(m)) { + int Ld = stbi__get16be(j->s); + stbi__uint32 NL = stbi__get16be(j->s); + if (Ld != 4) return stbi__err("bad DNL len", "Corrupt JPEG"); + if (NL != j->s->img_y) return stbi__err("bad DNL height", "Corrupt JPEG"); } else { if (!stbi__process_marker(j, m)) return 0; } @@ -3038,38 +3426,9 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__resample_row_generic(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_ return out; } -#ifdef STBI_JPEG_OLD -// this is the same YCbCr-to-RGB calculation that stb_image has used -// historically before the algorithm changes in 1.49 -#define float2fixed(x) ((int) ((x) * 65536 + 0.5)) -static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_row(stbi_uc *out, const stbi_uc *y, const stbi_uc *pcb, const stbi_uc *pcr, int count, int step) -{ - int i; - for (i=0; i < count; ++i) { - int y_fixed = (y[i] << 16) + 32768; // rounding - int r,g,b; - int cr = pcr[i] - 128; - int cb = pcb[i] - 128; - r = y_fixed + cr*float2fixed(1.40200f); - g = y_fixed - cr*float2fixed(0.71414f) - cb*float2fixed(0.34414f); - b = y_fixed + cb*float2fixed(1.77200f); - r >>= 16; - g >>= 16; - b >>= 16; - if ((unsigned) r > 255) { if (r < 0) r = 0; else r = 255; } - if ((unsigned) g > 255) { if (g < 0) g = 0; else g = 255; } - if ((unsigned) b > 255) { if (b < 0) b = 0; else b = 255; } - out[0] = (stbi_uc)r; - out[1] = (stbi_uc)g; - out[2] = (stbi_uc)b; - out[3] = 255; - out += step; - } -} -#else // this is a reduced-precision calculation of YCbCr-to-RGB introduced // to make sure the code produces the same results in both SIMD and scalar -#define float2fixed(x) (((int) ((x) * 4096.0f + 0.5f)) << 8) +#define stbi__float2fixed(x) (((int) ((x) * 4096.0f + 0.5f)) << 8) static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_row(stbi_uc *out, const stbi_uc *y, const stbi_uc *pcb, const stbi_uc *pcr, int count, int step) { int i; @@ -3078,9 +3437,9 @@ static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_row(stbi_uc *out, const stbi_uc *y, const stbi_uc int r,g,b; int cr = pcr[i] - 128; int cb = pcb[i] - 128; - r = y_fixed + cr* float2fixed(1.40200f); - g = y_fixed + (cr*-float2fixed(0.71414f)) + ((cb*-float2fixed(0.34414f)) & 0xffff0000); - b = y_fixed + cb* float2fixed(1.77200f); + r = y_fixed + cr* stbi__float2fixed(1.40200f); + g = y_fixed + (cr*-stbi__float2fixed(0.71414f)) + ((cb*-stbi__float2fixed(0.34414f)) & 0xffff0000); + b = y_fixed + cb* stbi__float2fixed(1.77200f); r >>= 20; g >>= 20; b >>= 20; @@ -3094,7 +3453,6 @@ static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_row(stbi_uc *out, const stbi_uc *y, const stbi_uc out += step; } } -#endif #if defined(STBI_SSE2) || defined(STBI_NEON) static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc const *y, stbi_uc const *pcb, stbi_uc const *pcr, int count, int step) @@ -3213,9 +3571,9 @@ static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc const *y, stbi_uc cons int r,g,b; int cr = pcr[i] - 128; int cb = pcb[i] - 128; - r = y_fixed + cr* float2fixed(1.40200f); - g = y_fixed + cr*-float2fixed(0.71414f) + ((cb*-float2fixed(0.34414f)) & 0xffff0000); - b = y_fixed + cb* float2fixed(1.77200f); + r = y_fixed + cr* stbi__float2fixed(1.40200f); + g = y_fixed + cr*-stbi__float2fixed(0.71414f) + ((cb*-stbi__float2fixed(0.34414f)) & 0xffff0000); + b = y_fixed + cb* stbi__float2fixed(1.77200f); r >>= 20; g >>= 20; b >>= 20; @@ -3241,18 +3599,14 @@ static void stbi__setup_jpeg(stbi__jpeg *j) #ifdef STBI_SSE2 if (stbi__sse2_available()) { j->idct_block_kernel = stbi__idct_simd; - #ifndef STBI_JPEG_OLD j->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel = stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd; - #endif j->resample_row_hv_2_kernel = stbi__resample_row_hv_2_simd; } #endif #ifdef STBI_NEON j->idct_block_kernel = stbi__idct_simd; - #ifndef STBI_JPEG_OLD j->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel = stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd; - #endif j->resample_row_hv_2_kernel = stbi__resample_row_hv_2_simd; #endif } @@ -3260,23 +3614,7 @@ static void stbi__setup_jpeg(stbi__jpeg *j) // clean up the temporary component buffers static void stbi__cleanup_jpeg(stbi__jpeg *j) { - int i; - for (i=0; i < j->s->img_n; ++i) { - if (j->img_comp[i].raw_data) { - STBI_FREE(j->img_comp[i].raw_data); - j->img_comp[i].raw_data = NULL; - j->img_comp[i].data = NULL; - } - if (j->img_comp[i].raw_coeff) { - STBI_FREE(j->img_comp[i].raw_coeff); - j->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = 0; - j->img_comp[i].coeff = 0; - } - if (j->img_comp[i].linebuf) { - STBI_FREE(j->img_comp[i].linebuf); - j->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; - } - } + stbi__free_jpeg_components(j, j->s->img_n, 0); } typedef struct @@ -3289,9 +3627,16 @@ typedef struct int ypos; // which pre-expansion row we're on } stbi__resample; +// fast 0..255 * 0..255 => 0..255 rounded multiplication +static stbi_uc stbi__blinn_8x8(stbi_uc x, stbi_uc y) +{ + unsigned int t = x*y + 128; + return (stbi_uc) ((t + (t >>8)) >> 8); +} + static stbi_uc *load_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *z, int *out_x, int *out_y, int *comp, int req_comp) { - int n, decode_n; + int n, decode_n, is_rgb; z->s->img_n = 0; // make stbi__cleanup_jpeg safe // validate req_comp @@ -3301,9 +3646,11 @@ static stbi_uc *load_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *z, int *out_x, int *out_y, int *comp if (!stbi__decode_jpeg_image(z)) { stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); return NULL; } // determine actual number of components to generate - n = req_comp ? req_comp : z->s->img_n; + n = req_comp ? req_comp : z->s->img_n >= 3 ? 3 : 1; - if (z->s->img_n == 3 && n < 3) + is_rgb = z->s->img_n == 3 && (z->rgb == 3 || (z->app14_color_transform == 0 && !z->jfif)); + + if (z->s->img_n == 3 && n < 3 && !is_rgb) decode_n = 1; else decode_n = z->s->img_n; @@ -3340,7 +3687,7 @@ static stbi_uc *load_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *z, int *out_x, int *out_y, int *comp } // can't error after this so, this is safe - output = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(n * z->s->img_x * z->s->img_y + 1); + output = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(n, z->s->img_x, z->s->img_y, 1); if (!output) { stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } // now go ahead and resample @@ -3363,7 +3710,39 @@ static stbi_uc *load_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *z, int *out_x, int *out_y, int *comp if (n >= 3) { stbi_uc *y = coutput[0]; if (z->s->img_n == 3) { - z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + if (is_rgb) { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + out[0] = y[i]; + out[1] = coutput[1][i]; + out[2] = coutput[2][i]; + out[3] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else { + z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + } + } else if (z->s->img_n == 4) { + if (z->app14_color_transform == 0) { // CMYK + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi_uc m = coutput[3][i]; + out[0] = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[0][i], m); + out[1] = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[1][i], m); + out[2] = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[2][i], m); + out[3] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else if (z->app14_color_transform == 2) { // YCCK + z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi_uc m = coutput[3][i]; + out[0] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - out[0], m); + out[1] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - out[1], m); + out[2] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - out[2], m); + out += n; + } + } else { // YCbCr + alpha? Ignore the fourth channel for now + z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + } } else for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { out[0] = out[1] = out[2] = y[i]; @@ -3371,37 +3750,70 @@ static stbi_uc *load_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *z, int *out_x, int *out_y, int *comp out += n; } } else { - stbi_uc *y = coutput[0]; - if (n == 1) - for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) out[i] = y[i]; - else - for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) *out++ = y[i], *out++ = 255; + if (is_rgb) { + if (n == 1) + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) + *out++ = stbi__compute_y(coutput[0][i], coutput[1][i], coutput[2][i]); + else { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i, out += 2) { + out[0] = stbi__compute_y(coutput[0][i], coutput[1][i], coutput[2][i]); + out[1] = 255; + } + } + } else if (z->s->img_n == 4 && z->app14_color_transform == 0) { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi_uc m = coutput[3][i]; + stbi_uc r = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[0][i], m); + stbi_uc g = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[1][i], m); + stbi_uc b = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[2][i], m); + out[0] = stbi__compute_y(r, g, b); + out[1] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else if (z->s->img_n == 4 && z->app14_color_transform == 2) { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + out[0] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - coutput[0][i], coutput[3][i]); + out[1] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else { + stbi_uc *y = coutput[0]; + if (n == 1) + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) out[i] = y[i]; + else + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { *out++ = y[i]; *out++ = 255; } + } } } stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); *out_x = z->s->img_x; *out_y = z->s->img_y; - if (comp) *comp = z->s->img_n; // report original components, not output + if (comp) *comp = z->s->img_n >= 3 ? 3 : 1; // report original components, not output return output; } } -static unsigned char *stbi__jpeg_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +static void *stbi__jpeg_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) { - stbi__jpeg j; - j.s = s; - stbi__setup_jpeg(&j); - return load_jpeg_image(&j, x,y,comp,req_comp); + unsigned char* result; + stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*) stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg)); + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + j->s = s; + stbi__setup_jpeg(j); + result = load_jpeg_image(j, x,y,comp,req_comp); + STBI_FREE(j); + return result; } static int stbi__jpeg_test(stbi__context *s) { int r; - stbi__jpeg j; - j.s = s; - stbi__setup_jpeg(&j); - r = stbi__decode_jpeg_header(&j, STBI__SCAN_type); + stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*)stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg)); + j->s = s; + stbi__setup_jpeg(j); + r = stbi__decode_jpeg_header(j, STBI__SCAN_type); stbi__rewind(s); + STBI_FREE(j); return r; } @@ -3413,15 +3825,18 @@ static int stbi__jpeg_info_raw(stbi__jpeg *j, int *x, int *y, int *comp) } if (x) *x = j->s->img_x; if (y) *y = j->s->img_y; - if (comp) *comp = j->s->img_n; + if (comp) *comp = j->s->img_n >= 3 ? 3 : 1; return 1; } static int stbi__jpeg_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { - stbi__jpeg j; - j.s = s; - return stbi__jpeg_info_raw(&j, x, y, comp); + int result; + stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*) (stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg))); + j->s = s; + result = stbi__jpeg_info_raw(j, x, y, comp); + STBI_FREE(j); + return result; } #endif @@ -3467,7 +3882,7 @@ stbi_inline static int stbi__bit_reverse(int v, int bits) return stbi__bitreverse16(v) >> (16-bits); } -static int stbi__zbuild_huffman(stbi__zhuffman *z, stbi_uc *sizelist, int num) +static int stbi__zbuild_huffman(stbi__zhuffman *z, const stbi_uc *sizelist, int num) { int i,k=0; int code, next_code[16], sizes[17]; @@ -3502,10 +3917,10 @@ static int stbi__zbuild_huffman(stbi__zhuffman *z, stbi_uc *sizelist, int num) z->size [c] = (stbi_uc ) s; z->value[c] = (stbi__uint16) i; if (s <= STBI__ZFAST_BITS) { - int k = stbi__bit_reverse(next_code[s],s); - while (k < (1 << STBI__ZFAST_BITS)) { - z->fast[k] = fastv; - k += (1 << s); + int j = stbi__bit_reverse(next_code[s],s); + while (j < (1 << STBI__ZFAST_BITS)) { + z->fast[j] = fastv; + j += (1 << s); } } ++next_code[s]; @@ -3594,14 +4009,15 @@ stbi_inline static int stbi__zhuffman_decode(stbi__zbuf *a, stbi__zhuffman *z) static int stbi__zexpand(stbi__zbuf *z, char *zout, int n) // need to make room for n bytes { char *q; - int cur, limit; + int cur, limit, old_limit; z->zout = zout; if (!z->z_expandable) return stbi__err("output buffer limit","Corrupt PNG"); cur = (int) (z->zout - z->zout_start); - limit = (int) (z->zout_end - z->zout_start); + limit = old_limit = (int) (z->zout_end - z->zout_start); while (cur + n > limit) limit *= 2; - q = (char *) STBI_REALLOC(z->zout_start, limit); + q = (char *) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(z->zout_start, old_limit, limit); + STBI_NOTUSED(old_limit); if (q == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); z->zout_start = q; z->zout = q + cur; @@ -3609,18 +4025,18 @@ static int stbi__zexpand(stbi__zbuf *z, char *zout, int n) // need to make room return 1; } -static int stbi__zlength_base[31] = { +static const int stbi__zlength_base[31] = { 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13, 15,17,19,23,27,31,35,43,51,59, 67,83,99,115,131,163,195,227,258,0,0 }; -static int stbi__zlength_extra[31]= +static const int stbi__zlength_extra[31]= { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,0,0,0 }; -static int stbi__zdist_base[32] = { 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,13,17,25,33,49,65,97,129,193, +static const int stbi__zdist_base[32] = { 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,13,17,25,33,49,65,97,129,193, 257,385,513,769,1025,1537,2049,3073,4097,6145,8193,12289,16385,24577,0,0}; -static int stbi__zdist_extra[32] = +static const int stbi__zdist_extra[32] = { 0,0,0,0,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13}; static int stbi__parse_huffman_block(stbi__zbuf *a) @@ -3667,7 +4083,7 @@ static int stbi__parse_huffman_block(stbi__zbuf *a) static int stbi__compute_huffman_codes(stbi__zbuf *a) { - static stbi_uc length_dezigzag[19] = { 16,17,18,0,8,7,9,6,10,5,11,4,12,3,13,2,14,1,15 }; + static const stbi_uc length_dezigzag[19] = { 16,17,18,0,8,7,9,6,10,5,11,4,12,3,13,2,14,1,15 }; stbi__zhuffman z_codelength; stbi_uc lencodes[286+32+137];//padding for maximum single op stbi_uc codelength_sizes[19]; @@ -3676,6 +4092,7 @@ static int stbi__compute_huffman_codes(stbi__zbuf *a) int hlit = stbi__zreceive(a,5) + 257; int hdist = stbi__zreceive(a,5) + 1; int hclen = stbi__zreceive(a,4) + 4; + int ntot = hlit + hdist; memset(codelength_sizes, 0, sizeof(codelength_sizes)); for (i=0; i < hclen; ++i) { @@ -3685,33 +4102,35 @@ static int stbi__compute_huffman_codes(stbi__zbuf *a) if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&z_codelength, codelength_sizes, 19)) return 0; n = 0; - while (n < hlit + hdist) { + while (n < ntot) { int c = stbi__zhuffman_decode(a, &z_codelength); if (c < 0 || c >= 19) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); if (c < 16) lencodes[n++] = (stbi_uc) c; - else if (c == 16) { - c = stbi__zreceive(a,2)+3; - memset(lencodes+n, lencodes[n-1], c); - n += c; - } else if (c == 17) { - c = stbi__zreceive(a,3)+3; - memset(lencodes+n, 0, c); - n += c; - } else { - STBI_ASSERT(c == 18); - c = stbi__zreceive(a,7)+11; - memset(lencodes+n, 0, c); + else { + stbi_uc fill = 0; + if (c == 16) { + c = stbi__zreceive(a,2)+3; + if (n == 0) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); + fill = lencodes[n-1]; + } else if (c == 17) + c = stbi__zreceive(a,3)+3; + else { + STBI_ASSERT(c == 18); + c = stbi__zreceive(a,7)+11; + } + if (ntot - n < c) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); + memset(lencodes+n, fill, c); n += c; } } - if (n != hlit+hdist) return stbi__err("bad codelengths","Corrupt PNG"); + if (n != ntot) return stbi__err("bad codelengths","Corrupt PNG"); if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_length, lencodes, hlit)) return 0; if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_distance, lencodes+hlit, hdist)) return 0; return 1; } -static int stbi__parse_uncomperssed_block(stbi__zbuf *a) +static int stbi__parse_uncompressed_block(stbi__zbuf *a) { stbi_uc header[4]; int len,nlen,k; @@ -3753,9 +4172,24 @@ static int stbi__parse_zlib_header(stbi__zbuf *a) return 1; } -// @TODO: should statically initialize these for optimal thread safety -static stbi_uc stbi__zdefault_length[288], stbi__zdefault_distance[32]; -static void stbi__init_zdefaults(void) +static const stbi_uc stbi__zdefault_length[288] = +{ + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7, 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8 +}; +static const stbi_uc stbi__zdefault_distance[32] = +{ + 5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5 +}; +/* +Init algorithm: { int i; // use <= to match clearly with spec for (i=0; i <= 143; ++i) stbi__zdefault_length[i] = 8; @@ -3765,6 +4199,7 @@ static void stbi__init_zdefaults(void) for (i=0; i <= 31; ++i) stbi__zdefault_distance[i] = 5; } +*/ static int stbi__parse_zlib(stbi__zbuf *a, int parse_header) { @@ -3777,13 +4212,12 @@ static int stbi__parse_zlib(stbi__zbuf *a, int parse_header) final = stbi__zreceive(a,1); type = stbi__zreceive(a,2); if (type == 0) { - if (!stbi__parse_uncomperssed_block(a)) return 0; + if (!stbi__parse_uncompressed_block(a)) return 0; } else if (type == 3) { return 0; } else { if (type == 1) { // use fixed code lengths - if (!stbi__zdefault_distance[31]) stbi__init_zdefaults(); if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_length , stbi__zdefault_length , 288)) return 0; if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_distance, stbi__zdefault_distance, 32)) return 0; } else { @@ -3908,7 +4342,7 @@ static stbi__pngchunk stbi__get_chunk_header(stbi__context *s) static int stbi__check_png_header(stbi__context *s) { - static stbi_uc png_sig[8] = { 137,80,78,71,13,10,26,10 }; + static const stbi_uc png_sig[8] = { 137,80,78,71,13,10,26,10 }; int i; for (i=0; i < 8; ++i) if (stbi__get8(s) != png_sig[i]) return stbi__err("bad png sig","Not a PNG"); @@ -3919,6 +4353,7 @@ typedef struct { stbi__context *s; stbi_uc *idata, *expanded, *out; + int depth; } stbi__png; @@ -3953,35 +4388,40 @@ static int stbi__paeth(int a, int b, int c) return c; } -static stbi_uc stbi__depth_scale_table[9] = { 0, 0xff, 0x55, 0, 0x11, 0,0,0, 0x01 }; +static const stbi_uc stbi__depth_scale_table[9] = { 0, 0xff, 0x55, 0, 0x11, 0,0,0, 0x01 }; // create the png data from post-deflated data static int stbi__create_png_image_raw(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *raw, stbi__uint32 raw_len, int out_n, stbi__uint32 x, stbi__uint32 y, int depth, int color) { + int bytes = (depth == 16? 2 : 1); stbi__context *s = a->s; - stbi__uint32 i,j,stride = x*out_n; + stbi__uint32 i,j,stride = x*out_n*bytes; stbi__uint32 img_len, img_width_bytes; int k; int img_n = s->img_n; // copy it into a local for later + int output_bytes = out_n*bytes; + int filter_bytes = img_n*bytes; + int width = x; + STBI_ASSERT(out_n == s->img_n || out_n == s->img_n+1); - a->out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(x * y * out_n); // extra bytes to write off the end into + a->out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, output_bytes, 0); // extra bytes to write off the end into if (!a->out) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(img_n, x, depth, 7)) return stbi__err("too large", "Corrupt PNG"); img_width_bytes = (((img_n * x * depth) + 7) >> 3); img_len = (img_width_bytes + 1) * y; - if (s->img_x == x && s->img_y == y) { - if (raw_len != img_len) return stbi__err("not enough pixels","Corrupt PNG"); - } else { // interlaced: - if (raw_len < img_len) return stbi__err("not enough pixels","Corrupt PNG"); - } + + // we used to check for exact match between raw_len and img_len on non-interlaced PNGs, + // but issue #276 reported a PNG in the wild that had extra data at the end (all zeros), + // so just check for raw_len < img_len always. + if (raw_len < img_len) return stbi__err("not enough pixels","Corrupt PNG"); for (j=0; j < y; ++j) { stbi_uc *cur = a->out + stride*j; - stbi_uc *prior = cur - stride; + stbi_uc *prior; int filter = *raw++; - int filter_bytes = img_n; - int width = x; + if (filter > 4) return stbi__err("invalid filter","Corrupt PNG"); @@ -3991,6 +4431,7 @@ static int stbi__create_png_image_raw(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *raw, stbi__uint32 r filter_bytes = 1; width = img_width_bytes; } + prior = cur - stride; // bugfix: need to compute this after 'cur +=' computation above // if first row, use special filter that doesn't sample previous row if (j == 0) filter = first_row_filter[filter]; @@ -4014,6 +4455,14 @@ static int stbi__create_png_image_raw(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *raw, stbi__uint32 r raw += img_n; cur += out_n; prior += out_n; + } else if (depth == 16) { + if (img_n != out_n) { + cur[filter_bytes] = 255; // first pixel top byte + cur[filter_bytes+1] = 255; // first pixel bottom byte + } + raw += filter_bytes; + cur += output_bytes; + prior += output_bytes; } else { raw += 1; cur += 1; @@ -4022,38 +4471,47 @@ static int stbi__create_png_image_raw(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *raw, stbi__uint32 r // this is a little gross, so that we don't switch per-pixel or per-component if (depth < 8 || img_n == out_n) { - int nk = (width - 1)*img_n; - #define CASE(f) \ + int nk = (width - 1)*filter_bytes; + #define STBI__CASE(f) \ case f: \ for (k=0; k < nk; ++k) switch (filter) { // "none" filter turns into a memcpy here; make that explicit. case STBI__F_none: memcpy(cur, raw, nk); break; - CASE(STBI__F_sub) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + cur[k-filter_bytes]); break; - CASE(STBI__F_up) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); break; - CASE(STBI__F_avg) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + ((prior[k] + cur[k-filter_bytes])>>1)); break; - CASE(STBI__F_paeth) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-filter_bytes],prior[k],prior[k-filter_bytes])); break; - CASE(STBI__F_avg_first) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (cur[k-filter_bytes] >> 1)); break; - CASE(STBI__F_paeth_first) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-filter_bytes],0,0)); break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_sub) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + cur[k-filter_bytes]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_up) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + ((prior[k] + cur[k-filter_bytes])>>1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-filter_bytes],prior[k],prior[k-filter_bytes])); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (cur[k-filter_bytes] >> 1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-filter_bytes],0,0)); } break; } - #undef CASE + #undef STBI__CASE raw += nk; } else { STBI_ASSERT(img_n+1 == out_n); - #define CASE(f) \ + #define STBI__CASE(f) \ case f: \ - for (i=x-1; i >= 1; --i, cur[img_n]=255,raw+=img_n,cur+=out_n,prior+=out_n) \ - for (k=0; k < img_n; ++k) + for (i=x-1; i >= 1; --i, cur[filter_bytes]=255,raw+=filter_bytes,cur+=output_bytes,prior+=output_bytes) \ + for (k=0; k < filter_bytes; ++k) switch (filter) { - CASE(STBI__F_none) cur[k] = raw[k]; break; - CASE(STBI__F_sub) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + cur[k-out_n]); break; - CASE(STBI__F_up) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); break; - CASE(STBI__F_avg) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + ((prior[k] + cur[k-out_n])>>1)); break; - CASE(STBI__F_paeth) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-out_n],prior[k],prior[k-out_n])); break; - CASE(STBI__F_avg_first) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (cur[k-out_n] >> 1)); break; - CASE(STBI__F_paeth_first) cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-out_n],0,0)); break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_none) { cur[k] = raw[k]; } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_sub) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + cur[k- output_bytes]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_up) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + ((prior[k] + cur[k- output_bytes])>>1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k- output_bytes],prior[k],prior[k- output_bytes])); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (cur[k- output_bytes] >> 1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k- output_bytes],0,0)); } break; + } + #undef STBI__CASE + + // the loop above sets the high byte of the pixels' alpha, but for + // 16 bit png files we also need the low byte set. we'll do that here. + if (depth == 16) { + cur = a->out + stride*j; // start at the beginning of the row again + for (i=0; i < x; ++i,cur+=output_bytes) { + cur[filter_bytes+1] = 255; + } } - #undef CASE } } @@ -4110,25 +4568,36 @@ static int stbi__create_png_image_raw(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *raw, stbi__uint32 r if (k > 6) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 1) & 0x01); } if (img_n != out_n) { + int q; // insert alpha = 255 - stbi_uc *cur = a->out + stride*j; - int i; + cur = a->out + stride*j; if (img_n == 1) { - for (i=x-1; i >= 0; --i) { - cur[i*2+1] = 255; - cur[i*2+0] = cur[i]; + for (q=x-1; q >= 0; --q) { + cur[q*2+1] = 255; + cur[q*2+0] = cur[q]; } } else { STBI_ASSERT(img_n == 3); - for (i=x-1; i >= 0; --i) { - cur[i*4+3] = 255; - cur[i*4+2] = cur[i*3+2]; - cur[i*4+1] = cur[i*3+1]; - cur[i*4+0] = cur[i*3+0]; + for (q=x-1; q >= 0; --q) { + cur[q*4+3] = 255; + cur[q*4+2] = cur[q*3+2]; + cur[q*4+1] = cur[q*3+1]; + cur[q*4+0] = cur[q*3+0]; } } } } + } else if (depth == 16) { + // force the image data from big-endian to platform-native. + // this is done in a separate pass due to the decoding relying + // on the data being untouched, but could probably be done + // per-line during decode if care is taken. + stbi_uc *cur = a->out; + stbi__uint16 *cur16 = (stbi__uint16*)cur; + + for(i=0; i < x*y*out_n; ++i,cur16++,cur+=2) { + *cur16 = (cur[0] << 8) | cur[1]; + } } return 1; @@ -4136,13 +4605,15 @@ static int stbi__create_png_image_raw(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *raw, stbi__uint32 r static int stbi__create_png_image(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *image_data, stbi__uint32 image_data_len, int out_n, int depth, int color, int interlaced) { + int bytes = (depth == 16 ? 2 : 1); + int out_bytes = out_n * bytes; stbi_uc *final; int p; if (!interlaced) return stbi__create_png_image_raw(a, image_data, image_data_len, out_n, a->s->img_x, a->s->img_y, depth, color); // de-interlacing - final = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(a->s->img_x * a->s->img_y * out_n); + final = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(a->s->img_x, a->s->img_y, out_bytes, 0); for (p=0; p < 7; ++p) { int xorig[] = { 0,4,0,2,0,1,0 }; int yorig[] = { 0,0,4,0,2,0,1 }; @@ -4162,8 +4633,8 @@ static int stbi__create_png_image(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *image_data, stbi__uint3 for (i=0; i < x; ++i) { int out_y = j*yspc[p]+yorig[p]; int out_x = i*xspc[p]+xorig[p]; - memcpy(final + out_y*a->s->img_x*out_n + out_x*out_n, - a->out + (j*x+i)*out_n, out_n); + memcpy(final + out_y*a->s->img_x*out_bytes + out_x*out_bytes, + a->out + (j*x+i)*out_bytes, out_bytes); } } STBI_FREE(a->out); @@ -4201,12 +4672,37 @@ static int stbi__compute_transparency(stbi__png *z, stbi_uc tc[3], int out_n) return 1; } +static int stbi__compute_transparency16(stbi__png *z, stbi__uint16 tc[3], int out_n) +{ + stbi__context *s = z->s; + stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = s->img_x * s->img_y; + stbi__uint16 *p = (stbi__uint16*) z->out; + + // compute color-based transparency, assuming we've + // already got 65535 as the alpha value in the output + STBI_ASSERT(out_n == 2 || out_n == 4); + + if (out_n == 2) { + for (i = 0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + p[1] = (p[0] == tc[0] ? 0 : 65535); + p += 2; + } + } else { + for (i = 0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + if (p[0] == tc[0] && p[1] == tc[1] && p[2] == tc[2]) + p[3] = 0; + p += 4; + } + } + return 1; +} + static int stbi__expand_png_palette(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *palette, int len, int pal_img_n) { stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = a->s->img_x * a->s->img_y; stbi_uc *p, *temp_out, *orig = a->out; - p = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(pixel_count * pal_img_n); + p = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad2(pixel_count, pal_img_n, 0); if (p == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); // between here and free(out) below, exitting would leak @@ -4272,9 +4768,10 @@ static void stbi__de_iphone(stbi__png *z) stbi_uc a = p[3]; stbi_uc t = p[0]; if (a) { - p[0] = p[2] * 255 / a; - p[1] = p[1] * 255 / a; - p[2] = t * 255 / a; + stbi_uc half = a / 2; + p[0] = (p[2] * 255 + half) / a; + p[1] = (p[1] * 255 + half) / a; + p[2] = ( t * 255 + half) / a; } else { p[0] = p[2]; p[2] = t; @@ -4293,14 +4790,15 @@ static void stbi__de_iphone(stbi__png *z) } } -#define STBI__PNG_TYPE(a,b,c,d) (((a) << 24) + ((b) << 16) + ((c) << 8) + (d)) +#define STBI__PNG_TYPE(a,b,c,d) (((unsigned) (a) << 24) + ((unsigned) (b) << 16) + ((unsigned) (c) << 8) + (unsigned) (d)) static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) { stbi_uc palette[1024], pal_img_n=0; - stbi_uc has_trans=0, tc[3]; + stbi_uc has_trans=0, tc[3]={0}; + stbi__uint16 tc16[3]; stbi__uint32 ioff=0, idata_limit=0, i, pal_len=0; - int first=1,k,interlace=0, color=0, depth=0, is_iphone=0; + int first=1,k,interlace=0, color=0, is_iphone=0; stbi__context *s = z->s; z->expanded = NULL; @@ -4325,8 +4823,9 @@ static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) if (c.length != 13) return stbi__err("bad IHDR len","Corrupt PNG"); s->img_x = stbi__get32be(s); if (s->img_x > (1 << 24)) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); s->img_y = stbi__get32be(s); if (s->img_y > (1 << 24)) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); - depth = stbi__get8(s); if (depth != 1 && depth != 2 && depth != 4 && depth != 8) return stbi__err("1/2/4/8-bit only","PNG not supported: 1/2/4/8-bit only"); + z->depth = stbi__get8(s); if (z->depth != 1 && z->depth != 2 && z->depth != 4 && z->depth != 8 && z->depth != 16) return stbi__err("1/2/4/8/16-bit only","PNG not supported: 1/2/4/8/16-bit only"); color = stbi__get8(s); if (color > 6) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); + if (color == 3 && z->depth == 16) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); if (color == 3) pal_img_n = 3; else if (color & 1) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); comp = stbi__get8(s); if (comp) return stbi__err("bad comp method","Corrupt PNG"); filter= stbi__get8(s); if (filter) return stbi__err("bad filter method","Corrupt PNG"); @@ -4374,8 +4873,11 @@ static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) if (!(s->img_n & 1)) return stbi__err("tRNS with alpha","Corrupt PNG"); if (c.length != (stbi__uint32) s->img_n*2) return stbi__err("bad tRNS len","Corrupt PNG"); has_trans = 1; - for (k=0; k < s->img_n; ++k) - tc[k] = (stbi_uc) (stbi__get16be(s) & 255) * stbi__depth_scale_table[depth]; // non 8-bit images will be larger + if (z->depth == 16) { + for (k = 0; k < s->img_n; ++k) tc16[k] = (stbi__uint16)stbi__get16be(s); // copy the values as-is + } else { + for (k = 0; k < s->img_n; ++k) tc[k] = (stbi_uc)(stbi__get16be(s) & 255) * stbi__depth_scale_table[z->depth]; // non 8-bit images will be larger + } } break; } @@ -4386,11 +4888,13 @@ static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) if (scan == STBI__SCAN_header) { s->img_n = pal_img_n; return 1; } if ((int)(ioff + c.length) < (int)ioff) return 0; if (ioff + c.length > idata_limit) { + stbi__uint32 idata_limit_old = idata_limit; stbi_uc *p; if (idata_limit == 0) idata_limit = c.length > 4096 ? c.length : 4096; while (ioff + c.length > idata_limit) idata_limit *= 2; - p = (stbi_uc *) STBI_REALLOC(z->idata, idata_limit); if (p == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + STBI_NOTUSED(idata_limit_old); + p = (stbi_uc *) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(z->idata, idata_limit_old, idata_limit); if (p == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); z->idata = p; } if (!stbi__getn(s, z->idata+ioff,c.length)) return stbi__err("outofdata","Corrupt PNG"); @@ -4404,7 +4908,7 @@ static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) if (scan != STBI__SCAN_load) return 1; if (z->idata == NULL) return stbi__err("no IDAT","Corrupt PNG"); // initial guess for decoded data size to avoid unnecessary reallocs - bpl = (s->img_x * depth + 7) / 8; // bytes per line, per component + bpl = (s->img_x * z->depth + 7) / 8; // bytes per line, per component raw_len = bpl * s->img_y * s->img_n /* pixels */ + s->img_y /* filter mode per row */; z->expanded = (stbi_uc *) stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize_headerflag((char *) z->idata, ioff, raw_len, (int *) &raw_len, !is_iphone); if (z->expanded == NULL) return 0; // zlib should set error @@ -4413,9 +4917,14 @@ static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) s->img_out_n = s->img_n+1; else s->img_out_n = s->img_n; - if (!stbi__create_png_image(z, z->expanded, raw_len, s->img_out_n, depth, color, interlace)) return 0; - if (has_trans) - if (!stbi__compute_transparency(z, tc, s->img_out_n)) return 0; + if (!stbi__create_png_image(z, z->expanded, raw_len, s->img_out_n, z->depth, color, interlace)) return 0; + if (has_trans) { + if (z->depth == 16) { + if (!stbi__compute_transparency16(z, tc16, s->img_out_n)) return 0; + } else { + if (!stbi__compute_transparency(z, tc, s->img_out_n)) return 0; + } + } if (is_iphone && stbi__de_iphone_flag && s->img_out_n > 2) stbi__de_iphone(z); if (pal_img_n) { @@ -4425,6 +4934,9 @@ static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) if (req_comp >= 3) s->img_out_n = req_comp; if (!stbi__expand_png_palette(z, palette, pal_len, s->img_out_n)) return 0; + } else if (has_trans) { + // non-paletted image with tRNS -> source image has (constant) alpha + ++s->img_n; } STBI_FREE(z->expanded); z->expanded = NULL; return 1; @@ -4452,21 +4964,28 @@ static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) } } -static unsigned char *stbi__do_png(stbi__png *p, int *x, int *y, int *n, int req_comp) +static void *stbi__do_png(stbi__png *p, int *x, int *y, int *n, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) { - unsigned char *result=NULL; + void *result=NULL; if (req_comp < 0 || req_comp > 4) return stbi__errpuc("bad req_comp", "Internal error"); if (stbi__parse_png_file(p, STBI__SCAN_load, req_comp)) { + if (p->depth < 8) + ri->bits_per_channel = 8; + else + ri->bits_per_channel = p->depth; result = p->out; p->out = NULL; if (req_comp && req_comp != p->s->img_out_n) { - result = stbi__convert_format(result, p->s->img_out_n, req_comp, p->s->img_x, p->s->img_y); + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 8) + result = stbi__convert_format((unsigned char *) result, p->s->img_out_n, req_comp, p->s->img_x, p->s->img_y); + else + result = stbi__convert_format16((stbi__uint16 *) result, p->s->img_out_n, req_comp, p->s->img_x, p->s->img_y); p->s->img_out_n = req_comp; if (result == NULL) return result; } *x = p->s->img_x; *y = p->s->img_y; - if (n) *n = p->s->img_out_n; + if (n) *n = p->s->img_n; } STBI_FREE(p->out); p->out = NULL; STBI_FREE(p->expanded); p->expanded = NULL; @@ -4475,11 +4994,11 @@ static unsigned char *stbi__do_png(stbi__png *p, int *x, int *y, int *n, int req return result; } -static unsigned char *stbi__png_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +static void *stbi__png_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) { stbi__png p; p.s = s; - return stbi__do_png(&p, x,y,comp,req_comp); + return stbi__do_png(&p, x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); } static int stbi__png_test(stbi__context *s) @@ -4508,6 +5027,19 @@ static int stbi__png_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) p.s = s; return stbi__png_info_raw(&p, x, y, comp); } + +static int stbi__png_is16(stbi__context *s) +{ + stbi__png p; + p.s = s; + if (!stbi__png_info_raw(&p, NULL, NULL, NULL)) + return 0; + if (p.depth != 16) { + stbi__rewind(p.s); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} #endif // Microsoft/Windows BMP image @@ -4541,11 +5073,11 @@ static int stbi__high_bit(unsigned int z) { int n=0; if (z == 0) return -1; - if (z >= 0x10000) n += 16, z >>= 16; - if (z >= 0x00100) n += 8, z >>= 8; - if (z >= 0x00010) n += 4, z >>= 4; - if (z >= 0x00004) n += 2, z >>= 2; - if (z >= 0x00002) n += 1, z >>= 1; + if (z >= 0x10000) { n += 16; z >>= 16; } + if (z >= 0x00100) { n += 8; z >>= 8; } + if (z >= 0x00010) { n += 4; z >>= 4; } + if (z >= 0x00004) { n += 2; z >>= 2; } + if (z >= 0x00002) { n += 1; z >>= 1; } return n; } @@ -4559,36 +5091,46 @@ static int stbi__bitcount(unsigned int a) return a & 0xff; } -static int stbi__shiftsigned(int v, int shift, int bits) -{ - int result; - int z=0; - - if (shift < 0) v <<= -shift; - else v >>= shift; - result = v; - - z = bits; - while (z < 8) { - result += v >> z; - z += bits; - } - return result; +// extract an arbitrarily-aligned N-bit value (N=bits) +// from v, and then make it 8-bits long and fractionally +// extend it to full full range. +static int stbi__shiftsigned(unsigned int v, int shift, int bits) +{ + static unsigned int mul_table[9] = { + 0, + 0xff/*0b11111111*/, 0x55/*0b01010101*/, 0x49/*0b01001001*/, 0x11/*0b00010001*/, + 0x21/*0b00100001*/, 0x41/*0b01000001*/, 0x81/*0b10000001*/, 0x01/*0b00000001*/, + }; + static unsigned int shift_table[9] = { + 0, 0,0,1,0,2,4,6,0, + }; + if (shift < 0) + v <<= -shift; + else + v >>= shift; + STBI_ASSERT(v >= 0 && v < 256); + v >>= (8-bits); + STBI_ASSERT(bits >= 0 && bits <= 8); + return (int) ((unsigned) v * mul_table[bits]) >> shift_table[bits]; } -static stbi_uc *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +typedef struct { - stbi_uc *out; - unsigned int mr=0,mg=0,mb=0,ma=0, fake_a=0; - stbi_uc pal[256][4]; - int psize=0,i,j,compress=0,width; - int bpp, flip_vertically, pad, target, offset, hsz; + int bpp, offset, hsz; + unsigned int mr,mg,mb,ma, all_a; +} stbi__bmp_data; + +static void *stbi__bmp_parse_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__bmp_data *info) +{ + int hsz; if (stbi__get8(s) != 'B' || stbi__get8(s) != 'M') return stbi__errpuc("not BMP", "Corrupt BMP"); stbi__get32le(s); // discard filesize stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved - offset = stbi__get32le(s); - hsz = stbi__get32le(s); + info->offset = stbi__get32le(s); + info->hsz = hsz = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mr = info->mg = info->mb = info->ma = 0; + if (hsz != 12 && hsz != 40 && hsz != 56 && hsz != 108 && hsz != 124) return stbi__errpuc("unknown BMP", "BMP type not supported: unknown"); if (hsz == 12) { s->img_x = stbi__get16le(s); @@ -4598,15 +5140,9 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int s->img_y = stbi__get32le(s); } if (stbi__get16le(s) != 1) return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); - bpp = stbi__get16le(s); - if (bpp == 1) return stbi__errpuc("monochrome", "BMP type not supported: 1-bit"); - flip_vertically = ((int) s->img_y) > 0; - s->img_y = abs((int) s->img_y); - if (hsz == 12) { - if (bpp < 24) - psize = (offset - 14 - 24) / 3; - } else { - compress = stbi__get32le(s); + info->bpp = stbi__get16le(s); + if (hsz != 12) { + int compress = stbi__get32le(s); if (compress == 1 || compress == 2) return stbi__errpuc("BMP RLE", "BMP type not supported: RLE"); stbi__get32le(s); // discard sizeof stbi__get32le(s); // discard hres @@ -4620,27 +5156,25 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int stbi__get32le(s); stbi__get32le(s); } - if (bpp == 16 || bpp == 32) { - mr = mg = mb = 0; + if (info->bpp == 16 || info->bpp == 32) { if (compress == 0) { - if (bpp == 32) { - mr = 0xffu << 16; - mg = 0xffu << 8; - mb = 0xffu << 0; - ma = 0xffu << 24; - fake_a = 1; // @TODO: check for cases like alpha value is all 0 and switch it to 255 - STBI_NOTUSED(fake_a); + if (info->bpp == 32) { + info->mr = 0xffu << 16; + info->mg = 0xffu << 8; + info->mb = 0xffu << 0; + info->ma = 0xffu << 24; + info->all_a = 0; // if all_a is 0 at end, then we loaded alpha channel but it was all 0 } else { - mr = 31u << 10; - mg = 31u << 5; - mb = 31u << 0; + info->mr = 31u << 10; + info->mg = 31u << 5; + info->mb = 31u << 0; } } else if (compress == 3) { - mr = stbi__get32le(s); - mg = stbi__get32le(s); - mb = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mr = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mg = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mb = stbi__get32le(s); // not documented, but generated by photoshop and handled by mspaint - if (mr == mg && mg == mb) { + if (info->mr == info->mg && info->mg == info->mb) { // ?!?!? return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); } @@ -4648,11 +5182,13 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); } } else { - STBI_ASSERT(hsz == 108 || hsz == 124); - mr = stbi__get32le(s); - mg = stbi__get32le(s); - mb = stbi__get32le(s); - ma = stbi__get32le(s); + int i; + if (hsz != 108 && hsz != 124) + return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + info->mr = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mg = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mb = stbi__get32le(s); + info->ma = stbi__get32le(s); stbi__get32le(s); // discard color space for (i=0; i < 12; ++i) stbi__get32le(s); // discard color space parameters @@ -4663,63 +5199,121 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int stbi__get32le(s); // discard reserved } } - if (bpp < 16) - psize = (offset - 14 - hsz) >> 2; } + return (void *) 1; +} + + +static void *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi_uc *out; + unsigned int mr=0,mg=0,mb=0,ma=0, all_a; + stbi_uc pal[256][4]; + int psize=0,i,j,width; + int flip_vertically, pad, target; + stbi__bmp_data info; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + info.all_a = 255; + if (stbi__bmp_parse_header(s, &info) == NULL) + return NULL; // error code already set + + flip_vertically = ((int) s->img_y) > 0; + s->img_y = abs((int) s->img_y); + + mr = info.mr; + mg = info.mg; + mb = info.mb; + ma = info.ma; + all_a = info.all_a; + + if (info.hsz == 12) { + if (info.bpp < 24) + psize = (info.offset - 14 - 24) / 3; + } else { + if (info.bpp < 16) + psize = (info.offset - 14 - info.hsz) >> 2; + } + s->img_n = ma ? 4 : 3; if (req_comp && req_comp >= 3) // we can directly decode 3 or 4 target = req_comp; else target = s->img_n; // if they want monochrome, we'll post-convert - out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(target * s->img_x * s->img_y); + + // sanity-check size + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(target, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Corrupt BMP"); + + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(target, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0); if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); - if (bpp < 16) { + if (info.bpp < 16) { int z=0; if (psize == 0 || psize > 256) { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("invalid", "Corrupt BMP"); } for (i=0; i < psize; ++i) { pal[i][2] = stbi__get8(s); pal[i][1] = stbi__get8(s); pal[i][0] = stbi__get8(s); - if (hsz != 12) stbi__get8(s); + if (info.hsz != 12) stbi__get8(s); pal[i][3] = 255; } - stbi__skip(s, offset - 14 - hsz - psize * (hsz == 12 ? 3 : 4)); - if (bpp == 4) width = (s->img_x + 1) >> 1; - else if (bpp == 8) width = s->img_x; + stbi__skip(s, info.offset - 14 - info.hsz - psize * (info.hsz == 12 ? 3 : 4)); + if (info.bpp == 1) width = (s->img_x + 7) >> 3; + else if (info.bpp == 4) width = (s->img_x + 1) >> 1; + else if (info.bpp == 8) width = s->img_x; else { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("bad bpp", "Corrupt BMP"); } pad = (-width)&3; - for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { - for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; i += 2) { - int v=stbi__get8(s),v2=0; - if (bpp == 4) { - v2 = v & 15; - v >>= 4; + if (info.bpp == 1) { + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { + int bit_offset = 7, v = stbi__get8(s); + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; ++i) { + int color = (v>>bit_offset)&0x1; + out[z++] = pal[color][0]; + out[z++] = pal[color][1]; + out[z++] = pal[color][2]; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + if (i+1 == (int) s->img_x) break; + if((--bit_offset) < 0) { + bit_offset = 7; + v = stbi__get8(s); + } } - out[z++] = pal[v][0]; - out[z++] = pal[v][1]; - out[z++] = pal[v][2]; - if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; - if (i+1 == (int) s->img_x) break; - v = (bpp == 8) ? stbi__get8(s) : v2; - out[z++] = pal[v][0]; - out[z++] = pal[v][1]; - out[z++] = pal[v][2]; - if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + stbi__skip(s, pad); + } + } else { + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; i += 2) { + int v=stbi__get8(s),v2=0; + if (info.bpp == 4) { + v2 = v & 15; + v >>= 4; + } + out[z++] = pal[v][0]; + out[z++] = pal[v][1]; + out[z++] = pal[v][2]; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + if (i+1 == (int) s->img_x) break; + v = (info.bpp == 8) ? stbi__get8(s) : v2; + out[z++] = pal[v][0]; + out[z++] = pal[v][1]; + out[z++] = pal[v][2]; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + } + stbi__skip(s, pad); } - stbi__skip(s, pad); } } else { int rshift=0,gshift=0,bshift=0,ashift=0,rcount=0,gcount=0,bcount=0,acount=0; int z = 0; int easy=0; - stbi__skip(s, offset - 14 - hsz); - if (bpp == 24) width = 3 * s->img_x; - else if (bpp == 16) width = 2*s->img_x; + stbi__skip(s, info.offset - 14 - info.hsz); + if (info.bpp == 24) width = 3 * s->img_x; + else if (info.bpp == 16) width = 2*s->img_x; else /* bpp = 32 and pad = 0 */ width=0; pad = (-width) & 3; - if (bpp == 24) { + if (info.bpp == 24) { easy = 1; - } else if (bpp == 32) { + } else if (info.bpp == 32) { if (mb == 0xff && mg == 0xff00 && mr == 0x00ff0000 && ma == 0xff000000) easy = 2; } @@ -4740,29 +5334,38 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int out[z+0] = stbi__get8(s); z += 3; a = (easy == 2 ? stbi__get8(s) : 255); + all_a |= a; if (target == 4) out[z++] = a; } } else { + int bpp = info.bpp; for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; ++i) { stbi__uint32 v = (bpp == 16 ? (stbi__uint32) stbi__get16le(s) : stbi__get32le(s)); - int a; + unsigned int a; out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(stbi__shiftsigned(v & mr, rshift, rcount)); out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(stbi__shiftsigned(v & mg, gshift, gcount)); out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(stbi__shiftsigned(v & mb, bshift, bcount)); a = (ma ? stbi__shiftsigned(v & ma, ashift, acount) : 255); + all_a |= a; if (target == 4) out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(a); } } stbi__skip(s, pad); } } + + // if alpha channel is all 0s, replace with all 255s + if (target == 4 && all_a == 0) + for (i=4*s->img_x*s->img_y-1; i >= 0; i -= 4) + out[i] = 255; + if (flip_vertically) { stbi_uc t; for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y>>1; ++j) { stbi_uc *p1 = out + j *s->img_x*target; stbi_uc *p2 = out + (s->img_y-1-j)*s->img_x*target; for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x*target; ++i) { - t = p1[i], p1[i] = p2[i], p2[i] = t; + t = p1[i]; p1[i] = p2[i]; p2[i] = t; } } } @@ -4782,20 +5385,55 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int // Targa Truevision - TGA // by Jonathan Dummer #ifndef STBI_NO_TGA +// returns STBI_rgb or whatever, 0 on error +static int stbi__tga_get_comp(int bits_per_pixel, int is_grey, int* is_rgb16) +{ + // only RGB or RGBA (incl. 16bit) or grey allowed + if (is_rgb16) *is_rgb16 = 0; + switch(bits_per_pixel) { + case 8: return STBI_grey; + case 16: if(is_grey) return STBI_grey_alpha; + // fallthrough + case 15: if(is_rgb16) *is_rgb16 = 1; + return STBI_rgb; + case 24: // fallthrough + case 32: return bits_per_pixel/8; + default: return 0; + } +} + static int stbi__tga_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { - int tga_w, tga_h, tga_comp; - int sz; + int tga_w, tga_h, tga_comp, tga_image_type, tga_bits_per_pixel, tga_colormap_bpp; + int sz, tga_colormap_type; stbi__get8(s); // discard Offset - sz = stbi__get8(s); // color type - if( sz > 1 ) { + tga_colormap_type = stbi__get8(s); // colormap type + if( tga_colormap_type > 1 ) { stbi__rewind(s); return 0; // only RGB or indexed allowed } - sz = stbi__get8(s); // image type - // only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE - if ((sz != 1) && (sz != 2) && (sz != 3) && (sz != 9) && (sz != 10) && (sz != 11)) return 0; - stbi__skip(s,9); + tga_image_type = stbi__get8(s); // image type + if ( tga_colormap_type == 1 ) { // colormapped (paletted) image + if (tga_image_type != 1 && tga_image_type != 9) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip index of first colormap entry and number of entries + sz = stbi__get8(s); // check bits per palette color entry + if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 15) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip image x and y origin + tga_colormap_bpp = sz; + } else { // "normal" image w/o colormap - only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE + if ( (tga_image_type != 2) && (tga_image_type != 3) && (tga_image_type != 10) && (tga_image_type != 11) ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; // only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE + } + stbi__skip(s,9); // skip colormap specification and image x/y origin + tga_colormap_bpp = 0; + } tga_w = stbi__get16le(s); if( tga_w < 1 ) { stbi__rewind(s); @@ -4806,45 +5444,81 @@ static int stbi__tga_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) stbi__rewind(s); return 0; // test height } - sz = stbi__get8(s); // bits per pixel - // only RGB or RGBA or grey allowed - if ((sz != 8) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32)) { - stbi__rewind(s); - return 0; + tga_bits_per_pixel = stbi__get8(s); // bits per pixel + stbi__get8(s); // ignore alpha bits + if (tga_colormap_bpp != 0) { + if((tga_bits_per_pixel != 8) && (tga_bits_per_pixel != 16)) { + // when using a colormap, tga_bits_per_pixel is the size of the indexes + // I don't think anything but 8 or 16bit indexes makes sense + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_colormap_bpp, 0, NULL); + } else { + tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_bits_per_pixel, (tga_image_type == 3) || (tga_image_type == 11), NULL); + } + if(!tga_comp) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; } - tga_comp = sz; if (x) *x = tga_w; if (y) *y = tga_h; - if (comp) *comp = tga_comp / 8; + if (comp) *comp = tga_comp; return 1; // seems to have passed everything } static int stbi__tga_test(stbi__context *s) { - int res; - int sz; + int res = 0; + int sz, tga_color_type; stbi__get8(s); // discard Offset - sz = stbi__get8(s); // color type - if ( sz > 1 ) return 0; // only RGB or indexed allowed + tga_color_type = stbi__get8(s); // color type + if ( tga_color_type > 1 ) goto errorEnd; // only RGB or indexed allowed sz = stbi__get8(s); // image type - if ( (sz != 1) && (sz != 2) && (sz != 3) && (sz != 9) && (sz != 10) && (sz != 11) ) return 0; // only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE - stbi__get16be(s); // discard palette start - stbi__get16be(s); // discard palette length - stbi__get8(s); // discard bits per palette color entry - stbi__get16be(s); // discard x origin - stbi__get16be(s); // discard y origin - if ( stbi__get16be(s) < 1 ) return 0; // test width - if ( stbi__get16be(s) < 1 ) return 0; // test height + if ( tga_color_type == 1 ) { // colormapped (paletted) image + if (sz != 1 && sz != 9) goto errorEnd; // colortype 1 demands image type 1 or 9 + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip index of first colormap entry and number of entries + sz = stbi__get8(s); // check bits per palette color entry + if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 15) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) goto errorEnd; + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip image x and y origin + } else { // "normal" image w/o colormap + if ( (sz != 2) && (sz != 3) && (sz != 10) && (sz != 11) ) goto errorEnd; // only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE + stbi__skip(s,9); // skip colormap specification and image x/y origin + } + if ( stbi__get16le(s) < 1 ) goto errorEnd; // test width + if ( stbi__get16le(s) < 1 ) goto errorEnd; // test height sz = stbi__get8(s); // bits per pixel - if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) - res = 0; - else - res = 1; + if ( (tga_color_type == 1) && (sz != 8) && (sz != 16) ) goto errorEnd; // for colormapped images, bpp is size of an index + if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 15) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) goto errorEnd; + + res = 1; // if we got this far, everything's good and we can return 1 instead of 0 + +errorEnd: stbi__rewind(s); return res; } -static stbi_uc *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +// read 16bit value and convert to 24bit RGB +static void stbi__tga_read_rgb16(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc* out) +{ + stbi__uint16 px = (stbi__uint16)stbi__get16le(s); + stbi__uint16 fiveBitMask = 31; + // we have 3 channels with 5bits each + int r = (px >> 10) & fiveBitMask; + int g = (px >> 5) & fiveBitMask; + int b = px & fiveBitMask; + // Note that this saves the data in RGB(A) order, so it doesn't need to be swapped later + out[0] = (stbi_uc)((r * 255)/31); + out[1] = (stbi_uc)((g * 255)/31); + out[2] = (stbi_uc)((b * 255)/31); + + // some people claim that the most significant bit might be used for alpha + // (possibly if an alpha-bit is set in the "image descriptor byte") + // but that only made 16bit test images completely translucent.. + // so let's treat all 15 and 16bit TGAs as RGB with no alpha. +} + +static void *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) { // read in the TGA header stuff int tga_offset = stbi__get8(s); @@ -4859,16 +5533,18 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int int tga_width = stbi__get16le(s); int tga_height = stbi__get16le(s); int tga_bits_per_pixel = stbi__get8(s); - int tga_comp = tga_bits_per_pixel / 8; + int tga_comp, tga_rgb16=0; int tga_inverted = stbi__get8(s); + // int tga_alpha_bits = tga_inverted & 15; // the 4 lowest bits - unused (useless?) // image data unsigned char *tga_data; unsigned char *tga_palette = NULL; int i, j; - unsigned char raw_data[4]; + unsigned char raw_data[4] = {0}; int RLE_count = 0; int RLE_repeating = 0; int read_next_pixel = 1; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); // do a tiny bit of precessing if ( tga_image_type >= 8 ) @@ -4876,41 +5552,33 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int tga_image_type -= 8; tga_is_RLE = 1; } - /* int tga_alpha_bits = tga_inverted & 15; */ tga_inverted = 1 - ((tga_inverted >> 5) & 1); - // error check - if ( //(tga_indexed) || - (tga_width < 1) || (tga_height < 1) || - (tga_image_type < 1) || (tga_image_type > 3) || - ((tga_bits_per_pixel != 8) && (tga_bits_per_pixel != 16) && - (tga_bits_per_pixel != 24) && (tga_bits_per_pixel != 32)) - ) - { - return NULL; // we don't report this as a bad TGA because we don't even know if it's TGA - } - // If I'm paletted, then I'll use the number of bits from the palette - if ( tga_indexed ) - { - tga_comp = tga_palette_bits / 8; - } + if ( tga_indexed ) tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_palette_bits, 0, &tga_rgb16); + else tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_bits_per_pixel, (tga_image_type == 3), &tga_rgb16); + + if(!tga_comp) // shouldn't really happen, stbi__tga_test() should have ensured basic consistency + return stbi__errpuc("bad format", "Can't find out TGA pixelformat"); // tga info *x = tga_width; *y = tga_height; if (comp) *comp = tga_comp; - tga_data = (unsigned char*)stbi__malloc( (size_t)tga_width * tga_height * tga_comp ); + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(tga_width, tga_height, tga_comp, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Corrupt TGA"); + + tga_data = (unsigned char*)stbi__malloc_mad3(tga_width, tga_height, tga_comp, 0); if (!tga_data) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); // skip to the data's starting position (offset usually = 0) stbi__skip(s, tga_offset ); - if ( !tga_indexed && !tga_is_RLE) { + if ( !tga_indexed && !tga_is_RLE && !tga_rgb16 ) { for (i=0; i < tga_height; ++i) { - int y = tga_inverted ? tga_height -i - 1 : i; - stbi_uc *tga_row = tga_data + y*tga_width*tga_comp; + int row = tga_inverted ? tga_height -i - 1 : i; + stbi_uc *tga_row = tga_data + row*tga_width*tga_comp; stbi__getn(s, tga_row, tga_width * tga_comp); } } else { @@ -4920,15 +5588,22 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int // any data to skip? (offset usually = 0) stbi__skip(s, tga_palette_start ); // load the palette - tga_palette = (unsigned char*)stbi__malloc( tga_palette_len * tga_palette_bits / 8 ); + tga_palette = (unsigned char*)stbi__malloc_mad2(tga_palette_len, tga_comp, 0); if (!tga_palette) { STBI_FREE(tga_data); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } - if (!stbi__getn(s, tga_palette, tga_palette_len * tga_palette_bits / 8 )) { - STBI_FREE(tga_data); - STBI_FREE(tga_palette); - return stbi__errpuc("bad palette", "Corrupt TGA"); + if (tga_rgb16) { + stbi_uc *pal_entry = tga_palette; + STBI_ASSERT(tga_comp == STBI_rgb); + for (i=0; i < tga_palette_len; ++i) { + stbi__tga_read_rgb16(s, pal_entry); + pal_entry += tga_comp; + } + } else if (!stbi__getn(s, tga_palette, tga_palette_len * tga_comp)) { + STBI_FREE(tga_data); + STBI_FREE(tga_palette); + return stbi__errpuc("bad palette", "Corrupt TGA"); } } // load the data @@ -4958,23 +5633,22 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int // load however much data we did have if ( tga_indexed ) { - // read in 1 byte, then perform the lookup - int pal_idx = stbi__get8(s); - if ( pal_idx >= tga_palette_len ) - { - // invalid index + // read in index, then perform the lookup + int pal_idx = (tga_bits_per_pixel == 8) ? stbi__get8(s) : stbi__get16le(s); + if ( pal_idx >= tga_palette_len ) { + // invalid index pal_idx = 0; } - pal_idx *= tga_bits_per_pixel / 8; - for (j = 0; j*8 < tga_bits_per_pixel; ++j) - { + pal_idx *= tga_comp; + for (j = 0; j < tga_comp; ++j) { raw_data[j] = tga_palette[pal_idx+j]; } - } else - { + } else if(tga_rgb16) { + STBI_ASSERT(tga_comp == STBI_rgb); + stbi__tga_read_rgb16(s, raw_data); + } else { // read in the data raw - for (j = 0; j*8 < tga_bits_per_pixel; ++j) - { + for (j = 0; j < tga_comp; ++j) { raw_data[j] = stbi__get8(s); } } @@ -5013,8 +5687,8 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int } } - // swap RGB - if (tga_comp >= 3) + // swap RGB - if the source data was RGB16, it already is in the right order + if (tga_comp >= 3 && !tga_rgb16) { unsigned char* tga_pixel = tga_data; for (i=0; i < tga_width * tga_height; ++i) @@ -5050,13 +5724,53 @@ static int stbi__psd_test(stbi__context *s) return r; } -static stbi_uc *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +static int stbi__psd_decode_rle(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc *p, int pixelCount) +{ + int count, nleft, len; + + count = 0; + while ((nleft = pixelCount - count) > 0) { + len = stbi__get8(s); + if (len == 128) { + // No-op. + } else if (len < 128) { + // Copy next len+1 bytes literally. + len++; + if (len > nleft) return 0; // corrupt data + count += len; + while (len) { + *p = stbi__get8(s); + p += 4; + len--; + } + } else if (len > 128) { + stbi_uc val; + // Next -len+1 bytes in the dest are replicated from next source byte. + // (Interpret len as a negative 8-bit int.) + len = 257 - len; + if (len > nleft) return 0; // corrupt data + val = stbi__get8(s); + count += len; + while (len) { + *p = val; + p += 4; + len--; + } + } + } + + return 1; +} + +static void *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri, int bpc) { - int pixelCount; + int pixelCount; int channelCount, compression; - int channel, i, count, len; + int channel, i; + int bitdepth; int w,h; stbi_uc *out; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); // Check identifier if (stbi__get32be(s) != 0x38425053) // "8BPS" @@ -5079,8 +5793,9 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int w = stbi__get32be(s); // Make sure the depth is 8 bits. - if (stbi__get16be(s) != 8) - return stbi__errpuc("unsupported bit depth", "PSD bit depth is not 8 bit"); + bitdepth = stbi__get16be(s); + if (bitdepth != 8 && bitdepth != 16) + return stbi__errpuc("unsupported bit depth", "PSD bit depth is not 8 or 16 bit"); // Make sure the color mode is RGB. // Valid options are: @@ -5112,8 +5827,18 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int if (compression > 1) return stbi__errpuc("bad compression", "PSD has an unknown compression format"); + // Check size + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(4, w, h, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Corrupt PSD"); + // Create the destination image. - out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * w*h); + + if (!compression && bitdepth == 16 && bpc == 16) { + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(8, w, h, 0); + ri->bits_per_channel = 16; + } else + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * w*h); + if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); pixelCount = w*h; @@ -5130,7 +5855,7 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int // Else if n is 128, noop. // Endloop - // The RLE-compressed data is preceeded by a 2-byte data count for each row in the data, + // The RLE-compressed data is preceded by a 2-byte data count for each row in the data, // which we're going to just skip. stbi__skip(s, h * channelCount * 2 ); @@ -5145,61 +5870,86 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int *p = (channel == 3 ? 255 : 0); } else { // Read the RLE data. - count = 0; - while (count < pixelCount) { - len = stbi__get8(s); - if (len == 128) { - // No-op. - } else if (len < 128) { - // Copy next len+1 bytes literally. - len++; - count += len; - while (len) { - *p = stbi__get8(s); - p += 4; - len--; - } - } else if (len > 128) { - stbi_uc val; - // Next -len+1 bytes in the dest are replicated from next source byte. - // (Interpret len as a negative 8-bit int.) - len ^= 0x0FF; - len += 2; - val = stbi__get8(s); - count += len; - while (len) { - *p = val; - p += 4; - len--; - } - } + if (!stbi__psd_decode_rle(s, p, pixelCount)) { + STBI_FREE(out); + return stbi__errpuc("corrupt", "bad RLE data"); } } } } else { // We're at the raw image data. It's each channel in order (Red, Green, Blue, Alpha, ...) - // where each channel consists of an 8-bit value for each pixel in the image. + // where each channel consists of an 8-bit (or 16-bit) value for each pixel in the image. // Read the data by channel. for (channel = 0; channel < 4; channel++) { - stbi_uc *p; - - p = out + channel; - if (channel > channelCount) { + if (channel >= channelCount) { // Fill this channel with default data. - for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) - *p = channel == 3 ? 255 : 0; + if (bitdepth == 16 && bpc == 16) { + stbi__uint16 *q = ((stbi__uint16 *) out) + channel; + stbi__uint16 val = channel == 3 ? 65535 : 0; + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, q += 4) + *q = val; + } else { + stbi_uc *p = out+channel; + stbi_uc val = channel == 3 ? 255 : 0; + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = val; + } } else { - // Read the data. - for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) - *p = stbi__get8(s); + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 16) { // output bpc + stbi__uint16 *q = ((stbi__uint16 *) out) + channel; + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, q += 4) + *q = (stbi__uint16) stbi__get16be(s); + } else { + stbi_uc *p = out+channel; + if (bitdepth == 16) { // input bpc + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = (stbi_uc) (stbi__get16be(s) >> 8); + } else { + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = stbi__get8(s); + } + } + } + } + } + + // remove weird white matte from PSD + if (channelCount >= 4) { + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 16) { + for (i=0; i < w*h; ++i) { + stbi__uint16 *pixel = (stbi__uint16 *) out + 4*i; + if (pixel[3] != 0 && pixel[3] != 65535) { + float a = pixel[3] / 65535.0f; + float ra = 1.0f / a; + float inv_a = 65535.0f * (1 - ra); + pixel[0] = (stbi__uint16) (pixel[0]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[1] = (stbi__uint16) (pixel[1]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[2] = (stbi__uint16) (pixel[2]*ra + inv_a); + } + } + } else { + for (i=0; i < w*h; ++i) { + unsigned char *pixel = out + 4*i; + if (pixel[3] != 0 && pixel[3] != 255) { + float a = pixel[3] / 255.0f; + float ra = 1.0f / a; + float inv_a = 255.0f * (1 - ra); + pixel[0] = (unsigned char) (pixel[0]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[1] = (unsigned char) (pixel[1]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[2] = (unsigned char) (pixel[2]*ra + inv_a); + } } } } + // convert to desired output format if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) { - out = stbi__convert_format(out, 4, req_comp, w, h); + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 16) + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__convert_format16((stbi__uint16 *) out, 4, req_comp, w, h); + else + out = stbi__convert_format(out, 4, req_comp, w, h); if (out == NULL) return out; // stbi__convert_format frees input on failure } @@ -5351,7 +6101,6 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__pic_load_core(stbi__context *s,int width,int height,int *c if (count >= 128) { // Repeated stbi_uc value[4]; - int i; if (count==128) count = stbi__get16be(s); @@ -5384,10 +6133,13 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__pic_load_core(stbi__context *s,int width,int height,int *c return result; } -static stbi_uc *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s,int *px,int *py,int *comp,int req_comp) +static void *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s,int *px,int *py,int *comp,int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) { stbi_uc *result; - int i, x,y; + int i, x,y, internal_comp; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + if (!comp) comp = &internal_comp; for (i=0; i<92; ++i) stbi__get8(s); @@ -5395,14 +6147,14 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s,int *px,int *py,int *comp,int re x = stbi__get16be(s); y = stbi__get16be(s); if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (pic header)"); - if ((1 << 28) / x < y) return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Image too large to decode"); + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(x, y, 4, 0)) return stbi__errpuc("too large", "PIC image too large to decode"); stbi__get32be(s); //skip `ratio' stbi__get16be(s); //skip `fields' stbi__get16be(s); //skip `pad' // intermediate buffer is RGBA - result = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(x*y*4); + result = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, 4, 0); memset(result, 0xff, x*y*4); if (!stbi__pic_load_core(s,x,y,comp, result)) { @@ -5440,10 +6192,12 @@ typedef struct { int w,h; stbi_uc *out; // output buffer (always 4 components) + stbi_uc *background; // The current "background" as far as a gif is concerned + stbi_uc *history; int flags, bgindex, ratio, transparent, eflags; stbi_uc pal[256][4]; stbi_uc lpal[256][4]; - stbi__gif_lzw codes[4096]; + stbi__gif_lzw codes[8192]; stbi_uc *color_table; int parse, step; int lflags; @@ -5451,6 +6205,7 @@ typedef struct int max_x, max_y; int cur_x, cur_y; int line_size; + int delay; } stbi__gif; static int stbi__gif_test_raw(stbi__context *s) @@ -5511,19 +6266,22 @@ static int stbi__gif_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, int is_in static int stbi__gif_info_raw(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { - stbi__gif g; - if (!stbi__gif_header(s, &g, comp, 1)) { + stbi__gif* g = (stbi__gif*) stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__gif)); + if (!stbi__gif_header(s, g, comp, 1)) { + STBI_FREE(g); stbi__rewind( s ); return 0; } - if (x) *x = g.w; - if (y) *y = g.h; + if (x) *x = g->w; + if (y) *y = g->h; + STBI_FREE(g); return 1; } static void stbi__out_gif_code(stbi__gif *g, stbi__uint16 code) { stbi_uc *p, *c; + int idx; // recurse to decode the prefixes, since the linked-list is backwards, // and working backwards through an interleaved image would be nasty @@ -5532,10 +6290,12 @@ static void stbi__out_gif_code(stbi__gif *g, stbi__uint16 code) if (g->cur_y >= g->max_y) return; - p = &g->out[g->cur_x + g->cur_y]; - c = &g->color_table[g->codes[code].suffix * 4]; + idx = g->cur_x + g->cur_y; + p = &g->out[idx]; + g->history[idx / 4] = 1; - if (c[3] >= 128) { + c = &g->color_table[g->codes[code].suffix * 4]; + if (c[3] > 128) { // don't render transparent pixels; p[0] = c[2]; p[1] = c[1]; p[2] = c[0]; @@ -5558,7 +6318,7 @@ static void stbi__out_gif_code(stbi__gif *g, stbi__uint16 code) static stbi_uc *stbi__process_gif_raster(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g) { stbi_uc lzw_cs; - stbi__int32 len, code; + stbi__int32 len, init_code; stbi__uint32 first; stbi__int32 codesize, codemask, avail, oldcode, bits, valid_bits, clear; stbi__gif_lzw *p; @@ -5571,10 +6331,10 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__process_gif_raster(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g) codemask = (1 << codesize) - 1; bits = 0; valid_bits = 0; - for (code = 0; code < clear; code++) { - g->codes[code].prefix = -1; - g->codes[code].first = (stbi_uc) code; - g->codes[code].suffix = (stbi_uc) code; + for (init_code = 0; init_code < clear; init_code++) { + g->codes[init_code].prefix = -1; + g->codes[init_code].first = (stbi_uc) init_code; + g->codes[init_code].suffix = (stbi_uc) init_code; } // support no starting clear code @@ -5609,11 +6369,16 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__process_gif_raster(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g) stbi__skip(s,len); return g->out; } else if (code <= avail) { - if (first) return stbi__errpuc("no clear code", "Corrupt GIF"); + if (first) { + return stbi__errpuc("no clear code", "Corrupt GIF"); + } if (oldcode >= 0) { p = &g->codes[avail++]; - if (avail > 4096) return stbi__errpuc("too many codes", "Corrupt GIF"); + if (avail > 8192) { + return stbi__errpuc("too many codes", "Corrupt GIF"); + } + p->prefix = (stbi__int16) oldcode; p->first = g->codes[oldcode].first; p->suffix = (code == avail) ? p->first : g->codes[code].first; @@ -5635,43 +6400,71 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__process_gif_raster(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g) } } -static void stbi__fill_gif_background(stbi__gif *g) -{ - int i; - stbi_uc *c = g->pal[g->bgindex]; - // @OPTIMIZE: write a dword at a time - for (i = 0; i < g->w * g->h * 4; i += 4) { - stbi_uc *p = &g->out[i]; - p[0] = c[2]; - p[1] = c[1]; - p[2] = c[0]; - p[3] = c[3]; - } -} - // this function is designed to support animated gifs, although stb_image doesn't support it -static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load_next(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, int req_comp) +// two back is the image from two frames ago, used for a very specific disposal format +static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load_next(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi_uc *two_back) { - int i; - stbi_uc *old_out = 0; + int dispose; + int first_frame; + int pi; + int pcount; + STBI_NOTUSED(req_comp); + // on first frame, any non-written pixels get the background colour (non-transparent) + first_frame = 0; if (g->out == 0) { if (!stbi__gif_header(s, g, comp,0)) return 0; // stbi__g_failure_reason set by stbi__gif_header g->out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * g->w * g->h); + g->background = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * g->w * g->h); + g->history = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(g->w * g->h); if (g->out == 0) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); - stbi__fill_gif_background(g); + + // image is treated as "transparent" at the start - ie, nothing overwrites the current background; + // background colour is only used for pixels that are not rendered first frame, after that "background" + // color refers to the color that was there the previous frame. + memset( g->out, 0x00, 4 * g->w * g->h ); + memset( g->background, 0x00, 4 * g->w * g->h ); // state of the background (starts transparent) + memset( g->history, 0x00, g->w * g->h ); // pixels that were affected previous frame + first_frame = 1; } else { - // animated-gif-only path - if (((g->eflags & 0x1C) >> 2) == 3) { - old_out = g->out; - g->out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * g->w * g->h); - if (g->out == 0) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); - memcpy(g->out, old_out, g->w*g->h*4); + // second frame - how do we dispoase of the previous one? + dispose = (g->eflags & 0x1C) >> 2; + pcount = g->w * g->h; + + if ((dispose == 3) && (two_back == 0)) { + dispose = 2; // if I don't have an image to revert back to, default to the old background + } + + if (dispose == 3) { // use previous graphic + for (pi = 0; pi < pcount; ++pi) { + if (g->history[pi]) { + memcpy( &g->out[pi * 4], &two_back[pi * 4], 4 ); + } + } + } else if (dispose == 2) { + // restore what was changed last frame to background before that frame; + for (pi = 0; pi < pcount; ++pi) { + if (g->history[pi]) { + memcpy( &g->out[pi * 4], &g->background[pi * 4], 4 ); + } + } + } else { + // This is a non-disposal case eithe way, so just + // leave the pixels as is, and they will become the new background + // 1: do not dispose + // 0: not specified. } + + // background is what out is after the undoing of the previou frame; + memcpy( g->background, g->out, 4 * g->w * g->h ); } + // clear my history; + memset( g->history, 0x00, g->w * g->h ); // pixels that were affected previous frame + for (;;) { - switch (stbi__get8(s)) { + int tag = stbi__get8(s); + switch (tag) { case 0x2C: /* Image Descriptor */ { stbi__int32 x, y, w, h; @@ -5706,38 +6499,60 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load_next(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, i stbi__gif_parse_colortable(s,g->lpal, 2 << (g->lflags & 7), g->eflags & 0x01 ? g->transparent : -1); g->color_table = (stbi_uc *) g->lpal; } else if (g->flags & 0x80) { - for (i=0; i < 256; ++i) // @OPTIMIZE: stbi__jpeg_reset only the previous transparent - g->pal[i][3] = 255; - if (g->transparent >= 0 && (g->eflags & 0x01)) - g->pal[g->transparent][3] = 0; g->color_table = (stbi_uc *) g->pal; } else - return stbi__errpuc("missing color table", "Corrupt GIF"); - + return stbi__errpuc("missing color table", "Corrupt GIF"); + o = stbi__process_gif_raster(s, g); if (o == NULL) return NULL; - if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) - o = stbi__convert_format(o, 4, req_comp, g->w, g->h); + // if this was the first frame, + pcount = g->w * g->h; + if (first_frame && (g->bgindex > 0)) { + // if first frame, any pixel not drawn to gets the background color + for (pi = 0; pi < pcount; ++pi) { + if (g->history[pi] == 0) { + g->pal[g->bgindex][3] = 255; // just in case it was made transparent, undo that; It will be reset next frame if need be; + memcpy( &g->out[pi * 4], &g->pal[g->bgindex], 4 ); + } + } + } + return o; } case 0x21: // Comment Extension. { int len; - if (stbi__get8(s) == 0xF9) { // Graphic Control Extension. + int ext = stbi__get8(s); + if (ext == 0xF9) { // Graphic Control Extension. len = stbi__get8(s); if (len == 4) { g->eflags = stbi__get8(s); - stbi__get16le(s); // delay - g->transparent = stbi__get8(s); + g->delay = 10 * stbi__get16le(s); // delay - 1/100th of a second, saving as 1/1000ths. + + // unset old transparent + if (g->transparent >= 0) { + g->pal[g->transparent][3] = 255; + } + if (g->eflags & 0x01) { + g->transparent = stbi__get8(s); + if (g->transparent >= 0) { + g->pal[g->transparent][3] = 0; + } + } else { + // don't need transparent + stbi__skip(s, 1); + g->transparent = -1; + } } else { stbi__skip(s, len); break; } - } - while ((len = stbi__get8(s)) != 0) + } + while ((len = stbi__get8(s)) != 0) { stbi__skip(s, len); + } break; } @@ -5750,19 +6565,91 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load_next(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, i } } -static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +static void *stbi__load_gif_main(stbi__context *s, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + if (stbi__gif_test(s)) { + int layers = 0; + stbi_uc *u = 0; + stbi_uc *out = 0; + stbi_uc *two_back = 0; + stbi__gif g; + int stride; + memset(&g, 0, sizeof(g)); + if (delays) { + *delays = 0; + } + + do { + u = stbi__gif_load_next(s, &g, comp, req_comp, two_back); + if (u == (stbi_uc *) s) u = 0; // end of animated gif marker + + if (u) { + *x = g.w; + *y = g.h; + ++layers; + stride = g.w * g.h * 4; + + if (out) { + out = (stbi_uc*) STBI_REALLOC( out, layers * stride ); + if (delays) { + *delays = (int*) STBI_REALLOC( *delays, sizeof(int) * layers ); + } + } else { + out = (stbi_uc*)stbi__malloc( layers * stride ); + if (delays) { + *delays = (int*) stbi__malloc( layers * sizeof(int) ); + } + } + memcpy( out + ((layers - 1) * stride), u, stride ); + if (layers >= 2) { + two_back = out - 2 * stride; + } + + if (delays) { + (*delays)[layers - 1U] = g.delay; + } + } + } while (u != 0); + + // free temp buffer; + STBI_FREE(g.out); + STBI_FREE(g.history); + STBI_FREE(g.background); + + // do the final conversion after loading everything; + if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) + out = stbi__convert_format(out, 4, req_comp, layers * g.w, g.h); + + *z = layers; + return out; + } else { + return stbi__errpuc("not GIF", "Image was not as a gif type."); + } +} + +static void *stbi__gif_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) { stbi_uc *u = 0; stbi__gif g; memset(&g, 0, sizeof(g)); + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); - u = stbi__gif_load_next(s, &g, comp, req_comp); + u = stbi__gif_load_next(s, &g, comp, req_comp, 0); if (u == (stbi_uc *) s) u = 0; // end of animated gif marker if (u) { *x = g.w; *y = g.h; + + // moved conversion to after successful load so that the same + // can be done for multiple frames. + if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) + u = stbi__convert_format(u, 4, req_comp, g.w, g.h); } + // free buffers needed for multiple frame loading; + STBI_FREE(g.history); + STBI_FREE(g.background); + return u; } @@ -5776,20 +6663,24 @@ static int stbi__gif_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) // Radiance RGBE HDR loader // originally by Nicolas Schulz #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR -static int stbi__hdr_test_core(stbi__context *s) +static int stbi__hdr_test_core(stbi__context *s, const char *signature) { - const char *signature = "#?RADIANCE\n"; int i; for (i=0; signature[i]; ++i) if (stbi__get8(s) != signature[i]) - return 0; + return 0; + stbi__rewind(s); return 1; } static int stbi__hdr_test(stbi__context* s) { - int r = stbi__hdr_test_core(s); + int r = stbi__hdr_test_core(s, "#?RADIANCE\n"); stbi__rewind(s); + if(!r) { + r = stbi__hdr_test_core(s, "#?RGBE\n"); + stbi__rewind(s); + } return r; } @@ -5843,7 +6734,7 @@ static void stbi__hdr_convert(float *output, stbi_uc *input, int req_comp) } } -static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) { char buffer[STBI__HDR_BUFLEN]; char *token; @@ -5854,10 +6745,12 @@ static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int re int len; unsigned char count, value; int i, j, k, c1,c2, z; - + const char *headerToken; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); // Check identifier - if (strcmp(stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer), "#?RADIANCE") != 0) + headerToken = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (strcmp(headerToken, "#?RADIANCE") != 0 && strcmp(headerToken, "#?RGBE") != 0) return stbi__errpf("not HDR", "Corrupt HDR image"); // Parse header @@ -5886,8 +6779,13 @@ static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int re if (comp) *comp = 3; if (req_comp == 0) req_comp = 3; + if (!stbi__mad4sizes_valid(width, height, req_comp, sizeof(float), 0)) + return stbi__errpf("too large", "HDR image is too large"); + // Read data - hdr_data = (float *) stbi__malloc(height * width * req_comp * sizeof(float)); + hdr_data = (float *) stbi__malloc_mad4(width, height, req_comp, sizeof(float), 0); + if (!hdr_data) + return stbi__errpf("outofmem", "Out of memory"); // Load image data // image data is stored as some number of sca @@ -5926,20 +6824,29 @@ static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int re len <<= 8; len |= stbi__get8(s); if (len != width) { STBI_FREE(hdr_data); STBI_FREE(scanline); return stbi__errpf("invalid decoded scanline length", "corrupt HDR"); } - if (scanline == NULL) scanline = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(width * 4); + if (scanline == NULL) { + scanline = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad2(width, 4, 0); + if (!scanline) { + STBI_FREE(hdr_data); + return stbi__errpf("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + } for (k = 0; k < 4; ++k) { + int nleft; i = 0; - while (i < width) { + while ((nleft = width - i) > 0) { count = stbi__get8(s); if (count > 128) { // Run value = stbi__get8(s); count -= 128; + if (count > nleft) { STBI_FREE(hdr_data); STBI_FREE(scanline); return stbi__errpf("corrupt", "bad RLE data in HDR"); } for (z = 0; z < count; ++z) scanline[i++ * 4 + k] = value; } else { // Dump + if (count > nleft) { STBI_FREE(hdr_data); STBI_FREE(scanline); return stbi__errpf("corrupt", "bad RLE data in HDR"); } for (z = 0; z < count; ++z) scanline[i++ * 4 + k] = stbi__get8(s); } @@ -5948,7 +6855,8 @@ static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int re for (i=0; i < width; ++i) stbi__hdr_convert(hdr_data+(j*width + i)*req_comp, scanline + i*4, req_comp); } - STBI_FREE(scanline); + if (scanline) + STBI_FREE(scanline); } return hdr_data; @@ -5959,8 +6867,13 @@ static int stbi__hdr_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) char buffer[STBI__HDR_BUFLEN]; char *token; int valid = 0; + int dummy; + + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; - if (strcmp(stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer), "#?RADIANCE") != 0) { + if (stbi__hdr_test(s) == 0) { stbi__rewind( s ); return 0; } @@ -5997,29 +6910,17 @@ static int stbi__hdr_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) #ifndef STBI_NO_BMP static int stbi__bmp_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { - int hsz; - if (stbi__get8(s) != 'B' || stbi__get8(s) != 'M') { - stbi__rewind( s ); - return 0; - } - stbi__skip(s,12); - hsz = stbi__get32le(s); - if (hsz != 12 && hsz != 40 && hsz != 56 && hsz != 108 && hsz != 124) { - stbi__rewind( s ); - return 0; - } - if (hsz == 12) { - *x = stbi__get16le(s); - *y = stbi__get16le(s); - } else { - *x = stbi__get32le(s); - *y = stbi__get32le(s); - } - if (stbi__get16le(s) != 1) { - stbi__rewind( s ); - return 0; - } - *comp = stbi__get16le(s) / 8; + void *p; + stbi__bmp_data info; + + info.all_a = 255; + p = stbi__bmp_parse_header(s, &info); + stbi__rewind( s ); + if (p == NULL) + return 0; + if (x) *x = s->img_x; + if (y) *y = s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = info.ma ? 4 : 3; return 1; } #endif @@ -6027,7 +6928,10 @@ static int stbi__bmp_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD static int stbi__psd_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { - int channelCount; + int channelCount, dummy, depth; + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; if (stbi__get32be(s) != 0x38425053) { stbi__rewind( s ); return 0; @@ -6044,7 +6948,8 @@ static int stbi__psd_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) } *y = stbi__get32be(s); *x = stbi__get32be(s); - if (stbi__get16be(s) != 8) { + depth = stbi__get16be(s); + if (depth != 8 && depth != 16) { stbi__rewind( s ); return 0; } @@ -6055,22 +6960,61 @@ static int stbi__psd_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) *comp = 4; return 1; } + +static int stbi__psd_is16(stbi__context *s) +{ + int channelCount, depth; + if (stbi__get32be(s) != 0x38425053) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 1) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s, 6); + channelCount = stbi__get16be(s); + if (channelCount < 0 || channelCount > 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + (void) stbi__get32be(s); + (void) stbi__get32be(s); + depth = stbi__get16be(s); + if (depth != 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PIC static int stbi__pic_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { - int act_comp=0,num_packets=0,chained; + int act_comp=0,num_packets=0,chained,dummy; stbi__pic_packet packets[10]; - stbi__skip(s, 92); + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + + if (!stbi__pic_is4(s,"\x53\x80\xF6\x34")) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + + stbi__skip(s, 88); *x = stbi__get16be(s); *y = stbi__get16be(s); - if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return 0; + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) { + stbi__rewind( s); + return 0; + } if ( (*x) != 0 && (1 << 28) / (*x) < (*y)) { - stbi__rewind( s ); - return 0; + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; } stbi__skip(s, 8); @@ -6130,16 +7074,22 @@ static int stbi__pnm_test(stbi__context *s) return 1; } -static stbi_uc *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +static void *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) { stbi_uc *out; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + if (!stbi__pnm_info(s, (int *)&s->img_x, (int *)&s->img_y, (int *)&s->img_n)) return 0; + *x = s->img_x; *y = s->img_y; - *comp = s->img_n; + if (comp) *comp = s->img_n; - out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(s->img_n * s->img_x * s->img_y); + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "PNM too large"); + + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0); if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); stbi__getn(s, out, s->img_n * s->img_x * s->img_y); @@ -6157,8 +7107,16 @@ static int stbi__pnm_isspace(char c) static void stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(stbi__context *s, char *c) { - while (!stbi__at_eof(s) && stbi__pnm_isspace(*c)) - *c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + for (;;) { + while (!stbi__at_eof(s) && stbi__pnm_isspace(*c)) + *c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + + if (stbi__at_eof(s) || *c != '#') + break; + + while (!stbi__at_eof(s) && *c != '\n' && *c != '\r' ) + *c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + } } static int stbi__pnm_isdigit(char c) @@ -6180,16 +7138,20 @@ static int stbi__pnm_getinteger(stbi__context *s, char *c) static int stbi__pnm_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { - int maxv; + int maxv, dummy; char c, p, t; - stbi__rewind( s ); + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + + stbi__rewind(s); // Get identifier p = (char) stbi__get8(s); t = (char) stbi__get8(s); if (p != 'P' || (t != '5' && t != '6')) { - stbi__rewind( s ); + stbi__rewind(s); return 0; } @@ -6255,6 +7217,19 @@ static int stbi__info_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) return stbi__err("unknown image type", "Image not of any known type, or corrupt"); } +static int stbi__is_16_main(stbi__context *s) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG + if (stbi__png_is16(s)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD + if (stbi__psd_is16(s)) return 1; + #endif + + return 0; +} + #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO STBIDEF int stbi_info(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { @@ -6276,6 +7251,27 @@ STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_file(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp) fseek(f,pos,SEEK_SET); return r; } + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit(char const *filename) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + int result; + if (!f) return stbi__err("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_is_16_bit_from_file(f); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_file(FILE *f) +{ + int r; + stbi__context s; + long pos = ftell(f); + stbi__start_file(&s, f); + r = stbi__is_16_main(&s); + fseek(f,pos,SEEK_SET); + return r; +} #endif // !STBI_NO_STDIO STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp) @@ -6292,10 +7288,64 @@ STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *c, void *user, int return stbi__info_main(&s,x,y,comp); } +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__is_16_main(&s); +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *c, void *user) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) c, user); + return stbi__is_16_main(&s); +} + #endif // STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION /* revision history: + 2.20 (2019-02-07) support utf8 filenames in Windows; fix warnings and platform ifdefs + 2.19 (2018-02-11) fix warning + 2.18 (2018-01-30) fix warnings + 2.17 (2018-01-29) change sbti__shiftsigned to avoid clang -O2 bug + 1-bit BMP + *_is_16_bit api + avoid warnings + 2.16 (2017-07-23) all functions have 16-bit variants; + STBI_NO_STDIO works again; + compilation fixes; + fix rounding in unpremultiply; + optimize vertical flip; + disable raw_len validation; + documentation fixes + 2.15 (2017-03-18) fix png-1,2,4 bug; now all Imagenet JPGs decode; + warning fixes; disable run-time SSE detection on gcc; + uniform handling of optional "return" values; + thread-safe initialization of zlib tables + 2.14 (2017-03-03) remove deprecated STBI_JPEG_OLD; fixes for Imagenet JPGs + 2.13 (2016-11-29) add 16-bit API, only supported for PNG right now + 2.12 (2016-04-02) fix typo in 2.11 PSD fix that caused crashes + 2.11 (2016-04-02) allocate large structures on the stack + remove white matting for transparent PSD + fix reported channel count for PNG & BMP + re-enable SSE2 in non-gcc 64-bit + support RGB-formatted JPEG + read 16-bit PNGs (only as 8-bit) + 2.10 (2016-01-22) avoid warning introduced in 2.09 by STBI_REALLOC_SIZED + 2.09 (2016-01-16) allow comments in PNM files + 16-bit-per-pixel TGA (not bit-per-component) + info() for TGA could break due to .hdr handling + info() for BMP to shares code instead of sloppy parse + can use STBI_REALLOC_SIZED if allocator doesn't support realloc + code cleanup + 2.08 (2015-09-13) fix to 2.07 cleanup, reading RGB PSD as RGBA + 2.07 (2015-09-13) fix compiler warnings + partial animated GIF support + limited 16-bpc PSD support + #ifdef unused functions + bug with < 92 byte PIC,PNM,HDR,TGA 2.06 (2015-04-19) fix bug where PSD returns wrong '*comp' value 2.05 (2015-04-19) fix bug in progressive JPEG handling, fix warning 2.04 (2015-04-15) try to re-enable SIMD on MinGW 64-bit @@ -6436,3 +7486,46 @@ STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *c, void *user, int 0.50 (2006-11-19) first released version */ + + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/external/include/stb_image_write.h b/external/include/stb_image_write.h index 59052f9c..a21e7e4d 100644 --- a/external/include/stb_image_write.h +++ b/external/include/stb_image_write.h @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -/* stb_image_write - v0.98 - public domain - http://nothings.org/stb/stb_image_write.h - writes out PNG/BMP/TGA images to C stdio - Sean Barrett 2010 +#pragma once +/* stb_image_write - v1.11 - public domain - http://nothings.org/stb/stb_image_write.h + writes out PNG/BMP/TGA/JPEG/HDR images to C stdio - Sean Barrett 2010-2015 no warranty implied; use at your own risk Before #including, @@ -10,31 +11,74 @@ Will probably not work correctly with strict-aliasing optimizations. + If using a modern Microsoft Compiler, non-safe versions of CRT calls may cause + compilation warnings or even errors. To avoid this, also before #including, + + #define STBI_MSC_SECURE_CRT + ABOUT: - This header file is a library for writing images to C stdio. It could be - adapted to write to memory or a general streaming interface; let me know. + This header file is a library for writing images to C stdio or a callback. The PNG output is not optimal; it is 20-50% larger than the file - written by a decent optimizing implementation. This library is designed - for source code compactness and simplicitly, not optimal image file size - or run-time performance. + written by a decent optimizing implementation; though providing a custom + zlib compress function (see STBIW_ZLIB_COMPRESS) can mitigate that. + This library is designed for source code compactness and simplicity, + not optimal image file size or run-time performance. BUILDING: You can #define STBIW_ASSERT(x) before the #include to avoid using assert.h. You can #define STBIW_MALLOC(), STBIW_REALLOC(), and STBIW_FREE() to replace malloc,realloc,free. - You can define STBIW_MEMMOVE() to replace memmove() + You can #define STBIW_MEMMOVE() to replace memmove() + You can #define STBIW_ZLIB_COMPRESS to use a custom zlib-style compress function + for PNG compression (instead of the builtin one), it must have the following signature: + unsigned char * my_compress(unsigned char *data, int data_len, int *out_len, int quality); + The returned data will be freed with STBIW_FREE() (free() by default), + so it must be heap allocated with STBIW_MALLOC() (malloc() by default), + +UNICODE: + + If compiling for Windows and you wish to use Unicode filenames, compile + with + #define STBIW_WINDOWS_UTF8 + and pass utf8-encoded filenames. Call stbiw_convert_wchar_to_utf8 to convert + Windows wchar_t filenames to utf8. USAGE: - There are four functions, one for each image file format: + There are five functions, one for each image file format: int stbi_write_png(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data, int stride_in_bytes); int stbi_write_bmp(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); int stbi_write_tga(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); - int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); + int stbi_write_jpg(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data, int quality); + int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const float *data); + + void stbi_flip_vertically_on_write(int flag); // flag is non-zero to flip data vertically + + There are also five equivalent functions that use an arbitrary write function. You are + expected to open/close your file-equivalent before and after calling these: + + int stbi_write_png_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data, int stride_in_bytes); + int stbi_write_bmp_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); + int stbi_write_tga_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); + int stbi_write_hdr_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int w, int h, int comp, const float *data); + int stbi_write_jpg_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int quality); + + where the callback is: + void stbi_write_func(void *context, void *data, int size); + + You can configure it with these global variables: + int stbi_write_tga_with_rle; // defaults to true; set to 0 to disable RLE + int stbi_write_png_compression_level; // defaults to 8; set to higher for more compression + int stbi_write_force_png_filter; // defaults to -1; set to 0..5 to force a filter mode + + + You can define STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO to disable the file variant of these + functions, so the library will not use stdio.h at all. However, this will + also disable HDR writing, because it requires stdio for formatted output. Each function returns 0 on failure and non-0 on success. @@ -58,69 +102,144 @@ writer, both because it is in BGR order and because it may have padding at the end of the line.) + PNG allows you to set the deflate compression level by setting the global + variable 'stbi_write_png_compression_level' (it defaults to 8). + HDR expects linear float data. Since the format is always 32-bit rgb(e) data, alpha (if provided) is discarded, and for monochrome data it is replicated across all three channels. + TGA supports RLE or non-RLE compressed data. To use non-RLE-compressed + data, set the global variable 'stbi_write_tga_with_rle' to 0. + + JPEG does ignore alpha channels in input data; quality is between 1 and 100. + Higher quality looks better but results in a bigger image. + JPEG baseline (no JPEG progressive). + CREDITS: - PNG/BMP/TGA - Sean Barrett - HDR - Baldur Karlsson - TGA monochrome: - Jean-Sebastien Guay - misc enhancements: - Tim Kelsey + + Sean Barrett - PNG/BMP/TGA + Baldur Karlsson - HDR + Jean-Sebastien Guay - TGA monochrome + Tim Kelsey - misc enhancements + Alan Hickman - TGA RLE + Emmanuel Julien - initial file IO callback implementation + Jon Olick - original jo_jpeg.cpp code + Daniel Gibson - integrate JPEG, allow external zlib + Aarni Koskela - allow choosing PNG filter + bugfixes: github:Chribba - + Guillaume Chereau + github:jry2 + github:romigrou + Sergio Gonzalez + Jonas Karlsson + Filip Wasil + Thatcher Ulrich + github:poppolopoppo + Patrick Boettcher + github:xeekworx + Cap Petschulat + Simon Rodriguez + Ivan Tikhonov + github:ignotion + Adam Schackart + LICENSE -This software is in the public domain. Where that dedication is not -recognized, you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, -distribute, and modify this file as you see fit. + See end of file for license information. + */ #ifndef INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_WRITE_H #define INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_WRITE_H +#include + +// if STB_IMAGE_WRITE_STATIC causes problems, try defining STBIWDEF to 'inline' or 'static inline' +#ifndef STBIWDEF +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_WRITE_STATIC +#define STBIWDEF static +#else #ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { +#define STBIWDEF extern "C" +#else +#define STBIWDEF extern +#endif +#endif #endif -extern int stbi_write_png(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data, int stride_in_bytes); -extern int stbi_write_bmp(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); -extern int stbi_write_tga(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); -extern int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const float *data); +#ifndef STB_IMAGE_WRITE_STATIC // C++ forbids static forward declarations +extern int stbi_write_tga_with_rle; +extern int stbi_write_png_compression_level; +extern int stbi_write_force_png_filter; +#endif -#ifdef __cplusplus -} +#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_png(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data, int stride_in_bytes); +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_bmp(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const float *data); +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int quality); + +#ifdef STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8 +STBIWDEF int stbiw_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input); #endif +#endif + +typedef void stbi_write_func(void *context, void *data, int size); + +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_png_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data, int stride_in_bytes); +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_bmp_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int w, int h, int comp, const void *data); +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_hdr_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int w, int h, int comp, const float *data); +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int quality); + +STBIWDEF void stbi_flip_vertically_on_write(int flip_boolean); #endif//INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_WRITE_H #ifdef STB_IMAGE_WRITE_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifdef _WIN32 + #ifndef _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS + #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS + #endif + #ifndef _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE + #define _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO +#include +#endif // STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO + #include #include -#include #include #include -#if defined(STBIW_MALLOC) && defined(STBIW_FREE) && defined(STBIW_REALLOC) +#if defined(STBIW_MALLOC) && defined(STBIW_FREE) && (defined(STBIW_REALLOC) || defined(STBIW_REALLOC_SIZED)) // ok -#elif !defined(STBIW_MALLOC) && !defined(STBIW_FREE) && !defined(STBIW_REALLOC) +#elif !defined(STBIW_MALLOC) && !defined(STBIW_FREE) && !defined(STBIW_REALLOC) && !defined(STBIW_REALLOC_SIZED) // ok #else -#error "Must define all or none of STBIW_MALLOC, STBIW_FREE, and STBIW_REALLOC." +#error "Must define all or none of STBIW_MALLOC, STBIW_FREE, and STBIW_REALLOC (or STBIW_REALLOC_SIZED)." #endif #ifndef STBIW_MALLOC -#define STBIW_MALLOC(sz) malloc(sz) -#define STBIW_REALLOC(p,sz) realloc(p,sz) -#define STBIW_FREE(p) free(p) +#define STBIW_MALLOC(sz) malloc(sz) +#define STBIW_REALLOC(p,newsz) realloc(p,newsz) +#define STBIW_FREE(p) free(p) +#endif + +#ifndef STBIW_REALLOC_SIZED +#define STBIW_REALLOC_SIZED(p,oldsz,newsz) STBIW_REALLOC(p,newsz) #endif + + #ifndef STBIW_MEMMOVE #define STBIW_MEMMOVE(a,b,sz) memmove(a,b,sz) #endif @@ -131,22 +250,127 @@ extern int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const fl #define STBIW_ASSERT(x) assert(x) #endif +#define STBIW_UCHAR(x) (unsigned char) ((x) & 0xff) + +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_WRITE_STATIC +static int stbi__flip_vertically_on_write=0; +static int stbi_write_png_compression_level = 8; +static int stbi_write_tga_with_rle = 1; +static int stbi_write_force_png_filter = -1; +#else +int stbi_write_png_compression_level = 8; +int stbi__flip_vertically_on_write=0; +int stbi_write_tga_with_rle = 1; +int stbi_write_force_png_filter = -1; +#endif + +STBIWDEF void stbi_flip_vertically_on_write(int flag) +{ + stbi__flip_vertically_on_write = flag; +} + +typedef struct +{ + stbi_write_func *func; + void *context; +} stbi__write_context; + +// initialize a callback-based context +static void stbi__start_write_callbacks(stbi__write_context *s, stbi_write_func *c, void *context) +{ + s->func = c; + s->context = context; +} + +#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO + +static void stbi__stdio_write(void *context, void *data, int size) +{ + fwrite(data,1,size,(FILE*) context); +} + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define STBIW_EXTERN extern "C" +#else +#define STBIW_EXTERN extern +#endif +STBIW_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall MultiByteToWideChar(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const char *str, int cbmb, wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide); +STBIW_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall WideCharToMultiByte(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide, char *str, int cbmb, const char *defchar, int *used_default); + +STBIWDEF int stbiw_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input) +{ + return WideCharToMultiByte(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, input, -1, buffer, bufferlen, NULL, NULL); +} +#endif + +static FILE *stbiw__fopen(char const *filename, char const *mode) +{ + FILE *f; +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) + wchar_t wMode[64]; + wchar_t wFilename[1024]; + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, filename, -1, wFilename, sizeof(wFilename))) + return 0; + + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, mode, -1, wMode, sizeof(wMode))) + return 0; + +#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 + if (0 != _wfopen_s(&f, wFilename, wMode)) + f = 0; +#else + f = _wfopen(wFilename, wMode); +#endif + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 + if (0 != fopen_s(&f, filename, mode)) + f=0; +#else + f = fopen(filename, mode); +#endif + return f; +} + +static int stbi__start_write_file(stbi__write_context *s, const char *filename) +{ + FILE *f = stbiw__fopen(filename, "wb"); + stbi__start_write_callbacks(s, stbi__stdio_write, (void *) f); + return f != NULL; +} + +static void stbi__end_write_file(stbi__write_context *s) +{ + fclose((FILE *)s->context); +} + +#endif // !STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO + typedef unsigned int stbiw_uint32; typedef int stb_image_write_test[sizeof(stbiw_uint32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; -static void writefv(FILE *f, const char *fmt, va_list v) +static void stbiw__writefv(stbi__write_context *s, const char *fmt, va_list v) { while (*fmt) { switch (*fmt++) { case ' ': break; - case '1': { unsigned char x = (unsigned char) va_arg(v, int); fputc(x,f); break; } - case '2': { int x = va_arg(v,int); unsigned char b[2]; - b[0] = (unsigned char) x; b[1] = (unsigned char) (x>>8); - fwrite(b,2,1,f); break; } - case '4': { stbiw_uint32 x = va_arg(v,int); unsigned char b[4]; - b[0]=(unsigned char)x; b[1]=(unsigned char)(x>>8); - b[2]=(unsigned char)(x>>16); b[3]=(unsigned char)(x>>24); - fwrite(b,4,1,f); break; } + case '1': { unsigned char x = STBIW_UCHAR(va_arg(v, int)); + s->func(s->context,&x,1); + break; } + case '2': { int x = va_arg(v,int); + unsigned char b[2]; + b[0] = STBIW_UCHAR(x); + b[1] = STBIW_UCHAR(x>>8); + s->func(s->context,b,2); + break; } + case '4': { stbiw_uint32 x = va_arg(v,int); + unsigned char b[4]; + b[0]=STBIW_UCHAR(x); + b[1]=STBIW_UCHAR(x>>8); + b[2]=STBIW_UCHAR(x>>16); + b[3]=STBIW_UCHAR(x>>24); + s->func(s->context,b,4); + break; } default: STBIW_ASSERT(0); return; @@ -154,22 +378,70 @@ static void writefv(FILE *f, const char *fmt, va_list v) } } -static void write3(FILE *f, unsigned char a, unsigned char b, unsigned char c) +static void stbiw__writef(stbi__write_context *s, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list v; + va_start(v, fmt); + stbiw__writefv(s, fmt, v); + va_end(v); +} + +static void stbiw__putc(stbi__write_context *s, unsigned char c) +{ + s->func(s->context, &c, 1); +} + +static void stbiw__write3(stbi__write_context *s, unsigned char a, unsigned char b, unsigned char c) { unsigned char arr[3]; arr[0] = a, arr[1] = b, arr[2] = c; - fwrite(arr, 3, 1, f); + s->func(s->context, arr, 3); } -static void write_pixels(FILE *f, int rgb_dir, int vdir, int x, int y, int comp, void *data, int write_alpha, int scanline_pad, int expand_mono) +static void stbiw__write_pixel(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int comp, int write_alpha, int expand_mono, unsigned char *d) { unsigned char bg[3] = { 255, 0, 255}, px[3]; + int k; + + if (write_alpha < 0) + s->func(s->context, &d[comp - 1], 1); + + switch (comp) { + case 2: // 2 pixels = mono + alpha, alpha is written separately, so same as 1-channel case + case 1: + if (expand_mono) + stbiw__write3(s, d[0], d[0], d[0]); // monochrome bmp + else + s->func(s->context, d, 1); // monochrome TGA + break; + case 4: + if (!write_alpha) { + // composite against pink background + for (k = 0; k < 3; ++k) + px[k] = bg[k] + ((d[k] - bg[k]) * d[3]) / 255; + stbiw__write3(s, px[1 - rgb_dir], px[1], px[1 + rgb_dir]); + break; + } + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 3: + stbiw__write3(s, d[1 - rgb_dir], d[1], d[1 + rgb_dir]); + break; + } + if (write_alpha > 0) + s->func(s->context, &d[comp - 1], 1); +} + +static void stbiw__write_pixels(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int vdir, int x, int y, int comp, void *data, int write_alpha, int scanline_pad, int expand_mono) +{ stbiw_uint32 zero = 0; - int i,j,k, j_end; + int i,j, j_end; if (y <= 0) return; + if (stbi__flip_vertically_on_write) + vdir *= -1; + if (vdir < 0) j_end = -1, j = y-1; else @@ -178,81 +450,165 @@ static void write_pixels(FILE *f, int rgb_dir, int vdir, int x, int y, int comp, for (; j != j_end; j += vdir) { for (i=0; i < x; ++i) { unsigned char *d = (unsigned char *) data + (j*x+i)*comp; - if (write_alpha < 0) - fwrite(&d[comp-1], 1, 1, f); - switch (comp) { - case 1: fwrite(d, 1, 1, f); - break; - case 2: if (expand_mono) - write3(f, d[0],d[0],d[0]); // monochrome bmp - else - fwrite(d, 1, 1, f); // monochrome TGA - break; - case 4: - if (!write_alpha) { - // composite against pink background - for (k=0; k < 3; ++k) - px[k] = bg[k] + ((d[k] - bg[k]) * d[3])/255; - write3(f, px[1-rgb_dir],px[1],px[1+rgb_dir]); - break; - } - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 3: - write3(f, d[1-rgb_dir],d[1],d[1+rgb_dir]); - break; - } - if (write_alpha > 0) - fwrite(&d[comp-1], 1, 1, f); + stbiw__write_pixel(s, rgb_dir, comp, write_alpha, expand_mono, d); } - fwrite(&zero,scanline_pad,1,f); + s->func(s->context, &zero, scanline_pad); } } -static int outfile(char const *filename, int rgb_dir, int vdir, int x, int y, int comp, int expand_mono, void *data, int alpha, int pad, const char *fmt, ...) +static int stbiw__outfile(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int vdir, int x, int y, int comp, int expand_mono, void *data, int alpha, int pad, const char *fmt, ...) { - FILE *f; - if (y < 0 || x < 0) return 0; - f = fopen(filename, "wb"); - if (f) { + if (y < 0 || x < 0) { + return 0; + } else { va_list v; va_start(v, fmt); - writefv(f, fmt, v); + stbiw__writefv(s, fmt, v); va_end(v); - write_pixels(f,rgb_dir,vdir,x,y,comp,data,alpha,pad,expand_mono); - fclose(f); + stbiw__write_pixels(s,rgb_dir,vdir,x,y,comp,data,alpha,pad, expand_mono); + return 1; } - return f != NULL; } -int stbi_write_bmp(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) +static int stbi_write_bmp_core(stbi__write_context *s, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) { int pad = (-x*3) & 3; - return outfile(filename,-1,-1,x,y,comp,1,(void *) data,0,pad, + return stbiw__outfile(s,-1,-1,x,y,comp,1,(void *) data,0,pad, "11 4 22 4" "4 44 22 444444", 'B', 'M', 14+40+(x*3+pad)*y, 0,0, 14+40, // file header 40, x,y, 1,24, 0,0,0,0,0,0); // bitmap header } -int stbi_write_tga(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_bmp_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) +{ + stbi__write_context s; + stbi__start_write_callbacks(&s, func, context); + return stbi_write_bmp_core(&s, x, y, comp, data); +} + +#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_bmp(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) +{ + stbi__write_context s; + if (stbi__start_write_file(&s,filename)) { + int r = stbi_write_bmp_core(&s, x, y, comp, data); + stbi__end_write_file(&s); + return r; + } else + return 0; +} +#endif //!STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO + +static int stbi_write_tga_core(stbi__write_context *s, int x, int y, int comp, void *data) { int has_alpha = (comp == 2 || comp == 4); int colorbytes = has_alpha ? comp-1 : comp; int format = colorbytes < 2 ? 3 : 2; // 3 color channels (RGB/RGBA) = 2, 1 color channel (Y/YA) = 3 - return outfile(filename, -1,-1, x, y, comp, 0, (void *) data, has_alpha, 0, - "111 221 2222 11", 0,0,format, 0,0,0, 0,0,x,y, (colorbytes+has_alpha)*8, has_alpha*8); + + if (y < 0 || x < 0) + return 0; + + if (!stbi_write_tga_with_rle) { + return stbiw__outfile(s, -1, -1, x, y, comp, 0, (void *) data, has_alpha, 0, + "111 221 2222 11", 0, 0, format, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, x, y, (colorbytes + has_alpha) * 8, has_alpha * 8); + } else { + int i,j,k; + int jend, jdir; + + stbiw__writef(s, "111 221 2222 11", 0,0,format+8, 0,0,0, 0,0,x,y, (colorbytes + has_alpha) * 8, has_alpha * 8); + + if (stbi__flip_vertically_on_write) { + j = 0; + jend = y; + jdir = 1; + } else { + j = y-1; + jend = -1; + jdir = -1; + } + for (; j != jend; j += jdir) { + unsigned char *row = (unsigned char *) data + j * x * comp; + int len; + + for (i = 0; i < x; i += len) { + unsigned char *begin = row + i * comp; + int diff = 1; + len = 1; + + if (i < x - 1) { + ++len; + diff = memcmp(begin, row + (i + 1) * comp, comp); + if (diff) { + const unsigned char *prev = begin; + for (k = i + 2; k < x && len < 128; ++k) { + if (memcmp(prev, row + k * comp, comp)) { + prev += comp; + ++len; + } else { + --len; + break; + } + } + } else { + for (k = i + 2; k < x && len < 128; ++k) { + if (!memcmp(begin, row + k * comp, comp)) { + ++len; + } else { + break; + } + } + } + } + + if (diff) { + unsigned char header = STBIW_UCHAR(len - 1); + s->func(s->context, &header, 1); + for (k = 0; k < len; ++k) { + stbiw__write_pixel(s, -1, comp, has_alpha, 0, begin + k * comp); + } + } else { + unsigned char header = STBIW_UCHAR(len - 129); + s->func(s->context, &header, 1); + stbiw__write_pixel(s, -1, comp, has_alpha, 0, begin); + } + } + } + } + return 1; } +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) +{ + stbi__write_context s; + stbi__start_write_callbacks(&s, func, context); + return stbi_write_tga_core(&s, x, y, comp, (void *) data); +} + +#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) +{ + stbi__write_context s; + if (stbi__start_write_file(&s,filename)) { + int r = stbi_write_tga_core(&s, x, y, comp, (void *) data); + stbi__end_write_file(&s); + return r; + } else + return 0; +} +#endif + // ************************************************************************************************* // Radiance RGBE HDR writer // by Baldur Karlsson + #define stbiw__max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) -void stbiw__linear_to_rgbe(unsigned char *rgbe, float *linear) +static void stbiw__linear_to_rgbe(unsigned char *rgbe, float *linear) { int exponent; float maxcomp = stbiw__max(linear[0], stbiw__max(linear[1], linear[2])); - if (maxcomp < 1e-32) { + if (maxcomp < 1e-32f) { rgbe[0] = rgbe[1] = rgbe[2] = rgbe[3] = 0; } else { float normalize = (float) frexp(maxcomp, &exponent) * 256.0f/maxcomp; @@ -264,23 +620,23 @@ void stbiw__linear_to_rgbe(unsigned char *rgbe, float *linear) } } -void stbiw__write_run_data(FILE *f, int length, unsigned char databyte) +static void stbiw__write_run_data(stbi__write_context *s, int length, unsigned char databyte) { - unsigned char lengthbyte = (unsigned char) (length+128); + unsigned char lengthbyte = STBIW_UCHAR(length+128); STBIW_ASSERT(length+128 <= 255); - fwrite(&lengthbyte, 1, 1, f); - fwrite(&databyte, 1, 1, f); + s->func(s->context, &lengthbyte, 1); + s->func(s->context, &databyte, 1); } -void stbiw__write_dump_data(FILE *f, int length, unsigned char *data) +static void stbiw__write_dump_data(stbi__write_context *s, int length, unsigned char *data) { - unsigned char lengthbyte = (unsigned char )(length & 0xff); + unsigned char lengthbyte = STBIW_UCHAR(length); STBIW_ASSERT(length <= 128); // inconsistent with spec but consistent with official code - fwrite(&lengthbyte, 1, 1, f); - fwrite(data, length, 1, f); + s->func(s->context, &lengthbyte, 1); + s->func(s->context, data, length); } -void stbiw__write_hdr_scanline(FILE *f, int width, int comp, unsigned char *scratch, const float *scanline) +static void stbiw__write_hdr_scanline(stbi__write_context *s, int width, int ncomp, unsigned char *scratch, float *scanline) { unsigned char scanlineheader[4] = { 2, 2, 0, 0 }; unsigned char rgbe[4]; @@ -293,31 +649,31 @@ void stbiw__write_hdr_scanline(FILE *f, int width, int comp, unsigned char *scra /* skip RLE for images too small or large */ if (width < 8 || width >= 32768) { for (x=0; x < width; x++) { - switch (comp) { + switch (ncomp) { case 4: /* fallthrough */ - case 3: linear[2] = scanline[x*comp + 2]; - linear[1] = scanline[x*comp + 1]; - linear[0] = scanline[x*comp + 0]; + case 3: linear[2] = scanline[x*ncomp + 2]; + linear[1] = scanline[x*ncomp + 1]; + linear[0] = scanline[x*ncomp + 0]; break; - case 2: /* fallthrough */ - case 1: linear[0] = linear[1] = linear[2] = scanline[x*comp + 0]; + default: + linear[0] = linear[1] = linear[2] = scanline[x*ncomp + 0]; break; } stbiw__linear_to_rgbe(rgbe, linear); - fwrite(rgbe, 4, 1, f); + s->func(s->context, rgbe, 4); } } else { int c,r; /* encode into scratch buffer */ for (x=0; x < width; x++) { - switch(comp) { + switch(ncomp) { case 4: /* fallthrough */ - case 3: linear[2] = scanline[x*comp + 2]; - linear[1] = scanline[x*comp + 1]; - linear[0] = scanline[x*comp + 0]; + case 3: linear[2] = scanline[x*ncomp + 2]; + linear[1] = scanline[x*ncomp + 1]; + linear[0] = scanline[x*ncomp + 0]; break; - case 2: /* fallthrough */ - case 1: linear[0] = linear[1] = linear[2] = scanline[x*comp + 0]; + default: + linear[0] = linear[1] = linear[2] = scanline[x*ncomp + 0]; break; } stbiw__linear_to_rgbe(rgbe, linear); @@ -327,7 +683,7 @@ void stbiw__write_hdr_scanline(FILE *f, int width, int comp, unsigned char *scra scratch[x + width*3] = rgbe[3]; } - fwrite(scanlineheader, 4, 1, f); + s->func(s->context, scanlineheader, 4); /* RLE each component separately */ for (c=0; c < 4; c++) { @@ -348,7 +704,7 @@ void stbiw__write_hdr_scanline(FILE *f, int width, int comp, unsigned char *scra while (x < r) { int len = r-x; if (len > 128) len = 128; - stbiw__write_dump_data(f, len, &comp[x]); + stbiw__write_dump_data(s, len, &comp[x]); x += len; } // if there's a run, output it @@ -360,7 +716,7 @@ void stbiw__write_hdr_scanline(FILE *f, int width, int comp, unsigned char *scra while (x < r) { int len = r-x; if (len > 127) len = 127; - stbiw__write_run_data(f, len, comp[x]); + stbiw__write_run_data(s, len, comp[x]); x += len; } } @@ -369,28 +725,59 @@ void stbiw__write_hdr_scanline(FILE *f, int width, int comp, unsigned char *scra } } -int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const float *data) +static int stbi_write_hdr_core(stbi__write_context *s, int x, int y, int comp, float *data) { - int i; - FILE *f; - if (y <= 0 || x <= 0 || data == NULL) return 0; - f = fopen(filename, "wb"); - if (f) { - /* Each component is stored separately. Allocate scratch space for full output scanline. */ + if (y <= 0 || x <= 0 || data == NULL) + return 0; + else { + // Each component is stored separately. Allocate scratch space for full output scanline. unsigned char *scratch = (unsigned char *) STBIW_MALLOC(x*4); - fprintf(f, "#?RADIANCE\n# Written by stb_image_write.h\nFORMAT=32-bit_rle_rgbe\n" ); - fprintf(f, "EXPOSURE= 1.0000000000000\n\n-Y %d +X %d\n" , y, x); + int i, len; + char buffer[128]; + char header[] = "#?RADIANCE\n# Written by stb_image_write.h\nFORMAT=32-bit_rle_rgbe\n"; + s->func(s->context, header, sizeof(header)-1); + +#ifdef STBI_MSC_SECURE_CRT + len = sprintf_s(buffer, "EXPOSURE= 1.0000000000000\n\n-Y %d +X %d\n", y, x); +#else + len = sprintf(buffer, "EXPOSURE= 1.0000000000000\n\n-Y %d +X %d\n", y, x); +#endif + s->func(s->context, buffer, len); + for(i=0; i < y; i++) - stbiw__write_hdr_scanline(f, x, comp, scratch, data + comp*i*x); + stbiw__write_hdr_scanline(s, x, comp, scratch, data + comp*x*(stbi__flip_vertically_on_write ? y-1-i : i)); STBIW_FREE(scratch); - fclose(f); + return 1; } - return f != NULL; } -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// PNG +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_hdr_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const float *data) +{ + stbi__write_context s; + stbi__start_write_callbacks(&s, func, context); + return stbi_write_hdr_core(&s, x, y, comp, (float *) data); +} +#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const float *data) +{ + stbi__write_context s; + if (stbi__start_write_file(&s,filename)) { + int r = stbi_write_hdr_core(&s, x, y, comp, (float *) data); + stbi__end_write_file(&s); + return r; + } else + return 0; +} +#endif // STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// PNG writer +// + +#ifndef STBIW_ZLIB_COMPRESS // stretchy buffer; stbiw__sbpush() == vector<>::push_back() -- stbiw__sbcount() == vector<>::size() #define stbiw__sbraw(a) ((int *) (a) - 2) #define stbiw__sbm(a) stbiw__sbraw(a)[0] @@ -407,7 +794,7 @@ int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const float *da static void *stbiw__sbgrowf(void **arr, int increment, int itemsize) { int m = *arr ? 2*stbiw__sbm(*arr)+increment : increment+1; - void *p = STBIW_REALLOC(*arr ? stbiw__sbraw(*arr) : 0, itemsize * m + sizeof(int)*2); + void *p = STBIW_REALLOC_SIZED(*arr ? stbiw__sbraw(*arr) : 0, *arr ? (stbiw__sbm(*arr)*itemsize + sizeof(int)*2) : 0, itemsize * m + sizeof(int)*2); STBIW_ASSERT(p); if (p) { if (!*arr) ((int *) p)[1] = 0; @@ -420,7 +807,7 @@ static void *stbiw__sbgrowf(void **arr, int increment, int itemsize) static unsigned char *stbiw__zlib_flushf(unsigned char *data, unsigned int *bitbuffer, int *bitcount) { while (*bitcount >= 8) { - stbiw__sbpush(data, (unsigned char) *bitbuffer); + stbiw__sbpush(data, STBIW_UCHAR(*bitbuffer)); *bitbuffer >>= 8; *bitcount -= 8; } @@ -471,8 +858,14 @@ static unsigned int stbiw__zhash(unsigned char *data) #define stbiw__ZHASH 16384 -unsigned char * stbi_zlib_compress(unsigned char *data, int data_len, int *out_len, int quality) +#endif // STBIW_ZLIB_COMPRESS + +STBIWDEF unsigned char * stbi_zlib_compress(unsigned char *data, int data_len, int *out_len, int quality) { +#ifdef STBIW_ZLIB_COMPRESS + // user provided a zlib compress implementation, use that + return STBIW_ZLIB_COMPRESS(data, data_len, out_len, quality); +#else // use builtin static unsigned short lengthc[] = { 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13,15,17,19,23,27,31,35,43,51,59,67,83,99,115,131,163,195,227,258, 259 }; static unsigned char lengtheb[]= { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5, 0 }; static unsigned short distc[] = { 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,13,17,25,33,49,65,97,129,193,257,385,513,769,1025,1537,2049,3073,4097,6145,8193,12289,16385,24577, 32768 }; @@ -480,7 +873,9 @@ unsigned char * stbi_zlib_compress(unsigned char *data, int data_len, int *out_l unsigned int bitbuf=0; int i,j, bitcount=0; unsigned char *out = NULL; - unsigned char **hash_table[stbiw__ZHASH]; // 64KB on the stack! + unsigned char ***hash_table = (unsigned char***) STBIW_MALLOC(stbiw__ZHASH * sizeof(char**)); + if (hash_table == NULL) + return NULL; if (quality < 5) quality = 5; stbiw__sbpush(out, 0x78); // DEFLATE 32K window @@ -552,43 +947,81 @@ unsigned char * stbi_zlib_compress(unsigned char *data, int data_len, int *out_l for (i=0; i < stbiw__ZHASH; ++i) (void) stbiw__sbfree(hash_table[i]); + STBIW_FREE(hash_table); { // compute adler32 on input - unsigned int i=0, s1=1, s2=0, blocklen = data_len % 5552; - int j=0; + unsigned int s1=1, s2=0; + int blocklen = (int) (data_len % 5552); + j=0; while (j < data_len) { for (i=0; i < blocklen; ++i) s1 += data[j+i], s2 += s1; s1 %= 65521, s2 %= 65521; j += blocklen; blocklen = 5552; } - stbiw__sbpush(out, (unsigned char) (s2 >> 8)); - stbiw__sbpush(out, (unsigned char) s2); - stbiw__sbpush(out, (unsigned char) (s1 >> 8)); - stbiw__sbpush(out, (unsigned char) s1); + stbiw__sbpush(out, STBIW_UCHAR(s2 >> 8)); + stbiw__sbpush(out, STBIW_UCHAR(s2)); + stbiw__sbpush(out, STBIW_UCHAR(s1 >> 8)); + stbiw__sbpush(out, STBIW_UCHAR(s1)); } *out_len = stbiw__sbn(out); // make returned pointer freeable STBIW_MEMMOVE(stbiw__sbraw(out), out, *out_len); return (unsigned char *) stbiw__sbraw(out); +#endif // STBIW_ZLIB_COMPRESS } -unsigned int stbiw__crc32(unsigned char *buffer, int len) +static unsigned int stbiw__crc32(unsigned char *buffer, int len) { - static unsigned int crc_table[256]; +#ifdef STBIW_CRC32 + return STBIW_CRC32(buffer, len); +#else + static unsigned int crc_table[256] = + { + 0x00000000, 0x77073096, 0xEE0E612C, 0x990951BA, 0x076DC419, 0x706AF48F, 0xE963A535, 0x9E6495A3, + 0x0eDB8832, 0x79DCB8A4, 0xE0D5E91E, 0x97D2D988, 0x09B64C2B, 0x7EB17CBD, 0xE7B82D07, 0x90BF1D91, + 0x1DB71064, 0x6AB020F2, 0xF3B97148, 0x84BE41DE, 0x1ADAD47D, 0x6DDDE4EB, 0xF4D4B551, 0x83D385C7, + 0x136C9856, 0x646BA8C0, 0xFD62F97A, 0x8A65C9EC, 0x14015C4F, 0x63066CD9, 0xFA0F3D63, 0x8D080DF5, + 0x3B6E20C8, 0x4C69105E, 0xD56041E4, 0xA2677172, 0x3C03E4D1, 0x4B04D447, 0xD20D85FD, 0xA50AB56B, + 0x35B5A8FA, 0x42B2986C, 0xDBBBC9D6, 0xACBCF940, 0x32D86CE3, 0x45DF5C75, 0xDCD60DCF, 0xABD13D59, + 0x26D930AC, 0x51DE003A, 0xC8D75180, 0xBFD06116, 0x21B4F4B5, 0x56B3C423, 0xCFBA9599, 0xB8BDA50F, + 0x2802B89E, 0x5F058808, 0xC60CD9B2, 0xB10BE924, 0x2F6F7C87, 0x58684C11, 0xC1611DAB, 0xB6662D3D, + 0x76DC4190, 0x01DB7106, 0x98D220BC, 0xEFD5102A, 0x71B18589, 0x06B6B51F, 0x9FBFE4A5, 0xE8B8D433, + 0x7807C9A2, 0x0F00F934, 0x9609A88E, 0xE10E9818, 0x7F6A0DBB, 0x086D3D2D, 0x91646C97, 0xE6635C01, + 0x6B6B51F4, 0x1C6C6162, 0x856530D8, 0xF262004E, 0x6C0695ED, 0x1B01A57B, 0x8208F4C1, 0xF50FC457, + 0x65B0D9C6, 0x12B7E950, 0x8BBEB8EA, 0xFCB9887C, 0x62DD1DDF, 0x15DA2D49, 0x8CD37CF3, 0xFBD44C65, + 0x4DB26158, 0x3AB551CE, 0xA3BC0074, 0xD4BB30E2, 0x4ADFA541, 0x3DD895D7, 0xA4D1C46D, 0xD3D6F4FB, + 0x4369E96A, 0x346ED9FC, 0xAD678846, 0xDA60B8D0, 0x44042D73, 0x33031DE5, 0xAA0A4C5F, 0xDD0D7CC9, + 0x5005713C, 0x270241AA, 0xBE0B1010, 0xC90C2086, 0x5768B525, 0x206F85B3, 0xB966D409, 0xCE61E49F, + 0x5EDEF90E, 0x29D9C998, 0xB0D09822, 0xC7D7A8B4, 0x59B33D17, 0x2EB40D81, 0xB7BD5C3B, 0xC0BA6CAD, + 0xEDB88320, 0x9ABFB3B6, 0x03B6E20C, 0x74B1D29A, 0xEAD54739, 0x9DD277AF, 0x04DB2615, 0x73DC1683, + 0xE3630B12, 0x94643B84, 0x0D6D6A3E, 0x7A6A5AA8, 0xE40ECF0B, 0x9309FF9D, 0x0A00AE27, 0x7D079EB1, + 0xF00F9344, 0x8708A3D2, 0x1E01F268, 0x6906C2FE, 0xF762575D, 0x806567CB, 0x196C3671, 0x6E6B06E7, + 0xFED41B76, 0x89D32BE0, 0x10DA7A5A, 0x67DD4ACC, 0xF9B9DF6F, 0x8EBEEFF9, 0x17B7BE43, 0x60B08ED5, + 0xD6D6A3E8, 0xA1D1937E, 0x38D8C2C4, 0x4FDFF252, 0xD1BB67F1, 0xA6BC5767, 0x3FB506DD, 0x48B2364B, + 0xD80D2BDA, 0xAF0A1B4C, 0x36034AF6, 0x41047A60, 0xDF60EFC3, 0xA867DF55, 0x316E8EEF, 0x4669BE79, + 0xCB61B38C, 0xBC66831A, 0x256FD2A0, 0x5268E236, 0xCC0C7795, 0xBB0B4703, 0x220216B9, 0x5505262F, + 0xC5BA3BBE, 0xB2BD0B28, 0x2BB45A92, 0x5CB36A04, 0xC2D7FFA7, 0xB5D0CF31, 0x2CD99E8B, 0x5BDEAE1D, + 0x9B64C2B0, 0xEC63F226, 0x756AA39C, 0x026D930A, 0x9C0906A9, 0xEB0E363F, 0x72076785, 0x05005713, + 0x95BF4A82, 0xE2B87A14, 0x7BB12BAE, 0x0CB61B38, 0x92D28E9B, 0xE5D5BE0D, 0x7CDCEFB7, 0x0BDBDF21, + 0x86D3D2D4, 0xF1D4E242, 0x68DDB3F8, 0x1FDA836E, 0x81BE16CD, 0xF6B9265B, 0x6FB077E1, 0x18B74777, + 0x88085AE6, 0xFF0F6A70, 0x66063BCA, 0x11010B5C, 0x8F659EFF, 0xF862AE69, 0x616BFFD3, 0x166CCF45, + 0xA00AE278, 0xD70DD2EE, 0x4E048354, 0x3903B3C2, 0xA7672661, 0xD06016F7, 0x4969474D, 0x3E6E77DB, + 0xAED16A4A, 0xD9D65ADC, 0x40DF0B66, 0x37D83BF0, 0xA9BCAE53, 0xDEBB9EC5, 0x47B2CF7F, 0x30B5FFE9, + 0xBDBDF21C, 0xCABAC28A, 0x53B39330, 0x24B4A3A6, 0xBAD03605, 0xCDD70693, 0x54DE5729, 0x23D967BF, + 0xB3667A2E, 0xC4614AB8, 0x5D681B02, 0x2A6F2B94, 0xB40BBE37, 0xC30C8EA1, 0x5A05DF1B, 0x2D02EF8D + }; + unsigned int crc = ~0u; - int i,j; - if (crc_table[1] == 0) - for(i=0; i < 256; i++) - for (crc_table[i]=i, j=0; j < 8; ++j) - crc_table[i] = (crc_table[i] >> 1) ^ (crc_table[i] & 1 ? 0xedb88320 : 0); + int i; for (i=0; i < len; ++i) crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc_table[buffer[i] ^ (crc & 0xff)]; return ~crc; +#endif } -#define stbiw__wpng4(o,a,b,c,d) ((o)[0]=(unsigned char)(a),(o)[1]=(unsigned char)(b),(o)[2]=(unsigned char)(c),(o)[3]=(unsigned char)(d),(o)+=4) +#define stbiw__wpng4(o,a,b,c,d) ((o)[0]=STBIW_UCHAR(a),(o)[1]=STBIW_UCHAR(b),(o)[2]=STBIW_UCHAR(c),(o)[3]=STBIW_UCHAR(d),(o)+=4) #define stbiw__wp32(data,v) stbiw__wpng4(data, (v)>>24,(v)>>16,(v)>>8,(v)); #define stbiw__wptag(data,s) stbiw__wpng4(data, s[0],s[1],s[2],s[3]) @@ -601,66 +1034,97 @@ static void stbiw__wpcrc(unsigned char **data, int len) static unsigned char stbiw__paeth(int a, int b, int c) { int p = a + b - c, pa = abs(p-a), pb = abs(p-b), pc = abs(p-c); - if (pa <= pb && pa <= pc) return (unsigned char) a; - if (pb <= pc) return (unsigned char) b; - return (unsigned char) c; + if (pa <= pb && pa <= pc) return STBIW_UCHAR(a); + if (pb <= pc) return STBIW_UCHAR(b); + return STBIW_UCHAR(c); } -unsigned char *stbi_write_png_to_mem(unsigned char *pixels, int stride_bytes, int x, int y, int n, int *out_len) +// @OPTIMIZE: provide an option that always forces left-predict or paeth predict +static void stbiw__encode_png_line(unsigned char *pixels, int stride_bytes, int width, int height, int y, int n, int filter_type, signed char *line_buffer) { + static int mapping[] = { 0,1,2,3,4 }; + static int firstmap[] = { 0,1,0,5,6 }; + int *mymap = (y != 0) ? mapping : firstmap; + int i; + int type = mymap[filter_type]; + unsigned char *z = pixels + stride_bytes * (stbi__flip_vertically_on_write ? height-1-y : y); + int signed_stride = stbi__flip_vertically_on_write ? -stride_bytes : stride_bytes; + + if (type==0) { + memcpy(line_buffer, z, width*n); + return; + } + + // first loop isn't optimized since it's just one pixel + for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + switch (type) { + case 1: line_buffer[i] = z[i]; break; + case 2: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - z[i-signed_stride]; break; + case 3: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - (z[i-signed_stride]>>1); break; + case 4: line_buffer[i] = (signed char) (z[i] - stbiw__paeth(0,z[i-signed_stride],0)); break; + case 5: line_buffer[i] = z[i]; break; + case 6: line_buffer[i] = z[i]; break; + } + } + switch (type) { + case 1: for (i=n; i < width*n; ++i) line_buffer[i] = z[i] - z[i-n]; break; + case 2: for (i=n; i < width*n; ++i) line_buffer[i] = z[i] - z[i-signed_stride]; break; + case 3: for (i=n; i < width*n; ++i) line_buffer[i] = z[i] - ((z[i-n] + z[i-signed_stride])>>1); break; + case 4: for (i=n; i < width*n; ++i) line_buffer[i] = z[i] - stbiw__paeth(z[i-n], z[i-signed_stride], z[i-signed_stride-n]); break; + case 5: for (i=n; i < width*n; ++i) line_buffer[i] = z[i] - (z[i-n]>>1); break; + case 6: for (i=n; i < width*n; ++i) line_buffer[i] = z[i] - stbiw__paeth(z[i-n], 0,0); break; + } +} + +STBIWDEF unsigned char *stbi_write_png_to_mem(const unsigned char *pixels, int stride_bytes, int x, int y, int n, int *out_len) +{ + int force_filter = stbi_write_force_png_filter; int ctype[5] = { -1, 0, 4, 2, 6 }; unsigned char sig[8] = { 137,80,78,71,13,10,26,10 }; unsigned char *out,*o, *filt, *zlib; signed char *line_buffer; - int i,j,k,p,zlen; + int j,zlen; if (stride_bytes == 0) stride_bytes = x * n; + if (force_filter >= 5) { + force_filter = -1; + } + filt = (unsigned char *) STBIW_MALLOC((x*n+1) * y); if (!filt) return 0; line_buffer = (signed char *) STBIW_MALLOC(x * n); if (!line_buffer) { STBIW_FREE(filt); return 0; } for (j=0; j < y; ++j) { - static int mapping[] = { 0,1,2,3,4 }; - static int firstmap[] = { 0,1,0,5,6 }; - int *mymap = j ? mapping : firstmap; - int best = 0, bestval = 0x7fffffff; - for (p=0; p < 2; ++p) { - for (k= p?best:0; k < 5; ++k) { - int type = mymap[k],est=0; - unsigned char *z = pixels + stride_bytes*j; - for (i=0; i < n; ++i) - switch (type) { - case 0: line_buffer[i] = z[i]; break; - case 1: line_buffer[i] = z[i]; break; - case 2: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - z[i-stride_bytes]; break; - case 3: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - (z[i-stride_bytes]>>1); break; - case 4: line_buffer[i] = (signed char) (z[i] - stbiw__paeth(0,z[i-stride_bytes],0)); break; - case 5: line_buffer[i] = z[i]; break; - case 6: line_buffer[i] = z[i]; break; - } - for (i=n; i < x*n; ++i) { - switch (type) { - case 0: line_buffer[i] = z[i]; break; - case 1: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - z[i-n]; break; - case 2: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - z[i-stride_bytes]; break; - case 3: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - ((z[i-n] + z[i-stride_bytes])>>1); break; - case 4: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - stbiw__paeth(z[i-n], z[i-stride_bytes], z[i-stride_bytes-n]); break; - case 5: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - (z[i-n]>>1); break; - case 6: line_buffer[i] = z[i] - stbiw__paeth(z[i-n], 0,0); break; - } - } - if (p) break; - for (i=0; i < x*n; ++i) + int filter_type; + if (force_filter > -1) { + filter_type = force_filter; + stbiw__encode_png_line((unsigned char*)(pixels), stride_bytes, x, y, j, n, force_filter, line_buffer); + } else { // Estimate the best filter by running through all of them: + int best_filter = 0, best_filter_val = 0x7fffffff, est, i; + for (filter_type = 0; filter_type < 5; filter_type++) { + stbiw__encode_png_line((unsigned char*)(pixels), stride_bytes, x, y, j, n, filter_type, line_buffer); + + // Estimate the entropy of the line using this filter; the less, the better. + est = 0; + for (i = 0; i < x*n; ++i) { est += abs((signed char) line_buffer[i]); - if (est < bestval) { bestval = est; best = k; } + } + if (est < best_filter_val) { + best_filter_val = est; + best_filter = filter_type; + } + } + if (filter_type != best_filter) { // If the last iteration already got us the best filter, don't redo it + stbiw__encode_png_line((unsigned char*)(pixels), stride_bytes, x, y, j, n, best_filter, line_buffer); + filter_type = best_filter; } } - // when we get here, best contains the filter type, and line_buffer contains the data - filt[j*(x*n+1)] = (unsigned char) best; + // when we get here, filter_type contains the filter type, and line_buffer contains the data + filt[j*(x*n+1)] = (unsigned char) filter_type; STBIW_MEMMOVE(filt+j*(x*n+1)+1, line_buffer, x*n); } STBIW_FREE(line_buffer); - zlib = stbi_zlib_compress(filt, y*( x*n+1), &zlen, 8); // increase 8 to get smaller but use more memory + zlib = stbi_zlib_compress(filt, y*( x*n+1), &zlen, stbi_write_png_compression_level); STBIW_FREE(filt); if (!zlib) return 0; @@ -676,7 +1140,7 @@ unsigned char *stbi_write_png_to_mem(unsigned char *pixels, int stride_bytes, in stbiw__wp32(o, x); stbiw__wp32(o, y); *o++ = 8; - *o++ = (unsigned char) ctype[n]; + *o++ = STBIW_UCHAR(ctype[n]); *o++ = 0; *o++ = 0; *o++ = 0; @@ -698,22 +1162,403 @@ unsigned char *stbi_write_png_to_mem(unsigned char *pixels, int stride_bytes, in return out; } -int stbi_write_png(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int stride_bytes) +#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_png(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int stride_bytes) { FILE *f; int len; - unsigned char *png = stbi_write_png_to_mem((unsigned char *) data, stride_bytes, x, y, comp, &len); - if (!png) return 0; - f = fopen(filename, "wb"); + unsigned char *png = stbi_write_png_to_mem((const unsigned char *) data, stride_bytes, x, y, comp, &len); + if (png == NULL) return 0; + + f = stbiw__fopen(filename, "wb"); if (!f) { STBIW_FREE(png); return 0; } fwrite(png, 1, len, f); fclose(f); STBIW_FREE(png); return 1; } +#endif + +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_png_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int stride_bytes) +{ + int len; + unsigned char *png = stbi_write_png_to_mem((const unsigned char *) data, stride_bytes, x, y, comp, &len); + if (png == NULL) return 0; + func(context, png, len); + STBIW_FREE(png); + return 1; +} + + +/* *************************************************************************** + * + * JPEG writer + * + * This is based on Jon Olick's jo_jpeg.cpp: + * public domain Simple, Minimalistic JPEG writer - http://www.jonolick.com/code.html + */ + +static const unsigned char stbiw__jpg_ZigZag[] = { 0,1,5,6,14,15,27,28,2,4,7,13,16,26,29,42,3,8,12,17,25,30,41,43,9,11,18, + 24,31,40,44,53,10,19,23,32,39,45,52,54,20,22,33,38,46,51,55,60,21,34,37,47,50,56,59,61,35,36,48,49,57,58,62,63 }; + +static void stbiw__jpg_writeBits(stbi__write_context *s, int *bitBufP, int *bitCntP, const unsigned short *bs) { + int bitBuf = *bitBufP, bitCnt = *bitCntP; + bitCnt += bs[1]; + bitBuf |= bs[0] << (24 - bitCnt); + while(bitCnt >= 8) { + unsigned char c = (bitBuf >> 16) & 255; + stbiw__putc(s, c); + if(c == 255) { + stbiw__putc(s, 0); + } + bitBuf <<= 8; + bitCnt -= 8; + } + *bitBufP = bitBuf; + *bitCntP = bitCnt; +} + +static void stbiw__jpg_DCT(float *d0p, float *d1p, float *d2p, float *d3p, float *d4p, float *d5p, float *d6p, float *d7p) { + float d0 = *d0p, d1 = *d1p, d2 = *d2p, d3 = *d3p, d4 = *d4p, d5 = *d5p, d6 = *d6p, d7 = *d7p; + float z1, z2, z3, z4, z5, z11, z13; + + float tmp0 = d0 + d7; + float tmp7 = d0 - d7; + float tmp1 = d1 + d6; + float tmp6 = d1 - d6; + float tmp2 = d2 + d5; + float tmp5 = d2 - d5; + float tmp3 = d3 + d4; + float tmp4 = d3 - d4; + + // Even part + float tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; // phase 2 + float tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3; + float tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2; + float tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2; + + d0 = tmp10 + tmp11; // phase 3 + d4 = tmp10 - tmp11; + + z1 = (tmp12 + tmp13) * 0.707106781f; // c4 + d2 = tmp13 + z1; // phase 5 + d6 = tmp13 - z1; + + // Odd part + tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; // phase 2 + tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6; + tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7; + + // The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. + z5 = (tmp10 - tmp12) * 0.382683433f; // c6 + z2 = tmp10 * 0.541196100f + z5; // c2-c6 + z4 = tmp12 * 1.306562965f + z5; // c2+c6 + z3 = tmp11 * 0.707106781f; // c4 + + z11 = tmp7 + z3; // phase 5 + z13 = tmp7 - z3; + + *d5p = z13 + z2; // phase 6 + *d3p = z13 - z2; + *d1p = z11 + z4; + *d7p = z11 - z4; + + *d0p = d0; *d2p = d2; *d4p = d4; *d6p = d6; +} + +static void stbiw__jpg_calcBits(int val, unsigned short bits[2]) { + int tmp1 = val < 0 ? -val : val; + val = val < 0 ? val-1 : val; + bits[1] = 1; + while(tmp1 >>= 1) { + ++bits[1]; + } + bits[0] = val & ((1<0)&&(DU[end0pos]==0); --end0pos) { + } + // end0pos = first element in reverse order !=0 + if(end0pos == 0) { + stbiw__jpg_writeBits(s, bitBuf, bitCnt, EOB); + return DU[0]; + } + for(i = 1; i <= end0pos; ++i) { + int startpos = i; + int nrzeroes; + unsigned short bits[2]; + for (; DU[i]==0 && i<=end0pos; ++i) { + } + nrzeroes = i-startpos; + if ( nrzeroes >= 16 ) { + int lng = nrzeroes>>4; + int nrmarker; + for (nrmarker=1; nrmarker <= lng; ++nrmarker) + stbiw__jpg_writeBits(s, bitBuf, bitCnt, M16zeroes); + nrzeroes &= 15; + } + stbiw__jpg_calcBits(DU[i], bits); + stbiw__jpg_writeBits(s, bitBuf, bitCnt, HTAC[(nrzeroes<<4)+bits[1]]); + stbiw__jpg_writeBits(s, bitBuf, bitCnt, bits); + } + if(end0pos != 63) { + stbiw__jpg_writeBits(s, bitBuf, bitCnt, EOB); + } + return DU[0]; +} + +static int stbi_write_jpg_core(stbi__write_context *s, int width, int height, int comp, const void* data, int quality) { + // Constants that don't pollute global namespace + static const unsigned char std_dc_luminance_nrcodes[] = {0,0,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}; + static const unsigned char std_dc_luminance_values[] = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11}; + static const unsigned char std_ac_luminance_nrcodes[] = {0,0,2,1,3,3,2,4,3,5,5,4,4,0,0,1,0x7d}; + static const unsigned char std_ac_luminance_values[] = { + 0x01,0x02,0x03,0x00,0x04,0x11,0x05,0x12,0x21,0x31,0x41,0x06,0x13,0x51,0x61,0x07,0x22,0x71,0x14,0x32,0x81,0x91,0xa1,0x08, + 0x23,0x42,0xb1,0xc1,0x15,0x52,0xd1,0xf0,0x24,0x33,0x62,0x72,0x82,0x09,0x0a,0x16,0x17,0x18,0x19,0x1a,0x25,0x26,0x27,0x28, + 0x29,0x2a,0x34,0x35,0x36,0x37,0x38,0x39,0x3a,0x43,0x44,0x45,0x46,0x47,0x48,0x49,0x4a,0x53,0x54,0x55,0x56,0x57,0x58,0x59, + 0x5a,0x63,0x64,0x65,0x66,0x67,0x68,0x69,0x6a,0x73,0x74,0x75,0x76,0x77,0x78,0x79,0x7a,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89, + 0x8a,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9a,0xa2,0xa3,0xa4,0xa5,0xa6,0xa7,0xa8,0xa9,0xaa,0xb2,0xb3,0xb4,0xb5,0xb6, + 0xb7,0xb8,0xb9,0xba,0xc2,0xc3,0xc4,0xc5,0xc6,0xc7,0xc8,0xc9,0xca,0xd2,0xd3,0xd4,0xd5,0xd6,0xd7,0xd8,0xd9,0xda,0xe1,0xe2, + 0xe3,0xe4,0xe5,0xe6,0xe7,0xe8,0xe9,0xea,0xf1,0xf2,0xf3,0xf4,0xf5,0xf6,0xf7,0xf8,0xf9,0xfa + }; + static const unsigned char std_dc_chrominance_nrcodes[] = {0,0,3,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0}; + static const unsigned char std_dc_chrominance_values[] = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11}; + static const unsigned char std_ac_chrominance_nrcodes[] = {0,0,2,1,2,4,4,3,4,7,5,4,4,0,1,2,0x77}; + static const unsigned char std_ac_chrominance_values[] = { + 0x00,0x01,0x02,0x03,0x11,0x04,0x05,0x21,0x31,0x06,0x12,0x41,0x51,0x07,0x61,0x71,0x13,0x22,0x32,0x81,0x08,0x14,0x42,0x91, + 0xa1,0xb1,0xc1,0x09,0x23,0x33,0x52,0xf0,0x15,0x62,0x72,0xd1,0x0a,0x16,0x24,0x34,0xe1,0x25,0xf1,0x17,0x18,0x19,0x1a,0x26, + 0x27,0x28,0x29,0x2a,0x35,0x36,0x37,0x38,0x39,0x3a,0x43,0x44,0x45,0x46,0x47,0x48,0x49,0x4a,0x53,0x54,0x55,0x56,0x57,0x58, + 0x59,0x5a,0x63,0x64,0x65,0x66,0x67,0x68,0x69,0x6a,0x73,0x74,0x75,0x76,0x77,0x78,0x79,0x7a,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, + 0x88,0x89,0x8a,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9a,0xa2,0xa3,0xa4,0xa5,0xa6,0xa7,0xa8,0xa9,0xaa,0xb2,0xb3,0xb4, + 0xb5,0xb6,0xb7,0xb8,0xb9,0xba,0xc2,0xc3,0xc4,0xc5,0xc6,0xc7,0xc8,0xc9,0xca,0xd2,0xd3,0xd4,0xd5,0xd6,0xd7,0xd8,0xd9,0xda, + 0xe2,0xe3,0xe4,0xe5,0xe6,0xe7,0xe8,0xe9,0xea,0xf2,0xf3,0xf4,0xf5,0xf6,0xf7,0xf8,0xf9,0xfa + }; + // Huffman tables + static const unsigned short YDC_HT[256][2] = { {0,2},{2,3},{3,3},{4,3},{5,3},{6,3},{14,4},{30,5},{62,6},{126,7},{254,8},{510,9}}; + static const unsigned short UVDC_HT[256][2] = { {0,2},{1,2},{2,2},{6,3},{14,4},{30,5},{62,6},{126,7},{254,8},{510,9},{1022,10},{2046,11}}; + static const unsigned short YAC_HT[256][2] = { + {10,4},{0,2},{1,2},{4,3},{11,4},{26,5},{120,7},{248,8},{1014,10},{65410,16},{65411,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {12,4},{27,5},{121,7},{502,9},{2038,11},{65412,16},{65413,16},{65414,16},{65415,16},{65416,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {28,5},{249,8},{1015,10},{4084,12},{65417,16},{65418,16},{65419,16},{65420,16},{65421,16},{65422,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {58,6},{503,9},{4085,12},{65423,16},{65424,16},{65425,16},{65426,16},{65427,16},{65428,16},{65429,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {59,6},{1016,10},{65430,16},{65431,16},{65432,16},{65433,16},{65434,16},{65435,16},{65436,16},{65437,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {122,7},{2039,11},{65438,16},{65439,16},{65440,16},{65441,16},{65442,16},{65443,16},{65444,16},{65445,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {123,7},{4086,12},{65446,16},{65447,16},{65448,16},{65449,16},{65450,16},{65451,16},{65452,16},{65453,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {250,8},{4087,12},{65454,16},{65455,16},{65456,16},{65457,16},{65458,16},{65459,16},{65460,16},{65461,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {504,9},{32704,15},{65462,16},{65463,16},{65464,16},{65465,16},{65466,16},{65467,16},{65468,16},{65469,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {505,9},{65470,16},{65471,16},{65472,16},{65473,16},{65474,16},{65475,16},{65476,16},{65477,16},{65478,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {506,9},{65479,16},{65480,16},{65481,16},{65482,16},{65483,16},{65484,16},{65485,16},{65486,16},{65487,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {1017,10},{65488,16},{65489,16},{65490,16},{65491,16},{65492,16},{65493,16},{65494,16},{65495,16},{65496,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {1018,10},{65497,16},{65498,16},{65499,16},{65500,16},{65501,16},{65502,16},{65503,16},{65504,16},{65505,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {2040,11},{65506,16},{65507,16},{65508,16},{65509,16},{65510,16},{65511,16},{65512,16},{65513,16},{65514,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {65515,16},{65516,16},{65517,16},{65518,16},{65519,16},{65520,16},{65521,16},{65522,16},{65523,16},{65524,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {2041,11},{65525,16},{65526,16},{65527,16},{65528,16},{65529,16},{65530,16},{65531,16},{65532,16},{65533,16},{65534,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0} + }; + static const unsigned short UVAC_HT[256][2] = { + {0,2},{1,2},{4,3},{10,4},{24,5},{25,5},{56,6},{120,7},{500,9},{1014,10},{4084,12},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {11,4},{57,6},{246,8},{501,9},{2038,11},{4085,12},{65416,16},{65417,16},{65418,16},{65419,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {26,5},{247,8},{1015,10},{4086,12},{32706,15},{65420,16},{65421,16},{65422,16},{65423,16},{65424,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {27,5},{248,8},{1016,10},{4087,12},{65425,16},{65426,16},{65427,16},{65428,16},{65429,16},{65430,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {58,6},{502,9},{65431,16},{65432,16},{65433,16},{65434,16},{65435,16},{65436,16},{65437,16},{65438,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {59,6},{1017,10},{65439,16},{65440,16},{65441,16},{65442,16},{65443,16},{65444,16},{65445,16},{65446,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {121,7},{2039,11},{65447,16},{65448,16},{65449,16},{65450,16},{65451,16},{65452,16},{65453,16},{65454,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {122,7},{2040,11},{65455,16},{65456,16},{65457,16},{65458,16},{65459,16},{65460,16},{65461,16},{65462,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {249,8},{65463,16},{65464,16},{65465,16},{65466,16},{65467,16},{65468,16},{65469,16},{65470,16},{65471,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {503,9},{65472,16},{65473,16},{65474,16},{65475,16},{65476,16},{65477,16},{65478,16},{65479,16},{65480,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {504,9},{65481,16},{65482,16},{65483,16},{65484,16},{65485,16},{65486,16},{65487,16},{65488,16},{65489,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {505,9},{65490,16},{65491,16},{65492,16},{65493,16},{65494,16},{65495,16},{65496,16},{65497,16},{65498,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {506,9},{65499,16},{65500,16},{65501,16},{65502,16},{65503,16},{65504,16},{65505,16},{65506,16},{65507,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {2041,11},{65508,16},{65509,16},{65510,16},{65511,16},{65512,16},{65513,16},{65514,16},{65515,16},{65516,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {16352,14},{65517,16},{65518,16},{65519,16},{65520,16},{65521,16},{65522,16},{65523,16},{65524,16},{65525,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0}, + {1018,10},{32707,15},{65526,16},{65527,16},{65528,16},{65529,16},{65530,16},{65531,16},{65532,16},{65533,16},{65534,16},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0},{0,0} + }; + static const int YQT[] = {16,11,10,16,24,40,51,61,12,12,14,19,26,58,60,55,14,13,16,24,40,57,69,56,14,17,22,29,51,87,80,62,18,22, + 37,56,68,109,103,77,24,35,55,64,81,104,113,92,49,64,78,87,103,121,120,101,72,92,95,98,112,100,103,99}; + static const int UVQT[] = {17,18,24,47,99,99,99,99,18,21,26,66,99,99,99,99,24,26,56,99,99,99,99,99,47,66,99,99,99,99,99,99, + 99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99,99}; + static const float aasf[] = { 1.0f * 2.828427125f, 1.387039845f * 2.828427125f, 1.306562965f * 2.828427125f, 1.175875602f * 2.828427125f, + 1.0f * 2.828427125f, 0.785694958f * 2.828427125f, 0.541196100f * 2.828427125f, 0.275899379f * 2.828427125f }; + + int row, col, i, k; + float fdtbl_Y[64], fdtbl_UV[64]; + unsigned char YTable[64], UVTable[64]; + + if(!data || !width || !height || comp > 4 || comp < 1) { + return 0; + } + + quality = quality ? quality : 90; + quality = quality < 1 ? 1 : quality > 100 ? 100 : quality; + quality = quality < 50 ? 5000 / quality : 200 - quality * 2; + + for(i = 0; i < 64; ++i) { + int uvti, yti = (YQT[i]*quality+50)/100; + YTable[stbiw__jpg_ZigZag[i]] = (unsigned char) (yti < 1 ? 1 : yti > 255 ? 255 : yti); + uvti = (UVQT[i]*quality+50)/100; + UVTable[stbiw__jpg_ZigZag[i]] = (unsigned char) (uvti < 1 ? 1 : uvti > 255 ? 255 : uvti); + } + + for(row = 0, k = 0; row < 8; ++row) { + for(col = 0; col < 8; ++col, ++k) { + fdtbl_Y[k] = 1 / (YTable [stbiw__jpg_ZigZag[k]] * aasf[row] * aasf[col]); + fdtbl_UV[k] = 1 / (UVTable[stbiw__jpg_ZigZag[k]] * aasf[row] * aasf[col]); + } + } + + // Write Headers + { + static const unsigned char head0[] = { 0xFF,0xD8,0xFF,0xE0,0,0x10,'J','F','I','F',0,1,1,0,0,1,0,1,0,0,0xFF,0xDB,0,0x84,0 }; + static const unsigned char head2[] = { 0xFF,0xDA,0,0xC,3,1,0,2,0x11,3,0x11,0,0x3F,0 }; + const unsigned char head1[] = { 0xFF,0xC0,0,0x11,8,(unsigned char)(height>>8),STBIW_UCHAR(height),(unsigned char)(width>>8),STBIW_UCHAR(width), + 3,1,0x11,0,2,0x11,1,3,0x11,1,0xFF,0xC4,0x01,0xA2,0 }; + s->func(s->context, (void*)head0, sizeof(head0)); + s->func(s->context, (void*)YTable, sizeof(YTable)); + stbiw__putc(s, 1); + s->func(s->context, UVTable, sizeof(UVTable)); + s->func(s->context, (void*)head1, sizeof(head1)); + s->func(s->context, (void*)(std_dc_luminance_nrcodes+1), sizeof(std_dc_luminance_nrcodes)-1); + s->func(s->context, (void*)std_dc_luminance_values, sizeof(std_dc_luminance_values)); + stbiw__putc(s, 0x10); // HTYACinfo + s->func(s->context, (void*)(std_ac_luminance_nrcodes+1), sizeof(std_ac_luminance_nrcodes)-1); + s->func(s->context, (void*)std_ac_luminance_values, sizeof(std_ac_luminance_values)); + stbiw__putc(s, 1); // HTUDCinfo + s->func(s->context, (void*)(std_dc_chrominance_nrcodes+1), sizeof(std_dc_chrominance_nrcodes)-1); + s->func(s->context, (void*)std_dc_chrominance_values, sizeof(std_dc_chrominance_values)); + stbiw__putc(s, 0x11); // HTUACinfo + s->func(s->context, (void*)(std_ac_chrominance_nrcodes+1), sizeof(std_ac_chrominance_nrcodes)-1); + s->func(s->context, (void*)std_ac_chrominance_values, sizeof(std_ac_chrominance_values)); + s->func(s->context, (void*)head2, sizeof(head2)); + } + + // Encode 8x8 macroblocks + { + static const unsigned short fillBits[] = {0x7F, 7}; + const unsigned char *imageData = (const unsigned char *)data; + int DCY=0, DCU=0, DCV=0; + int bitBuf=0, bitCnt=0; + // comp == 2 is grey+alpha (alpha is ignored) + int ofsG = comp > 2 ? 1 : 0, ofsB = comp > 2 ? 2 : 0; + int x, y, pos; + for(y = 0; y < height; y += 8) { + for(x = 0; x < width; x += 8) { + float YDU[64], UDU[64], VDU[64]; + for(row = y, pos = 0; row < y+8; ++row) { + // row >= height => use last input row + int clamped_row = (row < height) ? row : height - 1; + int base_p = (stbi__flip_vertically_on_write ? (height-1-clamped_row) : clamped_row)*width*comp; + for(col = x; col < x+8; ++col, ++pos) { + float r, g, b; + // if col >= width => use pixel from last input column + int p = base_p + ((col < width) ? col : (width-1))*comp; + + r = imageData[p+0]; + g = imageData[p+ofsG]; + b = imageData[p+ofsB]; + YDU[pos]=+0.29900f*r+0.58700f*g+0.11400f*b-128; + UDU[pos]=-0.16874f*r-0.33126f*g+0.50000f*b; + VDU[pos]=+0.50000f*r-0.41869f*g-0.08131f*b; + } + } + + DCY = stbiw__jpg_processDU(s, &bitBuf, &bitCnt, YDU, fdtbl_Y, DCY, YDC_HT, YAC_HT); + DCU = stbiw__jpg_processDU(s, &bitBuf, &bitCnt, UDU, fdtbl_UV, DCU, UVDC_HT, UVAC_HT); + DCV = stbiw__jpg_processDU(s, &bitBuf, &bitCnt, VDU, fdtbl_UV, DCV, UVDC_HT, UVAC_HT); + } + } + + // Do the bit alignment of the EOI marker + stbiw__jpg_writeBits(s, &bitBuf, &bitCnt, fillBits); + } + + // EOI + stbiw__putc(s, 0xFF); + stbiw__putc(s, 0xD9); + + return 1; +} + +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int quality) +{ + stbi__write_context s; + stbi__start_write_callbacks(&s, func, context); + return stbi_write_jpg_core(&s, x, y, comp, (void *) data, quality); +} + + +#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int quality) +{ + stbi__write_context s; + if (stbi__start_write_file(&s,filename)) { + int r = stbi_write_jpg_core(&s, x, y, comp, data, quality); + stbi__end_write_file(&s); + return r; + } else + return 0; +} +#endif + #endif // STB_IMAGE_WRITE_IMPLEMENTATION /* Revision history + 1.10 (2019-02-07) + support utf8 filenames in Windows; fix warnings and platform ifdefs + 1.09 (2018-02-11) + fix typo in zlib quality API, improve STB_I_W_STATIC in C++ + 1.08 (2018-01-29) + add stbi__flip_vertically_on_write, external zlib, zlib quality, choose PNG filter + 1.07 (2017-07-24) + doc fix + 1.06 (2017-07-23) + writing JPEG (using Jon Olick's code) + 1.05 ??? + 1.04 (2017-03-03) + monochrome BMP expansion + 1.03 ??? + 1.02 (2016-04-02) + avoid allocating large structures on the stack + 1.01 (2016-01-16) + STBIW_REALLOC_SIZED: support allocators with no realloc support + avoid race-condition in crc initialization + minor compile issues + 1.00 (2015-09-14) + installable file IO function + 0.99 (2015-09-13) + warning fixes; TGA rle support 0.98 (2015-04-08) added STBIW_MALLOC, STBIW_ASSERT etc 0.97 (2015-01-18) @@ -733,3 +1578,45 @@ int stbi_write_png(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *dat first public release 0.90 first internal release */ + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/img/100x100.png b/img/100x100.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6b76cac Binary files /dev/null and b/img/100x100.png differ diff --git a/img/30x30.png b/img/30x30.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3e225fd Binary files /dev/null and b/img/30x30.png differ diff --git a/img/5000.png b/img/5000.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e64e063 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/5000.png differ diff --git a/img/5x5.png b/img/5x5.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..66de5673 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/5x5.png differ diff --git a/img/60x60.png b/img/60x60.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f58506e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/60x60.png differ diff --git a/img/REFERENCE_cornell.5000samp.png b/img/REFERENCE_cornell.5000samp.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5ceb26e1..00000000 Binary files a/img/REFERENCE_cornell.5000samp.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/img/bad_light_5000.png b/img/bad_light_5000.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2999e6df Binary files /dev/null and b/img/bad_light_5000.png differ diff --git a/img/bad_light_denoi.png b/img/bad_light_denoi.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a01c71bb Binary files /dev/null and b/img/bad_light_denoi.png differ diff --git a/img/bad_light_ori.png b/img/bad_light_ori.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b151211 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/bad_light_ori.png differ diff --git a/img/denoi_10.png b/img/denoi_10.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2848fd27 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/denoi_10.png differ diff --git a/img/denoi_dif.png b/img/denoi_dif.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..acb83715 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/denoi_dif.png differ diff --git a/img/denoi_time.png b/img/denoi_time.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e03a19d Binary files /dev/null and b/img/denoi_time.png differ diff --git a/img/denoised.png b/img/denoised.png deleted file mode 100644 index ed515379..00000000 Binary files a/img/denoised.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/img/dif.png b/img/dif.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..66df01b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/dif.png differ diff --git a/img/diff_filter.png b/img/diff_filter.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..560e241d Binary files /dev/null and b/img/diff_filter.png differ diff --git a/img/diff_res.png b/img/diff_res.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6dd56d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/diff_res.png differ diff --git a/img/extra.png b/img/extra.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a58f2f86 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/extra.png differ diff --git a/img/gb_nor.png b/img/gb_nor.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b902f8e Binary files /dev/null and b/img/gb_nor.png differ diff --git a/img/gb_pos.png b/img/gb_pos.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b44649ca Binary files /dev/null and b/img/gb_pos.png differ diff --git a/img/gb_z.png b/img/gb_z.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebacd3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/img/gb_z.png differ diff --git a/img/noisy.png b/img/noisy.png deleted file mode 100644 index 42ca179f..00000000 Binary files a/img/noisy.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/img/normals.png b/img/normals.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4b8dc47e..00000000 Binary files a/img/normals.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/img/ori_10.png b/img/ori_10.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24f8a3f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/img/ori_10.png differ diff --git a/img/positions.png b/img/positions.png deleted file mode 100644 index 50f97426..00000000 Binary files a/img/positions.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/img/simple_blur.png b/img/simple_blur.png deleted file mode 100644 index 94f243a2..00000000 Binary files a/img/simple_blur.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/img/stacked_bar_graph.png b/img/stacked_bar_graph.png deleted file mode 100644 index 92dced6f..00000000 Binary files a/img/stacked_bar_graph.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/img/time-of-flight.png b/img/time-of-flight.png deleted file mode 100644 index 65b637f5..00000000 Binary files a/img/time-of-flight.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/imgui/LICENSE.txt b/imgui/LICENSE.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3b439aa4..00000000 --- a/imgui/LICENSE.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -The MIT License (MIT) - -Copyright (c) 2014-2019 Omar Cornut - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all -copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE -SOFTWARE. diff --git a/imgui/imconfig.h b/imgui/imconfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 25cad5f5..00000000 --- a/imgui/imconfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI -// Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. -// You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/branch with your modifications to imconfig.h) -// B) or add configuration directives in your own file and compile with #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" -// If you do so you need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include -// the imgui*.cpp files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. -// Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. -// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#pragma once - -//---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert(). -//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) MyAssert(_EXPR) -//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) ((void)(_EXPR)) // Disable asserts - -//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows -// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) - -//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums names. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - -//---- Don't implement demo windows functionality (ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor()/ShowUserGuide() methods will be empty) -// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read the comments in imgui_demo.cpp. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW - -//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). -//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). - -//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience -//#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H - -//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) -//#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR - -//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version -// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of imgui cpp files. -//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" -//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION - -//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. -// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations. -/* -#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ - ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; } \ - operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); } - -#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \ - ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; z = f.z; w = f.w; } \ - operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } -*/ - -//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. -// Your renderer back-end will need to support it (most example renderer back-ends support both 16/32-bit indices). -// Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer. -// Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details. -//#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int - -//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer back-ends accordingly) -//struct ImDrawList; -//struct ImDrawCmd; -//typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); -//#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback - -//---- Debug Tools -// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging. -//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) -//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() -// Have the Item Picker break in the ItemAdd() function instead of ItemHoverable() - which is earlier in the code, will catch a few extra items, allow picking items other than Hovered one. -// This adds a small runtime cost which is why it is not enabled by default. -//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX - -//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files. -/* -namespace ImGui -{ - void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v); -} -*/ diff --git a/imgui/imgui.cpp b/imgui/imgui.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index c2b489ad..00000000 --- a/imgui/imgui.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10083 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.74 -// (main code and documentation) - -// Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. -// Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. -// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// Releases change-log at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// Technical Support for Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki -// Gallery (please post your screenshots/video there!): https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/2847 - -// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. -// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). -// This library is free but I need your support to sustain development and maintenance. -// Businesses: you can support continued maintenance and development via support contracts or sponsoring, see docs/README. -// Individuals: you can support continued maintenance and development via donations or Patreon https://www.patreon.com/imgui. - -// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library. -// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without -// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't -// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you -// to a better solution or official support for them. - -/* - -Index of this file: - -DOCUMENTATION - -- MISSION STATEMENT -- END-USER GUIDE -- PROGRAMMER GUIDE - - READ FIRST - - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI - - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE - - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE (2 variations) - - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE - - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS -- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) -- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) - - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) - -CODE -(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them) - -// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS -// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS -// [SECTION] MAIN USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) -// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geomtry, String, Format, Hash, File functions) -// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) -// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) -// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) -// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage -// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter -// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer -// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper -// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS -// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) -// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING -// [SECTION] SCROLLING -// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS -// [SECTION] POPUPS -// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION -// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP -// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING -// [SECTION] SETTINGS -// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS -// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW - -*/ - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// DOCUMENTATION -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - - MISSION STATEMENT - ================= - - - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools. - - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools. - - Easy to hack and improve. - - Minimize screen real-estate usage. - - Minimize setup and maintenance. - - Minimize state storage on user side. - - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). - - Efficient runtime and memory consumption (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content e.g. creating a window,. - opening a tree node for the first time, etc. but a typical frame should not allocate anything). - - Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes: - - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. - - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. - - - END-USER GUIDE - ============== - - - Double-click on title bar to collapse window. - - Click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin(). - - Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents). - - Click and drag on any empty space to move window. - - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields. - - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text. - - Use mouse wheel to scroll. - - Text editor: - - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text. - - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump. - - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words. - - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all. - - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/ - - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo. - - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value. - - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!) - - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. - - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. - - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW - - - PROGRAMMER GUIDE - ================ - - READ FIRST - ---------- - - Remember to read the FAQ (https://www.dearimgui.org/faq) - - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction - or destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, less bugs. - - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features. - - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build. - - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori). - You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links docs/README.md. - - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances. - For every application frame your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's own implementation of an IMGUI, - where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches. - - Our origin are on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. - - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings. - - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected). - If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert. - - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace. - - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. - See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. - However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase. - - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!). - - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI - ---------------------------------------------- - - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have made modification to your copy of imconfig.h) - - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified. - - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes. - If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed - from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will - likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! - - Try to keep your copy of dear imgui reasonably up to date. - - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE - --------------------------------------------------------------- - - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. - - Add the Dear ImGui source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. - It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and not as shared library (DLL). - - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types. - - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them. - - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide. - Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" - phases of your own application. All rendering information are stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render(). - - Refer to the bindings and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. - - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder. - - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE - -------------------------------------- - EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BINDINGS (imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the examples/ folder). - - // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts - ImGui::CreateContext(); - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls. - // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. - // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. - - // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer bindings (here we are using imgui_impl_win32 and imgui_impl_dx11) - ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd); - ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext); - - // Application main loop - while (true) - { - // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame - ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame(); - ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); - ImGui::NewFrame(); - - // Any application code here - ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); - - // Render dear imgui into screen - ImGui::Render(); - ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); - g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0); - } - - // Shutdown - ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown(); - ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); - ImGui::DestroyContext(); - - EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BINDING / CUSTOM ENGINE - - // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts - ImGui::CreateContext(); - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls. - // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. - // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. - - // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture - // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer) - int width, height; - unsigned char* pixels = NULL; - io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); - - // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that your your graphic system: - // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'. - // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID. - MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32) - io.Fonts->TexID = (void*)texture; - - // Application main loop - while (true) - { - // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc. - // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform bindings) - io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds) - io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width - io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here - io.MousePos = my_mouse_pos; // set the mouse position - io.MouseDown[0] = my_mouse_buttons[0]; // set the mouse button states - io.MouseDown[1] = my_mouse_buttons[1]; - - // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime - // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your mainloop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere) - ImGui::NewFrame(); - - // Most of your application code here - ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); - MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End(); - MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well! - - // Render dear imgui, swap buffers - // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code) - ImGui::EndFrame(); - ImGui::Render(); - ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData(); - MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data); - SwapBuffers(); - } - - // Shutdown - ImGui::DestroyContext(); - - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE - --------------------------------------------- - void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) - { - // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled - // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize - // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize - // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color. - for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) - { - const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; - const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui - const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui - for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) - { - const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - if (pcmd->UserCallback) - { - pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd); - } - else - { - // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->TextureId. - // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization. - MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->TextureId); - - // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should supports it. - // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches - // (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works! - // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space (from draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize) - // In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos will always be (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize will always be == io.DisplaySize. - // However, in the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications in the future (see 'viewport' branch on github), - // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space. - // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min) - ImVec2 pos = draw_data->DisplayPos; - MyEngineScissor((int)(pcmd->ClipRect.x - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.y - pos.y), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pos.y)); - - // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles. - // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices. - MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer, vtx_buffer); - } - idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount; - } - } - } - - - The examples/ folders contains many actual implementation of the pseudo-codes above. - - When calling NewFrame(), the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags are updated. - They tell you if Dear ImGui intends to use your inputs. When a flag is set you want to hide the corresponding inputs from the - rest of your application. In every cases you need to pass on the inputs to Dear ImGui. - - Refer to the FAQ for more information. Amusingly, it is called a FAQ because people frequently run into the same issues! - - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS - ------------------------------------------ - - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. - - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use dear imgui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse! - - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787 - - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. - - Gamepad: - - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. - - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). - Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). - - See 'enum ImGuiNavInput_' in imgui.h for a description of inputs. For each entry of io.NavInputs[], set the following values: - 0.0f= not held. 1.0f= fully held. Pass intermediate 0.0f..1.0f values for analog triggers/sticks. - - We uses a simple >0.0f test for activation testing, and won't attempt to test for a dead-zone. - Your code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). - - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. - - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo - to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - - Keyboard: - - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. - NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. - - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag - will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: - - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. - - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used). - - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions. - Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - - Mouse: - - PS4 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. - - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard. - - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. - Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. - When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. - When that happens your back-end NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the binding in examples/ do that. - (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse as moving back and forth!) - (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want - to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) - - - API BREAKING CHANGES - ==================== - - Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix. - Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code. - When you are not sure about a old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. - You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. - - - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert. - - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency. - - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency. - - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017): Begin() (5 arguments signature), IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered(), AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets(), SetNextWindowPosCenter(), ImFont::Glyph. See docs/Changelog.txt or grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.73. - - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function. - if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix. - The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay). - If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you. - - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). - - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71. - - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have - overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering. - This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows. - Please reach out if you are affected. - - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c). - - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now. - - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). - - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with a dummy small value! - - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already). - - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead! - - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). - - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects. - - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags. - - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files. - - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h. - If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths. - - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427) - - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp. - NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED. - Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions. - - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent). - - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete). - - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly). - - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature. - - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency. - - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time. - - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). - - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_xxx files have been split to separate platform (Win32, Glfw, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.). - old bindings will still work as is, however prefer using the separated bindings as they will be updated to support multi-viewports. - when adopting new bindings follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call. - in particular, note that old bindings called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function. - - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set. - - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details. - - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more. - If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format. - To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code. - If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them. - - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format", - consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete). - - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value. - - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some binding ahead of merging the Nav branch). - - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now. - - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically. - - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums. - - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment. - - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display. - - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit, - - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END. - - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose. - - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance. - - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts. - - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts. - - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths. - - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData. - - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side. - - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags - - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame. - - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set. - - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). - - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed. - - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up. - Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions. - - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency. - - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg. - - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding. - - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); - - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency. - - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it. - - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details. - removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting. - IsItemHoveredRect() --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly) - IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) - IsMouseHoveringWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior] - - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead! - - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). - - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your binding if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)". - - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)! - - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency. - - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix. - - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type. - - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely. - - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). - - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). - - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton(). - - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu. - - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options. - - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0))' - - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse - - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. - - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity. - - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetId() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild(). - - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it. - - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc. - - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully breakage should be minimal. - - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore. - If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar. - This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color: - ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); } - If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color. - - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext(). - - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection. - - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen). - - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer. - - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref github issue #337). - - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337) - - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert. - - 2016/01/23 (1.48) - fixed not honoring exact width passed to PushItemWidth(), previously it would add extra FramePadding.x*2 over that width. if you had manual pixel-perfect alignment in place it might affect you. - - 2015/12/27 (1.48) - fixed ImDrawList::AddRect() which used to render a rectangle 1 px too large on each axis. - - 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete. - - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position. - GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side. - GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out! - - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize - - 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project. - - 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason - - 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure. - you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text. - - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost. - this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :( - - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest. - - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed! - old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count) - new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data). - parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount' - ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new. - ImDrawCmd: 'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'. - - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer. - - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering! - - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade! - - 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float. - - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount. - - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence - - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely be used. Sorry! - - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons. - - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened. - - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same). - - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. - - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API - - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive. - - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead. - - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. - - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing - - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. - - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing) - - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. - - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once. - - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now. - - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior - - 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() - - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused) - - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions. - - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader. - (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels. - font init: { const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); <..Upload texture to GPU..>; } - became: { unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); <..Upload texture to GPU>; io.Fonts->TexId = YourTextureIdentifier; } - you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. - it is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation. - (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID. - (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix) - (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets - - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver) - - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph) - - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility - - 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered() - - 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly) - - 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity) - - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale() - - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn - - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically) - - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite - - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes - - - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) - ================================ - - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) - Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code. - - Q&A: Basics - =========== - - Q: Where is the documentation? - A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects of the user to be acquainted with C/C++. - - Run the examples/ and explore them. - - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. - - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output. - - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h. - - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the examples/ - folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application. - - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments - associated to it. - - Q: Which version should I get? - Q: Why the names "Dear ImGui" vs "ImGui"? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq - - Q&A: Concerns - ============= - - Q: Who uses Dear ImGui? - Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui? - Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui? - Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq - - Q&A: Integration - ================ - - Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or to my application? - A: You can read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags from the ImGuiIO structure (e.g. if (ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse) { ... } ) - - When 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is set, imgui wants to use your mouse state, and you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application. - - When 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' is set, imgui wants to use your keyboard state, and you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application. - - When 'io.WantTextInput' is set to may want to notify your OS to popup an on-screen keyboard, if available (e.g. on a mobile phone, or console OS). - Note: you should always pass your mouse/keyboard inputs to imgui, even when the io.WantCaptureXXX flag are set false. - This is because imgui needs to detect that you clicked in the void to unfocus its own windows. - Note: The 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is more accurate that any attempt to "check if the mouse is hovering a window" (don't do that!). - It handle mouse dragging correctly (both dragging that started over your application or over an imgui window) and handle e.g. modal windows blocking inputs. - Those flags are updated by ImGui::NewFrame(). Preferably read the flags after calling NewFrame() if you can afford it, but reading them before is also - perfectly fine, as the bool toggle fairly rarely. If you have on a touch device, you might find use for an early call to UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(). - Note: Text input widget releases focus on "Return KeyDown", so the subsequent "Return KeyUp" event that your application receive will typically - have 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard=false'. Depending on your application logic it may or not be inconvenient. You might want to track which key-downs - were targeted for Dear ImGui, e.g. with an array of bool, and filter out the corresponding key-ups.) - - Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) - Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry.. - Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around.. - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq - - Q&A: Usage - ---------- - - Q: Why are multiple widgets reacting when I interact with a single one? - Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or with an empty label? - A: A primer on labels and the ID Stack... - - Dear ImGui internally need to uniquely identify UI elements. - Elements that are typically not clickable (such as calls to the Text functions) don't need an ID. - Interactive widgets (such as calls to Button buttons) need a unique ID. - Unique ID are used internally to track active widgets and occasionally associate state to widgets. - Unique ID are implicitly built from the hash of multiple elements that identify the "path" to the UI element. - - - Unique ID are often derived from a string label: - - Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of (..., "OK") - Button("Cancel"); // Label = "Cancel", ID = hash of (..., "Cancel") - - - ID are uniquely scoped within windows, tree nodes, etc. which all pushes to the ID stack. Having - two buttons labeled "OK" in different windows or different tree locations is fine. - We used "..." above to signify whatever was already pushed to the ID stack previously: - - Begin("MyWindow"); - Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "OK") - End(); - Begin("MyOtherWindow"); - Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of ("MyOtherWindow", "OK") - End(); - - - If you have a same ID twice in the same location, you'll have a conflict: - - Button("OK"); - Button("OK"); // ID collision! Interacting with either button will trigger the first one. - - Fear not! this is easy to solve and there are many ways to solve it! - - - Solving ID conflict in a simple/local context: - When passing a label you can optionally specify extra ID information within string itself. - Use "##" to pass a complement to the ID that won't be visible to the end-user. - This helps solving the simple collision cases when you know e.g. at compilation time which items - are going to be created: - - Begin("MyWindow"); - Button("Play"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "Play") - Button("Play##foo1"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "Play##foo1") // Different from above - Button("Play##foo2"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "Play##foo2") // Different from above - End(); - - - If you want to completely hide the label, but still need an ID: - - Checkbox("##On", &b); // Label = "", ID = hash of (..., "##On") // No visible label, just a checkbox! - - - Occasionally/rarely you might want change a label while preserving a constant ID. This allows - you to animate labels. For example you may want to include varying information in a window title bar, - but windows are uniquely identified by their ID. Use "###" to pass a label that isn't part of ID: - - Button("Hello###ID"); // Label = "Hello", ID = hash of (..., "###ID") - Button("World###ID"); // Label = "World", ID = hash of (..., "###ID") // Same as above, even though the label looks different - - sprintf(buf, "My game (%f FPS)###MyGame", fps); - Begin(buf); // Variable title, ID = hash of "MyGame" - - - Solving ID conflict in a more general manner: - Use PushID() / PopID() to create scopes and manipulate the ID stack, as to avoid ID conflicts - within the same window. This is the most convenient way of distinguishing ID when iterating and - creating many UI elements programmatically. - You can push a pointer, a string or an integer value into the ID stack. - Remember that ID are formed from the concatenation of _everything_ pushed into the ID stack. - At each level of the stack we store the seed used for items at this level of the ID stack. - - Begin("Window"); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - PushID(i); // Push i to the id tack - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of ("Window", i, "Click") - PopID(); - } - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - MyObject* obj = Objects[i]; - PushID(obj); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of ("Window", obj pointer, "Click") - PopID(); - } - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - MyObject* obj = Objects[i]; - PushID(obj->Name); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of ("Window", obj->Name, "Click") - PopID(); - } - End(); - - - You can stack multiple prefixes into the ID stack: - - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "Click") - PushID("node"); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click") - PushID(my_ptr); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "node", my_ptr, "Click") - PopID(); - PopID(); - - - Tree nodes implicitly creates a scope for you by calling PushID(). - - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "Click") - if (TreeNode("node")) // <-- this function call will do a PushID() for you (unless instructed not to, with a special flag) - { - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click") - TreePop(); - } - - - When working with trees, ID are used to preserve the open/close state of each tree node. - Depending on your use cases you may want to use strings, indices or pointers as ID. - e.g. when following a single pointer that may change over time, using a static string as ID - will preserve your node open/closed state when the targeted object change. - e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the - node open/closed state differently. See what makes more sense in your situation! - - Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples - - Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? - Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? - Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq - - Q&A: Fonts, Text - ================ - - Q: How can I load a different font than the default? - Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? - Q: How can I load multiple fonts? - Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and docs/FONTS.txt - - Q&A: Community - ============== - - Q: How can I help? - A: - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt - and see how you want to help and can help! - - Businesses: convince your company to fund development via support contracts/sponsoring! This is among the most useful thing you can do for dear imgui. - - Individuals: you can also become a Patron (http://www.patreon.com/imgui) or donate on PayPal! See README. - - Disclose your usage of dear imgui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. - You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads (github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/2847). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. - But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui help the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. - - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on github or privately). - -*/ - -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) -#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -#endif - -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -#endif -#include "imgui_internal.h" - -#include // toupper -#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else -#include // intptr_t -#endif - -// Debug options -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS 0 // Save additional comments in .ini file - -// Visual Studio warnings -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant -#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#endif - -// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything -#if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning : unknown warning group '-Wformat-pedantic *' // not all warnings are known by all clang versions.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. great! -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning : format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning : declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness // -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning : format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning : zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. -#endif -#elif defined(__GNUC__) -// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide an has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not following the warning/version association. -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*' -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow" // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead -#endif - -// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. -static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in -static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear - -// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by back-end) -static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; // Extend outside and inside windows. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). -static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. -static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 2.00f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certaint time, unless mouse moved. - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void FindHoveredWindow(); -static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); -static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges); - -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); -static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); - -static ImRect GetViewportRect(); - -// Settings -static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name); -static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line); -static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); - -// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); -static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y); - -namespace ImGui -{ -static bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); - -// Navigation -static void NavUpdate(); -static void NavUpdateWindowing(); -static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); -static void NavUpdateMoveResult(); -static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); -static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); -static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand); -static void NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, ImGuiID id); -static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); -static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); -static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); -static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); - -// Error Checking -static void ErrorCheckEndFrame(); -static void ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write); - -// Misc -static void UpdateMouseInputs(); -static void UpdateMouseWheel(); -static bool UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]); -static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); -static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); -static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); - -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. -// ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext(). -// 1) Important: globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! If you use DLLs or any form of hot-reloading: you will need to call -// SetCurrentContext() (with the pointer you got from CreateContext) from each unique static/DLL boundary, and after each hot-reloading. -// In your debugger, add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on which location you are currently stepping into. -// 2) Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. -// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you can: -// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in imconfig.h: -// struct ImGuiContext; -// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS; -// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS -// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp file. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword. -// - Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586 -// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from different namespace. -#ifndef GImGui -ImGuiContext* GImGui = NULL; -#endif - -// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them. -// If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetAllocatorFunctions() after reloading code from this file. -// Otherwise, you probably don't want to modify them mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS -static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); } -static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); } -#else -static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; } -static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); } -#endif - -static void* (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = MallocWrapper; -static void (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = FreeWrapper; -static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] MAIN USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() -{ - Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui - WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window - WindowRounding = 7.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows - WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size - WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text - WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. - ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows - ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows - PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets) - FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets). - FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines - ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) - TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! - IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). - ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). - ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar - ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar - GrabMinSize = 10.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar - GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. - TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. - TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. - ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. - ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. - SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text when button is larger than text. - DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. - DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. - MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. - AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU. - AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.) - CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. - - // Default theme - ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); -} - -// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you. -// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times. -void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) -{ - WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor); - WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor); - WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); - ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor); - PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor); - FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor); - FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor); - ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); - ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); - TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); - IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); - ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); - ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor); - ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); - GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); - GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor); - TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); - DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); - DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); - MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); -} - -ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() -{ - // Most fields are initialized with zero - memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); - - // Settings - ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; - BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None; - DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); - DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; - IniSavingRate = 5.0f; - IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; - LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt"; - MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; - MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++) - KeyMap[i] = -1; - KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; - KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; - UserData = NULL; - - Fonts = NULL; - FontGlobalScale = 1.0f; - FontDefault = NULL; - FontAllowUserScaling = false; - DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); - - // Miscellaneous options - MouseDrawCursor = false; -#ifdef __APPLE__ - ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag -#else - ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; -#endif - ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; - ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; - ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; - ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; - - // Platform Functions - BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; - BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; - GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations - SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; - ClipboardUserData = NULL; - ImeSetInputScreenPosFn = ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl; - ImeWindowHandle = NULL; - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - RenderDrawListsFn = NULL; -#endif - - // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) - MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++) KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); i++) NavInputsDownDuration[i] = -1.0f; -} - -// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input. -// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback() -// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message -void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c) -{ - if (c > 0 && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) - InputQueueCharacters.push_back((ImWchar)c); -} - -void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) -{ - while (*utf8_chars != 0) - { - unsigned int c = 0; - utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL); - if (c > 0 && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) - InputQueueCharacters.push_back((ImWchar)c); - } -} - -void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() -{ - InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry, String, Format, Hash, File functions) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p) -{ - ImVec2 ap = p - a; - ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a; - float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y; - if (dot < 0.0f) - return a; - float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y; - if (dot > ab_len_sqr) - return b; - return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr; -} - -bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p) -{ - bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f; - bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f; - bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f; - return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3)); -} - -void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w) -{ - ImVec2 v0 = b - a; - ImVec2 v1 = c - a; - ImVec2 v2 = p - a; - const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y; - out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom; - out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom; - out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w; -} - -ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p) -{ - ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p); - ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p); - ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p); - float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab); - float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc); - float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca); - float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca)); - if (m == dist2_ab) - return proj_ab; - if (m == dist2_bc) - return proj_bc; - return proj_ca; -} - -// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more. -int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) -{ - int d; - while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } - return d; -} - -int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count) -{ - int d = 0; - while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } - return d; -} - -void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count) -{ - if (count < 1) - return; - if (count > 1) - strncpy(dst, src, count - 1); - dst[count - 1] = 0; -} - -char* ImStrdup(const char* str) -{ - size_t len = strlen(str); - void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1); - return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1); -} - -char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src) -{ - size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1; - size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1; - if (dst_buf_size < src_size) - { - IM_FREE(dst); - dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size); - if (p_dst_size) - *p_dst_size = src_size; - } - return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size); -} - -const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c) -{ - const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str); - return p; -} - -int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str) -{ - //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit - int n = 0; - while (*str++) n++; - return n; -} - -// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end. -const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str); - return p ? p : str_end; -} - -const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line -{ - while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n') - buf_mid_line--; - return buf_mid_line; -} - -const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end) -{ - if (!needle_end) - needle_end = needle + strlen(needle); - - const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle); - while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end)) - { - if (toupper(*haystack) == un0) - { - const char* b = needle + 1; - for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++) - if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b)) - break; - if (b == needle_end) - return haystack; - } - haystack++; - } - return NULL; -} - -// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible. -void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf) -{ - char* p = buf; - while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t') // Leading blanks - p++; - char* p_start = p; - while (*p != 0) // Find end of string - p++; - while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t')) // Trailing blanks - p--; - if (p_start != buf) // Copy memory if we had leading blanks - memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start); - buf[p - p_start] = 0; // Zero terminate -} - -const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) -{ - while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t') - str++; - return str; -} - -// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size). -// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm. -// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS - -// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h) -// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS -// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are -// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) -//#define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF -#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF -#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION -#include "stb_sprintf.h" -#endif - -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) -#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf -#endif - -int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); -#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF - int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args); -#else - int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args); -#endif - va_end(args); - if (buf == NULL) - return w; - if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size) - w = (int)buf_size - 1; - buf[w] = 0; - return w; -} - -int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ -#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF - int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args); -#else - int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args); -#endif - if (buf == NULL) - return w; - if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size) - w = (int)buf_size - 1; - buf[w] = 0; - return w; -} -#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS - -// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) -// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily: -// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe. -static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = -{ - 0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91, - 0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5, - 0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59, - 0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D, - 0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01, - 0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65, - 0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9, - 0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD, - 0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1, - 0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5, - 0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79, - 0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D, - 0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21, - 0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45, - 0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9, - 0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D, -}; - -// Known size hash -// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported. -// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) -{ - ImU32 crc = ~seed; - const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; - const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable; - while (data_size-- != 0) - crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++]; - return ~crc; -} - -// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value -// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed. -// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case. -// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. -// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build) -// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) -{ - seed = ~seed; - ImU32 crc = seed; - const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; - const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable; - if (data_size != 0) - { - while (data_size-- != 0) - { - unsigned char c = *data++; - if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#') - crc = seed; - crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c]; - } - } - else - { - while (unsigned char c = *data++) - { - if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#') - crc = seed; - crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c]; - } - } - return ~crc; -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Default file functions -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS -ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) -{ -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__) - // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames. - const int filename_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(filename, NULL) + 1; - const int mode_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(mode, NULL) + 1; - ImVector buf; - buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[0], filename_wsize, filename, NULL); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize, mode, NULL); - return _wfopen((wchar_t*)&buf[0], (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); -#else - return fopen(filename, mode); -#endif -} - -// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way. -bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f) { return fclose(f) == 0; } -ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f) { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; } -ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); } -ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); } -#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS - -// Helper: Load file content into memory -// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() -void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes) -{ - IM_ASSERT(filename && mode); - if (out_file_size) - *out_file_size = 0; - - ImFileHandle f; - if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL) - return NULL; - - size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f); - if (file_size == (size_t)-1) - { - ImFileClose(f); - return NULL; - } - - void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes); - if (file_data == NULL) - { - ImFileClose(f); - return NULL; - } - if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size) - { - ImFileClose(f); - IM_FREE(file_data); - return NULL; - } - if (padding_bytes > 0) - memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes); - - ImFileClose(f); - if (out_file_size) - *out_file_size = file_size; - - return file_data; -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input. -// Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/ -// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward. -int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) -{ - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)-1; - const unsigned char* str = (const unsigned char*)in_text; - if (!(*str & 0x80)) - { - c = (unsigned int)(*str++); - *out_char = c; - return 1; - } - if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0) - { - *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1; - if (*str < 0xc2) return 2; - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 2; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - *out_char = c; - return 2; - } - if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0) - { - *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1; - if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3; - if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x0f) << 12); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - *out_char = c; - return 3; - } - if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0) - { - *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1; - if (*str > 0xf4) return 4; - if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4; - if (*str == 0xf4 && str[1] > 0x8f) return 4; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x07) << 18); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 12); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - // utf-8 encodings of values used in surrogate pairs are invalid - if ((c & 0xFFFFF800) == 0xD800) return 4; - *out_char = c; - return 4; - } - *out_char = 0; - return 0; -} - -int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining) -{ - ImWchar* buf_out = buf; - ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size; - while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) - { - unsigned int c; - in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; - if (c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) // FIXME: Losing characters that don't fit in 2 bytes - *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c; - } - *buf_out = 0; - if (in_text_remaining) - *in_text_remaining = in_text; - return (int)(buf_out - buf); -} - -int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) -{ - int char_count = 0; - while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) - { - unsigned int c; - in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; - if (c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) - char_count++; - } - return char_count; -} - -// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/ -static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) -{ - if (c < 0x80) - { - buf[0] = (char)c; - return 1; - } - if (c < 0x800) - { - if (buf_size < 2) return 0; - buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6)); - buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f)); - return 2; - } - if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000) - { - return 0; - } - if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00) - { - if (buf_size < 4) return 0; - buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18)); - buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f)); - buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f)); - buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); - return 4; - } - //else if (c < 0x10000) - { - if (buf_size < 3) return 0; - buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12)); - buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c>> 6) & 0x3f)); - buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); - return 3; - } -} - -// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function. -int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) -{ - unsigned int dummy = 0; - return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&dummy, in_text, in_text_end); -} - -static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c) -{ - if (c < 0x80) return 1; - if (c < 0x800) return 2; - if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000) return 0; - if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00) return 4; - return 3; -} - -int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end) -{ - char* buf_out = buf; - const char* buf_end = buf + buf_size; - while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) - { - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++); - if (c < 0x80) - *buf_out++ = (char)c; - else - buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end-buf_out-1), c); - } - *buf_out = 0; - return (int)(buf_out - buf); -} - -int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end) -{ - int bytes_count = 0; - while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) - { - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++); - if (c < 0x80) - bytes_count++; - else - bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c); - } - return bytes_count; -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILTIES (Color functions) -// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in) -{ - float s = 1.0f/255.0f; - return ImVec4( - ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, - ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, - ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, - ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s); -} - -ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in) -{ - ImU32 out; - out = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT; - out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT; - out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT; - out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; - return out; -} - -// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592 -// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv -void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v) -{ - float K = 0.f; - if (g < b) - { - ImSwap(g, b); - K = -1.f; - } - if (r < g) - { - ImSwap(r, g); - K = -2.f / 6.f - K; - } - - const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b); - out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f)); - out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f); - out_v = r; -} - -// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593 -// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV -void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b) -{ - if (s == 0.0f) - { - // gray - out_r = out_g = out_b = v; - return; - } - - h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f/360.0f); - int i = (int)h; - float f = h - (float)i; - float p = v * (1.0f - s); - float q = v * (1.0f - s * f); - float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f)); - - switch (i) - { - case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break; - case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break; - case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break; - case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break; - case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break; - case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break; - } -} - -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul) -{ - ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx]; - c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul; - return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); -} - -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col) -{ - ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - ImVec4 c = col; - c.w *= style.Alpha; - return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); -} - -const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx) -{ - ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - return style.Colors[idx]; -} - -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col) -{ - float style_alpha = GImGui->Style.Alpha; - if (style_alpha >= 1.0f) - return col; - ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; - a = (ImU32)(a * style_alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range. - return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage -// Helper: Key->value storage -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit -static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector& data, ImGuiID key) -{ - ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data; - ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size; - size_t count = (size_t)(last - first); - while (count > 0) - { - size_t count2 = count >> 1; - ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2; - if (mid->key < key) - { - first = ++mid; - count -= count2 + 1; - } - else - { - count = count2; - } - } - return first; -} - -// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. -void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() -{ - struct StaticFunc - { - static int IMGUI_CDECL PairCompareByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) - { - // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that. - if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1; - if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1; - return 0; - } - }; - if (Data.Size > 1) - ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID); -} - -int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const -{ - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - return default_val; - return it->val_i; -} - -bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const -{ - return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0; -} - -float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const -{ - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - return default_val; - return it->val_f; -} - -void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const -{ - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - return NULL; - return it->val_p; -} - -// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer. -int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val) -{ - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); - return &it->val_i; -} - -bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) -{ - return (bool*)GetIntRef(key, default_val ? 1 : 0); -} - -float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val) -{ - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); - return &it->val_f; -} - -void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) -{ - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); - return &it->val_p; -} - -// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame) -void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val) -{ - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { - Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_i = val; -} - -void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) -{ - SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0); -} - -void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) -{ - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { - Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_f = val; -} - -void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val) -{ - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { - Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_p = val; -} - -void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++) - Data[i].val_i = v; -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" -ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) -{ - if (default_filter) - { - ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); - Build(); - } - else - { - InputBuf[0] = 0; - CountGrep = 0; - } -} - -bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width) -{ - if (width != 0.0f) - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width); - bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); - if (value_changed) - Build(); - return value_changed; -} - -void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector* out) const -{ - out->resize(0); - const char* wb = b; - const char* we = wb; - while (we < e) - { - if (*we == separator) - { - out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we)); - wb = we + 1; - } - we++; - } - if (wb != we) - out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we)); -} - -void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() -{ - Filters.resize(0); - ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf)); - input_range.split(',', &Filters); - - CountGrep = 0; - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; - while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0])) - f.b++; - while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1])) - f.e--; - if (f.empty()) - continue; - if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-') - CountGrep += 1; - } -} - -bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const -{ - if (Filters.empty()) - return true; - - if (text == NULL) - text = ""; - - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) - { - const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; - if (f.empty()) - continue; - if (f.b[0] == '-') - { - // Subtract - if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL) - return false; - } - else - { - // Grep - if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL) - return true; - } - } - - // Implicit * grep - if (CountGrep == 0) - return true; - - return false; -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it. -// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it. -#ifndef va_copy -#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) -#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src) -#else -#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src) -#endif -#endif - -char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 }; - -void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str); - - // Add zero-terminator the first time - const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1; - const int needed_sz = write_off + len; - if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity) - { - int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2; - Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity); - } - - Buf.resize(needed_sz); - memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len); - Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0; -} - -void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - appendfv(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text -void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - va_list args_copy; - va_copy(args_copy, args); - - int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args); // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass. - if (len <= 0) - { - va_end(args_copy); - return; - } - - // Add zero-terminator the first time - const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1; - const int needed_sz = write_off + len; - if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity) - { - int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2; - Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity); - } - - Buf.resize(needed_sz); - ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy); - va_end(args_copy); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper -// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed -// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. -// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern. -// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX -void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.LogEnabled) - { - // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping - *out_items_display_start = 0; - *out_items_display_end = items_count; - return; - } - if (window->SkipItems) - { - *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0; - return; - } - - // We create the union of the ClipRect and the NavScoringRect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect - ImRect unclipped_rect = window->ClipRect; - if (g.NavMoveRequest) - unclipped_rect.Add(g.NavScoringRectScreen); - - const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - int start = (int)((unclipped_rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); - int end = (int)((unclipped_rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); - - // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) - start--; - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) - end++; - - start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count); - end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count); - *out_items_display_start = start; - *out_items_display_end = end; -} - -static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) -{ - // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor. - // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue. - // The clipper should probably have a 4th step to display the last item in a regular manner. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y); - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage. - window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. - if (ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns) - columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly -} - -// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Sync() in StepNo 1 -// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0 -// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style. -void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int count, float items_height) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - ItemsHeight = items_height; - ItemsCount = count; - StepNo = 0; - DisplayEnd = DisplayStart = -1; - if (ItemsHeight > 0.0f) - { - ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); // calculate how many to clip/display - if (DisplayStart > 0) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + DisplayStart * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor - StepNo = 2; - } -} - -void ImGuiListClipper::End() -{ - if (ItemsCount < 0) - return; - // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. - if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + ItemsCount * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor - ItemsCount = -1; - StepNo = 3; -} - -bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (ItemsCount == 0 || window->SkipItems) - { - ItemsCount = -1; - return false; - } - if (StepNo == 0) // Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height. - { - DisplayStart = 0; - DisplayEnd = 1; - StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - StepNo = 1; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 1) // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. - { - if (ItemsCount == 1) { ItemsCount = -1; return false; } - float items_height = window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY; - IM_ASSERT(items_height > 0.0f); // If this triggers, it means Item 0 hasn't moved the cursor vertically - Begin(ItemsCount - 1, items_height); - DisplayStart++; - DisplayEnd++; - StepNo = 3; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 2) // Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user still call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3. - { - IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart >= 0 && DisplayEnd >= 0); - StepNo = 3; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 3) // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. - End(); - return false; -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS -// Those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change. -// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: state. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end) -{ - const char* text_display_end = text; - if (!text_end) - text_end = (const char*)-1; - - while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#')) - text_display_end++; - return text_display_end; -} - -// Internal ImGui functions to render text -// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText() -void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - // Hide anything after a '##' string - const char* text_display_end; - if (hide_text_after_hash) - { - text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); - } - else - { - if (!text_end) - text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT - text_display_end = text_end; - } - - if (text != text_display_end) - { - window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end); - } -} - -void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (!text_end) - text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT - - if (text != text_end) - { - window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end); - } -} - -// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max) -// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges) -void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) -{ - // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state - ImVec2 pos = pos_min; - const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f); - - const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min; - const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max; - bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y); - if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min - need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y); - - // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment. - if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x); - if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y); - - // Render - if (need_clipping) - { - ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y); - draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect); - } - else - { - draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL); - } -} - -void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) -{ - // Hide anything after a '##' string - const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); - const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text); - if (text_len == 0) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end); -} - - -// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper. -// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display. -// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move. -void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (text_end_full == NULL) - text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text); - const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f); - - //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); - //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); - //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); - // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels. - if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x) - { - // Hello wo... - // | | | - // min max ellipsis_max - // <-> this is generally some padding value - - const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font; - const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize; - const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL; - - ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar; - int ellipsis_char_count = 1; - if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1) - { - ellipsis_char = (ImWchar)'.'; - ellipsis_char_count = 3; - } - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char); - - float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1; // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side - float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width; // Full width of entire ellipsis - - if (ellipsis_char_count > 1) - { - // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it. - const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize); - ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots; - ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots; - } - - // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x - const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); - float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x; - if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full) - { - // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis - text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full); - text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x; - } - while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1])) - { - // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text) - text_end_ellipsis--; - text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte - } - - // Render text, render ellipsis - RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x; - if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x) - for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++) - { - font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char); - ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width; - } - } - else - { - RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - } - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full); -} - -// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders -void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding); - const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; - if (border && border_size > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - } -} - -void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; - if (border_size > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - } -} - -// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state -void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale) -{ - const float h = draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 1.00f; - float r = h * 0.40f * scale; - ImVec2 center = pos + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale); - - ImVec2 a, b, c; - switch (dir) - { - case ImGuiDir_Up: - case ImGuiDir_Down: - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r; - a = ImVec2(+0.000f,+0.750f) * r; - b = ImVec2(-0.866f,-0.750f) * r; - c = ImVec2(+0.866f,-0.750f) * r; - break; - case ImGuiDir_Left: - case ImGuiDir_Right: - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r; - a = ImVec2(+0.750f,+0.000f) * r; - b = ImVec2(-0.750f,+0.866f) * r; - c = ImVec2(-0.750f,-0.866f) * r; - break; - case ImGuiDir_None: - case ImGuiDir_COUNT: - IM_ASSERT(0); - break; - } - draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, col); -} - -void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col) -{ - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8); -} - -void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f); - sz -= thickness*0.5f; - pos += ImVec2(thickness*0.25f, thickness*0.25f); - - float third = sz / 3.0f; - float bx = pos.x + third; - float by = pos.y + sz - third*0.5f; - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third)); - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by)); - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third*2, by - third*2)); - window->DrawList->PathStroke(col, false, thickness); -} - -void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (id != g.NavId) - return; - if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw)) - return; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame) - return; - - float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding; - ImRect display_rect = bb; - display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); - if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault) - { - const float THICKNESS = 2.0f; - const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f; - display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE,DISTANCE)); - bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect); - if (!fully_visible) - window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max); - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS*0.5f,THICKNESS*0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS*0.5f,THICKNESS*0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, THICKNESS); - if (!fully_visible) - window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); - } - if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ~0, 1.0f); - } -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods -ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) - : DrawListInst(&context->DrawListSharedData) -{ - Name = ImStrdup(name); - ID = ImHashStr(name); - IDStack.push_back(ID); - Flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None; - Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ContentSize = ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowRounding = 0.0f; - WindowBorderSize = 0.0f; - NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; - MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); - ChildId = 0; - Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false; - Active = WasActive = false; - WriteAccessed = false; - Collapsed = false; - WantCollapseToggle = false; - SkipItems = false; - Appearing = false; - Hidden = false; - HasCloseButton = false; - ResizeBorderHeld = -1; - BeginCount = 0; - BeginOrderWithinParent = -1; - BeginOrderWithinContext = -1; - PopupId = 0; - AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; - AutoFitChildAxises = 0x00; - AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 0; - SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; - SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - InnerRect = ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); // Clear so the InnerRect.GetSize() code in Begin() doesn't lead to overflow even if the result isn't used. - - LastFrameActive = -1; - LastTimeActive = -1.0f; - ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f; - FontWindowScale = 1.0f; - SettingsOffset = -1; - - DrawList = &DrawListInst; - DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; - ParentWindow = NULL; - RootWindow = NULL; - RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = NULL; - RootWindowForNav = NULL; - - NavLastIds[0] = NavLastIds[1] = 0; - NavRectRel[0] = NavRectRel[1] = ImRect(); - NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; - - MemoryCompacted = false; - MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; -} - -ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() -{ - IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); - IM_DELETE(Name); - for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++) - ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumns(); -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - return ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - return ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - return ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); -} - -// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) }; - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow = window; - if (window) - g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); -} - -// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused. -// This is currently unused by the library, but you may call this yourself for easy GC. -// Not freed: -// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name -// - StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) -// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost. -void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - window->MemoryCompacted = true; - window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity; - window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity; - window->IDStack.clear(); - window->DrawList->ClearFreeMemory(); - window->DC.ChildWindows.clear(); - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear(); - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear(); - window->DC.GroupStack.clear(); -} - -void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening. - // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster. - window->MemoryCompacted = false; - window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity); - window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity); - window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; -} - -void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow); - IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == 0 || nav_layer == 1); - g.NavId = id; - g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; -} - -void ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, const ImRect& rect_rel) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - SetNavID(id, nav_layer); - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; - g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; -} - -void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); - if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) - { - g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; - if (id != 0) - { - g.LastActiveId = id; - g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - } - } - g.ActiveId = id; - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.ActiveIdWindow = window; - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; - if (id) - { - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; - g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id || g.NavJustTabbedId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; - } - - // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget - // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) - g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; -} - -// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID/SetNavIDWithRectRel/SetFocusID is incredibly messy and confusing and needs some explanation or refactoring. -void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - - // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its NavLayer is the current layer, which is the case everywhere we call it. - const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - if (g.NavWindow != window) - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavId = id; - g.NavWindow = window; - g.NavLayer = nav_layer; - window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; - if (window->DC.LastItemId == id) - window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos); - - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - else - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; -} - -void ImGui::ClearActiveID() -{ - SetActiveID(0, NULL); -} - -void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.HoveredId = id; - g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) - g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; -} - -void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; - if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; -} - -void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) -{ - // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). - // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); - IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. - //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; - g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; -} - -static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) -{ - // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) - // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavWindow) - if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow) - if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow) - { - // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" - // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups. - if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return false; - if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -// Advance cursor given item size for layout. -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset. - // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor, - // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect. - const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f; - const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); - - // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line - window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] - - window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height; - window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; - window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - - // Horizontal layout mode - if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) - SameLine(); -} - -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y) -{ - ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); -} - -// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. -// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface -// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and then use a larger region for drawing/interaction, which is passed to ItemAdd(). -bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (id != 0) - { - // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out - // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget - // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests - // unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of - // thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame. - // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able - // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). - // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. - // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. - window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; - if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) - if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) - if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) - NavProcessItem(window, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); - - // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd() -#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX - if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakID) - { - IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); - g.DebugItemPickerBreakID = 0; - } -#endif - } - - window->DC.LastItemId = id; - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; - g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; - -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - if (id != 0) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); -#endif - - // Clipping test - const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false); - if (is_clipped) - return false; - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] - - // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; - return true; -} - -// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() -// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() -// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId -bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight) - return IsItemFocused(); - - // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() - if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) - return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function - - // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) - // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. - // Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was the test that has been running for a long while. - //if (g.HoveredWindow != window) - // return false; - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != window->RootWindow && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped)) - return false; - - // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) - if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) - return false; - - // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. - // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) - return false; - - // Test if the item is disabled - if ((window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) - return false; - - // Special handling for the dummy item after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. - // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. - if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) - return false; - return true; -} - -// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). -bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) - return false; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.HoveredWindow != window) - return false; - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) - return false; - if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) - return false; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover || !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) - return false; - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) - return false; - - SetHoveredID(id); - - // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! - // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making - // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered - // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. - // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd(). - if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) - GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakID == id) - IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); - - return true; -} - -bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) - if (id == 0 || id != g.ActiveId) - if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled) - return true; - return false; -} - -// Process TAB/Shift+TAB. Be mindful that this function may _clear_ the ActiveID when tabbing out. -bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Increment counters - const bool is_tab_stop = (window->DC.ItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; - window->DC.FocusCounterAll++; - if (is_tab_stop) - window->DC.FocusCounterTab++; - - // Process TAB/Shift-TAB to tab *OUT* of the currently focused item. - // (Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in) - if (g.ActiveId == id && g.FocusTabPressed && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && g.FocusRequestNextWindow == NULL) - { - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTab = window->DC.FocusCounterTab + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (is_tab_stop ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. - } - - // Handle focus requests - if (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window) - { - if (window->DC.FocusCounterAll == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterAll) - return true; - if (is_tab_stop && window->DC.FocusCounterTab == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTab) - { - g.NavJustTabbedId = id; - return true; - } - - // If another item is about to be focused, we clear our own active id - if (g.ActiveId == id) - ClearActiveID(); - } - - return false; -} - -void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - window->DC.FocusCounterAll--; - window->DC.FocusCounterTab--; -} - -float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) -{ - if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f) - return 0.0f; - - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f) - wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; - else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) - wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space - - return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); -} - -// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc() -void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) -{ - if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; - return GImAllocatorAllocFunc(size, GImAllocatorUserData); -} - -// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() -void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) -{ - if (ptr) - if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; - return GImAllocatorFreeFunc(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); -} - -const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; -} - -void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn) - g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text); -} - -const char* ImGui::GetVersion() -{ - return IMGUI_VERSION; -} - -// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself -// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module -ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() -{ - return GImGui; -} - -void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ -#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC - IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. -#else - GImGui = ctx; -#endif -} - -// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. -// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit -// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. your user code -// may see different structures than what imgui.cpp sees, which is problematic. -// We usually require settings to be in imconfig.h to make sure that they are accessible to all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui. -bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx) -{ - bool error = false; - if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION)!=0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version,IMGUI_VERSION)==0 && "Mismatched version string!"); } - if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - return !error; -} - -void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data) -{ - GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; - GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; - GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; -} - -ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) -{ - ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); - if (GImGui == NULL) - SetCurrentContext(ctx); - Initialize(ctx); - return ctx; -} - -void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ - if (ctx == NULL) - ctx = GImGui; - Shutdown(ctx); - if (GImGui == ctx) - SetCurrentContext(NULL); - IM_DELETE(ctx); -} - -ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() -{ - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); - return GImGui->IO; -} - -ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle() -{ - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); - return GImGui->Style; -} - -// Same value as passed to the old io.RenderDrawListsFn function. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() -ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.DrawData.Valid ? &g.DrawData : NULL; -} - -double ImGui::GetTime() -{ - return GImGui->Time; -} - -int ImGui::GetFrameCount() -{ - return GImGui->FrameCount; -} - -ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() -{ - return &GImGui->BackgroundDrawList; -} - -ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() -{ - return &GImGui->ForegroundDrawList; -} - -ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() -{ - return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData; -} - -void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows. - // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward. - // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - FocusWindow(window); - SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window); - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - window->RootWindow->Pos; - - bool can_move_window = true; - if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) - can_move_window = false; - if (can_move_window) - g.MovingWindow = window; -} - -// Handle mouse moving window -// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing() -void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.MovingWindow != NULL) - { - // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window). - // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency. - KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); - IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow); - ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) - { - ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; - if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) - { - MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); - SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - } - FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); - } - else - { - ClearActiveID(); - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - } - } - else - { - // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others. - if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId) - { - KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) - ClearActiveID(); - } - } -} - -// Initiate moving window, handle left-click and right-click focus -void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() -{ - // Initiate moving window - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0) - return; - - // Unless we just made a window/popup appear - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing) - return; - - // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets) - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) - { - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL) - { - StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); - if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(g.HoveredRootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - if (!g.HoveredRootWindow->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0])) - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - } - else if (g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) - { - // Clicking on void disable focus - FocusWindow(NULL); - } - } - - // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed - // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup. - // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger) - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) - { - // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window. - // This is where we can trim the popup stack. - ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - bool hovered_window_above_modal = false; - if (modal == NULL) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window == modal) - break; - if (window == g.HoveredWindow) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - } - ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true); - } -} - -static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden); -} - -static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) - g.IO.MousePos = g.LastValidMousePos = ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos); - - // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) - g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev; - else - g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || g.IO.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) - g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - - g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) - { - g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i]; - g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false; - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) - { - if ((float)(g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime) - { - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true; - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -FLT_MAX; // so the third click isn't turned into a double-click - } - else - { - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; - } - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos; - g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i]; - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; - } - else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) - { - // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); - } - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[i] && !g.IO.MouseReleased[i]) - g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = false; - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation - g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - } -} - -static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.WheelingWindow == window) - return; - g.WheelingWindow = window; - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; - g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER; -} - -void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses - if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL) - { - g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold) - g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; - if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f) - { - g.WheelingWindow = NULL; - g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; - } - } - - if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f) - return; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; - if (!window || window->Collapsed) - return; - - // Zoom / Scale window - // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. - if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) - { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); - const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); - const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; - window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - { - const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; - SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); - window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); - window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); - } - return; - } - - // Mouse wheel scrolling - // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent - - // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling - const float wheel_y = (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; - if (wheel_y != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) - { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); - while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) - window = window->ParentWindow; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) - { - float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step); - } - } - - // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held - const float wheel_x = (g.IO.MouseWheelH != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; - if (wheel_x != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) - { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); - while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) - window = window->ParentWindow; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) - { - float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); - SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step); - } - } -} - -// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app) -void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Find the window hovered by mouse: - // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. - // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. - // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. - FindHoveredWindow(); - - // Modal windows prevents cursor from hovering behind them. - ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal_window) - if (g.HoveredRootWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredRootWindow, modal_window)) - g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL; - - // Disabled mouse? - if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - - // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. - int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1; - bool mouse_any_down = false; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) - { - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) - g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); - mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i]; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) - if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down]) - mouse_earliest_button_down = i; - } - const bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down]; - - // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering. - // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) - const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; - if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - - // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui + app) - if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); - else - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); - - // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + app) - if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); - else - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); - if (g.IO.NavActive && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; - - // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible - g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; -} - -static void NewFrameSanityChecks() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Check user data - // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); - IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0) && "Need a positive DeltaTime!"); - IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting."); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); - for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)"); - - // Perform simple check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only recently added in 1.60 WIP) - if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); - - // Perform simple check: the beta io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires back-end to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. - if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) - g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false; -} - -void ImGui::NewFrame() -{ - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(&g); -#endif - - // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes - NewFrameSanityChecks(); - - // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before) - if (!g.SettingsLoaded) - { - IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty()); - if (g.IO.IniFilename) - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - g.SettingsLoaded = true; - } - - // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much) - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f) - { - g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - { - if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - else - g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves. - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - } - } - - g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.WithinFrameScope = true; - g.FrameCount += 1; - g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - g.WindowsActiveCount = 0; - - // Setup current font and draw list shared data - g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true; - SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); - IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); - g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); - g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; - if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; - if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; - if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; - - g.BackgroundDrawList.Clear(); - g.BackgroundDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); - g.BackgroundDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen(); - - g.ForegroundDrawList.Clear(); - g.ForegroundDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); - g.ForegroundDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen(); - - // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it. - g.DrawData.Clear(); - - // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent - if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) - KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); - - // Clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore - if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame) - g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; - if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId)) - g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; - if (g.HoveredId) - g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId) - g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; - g.HoveredId = 0; - g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - if (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0) - ClearActiveID(); - if (g.ActiveId) - g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId; - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow; - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; - g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; - if (g.TempInputTextId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputTextId) - g.TempInputTextId = 0; - if (g.ActiveId == 0) - { - g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0; - } - - // Drag and drop - g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; - g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; - - // Update keyboard input state - memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++) - g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - - // Update gamepad/keyboard directional navigation - NavUpdate(); - - // Update mouse input state - UpdateMouseInputs(); - - // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature - g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx]; - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame); - g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame))) : FLT_MAX; - - // Find hovered window - // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame) - UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); - - // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering) - UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); - - // Background darkening/whitening - if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f)) - g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f); - else - g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); - - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; - g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default - - // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale - UpdateMouseWheel(); - - // Pressing TAB activate widget focus - g.FocusTabPressed = (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)); - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.FocusTabPressed) - { - // Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() sets the Next fields mid-frame. To be consistent we also - // manipulate the Next fields even, even though they will be turned into Curr fields by the code below. - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = g.NavWindow; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterAll = INT_MAX; - if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX) - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTab = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1); - else - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTab = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0; - } - - // Turn queued focus request into current one - g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = NULL; - g.FocusRequestCurrCounterAll = g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTab = INT_MAX; - if (g.FocusRequestNextWindow != NULL) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.FocusRequestNextWindow; - g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = window; - if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterAll != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterAll != -1) - g.FocusRequestCurrCounterAll = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterAll, window->DC.FocusCounterAll + 1); - if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterTab != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterTab != -1) - g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTab = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterTab, window->DC.FocusCounterTab + 1); - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterAll = g.FocusRequestNextCounterTab = INT_MAX; - } - - g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; - - // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. - IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size == g.Windows.Size); - const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ? (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer : FLT_MAX; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - window->WasActive = window->Active; - window->BeginCount = 0; - window->Active = false; - window->WriteAccessed = false; - - // Garbage collect (this is totally functional but we may need decide if the side-effects are desirable) - if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) - GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); - } - - // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order - if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL); - - // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. - // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. - g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); - g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0); - ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow, false); - - // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. - UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); - - // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. - // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. - // This fallback is particularly important as it avoid ImGui:: calls from crashing. - SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - Begin("Debug##Default"); - g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true; - -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(&g); -#endif -} - -// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. -void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.DebugItemPickerBreakID = 0; - if (g.DebugItemPickerActive) - { - const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; - ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) - g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; - if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && hovered_id) - { - g.DebugItemPickerBreakID = hovered_id; - g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; - } - ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.60f); - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); - ImGui::Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); - ImGui::TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click to break in debugger!"); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } -} - -void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *context; - IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); - - // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; - ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; - ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window"); - ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; - ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; - ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); - } - - g.Initialized = true; -} - -// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. -void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) -{ - // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) - ImGuiContext& g = *context; - if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) - { - g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; - IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); - } - g.IO.Fonts = NULL; - - // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui. - if (!g.Initialized) - return; - - // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) - if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) - { - ImGuiContext* backup_context = GImGui; - SetCurrentContext(context); - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - SetCurrentContext(backup_context); - } - - // Clear everything else - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]); - g.Windows.clear(); - g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear(); - g.WindowsSortBuffer.clear(); - g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); - g.WindowsById.Clear(); - g.NavWindow = NULL; - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - g.ColorModifiers.clear(); - g.StyleModifiers.clear(); - g.FontStack.clear(); - g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); - g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); - g.DrawDataBuilder.ClearFreeMemory(); - g.BackgroundDrawList.ClearFreeMemory(); - g.ForegroundDrawList.ClearFreeMemory(); - - g.TabBars.Clear(); - g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); - - g.PrivateClipboard.clear(); - g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); - - g.SettingsWindows.clear(); - g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); - - if (g.LogFile) - { -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS - if (g.LogFile != stdout) -#endif - ImFileClose(g.LogFile); - g.LogFile = NULL; - } - g.LogBuffer.clear(); - - g.Initialized = false; -} - -// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure. -static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) -{ - const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs; - const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs; - if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - return d; - if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) - return d; - return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent); -} - -static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - out_sorted_windows->push_back(window); - if (window->Active) - { - int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; - if (count > 1) - ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); - for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; - if (child->Active) - AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child); - } - } -} - -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) -{ - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) - return; - - // Remove trailing command if unused - ImDrawCmd& last_cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); - if (last_cmd.ElemCount == 0 && last_cmd.UserCallback == NULL) - { - draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) - return; - } - - // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. - // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); - if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) - IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - - // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) - // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: - // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. - // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics window to inspect draw list contents. - // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: - // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer back-end, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. - // Most example back-ends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 back-ends won't. - // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. - // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer back-end, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. - // Most example back-ends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: - // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); - // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. - // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. - // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching - // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. - if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); - - out_list->push_back(draw_list); -} - -static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector* out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; - AddDrawListToDrawData(out_render_list, window->DrawList); - for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; - if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // clipped children may have been marked not active - AddWindowToDrawData(out_render_list, child); - } -} - -// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu) -static void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1], window); - else - AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], window); -} - -void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() -{ - int n = Layers[0].Size; - int size = n; - for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) - size += Layers[i].Size; - Layers[0].resize(size); - for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) - { - ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; - if (layer.empty()) - continue; - memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); - n += layer.Size; - layer.resize(0); - } -} - -static void SetupDrawData(ImVector* draw_lists, ImDrawData* draw_data) -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - draw_data->Valid = true; - draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; - draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; - draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; - draw_data->DisplayPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - draw_data->DisplaySize = io.DisplaySize; - draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; - for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) - { - draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size; - draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->IdxBuffer.Size; - } -} - -// When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, to that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result. -void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect); - window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); -} - -void ImGui::PopClipRect() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); - window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); -} - -// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal. -void ImGui::EndFrame() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); - if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times. - return; - IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?"); - - // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) - if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && (g.PlatformImeLastPos.x == FLT_MAX || ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f)) - { - g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.PlatformImePos.x, (int)g.PlatformImePos.y); - g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos; - } - - ErrorCheckEndFrame(); - - // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used - g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false; - if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed) - g.CurrentWindow->Active = false; - End(); - - // Show CTRL+TAB list window - if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) - NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); - - // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted) - if (g.DragDropActive) - { - bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery; - bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton)); - if (is_delivered || is_elapsed) - ClearDragDrop(); - } - - // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. - if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount) - { - g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true; - SetTooltip("..."); - g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; - } - - // End frame - g.WithinFrameScope = false; - g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount; - - // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus - UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); - - // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent - // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet - g.WindowsSortBuffer.resize(0); - g.WindowsSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it - continue; - AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsSortBuffer, window); - } - - // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong. - IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size); - g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer); - g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount; - - // Unlock font atlas - g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; - - // Clear Input data for next frame - g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; - g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); - memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); -} - -void ImGui::Render() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); - - if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) - EndFrame(); - g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; - - // Gather ImDrawList to render (for each active window) - g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; - g.DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); - if (!g.BackgroundDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty()) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.BackgroundDrawList); - - ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; - windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL; - windows_to_render_top_most[1] = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingList : NULL; - for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; - if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1]) - AddRootWindowToDrawData(window); - } - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++) - if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window - AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); - g.DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); - - // Draw software mouse cursor if requested - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor) - RenderMouseCursor(&g.ForegroundDrawList, g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); - - if (!g.ForegroundDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty()) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.ForegroundDrawList); - - // Setup ImDrawData structure for end-user - SetupDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.DrawData); - g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.DrawData.TotalVtxCount; - g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.DrawData.TotalIdxCount; - - // (Legacy) Call the Render callback function. The current prefer way is to let the user retrieve GetDrawData() and call the render function themselves. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (g.DrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL) - g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.DrawData); -#endif -} - -// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker. -// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize) -ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - const char* text_display_end; - if (hide_text_after_double_hash) - text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); // Hide anything after a '##' string - else - text_display_end = text_end; - - ImFont* font = g.Font; - const float font_size = g.FontSize; - if (text == text_display_end) - return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size); - ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL); - - // Round - text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.95f); - - return text_size; -} - -// Find window given position, search front-to-back -// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programatically -// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is -// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. -static void FindHoveredWindow() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL; - if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) - hovered_window = g.MovingWindow; - - ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding; - ImVec2 padding_for_resize_from_edges = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS)) : padding_regular; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (!window->Active || window->Hidden) - continue; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) - continue; - - // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always) - ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped); - if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - bb.Expand(padding_regular); - else - bb.Expand(padding_for_resize_from_edges); - if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) - continue; - - // Those seemingly unnecessary extra tests are because the code here is a little different in viewport/docking branches. - if (hovered_window == NULL) - hovered_window = window; - if (hovered_window) - break; - } - - g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window; - g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; - -} - -// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle -// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting -// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) -bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Clip - ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max); - if (clip) - rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); - - // Expand for touch input - const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); - if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) - return false; - return true; -} - -int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key) -{ - IM_ASSERT(imgui_key >= 0 && imgui_key < ImGuiKey_COUNT); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.KeyMap[imgui_key]; -} - -// Note that imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]. Use your own indices/enums according to how your back-end/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]! -bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int user_key_index) -{ - if (user_key_index < 0) - return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - return g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; -} - -// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) -// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) -// An event is triggered at: -// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N -int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) -{ - if (t1 == 0.0f) - return 1; - if (t0 >= t1) - return 0; - if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) - return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); - const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); - const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); - const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; - return count; -} - -int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (key_index < 0) - return 0; - IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index]; - return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); -} - -bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (user_key_index < 0) - return false; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[user_key_index]; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - return GetKeyPressedAmount(user_key_index, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (user_key_index < 0) return false; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - return g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[user_key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(int button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseDown[button]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) - if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) - return true; - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - { - // FIXME: 2019/05/03: Our old repeat code was wrong here and led to doubling the repeat rate, which made it an ok rate for repeat on mouse hold. - int amount = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.50f); - if (amount > 0) - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(int button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseReleased[button]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button]; -} - -// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed -bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(int button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(int button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) - return false; - return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() -{ - return GImGui->IO.MousePos; -} - -// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) - return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size-1].OpenMousePos; - return g.IO.MousePos; -} - -// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. -bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) -{ - // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. - // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); - const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; - ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; - return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; -} - -// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. -// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. -// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). Back-ends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(int button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) - if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) - return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; - return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); -} - -void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(int button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; -} - -ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() -{ - return GImGui->MouseCursor; -} - -void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) -{ - GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type; -} - -void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture) -{ - GImGui->WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; -} - -void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture) -{ - GImGui->WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemActive() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId; - } - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemActivated() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != window->DC.LastItemId) - return true; - } - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated) - return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0; - return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId); -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore)); -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemFocused() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (g.NavId == 0 || g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId) - return false; - return true; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(int mouse_button) -{ - return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None); -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0; -} - -bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.ActiveId != 0; -} - -bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemVisible() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect); -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; -} - -// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. -void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) - g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; - if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize(); -} - -static ImRect GetViewportRect() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); -} - -static bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; - flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag - - // Size - const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); - ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); - const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); - if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues) - if (size.y <= 0.0f) - size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); - SetNextWindowSize(size); - - // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. - char title[256]; - if (name) - ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); - else - ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); - - const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; - if (!border) - g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - bool ret = Begin(title, NULL, flags); - g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; - - ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; - child_window->ChildId = id; - child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises; - - // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually. - // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do. - if (child_window->BeginCount == 1) - parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; - - // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame - if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) - { - FocusWindow(child_window); - NavInitWindow(child_window, false); - SetActiveID(id+1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with a dummy id so that key-press won't activate child item - g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; - } - return ret; -} - -bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - -void ImGui::EndChild() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); - IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() callss - - g.WithinEndChild = true; - if (window->BeginCount > 1) - { - End(); - } - else - { - ImVec2 sz = window->Size; - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f - sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x); - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) - sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y); - End(); - - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); - ItemSize(sz); - if ((window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) - { - ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); - - // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child - if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) - RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2,2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2,2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); - } - else - { - // Not navigable into - ItemAdd(bb, 0); - } - } - g.WithinEndChild = false; -} - -// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. -bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); - bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags); - PopStyleVar(3); - PopStyleColor(); - return ret; -} - -void ImGui::EndChildFrame() -{ - EndChild(); -} - -static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled) -{ - window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags); - window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ~flags); - window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags); -} - -ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id); -} - -ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name) -{ - ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name); - return FindWindowByID(id); -} - -static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); - - // Create window the first time - ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); - window->Flags = flags; - g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); - - // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. - window->Pos = ImVec2(60, 60); - - // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID)) - { - // Retrieve settings from .ini file - window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); - window->Pos = ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); - window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; - if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0) - size = ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); - } - window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(size); - window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcContentSize() doesn't return crazy values - - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; - window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } - else - { - if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f) - window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; - if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f) - window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; - window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); - } - - g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window); - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) - g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once - else - g.Windows.push_back(window); - return window; -} - -static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) - { - // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. - ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect; - new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x; - new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y; - if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback) - { - ImGuiSizeCallbackData data; - data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData; - data.Pos = window->Pos; - data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull; - data.DesiredSize = new_size; - g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data); - new_size = data.DesiredSize; - } - new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x); - new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y); - } - - // Minimum size - if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))) - { - new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); - new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows - } - return new_size; -} - -static ImVec2 CalcWindowContentSize(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - if (window->Collapsed) - if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) - return window->ContentSize; - if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) - return window->ContentSize; - - ImVec2 sz; - sz.x = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); - sz.y = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); - return sz; -} - -static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - ImVec2 size_decorations = ImVec2(0.0f, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight()); - ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; - ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + size_decorations; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - { - // Tooltip always resize - return size_desired; - } - else - { - // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size - const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0; - const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0; - ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize; - if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) - size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, g.IO.DisplaySize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); - - // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), - // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. - ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - size_decorations.x < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); - bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - size_decorations.y < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); - if (will_have_scrollbar_x) - size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; - if (will_have_scrollbar_y) - size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize; - return size_auto_fit; - } -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImVec2 size_contents = CalcWindowContentSize(window); - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents); - ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - return size_final; -} - -static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - if (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - return ImGuiCol_PopupBg; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - return ImGuiCol_ChildBg; - return ImGuiCol_WindowBg; -} - -static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size) -{ - ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm); // Expected window upper-left - ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right - ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min; - ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected); - *out_pos = pos_min; - if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f) - out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x); - if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f) - out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y); - *out_size = size_constrained; -} - -struct ImGuiResizeGripDef -{ - ImVec2 CornerPosN; - ImVec2 InnerDir; - int AngleMin12, AngleMax12; -}; - -static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = -{ - { ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(-1,-1), 0, 3 }, // Lower-right - { ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(+1,-1), 3, 6 }, // Lower-left - { ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(+1,+1), 6, 9 }, // Upper-left (Unused) - { ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(-1,+1), 9,12 }, // Upper-right (Unused) -}; - -static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness) -{ - ImRect rect = window->Rect(); - if (thickness == 0.0f) rect.Max -= ImVec2(1,1); - if (border_n == 0) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness); // Top - if (border_n == 1) return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); // Right - if (border_n == 2) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness); // Bottom - if (border_n == 3) return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); // Left - IM_ASSERT(0); - return ImRect(); -} - -// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused) -// 4..7: borders (Top, Right, Bottom, Left) -ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n) -{ - IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n <= 7); - ImGuiID id = window->ID; - id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id); - id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id); - return id; -} - -// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad -// Return true when using auto-fit (double click on resize grip) -static bool ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) - return false; - if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. - return false; - - bool ret_auto_fit = false; - const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0; - const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); - const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); - const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS : 0.0f; - - ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1 - window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); - - // Manual resize grips - PushID("#RESIZE"); - for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) - { - const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; - const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); - - // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window - ImRect resize_rect(corner - grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size); - if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x); - if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y); - bool hovered, held; - ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, window->GetID(resize_grip_n), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; - - if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0) - { - // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking - size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - ret_auto_fit = true; - ClearActiveID(); - } - else if (held) - { - // Resize from any of the four corners - // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position - ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, grip.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, grip.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip - CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, grip.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target); - } - if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered) - resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip); - } - for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++) - { - bool hovered, held; - ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); - ButtonBehavior(border_rect, window->GetID(border_n + 4), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren); - //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) - { - g.MouseCursor = (border_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; - if (held) - *border_held = border_n; - } - if (held) - { - ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; - ImVec2 border_posn; - if (border_n == 0) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Top - if (border_n == 1) { border_posn = ImVec2(1, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Right - if (border_n == 2) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 1); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Bottom - if (border_n == 3) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Left - CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, border_posn, &pos_target, &size_target); - } - } - PopID(); - - // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad) - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window) - { - ImVec2 nav_resize_delta; - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f) - { - const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; - nav_resize_delta *= ImFloor(NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); - // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. - size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta); - } - } - - // Apply back modified position/size to window - if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->SizeFull = size_target; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target); - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - - // Resize nav layer - window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - - window->Size = window->SizeFull; - return ret_auto_fit; -} - -static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, const ImVec2& padding) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImVec2 size_for_clamping = (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? ImVec2(window->Size.x, window->TitleBarHeight()) : window->Size; - window->Pos = ImMin(rect.Max - padding, ImMax(window->Pos + size_for_clamping, rect.Min + padding) - size_for_clamping); -} - -static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float rounding = window->WindowRounding; - float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) - window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - - int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld; - if (border_held != -1) - { - struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef - { - ImVec2 InnerDir; - ImVec2 CornerPosN1, CornerPosN2; - float OuterAngle; - }; - static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] = - { - { ImVec2(0,+1), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,0), IM_PI*1.50f }, // Top - { ImVec2(-1,0), ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(1,1), IM_PI*0.00f }, // Right - { ImVec2(0,-1), ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(0,1), IM_PI*0.50f }, // Bottom - { ImVec2(+1,0), ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(0,0), IM_PI*1.00f } // Left - }; - const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held]; - ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI*0.25f, def.OuterAngle); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI*0.25f); - window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), false, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual - } - if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - { - float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1; - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize); - } -} - -void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - - // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems - window->SkipItems = false; - - // Draw window + handle manual resize - // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. - const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding; - const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - if (window->Collapsed) - { - // Title bar only - float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; - g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize; - ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed); - RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding); - g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size; - } - else - { - // Window background - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) - { - ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags)); - float alpha = 1.0f; - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha) - alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal; - if (alpha != 1.0f) - bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot); - } - - // Title bar - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - { - ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); - } - - // Menu bar - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) - { - ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); - menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them. - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); - if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y) - window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); - } - - // Scrollbars - if (window->ScrollbarX) - Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X); - if (window->ScrollbarY) - Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y); - - // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency) - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize)) - { - for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) - { - const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; - const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size))); - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size))); - window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12); - window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]); - } - } - - // Borders - RenderWindowOuterBorders(window); - } -} - -// Render title text, collapse button, close button -void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - - const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL); - const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None); - - // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer) - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; - window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); - - // Layout buttons - // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code. - float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x; - float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x; - float button_sz = g.FontSize; - ImVec2 close_button_pos; - ImVec2 collapse_button_pos; - if (has_close_button) - { - pad_r += button_sz; - close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); - } - if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) - { - pad_r += button_sz; - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); - } - if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) - { - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); - pad_l += button_sz; - } - - // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback) - if (has_collapse_button) - if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos)) - window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function - - // Close button - if (has_close_button) - if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos)) - *p_open = false; - - window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; - - // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker) - // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code.. - const char* UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER = "*"; - const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? CalcTextSize(UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, false).x : 0.0f; - const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f); - - // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button, - // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correct. - if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x) - pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x) - pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f) - { - float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center - float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x); - pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness); - pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness); - } - - ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y); - ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, layout_r.Max.y); - //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] - RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r); - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) - { - ImVec2 marker_pos = ImVec2(ImMax(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x) + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.y) + ImVec2(2 - marker_size_x, 0.0f); - ImVec2 off = ImVec2(0.0f, IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); - RenderTextClipped(marker_pos + off, layout_r.Max + off, UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0, style.WindowTitleAlign.y), &clip_r); - } -} - -void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) -{ - window->ParentWindow = parent_window; - window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window; - if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) - window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; - if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) - window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; - while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) - { - IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL); - window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow; - } -} - -// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to. -// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair. -// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content. -// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file). -// You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file. -// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned. -// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed. -bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0'); // Window name required - IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() - IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet - - // Find or create - ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name); - const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL); - if (window_just_created) - { - ImVec2 size_on_first_use = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) ? g.NextWindowData.SizeVal : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Any condition flag will do since we are creating a new window here. - window = CreateNewWindow(name, size_on_first_use, flags); - } - - // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; - - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) - IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); - - const int current_frame = g.FrameCount; - const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame); - - // Update the Appearing flag - bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on - const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - { - ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; - window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed - window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window); - } - window->Appearing = (window_just_activated_by_user || window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize); - if (window->Appearing) - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); - - // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - { - window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; - window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; - window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; - window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; - window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++); - } - else - { - flags = window->Flags; - } - - // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack - ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)); - - // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed. - if (window->IDStack.Size == 0) - window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID); - - // Add to stack - // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() - g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window); - g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, true); - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - { - ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; - popup_ref.Window = window; - g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); - window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; - } - - if (window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - window->NavLastIds[0] = 0; - - // Process SetNextWindow***() calls - bool window_pos_set_by_api = false; - bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false; - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) - { - window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0; - if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f) - { - // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size - // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency. - window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal; - window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal; - window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); - } - else - { - SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond); - } - } - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) - { - window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f); - window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f); - SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond); - } - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize) - window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal; - else if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed) - SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond); - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus) - FocusWindow(window); - if (window->Appearing) - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false); - - // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - { - // Initialize - const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) - UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); - - window->Active = true; - window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL); - window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX); - window->IDStack.resize(1); - - // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid - if (window->MemoryCompacted) - GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window); - - // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged). - // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere. - bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false; - if (g.NavWindowingList != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB - window_title_visible_elsewhere = true; - if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0) - { - size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen; - window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name); - window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len; - } - - // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS - - // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size) - window->ContentSize = CalcWindowContentSize(window); - if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--; - if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) - window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--; - - // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size - if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api)) - window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; - - // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows) - // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size. - if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0) - { - window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) - { - if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) - window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f; - if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) - window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f; - window->ContentSize = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); - } - } - - // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style) - SetCurrentWindow(window); - - // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) - - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize; - else - window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize; - window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) - window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f); - window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x); - window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y; - - // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar - // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) - { - // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. - ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) - window->WantCollapseToggle = true; - if (window->WantCollapseToggle) - { - window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - FocusWindow(window); - } - } - else - { - window->Collapsed = false; - } - window->WantCollapseToggle = false; - - // SIZE - - // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize - const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSize); - bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; - bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed) - { - // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc. - if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) - { - window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x; - use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; - } - if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) - { - window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y; - use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; - } - } - else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) - { - // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames - // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed. - if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) - { - window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x; - use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; - } - if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) - { - window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y; - use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; - } - if (!window->Collapsed) - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - - // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size - window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull); - window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull; - - // Decoration size - const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - - // POSITION - - // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame - if (window_just_activated_by_user) - { - window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api) - window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos; - } - - // Position child window - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - { - IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active); - window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; - parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window); - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip) - window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos; - } - - const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0); - if (window_pos_with_pivot) - SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->SizeFull * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) - else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0) - window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); - else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize) - window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); - else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip) - window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); - - // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor - - // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. - ImRect viewport_rect(GetViewportRect()); - if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) - { - if (g.IO.DisplaySize.x > 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y > 0.0f) // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. - { - ImVec2 clamp_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); - ClampWindowRect(window, viewport_rect, clamp_padding); - } - } - window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); - - // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) - window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding; - - // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front) - bool want_focus = false; - if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)) - { - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - want_focus = true; - else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0) - want_focus = true; - } - - // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad - int border_held = -1; - ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {}; - const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. - const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); - if (!window->Collapsed) - if (UpdateManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0])) - use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; - window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held; - - // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY - - // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size). - if (!window->Collapsed) - { - // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied. - // When we use InnerRect here we are intentionally reading last frame size, same for ScrollbarSizes values before we set them again. - ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - decoration_up_height); - ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + window->ScrollbarSizes; - ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; - float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x; - float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y; - //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons? - window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)); - window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)); - if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) - window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); - window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); - } - - // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) - // Update various regions. Variables they depends on should be set above in this function. - // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame. - - // Outer rectangle - // Not affected by window border size. Used by: - // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled) - // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders. - // - Begin() clipping whole child - const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect; - const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect(); - const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect; - window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect); - - // Inner rectangle - // Not affected by window border size. Used by: - // - InnerClipRect - // - ScrollToBringRectIntoView() - // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() - // - Scrollbar() - window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x; - window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + decoration_up_height; - window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x; - window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y; - - // Inner clipping rectangle. - // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region. - // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space. - // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result. - // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior. - // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by: - // - Begin() initial clip rect - float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize); - window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size); - window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize); - window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect); - - // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes - if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f); - else - window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f); - - // SCROLLING - - // Lock down maximum scrolling - // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate - // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar. - window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth()); - window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - - // Apply scrolling - window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, true); - window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - // DRAWING - - // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle - window->DrawList->Clear(); - window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); - PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false); - - // Draw modal window background (darkens what is behind them, all viewports) - const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && window == GetTopMostPopupModal() && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0; - const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && (window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->RootWindow); - if (dim_bg_for_modal || dim_bg_for_window_list) - { - const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, dim_bg_col); - } - - // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle background - if (dim_bg_for_window_list && window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim) - { - ImRect bb = window->Rect(); - bb.Expand(g.FontSize); - if (!bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // Avoid drawing if the window covers all the viewport anyway - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha * 0.25f), g.Style.WindowRounding); - } - - // Since 1.71, child window can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call. - // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order. - // We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping child. - // We also disabled this when we have dimming overlay behind this specific one child. - // FIXME: More code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected. - bool render_decorations_in_parent = false; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) - if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0) - render_decorations_in_parent = true; - if (render_decorations_in_parent) - window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList; - - // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders - const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow; - const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); - RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size); - - if (render_decorations_in_parent) - window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst; - - // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border - if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim == window) - { - float rounding = ImMax(window->WindowRounding, g.Style.WindowRounding); - ImRect bb = window->Rect(); - bb.Expand(g.FontSize); - if (bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward - { - bb.Expand(-g.FontSize - 1.0f); - rounding = window->WindowRounding; - } - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, ~0, 3.0f); - } - - // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) - - // Work rectangle. - // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by: - // - Columns() for right-most edge - // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge - // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge - const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); - const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); - const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); - window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x; - window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y; - - // [LEGACY] Content Region - // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. - // Used by: - // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things - window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x; - window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + decoration_up_height; - window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); - window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); - - // Setup drawing context - // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.) - window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; - window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x, decoration_up_height + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y); - window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; - window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); - window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext; - window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00; - window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; - window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); - window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - window->DC.FocusCounterAll = window->DC.FocusCounterTab = -1; - window->DC.ItemFlags = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.ItemFlags : ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault; - window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0); - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0); - window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; - window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; - window->DC.TreeMayJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; - window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage; - window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0); - window->MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); - - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (window->DC.ItemFlags != parent_window->DC.ItemFlags)) - { - window->DC.ItemFlags = parent_window->DC.ItemFlags; - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); - } - - if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) - window->AutoFitFramesX--; - if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) - window->AutoFitFramesY--; - - // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there) - if (want_focus) - { - FocusWindow(window); - NavInitWindow(window, false); - } - - // Title bar - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, title_bar_rect, name, p_open); - - // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard - // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope. - // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element? - /* - if (g.ActiveId == move_id) - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) - LogToClipboard(); - */ - - // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin(). - // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc. - window->DC.LastItemId = window->MoveId; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0; - window->DC.LastItemRect = title_bar_rect; -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->DC.LastItemRect, window->DC.LastItemId); -#endif - } - else - { - // Append - SetCurrentWindow(window); - } - - PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); - - // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - window->WriteAccessed = false; - - window->BeginCount++; - g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); - - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - { - // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. - // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) - if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - - // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed - if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)) - window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; - } - - // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point) - if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - - // Update the Hidden flag - window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); - - // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required) - bool skip_items = false; - if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) - if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0) - skip_items = true; - window->SkipItems = skip_items; - - return !skip_items; -} - -void ImGui::End() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times! - if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow) - { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!"); - return; - } - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0); - - // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window. - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!"); - - // Close anything that is open - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) - EndColumns(); - PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle - - // Stop logging - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging - LogFinish(); - - // Pop from window stack - g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); - ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, false); - SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back()); -} - -void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window) - return; - for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window - if (g.WindowsFocusOrder[i] == window) - { - memmove(&g.WindowsFocusOrder[i], &g.WindowsFocusOrder[i + 1], (size_t)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); - g.WindowsFocusOrder[g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1] = window; - break; - } -} - -void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back(); - if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) - return; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window - if (g.Windows[i] == window) - { - memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); - g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window; - break; - } -} - -void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.Windows[0] == window) - return; - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - if (g.Windows[i] == window) - { - memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); - g.Windows[0] = window; - break; - } -} - -// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) -void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - if (g.NavWindow != window) - { - g.NavWindow = window; - if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover) - g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : NULL); - } - - // Close popups if any - ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); - - // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus - if (!window) - return; - - // Move the root window to the top of the pile - if (window->RootWindow) - window = window->RootWindow; - - // Steal focus on active widgets - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) // FIXME: This statement should be unnecessary. Need further testing before removing it.. - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != window) - ClearActiveID(); - - // Bring to front - BringWindowToFocusFront(window); - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) - BringWindowToDisplayFront(window); -} - -void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; - if (under_this_window != NULL) - { - int under_this_window_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window); - if (under_this_window_idx != -1) - start_idx = under_this_window_idx - 1; - } - for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--) - { - // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. - ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; - if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); - return; - } - } - FocusWindow(NULL); -} - -void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; - g.NextItemData.Width = item_width; -} - -void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); - g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; -} - -void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); - for (int i = 0; i < components-1; i++) - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); - g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; -} - -void ImGui::PopItemWidth() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); -} - -// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth(). -// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags() -float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - float w; - if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth) - w = g.NextItemData.Width; - else - w = window->DC.ItemWidth; - if (w < 0.0f) - { - float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; - w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w); - } - w = IM_FLOOR(w); - return w; -} - -// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth(). -// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical. -// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed. -// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) -ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - - ImVec2 region_max; - if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) - region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); - - if (size.x == 0.0f) - size.x = default_w; - else if (size.x < 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x); - - if (size.y == 0.0f) - size.y = default_h; - else if (size.y < 0.0f) - size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y); - - return size; -} - -void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ? - IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f); - g.Font = font; - g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale); - g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f; - - ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; - g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel; - g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font; - g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize; -} - -void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!font) - font = GetDefaultFont(); - SetCurrentFont(font); - g.FontStack.push_back(font); - g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); -} - -void ImGui::PopFont() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID(); - g.FontStack.pop_back(); - SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back()); -} - -void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (enabled) - window->DC.ItemFlags |= option; - else - window->DC.ItemFlags &= ~option; - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); -} - -void ImGui::PopItemFlag() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.ItemFlags = window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.empty() ? ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ : window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.back(); -} - -// FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. -void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus) -{ - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !allow_keyboard_focus); -} - -void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus() -{ - PopItemFlag(); -} - -void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) -{ - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); -} - -void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() -{ - PopItemFlag(); -} - -void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x; - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(wrap_pos_x); -} - -void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.empty() ? -1.0f : window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); -} - -// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32 -void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColorMod backup; - backup.Col = idx; - backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; - g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); - g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); -} - -void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColorMod backup; - backup.Col = idx; - backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; - g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); - g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; -} - -void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - while (count > 0) - { - ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back(); - g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue; - g.ColorModifiers.pop_back(); - count--; - } -} - -struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo -{ - ImGuiDataType Type; - ImU32 Count; - ImU32 Offset; - void* GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); } -}; - -static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = -{ - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign -}; - -static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) -{ - IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); - return &GStyleVarInfo[idx]; -} - -void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) -{ - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1) - { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); - *pvar = val; - return; - } - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!"); -} - -void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) -{ - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2) - { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); - *pvar = val; - return; - } - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!"); -} - -void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - while (count > 0) - { - // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. - ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleModifiers.back(); - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); - void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } - else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } - g.StyleModifiers.pop_back(); - count--; - } -} - -const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) -{ - // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1"; - switch (idx) - { - case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text"; - case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled"; - case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg"; - case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg"; - case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg"; - case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border"; - case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow"; - case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg"; - case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive"; - case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg"; - case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive"; - case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed"; - case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg"; - case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg"; - case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab"; - case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive"; - case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark"; - case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab"; - case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive"; - case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button"; - case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive"; - case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header"; - case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive"; - case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator"; - case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive"; - case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip"; - case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive"; - case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab"; - case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive"; - case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused"; - case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive"; - case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines"; - case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram"; - case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; - case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; - case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; - case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight"; - case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg"; - case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg"; - } - IM_ASSERT(0); - return "Unknown"; -} - -bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) -{ - if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent) - return true; - while (window != NULL) - { - if (window == potential_parent) - return true; - window = window->ParentWindow; - } - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) -{ - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) - { - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) - return false; - } - else - { - switch (flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) - { - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) - return false; - break; - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow: - if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) - return false; - break; - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, g.CurrentWindow)) - return false; - break; - default: - if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow) - return false; - break; - } - } - - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredWindow, flags)) - return false; - if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredWindow->MoveId) - return false; - return true; -} - -bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) - return g.NavWindow != NULL; - - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow); // Not inside a Begin()/End() - switch (flags & (ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows)) - { - case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: - return g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow; - case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow: - return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow; - case ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: - return g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, g.CurrentWindow); - default: - return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow; - } -} - -// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext) -// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmaticaly. -// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag. -bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - return window->Active && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus); -} - -float ImGui::GetWindowWidth() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->Size.x; -} - -float ImGui::GetWindowHeight() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->Size.y; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - return window->Pos; -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time - if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0) - return; - - IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. - window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); - window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - // Set - const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; - window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); - ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; - window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor - window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected. - window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset; -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond); -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) - SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond); -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->Size; -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time - if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0) - return; - - IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. - window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); - - // Set - if (size.x > 0.0f) - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = 0; - window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); - } - else - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; - window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } - if (size.y > 0.0f) - { - window->AutoFitFramesY = 0; - window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); - } - else - { - window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; - window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond); -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) - SetWindowSize(window, size, cond); -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time - if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0) - return; - window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); - - // Set - window->Collapsed = collapsed; -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond); -} - -bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->Collapsed; -} - -bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->Appearing; -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) - SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond); -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowFocus() -{ - FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow); -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name) -{ - if (name) - { - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) - FocusWindow(window); - } - else - { - FocusWindow(NULL); - } -} - -void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos; - g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos; - g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot; - g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; -} - -void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize; - g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size; - g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; -} - -void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; - g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max); - g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback; - g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data; -} - -// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding. -// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item. -void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; - g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = size; -} - -void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed; - g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed; - g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; -} - -void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus; -} - -void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha; - g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha; -} - -// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!). We should try to obsolete all those functions. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; - return mx; -} - -// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; - return mx; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos; -} - -// In window space (not screen space!) -ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; -} - -float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ContentRegionRect.GetWidth(); -} - -float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize; -} - -float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; -} - -float ImGui::GetFrameHeight() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; -} - -float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; -} - -ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - return window->DrawList; -} - -ImFont* ImGui::GetFont() -{ - return GImGui->Font; -} - -float ImGui::GetFontSize() -{ - return GImGui->FontSize; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel() -{ - return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel; -} - -void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->FontWindowScale = scale; - g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); -} - -// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient. -// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll; -} - -float ImGui::GetCursorPosX() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x; -} - -float ImGui::GetCursorPosY() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y; -} - -void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); -} - -void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x); -} - -void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y); -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CursorPos; -} - -void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.CursorPos = pos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); -} - -void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavNextActivateId = id; -} - -void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) -{ - IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterAll = window->DC.FocusCounterAll + 1 + offset; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTab = INT_MAX; -} - -void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (!window->Appearing) - return; - if (g.NavWindow == window->RootWindowForNav && (g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0) && g.NavLayer == g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent) - { - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavInitResultId = g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemId; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemRect.Min - g.NavWindow->Pos, g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemRect.Max - g.NavWindow->Pos); - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - if (!IsItemVisible()) - SetScrollHereY(); - } -} - -void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage; -} - -ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->DC.StateStorage; -} - -void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id)); -} - -void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id_begin, str_id_end)); -} - -void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id)); -} - -void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(int_id)); -} - -// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed. -void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(id); -} - -void ImGui::PopID() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.pop_back(); -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->GetID(str_id); -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->GetID(ptr_id); -} - -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); -} - -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); -} - -// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) -void ImGui::BeginGroup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - window->DC.GroupStack.resize(window->DC.GroupStack.Size + 1); - ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); - group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; - group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; - group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; - group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset; - group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize; - group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; - group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; - group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; - group_data.EmitItem = true; - - window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; - window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (g.LogEnabled) - g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return -} - -void ImGui::EndGroup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls - - ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); - - ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); - - window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); - window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent; - window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; - if (g.LogEnabled) - g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return - - if (!group_data.EmitItem) - { - window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back(); - return; - } - - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. - ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize()); - ItemAdd(group_bb, 0); - - // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group. - // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. - // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. - // (The tests not symmetrical because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) - const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId; - const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = !group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; - if (group_contains_curr_active_id) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; - else if (group_contains_prev_active_id) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; - window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb; - - // Forward Edited flag - if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; - - // Forward Deactivated flag - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated; - if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; - - window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back(); - //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] -} - -// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout -// offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item -// offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left) -// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0 -// spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount -void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f) - { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; - } - else - { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; - } - window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize; - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; -} - -void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; -} - -void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; -} - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrame() -{ - // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you - // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API). - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1) - { - if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) - { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?"); - while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) - End(); - } - else - { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?"); - } - } - -} - -// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors -// Begin() calls this with write=true -// End() calls this with write=false -static void ImGui::ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - short* p = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0]; - - // Window stacks - // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) - { int n = window->IDStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopID()/TreePop() - { int n = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many EndGroup() - - // Global stacks - // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them. - { int n = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch!"); p++; }// Too few or too many EndMenu()/EndPopup() - { int n = g.ColorModifiers.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleColor() - { int n = g.StyleModifiers.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleVar() - { int n = g.FontStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopFont() - IM_ASSERT(p == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup)); -} - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] SCROLLING -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll; - if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX) - { - float cr_x = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x; - float target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x; - if (snap_on_edges && cr_x <= 0.0f && target_x <= window->WindowPadding.x) - target_x = 0.0f; - else if (snap_on_edges && cr_x >= 1.0f && target_x >= window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x) - target_x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f; - scroll.x = target_x - cr_x * (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x); - } - if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX) - { - // 'snap_on_edges' allows for a discontinuity at the edge of scrolling limits to take account of WindowPadding so that scrolling to make the last item visible scroll far enough to see the padding. - float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - float cr_y = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y; - float target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y; - if (snap_on_edges && cr_y <= 0.0f && target_y <= window->WindowPadding.y) - target_y = 0.0f; - if (snap_on_edges && cr_y >= 1.0f && target_y >= window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) - target_y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; - scroll.y = target_y - cr_y * (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - decoration_up_height); - } - scroll = ImMax(scroll, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) - { - scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x); - scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y); - } - return scroll; -} - -// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view -ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); - //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] - - ImVec2 delta_scroll; - if (!window_rect.Contains(item_rect)) - { - if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f); - else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 1.0f); - if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y) - SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 0.0f); - else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) - SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 1.0f); - - ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, false); - delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll; - } - - // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - delta_scroll += ScrollToBringRectIntoView(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll)); - - return delta_scroll; -} - -float ImGui::GetScrollX() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->Scroll.x; -} - -float ImGui::GetScrollY() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->Scroll.y; -} - -float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ScrollMax.x; -} - -float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ScrollMax.y; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x) -{ - window->ScrollTarget.x = new_scroll_x; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y) -{ - window->ScrollTarget.y = new_scroll_y; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; -} - - -void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) -{ - // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size - IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) -{ - // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size - IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); - const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - local_y -= decoration_up_height; - window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio); -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio); -} - -// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item. -void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - float target_x = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x - window->Pos.x; // Left of last item, in window space - float last_item_width = window->DC.LastItemRect.GetWidth(); - target_x += (last_item_width * center_x_ratio) + (g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * (center_x_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim before, in the middle or after the last item. - SetScrollFromPosX(target_x, center_x_ratio); -} - -// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item. -void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - window->Pos.y; // Top of last item, in window space - target_y += (window->DC.PrevLineSize.y * center_y_ratio) + (g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line. - SetScrollFromPosY(target_y, center_y_ratio); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void ImGui::BeginTooltip() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget) - { - // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor) - // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor. - // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do. - //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; - ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); - SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos); - SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f); - //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( - BeginTooltipEx(0, true); - } - else - { - BeginTooltipEx(0, false); - } -} - -// Not exposed publicly as BeginTooltip() because bool parameters are evil. Let's see if other needs arise first. -void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - char window_name[16]; - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); - if (override_previous_tooltip) - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) - if (window->Active) - { - // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. - window->Hidden = true; - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); - } - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; - Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_flags); -} - -void ImGui::EndTooltip() -{ - IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls - End(); -} - -void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget) - BeginTooltip(); - else - BeginTooltipEx(0, true); - TextV(fmt, args); - EndTooltip(); -} - -void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - SetTooltipV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] POPUPS -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id; -} - -bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); -} - -ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--) - if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) - if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return popup; - return NULL; -} - -void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id)); -} - -// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state). -// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. -// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). -// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL) -void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; - ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. - popup_ref.PopupId = id; - popup_ref.Window = NULL; - popup_ref.SourceWindow = g.NavWindow; - popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); - popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos; - - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", g.FrameCount, id); - if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) - { - g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); - } - else - { - // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui - // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing - // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand. - if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) - { - g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount; - } - else - { - // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen - g.OpenPopupStack.resize(current_stack_size + 1); - g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size] = popup_ref; - } - - // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow(). - // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does. - //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id) - // FocusWindow(parent_window); - } -} - -void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.OpenPopupStack.empty()) - return; - - // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it. - // Don't close our own child popup windows. - int popup_count_to_keep = 0; - if (ref_window) - { - // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow) - for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++) - { - ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep]; - if (!popup.Window) - continue; - IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0); - if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - continue; - - // Trim the stack when popups are not direct descendant of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow) - bool popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window = false; - for (int m = popup_count_to_keep; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window; m++) - if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window) - if (popup_window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow) - popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window = true; - if (!popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window) - break; - } - } - if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below - { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClosePopupsOverWindow(%s) -> ClosePopupToLevel(%d)\n", ref_window->Name, popup_count_to_keep); - ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); - } -} - -void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].SourceWindow; - ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window; - g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); - - if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) - { - if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) - { - // Fallback - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL); - } - else - { - if (g.NavLayer == 0 && focus_window) - focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); - } - } -} - -// Close the popup we have begin-ed into. -void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1; - if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId) - return; - - // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal) - while (popup_idx > 0) - { - ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window; - ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window; - bool close_parent = false; - if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - if (parent_popup_window == NULL || !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) - close_parent = true; - if (!close_parent) - break; - popup_idx--; - } - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); - ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true); - - // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window. - // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window. - // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic. - if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow) - window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true; -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) - { - g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values - return false; - } - - char name[20]; - if (extra_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth - else - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame - - bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); - if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) - EndPopup(); - - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance - { - g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values - return false; - } - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; - return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags); -} - -// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup. -// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here. -bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name); - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) - { - g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values - return false; - } - - // Center modal windows by default - // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window. - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) - SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); - - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; - const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags); - if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) - { - EndPopup(); - if (is_open) - ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); - return false; - } - return is_open; -} - -void ImGui::EndPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls - IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0); - - // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy. - NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY); - - // Child-popups don't need to be layed out - IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - g.WithinEndChild = true; - End(); - g.WithinEndChild = false; -} - -bool ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - { - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return true; - } - return false; -} - -// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget. -// You may want to handle this on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). -// You can pass a NULL str_id to use the identifier of the last item. -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) - if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) -{ - if (!str_id) - str_id = "window_context"; - ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); - if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - if (also_over_items || !IsAnyItemHovered()) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) -{ - if (!str_id) - str_id = "void_context"; - ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); - if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); -} - -// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.) -// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it. -ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy) -{ - ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size); - //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); - //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255)); - - // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge) - if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox) - { - const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up }; - for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) - { - const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; - if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? - continue; - ImVec2 pos; - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default) - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left - if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) - continue; - *last_dir = dir; - return pos; - } - } - - // Default popup policy - const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; - for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) - { - const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; - if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? - continue; - float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); - float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); - if (avail_w < size.x || avail_h < size.y) - continue; - ImVec2 pos; - pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; - pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; - *last_dir = dir; - return pos; - } - - // Fallback, try to keep within display - *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None; - ImVec2 pos = ref_pos; - pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x); - pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y); - return pos; -} - -ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - IM_UNUSED(window); - ImVec2 padding = GImGui->Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; - ImRect r_screen = GetViewportRect(); - r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f)); - return r_screen; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window); - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - { - // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds. - // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu. - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2]; - float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x). - ImRect r_avoid; - if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending) - r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight() + parent_window->MenuBarHeight()); - else - r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); - } - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - { - ImRect r_avoid = ImRect(window->Pos.x - 1, window->Pos.y - 1, window->Pos.x + 1, window->Pos.y + 1); - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); - } - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - { - // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) - float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; - ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - ImRect r_avoid; - if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) - r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); - else - r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. - ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); - if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == ImGuiDir_None) - pos = ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. - return pos; - } - IM_ASSERT(0); - return window->Pos; -} - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) -{ - if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy)) - return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left; - return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; -} - -static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) -{ - if (a1 < b0) - return a1 - b0; - if (b1 < a0) - return a0 - b1; - return 0.0f; -} - -static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) -{ - if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - { - r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - } - else - { - r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - } -} - -// Scoring function for directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 -static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) - return false; - - const ImRect& curr = g.NavScoringRectScreen; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) - g.NavScoringCount++; - - // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring - if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) - { - IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); - if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand)) - return false; - cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window - } - - // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) - // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. - NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); - - // Compute distance between boxes - // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. - float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); - float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items - if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f) - dbx = (dbx/1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f); - float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby); - - // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter) - float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x); - float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y); - float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee) - - // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance - ImGuiDir quadrant; - float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f; - if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f) - { - // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes - dax = dbx; - day = dby; - dist_axial = dist_box; - quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby); - } - else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f) - { - // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers - dax = dcx; - day = dcy; - dist_axial = dist_center; - quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy); - } - else - { - // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter) - quadrant = (window->DC.LastItemId < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; - } - -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - char buf[128]; - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) - { - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); - draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4,4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4,4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); - draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Max, ~0U, buf); - } - else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. - { - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) { g.NavMoveDirLast = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirLast + 1) & 3); g.IO.KeysDownDuration[g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C]] = 0.01f; } - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) - { - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); - draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); - } - } - #endif - - // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to? - bool new_best = false; - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) - { - // Does it beat the current best candidate? - if (dist_box < result->DistBox) - { - result->DistBox = dist_box; - result->DistCenter = dist_center; - return true; - } - if (dist_box == result->DistBox) - { - // Try using distance between center points to break ties - if (dist_center < result->DistCenter) - { - result->DistCenter = dist_center; - new_best = true; - } - else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter) - { - // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items - // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index), - // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis. - if (((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance - new_best = true; - } - } - } - - // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches - // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness) - // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too. - // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward. - // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option? - if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match - if (g.NavLayer == 1 && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - if ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) - { - result->DistAxial = dist_axial; - new_best = true; - } - - return new_best; -} - -// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) -static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - //if (!g.IO.NavActive) // [2017/10/06] Removed this possibly redundant test but I am not sure of all the side-effects yet. Some of the feature here will need to work regardless of using a _NoNavInputs flag. - // return; - - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; - const ImRect nav_bb_rel(nav_bb.Min - window->Pos, nav_bb.Max - window->Pos); - - // Process Init Request - if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) - { - // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback - if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) || g.NavInitResultId == 0) - { - g.NavInitResultId = id; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = nav_bb_rel; - } - if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus)) - { - g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - } - } - - // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) - // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRectScreen + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) - if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled|ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))) - { - ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - // [DEBUG] Score all items in NavWindow at all times - if (!g.NavMoveRequest) - g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirLast; - bool new_best = NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb) && g.NavMoveRequest; -#else - bool new_best = g.NavMoveRequest && NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb); -#endif - if (new_best) - { - result->ID = id; - result->SelectScopeId = g.MultiSelectScopeId; - result->Window = window; - result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; - } - - const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; - if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) - if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) - if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb)) - { - result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; - result->ID = id; - result->SelectScopeId = g.MultiSelectScopeId; - result->Window = window; - result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; - } - } - - // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item - if (g.NavId == id) - { - g.NavWindow = window; // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window. - g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - g.NavIdIsAlive = true; - g.NavIdTabCounter = window->DC.FocusCounterTab; - window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = nav_bb_rel; // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) - } -} - -bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; -} - -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavMoveRequest = false; - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); -} - -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; - g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = move_flags; - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; -} - -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavWindow != window || !NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() || g.NavMoveRequestForward != ImGuiNavForward_None || g.NavLayer != 0) - return; - IM_ASSERT(move_flags != 0); // No points calling this with no wrapping - ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[0]; - - ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) - { - bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.x; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) - { - bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) - { - bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.y; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) - { - bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } -} - -// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). -// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way? -static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window) -{ - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = nav_window; - while (parent_window && (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (parent_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) - parent_window = parent_window->ParentWindow; - if (parent_window && parent_window != nav_window) - parent_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window; -} - -// Restore the last focused child. -// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow() -static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - return window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow : window; -} - -static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavLayer = layer; - if (layer == 0) - g.NavWindow = ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); - if (layer == 0 && g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] != 0) - ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0], layer, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[0]); - else - ImGui::NavInitWindow(g.NavWindow, true); -} - -static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveRequest || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); - if (g.NavAnyRequest) - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); -} - -// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin) -void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow); - bool init_for_nav = false; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) - init_for_nav = true; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitWindow() init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); - if (init_for_nav) - { - SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer); - g.NavInitRequest = true; - g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(); - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - } - else - { - g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; - } -} - -static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow) - { - // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) - return g.IO.MousePos; - return g.LastValidMousePos; - } - else - { - // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item. - const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; - ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); - ImRect visible_rect = GetViewportRect(); - return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, visible_rect.Min, visible_rect.Max)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in back-end might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. - } -} - -float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Down) - return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user) - - const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n]; - if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f); - if (t < 0.0f) - return 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.25f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f); - return 0.0f; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) -{ - ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode)); - if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta *= slow_factor; - if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) - delta *= fast_factor; - return delta; -} - -static void ImGui::NavUpdate() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.IO.WantSetMousePos = false; -#if 0 - if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); -#endif - - // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed before we map Keyboard (some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) - bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; - if (nav_gamepad_active) - if (g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f) - g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; - - // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping - if (nav_keyboard_active) - { - #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) do { if (IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[_KEY])) { g.IO.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard; } } while (0) - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ ); - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) - g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; - if (g.IO.KeyShift) - g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; - if (g.IO.KeyAlt && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) // AltGR is Alt+Ctrl, also even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu. - g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f; - #undef NAV_MAP_KEY - } - memcpy(g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.NavInputs); i++) - g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (g.IO.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - - // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) - // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void) - if (g.NavInitResultId != 0 && (!g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavInitRequestFromMove) && g.NavWindow) - { - // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] Apply NavInitRequest result: 0x%08X Layer %d in \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); - if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) - SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavInitResultRectRel); - else - SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer); - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = g.NavInitResultRectRel; - } - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; - - // Process navigation move request - if (g.NavMoveRequest) - NavUpdateMoveResult(); - - // When a forwarded move request failed, we restore the highlight that we disabled during the forward frame - if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive) - { - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequest); - if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; - } - - // Apply application mouse position movement, after we had a chance to process move request result. - if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive) - { - // Set mouse position given our knowledge of the navigated item position from last frame - if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) - { - if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) - { - g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true; - } - } - g.NavMousePosDirty = false; - } - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - g.NavJustTabbedId = 0; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == 0 || g.NavLayer == 1); - - // Store our return window (for returning from Layer 1 to Layer 0) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 - if (g.NavWindow) - NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow); - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == 0) - g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; - - // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.) - NavUpdateWindowing(); - - // Set output flags for user application - g.IO.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); - g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); - - // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) - if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) - { - if (g.ActiveId != 0) - { - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - ClearActiveID(); - } - else if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) - { - // Exit child window - ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); - FocusWindow(parent_window); - SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, 0); - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) - g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - } - else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0) - { - // Close open popup/menu - if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) - ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); - } - else if (g.NavLayer != 0) - { - // Leave the "menu" layer - NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - } - else - { - // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were - if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) - g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; - g.NavId = 0; - } - } - - // Process manual activation request - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = 0; - if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate); - bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) - g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) - g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) - g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) - g.NavInputId = g.NavId; - } - if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - if (g.NavActivateId != 0) - IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); - g.NavMoveRequest = false; - - // Process programmatic activation request - if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; - g.NavNextActivateId = 0; - - // Initiate directional inputs request - if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) - { - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; - if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - const ImGuiInputReadMode read_mode = ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat; - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } - } - g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; - } - else - { - // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window) - // (Preserve g.NavMoveRequestFlags, g.NavMoveClipDir which were set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function) - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None); - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued); - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive; - } - - // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll - // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag? - float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; - if (nav_keyboard_active) - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); - - // If we initiate a movement request and have no current NavId, we initiate a InitDefautRequest that will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match - if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) - { - g.NavMoveRequest = true; - g.NavMoveDirLast = g.NavMoveDir; - } - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavId == 0) - { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitRequest from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", g.NavWindow->Name, g.NavLayer); - g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - } - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - - // Scrolling - if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget) - { - // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * g.IO.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. - if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest) - { - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); - } - - // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys - // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. - ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f); - if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) - { - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; - } - if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) - { - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed)); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; - } - } - - // Reset search results - g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); - g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.Clear(); - g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); - - // When we have manually scrolled (without using navigation) and NavId becomes out of bounds, we project its bounding box to the visible area to restart navigation within visible items - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect && g.NavLayer == 0) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1,1), window->InnerRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1,1)); - if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) - { - float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f; - window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item - window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWith(window_rect_rel); - g.NavId = 0; - } - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; - } - - // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) - ImRect nav_rect_rel = (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted()) ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0,0,0,0); - g.NavScoringRectScreen = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : GetViewportRect(); - g.NavScoringRectScreen.TranslateY(nav_scoring_rect_offset_y); - g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x); - g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x = g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x; - IM_ASSERT(!g.NavScoringRectScreen.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). - //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] - g.NavScoringCount = 0; -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS - if (g.NavWindow) - { - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow); - if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) draw_list->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG] - if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } - } -#endif -} - -// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request -static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) - { - // In a situation when there is no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) - if (g.NavId != 0) - { - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - } - return; - } - - // Select which result to use - ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; - - // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page. - if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) - if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != g.NavId) - result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; - - // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules. - if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) - if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter)) - result = &g.NavMoveResultOther; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window); - - // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. - if (g.NavLayer == 0) - { - ImVec2 delta_scroll; - if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge) - { - float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f; - delta_scroll.y = result->Window->Scroll.y - scroll_target; - SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target); - } - else - { - ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos); - delta_scroll = ScrollToBringRectIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs); - } - - // Offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate() - result->RectRel.TranslateX(-delta_scroll.x); - result->RectRel.TranslateY(-delta_scroll.y); - } - - ClearActiveID(); - g.NavWindow = result->Window; - if (g.NavId != result->ID) - { - // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) - g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; - g.NavJustMovedToMultiSelectScopeId = result->SelectScopeId; - } - SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->RectRel); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; -} - -// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys -static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None || g.NavWindow == NULL) - return 0.0f; - if ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || g.NavLayer != 0) - return 0.0f; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); - const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); - const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); - const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); - if (page_up_held != page_down_held || home_pressed != end_pressed) // If either (not both) are pressed - { - if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) - { - // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item - if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (home_pressed) - SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); - else if (end_pressed) - SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y); - } - else - { - ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; - const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); - float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; - if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) - { - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) - g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; - } - else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) - { - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) - g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; - } - else if (home_pressed) - { - // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y - // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result. - // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any. - nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; - if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) - nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; - } - else if (end_pressed) - { - nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - window->Scroll.y; - if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) - nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; - } - return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y; - } - } - return 0.0f; -} - -static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) // FIXME-OPT O(N) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size-1; i >= 0; i--) - if (g.WindowsFocusOrder[i] == window) - return i; - return -1; -} - -static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir) - if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i])) - return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; - return NULL; -} - -static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget); - if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return; - - const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget); - ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir); - if (!window_target) - window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir); - if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list - g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target; - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; -} - -// Windowing management mode -// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer) -// Gamepad: Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer) -static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL; - bool apply_toggle_layer = false; - - ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal_window != NULL) - { - g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; - return; - } - - // Fade out - if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL) - { - g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); - if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) - g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL; - } - - // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection - bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); - if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) - if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) - { - g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window; - g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true; - g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard : ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; - } - - // Gamepad update - g.NavWindowingTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) - { - // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise - g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); - - // Select window to focus - const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow); - if (focus_change_dir != 0) - { - NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); - g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f; - } - - // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most) - if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu)) - { - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore. - if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow) - apply_toggle_layer = true; - else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) - apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; - g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; - } - } - - // Keyboard: Focus - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard) - { - // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise - g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, true)) - NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(g.IO.KeyShift ? +1 : -1); - if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl) - apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; - } - - // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer - // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of back-end clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB - if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released)) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) - apply_toggle_layer = true; - - // Move window - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) - { - ImVec2 move_delta; - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) - { - const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; - const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't code variable framerate very well - SetWindowPos(g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow, g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always); - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(g.NavWindowingTarget); - } - } - - // Apply final focus - if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) - { - ClearActiveID(); - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); - ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); - if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) - NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - - // If the window only has a menu layer, select it directly - if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) - g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - } - if (apply_focus_window) - g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; - - // Apply menu/layer toggle - if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow) - { - // Move to parent menu if necessary - ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow; - while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow - && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0 - && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 - && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) - new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow; - if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow) - { - ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow; - FocusWindow(new_nav_window); - new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window; - } - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - - // When entering a regular menu bar with the Alt key, we always reinitialize the navigation ID. - const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer); - } -} - -// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable() -static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - return "(Popup)"; - if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0) - return "(Main menu bar)"; - return "(Untitled)"; -} - -// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame(). -void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); - - if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY) - return; - - if (g.NavWindowingList == NULL) - g.NavWindowingList = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList"); - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x * 0.20f, g.IO.DisplaySize.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); - SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f); - Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); - for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]; - if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window)) - continue; - const char* label = window->Name; - if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label)) - label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window); - Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window); - } - End(); - PopStyleVar(); -} - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.DragDropActive = false; - g.DragDropPayload.Clear(); - g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; - g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; - - g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear(); - memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); -} - -// Call when current ID is active. -// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource() -bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - bool source_drag_active = false; - ImGuiID source_id = 0; - ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0; - int mouse_button = 0; - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) - { - source_id = window->DC.LastItemId; - if (source_id != 0 && g.ActiveId != source_id) // Early out for most common case - return false; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) - return false; - - if (source_id == 0) - { - // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to: - // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag, C) Swallow your programmer pride. - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID)) - { - IM_ASSERT(0); - return false; - } - - // Early out - if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window)) - return false; - - // Magic fallback (=somehow reprehensible) to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image() - // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window. - // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled. - // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive. - source_id = window->DC.LastItemId = window->GetIDFromRectangle(window->DC.LastItemRect); - bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, source_id); - if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) - { - SetActiveID(source_id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - } - if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker. - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered; - } - else - { - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - } - if (g.ActiveId != source_id) - return false; - source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back(); - source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button); - } - else - { - window = NULL; - source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern"); - source_drag_active = true; - } - - if (source_drag_active) - { - if (!g.DragDropActive) - { - IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0); - ClearDragDrop(); - ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; - payload.SourceId = source_id; - payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id; - g.DragDropActive = true; - g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; - g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; - } - g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true; - - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) - { - // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) - // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. - BeginTooltip(); - if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) - { - ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; - tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; - tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - } - } - - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; - - return true; - } - return false; -} - -void ImGui::EndDragDropSource() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?"); - - if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) - EndTooltip(); - - // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload() - if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1) - ClearDragDrop(); - g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; -} - -// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame -bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; - if (cond == 0) - cond = ImGuiCond_Always; - - IM_ASSERT(type != NULL); - IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long"); - IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0)); - IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once); - IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource() - - if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1) - { - // Copy payload - ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType)); - g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0); - if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)) - { - // Store in heap - g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size); - payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data; - memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size); - } - else if (data_size > 0) - { - // Store locally - memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); - payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal; - memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size); - } - else - { - payload.Data = NULL; - } - payload.DataSize = (int)data_size; - } - payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - - return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.DragDropActive) - return false; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow) - return false; - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId)) - return false; - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget == false); - g.DragDropTargetRect = bb; - g.DragDropTargetId = id; - g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true; - return true; -} - -// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because: -// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that pushes a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. -// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can. -// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case) -bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.DragDropActive) - return false; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) - return false; - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow) - return false; - - const ImRect& display_rect = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect : window->DC.LastItemRect; - ImGuiID id = window->DC.LastItemId; - if (id == 0) - id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect); - if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) - return false; - - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget == false); - g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect; - g.DragDropTargetId = id; - g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true; - return true; -} - -bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0; -} - -const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ? - IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ? - if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type)) - return NULL; - - // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints. - // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function! - const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId); - ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect; - float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight(); - if (r_surface < g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) - { - g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; - } - - // Render default drop visuals - payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously; - flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame) - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) - { - // FIXME-DRAG: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. - r.Expand(3.5f); - bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r); - if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(r.Min-ImVec2(1,1), r.Max+ImVec2(1,1)); - window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, ~0, 2.0f); - if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); - } - - g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() - if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery)) - return NULL; - - return &payload; -} - -const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.DragDropActive ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; -} - -// We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later. -void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget); - g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; -} - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. -// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) -void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.LogEnabled) - return; - - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - if (g.LogFile) - { - g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0); - g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); - ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile); - } - else - { - g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); - } - va_end(args); -} - -// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth. -// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding -void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (!text_end) - text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); - - const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + 1); - if (ref_pos) - g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y; - if (log_new_line) - g.LogLineFirstItem = true; - - const char* text_remaining = text; - if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth) // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth - g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; - const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef); - for (;;) - { - // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. - // We don't add a trailing \n to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured. - const char* line_start = text_remaining; - const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end); - const bool is_first_line = (line_start == text); - const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end); - if (!is_last_line || (line_start != line_end)) - { - const int char_count = (int)(line_end - line_start); - if (log_new_line || !is_first_line) - LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start); - else if (g.LogLineFirstItem) - LogText("%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start); - else - LogText(" %.*s", char_count, line_start); - g.LogLineFirstItem = false; - } - else if (log_new_line) - { - // An empty "" string at a different Y position should output a carriage return. - LogText(IM_NEWLINE); - break; - } - - if (is_last_line) - break; - text_remaining = line_end + 1; - } -} - -// Start logging/capturing text output -void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false); - IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); - IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty()); - g.LogEnabled = true; - g.LogType = type; - g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; - g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault); - g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; - g.LogLineFirstItem = true; -} - -void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS - LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth); - g.LogFile = stdout; -#endif -} - -// Start logging/capturing text output to given file -void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - - // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still - // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE. - // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere. - if (!filename) - filename = g.IO.LogFilename; - if (!filename || !filename[0]) - return; - ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab"); - if (!f) - { - IM_ASSERT(0); - return; - } - - LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth); - g.LogFile = f; -} - -// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard -void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth); -} - -void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth); -} - -void ImGui::LogFinish() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.LogEnabled) - return; - - LogText(IM_NEWLINE); - switch (g.LogType) - { - case ImGuiLogType_TTY: -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS - fflush(g.LogFile); -#endif - break; - case ImGuiLogType_File: - ImFileClose(g.LogFile); - break; - case ImGuiLogType_Buffer: - break; - case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard: - if (!g.LogBuffer.empty()) - SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin()); - break; - case ImGuiLogType_None: - IM_ASSERT(0); - break; - } - - g.LogEnabled = false; - g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; - g.LogFile = NULL; - g.LogBuffer.clear(); -} - -// Helper to display logging buttons -// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!) -void ImGui::LogButtons() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - PushID("LogButtons"); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS - const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine(); -#else - const bool log_to_tty = false; -#endif - const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); - const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); - PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); - SetNextItemWidth(80.0f); - SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL); - PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); - PopID(); - - // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log - if (log_to_tty) - LogToTTY(); - if (log_to_file) - LogToFile(); - if (log_to_clipboard) - LogToClipboard(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] SETTINGS -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; -} - -void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - -#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS - // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() - // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier. - if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) - name = p; -#endif - const size_t name_len = strlen(name); - - // Allocate chunk - const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); - IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); - settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); - memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator - - return settings; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) - if (settings->ID == id) - return settings; - return NULL; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) -{ - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name))) - return settings; - return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); -} - -void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) -{ - size_t file_data_size = 0; - char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); - if (!file_data) - return; - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); - IM_FREE(file_data); -} - -ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) - return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; - return NULL; -} - -// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing -void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); - IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0); - - // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter). - // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy.. - if (ini_size == 0) - ini_size = strlen(ini_data); - char* buf = (char*)IM_ALLOC(ini_size + 1); - char* buf_end = buf + ini_size; - memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); - buf[ini_size] = 0; - - void* entry_data = NULL; - ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; - - char* line_end = NULL; - for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1) - { - // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line - while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r') - line++; - line_end = line; - while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r') - line_end++; - line_end[0] = 0; - if (line[0] == ';') - continue; - if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']') - { - // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code. - line_end[-1] = 0; - const char* name_end = line_end - 1; - const char* type_start = line + 1; - char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']'); - const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL; - if (!type_end || !name_start) - continue; - *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']' - name_start++; // Skip second '[' - entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start); - entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL; - } - else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL) - { - // Let type handler parse the line - entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line); - } - } - IM_FREE(buf); - g.SettingsLoaded = true; -} - -void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - if (!ini_filename) - return; - - size_t ini_data_size = 0; - const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size); - ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt"); - if (!f) - return; - ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f); - ImFileClose(f); -} - -// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer -const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); - g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; - handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); - } - if (out_size) - *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); - return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); -} - -static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) -{ - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name)); - if (!settings) - settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name); - return (void*)settings; -} - -static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) -{ - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry; - int x, y; - int i; - if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); - else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); - else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); -} - -static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) -{ - // Gather data from windows that were active during this session - // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings) - ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) - continue; - - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); - if (!settings) - { - settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name); - window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); - } - IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID); - settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)window->Pos.x, (short)window->Pos.y); - settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)window->SizeFull.x, (short)window->SizeFull.y); - settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; - } - - // Write to text buffer - buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve - for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) - { - const char* settings_name = settings->GetName(); - buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name); - buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); - buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); - buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); - buf->append("\n"); - } -} - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch) - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] DOCKING -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch) - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS_) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && (!defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)) -#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#endif -#ifndef __MINGW32__ -#include -#else -#include -#endif -#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have Win32 functions -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS -#endif -#elif defined(__APPLE__) -#include -#endif - -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) - -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma comment(lib, "user32") -#endif - -// Win32 clipboard implementation -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) -{ - static ImVector buf_local; - buf_local.clear(); - if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) - return NULL; - HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT); - if (wbuf_handle == NULL) - { - ::CloseClipboard(); - return NULL; - } - if (ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle)) - { - int buf_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(wbuf_global, NULL) + 1; - buf_local.resize(buf_len); - ImTextStrToUtf8(buf_local.Data, buf_len, wbuf_global, NULL); - } - ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); - ::CloseClipboard(); - return buf_local.Data; -} - -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) -{ - if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) - return; - const int wbuf_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(text, NULL) + 1; - HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(ImWchar)); - if (wbuf_handle == NULL) - { - ::CloseClipboard(); - return; - } - ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(wbuf_global, wbuf_length, text, NULL); - ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); - ::EmptyClipboard(); - if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL) - ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle); - ::CloseClipboard(); -} - -#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) - -#include // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file -static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0; - -// OSX clipboard implementation -// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line! -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) -{ - if (!main_clipboard) - PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); - PasteboardClear(main_clipboard); - CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text)); - if (cf_data) - { - PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0); - CFRelease(cf_data); - } -} - -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) -{ - if (!main_clipboard) - PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); - PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard); - - ItemCount item_count = 0; - PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count); - for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++) - { - PasteboardItemID item_id = 0; - PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id); - CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0; - PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array); - for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++) - { - CFDataRef cf_data; - if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr) - { - static ImVector clipboard_text; - int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data); - clipboard_text.resize(length + 1); - CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)clipboard_text.Data); - clipboard_text[length] = 0; - CFRelease(cf_data); - return clipboard_text.Data; - } - } - } - return NULL; -} - -#else - -// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers. -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.PrivateClipboard.empty() ? NULL : g.PrivateClipboard.begin(); -} - -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.PrivateClipboard.clear(); - const char* text_end = text + strlen(text); - g.PrivateClipboard.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1); - memcpy(&g.PrivateClipboard[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text)); - g.PrivateClipboard[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0; -} - -#endif - -// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.) -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) - -#include -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma comment(lib, "imm32") -#endif - -static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y) -{ - // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)io.ImeWindowHandle) - if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd)) - { - COMPOSITIONFORM cf; - cf.ptCurrentPos.x = x; - cf.ptCurrentPos.y = y; - cf.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION; - ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf); - ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc); - } -} - -#else - -static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {} - -#endif - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW -// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. -static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) -{ - ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); - ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); - ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } -} - -void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) -{ - if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics", p_open)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - // State - enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type - const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentRegionRect" }; - static bool show_windows_rects = false; - static int show_windows_rect_type = WRT_WorkRect; - static bool show_windows_begin_order = false; - static bool show_drawcmd_details = true; - - // Basic info - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); - ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); - ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); - ImGui::Text("%d active windows (%d visible)", io.MetricsActiveWindows, io.MetricsRenderWindows); - ImGui::Text("%d active allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations); - ImGui::Separator(); - - // Helper functions to display common structures: - // - NodeDrawList - // - NodeColumns - // - NodeWindow - // - NodeWindows - // - NodeTabBar - struct Funcs - { - static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type) - { - if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect) { return window->Rect(); } - else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped) { return window->OuterRectClipped; } - else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; } - else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; } - else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; } - else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } - else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; } - IM_ASSERT(0); - return ImRect(); - } - - static void NodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) - { - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size); - if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.4f,0.4f,1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) - if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop(); - return; - } - - ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list - if (window && IsItemHovered()) - fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (!node_open) - return; - - if (window && !window->WasActive) - ImGui::TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!"); - - unsigned int elem_offset = 0; - for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++) - { - if (pcmd->UserCallback == NULL && pcmd->ElemCount == 0) - continue; - if (pcmd->UserCallback) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); - continue; - } - - ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; - char buf[300]; - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd: %4d triangles, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", - pcmd->ElemCount/3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, - pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); - bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); - if (show_drawcmd_details && fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect; - ImRect vtxs_rect; - for (unsigned int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++) - vtxs_rect.Add(draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[i] : i].pos); - fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); - fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); - } - if (!pcmd_node_open) - continue; - - // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count) - // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output. - float total_area = 0.0f; - for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + pcmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3) - { - ImVec2 triangle[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) - triangle[n] = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos; - total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]); - } - - // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area); - ImGui::Selectable(buf); - if (fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered() && show_drawcmd_details) - { - // Draw wire-frame version of everything - ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; - fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. - ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect; - fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); - for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + pcmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3) - { - ImVec2 triangle[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) - triangle[n] = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos; - fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), true, 1.0f); - } - fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; - } - - // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. - ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. - while (clipper.Step()) - for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) - { - char *buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - ImVec2 triangle[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++) - { - ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i]; - triangle[n] = v.pos; - buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", - (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); - } - - ImGui::Selectable(buf, false); - if (fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; - fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. - fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f); - fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeColumns(const ImGuiColumns* columns) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) - return; - ImGui::BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) - ImGui::BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindows(ImVector& windows, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size)) - return; - for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++) - Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) - { - if (window == NULL) - { - ImGui::BulletText("%s: NULL", label); - return; - } - bool open = ImGui::TreeNode(window, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, (window->Active || window->WasActive), window); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && window->WasActive) - ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (!open) - return; - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - NodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); - ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y); - ImGui::BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); - ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); - ImGui::BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); - ImGui::BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems); - ImGui::BulletText("NavLastIds: 0x%08X,0x%08X, NavLayerActiveMask: %X", window->NavLastIds[0], window->NavLastIds[1], window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask); - ImGui::BulletText("NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - if (!window->NavRectRel[0].IsInverted()) - ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: (%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", window->NavRectRel[0].Min.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Min.y, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.y); - else - ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: "); - if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); - if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) NodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); - if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); - if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) - { - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - NodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - NodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) - { - // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings. - char buf[256]; - char* p = buf; - const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "TabBar (%d tabs)%s", tab_bar->Tabs.Size, (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible < ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2) ? " *Inactive*" : ""); - if (ImGui::TreeNode(tab_bar, "%s", buf)) - { - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - { - const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - ImGui::PushID(tab); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } ImGui::SameLine(0, 2); - if (ImGui::SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s'", tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : ""); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - - static void NodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) - return; - for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) - { - const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; - ImGui::BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - }; - - Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawLists", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size)) - { - for (int i = 0; i < g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size; i++) - Funcs::NodeDrawList(NULL, g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0][i], "DrawList"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) - { - for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; - ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetSize())) - { - for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetSize(); n++) - Funcs::NodeTabBar(g.TabBars.GetByIndex(n)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - -#if 0 - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Docking")) - { - ImGui::TreePop(); - } -#endif - -#if 0 - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetSize())) - { - ImGui::TreePop(); - } -#endif - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Internal state")) - { - const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Nav", "NavKeyboard", "NavGamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); - ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not - ImGui::Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]); - ImGui::Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); - ImGui::Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]); - ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); - ImGui::Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId); - ImGui::Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); - ImGui::Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tools")) - { - // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. - if (ImGui::Button("Item Picker..")) - ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); - - ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &show_windows_begin_order); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &show_windows_rects); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 12); - show_windows_rects |= ImGui::Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &show_windows_rect_type, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count); - if (show_windows_rects && g.NavWindow) - { - ImGui::BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name); - ImGui::Indent(); - for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++) - { - ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n); - ImGui::Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]); - } - ImGui::Unindent(); - } - ImGui::Checkbox("Show details when hovering ImDrawCmd node", &show_drawcmd_details); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Tool: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order - if (show_windows_rects || show_windows_begin_order) - { - for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; - if (!window->WasActive) - continue; - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - if (show_windows_rects) - { - ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, show_windows_rect_type); - draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); - } - if (show_windows_begin_order && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - { - char buf[32]; - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); - float font_size = ImGui::GetFontSize(); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); - draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); - } - } - } - ImGui::End(); -} - -#else - -void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) { } - -#endif - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed. -// Prefer just including imgui_internal.h from your code rather than using this define. If a declaration is missing from imgui_internal.h add it or request it on the github. -#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL -#include "imgui_user.inl" -#endif - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 7e475992..00000000 --- a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4846 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.74 -// (demo code) - -// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their code base: -// Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders -// will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of -// your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team, -// likely leading you to poorer usage of the library. -// Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(). -// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want an easy guarantee that the demo will not be linked, -// you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty. -// In other situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference. -// Thank you, -// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (that you won't delete) - -// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: -// In this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persist across calls, so it is -// essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to gather code and data -// in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller in size. -// It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function doesn't need to be -// reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the real data -// you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions. - -// The Demo code is this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste in into your application! -// Because of this: -// - We never omit the ImGui:: namespace when calling functions, even though most of our code is already in the same namespace. -// - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them. -// - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by dear imgui, unless it has been exposed in the public API (imgui.h). -// - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For other imgui sources files, they are provided by imgui_internal.h w/ IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, -// for your own sources file they are optional and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h. -// Because we don't want to assume anything about your support of maths operators, we don't use them in imgui_demo.cpp. - -/* - -Index of this file: - -// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers -// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() -// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() -// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() -// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() -// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() -// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() -// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout() -// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() -// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText() -// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize() -// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize() -// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() -// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() -// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() -// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() - -*/ - -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) -#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -#endif - -#include "imgui.h" -#include // toupper -#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX -#include // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf -#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#include // NULL, malloc, free, atoi -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else -#include // intptr_t -#endif - -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#endif -#if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning : 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this item.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : warning: format string is not a string literal -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning : warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning : zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wreserved-id-macro") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier // -#endif -#elif defined(__GNUC__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation" // [__GNUC__ >= 6] warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub. -#endif - -// Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2017 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n. -#ifdef _WIN32 -#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" -#else -#define IM_NEWLINE "\n" -#endif - -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(snprintf) -#define snprintf _snprintf -#endif -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) -#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf -#endif - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) // Obsolete name since 1.53, TEST->DEMO -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS -#endif - -#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) - -// Forward Declarations -static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); -static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); - -// Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered. -// In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.txt) -static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) -{ - ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); - ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); - ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } -} - -// Helper to display basic user controls. -void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); - ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text."); - ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); - if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); - ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); - ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); - ImGui::BulletText("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\nUse +- to subtract."); - ImGui::Unindent(); - ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate."); - ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget."); - ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget."); - ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window."); - ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); - ImGui::Unindent(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - ShowDemoWindowWidgets() -// - ShowDemoWindowLayout() -// - ShowDemoWindowPopups() -// - ShowDemoWindowColumns() -// - ShowDemoWindowMisc() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); -static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); -static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); -static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); -static void ShowDemoWindowMisc(); - -// Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) -// You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. -void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) -{ - IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused with initial dear imgui setup - - // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) - static bool show_app_documents = false; - static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; - static bool show_app_console = false; - static bool show_app_log = false; - static bool show_app_layout = false; - static bool show_app_property_editor = false; - static bool show_app_long_text = false; - static bool show_app_auto_resize = false; - static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false; - static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; - static bool show_app_window_titles = false; - static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; - - if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); - if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); - if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); - if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); - if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); - if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor); - if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); - if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize); - if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize); - if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); - if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); - if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - - // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) - static bool show_app_metrics = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; - static bool show_app_about = false; - - if (show_app_metrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); } - if (show_app_style_editor) { ImGui::Begin("Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } - if (show_app_about) { ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); } - - // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default! - static bool no_titlebar = false; - static bool no_scrollbar = false; - static bool no_menu = false; - static bool no_move = false; - static bool no_resize = false; - static bool no_collapse = false; - static bool no_close = false; - static bool no_nav = false; - static bool no_background = false; - static bool no_bring_to_front = false; - - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0; - if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; - if (no_scrollbar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar; - if (!no_menu) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; - if (no_move) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; - if (no_resize) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; - if (no_collapse) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse; - if (no_nav) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; - if (no_background) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground; - if (no_bring_to_front) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus; - if (no_close) p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin - - // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file. Typically this isn't required! We only do it to make the Demo applications a little more welcoming. - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(650, 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - - // Main body of the Demo window starts here. - if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags)) - { - // Early out if the window is collapsed, as an optimization. - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. - //ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.65f); // Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (default) - ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); // Use fixed width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. We choose a width proportional to our font size. - - // Menu Bar - if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) - { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) - { - ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar); - ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console); - ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout); - ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); - ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); - ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); - ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering); - ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) - { - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics", NULL, &show_app_metrics); - ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } - - ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION); - ImGui::Spacing(); - - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help")) - { - ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); - ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library."); - ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents."); - ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n" - "and Metrics (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool)."); - ImGui::Separator(); - - ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); - ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); - ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp."); - ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder."); - ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.org/faq/"); - ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); - ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); - ImGui::Separator(); - - ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:"); - ImGui::ShowUserGuide(); - } - - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Configuration")) - { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2")) - { - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Required back-end to feed in gamepad inputs in io.NavInputs[] and set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) // Create a way to restore this flag otherwise we could be stuck completely! - { - if (fmodf((float)ImGui::GetTime(), 0.40f) < 0.20f) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("<>"); - } - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_Space))) - io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse; - } - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); - ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting"); - ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback."); - ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly); - ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor for you. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); - ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags")) - { - HelpMarker("Those flags are set by the back-ends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\nHere we expose then as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your back-end."); - ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual back-end flags. - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); - ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) - { - HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function."); - ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded."); - HelpMarker("Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button."); - ImGui::LogButtons(); - ImGui::TextWrapped("You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output."); - if (ImGui::Button("Copy \"Hello, world!\" to clipboard")) - { - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - ImGui::LogText("Hello, world!"); - ImGui::LogFinish(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options")) - { - ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar); ImGui::SameLine(150); - ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar); ImGui::SameLine(300); - ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu); - ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move); ImGui::SameLine(150); - ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize); ImGui::SameLine(300); - ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse); - ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close); ImGui::SameLine(150); - ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav); ImGui::SameLine(300); - ImGui::Checkbox("No background", &no_background); - ImGui::Checkbox("No bring to front", &no_bring_to_front); - } - - // All demo contents - ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); - ShowDemoWindowLayout(); - ShowDemoWindowPopups(); - ShowDemoWindowColumns(); - ShowDemoWindowMisc(); - - // End of ShowDemoWindow() - ImGui::End(); -} - -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() -{ - if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) - return; - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) - { - static int clicked = 0; - if (ImGui::Button("Button")) - clicked++; - if (clicked & 1) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!"); - } - - static bool check = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check); - - static int e = 0; - ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2); - - // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style. - for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) - { - if (i > 0) - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f)); - ImGui::Button("Click"); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(3); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - - // Use AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text baseline to the baseline of framed elements (otherwise a Text+SameLine+Button sequence will have the text a little too high by default) - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("Hold to repeat:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - - // Arrow buttons with Repeater - static int counter = 0; - float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; - ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); - if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; } - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); - if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; } - ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("%d", counter); - - ImGui::Text("Hover over me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("- or me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - - ImGui::Separator(); - - ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); - - { - // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here - // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more complete BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static int item_current = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of the full BeginCombo/EndCombo API, and demonstration of various flags.\n"); - } - - { - static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!"; - ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0)); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("USER:\nHold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n\nPROGRAMMER:\nYou can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example (this is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp)."); - - static char str1[128] = ""; - ImGui::InputTextWithHint("input text (w/ hint)", "enter text here", str1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str1)); - - static int i0 = 123; - ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\nUse +- to subtract.\n"); - - static float f0 = 0.001f; - ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.3f"); - - static double d0 = 999999.00000001; - ImGui::InputDouble("input double", &d0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.8f"); - - static float f1 = 1.e10f; - ImGui::InputFloat("input scientific", &f1, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%e"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("You can input value using the scientific notation,\n e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\".\n"); - - static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; - ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a); - } - - { - static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42; - ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Click and drag to edit value.\nHold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\nDouble-click or CTRL+click to input value."); - - ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%"); - - static float f1=1.00f, f2=0.0067f; - ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f); - ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns"); - } - - { - static int i1=0; - ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value."); - - static float f1=0.123f, f2=0.0f; - ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (curve)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", 2.0f); - - static float angle = 0.0f; - ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle); - - // Using the format string to display a name instead of an integer. - // Here we completely omit '%d' from the format string, so it'll only display a name. - // This technique can also be used with DragInt(). - enum Element { Element_Fire, Element_Earth, Element_Air, Element_Water, Element_COUNT }; - const char* element_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" }; - static int current_element = Element_Fire; - const char* current_element_name = (current_element >= 0 && current_element < Element_COUNT) ? element_names[current_element] : "Unknown"; - ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", ¤t_element, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, current_element_name); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer."); - } - - { - static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f }; - static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f }; - ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nClick and hold to use drag and drop.\nRight-click on the colored square to show options.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); - - ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); - } - - { - // List box - const char* listbox_items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; - static int listbox_item_current = 1; - ImGui::ListBox("listbox\n(single select)", &listbox_item_current, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4); - - //static int listbox_item_current2 = 2; - //ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1); - //ImGui::ListBox("##listbox2", &listbox_item_current2, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper. - //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once; - //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - // if (once) - // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees")) - { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) - { - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - { - // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. - // We could also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing! - if (i == 0) - ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - - if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i)) - { - ImGui::Text("blah blah"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {}; - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) - { - HelpMarker("This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\nClick to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open."); - static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth; - static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); - ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position)", &align_label_with_current_x_position); - ImGui::Text("Hello!"); - if (align_label_with_current_x_position) - ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - - static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); // Dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. You may carry selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit. - int node_clicked = -1; // Temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc. - for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) - { - // Disable the default open on single-click behavior and pass in Selected flag according to our selection state. - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags; - const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0; - if (is_selected) - node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; - if (i < 3) - { - // Items 0..2 are Tree Node - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) - node_clicked = i; - if (node_open) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - else - { - // Items 3..5 are Tree Leaves - // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. - // Otherwise we can use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text(). - node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet - ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) - node_clicked = i; - } - } - if (node_clicked != -1) - { - // Update selection state. Process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking-frame. - if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) - selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked); // CTRL+click to toggle - else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, this commented bit preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection - selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked); // Click to single-select - } - if (align_label_with_current_x_position) - ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers")) - { - static bool closable_group = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("Show 2nd header", &closable_group); - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None)) - { - ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered()); - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - ImGui::Text("Some content %d", i); - } - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a close button", &closable_group)) - { - ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered()); - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - ImGui::Text("More content %d", i); - } - /* - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a bullet", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)) - ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered()); - */ - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets")) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1"); - ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree node")) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Another bullet point"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)"); - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text")) - { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colored Text")) - { - // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility. - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,1.0f), "Pink"); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f,1.0f), "Yellow"); - ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle."); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping")) - { - // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility. - ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages."); - ImGui::Spacing(); - - static float wrap_width = 200.0f; - ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f"); - - ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 1:"); - ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); - ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); - ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph is made to fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); - ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); - - ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 2:"); - pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); - ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); - ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh"); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); - ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text")) - { - // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters - // (Needs a suitable font, try Noto, or Arial Unicode, or M+ fonts. Read docs/FONTS.txt for details.) - // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8 - // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. Visual Studio save your file as 'UTF-8 without signature') - // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. - // Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants. Don't do this in your application! - // Please use u8"text in any language" in your application! - // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. - ImGui::TextWrapped("CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. Call io.Font->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. Read docs/FONTS.txt for details."); - ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string. - ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); - static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; - //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis - ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images")) - { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. Hover the texture for a zoomed view!"); - - // Here we are grabbing the font texture because that's the only one we have access to inside the demo code. - // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be, it is essentially a value that will be passed to the render function inside the ImDrawCmd structure. - // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp renderer, they all have comments at the top of their file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID. - // (for example, the imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer. The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier etc.) - // If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc. - // Using ShowMetricsWindow() as a "debugger" to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your render will help you debug issues if you are confused about this. - // Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage(). - ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID; - float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; - float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; - - ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); - ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,1.0f), ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.5f)); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - float region_sz = 32.0f; - float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; if (region_x < 0.0f) region_x = 0.0f; else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; - float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; if (region_y < 0.0f) region_y = 0.0f; else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; - float zoom = 4.0f; - ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y); - ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz); - ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h); - ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h); - ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons.."); - static int pressed_count = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) - { - ImGui::PushID(i); - int frame_padding = -1 + i; // -1 = uses default padding - if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, ImVec2(32,32), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(32.0f/my_tex_w,32/my_tex_h), frame_padding, ImVec4(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,1.0f))) - pressed_count += 1; - ImGui::PopID(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - } - ImGui::NewLine(); - ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo")) - { - // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo - static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo"); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both - - // General BeginCombo() API, you have full control over your selection data and display type. - // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag stored in the object itself, etc.) - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static const char* item_current = items[0]; // Here our selection is a single pointer stored outside the object. - if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", item_current, flags)) // The second parameter is the label previewed before opening the combo. - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) - { - bool is_selected = (item_current == items[n]); - if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current = items[n]; - if (is_selected) - ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + for keyboard navigation support in the upcoming navigation branch) - } - ImGui::EndCombo(); - } - - // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string - static int item_current_2 = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); - - // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char* - static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview - ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - - // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function - struct FuncHolder { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[idx]; return true; } }; - static int item_current_4 = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &FuncHolder::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) - { - // Selectable() has 2 overloads: - // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information. When Selectable() has been clicked is returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly. - // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases) - // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in a different manner (in flags within objects, as an external list, etc). - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) - { - static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false }; - ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); - ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); - ImGui::Text("3. I am not selectable"); - ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]); - if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) - if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) - selection[4] = !selection[4]; - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) - { - static int selected = -1; - for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) - { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n)) - selected = n; - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection")) - { - HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); - static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; - for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) - { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n])) - { - if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held - memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection)); - selection[n] ^= 1; - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line")) - { - // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter and toggle your booleans automatically. - static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; - ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) - { - ImGui::Columns(3, NULL, false); - static bool selected[16] = {}; - for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++) - { - char label[32]; sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i])) {} - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) - { - static bool selected[4*4] = { true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true }; - for (int i = 0; i < 4*4; i++) - { - ImGui::PushID(i); - if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", &selected[i], 0, ImVec2(50,50))) - { - // Note: We _unnecessarily_ test for both x/y and i here only to silence some static analyzer. The second part of each test is unnecessary. - int x = i % 4; - int y = i / 4; - if (x > 0) { selected[i - 1] ^= 1; } - if (x < 3 && i < 15) { selected[i + 1] ^= 1; } - if (y > 0 && i > 3) { selected[i - 4] ^= 1; } - if (y < 3 && i < 12) { selected[i + 4] ^= 1; } - } - if ((i % 4) < 3) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment")) - { - HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content.\nBy default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overriden on a per-item basis using PushStyleVar()."); - static bool selected[3*3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true }; - for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++) - { - for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++) - { - ImVec2 alignment = ImVec2((float)x / 2.0f, (float)y / 2.0f); - char name[32]; - sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y); - if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment); - ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3*y+x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80,80)); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input")) - { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input")) - { - // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize - // and the code in misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for how to setup InputText() for dynamically resizing strings. - static char text[1024 * 16] = - "/*\n" - " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n" - " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n" - " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n" - " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n" - " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n" - " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n" - "*/\n\n" - "label:\n" - "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n"; - - static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput; - HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp)"); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); - ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input")) - { - static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64); - static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - struct TextFilters { static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) return 0; return 1; } }; - static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); - - ImGui::Text("Password input"); - static char bufpass[64] = "password123"; - ImGui::InputText("password", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n"); - ImGui::InputTextWithHint("password (w/ hint)", "", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback")) - { - // If you have a custom string type you would typically create a ImGui::InputText() wrapper than takes your type as input. - // See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and .cpp for an implementation of this using std::string. - HelpMarker("Demonstrate using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your resizable string type to InputText().\n\nSee misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string."); - struct Funcs - { - static int MyResizeCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) - { - if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) - { - ImVector* my_str = (ImVector*)data->UserData; - IM_ASSERT(my_str->begin() == data->Buf); - my_str->resize(data->BufSize); // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1 - data->Buf = my_str->begin(); - } - return 0; - } - - // Tip: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typicall add your own function into the namespace in your own source files. - // For example, you may add a function called ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str). - static bool MyInputTextMultiline(const char* label, ImVector* my_str, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0) - { - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) == 0); - return ImGui::InputTextMultiline(label, my_str->begin(), (size_t)my_str->size(), size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize, Funcs::MyResizeCallback, (void*)my_str); - } - }; - - // For this demo we are using ImVector as a string container. - // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more than usually reported by a typical string class. - static ImVector my_str; - if (my_str.empty()) - my_str.push_back(0); - Funcs::MyInputTextMultiline("##MyStr", &my_str, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16)); - ImGui::Text("Data: %p\nSize: %d\nCapacity: %d", (void*)my_str.begin(), my_str.size(), my_str.capacity()); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Plot/Graph widgets are currently fairly limited. - // Consider writing your own plotting widget, or using a third-party one (see "Wiki->Useful Widgets", or github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/2747) - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plots Widgets")) - { - static bool animate = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); - - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - - // Create a dummy array of contiguous float values to plot - // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float and the sizeof() of your structure in the Stride parameter. - static float values[90] = {}; - static int values_offset = 0; - static double refresh_time = 0.0; - if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0) - refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime(); - while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create dummy data at fixed 60 hz rate for the demo - { - static float phase = 0.0f; - values[values_offset] = cosf(phase); - values_offset = (values_offset+1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); - phase += 0.10f*values_offset; - refresh_time += 1.0f/60.0f; - } - - // Plots can display overlay texts - // (in this example, we will display an average value) - { - float average = 0.0f; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); n++) - average += values[n]; - average /= (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); - char overlay[32]; - sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average); - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); - } - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); - - // Use functions to generate output - // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. - struct Funcs - { - static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); } - static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; } - }; - static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100); - ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400); - float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw; - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); - ImGui::Separator(); - - // Animate a simple progress bar - static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; - if (animate) - { - progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; - if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - } - - // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width, - // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth. - ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); - ImGui::Text("Progress Bar"); - - float progress_saturated = (progress < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (progress > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : progress; - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated*1753), 1753); - ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f,0.f), buf); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets")) - { - static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f/255.0f, 144.0f/255.0f, 154.0f/255.0f, 200.0f/255.0f); - - static bool alpha_preview = true; - static bool alpha_half_preview = false; - static bool drag_and_drop = true; - static bool options_menu = true; - static bool hdr = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Options Menu", &options_menu); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Right-click on the individual color widget to show options."); - ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets."); - ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions); - - ImGui::Text("Color widget:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); - ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags); - - ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | misc_flags); - - ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags); - - ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\nWith the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only be used for the tooltip and picker popup."); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags); - - ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:"); - - // Generate a dummy default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited. - static bool saved_palette_init = true; - static ImVec4 saved_palette[32] = {}; - if (saved_palette_init) - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++) - { - ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f, saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z); - saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha - } - saved_palette_init = false; - } - - static ImVec4 backup_color; - bool open_popup = ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3b", color, misc_flags); - ImGui::SameLine(0, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); - open_popup |= ImGui::Button("Palette"); - if (open_popup) - { - ImGui::OpenPopup("mypicker"); - backup_color = color; - } - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("mypicker")) - { - ImGui::Text("MY CUSTOM COLOR PICKER WITH AN AMAZING PALETTE!"); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::ColorPicker4("##picker", (float*)&color, misc_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview); - ImGui::SameLine(); - - ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position - ImGui::Text("Current"); - ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40)); - ImGui::Text("Previous"); - if (ImGui::ColorButton("##previous", backup_color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40))) - color = backup_color; - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("Palette"); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++) - { - ImGui::PushID(n); - if ((n % 8) != 0) - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y); - if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, ImVec2(20,20))) - color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha! - - // Allow user to drop colors into each palette entry - // (Note that ColorButton is already a drag source by default, unless using ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) - if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) - { - if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) - memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); - if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) - memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 4); - ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); - } - - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::EndGroup(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - ImGui::Text("Color button only:"); - ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags, ImVec2(80,80)); - - ImGui::Text("Color picker:"); - static bool alpha = true; - static bool alpha_bar = true; - static bool side_preview = true; - static bool ref_color = false; - static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.5f); - static int display_mode = 0; - static int picker_mode = 0; - ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha", &alpha); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Bar", &alpha_bar); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Side Preview", &side_preview); - if (side_preview) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Ref Color", &ref_color); - if (ref_color) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("##RefColor", &ref_color_v.x, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | misc_flags); - } - } - ImGui::Combo("Display Mode", &display_mode, "Auto/Current\0None\0RGB Only\0HSV Only\0Hex Only\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, but the user can change it with a right-click.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions()."); - ImGui::Combo("Picker Mode", &picker_mode, "Auto/Current\0Hue bar + SV rect\0Hue wheel + SV triangle\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("User can right-click the picker to change mode."); - ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags; - if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4() - if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; - if (!side_preview) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview; - if (picker_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; - if (picker_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; - if (display_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs; // Disable all RGB/HSV/Hex displays - if (display_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; // Override display mode - if (display_mode == 3) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; - if (display_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; - ImGui::ColorPicker4("MyColor##4", (float*)&color, flags, ref_color ? &ref_color_v.x : NULL); - - ImGui::Text("Programmatically set defaults:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\nWe don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed, and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible."); - if (ImGui::Button("Default: Uint8 + HSV + Hue Bar")) - ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar); - if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel")) - ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel); - - // HSV encoded support (to avoid RGB<>HSV round trips and singularities when S==0 or V==0) - static ImVec4 color_stored_as_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::Spacing(); - ImGui::Text("HSV encoded colors"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the added benefit that you can manipulate hue values with the picker even when saturation or value are zero."); - ImGui::Text("Color widget with InputHSV:"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as RGB##1", (float*)&color_stored_as_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as HSV##1", (float*)&color_stored_as_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); - ImGui::DragFloat4("Raw HSV values", (float*)&color_stored_as_hsv, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets")) - { - static float begin = 10, end = 90; - static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000; - ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%"); - ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types")) - { - // The DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types: signed/unsigned int/long long and float/double - // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum to pass the type, - // and passing all arguments by address. - // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types. - // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, you can wrap it - // yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, and then pass their address - // to the generic function. For example: - // bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld") - // { - // return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format); - // } - - // Limits (as helper variables that we can take the address of) - // Note that the SliderScalar function has a maximum usable range of half the natural type maximum, hence the /2 below. - #ifndef LLONG_MIN - ImS64 LLONG_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1; - ImS64 LLONG_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL; - ImU64 ULLONG_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); - #endif - const char s8_zero = 0, s8_one = 1, s8_fifty = 50, s8_min = -128, s8_max = 127; - const ImU8 u8_zero = 0, u8_one = 1, u8_fifty = 50, u8_min = 0, u8_max = 255; - const short s16_zero = 0, s16_one = 1, s16_fifty = 50, s16_min = -32768, s16_max = 32767; - const ImU16 u16_zero = 0, u16_one = 1, u16_fifty = 50, u16_min = 0, u16_max = 65535; - const ImS32 s32_zero = 0, s32_one = 1, s32_fifty = 50, s32_min = INT_MIN/2, s32_max = INT_MAX/2, s32_hi_a = INT_MAX/2 - 100, s32_hi_b = INT_MAX/2; - const ImU32 u32_zero = 0, u32_one = 1, u32_fifty = 50, u32_min = 0, u32_max = UINT_MAX/2, u32_hi_a = UINT_MAX/2 - 100, u32_hi_b = UINT_MAX/2; - const ImS64 s64_zero = 0, s64_one = 1, s64_fifty = 50, s64_min = LLONG_MIN/2, s64_max = LLONG_MAX/2, s64_hi_a = LLONG_MAX/2 - 100, s64_hi_b = LLONG_MAX/2; - const ImU64 u64_zero = 0, u64_one = 1, u64_fifty = 50, u64_min = 0, u64_max = ULLONG_MAX/2, u64_hi_a = ULLONG_MAX/2 - 100, u64_hi_b = ULLONG_MAX/2; - const float f32_zero = 0.f, f32_one = 1.f, f32_lo_a = -10000000000.0f, f32_hi_a = +10000000000.0f; - const double f64_zero = 0., f64_one = 1., f64_lo_a = -1000000000000000.0, f64_hi_a = +1000000000000000.0; - - // State - static char s8_v = 127; - static ImU8 u8_v = 255; - static short s16_v = 32767; - static ImU16 u16_v = 65535; - static ImS32 s32_v = -1; - static ImU32 u32_v = (ImU32)-1; - static ImS64 s64_v = -1; - static ImU64 u64_v = (ImU64)-1; - static float f32_v = 0.123f; - static double f64_v = 90000.01234567890123456789; - - const float drag_speed = 0.2f; - static bool drag_clamp = false; - ImGui::Text("Drags:"); - ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("As with every widgets in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\nYou can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value."); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s8_fifty : NULL); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u8_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s16_fifty : NULL); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u16_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", 1.0f); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag float ^2", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", 2.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("You can use the 'power' parameter to increase tweaking precision on one side of the range."); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL, "%.10f grams", 1.0f); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag double ^2", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", 2.0f); - - ImGui::Text("Sliders"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, &s16_min, &s16_max, "%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u16 full", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, &u16_min, &u16_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_min, &s32_max, "%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%I64d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%I64d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%I64d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%I64u ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%I64u ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%I64u ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low^2", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", 2.0f); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f grams", 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low^2",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", 2.0f); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams", 1.0f); - - static bool inputs_step = true; - ImGui::Text("Inputs"); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL); - ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL); - ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets")) - { - static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; - static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 }; - - ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f); - ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i); - ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); - ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); - - ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f); - ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i); - ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); - ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); - - ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f); - ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i); - ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); - ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders")) - { - const float spacing = 4; - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing)); - - static int int_value = 0; - ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18,160), &int_value, 0, 5); - ImGui::SameLine(); - - static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f }; - ImGui::PushID("set1"); - for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(4); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID("set2"); - static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f }; - const int rows = 3; - const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (float)(int)((160.0f - (rows - 1) * spacing) / rows)); - for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++) - { - if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++) - { - ImGui::PushID(nx*rows+ny); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::EndGroup(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID("set3"); - for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec"); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop")) - { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop in standard widgets")) - { - // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target. - // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F to allow your own widgets - // to use colors in their drag and drop interaction. Also see the demo in Color Picker -> Palette demo. - HelpMarker("You can drag from the colored squares."); - static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; - static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; - ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop to copy/swap items")) - { - enum Mode - { - Mode_Copy, - Mode_Move, - Mode_Swap - }; - static int mode = 0; - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; } - static const char* names[9] = { "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty", "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard", "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn" }; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++) - { - ImGui::PushID(n); - if ((n % 3) != 0) - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button(names[n], ImVec2(60,60)); - - // Our buttons are both drag sources and drag targets here! - if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_None)) - { - ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int)); // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything) - if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); } // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.) - if (mode == Mode_Move) { ImGui::Text("Move %s", names[n]); } - if (mode == Mode_Swap) { ImGui::Text("Swap %s", names[n]); } - ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) - { - if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL")) - { - IM_ASSERT(payload->DataSize == sizeof(int)); - int payload_n = *(const int*)payload->Data; - if (mode == Mode_Copy) - { - names[n] = names[payload_n]; - } - if (mode == Mode_Move) - { - names[n] = names[payload_n]; - names[payload_n] = ""; - } - if (mode == Mode_Swap) - { - const char* tmp = names[n]; - names[n] = names[payload_n]; - names[payload_n] = tmp; - } - } - ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)")) - { - // Simple reordering - HelpMarker("We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! Instead we query when the item is held but not hovered, and order items accordingly."); - static const char* item_names[] = { "Item One", "Item Two", "Item Three", "Item Four", "Item Five" }; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names); n++) - { - const char* item = item_names[n]; - ImGui::Selectable(item); - - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && !ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - int n_next = n + (ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0).y < 0.f ? -1 : 1); - if (n_next >= 0 && n_next < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names)) - { - item_names[n] = item_names[n_next]; - item_names[n_next] = item; - ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(); - } - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)")) - { - // Submit an item (various types available) so we can query their status in the following block. - static int item_type = 1; - ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, "Text\0Button\0Button (w/ repeat)\0Checkbox\0SliderFloat\0InputText\0InputFloat\0InputFloat3\0ColorEdit4\0MenuItem\0TreeNode\0TreeNode (w/ double-click)\0ListBox\0", 20); - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions."); - bool ret = false; - static bool b = false; - static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f }; - static char str[16] = {}; - if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction - if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button - if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater) - if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); } // Testing checkbox - if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item - if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which handles tabbing) - if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); } // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input - if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) - if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) - if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy) - if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node - if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy. - if (item_type == 12){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } - - // Display the value of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. - // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. - // Because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemXXX functions, - // we query every state in a single call to avoid storing them and to simplify the code - ImGui::BulletText( - "Return value = %d\n" - "IsItemFocused() = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered() = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n" - "IsItemActive() = %d\n" - "IsItemEdited() = %d\n" - "IsItemActivated() = %d\n" - "IsItemDeactivated() = %d\n" - "IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() = %d\n" - "IsItemVisible() = %d\n" - "IsItemClicked() = %d\n" - "IsItemToggledOpen() = %d\n" - "GetItemRectMin() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n" - "GetItemRectMax() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n" - "GetItemRectSize() = (%.1f, %.1f)", - ret, - ImGui::IsItemFocused(), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly), - ImGui::IsItemActive(), - ImGui::IsItemEdited(), - ImGui::IsItemActivated(), - ImGui::IsItemDeactivated(), - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(), - ImGui::IsItemVisible(), - ImGui::IsItemClicked(), - ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen(), - ImGui::GetItemRectMin().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMin().y, - ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y, - ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y - ); - - static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window (for additional testing)", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); - if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) - ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), true); - - // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. - // Note that the ImGuiFocusedFlags_XXX flags can be combined. - ImGui::BulletText( - "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n" - "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" - "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" - "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow) = %d\n" - "IsWindowFocused(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", - ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), - ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows), - ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), - ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), - ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)); - - // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags. - // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. - ImGui::BulletText( - "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)); - - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true); - ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag."); - ImGui::EndChild(); - if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) - ImGui::EndChild(); - - static char dummy_str[] = "This is a dummy field to be able to tab-out of the widgets above."; - ImGui::InputText("dummy", dummy_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dummy_str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); - - // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar. - // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu (with BeginPopupContextItem) associated to the title bar of a window. - static bool test_window = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window); - if (test_window) - { - ImGui::Begin("Title bar Hovered/Active tests", &test_window); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- This is using IsItemHovered() - { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) { test_window = false; } - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - ImGui::Text( - "IsItemHovered() after begin = %d (== is title bar hovered)\n" - "IsItemActive() after begin = %d (== is window being clicked/moved)\n", - ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemActive()); - ImGui::End(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } -} - -static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() -{ - if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout")) - return; - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows")) - { - HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window."); - static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false; - static bool disable_menu = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel); - ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Menu", &disable_menu); - - static int line = 50; - bool goto_line = ImGui::Button("Goto"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100); - goto_line |= ImGui::InputInt("##Line", &line, 0, 0, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue); - - // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar - { - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0); - ImGui::BeginChild("Child1", ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); - if (goto_line && line == i) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(); - } - if (goto_line && line >= 100) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - } - - ImGui::SameLine(); - - // Child 2: rounded border - { - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0) | (disable_menu ? 0 : ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f); - ImGui::BeginChild("Child2", ImVec2(0, 260), true, window_flags); - if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) - { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } - ImGui::Columns(2); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "%03d", i); - ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - } - - ImGui::Separator(); - - // Demonstrate a few extra things - // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles) - // - Using SetCursorPos() to position the child window (because the child window is an item from the POV of the parent window) - // You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively layout from this position. - // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from the POV of the parent window) - // See "Widgets" -> "Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)" section for more details about this. - { - ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + 10); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); - ImGui::BeginChild("blah", ImVec2(200, 100), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); - for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++) - ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); - ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); - ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width")) - { - // Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item. - // Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items. - static float f = 0.0f; - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width."); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##1", &f); - - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of window width."); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##2", &f); - - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)"); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##3", &f); - - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-100)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100"); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-100); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##4", &f); - - // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items. Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect. - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-1)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1); - ImGui::DragFloat("##float5a", &f); - ImGui::DragFloat("##float5b", &f); - ImGui::DragFloat("##float5c", &f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)"); - - // Text - ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); - - // Adjust spacing - ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); - - // Button - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("Normal buttons"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Apple"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Corniflower"); - - // Button - ImGui::Text("Small buttons"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("Like this one"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block."); - - // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column. - ImGui::Text("Aligned"); - ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150"); - ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300"); - ImGui::Text("Aligned"); - ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::SmallButton("x=150"); - ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300"); - - // Checkbox - static bool c1 = false, c2 = false, c3 = false, c4 = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("Is", &c3); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("Rich", &c4); - - // Various - static float f0 = 1.0f, f1 = 2.0f, f2 = 3.0f; - ImGui::PushItemWidth(80); - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD" }; - static int item = -1; - ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SliderFloat("X", &f0, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SliderFloat("Y", &f1, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SliderFloat("Z", &f2, 0.0f, 5.0f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - ImGui::PushItemWidth(80); - ImGui::Text("Lists:"); - static int selection[4] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 }; - for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - ImGui::PopID(); - //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); - } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - // Dummy - ImVec2 button_sz(40, 40); - ImGui::Button("A", button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Dummy(button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("B", button_sz); - - // Manually wrapping (we should eventually provide this as an automatic layout feature, but for now you can do it manually) - ImGui::Text("Manually wrapping:"); - ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); - int buttons_count = 20; - float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x; - for (int n = 0; n < buttons_count; n++) - { - ImGui::PushID(n); - ImGui::Button("Box", button_sz); - float last_button_x2 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x; - float next_button_x2 = last_button_x2 + style.ItemSpacing.x + button_sz.x; // Expected position if next button was on same line - if (n + 1 < buttons_count && next_button_x2 < window_visible_x2) - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs")) - { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) - { - ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) - { - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado")) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli")) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber")) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button")) - { - // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0). - static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton); - if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) - tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) - tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) - tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); - - // Tab Bar - const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" }; - static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) - { - if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); } - ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]); - } - - // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin(): the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed. - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) - if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n])) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]); - if (n & 1) - ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab."); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups")) - { - HelpMarker("BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position for new line. EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use \"item\" functions such as IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() or SameLine() etc. on the whole group."); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - { - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - ImGui::Button("AAA"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("BBB"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - ImGui::Button("CCC"); - ImGui::Button("DDD"); - ImGui::EndGroup(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("EEE"); - ImGui::EndGroup(); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("First group hovered"); - } - // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size - ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize(); - const float values[5] = { 0.5f, 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.60f, 0.25f }; - ImGui::PlotHistogram("##values", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, size); - - ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f, size.y)); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f, size.y)); - ImGui::EndGroup(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - - ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size); - ImGui::SameLine(); - - if (ImGui::ListBoxHeader("List", size)) - { - ImGui::Selectable("Selected", true); - ImGui::Selectable("Not Selected", false); - ImGui::ListBoxFooter(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment")) - { - { - ImGui::BulletText("Text baseline:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("This is testing the vertical alignment that gets applied on text to keep it aligned with widgets. Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets fit in less vertical spaces than lines with normal widgets."); - ImGui::Indent(); - - ImGui::Text("KO Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Baseline of button will look misaligned with text.."); - - // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets. - // Because we don't know what's coming after the Text() statement, we need to move the text baseline down by FramePadding.y - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("OK Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("We call AlignTextToFramePadding() to vertically align the text baseline by +FramePadding.y"); - - // SmallButton() uses the same vertical padding as Text - ImGui::Button("TEST##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("TEST##2"); - - // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets. - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("Text aligned to framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Item##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Item"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("Item##2"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Item##3"); - - ImGui::Unindent(); - } - - ImGui::Spacing(); - - { - ImGui::BulletText("Multi-line text:"); - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Banana"); - - ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); - - ImGui::Button("HOP##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Banana"); - - ImGui::Button("HOP##2"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Banana"); - ImGui::Unindent(); - } - - ImGui::Spacing(); - - { - ImGui::BulletText("Misc items:"); - ImGui::Indent(); - - // SmallButton() sets FramePadding to zero. Text baseline is aligned to match baseline of previous Button - ImGui::Button("80x80", ImVec2(80, 80)); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("50x50", ImVec2(50, 50)); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Button()"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("SmallButton()"); - - // Tree - const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; - ImGui::Button("Button##1"); - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data - - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. Otherwise you can use SmallButton (smaller fit). - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2");// Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add child content. - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2"); - if (node_open) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data - - // Bullet - ImGui::Button("Button##3"); - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); - ImGui::BulletText("Bullet text"); - - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::BulletText("Node"); - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##4"); - ImGui::Unindent(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling")) - { - // Vertical scroll functions - HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereY() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given vertical position."); - - static int track_item = 50; - static bool enable_track = true; - static bool enable_extra_decorations = false; - static float scroll_to_off_px = 0.0f; - static float scroll_to_pos_px = 200.0f; - - ImGui::Checkbox("Decoration", &enable_extra_decorations); - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("We expose this for testing because scrolling sometimes had issues with window decoration such as menu-bars."); - - ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &enable_track); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); - ImGui::SameLine(140); enable_track |= ImGui::DragInt("##item", &track_item, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Item = %d"); - - bool scroll_to_off = ImGui::Button("Scroll Offset"); - ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_off |= ImGui::DragFloat("##off", &scroll_to_off_px, 1.00f, 0, 9999, "+%.0f px"); - - bool scroll_to_pos = ImGui::Button("Scroll To Pos"); - ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_pos |= ImGui::DragFloat("##pos", &scroll_to_pos_px, 1.00f, -10, 9999, "X/Y = %.0f px"); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - if (scroll_to_off || scroll_to_pos) - enable_track = false; - - ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); - float child_w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 4 * style.ItemSpacing.x) / 5; - if (child_w < 1.0f) - child_w = 1.0f; - ImGui::PushID("##VerticalScrolling"); - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - const char* names[] = { "Top", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Bottom" }; - ImGui::TextUnformatted(names[i]); - - ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0; - bool window_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags); - if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) - { - ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc"); - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } - if (scroll_to_off) - ImGui::SetScrollY(scroll_to_off_px); - if (scroll_to_pos) - ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f); - if (window_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items - { - for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++) - { - if (enable_track && item == track_item) - { - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item); - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom - } - else - { - ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); - } - } - } - float scroll_y = ImGui::GetScrollY(); - float scroll_max_y = ImGui::GetScrollMaxY(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_y, scroll_max_y); - ImGui::EndGroup(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - - // Horizontal scroll functions - ImGui::Spacing(); - HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereX() or SetScrollFromPosX() to scroll to a given horizontal position.\n\nUsing the \"Scroll To Pos\" button above will make the discontinuity at edges visible: scrolling to the top/bottom/left/right-most item will add an additional WindowPadding to reflect on reaching the edge of the list.\n\nBecause the clipping rectangle of most window hides half worth of WindowPadding on the left/right, using SetScrollFromPosX(+1) will usually result in clipped text whereas the equivalent SetScrollFromPosY(+1) wouldn't."); - ImGui::PushID("##HorizontalScrolling"); - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - { - float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; - ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0); - bool window_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags); - if (scroll_to_off) - ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px); - if (scroll_to_pos) - ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().x + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f); - if (window_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items - { - for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++) - { - if (enable_track && item == track_item) - { - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item); - ImGui::SetScrollHereX(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:left, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:right - } - else - { - ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); - } - } - float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(); - float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - const char* names[] = { "Left", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Right" }; - ImGui::Text("%s\n%.0f/%.0f", names[i], scroll_x, scroll_max_x); - ImGui::Spacing(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - - // Miscellaneous Horizontal Scrolling Demo - HelpMarker("Horizontal scrolling for a window has to be enabled explicitly via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.\n\nYou may want to explicitly specify content width by calling SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin()."); - static int lines = 7; - ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f)); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) - { - // Display random stuff (for the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button+SameLine. If you want to create your own time line for a real application you may be better off - // manipulating the cursor position yourself, aka using SetCursorPos/SetCursorScreenPos to position the widgets yourself. You may also want to use the lower-level ImDrawList API) - int num_buttons = 10 + ((line & 1) ? line * 9 : line * 3); - for (int n = 0; n < num_buttons; n++) - { - if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(n + line * 1000); - char num_buf[16]; - sprintf(num_buf, "%d", n); - const char* label = (!(n%15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n%3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n%5)) ? "Buzz" : num_buf; - float hue = n*0.05f; - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.6f, 0.6f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.7f, 0.7f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.8f, 0.8f)); - ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(40.0f + sinf((float)(line + n)) * 20.0f, 0.0f)); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(3); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - } - float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(); - float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); - float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f; - ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) { scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; } ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) { scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; } ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x); - if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f) - { - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling"); // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window (here we are already out of your child window) - ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta); - ImGui::EndChild(); - } - ImGui::Spacing(); - - static bool show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Show Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window); - - if (show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window) - { - static bool show_h_scrollbar = true; - static bool show_button = true; - static bool show_tree_nodes = true; - static bool show_text_wrapped = false; - static bool show_columns = true; - static bool show_tab_bar = true; - static bool show_child = false; - static bool explicit_content_size = false; - static float contents_size_x = 300.0f; - if (explicit_content_size) - ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(contents_size_x, 0.0f)); - ImGui::Begin("Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window, show_h_scrollbar ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : 0); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0)); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0)); - HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); - ImGui::Checkbox("H-scrollbar", &show_h_scrollbar); - ImGui::Checkbox("Button", &show_button); // Will grow contents size (unless explicitly overwritten) - ImGui::Checkbox("Tree nodes", &show_tree_nodes); // Will grow contents size and display highlight over full width - ImGui::Checkbox("Text wrapped", &show_text_wrapped);// Will grow and use contents size - ImGui::Checkbox("Columns", &show_columns); // Will use contents size - ImGui::Checkbox("Tab bar", &show_tab_bar); // Will use contents size - ImGui::Checkbox("Child", &show_child); // Will grow and use contents size - ImGui::Checkbox("Explicit content size", &explicit_content_size); - ImGui::Text("Scroll %.1f/%.1f %.1f/%.1f", ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollY(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()); - if (explicit_content_size) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100); - ImGui::DragFloat("##csx", &contents_size_x); - ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + 10, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x - 10, p.y), ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE); - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0, 10)); - } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); - ImGui::Separator(); - if (show_button) - { - ImGui::Button("this is a 300-wide button", ImVec2(300, 0)); - } - if (show_tree_nodes) - { - bool open = true; - if (ImGui::TreeNode("this is a tree node")) - { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("another one of those tree node...")) - { - ImGui::Text("Some tree contents"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::CollapsingHeader("CollapsingHeader", &open); - } - if (show_text_wrapped) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the work rectangle."); - } - if (show_columns) - { - ImGui::Columns(4); - for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) - { - ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth()); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - } - if (show_tab_bar && ImGui::BeginTabBar("Hello")) - { - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("OneOneOne")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("TwoTwoTwo")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("ThreeThreeThree")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("FourFourFour")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - if (show_child) - { - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0,0), true); - ImGui::EndChild(); - } - ImGui::End(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping")) - { - static ImVec2 size(100, 100), offset(50, 20); - ImGui::TextWrapped("On a per-widget basis we are occasionally clipping text CPU-side if it won't fit in its frame. Otherwise we are doing coarser clipping + passing a scissor rectangle to the renderer. The system is designed to try minimizing both execution and CPU/GPU rendering cost."); - ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 1.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag)"); - ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImVec4 clip_rect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); - ImGui::InvisibleButton("##dummy", size); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging()) { offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; } - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(pos, ImVec2(pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y), IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize()*2.0f, ImVec2(pos.x + offset.x, pos.y + offset.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!", NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } -} - -static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() -{ - if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows")) - return; - - // The properties of popups windows are: - // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*) - // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. - // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by Dear ImGui instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin() calls. - // User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup(). - // (*) One can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even when normally blocked by a popup. - // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state because it can close popups at any time. - - // Typical use for regular windows: - // bool my_tool_is_active = false; if (ImGui::Button("Open")) my_tool_is_active = true; [...] if (my_tool_is_active) Begin("My Tool", &my_tool_is_active) { [...] } End(); - // Typical use for popups: - // if (ImGui::Button("Open")) ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup") { [...] EndPopup(); } - - // With popups we have to go through a library call (here OpenPopup) to manipulate the visibility state. - // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below. - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. Clicking outside the popup closes it."); - - static int selected_fish = -1; - const char* names[] = { "Bream", "Haddock", "Mackerel", "Pollock", "Tilefish" }; - static bool toggles[] = { true, false, false, false, false }; - - // Simple selection popup - // (If you want to show the current selection inside the Button itself, you may want to build a string using the "###" operator to preserve a constant ID with a variable label) - if (ImGui::Button("Select..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("my_select_popup"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "" : names[selected_fish]); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_select_popup")) - { - ImGui::Text("Aquarium"); - ImGui::Separator(); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) - if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i])) - selected_fish = i; - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - // Showing a menu with toggles - if (ImGui::Button("Toggle..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("my_toggle_popup"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_toggle_popup")) - { - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) - ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]); - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu")) - { - ImGui::MenuItem("Click me"); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("Tooltip here"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); - - if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup")) - { - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) - ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]); - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu")) - { - ImGui::MenuItem("Click me"); - if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup")) - { - ImGui::Text("I am the last one here."); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - // Call the more complete ShowExampleMenuFile which we use in various places of this demo - if (ImGui::Button("File Menu..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("my_file_popup"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_file_popup")) - { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) - { - // BeginPopupContextItem() is a helper to provide common/simple popup behavior of essentially doing: - // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(0)) - // OpenPopup(id); - // return BeginPopup(id); - // For more advanced uses you may want to replicate and cuztomize this code. This the comments inside BeginPopupContextItem() implementation. - static float value = 0.5f; - ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f (<-- right-click here)", value); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("item context menu")) - { - if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f; - if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f; - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1); - ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - // We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() which is the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the Begin call. - // So here we will make it that clicking on the text field with the right mouse button (1) will toggle the visibility of the popup above. - ImGui::Text("(You can also right-click me to open the same popup as above.)"); - ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("item context menu", 1); - - // When used after an item that has an ID (here the Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(). - // BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID. - // In addition here, we want to include your editable label inside the button label. We use the ### operator to override the ID (read FAQ about ID for details) - static char name[32] = "Label1"; - char buf[64]; sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label - ImGui::Button(buf); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) - { - ImGui::Text("Edit name:"); - ImGui::InputText("##edit", name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name)); - if (ImGui::Button("Close")) - ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)"); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside the window."); - - if (ImGui::Button("Delete..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?"); - - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - { - ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n"); - ImGui::Separator(); - - //static int dummy_i = 0; - //ImGui::Combo("Combo", &dummy_i, "Delete\0Delete harder\0"); - - static bool dont_ask_me_next_time = false; - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); - ImGui::Checkbox("Don't ask me next time", &dont_ask_me_next_time); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - - if (ImGui::Button("OK", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } - ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) - { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Dummy menu item")) {} - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } - ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] behind it."); - - // Testing behavior of widgets stacking their own regular popups over the modal. - static int item = 1; - static float color[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f }; - ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color); - - if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2"); - - // Also demonstrate passing a bool* to BeginPopupModal(), this will create a regular close button which will close the popup. - // Note that the visibility state of popups is owned by imgui, so the input value of the bool actually doesn't matter here. - bool dummy_open = true; - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &dummy_open)) - { - ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!"); - if (ImGui::Button("Close")) - ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - if (ImGui::Button("Close")) - ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Menus inside a regular window")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!"); - ImGui::Separator(); - // NB: As a quirk in this very specific example, we want to differentiate the parent of this menu from the parent of the various popup menus above. - // To do so we are encloding the items in a PushID()/PopID() block to make them two different menusets. If we don't, opening any popup above and hovering our menu here - // would open it. This is because once a menu is active, we allow to switch to a sibling menu by just hovering on it, which is the desired behavior for regular menus. - ImGui::PushID("foo"); - ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M"); - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window")) - { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } -} - -static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() -{ - if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Columns")) - return; - - ImGui::PushID("Columns"); - - static bool disable_indent = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Disable tree indentation", &disable_indent); - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Disable the indenting of tree nodes so demo columns can use the full window width."); - if (disable_indent) - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, 0.0f); - - // Basic columns - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) - { - ImGui::Text("Without border:"); - ImGui::Columns(3, "mycolumns3", false); // 3-ways, no border - ImGui::Separator(); - for (int n = 0; n < 14; n++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "Item %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) {} - //if (ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f))) {} - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - - ImGui::Text("With border:"); - ImGui::Columns(4, "mycolumns"); // 4-ways, with border - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Hovered"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Separator(); - const char* names[3] = { "One", "Two", "Three" }; - const char* paths[3] = { "/path/one", "/path/two", "/path/three" }; - static int selected = -1; - for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "%04d", i); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns)) - selected = i; - bool hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text(names[i]); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text(paths[i]); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("%d", hovered); ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders")) - { - // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders. - static bool h_borders = true; - static bool v_borders = true; - static int columns_count = 4; - const int lines_count = 3; - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); - ImGui::DragInt("##columns_count", &columns_count, 0.1f, 2, 10, "%d columns"); - if (columns_count < 2) - columns_count = 2; - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders); - ImGui::Columns(columns_count, NULL, v_borders); - for (int i = 0; i < columns_count * lines_count; i++) - { - if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0) - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a' + i, 'a' + i, 'a' + i); - ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth()); - ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); - ImGui::Text("Offset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnOffset()); - ImGui::Text("Long text that is likely to clip"); - ImGui::Button("Button", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - if (h_borders) - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items")) - { - ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed"); - ImGui::Separator(); - - ImGui::Text("Hello"); - ImGui::Button("Banana"); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - - ImGui::Text("ImGui"); - ImGui::Button("Apple"); - static float foo = 1.0f; - ImGui::InputFloat("red", &foo, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f"); - ImGui::Text("An extra line here."); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - - ImGui::Text("Sailor"); - ImGui::Button("Corniflower"); - static float bar = 1.0f; - ImGui::InputFloat("blue", &bar, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f"); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category A")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category B")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category C")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Word wrapping - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping")) - { - ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping"); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog."); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Left"); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog."); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Right"); - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Scrolling columns - /* - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Scrolling")) - { - ImGui::BeginChild("##header", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()+ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y)); - ImGui::Columns(3); - ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::BeginChild("##scrollingregion", ImVec2(0, 60)); - ImGui::Columns(3); - for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) - { - ImGui::Text("%04d", i); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Foobar"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("/path/foobar/%04d/", i); ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - */ - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling")) - { - ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f)); - ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - ImGui::Columns(10); - int ITEMS_COUNT = 2000; - ImGuiListClipper clipper(ITEMS_COUNT); // Also demonstrate using the clipper for large list - while (clipper.Step()) - { - for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - for (int j = 0; j < 10; j++) - { - ImGui::Text("Line %d Column %d...", i, j); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree")) - { - ImGui::Columns(2, "tree", true); - for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++) - { - bool open1 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)x, "Node%d", x); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Node contents"); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (open1) - { - for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++) - { - bool open2 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)y, "Node%d.%d", x, y); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Node contents"); - if (open2) - { - ImGui::Text("Even more contents"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree in column")) - { - ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (open2) - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (disable_indent) - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::PopID(); -} - -static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() -{ - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Filtering")) - { - // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. - // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. - static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" - " \"\" display all lines\n" - " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" - " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" - " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); - filter.Draw(); - const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) - if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) - ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); - } - - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs, Navigation & Focus")) - { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - - // Display ImGuiIO output flags - ImGui::Text("WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); - ImGui::Text("WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); - ImGui::Text("WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); - ImGui::Text("WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); - ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); - - // Display Keyboard/Mouse state - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard, Mouse & Navigation State")) - { - if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) - ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); - else - ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: "); - ImGui::Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y); - ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse dbl-clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); - - ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (io.KeysDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X) (%.02f secs)", i, i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); } - ImGui::Text("Keys release:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); } - ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); - ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. - - ImGui::Text("NavInputs down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f", i, io.NavInputs[i]); } - ImGui::Text("NavInputs pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] == 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d]", i); } - ImGui::Text("NavInputs duration:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f", i, io.NavInputsDownDuration[i]); } - - ImGui::Button("Hovering me sets the\nkeyboard capture flag"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(true); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Holding me clears the\nthe keyboard capture flag"); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) - ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(false); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabbing")) - { - ImGui::Text("Use TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); - static char buf[32] = "dummy"; - ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); - ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Use ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool)\nto disable tabbing through certain widgets."); - ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); - ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Focus from code")) - { - bool focus_1 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 1"); ImGui::SameLine(); - bool focus_2 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 2"); ImGui::SameLine(); - bool focus_3 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 3"); - int has_focus = 0; - static char buf[128] = "click on a button to set focus"; - - if (focus_1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); - ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 1; - - if (focus_2) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); - ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2; - - ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); - if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); - ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3; - ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); - - if (has_focus) - ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus); - else - ImGui::Text("Item with focus: "); - - // Use >= 0 parameter to SetKeyboardFocusHere() to focus an upcoming item - static float f3[3] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }; - int focus_ahead = -1; - if (ImGui::Button("Focus on X")) { focus_ahead = 0; } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Y")) { focus_ahead = 1; } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Z")) { focus_ahead = 2; } - if (focus_ahead != -1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(focus_ahead); - ImGui::SliderFloat3("Float3", &f3[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); - - ImGui::TextWrapped("NB: Cursor & selection are preserved when refocusing last used item in code."); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dragging")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("You can use ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0) to query for the dragged amount on any widget."); - for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++) - ImGui::Text("IsMouseDragging(%d):\n w/ default threshold: %d,\n w/ zero threshold: %d\n w/ large threshold: %d", - button, ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button), ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 0.0f), ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 20.0f)); - - ImGui::Button("Drag Me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) - ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(io.MouseClickedPos[0], io.MousePos, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Button), 4.0f); // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor - - // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold) - // You can request a lower or higher threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta() - ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f); - ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0); - ImVec2 mouse_delta = io.MouseDelta; - ImGui::Text("GetMouseDragDelta(0):\n w/ default threshold: (%.1f, %.1f),\n w/ zero threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)\nMouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y, value_raw.x, value_raw.y, mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse cursors")) - { - const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "Move", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand" }; - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); - - ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", ImGui::GetMouseCursor(), mouse_cursors_names[ImGui::GetMouseCursor()]); - ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]); - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() || ImGui::IsItemFocused()) - ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() -// Access from Dear ImGui Demo -> Tools -> About -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) -{ - if (!ImGui::Begin("About Dear ImGui", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors."); - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information."); - - static bool show_config_info = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info); - if (show_config_info) - { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); - - bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard"); - ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfginfos"), ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18), ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); - if (copy_to_clipboard) - { - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - ImGui::LogText("```\n"); // Back quotes will make the text appears without formatting when pasting to GitHub - } - - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("sizeof(size_t): %d, sizeof(ImDrawIdx): %d, sizeof(ImDrawVert): %d", (int)sizeof(size_t), (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx), (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert)); - ImGui::Text("define: __cplusplus=%d", (int)__cplusplus); -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS"); -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS"); -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS"); -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS"); -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS"); -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS"); -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS"); -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS"); -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS"); -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR - ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR"); -#endif -#ifdef _WIN32 - ImGui::Text("define: _WIN32"); -#endif -#ifdef _WIN64 - ImGui::Text("define: _WIN64"); -#endif -#ifdef __linux__ - ImGui::Text("define: __linux__"); -#endif -#ifdef __APPLE__ - ImGui::Text("define: __APPLE__"); -#endif -#ifdef _MSC_VER - ImGui::Text("define: _MSC_VER=%d", _MSC_VER); -#endif -#ifdef __MINGW32__ - ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW32__"); -#endif -#ifdef __MINGW64__ - ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW64__"); -#endif -#ifdef __GNUC__ - ImGui::Text("define: __GNUC__=%d", (int)__GNUC__); -#endif -#ifdef __clang_version__ - ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__); -#endif - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("io.BackendPlatformName: %s", io.BackendPlatformName ? io.BackendPlatformName : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("io.BackendRendererName: %s", io.BackendRendererName ? io.BackendRendererName : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("io.ConfigFlags: 0x%08X", io.ConfigFlags); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableKeyboard"); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableGamepad"); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableSetMousePos"); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard) ImGui::Text(" NavNoCaptureKeyboard"); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) ImGui::Text(" NoMouse"); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) ImGui::Text(" NoMouseCursorChange"); - if (io.MouseDrawCursor) ImGui::Text("io.MouseDrawCursor"); - if (io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors"); - if (io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink"); - if (io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges"); - if (io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly"); - if (io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer = %.1ff", io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer); - ImGui::Text("io.BackendFlags: 0x%08X", io.BackendFlags); - if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) ImGui::Text(" HasGamepad"); - if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) ImGui::Text(" HasMouseCursors"); - if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) ImGui::Text(" HasSetMousePos"); - if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) ImGui::Text(" RendererHasVtxOffset"); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("io.Fonts: %d fonts, Flags: 0x%08X, TexSize: %d,%d", io.Fonts->Fonts.Size, io.Fonts->Flags, io.Fonts->TexWidth, io.Fonts->TexHeight); - ImGui::Text("io.DisplaySize: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y); - ImGui::Text("io.DisplayFramebufferScale: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("style.WindowPadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.WindowPadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y); - ImGui::Text("style.WindowBorderSize: %.2f", style.WindowBorderSize); - ImGui::Text("style.FramePadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y); - ImGui::Text("style.FrameRounding: %.2f", style.FrameRounding); - ImGui::Text("style.FrameBorderSize: %.2f", style.FrameBorderSize); - ImGui::Text("style.ItemSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemSpacing.x, style.ItemSpacing.y); - ImGui::Text("style.ItemInnerSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, style.ItemInnerSpacing.y); - - if (copy_to_clipboard) - { - ImGui::LogText("\n```\n"); - ImGui::LogFinish(); - } - ImGui::EndChildFrame(); - } - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - ShowStyleSelector() -// - ShowFontSelector() -// - ShowStyleEditor() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options. -// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string. Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally. -bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label) -{ - static int style_idx = -1; - if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Classic\0Dark\0Light\0")) - { - switch (style_idx) - { - case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break; - case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break; - case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break; - } - return true; - } - return false; -} - -// Demo helper function to select among loaded fonts. -// Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is more the more flexible one. -void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImFont* font_current = ImGui::GetFont(); - if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName())) - { - for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++) - { - ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n]; - ImGui::PushID((void*)font); - if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current)) - io.FontDefault = font; - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::EndCombo(); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker( - "- Load additional fonts with io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF().\n" - "- The font atlas is built when calling io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsXXXX() or io.Fonts->Build().\n" - "- Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.txt for more details.\n" - "- If you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame()."); -} - -void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) -{ - // You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it compares to an internally stored reference) - ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); - static ImGuiStyle ref_saved_style; - - // Default to using internal storage as reference - static bool init = true; - if (init && ref == NULL) - ref_saved_style = style; - init = false; - if (ref == NULL) - ref = &ref_saved_style; - - ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.50f); - - if (ImGui::ShowStyleSelector("Colors##Selector")) - ref_saved_style = style; - ImGui::ShowFontSelector("Fonts##Selector"); - - // Simplified Settings - if (ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f")) - style.GrabRounding = style.FrameRounding; // Make GrabRounding always the same value as FrameRounding - { bool window_border = (style.WindowBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("WindowBorder", &window_border)) style.WindowBorderSize = window_border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } - ImGui::SameLine(); - { bool frame_border = (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("FrameBorder", &frame_border)) style.FrameBorderSize = frame_border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } - ImGui::SameLine(); - { bool popup_border = (style.PopupBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("PopupBorder", &popup_border)) style.PopupBorderSize = popup_border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } - - // Save/Revert button - if (ImGui::Button("Save Ref")) - *ref = ref_saved_style = style; - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Revert Ref")) - style = *ref; - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. Use \"Export\" below to save them somewhere."); - - ImGui::Separator(); - - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None)) - { - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes")) - { - ImGui::Text("Main"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Borders"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Rounding"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Alignment"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); - int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1; - if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0")) - style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1; - ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content."); - ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Colors")) - { - static int output_dest = 0; - static bool output_only_modified = true; - if (ImGui::Button("Export")) - { - if (output_dest == 0) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - else - ImGui::LogToTTY(); - ImGui::LogText("ImVec4* colors = ImGui::GetStyle().Colors;" IM_NEWLINE); - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) - { - const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i]; - const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); - if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) - ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE, name, 23 - (int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w); - } - ImGui::LogFinish(); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(120); ImGui::Combo("##output_type", &output_dest, "To Clipboard\0To TTY\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Only Modified Colors", &output_only_modified); - - static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - filter.Draw("Filter colors", ImGui::GetFontSize() * 16); - - static ImGuiColorEditFlags alpha_flags = 0; - ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", &alpha_flags, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha", &alpha_flags, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("Both", &alpha_flags, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf); ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("In the color list:\nLeft-click on colored square to open color picker,\nRight-click to open edit options menu."); - - ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160); - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) - { - const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); - if (!filter.PassFilter(name)) - continue; - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags); - if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) - { - // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font, so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons. - // Read the FAQ and docs/FONTS.txt about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient! - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i]; - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i]; - } - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - ImGui::TextUnformatted(name); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Fonts")) - { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts; - HelpMarker("Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.txt for details on font loading."); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(120); - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; - ImGui::PushID(font); - bool font_details_opened = ImGui::TreeNode(font, "Font %d: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)", i, font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount); - ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) { io.FontDefault = font; } - if (font_details_opened) - { - ImGui::PushFont(font); - ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); - ImGui::PopFont(); - ImGui::DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // Scale only this font - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\nFont are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system should hopefully be rewritten in the future to make scaling more natural and automatic.)"); - ImGui::InputFloat("Font offset", &font->DisplayOffset.y, 1, 1, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent); - ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar); - ImGui::Text("Ellipsis character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->EllipsisChar, font->EllipsisChar); - const float surface_sqrt = sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface); - ImGui::Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, (int)surface_sqrt, (int)surface_sqrt); - for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++) - if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i]) - ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d", config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size)) - { - // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters - for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256) - { - int count = 0; - for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) - count += font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)) ? 1 : 0; - if (count > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph")) - { - float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1; - float cell_spacing = style.ItemSpacing.y; - ImVec2 base_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) - { - ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing)); - ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size); - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)); - draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50)); - if (glyph) - font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), (ImWchar)(base + n)); // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions available to generate a string. - if (glyph && ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base + n); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); - ImGui::Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); - ImGui::Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - } - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) - { - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); - ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), tint_col, border_col); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - HelpMarker("Those are old settings provided for convenience.\nHowever, the _correct_ way of scaling your UI is currently to reload your font at the designed size, rebuild the font atlas, and call style.ScaleAllSizes() on a reference ImGuiStyle structure."); - static float window_scale = 1.0f; - if (ImGui::DragFloat("window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.2f")) // scale only this window - ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale); - ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.2f"); // scale everything - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Rendering")) - { - ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well."); - ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); - ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, FLT_MAX, "%.2f", 2.0f); - if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.10f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f; - ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero. - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() -// - ShowExampleMenuFile() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate creating a "main" fullscreen menu bar and populating it. -// Note the difference between BeginMainMenuBar() and BeginMenuBar(): -// - BeginMenuBar() = menu-bar inside current window we Begin()-ed into (the window needs the ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag) -// - BeginMainMenuBar() = helper to create menu-bar-sized window at the top of the main viewport + call BeginMenuBar() into it. -static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() -{ - if (ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) - { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit")) - { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Undo", "CTRL+Z")) {} - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Redo", "CTRL+Y", false, false)) {} // Disabled item - ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Cut", "CTRL+X")) {} - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Copy", "CTRL+C")) {} - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Paste", "CTRL+V")) {} - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMainMenuBar(); - } -} - -// Note that shortcuts are currently provided for display only (future version will add flags to BeginMenu to process shortcuts) -static void ShowExampleMenuFile() -{ - ImGui::MenuItem("(dummy menu)", NULL, false, false); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("New")) {} - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Open", "Ctrl+O")) {} - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open Recent")) - { - ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.c"); - ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.inl"); - ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.h"); - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("More..")) - { - ImGui::MenuItem("Hello"); - ImGui::MenuItem("Sailor"); - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Recurse..")) - { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save", "Ctrl+S")) {} - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save As..")) {} - ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) - { - static bool enabled = true; - ImGui::MenuItem("Enabled", "", &enabled); - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), true); - for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) - ImGui::Text("Scrolling Text %d", i); - ImGui::EndChild(); - static float f = 0.5f; - static int n = 0; - static bool b = true; - ImGui::SliderFloat("Value", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::InputFloat("Input", &f, 0.1f); - ImGui::Combo("Combo", &n, "Yes\0No\0Maybe\0\0"); - ImGui::Checkbox("Check", &b); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Colors")) - { - float sz = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight(); - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) - { - const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName((ImGuiCol)i); - ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x+sz, p.y+sz), ImGui::GetColorU32((ImGuiCol)i)); - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(sz, sz)); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::MenuItem(name); - } - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Disabled", false)) // Disabled - { - IM_ASSERT(0); - } - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Checked", NULL, true)) {} - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {} -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate creating a simple console window, with scrolling, filtering, completion and history. -// For the console example, here we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold the data and the functions. -struct ExampleAppConsole -{ - char InputBuf[256]; - ImVector Items; - ImVector Commands; - ImVector History; - int HistoryPos; // -1: new line, 0..History.Size-1 browsing history. - ImGuiTextFilter Filter; - bool AutoScroll; - bool ScrollToBottom; - - ExampleAppConsole() - { - ClearLog(); - memset(InputBuf, 0, sizeof(InputBuf)); - HistoryPos = -1; - Commands.push_back("HELP"); - Commands.push_back("HISTORY"); - Commands.push_back("CLEAR"); - Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY"); // "classify" is only here to provide an example of "C"+[tab] completing to "CL" and displaying matches. - AutoScroll = true; - ScrollToBottom = false; - AddLog("Welcome to Dear ImGui!"); - } - ~ExampleAppConsole() - { - ClearLog(); - for (int i = 0; i < History.Size; i++) - free(History[i]); - } - - // Portable helpers - static int Stricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } return d; } - static int Strnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; n--; } return d; } - static char* Strdup(const char *str) { size_t len = strlen(str) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len); } - static void Strtrim(char* str) { char* str_end = str + strlen(str); while (str_end > str && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; } - - void ClearLog() - { - for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) - free(Items[i]); - Items.clear(); - } - - void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2) - { - // FIXME-OPT - char buf[1024]; - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - vsnprintf(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt, args); - buf[IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)-1] = 0; - va_end(args); - Items.push_back(Strdup(buf)); - } - - void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open) - { - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520,600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - // As a specific feature guaranteed by the library, after calling Begin() the last Item represent the title bar. So e.g. IsItemHovered() will return true when hovering the title bar. - // Here we create a context menu only available from the title bar. - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) - { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close Console")) - *p_open = false; - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - ImGui::TextWrapped("This example implements a console with basic coloring, completion and history. A more elaborate implementation may want to store entries along with extra data such as timestamp, emitter, etc."); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Enter 'HELP' for help, press TAB to use text completion."); - - // TODO: display items starting from the bottom - - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) { ClearLog(); } ImGui::SameLine(); - bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy"); - //static float t = 0.0f; if (ImGui::GetTime() - t > 0.02f) { t = ImGui::GetTime(); AddLog("Spam %f", t); } - - ImGui::Separator(); - - // Options menu - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options")) - { - ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - // Options, Filter - if (ImGui::Button("Options")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("Options"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - Filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180); - ImGui::Separator(); - - const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // 1 separator, 1 input text - ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); // Leave room for 1 separator + 1 InputText - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) - { - if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); - // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping to only process visible items. - // You can seek and display only the lines that are visible using the ImGuiListClipper helper, if your elements are evenly spaced and you have cheap random access to the elements. - // To use the clipper we could replace the 'for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)' loop with: - // ImGuiListClipper clipper(Items.Size); - // while (clipper.Step()) - // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - // However, note that you can not use this code as is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. - // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, - // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage to improve this example code! - // If your items are of variable size you may want to implement code similar to what ImGuiListClipper does. Or split your data into fixed height items to allow random-seeking into your list. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4,1)); // Tighten spacing - if (copy_to_clipboard) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) - { - const char* item = Items[i]; - if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) - continue; - - // Normally you would store more information in your item (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.) - bool pop_color = false; - if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f)); pop_color = true; } - else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f)); pop_color = true; } - ImGui::TextUnformatted(item); - if (pop_color) - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); - } - if (copy_to_clipboard) - ImGui::LogFinish(); - - if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); - ScrollToBottom = false; - - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::Separator(); - - // Command-line - bool reclaim_focus = false; - if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this)) - { - char* s = InputBuf; - Strtrim(s); - if (s[0]) - ExecCommand(s); - strcpy(s, ""); - reclaim_focus = true; - } - - // Auto-focus on window apparition - ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); - if (reclaim_focus) - ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); // Auto focus previous widget - - ImGui::End(); - } - - void ExecCommand(const char* command_line) - { - AddLog("# %s\n", command_line); - - // Insert into history. First find match and delete it so it can be pushed to the back. This isn't trying to be smart or optimal. - HistoryPos = -1; - for (int i = History.Size-1; i >= 0; i--) - if (Stricmp(History[i], command_line) == 0) - { - free(History[i]); - History.erase(History.begin() + i); - break; - } - History.push_back(Strdup(command_line)); - - // Process command - if (Stricmp(command_line, "CLEAR") == 0) - { - ClearLog(); - } - else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HELP") == 0) - { - AddLog("Commands:"); - for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++) - AddLog("- %s", Commands[i]); - } - else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HISTORY") == 0) - { - int first = History.Size - 10; - for (int i = first > 0 ? first : 0; i < History.Size; i++) - AddLog("%3d: %s\n", i, History[i]); - } - else - { - AddLog("Unknown command: '%s'\n", command_line); - } - - // On commad input, we scroll to bottom even if AutoScroll==false - ScrollToBottom = true; - } - - static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) // In C++11 you are better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks - { - ExampleAppConsole* console = (ExampleAppConsole*)data->UserData; - return console->TextEditCallback(data); - } - - int TextEditCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) - { - //AddLog("cursor: %d, selection: %d-%d", data->CursorPos, data->SelectionStart, data->SelectionEnd); - switch (data->EventFlag) - { - case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion: - { - // Example of TEXT COMPLETION - - // Locate beginning of current word - const char* word_end = data->Buf + data->CursorPos; - const char* word_start = word_end; - while (word_start > data->Buf) - { - const char c = word_start[-1]; - if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == ',' || c == ';') - break; - word_start--; - } - - // Build a list of candidates - ImVector candidates; - for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++) - if (Strnicmp(Commands[i], word_start, (int)(word_end-word_start)) == 0) - candidates.push_back(Commands[i]); - - if (candidates.Size == 0) - { - // No match - AddLog("No match for \"%.*s\"!\n", (int)(word_end-word_start), word_start); - } - else if (candidates.Size == 1) - { - // Single match. Delete the beginning of the word and replace it entirely so we've got nice casing - data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start-data->Buf), (int)(word_end-word_start)); - data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0]); - data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, " "); - } - else - { - // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can, so inputing "C" will complete to "CL" and display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" - int match_len = (int)(word_end - word_start); - for (;;) - { - int c = 0; - bool all_candidates_matches = true; - for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size && all_candidates_matches; i++) - if (i == 0) - c = toupper(candidates[i][match_len]); - else if (c == 0 || c != toupper(candidates[i][match_len])) - all_candidates_matches = false; - if (!all_candidates_matches) - break; - match_len++; - } - - if (match_len > 0) - { - data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end-word_start)); - data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0], candidates[0] + match_len); - } - - // List matches - AddLog("Possible matches:\n"); - for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size; i++) - AddLog("- %s\n", candidates[i]); - } - - break; - } - case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory: - { - // Example of HISTORY - const int prev_history_pos = HistoryPos; - if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow) - { - if (HistoryPos == -1) - HistoryPos = History.Size - 1; - else if (HistoryPos > 0) - HistoryPos--; - } - else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow) - { - if (HistoryPos != -1) - if (++HistoryPos >= History.Size) - HistoryPos = -1; - } - - // A better implementation would preserve the data on the current input line along with cursor position. - if (prev_history_pos != HistoryPos) - { - const char* history_str = (HistoryPos >= 0) ? History[HistoryPos] : ""; - data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); - data->InsertChars(0, history_str); - } - } - } - return 0; - } -}; - -static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open) -{ - static ExampleAppConsole console; - console.Draw("Example: Console", p_open); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Usage: -// static ExampleAppLog my_log; -// my_log.AddLog("Hello %d world\n", 123); -// my_log.Draw("title"); -struct ExampleAppLog -{ - ImGuiTextBuffer Buf; - ImGuiTextFilter Filter; - ImVector LineOffsets; // Index to lines offset. We maintain this with AddLog() calls, allowing us to have a random access on lines - bool AutoScroll; // Keep scrolling if already at the bottom - - ExampleAppLog() - { - AutoScroll = true; - Clear(); - } - - void Clear() - { - Buf.clear(); - LineOffsets.clear(); - LineOffsets.push_back(0); - } - - void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2) - { - int old_size = Buf.size(); - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - Buf.appendfv(fmt, args); - va_end(args); - for (int new_size = Buf.size(); old_size < new_size; old_size++) - if (Buf[old_size] == '\n') - LineOffsets.push_back(old_size + 1); - } - - void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open = NULL) - { - if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - // Options menu - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options")) - { - ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - // Main window - if (ImGui::Button("Options")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("Options"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - bool clear = ImGui::Button("Clear"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - bool copy = ImGui::Button("Copy"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f); - - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0,0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - - if (clear) - Clear(); - if (copy) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); - const char* buf = Buf.begin(); - const char* buf_end = Buf.end(); - if (Filter.IsActive()) - { - // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled. - // This is because we don't have a random access on the result on our filter. - // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of search/filter. - // especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp). - for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++) - { - const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; - const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; - if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end)) - ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); - } - } - else - { - // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer: - // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); - // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward to skip non-visible lines. - // Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are within the visible area. - // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them on your side is recommended. - // Using ImGuiListClipper requires A) random access into your data, and B) items all being the same height, - // both of which we can handle since we an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text. - // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. - // Storing or skimming through the search result would make it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries) - ImGuiListClipper clipper; - clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size); - while (clipper.Step()) - { - for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) - { - const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; - const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; - ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); - } - } - clipper.End(); - } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - - if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); - - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::End(); - } -}; - -// Demonstrate creating a simple log window with basic filtering. -static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open) -{ - static ExampleAppLog log; - - // For the demo: add a debug button _BEFORE_ the normal log window contents - // We take advantage of a rarely used feature: multiple calls to Begin()/End() are appending to the _same_ window. - // Most of the contents of the window will be added by the log.Draw() call. - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Example: Log", p_open); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("[Debug] Add 5 entries")) - { - static int counter = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) - { - const char* categories[3] = { "info", "warn", "error" }; - const char* words[] = { "Bumfuzzled", "Cattywampus", "Snickersnee", "Abibliophobia", "Absquatulate", "Nincompoop", "Pauciloquent" }; - log.AddLog("[%05d] [%s] Hello, current time is %.1f, here's a word: '%s'\n", - ImGui::GetFrameCount(), categories[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(categories)], ImGui::GetTime(), words[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(words)]); - counter++; - } - } - ImGui::End(); - - // Actually call in the regular Log helper (which will Begin() into the same window as we just did) - log.Draw("Example: Log", p_open); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate create a window with multiple child windows. -static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) -{ - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 440), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) - { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } - - // left - static int selected = 0; - ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - char label[128]; - sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i)) - selected = i; - } - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - - // right - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - ImGui::BeginChild("item view", ImVec2(0, -ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing())); // Leave room for 1 line below us - ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected); - ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None)) - { - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Description")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. "); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Details")) - { - ImGui::Text("ID: 0123456789"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - ImGui::EndChild(); - if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) {} - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Save")) {} - ImGui::EndGroup(); - } - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate create a simple property editor. -static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) -{ - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430,450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", p_open)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - HelpMarker("This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\nAll objects/fields data are dummies here.\nRemember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\nyour cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); - - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2,2)); - ImGui::Columns(2); - ImGui::Separator(); - - struct funcs - { - static void ShowDummyObject(const char* prefix, int uid) - { - ImGui::PushID(uid); // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID. - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // Text and Tree nodes are less high than regular widgets, here we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high. - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich"); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (node_open) - { - static float dummy_members[8] = { 0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,3.1416f,100.0f,999.0f }; - for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) - { - ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier. - if (i < 2) - { - ShowDummyObject("Child", 424242); - } - else - { - // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well) - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet, "Field_%d", i); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1); - if (i >= 5) - ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 1.0f); - else - ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 0.01f); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - } - }; - - // Iterate dummy objects with dummy members (all the same data) - for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 3; obj_i++) - funcs::ShowDummyObject("Object", obj_i); - - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate/test rendering huge amount of text, and the incidence of clipping. -static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) -{ - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520,600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Long text display", p_open)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - static int test_type = 0; - static ImGuiTextBuffer log; - static int lines = 0; - ImGui::Text("Printing unusually long amount of text."); - ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type, "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0Multiple calls to Text(), clipped\0Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0"); - ImGui::Text("Buffer contents: %d lines, %d bytes", lines, log.size()); - if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) { log.clear(); lines = 0; } - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Add 1000 lines")) - { - for (int i = 0; i < 1000; i++) - log.appendf("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", lines+i); - lines += 1000; - } - ImGui::BeginChild("Log"); - switch (test_type) - { - case 0: - // Single call to TextUnformatted() with a big buffer - ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); - break; - case 1: - { - // Multiple calls to Text(), manually coarsely clipped - demonstrate how to use the ImGuiListClipper helper. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0,0)); - ImGuiListClipper clipper(lines); - while (clipper.Step()) - for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - break; - } - case 2: - // Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow) - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0,0)); - for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - break; - } - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate creating a window which gets auto-resized according to its content. -static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) -{ - if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Auto-resizing window", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - static int lines = 10; - ImGui::Text("Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\nNote that you probably don't want to query the window size to\noutput your content because that would create a feedback loop."); - ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20); - for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i * 4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints. -static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) -{ - struct CustomConstraints // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints - { - static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = (data->DesiredSize.x > data->DesiredSize.y ? data->DesiredSize.x : data->DesiredSize.y); } - static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } - }; - - static bool auto_resize = false; - static int type = 0; - static int display_lines = 10; - if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only - if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only - if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 - if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width 400-500 - if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, 500)); // Height 400-500 - if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square - if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)(intptr_t)100); // Fixed Step - - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags)) - { - const char* desc[] = - { - "Resize vertical only", - "Resize horizontal only", - "Width > 100, Height > 100", - "Width 400-500", - "Height 400-500", - "Custom: Always Square", - "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", - }; - if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); - ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(desc)); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); - ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); - ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); - for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); - } - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. -static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) -{ - const float DISTANCE = 10.0f; - static int corner = 0; - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if (corner != -1) - { - ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? io.DisplaySize.x - DISTANCE : DISTANCE, (corner & 2) ? io.DisplaySize.y - DISTANCE : DISTANCE); - ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot); - } - ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, (corner != -1 ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove : 0) | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav)) - { - ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)"); - ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) - ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); - else - ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: "); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) - { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, corner == -1)) corner = -1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, corner == 0)) corner = 0; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, corner == 1)) corner = 1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, corner == 2)) corner = 2; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, corner == 3)) corner = 3; - if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - } - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate using "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. -// This apply to all regular items as well. Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes). A primer on the purpose of labels/IDs." for details. -static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) -{ - // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title. - // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID. - - // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier. - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1"); - ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique."); - ImGui::End(); - - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2"); - ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique."); - ImGui::End(); - - // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle" - char buf[128]; - sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime() / 0.25f) & 3], ImGui::GetFrameCount()); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin(buf); - ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title."); - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes. -static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) -{ - if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", p_open)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of overloaded operators, etc. - // Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your types and ImVec2/ImVec4. - // ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) - // In this example we are not using the maths operators! - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##TabBar")) - { - // Primitives - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Primitives")) - { - static float sz = 36.0f; - static float thickness = 3.0f; - static ImVec4 colf = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f); - ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 72.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", &colf.x); - const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - const ImU32 col = ImColor(colf); - float x = p.x + 4.0f, y = p.y + 4.0f; - float spacing = 10.0f; - ImDrawCornerFlags corners_none = 0; - ImDrawCornerFlags corners_all = ImDrawCornerFlags_All; - ImDrawCornerFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; - for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) - { - // First line uses a thickness of 1.0f, second line uses the configurable thickness - float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; - draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, 6, th); x += sz + spacing; // Hexagon - draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, 20, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, corners_none, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_all, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners - draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle - draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Diagonal line - draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz*1.3f, y + sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz*1.3f, y + sz - sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); - x = p.x + 4; - y += sz + spacing; - } - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, 6); x += sz + spacing; // Hexagon - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, 32); x += sz + spacing; // Circle - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col); x += sz + spacing; // Square - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners - draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle - draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col); x += spacing*2.0f; // Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 9.8f, (sz + spacing) * 3)); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Canvas")) - { - static ImVector points; - static bool adding_line = false; - if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) points.clear(); - if (points.Size >= 2) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Undo")) { points.pop_back(); points.pop_back(); } } - ImGui::Text("Left-click and drag to add lines,\nRight-click to undo"); - - // Here we are using InvisibleButton() as a convenience to 1) advance the cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered() - // But you can also draw directly and poll mouse/keyboard by yourself. You can manipulate the cursor using GetCursorPos() and SetCursorPos(). - // If you only use the ImDrawList API, you can notify the owner window of its extends by using SetCursorPos(max). - ImVec2 canvas_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates! - ImVec2 canvas_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available - if (canvas_size.x < 50.0f) canvas_size.x = 50.0f; - if (canvas_size.y < 50.0f) canvas_size.y = 50.0f; - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255), IM_COL32(60, 60, 70, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255)); - draw_list->AddRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255)); - - bool adding_preview = false; - ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_size); - ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas = ImVec2(ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x - canvas_pos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y - canvas_pos.y); - if (adding_line) - { - adding_preview = true; - points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); - if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(0)) - adding_line = adding_preview = false; - } - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - if (!adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0)) - { - points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); - adding_line = true; - } - if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(1) && !points.empty()) - { - adding_line = adding_preview = false; - points.pop_back(); - points.pop_back(); - } - } - draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), true); // clip lines within the canvas (if we resize it, etc.) - for (int i = 0; i < points.Size - 1; i += 2) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i].y), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i + 1].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f); - draw_list->PopClipRect(); - if (adding_preview) - points.pop_back(); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("BG/FG draw lists")) - { - static bool draw_bg = true; - static bool draw_fg = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Background draw list", &draw_bg); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Background draw list will be rendered below every Dear ImGui windows."); - ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Foreground draw list", &draw_fg); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Foreground draw list will be rendered over every Dear ImGui windows."); - ImVec2 window_pos = ImGui::GetWindowPos(); - ImVec2 window_size = ImGui::GetWindowSize(); - ImVec2 window_center = ImVec2(window_pos.x + window_size.x * 0.5f, window_pos.y + window_size.y * 0.5f); - if (draw_bg) - ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.x * 0.6f, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 48, 10+4); - if (draw_fg) - ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.y * 0.6f, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 200), 48, 10); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Simplified structure to mimic a Document model -struct MyDocument -{ - const char* Name; // Document title - bool Open; // Set when the document is open (in this demo, we keep an array of all available documents to simplify the demo) - bool OpenPrev; // Copy of Open from last update. - bool Dirty; // Set when the document has been modified - bool WantClose; // Set when the document - ImVec4 Color; // An arbitrary variable associated to the document - - MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,1.0f)) - { - Name = name; - Open = OpenPrev = open; - Dirty = false; - WantClose = false; - Color = color; - } - void DoOpen() { Open = true; } - void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; } - void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; } - void DoSave() { Dirty = false; } - - // Display dummy contents for the Document - static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc) - { - ImGui::PushID(doc); - ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua."); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); - if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0))) - doc->Dirty = true; - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0))) - doc->DoSave(); - ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x); // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior. - ImGui::PopID(); - } - - // Display context menu for the Document - static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc) - { - if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) - return; - - char buf[256]; - sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name); - if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open)) - doc->DoSave(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open)) - doc->DoQueueClose(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } -}; - -struct ExampleAppDocuments -{ - ImVector Documents; - - ExampleAppDocuments() - { - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false)); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document", false)); - } -}; - -// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface. -// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, as opposed -// to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for the tab bar to notice its absence. -// During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar -// will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively give the impression of a flicker for one frame. -// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch. -// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. -static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app) -{ - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open && doc->OpenPrev) - ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc->Name); - doc->OpenPrev = doc->Open; - } -} - -void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) -{ - static ExampleAppDocuments app; - - // Options - static bool opt_reorderable = true; - static ImGuiTabBarFlags opt_fitting_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; - - if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Documents", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - // Menu - if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) - { - int open_count = 0; - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - open_count += app.Documents[doc_n].Open ? 1 : 0; - - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size)) - { - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) - if (ImGui::MenuItem(doc->Name)) - doc->DoOpen(); - } - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Alt+F4")) {} - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } - - // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (doc_n > 0) - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(doc); - if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc->Name, &doc->Open)) - if (!doc->Open) - doc->DoForceClose(); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - - ImGui::Separator(); - - // Submit Tab Bar and Tabs - { - ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = (opt_fitting_flags) | (opt_reorderable ? ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable : 0); - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags)) - { - if (opt_reorderable) - NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app); - - // [DEBUG] Stress tests - //if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1; // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on. - //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name); // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway.. - - // Submit Tabs - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) - continue; - - ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); - bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc->Name, &doc->Open, tab_flags); - - // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup. - if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty) - { - doc->Open = true; - doc->DoQueueClose(); - } - - MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc); - if (visible) - { - MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - } - - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - } - - // Update closing queue - static ImVector close_queue; - if (close_queue.empty()) - { - // Close queue is locked once we started a popup - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (doc->WantClose) - { - doc->WantClose = false; - close_queue.push_back(doc); - } - } - } - - // Display closing confirmation UI - if (!close_queue.empty()) - { - int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) - close_queue_unsaved_documents++; - - if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0) - { - // Close documents when all are unsaved - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); - close_queue.clear(); - } - else - { - if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen("Save?")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("Save?"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?")) - { - ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?"); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1.0f); - if (ImGui::ListBoxHeader("##", close_queue_unsaved_documents, 6)) - { - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) - ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name); - ImGui::ListBoxFooter(); - } - - if (ImGui::Button("Yes", ImVec2(80, 0))) - { - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - { - if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) - close_queue[n]->DoSave(); - close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); - } - close_queue.clear(); - ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("No", ImVec2(80, 0))) - { - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); - close_queue.clear(); - ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(80, 0))) - { - close_queue.clear(); - ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); - } - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - } - } - - ImGui::End(); -} - -// End of Demo code -#else - -void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool*) {} -void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool*) {} -void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() {} -void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle*) {} - -#endif diff --git a/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index a28634e2..00000000 --- a/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Platform Binding for GLFW -// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan..) -// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.) -// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. -// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. -// [x] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. FIXME: 3 cursors types are missing from GLFW. -// [X] Platform: Keyboard arrays indexed using GLFW_KEY_* codes, e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_SPACE). - -// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this. -// If you are new to dear imgui, read examples/README.txt and read the documentation at the top of imgui.cpp. -// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui - -// CHANGELOG -// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2019-10-18: Misc: Previously installed user callbacks are now restored on shutdown. -// 2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter. -// 2019-05-11: Inputs: Don't filter value from character callback before calling AddInputCharacter(). -// 2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized. -// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window. -// 2018-11-07: Inputs: When installing our GLFW callbacks, we save user's previously installed ones - if any - and chain call them. -// 2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls. -// 2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor. -// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_glfw.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW+OpenGL/Vulkan examples. -// 2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag. -// 2018-02-20: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors (ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value, passed to glfwSetCursor()). -// 2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves. -// 2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space. -// 2018-01-25: Inputs: Added gamepad support if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set. -// 2018-01-25: Inputs: Honoring the io.WantSetMousePos by repositioning the mouse (when using navigation and ImGuiConfigFlags_NavMoveMouse is set). -// 2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support. -// 2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert. -// 2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1). -// 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers. - -#include "imgui.h" -#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h" - -// GLFW -#include -#ifdef _WIN32 -#undef APIENTRY -#define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32 -#include // for glfwGetWin32Window -#endif -#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_TOPMOST (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ GLFW_FLOATING -#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_HOVERED (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ GLFW_HOVERED -#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwSetWindowOpacity -#define GLFW_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetMonitorContentScale -#define GLFW_HAS_VULKAN (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwCreateWindowSurface - -// Data -enum GlfwClientApi -{ - GlfwClientApi_Unknown, - GlfwClientApi_OpenGL, - GlfwClientApi_Vulkan -}; -static GLFWwindow* g_Window = NULL; // Main window -static GlfwClientApi g_ClientApi = GlfwClientApi_Unknown; -static double g_Time = 0.0; -static bool g_MouseJustPressed[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; -static GLFWcursor* g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT] = {}; -static bool g_InstalledCallbacks = false; - -// Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. -static GLFWmousebuttonfun g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = NULL; -static GLFWscrollfun g_PrevUserCallbackScroll = NULL; -static GLFWkeyfun g_PrevUserCallbackKey = NULL; -static GLFWcharfun g_PrevUserCallbackChar = NULL; - -static const char* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText(void* user_data) -{ - return glfwGetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data); -} - -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText(void* user_data, const char* text) -{ - glfwSetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data, text); -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods) -{ - if (g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != NULL) - g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton(window, button, action, mods); - - if (action == GLFW_PRESS && button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g_MouseJustPressed)) - g_MouseJustPressed[button] = true; -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset) -{ - if (g_PrevUserCallbackScroll != NULL) - g_PrevUserCallbackScroll(window, xoffset, yoffset); - - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.MouseWheelH += (float)xoffset; - io.MouseWheel += (float)yoffset; -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods) -{ - if (g_PrevUserCallbackKey != NULL) - g_PrevUserCallbackKey(window, key, scancode, action, mods); - - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if (action == GLFW_PRESS) - io.KeysDown[key] = true; - if (action == GLFW_RELEASE) - io.KeysDown[key] = false; - - // Modifiers are not reliable across systems - io.KeyCtrl = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL]; - io.KeyShift = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT]; - io.KeyAlt = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT]; - io.KeySuper = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER]; -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c) -{ - if (g_PrevUserCallbackChar != NULL) - g_PrevUserCallbackChar(window, c); - - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.AddInputCharacter(c); -} - -static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api) -{ - g_Window = window; - g_Time = 0.0; - - // Setup back-end capabilities flags - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used) - io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_glfw"; - - // Keyboard mapping. ImGui will use those indices to peek into the io.KeysDown[] array. - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Tab] = GLFW_KEY_TAB; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_LeftArrow] = GLFW_KEY_LEFT; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_RightArrow] = GLFW_KEY_RIGHT; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_UpArrow] = GLFW_KEY_UP; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_DownArrow] = GLFW_KEY_DOWN; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp] = GLFW_KEY_PAGE_UP; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown] = GLFW_KEY_PAGE_DOWN; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home] = GLFW_KEY_HOME; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End] = GLFW_KEY_END; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Insert] = GLFW_KEY_INSERT; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Delete] = GLFW_KEY_DELETE; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Backspace] = GLFW_KEY_BACKSPACE; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] = GLFW_KEY_SPACE; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Enter] = GLFW_KEY_ENTER; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Escape] = GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter] = GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = GLFW_KEY_A; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C] = GLFW_KEY_C; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_V] = GLFW_KEY_V; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_X] = GLFW_KEY_X; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Y] = GLFW_KEY_Y; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Z] = GLFW_KEY_Z; - - io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText; - io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText; - io.ClipboardUserData = g_Window; -#if defined(_WIN32) - io.ImeWindowHandle = (void*)glfwGetWin32Window(g_Window); -#endif - - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_IBEAM_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); // FIXME: GLFW doesn't have this. - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_VRESIZE_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HRESIZE_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); // FIXME: GLFW doesn't have this. - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); // FIXME: GLFW doesn't have this. - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HAND_CURSOR); - - // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. - g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = NULL; - g_PrevUserCallbackScroll = NULL; - g_PrevUserCallbackKey = NULL; - g_PrevUserCallbackChar = NULL; - if (install_callbacks) - { - g_InstalledCallbacks = true; - g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback); - g_PrevUserCallbackScroll = glfwSetScrollCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback); - g_PrevUserCallbackKey = glfwSetKeyCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback); - g_PrevUserCallbackChar = glfwSetCharCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback); - } - - g_ClientApi = client_api; - return true; -} - -bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) -{ - return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_OpenGL); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) -{ - return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Vulkan); -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() -{ - if (g_InstalledCallbacks) - { - glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(g_Window, g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton); - glfwSetScrollCallback(g_Window, g_PrevUserCallbackScroll); - glfwSetKeyCallback(g_Window, g_PrevUserCallbackKey); - glfwSetCharCallback(g_Window, g_PrevUserCallbackChar); - g_InstalledCallbacks = false; - } - - for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) - { - glfwDestroyCursor(g_MouseCursors[cursor_n]); - g_MouseCursors[cursor_n] = NULL; - } - g_ClientApi = GlfwClientApi_Unknown; -} - -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMousePosAndButtons() -{ - // Update buttons - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) - { - // If a mouse press event came, always pass it as "mouse held this frame", so we don't miss click-release events that are shorter than 1 frame. - io.MouseDown[i] = g_MouseJustPressed[i] || glfwGetMouseButton(g_Window, i) != 0; - g_MouseJustPressed[i] = false; - } - - // Update mouse position - const ImVec2 mouse_pos_backup = io.MousePos; - io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ - const bool focused = true; // Emscripten -#else - const bool focused = glfwGetWindowAttrib(g_Window, GLFW_FOCUSED) != 0; -#endif - if (focused) - { - if (io.WantSetMousePos) - { - glfwSetCursorPos(g_Window, (double)mouse_pos_backup.x, (double)mouse_pos_backup.y); - } - else - { - double mouse_x, mouse_y; - glfwGetCursorPos(g_Window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y); - io.MousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y); - } - } -} - -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) || glfwGetInputMode(g_Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) - return; - - ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); - if (imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None || io.MouseDrawCursor) - { - // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor - glfwSetInputMode(g_Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN); - } - else - { - // Show OS mouse cursor - // FIXME-PLATFORM: Unfocused windows seems to fail changing the mouse cursor with GLFW 3.2, but 3.3 works here. - glfwSetCursor(g_Window, g_MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? g_MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]); - glfwSetInputMode(g_Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL); - } -} - -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - memset(io.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(io.NavInputs)); - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) - return; - - // Update gamepad inputs - #define MAP_BUTTON(NAV_NO, BUTTON_NO) { if (buttons_count > BUTTON_NO && buttons[BUTTON_NO] == GLFW_PRESS) io.NavInputs[NAV_NO] = 1.0f; } - #define MAP_ANALOG(NAV_NO, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) { float v = (axes_count > AXIS_NO) ? axes[AXIS_NO] : V0; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); if (v > 1.0f) v = 1.0f; if (io.NavInputs[NAV_NO] < v) io.NavInputs[NAV_NO] = v; } - int axes_count = 0, buttons_count = 0; - const float* axes = glfwGetJoystickAxes(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &axes_count); - const unsigned char* buttons = glfwGetJoystickButtons(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &buttons_count); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, 0); // Cross / A - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, 1); // Circle / B - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, 2); // Square / X - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_Input, 3); // Triangle / Y - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, 13); // D-Pad Left - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, 11); // D-Pad Right - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, 10); // D-Pad Up - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, 12); // D-Pad Down - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, 4); // L1 / LB - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, 5); // R1 / RB - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, 4); // L1 / LB - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, 5); // R1 / RB - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, 0, -0.3f, -0.9f); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight,0, +0.3f, +0.9f); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, 1, +0.3f, +0.9f); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, 1, -0.3f, -0.9f); - #undef MAP_BUTTON - #undef MAP_ANALOG - if (axes_count > 0 && buttons_count > 0) - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; - else - io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - IM_ASSERT(io.Fonts->IsBuilt() && "Font atlas not built! It is generally built by the renderer back-end. Missing call to renderer _NewFrame() function? e.g. ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame()."); - - // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) - int w, h; - int display_w, display_h; - glfwGetWindowSize(g_Window, &w, &h); - glfwGetFramebufferSize(g_Window, &display_w, &display_h); - io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); - if (w > 0 && h > 0) - io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h); - - // Setup time step - double current_time = glfwGetTime(); - io.DeltaTime = g_Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - g_Time) : (float)(1.0f/60.0f); - g_Time = current_time; - - ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMousePosAndButtons(); - ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor(); - - // Update game controllers (if enabled and available) - ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads(); -} diff --git a/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h deleted file mode 100644 index ccbe840d..00000000 --- a/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Platform Binding for GLFW -// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan..) -// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. -// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. -// [x] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. FIXME: 3 cursors types are missing from GLFW. -// [X] Platform: Keyboard arrays indexed using GLFW_KEY_* codes, e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_SPACE). - -// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this. -// If you are new to dear imgui, read examples/README.txt and read the documentation at the top of imgui.cpp. -// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui - -// About GLSL version: -// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter defaults to "#version 150" if NULL. -// Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. Keep NULL if unsure! - -#pragma once - -struct GLFWwindow; - -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(); - -// InitXXX function with 'install_callbacks=true': install GLFW callbacks. They will call user's previously installed callbacks, if any. -// InitXXX function with 'install_callbacks=false': do not install GLFW callbacks. You will need to call them yourself from your own GLFW callbacks. -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c); diff --git a/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp b/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index de4b128c..00000000 --- a/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Renderer for OpenGL2 (legacy OpenGL, fixed pipeline) -// This needs to be used along with a Platform Binding (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! - -// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this. -// If you are new to dear imgui, read examples/README.txt and read the documentation at the top of imgui.cpp. -// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui - -// **DO NOT USE THIS CODE IF YOUR CODE/ENGINE IS USING MODERN OPENGL (SHADERS, VBO, VAO, etc.)** -// **Prefer using the code in imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp** -// This code is mostly provided as a reference to learn how ImGui integration works, because it is shorter to read. -// If your code is using GL3+ context or any semi modern OpenGL calls, using this is likely to make everything more -// complicated, will require your code to reset every single OpenGL attributes to their initial state, and might -// confuse your GPU driver. -// The GL2 code is unable to reset attributes or even call e.g. "glUseProgram(0)" because they don't exist in that API. - -// CHANGELOG -// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2019-04-30: OpenGL: Added support for special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to reset render state. -// 2019-02-11: OpenGL: Projecting clipping rectangles correctly using draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow multi-viewports for retina display. -// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendRendererName so it can be displayed in the About Window. -// 2018-08-03: OpenGL: Disabling/restoring GL_LIGHTING and GL_COLOR_MATERIAL to increase compatibility with legacy OpenGL applications. -// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL2 examples. -// 2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle. -// 2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself. -// 2017-09-01: OpenGL: Save and restore current polygon mode. -// 2016-09-10: OpenGL: Uploading font texture as RGBA32 to increase compatibility with users shaders (not ideal). -// 2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle. - -#include "imgui.h" -#include "imgui_impl_opengl2.h" -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else -#include // intptr_t -#endif - -// Include OpenGL header (without an OpenGL loader) requires a bit of fiddling -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) -#define APIENTRY __stdcall // It is customary to use APIENTRY for OpenGL function pointer declarations on all platforms. Additionally, the Windows OpenGL header needs APIENTRY. -#endif -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WINGDIAPI) -#define WINGDIAPI __declspec(dllimport) // Some Windows OpenGL headers need this -#endif -#if defined(__APPLE__) -#define GL_SILENCE_DEPRECATION -#include -#else -#include -#endif - -// OpenGL Data -static GLuint g_FontTexture = 0; - -// Functions -bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init() -{ - // Setup back-end capabilities flags - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl2"; - return true; -} - -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown() -{ - ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects(); -} - -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_NewFrame() -{ - if (!g_FontTexture) - ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects(); -} - -static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height) -{ - // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, vertex/texcoord/color pointers, polygon fill. - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE); - glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); - glDisable(GL_LIGHTING); - glDisable(GL_COLOR_MATERIAL); - glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); - glEnableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY); - glEnableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY); - glEnableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL); - - // If you are using this code with non-legacy OpenGL header/contexts (which you should not, prefer using imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp!!), - // you may need to backup/reset/restore current shader using the lines below. DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! Add the code in your calling function: - // GLint last_program; - // glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, &last_program); - // glUseProgram(0); - // ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData(...); - // glUseProgram(last_program) - - // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix - // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps. - glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height); - glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION); - glPushMatrix(); - glLoadIdentity(); - glOrtho(draw_data->DisplayPos.x, draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x, draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y, draw_data->DisplayPos.y, -1.0f, +1.0f); - glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW); - glPushMatrix(); - glLoadIdentity(); -} - -// OpenGL2 Render function. -// (this used to be set in io.RenderDrawListsFn and called by ImGui::Render(), but you can now call this directly from your main loop) -// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly, in order to be able to run within any OpenGL engine that doesn't do so. -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) -{ - // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) - int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x); - int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y); - if (fb_width == 0 || fb_height == 0) - return; - - // Backup GL state - GLint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); - GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode); - GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport); - GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box); - glPushAttrib(GL_ENABLE_BIT | GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_TRANSFORM_BIT); - - // Setup desired GL state - ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height); - - // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space - ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports - ImVec2 clip_scale = draw_data->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2) - - // Render command lists - for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) - { - const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; - const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; - const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; - glVertexPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos))); - glTexCoordPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv))); - glColorPointer(4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col))); - - for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) - { - const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - if (pcmd->UserCallback) - { - // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback() - // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.) - if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState) - ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height); - else - pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd); - } - else - { - // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space - ImVec4 clip_rect; - clip_rect.x = (pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x; - clip_rect.y = (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y; - clip_rect.z = (pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x; - clip_rect.w = (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y; - - if (clip_rect.x < fb_width && clip_rect.y < fb_height && clip_rect.z >= 0.0f && clip_rect.w >= 0.0f) - { - // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle - glScissor((int)clip_rect.x, (int)(fb_height - clip_rect.w), (int)(clip_rect.z - clip_rect.x), (int)(clip_rect.w - clip_rect.y)); - - // Bind texture, Draw - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId); - glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer); - } - } - idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount; - } - } - - // Restore modified GL state - glDisableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY); - glDisableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY); - glDisableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)last_texture); - glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW); - glPopMatrix(); - glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION); - glPopMatrix(); - glPopAttrib(); - glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]); - glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]); - glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateFontsTexture() -{ - // Build texture atlas - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - unsigned char* pixels; - int width, height; - io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory. - - // Upload texture to graphics system - GLint last_texture; - glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); - glGenTextures(1, &g_FontTexture); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, g_FontTexture); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); - glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0); - glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels); - - // Store our identifier - io.Fonts->TexID = (ImTextureID)(intptr_t)g_FontTexture; - - // Restore state - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); - - return true; -} - -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture() -{ - if (g_FontTexture) - { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - glDeleteTextures(1, &g_FontTexture); - io.Fonts->TexID = 0; - g_FontTexture = 0; - } -} - -bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects() -{ - return ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateFontsTexture(); -} - -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects() -{ - ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture(); -} diff --git a/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.h b/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.h deleted file mode 100644 index 009052d7..00000000 --- a/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Renderer for OpenGL2 (legacy OpenGL, fixed pipeline) -// This needs to be used along with a Platform Binding (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! - -// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this. -// If you are new to dear imgui, read examples/README.txt and read the documentation at the top of imgui.cpp. -// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui - -// **DO NOT USE THIS CODE IF YOUR CODE/ENGINE IS USING MODERN OPENGL (SHADERS, VBO, VAO, etc.)** -// **Prefer using the code in imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp** -// This code is mostly provided as a reference to learn how ImGui integration works, because it is shorter to read. -// If your code is using GL3+ context or any semi modern OpenGL calls, using this is likely to make everything more -// complicated, will require your code to reset every single OpenGL attributes to their initial state, and might -// confuse your GPU driver. -// The GL2 code is unable to reset attributes or even call e.g. "glUseProgram(0)" because they don't exist in that API. - -#pragma once - -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_NewFrame(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data); - -// Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateFontsTexture(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects(); diff --git a/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 4f3334b2..00000000 --- a/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,668 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Renderer for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline -// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x -// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0) -// This needs to be used along with a Platform Binding (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! -// [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. - -// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this. -// If you are new to dear imgui, read examples/README.txt and read the documentation at the top of imgui.cpp. -// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui - -// CHANGELOG -// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2019-10-25: OpenGL: Using a combination of GL define and runtime GL version to decide whether to use glDrawElementsBaseVertex(). Fix building with pre-3.2 GL loaders. -// 2019-09-22: OpenGL: Detect default GL loader using __has_include compiler facility. -// 2019-09-16: OpenGL: Tweak initialization code to allow application calling ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() before the first NewFrame() call. -// 2019-05-29: OpenGL: Desktop GL only: Added support for large mesh (64K+ vertices), enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset flag. -// 2019-04-30: OpenGL: Added support for special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to reset render state. -// 2019-03-29: OpenGL: Not calling glBindBuffer more than necessary in the render loop. -// 2019-03-15: OpenGL: Added a dummy GL call + comments in ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() to detect uninitialized GL function loaders early. -// 2019-03-03: OpenGL: Fix support for ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0). -// 2019-02-20: OpenGL: Fix for OSX not supporting OpenGL 4.5, we don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN even if defined by the headers/loader. -// 2019-02-11: OpenGL: Projecting clipping rectangles correctly using draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow multi-viewports for retina display. -// 2019-02-01: OpenGL: Using GLSL 410 shaders for any version over 410 (e.g. 430, 450). -// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendRendererName so it can be displayed in the About Window. -// 2018-11-13: OpenGL: Support for GL 4.5's glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) / GL_CLIP_ORIGIN. -// 2018-08-29: OpenGL: Added support for more OpenGL loaders: glew and glad, with comments indicative that any loader can be used. -// 2018-08-09: OpenGL: Default to OpenGL ES 3 on iOS and Android. GLSL version default to "#version 300 ES". -// 2018-07-30: OpenGL: Support for GLSL 300 ES and 410 core. Fixes for Emscripten compilation. -// 2018-07-10: OpenGL: Support for more GLSL versions (based on the GLSL version string). Added error output when shaders fail to compile/link. -// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples. -// 2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle. -// 2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state. -// 2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a NULL pointer. -// 2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150". -// 2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context. -// 2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself. -// 2018-01-07: OpenGL: Changed GLSL shader version from 330 to 150. -// 2017-09-01: OpenGL: Save and restore current bound sampler. Save and restore current polygon mode. -// 2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current blend func state. -// 2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE. -// 2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle. -// 2016-07-29: OpenGL: Explicitly setting GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH to reduce issues because SDL changes it. (#752) - -//---------------------------------------- -// OpenGL GLSL GLSL -// version version string -//---------------------------------------- -// 2.0 110 "#version 110" -// 2.1 120 "#version 120" -// 3.0 130 "#version 130" -// 3.1 140 "#version 140" -// 3.2 150 "#version 150" -// 3.3 330 "#version 330 core" -// 4.0 400 "#version 400 core" -// 4.1 410 "#version 410 core" -// 4.2 420 "#version 410 core" -// 4.3 430 "#version 430 core" -// ES 2.0 100 "#version 100" = WebGL 1.0 -// ES 3.0 300 "#version 300 es" = WebGL 2.0 -//---------------------------------------- - -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) -#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -#endif - -#include "imgui.h" -#include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h" -#include -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else -#include // intptr_t -#endif -#if defined(__APPLE__) -#include "TargetConditionals.h" -#endif - -// Auto-enable GLES on matching platforms -#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) -#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) || (defined(__ANDROID__)) -#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3 // iOS, Android -> GL ES 3, "#version 300 es" -#undef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W -#undef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW -#undef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD -#undef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM -#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) -#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 // Emscripten -> GL ES 2, "#version 100" -#undef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W -#undef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW -#undef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD -#undef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM -#endif -#endif - -// GL includes -#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) -#include -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) -#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) -#include // Use GL ES 3 -#else -#include // Use GL ES 3 -#endif -#else -// About Desktop OpenGL function loaders: -// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers. -// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are supporting a few common ones (gl3w, glew, glad). -// You may use another loader/header of your choice (glext, glLoadGen, etc.), or chose to manually implement your own. -#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W) -#include // Needs to be initialized with gl3wInit() in user's code -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW) -#include // Needs to be initialized with glewInit() in user's code -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD) -#include // Needs to be initialized with gladLoadGL() in user's code -#else -#include IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM -#endif -#endif - -// Desktop GL 3.2+ has glDrawElementsBaseVertex() which GL ES and WebGL don't have. -#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) || !defined(GL_VERSION_3_2) -#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET 0 -#else -#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET 1 -#endif - -// OpenGL Data -static GLuint g_GlVersion = 0; // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries. -static char g_GlslVersionString[32] = ""; // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings. -static GLuint g_FontTexture = 0; -static GLuint g_ShaderHandle = 0, g_VertHandle = 0, g_FragHandle = 0; -static int g_AttribLocationTex = 0, g_AttribLocationProjMtx = 0; // Uniforms location -static int g_AttribLocationVtxPos = 0, g_AttribLocationVtxUV = 0, g_AttribLocationVtxColor = 0; // Vertex attributes location -static unsigned int g_VboHandle = 0, g_ElementsHandle = 0; - -// Functions -bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) -{ - // Query for GL version -#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) - GLint major, minor; - glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major); - glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &minor); - g_GlVersion = major * 1000 + minor; -#else - g_GlVersion = 2000; // GLES 2 -#endif - - // Setup back-end capabilities flags - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3"; -#if IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET - if (g_GlVersion >= 3200) - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset; // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes. -#endif - - // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders. - // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to NULL if unsure. -#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) - if (glsl_version == NULL) - glsl_version = "#version 100"; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) - if (glsl_version == NULL) - glsl_version = "#version 300 es"; -#else - if (glsl_version == NULL) - glsl_version = "#version 130"; -#endif - IM_ASSERT((int)strlen(glsl_version) + 2 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g_GlslVersionString)); - strcpy(g_GlslVersionString, glsl_version); - strcat(g_GlslVersionString, "\n"); - - // Dummy construct to make it easily visible in the IDE and debugger which GL loader has been selected. - // The code actually never uses the 'gl_loader' variable! It is only here so you can read it! - // If auto-detection fails or doesn't select the same GL loader file as used by your application, - // you are likely to get a crash below. - // You can explicitly select a loader by using '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line. - const char* gl_loader = "Unknown"; - IM_UNUSED(gl_loader); -#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W) - gl_loader = "GL3W"; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW) - gl_loader = "GLEW"; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD) - gl_loader = "GLAD"; -#else // IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM - gl_loader = "Custom"; -#endif - - // Make a dummy GL call (we don't actually need the result) - // IF YOU GET A CRASH HERE: it probably means that you haven't initialized the OpenGL function loader used by this code. - // Desktop OpenGL 3/4 need a function loader. See the IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_xxx explanation above. - GLint current_texture; - glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, ¤t_texture); - - return true; -} - -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown() -{ - ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); -} - -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame() -{ - if (!g_ShaderHandle) - ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects(); -} - -static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height, GLuint vertex_array_object) -{ - // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, polygon fill - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glBlendEquation(GL_FUNC_ADD); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE); - glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); - glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); -#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE - glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL); -#endif - - // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix - // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps. - glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height); - float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x; - float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x; - float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y; - float B = draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y; - const float ortho_projection[4][4] = - { - { 2.0f/(R-L), 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }, - { 0.0f, 2.0f/(T-B), 0.0f, 0.0f }, - { 0.0f, 0.0f, -1.0f, 0.0f }, - { (R+L)/(L-R), (T+B)/(B-T), 0.0f, 1.0f }, - }; - glUseProgram(g_ShaderHandle); - glUniform1i(g_AttribLocationTex, 0); - glUniformMatrix4fv(g_AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]); -#ifdef GL_SAMPLER_BINDING - glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 may set that otherwise. -#endif - - (void)vertex_array_object; -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 - glBindVertexArray(vertex_array_object); -#endif - - // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert - glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, g_VboHandle); - glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, g_ElementsHandle); - glEnableVertexAttribArray(g_AttribLocationVtxPos); - glEnableVertexAttribArray(g_AttribLocationVtxUV); - glEnableVertexAttribArray(g_AttribLocationVtxColor); - glVertexAttribPointer(g_AttribLocationVtxPos, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)); - glVertexAttribPointer(g_AttribLocationVtxUV, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)); - glVertexAttribPointer(g_AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)); -} - -// OpenGL3 Render function. -// (this used to be set in io.RenderDrawListsFn and called by ImGui::Render(), but you can now call this directly from your main loop) -// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly, in order to be able to run within any OpenGL engine that doesn't do so. -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) -{ - // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) - int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x); - int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y); - if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0) - return; - - // Backup GL state - GLenum last_active_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE, (GLint*)&last_active_texture); - glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0); - GLint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, &last_program); - GLint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); -#ifdef GL_SAMPLER_BINDING - GLint last_sampler; glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, &last_sampler); -#endif - GLint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer); -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 - GLint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, &last_vertex_array_object); -#endif -#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE - GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode); -#endif - GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport); - GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box); - GLenum last_blend_src_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_rgb); - GLenum last_blend_dst_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_rgb); - GLenum last_blend_src_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_alpha); - GLenum last_blend_dst_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_alpha); - GLenum last_blend_equation_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_rgb); - GLenum last_blend_equation_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_alpha); - GLboolean last_enable_blend = glIsEnabled(GL_BLEND); - GLboolean last_enable_cull_face = glIsEnabled(GL_CULL_FACE); - GLboolean last_enable_depth_test = glIsEnabled(GL_DEPTH_TEST); - GLboolean last_enable_scissor_test = glIsEnabled(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); - bool clip_origin_lower_left = true; -#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN) && !defined(__APPLE__) - GLenum last_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)&last_clip_origin); // Support for GL 4.5's glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) - if (last_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT) - clip_origin_lower_left = false; -#endif - - // Setup desired GL state - // Recreate the VAO every time (this is to easily allow multiple GL contexts to be rendered to. VAO are not shared among GL contexts) - // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound. - GLuint vertex_array_object = 0; -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 - glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object); -#endif - ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object); - - // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space - ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports - ImVec2 clip_scale = draw_data->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2) - - // Render command lists - for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) - { - const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; - - // Upload vertex/index buffers - glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); - glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawIdx), (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); - - for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) - { - const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - if (pcmd->UserCallback != NULL) - { - // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback() - // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.) - if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState) - ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object); - else - pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd); - } - else - { - // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space - ImVec4 clip_rect; - clip_rect.x = (pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x; - clip_rect.y = (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y; - clip_rect.z = (pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x; - clip_rect.w = (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y; - - if (clip_rect.x < fb_width && clip_rect.y < fb_height && clip_rect.z >= 0.0f && clip_rect.w >= 0.0f) - { - // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle - if (clip_origin_lower_left) - glScissor((int)clip_rect.x, (int)(fb_height - clip_rect.w), (int)(clip_rect.z - clip_rect.x), (int)(clip_rect.w - clip_rect.y)); - else - glScissor((int)clip_rect.x, (int)clip_rect.y, (int)clip_rect.z, (int)clip_rect.w); // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) - - // Bind texture, Draw - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId); -#if IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET - if (g_GlVersion >= 3200) - glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset); - else -#endif - glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx))); - } - } - } - } - - // Destroy the temporary VAO -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 - glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object); -#endif - - // Restore modified GL state - glUseProgram(last_program); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); -#ifdef GL_SAMPLER_BINDING - glBindSampler(0, last_sampler); -#endif - glActiveTexture(last_active_texture); -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 - glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array_object); -#endif - glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer); - glBlendEquationSeparate(last_blend_equation_rgb, last_blend_equation_alpha); - glBlendFuncSeparate(last_blend_src_rgb, last_blend_dst_rgb, last_blend_src_alpha, last_blend_dst_alpha); - if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND); - if (last_enable_cull_face) glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); else glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE); - if (last_enable_depth_test) glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); else glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); - if (last_enable_scissor_test) glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); else glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); -#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE - glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); -#endif - glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]); - glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() -{ - // Build texture atlas - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - unsigned char* pixels; - int width, height; - io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory. - - // Upload texture to graphics system - GLint last_texture; - glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); - glGenTextures(1, &g_FontTexture); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, g_FontTexture); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); -#ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH - glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0); -#endif - glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels); - - // Store our identifier - io.Fonts->TexID = (ImTextureID)(intptr_t)g_FontTexture; - - // Restore state - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); - - return true; -} - -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture() -{ - if (g_FontTexture) - { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - glDeleteTextures(1, &g_FontTexture); - io.Fonts->TexID = 0; - g_FontTexture = 0; - } -} - -// If you get an error please report on github. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. See GL<>GLSL version table at the top of this file. -static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc) -{ - GLint status = 0, log_length = 0; - glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_COMPILE_STATUS, &status); - glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length); - if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE) - fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to compile %s!\n", desc); - if (log_length > 1) - { - ImVector buf; - buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1)); - glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); - fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin()); - } - return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE; -} - -// If you get an error please report on GitHub. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. -static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc) -{ - GLint status = 0, log_length = 0; - glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_LINK_STATUS, &status); - glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length); - if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE) - fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to link %s! (with GLSL '%s')\n", desc, g_GlslVersionString); - if (log_length > 1) - { - ImVector buf; - buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1)); - glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); - fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin()); - } - return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE; -} - -bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects() -{ - // Backup GL state - GLint last_texture, last_array_buffer; - glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); - glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer); -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 - GLint last_vertex_array; - glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, &last_vertex_array); -#endif - - // Parse GLSL version string - int glsl_version = 130; - sscanf(g_GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version); - - const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_120 = - "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n" - "attribute vec2 Position;\n" - "attribute vec2 UV;\n" - "attribute vec4 Color;\n" - "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n" - "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n" - "void main()\n" - "{\n" - " Frag_UV = UV;\n" - " Frag_Color = Color;\n" - " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n" - "}\n"; - - const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_130 = - "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n" - "in vec2 Position;\n" - "in vec2 UV;\n" - "in vec4 Color;\n" - "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n" - "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n" - "void main()\n" - "{\n" - " Frag_UV = UV;\n" - " Frag_Color = Color;\n" - " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n" - "}\n"; - - const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_300_es = - "precision mediump float;\n" - "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n" - "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n" - "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n" - "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n" - "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n" - "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n" - "void main()\n" - "{\n" - " Frag_UV = UV;\n" - " Frag_Color = Color;\n" - " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n" - "}\n"; - - const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_410_core = - "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n" - "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n" - "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n" - "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n" - "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n" - "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n" - "void main()\n" - "{\n" - " Frag_UV = UV;\n" - " Frag_Color = Color;\n" - " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n" - "}\n"; - - const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_120 = - "#ifdef GL_ES\n" - " precision mediump float;\n" - "#endif\n" - "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n" - "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n" - "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n" - "void main()\n" - "{\n" - " gl_FragColor = Frag_Color * texture2D(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n" - "}\n"; - - const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_130 = - "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n" - "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n" - "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n" - "out vec4 Out_Color;\n" - "void main()\n" - "{\n" - " Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n" - "}\n"; - - const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_300_es = - "precision mediump float;\n" - "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n" - "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n" - "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n" - "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n" - "void main()\n" - "{\n" - " Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n" - "}\n"; - - const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_410_core = - "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n" - "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n" - "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n" - "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n" - "void main()\n" - "{\n" - " Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n" - "}\n"; - - // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions - const GLchar* vertex_shader = NULL; - const GLchar* fragment_shader = NULL; - if (glsl_version < 130) - { - vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120; - fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_120; - } - else if (glsl_version >= 410) - { - vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_410_core; - fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_410_core; - } - else if (glsl_version == 300) - { - vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_300_es; - fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_300_es; - } - else - { - vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_130; - fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_130; - } - - // Create shaders - const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { g_GlslVersionString, vertex_shader }; - g_VertHandle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER); - glShaderSource(g_VertHandle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, NULL); - glCompileShader(g_VertHandle); - CheckShader(g_VertHandle, "vertex shader"); - - const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { g_GlslVersionString, fragment_shader }; - g_FragHandle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER); - glShaderSource(g_FragHandle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, NULL); - glCompileShader(g_FragHandle); - CheckShader(g_FragHandle, "fragment shader"); - - g_ShaderHandle = glCreateProgram(); - glAttachShader(g_ShaderHandle, g_VertHandle); - glAttachShader(g_ShaderHandle, g_FragHandle); - glLinkProgram(g_ShaderHandle); - CheckProgram(g_ShaderHandle, "shader program"); - - g_AttribLocationTex = glGetUniformLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "Texture"); - g_AttribLocationProjMtx = glGetUniformLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "ProjMtx"); - g_AttribLocationVtxPos = glGetAttribLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "Position"); - g_AttribLocationVtxUV = glGetAttribLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "UV"); - g_AttribLocationVtxColor = glGetAttribLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "Color"); - - // Create buffers - glGenBuffers(1, &g_VboHandle); - glGenBuffers(1, &g_ElementsHandle); - - ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture(); - - // Restore modified GL state - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); - glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer); -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 - glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array); -#endif - - return true; -} - -void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects() -{ - if (g_VboHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &g_VboHandle); g_VboHandle = 0; } - if (g_ElementsHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &g_ElementsHandle); g_ElementsHandle = 0; } - if (g_ShaderHandle && g_VertHandle) { glDetachShader(g_ShaderHandle, g_VertHandle); } - if (g_ShaderHandle && g_FragHandle) { glDetachShader(g_ShaderHandle, g_FragHandle); } - if (g_VertHandle) { glDeleteShader(g_VertHandle); g_VertHandle = 0; } - if (g_FragHandle) { glDeleteShader(g_FragHandle); g_FragHandle = 0; } - if (g_ShaderHandle) { glDeleteProgram(g_ShaderHandle); g_ShaderHandle = 0; } - - ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(); -} diff --git a/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c72ec47..00000000 --- a/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Renderer for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline -// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x -// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0) -// This needs to be used along with a Platform Binding (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! -// [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. - -// You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See main.cpp for an example of using this. -// If you are new to dear imgui, read examples/README.txt and read the documentation at the top of imgui.cpp. -// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui - -// About Desktop OpenGL function loaders: -// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers. -// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are supporting a few common ones (gl3w, glew, glad). -// You may use another loader/header of your choice (glext, glLoadGen, etc.), or chose to manually implement your own. - -// About GLSL version: -// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be NULL (default) or a "#version XXX" string. -// On computer platform the GLSL version default to "#version 130". On OpenGL ES 3 platform it defaults to "#version 300 es" -// Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. See GLSL version table at the top of imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp. - -#pragma once - -// Backend API -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = NULL); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data); - -// (Optional) Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); - -// Specific OpenGL versions -//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 // Auto-detected on Emscripten -//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3 // Auto-detected on iOS/Android - -// Desktop OpenGL: attempt to detect default GL loader based on available header files. -// If auto-detection fails or doesn't select the same GL loader file as used by your application, -// you are likely to get a crash in ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(). -// You can explicitly select a loader by using '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line. -#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM) - #if defined(__has_include) - #if __has_include() - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW - #elif __has_include() - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD - #elif __has_include() - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W - #else - #error "Cannot detect OpenGL loader!" - #endif - #else - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W // Default to GL3W - #endif -#endif - diff --git a/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/imgui/imgui_internal.h deleted file mode 100644 index a0728217..00000000 --- a/imgui/imgui_internal.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1858 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.74 -// (internal structures/api) - -// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! -// Set: -// #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators) - -/* - -Index of this file: -// Header mess -// Forward declarations -// STB libraries includes -// Context pointer -// Generic helpers -// Misc data structures -// Main imgui context -// Tab bar, tab item -// Internal API - -*/ - -#pragma once - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Header mess -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifndef IMGUI_VERSION -#error Must include imgui.h before imgui_internal.h -#endif - -#include // FILE*, sscanf -#include // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof -#include // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf -#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX - -// Visual Studio warnings -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (push) -#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport) -#endif - -// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything -#if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic push -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" -#endif -#elif defined(__GNUC__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic push -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead -#endif - -// Legacy defines -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 -#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 -#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS -#endif - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Forward declarations -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -struct ImBoolVector; // Store 1-bit per value -struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) -struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance -struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances -struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiColumnData; // Storage data for a single column -struct ImGuiColumns; // Storage data for a columns set -struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context -struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum -struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() -struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box -struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup; // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data -struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only -struct ImGuiNavMoveResult; // Result of a directional navigation move query result -struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions -struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions -struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack -struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file -struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar -struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) -struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window -struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame) -struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) - -// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. -typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical -typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior() -typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ // Flags: BeginColumns() -typedef int ImGuiDragFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragFlags_ // Flags: for DragBehavior() -typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() -typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags -typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() -typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d() -typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests -typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions -typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions -typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() -typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for SliderBehavior() -typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// STB libraries includes -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -namespace ImStb -{ - -#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING -#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE -1.0f -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 -#include "imstb_textedit.h" - -} // namespace ImStb - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Context pointer -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifndef GImGui -extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer -#endif - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Macros -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Debug Logging -#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(_FMT,...) printf("[%05d] " _FMT, GImGui->FrameCount, __VA_ARGS__) -#endif - -// Static Asserts -#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) -#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") -#else -#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1] -#endif - -// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much. -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID 0 -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID -#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) -#else -#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) -#endif - -// Error handling -// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults. -#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR -#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && (_MSG)) // Recoverable User Error -#endif - -// Misc Macros -#define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f -#ifdef _WIN32 -#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!) -#else -#define IM_NEWLINE "\n" -#endif -#define IM_TABSIZE (4) -#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose -#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 -#define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds -#define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) // - -// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl -#else -#define IMGUI_CDECL -#endif - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Generic helpers -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - Helpers: Misc -// - Helpers: Bit manipulation -// - Helpers: String, Formatting -// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions -// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators -// - Helpers: Maths -// - Helpers: Geometry -// - Helper: ImBoolVector -// - Helper: ImPool<> -// - Helper: ImChunkStream<> -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Helpers: Misc -#define ImQsort qsort -IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); -IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -static inline ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68] -#endif - -// Helpers: Bit manipulation -static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } -static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } - -// Helpers: String, Formatting -IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); -IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); -IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); -IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); -IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); -IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); -IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); -IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line -IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line -IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); -IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); -IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); -IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); -IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); -IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format); -IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format); -IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size); -IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value); -static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } -static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } - -// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions -IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) -IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 -IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 - -// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators -// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.) -// We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. -#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs, lhs.y*rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs, lhs.y/rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs.x, lhs.y/rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y, lhs.z+rhs.z, lhs.w+rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y, lhs.z-rhs.z, lhs.w-rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y, lhs.z*rhs.z, lhs.w*rhs.w); } -#endif - -// Helpers: File System -#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS) -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS -#endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS -typedef void* ImFileHandle; -static inline ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*) { return NULL; } -static inline bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle) { return false; } -static inline ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle) { return (ImU64)-1; } -static inline ImU64 ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } -static inline ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } -#endif - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS -typedef FILE* ImFileHandle; -IMGUI_API ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode); -IMGUI_API bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file); -IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file); -IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); -IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); -#else -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions -#endif -IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0); - -// Helpers: Maths -// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS -static inline float ImFabs(float x) { return fabsf(x); } -static inline float ImSqrt(float x) { return sqrtf(x); } -static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } -static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); } -static inline float ImFmod(float x, float y) { return fmodf(x, y); } -static inline double ImFmod(double x, double y) { return fmod(x, y); } -static inline float ImCos(float x) { return cosf(x); } -static inline float ImSin(float x) { return sinf(x); } -static inline float ImAcos(float x) { return acosf(x); } -static inline float ImAtan2(float y, float x) { return atan2f(y, x); } -static inline double ImAtof(const char* s) { return atof(s); } -static inline float ImFloorStd(float x) { return floorf(x); } // we already uses our own ImFloor() { return (float)(int)v } internally so the standard one wrapper is named differently (it's used by stb_truetype) -static inline float ImCeil(float x) { return ceilf(x); } -#endif -// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support for variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double -// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for variety of types) -template static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; } -template static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; } -template static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; } -template static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t) { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); } -template static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b) { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; } -template static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; } -template static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; } -// - Misc maths helpers -static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); } -static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); } -static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); } -static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); } -static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; } -static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; } -static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y + lhs.z*lhs.z + lhs.w*lhs.w; } -static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; if (d > 0.0f) return 1.0f / ImSqrt(d); return fail_value; } -static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } -static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } -static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } -static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } -static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } -static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } -static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } - -// Helpers: Geometry -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p); -IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); -IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); -inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } -IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy); - -// Helper: ImBoolVector -// Store 1-bit per value. Note that Resize() currently clears the whole vector. -struct IMGUI_API ImBoolVector -{ - ImVector Storage; - ImBoolVector() { } - void Resize(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } - void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } - bool GetBit(int n) const { int off = (n >> 5); int mask = 1 << (n & 31); return (Storage[off] & mask) != 0; } - void SetBit(int n, bool v) { int off = (n >> 5); int mask = 1 << (n & 31); if (v) Storage[off] |= mask; else Storage[off] &= ~mask; } -}; - -// Helper: ImPool<> -// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer, -// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object. -typedef int ImPoolIdx; -template -struct IMGUI_API ImPool -{ - ImVector Buf; // Contiguous data - ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index - ImPoolIdx FreeIdx; // Next free idx to use - - ImPool() { FreeIdx = 0; } - ~ImPool() { Clear(); } - T* GetByKey(ImGuiID key) { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; } - T* GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n) { return &Buf[n]; } - ImPoolIdx GetIndex(const T* p) const { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); } - T* GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key) { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); } - bool Contains(const T* p) const { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } - void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = 0; } - T* Add() { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); return &Buf[idx]; } - void Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p) { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); } - void Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx) { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); } - void Reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); } - int GetSize() const { return Buf.Size; } -}; - -// Helper: ImChunkStream<> -// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures. -// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count. -// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries (this what the '(X + 3) & ~3' statement is for) -// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings. -template -struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream -{ - ImVector Buf; - - void clear() { Buf.clear(); } - bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; } - int size() const { return Buf.Size; } - T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = ((HDR_SZ + sz) + 3u) & ~3u; int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); } - T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); } - T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; } - int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; } - T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } - int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } - T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Misc data structures -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ -{ - ImGuiButtonFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // hold to repeat - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 1, // [Default] return true on click + release on same item - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 2, // return true on click (default requires click+release) - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 3, // return true on release (default requires click+release) - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 4, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release) - ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 5, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping - ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 6, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() - ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 7, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] - ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 8, // disable interactions - ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 9, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 10, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 11, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 12, // press when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 13, // don't override navigation focus when activated - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnNav = 1 << 14 // don't report as hovered when navigated on -}; - -enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 0 -}; - -enum ImGuiDragFlags_ -{ - ImGuiDragFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiDragFlags_Vertical = 1 << 0 -}; - -enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ -{ - // Default: 0 - ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window - ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize= 1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. -}; - -// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ -enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ -{ - // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ - ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 21, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 22, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth = 1 << 23, // FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379 for menus) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld= 1 << 24, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25 -}; - -// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ -enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ -{ - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20 -}; - -enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ -{ - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2 -}; - -// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin(). -// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. -enum ImGuiItemFlags_ -{ - ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. - ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window - ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) - ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ = 0 -}; - -// Storage for LastItem data -enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ -{ - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected" because reporting the change allows us to handle clipping with less issues. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6 // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. - -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - , // [imgui_tests only] - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 10, // - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 11, // - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 12, // - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 13 // -#endif -}; - -enum ImGuiTextFlags_ -{ - ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0 -}; - -// FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. -// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 -enum ImGuiLayoutType_ -{ - ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0, - ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1 -}; - -enum ImGuiLogType -{ - ImGuiLogType_None = 0, - ImGuiLogType_TTY, - ImGuiLogType_File, - ImGuiLogType_Buffer, - ImGuiLogType_Clipboard -}; - -// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 -enum ImGuiAxis -{ - ImGuiAxis_None = -1, - ImGuiAxis_X = 0, - ImGuiAxis_Y = 1 -}; - -enum ImGuiPlotType -{ - ImGuiPlotType_Lines, - ImGuiPlotType_Histogram -}; - -enum ImGuiInputSource -{ - ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, - ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, - ImGuiInputSource_Nav, - ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard, // Only used occasionally for storage, not tested/handled by most code - ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad, // " - ImGuiInputSource_COUNT -}; - -// FIXME-NAV: Clarify/expose various repeat delay/rate -enum ImGuiInputReadMode -{ - ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Released, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat, - ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow, - ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast -}; - -enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick = 1 << 2 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful for provided for completeness - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet that only comprise elements that are already fully visible. - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge = 1 << 6 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavForward -{ - ImGuiNavForward_None, - ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued, - ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive -}; - -enum ImGuiNavLayer -{ - ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer - ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt/ImGuiNavInput_Menu) - ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT -}; - -enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy -{ - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox -}; - -// 1D vector (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) -struct ImVec1 -{ - float x; - ImVec1() { x = 0.0f; } - ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; } -}; - -// 2D vector (half-size integer) -struct ImVec2ih -{ - short x, y; - ImVec2ih() { x = y = 0; } - ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } -}; - -// 2D axis aligned bounding-box -// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here -struct IMGUI_API ImRect -{ - ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left - ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right - - ImRect() : Min(FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX), Max(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) {} - ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} - ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} - ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} - - ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); } - ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); } - float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; } - float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; } - ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left - ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right - ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left - ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right - bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; } - bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; } - bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; } - void Add(const ImVec2& p) { if (Min.x > p.x) Min.x = p.x; if (Min.y > p.y) Min.y = p.y; if (Max.x < p.x) Max.x = p.x; if (Max.y < p.y) Max.y = p.y; } - void Add(const ImRect& r) { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; } - void Expand(const float amount) { Min.x -= amount; Min.y -= amount; Max.x += amount; Max.y += amount; } - void Expand(const ImVec2& amount) { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; } - void Translate(const ImVec2& d) { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; } - void TranslateX(float dx) { Min.x += dx; Max.x += dx; } - void TranslateY(float dy) { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; } - void ClipWith(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); } // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display. - void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped. - void Floor() { Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x); Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y); Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x); Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y); } - bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } -}; - -// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). -struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo -{ - size_t Size; // Size in byte - const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type - const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type -}; - -// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiColorMod -{ - ImGuiCol Col; - ImVec4 BackupValue; -}; - -// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. -struct ImGuiStyleMod -{ - ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx; - union { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; }; - ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; } - ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; } - ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } -}; - -// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() -struct ImGuiGroupData -{ - ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; - ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; - ImVec1 BackupIndent; - ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; - ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; - float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; - ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; - bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; - bool EmitItem; -}; - -// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper. -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns -{ - float Spacing; - float Width, NextWidth; - float Pos[3], NextWidths[3]; - - ImGuiMenuColumns(); - void Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear); - float DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2); - float CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const; -}; - -// Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState -{ - ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state - int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 len is valid even if TextA is not. - ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. - ImVector TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity. - ImVector InitialTextA; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) - bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument) - int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity - float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset - ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h - float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately - bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) - bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection - ImGuiInputTextFlags UserFlags; // Temporarily set while we call user's callback - ImGuiInputTextCallback UserCallback; // " - void* UserCallbackData; // " - - ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } - int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } - int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } - void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation - - // Cursor & Selection - void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking - void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); } - bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } - void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } - void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } -}; - -// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file -// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily. -// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure) -struct ImGuiWindowSettings -{ - ImGuiID ID; - ImVec2ih Pos; - ImVec2ih Size; - bool Collapsed; - - ImGuiWindowSettings() { ID = 0; Pos = Size = ImVec2ih(0, 0); Collapsed = false; } - char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } -}; - -struct ImGuiSettingsHandler -{ - const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']' - ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHashStr(TypeName) - void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name); // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]" - void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry - void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf' - void* UserData; - - ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - -// Storage for current popup stack -struct ImGuiPopupData -{ - ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* SourceWindow; // Set on OpenPopup() copy of NavWindow at the time of opening the popup - int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) - ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) - ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup - - ImGuiPopupData() { PopupId = 0; Window = SourceWindow = NULL; OpenFrameCount = -1; OpenParentId = 0; } -}; - -struct ImGuiColumnData -{ - float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) - float OffsetNormBeforeResize; - ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; // Not exposed - ImRect ClipRect; - - ImGuiColumnData() { OffsetNorm = OffsetNormBeforeResize = 0.0f; Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None; } -}; - -struct ImGuiColumns -{ - ImGuiID ID; - ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; - bool IsFirstFrame; - bool IsBeingResized; - int Current; - int Count; - float OffMinX, OffMaxX; // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x - float LineMinY, LineMaxY; - float HostCursorPosY; // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns() - float HostCursorMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns() - ImRect HostClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns() - ImRect HostWorkRect; // Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns() - ImVector Columns; - - ImGuiColumns() { Clear(); } - void Clear() - { - ID = 0; - Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None; - IsFirstFrame = false; - IsBeingResized = false; - Current = 0; - Count = 1; - OffMinX = OffMaxX = 0.0f; - LineMinY = LineMaxY = 0.0f; - HostCursorPosY = 0.0f; - HostCursorMaxPosX = 0.0f; - Columns.clear(); - } -}; - -// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances -struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData -{ - ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas - ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload) - float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload) - float CurveTessellationTol; - ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() - ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) - - // Const data - // FIXME: Bake rounded corners fill/borders in atlas - ImVec2 CircleVtx12[12]; - - ImDrawListSharedData(); -}; - -struct ImDrawDataBuilder -{ - ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip - - void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } - IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); -}; - -struct ImGuiNavMoveResult -{ - ImGuiID ID; // Best candidate - ImGuiID SelectScopeId;// Best candidate window current selectable group ID - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Best candidate window - float DistBox; // Best candidate box distance to current NavId - float DistCenter; // Best candidate center distance to current NavId - float DistAxial; - ImRect RectRel; // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space - - ImGuiNavMoveResult() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { ID = SelectScopeId = 0; Window = NULL; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; RectRel = ImRect(); } -}; - -enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize = 1 << 2, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed = 1 << 3, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint = 1 << 4, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6 -}; - -// Storage for SetNexWindow** functions -struct ImGuiNextWindowData -{ - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags Flags; - ImGuiCond PosCond; - ImGuiCond SizeCond; - ImGuiCond CollapsedCond; - ImVec2 PosVal; - ImVec2 PosPivotVal; - ImVec2 SizeVal; - ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; - bool CollapsedVal; - ImRect SizeConstraintRect; - ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback; - void* SizeCallbackUserData; - float BgAlphaVal; - ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // *Always on* This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it. - - ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } -}; - -enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1 -}; - -struct ImGuiNextItemData -{ - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; - float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth(). - bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() function. - ImGuiCond OpenCond; - - ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Tabs -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem -{ - int Index; - float Width; -}; - -struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex -{ - void* Ptr; // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool. - int Index; // Usually index in a main pool. - - ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr) { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; } - ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Main imgui context -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -struct ImGuiContext -{ - bool Initialized; - bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. - ImGuiIO IO; - ImGuiStyle Style; - ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back() - float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window. - float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height. - ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData; - double Time; - int FrameCount; - int FrameCountEnded; - int FrameCountRendered; - bool WithinFrameScope; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() - bool WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed - bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild() - - // Windows state - ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front - ImVector WindowsFocusOrder; // Windows, sorted in focus order, back to front - ImVector WindowsSortBuffer; - ImVector CurrentWindowStack; - ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* - int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame - ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into - ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs - ImGuiWindow* HoveredRootWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs (for focus/move only) - ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actually window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. - ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. - ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; - float WheelingWindowTimer; - - // Item/widgets state and tracking information - ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget - bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; - ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; - float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time - float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active - ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget - ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame) - float ActiveIdTimer; - bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame - bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always) - bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. - bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. - bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those directional navigation requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs. - ImU64 ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. - ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) - ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; - ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) - ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; - bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; - bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore; - ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow; - ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. - float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. - - // Next window/item data - ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions - ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions - - // Shared stacks - ImVector ColorModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - ImVector StyleModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) - ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) - - // Navigation data (for gamepad/keyboard) - ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow' - ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation - ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() - ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavInputId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavJustTabbedId; // Just tabbed to this id. - ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiID NavJustMovedToMultiSelectScopeId; // Just navigated to this select scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. - ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. - ImRect NavScoringRectScreen; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->DC.NavRefRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. - int NavScoringCount; // Metrics for debugging - ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // When selecting a window (holding Menu+FocusPrev/Next, or equivalent of CTRL-TAB) this window is temporarily displayed top-most. - ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f - ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingList; - float NavWindowingTimer; - float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; - bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; - ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. - int NavIdTabCounter; // == NavWindow->DC.FocusIdxTabCounter at time of NavId processing - bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRefRectRel is valid - bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) - bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) - bool NavDisableMouseHover; // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again. - bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest - bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item - bool NavInitRequestFromMove; - ImGuiID NavInitResultId; - ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; - bool NavMoveFromClampedRefRect; // Set by manual scrolling, if we scroll to a point where NavId isn't visible we reset navigation from visible items - bool NavMoveRequest; // Move request for this frame - ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveRequestFlags; - ImGuiNavForward NavMoveRequestForward; // None / ForwardQueued / ForwardActive (this is used to navigate sibling parent menus from a child menu) - ImGuiDir NavMoveDir, NavMoveDirLast; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down), direction of the previous move request - ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename? - ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow - ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag) - ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) - - // Tabbing system (older than Nav, active even if Nav is disabled. FIXME-NAV: This needs a redesign!) - ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestCurrWindow; // - ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestNextWindow; // - int FocusRequestCurrCounterAll; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch) - int FocusRequestCurrCounterTab; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index - int FocusRequestNextCounterAll; // Stored for next frame - int FocusRequestNextCounterTab; // " - bool FocusTabPressed; // - - // Render - ImDrawData DrawData; // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user - ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; - float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) - ImDrawList BackgroundDrawList; // First draw list to be rendered. - ImDrawList ForegroundDrawList; // Last draw list to be rendered. This is where we the render software mouse cursor (if io.MouseDrawCursor is set) and most debug overlays. - ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; - - // Drag and Drop - bool DragDropActive; - bool DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget; - ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropSourceFlags; - int DragDropSourceFrameCount; - int DragDropMouseButton; - ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload; - ImRect DragDropTargetRect; - ImGuiID DragDropTargetId; - ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropAcceptFlags; - float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface) - ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdCurr; // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload) - ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdPrev; // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets) - int DragDropAcceptFrameCount; // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source - ImVector DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly - unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16]; // Local buffer for small payloads - - // Tab bars - ImGuiTabBar* CurrentTabBar; - ImPool TabBars; - ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; - ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; - - // Widget state - ImVec2 LastValidMousePos; - ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; - ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; - ImGuiID TempInputTextId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. - ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets - float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - float ColorEditLastColor[3]; - ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. - bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; - float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings - float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio - float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? - int TooltipOverrideCount; - ImVector PrivateClipboard; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined - - // Range-Select/Multi-Select - // [This is unused in this branch, but left here to facilitate merging/syncing multiple branches] - ImGuiID MultiSelectScopeId; - - // Platform support - ImVec2 PlatformImePos; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor - ImVec2 PlatformImeLastPos; - - // Settings - bool SettingsLoaded; - float SettingsDirtyTimer; // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero - ImGuiTextBuffer SettingsIniData; // In memory .ini settings - ImVector SettingsHandlers; // List of .ini settings handlers - ImChunkStream SettingsWindows; // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries - - // Capture/Logging - bool LogEnabled; - ImGuiLogType LogType; - ImFileHandle LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file - ImGuiTextBuffer LogBuffer; // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators. - float LogLinePosY; - bool LogLineFirstItem; - int LogDepthRef; - int LogDepthToExpand; - int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. - - // Debug Tools - bool DebugItemPickerActive; - ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakID; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this id - - // Misc - float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds. - int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx; - float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum; - int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture via CaptureKeyboardFromApp()/CaptureMouseFromApp() sets those flags - int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; - int WantTextInputNextFrame; - char TempBuffer[1024*3+1]; // Temporary text buffer - - ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) : BackgroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData), ForegroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData) - { - Initialized = false; - Font = NULL; - FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f; - FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; - IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); - Time = 0.0f; - FrameCount = 0; - FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; - WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; - - WindowsActiveCount = 0; - CurrentWindow = NULL; - HoveredWindow = NULL; - HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - MovingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; - - HoveredId = 0; - HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; - HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; - ActiveId = 0; - ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; - ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; - ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; - ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; - ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; - ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1,-1); - ActiveIdWindow = NULL; - ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; - LastActiveId = 0; - LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - - NavWindow = NULL; - NavId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavInputId = 0; - NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToMultiSelectScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; - NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - NavScoringRectScreen = ImRect(); - NavScoringCount = 0; - NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingList = NULL; - NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; - NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; - NavIdIsAlive = false; - NavMousePosDirty = false; - NavDisableHighlight = true; - NavDisableMouseHover = false; - NavAnyRequest = false; - NavInitRequest = false; - NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - NavInitResultId = 0; - NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; - NavMoveRequest = false; - NavMoveRequestFlags = 0; - NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; - NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirLast = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; - - FocusRequestCurrWindow = FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; - FocusRequestCurrCounterAll = FocusRequestCurrCounterTab = INT_MAX; - FocusRequestNextCounterAll = FocusRequestNextCounterTab = INT_MAX; - FocusTabPressed = false; - - DimBgRatio = 0.0f; - BackgroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Background"; // Give it a name for debugging - ForegroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Foreground"; // Give it a name for debugging - MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; - - DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; - DragDropSourceFlags = 0; - DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; - DragDropMouseButton = -1; - DragDropTargetId = 0; - DragDropAcceptFlags = 0; - DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; - DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; - DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; - memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); - - CurrentTabBar = NULL; - - LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - TempInputTextId = 0; - ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault; - ColorEditLastHue = 0.0f; - ColorEditLastColor[0] = ColorEditLastColor[1] = ColorEditLastColor[2] = FLT_MAX; - DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; - DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; - DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; - ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; - TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - - MultiSelectScopeId = 0; - - PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - SettingsLoaded = false; - SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - - LogEnabled = false; - LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; - LogFile = NULL; - LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; - LogLineFirstItem = false; - LogDepthRef = 0; - LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; - - DebugItemPickerActive = false; - DebugItemPickerBreakID = 0; - - memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); - FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = 0; - FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; - WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer)); - } -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiWindow -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow. -// FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered. -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData -{ - ImVec2 CursorPos; // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates. - ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine; - ImVec2 CursorStartPos; // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding. - ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always growing during the frame. Used to calculate window->ContentSize at the beginning of next frame - ImVec2 CurrLineSize; - ImVec2 PrevLineSize; - float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). - float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; - int TreeDepth; // Current tree depth. - ImU32 TreeMayJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. - ImGuiID LastItemId; // ID for last item - ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; // Status flags for last item (see ImGuiItemStatusFlags_) - ImRect LastItemRect; // Interaction rect for last item - ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; // End-user display rect for last item (only valid if LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) - ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) - int NavLayerCurrentMask; // = (1 << NavLayerCurrent) used by ItemAdd prior to clipping. - int NavLayerActiveMask; // Which layer have been written to (result from previous frame) - int NavLayerActiveMaskNext; // Which layer have been written to (buffer for current frame) - bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; - bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) - bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this - ImVec2 MenuBarOffset; // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs. - ImVector ChildWindows; - ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) - ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; - ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() - int FocusCounterAll; // Counter for focus/tabbing system. Start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusableItemRegister() (FIXME-NAV: Needs redesign) - int FocusCounterTab; // (same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through) - - // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. - ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // == ItemFlagsStack.back() [empty == ImGuiItemFlags_Default] - float ItemWidth; // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window - float TextWrapPos; // == TextWrapPosStack.back() [empty == -1.0f] - ImVectorItemFlagsStack; - ImVector ItemWidthStack; - ImVector TextWrapPosStack; - ImVectorGroupStack; - short StackSizesBackup[6]; // Store size of various stacks for asserting - - ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) - ImVec1 GroupOffset; - ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. - ImGuiColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set - - ImGuiWindowTempData() - { - CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - CurrLineSize = PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - CurrLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - TreeDepth = 0; - TreeMayJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; - LastItemId = 0; - LastItemStatusFlags = 0; - LastItemRect = LastItemDisplayRect = ImRect(); - NavLayerActiveMask = NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00; - NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; - NavHasScroll = false; - MenuBarAppending = false; - MenuBarOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - StateStorage = NULL; - LayoutType = ParentLayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - FocusCounterAll = FocusCounterTab = -1; - - ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; - ItemWidth = 0.0f; - TextWrapPos = -1.0f; - memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup)); - - Indent = ImVec1(0.0f); - GroupOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); - ColumnsOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); - CurrentColumns = NULL; - } -}; - -// Storage for one window -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow -{ - char* Name; - ImGuiID ID; // == ImHash(Name) - ImGuiWindowFlags Flags; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ - ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel) - ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) - ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed - ImVec2 ContentSize; // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding. - ImVec2 ContentSizeExplicit; // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize(). - ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). - float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). - float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin(). - int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)! - ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") - ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window) - ImVec2 Scroll; - ImVec2 ScrollMax; - ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) - ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered - ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; // Size taken by scrollbars on each axis - bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; // Are scrollbars visible? - bool Active; // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed - bool WasActive; - bool WriteAccessed; // Set to true when any widget access the current window - bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar - bool WantCollapseToggle; - bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed) - bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) - bool Hidden; // Do not display (== (HiddenFrames*** > 0)) - bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) - signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) - short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) - short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. - short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. - ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) - ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; - ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises; - bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; - ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; - int HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames - int HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size - ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. - ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. - ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. - ImVec2 SetWindowPosVal; // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size) - ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0,0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1,1) for bottom right. - - ImVector IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure) - ImGuiWindowTempData DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name. - - // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics -> Tools -> Show windows rectangles' viewer. - // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect(). - ImRect OuterRectClipped; // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window. - ImRect InnerRect; // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar) - ImRect InnerClipRect; // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect. - ImRect WorkRect; // Cover the whole scrolling region, shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward). - ImRect ClipRect; // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). - ImRect ContentRegionRect; // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on. - - int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number the window was Active. - float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there) - float ItemWidthDefault; - ImGuiMenuColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items - ImGuiStorage StateStorage; - ImVector ColumnsStorage; - float FontWindowScale; // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale() - int SettingsOffset; // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back) - - ImDrawList* DrawList; // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer) - ImDrawList DrawListInst; - ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. - ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. - ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. - ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. - - ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) - ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) - ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space - - bool MemoryCompacted; - int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; - int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity; - -public: - ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name); - ~ImGuiWindow(); - - ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); - ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); - ImGuiID GetID(int n); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n); - ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); - - // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow. - ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x+Size.x, Pos.y+Size.y); } - float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } - float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } - ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } - float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } - ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } -}; - -// Backup and restore just enough data to be able to use IsItemHovered() on item A after another B in the same window has overwritten the data. -struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup -{ - ImGuiID LastItemId; - ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; - ImRect LastItemRect; - ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; - - ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup() { Backup(); } - void Backup() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; LastItemId = window->DC.LastItemId; LastItemStatusFlags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; LastItemRect = window->DC.LastItemRect; LastItemDisplayRect = window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect; } - void Restore() const { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; window->DC.LastItemId = LastItemId; window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = LastItemStatusFlags; window->DC.LastItemRect = LastItemRect; window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = LastItemDisplayRect; } -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Tab bar, tab item -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_ -enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_ -{ - ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode = 1 << 20, // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around] - ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 21, - ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22 // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs -}; - -// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_ -enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ -{ - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20 // Store whether p_open is set or not, which we need to recompute ContentWidth during layout. -}; - -// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 26~32 bytes) -struct ImGuiTabItem -{ - ImGuiID ID; - ImGuiTabItemFlags Flags; - int LastFrameVisible; - int LastFrameSelected; // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance - int NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames - float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab - float Width; // Width currently displayed - float ContentWidth; // Width of actual contents, stored during BeginTabItem() call - - ImGuiTabItem() { ID = 0; Flags = 0; LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = -1; Offset = Width = ContentWidth = 0.0f; } -}; - -// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 92~96 bytes) -struct ImGuiTabBar -{ - ImVector Tabs; - ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking - ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // Selected tab - ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; - ImGuiID VisibleTabId; // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview) - int CurrFrameVisible; - int PrevFrameVisible; - ImRect BarRect; - float LastTabContentHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar - float OffsetMax; // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, locked during layout - float OffsetMaxIdeal; // Ideal offset if all tabs were visible and not clipped - float OffsetNextTab; // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, incremented with each BeginTabItem() call, not used if ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable if set. - float ScrollingAnim; - float ScrollingTarget; - float ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility; - float ScrollingSpeed; - ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; - ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; - ImS8 ReorderRequestDir; - bool WantLayout; - bool VisibleTabWasSubmitted; - short LastTabItemIdx; // For BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() - ImVec2 FramePadding; // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar() - ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. - - ImGuiTabBar(); - int GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } - const char* GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const - { - IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size); - return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; - } -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Internal API -// No guarantee of forward compatibility here. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -namespace ImGui -{ - // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window) - // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either - // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal. - // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal. - inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; } - inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindow() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; } - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); - IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window); - IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); - IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); - IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); - IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); - - IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); - inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } - inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return &g.ForegroundDrawList; } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches. - - // Init - IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context); - IMGUI_API void Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). - - // NewFrame - IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); - IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); - IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); - - // Settings - IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); - IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); - IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); - - // Scrolling - IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x); - IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y); - IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); - IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect); - - // Basic Accessors - inline ImGuiID GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; } - inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } - inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } - IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void ClearActiveID(); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetHoveredID(); - IMGUI_API void SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); - - // Basic Helpers for widget code - IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); - IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged); - IMGUI_API bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); // Return true if focus is requested - IMGUI_API void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); - IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); - IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); - IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); - IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); - IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); - IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); - - // Logging/Capture - IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. - IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer - - // Popups, Modals, Tooltips - IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); - IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); - IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id); // Test for id within current popup stack level (currently begin-ed into); this doesn't scan the whole popup stack! - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip = true); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy = ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); - - // Navigation - IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit); - IMGUI_API bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet(); - IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); - IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); - IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); - IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); - IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. - IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer); - IMGUI_API void SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, const ImRect& rect_rel); - - // Inputs - // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; } - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(key < 64); return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0; } - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(int button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); - inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const int key_index = g.IO.KeyMap[key]; return (key_index >= 0) ? IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; } - inline bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; } - inline bool IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode rm) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f); } - - // Drag and Drop - IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); - IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); - - // New Columns API (FIXME-WIP) - IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). - IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns - IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index); - IMGUI_API void PushColumnsBackground(); - IMGUI_API void PopColumnsBackground(); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count); - IMGUI_API ImGuiColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm); - IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset); - - // Tab Bars - IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags); - IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); - IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); - IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); - IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir); - IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button); - IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API bool TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id); - - // Render helpers - // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT. - // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally) - IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true); - IMGUI_API void RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width); - IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0,0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); - IMGUI_API void RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); - IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known); - IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ~0); - IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); - IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight - IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. - IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); - - // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) - IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); - IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // [1.71: 2019/06/07: Updating prototypes of some of the internal functions. Leaving those for reference for a short while] - inline void RenderArrow(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale=1.0f) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), dir, scale); } - inline void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderBullet(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } -#endif - - // Widgets - IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); - IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); - IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags); - IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis); - IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners, 4..7: borders - IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); - - // Widgets low-level behaviors - IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags); - IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); - IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging - IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); - - // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. - // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). - // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); " - template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags); - template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); - template IMGUI_API float SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos); - template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); - - // Data type helpers - IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); - IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); - IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); - IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); - - // InputText - IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool TempInputTextScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); - inline bool TempInputTextIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputTextId == id); } - - // Color - IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); - IMGUI_API void ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); - IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); - - // Plot - IMGUI_API void PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size); - - // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) - IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); - IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); - - // Debug Tools - inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max, col); } - inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } - -} // namespace ImGui - -// ImFontAtlas internals -IMGUI_API bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRegisterDefaultCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); - -// Debug Tools -// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item. -#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK -#if defined(__clang__) -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() -#elif defined (_MSC_VER) -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak() -#else -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! -#endif -#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK - -// Test Engine Hooks (imgui_tests) -//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB, _ID) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT, ...) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log -#else -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB, _ID) do { } while (0) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) do { } while (0) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT, ...) do { } while (0) -#endif - -#if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic pop -#elif defined(__GNUC__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic pop -#endif - -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (pop) -#endif diff --git a/scenes/Cube.bin b/scenes/Cube.bin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7dae4b0b Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/Cube.bin differ diff --git a/scenes/Cube.gltf b/scenes/Cube.gltf new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc873da8 --- /dev/null +++ b/scenes/Cube.gltf @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +{ + "accessors" : [ + { + "bufferView" : 0, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5123, + "count" : 36, + "max" : [ + 35 + ], + "min" : [ + 0 + ], + "type" : "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 1, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 36, + "max" : [ + 1.000000, + 1.000000, + 1.000001 + ], + "min" : [ + -1.000000, + -1.000000, + -1.000000 + ], + "type" : "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 2, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 36, + "max" : [ + 1.000000, + 1.000000, + 1.000000 + ], + "min" : [ + -1.000000, + -1.000000, + -1.000000 + ], + "type" : "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 3, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 36, + "max" : [ + 1.000000, + -0.000000, + -0.000000, + 1.000000 + ], + "min" : [ + 0.000000, + -0.000000, + -1.000000, + -1.000000 + ], + "type" : "VEC4" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 4, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 36, + "max" : [ + 1.000000, + 1.000000 + ], + "min" : [ + -1.000000, + -1.000000 + ], + "type" : "VEC2" + } + ], + "asset" : { + "generator" : "VKTS glTF 2.0 exporter", + "version" : "2.0" + }, + "bufferViews" : [ + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 72, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "target" : 34963 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 432, + "byteOffset" : 72, + "target" : 34962 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 432, + "byteOffset" : 504, + "target" : 34962 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 576, + "byteOffset" : 936, + "target" : 34962 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 288, + "byteOffset" : 1512, + "target" : 34962 + } + ], + "buffers" : [ + { + "byteLength" : 1800, + "uri" : "Cube.bin" + } + ], + "images" : [ + { + "uri" : "Cube_BaseColor.png" + }, + { + "uri" : "Cube_MetallicRoughness.png" + } + ], + "materials" : [ + { + "name" : "Cube", + "pbrMetallicRoughness" : { + "baseColorTexture" : { + "index" : 0 + }, + "metallicRoughnessTexture" : { + "index" : 1 + } + } + } + ], + "meshes" : [ + { + "name" : "Cube", + "primitives" : [ + { + "attributes" : { + "NORMAL" : 2, + "POSITION" : 1, + "TANGENT" : 3, + "TEXCOORD_0" : 4 + }, + "indices" : 0, + "material" : 0, + "mode" : 4 + } + ] + } + ], + "nodes" : [ + { + "mesh" : 0, + "name" : "Cube" + } + ], + "samplers" : [ + {} + ], + "scene" : 0, + "scenes" : [ + { + "nodes" : [ + 0 + ] + } + ], + "textures" : [ + { + "sampler" : 0, + "source" : 0 + }, + { + "sampler" : 0, + "source" : 1 + } + ] +} diff --git a/scenes/Cube_BaseColor.png b/scenes/Cube_BaseColor.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e5cb206 Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/Cube_BaseColor.png differ diff --git a/scenes/Cube_MetallicRoughness.png b/scenes/Cube_MetallicRoughness.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efd20260 Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/Cube_MetallicRoughness.png differ diff --git a/scenes/Planet_baseColor.png b/scenes/Planet_baseColor.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f69ec6b Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/Planet_baseColor.png differ diff --git a/scenes/Suzanne.bin b/scenes/Suzanne.bin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60f54db7 Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/Suzanne.bin differ diff --git a/scenes/Suzanne.gltf b/scenes/Suzanne.gltf new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56607849 --- /dev/null +++ b/scenes/Suzanne.gltf @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +{ + "accessors" : [ + { + "bufferView" : 0, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5123, + "count" : 11808, + "max" : [ + 11807 + ], + "min" : [ + 0 + ], + "type" : "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 1, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 11808, + "max" : [ + 1.336914, + 0.950195, + 0.825684 + ], + "min" : [ + -1.336914, + -0.974609, + -0.800781 + ], + "type" : "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 2, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 11808, + "max" : [ + 0.996339, + 0.999958, + 0.999929 + ], + "min" : [ + -0.996339, + -0.985940, + -0.999994 + ], + "type" : "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 3, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 11808, + "max" : [ + 0.998570, + 0.999996, + 0.999487, + 1.000000 + ], + "min" : [ + -0.999233, + -0.999453, + -0.999812, + 1.000000 + ], + "type" : "VEC4" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 4, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 11808, + "max" : [ + 0.999884, + 0.884359 + ], + "min" : [ + 0.000116, + 0.000116 + ], + "type" : "VEC2" + } + ], + "asset" : { + "generator" : "VKTS glTF 2.0 exporter", + "version" : "2.0" + }, + "bufferViews" : [ + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 23616, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "target" : 34963 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 141696, + "byteOffset" : 23616, + "target" : 34962 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 141696, + "byteOffset" : 165312, + "target" : 34962 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 188928, + "byteOffset" : 307008, + "target" : 34962 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 94464, + "byteOffset" : 495936, + "target" : 34962 + } + ], + "buffers" : [ + { + "byteLength" : 590400, + "uri" : "Suzanne.bin" + } + ], + "images" : [ + { + "uri" : "Suzanne_BaseColor.png" + }, + { + "uri" : "Suzanne_MetallicRoughness.png" + } + ], + "materials" : [ + { + "name" : "Suzanne", + "pbrMetallicRoughness" : { + "baseColorTexture" : { + "index" : 0 + }, + "metallicRoughnessTexture" : { + "index" : 1 + } + } + } + ], + "meshes" : [ + { + "name" : "Suzanne", + "primitives" : [ + { + "attributes" : { + "NORMAL" : 2, + "POSITION" : 1, + "TANGENT" : 3, + "TEXCOORD_0" : 4 + }, + "indices" : 0, + "material" : 0, + "mode" : 4 + } + ] + } + ], + "nodes" : [ + { + "mesh" : 0, + "name" : "Suzanne" + } + ], + "samplers" : [ + {} + ], + "scene" : 0, + "scenes" : [ + { + "nodes" : [ + 0 + ] + } + ], + "textures" : [ + { + "sampler" : 0, + "source" : 0 + }, + { + "sampler" : 0, + "source" : 1 + } + ] +} diff --git a/scenes/Suzanne_BaseColor.png b/scenes/Suzanne_BaseColor.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35469abf Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/Suzanne_BaseColor.png differ diff --git a/scenes/Suzanne_MetallicRoughness.png b/scenes/Suzanne_MetallicRoughness.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4ff1fde Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/Suzanne_MetallicRoughness.png differ diff --git a/scenes/TwoSidedPlane.bin b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane.bin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1dfbba6c Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane.bin differ diff --git a/scenes/TwoSidedPlane.gltf b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane.gltf new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c52ca00 --- /dev/null +++ b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane.gltf @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +{ + "accessors" : [ + { + "bufferView" : 0, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5123, + "count" : 6, + "max" : [ + 5 + ], + "min" : [ + 0 + ], + "type" : "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 1, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 6, + "max" : [ + 1.000000, + 0.000000, + 1.000000 + ], + "min" : [ + -1.000000, + 0.000000, + -1.000000 + ], + "type" : "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 2, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 6, + "max" : [ + -0.000000, + 1.000000, + -0.000000 + ], + "min" : [ + -0.000000, + 1.000000, + -0.000000 + ], + "type" : "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 3, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 6, + "max" : [ + 0.000000, + 0.000000, + -1.000000, + 1.000000 + ], + "min" : [ + 0.000000, + 0.000000, + -1.000000, + 1.000000 + ], + "type" : "VEC4" + }, + { + "bufferView" : 4, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "componentType" : 5126, + "count" : 6, + "max" : [ + 0.999900, + 0.999900 + ], + "min" : [ + 0.000100, + 0.000100 + ], + "type" : "VEC2" + } + ], + "asset" : { + "generator" : "VKTS glTF 2.0 exporter", + "version" : "2.0" + }, + "bufferViews" : [ + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 12, + "byteOffset" : 0, + "target" : 34963 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 72, + "byteOffset" : 12, + "target" : 34962 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 72, + "byteOffset" : 84, + "target" : 34962 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 96, + "byteOffset" : 156, + "target" : 34962 + }, + { + "buffer" : 0, + "byteLength" : 48, + "byteOffset" : 252, + "target" : 34962 + } + ], + "buffers" : [ + { + "byteLength" : 300, + "uri" : "TwoSidedPlane.bin" + } + ], + "images" : [ + { + "uri" : "TwoSidedPlane_BaseColor.png" + }, + { + "uri" : "TwoSidedPlane_MetallicRoughness.png" + }, + { + "uri" : "TwoSidedPlane_Normal.png" + } + ], + "materials" : [ + { + "doubleSided" : true, + "name" : "TwoSidedPlane", + "normalTexture" : { + "index" : 2 + }, + "pbrMetallicRoughness" : { + "baseColorTexture" : { + "index" : 0 + }, + "metallicRoughnessTexture" : { + "index" : 1 + } + } + } + ], + "meshes" : [ + { + "name" : "TwoSidedPlane", + "primitives" : [ + { + "attributes" : { + "NORMAL" : 2, + "POSITION" : 1, + "TANGENT" : 3, + "TEXCOORD_0" : 4 + }, + "indices" : 0, + "material" : 0, + "mode" : 4 + } + ] + } + ], + "nodes" : [ + { + "mesh" : 0, + "name" : "TwoSidedPlane" + } + ], + "samplers" : [ + {} + ], + "scene" : 0, + "scenes" : [ + { + "nodes" : [ + 0 + ] + } + ], + "textures" : [ + { + "sampler" : 0, + "source" : 0 + }, + { + "sampler" : 0, + "source" : 1 + }, + { + "sampler" : 0, + "source" : 2 + } + ] +} diff --git a/scenes/TwoSidedPlane_BaseColor.png b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane_BaseColor.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ac12a10 Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane_BaseColor.png differ diff --git a/scenes/TwoSidedPlane_MetallicRoughness.png b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane_MetallicRoughness.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e47d917 Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane_MetallicRoughness.png differ diff --git a/scenes/TwoSidedPlane_Normal.png b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane_Normal.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1eddce70 Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/TwoSidedPlane_Normal.png differ diff --git a/scenes/cornell.txt b/scenes/cornell.txt index 83ff8202..148bce61 100644 --- a/scenes/cornell.txt +++ b/scenes/cornell.txt @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ REFL 0 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 5 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL // Diffuse white MATERIAL 1 @@ -17,6 +19,8 @@ REFL 0 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL // Diffuse red MATERIAL 2 @@ -27,6 +31,8 @@ REFL 0 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL // Diffuse green MATERIAL 3 @@ -37,6 +43,8 @@ REFL 0 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL // Specular white MATERIAL 4 @@ -47,6 +55,32 @@ REFL 1 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// box +MATERIAL 5 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB .98 .98 .98 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP ../scenes/Cube_BaseColor.png +NORMALMAP NULL + +// monkey +MATERIAL 6 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB .98 .98 .98 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP ../scenes/Suzanne_BaseColor.png +NORMALMAP NULL // Camera CAMERA @@ -58,6 +92,8 @@ FILE cornell EYE 0.0 5 10.5 LOOKAT 0 5 0 UP 0 1 0 +FOCAL 10 +APERTURE 0.1 // Ceiling light @@ -66,7 +102,7 @@ cube material 0 TRANS 0 10 0 ROTAT 0 0 0 -SCALE 3 .3 3 +SCALE 4 .3 4 // Floor OBJECT 1 @@ -108,10 +144,28 @@ TRANS 5 5 0 ROTAT 0 0 0 SCALE .01 10 10 -// Sphere +// Cube OBJECT 6 -sphere -material 4 +gltf +../scenes/Cube.gltf +material 5 TRANS -1 4 -1 ROTAT 0 0 0 -SCALE 3 3 3 +SCALE 1 1 1 + +// monkey +OBJECT 7 +gltf +../scenes/Suzanne.gltf +material 6 +TRANS 3 4 3 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE 2 2 2 + +// front light +OBJECT 8 +cube +material 0 +TRANS 0 5 13 +ROTAT 90 0 0 +SCALE 4 .3 4 diff --git a/scenes/cornell_ceiling_light.txt b/scenes/cornell_ceiling_light.txt index 15af5f19..86f4c28d 100644 --- a/scenes/cornell_ceiling_light.txt +++ b/scenes/cornell_ceiling_light.txt @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ REFL 0 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 1 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL // Diffuse white MATERIAL 1 @@ -17,6 +19,8 @@ REFL 0 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL // Diffuse red MATERIAL 2 @@ -27,6 +31,8 @@ REFL 0 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL // Diffuse green MATERIAL 3 @@ -37,6 +43,8 @@ REFL 0 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL // Specular white MATERIAL 4 @@ -47,18 +55,21 @@ REFL 1 REFR 0 REFRIOR 0 EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL // Camera CAMERA RES 800 800 FOVY 45 -ITERATIONS 10 +ITERATIONS 5000 DEPTH 8 FILE cornell EYE 0.0 5 10.5 LOOKAT 0 5 0 UP 0 1 0 - +FOCAL 10 +APERTURE 0 // Ceiling light OBJECT 0 @@ -66,7 +77,7 @@ cube material 0 TRANS 0 10 0 ROTAT 0 0 0 -SCALE 10 .3 10 +SCALE 5 .3 5 // Floor OBJECT 1 diff --git a/scenes/cornell_test.txt b/scenes/cornell_test.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32834936 --- /dev/null +++ b/scenes/cornell_test.txt @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +// Emissive material (light) +MATERIAL 0 +RGB 1 1 1 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 5 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Diffuse white +MATERIAL 1 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Diffuse red +MATERIAL 2 +RGB .85 .35 .35 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Diffuse green +MATERIAL 3 +RGB .35 .85 .35 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Specular white +MATERIAL 4 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB .98 .98 .98 +REFL 1 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// box +MATERIAL 5 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB .98 .98 .98 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP ../scenes/Cube_BaseColor.png +NORMALMAP NULL + +// monkey +MATERIAL 6 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB .98 .98 .98 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP ../scenes/Suzanne_BaseColor.png +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Camera +CAMERA +RES 800 800 +FOVY 45 +ITERATIONS 5000 +DEPTH 8 +FILE cornell +EYE 0.0 5 4.8 +LOOKAT 0 5 0 +UP 0 1 0 +FOCAL 10 +APERTURE 0 + + +// Ceiling light +OBJECT 0 +cube +material 0 +TRANS 0 10 0 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE 4 .3 4 + +// Floor +OBJECT 1 +cube +material 1 +TRANS 0 0 0 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE 10 .01 10 + +// Ceiling +OBJECT 2 +cube +material 1 +TRANS 0 10 0 +ROTAT 0 0 90 +SCALE .01 10 10 + +// Back wall +OBJECT 3 +cube +material 1 +TRANS 0 5 -5 +ROTAT 0 90 0 +SCALE .01 10 10 + +// Left wall +OBJECT 4 +cube +material 2 +TRANS -5 5 0 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE .01 10 10 + +// Right wall +OBJECT 5 +cube +material 3 +TRANS 5 5 0 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE .01 10 10 + +// Cube +OBJECT 6 +gltf +../scenes/Cube.gltf +material 5 +TRANS -1 4 -1 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE 1 1 1 + + + diff --git a/scenes/earth.gltf b/scenes/earth.gltf new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a590802f --- /dev/null +++ b/scenes/earth.gltf @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +{ + "accessors": [ + { + "bufferView": 0, + "componentType": 5123, + "count": 2880, + "max": [ + 558 + ], + "min": [ + 0 + ], + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 559, + "max": [ + 0.5000001192092896, + 0.5, + 0.5000001788139343 + ], + "min": [ + -0.49999991059303284, + -0.5, + -0.5 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 2, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 559, + "max": [ + 1.0, + 1.0, + 1.0 + ], + "min": [ + -1.0, + -1.0, + -1.0 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 3, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 559, + "max": [ + 1.0, + 0.04912419244647026, + 1.0, + 1.0 + ], + "min": [ + -1.0, + -0.04912363365292549, + -1.0, + 1.0 + ], + "type": "VEC4" + }, + { + "bufferView": 4, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 559, + "max": [ + 1.000000238418579, + 1.0 + ], + "min": [ + 0.0, + 0.0 + ], + "type": "VEC2" + } + ], + "asset": { + "generator": "Khronos Blender glTF 2.0 exporter", + "version": "2.0" + }, + "bufferViews": [ + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 5760, + "byteOffset": 6528, + "target": 34963 + }, + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 6708, + "byteOffset": 12288, + "target": 34962 + }, + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 6708, + "byteOffset": 18996, + "target": 34962 + }, + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 8944, + "byteOffset": 25704, + "target": 34962 + }, + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 4472, + "byteOffset": 34648, + "target": 34962 + } + ], + "buffers": [ + { + "byteLength": 39120, + "uri": "planet.bin" + } + ], + "images": [ + { + "name": "earth", + "uri": "earth.jpg" + } + ], + "materials": [ + { + "name": "Material_MR", + "pbrMetallicRoughness": { + "baseColorTexture": { + "index": 0 + }, + "metallicFactor": 0 + } + } + ], + "meshes": [ + { + "name": "Sphere", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 2, + "POSITION": 1, + "TANGENT": 3, + "TEXCOORD_0": 4 + }, + "indices": 0, + "material": 0 + } + ] + } + ], + "nodes": [ + { + "mesh": 0, + "name": "Planet" + } + ], + "samplers": [ + {} + ], + "scene": 0, + "scenes": [ + { + "name": "Scene", + "nodes": [ + 0 + ] + } + ], + "textures": [ + { + "sampler": 0, + "source": 0 + } + ] +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scenes/earth.jpg b/scenes/earth.jpg new file mode 100644 index 00000000..522e8f14 Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/earth.jpg differ diff --git a/scenes/mesh_2.txt b/scenes/mesh_2.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e457f5fa --- /dev/null +++ b/scenes/mesh_2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +// Emissive material (light) +MATERIAL 0 +RGB 1 1 1 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 5 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Diffuse white +MATERIAL 1 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Diffuse blue +MATERIAL 2 +RGB .35 .35 .85 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Diffuse purple +MATERIAL 3 +RGB .85 .35 .85 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// monkey texture +MATERIAL 4 +RGB 1 1 1 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP ../scenes/Suzanne_BaseColor.png +NORMALMAP NULL + +// cube texture +MATERIAL 5 +RGB 1 1 1 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP ../scenes/TwoSidedPlane_BaseColor.png +NORMALMAP NULL + + +// Specular white +MATERIAL 6 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB .98 .98 .98 +REFL 1 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Camera +CAMERA +RES 800 800 +FOVY 45 +ITERATIONS 5000 +DEPTH 8 +FILE cornell +EYE 0.0 5 5 +LOOKAT 0 5 0 +UP 0 1 0 +FOCAL 5 +APERTURE 0 + + +// Ceiling light +OBJECT 0 +cube +material 0 +TRANS 0 10 0 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE 4 .3 4 + +// Floor +OBJECT 1 +cube +material 1 +TRANS 0 0 0 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE 10 .01 10 + +// Ceiling +OBJECT 2 +cube +material 1 +TRANS 0 10 0 +ROTAT 0 0 90 +SCALE .01 10 10 + +// Back wall +OBJECT 3 +cube +material 1 +TRANS 0 5 -5 +ROTAT 0 90 0 +SCALE .01 10 10 + +// Left wall +OBJECT 4 +cube +material 2 +TRANS -5 5 0 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE .01 10 10 + +// Right wall +OBJECT 5 +cube +material 3 +TRANS 5 5 0 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE .01 10 10 + +// Object +OBJECT 6 +gltf +../scenes/TwoSidedPlane.gltf +material 5 +TRANS 0 4 -2 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE 2 2 2 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/scenes/normal.png b/scenes/normal.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05dfedfd Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/normal.png differ diff --git a/scenes/planet.bin b/scenes/planet.bin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93b1fdb8 Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/planet.bin differ diff --git a/scenes/scene.bin b/scenes/scene.bin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7d4cf50 Binary files /dev/null and b/scenes/scene.bin differ diff --git a/scenes/scene.gltf b/scenes/scene.gltf new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa5ec64c --- /dev/null +++ b/scenes/scene.gltf @@ -0,0 +1,1300 @@ +{ + "accessors": [ + { + "bufferView": 1, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 14732, + "max": [ + 2.790940046310425, + 1.5617799758911133, + 3.2695000171661377 + ], + "min": [ + 2.4343600273132324, + 1.220829963684082, + 3.065310001373291 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 176784, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 14732, + "max": [ + 0.9998050332069397, + 0.9998602271080017, + 0.9999820590019226 + ], + "min": [ + -0.9501622915267944, + -0.9999744296073914, + -0.9996802806854248 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 88083, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 353568, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 24384, + "max": [ + -0.4342299997806549, + 4.023260116577148, + 4.095359802246094 + ], + "min": [ + -9.588569641113281, + -4.373960018157959, + -2.433069944381714 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 646176, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 24384, + "max": [ + 0.9999492764472961, + 0.999984085559845, + 0.9999502301216125 + ], + "min": [ + -0.9999832510948181, + -0.9999942183494568, + -0.9999340772628784 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 352332, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 218880, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 938784, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 15169, + "max": [ + 1.0442099571228027, + 1.213670015335083, + 0.031139999628067017 + ], + "min": [ + -1.0442099571228027, + -1.5522799491882324, + -0.5839599967002869 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 1120812, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 15169, + "max": [ + 1.0, + 1.0, + 1.0 + ], + "min": [ + -1.0, + -1.0, + -1.0 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 1227852, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 90240, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 1302840, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 32716, + "max": [ + 1.4093600511550903, + 1.5506000518798828, + 1.1072100400924683 + ], + "min": [ + -1.4093600511550903, + -1.326259970664978, + -0.9886999726295471 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 1695432, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 32716, + "max": [ + 0.9999952912330627, + 0.9999999403953552, + 0.999988853931427 + ], + "min": [ + -0.9999952912330627, + -0.999999463558197, + -0.9999904036521912 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 1588812, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 126912, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 2088024, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 2820, + "max": [ + 1.9084099531173706, + 1.744670033454895, + 0.8294399976730347 + ], + "min": [ + -1.598230004310608, + 1.1469000577926636, + 0.34213998913764954 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 2121864, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 2820, + "max": [ + 0.9963045716285706, + 0.997882604598999, + 0.9941455721855164 + ], + "min": [ + -0.9922274351119995, + -0.9980431795120239, + -0.9954087734222412 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 2096460, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 16896, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 2155704, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 3893, + "max": [ + 0.6147099733352661, + 0.6392099857330322, + 2.0622000694274902 + ], + "min": [ + -0.6147099733352661, + -0.5050899982452393, + 0.8453500270843506 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 2202420, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 3893, + "max": [ + 0.9987964630126953, + 0.9994636178016663, + 0.9999452233314514 + ], + "min": [ + -0.9987964630126953, + -0.9987280964851379, + -0.999735951423645 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 2164044, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 23088, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 2249136, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 981, + "max": [ + 0.546280026435852, + -0.01181000005453825, + 2.002840042114258 + ], + "min": [ + -0.546280026435852, + -0.5465800166130066, + 1.1480300426483154 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 2260908, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 981, + "max": [ + 0.9863124489784241, + -0.13987141847610474, + 0.96839439868927 + ], + "min": [ + -0.9863124489784241, + -0.999125599861145, + -0.3843526542186737 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 2256396, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 5616, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 2272680, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 65532, + "max": [ + 2.275749921798706, + 2.244499921798706, + 4.1087799072265625 + ], + "min": [ + -1.9282900094985962, + 0.4123600125312805, + 0.5674300193786621 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 3059064, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 65532, + "max": [ + 0.9999622702598572, + 0.9999917149543762, + 0.999981701374054 + ], + "min": [ + -0.999970018863678, + -0.9999954104423523, + -0.9999849200248718 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 2278860, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 347541, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 3845448, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 65532, + "max": [ + 2.365989923477173, + 2.240380048751831, + 4.075429916381836 + ], + "min": [ + -2.49072003364563, + 0.35975998640060425, + 0.5810800194740295 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 4631832, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 65532, + "max": [ + 0.9999837279319763, + 0.9999635815620422, + 0.9998242855072021 + ], + "min": [ + -0.9998926520347595, + -0.9999902844429016, + -0.9998952746391296 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 3669024, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 330309, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 5418216, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 65532, + "max": [ + 2.4660398960113525, + 2.2415599822998047, + 4.086009979248047 + ], + "min": [ + -2.5707099437713623, + 0.37985000014305115, + 0.5687000155448914 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 6204600, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 65532, + "max": [ + 0.9998776316642761, + 0.9999929070472717, + 0.999977171421051 + ], + "min": [ + -0.9999339580535889, + -0.9999932646751404, + -0.999987781047821 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 4990260, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 329007, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 6990984, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 65533, + "max": [ + 2.46478009223938, + 2.2444798946380615, + 4.103149890899658 + ], + "min": [ + -2.5679800510406494, + 0.35975998640060425, + 0.5680599808692932 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 7777380, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 65533, + "max": [ + 0.9999837279319763, + 0.9999998211860657, + 0.999977171421051 + ], + "min": [ + -0.9999796748161316, + -0.9999714493751526, + -0.9999896883964539 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 6306288, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 221577, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 8563776, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 573, + "max": [ + 1.5656299591064453, + 1.9417699575424194, + 4.05771017074585 + ], + "min": [ + -1.4437700510025024, + 0.5382099747657776, + 1.4031399488449097 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 1, + "byteOffset": 8570652, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 573, + "max": [ + 0.9977672100067139, + 0.8451206088066101, + 0.9498608708381653 + ], + "min": [ + -0.999916672706604, + -0.996157705783844, + -0.9977298378944397 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 0, + "byteOffset": 7192596, + "componentType": 5125, + "count": 642, + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 2, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 2, + "max": [ + 0.833329975605011 + ], + "min": [ + 0.041669998317956924 + ], + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 3, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 2, + "max": [ + 0.047540001571178436, + 1.3818700313568115, + 4.313159942626953 + ], + "min": [ + 0.047540001571178436, + 1.3818700313568115, + 4.313159942626953 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + }, + { + "bufferView": 2, + "byteOffset": 8, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 20, + "max": [ + 0.833329975605011 + ], + "min": [ + 0.041669998317956924 + ], + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 4, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 20, + "max": [ + 0.0, + 0.0, + 1.0, + 1.0 + ], + "min": [ + 0.0, + 0.0, + -0.9876300096511841, + -0.00039000000106170774 + ], + "type": "VEC4" + }, + { + "bufferView": 2, + "byteOffset": 88, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 2, + "max": [ + 0.833329975605011 + ], + "min": [ + 0.041669998317956924 + ], + "type": "SCALAR" + }, + { + "bufferView": 3, + "byteOffset": 24, + "componentType": 5126, + "count": 2, + "max": [ + 9.823390007019043, + 9.823390007019043, + 9.823390007019043 + ], + "min": [ + 9.823390007019043, + 9.823390007019043, + 9.823390007019043 + ], + "type": "VEC3" + } + ], + "animations": [ + { + "channels": [ + { + "sampler": 0, + "target": { + "node": 21, + "path": "translation" + } + }, + { + "sampler": 1, + "target": { + "node": 21, + "path": "rotation" + } + }, + { + "sampler": 2, + "target": { + "node": 21, + "path": "scale" + } + } + ], + "name": "EmptyAction", + "samplers": [ + { + "input": 36, + "interpolation": "LINEAR", + "output": 37 + }, + { + "input": 38, + "interpolation": "LINEAR", + "output": 39 + }, + { + "input": 40, + "interpolation": "LINEAR", + "output": 41 + } + ] + } + ], + "asset": { + "extras": { + "author": "likesenape (https://sketchfab.com/likesenape)", + "license": "CC-BY-4.0 (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/)", + "source": "https://sketchfab.com/3d-models/spaceman-model-4494aa9be0c84b9dbef590a588b493cf", + "title": "Spaceman Model" + }, + "generator": "Sketchfab-12.68.0", + "version": "2.0" + }, + "bufferViews": [ + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 7195164, + "name": "floatBufferViews", + "target": 34963 + }, + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 8577528, + "byteOffset": 7195164, + "byteStride": 12, + "name": "floatBufferViews", + "target": 34962 + }, + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 96, + "byteOffset": 15772692, + "name": "floatBufferViews" + }, + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 48, + "byteOffset": 15772788, + "byteStride": 12, + "name": "floatBufferViews" + }, + { + "buffer": 0, + "byteLength": 320, + "byteOffset": 15772836, + "byteStride": 16, + "name": "floatBufferViews" + } + ], + "buffers": [ + { + "byteLength": 15773156, + "uri": "scene.bin" + } + ], + "extensionsRequired": [ + "KHR_materials_pbrSpecularGlossiness" + ], + "extensionsUsed": [ + "KHR_materials_pbrSpecularGlossiness" + ], + "materials": [ + { + "doubleSided": true, + "extensions": { + "KHR_materials_pbrSpecularGlossiness": { + "diffuseFactor": [ + 1.0, + 1.0, + 1.0, + 1.0 + ], + "glossinessFactor": 0.4, + "specularFactor": [ + 0.05, + 0.05, + 0.05 + ] + } + }, + "name": "Root" + }, + { + "doubleSided": true, + "extensions": { + "KHR_materials_pbrSpecularGlossiness": { + "diffuseFactor": [ + 0.68, + 0.68, + 0.68, + 1.0 + ], + "glossinessFactor": 0.34, + "specularFactor": [ + 0.32, + 0.32, + 0.32 + ] + } + }, + "name": "Material.001" + }, + { + "doubleSided": true, + "extensions": { + "KHR_materials_pbrSpecularGlossiness": { + "diffuseFactor": [ + 0.66, + 0.66, + 0.66, + 1.0 + ], + "glossinessFactor": 0.79, + "specularFactor": [ + 0.67, + 0.67, + 0.67 + ] + } + }, + "name": "tuta_metallico" + }, + { + "doubleSided": true, + "extensions": { + "KHR_materials_pbrSpecularGlossiness": { + "diffuseFactor": [ + 0.0, + 0.0, + 0.0, + 1.0 + ], + "glossinessFactor": 0.87, + "specularFactor": [ + 1.0, + 1.0, + 1.0 + ] + } + }, + "name": "specchio" + }, + { + "doubleSided": true, + "extensions": { + "KHR_materials_pbrSpecularGlossiness": { + "diffuseFactor": [ + 0.43490808804892855, + 0.6410463817574537, + 0.8464433773127846, + 1.0 + ], + "glossinessFactor": 0.5800000000000001, + "specularFactor": [ + 1.0, + 1.0, + 1.0 + ] + } + }, + "name": "tuta_metallico.001" + } + ], + "meshes": [ + { + "name": "Sphere.007_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 1, + "POSITION": 0 + }, + "indices": 2, + "material": 0, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "NurbsPath.004_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 4, + "POSITION": 3 + }, + "indices": 5, + "material": 4, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Plane.005_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 7, + "POSITION": 6 + }, + "indices": 8, + "material": 2, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Cylinder.002_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 10, + "POSITION": 9 + }, + "indices": 11, + "material": 2, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Plane.006_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 13, + "POSITION": 12 + }, + "indices": 14, + "material": 0, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Sphere.008_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 16, + "POSITION": 15 + }, + "indices": 17, + "material": 2, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Sphere.008_1", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 19, + "POSITION": 18 + }, + "indices": 20, + "material": 3, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Sphere.009_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 22, + "POSITION": 21 + }, + "indices": 23, + "material": 1, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Sphere.009_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 25, + "POSITION": 24 + }, + "indices": 26, + "material": 1, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Sphere.009_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 28, + "POSITION": 27 + }, + "indices": 29, + "material": 1, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Sphere.009_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 31, + "POSITION": 30 + }, + "indices": 32, + "material": 1, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + }, + { + "name": "Sphere.009_0", + "primitives": [ + { + "attributes": { + "NORMAL": 34, + "POSITION": 33 + }, + "indices": 35, + "material": 1, + "mode": 4 + } + ] + } + ], + "nodes": [ + { + "children": [ + 1 + ], + "matrix": [ + 1.0, + 0.0, + 0.0, + 0.0, + 0.0, + 2.220446049250313e-16, + -1.0, + 0.0, + 0.0, + 1.0, + 2.220446049250313e-16, + 0.0, + 0.0, + 0.0, + 0.0, + 1.0 + ], + "name": "Sketchfab_model" + }, + { + "children": [ + 2, + 4, + 6, + 8, + 10, + 12, + 15, + 21 + ], + "name": "Root" + }, + { + "children": [ + 3 + ], + "name": "Sphere.007" + }, + { + "mesh": 0, + "name": "Sphere.007_0" + }, + { + "children": [ + 5 + ], + "matrix": [ + 0.08984000000000002, + -0.28708000000000006, + 0.18918000000000001, + 0.0, + 0.3355100000000001, + 0.11591000000000001, + 0.016550000000000006, + 0.0, + -0.07508000000000001, + 0.17443000000000003, + 0.30035000000000006, + 0.0, + 0.6316200000000002, + 0.08973000000000003, + 4.162519999999999, + 1.0 + ], + "name": "NurbsPath.004" + }, + { + "mesh": 1, + "name": "NurbsPath.004_0" + }, + { + "children": [ + 7 + ], + "matrix": [ + 0.78548, + -0.008000000000000002, + 0.014860000000000002, + 0.0, + -0.019360000000000006, + -0.022730000000000004, + 1.0110999999999999, + 0.0, + -0.009870000000000004, + -1.0112299999999999, + -0.022920000000000006, + 0.0, + 0.09877000000000004, + 2.14697, + 3.08489, + 1.0 + ], + "name": "Plane.005" + }, + { + "mesh": 2, + "name": "Plane.005_0" + }, + { + "children": [ + 9 + ], + "matrix": [ + 0.8669000000000001, + -0.008830000000000003, + 0.016400000000000005, + 0.0, + 0.00846, + 0.8668300000000001, + 0.019650000000000004, + 0.0, + -0.016590000000000004, + -0.019480000000000004, + 0.8667200000000002, + 0.0, + 0.11286000000000002, + 1.49611, + 3.31338, + 1.0 + ], + "name": "Cylinder.002" + }, + { + "mesh": 3, + "name": "Cylinder.002_0" + }, + { + "children": [ + 11 + ], + "name": "Plane.006" + }, + { + "mesh": 4, + "name": "Plane.006_0" + }, + { + "children": [ + 13, + 14 + ], + "matrix": [ + 0.91758, + -0.009350000000000002, + 0.017360000000000007, + 0.0, + 0.008950000000000001, + 0.91752, + 0.020790000000000003, + 0.0, + -0.017560000000000006, + -0.020620000000000003, + 0.9174, + 0.0, + 0.10752000000000002, + 1.4397699999999998, + 3.19441, + 1.0 + ], + "name": "Sphere.008" + }, + { + "mesh": 5, + "name": "Sphere.008_0" + }, + { + "mesh": 6, + "name": "Sphere.008_1" + }, + { + "children": [ + 16, + 17, + 18, + 19, + 20 + ], + "name": "Sphere.009" + }, + { + "mesh": 7, + "name": "Sphere.009_0" + }, + { + "mesh": 8, + "name": "Sphere.009_0" + }, + { + "mesh": 9, + "name": "Sphere.009_0" + }, + { + "mesh": 10, + "name": "Sphere.009_0" + }, + { + "mesh": 11, + "name": "Sphere.009_0" + }, + { + "children": [ + 22, + 24, + 26, + 28 + ], + "name": "Empty", + "scale": [ + 9.823390007019043, + 9.823390007019043, + 9.823390007019043 + ], + "translation": [ + 0.047540001571178436, + 1.3818700313568115, + 4.313159942626953 + ] + }, + { + "children": [ + 23 + ], + "matrix": [ + 0.04084000000000001, + 0.009540000000000003, + -0.09276000000000004, + 0.0, + 0.09137000000000002, + 0.016100000000000003, + 0.04189000000000001, + 0.0, + 0.018590000000000002, + -0.10006000000000001, + -0.0021100000000000003, + 0.0, + 0.3428900000000001, + -1.56318, + -0.004730000000000001, + 1.0 + ], + "name": "Spot.005" + }, + { + "name": "Spot.005" + }, + { + "children": [ + 25 + ], + "matrix": [ + 0.09583000000000003, + -0.03369000000000001, + -0.0067100000000000016, + 0.0, + 0.03180000000000001, + 0.09451000000000002, + -0.020460000000000006, + 0.0, + 0.013010000000000002, + 0.017160000000000005, + 0.09949000000000004, + 0.0, + 0.50714, + 0.55443, + 3.16414, + 1.0 + ], + "name": "Sun.002" + }, + { + "name": "Sun.002" + }, + { + "children": [ + 27 + ], + "matrix": [ + 0.04032000000000001, + 0.04358000000000001, + -0.08269000000000003, + 0.0, + -0.05855000000000001, + 0.08198000000000001, + 0.014660000000000001, + 0.0, + 0.07287, + 0.04175000000000001, + 0.05754000000000001, + 0.0, + 0.8999900000000002, + 0.53588, + 0.56886, + 1.0 + ], + "name": "Spot.009" + }, + { + "name": "Spot.009" + }, + { + "children": [ + 29 + ], + "matrix": [ + -0.04677000000000001, + -0.05682000000000001, + -0.07034, + 0.0, + 0.06627000000000002, + -0.07541, + 0.016860000000000003, + 0.0, + -0.06152000000000001, + -0.038040000000000004, + 0.07163000000000001, + 0.0, + -1.0253599999999998, + -0.6221700000000001, + 0.42251000000000005, + 1.0 + ], + "name": "Spot.008" + }, + { + "name": "Spot.008" + } + ], + "scene": 0, + "scenes": [ + { + "name": "Sketchfab_Scene", + "nodes": [ + 0 + ] + } + ] +} diff --git a/scenes/sphere.txt b/scenes/sphere.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a74b5458..00000000 --- a/scenes/sphere.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -// Emissive material (light) -MATERIAL 0 -RGB 1 1 1 -SPECEX 0 -SPECRGB 0 0 0 -REFL 0 -REFR 0 -REFRIOR 0 -EMITTANCE 5 - -// Camera -CAMERA -RES 800 800 -FOVY 45 -ITERATIONS 5000 -DEPTH 8 -FILE sphere -EYE 0.0 5 10.5 -LOOKAT 0 5 0 -UP 0 1 0 - -// Sphere -OBJECT 0 -sphere -material 0 -TRANS 0 0 0 -ROTAT 0 0 0 -SCALE 3 3 3 diff --git a/scenes/title_page.txt b/scenes/title_page.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4959f85 --- /dev/null +++ b/scenes/title_page.txt @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +// Emissive material (light) +MATERIAL 0 +RGB 1 .7 .6 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 5 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Diffuse white +MATERIAL 1 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Diffuse blue +MATERIAL 2 +RGB .35 .35 .85 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Diffuse purple +MATERIAL 3 +RGB .85 .35 .85 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// monkey texture +MATERIAL 4 +RGB 1 1 1 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP ../scenes/Suzanne_BaseColor.png +NORMALMAP NULL + +// earth texture +MATERIAL 5 +RGB 1 1 1 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB 0 0 0 +REFL 0 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP ../scenes/earth.jpg +NORMALMAP NULL + + +// Specular white +MATERIAL 6 +RGB .98 .98 .98 +SPECEX 0 +SPECRGB .98 .98 .98 +REFL 1 +REFR 0 +REFRIOR 0 +EMITTANCE 0 +TEXTUREMAP NULL +NORMALMAP NULL + +// Camera +CAMERA +RES 800 800 +FOVY 45 +ITERATIONS 5000 +DEPTH 8 +FILE cornell +EYE 0.0 5 5 +LOOKAT 0 5 0 +UP 0 1 0 +FOCAL 3 +APERTURE 0 + + +// Ceiling light +OBJECT 0 +cube +material 0 +TRANS 0 14 0 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE 10 .3 10 + +// Object +OBJECT 1 +gltf +../scenes/Suzanne.gltf +material 4 +TRANS 3 10 -15 +ROTAT 20 0 0 +SCALE 12 12 12 + +// Object +OBJECT 2 +gltf +../scenes/earth.gltf +material 5 +TRANS 3 4 -2 +ROTAT 0 0 0 +SCALE 6 6 6 + +// rear light +OBJECT 3 +cube +material 0 +TRANS -8 4 3 +ROTAT 0 45 90 +SCALE 6 .3 6 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/ImGui/imconfig.h b/src/ImGui/imconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3dc27f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/ImGui/imconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI +// Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. +// You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/rebased branch with your modifications to it) +// B) or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_imgui_config.h"' in your project and then add directives in your own file without touching this template. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp +// files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. +// Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. +// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#pragma once + +//---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert(). +// If your macro uses multiple statements, make sure is enclosed in a 'do { .. } while (0)' block so it can be used as a single statement. +//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) MyAssert(_EXPR) +//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) ((void)(_EXPR)) // Disable asserts + +//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows +// Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() +// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) + +//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87: disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This will be folded into IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS in a few versions. + +//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows/tools. +// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows and debug tool during development. They are extremely useful in day to day work. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowStackToolWindow() will be empty (this was called IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW before 1.88). + +//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available + +//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience +//#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H + +//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) +//#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR + +//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) +//#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 + +//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version +// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. +//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" +//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" +//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if enabled +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION + +//---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) +// Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h. +//#define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF + +//---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui) +// Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided). +// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE + +//---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default) +// The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend. +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE + +//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. +// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations. +/* +#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ + constexpr ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y) {} \ + operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); } + +#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \ + constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {} \ + operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } +*/ + +//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. +// Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices). +// Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer. +// Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details. +//#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int + +//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer backends accordingly) +//struct ImDrawList; +//struct ImDrawCmd; +//typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); +//#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback + +//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger +// (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.) +//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) +//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() + +//---- Debug Tools: Have the Item Picker break in the ItemAdd() function instead of ItemHoverable(), +// (which comes earlier in the code, will catch a few extra items, allow picking items other than Hovered one.) +// This adds a small runtime cost which is why it is not enabled by default. +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX + +//---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID + +//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files. +/* +namespace ImGui +{ + void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v); +} +*/ diff --git a/src/ImGui/imgui.cpp b/src/ImGui/imgui.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5cc6ca25 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13680 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP +// (main code and documentation) + +// Help: +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. + +// Resources: +// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues + +// Getting Started? +// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. + +// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. +// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). +// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance. +// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com". +// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page. + +// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library. +// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without +// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't +// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you +// to a better solution or official support for them. + +/* + +Index of this file: + +DOCUMENTATION + +- MISSION STATEMENT +- END-USER GUIDE +- PROGRAMMER GUIDE + - READ FIRST + - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI + - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE + - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE + - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE + - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS +- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) +- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) + - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) + +CODE +(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them) + +// [SECTION] INCLUDES +// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS +// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) +// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper +// [SECTION] STYLING +// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +// [SECTION] INPUTS +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +// [SECTION] LAYOUT +// [SECTION] SCROLLING +// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS +// [SECTION] POPUPS +// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION +// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP +// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING +// [SECTION] SETTINGS +// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS +// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW +// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) + +*/ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DOCUMENTATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + + MISSION STATEMENT + ================= + + - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools. + - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools. + - Easy to hack and improve. + - Minimize setup and maintenance. + - Minimize state storage on user side. + - Minimize state synchronization. + - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). + - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. + + Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes: + + - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. + - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. + + + END-USER GUIDE + ============== + + - Double-click on title bar to collapse window. + - Click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin(). + - Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents). + - Click and drag on any empty space to move window. + - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields. + - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text. + - Use mouse wheel to scroll. + - Text editor: + - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text. + - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump. + - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words. + - CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all. + - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/ + - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo. + - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value. + - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. + - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. + - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets + + + PROGRAMMER GUIDE + ================ + + READ FIRST + ---------- + - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) + - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or + destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. + - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features. + - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build. + - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori). + You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki. + - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances. + For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI, + where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches. + - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. + - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings. + - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected). + If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert. + - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace. + - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. + See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. + However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase. + - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!). + + + HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI + ---------------------------------------------- + - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h) + - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master". + - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file. + - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes. + If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed + from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will + likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! + - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file. + - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date. + + + GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE + --------------------------------------------------------------- + - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. + - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder. + - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. + It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL). + - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types. + - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them. + - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide. + Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" + phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render(). + - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. + - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder. + + + HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE + -------------------------------------- + EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder). + The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure. + + // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts + ImGui::CreateContext(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls. + // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. + // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. + + // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp) + ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd); + ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext); + + // Application main loop + while (true) + { + // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame + ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); + ImGui::NewFrame(); + + // Any application code here + ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); + + // Render dear imgui into screen + ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0); + } + + // Shutdown + ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); + ImGui::DestroyContext(); + + EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE + + // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts + ImGui::CreateContext(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls. + // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. + // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. + + // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer) + int width, height; + unsigned char* pixels = NULL; + io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); + + // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system: + // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'. + // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID. + MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32) + io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture); + + // Application main loop + while (true) + { + // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc. + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends) + io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds) + io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width + io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here + io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y); // update mouse position + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]); // update mouse button states + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]); // update mouse button states + + // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime + // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere) + ImGui::NewFrame(); + + // Most of your application code here + ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); + MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End(); + MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well! + + // Render dear imgui, swap buffers + // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code) + ImGui::EndFrame(); + ImGui::Render(); + ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData(); + MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data); + SwapBuffers(); + } + + // Shutdown + ImGui::DestroyContext(); + + To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application, + you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! + Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this! + + + HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE + --------------------------------------------- + The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function. + + void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) + { + // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled + // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering. + // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize + // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize + // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color. + ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; + for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) + { + const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; + const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui + const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui + for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) + { + const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; + if (pcmd->UserCallback) + { + pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd); + } + else + { + // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space + ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y); + ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y); + if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y) + continue; + + // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it. + // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches + // (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works! + // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space: + // - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size + // - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values. + // - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github), + // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space. + // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min) + MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y); + + // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID(). + // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization. + MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID()); + + // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles. + // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices. + MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset); + } + } + } + } + + + USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS + ------------------------------------------ + - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. + - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse! + - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. + - Keyboard: + - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. + - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), + the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: + - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. + - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used). + - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions. + Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + - Gamepad: + - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. + - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys. + For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly. + Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). + - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead! + - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets + - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, + with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + - Mouse: + - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. + - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard. + - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. + Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. + When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. + When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. + (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back and forth!) + (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want + to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) + + + API BREAKING CHANGES + ==================== + + Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix. + Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code. + When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. + You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. + + - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly, NULL is ok. + - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020): + - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. + - SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. + - BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiMouseButton, bool) -> use BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags) + - 2022/09/02 (1.89) - obsoleted using SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend parent window/cell boundaries. + this relates to when moving the cursor position beyond current boundaries WITHOUT submitting an item. + - previously this would make the window content size ~200x200: + Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); + - instead, please submit an item: + Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); + - alternative: + Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); + - content size is now only extended when submitting an item! + - with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will now be detected and assert. + - without '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will silently be fixed until we obsolete it. + - 2022/08/03 (1.89) - changed signature of ImageButton() function. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - added 'const char* str_id' parameter + removed 'int frame_padding = -1' parameter. + - old signature: bool ImageButton(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); + - used the ImTextureID value to create an ID. This was inconsistent with other functions, led to ID conflicts, and caused problems with engines using transient ImTextureID values. + - had a FramePadding override which was inconsistent with other functions and made the already-long signature even longer. + - new signature: bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); + - requires an explicit identifier. You may still use e.g. PushID() calls and then pass an empty identifier. + - always uses style.FramePadding for padding, to be consistent with other buttons. You may use PushStyleVar() to alter this. + - 2022/07/08 (1.89) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes). + - Official backends from 1.87+ -> no issue. + - Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86 -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating! + - Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue. + - Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[] -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing! + - TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[]. + - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete). + - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary. + - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO. + - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO. + - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values. + - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used). + - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO. + - Backend writing to io.MousePos -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent() + - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[] -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent() + - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent() + - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only] + note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current. + read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details. + - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details. + - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) + - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) + - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes). + - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values.* + - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert. + - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper. + - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum. + - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'. + - 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019) + - ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen() -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen() + - ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x + - ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect + - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex + - 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings + - 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function. + - 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful. + - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019): + - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() + - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder + - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). + - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do. + - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID(). + - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags. + - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft + - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight + - ImDrawCornerFlags_None -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc. + flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API. + breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners": + - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (common use) + - rounding > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding --> unchanged (common use) + - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (unlikely use) + - rounding > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f. + this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok. + the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts. + legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise). + - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018): + - ImGui::SetScrollHere() -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY() + - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing. + - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future. + - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'. + - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed. + - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags. + - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags. + - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. + - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018): + - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). + - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg + - ImGuiInputTextCallback -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback + - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData + - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added! + - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API. + - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures + - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/. + - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018): + - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend + - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused() -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) + - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered() -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) + - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT + - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT + - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018): + - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision. + - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter. + - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed). + - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently). + - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton. + - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory. + - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result. + - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now! + - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar(). + replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags). + worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions: + - if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected. + - if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct. + - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f. + see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details. + kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used. + for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`. + - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime. + - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems. + - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79] + - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017. + - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(). + - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more. + - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead. + - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value. + - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017): + - ShowTestWindow() -> use ShowDemoWindow() + - IsRootWindowFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow) + - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows) + - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w) -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f) + - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() + - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg + - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap + - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS + - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API. + - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it). + - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert. + - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency. + - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency. + - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017): + - Begin() [old 5 args version] -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed + - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows) + - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() -> use AlignTextToFramePadding() + - SetNextWindowPosCenter() -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f) + - ImFont::Glyph -> use ImFontGlyph + - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function. + if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix. + The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay). + If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you. + - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). + - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71. + - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have + overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering. + This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows. + Please reach out if you are affected. + - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c). + - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now. + - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). + - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value! + - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already). + - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead! + - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). + - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects. + - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags. + - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files. + - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h. + If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths. + - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427) + - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp. + NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED. + Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions. + - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent). + - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete). + - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly). + - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature. + - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency. + - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time. + - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). + - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.). + old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports. + when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call. + in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function. + - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set. + - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details. + - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more. + If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format. + To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code. + If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them. + - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format", + consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete). + - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value. + - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch). + - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now. + - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically. + - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums. + - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment. + - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display. + - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit, + - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END. + - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose. + - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance. + - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts. + - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts. + - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths. + - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData. + - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side. + - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags + - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame. + - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set. + - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). + - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed. + - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up. + Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions. + - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency. + - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg. + - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding. + - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); + - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency. + - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it. + - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details. + removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting. + IsItemHoveredRect() --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly) + IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) + IsMouseHoveringWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior] + - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead! + - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). + - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)". + - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)! + - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency. + - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix. + - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type. + - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely. + - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton(). + - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu. + - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options. + - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))' + - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse + - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. + - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity. + - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild(). + - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it. + - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc. + - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal. + - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore. + If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar. + This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color: + ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); } + If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color. + - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext(). + - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection. + - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen). + - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer. + - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337). + - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337) + - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert. + - 2016/01/23 (1.48) - fixed not honoring exact width passed to PushItemWidth(), previously it would add extra FramePadding.x*2 over that width. if you had manual pixel-perfect alignment in place it might affect you. + - 2015/12/27 (1.48) - fixed ImDrawList::AddRect() which used to render a rectangle 1 px too large on each axis. + - 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete. + - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position. + GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side. + GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out! + - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize + - 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project. + - 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason + - 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure. + you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text. + - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost. + this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :( + - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest. + - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed! + old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count) + new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data). + parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount' + ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new. + ImDrawCmd: 'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'. + - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer. + - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering! + - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade! + - 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float. + - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount. + - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence + - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry! + - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons. + - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened. + - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same). + - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. + - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API + - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive. + - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead. + - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. + - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. + - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing) + - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50. + - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once. + - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now. + - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior + - 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() + - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused) + - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels. + - old: const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; + - new: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier); + you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID() + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix) + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets + - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver) + - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph) + - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility + - 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered() + - 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly) + - 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity) + - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale() + - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn + - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically) + - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite + - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes + + + FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) + ================================ + + Read all answers online: + https://www.dearimgui.org/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) + Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer): + docs/FAQ.md + Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code. + + Q&A: Basics + =========== + + Q: Where is the documentation? + A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++. + - Run the examples/ and explore them. + - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. + - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output. + - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h. + - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the + examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application. + - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links. + - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful. + - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments + associated with it. + + Q: What is this library called? + Q: Which version should I get? + >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :) + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for details. + + Q&A: Integration + ================ + + Q: How to get started? + A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. + + Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application? + A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. + + Q. How can I enable keyboard controls? + Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text... + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around... + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries... + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + + Q&A: Usage + ---------- + + Q: About the ID Stack system.. + - Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it? + - How can I have widgets with an empty label? + - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? + - How can I have multiple windows with the same label? + Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work? + Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? + Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? + Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + + Q&A: Fonts, Text + ================ + + Q: How should I handle DPI in my application? + Q: How can I load a different font than the default? + Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? + Q: How can I load multiple fonts? + Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md + + Q&A: Concerns + ============= + + Q: Who uses Dear ImGui? + Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui? + Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui? + Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)? + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + + Q&A: Community + ============== + + Q: How can I help? + A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! + We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts. + This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people working on this project. + - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README. + - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt + and see how you want to help and can help! + - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. + You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. + But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. + - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately). + +*/ + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] INCLUDES +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +// System includes +#include // toupper +#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#ifndef NOMINMAX +#define NOMINMAX +#endif +#ifndef __MINGW32__ +#include // _wfopen, OpenClipboard +#else +#include +#endif +#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#endif + +// [Apple] OS specific includes +#if defined(__APPLE__) +#include +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association. +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*' +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow" // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +// Debug options +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS 0 // Save additional comments in .ini file (particularly helps for Docking, but makes saving slower) + +// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. +static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in +static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear + +// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend) +static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). +static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. +static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 2.00f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void FindHoveredWindow(); +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); +static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window); + +static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); +static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); + +// Settings +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); +static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); + +// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); +static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + +namespace ImGui +{ +// Navigation +static void NavUpdate(); +static void NavUpdateWindowing(); +static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); +static void NavUpdateCancelRequest(); +static void NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest(); +static void NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest(); +static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); +static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +static void NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); +static void NavEndFrame(); +static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); +static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result); +static void NavProcessItem(); +static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id); +static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); +static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); +static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer); +static void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); +static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); + +// Error Checking and Debug Tools +static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); +static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); +static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); +static void UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); + +// Misc +static void UpdateSettings(); +static void UpdateKeyboardInputs(); +static void UpdateMouseInputs(); +static void UpdateMouseWheel(); +static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); +static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); +static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); +static void RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col); +static void RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); +static ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); + +// Viewports +static void UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); + +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// DLL users: +// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! +// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. +// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL). +// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in). + +// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. +// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. +// Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext(). +// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. +// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts: +// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h: +// struct ImGuiContext; +// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS; +// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS +// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword. +// - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586 +// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace. +// - DLL users: read comments above. +#ifndef GImGui +ImGuiContext* GImGui = NULL; +#endif + +// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them. +// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction. +// - DLL users: read comments above. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS +static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); } +static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); } +#else +static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; } +static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); } +#endif +static ImGuiMemAllocFunc GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper; +static ImGuiMemFreeFunc GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper; +static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() +{ + Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + DisabledAlpha = 0.60f; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. + WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window + WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size + WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text + WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. + ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows + ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows + PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets) + FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets). + FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines + ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) + CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell + TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! + IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). + ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). + ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar + ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar + GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar + GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. + LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. + TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. + TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. + ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. + SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. + MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. + AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. + AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). + AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). + CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. + CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + + // Default theme + ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); +} + +// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you. +// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times. +void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) +{ + WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor); + WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor); + WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); + ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor); + PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor); + FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor); + FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor); + ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); + ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); + CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor); + TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); + IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); + ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); + ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor); + ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); + GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); + GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor); + LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); + TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; + DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); + MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); +} + +ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() +{ + // Most fields are initialized with zero + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + + // Settings + ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; + BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None; + DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); + DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f; + IniSavingRate = 5.0f; + IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables). + LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt"; + MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; + MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++) + KeyMap[i] = -1; +#endif + KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; + KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; + HoverDelayNormal = 0.30f; + HoverDelayShort = 0.10f; + UserData = NULL; + + Fonts = NULL; + FontGlobalScale = 1.0f; + FontDefault = NULL; + FontAllowUserScaling = false; + DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); + + // Miscellaneous options + MouseDrawCursor = false; +#ifdef __APPLE__ + ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag +#else + ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; +#endif + ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true; + ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; + ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false; + ConfigDragClickToInputText = false; + ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; + ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; + ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; + + // Platform Functions + BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; + BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; + GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations + SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; + ClipboardUserData = NULL; + SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; + + // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) + MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } + AppAcceptingEvents = true; + BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1; + BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong +} + +// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input. +// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback() +// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message +// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API +void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.Text.Char = c; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so +// we should save the high surrogate. +void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c) +{ + if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save + { + if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0) + AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + InputQueueSurrogate = c; + return; + } + + ImWchar cp = c; + if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0) + { + if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate + { + AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + } + else + { +#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF + cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar +#else + cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000); +#endif + } + + InputQueueSurrogate = 0; + } + AddInputCharacter((unsigned)cp); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) +{ + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + while (*utf8_chars != 0) + { + unsigned int c = 0; + utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL); + if (c != 0) + AddInputCharacter(c); + } +} + +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() +{ + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); +} + +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown)); +#endif + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++) + { + KeysData[n].Down = false; + KeysData[n].DownDuration = -1.0f; + KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; + } + KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false; + KeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None; +} + +// Queue a new key down/up event. +// - ImGuiKey key: Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character) +// - bool down: Is the key down? use false to signify a key release. +// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f +void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) +{ + //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); } + if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API. + IM_ASSERT(!ImGui::IsAliasKey(key)); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events. + + // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0; +#endif + if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key)) + BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false; + + // Partial filter of duplicates (not strictly needed, but makes data neater in particular for key mods and gamepad values which are most commonly spmamed) + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); + if (key_data->Down == down && key_data->AnalogValue == analog_value) + { + bool found = false; + for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0 && !found; n--) + if (g.InputEventsQueue[n].Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && g.InputEventsQueue[n].Key.Key == key) + found = true; + if (!found) + return; + } + + // Add event + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key; + e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.Key.Key = key; + e.Key.Down = down; + e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down) +{ + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f); +} + +// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent(). +// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices. +// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this. +void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index) +{ + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return; + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512 + IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey(native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511 + IM_UNUSED(native_keycode); // Yet unused + IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused + + // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode; + if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey(legacy_key)) + return; + KeyMap[legacy_key] = key; + KeyMap[key] = legacy_key; +#else + IM_UNUSED(key); + IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index); +#endif +} + +// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. +void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events) +{ + AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events; +} + +// Queue a mouse move event +void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MousePos.PosX = x; + e.MousePos.PosY = y; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button; + e.MouseButton.Down = down; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +// Queue a mouse wheel event (most mouse/API will only have a Y component) +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + if ((wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f) || !AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x; + e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus; + e.AppFocused.Focused = focused; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments) +{ + IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() + ImVec2 p_last = p1; + ImVec2 p_closest; + float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; + float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; + for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) + { + ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step); + ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p); + float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line); + if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2) + { + p_closest = p_line; + p_closest_dist2 = dist2; + } + p_last = p_current; + } + return p_closest; +} + +// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp +static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +{ + float dx = x4 - x1; + float dy = y4 - y1; + float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx); + float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx); + d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2; + d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3; + if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) + { + ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4); + ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p); + float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line); + if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2) + { + p_closest = p_line; + p_closest_dist2 = dist2; + } + p_last = p_current; + } + else if (level < 10) + { + float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f; + float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f; + float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f; + float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f; + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); + } +} + +// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol +// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically. +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol) +{ + IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f); + ImVec2 p_last = p1; + ImVec2 p_closest; + float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0); + return p_closest; +} + +ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p) +{ + ImVec2 ap = p - a; + ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a; + float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y; + if (dot < 0.0f) + return a; + float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y; + if (dot > ab_len_sqr) + return b; + return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr; +} + +bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p) +{ + bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f; + bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f; + bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f; + return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3)); +} + +void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w) +{ + ImVec2 v0 = b - a; + ImVec2 v1 = c - a; + ImVec2 v2 = p - a; + const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y; + out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom; + out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom; + out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w; +} + +ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p) +{ + ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p); + ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p); + ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p); + float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab); + float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc); + float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca); + float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca)); + if (m == dist2_ab) + return proj_ab; + if (m == dist2_bc) + return proj_bc; + return proj_ca; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more. +int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) +{ + int d; + while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } + return d; +} + +int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count) +{ + int d = 0; + while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } + return d; +} + +void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count) +{ + if (count < 1) + return; + if (count > 1) + strncpy(dst, src, count - 1); + dst[count - 1] = 0; +} + +char* ImStrdup(const char* str) +{ + size_t len = strlen(str); + void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1); + return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1); +} + +char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src) +{ + size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1; + size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1; + if (dst_buf_size < src_size) + { + IM_FREE(dst); + dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size); + if (p_dst_size) + *p_dst_size = src_size; + } + return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size); +} + +const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c) +{ + const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str); + return p; +} + +int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str) +{ + //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit + int n = 0; + while (*str++) n++; + return n; +} + +// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end. +const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str); + return p ? p : str_end; +} + +const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line +{ + while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n') + buf_mid_line--; + return buf_mid_line; +} + +const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end) +{ + if (!needle_end) + needle_end = needle + strlen(needle); + + const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle); + while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end)) + { + if (toupper(*haystack) == un0) + { + const char* b = needle + 1; + for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++) + if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b)) + break; + if (b == needle_end) + return haystack; + } + haystack++; + } + return NULL; +} + +// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible. +void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf) +{ + char* p = buf; + while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t') // Leading blanks + p++; + char* p_start = p; + while (*p != 0) // Find end of string + p++; + while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t')) // Trailing blanks + p--; + if (p_start != buf) // Copy memory if we had leading blanks + memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start); + buf[p - p_start] = 0; // Zero terminate +} + +const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) +{ + while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t') + str++; + return str; +} + +// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size). +// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm. +// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS + +// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h) +// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are +// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME +#else +#include "stb_sprintf.h" +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) +#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf +#endif + +int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF + int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args); +#else + int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args); +#endif + va_end(args); + if (buf == NULL) + return w; + if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size) + w = (int)buf_size - 1; + buf[w] = 0; + return w; +} + +int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF + int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args); +#else + int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args); +#endif + if (buf == NULL) + return w; + if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size) + w = (int)buf_size - 1; + buf[w] = 0; + return w; +} +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS + +void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + va_end(args); +} + +void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } +} + +// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) +// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily: +// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe. +static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = +{ + 0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91, + 0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5, + 0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59, + 0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D, + 0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01, + 0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65, + 0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9, + 0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD, + 0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1, + 0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5, + 0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79, + 0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D, + 0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21, + 0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45, + 0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9, + 0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D, +}; + +// Known size hash +// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported. +// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. +ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +{ + ImU32 crc = ~seed; + const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; + const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable; + while (data_size-- != 0) + crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++]; + return ~crc; +} + +// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value +// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed. +// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case. +// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. +// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build) +// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. +ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +{ + seed = ~seed; + ImU32 crc = seed; + const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; + const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable; + if (data_size != 0) + { + while (data_size-- != 0) + { + unsigned char c = *data++; + if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#') + crc = seed; + crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c]; + } + } + else + { + while (unsigned char c = *data++) + { + if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#') + crc = seed; + crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c]; + } + } + return ~crc; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Default file functions +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS + +ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) +{ +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__) + // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames. + // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32! + const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0); + const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0); + ImVector buf; + buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize); + return ::_wfopen((const wchar_t*)&buf[0], (const wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); +#else + return fopen(filename, mode); +#endif +} + +// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way. +bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f) { return fclose(f) == 0; } +ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f) { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; } +ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); } +ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); } +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS + +// Helper: Load file content into memory +// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() +// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size. +void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes) +{ + IM_ASSERT(filename && mode); + if (out_file_size) + *out_file_size = 0; + + ImFileHandle f; + if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL) + return NULL; + + size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f); + if (file_size == (size_t)-1) + { + ImFileClose(f); + return NULL; + } + + void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes); + if (file_data == NULL) + { + ImFileClose(f); + return NULL; + } + if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size) + { + ImFileClose(f); + IM_FREE(file_data); + return NULL; + } + if (padding_bytes > 0) + memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes); + + ImFileClose(f); + if (out_file_size) + *out_file_size = file_size; + + return file_data; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input. +// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8). +// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward. +int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 }; + static const int masks[] = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 }; + static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 }; + static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 }; + static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 }; + int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3]; + int wanted = len + !len; + + if (in_text_end == NULL) + in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account. + + // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here, + // so it is fast even with excessive branching. + unsigned char s[4]; + s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0; + s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0; + s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0; + s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0; + + // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out. + *out_char = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) << 6; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) << 0; + *out_char >>= shiftc[len]; + + // Accumulate the various error conditions. + int e = 0; + e = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding + e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7; // surrogate half? + e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8; // out of range? + e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2; + e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4; + e |= (s[3] ) >> 6; + e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct? + e >>= shifte[len]; + + if (e) + { + // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end. + // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text. + // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes. + // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s. + wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]); + *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; + } + + return wanted; +} + +int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining) +{ + ImWchar* buf_out = buf; + ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size; + while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + { + unsigned int c; + in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); + if (c == 0) + break; + *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c; + } + *buf_out = 0; + if (in_text_remaining) + *in_text_remaining = in_text; + return (int)(buf_out - buf); +} + +int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + int char_count = 0; + while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + { + unsigned int c; + in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); + if (c == 0) + break; + char_count++; + } + return char_count; +} + +// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/ +static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) +{ + if (c < 0x80) + { + buf[0] = (char)c; + return 1; + } + if (c < 0x800) + { + if (buf_size < 2) return 0; + buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6)); + buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f)); + return 2; + } + if (c < 0x10000) + { + if (buf_size < 3) return 0; + buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12)); + buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f)); + buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); + return 3; + } + if (c <= 0x10FFFF) + { + if (buf_size < 4) return 0; + buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18)); + buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f)); + buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f)); + buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); + return 4; + } + // Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF + return 0; +} + +const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c) +{ + int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(out_buf, 5, c); + out_buf[count] = 0; + return out_buf; +} + +// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function. +int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + unsigned int unused = 0; + return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&unused, in_text, in_text_end); +} + +static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c) +{ + if (c < 0x80) return 1; + if (c < 0x800) return 2; + if (c < 0x10000) return 3; + if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4; + return 3; +} + +int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end) +{ + char* buf_p = out_buf; + const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size; + while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + { + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++); + if (c < 0x80) + *buf_p++ = (char)c; + else + buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c); + } + *buf_p = 0; + return (int)(buf_p - out_buf); +} + +int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end) +{ + int bytes_count = 0; + while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + { + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++); + if (c < 0x80) + bytes_count++; + else + bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c); + } + return bytes_count; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) +// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b) +{ + float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f; + int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF); +} + +ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in) +{ + float s = 1.0f / 255.0f; + return ImVec4( + ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, + ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, + ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, + ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s); +} + +ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in) +{ + ImU32 out; + out = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT; + out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT; + out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT; + out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; + return out; +} + +// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592 +// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv +void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v) +{ + float K = 0.f; + if (g < b) + { + ImSwap(g, b); + K = -1.f; + } + if (r < g) + { + ImSwap(r, g); + K = -2.f / 6.f - K; + } + + const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b); + out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f)); + out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f); + out_v = r; +} + +// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593 +// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV +void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b) +{ + if (s == 0.0f) + { + // gray + out_r = out_g = out_b = v; + return; + } + + h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f); + int i = (int)h; + float f = h - (float)i; + float p = v * (1.0f - s); + float q = v * (1.0f - s * f); + float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f)); + + switch (i) + { + case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break; + case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break; + case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break; + case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break; + case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break; + case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break; + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage +// Helper: Key->value storage +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit +static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector& data, ImGuiID key) +{ + ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data; + ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size; + size_t count = (size_t)(last - first); + while (count > 0) + { + size_t count2 = count >> 1; + ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2; + if (mid->key < key) + { + first = ++mid; + count -= count2 + 1; + } + else + { + count = count2; + } + } + return first; +} + +// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. +void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() +{ + struct StaticFunc + { + static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that. + if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1; + if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1; + return 0; + } + }; + ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairComparerByID); +} + +int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + return default_val; + return it->val_i; +} + +bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const +{ + return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0; +} + +float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + return default_val; + return it->val_f; +} + +void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + return NULL; + return it->val_p; +} + +// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer. +int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); + return &it->val_i; +} + +bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) +{ + return (bool*)GetIntRef(key, default_val ? 1 : 0); +} + +float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); + return &it->val_f; +} + +void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); + return &it->val_p; +} + +// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame) +void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + { + Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); + return; + } + it->val_i = val; +} + +void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) +{ + SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0); +} + +void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + { + Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); + return; + } + it->val_f = val; +} + +void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); + if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + { + Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); + return; + } + it->val_p = val; +} + +void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++) + Data[i].val_i = v; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" +ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077 +{ + InputBuf[0] = 0; + CountGrep = 0; + if (default_filter) + { + ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); + Build(); + } +} + +bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width) +{ + if (width != 0.0f) + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width); + bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); + if (value_changed) + Build(); + return value_changed; +} + +void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector* out) const +{ + out->resize(0); + const char* wb = b; + const char* we = wb; + while (we < e) + { + if (*we == separator) + { + out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we)); + wb = we + 1; + } + we++; + } + if (wb != we) + out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we)); +} + +void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() +{ + Filters.resize(0); + ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf + strlen(InputBuf)); + input_range.split(',', &Filters); + + CountGrep = 0; + for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; + while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0])) + f.b++; + while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1])) + f.e--; + if (f.empty()) + continue; + if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-') + CountGrep += 1; + } +} + +bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const +{ + if (Filters.empty()) + return true; + + if (text == NULL) + text = ""; + + for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + { + const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; + if (f.empty()) + continue; + if (f.b[0] == '-') + { + // Subtract + if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL) + return false; + } + else + { + // Grep + if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL) + return true; + } + } + + // Implicit * grep + if (CountGrep == 0) + return true; + + return false; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it. +// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it. +#ifndef va_copy +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src) +#else +#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src) +#endif +#endif + +char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 }; + +void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str); + + // Add zero-terminator the first time + const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1; + const int needed_sz = write_off + len; + if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity) + { + int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2; + Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity); + } + + Buf.resize(needed_sz); + memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len); + Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0; +} + +void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + appendfv(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text +void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + va_list args_copy; + va_copy(args_copy, args); + + int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args); // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass. + if (len <= 0) + { + va_end(args_copy); + return; + } + + // Add zero-terminator the first time + const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1; + const int needed_sz = write_off + len; + if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity) + { + int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2; + Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity); + } + + Buf.resize(needed_sz); + ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy); + va_end(args_copy); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper +// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed +// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell. +// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous. +static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems); +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. +// This legacy API is not ideal because it assumes we will return a single contiguous rectangle. +// Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges. +void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.LogEnabled) + { + // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping + *out_items_display_start = 0; + *out_items_display_end = items_count; + return; + } + if (GetSkipItemForListClipping()) + { + *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0; + return; + } + + // We create the union of the ClipRect and the scoring rect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect + // We don't include g.NavId's rectangle in there (unless g.NavJustMovedToId is set) because the rectangle enlargement can get costly. + ImRect rect = window->ClipRect; + if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) + rect.Add(g.NavScoringNoClipRect); + if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId) + rect.Add(WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0])); // Could store and use NavJustMovedToRectRel + + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + int start = (int)((rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); + int end = (int)((rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); + + // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to + // FIXME: Verify this works with tabbing + const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) + start--; + if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) + end++; + + start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count); + end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count); + *out_items_display_start = start; + *out_items_display_end = end; +} +#endif + +static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector& ranges, int offset = 0) +{ + if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1) + return; + + // Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries) + for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end) + for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i) + if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min) + ImSwap(ranges[i], ranges[i + 1]); + + // Now fuse ranges together as much as possible. + for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++) + { + IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert); + if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min) + continue; + ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(ranges[i - 1].Min, ranges[i].Min); + ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(ranges[i - 1].Max, ranges[i].Max); + ranges.erase(ranges.Data + i); + i--; + } +} + +static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) +{ + // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor. + // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue. + // The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek? + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage. + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. + if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns) + columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + { + if (table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f); + //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow() + table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase; + } +} + +static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n) +{ + // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction + // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; + float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight); + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight); +} + +ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + ItemsCount = -1; +} + +ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() +{ + End(); +} + +void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name); + + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + if (table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); + + StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + ItemsHeight = items_height; + ItemsCount = items_count; + DisplayStart = -1; + DisplayEnd = 0; + + // Acquire temporary buffer + if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size) + g.ClipperTempData.resize(g.ClipperTempDataStacked, ImGuiListClipperData()); + ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1]; + data->Reset(this); + data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y; + TempData = data; +} + +void ImGuiListClipper::End() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData) + { + // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name); + if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); + + // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting + IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this); + data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size; + if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0) + { + data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1]; + data->ListClipper->TempData = data; + } + TempData = NULL; + } + ItemsCount = -1; +} + +void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max) +{ + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData; + IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet. + IM_ASSERT(item_min <= item_max); + if (item_min < item_max) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_min, item_max)); +} + +static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; + IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?"); + + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (table && table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); + + // No items + if (clipper->ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping()) + return false; + + // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped + // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state. + if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows) + { + clipper->DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen; + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->ItemsFrozen + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + if (clipper->DisplayStart < clipper->DisplayEnd) + data->ItemsFrozen++; + return true; + } + + // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height) + bool calc_clipping = false; + if (data->StepNo == 0) + { + clipper->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) + { + // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1) + data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1)); + clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen); + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); + data->StepNo = 1; + return true; + } + calc_clipping = true; // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping. + } + + // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range + if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) + { + IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1); + if (table) + IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y); + + clipper->ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - clipper->StartPosY) / (float)(clipper->DisplayEnd - clipper->DisplayStart); + bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (affected_by_floating_point_precision) + clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries. + + IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); + calc_clipping = true; // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards. + } + + // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements. + const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd; + if (calc_clipping) + { + if (g.LogEnabled) + { + // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, clipper->ItemsCount)); + } + else + { + // Add range selected to be included for navigation + const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (is_nav_request) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); + if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount)); + + // Add focused/active item + ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]); + if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0)); + + // Add visible range + const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0; + const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0; + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max)); + } + + // Convert position ranges to item index ranges + // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping. + // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list, + // which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted. + for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++) + if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert) + { + int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); + int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); + data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); + data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false; + } + ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo); + } + + // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line. + if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + { + clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); + if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart); + data->StepNo++; + return true; + } + + // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), + // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. + if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX) + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount); + + return false; +} + +bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); + bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this); + if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd)) + ret = false; + if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n"); + if (need_items_height && ItemsHeight > 0.0f) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): computed ItemsHeight: %.2f.\n", ItemsHeight); + if (ret) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): display %d to %d.\n", DisplayStart, DisplayEnd); + else + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): End.\n"); + if (!ret) + End(); + return ret; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] STYLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); + return GImGui->Style; +} + +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul) +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx]; + c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul; + return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); +} + +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col) +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + ImVec4 c = col; + c.w *= style.Alpha; + return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); +} + +const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx) +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + return style.Colors[idx]; +} + +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + if (style.Alpha >= 1.0f) + return col; + ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; + a = (ImU32)(a * style.Alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range. + return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); +} + +// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32 +void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiColorMod backup; + backup.Col = idx; + backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; + g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); + g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiColorMod backup; + backup.Col = idx; + backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; + g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); + g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; +} + +void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ColorStack.Size < count) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times: stack underflow."); + count = g.ColorStack.Size; + } + while (count > 0) + { + ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back(); + g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue; + g.ColorStack.pop_back(); + count--; + } +} + +struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo +{ + ImGuiDataType Type; + ImU32 Count; + ImU32 Offset; + void* GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); } +}; + +static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = +{ + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign +}; + +static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) +{ + IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); + return &GStyleVarInfo[idx]; +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) +{ + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + *pvar = val; + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!"); +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) +{ + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + *pvar = val; + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!"); +} + +void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times: stack underflow."); + count = g.StyleVarStack.Size; + } + while (count > 0) + { + // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. + ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back(); + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); + void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } + else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } + g.StyleVarStack.pop_back(); + count--; + } +} + +const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) +{ + // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1"; + switch (idx) + { + case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text"; + case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled"; + case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg"; + case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg"; + case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border"; + case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow"; + case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg"; + case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive"; + case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive"; + case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed"; + case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab"; + case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive"; + case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark"; + case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab"; + case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button"; + case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header"; + case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator"; + case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive"; + case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip"; + case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab"; + case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive"; + case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused"; + case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive"; + case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines"; + case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram"; + case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong"; + case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight"; + case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt"; + case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; + case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; + case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; + case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight"; + case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg"; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return "Unknown"; +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change, +// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context. +// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + const char* text_display_end = text; + if (!text_end) + text_end = (const char*)-1; + + while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#')) + text_display_end++; + return text_display_end; +} + +// Internal ImGui functions to render text +// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText() +void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Hide anything after a '##' string + const char* text_display_end; + if (hide_text_after_hash) + { + text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + } + else + { + if (!text_end) + text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + text_display_end = text_end; + } + + if (text != text_display_end) + { + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (!text_end) + text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + + if (text != text_end) + { + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end); + } +} + +// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max) +// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges) +void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) +{ + // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state + ImVec2 pos = pos_min; + const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f); + + const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min; + const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max; + bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y); + if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min + need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y); + + // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment. + if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x); + if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y); + + // Render + if (need_clipping) + { + ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y); + draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect); + } + else + { + draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) +{ + // Hide anything after a '##' string + const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text); + if (text_len == 0) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end); +} + + +// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper. +// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display. +// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move. +void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (text_end_full == NULL) + text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text); + const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f); + + //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); + //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels. + if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x) + { + // Hello wo... + // | | | + // min max ellipsis_max + // <-> this is generally some padding value + + const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font; + const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize; + const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL; + + ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar; + int ellipsis_char_count = 1; + if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1) + { + ellipsis_char = font->DotChar; + ellipsis_char_count = 3; + } + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char); + + float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1; // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side + float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width; // Full width of entire ellipsis + + if (ellipsis_char_count > 1) + { + // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it. + const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize); + ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots; + ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots; + } + + // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x + const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); + float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x; + if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full) + { + // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis + text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full); + text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x; + } + while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1])) + { + // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text) + text_end_ellipsis--; + text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte + } + + // Render text, render ellipsis + RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x; + if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x) + for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++) + { + font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char); + ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width; + } + } + else + { + RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + } + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full); +} + +// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders +void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding); + const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; + if (border && border_size > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; + if (border_size > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (id != g.NavId) + return; + if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw)) + return; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame) + return; + + float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding; + ImRect display_rect = bb; + display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); + if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault) + { + const float THICKNESS = 2.0f; + const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f; + display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE, DISTANCE)); + bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect); + if (!fully_visible) + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max); + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, THICKNESS); + if (!fully_visible) + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + } + if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, 1.0f); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport); + ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; + ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; + if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + { + const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; + const float scale = base_scale; + ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; + draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); + draw_list->PopTextureID(); + } + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods +ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Name = ImStrdup(name); + NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; + ID = ImHashStr(name); + IDStack.push_back(ID); + MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); + ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; + AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; + SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; + SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + LastFrameActive = -1; + LastTimeActive = -1.0f; + FontWindowScale = 1.0f; + SettingsOffset = -1; + DrawList = &DrawListInst; + DrawList->_Data = &context->DrawListSharedData; + DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; +} + +ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() +{ + IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); + IM_DELETE(Name); + ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); + return id; +} + +// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); + return id; +} + +static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.CurrentWindow = window; + g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL; + if (window) + g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); +} + +void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); + g.GroupStack.clear(); + TableGcCompactSettings(); +} + +// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused. +// Not freed: +// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) +// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost. +void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->MemoryCompacted = true; + window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity; + window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity; + window->IDStack.clear(); + window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory(); + window->DC.ChildWindows.clear(); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear(); +} + +void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening. + // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster. + window->MemoryCompacted = false; + window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity); + window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity); + window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, + // we at least need to be resilient to it. Cancelling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch + // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + + // Set active id + g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : ""); + g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; + if (id != 0) + { + g.LastActiveId = id; + g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + } + } + g.ActiveId = id; + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; + g.ActiveIdWindow = window; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + if (id) + { + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? (ImGuiInputSource)ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + } + + // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget + // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits(); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; +#endif +} + +void ImGui::ClearActiveID() +{ + SetActiveID(0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.HoveredId = id; + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; + if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) + g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; +} + +// This is called by ItemAdd(). +// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID(). +void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; +} + +void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) +{ + // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). + // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); + IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. + //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; +} + +static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) + // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindow) + if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow) + if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow) + { + // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" + // NB: The 'else' is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + bool want_inhibit = false; + if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + want_inhibit = true; + else if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + want_inhibit = true; + + // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup + if (want_inhibit) + if (!ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() +// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() +// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId +bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride)) + { + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) + return false; + if (!IsItemFocused()) + return false; + } + else + { + // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() + ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; + if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + + // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) + // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851) + // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable + // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was + // the test that has been running for a long while. + if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0) + return false; + + // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) + return false; + + // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. + // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) + return false; + + // Test if the item is disabled + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) + return false; + + // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. + // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. + if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) + return false; + } + + // Handle hover delay + // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content) + float delay; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) + delay = g.IO.HoverDelayNormal; + else if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) + delay = g.IO.HoverDelayShort; + else + delay = 0.0f; + if (delay > 0.0f) + { + ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) + g.HoverDelayTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverDelayId = hover_delay_id; + return g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay; + } + + return true; +} + +// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). +bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.HoveredWindow != window) + return false; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + return false; + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) + { + g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + return false; + } + + // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level + // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two. + if (id != 0) + SetHoveredID(id); + + // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); + if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + { + // Release active id if turning disabled + if (g.ActiveId == id) + ClearActiveID(); + g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + return false; + } + + if (id != 0) + { + // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! + // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making + // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered + // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. + // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd(). + if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + } + + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return true; + return false; +} + +// This is also inlined in ItemAdd() +// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect! +void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LastItemData.ID = item_id; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags; + g.LastItemData.Rect = item_rect; +} + +float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) +{ + if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f) + return 0.0f; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f) + { + // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows, + // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function? + //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + // wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x); + //else + wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + } + else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) + { + wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space + } + + return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); +} + +// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc() +void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) +{ + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; + return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); +} + +// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() +void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) +{ + if (ptr) + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; + return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); +} + +const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; +} + +void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn) + g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text); +} + +const char* ImGui::GetVersion() +{ + return IMGUI_VERSION; +} + +// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself +// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module +ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() +{ + return GImGui; +} + +void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC + IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. +#else + GImGui = ctx; +#endif +} + +void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data) +{ + GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; + GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; + GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; +} + +// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space) +void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data) +{ + *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc; + *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc; + *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData; +} + +ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) +{ + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); + ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Initialize(); + if (prev_ctx != NULL) + SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one. + return ctx; +} + +void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); + if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051 + ctx = prev_ctx; + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Shutdown(); + SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL); + IM_DELETE(ctx); +} + +// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed +ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_); + g.Hooks.push_back(*hook); + g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext; + return g.HookIdNext; +} + +// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it +void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) + g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; +} + +// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) +// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array +void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) + g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); +} + +ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); + return GImGui->IO; +} + +// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() +ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL; +} + +double ImGui::GetTime() +{ + return GImGui->Time; +} + +int ImGui::GetFrameCount() +{ + return GImGui->FrameCount; +} + +static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) +{ + // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawLists)); + ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no]; + if (draw_list == NULL) + { + draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData); + draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name; + viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; + } + + // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command + if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) + { + draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame(); + draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false); + viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; + } + return draw_list; +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]); +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return GetForegroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]); +} + +ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() +{ + return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData; +} + +void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows. + // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward. + // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + FocusWindow(window); + SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window); + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindow->Pos; + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); + + bool can_move_window = true; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + can_move_window = false; + if (can_move_window) + g.MovingWindow = window; +} + +// Handle mouse moving window +// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing() +// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId. +// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs, +// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other. +void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window). + // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency. + KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); + IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow); + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) + { + ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; + SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); + FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); + } + else + { + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + ClearActiveID(); + } + } + else + { + // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others. + if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId) + { + KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + ClearActiveID(); + } + } +} + +// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar. +// Handle left-click and right-click focus. +void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0) + return; + + // Unless we just made a window/popup appear + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing) + return; + + // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving + // (after we're done with all our widgets) + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) + { + // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space. + // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more. + ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; + const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel); + + if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup) + { + StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595 + + // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0])) + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + + // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already) + if (g.HoveredIdDisabled) + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + { + // Clicking on void disable focus + FocusWindow(NULL); + } + } + + // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed + // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup. + // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger) + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) + { + // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window. + // This is where we can trim the popup stack. + ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal)); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true); + } +} + +static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden); +} + +static void UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey key, bool v, float analog_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key)); + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); + key_data->Down = v; + key_data->AnalogValue = analog_value; +} + +static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) + { + // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally. + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown(n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + } + else + { + if (g.FrameCount == 0) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!"); + + // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) + if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1) + { + IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n])); + io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n; + } + + // Import legacy keys into new ones + for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) + { + const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n); + IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key)); + io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n]; + if (key != n) + io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends + io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1; + } + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) + { + io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModCtrl].Down = io.KeyCtrl; + io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModShift].Down = io.KeyShift; + io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModAlt].Down = io.KeyAlt; + io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModSuper].Down = io.KeySuper; + } + } + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active) + { + #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0) + #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0) + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown); + #undef NAV_MAP_KEY + } +#endif + +#endif + + // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools, update aliases + io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags(); + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT; n++) + UpdateAliasKey(MouseButtonToKey(n), io.MouseDown[n], io.MouseDown[n] ? 1.0f : 0.0f); + UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH); + UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel); + + // Clear gamepad data if disabled + if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0) + for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++) + { + io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false; + io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f; + } + + // Update keys + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysData); i++) + { + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i]; + key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration; + key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + } +} + +static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos)) + io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos); + + // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) + io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev; + else + io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + + // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true. + if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + + io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) + { + io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; + io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below + io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; + io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i]; + io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) + { + bool is_repeated_click = false; + if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime) + { + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) + is_repeated_click = true; + } + if (is_repeated_click) + io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++; + else + io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1; + io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; + io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos; + io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]; + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; + } + else if (io.MouseDown[i]) + { + // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold + float delta_sqr_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? ImLengthSqr(io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : 0.0f; + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], delta_sqr_click_pos); + } + + // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service + io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2); + + // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + } +} + +static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.WheelingWindow == window) + return; + g.WheelingWindow = window; + g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; + g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER; +} + +void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses + if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL) + { + g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold) + g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f) + { + g.WheelingWindow = NULL; + g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + } + } + + const bool hovered_id_using_mouse_wheel = (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel); + const bool active_id_using_mouse_wheel_x = g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.TestBit(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX); + const bool active_id_using_mouse_wheel_y = g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.TestBit(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); + + float wheel_x = (!hovered_id_using_mouse_wheel && !active_id_using_mouse_wheel_x) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f; + float wheel_y = (!hovered_id_using_mouse_wheel && !active_id_using_mouse_wheel_y) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0; + if (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f) + return; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; + if (!window || window->Collapsed) + return; + + // Zoom / Scale window + // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. + if (wheel_y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) + { + StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); + const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; + window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; + if (window == window->RootWindow) + { + const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; + SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); + window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); + window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); + } + return; + } + + // Mouse wheel scrolling + // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) + return; + + // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead + // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already) + const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + if (swap_axis) + { + wheel_x = wheel_y; + wheel_y = 0.0f; + } + + // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling + if (wheel_y != 0.0f) + { + StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) + window = window->ParentWindow; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + { + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step); + } + } + + // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held + if (wheel_x != 0.0f) + { + StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) + window = window->ParentWindow; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + { + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step); + } + } +} + +// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app) +void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)); + + // Find the window hovered by mouse: + // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. + // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. + // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. + bool clear_hovered_windows = false; + FindHoveredWindow(); + + // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them. + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window)) + clear_hovered_windows = true; + + // Disabled mouse? + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) + clear_hovered_windows = true; + + // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and + // won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. + const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0); + const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL); + int mouse_earliest_down = -1; + bool mouse_any_down = false; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) + { + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) + { + io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup; + io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal; + } + mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i]; + if (io.MouseDown[i]) + if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down]) + mouse_earliest_down = i; + } + const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down]; + const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down]; + + // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering. + // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) + const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; + if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) + clear_hovered_windows = true; + + if (clear_hovered_windows) + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + + // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app) + // Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag + if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) + { + io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); + } + else + { + io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup; + io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal; + } + + // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app) + if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); + else + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); + if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + + // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible + io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; +} + +// [Internal] Do not use directly (can read io.KeyMods instead) +ImGuiModFlags ImGui::GetMergedModFlags() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiModFlags key_mods = ImGuiModFlags_None; + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl; } + if (g.IO.KeyShift) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Shift; } + if (g.IO.KeyAlt) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Alt; } + if (g.IO.KeySuper) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Super; } + return key_mods; +} + +void ImGui::NewFrame() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start. + // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector + for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_) + g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre); + + // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes + ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); + + // Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay) + UpdateSettings(); + + g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.WithinFrameScope = true; + g.FrameCount += 1; + g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0; + g.WindowsActiveCount = 0; + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(0); + + // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature + g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx]; + g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame); + g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame)); + g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX; + + UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); + + // Setup current font and draw list shared data + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true; + SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); + IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); + ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); + g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; + g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; + if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; + + // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it. + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + viewport->DrawDataP.Clear(); + } + + // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); + + // Update HoveredId data + if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame) + g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; + if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId)) + g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.HoveredId) + g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId) + g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; + g.HoveredId = 0; + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; + g.HoveredIdDisabled = false; + + // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore. + // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd(). + // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves. + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n"); + ClearActiveID(); + } + + // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore) + if (g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; + g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; + if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId) + g.TempInputId = 0; + if (g.ActiveId == 0) + { + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits(); + } + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + if (g.ActiveId == 0) + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0; + else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0) + { + // If your custom widget code used: { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); } + // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be: { SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Escape); SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel); } + if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Escape); + if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported + } +#endif + + // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips + g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverDelayId; + if (g.HoverDelayId != 0) + { + //if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseDelta.y == 0.0f) // Need design/flags + g.HoverDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverDelayId = 0; + } + else if (g.HoverDelayTimer > 0.0f) + { + // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps + g.HoverDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoverDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.20f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~6 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate + g.HoverDelayTimer = g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. + } + + // Drag and drop + g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; + g.DragDropWithinSource = false; + g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; + g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + + // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in) + //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + // ClosePopupsExceptModals(); + + // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible) + g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0); + UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); + + // Update keyboard input state + UpdateKeyboardInputs(); + + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper)); + + // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation + NavUpdate(); + + // Update mouse input state + UpdateMouseInputs(); + + // Find hovered window + // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame) + UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + + // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering) + UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); + + // Background darkening/whitening + if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f)) + g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f); + else + g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; + + // Platform IME data: reset for the frame + g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData; + g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false; + + // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale + UpdateMouseWheel(); + + // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); + const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + window->WasActive = window->Active; + window->BeginCount = 0; + window->Active = false; + window->WriteAccessed = false; + + // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows + if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); + } + + // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables + for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++) + if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)); + for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempData.Size; i++) + if (g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempData[i]); + if (g.GcCompactAll) + GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); + g.GcCompactAll = false; + + // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order + if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL); + + // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. + // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. + g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); + g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0); + g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None); + g.GroupStack.resize(0); + + // [DEBUG] Update debug features + UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); + UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); + + // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. + // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. + // This fallback is particularly important as it prevents ImGui:: calls from crashing. + g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true; + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + Begin("Debug##Default"); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); +} + +void ImGui::Initialize() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); + + // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); + } + + // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type + TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); + + // Create default viewport + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); + g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); + g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0); + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +#endif + + g.Initialized = true; +} + +// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. +void ImGui::Shutdown() +{ + // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) + { + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; + IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); + } + g.IO.Fonts = NULL; + + // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui. + if (!g.Initialized) + return; + + // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) + if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown); + + // Clear everything else + g.Windows.clear_delete(); + g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear(); + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear(); + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); + g.WindowsById.Clear(); + g.NavWindow = NULL; + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + g.ColorStack.clear(); + g.StyleVarStack.clear(); + g.FontStack.clear(); + g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); + g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); + + g.Viewports.clear_delete(); + + g.TabBars.Clear(); + g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); + + g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct(); + + g.Tables.Clear(); + g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct(); + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); + + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); + g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); + + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); + g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); + + if (g.LogFile) + { +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + if (g.LogFile != stdout) +#endif + ImFileClose(g.LogFile); + g.LogFile = NULL; + } + g.LogBuffer.clear(); + g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + + g.Initialized = false; +} + +// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure. +static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs; + const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs; + if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + return d; + if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) + return d; + return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent); +} + +static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + out_sorted_windows->push_back(window); + if (window->Active) + { + int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; + ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); + for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (child->Active) + AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child); + } + } +} + +static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) + return; + + // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. + // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) + IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + + // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) + // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: + // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. + // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. + // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: + // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. + // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. + // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. + // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. + // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: + // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); + // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. + // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. + // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching + // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); + + out_list->push_back(draw_list); +} + +static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); + for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active + AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer); + } +} + +static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0; +} + +// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu) +static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window)); +} + +void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() +{ + int n = Layers[0].Size; + int size = n; + for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) + size += Layers[i].Size; + Layers[0].resize(size); + for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) + { + ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; + if (layer.empty()) + continue; + memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); + n += layer.Size; + layer.resize(0); + } +} + +static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector* draw_lists) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + draw_data->Valid = true; + draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; + draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; + draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; + draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos; + draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size; + draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; + for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = draw_lists->Data[n]; + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; + } +} + +// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering. +// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, +// so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result. +// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect(): +// some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the +// more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds. +void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect); + window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); +} + +void ImGui::PopClipRect() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); +} + +static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport(); + ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect(); + + // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list + { + // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows, + // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing. + // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order. + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindow->DrawList; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // Ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged + draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col); + ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); + IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6); + draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command. + } +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window; + for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(parent_window); i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + continue; + if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent_window)) + break; + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(parent_window)) + bottom_most_visible_window = window; + } + return bottom_most_visible_window; +} + +static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); + if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) + return; + const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL); + const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active); + if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list) + return; + + if (dim_bg_for_modal) + { + // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order. + ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window); + RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); + } + else if (dim_bg_for_window_list) + { + // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window + RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); + + // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim; + ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + float distance = g.FontSize; + ImRect bb = window->Rect(); + bb.Expand(distance); + if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y) + bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd(); + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f); + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + } +} + +// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal. +void ImGui::EndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + + // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times. + if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) + return; + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?"); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre); + + ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); + + // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) + if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(&g.PlatformImeData, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) + g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(GetMainViewport(), &g.PlatformImeData); + + // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used + g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false; + if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed) + g.CurrentWindow->Active = false; + End(); + + // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests + NavEndFrame(); + + // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted) + if (g.DragDropActive) + { + bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery; + bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton)); + if (is_delivered || is_elapsed) + ClearDragDrop(); + } + + // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + g.DragDropWithinSource = true; + SetTooltip("..."); + g.DragDropWithinSource = false; + } + + // End frame + g.WithinFrameScope = false; + g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount; + + // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus + UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); + + // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent + // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0); + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it + continue; + AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window); + } + + // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong. + IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size); + g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer); + g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount; + + // Unlock font atlas + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; + + // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; + g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost); +} + +// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData() +// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all: +// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend) +void ImGui::Render() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + + if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) + EndFrame(); + const bool first_render_of_frame = (g.FrameCountRendered != g.FrameCount); + g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre); + + // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport) + for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); + if (viewport->DrawLists[0] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); + } + + // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds + if (first_render_of_frame) + RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); + + // Add ImDrawList to render + ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; + windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL; + windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL); + for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1]) + AddRootWindowToDrawData(window); + } + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++) + if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window + AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); + + // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); + + // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + + // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) + if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); + + SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]); + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount; + g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount; + } + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost); +} + +// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker. +// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize) +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + const char* text_display_end; + if (hide_text_after_double_hash) + text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); // Hide anything after a '##' string + else + text_display_end = text_end; + + ImFont* font = g.Font; + const float font_size = g.FontSize; + if (text == text_display_end) + return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size); + ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL); + + // Round + // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out. + // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g. + // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c + // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html + text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f); + + return text_size; +} + +// Find window given position, search front-to-back +// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically +// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is +// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. +static void FindHoveredWindow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL; + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = NULL; + if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + hovered_window = g.MovingWindow; + + ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding; + ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. + if (!window->Active || window->Hidden) + continue; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) + continue; + + // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always) + ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped); + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + bb.Expand(padding_regular); + else + bb.Expand(padding_for_resize); + if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + continue; + + // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window + // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512) + if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0) + { + ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y); + ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y); + if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + continue; + } + + if (hovered_window == NULL) + hovered_window = window; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. + if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow)) + hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window; + if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window) + break; + } + + g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window; + g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId) + return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID; + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemActivated() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId) + if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID) + return true; + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated) + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0; + return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore)); +} + +// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID() +bool ImGui::IsItemFocused() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0) + return false; + return true; +} + +// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()! +// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc. +bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) +{ + return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.ActiveId != 0; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemVisible() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; +} + +// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. +// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework. +void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + if (g.HoveredId == id) + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; +} + +void ImGui::SetItemUsingMouseWheel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + if (g.HoveredId == id) + g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = true; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBit(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX); + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBit(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); + } +} + +// FIXME: Technically this also prevents use of Gamepad D-Pad, may not be an issue. +void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0; + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBitRange(ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN, ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END); + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBit(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl); + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBit(ImGuiKey_ModShift); + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBit(ImGuiKey_ModAlt); + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBit(ImGuiKey_ModSuper); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize(); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag + + // Size + const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); + const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); + if (size.x <= 0.0f) + size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too many issues) + if (size.y <= 0.0f) + size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); + SetNextWindowSize(size); + + // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. + const char* temp_window_name; + if (name) + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); + else + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + + const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; + if (!border) + g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; + bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags); + g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; + + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; + child_window->ChildId = id; + child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises; + + // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually. + // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do. + if (child_window->BeginCount == 1) + parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; + + // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) + { + FocusWindow(child_window); + NavInitWindow(child_window, false); + SetActiveID(id + 1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item + g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + } + return ret; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags); +} + +void ImGui::EndChild() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls + + g.WithinEndChild = true; + if (window->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + } + else + { + ImVec2 sz = window->Size; + if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f + sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x); + if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) + sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y); + End(); + + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); + ItemSize(sz); + if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + { + ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); + + // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) + RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); + } + else + { + // Not navigable into + ItemAdd(bb, 0); + } + if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + } + g.WithinEndChild = false; + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return +} + +// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. +bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); + bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags); + PopStyleVar(3); + PopStyleColor(); + return ret; +} + +void ImGui::EndChildFrame() +{ + EndChild(); +} + +static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled) +{ + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags); + window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ~flags); + window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name); + return FindWindowByID(id); +} + +static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) +{ + window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y)); + if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0) + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); + window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; +} + +static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && ((new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0); + const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild; + if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child) + { + IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window)); + g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window); + window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1); + } + else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window); + for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++) + g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--; + g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder); + window->FocusOrder = -1; + } + window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child; +} + +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); + + // Create window the first time + ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); + window->Flags = flags; + g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); + + // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. + const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60); + + // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID)) + { + // Retrieve settings from .ini file + window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + } + window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values + + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + { + window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + } + else + { + if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f) + window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; + if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f) + window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); + } + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) + g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once + else + g.Windows.push_back(window); + + return window; +} + +static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 new_size = size_desired; + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) + { + // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. + ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect; + new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x; + new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y; + if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback) + { + ImGuiSizeCallbackData data; + data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData; + data.Pos = window->Pos; + data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull; + data.DesiredSize = new_size; + g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data); + new_size = data.DesiredSize; + } + new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x); + new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y); + } + + // Minimum size + if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))) + { + ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window; + const float decoration_up_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight(); + new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); + new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, decoration_up_height + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows + } + return new_size; +} + +static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal) +{ + bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false; + if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + preserve_old_content_sizes = true; + else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) + preserve_old_content_sizes = true; + if (preserve_old_content_sizes) + { + *content_size_current = window->ContentSize; + *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal; + return; + } + + content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); +} + +static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; + ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(0.0f, decoration_up_height); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + { + // Tooltip always resize + return size_desired; + } + else + { + // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size + const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0; + const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0; + ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize; + if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) + size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); + + // FIXME-VIEWPORT-WORKAREA: May want to use GetWorkSize() instead of Size depending on the type of windows? + ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->Size; + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); + + // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), + // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. + ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); + bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - 0.0f < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_up_height < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); + if (will_have_scrollbar_x) + size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; + if (will_have_scrollbar_y) + size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize; + return size_auto_fit; + } +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImVec2 size_contents_current; + ImVec2 size_contents_ideal; + CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal); + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal); + ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); + return size_final; +} + +static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + return ImGuiCol_PopupBg; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + return ImGuiCol_ChildBg; + return ImGuiCol_WindowBg; +} + +static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size) +{ + ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm); // Expected window upper-left + ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right + ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min; + ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected); + *out_pos = pos_min; + if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f) + out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x); + if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f) + out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y); + *out_size = size_constrained; +} + +// Data for resizing from corner +struct ImGuiResizeGripDef +{ + ImVec2 CornerPosN; + ImVec2 InnerDir; + int AngleMin12, AngleMax12; +}; +static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = +{ + { ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(-1, -1), 0, 3 }, // Lower-right + { ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(+1, -1), 3, 6 }, // Lower-left + { ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(+1, +1), 6, 9 }, // Upper-left (Unused) + { ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(-1, +1), 9, 12 } // Upper-right (Unused) +}; + +// Data for resizing from borders +struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef +{ + ImVec2 InnerDir; + ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; + float OuterAngle; +}; +static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] = +{ + { ImVec2(+1, 0), ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left + { ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right + { ImVec2(0, +1), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up + { ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f } // Down +}; + +static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness) +{ + ImRect rect = window->Rect(); + if (thickness == 0.0f) + rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1); + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); } + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); } + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness); } + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness); } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); +} + +// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n) +{ + IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4); + ImGuiID id = window->ID; + id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id); + id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id); + return id; +} + +// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir) +{ + IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4); + int n = (int)dir + 4; + ImGuiID id = window->ID; + id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id); + id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id); + return id; +} + +// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad +// Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip) +static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + return false; + if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. + return false; + + bool ret_auto_fit = false; + const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0; + const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); + const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f; + + ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1 + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + + // Manual resize grips + PushID("#RESIZE"); + for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) + { + const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; + const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, def.CornerPosN); + + // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window + bool hovered, held; + ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size); + if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x); + if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y); + ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID() + KeepAliveID(resize_grip_id); + ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (hovered || held) + g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; + + if (held && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && resize_grip_n == 0) + { + // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking + size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); + ret_auto_fit = true; + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (held) + { + // Resize from any of the four corners + // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position + ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip + corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target); + } + + // Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating + if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered) + resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip); + } + for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++) + { + const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n]; + const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; + + bool hovered, held; + ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); + ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() + KeepAliveID(border_id); + ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) + { + g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; + if (held) + *border_held = border_n; + } + if (held) + { + ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; + border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; + border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target); + } + } + PopID(); + + // Restore nav layer + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + + // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad) + // FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user. + // Not even sure the callback works here. + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window) + { + ImVec2 nav_resize_dir; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) + nav_resize_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow); + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + nav_resize_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown); + if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f) + { + const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; + const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= visibility_rect.Min, so Size >= visibility_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); + if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) + { + // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. + size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + accum_floored); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored; + } + } + } + + // Apply back modified position/size to window + if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX) + { + window->SizeFull = size_target; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX) + { + window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target); + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + + window->Size = window->SizeFull; + return ret_auto_fit; +} + +static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size; + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight(); + window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max); +} + +static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float rounding = window->WindowRounding; + float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) + window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); + + int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld; + if (border_held != -1) + { + const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held]; + ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); + window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual + } + if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + { + float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1; + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize); + } +} + +// Draw background and borders +// Draw and handle scrollbars +void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + + // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems + IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0); + window->SkipItems = false; + + // Draw window + handle manual resize + // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. + const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding; + const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + if (window->Collapsed) + { + // Title bar only + float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; + g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize; + ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed); + RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding); + g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size; + } + else + { + // Window background + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) + { + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window)); + bool override_alpha = false; + float alpha = 1.0f; + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha) + { + alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal; + override_alpha = true; + } + if (override_alpha) + bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom); + } + + // Title bar + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + { + ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop); + } + + // Menu bar + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) + { + ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); + menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them. + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop); + if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); + } + + // Scrollbars + if (window->ScrollbarX) + Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X); + if (window->ScrollbarY) + Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y); + + // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency) + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize)) + { + for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) + { + const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; + const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); + window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size))); + window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size))); + window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12); + window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]); + } + } + + // Borders + RenderWindowOuterBorders(window); + } +} + +// Render title text, collapse button, close button +void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + + const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL); + const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None); + + // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer) + // FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref? + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + + // Layout buttons + // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code. + float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x; + float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x; + float button_sz = g.FontSize; + ImVec2 close_button_pos; + ImVec2 collapse_button_pos; + if (has_close_button) + { + pad_r += button_sz; + close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + } + if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) + { + pad_r += button_sz; + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + } + if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) + { + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + pad_l += button_sz; + } + + // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback) + if (has_collapse_button) + if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos)) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function + + // Close button + if (has_close_button) + if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos)) + *p_open = false; + + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup; + + // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker) + // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code.. + const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f); + + // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button, + // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly. + if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x) + pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x) + pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f) + { + float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center + float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x); + pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness); + pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness); + } + + ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y); + ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) + { + ImVec2 marker_pos; + marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x); + marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f; + if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x) + { + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f)); + } + } + //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r); +} + +void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) +{ + window->ParentWindow = parent_window; + window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window; + if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) + window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; + if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree; + if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) + window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; + while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL); + window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow; + } +} + +// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) +// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack. +// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent. +// - Window // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1 +// - Window // .. returns Modal1 +// - Modal1 // .. returns Modal2 +// - Window // .. returns Modal2 +// - Window // .. returns Modal2 +// - Modal2 // .. returns Modal2 +static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0) + return NULL; + + // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal. + for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[i].Window; + if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + continue; + if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows. + continue; + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window is rendered over last modal, no render order change needed. + break; + for (ImGuiWindow* parent = popup_window->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow; parent != NULL; parent = parent->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow) + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent)) + return popup_window; // Place window above its begin stack parent. + } + return NULL; +} + +// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to. +// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair. +// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content. +// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file). +// You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file. +// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned. +// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed. +bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0'); // Window name required + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() + IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet + + // Find or create + ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name); + const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL); + if (window_just_created) + window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags); + + // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); + + const int current_frame = g.FrameCount; + const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame); + window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow); + + // Update the Appearing flag + bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; + window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed + window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window); + } + window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user; + if (window->Appearing) + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); + + // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags); + window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; + window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; + window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; + window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; + window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++); + } + else + { + flags = window->Flags; + } + + // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack + ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)); + + // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed. + if (window->IDStack.Size == 0) + window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID); + + // Add to stack + // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() + g.CurrentWindow = window; + ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data; + window_stack_data.Window = window; + window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData; + window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data); + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + g.BeginMenuCount++; + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; + popup_ref.Window = window; + popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; + } + + // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); + window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack; + } + + // Process SetNextWindow***() calls + // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components + bool window_pos_set_by_api = false; + bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false; + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) + { + window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0; + if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f) + { + // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size + // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency. + window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal; + window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal; + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + } + else + { + SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond); + } + } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) + { + window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f); + window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f); + SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond); + } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) + { + if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f) + { + window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; + } + if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f) + { + window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + } + } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize) + window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal; + else if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed) + SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond); + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus) + FocusWindow(window); + if (window->Appearing) + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false); + + // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + // Initialize + const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) + const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); + window->Active = true; + window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL); + window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX); + window->IDStack.resize(1); + window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame(); + window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1; + + // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid + if (window->MemoryCompacted) + GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window); + + // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged). + // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere. + bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false; + if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB + window_title_visible_elsewhere = true; + if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0) + { + size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen; + window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name); + window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len; + } + + // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS + + // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size) + CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal); + if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--; + if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--; + if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0) + window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--; + + // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size + if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api)) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + + // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows) + // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size. + if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0) + { + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) + { + if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) + window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f; + if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) + window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f; + window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); + } + } + + // SELECT VIEWPORT + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style) + + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); + SetWindowViewport(window, viewport); + SetCurrentWindow(window); + + // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize; + else + window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize; + window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) + window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f); + + // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size. + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x); + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y; + + // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar + // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) + { + // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. + ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; + if (window->WantCollapseToggle) + { + window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + } + else + { + window->Collapsed = false; + } + window->WantCollapseToggle = false; + + // SIZE + + // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize + const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal); + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed) + { + // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc. + if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) + { + window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + } + if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) + { + window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + } + } + else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + { + // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames + // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed. + if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) + { + window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + } + if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + { + window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + } + if (!window->Collapsed) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + + // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size + window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull); + window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull; + + // Decoration size + const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + + // POSITION + + // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame + if (window_just_activated_by_user) + { + window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos() + window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos; + } + + // Position child window + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active); + window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; + parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window); + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip) + window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos; + } + + const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0); + if (window_pos_with_pivot) + SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) + else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0) + window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); + else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize) + window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); + else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip) + window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); + + // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding) + // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect. + ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect()); + ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect()); + ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); + ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding); + + // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor + // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. + if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f) + ClampWindowRect(window, visibility_rect); + window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); + + // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) + // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding; + + // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts. + //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + // window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + + // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front) + bool want_focus = false; + if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)) + { + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + want_focus = true; + else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0) + want_focus = true; + + ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + if (modal != NULL && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, modal)) + { + // Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of active modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. + // Since window is not focused it would reappear at the same display position like the last time it was visible. + // In case of completely new windows it would go to the top (over current modal), but input to such window would still be blocked by modal. + // Position window behind a modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. + want_focus = false; + if (window == window->RootWindow) + { + ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window); + IM_ASSERT(blocking_modal != NULL); + BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); + } + } + } + + // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (g.TestEngineHookItems) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1); + window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself. + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->Rect(), window->ID); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0); + window->IDStack.Size = 1; + } +#endif + + // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad + int border_held = -1; + ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {}; + const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. + const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + if (!window->Collapsed) + if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held; + + // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY + + // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size). + if (!window->Collapsed) + { + // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied. + // When we use InnerRect here we are intentionally reading last frame size, same for ScrollbarSizes values before we set them again. + ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - decoration_up_height); + ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + window->ScrollbarSizes; + ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; + float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x; + float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y; + //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons? + window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)); + window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)); + if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) + window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); + } + + // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) + // Update various regions. Variables they depend on should be set above in this function. + // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame. + + // Outer rectangle + // Not affected by window border size. Used by: + // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled) + // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders. + // - Begin() clipping whole child + const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect; + const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect(); + const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); + window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect; + window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect); + + // Inner rectangle + // Not affected by window border size. Used by: + // - InnerClipRect + // - ScrollToRectEx() + // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() + // - Scrollbar() + window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x; + window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + decoration_up_height; + window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y; + + // Inner clipping rectangle. + // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region. + // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space. + // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result. + // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior. + // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by: + // - Begin() initial clip rect + float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize); + window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect); + + // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes + if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f); + else + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f); + + // SCROLLING + + // Lock down maximum scrolling + // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate + // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar. + window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth()); + window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + + // Apply scrolling + window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); + window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + // DRAWING + + // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle + IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0); + window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); + PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false); + + // Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71) + // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order. + // FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493) + { + bool render_decorations_in_parent = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) + { + // - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here) + // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs + ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL; + bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false; + bool parent_is_empty = parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0; + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping) + render_decorations_in_parent = true; + } + if (render_decorations_in_parent) + window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList; + + // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders + const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow; + const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); + RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size); + + if (render_decorations_in_parent) + window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst; + } + + // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) + + // Work rectangle. + // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by: + // - Columns() for right-most edge + // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge + // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge + const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); + const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x; + window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y; + window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; + + // [LEGACY] Content Region + // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. + // Used by: + // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x; + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + decoration_up_height; + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + + // Setup drawing context + // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.) + window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; + window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + + // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount. + // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64. + double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + decoration_up_height; + window->DC.CursorStartPos = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y); + window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y)); + window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; + + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00; + window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; + window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + + window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; + window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); + window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; + window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); + window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + + window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault; + window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0); + + if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) + window->AutoFitFramesX--; + if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + window->AutoFitFramesY--; + + // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there) + if (want_focus) + { + FocusWindow(window); + NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls + } + + // Title bar + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open); + + // Clear hit test shape every frame + window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0; + + // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard + // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope. + // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element? + /* + //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0) + if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId) + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + LogToClipboard(); + */ + + // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin(). + // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc. + SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect); + + // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.Rect, g.LastItemData.ID); + } + else + { + // Append + SetCurrentWindow(window); + } + + // Pull/inherit current state + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : window->GetID("#FOCUSSCOPE"); // Inherit from parent only // -V595 + + PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); + + // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) + window->WriteAccessed = false; + window->BeginCount++; + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); + + // Update visibility + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. + // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow?? + { + const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request) + if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + } + + // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + } + + // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point) + if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + + // Update the Hidden flag + bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); + window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0); + + // Disable inputs for requested number of frames + if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0) + { + window->DisableInputsFrames--; + window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs; + } + + // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required) + bool skip_items = false; + if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular) + if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0) + skip_items = true; + window->SkipItems = skip_items; + } + + return !window->SkipItems; +} + +void ImGui::End() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times! + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!"); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0); + + // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window. + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!"); + + // Close anything that is open + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + EndColumns(); + PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle + + // Stop logging + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging + LogFinish(); + + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + + // Pop from window stack + g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + g.BeginMenuCount--; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); + SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window); +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); + + const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder; + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window); + if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window) + return; + + const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; + for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++) + { + g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1]; + g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--; + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n); + } + g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window; + window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order; +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back(); + if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) // Cheap early out (could be better) + return; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window + if (g.Windows[i] == window) + { + memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); + g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window; + break; + } +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.Windows[0] == window) + return; + for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) + if (g.Windows[i] == window) + { + memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); + g.Windows[0] = window; + break; + } +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window) +{ + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + window = window->RootWindow; + behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow; + int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window); + int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(behind_window); + if (pos_wnd < pos_beh) + { + size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*); + memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], copy_bytes); + g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window; + } + else + { + size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*); + memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], copy_bytes); + g.Windows[pos_beh] = window; + } +} + +int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(g.Windows.find(window)); +} + +// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) +void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (g.NavWindow != window) + { + SetNavWindow(window); + if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover) + g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId + g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + } + + // Close popups if any + ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); + + // Move the root window to the top of the pile + IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindow != NULL); + ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; // NB: In docking branch this is window->RootWindowDockStop + ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; + + // Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes: + // - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run. + // - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window) + if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss) + ClearActiveID(); + + // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus + if (!window) + return; + + // Bring to front + BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window); + if (((window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0) + BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window); +} + +void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; + if (under_this_window != NULL) + { + // Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640) + int offset = -1; + while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow; + offset = 0; + } + start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) + offset; + } + for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--) + { + // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; + IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); + if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive) + if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); + FocusWindow(focus_window); + return; + } + } + FocusWindow(NULL); +} + +// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only. +void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ? + IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f); + g.Font = font; + g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale); + g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f; + + ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; + g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel; + g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines; + g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font; + g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize; +} + +void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!font) + font = GetDefaultFont(); + SetCurrentFont(font); + g.FontStack.push_back(font); + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); +} + +void ImGui::PopFont() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID(); + g.FontStack.pop_back(); + SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back()); +} + +void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()); + if (enabled) + item_flags |= option; + else + item_flags &= ~option; + g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags; + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags); +} + +void ImGui::PopItemFlag() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack. + g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); +} + +// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() +// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) +// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently. +// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 +// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. +// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag() +void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + if (!was_disabled && disabled) + { + g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha; + g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha); + } + if (was_disabled || disabled) + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled; + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); + g.DisabledStackSize++; +} + +void ImGui::EndDisabled() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0); + g.DisabledStackSize--; + bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + //PopItemFlag(); + g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); + if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) + g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar(); +} + +// FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. +void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus) +{ + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !allow_keyboard_focus); +} + +void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus() +{ + PopItemFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) +{ + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); +} + +void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() +{ + PopItemFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos); + window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x; +} + +void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); +} + +static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy) +{ + ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL; + while (last_window != window) + { + last_window = window; + window = window->RootWindow; + if (popup_hierarchy) + window = window->RootWindowPopupTree; + } + return window; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy); + if (window_root == potential_parent) + return true; + while (window != NULL) + { + if (window == potential_parent) + return true; + if (window == window_root) // end of chain + return false; + window = window->ParentWindow; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) +{ + if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent) + return true; + while (window != NULL) + { + if (window == potential_parent) + return true; + window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array + const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_below); + if (display_layer_delta != 0) + return display_layer_delta > 0; + + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i]; + if (candidate_window == potential_above) + return true; + if (candidate_window == potential_below) + return false; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow; + ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (ref_window == NULL) + return false; + + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0) + { + IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End() + const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow) + cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy); + + bool result; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows) + result = IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy); + else + result = (ref_window == cur_window); + if (!result) + return false; + } + + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(ref_window, flags)) + return false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow; + ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (ref_window == NULL) + return false; + if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) + return true; + + IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End() + const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow) + cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy); + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows) + return IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy); + else + return (ref_window == cur_window); +} + +// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext) +// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically. +// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag. +bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus); +} + +float ImGui::GetWindowWidth() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Size.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetWindowHeight() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Size.y; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + return window->Pos; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time + if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0) + return; + + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + // Set + const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; + window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); + ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; + if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f) + return; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor + window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected. + window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset; + window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) + SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond); +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->Size; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time + if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0) + return; + + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + + // Set + ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull; + window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + if (size.x <= 0.0f) + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + else + window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); + if (size.y <= 0.0f) + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + else + window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); + if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) + SetWindowSize(window, size, cond); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time + if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0) + return; + window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + + // Set + window->Collapsed = collapsed; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size) +{ + IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0); // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters + window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size); + window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond); +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->Collapsed; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->Appearing; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) + SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowFocus() +{ + FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow); +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name) +{ + if (name) + { + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name)) + FocusWindow(window); + } + else + { + FocusWindow(NULL); + } +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos; + g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos; + g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot; + g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize; + g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size; + g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; + g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max); + g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback; + g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data; +} + +// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding. +// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item. +void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; + g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size); +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll; + g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed; + g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed; + g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha; + g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha; +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + return window->DrawList; +} + +ImFont* ImGui::GetFont() +{ + return GImGui->Font; +} + +float ImGui::GetFontSize() +{ + return GImGui->FontSize; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel() +{ + return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) +{ + IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->FontWindowScale = scale; + g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); +} + +void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavNextActivateId = id; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; +} + +void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id; +} + +void ImGui::PopFocusScope() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ? + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = g.FocusScopeStack.back(); + g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); +} + +// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! +void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); + + // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. + // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. + // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but + // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. + if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + return; + } + + SetNavWindow(window); + + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + if (offset == -1) + { + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); + } + else + { + g.NavTabbingDir = 1; + g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1; + } +} + +void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!window->Appearing) + return; + if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return; + + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + + // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll) + if (!IsItemVisible()) + ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None); +} + +void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage; +} + +ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->DC.StateStorage; +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed. +void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call +// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. +// for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); + return id; +} + +void ImGui::PopID() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window? + window->IDStack.pop_back(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(str_id); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(ptr_id); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] INPUTS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle +// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting +// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) +bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Clip + ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max); + if (clip) + rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); + + // Expand for touch input + const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); + if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + return false; + return true; +} + +ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int index; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); + if (IsLegacyKey(key)) + index = (g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) ? g.IO.KeyMap[key] : key; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native + else + index = key; +#else + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code."); + index = key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; +#endif + return &g.IO.KeysData[index]; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + return (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); +} +#endif + +// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. +static const char* const GKeyNames[] = +{ + "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown", + "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape", + "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu", + "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H", + "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z", + "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12", + "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket", + "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen", + "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6", + "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply", + "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual", + "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", + "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", + "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", + "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3", + "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown", + "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown", + "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper", + "MouseLeft", "MouseRight", "MouseMiddle", "MouseX1", "MouseX2", "MouseWheelX", "MouseWheelY", +}; +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames)); + +const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); +#else + if (IsLegacyKey(key)) + { + ImGuiIO& io = GetIO(); + if (io.KeyMap[key] == -1) + return "N/A"; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key])); + key = (ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key]; + } +#endif + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return "None"; + if (!IsNamedKey(key)) + return "Unknown"; + + return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; +} + +void ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiModFlags mods, ImGuiKey key, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT((mods & ~ImGuiModFlags_All) == 0 && "Passing invalid ImGuiModFlags value!"); // A frequent mistake is to pass ImGuiKey_ModXXX instead of ImGuiModFlags_XXX + ImFormatString(out_buf, (size_t)out_buf_size, "%s%s%s%s%s", + (mods & ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "", + (mods & ImGuiModFlags_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "", + (mods & ImGuiModFlags_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "", + (mods & ImGuiModFlags_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "", + GetKeyName(key)); +} + +// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) +// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) +// An event is triggered at: +// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N +int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + if (t1 == 0.0f) + return 1; + if (t0 >= t1) + return 0; + if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) + return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); + const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; + return count; +} + +void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + switch (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_) + { + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return; + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return; + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return; + } +} + +// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate +// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate) +int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on input ownership) + return 0; + const float t = key_data->DownDuration; + return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); +} + +// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values). +ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down) +{ + return ImVec2( + GetKeyData(key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_left)->AnalogValue, + GetKeyData(key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_up)->AnalogValue); +} + +// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes. +// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87) +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) +{ + return IsKeyPressedEx(key, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); +} + +// Important: unlike legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat. +// [Internal] 2022/07: Do not call this directly! It is a temporary entry point which we will soon replace with an overload for IsKeyPressed() when we introduce key ownership. +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on input ownership) + return false; + const float t = key_data->DownDuration; + if (t < 0.0f) + return false; + + bool pressed = (t == 0.0f); + if (!pressed && ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)) + { + float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; + GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); + pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0; + } + + if (!pressed) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDown[button]; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on input ownership) + return false; + const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; + if (t == 0.0f) + return true; + if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) + return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseReleased[button]; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2; +} + +int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button]; +} + +// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame. +// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) + return false; + return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) + return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. +bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) +{ + // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. + // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); + const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; + ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; + return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; +} + +// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. +bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) + if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) + return true; + return false; +} + +// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. +// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. +// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) + if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) + return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; + return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); +} + +void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr + g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; +} + +ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.MouseCursor; +} + +void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.MouseCursor = cursor_type; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source) +{ + const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); + return input_source_names[source]; +} +static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.1f, %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } +} +#endif + +// Process input queue +// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'. +// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost) +// - trickle_fast_inputs = true : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87) +void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText() + // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail? + // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters) + const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1); + + bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false; + int mouse_button_changed = 0x00; + ImBitArray key_changed_mask; + + int event_n = 0; + for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++) + { + ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n]; + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) + { + ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); + if (IsMousePosValid(&event_pos)) + event_pos = ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(event_pos.x), ImFloorSigned(event_pos.y)); // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs() + e->IgnoredAsSame = (io.MousePos.x == event_pos.x && io.MousePos.y == event_pos.y); + if (!e->IgnoredAsSame) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted)) + break; + io.MousePos = event_pos; + mouse_moved = true; + } + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) + { + const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + e->IgnoredAsSame = (io.MouseDown[button] == e->MouseButton.Down); + if (!e->IgnoredAsSame) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button + if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled)) + break; + io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down; + mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button); + } + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) + { + e->IgnoredAsSame = (e->MouseWheel.WheelX == 0.0f && e->MouseWheel.WheelY == 0.0f); + if (!e->IgnoredAsSame) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + break; + io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX; + io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY; + mouse_wheeled = true; + } + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) + { + ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key; + IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None); + const int keydata_index = (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET); + ImGuiKeyData* keydata = &io.KeysData[keydata_index]; + e->IgnoredAsSame = (keydata->Down == e->Key.Down && keydata->AnalogValue == e->Key.AnalogValue); + if (!e->IgnoredAsSame) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button + if (trickle_fast_inputs && keydata->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(keydata_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + break; + keydata->Down = e->Key.Down; + keydata->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue; + key_changed = true; + key_changed_mask.SetBit(keydata_index); + + if (key == ImGuiKey_ModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ModSuper) + { + if (key == ImGuiKey_ModCtrl) { io.KeyCtrl = keydata->Down; } + if (key == ImGuiKey_ModShift) { io.KeyShift = keydata->Down; } + if (key == ImGuiKey_ModAlt) { io.KeyAlt = keydata->Down; } + if (key == ImGuiKey_ModSuper) { io.KeySuper = keydata->Down; } + io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags(); + } + + // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + io.KeysDown[key] = keydata->Down; + if (io.KeyMap[key] != -1) + io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key]] = keydata->Down; +#endif + } + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with + if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled)) + break; + unsigned int c = e->Text.Char; + io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) + text_inputted = true; + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) + { + // We intentionally overwrite this and process lower, in order to give a chance + // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame. + const bool focus_lost = !e->AppFocused.Focused; + e->IgnoredAsSame = (io.AppFocusLost == focus_lost); + if (!e->IgnoredAsSame) + io.AppFocusLost = focus_lost; + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!"); + } + } + + // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail) + //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n); + for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++) + g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]); + + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (event_n != 0 && (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO)) + for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++) + DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? (g.InputEventsQueue[n].IgnoredAsSame ? "Processed (Same)" : "Processed") : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]); +#endif + + // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame + if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size) + g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0); + else + g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n); + + // Clear buttons state when focus is lost + // (this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle) + if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + { + g.IO.ClearInputKeys(); + g.IO.AppFocusLost = false; + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. +// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit +// If this triggers you have an issue: +// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version. +// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc. +// The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui, +// which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h). +// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout +bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx) +{ + bool error = false; + if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); } + if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + return !error; +} + +// Until 1.89 (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18814) it was legal to use SetCursorPos() to extend the boundary of a parent (e.g. window or table cell) +// This is causing issues and ambiguity and we need to retire that. +// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5548 for more details. +// [Scenario 1] +// Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200: +// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // NOT OK +// Instead, please submit an item: +// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); // OK +// Alternative: +// Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // OK +// [Scenario 2] +// For reference this is one of the issue what we aim to fix with this change: +// BeginGroup() + SomeItem("foobar") + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) + EndGroup() +// The previous logic made SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) have a side-effect! It would erroneously incorporate ItemSpacing.y after the item into content size, making the group taller! +// While this code is a little twisted, no-one would expect SetXXX(GetXXX()) to have a side-effect. Using vertical alignment patterns could trigger this issue. +void ImGui::ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.IsSetPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = false; +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (window->DC.CursorPos.x <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x && window->DC.CursorPos.y <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y) + return; + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Code uses SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend window/parent boundaries. Please submit an item e.g. Dummy() to validate extent."); +#else + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); +#endif +} + +static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Check user IM_ASSERT macro + // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined! + // If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block. + // This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.) + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); // Wrong! + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! + if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0); + + // Check user data + // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0) && "Need a positive DeltaTime!"); + IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt() && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting."); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)"); + + // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP) + if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); +#endif + + // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) + g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false; +} + +static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame() + // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame(). + // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will + // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs. + // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring/ the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), + // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events. + const ImGuiModFlags key_mods = GetMergedModFlags(); + IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); + IM_UNUSED(key_mods); + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame(). + //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(); + + // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you + // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API). + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1) + { + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?"); + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) + End(); + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?"); + } + } + + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!"); +} + +// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls. +// Must be called during or before EndFrame(). +// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order. +// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet. +// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin +void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +{ + // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations" + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044 + { + ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data); + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow); + break; + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name); + EndChild(); + } + else + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name); + End(); + } + } +} + +// Must be called before End()/EndChild() +void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow)) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name); + EndTable(); + } + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin; + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); + while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndTabBar(); + } + while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name); + TreePop(); + } + while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndGroup(); + } + while (window->IDStack.Size > 1) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopID(); + } + while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndDisabled(); + } + while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col)); + PopStyleColor(); + } + while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopItemFlag(); + } + while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopStyleVar(); + } + while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopFocusScope(); + } +} + +// Save current stack sizes for later compare +void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size; + SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size; + SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size; + SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size; + SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size; + SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size; + SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size; + SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize; +} + +// Compare to detect usage errors +void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_UNUSED(window); + + // Window stacks + // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack == window->IDStack.Size && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); + + // Global stacks + // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them. + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack == g.GroupStack.Size && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack == g.DisabledStackSize && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack >= g.ColorStack.Size && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack >= g.StyleVarStack.Size && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack >= g.FontStack.Size && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!"); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] LAYOUT +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ItemSize() +// - ItemAdd() +// - SameLine() +// - GetCursorScreenPos() +// - SetCursorScreenPos() +// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY() +// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY() +// - GetCursorStartPos() +// - Indent() +// - Unindent() +// - SetNextItemWidth() +// - PushItemWidth() +// - PushMultiItemsWidths() +// - PopItemWidth() +// - CalcItemWidth() +// - CalcItemSize() +// - GetTextLineHeight() +// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() +// - GetFrameHeight() +// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() +// - GetContentRegionMax() +// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal] +// - GetContentRegionAvail(), +// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() +// - BeginGroup() +// - EndGroup() +// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Advance cursor given item size for layout. +// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation. +// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different. +void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset. + // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor, + // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect. + const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f; + + const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y; + const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); + + // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] + + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height; + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; + + // Horizontal layout mode + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + SameLine(); +} + +// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. +// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface +// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. +bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Set item data + // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + g.LastItemData.ID = id; + g.LastItemData.Rect = bb; + g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | extra_flags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + + // Directional navigation processing + if (id != 0) + { + KeepAliveID(id); + + // Runs prior to clipping early-out + // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget + // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests + // unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of + // thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame. + // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able + // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). + // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. + // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); + if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) + if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) + if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + NavProcessItem(); + + // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". + // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". + // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.org/faq + IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); + + // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd() +#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX + if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakId) + { + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + } +#endif + } + g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (id != 0) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); +#endif + + // Clipping test + const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id); + if (is_clipped) + return false; + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] + + // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + return true; +} + +// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout +// offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item +// offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left) +// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0 +// spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount +void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f) + { + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) + spacing_w = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; + } + else + { + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) + spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; + } + window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize; + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.IsSameLine = true; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorPos; +} + +// 2022/08/05: Setting cursor position also extend boundaries (via modifying CursorMaxPos) used to compute window size, group size etc. +// I believe this was is a judicious choice but it's probably being relied upon (it has been the case since 1.31 and 1.50) +// It would be sane if we requested user to use SetCursorPos() + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) to extend CursorMaxPos... +void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.CursorPos = pos; + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; +} + +// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient. +// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll; +} + +float ImGui::GetCursorPosX() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetCursorPosY() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y; +} + +void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos; + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; +} + +void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x; + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; +} + +void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y; + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos; +} + +void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; +} + +void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; +} + +// Affect large frame+labels widgets only. +void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; + g.NextItemData.Width = item_width; +} + +// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior? +void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width + window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width); + g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; +} + +void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); + const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); + for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++) + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); + window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one; + g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; +} + +void ImGui::PopItemWidth() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back(); +} + +// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth(). +// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags() +float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float w; + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth) + w = g.NextItemData.Width; + else + w = window->DC.ItemWidth; + if (w < 0.0f) + { + float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; + w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w); + } + w = IM_FLOOR(w); + return w; +} + +// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth(). +// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical. +// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed. +// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + ImVec2 region_max; + if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) + region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); + + if (size.x == 0.0f) + size.x = default_w; + else if (size.x < 0.0f) + size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x); + + if (size.y == 0.0f) + size.y = default_h; + else if (size.y < 0.0f) + size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y); + + return size; +} + +float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize; +} + +float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; +} + +float ImGui::GetFrameHeight() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; +} + +float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; +} + +// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience! + +// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!). +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) + mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; + return mx; +} + +// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) + mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + return mx; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos; +} + +// In window space (not screen space!) +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; +} + +// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) +// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated. +// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems? +void ImGui::BeginGroup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + group_data.WindowID = window->ID; + group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; + group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset; + group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize; + group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; + group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; + group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0; + group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + group_data.EmitItem = true; + + window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return +} + +void ImGui::EndGroup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls + + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window? + + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + + ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); + + window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); + window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent; + window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + if (g.LogEnabled) + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return + + if (!group_data.EmitItem) + { + g.GroupStack.pop_back(); + return; + } + + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. + ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize()); + ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop); + + // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group. + // It would be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. + // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. + // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) + const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId; + const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true); + if (group_contains_curr_active_id) + g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId; + else if (group_contains_prev_active_id) + g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb; + + // Forward Hovered flag + const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0; + if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + + // Forward Edited flag + if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; + + // Forward Deactivated flag + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated; + if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; + + g.GroupStack.pop_back(); + //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] SCROLLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge, +// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling. +// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag? +// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default. +static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio) +{ + if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold) + return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio); + if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold) + return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio); + return target; +} + +static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll; + if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX) + { + float decoration_total_width = window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + float center_x_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x; + float scroll_target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x; + if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x > 0.0f) + { + float snap_x_min = 0.0f; + float snap_x_max = window->ScrollMax.x + window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width; + scroll_target_x = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_x, snap_x_min, snap_x_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x, center_x_ratio); + } + scroll.x = scroll_target_x - center_x_ratio * (window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width); + } + if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX) + { + float decoration_total_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->ScrollbarSizes.y; + float center_y_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y; + float scroll_target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y; + if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y > 0.0f) + { + float snap_y_min = 0.0f; + float snap_y_max = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height; + scroll_target_y = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_y, snap_y_min, snap_y_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y, center_y_ratio); + } + scroll.y = scroll_target_y - center_y_ratio * (window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height); + } + scroll.x = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.x, 0.0f)); + scroll.y = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.y, 0.0f)); + if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) + { + scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x); + scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y); + } + return scroll; +} + +void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags); +} + +void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags) +{ + ScrollToRectEx(window, item_rect, flags); +} + +// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view +ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] + + // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_)); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_)); + + // Defaults + ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags; + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX) + flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX; + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0) + flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + + const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= window_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= window_rect.Max.x; + const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= window_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= window_rect.Max.y; + const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetWidth(); + const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetHeight(); + + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x) + { + if (item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); + else if (item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f); + } + else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX)) + { + float target_x = can_be_fully_visible_x ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x - window->InnerRect.GetWidth()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.x; + SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); + } + + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y) + { + if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); + else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f); + } + else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY)) + { + float target_y = can_be_fully_visible_y ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.y; + SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); + } + + ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); + ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll; + + // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary + if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + { + // FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option? + if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0) + in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX; + if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0) + in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), in_flags); + } + + return delta_scroll; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollX() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Scroll.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollY() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Scroll.y; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ScrollMax.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ScrollMax.y; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x) +{ + window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y) +{ + window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x); +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y); +} + +// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value, +// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us: +// - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos) +// - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window, +// and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area. +// - They mostly exist because of legacy API. +// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that: +// - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect! +// - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense +// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) +{ + IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); + window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) +{ + IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); + const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); // FIXME: Would be nice to have a more standardized access to our scrollable/client rect; + local_y -= decoration_up_height; + window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio); +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio); +} + +// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item. +void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x); + float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio); + SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos + + // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x); +} + +// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item. +void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float spacing_y = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); + float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio); + SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos + + // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::BeginTooltip() +{ + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); +} + +void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget) + { + // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor) + // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor. + // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do. + //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); + SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos); + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f); + //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( + tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip; + } + + char window_name[16]; + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); + if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) + if (window->Active) + { + // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. + window->Hidden = true; + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary? + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); + } + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; + Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags); +} + +void ImGui::EndTooltip() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls + End(); +} + +void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + TextV(fmt, args); + EndTooltip(); +} + +void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] POPUPS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) + { + // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack + // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level. + IM_ASSERT(id == 0); + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0; + else + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + } + else + { + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) + { + // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack + for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id) + return true; + return false; + } + else + { + // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query) + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id; + } + } +} + +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0) + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally + return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) + if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return popup; + return NULL; +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) + if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(popup)) + return popup; + return NULL; +} + +void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X\n", str_id, id); + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); +} + +void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); +} + +// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state). +// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. +// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). +// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL) +void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup) + if (IsPopupOpen(0u, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) + return; + + ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. + popup_ref.PopupId = id; + popup_ref.Window = NULL; + popup_ref.BackupNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type). + popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); + popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos; + + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id); + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) + { + g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + } + else + { + // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui + // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing + // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand. + if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) + { + g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount; + } + else + { + // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen + ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, false); + g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + } + + // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow(). + // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does. + //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id) + // FocusWindow(parent_window); + } +} + +// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it. +// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'. +void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0) + return; + + // Don't close our own child popup windows. + int popup_count_to_keep = 0; + if (ref_window) + { + // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow) + for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++) + { + ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep]; + if (!popup.Window) + continue; + IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0); + if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + continue; + + // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow) + // - With this stack of window, clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3: + // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup2 -> Popup3 + // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindow! + // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child + bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false; + for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window) + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ref_window, popup_window)) + { + ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true; + break; + } + if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup) + break; + } + } + if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : ""); + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + } +} + +void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + int popup_count_to_keep; + for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window; + if (!window || window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + break; + } + if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, true); +} + +void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); + + // Trim open popup stack + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window; + ImGuiWindow* popup_backup_nav_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].BackupNavWindow; + g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); + + if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) + { + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window && popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : popup_backup_nav_window; + if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) + { + // Fallback + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL); + } + else + { + if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && focus_window) + focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); + FocusWindow(focus_window); + } + } +} + +// Close the popup we have begin-ed into. +void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1; + if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId) + return; + + // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal) + while (popup_idx > 0) + { + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window; + ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window; + bool close_parent = false; + if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + close_parent = true; + if (!close_parent) + break; + popup_idx--; + } + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true); + + // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window. + // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window. + // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic. + if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow) + window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true; +} + +// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()! +bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + + char name[20]; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuCount); // Recycle windows based on depth + else + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame + + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup; + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags); + if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + EndPopup(); + + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + return BeginPopupEx(id, flags); +} + +// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup. +// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here. +bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name); + if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + + // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility + // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves) + // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window. + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) + { + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + } + + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse; + const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags); + if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + { + EndPopup(); + if (is_open) + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); + return false; + } + return is_open; +} + +void ImGui::EndPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls + IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0); + + // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests) + if (g.NavWindow == window) + NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY); + + // Child-popups don't need to be laid out + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + g.WithinEndChild = true; + End(); + g.WithinEndChild = false; +} + +// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item +// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup() +void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + { + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + } +} + +// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget. +// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id. +// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id. +// - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call. +// - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id. +// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). +// This is essentially the same as: +// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID(); +// OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); +// return BeginPopup(id); +// Which is essentially the same as: +// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID(); +// if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) +// OpenPopup(id); +// return BeginPopup(id); +// The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice. +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!str_id) + str_id = "window_context"; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered()) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!str_id) + str_id = "void_context"; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)) + if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.) +// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it. +// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor +// information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport. +// this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.) +ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy) +{ + ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255)); + + // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge) + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox) + { + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + ImVec2 pos; + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default) + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left + if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) + continue; + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } + } + + // Tooltip and Default popup policy + // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any) + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default) + { + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + + const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); + const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); + + // If there's not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width) + if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)) + continue; + if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)) + continue; + + ImVec2 pos; + pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; + pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; + + // Clamp top-left corner of popup + pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x); + pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y); + + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } + } + + // Fallback when not enough room: + *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None; + + // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip) + return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); + + // Otherwise try to keep within display + ImVec2 pos = ref_pos; + pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x); + pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y); + return pos; +} + +// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports. +ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(window); + ImRect r_screen = ((ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport())->GetMainRect(); + ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; + r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f)); + return r_screen; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + { + // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds. + // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu. + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2].Window; + float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x). + ImRect r_avoid; + if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending) + r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field + else + r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + { + // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) + float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; + ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + ImRect r_avoid; + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); + else + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return window->Pos; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked. +// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing. +// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified. + +void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindow != window) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : ""); + g.NavWindow = window; + } + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); + g.NavId = id; + g.NavLayer = nav_layer; + g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; +} + +void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + + if (g.NavWindow != window) + SetNavWindow(window); + + // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid. + // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text) + const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + g.NavId = id; + g.NavLayer = nav_layer; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; + if (g.LastItemData.ID == id) + window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); + + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + else + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; +} + +ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) +{ + if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy)) + return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left; + return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; +} + +static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) +{ + if (a1 < b0) + return a1 - b0; + if (b1 < a0) + return a0 - b1; + return 0.0f; +} + +static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) +{ + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + { + r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); + r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); + } + else // FIXME: PageUp/PageDown are leaving move_dir == None + { + r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); + r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); + } +} + +// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 +static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return false; + + // FIXME: Those are not good variables names + ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect; // Current item nav rectangle + const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) + g.NavScoringDebugCount++; + + // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring + if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand)) + return false; + cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window + } + + // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) + // For example, this ensures that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. + NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); + + // Compute distance between boxes + // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. + float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); + float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items + if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f) + dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f); + float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby); + + // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter) + float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x); + float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y); + float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee) + + // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance + ImGuiDir quadrant; + float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f; + if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f) + { + // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes + dax = dbx; + day = dby; + dist_axial = dist_box; + quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby); + } + else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f) + { + // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers + dax = dcx; + day = dcy; + dist_axial = dist_center; + quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy); + } + else + { + // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter) + quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; + } + +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + char buf[128]; + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); + draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + } + else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. + { + if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + } + } +#endif + + // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to? + bool new_best = false; + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + if (quadrant == move_dir) + { + // Does it beat the current best candidate? + if (dist_box < result->DistBox) + { + result->DistBox = dist_box; + result->DistCenter = dist_center; + return true; + } + if (dist_box == result->DistBox) + { + // Try using distance between center points to break ties + if (dist_center < result->DistCenter) + { + result->DistCenter = dist_center; + new_best = true; + } + else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter) + { + // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items + // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index), + // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis. + if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance + new_best = true; + } + } + } + + // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches + // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness) + // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too. + // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward. + // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option? + if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match + if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) + { + result->DistAxial = dist_axial; + new_best = true; + } + + return new_best; +} + +static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + result->Window = window; + result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID; + result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); +} + +// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) +// This is called after LastItemData is set. +static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + + // Process Init Request + if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) + { + // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback + const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0; + if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0) + { + g.NavInitResultId = id; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); + } + if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus) + { + g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + } + + // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) + // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) + if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) + { + const bool is_tab_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) && (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; + const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0; + if (is_tabbing) + { + if (is_tab_stop || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)) + NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id); + } + else if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))) + { + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; + if (!is_tabbing) + { + if (NavScoreItem(result)) + NavApplyItemToResult(result); + + // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. + const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) + if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) + if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible)) + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible); + } + } + } + + // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item + if (g.NavId == id) + { + if (g.NavWindow != window) + SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window. + g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + g.NavIdIsAlive = true; + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + } +} + +// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest(). +// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests! +// - Case 1: no nav/active id: set result to first eligible item, stop storing. +// - Case 2: tab forward: on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result +// - Case 3: tab forward wrap: set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request +// - Case 4: tab backward: store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing +// - Case 5: tab backward wrap: store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested +void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows) + ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal; + if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1) + { + // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0 + if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); + if (--g.NavTabbingCounter == 0) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result); + else if (g.NavId == id) + g.NavTabbingCounter = 1; + } + else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + { + // Tab Backward + if (g.NavId == id) + { + if (result->ID) + { + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + } + else + { + NavApplyItemToResult(result); + } + } + else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0) + { + // Tab Init + if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); + } +} + +bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; +} + +// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId; + + g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true; + g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; + g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir; + g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; + g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags; + g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; + g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); + g.NavTabbingCounter = 0; + g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear(); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing + NavApplyItemToResult(result); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + +// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it) +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true; + g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; + g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; + g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded; + g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; +} + +// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire +// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final. +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(wrap_flags != 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY + // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it, NavEndFrame() will do the same test + if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + g.NavMoveFlags |= wrap_flags; +} + +// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). +// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way? +static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window) +{ + ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window; + while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + parent = parent->ParentWindow; + if (parent && parent != nav_window) + parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window; +} + +// Restore the last focused child. +// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow() +static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + if (window->NavLastChildNavWindow && window->NavLastChildNavWindow->WasActive) + return window->NavLastChildNavWindow; + return window; +} + +void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests? + if (prev_nav_window) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name); + } + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0) + { + SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); + } + else + { + g.NavLayer = layer; + NavInitWindow(window, true); + } +} + +void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; +} + +static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); + if (g.NavAnyRequest) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); +} + +// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin) +void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow); + + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) + { + g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + return; + } + + bool init_for_nav = false; + if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) + init_for_nav = true; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); + if (init_for_nav) + { + SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); + g.NavInitRequest = true; + g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + else + { + g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; + g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + } +} + +static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window) + { + // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used) + // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard. + // In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx() + ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos; + return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y); + } + else + { + // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item + // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?) + ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]); + if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX)) + { + ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); + rect_rel.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll); + } + ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); + ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. + } +} + +float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; + GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); + + ImGuiKey key_less, key_more; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + { + key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp; + key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown; + } + else + { + key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + } + float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); + if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key_less) && IsKeyDown(key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase + amount = 0.0f; + return amount; +} + +static void ImGui::NavUpdate() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + io.WantSetMousePos = false; + //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); + + // Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) + // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource? + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown }; + if (nav_gamepad_active) + for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source) + if (IsKeyDown(key)) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow }; + if (nav_keyboard_active) + for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source) + if (IsKeyDown(key)) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + + // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) + if (g.NavInitResultId != 0) + NavInitRequestApplyResult(); + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + + // Process navigation move request + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) + NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); + g.NavTabbingCounter = 0; + g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + + // Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling) + bool set_mouse_pos = false; + if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive) + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) + set_mouse_pos = true; + g.NavMousePosDirty = false; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); + + // Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 + if (g.NavWindow) + NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow); + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; + + // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.) + NavUpdateWindowing(); + + // Set output flags for user application + io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); + io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); + + // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) + NavUpdateCancelRequest(); + + // Process manual activation request + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavActivateInputId = 0; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)); + const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false))); + const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput)); + const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false))); + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) + { + g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak; + } + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed) + { + g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavId; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; + } + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) + g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) + g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; + } + if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + if (g.NavActivateId != 0) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); + + // Process programmatic activation request + // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others) + if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) + { + if (g.NavNextActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) + g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; + else + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId; + g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags; + } + g.NavNextActivateId = 0; + + // Process move requests + NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest(); + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest(); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + + // Scrolling + if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget) + { + // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) + { + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + } + + // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick + // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. + if (nav_gamepad_active) + { + const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); + const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + } + } + + // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled + if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active) + { + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false; + } + + // Update mouse position if requested + // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied) + if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) + { + io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + io.WantSetMousePos = true; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + } + + // [DEBUG] + g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS + if (g.NavWindow) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow); + if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(g.NavWindow, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } } // [DEBUG] + if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } + } +#endif +} + +void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult() +{ + // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.NavWindow) + return; + + // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) + // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result + if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); +} + +void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + + if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL) + { + // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window) + // (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir); + } + else + { + // Initiate directional inputs request + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; + if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove; + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } + } + g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; + g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } + + // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll + // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag? + float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active) + scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); + if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f) + { + g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect; + g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); + } + + // [DEBUG] Always send a request +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); + if (io.KeyCtrl && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + { + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult; + } +#endif + + // Submit + g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) + NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); + + // Moving with no reference triggers an init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match) + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "", g.NavLayer); + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + } + + // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area. + // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad all movements are relative + // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded)) + { + bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0; + bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0; + ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1))); + if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) + { + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); + float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); + float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item + inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX; + inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX; + inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX; + inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX; + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel); + g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + } + } + + // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) + ImRect scoring_rect; + if (window != NULL) + { + ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); + scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel); + scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); + scoring_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scoring_rect.Min.x + 1.0f, scoring_rect.Max.x); + scoring_rect.Max.x = scoring_rect.Min.x; + IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] + //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG] + } + g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect; + g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(scoring_rect); +} + +void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None); + if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + return; + + const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, true) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt; + if (!tab_pressed) + return; + + // Initiate tabbing request + // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!) + // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests. + // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping. + //// FIXME: We use (g.ActiveId == 0) but (g.NavDisableHighlight == false) might be righter once we can tab through anything + g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down; + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + g.NavTabbingCounter = -1; +} + +// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate() +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times + return; +#endif + + // Select which result to use + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL; + + // Tabbing forward wrap + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID) + result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst; + + // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) + if (result == NULL) + { + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; + if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + return; + } + + // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page. + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) + if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId) + result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible; + + // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules. + if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) + if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter)) + result = &g.NavMoveResultOther; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window); + + // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. + if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY) + { + // FIXME: Should remove this + float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f; + SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target); + } + else + { + ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel); + ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); + } + } + + if (g.NavWindow != result->Window) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name); + g.NavWindow = result->Window; + } + if (g.ActiveId != result->ID) + ClearActiveID(); + if (g.NavId != result->ID) + { + // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) + g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; + g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; + g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods; + } + + // Focus + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); + + // Tabbing: Activates Inputable or Focus non-Inputable + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) + { + g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState; + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; + } + + // Activate + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate) + { + g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + } + + // Enable nav highlight + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); +} + +// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) +// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need: +// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it. +// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept +static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, false)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, false))) + return; + + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n"); + if (g.ActiveId != 0) + { + if (!IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Escape) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel)) + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + // Leave the "menu" layer + NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + } + else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) + { + // Exit child window + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); + ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect(); + FocusWindow(parent_window); + SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect)); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + } + else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + { + // Close open popup/menu + ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); + } + else + { + // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were + if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; + g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + } +} + +// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys +// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request +// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference +// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid? +static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) + return 0.0f; + + const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); + const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); + const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); + const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); + if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out + return 0.0f; + + if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + { + // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (home_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); + else if (end_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y); + } + else + { + ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); + float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true)) + { + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true)) + { + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + } + else if (home_pressed) + { + // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y + // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result. + // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any. + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY; + // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional? + } + else if (end_pressed) + { + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY; + // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional? + } + return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y; + } + return 0.0f; +} + +static void ImGui::NavEndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Show CTRL+TAB list window + if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) + NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); + + // Perform wrap-around in menus + // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly. + // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame. + const ImGuiNavMoveFlags wanted_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY; + if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & wanted_flags) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); +} + +static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + + bool do_forward = false; + ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) + { + bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; + } + do_forward = true; + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) + { + bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; + } + do_forward = true; + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) + { + bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; + } + do_forward = true; + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) + { + bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; + } + do_forward = true; + } + if (!do_forward) + return; + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); +} + +static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(g); + int order = window->FocusOrder; + IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking) + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window); + return order; +} + +static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir) + if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i])) + return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; + return NULL; +} + +static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget); + if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return; + + const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget); + ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir); + if (!window_target) + window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir); + if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list + { + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + } + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; +} + +// Windowing management mode +// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer) +// Gamepad: Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer) +static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL; + bool apply_toggle_layer = false; + + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); + if (!allow_windowing) + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + + // Fade out + if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL) + { + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) + g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL; + } + + // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, false); + const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, false); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard! + if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) + { + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow; + g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer + g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + } + + // Gamepad update + g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime; + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + { + // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); + + // Select window to focus + const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1); + if (focus_change_dir != 0) + { + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f; + } + + // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most) + if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu)) + { + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore. + if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + } + } + + // Keyboard: Focus + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) + { + // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, true)) + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(io.KeyShift ? +1 : -1); + if (!io.KeyCtrl) + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; + } + + // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer + // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer. + // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway. + if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_ModAlt)) + { + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + } + if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) + { + // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370) + // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439) + if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + + // Apply layer toggle on release + // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss. + if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey_ModAlt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModAlt)) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + } + + // Move window + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + { + ImVec2 nav_move_dir; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift) + nav_move_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow); + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + nav_move_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); + if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f) + { + const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; + const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); + if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) + { + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow; + SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, ImGuiCond_Always); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored; + } + } + } + + // Apply final focus + if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) + { + ClearActiveID(); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); + FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); + if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) + NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); + + // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly + // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame, + // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since + // the target window as already been previewed once. + // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases, + // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask* + // won't be valid. + if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) + g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + } + if (apply_focus_window) + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + + // Apply menu/layer toggle + if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow) + { + ClearActiveID(); + + // Move to parent menu if necessary + ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow + && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0 + && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 + && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow; + if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow) + { + ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + FocusWindow(new_nav_window); + new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window; + } + + // Toggle layer + const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer) + { + // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?) + if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0; + NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + } + } +} + +// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable() +static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + return "(Popup)"; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0) + return "(Main menu bar)"; + return "(Untitled)"; +} + +// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame(). +void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); + + if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY) + return; + + if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL) + g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList"); + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f); + Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]; + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers + if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window)) + continue; + const char* label = window->Name; + if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label)) + label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window); + Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window); + } + End(); + PopStyleVar(); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DragDropActive; +} + +void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DragDropActive = false; + g.DragDropPayload.Clear(); + g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; + g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + + g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear(); + memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); +} + +// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource() +// If the item has an identifier: +// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior). +// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button. +// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag. +// If the item has no identifier: +// - Currently always assume left mouse button. +bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button, + // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic). + ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; + + bool source_drag_active = false; + ImGuiID source_id = 0; + ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0; + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) + { + source_id = g.LastItemData.ID; + if (source_id != 0) + { + // Common path: items with ID + if (g.ActiveId != source_id) + return false; + if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1) + mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems) + return false; + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + } + else + { + // Uncommon path: items without ID + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems) + return false; + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window)) + return false; + + // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to: + // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag. + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID)) + { + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; + } + + // Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image() + // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window. + // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled. + // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive. + // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact. + source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); + KeepAliveID(source_id); + bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id); + if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) + { + SetActiveID(source_id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker. + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered; + } + if (g.ActiveId != source_id) + return false; + source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back(); + source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button); + + // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); + } + else + { + window = NULL; + source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern"); + source_drag_active = true; + } + + if (source_drag_active) + { + if (!g.DragDropActive) + { + IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0); + ClearDragDrop(); + ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; + payload.SourceId = source_id; + payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id; + g.DragDropActive = true; + g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; + g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; + if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; + } + g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + g.DragDropWithinSource = true; + + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) + // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. + BeginTooltip(); + if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; + tooltip_window->Hidden = tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; + tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + } + } + + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + + return true; + } + return false; +} + +void ImGui::EndDragDropSource() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?"); + + if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + EndTooltip(); + + // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload() + if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1) + ClearDragDrop(); + g.DragDropWithinSource = false; +} + +// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame +bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; + if (cond == 0) + cond = ImGuiCond_Always; + + IM_ASSERT(type != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long"); + IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0)); + IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once); + IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource() + + if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1) + { + // Copy payload + ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType)); + g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0); + if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)) + { + // Store in heap + g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size); + payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data; + memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size); + } + else if (data_size > 0) + { + // Store locally + memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); + payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal; + memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size); + } + else + { + payload.Data = NULL; + } + payload.DataSize = (int)data_size; + } + payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + + // Return whether the payload has been accepted + return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.DragDropActive) + return false; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; + if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId)) + return false; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); + g.DragDropTargetRect = bb; + g.DragDropTargetId = id; + g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; + return true; +} + +// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because: +// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. +// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can. +// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case) +bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.DragDropActive) + return false; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + return false; + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; + if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow || window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect; + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + if (id == 0) + { + id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect); + KeepAliveID(id); + } + if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); + g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect; + g.DragDropTargetId = id; + g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0; +} + +const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ? + IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ? + if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type)) + return NULL; + + // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints. + // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function! + const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId); + ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect; + float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight(); + if (r_surface <= g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) + { + g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; + } + + // Render default drop visuals + // FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. + payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously; + flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame) + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) + window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + + g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() + if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery)) + return NULL; + + return &payload; +} + +const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DragDropActive ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; +} + +// We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later. +void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget); + g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. +// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) +static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + if (g.LogFile) + { + g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0); + g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); + ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile); + } + else + { + g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); + } +} + +void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + LogTextV(g, fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + LogTextV(g, fmt, args); +} + +// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth. +// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding +// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system. +void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix; + const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix; + g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; + + if (!text_end) + text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + + const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1); + if (ref_pos) + g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y; + if (log_new_line) + { + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; + } + + if (prefix) + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here. + + // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth + if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth) + g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; + const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef); + + const char* text_remaining = text; + for (;;) + { + // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. + // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured. + const char* line_start = text_remaining; + const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end); + const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end); + if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line) + { + const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start); + const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1; + LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start); + g.LogLineFirstItem = false; + if (*line_end == '\n') + { + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; + } + } + if (is_last_line) + break; + text_remaining = line_end + 1; + } + + if (suffix) + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix)); +} + +// Start logging/capturing text output +void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false); + IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); + IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty()); + g.LogEnabled = true; + g.LogType = type; + g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; + g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; + g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault); + g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; +} + +// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText) +void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LogNextPrefix = prefix; + g.LogNextSuffix = suffix; +} + +void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth); + g.LogFile = stdout; +#endif +} + +// Start logging/capturing text output to given file +void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + + // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still + // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE. + // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere. + if (!filename) + filename = g.IO.LogFilename; + if (!filename || !filename[0]) + return; + ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab"); + if (!f) + { + IM_ASSERT(0); + return; + } + + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth); + g.LogFile = f; +} + +// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard +void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth); +} + +void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth); +} + +void ImGui::LogFinish() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + switch (g.LogType) + { + case ImGuiLogType_TTY: +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + fflush(g.LogFile); +#endif + break; + case ImGuiLogType_File: + ImFileClose(g.LogFile); + break; + case ImGuiLogType_Buffer: + break; + case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard: + if (!g.LogBuffer.empty()) + SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin()); + break; + case ImGuiLogType_None: + IM_ASSERT(0); + break; + } + + g.LogEnabled = false; + g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + g.LogFile = NULL; + g.LogBuffer.clear(); +} + +// Helper to display logging buttons +// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!) +void ImGui::LogButtons() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + PushID("LogButtons"); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine(); +#else + const bool log_to_tty = false; +#endif + const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); + const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); + PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + SetNextItemWidth(80.0f); + SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL); + PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + PopID(); + + // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log + if (log_to_tty) + LogToTTY(); + if (log_to_file) + LogToFile(); + if (log_to_clipboard) + LogToClipboard(); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] SETTINGS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - UpdateSettings() [Internal] +// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal] +// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindOrCreateWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal] +// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal] +// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk() +// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory() +// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk() +// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory() +// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Called by NewFrame() +void ImGui::UpdateSettings() +{ + // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.SettingsLoaded) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty()); + if (g.IO.IniFilename) + LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + g.SettingsLoaded = true; + } + + // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f) + { + g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + { + if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + else + g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves. + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + } + } +} + +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; +} + +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + +#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS + // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() + // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier. + if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) + name = p; +#endif + const size_t name_len = strlen(name); + + // Allocate chunk + const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); + settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); + memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator + + return settings; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id) + return settings; + return NULL; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name))) + return settings; + return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); +} + +void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL); + g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler); +} + +void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name)) + g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler); +} + +ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) + return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + return NULL; +} + +void ImGui::ClearIniSettings() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsIniData.clear(); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); +} + +void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + size_t file_data_size = 0; + char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); + if (!file_data) + return; + if (file_data_size > 0) + LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); + IM_FREE(file_data); +} + +// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing +void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()"); + //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0); + + // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter). + // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy.. + if (ini_size == 0) + ini_size = strlen(ini_data); + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1); + char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data; + char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size; + memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); + buf_end[0] = 0; + + // Call pre-read handlers + // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window) + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + + void* entry_data = NULL; + ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; + + char* line_end = NULL; + for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1) + { + // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line + while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r') + line++; + line_end = line; + while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r') + line_end++; + line_end[0] = 0; + if (line[0] == ';') + continue; + if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']') + { + // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code. + line_end[-1] = 0; + const char* name_end = line_end - 1; + const char* type_start = line + 1; + char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']'); + const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL; + if (!type_end || !name_start) + continue; + *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']' + name_start++; // Skip second '[' + entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start); + entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL; + } + else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL) + { + // Let type handler parse the line + entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line); + } + } + g.SettingsLoaded = true; + + // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary) + memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); + + // Call post-read handlers + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); +} + +void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + if (!ini_filename) + return; + + size_t ini_data_size = 0; + const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size); + ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt"); + if (!f) + return; + ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f); + ImFileClose(f); +} + +// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer +const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); + } + if (out_size) + *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); + return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); +} + +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1; + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); +} + +static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) +{ + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(name); + ImGuiID id = settings->ID; + *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + settings->ID = id; + settings->WantApply = true; + return (void*)settings; +} + +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) +{ + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry; + int x, y; + int i; + if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } + else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } + else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); } +} + +// Apply to existing windows (if any) +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->WantApply) + { + if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID)) + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + settings->WantApply = false; + } +} + +static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) +{ + // Gather data from windows that were active during this session + // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings) + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + continue; + + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); + if (!settings) + { + settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name); + window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID); + settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos); + settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull); + + settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; + } + + // Write to text buffer + buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + { + const char* settings_name = settings->GetName(); + buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name); + buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); + buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); + buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); + buf->append("\n"); + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetMainViewport() +// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal] +// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal] +// (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Viewports[0]; +} + +void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport) +{ + window->Viewport = viewport; +} + +// Update viewports and monitor infos +static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports.Size == 1); + + // Update main viewport with current platform position. + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent. + ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + main_viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow | ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp; + main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize; + + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + + // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again. + viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin; + viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax; + viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DOCKING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch) + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma comment(lib, "user32") +#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32") +#endif + +// Win32 clipboard implementation +// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown() +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) + return NULL; + HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT); + if (wbuf_handle == NULL) + { + ::CloseClipboard(); + return NULL; + } + if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle)) + { + int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len); + ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL); + } + ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); + ::CloseClipboard(); + return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data; +} + +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +{ + if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) + return; + const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0); + HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR)); + if (wbuf_handle == NULL) + { + ::CloseClipboard(); + return; + } + WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length); + ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); + ::EmptyClipboard(); + if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL) + ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle); + ::CloseClipboard(); +} + +#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) + +#include // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file +static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0; + +// OSX clipboard implementation +// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line! +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +{ + if (!main_clipboard) + PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); + PasteboardClear(main_clipboard); + CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text)); + if (cf_data) + { + PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0); + CFRelease(cf_data); + } +} + +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +{ + if (!main_clipboard) + PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); + PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard); + + ItemCount item_count = 0; + PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count); + for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++) + { + PasteboardItemID item_id = 0; + PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id); + CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0; + PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array); + for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++) + { + CFDataRef cf_data; + if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1); + CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data); + g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0; + CFRelease(cf_data); + return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data; + } + } + } + return NULL; +} + +#else + +// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers. +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin(); +} + +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + const char* text_end = text + strlen(text); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1); + memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text)); + g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0; +} + +#endif + +// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.) +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) + +#include +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma comment(lib, "imm32") +#endif + +static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) +{ + // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position + HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (hwnd == 0) + hwnd = (HWND)ImGui::GetIO().ImeWindowHandle; +#endif + if (hwnd == 0) + return; + + //::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0); + if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd)) + { + COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {}; + composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x; + composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y; + composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION; + ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form); + CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {}; + candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS; + candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x; + candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y; + ::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form); + ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc); + } +} + +#else + +static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {} + +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] +// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal] +// - DebugTextEncoding() +// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal] +// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal] +// - ShowMetricsWindow() +// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + +void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size; + ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale; + float alpha_mul = 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i]; + if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + continue; + + ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect(); + ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect(); + thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); + title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height + thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb); + title_r.ClipWithFull(bb); + const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name)); + } + draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); +} + +static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports. + float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f; + ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE); + ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb); + } + ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE); +} + +// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct. +void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) +{ + Text("Text: \"%s\"", str); + if (!BeginTable("list", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)) + return; + TableSetupColumn("Offset"); + TableSetupColumn("UTF-8"); + TableSetupColumn("Glyph"); + TableSetupColumn("Codepoint"); + TableHeadersRow(); + for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; ) + { + unsigned int c; + const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("%d", (int)(p - str)); + TableNextColumn(); + for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++) + { + if (byte_index > 0) + SameLine(); + Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]); + } + TableNextColumn(); + if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c)) + TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len); + else + TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]"); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("U+%04X", (int)c); + p += c_utf8_len; + } + EndTable(); +} + +// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. +static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) +{ + ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } +} + +// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture +void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) + { + ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; + PushID(font); + DebugNodeFont(font); + PopID(); + } + if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) + { + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); + TreePop(); + } +} + +void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + if (cfg->ShowDebugLog) + ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog); + if (cfg->ShowStackTool) + ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool); + + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + return; + } + + // Basic info + Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion()); + Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); + Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); + Text("%d visible windows, %d active allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } + + Separator(); + + // Debugging enums + enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type + const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" }; + enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type + const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" }; + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0) + cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect; + if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0) + cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect; + + struct Funcs + { + static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n) + { + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance + if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect) { return table->OuterRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect) { return table->InnerRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect) { return table->WorkRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect) { return table->HostClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect) { return table->InnerClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect) { return table->BgClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); + } + + static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type) + { + if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect) { return window->Rect(); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped) { return window->OuterRectClipped; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); + } + }; + + // Tools + if (TreeNode("Tools")) + { + bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer"); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); + if (show_encoding_viewer) + { + static char buf[100] = ""; + SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (buf[0] != 0) + DebugTextEncoding(buf); + TreePop(); + } + + // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. + if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); + + // Stack Tool is your best friend! + Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code."); + + // Stack Tool is your best friend! + Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code."); + + Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder); + Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects); + SameLine(); + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12); + cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count); + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL) + { + BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name); + Indent(); + for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n); + Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]); + } + Unindent(); + } + + Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects); + SameLine(); + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12); + cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count); + if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL) + { + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++) + { + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n); + if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow)) + continue; + + BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + Indent(); + char buf[128]; + for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++) + { + if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect) + { + if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect) + continue; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + } + } + else + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + } + } + Unindent(); + } + } + + TreePop(); + } + + // Windows + if (TreeNode("Windows", "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size)) + { + //SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "By display order"); + DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "By focus order (root windows)"); + if (TreeNode("By submission order (begin stack)")) + { + // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship! + ImVector& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer; + temp_buffer.resize(0); + for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) + if (g.Windows[i]->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) + temp_buffer.push_back(g.Windows[i]); + struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } }; + ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder); + DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL); + TreePop(); + } + + TreePop(); + } + + // DrawLists + int drawlist_count = 0; + for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) + drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount(); + if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count)) + { + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); + for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i]; + for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) + for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + } + TreePop(); + } + + // Viewports + if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size)) + { + Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + RenderViewportsThumbnails(); + Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) + DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Popups + if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) + { + // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline. + const ImGuiPopupData* popup_data = &g.OpenPopupStack[i]; + ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data->Window; + BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", + popup_data->PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", + popup_data->BackupNavWindow ? popup_data->BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); + } + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for TabBars + if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount())) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++) + if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n)) + { + PushID(tab_bar); + DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar"); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Tables + if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount())) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++) + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n)) + DebugNodeTable(table); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Fonts + ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts; + if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size)) + { + ShowFontAtlas(atlas); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for InputText + if (TreeNode("InputText")) + { + DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Docking +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + if (TreeNode("Docking")) + { + TreePop(); + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + // Settings + if (TreeNode("Settings")) + { + if (SmallButton("Clear")) + ClearIniSettings(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Save to memory")) + SaveIniSettingsToMemory(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Save to disk")) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + SameLine(); + if (g.IO.IniFilename) + Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename); + else + TextUnformatted(""); + Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); + if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++) + BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); + TreePop(); + } + if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) + { + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings); + TreePop(); + } + + if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size())) + { + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + DebugNodeTableSettings(settings); + TreePop(); + } + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size())) + { + InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); + } + + // Misc Details + if (TreeNode("Internal state")) + { + Text("WINDOWING"); + Indent(); + Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Unindent(); + + Text("ITEMS"); + Indent(); + Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource)); + Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); + + int active_id_using_key_input_count = 0; + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) + active_id_using_key_input_count += g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask[n] ? 1 : 0; + Text("ActiveIdUsing: NavDirMask: %X, KeyInputMask: %d key(s)", g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask, active_id_using_key_input_count); + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame + Text("HoverDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverDelayId, g.HoverDelayTimer, g.HoverDelayClearTimer); + Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); + Unindent(); + + Text("NAV,FOCUS"); + Indent(); + Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); + Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource)); + Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); + Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId/InputId: %08X/%08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId, g.NavActivateInputId); + Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags); + Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); + Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId); + Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); + Unindent(); + + TreePop(); + } + + // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + if (!window->WasActive) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); + } + if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + { + char buf[32]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); + float font_size = GetFontSize(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + } + } + } + + // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles + if (cfg->ShowTablesRects) + { + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++) + { + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n); + if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow); + if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect) + { + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n); + ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255); + float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f; + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness); + } + } + else + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); + } + } + } + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + // Overlay: Display Docking info + if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl) + { + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + End(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns +void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) +{ + if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) + return; + BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) + BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) + cmd_count--; + bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count); + if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList()) + { + SameLine(); + TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) + if (node_open) + TreePop(); + return; + } + + ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list + if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) + fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!node_open) + return; + + if (window && !window->WasActive) + TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!"); + + for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++) + { + if (pcmd->UserCallback) + { + BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); + continue; + } + + char buf[300]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", + pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, + pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); + bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); + if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list) + DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); + if (!pcmd_node_open) + continue; + + // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count) + // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output. + const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; + const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset; + float total_area = 0.0f; + for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; ) + { + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++) + triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos; + total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]); + } + + // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) + DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false); + + // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) + { + char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++) + { + const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i]; + triangle[n] = v.pos; + buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", + (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); + } + + Selectable(buf, false); + if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered()) + { + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; + fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); + fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; + } + } + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb) +{ + IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb); + + // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles + ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect; + ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags; + out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; ) + { + ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list + ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset; + + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++) + vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos)); + if (show_mesh) + out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles + } + // Draw bounding boxes + if (show_aabb) + { + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles + } + out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; +} + +// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor(). +void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) +{ + bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)", + font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Set as default")) + GetIO().FontDefault = font; + if (!opened) + return; + + // Display preview text + PushFont(font); + Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); + PopFont(); + + // Display details + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8); + DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); + SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker( + "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n" + "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. " + "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. " + "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n" + "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)"); + Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent); + char c_str[5]; + Text("Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar); + Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar); + const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface); + Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt); + for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++) + if (font->ConfigData) + if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i]) + BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)", + config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y); + + // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters + if (TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size)) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList(); + const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1; + const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y; + for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256) + { + // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k) + // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT + // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here) + if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095)) + { + base += 4096 - 256; + continue; + } + + int count = 0; + for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) + if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n))) + count++; + if (count <= 0) + continue; + if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph")) + continue; + + // Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs + ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos(); + for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) + { + // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions + // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string. + ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing)); + ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size); + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)); + draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50)); + if (!glyph) + continue; + font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) + { + BeginTooltip(); + DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph); + EndTooltip(); + } + } + Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16)); + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph) +{ + Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint); + Separator(); + Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible); + Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); + Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); + Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage +void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) +{ + if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) + return; + for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) + { + const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; + BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. + } + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar +void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) +{ + // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings. + char buf[256]; + char* p = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, " { "); + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", + tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???"); + } + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } "); + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode(label, "%s", buf); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (is_active && IsItemHovered()) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(); + draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + } + if (open) + { + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + PushID(tab); + if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2); + if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine(); + Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f", + tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); + } +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) +{ + SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0)) + { + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags; + BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f", + viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y, + viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y); + BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : ""); + for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) + for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + TreePop(); + } +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) +{ + if (window == NULL) + { + BulletText("%s: NULL", label); + return; + } + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool is_active = window->WasActive; + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (IsItemHovered() && is_active) + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!open) + return; + + if (window->MemoryCompacted) + TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); + + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); + BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y); + BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); + BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); + BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); + BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems); + for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++) + { + ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer]; + if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y) + { + BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]); + continue; + } + BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(r.Min + window->Pos, r.Max + window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } + BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); } + if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); } + if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } + if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); + TreePop(); + } + DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) +{ + Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d", + settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label) +{ + if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size)) + return; + for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back + { + PushID((*windows)[i]); + DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window"); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); +} + +// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way. +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i]; + if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack) + continue; + char buf[20]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); + //BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name); + DebugNodeWindow(window, buf); + Indent(); + DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows + i + 1, windows_size - i - 1, window); + Unindent(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + DebugLogV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size(); + g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount); + g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args); + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY) + IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); +} + +void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + return; + } + + AlignTextToFramePadding(); + Text("Log events:"); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Clipper", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("IO", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); + + if (SmallButton("Clear")) + g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Copy")) + SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str()); + BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + TextUnformatted(g.DebugLogBuf.begin(), g.DebugLogBuf.end()); // FIXME-OPT: Could use a line index, but TextUnformatted() has a semi-decent fast path for large text. + if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY()) + SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + EndChild(); + + End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive) + return; + + const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl | ImGuiModFlags_Shift); + if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id) + { + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id; + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + } + for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++) + if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button)) + g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button; + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f); + BeginTooltip(); + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); + Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); + const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" }; + if (change_mapping) + Text("Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button."); + else + TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]); + EndTooltip(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame() +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + + // Clear hook when stack tool is not visible + g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0; + if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1) + return; + + // Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item + // We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time + const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId; + if (tool->QueryId != query_id) + { + tool->QueryId = query_id; + tool->StackLevel = -1; + tool->Results.resize(0); + } + if (query_id == 0) + return; + + // Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result) + int stack_level = tool->StackLevel; + if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size) + if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2) + tool->StackLevel++; + + // Update hook + stack_level = tool->StackLevel; + if (stack_level == -1) + g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id; + if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size) + { + g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID; + tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++; + } +} + +// [DEBUG] Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions +void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + + // Step 0: stack query + // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget. + if (tool->StackLevel == -1) + { + tool->StackLevel++; + tool->Results.resize(window->IDStack.Size + 1, ImGuiStackLevelInfo()); + for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++) + tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id; + return; + } + + // Step 1+: query for individual level + IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0); + if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size) + return; + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel]; + IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0); + + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id); + break; + case ImGuiDataType_String: + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id); + break; + case ImGuiDataType_Pointer: + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id); + break; + case ImGuiDataType_ID: + if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one. + return; + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id); + break; + default: + IM_ASSERT(0); + } + info->QuerySuccess = true; + info->DataType = data_type; +} + +static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) +{ + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; + ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL; + if (window) // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name); + if (info->QuerySuccess) // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc); + if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size) // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers. + return (*buf = 0); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID)) // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo() + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label); +#endif + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???"); +} + +// Stack Tool: Display UI +void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + return; + } + + // Display hovered/active status + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId; +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId: 0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : ""); +#else + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId: 0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id); +#endif + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details."); + + // CTRL+C to copy path + const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime; + Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC); + SameLine(); + TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*"); + if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + { + tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time; + char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data; + char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size; + for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++) + { + *p++ = '/'; + char level_desc[256]; + StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc)); + for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++) + { + if (level_desc[n] == '/') + *p++ = '\\'; + *p++ = level_desc[n]; + } + } + *p = '\0'; + SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data); + } + + // Display decorated stack + tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount; + if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + const float id_width = CalcTextSize("0xDDDDDDDD").x; + TableSetupColumn("Seed", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width); + TableSetupColumn("PushID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + TableSetupColumn("Result", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width); + TableHeadersRow(); + for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; + TableNextColumn(); + Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0); + TableNextColumn(); + StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size); + TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("0x%08X", info->ID); + if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1) + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header)); + } + EndTable(); + } + End(); +} + +#else + +void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} + +void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {} +void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {} +void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {} +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() {} +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() {} + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed. +// Prefer just including imgui_internal.h from your code rather than using this define. If a declaration is missing from imgui_internal.h add it or request it on the github. +#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL +#include "imgui_user.inl" +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/imgui/imgui.h b/src/ImGui/imgui.h similarity index 51% rename from imgui/imgui.h rename to src/ImGui/imgui.h index 9fcdaeaa..3f5a19cc 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui.h +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui.h @@ -1,33 +1,53 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.74 +// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP // (headers) -// See imgui.cpp file for documentation. -// Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. -// Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. -// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui - +// Help: +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. + +// Resources: +// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues + +// Getting Started? +// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. + +// Library Version +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM > 12345') +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.89 WIP" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18821 +#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE /* Index of this file: -// Header mess -// Forward declarations and basic types -// ImGui API (Dear ImGui end-user API) -// Flags & Enumerations -// Memory allocations macros -// ImVector<> -// ImGuiStyle -// ImGuiIO -// Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload) -// Obsolete functions -// Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) -// Draw List API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) -// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types +// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions +// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations +// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle +// [SECTION] ImGuiIO +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) +// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) +// [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) +// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformImeData) +// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types */ #pragma once -// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG to your own filename) +// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #endif @@ -35,8 +55,10 @@ Index of this file: #include "imconfig.h" #endif +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Header mess +// [SECTION] Header mess //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Includes @@ -45,15 +67,9 @@ Index of this file: #include // ptrdiff_t, NULL #include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp -// Version -// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens) -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.74" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 17400 -#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) - // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) -// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default bindings files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) -// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) +// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) #ifndef IMGUI_API #define IMGUI_API #endif @@ -66,24 +82,37 @@ Index of this file: #include #define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h #endif -#if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__) -#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) // To apply printf-style warnings to our functions. +#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! +#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. +#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 +#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) + +// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions. +#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__) +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1))) +#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0))) +#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0))) #else #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) #endif -#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*_ARR))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! -#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)_VAR) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. -#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) -#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 + +// Disable some of MSVC most aggressive Debug runtime checks in function header/footer (used in some simple/low-level functions) +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID) +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF __pragma(runtime_checks("",off)) __pragma(check_stack(off)) __pragma(strict_gs_check(push,off)) +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE __pragma(runtime_checks("",restore)) __pragma(check_stack()) __pragma(strict_gs_check(pop)) #else -#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER)) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Old style macro. +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE #endif -#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0xFFFF // Last Unicode code point supported by this build. -#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID 0xFFFD // Standard invalid Unicode code point. // Warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (push) +#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). +#endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" @@ -92,14 +121,15 @@ Index of this file: #endif #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Forward declarations and basic types +// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Forward declarations struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit() struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback) struct ImDrawData; // All draw command lists required to render the frame + pos/size coordinates to use for the projection matrix. @@ -109,6 +139,7 @@ struct ImDrawListSplitter; // Helper to split a draw list into differen struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT) struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader +struct ImFontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (stb_truetype or FreeType). struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset) struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data @@ -116,34 +147,39 @@ struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that c struct ImGuiContext; // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h) struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use) +struct ImGuiKeyData; // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items -struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro +struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations +struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs; // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs; // Sorting specification for one column of a table struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder) -struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]") +struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]") +struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always only one in 'master' branch), in the future may represent Platform Monitor -// Typedefs and Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file) -// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names in the central column below to find the actual flags/enum lists. -#ifndef ImTextureID -typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data to identify a texture (this is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp) -#endif -typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // Unique ID used by widgets (typically hashed from a stack of string) -typedef unsigned short ImWchar; // A single U16 character for keyboard input/display. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +// Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) +// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction -typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A key identifier (ImGui-side enum) -typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_ // Enum: An input identifier for navigation +typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A key identifier +typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier +typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling -typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // -> enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled() etc. -typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList -typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas +typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor() +typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions +typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance +typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags +typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for InvisibleButton() typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc. typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo() @@ -151,101 +187,134 @@ typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() +typedef int ImGuiModFlags; // -> enum ImGuiModFlags_ // Flags: for io.KeyMods (Ctrl/Shift/Alt/Super) +typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() +typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar() typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabItem() +typedef int ImGuiTableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableFlags_ // Flags: For BeginTable() +typedef int ImGuiTableColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_// Flags: For TableSetupColumn() +typedef int ImGuiTableRowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ // Flags: For TableNextRow() typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader() +typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags; // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ // Flags: for ImGuiViewport typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild() -typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData *data); -typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); + +// ImTexture: user data for renderer backend to identify a texture [Compile-time configurable type] +// - To use something else than an opaque void* pointer: override with e.g. '#define ImTextureID MyTextureType*' in your imconfig.h file. +// - This can be whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. +#ifndef ImTextureID +typedef void* ImTextureID; // Default: store a pointer or an integer fitting in a pointer (most renderer backends are ok with that) +#endif + +// ImDrawIdx: vertex index. [Compile-time configurable type] +// - To use 16-bit indices + allow large meshes: backend need to set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset (recommended). +// - To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in your imconfig.h file. +#ifndef ImDrawIdx +typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends) +#endif // Scalar data types +typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string) typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) -typedef signed __int64 ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) -typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) -#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100) -#include -typedef int64_t ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre C++11) -typedef uint64_t ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre C++11) +typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer + +// Character types +// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) +typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16] +typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; #else -typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (post C++11) -typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (post C++11) +typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar; #endif -// 2D vector (often used to store positions, sizes, etc.) +// Callback and functions types +typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText() +typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() +typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() +typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() + +// ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type] +// This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type. +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF struct ImVec2 { - float x, y; - ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; } - ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } - float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. - float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. + float x, y; + constexpr ImVec2() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y) : x(_x), y(_y) { } + float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. + float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2. #endif }; -// 4D vector (often used to store floating-point colors) +// ImVec4: 4D vector used to store clipping rectangles, colors etc. [Compile-time configurable type] struct ImVec4 { - float x, y, z, w; - ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; } - ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; } + float x, y, z, w; + constexpr ImVec4() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f), z(0.0f), w(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) : x(_x), y(_y), z(_z), w(_w) { } #ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4. #endif }; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGui: Dear ImGui end-user API -// (Inside a namespace so you can add extra functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!) +// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions +// (Note that ImGui:: being a namespace, you can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- namespace ImGui { // Context creation and access - // Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between imgui contexts. - // None of those functions is reliant on the current context. + // - Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. + // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() + // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for details. IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL); IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL); // NULL = destroy current context IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext(); IMGUI_API void SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx); - IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // Main IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags) - IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame. + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame(). - IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(), you likely don't need to call that yourself directly. If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any imgui windows and not call NewFrame() at all! - IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can get call GetDrawData() to obtain it and run your rendering function. (Obsolete: this used to call io.RenderDrawListsFn(). Nowadays, we allow and prefer calling your render function yourself.) + IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all! + IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData(). IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render. // Demo, Debug, Information - IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! + IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! + IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc. + IMGUI_API void ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events. + IMGUI_API void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. - IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debug window. display Dear ImGui internals: draw commands (with individual draw calls and vertices), window list, basic internal state, etc. IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts. - IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). - IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.23" (essentially the compiled value for IMGUI_VERSION) + IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as an end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). + IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp) // Styles IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // new, recommended style (default) - IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font + IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style // Windows // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack. - // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame. // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window, // which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked. + // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame by calling Begin()/End() pairs multiple times. + // Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin(). // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting // anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value! // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, @@ -259,9 +328,12 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child. // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400). // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window. - // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value [as with Begin: this is due to legacy reason and inconsistent with most BeginXXX functions apart from the regular Begin() which behaves like BeginChild().] - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. + // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, + // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function + // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndChild(); // Windows Utilities @@ -276,39 +348,40 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) - // Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0,0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. + // Window manipulation + // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin() - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily modify ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground. + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground. IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects. - IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0,0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects. IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed(). IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus(). - IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes(). + IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // [OBSOLETE] set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes(). IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window position. IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus. // Content region - // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned soon (they are confusing, incomplete and return values in local window coordinates which increases confusion) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates + // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful. + // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth(); // + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates // Windows Scrolling - IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] - IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] - IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.X - WindowSize.X - IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y - IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] - IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - DecorationsSize.x + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - DecorationsSize.y IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position. @@ -317,43 +390,49 @@ namespace ImGui // Parameters stacks (shared) IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font IMGUI_API void PopFont(); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col); IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. - IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font - IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied + IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets + IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. + IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); // Parameters stacks (current window) - IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side). 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, + IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side). IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth(); - IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side) + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side) IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions. - IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // word-wrapping for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space + IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); - IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets - IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); - IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. - IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); + + // Style read access + // - Use the style editor (ShowStyleEditor() function) to interactively see what the colors are) + IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font + IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. // Cursor / Layout // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down. - // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceeding widget. + // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget. + // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API: + // Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos() + // Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates. - IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context. + IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context. IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing. IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into. - IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 - IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 + IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 + IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) @@ -363,8 +442,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.) IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API) - IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (useful to work with ImDrawList API). generally top-left == GetMainViewport()->Pos == (0,0) in single viewport mode, and bottom-right == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size == io.DisplaySize in single-viewport mode. + IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item) IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text) @@ -372,11 +451,15 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets) // ID stack/scopes - // - Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most - // likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them. - // - The resulting ID are hashes of the entire stack. + // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.org/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. + // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system: + // - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?" + // - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?" + // - "Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" + // - Short version: ID are hashes of the entire ID stack. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely + // want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them. // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others. - // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID, + // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed + used as an ID, // whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed. IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). @@ -405,71 +488,83 @@ namespace ImGui // Widgets: Main // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state. - IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // button + IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // button IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text - IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size); // button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) + IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape - IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0)); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value); IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; } IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer - IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1,0), const char* overlay = NULL); - IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses + IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); + IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses + + // Widgets: Images + // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Widgets: Combo Box // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. - // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. + // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created. IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true! IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0" IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); - // Widgets: Drags - // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. - // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x + // Widgets: Drag Sliders + // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. + // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every function, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', + // the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. + // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision). - // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits. - // - Use v_min > v_max to lock edits. - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound - IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - - // Widgets: Sliders - // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. + // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits if ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is not used. + // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum. + // - We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound + IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + + // Widgets: Regular Sliders + // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. Use power!=1.0 for power curve sliders - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // Widgets: Input with Keyboard - // - If you want to use InputText() with a dynamic string type such as std::string or your own, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h + // - If you want to use InputText() with std::string or any custom dynamic string type, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and comments in imgui_demo.cpp. // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc. IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API bool InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); @@ -483,14 +578,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little colored preview square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) + // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little color square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0)); // display a colored square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. + IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls. // Widgets: Trees @@ -506,28 +601,32 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. - IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // " + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id); // " IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). - IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header + IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header. IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. // Widgets: Selectables // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected. // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them. This is so a series of selected Selectable appear contiguous. - IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height - IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. + IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height + IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. // Widgets: List Boxes - // - FIXME: To be consistent with all the newer API, ListBoxHeader/ListBoxFooter should in reality be called BeginListBox/EndListBox. Will rename them. + // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with some stylistic changes. + // - The BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any items. + // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created. + // - Choose frame width: size.x > 0.0f: custom / size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align / size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth + // - Choose frame height: size.y > 0.0f: custom / size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align / size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items + IMGUI_API bool BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region + IMGUI_API void EndListBox(); // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true! IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. if the function return true, you can output elements then call ListBoxFooter() afterwards. - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // " - IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region. only call ListBoxFooter() if ListBoxHeader() returned true! // Widgets: Data Plotting + // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better! IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); @@ -542,46 +641,128 @@ namespace ImGui // Widgets: Menus // - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar. - // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen. + // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen and append to it. + // - Use BeginMenu() to create a menu. You can call BeginMenu() multiple time with the same identifier to append more items to it. + // - Not that MenuItem() keyboardshortcuts are displayed as a convenience but _not processed_ by Dear ImGui at the moment. IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window). IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar(); // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar. IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true! IMGUI_API void EndMenu(); // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true! - IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment + IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL // Tooltips - // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse which do not take focus away. + // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip(). IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); // Popups, Modals - // The properties of popups windows are: - // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*) - // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. - // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by imgui instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin() calls. - // User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup(). - // (*) You can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even when normally blocked by a popup. - // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state because it can close popups at any time. - IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). popups are closed when user click outside, or if CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. By default, Selectable()/MenuItem() are calling CloseCurrentPopup(). Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returns true! - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp! - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1, bool also_over_items = true); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window. - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no imgui windows). - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // modal dialog (regular window with title bar, block interactions behind the modal window, can't close the modal window by clicking outside) - IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true! - IMGUI_API bool OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors). return true when just opened. - IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id); // return true if the popup is open at the current begin-ed level of the popup stack. - IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // close the popup we have begin-ed into. clicking on a MenuItem or Selectable automatically close the current popup. - - // Columns + // - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them. + // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin*() calls. + // - The 3 properties above are related: we need to retain popup visibility state in the library because popups may be closed as any time. + // - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered(). + // - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack. + // This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future. + + // Popups: begin/end functions + // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. + // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it. + IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true! + + // Popups: open/close functions + // - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options. + // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - CloseCurrentPopup(): use inside the BeginPopup()/EndPopup() scope to close manually. + // - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options). + // - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup(). + // - Use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() to tell if a window just opened. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that for OpenPopupOnItemClick() we exceptionally default flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter + IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). + IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks + IMGUI_API void OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors) + IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into. + + // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers + // - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking. + // - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp! + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows). + + // Popups: query functions + // - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. + // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. + // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open. + IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open. + + // Tables + // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API. + // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary. + // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags. + // The typical call flow is: + // - 1. Call BeginTable(), early out if returning false. + // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults. + // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows. + // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data. + // - 5. Populate contents: + // - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column. + // - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every column is holding the same type of contents, + // you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(). + // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed. + // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column! + // - Summary of possible call flow: + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! + // TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // - 5. Call EndTable() + IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! + IMGUI_API void TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row. + IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. + IMGUI_API bool TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n); // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible. + + // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration + // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc. + // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column. + // Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu. + // The context menu can also be made available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody. + // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in + // some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row). + // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0); + IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu + IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) + + // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions + // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. + // When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have + // changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, + // else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! + // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index. + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs(); // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting). Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable(). + IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnCount(); // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable) + IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnIndex(); // return current column index. + IMGUI_API int TableGetRowIndex(); // return current row index. + IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1); // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column. + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1); // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column. + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + IMGUI_API void TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1); // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details. + + // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!) // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns. - // - The columns API is work-in-progress and rather lacking (columns are arguably the worst part of dear imgui at the moment!) - // - By end of the 2019 we will expose a new 'Table' api which will replace columns. IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true); IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index @@ -594,8 +775,9 @@ namespace ImGui // Tab Bars, Tabs IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0); // create and append into a TabBar IMGUI_API void EndTabBar(); // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true! - IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0);// create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected. + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected. IMGUI_API void EndTabItem(); // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab behaving like a button. return true when clicked. cannot be selected in the tab bar. IMGUI_API void SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label); // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name. // Logging/Capture @@ -606,18 +788,30 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.) IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) + IMGUI_API void LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); // Drag and Drop - // [BETA API] API may evolve! - IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() - IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. + // - On source items, call BeginDragDropSource(), if it returns true also call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource(). + // - On target candidates, call BeginDragDropTarget(), if it returns true also call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget(). + // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725) + // - An item can be both drag source and drop target. + IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() + IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. Return true when payload has been accepted. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true! IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. + // Disabling [BETA API] + // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors) + // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) + // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. + IMGUI_API void BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true); + IMGUI_API void EndDisabled(); + // Clipping + // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only. IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect); IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); @@ -626,18 +820,18 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window. IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. - // Item/Widgets Utilities - // - Most of the functions are referring to the last/previous item we submitted. + // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions + // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted. // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions. IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false) IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation? - IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(int mouse_button = 0); // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered() + IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition. IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling) IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive). - IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. - IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledOpen(); // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode(). IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); // is any item hovered? IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); // is any item active? @@ -647,74 +841,102 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area. + // Viewports + // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. + // - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports. + // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL. + + // Background/Foreground Draw Lists + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + // Miscellaneous Utilities IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped. IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side. IMGUI_API double GetTime(); // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame. IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances. IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.). IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage(); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f); - IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can. IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window) + // Text Utilities + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f); + // Color Utilities IMGUI_API ImVec4 ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in); IMGUI_API ImU32 ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in); IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v); IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b); - // Inputs Utilities - IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key] - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index); // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. note that imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]. Use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]! - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down). if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index); // was key released (went from Down to !Down).. - IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(int button); // is mouse button held (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) - IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // is any mouse button held - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down) (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button); // did mouse button double-clicked. a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime. - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(int button); // did mouse button released (went from Down to !Down) - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true); // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block. - IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse + // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard + // Without IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO: (legacy support) + // - For 'ImGuiKey key' you can still use your legacy native/user indices according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[]. + // With IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO: (this is the way forward) + // - Any use of 'ImGuiKey' will assert when key < 512 will be passed, previously reserved as native/user keys indices + // - GetKeyIndex() is pass-through and therefore deprecated (gone if IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined) + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key); // is key being held. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? + IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate + IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. + IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call. + + // Inputs Utilities: Mouse + // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. + // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle. + // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold') + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button); // is mouse button held? + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down). Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 1. + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button double-clicked? Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 2. (note that a double-click will also report IsMouseClicked() == true) + IMGUI_API int GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button); // return the number of successive mouse-clicks at the time where a click happen (otherwise 0). + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block. + IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve backup of mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. If lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold. - IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0); // + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) + IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); // IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you - IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type); // set desired cursor type - IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call. - IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call. + IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired cursor type + IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse); // Override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typical when true it instucts your app to ignore inputs). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse;" after the next NewFrame() call. - // Clipboard Utilities (also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture or output text data to the clipboard) + // Clipboard Utilities + // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard. IMGUI_API const char* GetClipboardText(); IMGUI_API void SetClipboardText(const char* text); // Settings/.Ini Utilities // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini"). // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually. + // - Important: default value "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir! Most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables). IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename). IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source. IMGUI_API void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename); // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext). IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings. + // Debug Utilities + IMGUI_API void DebugTextEncoding(const char* text); + IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. + // Memory Allocators - // - All those functions are not reliant on the current context. - // - If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again because we use global storage for those. - IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL); + // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context. + // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() + // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. + IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data); IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t size); IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr); } // namespace ImGui //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags & Enumerations +// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Flags for ImGui::Begin() @@ -726,7 +948,7 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove = 1 << 2, // Disable user moving the window ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically) ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set. - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it. Also referred to as Window Menu Button (e.g. within a docking node). ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground = 1 << 7, // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f). ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file @@ -740,22 +962,18 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient) ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) - ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to cancel the closure (with a confirmation popup, etc.) without flicker. + ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, // [Internal] - ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] Allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child (only use on child that have no scrolling!) + ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] On child window: allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild() ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip() ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() - ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28 // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() - - // [Obsolete] - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // --> Set style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f / style.WindowBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders around windows and items - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges and make sure mouse cursors are supported by back-end (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) + ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() @@ -775,15 +993,18 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = 1 << 13, // Insert mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 13, // Overwrite mode ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*' ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) - // [Internal] - ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() - ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 21 // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior +#endif }; // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*() @@ -791,7 +1012,7 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ { ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Full colored frame (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes) @@ -805,23 +1026,41 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog, +}; - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap // [renamed in 1.53] -#endif +// Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions. +// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument, we need to treat +// small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags. +// It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags. +// - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0. +// IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter +// and want to use another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag explicitly. +// - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later). +enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ +{ + ImGuiPopupFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 0, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 2, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = 0x1F, + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = 1, + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 6, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 7, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 8, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel, }; // Flags for ImGui::Selectable() enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ { ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() @@ -835,7 +1074,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlags_ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button - ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest + ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest, }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar() @@ -851,31 +1090,181 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll, - ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown, }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem() enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ { ImGuiTabItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. Also: tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to undo it without flicker. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem() ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3 // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7, // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() +// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect. +// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. +// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. +// - When ScrollX is off: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. +// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). +// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight. +// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. +// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). +// - When ScrollX is on: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. +// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. +// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. +// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). +// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. +// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. +enum ImGuiTableFlags_ +{ + // Features + ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. + ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. + ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). + // Decorations + ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). + // Sizing Extra Options + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. + ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. + // Clipping + ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). + // Padding + ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). + // Scrolling + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. + // Sorting + ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). + ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + //, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2020/12 + //, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2021/01 +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() +enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ +{ + // Input configuration flags + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state) + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will not submit label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. + + // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + //ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthAuto = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize, // Column will not stretch and keep resizing based on submitted contents. +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() +enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) +}; + +// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() +// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: +// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. +// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. +// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. +// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. +// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. +// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. +// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. +enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ +{ + ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) }; // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ { ImGuiFocusedFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any children of the window is focused - ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowFocused(): Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) - ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse instead. - ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows + ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // Return true if any children of the window is focused + ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) + ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! + ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy = 1 << 3, // Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + //ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy = 1 << 4, // Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows, }; // Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered() -// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that. Please read the FAQ! +// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your app, you should use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! // Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls. enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ { @@ -883,13 +1272,21 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 3, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window - //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 4, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 5, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 6, // Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 7, // Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy = 1 << 3, // IsWindowHovered() only: Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + //ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy = 1 << 4, // IsWindowHovered() only: Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 5, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window + //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 6, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 7, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 10, // Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse. ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, - ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows + ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows, + + // Hovering delays (for tooltips) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 11, // Return true after io.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.30 sec) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 12, // Return true after io.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.10 sec) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 13, // Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload() @@ -897,8 +1294,8 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ { ImGuiDragDropFlags_None = 0, // BeginDragDropSource() flags - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disables this behavior. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disables this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. @@ -907,7 +1304,7 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. }; // Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui. @@ -941,10 +1338,21 @@ enum ImGuiDir_ ImGuiDir_COUNT }; -// User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array +// A sorting direction +enum ImGuiSortDirection_ +{ + ImGuiSortDirection_None = 0, + ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending = 1, // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc. + ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. +}; + +// Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87) +// Keys value >= 512 are named keys (>= 1.87) enum ImGuiKey_ { - ImGuiKey_Tab, + // Keyboard + ImGuiKey_None = 0, + ImGuiKey_Tab = 512, // == ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, @@ -959,75 +1367,150 @@ enum ImGuiKey_ ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, - ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter, - ImGuiKey_A, // for text edit CTRL+A: select all - ImGuiKey_C, // for text edit CTRL+C: copy - ImGuiKey_V, // for text edit CTRL+V: paste - ImGuiKey_X, // for text edit CTRL+X: cut - ImGuiKey_Y, // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo - ImGuiKey_Z, // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo - ImGuiKey_COUNT -}; - -// Gamepad/Keyboard directional navigation -// Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. -// Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Back-end: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). -// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. -enum ImGuiNavInput_ -{ - // Gamepad Mapping - ImGuiNavInput_Activate, // activate / open / toggle / tweak value // e.g. Cross (PS4), A (Xbox), A (Switch), Space (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, // cancel / close / exit // e.g. Circle (PS4), B (Xbox), B (Switch), Escape (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Input, // text input / on-screen keyboard // e.g. Triang.(PS4), Y (Xbox), X (Switch), Return (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Menu, // tap: toggle menu / hold: focus, move, resize // e.g. Square (PS4), X (Xbox), Y (Switch), Alt (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, // move / tweak / resize window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. D-pad Left/Right/Up/Down (Gamepads), Arrow keys (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, // - ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, // - ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, // scroll / move window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. Left Analog Stick Left/Right/Up/Down - ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, // - ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, // next window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, // prev window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, // slower tweaks // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, // faster tweaks // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) - - // [Internal] Don't use directly! This is used internally to differentiate keyboard from gamepad inputs for behaviors that require to differentiate them. - // Keyboard behavior that have no corresponding gamepad mapping (e.g. CTRL+TAB) will be directly reading from io.KeysDown[] instead of io.NavInputs[]. - ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, // toggle menu // = io.KeyAlt - ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, // move left // = Arrow keys - ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, // move right - ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, // move up - ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, // move down + ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_LeftShift, ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_LeftSuper, + ImGuiKey_RightCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightShift, ImGuiKey_RightAlt, ImGuiKey_RightSuper, + ImGuiKey_Menu, + ImGuiKey_0, ImGuiKey_1, ImGuiKey_2, ImGuiKey_3, ImGuiKey_4, ImGuiKey_5, ImGuiKey_6, ImGuiKey_7, ImGuiKey_8, ImGuiKey_9, + ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_B, ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiKey_D, ImGuiKey_E, ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiKey_G, ImGuiKey_H, ImGuiKey_I, ImGuiKey_J, + ImGuiKey_K, ImGuiKey_L, ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiKey_N, ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiKey_P, ImGuiKey_Q, ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiKey_T, + ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z, + ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6, + ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12, + ImGuiKey_Apostrophe, // ' + ImGuiKey_Comma, // , + ImGuiKey_Minus, // - + ImGuiKey_Period, // . + ImGuiKey_Slash, // / + ImGuiKey_Semicolon, // ; + ImGuiKey_Equal, // = + ImGuiKey_LeftBracket, // [ + ImGuiKey_Backslash, // \ (this text inhibit multiline comment caused by backslash) + ImGuiKey_RightBracket, // ] + ImGuiKey_GraveAccent, // ` + ImGuiKey_CapsLock, + ImGuiKey_ScrollLock, + ImGuiKey_NumLock, + ImGuiKey_PrintScreen, + ImGuiKey_Pause, + ImGuiKey_Keypad0, ImGuiKey_Keypad1, ImGuiKey_Keypad2, ImGuiKey_Keypad3, ImGuiKey_Keypad4, + ImGuiKey_Keypad5, ImGuiKey_Keypad6, ImGuiKey_Keypad7, ImGuiKey_Keypad8, ImGuiKey_Keypad9, + ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal, + ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide, + ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply, + ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract, + ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd, + ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, + ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual, + + // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // GAME NAVIGATION ACTION + // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets) + ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, // B (Xbox) A (Switch) Circle (PS) // Cancel / Close / Exit + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, // Y (Xbox) X (Switch) Triangle (PS) // Text Input / On-screen Keyboard + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, // A (Xbox) B (Switch) Cross (PS) // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, // D-pad Left // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, // D-pad Right // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, // D-pad Up // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, // D-pad Down // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, // L Bumper (Xbox) L (Switch) L1 (PS) // Tweak Slower / Focus Previous (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, // R Bumper (Xbox) R (Switch) R1 (PS) // Tweak Faster / Focus Next (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, // L Trig. (Xbox) ZL (Switch) L2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, // R Trig. (Xbox) ZR (Switch) R2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, // L Stick (Xbox) L3 (Switch) L3 (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, // R Stick (Xbox) R3 (Switch) R3 (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, // [Analog] + + // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls) + // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing + // them to be accessed via standard key API, allowing calls such as IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyReleased(), querying duration etc. + // - Code polling every key (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those + // and prefer using the real keys (e.g. ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightCtrl instead of ImGuiKey_ModCtrl). + // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys. + // In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and + // backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user... + ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper, + + // Mouse Buttons (auto-submitted from AddMouseButtonEvent() calls) + // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.MouseDown[], io.MouseWheel, in a format allowing them to be accessed via standard key API. + ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_MouseRight, ImGuiKey_MouseMiddle, ImGuiKey_MouseX1, ImGuiKey_MouseX2, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, + + // End of list + ImGuiKey_COUNT, // No valid ImGuiKey is ever greater than this value + + // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array. + // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE) + ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN = 512, + ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END = ImGuiKey_COUNT, + ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). +#else + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). +#endif + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 +#endif +}; + +// Helper "flags" version of key-mods to store and compare multiple key-mods easily. Sometimes used for storage (e.g. io.KeyMods) but otherwise not much used in public API. +enum ImGuiModFlags_ +{ + ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = 1 << 0, + ImGuiModFlags_Shift = 1 << 1, + ImGuiModFlags_Alt = 1 << 2, // Option/Menu key + ImGuiModFlags_Super = 1 << 3, // Cmd/Super/Windows key + ImGuiModFlags_All = 0x0F +}; + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[]. +// Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set. +// Custom backends: feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. +enum ImGuiNavInput +{ + ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, + ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, ImGuiNavInput_COUNT, - ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_ = ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_ }; +#endif // Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application. enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ { ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.KeysDown[]. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui back-end to fill io.NavInputs[]. Back-end also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your binding, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the back-end. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the back-end cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. - // User storage (to allow your back-end/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui) + // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui) ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware. - ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. + ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21, // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. }; -// Back-end capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom back-end. +// Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend. enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ { ImGuiBackendFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Back-end Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected. - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Back-end Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape. - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Back-end Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set). - ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Back-end Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Backend Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Backend Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Backend Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set). + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. }; // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor() @@ -1063,10 +1546,10 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive, - ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, + ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows. ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered, ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive, - ImGuiCol_Tab, + ImGuiCol_Tab, // TabItem in a TabBar ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, @@ -1075,30 +1558,32 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered, + ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, // Table header background + ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong, // Table outer and header borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) + ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight, // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) + ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows) + ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows) ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, - ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, + ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, // Rectangle highlighting a drop target ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active ImGuiCol_COUNT - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening = ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg // [renamed in 1.63] - , ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg = ImGuiCol_ChildBg // [renamed in 1.53] - //ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered, // [unused since 1.60+] the close button now uses regular button colors. - //ImGuiCol_ComboBg, // [unused since 1.53+] ComboBg has been merged with PopupBg, so a redirect isn't accurate. -#endif }; // Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure. -// NB: the enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. During initialization, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. -// NB: if changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. +// - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. +// During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. +// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description. +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. enum ImGuiStyleVar_ { // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha + ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha, // float DisabledAlpha ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize @@ -1114,6 +1599,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, // ImVec2 CellPadding ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize @@ -1122,12 +1608,19 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT +}; - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ = ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT // [renamed in 1.60] - , ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding = ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding // [renamed in 1.53] -#endif +// Flags for InvisibleButton() [extended in imgui_internal.h] +enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ +{ + ImGuiButtonFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 1 << 0, // React on left mouse button (default) + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1 << 1, // React on right mouse button + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 1 << 2, // React on center mouse button + + // [Internal] + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, }; // Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton() @@ -1135,14 +1628,15 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ { ImGuiColorEditFlags_None = 0, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha = 1 << 1, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on colored square. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on color square. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions = 1 << 3, // // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable colored square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs) - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview colored square). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable color square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs) + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview color square). ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 6, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel = 1 << 7, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small colored square preview instead. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small color square preview instead. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop = 1 << 9, // // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 10, // // ColorButton: disable border (which is enforced by default) // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them). ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar = 1 << 16, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker. @@ -1161,70 +1655,95 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup. - ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, // [Internal] Masks - ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV, + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) + // ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] +}; + +// Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. +// We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. +enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp = 1 << 4, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds. + ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits) + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget + ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F, // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] + ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79] #endif }; +// Identify a mouse button. +// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience. +enum ImGuiMouseButton_ +{ + ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0, + ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1, + ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2, + ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5 +}; + // Enumeration for GetMouseCursor() -// User code may request binding to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here +// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ { ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1, ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0, ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc. ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions) - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over an horizontal border + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over a horizontal border ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks) + ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed, // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle. ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT // [renamed in 1.60] -#endif }; -// Enumateration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions +// Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions // Represent a condition. // Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. enum ImGuiCond_ { - ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // Set the variable - ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call with succeed) + ImGuiCond_None = 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always + ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _None + ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed) ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file) - ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) + ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3, // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helpers: Memory allocations macros +// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() // We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. -// Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. +// Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -struct ImNewDummy {}; -inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; } -inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewDummy, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new() +struct ImNewWrapper {}; +inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewWrapper, void* ptr) { return ptr; } +inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new() #define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE) ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE) #define IM_FREE(_PTR) ImGui::MemFree(_PTR) -#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewDummy(), _PTR) -#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewDummy(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE +#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewWrapper(), _PTR) +#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewWrapper(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper: ImVector<> +// ImVector<> // Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug). //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it. @@ -1234,6 +1753,7 @@ template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p // Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF template struct ImVector { @@ -1249,17 +1769,21 @@ struct ImVector // Constructors, destructor inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; } inline ImVector(const ImVector& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); } - inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } - inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } + inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); if (src.Data) memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } + inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything + + inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } // Important: does not destruct anything + inline void clear_delete() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. + inline void clear_destruct() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; } inline int size() const { return Size; } inline int size_in_bytes() const { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); } + inline int max_size() const { return 0x7FFFFFFF / (int)sizeof(T); } inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; } - inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } - inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } + inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } + inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } - inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } inline T* begin() { return Data; } inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } inline T* end() { return Data + Size; } @@ -1270,20 +1794,21 @@ struct ImVector inline const T& back() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; } inline void swap(ImVector& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; } - inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; } + inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity / 2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; } inline void resize(int new_size) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; } inline void resize(int new_size, const T& v) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; } - inline void shrink(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } + inline void shrink(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation inline void reserve(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; } + inline void reserve_discard(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); Data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); Capacity = new_capacity; } // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden. inline void push_back(const T& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; } inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; } inline void push_front(const T& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); } - inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } - inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } - inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data+Size-1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } - inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last >= it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - (size_t)count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data + Size - 1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } + inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; } inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } inline T* find(const T& v) { T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } inline const T* find(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } @@ -1291,9 +1816,11 @@ struct ImVector inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; } inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } }; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiStyle +// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame(). // During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values, // and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors. @@ -1302,10 +1829,11 @@ struct ImVector struct ImGuiStyle { float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + float DisabledAlpha; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window. - float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. + float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). - ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). + ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constrain individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered. ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition; // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. float ChildRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. @@ -1317,6 +1845,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines. ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label). + ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -1324,17 +1853,21 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float ScrollbarRounding; // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar. float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar. float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. + float LogSliderDeadzone; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. + float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). - ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text when selectable is larger than text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). - ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. + ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. - bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. - bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.) + bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). + bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). + bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. + float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT]; IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle(); @@ -1342,30 +1875,42 @@ struct ImGuiStyle }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiIO +// [SECTION] ImGuiIO +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure. // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. +// If prior to 1.87 you used io.KeysDownDuration[] (which was marked as internal), you should use GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration and not io.KeysData[key]->DownDuration. +struct ImGuiKeyData +{ + bool Down; // True for if key is down + float DownDuration; // Duration the key has been down (<0.0f: not pressed, 0.0f: just pressed, >0.0f: time held) + float DownDurationPrev; // Last frame duration the key has been down + float AnalogValue; // 0.0f..1.0f for gamepad values +}; + struct ImGuiIO { //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Configuration (fill once) // Default value + // Configuration // Default value //------------------------------------------------------------------ ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc. - ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by back-end (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end) to communicate features supported by the back-end. - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels. - float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. + ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend. + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size). May change every frame. + float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. May change every frame. float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. - const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory. + const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions. const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. - int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. - float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). + float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. + float HoverDelayNormal; // = 0.30 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) returns true. + float HoverDelayShort; // = 0.10 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) returns true. void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks. ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture. @@ -1375,24 +1920,27 @@ struct ImGuiIO ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1, 1) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale. // Miscellaneous options - bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by back-end implementations. - bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63) - bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63) + bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations. + bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue; // = true // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates. + bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting). + bool ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only). + bool ConfigDragClickToInputText; // = false // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard. bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) - bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // [BETA] Set to true to only allow moving windows when clicked+dragged from the title bar. Windows without a title bar are not affected. - float ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer;// = 60.0f // [BETA] Compact window memory usage when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. + bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar. + float ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; // = 60.0f // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Platform Functions - // (the imgui_impl_xxxx back-end files are setting those up for you) + // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you) //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Optional: Platform/Renderer back-end name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for back-end/wrappers to store their own stuff. + // Optional: Platform/Renderer backend name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for backend/wrappers to store their own stuff. const char* BackendPlatformName; // = NULL const char* BackendRendererName; // = NULL - void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL - void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL - void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL + void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL // User data for platform backend + void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer backend + void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language backend // Optional: Access OS clipboard // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures) @@ -1402,92 +1950,117 @@ struct ImGuiIO // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) - void (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y); - void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. - + void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // [OBSOLETE since 1.60+] Rendering function, will be automatically called in Render(). Please call your rendering function yourself now! - // You can obtain the ImDrawData* by calling ImGui::GetDrawData() after Render(). See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this. - void (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data); + void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // [Obsolete] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. #else - // This is only here to keep ImGuiIO the same size/layout, so that IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS can exceptionally be used outside of imconfig.h. - void* RenderDrawListsFnUnused; + void* _UnusedPadding; // Unused field to keep data structure the same size. #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame() + // Input - Call before calling NewFrame() //------------------------------------------------------------------ - ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) - bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. - float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. - float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all back-ends. - bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control - bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift - bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt - bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows - bool KeysDown[512]; // Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). - float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame(). - - // Functions - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue new character input - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue new characters input from an UTF-8 string - IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // Clear the text input buffer manually + // Input Functions + IMGUI_API void AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down); // Queue a new key down/up event. Key should be "translated" (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character) + IMGUI_API void AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v); // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend. + IMGUI_API void AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y); // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered) + IMGUI_API void AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down); // Queue a mouse button change + IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wh_x, float wh_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update + IMGUI_API void AddFocusEvent(bool focused); // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window) + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue a new character input + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue a new character input from a UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue a new characters input from a UTF-8 string + + IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. + IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually + IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // [Internal] Release all keys //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Output - Retrieve after calling NewFrame() + // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() + // (when reading from the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to dispatch your inputs, it is + // generally easier and more correct to use their state BEFORE calling NewFrame(). See FAQ for details!) //------------------------------------------------------------------ - bool WantCaptureMouse; // When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, imgui will use the mouse inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.). - bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, imgui will use the keyboard inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.). - bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when io.WantTextInput is true, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). - bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, back-end should reposition mouse on next frame. Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. - bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. IMPORTANT: You need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself. - bool NavActive; // Directional navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. - bool NavVisible; // Directional navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). - float Framerate; // Application framerate estimation, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames - int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() - int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 - int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows - int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows - int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. - ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. + bool WantCaptureMouse; // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.). + bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.). + bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). + bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. + bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving! + bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. + bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). + float Framerate; // Estimate of application framerate (rolling average over 60 frames, based on io.DeltaTime), in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Slow applications may not want to use a moving average or may want to reset underlying buffers occasionally. + int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() + int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 + int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows + int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows + int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. + ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. + + // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame. + // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent(). +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512. + bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. + float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // [Internal] ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! + // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! //------------------------------------------------------------------ - ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) - ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking - double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) - bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down - bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? - bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down - bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. - bool MouseDownWasDoubleClick[5]; // Track if button down was a double-click - float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) - float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down - ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point - float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point - float KeysDownDuration[512]; // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed) - float KeysDownDurationPrev[512]; // Previous duration the key has been down - float NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; - float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; - ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform back-end). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. + // Main Input State + // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead) + // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere) + ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) + bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. + float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. + float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier down: Control + bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier down: Shift + bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier down: Alt + bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows + + // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls + ImGuiModFlags KeyMods; // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame() + ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this. + bool WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose; // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup. + ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) + ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking + double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) + bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down (same as MouseClickedCount[x] != 0) + bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? (same as MouseClickedCount[x] == 2) + ImU16 MouseClickedCount[5]; // == 0 (not clicked), == 1 (same as MouseClicked[]), == 2 (double-clicked), == 3 (triple-clicked) etc. when going from !Down to Down + ImU16 MouseClickedLastCount[5]; // Count successive number of clicks. Stays valid after mouse release. Reset after another click is done. + bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down + bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. + bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. + float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) + float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down + float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds) + float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui. + bool AppFocusLost; // Only modify via AddFocusEvent() + bool AppAcceptingEvents; // Only modify via SetAppAcceptingEvents() + ImS8 BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays; // -1: unknown, 0: using AddKeyEvent(), 1: using legacy io.KeysDown[] + bool BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray; // 0: using AddKeyAnalogEvent(), 1: writing to legacy io.NavInputs[] directly + ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16() + ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. IMGUI_API ImGuiIO(); }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Misc data structures +// [SECTION] Misc data structures //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used. // The callback function should return 0 by default. // Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details) +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit: Callback on buffer edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion: Callback on pressing TAB // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory: Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows -// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter: Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData @@ -1514,14 +2087,16 @@ struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData(); IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count); IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); - bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } + void SelectAll() { SelectionStart = 0; SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; } + void ClearSelection() { SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; } + bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } }; // Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin(). // NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough. struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData { - void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() + void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Generally store an integer or float in here (need reinterpret_cast<>). ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference. ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size. ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing. @@ -1538,7 +2113,7 @@ struct ImGuiPayload ImGuiID SourceId; // Source item id ImGuiID SourceParentId; // Source parent id (if available) int DataFrameCount; // Data timestamp - char DataType[32+1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max) + char DataType[32 + 1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max) bool Preview; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets) bool Delivery; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item. @@ -1549,51 +2124,43 @@ struct ImGuiPayload bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; } }; -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Obsolete functions (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details) -// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs +{ + ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) + ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column + ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) + ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending (you can use this or SortSign, whichever is more convenient for your sort function) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -namespace ImGui + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). +// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. +// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs { - // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019) - static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) - static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) - static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } - // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) - static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Sep 2018) - static inline void SetScrollHere(float center_ratio=0.5f){ SetScrollHereY(center_ratio); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (between Aug 2018 and Sept 2018) - static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.61 (between Apr 2018 and Aug 2018) - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); // Use the 'const char* format' version instead of 'decimal_precision'! - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018) - static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); } - static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } - static inline ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = 0.f) { IM_UNUSED(on_edge); IM_UNUSED(outward); IM_ASSERT(0); return pos; } - // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) - static inline void ShowTestWindow() { return ShowDemoWindow(); } - static inline bool IsRootWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); } - static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } - static inline void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w) { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); } - static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); } -} -typedef ImGuiInputTextCallback ImGuiTextEditCallback; // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018): made the names consistent -typedef ImGuiInputTextCallbackData ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; -#endif + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. + int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. + bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. + + ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helpers +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. +// Helper: Unicode defines +#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID 0xFFFD // Invalid Unicode code point (standard value). +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 +#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0x10FFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build. +#else +#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0xFFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build. +#endif + +// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create a UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. // Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame"); struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame { @@ -1701,36 +2268,53 @@ struct ImGuiStorage }; // Helper: Manually clip large list of items. -// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all. +// If you have lots evenly spaced items and you have random access to the list, you can perform coarse +// clipping based on visibility to only submit items that are in view. // The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. -// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null. +// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but: it needs to first layout the item to do so, and generally +// fetching/submitting your own data incurs additional cost. Coarse clipping using ImGuiListClipper allows you to easily +// scale using lists with tens of thousands of items without a problem) // Usage: -// ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000); // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. -// while (clipper.Step()) -// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) -// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); -// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor). -// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. -// - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.) -// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. +// ImGuiListClipper clipper; +// clipper.Begin(1000); // We have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. +// while (clipper.Step()) +// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) +// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); +// Generally what happens is: +// - Clipper lets you process the first element (DisplayStart = 0, DisplayEnd = 1) regardless of it being visible or not. +// - User code submit that one element. +// - Clipper can measure the height of the first element +// - Clipper calculate the actual range of elements to display based on the current clipping rectangle, position the cursor before the first visible element. +// - User code submit visible elements. +// - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc. struct ImGuiListClipper { - float StartPosY; - float ItemsHeight; - int ItemsCount, StepNo, DisplayStart, DisplayEnd; - - // items_count: Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step). + int DisplayStart; // First item to display, updated by each call to Step() + int DisplayEnd; // End of items to display (exclusive) + int ItemsCount; // [Internal] Number of items + float ItemsHeight; // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it + float StartPosY; // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed + void* TempData; // [Internal] Internal data + + // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step) // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). - // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step(). - ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f) { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want). - ~ImGuiListClipper() { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); } // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false. + IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper(); + IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper(); + IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); + IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. + IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. + + // Call ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before first call to Step() if you need a range of items to be displayed regardless of visibility. + IMGUI_API void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max); // item_max is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 always visible BUT due to alignment/padding of certain items it is likely that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range. - IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. - IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1. - IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] +#endif }; // Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors +// User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file. +#ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT #ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR #define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 16 #define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8 @@ -1744,6 +2328,7 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper #define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24 #define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000 #endif +#endif #define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A) (((ImU32)(A)<>IM_COL32_R_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_G_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_B_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_A_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; } - ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; } - ImColor(const ImVec4& col) { Value = col; } + constexpr ImColor() { } + constexpr ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) : Value(r, g, b, a) { } + constexpr ImColor(const ImVec4& col) : Value(col) {} + ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; } + ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; } inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; } // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers. inline void SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; } - static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); } + static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Draw List API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) +// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Draw callbacks for advanced uses. +// The maximum line width to bake anti-aliased textures for. Build atlas with ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines to disable baking. +#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX +#define IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX (63) +#endif + +// ImDrawCallback: Draw callbacks for advanced uses [configurable type: override in imconfig.h] // NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering, // you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to: // A) Change your GPU render state, // B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc. // The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }' -// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering back-end accordingly. +// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering backend accordingly. #ifndef ImDrawCallback typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd); #endif -// Special Draw callback value to request renderer back-end to reset the graphics/render state. -// The renderer back-end needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. +// Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state. +// The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. // This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. // It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). #define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1) // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback) -// Pre 1.71 back-ends will typically ignore the VtxOffset/IdxOffset fields. When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' -// is enabled, those fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices. +// - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, +// this fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices. +// Backends made for <1.71. will typically ignore the VtxOffset fields. +// - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for). struct ImDrawCmd { - unsigned int ElemCount; // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[]. - ImVec4 ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates - ImTextureID TextureId; // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas. - unsigned int VtxOffset; // Start offset in vertex buffer. Pre-1.71 or without ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0. With ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices. - unsigned int IdxOffset; // Start offset in index buffer. Always equal to sum of ElemCount drawn so far. - ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally. - void* UserCallbackData; // The draw callback code can access this. - - ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; TextureId = (ImTextureID)NULL; VtxOffset = IdxOffset = 0; UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; } + ImVec4 ClipRect; // 4*4 // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates + ImTextureID TextureId; // 4-8 // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas. + unsigned int VtxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in vertex buffer. ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0, otherwise may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices. + unsigned int IdxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in index buffer. + unsigned int ElemCount; // 4 // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[]. + ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // 4-8 // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally. + void* UserCallbackData; // 4-8 // The draw callback code can access this. + + ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed + + // Since 1.83: returns ImTextureID associated with this draw call. Warning: DO NOT assume this is always same as 'TextureId' (we will change this function for an upcoming feature) + inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; } }; -// Vertex index -// (to allow large meshes with 16-bit indices: set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in the renderer back-end) -// (to use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in imconfig.h) -#ifndef ImDrawIdx -typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; -#endif - // Vertex layout #ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT struct ImDrawVert @@ -1826,27 +2414,36 @@ struct ImDrawVert #else // You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h // The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine. -// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared a the time you'd want to set your type up. +// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared at the time you'd want to set your type up. // NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM. IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT; #endif -// For use by ImDrawListSplitter. +// [Internal] For use by ImDrawList +struct ImDrawCmdHeader +{ + ImVec4 ClipRect; + ImTextureID TextureId; + unsigned int VtxOffset; +}; + +// [Internal] For use by ImDrawListSplitter struct ImDrawChannel { ImVector _CmdBuffer; ImVector _IdxBuffer; }; + // Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order. -// This is used by the Columns api, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call. +// This is used by the Columns/Tables API, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call. struct ImDrawListSplitter { int _Current; // Current channel number (0) int _Count; // Number of active channels (1+) ImVector _Channels; // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size) - inline ImDrawListSplitter() { Clear(); } + inline ImDrawListSplitter() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); } inline void Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory(); @@ -1855,26 +2452,35 @@ struct ImDrawListSplitter IMGUI_API void SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx); }; -enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +// Flags for ImDrawList functions +// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused) +enum ImDrawFlags_ { - ImDrawCornerFlags_None = 0, - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = 1 << 0, // 0x1 - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = 1 << 1, // 0x2 - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = 1 << 2, // 0x4 - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = 1 << 3, // 0x8 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, // 0x3 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xC - ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, // 0x5 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xA - ImDrawCornerFlags_All = 0xF // In your function calls you may use ~0 (= all bits sets) instead of ImDrawCornerFlags_All, as a convenience + ImDrawFlags_None = 0, + ImDrawFlags_Closed = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason) + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag! + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, }; +// Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly. +// It is however possible to temporarily alter flags between calls to ImDrawList:: functions. enum ImDrawListFlags_ { - ImDrawListFlags_None = 0, - ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Lines are anti-aliased (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) - ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 1, // Filled shapes have anti-aliased edges (*2 the number of vertices) - ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 2 // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. + ImDrawListFlags_None = 0, + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 2, // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles). + ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. }; // Draw command list @@ -1883,7 +2489,8 @@ enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to // access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives. // You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list. -// All positions are generally in pixel coordinates (top-left at (0,0), bottom-right at io.DisplaySize), but you are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (if you apply such transformation you'll want to apply it to ClipRect as well) +// In single viewport mode, top-left is == GetMainViewport()->Pos (generally 0,0), bottom-right is == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size (generally io.DisplaySize). +// You are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (depending on the use of the transformation you may want to apply it to ClipRect as well!) // Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects. struct ImDrawList { @@ -1894,21 +2501,23 @@ struct ImDrawList ImDrawListFlags Flags; // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive. // [Internal, used while building lists] + unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging - unsigned int _VtxCurrentOffset; // [Internal] Always 0 unless 'Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset'. - unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] Generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal] ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal] ImVector _Path; // [Internal] current path building - ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api + ImDrawCmdHeader _CmdHeader; // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back(). + ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!) + float _FringeScale; // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui) - ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { _Data = shared_data; _OwnerName = NULL; Clear(); } - ~ImDrawList() { ClearFreeMemory(); } - IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) + ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } + + ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); } + IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen(); IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id); @@ -1917,22 +2526,30 @@ struct ImDrawList inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); } // Primitives + // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners. + // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred). + // In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12. + // In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles. + // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guarantee a specific number of sides. IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size), rounding_corners_flags: 4 bits corresponding to which corner to round - IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) + IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) + IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left); IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12); + IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); - IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness); - IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. - IMGUI_API void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); + IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) + IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) // Image primitives // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is. @@ -1940,18 +2557,20 @@ struct ImDrawList // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture. IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); - IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke() + // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); } - inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } - inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. - inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } - IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10); - IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle - IMGUI_API void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); - IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } + inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } + inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } + IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle + IMGUI_API void PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) + IMGUI_API void PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) + IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Advanced IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles. @@ -1959,25 +2578,43 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const; // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer. // Advanced: Channels - // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit foreground primitives before background primitives) - // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple non-overlapping clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) + // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives) + // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) + // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! + // Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them. + // Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another. inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); } inline void ChannelsMerge() { _Splitter.Merge(this); } inline void ChannelsSetCurrent(int n) { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); } - // Internal helpers - // NB: all primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand! - IMGUI_API void Clear(); - IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory(); + // Advanced: Primitives allocations + // - We render triangles (three vertices) + // - All primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand. IMGUI_API void PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count); + IMGUI_API void PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count); IMGUI_API void PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col); // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles) IMGUI_API void PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col); - inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col){ _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; } - inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } - inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } - IMGUI_API void UpdateClipRect(); - IMGUI_API void UpdateTextureID(); + inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; } + inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } + inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) + inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) +#endif + + // [Internal helpers] + IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame(); + IMGUI_API void _ClearFreeMemory(); + IMGUI_API void _PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + IMGUI_API void _TryMergeDrawCmds(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset(); + IMGUI_API int _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const; + IMGUI_API void _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step); + IMGUI_API void _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments); }; // All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame @@ -1986,24 +2623,23 @@ struct ImDrawList struct ImDrawData { bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. - ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size - ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Upper-left position of the viewport to render (== upper-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== io.DisplaySize for the main viewport) (DisplayPos + DisplaySize == lower-right of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) + ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. + ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. // Functions - ImDrawData() { Valid = false; Clear(); } - ~ImDrawData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! + ImDrawData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont) +// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- struct ImFontConfig @@ -2013,8 +2649,8 @@ struct ImFontConfig bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). - int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. - int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. + int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. + int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. @@ -2022,7 +2658,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. - unsigned int RasterizerFlags; // 0x00 // Settings for custom font rasterizer (e.g. ImGuiFreeType). Leave as zero if you aren't using one. + unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure. float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used. @@ -2033,9 +2669,13 @@ struct ImFontConfig IMGUI_API ImFontConfig(); }; +// Hold rendering data for one glyph. +// (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this) struct ImFontGlyph { - ImWchar Codepoint; // 0x0000..0xFFFF + unsigned int Colored : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops) + unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering. + unsigned int Codepoint : 30; // 0x0000..0x10FFFF float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in) float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates @@ -2047,11 +2687,11 @@ struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder { ImVector UsedChars; // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used) - ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder() { Clear(); } - inline void Clear() { int size_in_bytes = (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1) / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); } - inline bool GetBit(int n) const { int off = (n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; } // Get bit n in the array - inline void SetBit(int n) { int off = (n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; } // Set bit n in the array - inline void AddChar(ImWchar c) { SetBit(c); } // Add character + ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder() { Clear(); } + inline void Clear() { int size_in_bytes = (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX + 1) / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); } + inline bool GetBit(size_t n) const { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; } // Get bit n in the array + inline void SetBit(size_t n) { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; } // Set bit n in the array + inline void AddChar(ImWchar c) { SetBit(c); } // Add character IMGUI_API void AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added) IMGUI_API void AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges); // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext IMGUI_API void BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges); // Output new ranges @@ -2060,21 +2700,23 @@ struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder // See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions. struct ImFontAtlasCustomRect { - unsigned int ID; // Input // User ID. Use < 0x110000 to map into a font glyph, >= 0x110000 for other/internal/custom texture data. unsigned short Width, Height; // Input // Desired rectangle dimension unsigned short X, Y; // Output // Packed position in Atlas - float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000): glyph xadvance - ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000): glyph display offset - ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000): target font - ImFontAtlasCustomRect() { ID = 0xFFFFFFFF; Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0,0); Font = NULL; } + unsigned int GlyphID; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000) + float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph xadvance + ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph display offset + ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: target font + ImFontAtlasCustomRect() { Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphID = 0; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0, 0); Font = NULL; } bool IsPacked() const { return X != 0xFFFF; } }; +// Flags for ImFontAtlas build enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ { ImFontAtlasFlags_None = 0, ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two - ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1 // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory) + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2, // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU). }; // Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding: @@ -2093,7 +2735,7 @@ enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction. // You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed, // - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well. -// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! +// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! struct ImFontAtlas { IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas(); @@ -2117,7 +2759,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions. IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel - bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); } + bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't build texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent... void SetTexID(ImTextureID id) { TexID = id; } //------------------------------------------- @@ -2129,7 +2771,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters - IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters @@ -2141,13 +2783,15 @@ struct ImFontAtlas //------------------------------------------- // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. - // After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. - // You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), - // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. - // Read docs/FONTS.txt for more details about using colorful icons. - IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height); // Id needs to be >= 0x110000. Id >= 0x80000000 are reserved for ImGui and ImDrawList - IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0,0)); // Id needs to be < 0x110000 to register a rectangle to map into a specific font. - const ImFontAtlasCustomRect*GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) const { if (index < 0) return NULL; return &CustomRects[index]; } + // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. + // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format. + // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), + // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. + // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons. + // - Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings. + IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height); + IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) { IM_ASSERT(index >= 0); return &CustomRects[index]; } // [Internal] IMGUI_API void CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const; @@ -2157,14 +2801,16 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // Members //------------------------------------------- - bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_) ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure. int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. - int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0. + int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0 (will also need to set AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false). + bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. // [Internal] // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you. + bool TexReady; // Set when texture was built matching current font input + bool TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format. unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4 int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build(). @@ -2173,13 +2819,20 @@ struct ImFontAtlas ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // Texture coordinates to a white pixel ImVector Fonts; // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font. ImVector CustomRects; // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas. - ImVector ConfigData; // Internal data - int CustomRectIds[1]; // Identifiers of custom texture rectangle used by ImFontAtlas/ImDrawList + ImVector ConfigData; // Configuration data + ImVec4 TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1]; // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ - typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ -#endif + // [Internal] Font builder + const ImFontBuilderIO* FontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (default to stb_truetype, can be changed to use FreeType by defining IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE). + unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // Shared flags (for all fonts) for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILD IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Per-font override is also available in ImFontConfig. + + // [Internal] Packing data + int PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors + int PackIdLines; // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines + + // [Obsolete] + //typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ + //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ }; // Font runtime data and rendering @@ -2191,22 +2844,23 @@ struct ImFont float FallbackAdvanceX; // 4 // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX float FontSize; // 4 // in // // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading) - // Members: Hot ~36/48 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop) + // Members: Hot ~28/40 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop) ImVector IndexLookup; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point. ImVector Glyphs; // 12-16 // out // // All glyphs. const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // 4-8 // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar) - ImVec2 DisplayOffset; // 8 // in // = (0,0) // Offset font rendering by xx pixels // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // 4-8 // out // // What we has been loaded into const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. - ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // in // = '?' // Replacement character if a glyph isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar() - ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = -1 // Character used for ellipsis rendering. + ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found. + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...' // Character used for ellipsis rendering. + ImWchar DotChar; // 2 // out // = '.' // Character used for ellipsis rendering (if a single '...' character isn't found) + bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale() float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] int MetricsTotalSurface;// 4 // out // // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs) - bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // + ImU8 Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints. // Methods IMGUI_API ImFont(); @@ -2221,25 +2875,193 @@ struct ImFont // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable. IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8 IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const; - IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; - IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; // [Internal] Don't use! IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable(); IMGUI_API void ClearOutputData(); IMGUI_API void GrowIndex(int new_size); - IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); + IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built. - IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c); + IMGUI_API void SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible); + IMGUI_API bool IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Viewports +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags, giving indications to the platform backends. +enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ +{ + ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet) + ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) }; +// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. +// - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports. +// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. +// - About Main Area vs Work Area: +// - Main Area = entire viewport. +// - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections used by main menu bars (for platform windows), or by task bar (for platform monitor). +// - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport. +struct ImGuiViewport +{ + ImGuiViewportFlags Flags; // See ImGuiViewportFlags_ + ImVec2 Pos; // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates) + ImVec2 Size; // Main Area: Size of the viewport. + ImVec2 WorkPos; // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos) + ImVec2 WorkSize; // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size) + + // Platform/Backend Dependent Data + void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms) + + ImGuiViewport() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + + // Helpers + ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + Size.x * 0.5f, Pos.y + Size.y * 0.5f); } + ImVec2 GetWorkCenter() const { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. +struct ImGuiPlatformImeData +{ + bool WantVisible; // A widget wants the IME to be visible + ImVec2 InputPos; // Position of the input cursor + float InputLineHeight; // Line height + + ImGuiPlatformImeData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types +// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details) +// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace ImGui +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key] +#else + static inline int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; } +#endif +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +namespace ImGui +{ + // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022) + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding) + // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) + static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + // OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) + IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. + // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) + static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } + // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) + IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items + static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } + static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) + static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! + + // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE) + // [OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020] Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. + //IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + // [OBSOLETED in 1.77 and before] + //static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) + //static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019) + //static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) + //static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) + //static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) + //static inline void SetScrollHere(float ratio = 0.5f) { SetScrollHereY(ratio); } // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Nov 2018) + //static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018) + //static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Apr 2018) + //static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018) + //static inline void ShowTestWindow() { return ShowDemoWindow(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline bool IsRootWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w) { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //IMGUI_API bool Begin(char* name, bool* p_open, ImVec2 size_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0); // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017): Equivalent of using SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) and SetNextWindowBgAlpha(). + //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline void AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() { AlignTextToFramePadding(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline void SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), c, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline bool IsItemHoveredRect() { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //static inline bool IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017): This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the io.WantCaptureMouse flag instead. + //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //static inline bool CollapsingHeader(char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? (1 << 5) : 0)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.49 + //static inline ImFont*GetWindowFont() { return GetFont(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48 + //static inline float GetWindowFontSize() { return GetFontSize(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48 + //static inline void SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.42 +} + +// OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() +typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; +enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +{ + ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 + ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, +}; + +// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022) +typedef int ImGuiKeyModFlags; +enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = ImGuiModFlags_None, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiModFlags_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiModFlags_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiModFlags_Super }; + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +// RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022) +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +#endif +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) +#error IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW was renamed to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS, please use new name. +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (pop) +#endif + // Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h) #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H #include "imgui_user.h" #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/src/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp b/src/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac1dd030 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,8045 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP +// (demo code) + +// Help: +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments. +// Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui + +// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase: +// Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other +// coders will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available +// debug menu of your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone +// in your team, likely leading you to poorer usage of the library. +// Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(). +// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be +// linked, you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty. +// In another situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference. +// Thank you, +// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete) + +// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: +// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persists across calls, +// so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to +// gather code and data in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller +// in size. It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function +// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, +// but most of the real data you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions. + +// The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application! +// Because of this: +// - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace. +// - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them. +// - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless available in the public API. +// - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For our other sources files we use them, and they are provided +// by imgui_internal.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional +// and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h. +// Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp. + +// Navigating this file: +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowInputs() +// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() +// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() +// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout() +// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() +// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText() +// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize() +// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize() +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() +// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen() +// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating window titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() +// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() +// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() + +*/ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +// System includes +#include // toupper +#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX +#include // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf +#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf +#include // NULL, malloc, free, atoi +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning: 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code) +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning: format string is not a string literal +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning: format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation" // [__GNUC__ >= 6] warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub. +#endif + +// Play it nice with Windows users (Update: May 2018, Notepad now supports Unix-style carriage returns!) +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" +#else +#define IM_NEWLINE "\n" +#endif + +// Helpers +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(snprintf) +#define snprintf _snprintf +#endif +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) +#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf +#endif + +// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... +// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" +#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" +#else +#define IM_PRId64 "lld" +#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +#endif + +// Helpers macros +// We normally try to not use many helpers in imgui_demo.cpp in order to make code easier to copy and paste, +// but making an exception here as those are largely simplifying code... +// In other imgui sources we can use nicer internal functions from imgui_internal.h (ImMin/ImMax) but not in the demo. +#define IM_MIN(A, B) (((A) < (B)) ? (A) : (B)) +#define IM_MAX(A, B) (((A) >= (B)) ? (A) : (B)) +#define IM_CLAMP(V, MN, MX) ((V) < (MN) ? (MN) : (V) > (MX) ? (MX) : (V)) + +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +#ifndef IMGUI_CDECL +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define IMGUI_CDECL +#endif +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) + +// Forward Declarations +static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); +static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); + +// Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered. +// In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.md) +static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) +{ + ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } +} + +// Helper to wire demo markers located in code to an interactive browser +typedef void (*ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback)(const char* file, int line, const char* section, void* user_data); +extern ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback; +extern void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData; +ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback = NULL; +void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; +#define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section) do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0) + +// Helper to display basic user controls. +void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); + ImGui::BulletText( + "Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n" + "(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text."); + ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); + if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); + ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); + ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); + ImGui::Unindent(); + ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate."); + ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window."); + ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window."); + ImGui::Unindent(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +// - ShowDemoWindowLayout() +// - ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// - ShowDemoWindowTables() +// - ShowDemoWindowColumns() +// - ShowDemoWindowInputs() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions +// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); +static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); +static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); +static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); +static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); +static void ShowDemoWindowInputs(); + +// Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) +// You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. +// You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. +void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup + // Most ImGui functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); + + // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) + static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; + static bool show_app_documents = false; + + static bool show_app_console = false; + static bool show_app_log = false; + static bool show_app_layout = false; + static bool show_app_property_editor = false; + static bool show_app_long_text = false; + static bool show_app_auto_resize = false; + static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false; + static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; + static bool show_app_fullscreen = false; + static bool show_app_window_titles = false; + static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; + + if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); + if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); + + if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); + if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); + if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); + if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor); + if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); + if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize); + if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize); + if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); + if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen); + if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); + if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); + + // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + static bool show_app_metrics = false; + static bool show_app_debug_log = false; + static bool show_app_stack_tool = false; + static bool show_app_about = false; + static bool show_app_style_editor = false; + + if (show_app_metrics) + ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); + if (show_app_debug_log) + ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_app_debug_log); + if (show_app_stack_tool) + ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool); + if (show_app_about) + ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); + if (show_app_style_editor) + { + ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); + ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); + ImGui::End(); + } + + // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default! + static bool no_titlebar = false; + static bool no_scrollbar = false; + static bool no_menu = false; + static bool no_move = false; + static bool no_resize = false; + static bool no_collapse = false; + static bool no_close = false; + static bool no_nav = false; + static bool no_background = false; + static bool no_bring_to_front = false; + static bool unsaved_document = false; + + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0; + if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; + if (no_scrollbar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar; + if (!no_menu) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + if (no_move) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + if (no_resize) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; + if (no_collapse) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse; + if (no_nav) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; + if (no_background) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground; + if (no_bring_to_front) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus; + if (unsaved_document) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument; + if (no_close) p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin + + // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file. + // We only do it to make the demo applications a little more welcoming, but typically this isn't required. + const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(main_viewport->WorkPos.x + 650, main_viewport->WorkPos.y + 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + + // Main body of the Demo window starts here. + if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags)) + { + // Early out if the window is collapsed, as an optimization. + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details. + + // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) + //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); + + // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); + + // Menu Bar + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File"); + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar); + ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console); + ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout); + ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor); + ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); + ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); + ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); + ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); + ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering); + ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool has_debug_tools = true; +#else + const bool has_debug_tools = false; +#endif + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_app_debug_log, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); + ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + + ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); + ImGui::Spacing(); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Help"); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help")) + { + ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library."); + ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents."); + ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n" + "and Metrics/Debugger (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool)."); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); + ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp."); + ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder."); + ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.org/faq/"); + ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); + ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::ShowUserGuide(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration"); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Configuration")) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2")) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable keyboard controls."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable gamepad controls. Require backend to set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) + { + // The "NoMouse" option can get us stuck with a disabled mouse! Let's provide an alternative way to fix it: + if (fmodf((float)ImGui::GetTime(), 0.40f) < 0.20f) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("<>"); + } + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)) + io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse; + } + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive", &io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDragClickToInputText", &io.ConfigDragClickToInputText); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Separator(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Backend Flags"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Those flags are set by the backends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\n" + "Here we expose them as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend."); + + // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual backend flags. + // FIXME: We don't use BeginDisabled() to keep label bright, maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent.. + ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); + ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Separator(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) + { + HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function."); + ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Separator(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Capture, Logging"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging")) + { + HelpMarker( + "The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of " + "a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded.\n" + "Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button."); + ImGui::LogButtons(); + + HelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output."); + if (ImGui::Button("Copy \"Hello, world!\" to clipboard")) + { + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + ImGui::LogText("Hello, world!"); + ImGui::LogFinish(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Window options"); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options")) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 3)) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No background", &no_background); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No bring to front", &no_bring_to_front); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("Unsaved document", &unsaved_document); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + + // All demo contents + ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); + ShowDemoWindowLayout(); + ShowDemoWindowPopups(); + ShowDemoWindowTables(); + ShowDemoWindowInputs(); + + // End of ShowDemoWindow() + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::End(); +} + +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets"); + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) + return; + + static bool disable_all = false; // The Checkbox for that is inside the "Disabled" section at the bottom + if (disable_all) + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Button"); + static int clicked = 0; + if (ImGui::Button("Button")) + clicked++; + if (clicked & 1) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!"); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Checkbox"); + static bool check = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/RadioButton"); + static int e = 0; + ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2); + + // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Colored)"); + for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) + { + if (i > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f)); + ImGui::Button("Click"); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(3); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + // Use AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text baseline to the baseline of framed widgets elements + // (otherwise a Text+SameLine+Button sequence will have the text a little too high by default!) + // See 'Demo->Layout->Text Baseline Alignment' for details. + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Hold to repeat:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // Arrow buttons with Repeater + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Repeating)"); + static int counter = 0; + float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; + ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; } + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; } + ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("%d", counter); + + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); + + { + // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here + // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo"); + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; + static int item_current = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); + } + + { + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, + // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputText"); + static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!"; + ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0)); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "USER:\n" + "Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" + "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" + "CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all.\n" + "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" + "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" + "ESCAPE to revert.\n\n" + "PROGRAMMER:\n" + "You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() " + "to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example (this is not demonstrated " + "in imgui_demo.cpp)."); + + static char str1[128] = ""; + ImGui::InputTextWithHint("input text (w/ hint)", "enter text here", str1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str1)); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputInt, InputFloat"); + static int i0 = 123; + ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0); + + static float f0 = 0.001f; + ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.3f"); + + static double d0 = 999999.00000001; + ImGui::InputDouble("input double", &d0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.8f"); + + static float f1 = 1.e10f; + ImGui::InputFloat("input scientific", &f1, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%e"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "You can input value using the scientific notation,\n" + " e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\"."); + + static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; + ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a); + } + + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/DragInt, DragFloat"); + static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42; + ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Click and drag to edit value.\n" + "Hold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\n" + "Double-click or CTRL+click to input value."); + + ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + + static float f1 = 1.00f, f2 = 0.0067f; + ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f); + ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns"); + } + + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderInt, SliderFloat"); + static int i1 = 0; + ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value."); + + static float f1 = 0.123f, f2 = 0.0f; + ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (log)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderAngle"); + static float angle = 0.0f; + ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle); + + // Using the format string to display a name instead of an integer. + // Here we completely omit '%d' from the format string, so it'll only display a name. + // This technique can also be used with DragInt(). + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Slider (enum)"); + enum Element { Element_Fire, Element_Earth, Element_Air, Element_Water, Element_COUNT }; + static int elem = Element_Fire; + const char* elems_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" }; + const char* elem_name = (elem >= 0 && elem < Element_COUNT) ? elems_names[elem] : "Unknown"; + ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer."); + } + + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ColorEdit3, ColorEdit4"); + static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; + static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; + ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" + "Click and hold to use drag and drop.\n" + "Right-click on the color square to show options.\n" + "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); + + ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); + } + + { + // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here + // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ListBox"); + const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; + static int item_current = 1; + ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); + } + + { + // Tooltips + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips"); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Tooltips:"); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Button"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Fancy"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Delayed"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) // Delay best used on items that highlight on hover, so this not a great example! + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a delay."); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "Tooltip are created by using the IsItemHovered() function over any kind of item."); + + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper. + //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once; + //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + // if (once) + // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Basic trees"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + { + // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. We could + // also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing! + if (i == 0) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + + if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i)) + { + ImGui::Text("blah blah"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) + { + HelpMarker( + "This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\n" + "Click to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open."); + static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth; + static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false; + static bool test_drag_and_drop = false; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position); + ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop); + ImGui::Text("Hello!"); + if (align_label_with_current_x_position) + ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + + // 'selection_mask' is dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. + // You may retain selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit. + // 'node_clicked' is temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end + /// of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc. + static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); + int node_clicked = -1; + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + { + // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection. + // To alter selection we use IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen(), so clicking on an arrow doesn't alter selection. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags; + const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0; + if (is_selected) + node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + if (i < 3) + { + // Items 0..2 are Tree Node + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i); + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) + node_clicked = i; + if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); + ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + if (node_open) + { + ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + else + { + // Items 3..5 are Tree Leaves + // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can + // use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text(). + node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet + ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i); + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) + node_clicked = i; + if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); + ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + } + } + if (node_clicked != -1) + { + // Update selection state + // (process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking frame) + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) + selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked); // CTRL+click to toggle + else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, may want to preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection + selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked); // Click to single-select + } + if (align_label_with_current_x_position) + ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Collapsing Headers"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers")) + { + static bool closable_group = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show 2nd header", &closable_group); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered()); + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + ImGui::Text("Some content %d", i); + } + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a close button", &closable_group)) + { + ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered()); + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + ImGui::Text("More content %d", i); + } + /* + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a bullet", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)) + ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered()); + */ + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Bullets"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets")) + { + ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1"); + ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree node")) + { + ImGui::BulletText("Another bullet point"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)"); + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Colored Text"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colorful Text")) + { + // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility. + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), "Pink"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), "Yellow"); + ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Word Wrapping"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping")) + { + // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility. + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation " + "for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages."); + ImGui::Spacing(); + + static float wrap_width = 200.0f; + ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f"); + + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + ImGui::Text("Test paragraph %d:", n); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 marker_min = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y); + ImVec2 marker_max = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); + if (n == 0) + ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph should fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width); + else + ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh"); + + // Draw actual text bounding box, following by marker of our expected limit (should not overlap!) + draw_list->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(marker_min, marker_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/UTF-8 Text"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text")) + { + // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters + // (Needs a suitable font? Try "Google Noto" or "Arial Unicode". See docs/FONTS.md for details.) + // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8 + // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. in Visual Studio, you + // can save your source files as 'UTF-8 without signature'). + // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 + // CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants. + // Don't do this in your application! Please use u8"text in any language" in your application! + // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, + // so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " + "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " + "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); + ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string. + ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); + static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; + //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis + ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images")) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). " + "Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. " + "Hover the texture for a zoomed view!"); + + // Below we are displaying the font texture because it is the only texture we have access to inside the demo! + // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be. It is essentially a value that + // will be passed to the rendering backend via the ImDrawCmd structure. + // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp rendering backend, they all have comments at the top + // of their respective source file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID, for example: + // - The imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer + // - The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier, etc. + // More: + // - If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers + // to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc. + // - You can use ShowMetricsWindow() to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your renderer, + // it will help you debug issues if you are confused about it. + // - Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage(). + // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md + // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples + ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID; + float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; + float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; + { + ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left + ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); // 50% opaque white + ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + float region_sz = 32.0f; + float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; + float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; + float zoom = 4.0f; + if (region_x < 0.0f) { region_x = 0.0f; } + else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) { region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; } + if (region_y < 0.0f) { region_y = 0.0f; } + else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) { region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; } + ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y); + ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz); + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h); + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h); + ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, tint_col, border_col); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images/Textured buttons"); + ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons.."); + static int pressed_count = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + { + // UV coordinates are often (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f) to display an entire textures. + // Here are trying to display only a 32x32 pixels area of the texture, hence the UV computation. + // Read about UV coordinates here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples + ImGui::PushID(i); + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(i - 1.0f, i - 1.0f)); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h); // UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture + ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + if (ImGui::ImageButton("", my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col)) + pressed_count += 1; + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::PopID(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + ImGui::NewLine(); + ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Combo"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo")) + { + // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo + static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo"); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + + // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. + // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively + // stored in the object itself, etc.) + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; + static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx]; // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could be anything) + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) + { + const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_current_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + } + ImGui::EndCombo(); + } + + // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string + // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time. + static int item_current_2 = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); + + // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char* + // This is not very useful (may obsolete): prefer using BeginCombo()/EndCombo() for full control. + static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview + ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + + // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function + struct Funcs { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int n, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[n]; return true; } }; + static int item_current_4 = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &Funcs::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes")) + { + // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. + // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively + // stored in the object itself, etc.) + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; + static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1")) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) + { + const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_current_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + } + ImGui::EndListBox(); + } + + // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall + ImGui::Text("Full-width:"); + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("##listbox 2", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 5 * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()))) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) + { + const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_current_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + } + ImGui::EndListBox(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) + { + // Selectable() has 2 overloads: + // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information. + // When Selectable() has been clicked it returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly. + // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases) + // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in many different ways + // and not necessarily inside a bool value (e.g. in flags within objects, as an external list, etc). + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false }; + ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); + ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); + ImGui::Text("(I am not selectable)"); + ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]); + if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) + selection[4] = !selection[4]; + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) + { + static int selected = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n)) + selected = n; + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Multiple Selection"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection")) + { + HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); + static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n])) + { + if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held + memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection)); + selection[n] ^= 1; + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more text into the same line"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line")) + { + // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, + // this function toggle your bool value automatically. + static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; + ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); + ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes"); + ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) + { + static bool selected[10] = {}; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i]); // FIXME-TABLE: Selection overlap + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::Spacing(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i], ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Some other contents"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("123456"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) + { + static char selected[4][4] = { { 1, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 1, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 1, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 1 } }; + + // Add in a bit of silly fun... + const float time = (float)ImGui::GetTime(); + const bool winning_state = memchr(selected, 0, sizeof(selected)) == NULL; // If all cells are selected... + if (winning_state) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, ImVec2(0.5f + 0.5f * cosf(time * 2.0f), 0.5f + 0.5f * sinf(time * 3.0f))); + + for (int y = 0; y < 4; y++) + for (int x = 0; x < 4; x++) + { + if (x > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(y * 4 + x); + if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", selected[y][x] != 0, 0, ImVec2(50, 50))) + { + // Toggle clicked cell + toggle neighbors + selected[y][x] ^= 1; + if (x > 0) { selected[y][x - 1] ^= 1; } + if (x < 3) { selected[y][x + 1] ^= 1; } + if (y > 0) { selected[y - 1][x] ^= 1; } + if (y < 3) { selected[y + 1][x] ^= 1; } + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + if (winning_state) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Alignment"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment")) + { + HelpMarker( + "By default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overridden on a per-item " + "basis using PushStyleVar(). You'll probably want to always keep your default situation to " + "left-align otherwise it becomes difficult to layout multiple items on a same line"); + static bool selected[3 * 3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true }; + for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++) + { + ImVec2 alignment = ImVec2((float)x / 2.0f, (float)y / 2.0f); + char name[32]; + sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y); + if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment); + ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3 * y + x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80, 80)); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, + // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Multi-line Text Input"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input")) + { + // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize + // and the code in misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for how to setup InputText() for dynamically resizing strings. + static char text[1024 * 16] = + "/*\n" + " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n" + " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n" + " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n" + " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n" + " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n" + " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n" + "*/\n\n" + "label:\n" + "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n"; + + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput; + HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include in here)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); + ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Filtered Text Input"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input")) + { + struct TextFilters + { + // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i' + static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) + return 0; + return 1; + } + }; + + static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64); + static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); + static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Password input"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Password Input")) + { + static char password[64] = "password123"; + ImGui::InputText("password", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n"); + ImGui::InputTextWithHint("password (w/ hint)", "", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password); + ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks")) + { + struct Funcs + { + static int MyCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) + { + data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, ".."); + } + else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) + { + if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow) + { + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Up!"); + data->SelectAll(); + } + else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow) + { + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Down!"); + data->SelectAll(); + } + } + else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) + { + // Toggle casing of first character + char c = data->Buf[0]; + if ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')) data->Buf[0] ^= 32; + data->BufDirty = true; + + // Increment a counter + int* p_int = (int*)data->UserData; + *p_int = *p_int + 1; + } + return 0; + } + }; + static char buf1[64]; + ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + + static char buf2[64]; + ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + + static char buf3[64]; + static int edit_count = 0; + ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Resize Callback"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback")) + { + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, + // you can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag + create a custom ImGui::InputText() wrapper + // using your preferred type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this using std::string. + HelpMarker( + "Using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your custom string type to InputText().\n\n" + "See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string."); + struct Funcs + { + static int MyResizeCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) + { + ImVector* my_str = (ImVector*)data->UserData; + IM_ASSERT(my_str->begin() == data->Buf); + my_str->resize(data->BufSize); // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1 + data->Buf = my_str->begin(); + } + return 0; + } + + // Note: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typically add your own function into the namespace. + // For example, you code may declare a function 'ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str)' + static bool MyInputTextMultiline(const char* label, ImVector* my_str, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0) + { + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) == 0); + return ImGui::InputTextMultiline(label, my_str->begin(), (size_t)my_str->size(), size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize, Funcs::MyResizeCallback, (void*)my_str); + } + }; + + // For this demo we are using ImVector as a string container. + // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more + // than usually reported by a typical string class. + static ImVector my_str; + if (my_str.empty()) + my_str.push_back(0); + Funcs::MyInputTextMultiline("##MyStr", &my_str, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16)); + ImGui::Text("Data: %p\nSize: %d\nCapacity: %d", (void*)my_str.begin(), my_str.size(), my_str.capacity()); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Tabs + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Basic"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Advanced & Close Button"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button")) + { + // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0). + static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton); + if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) + tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); + + // Tab Bar + const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" }; + static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) + { + if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); } + ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]); + } + + // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin(): + // the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed. + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) + if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n], ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]); + if (n & 1) + ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab."); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/TabItemButton & Leading-Trailing flags"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabItemButton & Leading/Trailing flags")) + { + static ImVector active_tabs; + static int next_tab_id = 0; + if (next_tab_id == 0) // Initialize with some default tabs + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); + + // TabItemButton() and Leading/Trailing flags are distinct features which we will demo together. + // (It is possible to submit regular tabs with Leading/Trailing flags, or TabItemButton tabs without Leading/Trailing flags... + // but they tend to make more sense together) + static bool show_leading_button = true; + static bool show_trailing_button = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Leading TabItemButton()", &show_leading_button); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Trailing TabItemButton()", &show_trailing_button); + + // Expose some other flags which are useful to showcase how they interact with Leading/Trailing tabs + static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs | ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); + + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + // Demo a Leading TabItemButton(): click the "?" button to open a menu + if (show_leading_button) + if (ImGui::TabItemButton("?", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + ImGui::OpenPopup("MyHelpMenu"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyHelpMenu")) + { + ImGui::Selectable("Hello!"); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab (in your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") + // Note that we submit it before the regular tabs, but because of the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. + if (show_trailing_button) + if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab + + // Submit our regular tabs + for (int n = 0; n < active_tabs.Size; ) + { + bool open = true; + char name[16]; + snprintf(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%04d", active_tabs[n]); + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem(name, &open, ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", name); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (!open) + active_tabs.erase(active_tabs.Data + n); + else + n++; + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. + // Consider using a third-party library such as ImPlot: https://github.com/epezent/implot + // (see others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plotting")) + { + static bool animate = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); + + // Plot as lines and plot as histogram + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/PlotLines, PlotHistogram"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); + + // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot + // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float + // and the sizeof() of your structure in the "stride" parameter. + static float values[90] = {}; + static int values_offset = 0; + static double refresh_time = 0.0; + if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0) + refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime(); + while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create data at fixed 60 Hz rate for the demo + { + static float phase = 0.0f; + values[values_offset] = cosf(phase); + values_offset = (values_offset + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); + phase += 0.10f * values_offset; + refresh_time += 1.0f / 60.0f; + } + + // Plots can display overlay texts + // (in this example, we will display an average value) + { + float average = 0.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); n++) + average += values[n]; + average /= (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); + char overlay[32]; + sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average); + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); + } + + // Use functions to generate output + // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. + // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. + struct Funcs + { + static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); } + static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; } + }; + static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400); + float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw; + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::Separator(); + + // Animate a simple progress bar + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/ProgressBar"); + static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; + if (animate) + { + progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; + if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } + if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } + } + + // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width, + // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth. + ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::Text("Progress Bar"); + + float progress_saturated = IM_CLAMP(progress, 0.0f, 1.0f); + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753); + ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets")) + { + static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f / 255.0f, 144.0f / 255.0f, 154.0f / 255.0f, 200.0f / 255.0f); + + static bool alpha_preview = true; + static bool alpha_half_preview = false; + static bool drag_and_drop = true; + static bool options_menu = true; + static bool hdr = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Options Menu", &options_menu); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Right-click on the individual color widget to show options."); + ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets."); + ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit"); + ImGui::Text("Color widget:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" + "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); + ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (HSV, with Alpha)"); + ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | misc_flags); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (float display)"); + ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with Picker)"); + ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\n" + "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only " + "be used for the tooltip and picker popup."); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with custom Picker popup)"); + ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:"); + + // Generate a default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited. + static bool saved_palette_init = true; + static ImVec4 saved_palette[32] = {}; + if (saved_palette_init) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++) + { + ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f, + saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z); + saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha + } + saved_palette_init = false; + } + + static ImVec4 backup_color; + bool open_popup = ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3b", color, misc_flags); + ImGui::SameLine(0, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + open_popup |= ImGui::Button("Palette"); + if (open_popup) + { + ImGui::OpenPopup("mypicker"); + backup_color = color; + } + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("mypicker")) + { + ImGui::Text("MY CUSTOM COLOR PICKER WITH AN AMAZING PALETTE!"); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::ColorPicker4("##picker", (float*)&color, misc_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position + ImGui::Text("Current"); + ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40)); + ImGui::Text("Previous"); + if (ImGui::ColorButton("##previous", backup_color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40))) + color = backup_color; + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("Palette"); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(n); + if ((n % 8) != 0) + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y); + + ImGuiColorEditFlags palette_button_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; + if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], palette_button_flags, ImVec2(20, 20))) + color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha! + + // Allow user to drop colors into each palette entry. Note that ColorButton() is already a + // drag source by default, unless specifying the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop flag. + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) + memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) + memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 4); + ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (simple)"); + ImGui::Text("Color button only:"); + static bool no_border = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder", &no_border); + ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80)); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorPicker"); + ImGui::Text("Color picker:"); + static bool alpha = true; + static bool alpha_bar = true; + static bool side_preview = true; + static bool ref_color = false; + static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + static int display_mode = 0; + static int picker_mode = 0; + ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha", &alpha); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Bar", &alpha_bar); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Side Preview", &side_preview); + if (side_preview) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Ref Color", &ref_color); + if (ref_color) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("##RefColor", &ref_color_v.x, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | misc_flags); + } + } + ImGui::Combo("Display Mode", &display_mode, "Auto/Current\0None\0RGB Only\0HSV Only\0Hex Only\0"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, " + "but the user can change it with a right-click on those inputs.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex " + "if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions()."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When not specified explicitly (Auto/Current mode), user can right-click the picker to change mode."); + ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags; + if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4() + if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; + if (!side_preview) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview; + if (picker_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; + if (picker_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; + if (display_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs; // Disable all RGB/HSV/Hex displays + if (display_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; // Override display mode + if (display_mode == 3) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; + if (display_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; + ImGui::ColorPicker4("MyColor##4", (float*)&color, flags, ref_color ? &ref_color_v.x : NULL); + + ImGui::Text("Set defaults in code:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\n" + "We don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed," + "and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid" + "encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible."); + if (ImGui::Button("Default: Uint8 + HSV + Hue Bar")) + ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar); + if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel")) + ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel); + + // Always both a small version of both types of pickers (to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) + ImGui::Text("Both types:"); + float w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y) * 0.40f; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); + ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##5", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); + ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##6", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + + // HSV encoded support (to avoid RGB<>HSV round trips and singularities when S==0 or V==0) + static ImVec4 color_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // Stored as HSV! + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::Text("HSV encoded colors"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV" + "allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the" + "added benefit that you can manipulate hue values with the picker even when saturation or value are zero."); + ImGui::Text("Color widget with InputHSV:"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as RGB##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as HSV##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); + ImGui::DragFloat4("Raw HSV values", (float*)&color_hsv, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Slider Flags"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag/Slider Flags")) + { + // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same! + static ImGuiSliderFlags flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Always clamp value to min/max bounds (if any) when input manually with CTRL+Click."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable logarithmic editing (more precision for small values)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget."); + + // Drags + static float drag_f = 0.5f; + static int drag_i = 50; + ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", drag_f); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragInt("DragInt (0 -> 100)", &drag_i, 0.5f, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + + // Sliders + static float slider_f = 0.5f; + static int slider_i = 50; + ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", slider_f); + ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Range Widgets"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets")) + { + static float begin = 10, end = 90; + static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000; + ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range float", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 1000, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); + ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types")) + { + // DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types + // - signed/unsigned + // - 8/16/32/64-bits + // - integer/float/double + // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum + // to pass the type, and passing all arguments by pointer. + // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each type. + // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, + // you can wrap it yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, + // and then pass their address to the generic function. For example: + // bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld") + // { + // return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format); + // } + + // Setup limits (as helper variables so we can take their address, as explained above) + // Note: SliderScalar() functions have a maximum usable range of half the natural type maximum, hence the /2. + #ifndef LLONG_MIN + ImS64 LLONG_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1; + ImS64 LLONG_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL; + ImU64 ULLONG_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); + #endif + const char s8_zero = 0, s8_one = 1, s8_fifty = 50, s8_min = -128, s8_max = 127; + const ImU8 u8_zero = 0, u8_one = 1, u8_fifty = 50, u8_min = 0, u8_max = 255; + const short s16_zero = 0, s16_one = 1, s16_fifty = 50, s16_min = -32768, s16_max = 32767; + const ImU16 u16_zero = 0, u16_one = 1, u16_fifty = 50, u16_min = 0, u16_max = 65535; + const ImS32 s32_zero = 0, s32_one = 1, s32_fifty = 50, s32_min = INT_MIN/2, s32_max = INT_MAX/2, s32_hi_a = INT_MAX/2 - 100, s32_hi_b = INT_MAX/2; + const ImU32 u32_zero = 0, u32_one = 1, u32_fifty = 50, u32_min = 0, u32_max = UINT_MAX/2, u32_hi_a = UINT_MAX/2 - 100, u32_hi_b = UINT_MAX/2; + const ImS64 s64_zero = 0, s64_one = 1, s64_fifty = 50, s64_min = LLONG_MIN/2, s64_max = LLONG_MAX/2, s64_hi_a = LLONG_MAX/2 - 100, s64_hi_b = LLONG_MAX/2; + const ImU64 u64_zero = 0, u64_one = 1, u64_fifty = 50, u64_min = 0, u64_max = ULLONG_MAX/2, u64_hi_a = ULLONG_MAX/2 - 100, u64_hi_b = ULLONG_MAX/2; + const float f32_zero = 0.f, f32_one = 1.f, f32_lo_a = -10000000000.0f, f32_hi_a = +10000000000.0f; + const double f64_zero = 0., f64_one = 1., f64_lo_a = -1000000000000000.0, f64_hi_a = +1000000000000000.0; + + // State + static char s8_v = 127; + static ImU8 u8_v = 255; + static short s16_v = 32767; + static ImU16 u16_v = 65535; + static ImS32 s32_v = -1; + static ImU32 u32_v = (ImU32)-1; + static ImS64 s64_v = -1; + static ImU64 u64_v = (ImU64)-1; + static float f32_v = 0.123f; + static double f64_v = 90000.01234567890123456789; + + const float drag_speed = 0.2f; + static bool drag_clamp = false; + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Drags"); + ImGui::Text("Drags:"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "As with every widget in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n" + "You can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value."); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s8_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u8_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s16_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u16_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL, "0x%08X"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag float log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL, "%.10f grams"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Sliders"); + ImGui::Text("Sliders"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, &s16_min, &s16_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u16 full", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, &u16_min, &u16_max, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_min, &s32_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty, "0x%04X"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f grams"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams"); + + ImGui::Text("Sliders (reverse)"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_max, &s8_min, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs"); + static bool inputs_step = true; + ImGui::Text("Inputs"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL); + ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL); + ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Multi-component Widgets"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets")) + { + static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; + static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 }; + + ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f); + ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i); + ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); + ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255); + ImGui::Spacing(); + + ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f); + ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i); + ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); + ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255); + ImGui::Spacing(); + + ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f); + ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i); + ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); + ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Vertical Sliders"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders")) + { + const float spacing = 4; + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing)); + + static int int_value = 0; + ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18, 160), &int_value, 0, 5); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f }; + ImGui::PushID("set1"); + for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(4); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID("set2"); + static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f }; + const int rows = 3; + const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (float)(int)((160.0f - (rows - 1) * spacing) / rows)); + for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++) + { + if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++) + { + ImGui::PushID(nx * rows + ny); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID("set3"); + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec"); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Standard widgets"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop in standard widgets")) + { + // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target. + // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F + // to allow your own widgets to use colors in their drag and drop interaction. + // Also see 'Demo->Widgets->Color/Picker Widgets->Palette' demo. + HelpMarker("You can drag from the color squares."); + static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; + static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; + ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Copy-swap items"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop to copy/swap items")) + { + enum Mode + { + Mode_Copy, + Mode_Move, + Mode_Swap + }; + static int mode = 0; + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; } + static const char* names[9] = + { + "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty", + "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard", + "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn" + }; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(n); + if ((n % 3) != 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button(names[n], ImVec2(60, 60)); + + // Our buttons are both drag sources and drag targets here! + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_None)) + { + // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything) + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int)); + + // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display + // the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.) + if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); } + if (mode == Mode_Move) { ImGui::Text("Move %s", names[n]); } + if (mode == Mode_Swap) { ImGui::Text("Swap %s", names[n]); } + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL")) + { + IM_ASSERT(payload->DataSize == sizeof(int)); + int payload_n = *(const int*)payload->Data; + if (mode == Mode_Copy) + { + names[n] = names[payload_n]; + } + if (mode == Mode_Move) + { + names[n] = names[payload_n]; + names[payload_n] = ""; + } + if (mode == Mode_Swap) + { + const char* tmp = names[n]; + names[n] = names[payload_n]; + names[payload_n] = tmp; + } + } + ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Drag to reorder items (simple)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)")) + { + // Simple reordering + HelpMarker( + "We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! " + "Instead we query when the item is held but not hovered, and order items accordingly."); + static const char* item_names[] = { "Item One", "Item Two", "Item Three", "Item Four", "Item Five" }; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names); n++) + { + const char* item = item_names[n]; + ImGui::Selectable(item); + + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && !ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + int n_next = n + (ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0).y < 0.f ? -1 : 1); + if (n_next >= 0 && n_next < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names)) + { + item_names[n] = item_names[n_next]; + item_names[n_next] = item; + ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(); + } + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Item Status (Edited,Active,Hovered etc.)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Item Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)")) + { + // Select an item type + const char* item_names[] = + { + "Text", "Button", "Button (w/ repeat)", "Checkbox", "SliderFloat", "InputText", "InputTextMultiline", "InputFloat", + "InputFloat3", "ColorEdit4", "Selectable", "MenuItem", "TreeNode", "TreeNode (w/ double-click)", "Combo", "ListBox" + }; + static int item_type = 4; + static bool item_disabled = false; + ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, item_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names), IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names)); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions. Note that the bool return value of most ImGui function is generally equivalent to calling ImGui::IsItemHovered()."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Item Disabled", &item_disabled); + + // Submit selected items so we can query their status in the code following it. + bool ret = false; + static bool b = false; + static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f }; + static char str[16] = {}; + if (item_disabled) + ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); + if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction + if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button + if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater) + if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); } // Testing checkbox + if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item + if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which handles tabbing) + if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputTextMultiline("ITEM: InputTextMultiline", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which uses a child window) + if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); } // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input + if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) + if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) + if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::Selectable("ITEM: Selectable"); } // Testing selectable item + if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy) + if (item_type == 12){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node + if (item_type == 13){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy. + if (item_type == 14){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + + bool hovered_delay_none = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + bool hovered_delay_short = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); + bool hovered_delay_normal = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + + // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. + // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. + // Because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemXXX functions, + // we query every state in a single call to avoid storing them and to simplify the code. + ImGui::BulletText( + "Return value = %d\n" + "IsItemFocused() = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered() = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenDisabled) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n" + "IsItemActive() = %d\n" + "IsItemEdited() = %d\n" + "IsItemActivated() = %d\n" + "IsItemDeactivated() = %d\n" + "IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() = %d\n" + "IsItemVisible() = %d\n" + "IsItemClicked() = %d\n" + "IsItemToggledOpen() = %d\n" + "GetItemRectMin() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n" + "GetItemRectMax() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n" + "GetItemRectSize() = (%.1f, %.1f)", + ret, + ImGui::IsItemFocused(), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly), + ImGui::IsItemActive(), + ImGui::IsItemEdited(), + ImGui::IsItemActivated(), + ImGui::IsItemDeactivated(), + ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(), + ImGui::IsItemVisible(), + ImGui::IsItemClicked(), + ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen(), + ImGui::GetItemRectMin().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMin().y, + ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y, + ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y + ); + ImGui::BulletText( + "w/ Hovering Delay: None = %d, Fast %d, Normal = %d", hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal); + + if (item_disabled) + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + char buf[1] = ""; + ImGui::InputText("unused", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("This widget is only here to be able to tab-out of the widgets above and see e.g. Deactivated() status."); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Window Status (Focused,Hovered etc.)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Window Status (Focused/Hovered etc.)")) + { + static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window for testing _RootWindow flag.", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); + if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) + ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), true); + + // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. + ImGui::BulletText( + "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)); + + // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags. + ImGui::BulletText( + "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)); + + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true); + ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag."); + ImGui::EndChild(); + if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) + ImGui::EndChild(); + + // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar. + // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu associated to the title bar of a window. + static bool test_window = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window); + if (test_window) + { + ImGui::Begin("Title bar Hovered/Active tests", &test_window); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- This is using IsItemHovered() + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) { test_window = false; } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::Text( + "IsItemHovered() after begin = %d (== is title bar hovered)\n" + "IsItemActive() after begin = %d (== is window being clicked/moved)\n", + ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemActive()); + ImGui::End(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate BeginDisabled/EndDisabled using a checkbox located at the bottom of the section (which is a bit odd: + // logically we'd have this checkbox at the top of the section, but we don't want this feature to steal that space) + if (disable_all) + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Disable Block"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable block")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &disable_all); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Filter"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Filter")) + { + // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. + // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. + HelpMarker("Not a widget per-se, but ImGuiTextFilter is a helper to perform simple filtering on text strings."); + static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" + " \"\" display all lines\n" + " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" + " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" + " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); + filter.Draw(); + const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) + if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) + ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout"); + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout & Scrolling")) + return; + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows")) + { + HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window."); + static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false; + static bool disable_menu = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel); + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Menu", &disable_menu); + + // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar + { + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; + if (disable_mouse_wheel) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // Child 2: rounded border + { + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + if (disable_mouse_wheel) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + if (!disable_menu) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f); + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), true, window_flags); + if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) + { + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "%03d", i); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + ImGui::Separator(); + + // Demonstrate a few extra things + // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles) + // - Using SetCursorPos() to position child window (the child window is an item from the POV of parent window) + // You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively + // layout from this position. + // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from + // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details. + { + static int offset_x = 0; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000); + + ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); + ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++) + ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n); + ImGui::EndChild(); + bool child_is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); + ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + ImGui::Text("Hovered: %d", child_is_hovered); + ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Widgets Width"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width")) + { + static float f = 0.0f; + static bool show_indented_items = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show indented items", &show_indented_items); + + // Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item. + // Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items. + // In real code use you'll probably want to choose width values that are proportional to your font size + // e.g. Using '20.0f * GetFontSize()' as width instead of '200.0f', etc. + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width."); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##1b", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##1b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-100)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##2a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##2b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##3a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##3b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus half"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##4a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##4b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items. + // Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect. + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::DragFloat("##float5a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##5b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)"); + + // Text + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine"); + ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + + // Adjust spacing + ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + + // Button + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Normal buttons"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Apple"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Corniflower"); + + // Button + ImGui::Text("Small buttons"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Like this one"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block."); + + // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (with offset)"); + ImGui::Text("Aligned"); + ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150"); + ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300"); + ImGui::Text("Aligned"); + ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::SmallButton("x=150"); + ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300"); + + // Checkbox + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (more)"); + static bool c1 = false, c2 = false, c3 = false, c4 = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("Is", &c3); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("Rich", &c4); + + // Various + static float f0 = 1.0f, f1 = 2.0f, f2 = 3.0f; + ImGui::PushItemWidth(80); + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD" }; + static int item = -1; + ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SliderFloat("X", &f0, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SliderFloat("Y", &f1, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SliderFloat("Z", &f2, 0.0f, 5.0f); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::PushItemWidth(80); + ImGui::Text("Lists:"); + static int selection[4] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 }; + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::PopID(); + //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + // Dummy + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Dummy"); + ImVec2 button_sz(40, 40); + ImGui::Button("A", button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Dummy(button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("B", button_sz); + + // Manually wrapping + // (we should eventually provide this as an automatic layout feature, but for now you can do it manually) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Manual wrapping"); + ImGui::Text("Manual wrapping:"); + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + int buttons_count = 20; + float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x; + for (int n = 0; n < buttons_count; n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(n); + ImGui::Button("Box", button_sz); + float last_button_x2 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x; + float next_button_x2 = last_button_x2 + style.ItemSpacing.x + button_sz.x; // Expected position if next button was on same line + if (n + 1 < buttons_count && next_button_x2 < window_visible_x2) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Groups"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups")) + { + HelpMarker( + "BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position for new line. " + "EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use \"item\" functions such as " + "IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() or SameLine() etc. on the whole group."); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + { + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + ImGui::Button("AAA"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("BBB"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + ImGui::Button("CCC"); + ImGui::Button("DDD"); + ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("EEE"); + ImGui::EndGroup(); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("First group hovered"); + } + // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size + ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize(); + const float values[5] = { 0.5f, 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.60f, 0.25f }; + ImGui::PlotHistogram("##values", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, size); + + ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y)); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y)); + ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("List", size)) + { + ImGui::Selectable("Selected", true); + ImGui::Selectable("Not Selected", false); + ImGui::EndListBox(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Text Baseline Alignment"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment")) + { + { + ImGui::BulletText("Text baseline:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "This is testing the vertical alignment that gets applied on text to keep it aligned with widgets. " + "Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets use less vertical space than lines with framed widgets."); + ImGui::Indent(); + + ImGui::Text("KO Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Baseline of button will look misaligned with text.."); + + // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets. + // (because we don't know what's coming after the Text() statement, we need to move the text baseline + // down by FramePadding.y ahead of time) + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("OK Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("We call AlignTextToFramePadding() to vertically align the text baseline by +FramePadding.y"); + + // SmallButton() uses the same vertical padding as Text + ImGui::Button("TEST##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("TEST##2"); + + // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets. + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Text aligned to framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Item##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Item##2"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Item##3"); + + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + + { + ImGui::BulletText("Multi-line text:"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Banana"); + + ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); + + ImGui::Button("HOP##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Banana"); + + ImGui::Button("HOP##2"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Banana"); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + + { + ImGui::BulletText("Misc items:"); + ImGui::Indent(); + + // SmallButton() sets FramePadding to zero. Text baseline is aligned to match baseline of previous Button. + ImGui::Button("80x80", ImVec2(80, 80)); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("50x50", ImVec2(50, 50)); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Button()"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("SmallButton()"); + + // Tree + const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; + ImGui::Button("Button##1"); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) + { + // Placeholder tree data + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. + // Otherwise you can use SmallButton() (smaller fit). + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + + // Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add + // other contents below the node. + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2"); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2"); + if (node_open) + { + // Placeholder tree data + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Bullet + ImGui::Button("Button##3"); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); + ImGui::BulletText("Bullet text"); + + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::BulletText("Node"); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##4"); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling")) + { + // Vertical scroll functions + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Vertical"); + HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereY() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given vertical position."); + + static int track_item = 50; + static bool enable_track = true; + static bool enable_extra_decorations = false; + static float scroll_to_off_px = 0.0f; + static float scroll_to_pos_px = 200.0f; + + ImGui::Checkbox("Decoration", &enable_extra_decorations); + + ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &enable_track); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); + ImGui::SameLine(140); enable_track |= ImGui::DragInt("##item", &track_item, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Item = %d"); + + bool scroll_to_off = ImGui::Button("Scroll Offset"); + ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_off |= ImGui::DragFloat("##off", &scroll_to_off_px, 1.00f, 0, FLT_MAX, "+%.0f px"); + + bool scroll_to_pos = ImGui::Button("Scroll To Pos"); + ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_pos |= ImGui::DragFloat("##pos", &scroll_to_pos_px, 1.00f, -10, FLT_MAX, "X/Y = %.0f px"); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + if (scroll_to_off || scroll_to_pos) + enable_track = false; + + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + float child_w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 4 * style.ItemSpacing.x) / 5; + if (child_w < 1.0f) + child_w = 1.0f; + ImGui::PushID("##VerticalScrolling"); + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + const char* names[] = { "Top", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Bottom" }; + ImGui::TextUnformatted(names[i]); + + const ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0; + const ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags); + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc"); + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + if (scroll_to_off) + ImGui::SetScrollY(scroll_to_off_px); + if (scroll_to_pos) + ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f); + if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items + { + for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++) + { + if (enable_track && item == track_item) + { + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item); + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom + } + else + { + ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); + } + } + } + float scroll_y = ImGui::GetScrollY(); + float scroll_max_y = ImGui::GetScrollMaxY(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_y, scroll_max_y); + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + + // Horizontal scroll functions + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal"); + ImGui::Spacing(); + HelpMarker( + "Use SetScrollHereX() or SetScrollFromPosX() to scroll to a given horizontal position.\n\n" + "Because the clipping rectangle of most window hides half worth of WindowPadding on the " + "left/right, using SetScrollFromPosX(+1) will usually result in clipped text whereas the " + "equivalent SetScrollFromPosY(+1) wouldn't."); + ImGui::PushID("##HorizontalScrolling"); + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + { + float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; + ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0); + ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags); + if (scroll_to_off) + ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px); + if (scroll_to_pos) + ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().x + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f); + if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items + { + for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++) + { + if (item > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (enable_track && item == track_item) + { + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item); + ImGui::SetScrollHereX(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:left, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:right + } + else + { + ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); + } + } + } + float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(); + float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + const char* names[] = { "Left", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Right" }; + ImGui::Text("%s\n%.0f/%.0f", names[i], scroll_x, scroll_max_x); + ImGui::Spacing(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + + // Miscellaneous Horizontal Scrolling Demo + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal (more)"); + HelpMarker( + "Horizontal scrolling for a window is enabled via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.\n\n" + "You may want to also explicitly specify content width by using SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin()."); + static int lines = 7; + ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f)); + ImVec2 scrolling_child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30); + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) + { + // Display random stuff. For the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button() + SameLine() + // If you want to create your own time line for a real application you may be better off manipulating + // the cursor position yourself, aka using SetCursorPos/SetCursorScreenPos to position the widgets + // yourself. You may also want to use the lower-level ImDrawList API. + int num_buttons = 10 + ((line & 1) ? line * 9 : line * 3); + for (int n = 0; n < num_buttons; n++) + { + if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(n + line * 1000); + char num_buf[16]; + sprintf(num_buf, "%d", n); + const char* label = (!(n % 15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n % 3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n % 5)) ? "Buzz" : num_buf; + float hue = n * 0.05f; + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.6f, 0.6f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.7f, 0.7f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.8f, 0.8f)); + ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(40.0f + sinf((float)(line + n)) * 20.0f, 0.0f)); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(3); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(); + float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); + float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f; + ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x); + if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f) + { + // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window + // (here we are already out of your child window) + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling"); + ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + ImGui::Spacing(); + + static bool show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window); + + if (show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window) + { + static bool show_h_scrollbar = true; + static bool show_button = true; + static bool show_tree_nodes = true; + static bool show_text_wrapped = false; + static bool show_columns = true; + static bool show_tab_bar = true; + static bool show_child = false; + static bool explicit_content_size = false; + static float contents_size_x = 300.0f; + if (explicit_content_size) + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(contents_size_x, 0.0f)); + ImGui::Begin("Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window, show_h_scrollbar ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal contents size demo window"); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0)); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0)); + HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); + ImGui::Checkbox("H-scrollbar", &show_h_scrollbar); + ImGui::Checkbox("Button", &show_button); // Will grow contents size (unless explicitly overwritten) + ImGui::Checkbox("Tree nodes", &show_tree_nodes); // Will grow contents size and display highlight over full width + ImGui::Checkbox("Text wrapped", &show_text_wrapped);// Will grow and use contents size + ImGui::Checkbox("Columns", &show_columns); // Will use contents size + ImGui::Checkbox("Tab bar", &show_tab_bar); // Will use contents size + ImGui::Checkbox("Child", &show_child); // Will grow and use contents size + ImGui::Checkbox("Explicit content size", &explicit_content_size); + ImGui::Text("Scroll %.1f/%.1f %.1f/%.1f", ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollY(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()); + if (explicit_content_size) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100); + ImGui::DragFloat("##csx", &contents_size_x); + ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + 10, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE); + ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x - 10, p.y), ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0, 10)); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (show_button) + { + ImGui::Button("this is a 300-wide button", ImVec2(300, 0)); + } + if (show_tree_nodes) + { + bool open = true; + if (ImGui::TreeNode("this is a tree node")) + { + if (ImGui::TreeNode("another one of those tree node...")) + { + ImGui::Text("Some tree contents"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::CollapsingHeader("CollapsingHeader", &open); + } + if (show_text_wrapped) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the work rectangle."); + } + if (show_columns) + { + ImGui::Text("Tables:"); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::Text("Columns:"); + ImGui::Columns(4); + for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) + { + ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth()); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + } + if (show_tab_bar && ImGui::BeginTabBar("Hello")) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("OneOneOne")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("TwoTwoTwo")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("ThreeThreeThree")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("FourFourFour")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + if (show_child) + { + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), true); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + ImGui::End(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Clipping"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping")) + { + static ImVec2 size(100.0f, 100.0f); + static ImVec2 offset(30.0f, 30.0f); + ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 1.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag to scroll)"); + + HelpMarker( + "(Left) Using ImGui::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImGui hit-testing logic + ImDrawList rendering.\n" + "(use this if you want your clipping rectangle to affect interactions)\n\n" + "(Center) Using ImDrawList::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImDrawList rendering only.\n" + "(use this as a shortcut if you are only using ImDrawList calls)\n\n" + "(Right) Using ImDrawList::AddText() with a fine ClipRect:\n" + "Will alter only this specific ImDrawList::AddText() rendering.\n" + "This is often used internally to avoid altering the clipping rectangle and minimize draw calls."); + + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + { + if (n > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::PushID(n); + ImGui::InvisibleButton("##canvas", size); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) + { + offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; + offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; + } + ImGui::PopID(); + if (!ImGui::IsItemVisible()) // Skip rendering as ImDrawList elements are not clipped. + continue; + + const ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); + const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); + const char* text_str = "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!"; + const ImVec2 text_pos = ImVec2(p0.x + offset.x, p0.y + offset.y); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + switch (n) + { + case 0: + ImGui::PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); + ImGui::PopClipRect(); + break; + case 1: + draw_list->PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + break; + case 2: + ImVec4 clip_rect(p0.x, p0.y, p1.x, p1.y); // AddText() takes a ImVec4* here so let's convert. + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize(), text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str, NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect); + break; + } + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups"); + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows")) + return; + + // The properties of popups windows are: + // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*) + // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by Dear ImGui instead of being held by the programmer as + // we are used to with regular Begin() calls. User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup(). + // (*) One can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even + // when normally blocked by a popup. + // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state BECAUSE it can close + // popups at any time. + + // Typical use for regular windows: + // bool my_tool_is_active = false; if (ImGui::Button("Open")) my_tool_is_active = true; [...] if (my_tool_is_active) Begin("My Tool", &my_tool_is_active) { [...] } End(); + // Typical use for popups: + // if (ImGui::Button("Open")) ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup") { [...] EndPopup(); } + + // With popups we have to go through a library call (here OpenPopup) to manipulate the visibility state. + // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below. + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Popups"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. " + "Clicking outside the popup closes it."); + + static int selected_fish = -1; + const char* names[] = { "Bream", "Haddock", "Mackerel", "Pollock", "Tilefish" }; + static bool toggles[] = { true, false, false, false, false }; + + // Simple selection popup (if you want to show the current selection inside the Button itself, + // you may want to build a string using the "###" operator to preserve a constant ID with a variable label) + if (ImGui::Button("Select..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("my_select_popup"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "" : names[selected_fish]); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_select_popup")) + { + ImGui::Text("Aquarium"); + ImGui::Separator(); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) + if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i])) + selected_fish = i; + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Showing a menu with toggles + if (ImGui::Button("Toggle..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("my_toggle_popup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_toggle_popup")) + { + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) + ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]); + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu")) + { + ImGui::MenuItem("Click me"); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("Tooltip here"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); + + if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup")) + { + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) + ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]); + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu")) + { + ImGui::MenuItem("Click me"); + if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup")) + { + ImGui::Text("I am the last one here."); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Call the more complete ShowExampleMenuFile which we use in various places of this demo + if (ImGui::Button("With a menu..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("my_file_popup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_file_popup", ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit")) + { + ImGui::MenuItem("Dummy"); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + ImGui::Text("Hello from popup!"); + ImGui::Button("This is a dummy button.."); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Context menus"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) + { + HelpMarker("\"Context\" functions are simple helpers to associate a Popup to a given Item or Window identifier."); + + // BeginPopupContextItem() is a helper to provide common/simple popup behavior of essentially doing: + // if (id == 0) + // id = GetItemID(); // Use last item id + // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) + // OpenPopup(id); + // return BeginPopup(id); + // For advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code. + // See more details in BeginPopupContextItem(). + + // Example 1 + // When used after an item that has an ID (e.g. Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(), + // and BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID. + { + const char* names[5] = { "Label1", "Label2", "Label3", "Label4", "Label5" }; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + ImGui::Selectable(names[n]); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- use last item id as popup id + { + ImGui::Text("This a popup for \"%s\"!", names[n]); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("Right-click to open popup"); + } + } + + // Example 2 + // Popup on a Text() element which doesn't have an identifier: we need to provide an identifier to BeginPopupContextItem(). + // Using an explicit identifier is also convenient if you want to activate the popups from different locations. + { + HelpMarker("Text() elements don't have stable identifiers so we need to provide one."); + static float value = 0.5f; + ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this text", value); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("my popup")) + { + if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f; + if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() to toggle the visibility of a given popup. + // Here we make it that right-clicking this other text element opens the same popup as above. + // The popup itself will be submitted by the code above. + ImGui::Text("(2) Or right-click this text"); + ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("my popup", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); + + // Back to square one: manually open the same popup. + if (ImGui::Button("(3) Or click this button")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("my popup"); + } + + // Example 3 + // When using BeginPopupContextItem() with an implicit identifier (NULL == use last item ID), + // we need to make sure your item identifier is stable. + // In this example we showcase altering the item label while preserving its identifier, using the ### operator (see FAQ). + { + HelpMarker("Showcase using a popup ID linked to item ID, with the item having a changing label + stable ID using the ### operator."); + static char name[32] = "Label1"; + char buf[64]; + sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label + ImGui::Button(buf); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + ImGui::Text("Edit name:"); + ImGui::InputText("##edit", name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name)); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)"); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Modals"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside."); + + if (ImGui::Button("Delete..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?"); + + // Always center this window when appearing + ImVec2 center = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(center, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + { + ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n"); + ImGui::Separator(); + + //static int unused_i = 0; + //ImGui::Combo("Combo", &unused_i, "Delete\0Delete harder\0"); + + static bool dont_ask_me_next_time = false; + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGui::Checkbox("Don't ask me next time", &dont_ask_me_next_time); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + + if (ImGui::Button("OK", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Some menu item")) {} + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] behind it."); + + // Testing behavior of widgets stacking their own regular popups over the modal. + static int item = 1; + static float color[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; + ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color); + + if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2"); + + // Also demonstrate passing a bool* to BeginPopupModal(), this will create a regular close button which + // will close the popup. Note that the visibility state of popups is owned by imgui, so the input value + // of the bool actually doesn't matter here. + bool unused_open = true; + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &unused_open)) + { + ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!"); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Menus inside a regular window"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Menus inside a regular window")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!"); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window")) + { + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +// Dummy data structure that we use for the Table demo. +// (pre-C++11 doesn't allow us to instantiate ImVector template if this structure is defined inside the demo function) +namespace +{ +// We are passing our own identifier to TableSetupColumn() to facilitate identifying columns in the sorting code. +// This identifier will be passed down into ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnUserID. +// But it is possible to omit the user id parameter of TableSetupColumn() and just use the column index instead! (ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnIndex) +// If you don't use sorting, you will generally never care about giving column an ID! +enum MyItemColumnID +{ + MyItemColumnID_ID, + MyItemColumnID_Name, + MyItemColumnID_Action, + MyItemColumnID_Quantity, + MyItemColumnID_Description +}; + +struct MyItem +{ + int ID; + const char* Name; + int Quantity; + + // We have a problem which is affecting _only this demo_ and should not affect your code: + // As we don't rely on std:: or other third-party library to compile dear imgui, we only have reliable access to qsort(), + // however qsort doesn't allow passing user data to comparing function. + // As a workaround, we are storing the sort specs in a static/global for the comparing function to access. + // In your own use case you would probably pass the sort specs to your sorting/comparing functions directly and not use a global. + // We could technically call ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() in CompareWithSortSpecs(), but considering that this function is called + // very often by the sorting algorithm it would be a little wasteful. + static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + + // Compare function to be used by qsort() + static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + const MyItem* a = (const MyItem*)lhs; + const MyItem* b = (const MyItem*)rhs; + for (int n = 0; n < s_current_sort_specs->SpecsCount; n++) + { + // Here we identify columns using the ColumnUserID value that we ourselves passed to TableSetupColumn() + // We could also choose to identify columns based on their index (sort_spec->ColumnIndex), which is simpler! + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &s_current_sort_specs->Specs[n]; + int delta = 0; + switch (sort_spec->ColumnUserID) + { + case MyItemColumnID_ID: delta = (a->ID - b->ID); break; + case MyItemColumnID_Name: delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name)); break; + case MyItemColumnID_Quantity: delta = (a->Quantity - b->Quantity); break; + case MyItemColumnID_Description: delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name)); break; + default: IM_ASSERT(0); break; + } + if (delta > 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? +1 : -1; + if (delta < 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? -1 : +1; + } + + // qsort() is instable so always return a way to differenciate items. + // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs. + return (a->ID - b->ID); + } +}; +const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; +} + +// Make the UI compact because there are so many fields +static void PushStyleCompact() +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, (float)(int)(style.FramePadding.y * 0.60f))); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x, (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.60f))); +} + +static void PopStyleCompact() +{ + ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); +} + +// Show a combo box with a choice of sizing policies +static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags) +{ + struct EnumDesc { ImGuiTableFlags Value; const char* Name; const char* Tooltip; }; + static const EnumDesc policies[] = + { + { ImGuiTableFlags_None, "Default", "Use default sizing policy:\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame otherwise." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", "Columns default to _WidthFixed (if resizable) or _WidthAuto (if not resizable), matching contents width." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame", "Columns are all the same width, matching the maximum contents width.\nImplicitly disable ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable and enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp", "Columns default to _WidthStretch with weights proportional to their widths." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame", "Columns default to _WidthStretch with same weights." } + }; + int idx; + for (idx = 0; idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); idx++) + if (policies[idx].Value == (*p_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_)) + break; + const char* preview_text = (idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies)) ? policies[idx].Name + (idx > 0 ? strlen("ImGuiTableFlags") : 0) : ""; + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("Sizing Policy", preview_text)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); n++) + if (ImGui::Selectable(policies[n].Name, idx == n)) + *p_flags = (*p_flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) | policies[n].Value; + ImGui::EndCombo(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f); + for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++) + { + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("%s:", policies[m].Name); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetStyle().IndentSpacing * 0.5f); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(policies[m].Tooltip); + } + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } +} + +static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags) +{ + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Disabled", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Master disable flag (also hide from context menu)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthStretch", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthFixed", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)) + *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoResize", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoReorder", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoClip", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderLabel", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderWidth", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentEnable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column 0"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentDisable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column >0"); +} + +static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) +{ + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsEnabled", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsSorted", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsHovered", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered); +} + +static void ShowDemoWindowTables() +{ + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables"); + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Tables & Columns")) + return; + + // Using those as a base value to create width/height that are factor of the size of our font + const float TEXT_BASE_WIDTH = ImGui::CalcTextSize("A").x; + const float TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + + ImGui::PushID("Tables"); + + int open_action = -1; + if (ImGui::Button("Open all")) + open_action = 1; + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Close all")) + open_action = 0; + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // Options + static bool disable_indent = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable tree indentation", &disable_indent); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Disable the indenting of tree nodes so demo tables can use the full window width."); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (disable_indent) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, 0.0f); + + // About Styling of tables + // Most settings are configured on a per-table basis via the flags passed to BeginTable() and TableSetupColumns APIs. + // There are however a few settings that a shared and part of the ImGuiStyle structure: + // style.CellPadding // Padding within each cell + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] // Table header background + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] // Table outer and header borders + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] // Table inner borders + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (even rows) + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (odds rows) + + // Demos + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Basic"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + // Here we will showcase three different ways to output a table. + // They are very simple variations of a same thing! + + // [Method 1] Using TableNextRow() to create a new row, and TableSetColumnIndex() to select the column. + // In many situations, this is the most flexible and easy to use pattern. + HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableSetColumnIndex() _before_ each cell, in a loop."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Row %d Column %d", row, column); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // [Method 2] Using TableNextColumn() called multiple times, instead of using a for loop + TableSetColumnIndex(). + // This is generally more convenient when you have code manually submitting the contents of each column. + HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell, manually."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Row %d", row); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Some contents"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("123.456"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // [Method 3] We call TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell. We never call TableNextRow(), + // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new rows as needed. + // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data. + HelpMarker( + "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains the same type of contents.\n" + "This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3)) + { + for (int item = 0; item < 14; item++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Borders, background"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders, background")) + { + // Expose a few Borders related flags interactively + enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_FillButton }; + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; + static bool display_headers = false; + static int contents_type = CT_Text; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH"); + ImGui::Indent(); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("Cell contents:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &contents_type, CT_Text); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("FillButton", &contents_type, CT_FillButton); + ImGui::Checkbox("Display headers", &display_headers); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers"); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders. + // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them too much. See other sections for details) + if (display_headers) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + } + + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); + if (contents_type == CT_Text) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf); + else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, stretch"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, stretch")) + { + // By default, if we don't enable ScrollX the sizing policy for each column is "Stretch" + // All columns maintain a sizing weight, and they will occupy all available width. + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this."); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, fixed"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, fixed")) + { + // Here we use ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit (even though _ScrollX is not set) + // So columns will adopt the "Fixed" policy and will maintain a fixed width regardless of the whole available width (unless table is small) + // If there is not enough available width to fit all columns, they will however be resized down. + // FIXME-TABLE: Providing a stretch-on-init would make sense especially for tables which don't have saved settings + HelpMarker( + "Using _Resizable + _SizingFixedFit flags.\n" + "Fixed-width columns generally makes more sense if you want to use horizontal scrolling.\n\n" + "Double-click a column border to auto-fit the column to its contents."); + PushStyleCompact(); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, mixed"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, mixed")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Using TableSetupColumn() to alter resizing policy on a per-column basis.\n\n" + "When combining Fixed and Stretch columns, generally you only want one, maybe two trailing columns to use _WidthStretch."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column == 2) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 6, flags)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("DDD", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("EEE", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("FFF", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 6; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column >= 3) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Reorderable, hideable, with headers"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Reorderable, hideable, with headers")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Click and drag column headers to reorder columns.\n\n" + "Right-click on a header to open a context menu."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + // Submit columns name with TableSetupColumn() and call TableHeadersRow() to create a row with a header in each column. + // (Later we will show how TableSetupColumn() has other uses, optional flags, sizing weight etc.) + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column) + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, flags | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Fixed %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Padding"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Padding")) + { + // First example: showcase use of padding flags and effect of BorderOuterV/BorderInnerV on X padding. + // We don't expose BorderOuterH/BorderInnerH here because they have no effect on X padding. + HelpMarker( + "We often want outer padding activated when any using features which makes the edges of a column visible:\n" + "e.g.:\n" + "- BorderOuterV\n" + "- any form of row selection\n" + "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" + "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n" + "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasize how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is set)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is not set)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + static bool show_headers = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding", 3, flags1)) + { + if (show_headers) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + } + + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + if (row == 0) + { + ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + } + else + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + //if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) + // ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, IM_COL32(0, 100, 0, 255)); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Second example: set style.CellPadding to (0.0) or a custom value. + // FIXME-TABLE: Vertical border effectively not displayed the same way as horizontal one... + HelpMarker("Setting style.CellPadding to (0,0) or a custom value."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; + static ImVec2 cell_padding(0.0f, 0.0f); + static bool show_widget_frame_bg = true; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::Checkbox("show_widget_frame_bg", &show_widget_frame_bg); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", &cell_padding.x, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); + PopStyleCompact(); + + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, cell_padding); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding_2", 3, flags2)) + { + static char text_bufs[3 * 5][16]; // Mini text storage for 3x5 cells + static bool init = true; + if (!show_widget_frame_bg) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, 0); + for (int cell = 0; cell < 3 * 5; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + if (init) + strcpy(text_bufs[cell], "edit me"); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::PushID(cell); + ImGui::InputText("##cell", text_bufs[cell], IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_bufs[cell])); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + if (!show_widget_frame_bg) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + init = false; + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Explicit widths"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sizing policies")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + PopStyleCompact(); + + static ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy_flags[4] = { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame }; + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < 4; table_n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(table_n); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30); + EditTableSizingFlags(&sizing_policy_flags[table_n]); + + // To make it easier to understand the different sizing policy, + // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, and one where the columns have different contents width. + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("AAAA"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("BBBBBBBB"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("CCCCCCCCCCCC"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted("Advanced"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns."); + + enum ContentsType { CT_ShowWidth, CT_ShortText, CT_LongText, CT_Button, CT_FillButton, CT_InputText }; + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + static int contents_type = CT_ShowWidth; + static int column_count = 3; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::PushID("Advanced"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30); + EditTableSizingFlags(&flags); + ImGui::Combo("Contents", &contents_type, "Show width\0Short Text\0Long Text\0Button\0Fill Button\0InputText\0"); + if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width."); + } + ImGui::DragInt("Columns", &column_count, 0.1f, 1, 64, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::PopID(); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", column_count, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 7))) + { + for (int cell = 0; cell < 10 * column_count; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + int column = ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex(); + int row = ImGui::TableGetRowIndex(); + + ImGui::PushID(cell); + char label[32]; + static char text_buf[32] = ""; + sprintf(label, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); + switch (contents_type) + { + case CT_ShortText: ImGui::TextUnformatted(label); break; + case CT_LongText: ImGui::Text("Some %s text %d,%d\nOver two lines..", column == 0 ? "long" : "longeeer", column, row); break; + case CT_ShowWidth: ImGui::Text("W: %.1f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); break; + case CT_Button: ImGui::Button(label); break; + case CT_FillButton: ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); break; + case CT_InputText: ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); ImGui::InputText("##", text_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_buf)); break; + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Vertical scrolling, with clipping"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical scrolling, with clipping")) + { + HelpMarker("Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\nWe also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + PopStyleCompact(); + + // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container! + // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call. + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrolly", 3, flags, outer_size)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make top row always visible + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(1000); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int row = clipper.DisplayStart; row < clipper.DisplayEnd; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Horizontal scrolling"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal scrolling")) + { + HelpMarker( + "When ScrollX is enabled, the default sizing policy becomes ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, " + "as automatically stretching columns doesn't make much sense with horizontal scrolling.\n\n" + "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX," + "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents (this may be improved in future versions)."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + static int freeze_cols = 1; + static int freeze_rows = 1; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + PopStyleCompact(); + + // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container! + // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call. + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrollx", 7, flags, outer_size)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Line #", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); // Make the first column not hideable to match our use of TableSetupScrollFreeze() + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Four"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Five"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Six"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 20; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 7; column++) + { + // Both TableNextColumn() and TableSetColumnIndex() return true when a column is visible or performing width measurement. + // Because here we know that: + // - A) all our columns are contributing the same to row height + // - B) column 0 is always visible, + // We only always submit this one column and can skip others. + // More advanced per-column clipping behaviors may benefit from polling the status flags via TableGetColumnFlags(). + if (!ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column) && column > 0) + continue; + if (column == 0) + ImGui::Text("Line %d", row); + else + ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted("Stretch + ScrollX"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "Showcase using Stretch columns + ScrollX together: " + "this is rather unusual and only makes sense when specifying an 'inner_width' for the table!\n" + "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns + ScrollX together doesn't make sense."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + static float inner_width = 1000.0f; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::PushID("flags3"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width", &inner_width, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.1f"); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::PopID(); + PopStyleCompact(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 7, flags2, outer_size, inner_width)) + { + for (int cell = 0; cell < 20 * 7; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex(), ImGui::TableGetRowIndex()); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns flags"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns flags")) + { + // Create a first table just to show all the options/flags we want to make visible in our example! + const int column_count = 3; + const char* column_names[column_count] = { "One", "Two", "Three" }; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags[column_count] = { ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide }; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags_out[column_count] = { 0, 0, 0 }; // Output from TableGetColumnFlags() + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags_checkboxes", column_count, ImGuiTableFlags_None)) + { + PushStyleCompact(); + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // FIXME-TABLE: Workaround for wrong text baseline propagation across columns + ImGui::Text("'%s'", column_names[column]); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::Text("Input flags:"); + EditTableColumnsFlags(&column_flags[column]); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::Text("Output flags:"); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(column_flags_out[column]); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + PopStyleCompact(); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Create the real table we care about for the example! + // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, otherwise in + // a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + resizing the parent window down) + const ImGuiTableFlags flags + = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY + | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV + | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 9); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags", column_count, flags, outer_size)) + { + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[column], column_flags[column]); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + column_flags_out[column] = ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column); + float indent_step = (float)((int)TEXT_BASE_WIDTH / 2); + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) + { + ImGui::Indent(indent_step); // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags. + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%s %s", (column == 0) ? "Indented" : "Hello", ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column)); + } + } + ImGui::Unindent(indent_step * 8.0f); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns widths"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns widths")) + { + HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup default width."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); + PopStyleCompact(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags1)) + { + // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("one", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); // Default to 100.0f + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 200.0f); // Default to 200.0f + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); // Default to auto + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + if (row == 0) + ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + else + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_None; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + PopStyleCompact(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 4, flags2)) + { + // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f); + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 4; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + if (row == 0) + ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + else + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Nested tables"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Nested tables")) + { + HelpMarker("This demonstrates embedding a table into another table cell."); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested1", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A0"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A1"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("A0 Row 0"); + { + float rows_height = TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 2; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested2", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B0"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B1"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B0 Row 0"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B1 Row 0"); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B0 Row 1"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B1 Row 1"); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 0"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A0 Row 1"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 1"); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Row height"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height")) + { + HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + { + float min_row_height = (float)(int)(TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 0.30f * row); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, min_row_height); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("min_row_height = %.2f", min_row_height); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Outer size"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outer size")) + { + // Showcasing use of ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX and ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY + // Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! + ImGui::Text("Using NoHostExtendX and NoHostExtendY:"); + PushStyleCompact(); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible."); + PopStyleCompact(); + + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 5.5f); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags, outer_size)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Hello!"); + + ImGui::Spacing(); + + ImGui::Text("Using explicit size:"); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f))) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f))) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(0, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 1.5f); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Background color"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Background color")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; + static int row_bg_type = 1; + static int row_bg_target = 1; + static int cell_bg_type = 1; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg automatically sets RowBg0 to alternative colors pulled from the Style."); + ImGui::Combo("row bg type", (int*)&row_bg_type, "None\0Red\0Gradient\0"); + ImGui::Combo("row bg target", (int*)&row_bg_target, "RowBg0\0RowBg1\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Target RowBg0 to override the alternating odd/even colors,\nTarget RowBg1 to blend with them."); + ImGui::Combo("cell bg type", (int*)&cell_bg_type, "None\0Blue\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("We are colorizing cells to B1->C2 here."); + IM_ASSERT(row_bg_type >= 0 && row_bg_type <= 2); + IM_ASSERT(row_bg_target >= 0 && row_bg_target <= 1); + IM_ASSERT(cell_bg_type >= 0 && cell_bg_type <= 1); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 5, flags)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + + // Demonstrate setting a row background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBgX, ...)' + // We use a transparent color so we can see the one behind in case our target is RowBg1 and RowBg0 was already targeted by the ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg flag. + if (row_bg_type != 0) + { + ImU32 row_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(row_bg_type == 1 ? ImVec4(0.7f, 0.3f, 0.3f, 0.65f) : ImVec4(0.2f + row * 0.1f, 0.2f, 0.2f, 0.65f)); // Flat or Gradient? + ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 + row_bg_target, row_bg_color); + } + + // Fill cells + for (int column = 0; column < 5; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%c%c", 'A' + row, '0' + column); + + // Change background of Cells B1->C2 + // Demonstrate setting a cell background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, ...)' + // (the CellBg color will be blended over the RowBg and ColumnBg colors) + // We can also pass a column number as a third parameter to TableSetBgColor() and do this outside the column loop. + if (row >= 1 && row <= 2 && column >= 1 && column <= 2 && cell_bg_type == 1) + { + ImU32 cell_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImVec4(0.3f, 0.3f, 0.7f, 0.65f)); + ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, cell_bg_color); + } + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Tree view"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree view")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("3ways", 3, flags)) + { + // The first column will use the default _WidthStretch when ScrollX is Off and _WidthFixed when ScrollX is On + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Size", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 12.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Type", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 18.0f); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Simple storage to output a dummy file-system. + struct MyTreeNode + { + const char* Name; + const char* Type; + int Size; + int ChildIdx; + int ChildCount; + static void DisplayNode(const MyTreeNode* node, const MyTreeNode* all_nodes) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + const bool is_folder = (node->ChildCount > 0); + if (is_folder) + { + bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextDisabled("--"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type); + if (open) + { + for (int child_n = 0; child_n < node->ChildCount; child_n++) + DisplayNode(&all_nodes[node->ChildIdx + child_n], all_nodes); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + else + { + ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%d", node->Size); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type); + } + } + }; + static const MyTreeNode nodes[] = + { + { "Root", "Folder", -1, 1, 3 }, // 0 + { "Music", "Folder", -1, 4, 2 }, // 1 + { "Textures", "Folder", -1, 6, 3 }, // 2 + { "desktop.ini", "System file", 1024, -1,-1 }, // 3 + { "File1_a.wav", "Audio file", 123000, -1,-1 }, // 4 + { "File1_b.wav", "Audio file", 456000, -1,-1 }, // 5 + { "Image001.png", "Image file", 203128, -1,-1 }, // 6 + { "Copy of Image001.png", "Image file", 203256, -1,-1 }, // 7 + { "Copy of Image001 (Final2).png","Image file", 203512, -1,-1 }, // 8 + }; + + MyTreeNode::DisplayNode(&nodes[0], nodes); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Item width"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Item width")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Showcase using PushItemWidth() and how it is preserved on a per-column basis.\n\n" + "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_item_width", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("small"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("half"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("right-align"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + if (row == 0) + { + // Setup ItemWidth once (instead of setting up every time, which is also possible but less efficient) + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 3.0f); // Small + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); // Right-aligned + } + + // Draw our contents + static float dummy_f = 0.0f; + ImGui::PushID(row); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::SliderFloat("float0", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::SliderFloat("float1", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2); + ImGui::SliderFloat("##float2", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // No visible label since right-aligned + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using TableHeader() calls instead of TableHeadersRow() + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Custom headers"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Custom headers")) + { + const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_custom_headers", COLUMNS_COUNT, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Apricot"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Banana"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Cherry"); + + // Dummy entire-column selection storage + // FIXME: It would be nice to actually demonstrate full-featured selection using those checkbox. + static bool column_selected[3] = {}; + + // Instead of calling TableHeadersRow() we'll submit custom headers ourselves + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers); + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + const char* column_name = ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column); // Retrieve name passed to TableSetupColumn() + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGui::Checkbox("##checkall", &column_selected[column]); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::TableHeader(column_name); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Cell %d,%d", column, row); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Selectable(buf, column_selected[column]); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Context menus"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) + { + HelpMarker("By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\nUsing ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody); + PopStyleCompact(); + + // Context Menus: first example + // [1.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + // [1.2] Right-click in columns also open the default table context menu (if ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody is set) + const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags1)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + + // [1.1]] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Submit dummy contents + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Context Menus: second example + // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup + // [2.3] Right-click in columns to open another custom popup + HelpMarker("Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) and custom per-colum context menu (over column body)."); + ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu_2", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags2)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + + // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) + { + // Submit dummy contents + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup + ImGui::PushID(row * COLUMNS_COUNT + column); + ImGui::SmallButton(".."); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the popup for Button(\"..\") in Cell %d,%d", column, row); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + + // [2.3] Right-click anywhere in columns to open another custom popup + // (instead of testing for !IsAnyItemHovered() we could also call OpenPopup() with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup + // to manage popup priority as the popups triggers, here "are we hovering a column" are overlapping) + int hovered_column = -1; + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT + 1; column++) + { + ImGui::PushID(column); + if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) + hovered_column = column; + if (hovered_column == column && !ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseReleased(1)) + ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup")) + { + if (column == COLUMNS_COUNT) + ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for unused space after the last column."); + else + ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for Column %d", column); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::EndTable(); + ImGui::Text("Hovered column: %d", hovered_column); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate creating multiple tables with the same ID + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Synced instances"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Synced instances")) + { + HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc."); + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Synced Table %d", n); + bool open = ImGui::CollapsingHeader(buf, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen); + if (open && ImGui::BeginTable("Table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int cell = 0; cell < 9; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("this cell %d", cell); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using Sorting facilities + // This is a simplified version of the "Advanced" example, where we mostly focus on the code necessary to handle sorting. + // Note that the "Advanced" example also showcase manually triggering a sort (e.g. if item quantities have been modified) + static const char* template_items_names[] = + { + "Banana", "Apple", "Cherry", "Watermelon", "Grapefruit", "Strawberry", "Mango", + "Kiwi", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Blueberry", "Plum", "Coconut", "Pear", "Apricot" + }; + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Sorting"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sorting")) + { + // Create item list + static ImVector items; + if (items.Size == 0) + { + items.resize(50, MyItem()); + for (int n = 0; n < items.Size; n++) + { + const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names); + MyItem& item = items[n]; + item.ID = n; + item.Name = template_items_names[template_n]; + item.Quantity = (n * n - n) % 20; // Assign default quantities + } + } + + // Options + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti + | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody + | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0)."); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_sorting", 4, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 15), 0.0f)) + { + // Declare columns + // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications. + // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index! + // Demonstrate using a mixture of flags among available sort-related flags: + // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort + // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending + // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make row always visible + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + { + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items.Size > 1) + qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + } + + // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++) + { + // Display a data item + MyItem* item = &items[row_n]; + ImGui::PushID(item->ID); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%04d", item->ID); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SmallButton("None"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // In this example we'll expose most table flags and settings. + // For specific flags and settings refer to the corresponding section for more detailed explanation. + // This section is mostly useful to experiment with combining certain flags or settings with each others. + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // [DEBUG] + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Advanced"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable + | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti + | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody + | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY + | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit; + + enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_Button, CT_SmallButton, CT_FillButton, CT_Selectable, CT_SelectableSpanRow }; + static int contents_type = CT_SelectableSpanRow; + const char* contents_type_names[] = { "Text", "Button", "SmallButton", "FillButton", "Selectable", "Selectable (span row)" }; + static int freeze_cols = 1; + static int freeze_rows = 1; + static int items_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names) * 2; + static ImVec2 outer_size_value = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12); + static float row_min_height = 0.0f; // Auto + static float inner_width_with_scroll = 0.0f; // Auto-extend + static bool outer_size_enabled = true; + static bool show_headers = true; + static bool show_wrapped_text = false; + //static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // FIXME-TABLE: Enabling this results in initial clipped first pass on table which tend to affect column sizing + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options")) + { + // Make the UI compact because there are so many fields + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 28.0f); + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Features:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Decorations:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sizing:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + EditTableSizingFlags(&flags); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("In the Advanced demo we override the policy of each column so those table-wide settings have less effect that typical."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only available if ScrollX is disabled."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with ScrollFreeze options."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Padding:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Scrolling:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sorting:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0)."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers); + ImGui::Checkbox("show_wrapped_text", &show_wrapped_text); + + ImGui::DragFloat2("##OuterSize", &outer_size_value.x); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::Checkbox("outer_size", &outer_size_enabled); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("If scrolling is disabled (ScrollX and ScrollY not set):\n" + "- The table is output directly in the parent window.\n" + "- OuterSize.x < 0.0f will right-align the table.\n" + "- OuterSize.x = 0.0f will narrow fit the table unless there are any Stretch columns.\n" + "- OuterSize.y then becomes the minimum size for the table, which will extend vertically if there are more rows (unless NoHostExtendY is set)."); + + // From a user point of view we will tend to use 'inner_width' differently depending on whether our table is embedding scrolling. + // To facilitate toying with this demo we will actually pass 0.0f to the BeginTable() when ScrollX is disabled. + ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width (when ScrollX active)", &inner_width_with_scroll, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX); + + ImGui::DragFloat("row_min_height", &row_min_height, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Specify height of the Selectable item."); + + ImGui::DragInt("items_count", &items_count, 0.1f, 0, 9999); + ImGui::Combo("items_type (first column)", &contents_type, contents_type_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(contents_type_names)); + //filter.Draw("filter"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + PopStyleCompact(); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Update item list if we changed the number of items + static ImVector items; + static ImVector selection; + static bool items_need_sort = false; + if (items.Size != items_count) + { + items.resize(items_count, MyItem()); + for (int n = 0; n < items_count; n++) + { + const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names); + MyItem& item = items[n]; + item.ID = n; + item.Name = template_items_names[template_n]; + item.Quantity = (template_n == 3) ? 10 : (template_n == 4) ? 20 : 0; // Assign default quantities + } + } + + const ImDrawList* parent_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + const int parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = parent_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + ImVec2 table_scroll_cur, table_scroll_max; // For debug display + const ImDrawList* table_draw_list = NULL; // " + + // Submit table + const float inner_width_to_use = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_width_with_scroll : 0.0f; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_advanced", 6, flags, outer_size_enabled ? outer_size_value : ImVec2(0, 0), inner_width_to_use)) + { + // Declare columns + // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications. + // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index! + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); + + // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! + ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); + if (sorts_specs && sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + items_need_sort = true; + if (sorts_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) + { + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + } + items_need_sort = false; + + // Take note of whether we are currently sorting based on the Quantity field, + // we will use this to trigger sorting when we know the data of this column has been modified. + const bool sorts_specs_using_quantity = (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(3) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted) != 0; + + // Show headers + if (show_headers) + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Show data + // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-NAV: How we can get decent up/down even though we have the buttons here? + ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); +#if 1 + // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++) +#else + // Without clipper + { + for (int row_n = 0; row_n < items.Size; row_n++) +#endif + { + MyItem* item = &items[row_n]; + //if (!filter.PassFilter(item->Name)) + // continue; + + const bool item_is_selected = selection.contains(item->ID); + ImGui::PushID(item->ID); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, row_min_height); + + // For the demo purpose we can select among different type of items submitted in the first column + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "%04d", item->ID); + if (contents_type == CT_Text) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(label); + else if (contents_type == CT_Button) + ImGui::Button(label); + else if (contents_type == CT_SmallButton) + ImGui::SmallButton(label); + else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) + ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + else if (contents_type == CT_Selectable || contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) + { + ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None; + if (ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(0, row_min_height))) + { + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) + { + if (item_is_selected) + selection.find_erase_unsorted(item->ID); + else + selection.push_back(item->ID); + } + else + { + selection.clear(); + selection.push_back(item->ID); + } + } + } + + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1)) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name); + + // Here we demonstrate marking our data set as needing to be sorted again if we modified a quantity, + // and we are currently sorting on the column showing the Quantity. + // To avoid triggering a sort while holding the button, we only trigger it when the button has been released. + // You will probably need a more advanced system in your code if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes. + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2)) + { + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Chop")) { item->Quantity += 1; } + if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Eat")) { item->Quantity -= 1; } + if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; } + } + + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(3)) + ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity); + + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(4); + if (show_wrapped_text) + ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet"); + else + ImGui::Text("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet"); + + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(5)) + ImGui::Text("1234"); + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); + + // Store some info to display debug details below + table_scroll_cur = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollY()); + table_scroll_max = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()); + table_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + static bool show_debug_details = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Debug details", &show_debug_details); + if (show_debug_details && table_draw_list) + { + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); + const int table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = table_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + if (table_draw_list == parent_draw_list) + ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in same window)", + table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count); + else + ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in child window), Scroll: (%.f/%.f) (%.f/%.f)", + table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - 1, table_scroll_cur.x, table_scroll_max.x, table_scroll_cur.y, table_scroll_max.y); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + + ShowDemoWindowColumns(); + + if (disable_indent) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); +} + +// Demonstrate old/legacy Columns API! +// [2020: Columns are under-featured and not maintained. Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!] +static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)"); + bool open = ImGui::TreeNode("Legacy Columns API"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Columns() is an old API! Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!"); + if (!open) + return; + + // Basic columns + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Basic"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + ImGui::Text("Without border:"); + ImGui::Columns(3, "mycolumns3", false); // 3-ways, no border + ImGui::Separator(); + for (int n = 0; n < 14; n++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) {} + //if (ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f))) {} + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::Text("With border:"); + ImGui::Columns(4, "mycolumns"); // 4-ways, with border + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Hovered"); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Separator(); + const char* names[3] = { "One", "Two", "Three" }; + const char* paths[3] = { "/path/one", "/path/two", "/path/three" }; + static int selected = -1; + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "%04d", i); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns)) + selected = i; + bool hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text(names[i]); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text(paths[i]); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%d", hovered); ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Borders"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders")) + { + // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders. + static bool h_borders = true; + static bool v_borders = true; + static int columns_count = 4; + const int lines_count = 3; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("##columns_count", &columns_count, 0.1f, 2, 10, "%d columns"); + if (columns_count < 2) + columns_count = 2; + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders); + ImGui::Columns(columns_count, NULL, v_borders); + for (int i = 0; i < columns_count * lines_count; i++) + { + if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0) + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a' + i, 'a' + i, 'a' + i); + ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth()); + ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + ImGui::Text("Offset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnOffset()); + ImGui::Text("Long text that is likely to clip"); + ImGui::Button("Button", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + if (h_borders) + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Mixed items"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items")) + { + ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed"); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::Text("Hello"); + ImGui::Button("Banana"); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + + ImGui::Text("ImGui"); + ImGui::Button("Apple"); + static float foo = 1.0f; + ImGui::InputFloat("red", &foo, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f"); + ImGui::Text("An extra line here."); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + + ImGui::Text("Sailor"); + ImGui::Button("Corniflower"); + static float bar = 1.0f; + ImGui::InputFloat("blue", &bar, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f"); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category A")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category B")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category C")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Word wrapping + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Word-wrapping"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping")) + { + ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping"); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog."); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Left"); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog."); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Right"); + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Horizontal Scrolling"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling")) + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f)); + ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f); + ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::Columns(10); + + // Also demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + int ITEMS_COUNT = 2000; + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + for (int j = 0; j < 10; j++) + { + ImGui::Text("Line %d Column %d...", i, j); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Tree"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree")) + { + ImGui::Columns(2, "tree", true); + for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++) + { + bool open1 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)x, "Node%d", x); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Node contents"); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (open1) + { + for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++) + { + bool open2 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)y, "Node%d.%d", x, y); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Node contents"); + if (open2) + { + ImGui::Text("Even more contents"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree in column")) + { + ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (open2) + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); +} + +namespace ImGui { extern ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); } + +static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus"); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs, Navigation & Focus")) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + // Display ImGuiIO output flags + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Output"); + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Output")) + { + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); + ImGui::Text("io.WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); + ImGui::Text("io.WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); + ImGui::Text("io.NavActive: %d, io.NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Display Mouse state + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Mouse State"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse State")) + { + if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) + ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + else + ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: "); + ImGui::Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y); + + int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); + ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%d)", i, ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(i)); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); + ImGui::Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Display mouse cursors + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Mouse Cursors"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors")) + { + const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + + ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); + ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. " + "If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, " + "otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]); + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Display Keyboard/Mouse state + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Keyboard, Gamepad & Navigation State"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard, Gamepad & Navigation State")) + { + // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes. +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; + const ImGuiKey key_first = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; +#else + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + const ImGuiKey key_first = 0; + //ImGui::Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } +#endif + ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d (%.02f secs)", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key, ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } } + ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } + ImGui::Text("Keys released:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } + ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); + ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. + + // Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys + { + const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f); + const float key_rounding = 3.0f; + const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f); + const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f); + const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f; + const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f); + const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f); + const float key_row_offset = 9.0f; + + ImVec2 board_min = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f); + ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y); + + struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; }; + const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] = + { + { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab }, { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R }, + { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F }, + { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V } + }; + + // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically. + // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view. + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(board_max.x - board_min.x, board_max.y - board_min.y)); + if (ImGui::IsItemVisible()) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++) + { + const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n]; + ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y); + ImVec2 key_max = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_size.x, key_min.y + key_size.y); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding); + draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding); + ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y); + ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y); + draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); + ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); + draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); + } + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture override")) + { + HelpMarker( + "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui " + "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means " + "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n" + "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, " + "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle " + "rules leading to how those flags are set)."); + + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); + + HelpMarker( + "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n" + "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking."); + static int capture_override_mouse = -1; + static int capture_override_keyboard = -1; + const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" }; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()", &capture_override_mouse, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_mouse + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()", &capture_override_keyboard, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_keyboard + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + + ImGui::ColorButton("##panel", ImVec4(0.7f, 0.1f, 0.7f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, ImVec2(256.0f, 192.0f)); // Dummy item + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_mouse != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(capture_override_mouse == 1); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_keyboard != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(capture_override_keyboard == 1); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Tabbing"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabbing")) + { + ImGui::Text("Use TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); + static char buf[32] = "hello"; + ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); + ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Focus from code"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Focus from code")) + { + bool focus_1 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 1"); ImGui::SameLine(); + bool focus_2 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 2"); ImGui::SameLine(); + bool focus_3 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 3"); + int has_focus = 0; + static char buf[128] = "click on a button to set focus"; + + if (focus_1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); + ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 1; + + if (focus_2) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); + ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2; + + ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); + ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3; + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); + ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + + if (has_focus) + ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus); + else + ImGui::Text("Item with focus: "); + + // Use >= 0 parameter to SetKeyboardFocusHere() to focus an upcoming item + static float f3[3] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }; + int focus_ahead = -1; + if (ImGui::Button("Focus on X")) { focus_ahead = 0; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Y")) { focus_ahead = 1; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Z")) { focus_ahead = 2; } + if (focus_ahead != -1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(focus_ahead); + ImGui::SliderFloat3("Float3", &f3[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); + + ImGui::TextWrapped("NB: Cursor & selection are preserved when refocusing last used item in code."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Dragging"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dragging")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("You can use ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0) to query for the dragged amount on any widget."); + for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++) + { + ImGui::Text("IsMouseDragging(%d):", button); + ImGui::Text(" w/ default threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button)); + ImGui::Text(" w/ zero threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 0.0f)); + ImGui::Text(" w/ large threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 20.0f)); + } + + ImGui::Button("Drag Me"); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(io.MouseClickedPos[0], io.MousePos, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Button), 4.0f); // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor + + // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold + // (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold). You can request a lower or higher + // threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta(). + ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f); + ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0); + ImVec2 mouse_delta = io.MouseDelta; + ImGui::Text("GetMouseDragDelta(0):"); + ImGui::Text(" w/ default threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y); + ImGui::Text(" w/ zero threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_raw.x, value_raw.y); + ImGui::Text("io.MouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() +// Access from Dear ImGui Demo -> Tools -> About +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + if (!ImGui::Begin("About Dear ImGui", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/About Dear ImGui"); + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors."); + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information."); + + static bool show_config_info = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info); + if (show_config_info) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + + bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard"); + ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18); + ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + if (copy_to_clipboard) + { + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + ImGui::LogText("```\n"); // Back quotes will make text appears without formatting when pasting on GitHub + } + + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("sizeof(size_t): %d, sizeof(ImDrawIdx): %d, sizeof(ImDrawVert): %d", (int)sizeof(size_t), (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx), (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert)); + ImGui::Text("define: __cplusplus=%d", (int)__cplusplus); +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR"); +#endif +#ifdef _WIN32 + ImGui::Text("define: _WIN32"); +#endif +#ifdef _WIN64 + ImGui::Text("define: _WIN64"); +#endif +#ifdef __linux__ + ImGui::Text("define: __linux__"); +#endif +#ifdef __APPLE__ + ImGui::Text("define: __APPLE__"); +#endif +#ifdef _MSC_VER + ImGui::Text("define: _MSC_VER=%d", _MSC_VER); +#endif +#ifdef _MSVC_LANG + ImGui::Text("define: _MSVC_LANG=%d", (int)_MSVC_LANG); +#endif +#ifdef __MINGW32__ + ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW32__"); +#endif +#ifdef __MINGW64__ + ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW64__"); +#endif +#ifdef __GNUC__ + ImGui::Text("define: __GNUC__=%d", (int)__GNUC__); +#endif +#ifdef __clang_version__ + ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__); +#endif + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("io.BackendPlatformName: %s", io.BackendPlatformName ? io.BackendPlatformName : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("io.BackendRendererName: %s", io.BackendRendererName ? io.BackendRendererName : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("io.ConfigFlags: 0x%08X", io.ConfigFlags); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableKeyboard"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableGamepad"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableSetMousePos"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard) ImGui::Text(" NavNoCaptureKeyboard"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) ImGui::Text(" NoMouse"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) ImGui::Text(" NoMouseCursorChange"); + if (io.MouseDrawCursor) ImGui::Text("io.MouseDrawCursor"); + if (io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors"); + if (io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink"); + if (io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges"); + if (io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly"); + if (io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = %.1f", io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer); + ImGui::Text("io.BackendFlags: 0x%08X", io.BackendFlags); + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) ImGui::Text(" HasGamepad"); + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) ImGui::Text(" HasMouseCursors"); + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) ImGui::Text(" HasSetMousePos"); + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) ImGui::Text(" RendererHasVtxOffset"); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("io.Fonts: %d fonts, Flags: 0x%08X, TexSize: %d,%d", io.Fonts->Fonts.Size, io.Fonts->Flags, io.Fonts->TexWidth, io.Fonts->TexHeight); + ImGui::Text("io.DisplaySize: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y); + ImGui::Text("io.DisplayFramebufferScale: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("style.WindowPadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.WindowPadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y); + ImGui::Text("style.WindowBorderSize: %.2f", style.WindowBorderSize); + ImGui::Text("style.FramePadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y); + ImGui::Text("style.FrameRounding: %.2f", style.FrameRounding); + ImGui::Text("style.FrameBorderSize: %.2f", style.FrameBorderSize); + ImGui::Text("style.ItemSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemSpacing.x, style.ItemSpacing.y); + ImGui::Text("style.ItemInnerSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, style.ItemInnerSpacing.y); + + if (copy_to_clipboard) + { + ImGui::LogText("\n```\n"); + ImGui::LogFinish(); + } + ImGui::EndChildFrame(); + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowFontSelector() +// - ShowStyleSelector() +// - ShowStyleEditor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Forward declare ShowFontAtlas() which isn't worth putting in public API yet +namespace ImGui { IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); } + +// Demo helper function to select among loaded fonts. +// Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is the more flexible one. +void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImFont* font_current = ImGui::GetFont(); + if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName())) + { + for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++) + { + ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n]; + ImGui::PushID((void*)font); + if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current)) + io.FontDefault = font; + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndCombo(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "- Load additional fonts with io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF().\n" + "- The font atlas is built when calling io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsXXXX() or io.Fonts->Build().\n" + "- Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for more details.\n" + "- If you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame()."); +} + +// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options. +// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string. +// Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally. +bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label) +{ + static int style_idx = -1; + if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Dark\0Light\0Classic\0")) + { + switch (style_idx) + { + case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break; + case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break; + case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break; + } + return true; + } + return false; +} + +void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/Style Editor"); + // You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to + // (without a reference style pointer, we will use one compared locally as a reference) + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + static ImGuiStyle ref_saved_style; + + // Default to using internal storage as reference + static bool init = true; + if (init && ref == NULL) + ref_saved_style = style; + init = false; + if (ref == NULL) + ref = &ref_saved_style; + + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.50f); + + if (ImGui::ShowStyleSelector("Colors##Selector")) + ref_saved_style = style; + ImGui::ShowFontSelector("Fonts##Selector"); + + // Simplified Settings (expose floating-pointer border sizes as boolean representing 0.0f or 1.0f) + if (ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f")) + style.GrabRounding = style.FrameRounding; // Make GrabRounding always the same value as FrameRounding + { bool border = (style.WindowBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("WindowBorder", &border)) { style.WindowBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } } + ImGui::SameLine(); + { bool border = (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("FrameBorder", &border)) { style.FrameBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } } + ImGui::SameLine(); + { bool border = (style.PopupBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("PopupBorder", &border)) { style.PopupBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } } + + // Save/Revert button + if (ImGui::Button("Save Ref")) + *ref = ref_saved_style = style; + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Revert Ref")) + style = *ref; + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. " + "Use \"Export\" below to save them somewhere."); + + ImGui::Separator(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes")) + { + ImGui::Text("Main"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::Text("Borders"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::Text("Rounding"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::Text("Alignment"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1; + if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0")) + style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1; + ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content."); + ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Colors")) + { + static int output_dest = 0; + static bool output_only_modified = true; + if (ImGui::Button("Export")) + { + if (output_dest == 0) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + else + ImGui::LogToTTY(); + ImGui::LogText("ImVec4* colors = ImGui::GetStyle().Colors;" IM_NEWLINE); + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) + { + const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i]; + const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); + if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) + ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE, + name, 23 - (int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w); + } + ImGui::LogFinish(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(120); ImGui::Combo("##output_type", &output_dest, "To Clipboard\0To TTY\0"); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Only Modified Colors", &output_only_modified); + + static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + filter.Draw("Filter colors", ImGui::GetFontSize() * 16); + + static ImGuiColorEditFlags alpha_flags = 0; + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_None)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_None; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Both", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; } ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "In the color list:\n" + "Left-click on color square to open color picker,\n" + "Right-click to open edit options menu."); + + ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160); + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) + { + const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); + if (!filter.PassFilter(name)) + continue; + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags); + if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) + { + // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font, + // so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons! + // Read the FAQ and docs/FONTS.md about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient! + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) { ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i]; } + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) { style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i]; } + } + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(name); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Fonts")) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts; + HelpMarker("Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for details on font loading."); + ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(atlas); + + // Post-baking font scaling. Note that this is NOT the nice way of scaling fonts, read below. + // (we enforce hard clamping manually as by default DragFloat/SliderFloat allows CTRL+Click text to get out of bounds). + const float MIN_SCALE = 0.3f; + const float MAX_SCALE = 2.0f; + HelpMarker( + "Those are old settings provided for convenience.\n" + "However, the _correct_ way of scaling your UI is currently to reload your font at the designed size, " + "rebuild the font atlas, and call style.ScaleAllSizes() on a reference ImGuiStyle structure.\n" + "Using those settings here will give you poor quality results."); + static float window_scale = 1.0f; + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + if (ImGui::DragFloat("window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp)) // Scale only this window + ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale); + ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); // Scale everything + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Rendering")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well."); + + ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines use texture", &style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Faster lines using texture data. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (not point/nearest filtering)."); + + ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f"); + if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.10f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f; + + // When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles. + ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()); + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)"); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("N: MMM\nR: MMM").x; + for (int n = 0; n < 8; n++) + { + const float RAD_MIN = 5.0f; + const float RAD_MAX = 70.0f; + const float rad = RAD_MIN + (RAD_MAX - RAD_MIN) * (float)n / (8.0f - 1.0f); + + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + + ImGui::Text("R: %.f\nN: %d", rad, draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(rad)); + + const float canvas_width = IM_MAX(min_widget_width, rad * 2.0f); + const float offset_x = floorf(canvas_width * 0.5f); + const float offset_y = floorf(RAD_MAX); + + const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(p1.x + offset_x, p1.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2)); + + /* + const ImVec2 p2 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(p2.x + offset_x, p2.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2)); + */ + + ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("When drawing circle primitives with \"num_segments == 0\" tesselation will be calculated automatically."); + + ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero. + ImGui::DragFloat("Disabled Alpha", &style.DisabledAlpha, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Additional alpha multiplier for disabled items (multiply over current value of Alpha)."); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() +// - ShowExampleMenuFile() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a "main" fullscreen menu bar and populating it. +// Note the difference between BeginMainMenuBar() and BeginMenuBar(): +// - BeginMenuBar() = menu-bar inside current window (which needs the ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag!) +// - BeginMainMenuBar() = helper to create menu-bar-sized window at the top of the main viewport + call BeginMenuBar() into it. +static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() +{ + if (ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit")) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Undo", "CTRL+Z")) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Redo", "CTRL+Y", false, false)) {} // Disabled item + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Cut", "CTRL+X")) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Copy", "CTRL+C")) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Paste", "CTRL+V")) {} + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMainMenuBar(); + } +} + +// Note that shortcuts are currently provided for display only +// (future version will add explicit flags to BeginMenu() to request processing shortcuts) +static void ShowExampleMenuFile() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu"); + ImGui::MenuItem("(demo menu)", NULL, false, false); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("New")) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Open", "Ctrl+O")) {} + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open Recent")) + { + ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.c"); + ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.inl"); + ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.h"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("More..")) + { + ImGui::MenuItem("Hello"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Sailor"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Recurse..")) + { + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save", "Ctrl+S")) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save As..")) {} + + ImGui::Separator(); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Options"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) + { + static bool enabled = true; + ImGui::MenuItem("Enabled", "", &enabled); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), true); + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) + ImGui::Text("Scrolling Text %d", i); + ImGui::EndChild(); + static float f = 0.5f; + static int n = 0; + ImGui::SliderFloat("Value", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputFloat("Input", &f, 0.1f); + ImGui::Combo("Combo", &n, "Yes\0No\0Maybe\0\0"); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Colors"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Colors")) + { + float sz = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight(); + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) + { + const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName((ImGuiCol)i); + ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + sz, p.y + sz), ImGui::GetColorU32((ImGuiCol)i)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(sz, sz)); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::MenuItem(name); + } + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + + // Here we demonstrate appending again to the "Options" menu (which we already created above) + // Of course in this demo it is a little bit silly that this function calls BeginMenu("Options") twice. + // In a real code-base using it would make senses to use this feature from very different code locations. + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) // <-- Append! + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Append to an existing menu"); + static bool b = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("SomeOption", &b); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Disabled", false)) // Disabled + { + IM_ASSERT(0); + } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Checked", NULL, true)) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a simple console window, with scrolling, filtering, completion and history. +// For the console example, we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold both data and functions. +struct ExampleAppConsole +{ + char InputBuf[256]; + ImVector Items; + ImVector Commands; + ImVector History; + int HistoryPos; // -1: new line, 0..History.Size-1 browsing history. + ImGuiTextFilter Filter; + bool AutoScroll; + bool ScrollToBottom; + + ExampleAppConsole() + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Console"); + ClearLog(); + memset(InputBuf, 0, sizeof(InputBuf)); + HistoryPos = -1; + + // "CLASSIFY" is here to provide the test case where "C"+[tab] completes to "CL" and display multiple matches. + Commands.push_back("HELP"); + Commands.push_back("HISTORY"); + Commands.push_back("CLEAR"); + Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY"); + AutoScroll = true; + ScrollToBottom = false; + AddLog("Welcome to Dear ImGui!"); + } + ~ExampleAppConsole() + { + ClearLog(); + for (int i = 0; i < History.Size; i++) + free(History[i]); + } + + // Portable helpers + static int Stricmp(const char* s1, const char* s2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; } return d; } + static int Strnicmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; n--; } return d; } + static char* Strdup(const char* s) { IM_ASSERT(s); size_t len = strlen(s) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)s, len); } + static void Strtrim(char* s) { char* str_end = s + strlen(s); while (str_end > s && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; } + + void ClearLog() + { + for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + free(Items[i]); + Items.clear(); + } + + void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2) + { + // FIXME-OPT + char buf[1024]; + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + vsnprintf(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt, args); + buf[IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)-1] = 0; + va_end(args); + Items.push_back(Strdup(buf)); + } + + void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open) + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // As a specific feature guaranteed by the library, after calling Begin() the last Item represent the title bar. + // So e.g. IsItemHovered() will return true when hovering the title bar. + // Here we create a context menu only available from the title bar. + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close Console")) + *p_open = false; + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "This example implements a console with basic coloring, completion (TAB key) and history (Up/Down keys). A more elaborate " + "implementation may want to store entries along with extra data such as timestamp, emitter, etc."); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Enter 'HELP' for help."); + + // TODO: display items starting from the bottom + + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) { ClearLog(); } + ImGui::SameLine(); + bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy"); + //static float t = 0.0f; if (ImGui::GetTime() - t > 0.02f) { t = ImGui::GetTime(); AddLog("Spam %f", t); } + + ImGui::Separator(); + + // Options menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Options, Filter + if (ImGui::Button("Options")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Options"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + Filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180); + ImGui::Separator(); + + // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text + const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. + // If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); + // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping + // to only process visible items. The clipper will automatically measure the height of your first item and then + // "seek" to display only items in the visible area. + // To use the clipper we can replace your standard loop: + // for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + // With: + // ImGuiListClipper clipper; + // clipper.Begin(Items.Size); + // while (clipper.Step()) + // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + // - That your items are evenly spaced (same height) + // - That you have cheap random access to your elements (you can access them given their index, + // without processing all the ones before) + // You cannot this code as-is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. + // We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. + // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices + // or offsets of items that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, + // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage + // to improve this example code! + // If your items are of variable height: + // - Split them into same height items would be simpler and facilitate random-seeking into your list. + // - Consider using manual call to IsRectVisible() and skipping extraneous decoration from your items. + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing + if (copy_to_clipboard) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + { + const char* item = Items[i]; + if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) + continue; + + // Normally you would store more information in your item than just a string. + // (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.) + ImVec4 color; + bool has_color = false; + if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + if (has_color) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, color); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item); + if (has_color) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + } + if (copy_to_clipboard) + ImGui::LogFinish(); + + if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + ScrollToBottom = false; + + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::Separator(); + + // Command-line + bool reclaim_focus = false; + ImGuiInputTextFlags input_text_flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), input_text_flags, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this)) + { + char* s = InputBuf; + Strtrim(s); + if (s[0]) + ExecCommand(s); + strcpy(s, ""); + reclaim_focus = true; + } + + // Auto-focus on window apparition + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + if (reclaim_focus) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); // Auto focus previous widget + + ImGui::End(); + } + + void ExecCommand(const char* command_line) + { + AddLog("# %s\n", command_line); + + // Insert into history. First find match and delete it so it can be pushed to the back. + // This isn't trying to be smart or optimal. + HistoryPos = -1; + for (int i = History.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (Stricmp(History[i], command_line) == 0) + { + free(History[i]); + History.erase(History.begin() + i); + break; + } + History.push_back(Strdup(command_line)); + + // Process command + if (Stricmp(command_line, "CLEAR") == 0) + { + ClearLog(); + } + else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HELP") == 0) + { + AddLog("Commands:"); + for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++) + AddLog("- %s", Commands[i]); + } + else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HISTORY") == 0) + { + int first = History.Size - 10; + for (int i = first > 0 ? first : 0; i < History.Size; i++) + AddLog("%3d: %s\n", i, History[i]); + } + else + { + AddLog("Unknown command: '%s'\n", command_line); + } + + // On command input, we scroll to bottom even if AutoScroll==false + ScrollToBottom = true; + } + + // In C++11 you'd be better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks + static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + ExampleAppConsole* console = (ExampleAppConsole*)data->UserData; + return console->TextEditCallback(data); + } + + int TextEditCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + //AddLog("cursor: %d, selection: %d-%d", data->CursorPos, data->SelectionStart, data->SelectionEnd); + switch (data->EventFlag) + { + case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion: + { + // Example of TEXT COMPLETION + + // Locate beginning of current word + const char* word_end = data->Buf + data->CursorPos; + const char* word_start = word_end; + while (word_start > data->Buf) + { + const char c = word_start[-1]; + if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == ',' || c == ';') + break; + word_start--; + } + + // Build a list of candidates + ImVector candidates; + for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++) + if (Strnicmp(Commands[i], word_start, (int)(word_end - word_start)) == 0) + candidates.push_back(Commands[i]); + + if (candidates.Size == 0) + { + // No match + AddLog("No match for \"%.*s\"!\n", (int)(word_end - word_start), word_start); + } + else if (candidates.Size == 1) + { + // Single match. Delete the beginning of the word and replace it entirely so we've got nice casing. + data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start)); + data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0]); + data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, " "); + } + else + { + // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can.. + // So inputing "C"+Tab will complete to "CL" then display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" as matches. + int match_len = (int)(word_end - word_start); + for (;;) + { + int c = 0; + bool all_candidates_matches = true; + for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size && all_candidates_matches; i++) + if (i == 0) + c = toupper(candidates[i][match_len]); + else if (c == 0 || c != toupper(candidates[i][match_len])) + all_candidates_matches = false; + if (!all_candidates_matches) + break; + match_len++; + } + + if (match_len > 0) + { + data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start)); + data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0], candidates[0] + match_len); + } + + // List matches + AddLog("Possible matches:\n"); + for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size; i++) + AddLog("- %s\n", candidates[i]); + } + + break; + } + case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory: + { + // Example of HISTORY + const int prev_history_pos = HistoryPos; + if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow) + { + if (HistoryPos == -1) + HistoryPos = History.Size - 1; + else if (HistoryPos > 0) + HistoryPos--; + } + else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow) + { + if (HistoryPos != -1) + if (++HistoryPos >= History.Size) + HistoryPos = -1; + } + + // A better implementation would preserve the data on the current input line along with cursor position. + if (prev_history_pos != HistoryPos) + { + const char* history_str = (HistoryPos >= 0) ? History[HistoryPos] : ""; + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, history_str); + } + } + } + return 0; + } +}; + +static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open) +{ + static ExampleAppConsole console; + console.Draw("Example: Console", p_open); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Usage: +// static ExampleAppLog my_log; +// my_log.AddLog("Hello %d world\n", 123); +// my_log.Draw("title"); +struct ExampleAppLog +{ + ImGuiTextBuffer Buf; + ImGuiTextFilter Filter; + ImVector LineOffsets; // Index to lines offset. We maintain this with AddLog() calls. + bool AutoScroll; // Keep scrolling if already at the bottom. + + ExampleAppLog() + { + AutoScroll = true; + Clear(); + } + + void Clear() + { + Buf.clear(); + LineOffsets.clear(); + LineOffsets.push_back(0); + } + + void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2) + { + int old_size = Buf.size(); + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + Buf.appendfv(fmt, args); + va_end(args); + for (int new_size = Buf.size(); old_size < new_size; old_size++) + if (Buf[old_size] == '\n') + LineOffsets.push_back(old_size + 1); + } + + void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open = NULL) + { + if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Options menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Main window + if (ImGui::Button("Options")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Options"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + bool clear = ImGui::Button("Clear"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + bool copy = ImGui::Button("Copy"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f); + + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + + if (clear) + Clear(); + if (copy) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + const char* buf = Buf.begin(); + const char* buf_end = Buf.end(); + if (Filter.IsActive()) + { + // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled. + // This is because we don't have random access to the result of our filter. + // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of + // search/filter.. especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp). + for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++) + { + const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; + const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; + if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end)) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); + } + } + else + { + // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer: + // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); + // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward + // to skip non-visible lines. Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are + // within the visible area. + // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them + // on your side is recommended. Using ImGuiListClipper requires + // - A) random access into your data + // - B) items all being the same height, + // both of which we can handle since we have an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text. + // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display + // anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. Storing or skimming through the search result would make + // it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries). + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + { + const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; + const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); + } + } + clipper.End(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + + if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::End(); + } +}; + +// Demonstrate creating a simple log window with basic filtering. +static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open) +{ + static ExampleAppLog log; + + // For the demo: add a debug button _BEFORE_ the normal log window contents + // We take advantage of a rarely used feature: multiple calls to Begin()/End() are appending to the _same_ window. + // Most of the contents of the window will be added by the log.Draw() call. + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin("Example: Log", p_open); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Log"); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("[Debug] Add 5 entries")) + { + static int counter = 0; + const char* categories[3] = { "info", "warn", "error" }; + const char* words[] = { "Bumfuzzled", "Cattywampus", "Snickersnee", "Abibliophobia", "Absquatulate", "Nincompoop", "Pauciloquent" }; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + const char* category = categories[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(categories)]; + const char* word = words[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(words)]; + log.AddLog("[%05d] [%s] Hello, current time is %.1f, here's a word: '%s'\n", + ImGui::GetFrameCount(), category, ImGui::GetTime(), word); + counter++; + } + } + ImGui::End(); + + // Actually call in the regular Log helper (which will Begin() into the same window as we just did) + log.Draw("Example: Log", p_open); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate create a window with multiple child windows. +static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 440), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple layout"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + + // Left + static int selected = 0; + { + ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + { + // FIXME: Good candidate to use ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav + char label[128]; + sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i)) + selected = i; + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // Right + { + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + ImGui::BeginChild("item view", ImVec2(0, -ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing())); // Leave room for 1 line below us + ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Description")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. "); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Details")) + { + ImGui::Text("ID: 0123456789"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) {} + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Save")) {} + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid) +{ + // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID. + ImGui::PushID(uid); + + // Text and Tree nodes are less high than framed widgets, using AlignTextToFramePadding() we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high. + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich"); + + if (node_open) + { + static float placeholder_members[8] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 3.1416f, 100.0f, 999.0f }; + for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + { + ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier. + if (i < 2) + { + ShowPlaceholderObject("Child", 424242); + } + else + { + // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well) + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet; + ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", flags, "Field_%d", i); + + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + if (i >= 5) + ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 1.0f); + else + ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 0.01f); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); +} + +// Demonstrate create a simple property editor. +static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); + + HelpMarker( + "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n" + "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n" + "Remember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\n" + "your cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); + + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2)); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) + { + // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data) + for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++) + { + ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i); + //ImGui::Separator(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate/test rendering huge amount of text, and the incidence of clipping. +static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Long text display", p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Long text display"); + + static int test_type = 0; + static ImGuiTextBuffer log; + static int lines = 0; + ImGui::Text("Printing unusually long amount of text."); + ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type, + "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0" + "Multiple calls to Text(), clipped\0" + "Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0"); + ImGui::Text("Buffer contents: %d lines, %d bytes", lines, log.size()); + if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) { log.clear(); lines = 0; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Add 1000 lines")) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 1000; i++) + log.appendf("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", lines + i); + lines += 1000; + } + ImGui::BeginChild("Log"); + switch (test_type) + { + case 0: + // Single call to TextUnformatted() with a big buffer + ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); + break; + case 1: + { + // Multiple calls to Text(), manually coarsely clipped - demonstrate how to use the ImGuiListClipper helper. + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(lines); + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + break; + } + case 2: + // Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + break; + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a window which gets auto-resized according to its content. +static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) +{ + if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Auto-resizing window", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Auto-resizing window"); + + static int lines = 10; + ImGui::TextUnformatted( + "Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\n" + "Note that you probably don't want to query the window size to\n" + "output your content because that would create a feedback loop."); + ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20); + for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i * 4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints. +// Note that size constraints currently don't work on a docked window (when in 'docking' branch) +static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) +{ + struct CustomConstraints + { + // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints + // FIXME: This doesn't take account of decoration size (e.g. title bar), library should make this easier. + static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize.x = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); } + static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); } + static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->CurrentSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->CurrentSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } + }; + + const char* test_desc[] = + { + "Between 100x100 and 500x500", + "At least 100x100", + "Resize vertical only", + "Resize horizontal only", + "Width Between 400 and 500", + "Custom: Aspect Ratio 16:9", + "Custom: Always Square", + "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", + }; + + // Options + static bool auto_resize = false; + static bool window_padding = true; + static int type = 5; // Aspect Ratio + static int display_lines = 10; + + // Submit constraint + float aspect_ratio = 16.0f / 9.0f; + float fixed_step = 100.0f; + if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(500, 500)); // Between 100x100 and 500x500 + if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 + if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only + if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only + if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width Between and 400 and 500 + if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio + if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square + if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step + + // Submit window + if (!window_padding) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + const ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; + const bool window_open = ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, window_flags); + if (!window_padding) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + if (window_open) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Constrained Resizing window"); + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) + { + // Display a dummy viewport (in your real app you would likely use ImageButton() to display a texture. + ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImGui::ColorButton("viewport", ImVec4(0.5f, 0.2f, 0.5f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, avail_size); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(pos.x + 10, pos.y + 10)); + ImGui::Text("%.2f x %.2f", avail_size.x, avail_size.y); + } + else + { + ImGui::Text("(Hold SHIFT to display a dummy viewport)"); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20); + ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, test_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(test_desc)); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20); + ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); + ImGui::Checkbox("Window padding", &window_padding); + for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); + } + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration +// + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. +static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) +{ + static int location = 0; + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; + if (location >= 0) + { + const float PAD = 10.0f; + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImVec2 work_pos = viewport->WorkPos; // Use work area to avoid menu-bar/task-bar, if any! + ImVec2 work_size = viewport->WorkSize; + ImVec2 window_pos, window_pos_pivot; + window_pos.x = (location & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD); + window_pos.y = (location & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD); + window_pos_pivot.x = (location & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + window_pos_pivot.y = (location & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot); + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + } + else if (location == -2) + { + // Center window + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + } + ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, window_flags)) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple Overlay"); + ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "(right-click to change position)"); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) + ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + else + ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: "); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, location == -1)) location = -1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Center", NULL, location == -2)) location = -2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, location == 0)) location = 0; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, location == 1)) location = 1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, location == 2)) location = 2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, location == 3)) location = 3; + if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a window covering the entire screen/viewport +static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) +{ + static bool use_work_area = true; + static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.) + // Based on your use case you may want one of the other. + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkPos : viewport->Pos); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkSize : viewport->Size); + + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Fullscreen window", p_open, flags)) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Use work area instead of main area", &use_work_area); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Main Area = entire viewport,\nWork Area = entire viewport minus sections used by the main menu bars, task bars etc.\n\nEnable the main-menu bar in Examples menu to see the difference."); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + if (p_open && ImGui::Button("Close this window")) + *p_open = false; + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate the use of "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. +// This applies to all regular items as well. +// Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" for details. +static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) +{ + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + const ImVec2 base_pos = viewport->Pos; + + // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title. + // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID. + + // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier. + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Manipulating window titles"); + ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique."); + ImGui::End(); + + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2"); + ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique."); + ImGui::End(); + + // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle" + char buf[128]; + sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime() / 0.25f) & 3], ImGui::GetFrameCount()); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin(buf); + ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title."); + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes. +static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) +{ + if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Custom Rendering"); + + // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of + // overloaded operators, etc. Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your + // types and ImVec2/ImVec4. Dear ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not + // exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) In this example we are not using the maths operators! + + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##TabBar")) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Primitives")) + { + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + + // Draw gradients + // (note that those are currently exacerbating our sRGB/Linear issues) + // Calling ImGui::GetColorU32() multiplies the given colors by the current Style Alpha, but you may pass the IM_COL32() directly as well.. + ImGui::Text("Gradients"); + ImVec2 gradient_size = ImVec2(ImGui::CalcItemWidth(), ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + { + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y); + ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255)); + ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a); + ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient1", gradient_size); + } + { + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y); + ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a); + ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient2", gradient_size); + } + + // Draw a bunch of primitives + ImGui::Text("All primitives"); + static float sz = 36.0f; + static float thickness = 3.0f; + static int ngon_sides = 6; + static bool circle_segments_override = false; + static int circle_segments_override_v = 12; + static bool curve_segments_override = false; + static int curve_segments_override_v = 8; + static ImVec4 colf = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f); + ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 100.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f"); + ImGui::SliderInt("N-gon sides", &ngon_sides, 3, 12); + ImGui::Checkbox("##circlesegmentoverride", &circle_segments_override); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + circle_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Circle segments override", &circle_segments_override_v, 3, 40); + ImGui::Checkbox("##curvessegmentoverride", &curve_segments_override); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + curve_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Curves segments override", &curve_segments_override_v, 3, 40); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", &colf.x); + + const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + const ImU32 col = ImColor(colf); + const float spacing = 10.0f; + const ImDrawFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; + const float rounding = sz / 5.0f; + const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0; + const int curve_segments = curve_segments_override ? curve_segments_override_v : 0; + float x = p.x + 4.0f; + float y = p.y + 4.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + // First line uses a thickness of 1.0f, second line uses the configurable thickness + float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; + draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon + draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners + draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing; // Triangle + //draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Diagonal line + + // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points) + ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(x, y + sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y - sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; + draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(cp3[0], cp3[1], cp3[2], col, th, curve_segments); x += sz + spacing; + + // Cubic Bezier Curve (4 control points) + ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz * 1.3f, y + sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz * 1.3f, y + sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; + draw_list->AddBezierCubic(cp4[0], cp4[1], cp4[2], cp4[3], col, th, curve_segments); + + x = p.x + 4; + y += sz + spacing; + } + draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col); x += sz + spacing; // Square + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners + draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle + //draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col); x += spacing * 2.0f;// Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 10.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f)); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Canvas")) + { + static ImVector points; + static ImVec2 scrolling(0.0f, 0.0f); + static bool opt_enable_grid = true; + static bool opt_enable_context_menu = true; + static bool adding_line = false; + + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable grid", &opt_enable_grid); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable context menu", &opt_enable_context_menu); + ImGui::Text("Mouse Left: drag to add lines,\nMouse Right: drag to scroll, click for context menu."); + + // Typically you would use a BeginChild()/EndChild() pair to benefit from a clipping region + own scrolling. + // Here we demonstrate that this can be replaced by simple offsetting + custom drawing + PushClipRect/PopClipRect() calls. + // To use a child window instead we could use, e.g: + // ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Disable padding + // ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); // Set a background color + // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + // ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + // ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + // [...] + // ImGui::EndChild(); + + // Using InvisibleButton() as a convenience 1) it will advance the layout cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() + ImVec2 canvas_p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates! + ImVec2 canvas_sz = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available + if (canvas_sz.x < 50.0f) canvas_sz.x = 50.0f; + if (canvas_sz.y < 50.0f) canvas_sz.y = 50.0f; + ImVec2 canvas_p1 = ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + canvas_sz.x, canvas_p0.y + canvas_sz.y); + + // Draw border and background color + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); + draw_list->AddRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255)); + + // This will catch our interactions + ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight); + const bool is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); // Hovered + const bool is_active = ImGui::IsItemActive(); // Held + const ImVec2 origin(canvas_p0.x + scrolling.x, canvas_p0.y + scrolling.y); // Lock scrolled origin + const ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas(io.MousePos.x - origin.x, io.MousePos.y - origin.y); + + // Add first and second point + if (is_hovered && !adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) + { + points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); + points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); + adding_line = true; + } + if (adding_line) + { + points.back() = mouse_pos_in_canvas; + if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) + adding_line = false; + } + + // Pan (we use a zero mouse threshold when there's no context menu) + // You may decide to make that threshold dynamic based on whether the mouse is hovering something etc. + const float mouse_threshold_for_pan = opt_enable_context_menu ? -1.0f : 0.0f; + if (is_active && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Right, mouse_threshold_for_pan)) + { + scrolling.x += io.MouseDelta.x; + scrolling.y += io.MouseDelta.y; + } + + // Context menu (under default mouse threshold) + ImVec2 drag_delta = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton_Right); + if (opt_enable_context_menu && drag_delta.x == 0.0f && drag_delta.y == 0.0f) + ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("context")) + { + if (adding_line) + points.resize(points.size() - 2); + adding_line = false; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove one", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.resize(points.size() - 2); } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove all", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.clear(); } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Draw grid + all lines in the canvas + draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, true); + if (opt_enable_grid) + { + const float GRID_STEP = 64.0f; + for (float x = fmodf(scrolling.x, GRID_STEP); x < canvas_sz.x; x += GRID_STEP) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p0.y), ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p1.y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40)); + for (float y = fmodf(scrolling.y, GRID_STEP); y < canvas_sz.y; y += GRID_STEP) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x, canvas_p0.y + y), ImVec2(canvas_p1.x, canvas_p0.y + y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40)); + } + for (int n = 0; n < points.Size; n += 2) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(origin.x + points[n].x, origin.y + points[n].y), ImVec2(origin.x + points[n + 1].x, origin.y + points[n + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("BG/FG draw lists")) + { + static bool draw_bg = true; + static bool draw_fg = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Background draw list", &draw_bg); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Background draw list will be rendered below every Dear ImGui windows."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Foreground draw list", &draw_fg); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Foreground draw list will be rendered over every Dear ImGui windows."); + ImVec2 window_pos = ImGui::GetWindowPos(); + ImVec2 window_size = ImGui::GetWindowSize(); + ImVec2 window_center = ImVec2(window_pos.x + window_size.x * 0.5f, window_pos.y + window_size.y * 0.5f); + if (draw_bg) + ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.x * 0.6f, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0, 10 + 4); + if (draw_fg) + ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.y * 0.6f, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 200), 0, 10); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Simplified structure to mimic a Document model +struct MyDocument +{ + const char* Name; // Document title + bool Open; // Set when open (we keep an array of all available documents to simplify demo code!) + bool OpenPrev; // Copy of Open from last update. + bool Dirty; // Set when the document has been modified + bool WantClose; // Set when the document + ImVec4 Color; // An arbitrary variable associated to the document + + MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f)) + { + Name = name; + Open = OpenPrev = open; + Dirty = false; + WantClose = false; + Color = color; + } + void DoOpen() { Open = true; } + void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; } + void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; } + void DoSave() { Dirty = false; } + + // Display placeholder contents for the Document + static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc) + { + ImGui::PushID(doc); + ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua."); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0))) + doc->Dirty = true; + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0))) + doc->DoSave(); + ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x); // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior. + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + // Display context menu for the Document + static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc) + { + if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + return; + + char buf[256]; + sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name); + if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open)) + doc->DoSave(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open)) + doc->DoQueueClose(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } +}; + +struct ExampleAppDocuments +{ + ImVector Documents; + + ExampleAppDocuments() + { + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false)); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document", false)); + } +}; + +// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface. +// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, +// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for +// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has +// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively +// give the impression of a flicker for one frame. +// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch. +// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. +static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app) +{ + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (!doc->Open && doc->OpenPrev) + ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc->Name); + doc->OpenPrev = doc->Open; + } +} + +void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) +{ + static ExampleAppDocuments app; + + // Options + static bool opt_reorderable = true; + static ImGuiTabBarFlags opt_fitting_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; + + bool window_contents_visible = ImGui::Begin("Example: Documents", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); + if (!window_contents_visible) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Menu + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + int open_count = 0; + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + open_count += app.Documents[doc_n].Open ? 1 : 0; + + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size)) + { + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (!doc->Open) + if (ImGui::MenuItem(doc->Name)) + doc->DoOpen(); + } + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open) + *p_open = false; + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + + // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (doc_n > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(doc); + if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc->Name, &doc->Open)) + if (!doc->Open) + doc->DoForceClose(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::Separator(); + + // About the ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument / ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument flags. + // They have multiple effects: + // - Display a dot next to the title. + // - Tab is selected when clicking the X close button. + // - Closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). + // Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. + // We need to assume closure by default otherwise waiting for "lack of submission" on the next frame would leave an empty + // hole for one-frame, both in the tab-bar and in tab-contents when closing a tab/window. + // The rarely used SetTabItemClosed() function is a way to notify of programmatic closure to avoid the one-frame hole. + + // Submit Tab Bar and Tabs + { + ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = (opt_fitting_flags) | (opt_reorderable ? ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable : 0); + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags)) + { + if (opt_reorderable) + NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app); + + // [DEBUG] Stress tests + //if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1; // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on. + //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name); // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway.. + + // Submit Tabs + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (!doc->Open) + continue; + + ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); + bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc->Name, &doc->Open, tab_flags); + + // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup. + if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty) + { + doc->Open = true; + doc->DoQueueClose(); + } + + MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc); + if (visible) + { + MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + } + + // Update closing queue + static ImVector close_queue; + if (close_queue.empty()) + { + // Close queue is locked once we started a popup + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (doc->WantClose) + { + doc->WantClose = false; + close_queue.push_back(doc); + } + } + } + + // Display closing confirmation UI + if (!close_queue.empty()) + { + int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0; + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) + close_queue_unsaved_documents++; + + if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0) + { + // Close documents when all are unsaved + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); + close_queue.clear(); + } + else + { + if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen("Save?")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Save?"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + { + ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?"); + float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + if (ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height))) + { + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) + ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name); + ImGui::EndChildFrame(); + } + + ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + { + if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) + close_queue[n]->DoSave(); + close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); + } + close_queue.clear(); + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); + close_queue.clear(); + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size)) + { + close_queue.clear(); + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + } + } + + ImGui::End(); +} + +// End of Demo code +#else + +void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() {} +void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle*) {} + +#endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/src/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp similarity index 60% rename from imgui/imgui_draw.cpp rename to src/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp index 8089bbef..256dd6f9 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.74 +// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers // [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder // [SECTION] ImFont -// [SECTION] Internal Render Helpers +// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers // [SECTION] Decompression code // [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf) @@ -27,14 +27,20 @@ Index of this file: #endif #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + #include "imgui_internal.h" +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +#include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h" +#endif #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #if !defined(alloca) -#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__SWITCH__) +#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__NEWLIB__) #include // alloca (glibc uses . Note that Cygwin may have _WIN32 defined, so the order matters here) #elif defined(_WIN32) #include // alloca @@ -48,29 +54,32 @@ Index of this file: // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant -#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) -#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#pragma warning (disable: 6255) // [Static Analyzer] _alloca indicates failure by raising a stack overflow exception. Consider using _malloca instead. +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer) #endif // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning : declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness // -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning : zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif -#if __has_warning("-Wcomma") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma" // warning : possible misuse of comma operator here // -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wreserved-id-macro") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier // -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#if __has_warning("-Walloca") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Walloca" // warning: use of function '__builtin_alloca' is discouraged #endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma" // warning: possible misuse of comma operator here +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used @@ -81,7 +90,7 @@ Index of this file: #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation (for stb_truetype and stb_rect_pack) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Compile time options: @@ -99,6 +108,9 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (push) #pragma warning (disable: 4456) // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration +#pragma warning (disable: 6011) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer 'cur->next'. +#pragma warning (disable: 6385) // (stb_truetype) Reading invalid data from 'buffer': the readable size is '_Old_3`kernel_width' bytes, but '3' bytes may be read. +#pragma warning (disable: 28182) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer. 'cur' contains the same NULL value as 'cur->next' did. #endif #if defined(__clang__) @@ -106,7 +118,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-fallthrough" -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning : cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier // +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier #endif #if defined(__GNUC__) @@ -116,9 +128,9 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #endif #ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit #define STBRP_STATIC -#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) IM_ASSERT(x) +#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0) #define STBRP_SORT ImQsort #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION #endif @@ -129,16 +141,17 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #endif #endif +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE #ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit #define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x)) #define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x)) -#define STBTT_assert(x) IM_ASSERT(x) +#define STBTT_assert(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0) #define STBTT_fmod(x,y) ImFmod(x,y) #define STBTT_sqrt(x) ImSqrt(x) #define STBTT_pow(x,y) ImPow(x,y) #define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x) -#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorStd(x)) +#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorSigned(x)) #define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x)) #define STBTT_STATIC #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION @@ -151,6 +164,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #include "imstb_truetype.h" #endif #endif +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE #if defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop @@ -208,7 +222,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = colors[ImGuiCol_Border]; colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.25f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); @@ -220,6 +234,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.19f, 0.19f, 0.20f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.35f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); @@ -235,7 +254,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.85f); colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f); colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f); @@ -263,7 +282,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.16f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); @@ -275,6 +294,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.38f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.45f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -319,7 +343,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.56f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f); @@ -331,6 +355,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.87f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.57f, 0.57f, 0.64f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -340,32 +369,48 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawList +// [SECTION] ImDrawList //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData() { - Font = NULL; - FontSize = 0.0f; - CurveTessellationTol = 0.0f; - ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(-8192.0f, -8192.0f, +8192.0f, +8192.0f); - InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++) + { + const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); + ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a)); + } + ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); +} + +void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error) +{ + if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error) + return; - // Const data - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleVtx12); i++) + IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f); + CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++) { - const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleVtx12); - CircleVtx12[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a)); + const float radius = (float)i; + CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX); } + ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); } -void ImDrawList::Clear() +// Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer. +void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() { + // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory. + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); + CmdBuffer.resize(0); IdxBuffer.resize(0); VtxBuffer.resize(0); - Flags = _Data ? _Data->InitialFlags : ImDrawListFlags_None; - _VtxCurrentOffset = 0; + Flags = _Data->InitialFlags; + memset(&_CmdHeader, 0, sizeof(_CmdHeader)); _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; _VtxWritePtr = NULL; _IdxWritePtr = NULL; @@ -373,13 +418,16 @@ void ImDrawList::Clear() _TextureIdStack.resize(0); _Path.resize(0); _Splitter.Clear(); + CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd()); + _FringeScale = 1.0f; } -void ImDrawList::ClearFreeMemory() +void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory() { CmdBuffer.clear(); IdxBuffer.clear(); VtxBuffer.clear(); + Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None; _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; _VtxWritePtr = NULL; _IdxWritePtr = NULL; @@ -399,86 +447,145 @@ ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const return dst; } -// Using macros because C++ is a terrible language, we want guaranteed inline, no code in header, and no overhead in Debug builds -#define GetCurrentClipRect() (_ClipRectStack.Size ? _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1] : _Data->ClipRectFullscreen) -#define GetCurrentTextureId() (_TextureIdStack.Size ? _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size-1] : (ImTextureID)NULL) - void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd() { ImDrawCmd draw_cmd; - draw_cmd.ClipRect = GetCurrentClipRect(); - draw_cmd.TextureId = GetCurrentTextureId(); - draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _VtxCurrentOffset; + draw_cmd.ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; // Same as calling ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy() + draw_cmd.TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; + draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset; draw_cmd.IdxOffset = IdxBuffer.Size; IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w); CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd); } +// Pop trailing draw command (used before merging or presenting to user) +// Note that this leaves the ImDrawList in a state unfit for further commands, as most code assume that CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL +void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd() +{ + if (CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + CmdBuffer.pop_back(); +} + void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) { - ImDrawCmd* current_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL; - if (!current_cmd || current_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || current_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) { AddDrawCmd(); - current_cmd = &CmdBuffer.back(); + curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; } - current_cmd->UserCallback = callback; - current_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data; + curr_cmd->UserCallback = callback; + curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data; AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below) } +// Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp() +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset +#define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1) (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset) + +// Try to merge two last draw commands +void ImDrawList::_TryMergeDrawCmds() +{ + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { + prev_cmd->ElemCount += curr_cmd->ElemCount; + CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + } +} + // Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack. // The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only. -void ImDrawList::UpdateClipRect() +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect() { // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command - const ImVec4 curr_clip_rect = GetCurrentClipRect(); - ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 0 ? &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1] : NULL; - if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &_CmdHeader.ClipRect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) { AddDrawCmd(); return; } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command - ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && prev_cmd && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->TextureId == GetCurrentTextureId() && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - else - curr_cmd->ClipRect = curr_clip_rect; + return; + } + + curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; } -void ImDrawList::UpdateTextureID() +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID() { // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command - const ImTextureID curr_texture_id = GetCurrentTextureId(); - ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL; - if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != curr_texture_id) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != _CmdHeader.TextureId) { AddDrawCmd(); return; } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command - ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && prev_cmd && prev_cmd->TextureId == curr_texture_id && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &GetCurrentClipRect(), sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - else - curr_cmd->TextureId = curr_texture_id; + return; + } + + curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; } -#undef GetCurrentClipRect -#undef GetCurrentTextureId +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset() +{ + // We don't need to compare curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset because we know it'll be different at the time we call this. + _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + //IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset); // See #3349 + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) + { + AddDrawCmd(); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset; +} + +int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const +{ + // Automatic segment count + const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy + if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value + else + return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); +} // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) -void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) +void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& cr_min, const ImVec2& cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y); - if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect && _ClipRectStack.Size) + if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { - ImVec4 current = _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1]; + ImVec4 current = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x; if (cr.y < current.y) cr.y = current.y; if (cr.z > current.z) cr.z = current.z; @@ -488,7 +595,8 @@ void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_ cr.w = ImMax(cr.y, cr.w); _ClipRectStack.push_back(cr); - UpdateClipRect(); + _CmdHeader.ClipRect = cr; + _OnChangedClipRect(); } void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen() @@ -498,37 +606,43 @@ void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen() void ImDrawList::PopClipRect() { - IM_ASSERT(_ClipRectStack.Size > 0); _ClipRectStack.pop_back(); - UpdateClipRect(); + _CmdHeader.ClipRect = (_ClipRectStack.Size == 0) ? _Data->ClipRectFullscreen : _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size - 1]; + _OnChangedClipRect(); } void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id) { _TextureIdStack.push_back(texture_id); - UpdateTextureID(); + _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id; + _OnChangedTextureID(); } void ImDrawList::PopTextureID() { - IM_ASSERT(_TextureIdStack.Size > 0); _TextureIdStack.pop_back(); - UpdateTextureID(); + _CmdHeader.TextureId = (_TextureIdStack.Size == 0) ? (ImTextureID)NULL : _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size - 1]; + _OnChangedTextureID(); } -// NB: this can be called with negative count for removing primitives (as long as the result does not underflow) +// Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices. +// You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or +// submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations. void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) { // Large mesh support (when enabled) + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 && (_VtxCurrentIdx + vtx_count >= (1 << 16)) && (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) { - _VtxCurrentOffset = VtxBuffer.Size; - _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; - AddDrawCmd(); + // FIXME: In theory we should be testing that vtx_count <64k here. + // In practice, RenderText() relies on reserving ahead for a worst case scenario so it is currently useful for us + // to not make that check until we rework the text functions to handle clipping and large horizontal lines better. + _CmdHeader.VtxOffset = VtxBuffer.Size; + _OnChangedVtxOffset(); } - ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1]; - draw_cmd.ElemCount += idx_count; + ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + draw_cmd->ElemCount += idx_count; int vtx_buffer_old_size = VtxBuffer.Size; VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_old_size + vtx_count); @@ -539,6 +653,17 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size; } +// Release the a number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve(). +void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) +{ + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); + + ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + draw_cmd->ElemCount -= idx_count; + VtxBuffer.shrink(VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_count); + IdxBuffer.shrink(IdxBuffer.Size - idx_count); +} + // Fully unrolled with inline call to keep our debug builds decently fast. void ImDrawList::PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col) { @@ -584,42 +709,57 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c _IdxWritePtr += 6; } -// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superflous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds. -// Those macros expects l-values. -#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = 1.0f / ImSqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } -#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 < 0.5f) d2 = 0.5f; float inv_lensq = 1.0f / d2; VX *= inv_lensq; VY *= inv_lensq; } +// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds. +// - Those macros expects l-values and need to be used as their own statement. +// - Those macros are intentionally not surrounded by the 'do {} while (0)' idiom because even that translates to runtime with debug compilers. +#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } (void)0 +#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2 100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366) +#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } (void)0 // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe. // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. -void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { if (points_count < 2) return; - const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; - - int count = points_count; - if (!closed) - count = points_count-1; + const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0; + const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw + const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale); - const bool thick_line = thickness > 1.0f; if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) { // Anti-aliased stroke - const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; - const int idx_count = thick_line ? count*18 : count*12; - const int vtx_count = thick_line ? points_count*4 : points_count*3; + // Thicknesses <1.0 should behave like thickness 1.0 + thickness = ImMax(thickness, 1.0f); + const int integer_thickness = (int)thickness; + const float fractional_thickness = thickness - integer_thickness; + + // Do we want to draw this line using a texture? + // - For now, only draw integer-width lines using textures to avoid issues with the way scaling occurs, could be improved. + // - If AA_SIZE is not 1.0f we cannot use the texture path. + const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f) && (AA_SIZE == 1.0f); + + // We should never hit this, because NewFrame() doesn't set ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex unless ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines is off + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(!use_texture || !(_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)); + + const int idx_count = use_texture ? (count * 6) : (thick_line ? count * 18 : count * 12); + const int vtx_count = use_texture ? (points_count * 2) : (thick_line ? points_count * 4 : points_count * 3); PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); // Temporary buffer - ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 + // The first items are normals at each line point, then after that there are either 2 or 4 temp points for each line point + ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count; + // Calculate normals (tangents) for each line segment for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; float dx = points[i2].x - points[i1].x; float dy = points[i2].y - points[i1].y; IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); @@ -627,79 +767,134 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 temp_normals[i1].y = -dx; } if (!closed) - temp_normals[points_count-1] = temp_normals[points_count-2]; + temp_normals[points_count - 1] = temp_normals[points_count - 2]; - if (!thick_line) + // If we are drawing a one-pixel-wide line without a texture, or a textured line of any width, we only need 2 or 3 vertices per point + if (use_texture || !thick_line) { + // [PATH 1] Texture-based lines (thick or non-thick) + // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (non-thick) + + // The width of the geometry we need to draw - this is essentially pixels for the line itself, plus "one pixel" for AA. + // - In the texture-based path, we don't use AA_SIZE here because the +1 is tied to the generated texture + // (see ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData() function), and so alternate values won't work without changes to that code. + // - In the non texture-based paths, we would allow AA_SIZE to potentially be != 1.0f with a patch (e.g. fringe_scale patch to + // allow scaling geometry while preserving one-screen-pixel AA fringe). + const float half_draw_size = use_texture ? ((thickness * 0.5f) + 1) : AA_SIZE; + + // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend if (!closed) { - temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE; - temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE; - temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE; - temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE; + temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size; + temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size; + temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size; + temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size; } + // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges + // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps) // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer. - unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; - for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; - unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+3; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; // i2 is the second point of the line segment + const unsigned int idx2 = ((i1 + 1) == points_count) ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + (use_texture ? 2 : 3)); // Vertex index for end of segment // Average normals float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f; float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f; - IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y) - dm_x *= AA_SIZE; - dm_y *= AA_SIZE; + IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); + dm_x *= half_draw_size; // dm_x, dm_y are offset to the outer edge of the AA area + dm_y *= half_draw_size; - // Add temporary vertexes - ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2*2]; + // Add temporary vertexes for the outer edges + ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 2]; out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_x; out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_y; out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x - dm_x; out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y - dm_y; - // Add indexes - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); - _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); - _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); - _IdxWritePtr += 12; + if (use_texture) + { + // Add indices for two triangles + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); // Right tri + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Left tri + _IdxWritePtr += 6; + } + else + { + // Add indexes for four triangles + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); // Right tri 1 + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Right tri 2 + _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); // Left tri 1 + _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); // Left tri 2 + _IdxWritePtr += 12; + } idx1 = idx2; } - // Add vertexes - for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + // Add vertexes for each point on the line + if (use_texture) { - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*2+0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; - _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*2+1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; - _VtxWritePtr += 3; + // If we're using textures we only need to emit the left/right edge vertices + ImVec4 tex_uvs = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness]; + /*if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) // Currently always zero when use_texture==false! + { + const ImVec4 tex_uvs_1 = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness + 1]; + tex_uvs.x = tex_uvs.x + (tex_uvs_1.x - tex_uvs.x) * fractional_thickness; // inlined ImLerp() + tex_uvs.y = tex_uvs.y + (tex_uvs_1.y - tex_uvs.y) * fractional_thickness; + tex_uvs.z = tex_uvs.z + (tex_uvs_1.z - tex_uvs.z) * fractional_thickness; + tex_uvs.w = tex_uvs.w + (tex_uvs_1.w - tex_uvs.w) * fractional_thickness; + }*/ + ImVec2 tex_uv0(tex_uvs.x, tex_uvs.y); + ImVec2 tex_uv1(tex_uvs.z, tex_uvs.w); + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = tex_uv0; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Left-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = tex_uv1; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; // Right-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr += 2; + } + } + else + { + // If we're not using a texture, we need the center vertex as well + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Center of line + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Left-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; // Right-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr += 3; + } } } else { + // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (thick): we need to draw the solid line core and thus require four vertices per point const float half_inner_thickness = (thickness - AA_SIZE) * 0.5f; + + // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend if (!closed) { + const int points_last = points_count - 1; temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); temp_points[1] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness); temp_points[2] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness); temp_points[3] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+1] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+2] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+3] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 0] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 1] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 2] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 3] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); } + // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges + // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps) // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer. - unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; - for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; - unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+4; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : (i1 + 1); // i2 is the second point of the line segment + const unsigned int idx2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + 4); // Vertex index for end of segment // Average normals float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f; @@ -710,8 +905,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 float dm_in_x = dm_x * half_inner_thickness; float dm_in_y = dm_y * half_inner_thickness; - // Add temporary vertexes - ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2*4]; + // Add temporary vertices + ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 4]; out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_out_x; out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_out_y; out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x + dm_in_x; @@ -722,24 +917,24 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 out_vtx[3].y = points[i2].y - dm_out_y; // Add indexes - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); - _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); - _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); - _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3); - _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); + _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); + _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); + _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); + _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr += 18; idx1 = idx2; } - // Add vertexes + // Add vertices for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) { - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i*4+0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans; - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*4+1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*4+2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i*4+3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans; _VtxWritePtr += 4; } } @@ -747,14 +942,14 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 } else { - // Non Anti-aliased Stroke - const int idx_count = count*6; - const int vtx_count = count*4; // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges + // [PATH 4] Non texture-based, Non anti-aliased lines + const int idx_count = count * 6; + const int vtx_count = count * 4; // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2]; @@ -764,21 +959,22 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 dx *= (thickness * 0.5f); dy *= (thickness * 0.5f); - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; _VtxWritePtr += 4; - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3); _IdxWritePtr += 6; _VtxCurrentIdx += 4; } } } -// We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +// - We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +// - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) { if (points_count < 3) @@ -789,24 +985,24 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill) { // Anti-aliased Fill - const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; - const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3 + points_count*6; - const int vtx_count = (points_count*2); + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3 + points_count * 6; + const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2); PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); // Add indexes for fill unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx; - unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx+1; + unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1; for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++) { - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+((i-1)<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i<<1)); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + ((i - 1) << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i << 1)); _IdxWritePtr += 3; } // Compute normals ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 - for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) { const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0]; const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; @@ -817,7 +1013,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun temp_normals[i0].y = -dx; } - for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) { // Average normals const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0]; @@ -834,8 +1030,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun _VtxWritePtr += 2; // Add indexes for fringes - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr += 6; } _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; @@ -843,7 +1039,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun else { // Non Anti-aliased Fill - const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3; + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3; const int vtx_count = points_count; PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++) @@ -853,31 +1049,108 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun } for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++) { - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i-1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i - 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i); _IdxWritePtr += 3; } _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; } } -void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) +void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step) { - if (radius == 0.0f || a_min_of_12 > a_max_of_12) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; } - _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_max_of_12 - a_min_of_12 + 1)); - for (int a = a_min_of_12; a <= a_max_of_12; a++) + + // Calculate arc auto segment step size + if (a_step <= 0) + a_step = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + + // Make sure we never do steps larger than one quarter of the circle + a_step = ImClamp(a_step, 1, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE / 4); + + const int sample_range = ImAbs(a_max_sample - a_min_sample); + const int a_next_step = a_step; + + int samples = sample_range + 1; + bool extra_max_sample = false; + if (a_step > 1) { - const ImVec2& c = _Data->CircleVtx12[a % IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleVtx12)]; - _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + c.x * radius, center.y + c.y * radius)); + samples = sample_range / a_step + 1; + const int overstep = sample_range % a_step; + + if (overstep > 0) + { + extra_max_sample = true; + samples++; + + // When we have overstep to avoid awkwardly looking one long line and one tiny one at the end, + // distribute first step range evenly between them by reducing first step size. + if (sample_range > 0) + a_step -= (a_step - overstep) / 2; + } } + + _Path.resize(_Path.Size + samples); + ImVec2* out_ptr = _Path.Data + (_Path.Size - samples); + + int sample_index = a_min_sample; + if (sample_index < 0 || sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX) + { + sample_index = sample_index % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + if (sample_index < 0) + sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + } + + if (a_max_sample >= a_min_sample) + { + for (int a = a_min_sample; a <= a_max_sample; a += a_step, sample_index += a_step, a_step = a_next_step) + { + // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more + if (sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX) + sample_index -= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + } + else + { + for (int a = a_min_sample; a >= a_max_sample; a -= a_step, sample_index -= a_step, a_step = a_next_step) + { + // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more + if (sample_index < 0) + sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + } + + if (extra_max_sample) + { + int normalized_max_sample = a_max_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + if (normalized_max_sample < 0) + normalized_max_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[normalized_max_sample]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_Path.Data + _Path.Size == out_ptr); } -void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) { - if (radius == 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -893,62 +1166,201 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa } } -static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +// 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East +void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) +{ + if (radius < 0.5f) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, a_max_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, 0); +} + +void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +{ + if (radius < 0.5f) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + + if (num_segments > 0) + { + _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, num_segments); + return; + } + + // Automatic segment count + if (radius <= _Data->ArcFastRadiusCutoff) + { + const bool a_is_reverse = a_max < a_min; + + // We are going to use precomputed values for mid samples. + // Determine first and last sample in lookup table that belong to the arc. + const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f); + const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f); + + const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloorSigned(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f); + const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloorSigned(a_max_sample_f); + const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0); + + const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + const bool a_emit_start = ImAbs(a_min_segment_angle - a_min) >= 1e-5f; + const bool a_emit_end = ImAbs(a_max - a_max_segment_angle) >= 1e-5f; + + _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0))); + if (a_emit_start) + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_min) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_min) * radius)); + if (a_mid_samples > 0) + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_sample, a_max_sample, 0); + if (a_emit_end) + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_max) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_max) * radius)); + } + else + { + const float arc_length = ImAbs(a_max - a_min); + const int circle_segment_count = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + const int arc_segment_count = ImMax((int)ImCeil(circle_segment_count * arc_length / (IM_PI * 2.0f)), (int)(2.0f * IM_PI / arc_length)); + _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, arc_segment_count); + } +} + +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) +{ + float u = 1.0f - t; + float w1 = u * u * u; + float w2 = 3 * u * u * t; + float w3 = 3 * u * t * t; + float w4 = t * t * t; + return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x + w4 * p4.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y + w4 * p4.y); +} + +ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t) +{ + float u = 1.0f - t; + float w1 = u * u; + float w2 = 2 * u * t; + float w3 = t * t; + return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y); +} + +// Closely mimics ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() in imgui.cpp +static void PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) { float dx = x4 - x1; float dy = y4 - y1; - float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx); - float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx); + float d2 = (x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx; + float d3 = (x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx; d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2; d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3; - if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy)) + if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) { path->push_back(ImVec2(x4, y4)); } else if (level < 10) { - float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f; - float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f; - float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f; - float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f; - float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f; - float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f; + float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f; + float x34 = (x3 + x4) * 0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4) * 0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f; + float x234 = (x23 + x34) * 0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34) * 0.5f; + float x1234 = (x123 + x234) * 0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234) * 0.5f; + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); + } +} + +static void PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float tess_tol, int level) +{ + float dx = x3 - x1, dy = y3 - y1; + float det = (x2 - x3) * dy - (y2 - y3) * dx; + if (det * det * 4.0f < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) + { + path->push_back(ImVec2(x3, y3)); + } + else if (level < 10) + { + float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f; + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, tess_tol, level + 1); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x123, y123, x23, y23, x3, y3, tess_tol, level + 1); + } +} - PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1,y1, x12,y12, x123,y123, x1234,y1234, tess_tol, level+1); - PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234,y1234, x234,y234, x34,y34, x4,y4, tess_tol, level+1); +void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments) +{ + ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); + if (num_segments == 0) + { + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated + } + else + { + float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; + for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) + _Path.push_back(ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step)); } } -void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments) +void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments) { ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); if (num_segments == 0) { - // Auto-tessellated - PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated } else { float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) - { - float t = t_step * i_step; - float u = 1.0f - t; - float w1 = u*u*u; - float w2 = 3*u*u*t; - float w3 = 3*u*t*t; - float w4 = t*t*t; - _Path.push_back(ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y)); - } + _Path.push_back(ImBezierQuadraticCalc(p1, p2, p3, t_step * i_step)); } } -void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); +static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) + // ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 + if (flags == ~0) + return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; + + // Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations) + // 0x01 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft (VALUE 0x01 OVERLAPS ImDrawFlags_Closed but ImDrawFlags_Closed is never valid in this path!) + // 0x02 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight + // 0x03 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight + // 0x04 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft + // 0x05 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft + // ... + // 0x0F --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 + // (See all values in ImDrawCornerFlags_) + if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) + return (flags << 4); + + // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f' +#endif + + // If this triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. + // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc... + IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!"); + + if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; + + return flags; +} + +void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - if (rounding <= 0.0f || rounding_corners == 0) + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y)); @@ -957,10 +1369,10 @@ void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDr } else { - const float rounding_tl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_tr = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_br = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_bl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_tl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_tr = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_br = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_bl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9); PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12); PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3); @@ -974,35 +1386,35 @@ void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float th return; PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); - PathStroke(col, false, thickness); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } // p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right // Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly. -void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) - PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), rounding, rounding_corners); + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags); else - PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f,0.49f), rounding, rounding_corners); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes. - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes. + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } -void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding > 0.0f) + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { - PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners); - PathFillConvex(col); + PrimReserve(6, 4); + PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col); } else { - PrimReserve(6, 4); - PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col); + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags); + PathFillConvex(col); } } @@ -1014,8 +1426,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_ma const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; PrimReserve(6, 4); - PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); - PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3)); + PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); + PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3)); PrimWriteVtx(p_min, uv, col_upr_left); PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_max.x, p_min.y), uv, col_upr_right); PrimWriteVtx(p_max, uv, col_bot_right); @@ -1031,7 +1443,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, c PathLineTo(p2); PathLineTo(p3); PathLineTo(p4); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col) @@ -1054,7 +1466,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p PathLineTo(p1); PathLineTo(p2); PathLineTo(p3); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col) @@ -1069,6 +1481,55 @@ void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImV } void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f) + return; + + if (num_segments <= 0) + { + // Use arc with automatic segment count + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0); + _Path.Size--; + } + else + { + // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) + num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + } + + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f) + return; + + if (num_segments <= 0) + { + // Use arc with automatic segment count + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0); + _Path.Size--; + } + else + { + // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) + num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + } + + PathFillConvex(col); +} + +// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments' +void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2) return; @@ -1076,10 +1537,11 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int nu // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } -void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) +// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments' +void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2) return; @@ -1090,14 +1552,26 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, PathFillConvex(col); } -void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) +// Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points +void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + PathLineTo(p1); + PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); +} + +// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points +void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - PathLineTo(pos0); - PathBezierCurveTo(cp0, cp1, pos1, num_segments); - PathStroke(col, false, thickness); + PathLineTo(p1); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect) @@ -1116,9 +1590,9 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, if (font_size == 0.0f) font_size = _Data->FontSize; - IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _TextureIdStack.back()); // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font. + IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _CmdHeader.TextureId); // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font. - ImVec4 clip_rect = _ClipRectStack.back(); + ImVec4 clip_rect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; if (cpu_fine_clip_rect) { clip_rect.x = ImMax(clip_rect.x, cpu_fine_clip_rect->x); @@ -1139,7 +1613,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, cons if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); @@ -1155,7 +1629,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, con if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); @@ -1166,23 +1640,24 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, con PopTextureID(); } -void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_All) == 0) + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col); return; } - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; - PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners); + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags); PathFillConvex(col); int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true); @@ -1193,7 +1668,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_mi //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawListSplitter +// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap.. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1214,10 +1689,14 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory() void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count) { - IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1); + IM_UNUSED(draw_list); + IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter."); int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size; if (old_channels_count < channels_count) + { + _Channels.reserve(channels_count); // Avoid over reserving since this is likely to stay stable _Channels.resize(channels_count); + } _Count = channels_count; // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer @@ -1235,30 +1714,17 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count) _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0); _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0); } - if (_Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.Size == 0) - { - ImDrawCmd draw_cmd; - draw_cmd.ClipRect = draw_list->_ClipRectStack.back(); - draw_cmd.TextureId = draw_list->_TextureIdStack.back(); - _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd); - } } } -static inline bool CanMergeDrawCommands(ImDrawCmd* a, ImDrawCmd* b) -{ - return memcmp(&a->ClipRect, &b->ClipRect, sizeof(a->ClipRect)) == 0 && a->TextureId == b->TextureId && a->VtxOffset == b->VtxOffset && !a->UserCallback && !b->UserCallback; -} - void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list) { - // Note that we never use or rely on channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use. + // Note that we never use or rely on _Channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use. if (_Count <= 1) return; SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, 0); - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size != 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) - draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); // Calculate our final buffer sizes. Also fix the incorrect IdxOffset values in each command. int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0; @@ -1268,14 +1734,21 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list) for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++) { ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i]; - if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL && CanMergeDrawCommands(last_cmd, &ch._CmdBuffer[0])) + + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL) { - // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching. - last_cmd->ElemCount += ch._CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount; - idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount; - ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); + // Do not include ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset() in the compare as we rebuild IdxOffset values ourselves. + // Manipulating IdxOffset (e.g. by reordering draw commands like done by RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow()) is not supported within a splitter. + ImDrawCmd* next_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer[0]; + if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(last_cmd, next_cmd) == 0 && last_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && next_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { + // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching. + last_cmd->ElemCount += next_cmd->ElemCount; + idx_offset += next_cmd->ElemCount; + ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges. + } } if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0) last_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer.back(); @@ -1300,8 +1773,18 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list) if (int sz = ch._IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(idx_write, ch._IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); idx_write += sz; } } draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; - draw_list->UpdateClipRect(); // We call this instead of AddDrawCmd(), so that empty channels won't produce an extra draw call. - draw_list->UpdateTextureID(); + + // Ensure there's always a non-callback draw command trailing the command-buffer + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback != NULL) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) + ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + _Count = 1; } @@ -1310,6 +1793,7 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < _Count); if (_Current == idx) return; + // Overwrite ImVector (12/16 bytes), four times. This is merely a silly optimization instead of doing .swap() memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._CmdBuffer, &draw_list->CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer)); memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._IdxBuffer, &draw_list->IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer)); @@ -1317,6 +1801,15 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) memcpy(&draw_list->CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer)); memcpy(&draw_list->IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer)); draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; + + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) ? NULL : &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd == NULL) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + else if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) + ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1369,13 +1862,19 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int ve float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent); ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; + const int col0_r = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col0_g = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col0_b = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col_delta_r = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_r; + const int col_delta_g = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_g; + const int col_delta_b = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_b; for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++) { float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent); float t = ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f); - int r = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int g = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int b = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int r = (int)(col0_r + col_delta_r * t); + int g = (int)(col0_g + col_delta_g * t); + int b = (int)(col0_b + col_delta_b * t); vert->col = (r << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) | (g << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | (b << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | (vert->col & IM_COL32_A_MASK); } } @@ -1411,25 +1910,13 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int ve ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() { - FontData = NULL; - FontDataSize = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; - FontNo = 0; - SizePixels = 0.0f; OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default? OversampleV = 1; - PixelSnapH = false; - GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - GlyphRanges = NULL; - GlyphMinAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX; - MergeMode = false; - RasterizerFlags = 0x00; RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; - memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name)); - DstFont = NULL; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1437,39 +1924,39 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank) -// The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes. -const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF = 108; -const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27; -const unsigned int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID = 0x80000000; -static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] = -{ - "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX " - "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X " - "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X " - "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X " - "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X " - "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX " - "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX " - "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX " - "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X " - "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X" - "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X" - "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X" - "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X" - "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X" - "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X" - "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X" - "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X " - "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X " - "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X " - "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X " - " X..X - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X " - " XX - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX " - "------------ - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------" - " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " - " - X..X X..X - " - " - X.X X.X - " - " - XX XX - " +// The 2x2 white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes. +// (This is used when io.MouseDrawCursor = true) +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W = 122; // Actual texture will be 2 times that + 1 spacing. +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27; +static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] = +{ + "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX - XX XX " + "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X -X..X X..X" + "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X -X...X X...X" + "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X - X...X X...X " + "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X - X...X...X " + "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX - X.....X " + "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX - X...X " + "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX - X.X " + "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X - X...X " + "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X- X.....X " + "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X- X...X...X " + "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X- X...X X...X " + "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X-X...X X...X" + "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X-X..X X..X" + "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X- XX XX " + "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X--------------" + "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X - " + "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X - " + "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X - " + "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X - " + " X..X - - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X - " + " XX - - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX - " + "------------- - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------- " + " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " + " - X..X X..X - " + " - X.X X.X - " + " - XX XX - " }; static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] = @@ -1483,23 +1970,14 @@ static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3 { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand + { ImVec2(109,0),ImVec2(13,15), ImVec2( 6, 7) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed }; ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas() { - Locked = false; - Flags = ImFontAtlasFlags_None; - TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL; - TexDesiredWidth = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); TexGlyphPadding = 1; - - TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; - TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; - TexWidth = TexHeight = 0; - TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CustomRectIds); n++) - CustomRectIds[n] = -1; + PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1; } ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() @@ -1527,8 +2005,8 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() } ConfigData.clear(); CustomRects.clear(); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CustomRectIds); n++) - CustomRectIds[n] = -1; + PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1; + // Important: we leave TexReady untouched } void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() @@ -1540,14 +2018,15 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32); TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; + TexPixelsUseColors = false; + // Important: we leave TexReady untouched } void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(Fonts[i]); - Fonts.clear(); + Fonts.clear_delete(); + TexReady = false; } void ImFontAtlas::Clear() @@ -1561,11 +2040,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid { // Build atlas on demand if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL) - { - if (ConfigData.empty()) - AddFontDefault(); Build(); - } *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8; if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth; @@ -1624,20 +2099,21 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar; // Invalidate texture + TexReady = false; ClearTexData(); return new_font_cfg.DstFont; } // Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder) -static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char *input); -static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *input, unsigned int length); +static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char* input); +static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char* output, const unsigned char* input, unsigned int length); static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); static unsigned int Decode85Byte(char c) { return c >= '\\' ? c-36 : c-35; } static void Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst) { while (*src) { - unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85*Decode85Byte(src[4])))); + unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85 * Decode85Byte(src[4])))); dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF); // We can't assume little-endianness. src += 5; dst += 4; @@ -1658,11 +2134,11 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template) if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels); font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085; + font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_FLOOR(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault(); ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); - font->DisplayOffset.y = 1.0f; return font; } @@ -1673,7 +2149,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, void* data = ImFileLoadToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0); if (!data) { - IM_ASSERT(0); // Could not load file. + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Could not load font file!"); return NULL; } ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); @@ -1695,7 +2171,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data; font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size; - font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels; + font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels; if (glyph_ranges) font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges; return AddFont(&font_cfg); @@ -1704,7 +2180,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data); - unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char *)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size); + unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size); stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size); ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); @@ -1723,14 +2199,11 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed return font; } -int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height) +int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height) { - // Breaking change on 2019/11/21 (1.74): ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID >= 0x110000 (instead of >= 0x10000) - IM_ASSERT(id >= 0x110000); IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF); IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF); ImFontAtlasCustomRect r; - r.ID = id; r.Width = (unsigned short)width; r.Height = (unsigned short)height; CustomRects.push_back(r); @@ -1739,13 +2212,16 @@ int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height) int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset) { +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 + IM_ASSERT(id <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX); +#endif IM_ASSERT(font != NULL); IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF); IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF); ImFontAtlasCustomRect r; - r.ID = id; r.Width = (unsigned short)width; r.Height = (unsigned short)height; + r.GlyphID = id; r.GlyphAdvanceX = advance_x; r.GlyphOffset = offset; r.Font = font; @@ -1768,16 +2244,15 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* ou if (Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors) return false; - IM_ASSERT(CustomRectIds[0] != -1); - ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = CustomRects[CustomRectIds[0]]; - IM_ASSERT(r.ID == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID); - ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r.X, (float)r.Y); + IM_ASSERT(PackIdMouseCursors != -1); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = GetCustomRectByIndex(PackIdMouseCursors); + ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r->X, (float)r->Y); ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1]; *out_size = size; *out_offset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][2]; out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; - pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF + 1; + pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1; out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; return true; @@ -1786,7 +2261,30 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* ou bool ImFontAtlas::Build() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - return ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(this); + + // Default font is none are specified + if (ConfigData.Size == 0) + AddFontDefault(); + + // Select builder + // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which + // may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are + // using a hot-reloading scheme that messes up static data, store your own instance of ImFontBuilderIO somewhere + // and point to it instead of pointing directly to return value of the GetBuilderXXX functions. + const ImFontBuilderIO* builder_io = FontBuilderIO; + if (builder_io == NULL) + { +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE + builder_io = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType(); +#elif defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE) + builder_io = ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); +#else + IM_ASSERT(0); // Invalid Build function +#endif + } + + // Build + return builder_io->FontBuilder_Build(this); } void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor) @@ -1806,6 +2304,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsig data[i] = table[data[i]]; } +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE // Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) // (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.) struct ImFontBuildSrcData @@ -1818,7 +2317,7 @@ struct ImFontBuildSrcData int DstIndex; // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[] int GlyphsHighest; // Highest requested codepoint int GlyphsCount; // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font) - ImBoolVector GlyphsSet; // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB) + ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB) ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsMap) }; @@ -1828,26 +2327,26 @@ struct ImFontBuildDstData int SrcCount; // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font. int GlyphsHighest; int GlyphsCount; - ImBoolVector GlyphsSet; // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font. + ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font. }; -static void UnpackBoolVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBoolVector* in, ImVector* out) +static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector* out) { IM_ASSERT(sizeof(in->Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(int)); - const int* it_begin = in->Storage.begin(); - const int* it_end = in->Storage.end(); - for (const int* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++) - if (int entries_32 = *it) - for (int bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++) - if (entries_32 & (1u << bit_n)) - out->push_back((int)((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n); + const ImU32* it_begin = in->Storage.begin(); + const ImU32* it_end = in->Storage.end(); + for (const ImU32* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++) + if (ImU32 entries_32 = *it) + for (ImU32 bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++) + if (entries_32 & ((ImU32)1 << bit_n)) + out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n)); } -bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0); - ImFontAtlasBuildRegisterDefaultCustomRects(atlas); + ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas); // Clear atlas atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL; @@ -1876,10 +2375,11 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++) if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i; - IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1) + { + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? return false; - + } // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found."); @@ -1901,14 +2401,14 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; - src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Resize(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty()) - dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Resize(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); + dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) for (unsigned int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= src_range[1]; codepoint++) { - if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.GetBit(codepoint)) // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true) + if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.TestBit(codepoint)) // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true) continue; if (!stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, codepoint)) // It is actually in the font? continue; @@ -1916,8 +2416,8 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Add to avail set/counters src_tmp.GlyphsCount++; dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++; - src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint, true); - dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint, true); + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint); + dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint); total_glyphs_count++; } } @@ -1927,7 +2427,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount); - UnpackBoolVectorToFlatIndexList(&src_tmp.GlyphsSet, &src_tmp.GlyphsList); + UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(&src_tmp.GlyphsSet, &src_tmp.GlyphsList); src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear(); IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount); } @@ -1992,7 +2492,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0) atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth; else - atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096*0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048*0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024*0.7f) ? 1024 : 512; + atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096 * 0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048 * 0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024 * 0.7f) ? 1024 : 512; // 5. Start packing // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values). @@ -2059,8 +2559,11 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) continue; + // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true: + // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font. + // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration. ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; - ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; // We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font (when using MergeMode=true) + ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels); int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap; @@ -2074,41 +2577,32 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) { + // Register glyph const int codepoint = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]; const stbtt_packedchar& pc = src_tmp.PackedChars[glyph_i]; - - const float char_advance_x_org = pc.xadvance; - const float char_advance_x_mod = ImClamp(char_advance_x_org, cfg.GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg.GlyphMaxAdvanceX); - float char_off_x = font_off_x; - if (char_advance_x_org != char_advance_x_mod) - char_off_x += cfg.PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f) : (char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f; - - // Register glyph stbtt_aligned_quad q; - float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f; - stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &dummy_x, &dummy_y, &q, 0); - dst_font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + char_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + char_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, char_advance_x_mod); + float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f; + stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0); + dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + font_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + font_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance); } } - // Cleanup temporary (ImVector doesn't honor destructor) - for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) - src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcData(); + // Cleanup + src_tmp_array.clear_destruct(); ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas); return true; } -void ImFontAtlasBuildRegisterDefaultCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype() { - if (atlas->CustomRectIds[0] >= 0) - return; - if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) - atlas->CustomRectIds[0] = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF*2+1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); - else - atlas->CustomRectIds[0] = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID, 2, 2); + static ImFontBuilderIO io; + io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype; + return &io; } +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE + void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent) { if (!font_config->MergeMode) @@ -2116,6 +2610,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* f font->ClearOutputData(); font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels; font->ConfigData = font_config; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; font->ContainerAtlas = atlas; font->Ascent = ascent; font->Descent = descent; @@ -2143,60 +2638,165 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opa for (int i = 0; i < pack_rects.Size; i++) if (pack_rects[i].was_packed) { - user_rects[i].X = pack_rects[i].x; - user_rects[i].Y = pack_rects[i].y; + user_rects[i].X = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].x; + user_rects[i].Y = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].y; IM_ASSERT(pack_rects[i].w == user_rects[i].Width && pack_rects[i].h == user_rects[i].Height); atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, pack_rects[i].y + pack_rects[i].h); } } +void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth); + IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight); + unsigned char* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth); + for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w) + for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++) + out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : 0x00; +} + +void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth); + IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight); + unsigned int* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth); + for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w) + for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++) + out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; +} + static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - IM_ASSERT(atlas->CustomRectIds[0] >= 0); - IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL); - ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[atlas->CustomRectIds[0]]; - IM_ASSERT(r.ID == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID); - IM_ASSERT(r.IsPacked()); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors); + IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked()); const int w = atlas->TexWidth; if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) { // Render/copy pixels - IM_ASSERT(r.Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF * 2 + 1 && r.Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); - for (int y = 0, n = 0; y < FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H; y++) - for (int x = 0; x < FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF; x++, n++) - { - const int offset0 = (int)(r.X + x) + (int)(r.Y + y) * w; - const int offset1 = offset0 + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF + 1; - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset0] = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[n] == '.' ? 0xFF : 0x00; - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset1] = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[n] == 'X' ? 0xFF : 0x00; - } + IM_ASSERT(r->Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1 && r->Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); + const int x_for_white = r->X; + const int x_for_black = r->X + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1; + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF); + ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF); + } + else + { + ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', IM_COL32_WHITE); + ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', IM_COL32_WHITE); + } } else { - IM_ASSERT(r.Width == 2 && r.Height == 2); - const int offset = (int)(r.X) + (int)(r.Y) * w; - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF; + // Render 4 white pixels + IM_ASSERT(r->Width == 2 && r->Height == 2); + const int offset = (int)r->X + (int)r->Y * w; + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF; + } + else + { + atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w + 1] = IM_COL32_WHITE; + } + } + atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r->X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r->Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y); +} + +static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + if (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines) + return; + + // This generates a triangular shape in the texture, with the various line widths stacked on top of each other to allow interpolation between them + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdLines); + IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked()); + for (unsigned int n = 0; n < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1; n++) // +1 because of the zero-width row + { + // Each line consists of at least two empty pixels at the ends, with a line of solid pixels in the middle + unsigned int y = n; + unsigned int line_width = n; + unsigned int pad_left = (r->Width - line_width) / 2; + unsigned int pad_right = r->Width - (pad_left + line_width); + + // Write each slice + IM_ASSERT(pad_left + line_width + pad_right == r->Width && y < r->Height); // Make sure we're inside the texture bounds before we start writing pixels + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) + *(write_ptr + i) = 0x00; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = 0xFF; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = 0x00; + } + else + { + unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) + *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0); + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0); + } + + // Calculate UVs for this line + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left - 1), (float)(r->Y + y)) * atlas->TexUvScale; + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left + line_width + 1), (float)(r->Y + y + 1)) * atlas->TexUvScale; + float half_v = (uv0.y + uv1.y) * 0.5f; // Calculate a constant V in the middle of the row to avoid sampling artifacts + atlas->TexUvLines[n] = ImVec4(uv0.x, half_v, uv1.x, half_v); + } +} + +// Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder +void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels + if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0) + { + if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) + atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); + else + atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(2, 2); + } + + // Register texture region for thick lines + // The +2 here is to give space for the end caps, whilst height +1 is to accommodate the fact we have a zero-width row + if (atlas->PackIdLines < 0) + { + if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) + atlas->PackIdLines = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 2, IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1); } - atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r.X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r.Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y); } +// This is called/shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder. void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - // Render into our custom data block + // Render into our custom data blocks + IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas); + ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(atlas); // Register custom rectangle glyphs for (int i = 0; i < atlas->CustomRects.Size; i++) { - const ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[i]; - if (r.Font == NULL || r.ID >= 0x110000) + const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = &atlas->CustomRects[i]; + if (r->Font == NULL || r->GlyphID == 0) continue; - IM_ASSERT(r.Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas); + // Will ignore ImFontConfig settings: GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMinAdvanceY, GlyphExtraSpacing, PixelSnapH + IM_ASSERT(r->Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas); ImVec2 uv0, uv1; - atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(&r, &uv0, &uv1); - r.Font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)r.ID, r.GlyphOffset.x, r.GlyphOffset.y, r.GlyphOffset.x + r.Width, r.GlyphOffset.y + r.Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r.GlyphAdvanceX); + atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(r, &uv0, &uv1); + r->Font->AddGlyph(NULL, (ImWchar)r->GlyphID, r->GlyphOffset.x, r->GlyphOffset.y, r->GlyphOffset.x + r->Width, r->GlyphOffset.y + r->Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r->GlyphAdvanceX); } // Build all fonts lookup tables @@ -2204,22 +2804,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables) atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); - // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). - // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. - // FIXME: Also note that 0x2026 is currently seldomly included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.size(); i++) - { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; - if (font->EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1) - continue; - const ImWchar ellipsis_variants[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; - for (int j = 0; j < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_variants); j++) - if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(ellipsis_variants[j]) != NULL) // Verify glyph exists - { - font->EllipsisChar = ellipsis_variants[j]; - break; - } - } + atlas->TexReady = true; } // Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive) @@ -2239,7 +2824,8 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean() { 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement 0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets - 0xAC00, 0xD79D, // Korean characters + 0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid 0, }; return &ranges[0]; @@ -2254,6 +2840,7 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid 0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms 0, }; @@ -2330,7 +2917,8 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon() 0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions - 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD // Invalid }; static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 }; if (!full_ranges[0]) @@ -2343,52 +2931,84 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon() const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() { - // 1946 common ideograms code points for Japanese - // Sourced from http://theinstructionlimit.com/common-kanji-character-ranges-for-xna-spritefont-rendering - // FIXME: Source a list of the revised 2136 Joyo Kanji list from 2010 and rebuild this. + // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese + // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points + // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points + // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan + // - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/ + // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP). + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode + // - You can generate this code by the script at: + // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji + // - References: + // - List of Joyo Kanji + // - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html + // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji + // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji + // - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html + // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji + // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details. // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.) static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] = { - 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,6,2,2,1,8,5,7,11,1,2,10,10,8,2,4,20,2,11,8,2,1,2,1,6,2,1,7,5,3,7,1,1,13,7,9,1,4,6,1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,14,1,1,9,3,18, - 5,4,2,2,10,7,1,1,1,3,2,4,3,23,2,10,12,2,14,2,4,13,1,6,10,3,1,7,13,6,4,13,5,2,3,17,2,2,5,7,6,4,1,7,14,16,6,13,9,15,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,9,2,7,15, - 2,6,5,13,25,4,14,13,11,25,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,3,10,11,3,3,1,1,4,4,2,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,12,11,15,7,16,4,5,16,2,1,1,6,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1, - 2,1,12,3,3,9,5,8,1,11,1,2,3,18,20,4,1,3,6,1,7,3,5,5,7,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,8,7,4,17,1,9,25,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,6,16,1,2,1,1,3,12, - 20,2,5,20,8,7,6,2,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,10,1,1,6,1,3,1,2,1,4,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,4,7,5,13,1,15,1,1,30,11,9,1,15,38,14,1,32,17,20,1,9,31,2,21,9, - 4,49,22,2,1,13,1,11,45,35,43,55,12,19,83,1,3,2,3,13,2,1,7,3,18,3,13,8,1,8,18,5,3,7,25,24,9,24,40,3,17,24,2,1,6,2,3,16,15,6,7,3,12,1,9,7,3,3, - 3,15,21,5,16,4,5,12,11,11,3,6,3,2,31,3,2,1,1,23,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,22,2,6,2,3,17,3,2,4,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,15,12,3,17,2,14,2,8,1,23,16,4,2,23, - 8,15,23,20,12,25,19,47,11,21,65,46,4,3,1,5,6,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,3,11,1,1,1,2,1,2,3,1,1,10,2,3,1,1,1,3,6,3,2,2,6,6,9,2,2,2,6,2,5,10,2,4,1,2,1,2,2, - 3,1,1,3,1,2,9,23,9,2,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,10,9,6,1,10,2,31,25,3,7,5,40,1,15,6,17,7,27,180,1,3,2,2,1,1,1,6,3,10,7,1,3,6,17,8,6,2,2,1,3,5,5,8,16,14, - 15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,1,3,2,7,5,6,2,5,10,1,4,2,9,1,1,11,6,1,44,1,3,7,9,5,1,3,1,1,10,7,1,10,4,2,7,21,15,7,2,5,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,6,1,4,2,1,4,10,8,1,4,5, - 1,5,10,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,29,4,7,3,5,2,3,33,5,2,19,3,1,4,2,6,31,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,12,11,12,8,3,14,8,6,11,1,4,41,3,1,2,7,13,1,5,6,2,6,12, - 12,22,5,9,4,8,9,9,34,6,24,1,1,20,9,9,3,4,1,7,2,2,2,6,2,28,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,8,8,3,2,1,5,1,2,2,3,1,11,11,7,3,6,10,8,6,16,16, - 22,7,12,6,21,5,4,6,6,3,6,1,3,2,1,2,8,29,1,10,1,6,13,6,6,19,31,1,13,4,4,22,17,26,33,10,4,15,12,25,6,67,10,2,3,1,6,10,2,6,2,9,1,9,4,4,1,2,16,2, - 5,9,2,3,8,1,8,3,9,4,8,6,4,8,11,3,2,1,1,3,26,1,7,5,1,11,1,5,3,5,2,13,6,39,5,1,5,2,11,6,10,5,1,15,5,3,6,19,21,22,2,4,1,6,1,8,1,4,8,2,4,2,2,9,2, - 1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,7,1,14,2,4,10,2,13,1,17,7,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,12,3,1,29,2,8,9,15,14,9,14,1,3,1,6,5,9,11,3,38,43,20,7,7,8,5,15,12,19,15,81,8,7, - 1,5,73,13,37,28,8,8,1,15,18,20,165,28,1,6,11,8,4,14,7,15,1,3,3,6,4,1,7,14,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,14,1,4,2,7,52,2,6,29,3,1,9,1,21,3,5,1,26,3,11,14, - 11,1,17,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,7,7,5,17,3,3,3,1,23,10,4,4,6,3,1,16,17,22,3,10,21,16,16,6,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,8,6,5,3,3,3,39,25, - 15,1,1,16,6,7,25,15,6,6,12,1,22,13,1,4,9,5,12,2,9,1,12,28,8,3,5,10,22,60,1,2,40,4,61,63,4,1,13,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,89,5,16,6,29,14,2,5,49,18,18, - 5,29,33,47,1,17,1,19,12,2,9,7,39,12,3,7,12,39,3,1,46,4,12,3,8,9,5,31,15,18,3,2,2,66,19,13,17,5,3,46,124,13,57,34,2,5,4,5,8,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,5, - 3,5,3,1,8,5,6,3,27,3,26,7,12,7,2,17,3,7,18,78,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,39,17,7,4,13,4,4,4,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,10,1,19,1,26,2,4,33,2,73,47,7,3,8,2,4,15, - 18,1,29,2,41,14,1,21,16,41,7,39,25,13,44,2,2,10,1,13,7,1,7,3,5,20,4,8,2,49,1,10,6,1,6,7,10,7,11,16,3,12,20,4,10,3,1,2,11,2,28,9,2,4,7,2,15,1, - 27,1,28,17,4,5,10,7,3,24,10,11,6,26,3,2,7,2,2,49,16,10,16,15,4,5,27,61,30,14,38,22,2,7,5,1,3,12,23,24,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,7,5,1,1,5,1,1,9,4, - 1,3,6,1,8,2,8,4,14,3,5,11,4,1,3,32,1,19,4,1,13,11,5,2,1,8,6,8,1,6,5,13,3,23,11,5,3,16,3,9,10,1,24,3,198,52,4,2,2,5,14,5,4,22,5,20,4,11,6,41, - 1,5,2,2,11,5,2,28,35,8,22,3,18,3,10,7,5,3,4,1,5,3,8,9,3,6,2,16,22,4,5,5,3,3,18,23,2,6,23,5,27,8,1,33,2,12,43,16,5,2,3,6,1,20,4,2,9,7,1,11,2, - 10,3,14,31,9,3,25,18,20,2,5,5,26,14,1,11,17,12,40,19,9,6,31,83,2,7,9,19,78,12,14,21,76,12,113,79,34,4,1,1,61,18,85,10,2,2,13,31,11,50,6,33,159, - 179,6,6,7,4,4,2,4,2,5,8,7,20,32,22,1,3,10,6,7,28,5,10,9,2,77,19,13,2,5,1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,31,17,3,26,2,6,6,5,4,1,7,11,3,4,2,1,6,2,20,4,1,9,2,6, - 3,7,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,5,13,8,4,11,23,1,10,6,2,1,3,21,2,2,4,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,192,15,4,16,7,9,51,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,2,1,3,5,3,1,3,4,1, - 3,1,3,3,9,8,1,2,2,2,4,4,18,12,92,2,10,4,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,14,4,2,21,5,126,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,20,12,1,14,12,87,3,19,1,8,2,9,9,3,3,23,2, - 3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,6,3,2,1,3,11,3,1,6,10,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,11,3,6,4,1,7,2,1,2,5,5,34,4,14,18,4,19,7,5,8,2,6,79,1,5,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,36,28,16, - 4,1,1,1,2,12,6,42,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,64,6,9,28,8,12,3,3,41,59,24,51,55,57,294,9,9,2,6,2,15,1,2,13,38,90,9,9,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,5,6,3,2, - 1,2,2,3,8,1,4,4,1,5,7,1,4,3,20,4,9,1,1,1,5,5,17,1,5,2,6,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,11,11,32,7,5,4,7,11,127,8,4,3,3,1,10,1,1,6,21,14,1,16,1,7,1,3,6,9,65, - 51,4,3,13,3,10,1,1,12,9,21,110,3,19,24,1,1,10,62,4,1,29,42,78,28,20,18,82,6,3,15,6,84,58,253,15,155,264,15,21,9,14,7,58,40,39, + 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,3,2,2,1,5,3,5,7,5,6,1,2,1,7,2,6,3,1,8,1,1,4,1,1,18,2,11,2,6,2,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,3,1,2,1,2,3,3,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,12,7,9,1,4,5,1, + 1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,9,3,1,1,1,1,9,3,18,5,2,2,2,2,1,6,3,7,1,1,1,1,2,2,4,2,1,23,2,10,4,3,5,2,4,10,2,4,13,1,6,1,9,3,1,1,6,6,7,6,3,1,2,11,3, + 2,2,3,2,15,2,2,5,4,3,6,4,1,2,5,2,12,16,6,13,9,13,2,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,1,5,1,2,2,7,7,8,2,6,5,4,9,18,7,4,5,9,13,11,8,15,2,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,1,2,2,8, + 2,9,3,3,1,1,4,4,1,1,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,5,3,4,8,2,1,13,2,3,3,1,14,1,1,4,5,1,3,6,1,5,2,1,1,3,3,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,12,3,3,9,5, + 2,6,1,5,6,1,2,3,18,2,4,14,4,1,3,6,1,1,6,3,5,5,3,2,2,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,1,7,4,1,2,1,3,17,1,9,1,24,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,2,4,15,1, + 1,2,1,1,2,1,5,2,5,20,2,5,9,1,10,8,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,8,1,1,1,1,5,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,3,1,7,5,13,1,2,3,4,6,1,1,30, + 2,9,9,1,15,38,11,3,1,8,24,7,1,9,8,10,2,1,9,31,2,13,6,2,9,4,49,5,2,15,2,1,10,2,1,1,1,2,2,6,15,30,35,3,14,18,8,1,16,10,28,12,19,45,38,1,3,2,3, + 13,2,1,7,3,6,5,3,4,3,1,5,7,8,1,5,3,18,5,3,6,1,21,4,24,9,24,40,3,14,3,21,3,2,1,2,4,2,3,1,15,15,6,5,1,1,3,1,5,6,1,9,7,3,3,2,1,4,3,8,21,5,16,4, + 5,2,10,11,11,3,6,3,2,9,3,6,13,1,2,1,1,1,1,11,12,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,6,13,3,1,1,5,1,2,3,3,14,2,1,2,2,2,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,12,3,12,3,4,13,2,14, + 2,8,1,17,5,1,16,4,2,2,21,8,9,6,23,20,12,25,19,9,38,8,3,21,40,25,33,13,4,3,1,4,1,2,4,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,2,1,3,6,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,9,2,3,1,1, + 1,3,6,3,2,1,1,6,6,1,8,2,2,2,1,4,1,2,3,2,7,3,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,2,5,4,10,9,4,9,1,1,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,6,4,9,6,1,10,2,31,17,8,3,7,5,40,1, + 7,7,1,6,5,2,10,7,8,4,15,39,25,6,28,47,18,10,7,1,3,1,1,2,1,1,1,3,3,3,1,1,1,3,4,2,1,4,1,3,6,10,7,8,6,2,2,1,3,3,2,5,8,7,9,12,2,15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1, + 1,3,2,1,3,3,5,6,2,3,2,10,1,4,2,8,1,1,1,11,6,1,21,4,16,3,1,3,1,4,2,3,6,5,1,3,1,1,3,3,4,6,1,1,10,4,2,7,10,4,7,4,2,9,4,3,1,1,1,4,1,8,3,4,1,3,1, + 6,1,4,2,1,4,7,2,1,8,1,4,5,1,1,2,2,4,6,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,8,21,4,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,28,5,5,2,3,13,1,2,3,1,4,2,1,5,20,3,8,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,2, + 10,9,2,3,1,1,2,4,1,8,3,6,1,7,8,6,11,1,4,29,8,4,3,1,2,7,13,1,4,1,6,2,6,12,12,2,20,3,2,3,6,4,8,9,2,7,34,5,1,18,6,1,1,4,4,5,7,9,1,2,2,4,3,4,1,7, + 2,2,2,6,2,3,25,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,5,3,4,4,3,2,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,3,1,11,1,6,3,1,7,3,6,2,8,8,6,9,3,4,11,3,2,10,12,2,5,11,1,6,4,5, + 3,1,8,5,4,6,6,3,5,1,1,3,2,1,2,2,6,17,12,1,10,1,6,12,1,6,6,19,9,6,16,1,13,4,4,15,7,17,6,11,9,15,12,6,7,2,1,2,2,15,9,3,21,4,6,49,18,7,3,2,3,1, + 6,8,2,2,6,2,9,1,3,6,4,4,1,2,16,2,5,2,1,6,2,3,5,3,1,2,5,1,2,1,9,3,1,8,6,4,8,11,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,13,8,4,1,3,2,2,1,4,1,11,1,5,2,1,5,2,5,8,6,1,1,7, + 4,3,8,3,2,7,2,1,5,1,5,2,4,7,6,2,8,5,1,11,4,5,3,6,18,1,2,13,3,3,1,21,1,1,4,1,4,1,1,1,8,1,2,2,7,1,2,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,5,1,1,1,5,6,3,2, + 4,8,2,2,4,2,7,1,8,9,5,2,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,6,5,1,1,2,1,4,2,23,2,1,1,6,3,1,4,1,15,3,1,7,3,9,14,1,3,1,4,1,1,5,8,1,3,8,3,8,15,11,4,14,4,4,2,5,5, + 1,7,1,6,14,7,7,8,5,15,4,8,6,5,6,2,1,13,1,20,15,11,9,2,5,6,2,11,2,6,2,5,1,5,8,4,13,19,25,4,1,1,11,1,34,2,5,9,14,6,2,2,6,1,1,14,1,3,14,13,1,6, + 12,21,14,14,6,32,17,8,32,9,28,1,2,4,11,8,3,1,14,2,5,15,1,1,1,1,3,6,4,1,3,4,11,3,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,1,5,8,1,1,3,2,4,3,17,35,2,6,12,17,3,1,6,2, + 1,1,12,2,7,3,3,2,1,16,2,8,3,6,5,4,7,3,3,8,1,9,8,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,4,3,7,5,8,3,3,3,3,3,3,1,23,10,3,1,2,2,6,3,1,16,1,16, + 22,3,10,4,11,6,9,7,7,3,6,2,2,2,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,7,1,6,4,1,3,3,3,5,10,12,12,2,3,12,8,15,1,1,16,6,6,1,5,9,11,4,11,4,2,6,12,1,17,5,13,1,4,9,5,1,11, + 2,1,8,1,5,7,28,8,3,5,10,2,17,3,38,22,1,2,18,12,10,4,38,18,1,4,44,19,4,1,8,4,1,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,7,75,7,5,10,6,6,13,3,2,11,11,3,2,5,28,15,6,18, + 18,5,6,4,3,16,1,7,18,7,36,3,5,3,1,7,1,9,1,10,7,2,4,2,6,2,9,7,4,3,32,12,3,7,10,2,23,16,3,1,12,3,31,4,11,1,3,8,9,5,1,30,15,6,12,3,2,2,11,19,9, + 14,2,6,2,3,19,13,17,5,3,3,25,3,14,1,1,1,36,1,3,2,19,3,13,36,9,13,31,6,4,16,34,2,5,4,2,3,3,5,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,3,2,3,5,3,1,3,2,3,5,6,3,12,11,1,3, + 1,2,26,7,12,7,2,14,3,3,7,7,11,25,25,28,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,9,3,27,17,4,3,4,13,4,1,3,2,2,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,8,2,1,18,1,1,24,2,2,4,33,2,3,63,7,1,6, + 40,7,3,4,4,2,4,15,18,1,16,1,1,11,2,41,14,1,3,18,13,3,2,4,16,2,17,7,15,24,7,18,13,44,2,2,3,6,1,1,7,5,1,7,1,4,3,3,5,10,8,2,3,1,8,1,1,27,4,2,1, + 12,1,2,1,10,6,1,6,7,5,2,3,7,11,5,11,3,6,6,2,3,15,4,9,1,1,2,1,2,11,2,8,12,8,5,4,2,3,1,5,2,2,1,14,1,12,11,4,1,11,17,17,4,3,2,5,5,7,3,1,5,9,9,8, + 2,5,6,6,13,13,2,1,2,6,1,2,2,49,4,9,1,2,10,16,7,8,4,3,2,23,4,58,3,29,1,14,19,19,11,11,2,7,5,1,3,4,6,2,18,5,12,12,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,3,4,3,1, + 1,1,1,5,1,1,9,1,3,1,3,6,1,8,1,1,2,6,4,14,3,1,4,11,4,1,3,32,1,2,4,13,4,1,2,4,2,1,3,1,11,1,4,2,1,4,4,6,3,5,1,6,5,7,6,3,23,3,5,3,5,3,3,13,3,9,10, + 1,12,10,2,3,18,13,7,160,52,4,2,2,3,2,14,5,4,12,4,6,4,1,20,4,11,6,2,12,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,4,5,2,28,3,7,25,8,3,19,3,6,10,2,2,1,10,2,5,4,1,3,4,1,5, + 3,2,6,9,3,6,2,16,3,3,16,4,5,5,3,2,1,2,16,15,8,2,6,21,2,4,1,22,5,8,1,1,21,11,2,1,11,11,19,13,12,4,2,3,2,3,6,1,8,11,1,4,2,9,5,2,1,11,2,9,1,1,2, + 14,31,9,3,4,21,14,4,8,1,7,2,2,2,5,1,4,20,3,3,4,10,1,11,9,8,2,1,4,5,14,12,14,2,17,9,6,31,4,14,1,20,13,26,5,2,7,3,6,13,2,4,2,19,6,2,2,18,9,3,5, + 12,12,14,4,6,2,3,6,9,5,22,4,5,25,6,4,8,5,2,6,27,2,35,2,16,3,7,8,8,6,6,5,9,17,2,20,6,19,2,13,3,1,1,1,4,17,12,2,14,7,1,4,18,12,38,33,2,10,1,1, + 2,13,14,17,11,50,6,33,20,26,74,16,23,45,50,13,38,33,6,6,7,4,4,2,1,3,2,5,8,7,8,9,3,11,21,9,13,1,3,10,6,7,1,2,2,18,5,5,1,9,9,2,68,9,19,13,2,5, + 1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,10,21,17,3,26,2,1,5,2,4,5,4,1,7,4,7,3,4,2,1,6,1,1,20,4,1,9,2,2,1,3,3,2,3,2,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,3,2,10,3,5,3,4,4, + 3,4,16,1,6,1,10,2,4,2,1,1,2,10,11,2,2,3,1,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,12,16,164,15,4,16,7,9,15,19,17,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,4,3,1,3,1,3,1,2,1,1,3,3,7, + 2,8,1,2,2,2,1,3,4,3,7,8,12,92,2,10,3,1,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,7,7,4,2,21,5,27,26,27,21,25,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,11,9,12,1,5,9,7,5,5,22,60,3,5, + 13,1,1,8,1,1,3,3,2,1,9,3,3,18,4,1,2,3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,3,2,1,3,1,1,1,2,1,11,3,1,6,9,1,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,4,3,4,1,2,2,4,4,1,7,2,1,2,2,3,5,13, + 18,3,4,14,9,9,4,16,3,7,5,8,2,6,48,28,3,1,1,4,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,15,2,4,3,2,10,16,12,8,7,1,1,3,1,1,1,2,7,4,1,6,4,38,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21, + 37,27,6,5,4,8,2,10,8,8,6,5,1,2,1,3,24,1,16,17,9,23,10,17,6,1,51,55,44,13,294,9,3,6,2,4,2,2,15,1,1,1,13,21,17,68,14,8,9,4,1,4,9,3,11,7,1,1,1, + 5,6,3,2,1,1,1,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,1,5,5,2,1,4,3,7,13,4,1,4,1,3,1,1,1,5,5,10,1,6,1,5,2,1,5,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,2,9,11,32,4,3,3,2,4,7,11,16,9,11,8,13,38, + 32,8,4,2,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,1,1,1,4,1,21,3,11,1,16,1,1,6,1,3,2,4,9,8,57,7,44,1,3,3,13,3,10,1,1,7,5,2,7,21,47,63,3,15,4,7,1,16,1,1,2,8,2,3,42,15,4, + 1,29,7,22,10,3,78,16,12,20,18,4,67,11,5,1,3,15,6,21,31,32,27,18,13,71,35,5,142,4,10,1,2,50,19,33,16,35,37,16,19,27,7,1,133,19,1,4,8,7,20,1,4, + 4,1,10,3,1,6,1,2,51,5,40,15,24,43,22928,11,1,13,154,70,3,1,1,7,4,10,1,2,1,1,2,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1, + 3,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1, }; static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated { 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions - 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD // Invalid }; static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 }; if (!full_ranges[0]) @@ -2454,16 +3074,15 @@ void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end) text += c_len; if (c_len == 0) break; - if (c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) - AddChar((ImWchar)c); + AddChar((ImWchar)c); } } void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges) { for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2) - for (ImWchar c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1]; c++) - AddChar(c); + for (unsigned int c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1] && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; c++) //-V560 + AddChar((ImWchar)c); } void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges) @@ -2488,9 +3107,9 @@ ImFont::ImFont() { FontSize = 0.0f; FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; - FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?'; + FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; - DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + DotChar = (ImWchar)-1; FallbackGlyph = NULL; ContainerAtlas = NULL; ConfigData = NULL; @@ -2499,6 +3118,7 @@ ImFont::ImFont() Scale = 1.0f; Ascent = Descent = 0.0f; MetricsTotalSurface = 0; + memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap)); } ImFont::~ImFont() @@ -2520,49 +3140,103 @@ void ImFont::ClearOutputData() MetricsTotalSurface = 0; } +static ImWchar FindFirstExistingGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImWchar* candidate_chars, int candidate_chars_count) +{ + for (int n = 0; n < candidate_chars_count; n++) + if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(candidate_chars[n]) != NULL) + return candidate_chars[n]; + return (ImWchar)-1; +} + void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() { int max_codepoint = 0; for (int i = 0; i != Glyphs.Size; i++) max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint); + // Build lookup table IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved IndexAdvanceX.clear(); IndexLookup.clear(); DirtyLookupTables = false; + memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap)); GrowIndex(max_codepoint + 1); for (int i = 0; i < Glyphs.Size; i++) { int codepoint = (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint; IndexAdvanceX[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].AdvanceX; IndexLookup[codepoint] = (ImWchar)i; + + // Mark 4K page as used + const int page_n = codepoint / 4096; + Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] |= 1 << (page_n & 7); } // Create a glyph to handle TAB // FIXME: Needs proper TAB handling but it needs to be contextualized (or we could arbitrary say that each string starts at "column 0" ?) if (FindGlyph((ImWchar)' ')) { - if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t') // So we can call this function multiple times + if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t') // So we can call this function multiple times (FIXME: Flaky) Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1); ImFontGlyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back(); tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((ImWchar)' '); tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t'; tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= IM_TABSIZE; IndexAdvanceX[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.AdvanceX; - IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size-1); + IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size - 1); } + // Mark special glyphs as not visible (note that AddGlyph already mark as non-visible glyphs with zero-size polygons) + SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false); + SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false); + + // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). + // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. + // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. + const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; + const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E }; + if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) + EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars)); + if (DotChar == (ImWchar)-1) + DotChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars)); + + // Setup fallback character + const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' }; FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); - FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph ? FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX : 0.0f; + if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) + { + FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars)); + FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); + if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) + { + FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back(); + FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint; + } + } + + FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX; for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++) if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f) IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX; } -void ImFont::SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c) +// API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size +// e.g. use with IsGlyphRangeUnused(0, 255) +bool ImFont::IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last) { - FallbackChar = c; - BuildLookupTable(); + unsigned int page_begin = (c_begin / 4096); + unsigned int page_last = (c_last / 4096); + for (unsigned int page_n = page_begin; page_n <= page_last; page_n++) + if ((page_n >> 3) < sizeof(Used4kPagesMap)) + if (Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] & (1 << (page_n & 7))) + return false; + return true; +} + +void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible) +{ + if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)c)) + glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0; } void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) @@ -2576,11 +3250,34 @@ void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) // x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero. // Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis). -void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) +// 'cfg' is not necessarily == 'this->ConfigData' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font. +void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) { + if (cfg != NULL) + { + // Clamp & recenter if needed + const float advance_x_original = advance_x; + advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX); + if (advance_x != advance_x_original) + { + float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; + x0 += char_off_x; + x1 += char_off_x; + } + + // Snap to pixel + if (cfg->PixelSnapH) + advance_x = IM_ROUND(advance_x); + + // Bake spacing + advance_x += cfg->GlyphExtraSpacing.x; + } + Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1); ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back(); - glyph.Codepoint = (ImWchar)codepoint; + glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint; + glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1); + glyph.Colored = false; glyph.X0 = x0; glyph.Y0 = y0; glyph.X1 = x1; @@ -2589,14 +3286,13 @@ void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, glyph.V0 = v0; glyph.U1 = u1; glyph.V1 = v1; - glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x + ConfigData->GlyphExtraSpacing.x; // Bake spacing into AdvanceX - - if (ConfigData->PixelSnapH) - glyph.AdvanceX = IM_ROUND(glyph.AdvanceX); + glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x; // Compute rough surface usage metrics (+1 to account for average padding, +0.99 to round) + // We use (U1-U0)*TexWidth instead of X1-X0 to account for oversampling. + float pad = ContainerAtlas->TexGlyphPadding + 0.99f; DirtyLookupTables = true; - MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + 1.99f) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + 1.99f); + MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + pad) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + pad); } void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst) @@ -2616,7 +3312,7 @@ void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst) const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const { - if (c >= IndexLookup.Size) + if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size) return FallbackGlyph; const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c]; if (i == (ImWchar)-1) @@ -2626,7 +3322,7 @@ const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const { - if (c >= IndexLookup.Size) + if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size) return NULL; const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c]; if (i == (ImWchar)-1) @@ -2715,7 +3411,7 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c } // Allow wrapping after punctuation. - inside_word = !(c == '.' || c == ',' || c == ';' || c == '!' || c == '?' || c == '\"'); + inside_word = (c != '.' && c != ',' && c != ';' && c != '!' && c != '?' && c != '\"'); } // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped) @@ -2741,7 +3437,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons const float line_height = size; const float scale = size / FontSize; - ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0); + ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); float line_width = 0.0f; const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); @@ -2827,33 +3523,34 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons return text_size; } -void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const +// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. +void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const { - if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n' || c == '\r') // Match behavior of RenderText(), those 4 codepoints are hard-coded. + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c); + if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible) return; - if (const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c)) - { - float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y); - draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); - draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); - } + if (glyph->Colored) + col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; + float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); + draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); } -void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const +// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. +void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const { if (!text_end) text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. // Align to be pixel perfect - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y); - float x = pos.x; - float y = pos.y; + float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); if (y > clip_rect.w) return; + const float start_x = x; const float scale = size / FontSize; const float line_height = FontSize * scale; const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); @@ -2896,6 +3593,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + while (s < text_end) { if (word_wrap_enabled) @@ -2903,14 +3602,14 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. if (!word_wrap_eol) { - word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - pos.x)); + word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - start_x)); if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below } if (s >= word_wrap_eol) { - x = pos.x; + x = start_x; y += line_height; word_wrap_eol = NULL; @@ -2941,7 +3640,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col { if (c == '\n') { - x = pos.x; + x = start_x; y += line_height; if (y > clip_rect.w) break; // break out of main loop @@ -2951,113 +3650,150 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col continue; } - float char_width = 0.0f; - if (const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph((ImWchar)c)) - { - char_width = glyph->AdvanceX * scale; + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph((ImWchar)c); + if (glyph == NULL) + continue; - // Arbitrarily assume that both space and tabs are empty glyphs as an optimization - if (c != ' ' && c != '\t') + float char_width = glyph->AdvanceX * scale; + if (glyph->Visible) + { + // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w + float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale; + float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale; + float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale; + float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale; + if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x) { - // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w - float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale; - float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale; - float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale; - float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale; - if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x) + // Render a character + float u1 = glyph->U0; + float v1 = glyph->V0; + float u2 = glyph->U1; + float v2 = glyph->V1; + + // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads. + if (cpu_fine_clip) { - // Render a character - float u1 = glyph->U0; - float v1 = glyph->V0; - float u2 = glyph->U1; - float v2 = glyph->V1; - - // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads. - if (cpu_fine_clip) + if (x1 < clip_rect.x) { - if (x1 < clip_rect.x) - { - u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); - x1 = clip_rect.x; - } - if (y1 < clip_rect.y) - { - v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); - y1 = clip_rect.y; - } - if (x2 > clip_rect.z) - { - u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); - x2 = clip_rect.z; - } - if (y2 > clip_rect.w) - { - v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); - y2 = clip_rect.w; - } - if (y1 >= y2) - { - x += char_width; - continue; - } + u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); + x1 = clip_rect.x; } - - // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: + if (y1 < clip_rect.y) + { + v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); + y1 = clip_rect.y; + } + if (x2 > clip_rect.z) + { + u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); + x2 = clip_rect.z; + } + if (y2 > clip_rect.w) { - idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); - idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); - vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; - vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; - vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; - vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; - vtx_write += 4; - vtx_current_idx += 4; - idx_write += 6; + v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); + y2 = clip_rect.w; } + if (y1 >= y2) + { + x += char_width; + continue; + } + } + + // Support for untinted glyphs + ImU32 glyph_col = glyph->Colored ? col_untinted : col; + + // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: + { + idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); + idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); + vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write += 4; + vtx_current_idx += 4; + idx_write += 6; } } } - x += char_width; } // Give back unused vertices (clipped ones, blanks) ~ this is essentially a PrimUnreserve() action. draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size = (int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data); // Same as calling shrink() draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size = (int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data); - draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size-1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write; draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Internal Render Helpers -// (progressively moved from imgui.cpp to here when they are redesigned to stop accessing ImGui global state) +// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - RenderMouseCursor() +// Vaguely redesigned to stop accessing ImGui global state: +// - RenderArrow() +// - RenderBullet() +// - RenderCheckMark() // - RenderArrowPointingAt() // - RenderRectFilledRangeH() +// - RenderRectFilledWithHole() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Function in need of a redesign (legacy mess) +// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) +// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state +void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale) { - if (mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) - return; - IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + const float h = draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 1.00f; + float r = h * 0.40f * scale; + ImVec2 center = pos + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale); - ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; - ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; - if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + ImVec2 a, b, c; + switch (dir) { - pos -= offset; - const ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; - draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*scale, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*scale + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*scale, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*scale + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); - draw_list->PopTextureID(); + case ImGuiDir_Up: + case ImGuiDir_Down: + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r; + a = ImVec2(+0.000f, +0.750f) * r; + b = ImVec2(-0.866f, -0.750f) * r; + c = ImVec2(+0.866f, -0.750f) * r; + break; + case ImGuiDir_Left: + case ImGuiDir_Right: + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r; + a = ImVec2(+0.750f, +0.000f) * r; + b = ImVec2(-0.750f, +0.866f) * r; + c = ImVec2(-0.750f, -0.866f) * r; + break; + case ImGuiDir_None: + case ImGuiDir_COUNT: + IM_ASSERT(0); + break; } + draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, col); +} + +void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col) +{ + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8); +} + +void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz) +{ + float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f); + sz -= thickness * 0.5f; + pos += ImVec2(thickness * 0.25f, thickness * 0.25f); + + float third = sz / 3.0f; + float bx = pos.x + third; + float by = pos.y + sz - third * 0.5f; + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third)); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by)); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f)); + draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } // Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side. @@ -3142,6 +3878,63 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); } +void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding) +{ + const bool fill_L = (inner.Min.x > outer.Min.x); + const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x); + const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y); + const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y); + if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft)); + if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)); + if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft); + if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight); + if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft); + if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight); +} + +// Helper for ColorPicker4() +// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that. +// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether. +// FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32 +void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) +{ + if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) + flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_; + if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF) + { + ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col)); + ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags); + + int yi = 0; + for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++) + { + float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y); + if (y2 <= y1) + continue; + for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f) + { + float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x); + if (x2 <= x1) + continue; + ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone; + if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; } + if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } + + // Combine flags + cell_flags = (flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone || cell_flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone : (cell_flags & flags); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding, cell_flags); + } + } + } + else + { + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, flags); + } +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Decompression code //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3273,7 +4066,7 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i // Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding). // The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] = +static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980 + 1] = "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/" "2*>]b(MC;$jPfY.;h^`IWM9Qo#t'X#(v#Y9w0#1D$CIf;W'#pWUPXOuxXuU(H9M(1=Ke$$'5F%)]0^#0X@U.aXXXX). +// 2020-01-17: Inputs: Disable error callback while assigning mouse cursors because some X11 setup don't have them and it generates errors. +// 2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for new mouse cursors added in GLFW 3.4+ (resizing cursors, not allowed cursor). +// 2019-10-18: Misc: Previously installed user callbacks are now restored on shutdown. +// 2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter. +// 2019-05-11: Inputs: Don't filter value from character callback before calling AddInputCharacter(). +// 2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized. +// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window. +// 2018-11-07: Inputs: When installing our GLFW callbacks, we save user's previously installed ones - if any - and chain call them. +// 2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls. +// 2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor. +// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_glfw.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW+OpenGL/Vulkan examples. +// 2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag. +// 2018-02-20: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors (ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value, passed to glfwSetCursor()). +// 2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves. +// 2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space. +// 2018-01-25: Inputs: Added gamepad support if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set. +// 2018-01-25: Inputs: Honoring the io.WantSetMousePos by repositioning the mouse (when using navigation and ImGuiConfigFlags_NavMoveMouse is set). +// 2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support. +// 2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert. +// 2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1). +// 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers. + +#include "imgui.h" +#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h" + +// Clang warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#endif +#endif + +// GLFW +#include +#ifdef _WIN32 +#undef APIENTRY +#define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32 +#include // for glfwGetWin32Window +#endif +#ifdef GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2019-11-29 (cursors defines) // FIXME: Remove when GLFW 3.4 is released? +#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR, GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR +#else +#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (0) +#endif +#define GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetGamepadState() new api +#define GLFW_HAS_GET_KEY_NAME (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwGetKeyName() + +// GLFW data +enum GlfwClientApi +{ + GlfwClientApi_Unknown, + GlfwClientApi_OpenGL, + GlfwClientApi_Vulkan +}; + +struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data +{ + GLFWwindow* Window; + GlfwClientApi ClientApi; + double Time; + GLFWwindow* MouseWindow; + GLFWcursor* MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT]; + ImVec2 LastValidMousePos; + bool InstalledCallbacks; + + // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. + GLFWwindowfocusfun PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus; + GLFWcursorposfun PrevUserCallbackCursorPos; + GLFWcursorenterfun PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter; + GLFWmousebuttonfun PrevUserCallbackMousebutton; + GLFWscrollfun PrevUserCallbackScroll; + GLFWkeyfun PrevUserCallbackKey; + GLFWcharfun PrevUserCallbackChar; + GLFWmonitorfun PrevUserCallbackMonitor; + + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts +// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. +// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend. +// - Because glfwPollEvents() process all windows and some events may be called outside of it, you will need to register your own callbacks +// (passing install_callbacks=false in ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX functions), set the current dear imgui context and then call our callbacks. +// - Otherwise we may need to store a GLFWWindow* -> ImGuiContext* map and handle this in the backend, adding a little bit of extra complexity to it. +// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context. +static ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData() +{ + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : NULL; +} + +// Functions +static const char* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText(void* user_data) +{ + return glfwGetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText(void* user_data, const char* text) +{ + glfwSetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data, text); +} + +static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(int key) +{ + switch (key) + { + case GLFW_KEY_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow; + case GLFW_KEY_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + case GLFW_KEY_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + case GLFW_KEY_PAGE_UP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp; + case GLFW_KEY_PAGE_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown; + case GLFW_KEY_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home; + case GLFW_KEY_END: return ImGuiKey_End; + case GLFW_KEY_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert; + case GLFW_KEY_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete; + case GLFW_KEY_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace; + case GLFW_KEY_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space; + case GLFW_KEY_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_Enter; + case GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape; + case GLFW_KEY_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + case GLFW_KEY_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; + case GLFW_KEY_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + case GLFW_KEY_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; + case GLFW_KEY_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + case GLFW_KEY_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; + case GLFW_KEY_EQUAL: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + case GLFW_KEY_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + case GLFW_KEY_GRAVE_ACCENT: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; + case GLFW_KEY_CAPS_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; + case GLFW_KEY_SCROLL_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock; + case GLFW_KEY_NUM_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; + case GLFW_KEY_PRINT_SCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen; + case GLFW_KEY_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_DECIMAL: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_SUBTRACT: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_ADD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper; + case GLFW_KEY_MENU: return ImGuiKey_Menu; + case GLFW_KEY_0: return ImGuiKey_0; + case GLFW_KEY_1: return ImGuiKey_1; + case GLFW_KEY_2: return ImGuiKey_2; + case GLFW_KEY_3: return ImGuiKey_3; + case GLFW_KEY_4: return ImGuiKey_4; + case GLFW_KEY_5: return ImGuiKey_5; + case GLFW_KEY_6: return ImGuiKey_6; + case GLFW_KEY_7: return ImGuiKey_7; + case GLFW_KEY_8: return ImGuiKey_8; + case GLFW_KEY_9: return ImGuiKey_9; + case GLFW_KEY_A: return ImGuiKey_A; + case GLFW_KEY_B: return ImGuiKey_B; + case GLFW_KEY_C: return ImGuiKey_C; + case GLFW_KEY_D: return ImGuiKey_D; + case GLFW_KEY_E: return ImGuiKey_E; + case GLFW_KEY_F: return ImGuiKey_F; + case GLFW_KEY_G: return ImGuiKey_G; + case GLFW_KEY_H: return ImGuiKey_H; + case GLFW_KEY_I: return ImGuiKey_I; + case GLFW_KEY_J: return ImGuiKey_J; + case GLFW_KEY_K: return ImGuiKey_K; + case GLFW_KEY_L: return ImGuiKey_L; + case GLFW_KEY_M: return ImGuiKey_M; + case GLFW_KEY_N: return ImGuiKey_N; + case GLFW_KEY_O: return ImGuiKey_O; + case GLFW_KEY_P: return ImGuiKey_P; + case GLFW_KEY_Q: return ImGuiKey_Q; + case GLFW_KEY_R: return ImGuiKey_R; + case GLFW_KEY_S: return ImGuiKey_S; + case GLFW_KEY_T: return ImGuiKey_T; + case GLFW_KEY_U: return ImGuiKey_U; + case GLFW_KEY_V: return ImGuiKey_V; + case GLFW_KEY_W: return ImGuiKey_W; + case GLFW_KEY_X: return ImGuiKey_X; + case GLFW_KEY_Y: return ImGuiKey_Y; + case GLFW_KEY_Z: return ImGuiKey_Z; + case GLFW_KEY_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1; + case GLFW_KEY_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2; + case GLFW_KEY_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3; + case GLFW_KEY_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4; + case GLFW_KEY_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5; + case GLFW_KEY_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6; + case GLFW_KEY_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7; + case GLFW_KEY_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8; + case GLFW_KEY_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9; + case GLFW_KEY_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; + case GLFW_KEY_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; + case GLFW_KEY_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + default: return ImGuiKey_None; + } +} + +static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(int key) +{ + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL) + return GLFW_MOD_CONTROL; + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT) + return GLFW_MOD_SHIFT; + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT) + return GLFW_MOD_ALT; + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER) + return GLFW_MOD_SUPER; + return 0; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(int mods) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, (mods & GLFW_MOD_CONTROL) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModShift, (mods & GLFW_MOD_SHIFT) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModAlt, (mods & GLFW_MOD_ALT) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModSuper, (mods & GLFW_MOD_SUPER) != 0); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != NULL && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton(window, button, action, mods); + + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(mods); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if (button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT) + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, action == GLFW_PRESS); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll != NULL && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll(window, xoffset, yoffset); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)xoffset, (float)yoffset); +} + +static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode) +{ +#if GLFW_HAS_GET_KEY_NAME && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) + // GLFW 3.1+ attempts to "untranslate" keys, which goes the opposite of what every other framework does, making using lettered shortcuts difficult. + // (It had reasons to do so: namely GLFW is/was more likely to be used for WASD-type game controls rather than lettered shortcuts, but IHMO the 3.1 change could have been done differently) + // See https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1502 for details. + // Adding a workaround to undo this (so our keys are translated->untranslated->translated, likely a lossy process). + // This won't cover edge cases but this is at least going to cover common cases. + if (key >= GLFW_KEY_KP_0 && key <= GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL) + return key; + const char* key_name = glfwGetKeyName(key, scancode); + if (key_name && key_name[0] != 0 && key_name[1] == 0) + { + const char char_names[] = "`-=[]\\,;\'./"; + const int char_keys[] = { GLFW_KEY_GRAVE_ACCENT, GLFW_KEY_MINUS, GLFW_KEY_EQUAL, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_BRACKET, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET, GLFW_KEY_BACKSLASH, GLFW_KEY_COMMA, GLFW_KEY_SEMICOLON, GLFW_KEY_APOSTROPHE, GLFW_KEY_PERIOD, GLFW_KEY_SLASH, 0 }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_names) == IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_keys)); + if (key_name[0] >= '0' && key_name[0] <= '9') { key = GLFW_KEY_0 + (key_name[0] - '0'); } + else if (key_name[0] >= 'A' && key_name[0] <= 'Z') { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'A'); } + else if (key_name[0] >= 'a' && key_name[0] <= 'z') { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'a'); } + else if (const char* p = strchr(char_names, key_name[0])) { key = char_keys[p - char_names]; } + } + // if (action == GLFW_PRESS) printf("key %d scancode %d name '%s'\n", key, scancode, key_name); +#else + IM_UNUSED(scancode); +#endif + return key; +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int keycode, int scancode, int action, int mods) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackKey != NULL && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackKey(window, keycode, scancode, action, mods); + + if (action != GLFW_PRESS && action != GLFW_RELEASE) + return; + + // Workaround: X11 does not include current pressed/released modifier key in 'mods' flags. https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1630 + if (int keycode_to_mod = ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(keycode)) + mods = (action == GLFW_PRESS) ? (mods | keycode_to_mod) : (mods & ~keycode_to_mod); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(mods); + + keycode = ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(keycode, scancode); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGuiKey imgui_key = ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(keycode); + io.AddKeyEvent(imgui_key, (action == GLFW_PRESS)); + io.SetKeyEventNativeData(imgui_key, keycode, scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code) +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus != NULL && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus(window, focused); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddFocusEvent(focused != 0); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != NULL && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos(window, x, y); + if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + return; + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddMousePosEvent((float)x, (float)y); + bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)x, (float)y); +} + +// Workaround: X11 seems to send spurious Leave/Enter events which would make us lose our position, +// so we back it up and restore on Leave/Enter (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4984) +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != NULL && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter(window, entered); + if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + return; + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if (entered) + { + bd->MouseWindow = window; + io.AddMousePosEvent(bd->LastValidMousePos.x, bd->LastValidMousePos.y); + } + else if (!entered && bd->MouseWindow == window) + { + bd->LastValidMousePos = io.MousePos; + bd->MouseWindow = NULL; + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackChar != NULL && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackChar(window, c); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddInputCharacter(c); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor*, int) +{ + // Unused in 'master' branch but 'docking' branch will use this, so we declare it ahead of it so if you have to install callbacks you can install this one too. +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd->InstalledCallbacks == false && "Callbacks already installed!"); + IM_ASSERT(bd->Window == window); + + bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = glfwSetWindowFocusCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = glfwSetCursorPosCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = glfwSetScrollCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = glfwSetKeyCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = glfwSetCharCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = glfwSetMonitorCallback(ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback); + bd->InstalledCallbacks = true; +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd->InstalledCallbacks == true && "Callbacks not installed!"); + IM_ASSERT(bd->Window == window); + + glfwSetWindowFocusCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus); + glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter); + glfwSetCursorPosCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos); + glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton); + glfwSetScrollCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll); + glfwSetKeyCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackKey); + glfwSetCharCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackChar); + glfwSetMonitorCallback(bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor); + bd->InstalledCallbacks = false; + bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = NULL; + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = NULL; + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = NULL; + bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = NULL; + bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = NULL; + bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = NULL; + bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = NULL; + bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = NULL; +} + +static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); + + // Setup backend capabilities flags + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data)(); + io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd; + io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_glfw"; + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used) + + bd->Window = window; + bd->Time = 0.0; + + io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText; + io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText; + io.ClipboardUserData = bd->Window; + + // Set platform dependent data in viewport +#if defined(_WIN32) + ImGui::GetMainViewport()->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)glfwGetWin32Window(bd->Window); +#endif + + // Create mouse cursors + // (By design, on X11 cursors are user configurable and some cursors may be missing. When a cursor doesn't exist, + // GLFW will emit an error which will often be printed by the app, so we temporarily disable error reporting. + // Missing cursors will return NULL and our _UpdateMouseCursor() function will use the Arrow cursor instead.) + GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(NULL); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_IBEAM_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_VRESIZE_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HRESIZE_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HAND_CURSOR); +#if GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR); +#else + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); +#endif + glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback); + + // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. + if (install_callbacks) + ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(window); + + bd->ClientApi = client_api; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) +{ + return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_OpenGL); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) +{ + return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Vulkan); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) +{ + return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Unknown); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + if (bd->InstalledCallbacks) + ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(bd->Window); + + for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) + glfwDestroyCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]); + + io.BackendPlatformName = NULL; + io.BackendPlatformUserData = NULL; + IM_DELETE(bd); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData() +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + if (glfwGetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + { + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + return; + } + +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + const bool is_app_focused = true; +#else + const bool is_app_focused = glfwGetWindowAttrib(bd->Window, GLFW_FOCUSED) != 0; +#endif + if (is_app_focused) + { + // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user) + if (io.WantSetMousePos) + glfwSetCursorPos(bd->Window, (double)io.MousePos.x, (double)io.MousePos.y); + + // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback already provides this when hovered or captured) + if (is_app_focused && bd->MouseWindow == NULL) + { + double mouse_x, mouse_y; + glfwGetCursorPos(bd->Window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y); + io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y); + bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y); + } + } +} + +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) || glfwGetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + return; + + ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); + if (imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None || io.MouseDrawCursor) + { + // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor + glfwSetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN); + } + else + { + // Show OS mouse cursor + // FIXME-PLATFORM: Unfocused windows seems to fail changing the mouse cursor with GLFW 3.2, but 3.3 works here. + glfwSetCursor(bd->Window, bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]); + glfwSetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL); + } +} + +// Update gamepad inputs +static inline float Saturate(float v) { return v < 0.0f ? 0.0f : v > 1.0f ? 1.0f : v; } +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs. + return; + + io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; +#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API + GLFWgamepadstate gamepad; + if (!glfwGetGamepadState(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &gamepad)) + return; + #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO, _UNUSED) do { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, gamepad.buttons[BUTTON_NO] != 0); } while (0) + #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, _UNUSED, V0, V1) do { float v = gamepad.axes[AXIS_NO]; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, v > 0.10f, Saturate(v)); } while (0) +#else + int axes_count = 0, buttons_count = 0; + const float* axes = glfwGetJoystickAxes(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &axes_count); + const unsigned char* buttons = glfwGetJoystickButtons(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &buttons_count); + if (axes_count == 0 || buttons_count == 0) + return; + #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, _UNUSED, BUTTON_NO) do { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, (buttons_count > BUTTON_NO && buttons[BUTTON_NO] == GLFW_PRESS)); } while (0) + #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, _UNUSED, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) do { float v = (axes_count > AXIS_NO) ? axes[AXIS_NO] : V0; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, v > 0.10f, Saturate(v)); } while (0) +#endif + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START, 7); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK, 6); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_X, 2); // Xbox X, PS Square + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_B, 1); // Xbox B, PS Circle + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_Y, 3); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_A, 0); // Xbox A, PS Cross + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT, 13); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT, 11); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP, 10); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN, 12); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_BUMPER, 4); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_BUMPER, 5); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER, 4, -0.75f, +1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER, 5, -0.75f, +1.0f); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_THUMB, 8); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_THUMB, 9); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_X, 0, -0.25f, -1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_X, 0, +0.25f, +1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_Y, 1, -0.25f, -1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_Y, 1, +0.25f, +1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_X, 2, -0.25f, -1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_X, 2, +0.25f, +1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_Y, 3, -0.25f, -1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_Y, 3, +0.25f, +1.0f); + #undef MAP_BUTTON + #undef MAP_ANALOG +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?"); + + // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) + int w, h; + int display_w, display_h; + glfwGetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h); + glfwGetFramebufferSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h); + io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); + if (w > 0 && h > 0) + io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / (float)w, (float)display_h / (float)h); + + // Setup time step + double current_time = glfwGetTime(); + io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - bd->Time) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); + bd->Time = current_time; + + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData(); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor(); + + // Update game controllers (if enabled and available) + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads(); +} + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif diff --git a/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_glfw.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58712dee --- /dev/null +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_glfw.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +// dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW +// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..) +// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.) + +// Implemented features: +// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. +// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] +// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. +// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+). + +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. +// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// About GLSL version: +// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter defaults to "#version 150" if NULL. +// Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. Keep NULL if unsure! + +#pragma once +#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API + +struct GLFWwindow; +struct GLFWmonitor; + +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(); + +// GLFW callbacks (installer) +// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=true': ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks() is called. GLFW callbacks will be installed for you. They will chain-call user's previously installed callbacks, if any. +// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=false': GLFW callbacks won't be installed. You will need to call individual function yourself from your own GLFW callbacks. +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window); + +// GLFW callbacks (individual callbacks to call if you didn't install callbacks) +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused); // Since 1.84 +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered); // Since 1.84 +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y); // Since 1.87 +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor* monitor, int event); diff --git a/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e52e0b53 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,871 @@ +// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline +// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x +// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0) +// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..) + +// Implemented features: +// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! +// [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. + +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. +// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// CHANGELOG +// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127). +// 2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fix state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states. +// 2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers. +// 2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions. +// 2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader. +// 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). +// 2021-06-25: OpenGL: Use OES_vertex_array extension on Emscripten + backup/restore current state. +// 2021-06-21: OpenGL: Destroy individual vertex/fragment shader objects right after they are linked into the main shader. +// 2021-05-24: OpenGL: Access GL_CLIP_ORIGIN when "GL_ARB_clip_control" extension is detected, inside of just OpenGL 4.5 version. +// 2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement) +// 2021-04-06: OpenGL: Don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN unless we're OpenGL 4.5 or greater. +// 2021-02-18: OpenGL: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer. +// 2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_STENCIL_TEST state. +// 2020-10-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state. +// 2020-10-15: OpenGL: Use glGetString(GL_VERSION) instead of glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, ...) when the later returns zero (e.g. Desktop GL 2.x) +// 2020-09-17: OpenGL: Fix to avoid compiling/calling glBindSampler() on ES or pre 3.3 context which have the defines set by a loader. +// 2020-07-10: OpenGL: Added support for glad2 OpenGL loader. +// 2020-05-08: OpenGL: Made default GLSL version 150 (instead of 130) on OSX. +// 2020-04-21: OpenGL: Fixed handling of glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) by inverting projection matrix. +// 2020-04-12: OpenGL: Fixed context version check mistakenly testing for 4.0+ instead of 3.2+ to enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset. +// 2020-03-24: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 2.x OpenGL loader. +// 2020-01-07: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 3.x OpenGL loader. +// 2019-10-25: OpenGL: Using a combination of GL define and runtime GL version to decide whether to use glDrawElementsBaseVertex(). Fix building with pre-3.2 GL loaders. +// 2019-09-22: OpenGL: Detect default GL loader using __has_include compiler facility. +// 2019-09-16: OpenGL: Tweak initialization code to allow application calling ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() before the first NewFrame() call. +// 2019-05-29: OpenGL: Desktop GL only: Added support for large mesh (64K+ vertices), enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset flag. +// 2019-04-30: OpenGL: Added support for special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to reset render state. +// 2019-03-29: OpenGL: Not calling glBindBuffer more than necessary in the render loop. +// 2019-03-15: OpenGL: Added a GL call + comments in ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() to detect uninitialized GL function loaders early. +// 2019-03-03: OpenGL: Fix support for ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0). +// 2019-02-20: OpenGL: Fix for OSX not supporting OpenGL 4.5, we don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN even if defined by the headers/loader. +// 2019-02-11: OpenGL: Projecting clipping rectangles correctly using draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow multi-viewports for retina display. +// 2019-02-01: OpenGL: Using GLSL 410 shaders for any version over 410 (e.g. 430, 450). +// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendRendererName so it can be displayed in the About Window. +// 2018-11-13: OpenGL: Support for GL 4.5's glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) / GL_CLIP_ORIGIN. +// 2018-08-29: OpenGL: Added support for more OpenGL loaders: glew and glad, with comments indicative that any loader can be used. +// 2018-08-09: OpenGL: Default to OpenGL ES 3 on iOS and Android. GLSL version default to "#version 300 ES". +// 2018-07-30: OpenGL: Support for GLSL 300 ES and 410 core. Fixes for Emscripten compilation. +// 2018-07-10: OpenGL: Support for more GLSL versions (based on the GLSL version string). Added error output when shaders fail to compile/link. +// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples. +// 2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle. +// 2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state. +// 2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a NULL pointer. +// 2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150". +// 2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context. +// 2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself. +// 2018-01-07: OpenGL: Changed GLSL shader version from 330 to 150. +// 2017-09-01: OpenGL: Save and restore current bound sampler. Save and restore current polygon mode. +// 2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current blend func state. +// 2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE. +// 2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle. +// 2016-07-29: OpenGL: Explicitly setting GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH to reduce issues because SDL changes it. (#752) + +//---------------------------------------- +// OpenGL GLSL GLSL +// version version string +//---------------------------------------- +// 2.0 110 "#version 110" +// 2.1 120 "#version 120" +// 3.0 130 "#version 130" +// 3.1 140 "#version 140" +// 3.2 150 "#version 150" +// 3.3 330 "#version 330 core" +// 4.0 400 "#version 400 core" +// 4.1 410 "#version 410 core" +// 4.2 420 "#version 410 core" +// 4.3 430 "#version 430 core" +// ES 2.0 100 "#version 100" = WebGL 1.0 +// ES 3.0 300 "#version 300 es" = WebGL 2.0 +//---------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h" +#include +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) +#include +#endif + +// Clang warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#endif +#endif + +// GL includes +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) +#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) +#include // Use GL ES 2 +#else +#include // Use GL ES 2 +#endif +#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) +#ifndef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +#define GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +#endif +#include +#endif +#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) +#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) +#include // Use GL ES 3 +#else +#include // Use GL ES 3 +#endif +#elif !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM) +// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers. +// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are using our own minimal custom loader based on gl3w. +// In the rest of your app/engine, you can use another loader of your choice (gl3w, glew, glad, glbinding, glext, glLoadGen, etc.). +// If you happen to be developing a new feature for this backend (imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp): +// - You may need to regenerate imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to add new symbols. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped +// - You can temporarily use an unstripped version. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped/releases +// Changes to this backend using new APIs should be accompanied by a regenerated stripped loader version. +#define IMGL3W_IMPL +#include "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h" +#endif + +// Vertex arrays are not supported on ES2/WebGL1 unless Emscripten which uses an extension +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY +#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY +#define glBindVertexArray glBindVertexArrayOES +#define glGenVertexArrays glGenVertexArraysOES +#define glDeleteVertexArrays glDeleteVertexArraysOES +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING_OES +#endif + +// Desktop GL 2.0+ has glPolygonMode() which GL ES and WebGL don't have. +#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE +#define IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE +#endif + +// Desktop GL 3.2+ has glDrawElementsBaseVertex() which GL ES and WebGL don't have. +#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_2) +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET +#endif + +// Desktop GL 3.3+ has glBindSampler() +#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_3) +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER +#endif + +// Desktop GL 3.1+ has GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state +#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_1) +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART +#endif + +// Desktop GL use extension detection +#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS +#endif + +// OpenGL Data +struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data +{ + GLuint GlVersion; // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2) + char GlslVersionString[32]; // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings. + GLuint FontTexture; + GLuint ShaderHandle; + GLint AttribLocationTex; // Uniforms location + GLint AttribLocationProjMtx; + GLuint AttribLocationVtxPos; // Vertex attributes location + GLuint AttribLocationVtxUV; + GLuint AttribLocationVtxColor; + unsigned int VboHandle, ElementsHandle; + GLsizeiptr VertexBufferSize; + GLsizeiptr IndexBufferSize; + bool HasClipOrigin; + bool UseBufferSubData; + + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts +// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. +static ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData() +{ + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL; +} + +// OpenGL vertex attribute state (for ES 1.0 and ES 2.0 only) +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY +struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState +{ + GLint Enabled, Size, Type, Normalized, Stride; + GLvoid* Ptr; + + void GetState(GLint index) + { + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED, &Enabled); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE, &Size); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE, &Type); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED, &Normalized); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE, &Stride); + glGetVertexAttribPointerv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER, &Ptr); + } + void SetState(GLint index) + { + glVertexAttribPointer(index, Size, Type, (GLboolean)Normalized, Stride, Ptr); + if (Enabled) glEnableVertexAttribArray(index); else glDisableVertexAttribArray(index); + } +}; +#endif + +// Functions +bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a renderer backend!"); + + // Initialize our loader +#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM) + if (imgl3wInit() != 0) + { + fprintf(stderr, "Failed to initialize OpenGL loader!\n"); + return false; + } +#endif + + // Setup backend capabilities flags + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data)(); + io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd; + io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3"; + + // Query for GL version (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2) +#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) + GLint major = 0; + GLint minor = 0; + glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major); + glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &minor); + if (major == 0 && minor == 0) + { + // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "." + const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION); + sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); + } + bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10); + + // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge +#ifdef _WIN32 + if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR)) + if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0) + bd->UseBufferSubData = true; +#endif + //printf("GL_MAJOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_MINOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", major, minor, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG] +#else + bd->GlVersion = 200; // GLES 2 +#endif + +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET + if (bd->GlVersion >= 320) + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset; // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes. +#endif + + // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders. + // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to NULL if unsure. + if (glsl_version == NULL) + { +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) + glsl_version = "#version 100"; +#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) + glsl_version = "#version 300 es"; +#elif defined(__APPLE__) + glsl_version = "#version 150"; +#else + glsl_version = "#version 130"; +#endif + } + IM_ASSERT((int)strlen(glsl_version) + 2 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(bd->GlslVersionString)); + strcpy(bd->GlslVersionString, glsl_version); + strcat(bd->GlslVersionString, "\n"); + + // Make an arbitrary GL call (we don't actually need the result) + // IF YOU GET A CRASH HERE: it probably means the OpenGL function loader didn't do its job. Let us know! + GLint current_texture; + glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, ¤t_texture); + + // Detect extensions we support + bd->HasClipOrigin = (bd->GlVersion >= 450); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS + GLint num_extensions = 0; + glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS, &num_extensions); + for (GLint i = 0; i < num_extensions; i++) + { + const char* extension = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, i); + if (extension != NULL && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0) + bd->HasClipOrigin = true; + } +#endif + + return true; +} + +void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown() +{ + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); + io.BackendRendererName = NULL; + io.BackendRendererUserData = NULL; + IM_DELETE(bd); +} + +void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame() +{ + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?"); + + if (!bd->ShaderHandle) + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects(); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height, GLuint vertex_array_object) +{ + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + + // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, polygon fill + glEnable(GL_BLEND); + glBlendEquation(GL_FUNC_ADD); + glBlendFuncSeparate(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); + glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE); + glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); + glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); + glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART + if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) + glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE + glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL); +#endif + + // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) +#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN) + bool clip_origin_lower_left = true; + if (bd->HasClipOrigin) + { + GLenum current_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)¤t_clip_origin); + if (current_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT) + clip_origin_lower_left = false; + } +#endif + + // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix + // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps. + glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height); + float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x; + float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x; + float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y; + float B = draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y; +#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN) + if (!clip_origin_lower_left) { float tmp = T; T = B; B = tmp; } // Swap top and bottom if origin is upper left +#endif + const float ortho_projection[4][4] = + { + { 2.0f/(R-L), 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }, + { 0.0f, 2.0f/(T-B), 0.0f, 0.0f }, + { 0.0f, 0.0f, -1.0f, 0.0f }, + { (R+L)/(L-R), (T+B)/(B-T), 0.0f, 1.0f }, + }; + glUseProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); + glUniform1i(bd->AttribLocationTex, 0); + glUniformMatrix4fv(bd->AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]); + +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER + if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) + glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 may set that otherwise. +#endif + + (void)vertex_array_object; +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + glBindVertexArray(vertex_array_object); +#endif + + // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert + glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle); + glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle); + glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos); + glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV); + glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor); + glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)); + glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)); + glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)); +} + +// OpenGL3 Render function. +// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly. +// This is in order to be able to run within an OpenGL engine that doesn't do so. +void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) +{ + // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) + int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x); + int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y); + if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0) + return; + + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + + // Backup GL state + GLenum last_active_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE, (GLint*)&last_active_texture); + glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0); + GLuint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, (GLint*)&last_program); + GLuint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, (GLint*)&last_texture); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER + GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; } +#endif + GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer); +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + // This is part of VAO on OpenGL 3.0+ and OpenGL ES 3.0+. + GLint last_element_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_element_array_buffer); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_pos; last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_uv; last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_color; last_vtx_attrib_state_color.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + GLuint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_vertex_array_object); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE + GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode); +#endif + GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport); + GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box); + GLenum last_blend_src_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_rgb); + GLenum last_blend_dst_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_rgb); + GLenum last_blend_src_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_alpha); + GLenum last_blend_dst_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_alpha); + GLenum last_blend_equation_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_rgb); + GLenum last_blend_equation_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_alpha); + GLboolean last_enable_blend = glIsEnabled(GL_BLEND); + GLboolean last_enable_cull_face = glIsEnabled(GL_CULL_FACE); + GLboolean last_enable_depth_test = glIsEnabled(GL_DEPTH_TEST); + GLboolean last_enable_stencil_test = glIsEnabled(GL_STENCIL_TEST); + GLboolean last_enable_scissor_test = glIsEnabled(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART + GLboolean last_enable_primitive_restart = (bd->GlVersion >= 310) ? glIsEnabled(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART) : GL_FALSE; +#endif + + // Setup desired GL state + // Recreate the VAO every time (this is to easily allow multiple GL contexts to be rendered to. VAO are not shared among GL contexts) + // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound. + GLuint vertex_array_object = 0; +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object); +#endif + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object); + + // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space + ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports + ImVec2 clip_scale = draw_data->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2) + + // Render command lists + for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) + { + const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; + + // Upload vertex/index buffers + // - On Intel windows drivers we got reports that regular glBufferData() led to accumulating leaks when using multi-viewports, so we started using orphaning + glBufferSubData(). (See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468) + // - On NVIDIA drivers we got reports that using orphaning + glBufferSubData() led to glitches when using multi-viewports. + // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state in 2022, for now we are switching code path based on vendors. + const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert); + const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx); + if (bd->UseBufferSubData) + { + if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size) + { + bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size; + glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + } + if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size) + { + bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size; + glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + } + glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data); + glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data); + } + else + { + glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + } + + for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) + { + const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; + if (pcmd->UserCallback != NULL) + { + // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback() + // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.) + if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState) + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object); + else + pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd); + } + else + { + // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space + ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); + ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); + if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y) + continue; + + // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL) + glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y)); + + // Bind texture, Draw + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID()); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET + if (bd->GlVersion >= 320) + glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset); + else +#endif + glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx))); + } + } + } + + // Destroy the temporary VAO +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object); +#endif + + // Restore modified GL state + glUseProgram(last_program); + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER + if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) + glBindSampler(0, last_sampler); +#endif + glActiveTexture(last_active_texture); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array_object); +#endif + glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer); +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_element_array_buffer); + last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos); + last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV); + last_vtx_attrib_state_color.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor); +#endif + glBlendEquationSeparate(last_blend_equation_rgb, last_blend_equation_alpha); + glBlendFuncSeparate(last_blend_src_rgb, last_blend_dst_rgb, last_blend_src_alpha, last_blend_dst_alpha); + if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND); + if (last_enable_cull_face) glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); else glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE); + if (last_enable_depth_test) glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); else glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); + if (last_enable_stencil_test) glEnable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); else glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); + if (last_enable_scissor_test) glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); else glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART + if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); } +#endif + +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE + glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); +#endif + glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]); + glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]); + (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this +} + +bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + + // Build texture atlas + unsigned char* pixels; + int width, height; + io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory. + + // Upload texture to graphics system + // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling) + GLint last_texture; + glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); + glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture); + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); +#ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH // Not on WebGL/ES + glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0); +#endif + glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels); + + // Store our identifier + io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture); + + // Restore state + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); + + return true; +} + +void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->FontTexture) + { + glDeleteTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture); + io.Fonts->SetTexID(0); + bd->FontTexture = 0; + } +} + +// If you get an error please report on github. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. See GL<>GLSL version table at the top of this file. +static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc) +{ + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + GLint status = 0, log_length = 0; + glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_COMPILE_STATUS, &status); + glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length); + if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE) + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to compile %s! With GLSL: %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString); + if (log_length > 1) + { + ImVector buf; + buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1)); + glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); + fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin()); + } + return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE; +} + +// If you get an error please report on GitHub. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. +static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc) +{ + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + GLint status = 0, log_length = 0; + glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_LINK_STATUS, &status); + glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length); + if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE) + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to link %s! With GLSL %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString); + if (log_length > 1) + { + ImVector buf; + buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1)); + glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); + fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin()); + } + return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE; +} + +bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects() +{ + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + + // Backup GL state + GLint last_texture, last_array_buffer; + glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); + glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + GLint last_vertex_array; + glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, &last_vertex_array); +#endif + + // Parse GLSL version string + int glsl_version = 130; + sscanf(bd->GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version); + + const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_120 = + "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n" + "attribute vec2 Position;\n" + "attribute vec2 UV;\n" + "attribute vec4 Color;\n" + "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n" + "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n" + "void main()\n" + "{\n" + " Frag_UV = UV;\n" + " Frag_Color = Color;\n" + " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n" + "}\n"; + + const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_130 = + "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n" + "in vec2 Position;\n" + "in vec2 UV;\n" + "in vec4 Color;\n" + "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n" + "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n" + "void main()\n" + "{\n" + " Frag_UV = UV;\n" + " Frag_Color = Color;\n" + " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n" + "}\n"; + + const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_300_es = + "precision highp float;\n" + "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n" + "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n" + "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n" + "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n" + "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n" + "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n" + "void main()\n" + "{\n" + " Frag_UV = UV;\n" + " Frag_Color = Color;\n" + " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n" + "}\n"; + + const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_410_core = + "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n" + "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n" + "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n" + "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n" + "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n" + "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n" + "void main()\n" + "{\n" + " Frag_UV = UV;\n" + " Frag_Color = Color;\n" + " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n" + "}\n"; + + const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_120 = + "#ifdef GL_ES\n" + " precision mediump float;\n" + "#endif\n" + "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n" + "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n" + "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n" + "void main()\n" + "{\n" + " gl_FragColor = Frag_Color * texture2D(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n" + "}\n"; + + const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_130 = + "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n" + "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n" + "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n" + "out vec4 Out_Color;\n" + "void main()\n" + "{\n" + " Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n" + "}\n"; + + const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_300_es = + "precision mediump float;\n" + "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n" + "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n" + "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n" + "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n" + "void main()\n" + "{\n" + " Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n" + "}\n"; + + const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_410_core = + "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n" + "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n" + "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n" + "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n" + "void main()\n" + "{\n" + " Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n" + "}\n"; + + // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions + const GLchar* vertex_shader = NULL; + const GLchar* fragment_shader = NULL; + if (glsl_version < 130) + { + vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120; + fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_120; + } + else if (glsl_version >= 410) + { + vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_410_core; + fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_410_core; + } + else if (glsl_version == 300) + { + vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_300_es; + fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_300_es; + } + else + { + vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_130; + fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_130; + } + + // Create shaders + const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, vertex_shader }; + GLuint vert_handle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER); + glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, NULL); + glCompileShader(vert_handle); + CheckShader(vert_handle, "vertex shader"); + + const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, fragment_shader }; + GLuint frag_handle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER); + glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, NULL); + glCompileShader(frag_handle); + CheckShader(frag_handle, "fragment shader"); + + // Link + bd->ShaderHandle = glCreateProgram(); + glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle); + glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle); + glLinkProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); + CheckProgram(bd->ShaderHandle, "shader program"); + + glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle); + glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle); + glDeleteShader(vert_handle); + glDeleteShader(frag_handle); + + bd->AttribLocationTex = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Texture"); + bd->AttribLocationProjMtx = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "ProjMtx"); + bd->AttribLocationVtxPos = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Position"); + bd->AttribLocationVtxUV = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "UV"); + bd->AttribLocationVtxColor = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Color"); + + // Create buffers + glGenBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle); + glGenBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle); + + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture(); + + // Restore modified GL state + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); + glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array); +#endif + + return true; +} + +void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects() +{ + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->VboHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle); bd->VboHandle = 0; } + if (bd->ElementsHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle); bd->ElementsHandle = 0; } + if (bd->ShaderHandle) { glDeleteProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); bd->ShaderHandle = 0; } + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(); +} + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif diff --git a/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19f185b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline +// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x +// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0) +// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..) + +// Implemented features: +// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! +// [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. + +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. +// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// About GLSL version: +// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be NULL (default) or a "#version XXX" string. +// On computer platform the GLSL version default to "#version 130". On OpenGL ES 3 platform it defaults to "#version 300 es" +// Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. See GLSL version table at the top of imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp. + +#pragma once +#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API + +// Backend API +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = NULL); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data); + +// (Optional) Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); + +// Specific OpenGL ES versions +//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 // Auto-detected on Emscripten +//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3 // Auto-detected on iOS/Android + +// You can explicitly select GLES2 or GLES3 API by using one of the '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line. +#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) \ + && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) + +// Try to detect GLES on matching platforms +#if defined(__APPLE__) +#include +#endif +#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) || (defined(__ANDROID__)) +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3 // iOS, Android -> GL ES 3, "#version 300 es" +#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__amigaos4__) +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 // Emscripten -> GL ES 2, "#version 100" +#else +// Otherwise imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h will be used. +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h b/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b6615e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h @@ -0,0 +1,794 @@ +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h: +// +// We embed our own OpenGL loader to not require user to provide their own or to have to use ours, +// which proved to be endless problems for users. +// Our loader is custom-generated, based on gl3w but automatically filtered to only include +// enums/functions that we use in our imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp source file in order to be small. +// +// YOU SHOULD NOT NEED TO INCLUDE/USE THIS DIRECTLY. THIS IS USED BY imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ONLY. +// THE REST OF YOUR APP SHOULD USE A DIFFERENT GL LOADER: ANY GL LOADER OF YOUR CHOICE. +// +// IF YOU GET BUILD ERRORS IN THIS FILE (commonly macro redefinitions or function redefinitions): +// IT LIKELY MEANS THAT YOU ARE BUILDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp' OR INCUDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h' +// IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT AS ONE OF YOUR FILE WHICH IS USING A THIRD-PARTY OPENGL LOADER. +// (e.g. COULD HAPPEN IF YOU ARE DOING A UNITY/JUMBO BUILD, OR INCLUDING .CPP FILES FROM OTHERS) +// YOU SHOULD NOT BUILD BOTH IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT. +// BUT IF YOU REALLY WANT TO, you can '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM' and imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +// WILL NOT BE USING OUR LOADER, AND INSTEAD EXPECT ANOTHER/YOUR LOADER TO BE AVAILABLE IN THE COMPILATION UNIT. +// +// Regenerate with: +// python gl3w_gen.py --output ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --ref ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ./extra_symbols.txt +// +// More info: +// https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped +// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4445 +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * This file was generated with gl3w_gen.py, part of imgl3w + * (hosted at https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped) + * + * This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. + * + * Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or + * distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled + * binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any + * means. + * + * In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors + * of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the + * software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit + * of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and + * successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of + * relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this + * software under copyright law. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, + * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR + * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __gl3w_h_ +#define __gl3w_h_ + +// Adapted from KHR/khrplatform.h to avoid including entire file. +#ifndef __khrplatform_h_ +typedef float khronos_float_t; +typedef signed char khronos_int8_t; +typedef unsigned char khronos_uint8_t; +typedef signed short int khronos_int16_t; +typedef unsigned short int khronos_uint16_t; +#ifdef _WIN64 +typedef signed long long int khronos_intptr_t; +typedef signed long long int khronos_ssize_t; +#else +typedef signed long int khronos_intptr_t; +typedef signed long int khronos_ssize_t; +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +typedef signed __int64 khronos_int64_t; +typedef unsigned __int64 khronos_uint64_t; +#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100) +#include +typedef int64_t khronos_int64_t; +typedef uint64_t khronos_uint64_t; +#else +typedef signed long long khronos_int64_t; +typedef unsigned long long khronos_uint64_t; +#endif +#endif // __khrplatform_h_ + +#ifndef __gl_glcorearb_h_ +#define __gl_glcorearb_h_ 1 +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +/* +** Copyright 2013-2020 The Khronos Group Inc. +** SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT +** +** This header is generated from the Khronos OpenGL / OpenGL ES XML +** API Registry. The current version of the Registry, generator scripts +** used to make the header, and the header can be found at +** https://github.com/KhronosGroup/OpenGL-Registry +*/ +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1 +#endif +#include +#endif +#ifndef APIENTRY +#define APIENTRY +#endif +#ifndef APIENTRYP +#define APIENTRYP APIENTRY * +#endif +#ifndef GLAPI +#define GLAPI extern +#endif +/* glcorearb.h is for use with OpenGL core profile implementations. +** It should should be placed in the same directory as gl.h and +** included as . +** +** glcorearb.h includes only APIs in the latest OpenGL core profile +** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which +** can be supported by the core profile. It does not, and never will +** include functionality removed from the core profile, such as +** fixed-function vertex and fragment processing. +** +** Do not #include both and either of or +** in the same source file. +*/ +/* Generated C header for: + * API: gl + * Profile: core + * Versions considered: .* + * Versions emitted: .* + * Default extensions included: glcore + * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^ + * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^ + */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_0 +typedef void GLvoid; +typedef unsigned int GLenum; + +typedef khronos_float_t GLfloat; +typedef int GLint; +typedef int GLsizei; +typedef unsigned int GLbitfield; +typedef double GLdouble; +typedef unsigned int GLuint; +typedef unsigned char GLboolean; +typedef khronos_uint8_t GLubyte; +#define GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT 0x00004000 +#define GL_FALSE 0 +#define GL_TRUE 1 +#define GL_TRIANGLES 0x0004 +#define GL_ONE 1 +#define GL_SRC_ALPHA 0x0302 +#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA 0x0303 +#define GL_FRONT_AND_BACK 0x0408 +#define GL_POLYGON_MODE 0x0B40 +#define GL_CULL_FACE 0x0B44 +#define GL_DEPTH_TEST 0x0B71 +#define GL_STENCIL_TEST 0x0B90 +#define GL_VIEWPORT 0x0BA2 +#define GL_BLEND 0x0BE2 +#define GL_SCISSOR_BOX 0x0C10 +#define GL_SCISSOR_TEST 0x0C11 +#define GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH 0x0CF2 +#define GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT 0x0D05 +#define GL_TEXTURE_2D 0x0DE1 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE 0x1401 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT 0x1403 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT 0x1405 +#define GL_FLOAT 0x1406 +#define GL_RGBA 0x1908 +#define GL_FILL 0x1B02 +#define GL_VENDOR 0x1F00 +#define GL_RENDERER 0x1F01 +#define GL_VERSION 0x1F02 +#define GL_EXTENSIONS 0x1F03 +#define GL_LINEAR 0x2601 +#define GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER 0x2800 +#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER 0x2801 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum mode); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARPROC) (GLbitfield mask); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC) (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEPROC) (GLenum cap); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEPROC) (GLenum cap); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHPROC) (void); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels); +typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETERRORPROC) (void); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint *data); +typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC) (GLenum name); +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISENABLEDPROC) (GLenum cap); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glPolygonMode (GLenum face, GLenum mode); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glScissor (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameteri (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glClear (GLbitfield mask); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearColor (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisable (GLenum cap); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnable (GLenum cap); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlush (void); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelStorei (GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glReadPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels); +GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glGetError (void); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegerv (GLenum pname, GLint *data); +GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetString (GLenum name); +GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsEnabled (GLenum cap); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glViewport (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_0 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_1 +typedef khronos_float_t GLclampf; +typedef double GLclampd; +#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D 0x8069 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint texture); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElements (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindTexture (GLenum target, GLuint texture); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteTextures (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenTextures (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_1 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3 +#define GL_TEXTURE0 0x84C0 +#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE 0x84E0 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC) (GLenum texture); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveTexture (GLenum texture); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_3 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4 +#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB 0x80C8 +#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB 0x80C9 +#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA 0x80CA +#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA 0x80CB +#define GL_FUNC_ADD 0x8006 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC) (GLenum mode); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparate (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquation (GLenum mode); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_4 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5 +typedef khronos_ssize_t GLsizeiptr; +typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptr; +#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8892 +#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8893 +#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8894 +#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8895 +#define GL_STREAM_DRAW 0x88E0 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBuffer (GLenum target, GLuint buffer); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteBuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenBuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferData (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferSubData (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_5 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0 +typedef char GLchar; +typedef khronos_int16_t GLshort; +typedef khronos_int8_t GLbyte; +typedef khronos_uint16_t GLushort; +#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB 0x8009 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED 0x8622 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8623 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8624 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8625 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8645 +#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA 0x883D +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A +#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER 0x8B30 +#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER 0x8B31 +#define GL_COMPILE_STATUS 0x8B81 +#define GL_LINK_STATUS 0x8B82 +#define GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH 0x8B84 +#define GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM 0x8B8D +#define GL_UPPER_LEFT 0x8CA2 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader); +typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC) (void); +typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC) (GLenum type); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index); +typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC) (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparate (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glAttachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompileShader (GLuint shader); +GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateProgram (void); +GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateShader (GLenum type); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgram (GLuint program); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteShader (GLuint shader); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index); +GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetAttribLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramiv (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramInfoLog (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderiv (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderInfoLog (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1i (GLint location, GLint v0); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_2_0 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0 +typedef khronos_uint16_t GLhalf; +#define GL_MAJOR_VERSION 0x821B +#define GL_MINOR_VERSION 0x821C +#define GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS 0x821D +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB 0x8DB9 +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING 0x85B5 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBOOLEANI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data); +typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC) (GLenum name, GLuint index); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC) (GLuint array); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetStringi (GLenum name, GLuint index); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVertexArray (GLuint array); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteVertexArrays (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenVertexArrays (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_0 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_1 +#define GL_VERSION_3_1 1 +#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART 0x8F9D +#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_1 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_2 +#define GL_VERSION_3_2 1 +typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync; +typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64; +typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGER64I_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint64 *data); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsBaseVertex (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_2 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_3 +#define GL_VERSION_3_3 1 +#define GL_SAMPLER_BINDING 0x8919 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC) (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindSampler (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_3 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_1 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data); +#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_1 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_3 +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam); +#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_3 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_5 +#define GL_CLIP_ORIGIN 0x935C +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint *param); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI64_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint64 *param); +#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_5 */ +#ifndef GL_ARB_bindless_texture +typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64EXT; +#endif /* GL_ARB_bindless_texture */ +#ifndef GL_ARB_cl_event +struct _cl_context; +struct _cl_event; +#endif /* GL_ARB_cl_event */ +#ifndef GL_ARB_clip_control +#define GL_ARB_clip_control 1 +#endif /* GL_ARB_clip_control */ +#ifndef GL_ARB_debug_output +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROCARB)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam); +#endif /* GL_ARB_debug_output */ +#ifndef GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage +typedef void *GLeglImageOES; +#endif /* GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage */ +#ifndef GL_EXT_direct_state_access +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLdouble *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, void **params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYINTEGERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *param); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **param); +#endif /* GL_EXT_direct_state_access */ +#ifndef GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLVULKANPROCNV)(void); +#endif /* GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image */ +#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_shader5 +typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64EXT; +#endif /* GL_NV_gpu_shader5 */ +#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERUI64I_VNVPROC) (GLenum value, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT *result); +#endif /* GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef GL3W_API +#define GL3W_API +#endif + +#ifndef __gl_h_ +#define __gl_h_ +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define GL3W_OK 0 +#define GL3W_ERROR_INIT -1 +#define GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN -2 +#define GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION -3 + +typedef void (*GL3WglProc)(void); +typedef GL3WglProc (*GL3WGetProcAddressProc)(const char *proc); + +/* gl3w api */ +GL3W_API int imgl3wInit(void); +GL3W_API int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc); +GL3W_API int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor); +GL3W_API GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc); + +/* gl3w internal state */ +union GL3WProcs { + GL3WglProc ptr[58]; + struct { + PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC ActiveTexture; + PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC AttachShader; + PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC BindBuffer; + PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC BindSampler; + PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC BindTexture; + PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC BindVertexArray; + PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC BlendEquation; + PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC BlendEquationSeparate; + PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC BlendFuncSeparate; + PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC BufferData; + PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC BufferSubData; + PFNGLCLEARPROC Clear; + PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC ClearColor; + PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC CompileShader; + PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC CreateProgram; + PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC CreateShader; + PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC DeleteBuffers; + PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC DeleteProgram; + PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC DeleteShader; + PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC DeleteTextures; + PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC DeleteVertexArrays; + PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC DetachShader; + PFNGLDISABLEPROC Disable; + PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC DisableVertexAttribArray; + PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC DrawElements; + PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC DrawElementsBaseVertex; + PFNGLENABLEPROC Enable; + PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC EnableVertexAttribArray; + PFNGLFLUSHPROC Flush; + PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC GenBuffers; + PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC GenTextures; + PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC GenVertexArrays; + PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC GetAttribLocation; + PFNGLGETERRORPROC GetError; + PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC GetIntegerv; + PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC GetProgramInfoLog; + PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC GetProgramiv; + PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC GetShaderInfoLog; + PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC GetShaderiv; + PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC GetString; + PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC GetStringi; + PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC GetUniformLocation; + PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC GetVertexAttribPointerv; + PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC GetVertexAttribiv; + PFNGLISENABLEDPROC IsEnabled; + PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC LinkProgram; + PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC PixelStorei; + PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC PolygonMode; + PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC ReadPixels; + PFNGLSCISSORPROC Scissor; + PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC ShaderSource; + PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC TexImage2D; + PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC TexParameteri; + PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC Uniform1i; + PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC UniformMatrix4fv; + PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC UseProgram; + PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC VertexAttribPointer; + PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC Viewport; + } gl; +}; + +GL3W_API extern union GL3WProcs imgl3wProcs; + +/* OpenGL functions */ +#define glActiveTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.ActiveTexture +#define glAttachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.AttachShader +#define glBindBuffer imgl3wProcs.gl.BindBuffer +#define glBindSampler imgl3wProcs.gl.BindSampler +#define glBindTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.BindTexture +#define glBindVertexArray imgl3wProcs.gl.BindVertexArray +#define glBlendEquation imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquation +#define glBlendEquationSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquationSeparate +#define glBlendFuncSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendFuncSeparate +#define glBufferData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferData +#define glBufferSubData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferSubData +#define glClear imgl3wProcs.gl.Clear +#define glClearColor imgl3wProcs.gl.ClearColor +#define glCompileShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CompileShader +#define glCreateProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateProgram +#define glCreateShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateShader +#define glDeleteBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteBuffers +#define glDeleteProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteProgram +#define glDeleteShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteShader +#define glDeleteTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteTextures +#define glDeleteVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteVertexArrays +#define glDetachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DetachShader +#define glDisable imgl3wProcs.gl.Disable +#define glDisableVertexAttribArray imgl3wProcs.gl.DisableVertexAttribArray +#define glDrawElements imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElements +#define glDrawElementsBaseVertex imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElementsBaseVertex +#define glEnable imgl3wProcs.gl.Enable +#define glEnableVertexAttribArray imgl3wProcs.gl.EnableVertexAttribArray +#define glFlush imgl3wProcs.gl.Flush +#define glGenBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.GenBuffers +#define glGenTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.GenTextures +#define glGenVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.GenVertexArrays +#define glGetAttribLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetAttribLocation +#define glGetError imgl3wProcs.gl.GetError +#define glGetIntegerv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetIntegerv +#define glGetProgramInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramInfoLog +#define glGetProgramiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramiv +#define glGetShaderInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderInfoLog +#define glGetShaderiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderiv +#define glGetString imgl3wProcs.gl.GetString +#define glGetStringi imgl3wProcs.gl.GetStringi +#define glGetUniformLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetUniformLocation +#define glGetVertexAttribPointerv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribPointerv +#define glGetVertexAttribiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribiv +#define glIsEnabled imgl3wProcs.gl.IsEnabled +#define glLinkProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.LinkProgram +#define glPixelStorei imgl3wProcs.gl.PixelStorei +#define glPolygonMode imgl3wProcs.gl.PolygonMode +#define glReadPixels imgl3wProcs.gl.ReadPixels +#define glScissor imgl3wProcs.gl.Scissor +#define glShaderSource imgl3wProcs.gl.ShaderSource +#define glTexImage2D imgl3wProcs.gl.TexImage2D +#define glTexParameteri imgl3wProcs.gl.TexParameteri +#define glUniform1i imgl3wProcs.gl.Uniform1i +#define glUniformMatrix4fv imgl3wProcs.gl.UniformMatrix4fv +#define glUseProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.UseProgram +#define glVertexAttribPointer imgl3wProcs.gl.VertexAttribPointer +#define glViewport imgl3wProcs.gl.Viewport + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + +#ifdef IMGL3W_IMPL +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include + +#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) + +#if defined(_WIN32) +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1 +#endif +#include + +static HMODULE libgl; +typedef PROC(__stdcall* GL3WglGetProcAddr)(LPCSTR); +static GL3WglGetProcAddr wgl_get_proc_address; + +static int open_libgl(void) +{ + libgl = LoadLibraryA("opengl32.dll"); + if (!libgl) + return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN; + wgl_get_proc_address = (GL3WglGetProcAddr)GetProcAddress(libgl, "wglGetProcAddress"); + return GL3W_OK; +} + +static void close_libgl(void) { FreeLibrary(libgl); } +static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc) +{ + GL3WglProc res; + res = (GL3WglProc)wgl_get_proc_address(proc); + if (!res) + res = (GL3WglProc)GetProcAddress(libgl, proc); + return res; +} +#elif defined(__APPLE__) +#include + +static void *libgl; +static int open_libgl(void) +{ + libgl = dlopen("/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/OpenGL", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL); + if (!libgl) + return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN; + return GL3W_OK; +} + +static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); } + +static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc) +{ + GL3WglProc res; + *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc); + return res; +} +#else +#include + +static void *libgl; +static GL3WglProc (*glx_get_proc_address)(const GLubyte *); + +static int open_libgl(void) +{ + libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL); + if (!libgl) + return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN; + *(void **)(&glx_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libgl, "glXGetProcAddressARB"); + return GL3W_OK; +} + +static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); } + +static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc) +{ + GL3WglProc res; + res = glx_get_proc_address((const GLubyte *)proc); + if (!res) + *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc); + return res; +} +#endif + +static struct { int major, minor; } version; + +static int parse_version(void) +{ + if (!glGetIntegerv) + return GL3W_ERROR_INIT; + glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &version.major); + glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &version.minor); + if (version.major < 3) + return GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION; + return GL3W_OK; +} + +static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc); + +int imgl3wInit(void) +{ + int res = open_libgl(); + if (res) + return res; + atexit(close_libgl); + return imgl3wInit2(get_proc); +} + +int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc) +{ + load_procs(proc); + return parse_version(); +} + +int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor) +{ + if (major < 3) + return 0; + if (version.major == major) + return version.minor >= minor; + return version.major >= major; +} + +GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc) { return get_proc(proc); } + +static const char *proc_names[] = { + "glActiveTexture", + "glAttachShader", + "glBindBuffer", + "glBindSampler", + "glBindTexture", + "glBindVertexArray", + "glBlendEquation", + "glBlendEquationSeparate", + "glBlendFuncSeparate", + "glBufferData", + "glBufferSubData", + "glClear", + "glClearColor", + "glCompileShader", + "glCreateProgram", + "glCreateShader", + "glDeleteBuffers", + "glDeleteProgram", + "glDeleteShader", + "glDeleteTextures", + "glDeleteVertexArrays", + "glDetachShader", + "glDisable", + "glDisableVertexAttribArray", + "glDrawElements", + "glDrawElementsBaseVertex", + "glEnable", + "glEnableVertexAttribArray", + "glFlush", + "glGenBuffers", + "glGenTextures", + "glGenVertexArrays", + "glGetAttribLocation", + "glGetError", + "glGetIntegerv", + "glGetProgramInfoLog", + "glGetProgramiv", + "glGetShaderInfoLog", + "glGetShaderiv", + "glGetString", + "glGetStringi", + "glGetUniformLocation", + "glGetVertexAttribPointerv", + "glGetVertexAttribiv", + "glIsEnabled", + "glLinkProgram", + "glPixelStorei", + "glPolygonMode", + "glReadPixels", + "glScissor", + "glShaderSource", + "glTexImage2D", + "glTexParameteri", + "glUniform1i", + "glUniformMatrix4fv", + "glUseProgram", + "glVertexAttribPointer", + "glViewport", +}; + +GL3W_API union GL3WProcs imgl3wProcs; + +static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(proc_names); i++) + imgl3wProcs.ptr[i] = proc(proc_names[i]); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/src/ImGui/imgui_internal.h b/src/ImGui/imgui_internal.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09cdce26 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui_internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,3010 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP +// (internal structures/api) + +// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! +// Set: +// #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators) + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Forward declarations +// [SECTION] Context pointer +// [SECTION] STB libraries includes +// [SECTION] Macros +// [SECTION] Generic helpers +// [SECTION] ImDrawList support +// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +// [SECTION] Inputs support +// [SECTION] Clipper support +// [SECTION] Navigation support +// [SECTION] Columns support +// [SECTION] Multi-select support +// [SECTION] Docking support +// [SECTION] Viewport support +// [SECTION] Settings support +// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools +// [SECTION] Generic context hooks +// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) +// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow +// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support +// [SECTION] Table support +// [SECTION] ImGui internal API +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API +// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) + +*/ + +#pragma once +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Header mess +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_VERSION +#include "imgui.h" +#endif + +#include // FILE*, sscanf +#include // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof +#include // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf +#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX + +// Enable SSE intrinsics if available +#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE) +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE +#include +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (push) +#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport) +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer) +#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloorSigned() +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn" // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn' +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +// Legacy defines +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 +#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 +#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled. +// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together. +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Forward declarations +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value +struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) +struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance +struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances +struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context +struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum +struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() +struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box +struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items +struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only +struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result +struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions +struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions +struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions +struct ImGuiOldColumnData; // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api +struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api +struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack +struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file +struct ImGuiStackSizes; // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting +struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar +struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) +struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table +struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table +struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table +struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. +struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings +struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings +struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window +struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window) +struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) + +// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. +typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical +typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) +typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags +typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for IsKeyPressedEx() +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() +typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags +typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() +typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() +typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests +typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions +typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions +typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags; // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ // Flags: for ScrollToItem() and navigation requests +typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() +typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() +typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() + +typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Context pointer +// See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef GImGui +extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] STB libraries includes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace ImStb +{ + +#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING +#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +#include "imstb_textedit.h" + +} // namespace ImStb + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Macros +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Debug Printing Into TTY +// (since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18729: IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG was reworked into IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF (and removed framecount from it). If you were using a #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG please rename) +#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) +#endif +#endif + +// Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam. +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__); +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) + +// Static Asserts +#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") + +// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much. +// We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code. +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID +#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID +#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) +#else +#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) +#endif + +// Error handling +// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults. +#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR +#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG) // Recoverable User Error +#endif + +// Misc Macros +#define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!) +#else +#define IM_NEWLINE "\n" +#endif +#ifndef IM_TABSIZE // Until we move this to runtime and/or add proper tab support, at least allow users to compile-time override +#define IM_TABSIZE (4) +#endif +#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 +#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose +#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 +#define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds +#define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) // + +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define IMGUI_CDECL +#endif + +// Warnings +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) __pragma(warning(suppress: XXXX)) +#else +#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) +#endif + +// Debug Tools +// Use 'Metrics/Debugger->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item. +// This will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() which you may redefine yourself. See https://github.com/scottt/debugbreak for more reference. +#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK +#if defined (_MSC_VER) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak() +#elif defined(__clang__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile("int $0x03") +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01") +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0"); +#else +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! +#endif +#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Generic helpers +// Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions. +// ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Helpers: Hashing +// - Helpers: Sorting +// - Helpers: Bit manipulation +// - Helpers: String +// - Helpers: Formatting +// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions +// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators +// - Helpers: Maths +// - Helpers: Geometry +// - Helper: ImVec1 +// - Helper: ImVec2ih +// - Helper: ImRect +// - Helper: ImBitArray +// - Helper: ImBitVector +// - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<> +// - Helper: ImPool<> +// - Helper: ImChunkStream<> +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helpers: Hashing +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); + +// Helpers: Sorting +#ifndef ImQsort +static inline void ImQsort(void* base, size_t count, size_t size_of_element, int(IMGUI_CDECL *compare_func)(void const*, void const*)) { if (count > 1) qsort(base, count, size_of_element, compare_func); } +#endif + +// Helpers: Color Blending +IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b); + +// Helpers: Bit manipulation +static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } +static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } +static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } + +// Helpers: String +IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); +IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); +IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); +IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line +IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line +IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); +IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } + +// Helpers: Formatting +IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); +IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); +IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); +IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size); +IMGUI_API void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); +IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value); + +// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions +IMGUI_API const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c); // return out_buf +IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 + +// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators +// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.) +// We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. +#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE +#endif + +// Helpers: File System +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS +typedef void* ImFileHandle; +static inline ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*) { return NULL; } +static inline bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle) { return false; } +static inline ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle) { return (ImU64)-1; } +static inline ImU64 ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } +static inline ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } +#endif +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS +typedef FILE* ImFileHandle; +IMGUI_API ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode); +IMGUI_API bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file); +IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file); +IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); +IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); +#else +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions +#endif +IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0); + +// Helpers: Maths +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS +#define ImFabs(X) fabsf(X) +#define ImSqrt(X) sqrtf(X) +#define ImFmod(X, Y) fmodf((X), (Y)) +#define ImCos(X) cosf(X) +#define ImSin(X) sinf(X) +#define ImAcos(X) acosf(X) +#define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X)) +#define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR) +//#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We use our own, see ImFloor() and ImFloorSigned() +#define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X) +static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision +static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); } +static inline float ImLog(float x) { return logf(x); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision +static inline double ImLog(double x) { return log(x); } +static inline int ImAbs(int x) { return x < 0 ? -x : x; } +static inline float ImAbs(float x) { return fabsf(x); } +static inline double ImAbs(double x) { return fabs(x); } +static inline float ImSign(float x) { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : (x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument +static inline double ImSign(double x) { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : (x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0; } +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE +static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x))); } +#else +static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return 1.0f / sqrtf(x); } +#endif +static inline double ImRsqrt(double x) { return 1.0 / sqrt(x); } +#endif +// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double +// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types) +template static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; } +template static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; } +template static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; } +template static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t) { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); } +template static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b) { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; } +template static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; } +template static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; } +// - Misc maths helpers +static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); } +static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); } +static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); } +static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; } +static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); } +static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); } +static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; } +static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } +static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() +static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } +static inline ImVec2 ImFloorSigned(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(v.x), ImFloorSigned(v.y)); } +static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } +static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } +static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } +static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } +static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +static inline bool ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f) { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + +// Helpers: Geometry +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t); +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t); +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p); +IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); +IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); +inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } +IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy); + +// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector) +// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +struct ImVec1 +{ + float x; + constexpr ImVec1() : x(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec1(float _x) : x(_x) { } +}; + +// Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage) +struct ImVec2ih +{ + short x, y; + constexpr ImVec2ih() : x(0), y(0) {} + constexpr ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) : x(_x), y(_y) {} + constexpr explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) : x((short)rhs.x), y((short)rhs.y) {} +}; + +// Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box) +// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here! +struct IMGUI_API ImRect +{ + ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left + ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right + + constexpr ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} + constexpr ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} + constexpr ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} + constexpr ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} + + ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); } + ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); } + float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; } + float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; } + float GetArea() const { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); } + ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left + ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right + ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left + ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right + bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; } + bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; } + bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; } + void Add(const ImVec2& p) { if (Min.x > p.x) Min.x = p.x; if (Min.y > p.y) Min.y = p.y; if (Max.x < p.x) Max.x = p.x; if (Max.y < p.y) Max.y = p.y; } + void Add(const ImRect& r) { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; } + void Expand(const float amount) { Min.x -= amount; Min.y -= amount; Max.x += amount; Max.y += amount; } + void Expand(const ImVec2& amount) { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; } + void Translate(const ImVec2& d) { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; } + void TranslateX(float dx) { Min.x += dx; Max.x += dx; } + void TranslateY(float dy) { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; } + void ClipWith(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); } // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display. + void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped. + void Floor() { Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x); Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y); Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x); Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y); } + bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } + ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); } +}; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + +// Helper: ImBitArray +inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } +inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2) +{ + n2--; + while (n <= n2) + { + int a_mod = (n & 31); + int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1; + ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1); + arr[n >> 5] |= mask; + n = (n + 32) & ~31; + } +} + +// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions) +// Store 1-bit per value. +template +struct ImBitArray +{ + ImU32 Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5]; + ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); } + void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } + void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) + bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } +}; + +// Helper: ImBitVector +// Store 1-bit per value. +struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector +{ + ImVector Storage; + void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } + void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); } +}; + +// Helper: ImSpan<> +// Pointing to a span of data we don't own. +template +struct ImSpan +{ + T* Data; + T* DataEnd; + + // Constructors, destructor + inline ImSpan() { Data = DataEnd = NULL; } + inline ImSpan(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } + inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } + + inline void set(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } + inline void set(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } + inline int size() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); } + inline int size_in_bytes() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); } + inline T& operator[](int i) { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } + inline const T& operator[](int i) const { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } + + inline T* begin() { return Data; } + inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } + inline T* end() { return DataEnd; } + inline const T* end() const { return DataEnd; } + + // Utilities + inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } +}; + +// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<> +// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena") +// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges. +template +struct ImSpanAllocator +{ + char* BasePtr; + int CurrOff; + int CurrIdx; + int Offsets[CHUNKS]; + int Sizes[CHUNKS]; + + ImSpanAllocator() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; } + inline int GetArenaSizeInBytes() { return CurrOff; } + inline void SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr) { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; } + inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); } + inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); } + template + inline void GetSpan(int n, ImSpan* span) { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); } +}; + +// Helper: ImPool<> +// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer, +// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object. +typedef int ImPoolIdx; +template +struct ImPool +{ + ImVector Buf; // Contiguous data + ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index + ImPoolIdx FreeIdx; // Next free idx to use + ImPoolIdx AliveCount; // Number of active/alive items (for display purpose) + + ImPool() { FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; } + ~ImPool() { Clear(); } + T* GetByKey(ImGuiID key) { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; } + T* GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n) { return &Buf[n]; } + ImPoolIdx GetIndex(const T* p) const { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); } + T* GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key) { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); } + bool Contains(const T* p) const { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; } + T* Add() { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); AliveCount++; return &Buf[idx]; } + void Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p) { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); } + void Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx) { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); AliveCount--; } + void Reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); } + + // To iterate a ImPool: for (int n = 0; n < pool.GetMapSize(); n++) if (T* t = pool.TryGetMapData(n)) { ... } + // Can be avoided if you know .Remove() has never been called on the pool, or AliveCount == GetMapSize() + int GetAliveCount() const { return AliveCount; } // Number of active/alive items in the pool (for display purpose) + int GetBufSize() const { return Buf.Size; } + int GetMapSize() const { return Map.Data.Size; } // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere + T* TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(idx); } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + int GetSize() { return GetMapSize(); } // For ImPlot: should use GetMapSize() from (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18304) +#endif +}; + +// Helper: ImChunkStream<> +// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures. +// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count. +// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries. +// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings. +template +struct ImChunkStream +{ + ImVector Buf; + + void clear() { Buf.clear(); } + bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; } + int size() const { return Buf.Size; } + T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); } + T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); } + T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; } + int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; } + T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } + int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } + T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } + void swap(ImChunkStream& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); } + +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImDrawList support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value. +// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693 +// Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation: +// N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) ) where r > 0, error <= r +// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is +// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will +// will get this result. +// +// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce +// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.) +#define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4 +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512 +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX) + +// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'. +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR) ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI)))) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD) ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD)) + +// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle. +#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE +#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE 48 // Number of samples in lookup table. +#endif +#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle. + +// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances +// You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure. +struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData +{ + ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas + ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload) + float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload) + float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() + float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc + ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() + ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) + + // [Internal] Lookup tables + ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle. + float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo() + ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead) + const ImVec4* TexUvLines; // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas + + ImDrawListSharedData(); + void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error); +}; + +struct ImDrawDataBuilder +{ + ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip + + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } + int GetDrawListCount() const { int count = 0; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) count += Layers[n].Size; return count; } + IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin(). +// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. +enum ImGuiItemFlags_ +{ + // Controlled by user + ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing (FIXME: should merge with _NoNav) + ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. + ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false // Disable keyboard/gamepad directional navigation (FIXME: should merge with _NoTabStop) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items) + ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window + ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) + ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. + + // Controlled by widget code + ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 8, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. +}; + +// Storage for LastItem data +enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ +{ + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // g.LastItemData.DisplayRect is valid + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing (FIXME: to be removed soon) + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // +#endif +}; + +// Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_ +enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ +{ + // [Internal] + ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() + ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data + ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28, // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. +}; + +// Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_ +enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 4, // return true on click (mouse down event) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 5, // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 6, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 7, // return true on release (default requires click+release) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 8, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 9, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) + ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 10, // hold to repeat + ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping + ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() + ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] + //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled + ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold, + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease, +}; + +// Extend ImGuiComboFlags_ +enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview = 1 << 20, // enable BeginComboPreview() +}; + +// Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_ +enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? + ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, +}; + +// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ +enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ +{ + // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav = 1 << 21, // (WIP) Auto-select when moved into. This is not exposed in public API as to handle multi-select and modifiers we will need user to explicitly control focus scope. May be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 23, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 24, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld = 1 << 25, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 26, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 27, // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f +}; + +// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ +enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20, +}; + +enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ +{ + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, +}; + +enum ImGuiTextFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0, +}; + +enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0, // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) +}; + +// FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. +// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 +enum ImGuiLayoutType_ +{ + ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0, + ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1 +}; + +enum ImGuiLogType +{ + ImGuiLogType_None = 0, + ImGuiLogType_TTY, + ImGuiLogType_File, + ImGuiLogType_Buffer, + ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, +}; + +// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 +enum ImGuiAxis +{ + ImGuiAxis_None = -1, + ImGuiAxis_X = 0, + ImGuiAxis_Y = 1 +}; + +enum ImGuiPlotType +{ + ImGuiPlotType_Lines, + ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, +}; + +enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy +{ + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip, +}; + +struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage +{ + ImU8 Data[8]; // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT +}; + +// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo +{ + size_t Size; // Size in bytes + const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging + const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type + const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type +}; + +// Extend ImGuiDataType_ +enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ +{ + ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, + ImGuiDataType_Pointer, + ImGuiDataType_ID, +}; + +// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiColorMod +{ + ImGuiCol Col; + ImVec4 BackupValue; +}; + +// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. +struct ImGuiStyleMod +{ + ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx; + union { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; }; + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; } + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; } + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } +}; + +// Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData +{ + ImRect PreviewRect; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine; + float BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset; + ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout; + + ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData +{ + ImGuiID WindowID; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImVec1 BackupIndent; + ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; + ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; + float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; + bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive; + bool EmitItem; +}; + +// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns +{ + ImU32 TotalWidth; + ImU32 NextTotalWidth; + ImU16 Spacing; + ImU16 OffsetIcon; // Always zero for now + ImU16 OffsetLabel; // Offsets are locked in Update() + ImU16 OffsetShortcut; + ImU16 OffsetMark; + ImU16 Widths[4]; // Width of: Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark (accumulators for current frame) + + ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing); + float DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark); + void CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets); +}; + +// Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box +// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState +{ + ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state + int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not. + ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. + ImVector TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity. + ImVector InitialTextA; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) + bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument) + int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity + float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset + ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h + float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately + bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) + bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection + bool Edited; // edited this frame + ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags + + ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } + int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } + int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } + void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation + + // Cursor & Selection + void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking + void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); } + bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } + void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } + int GetCursorPos() const { return Stb.cursor; } + int GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb.select_start; } + int GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb.select_end; } + void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } +}; + +// Storage for current popup stack +struct ImGuiPopupData +{ + ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* BackupNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close + int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value + int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) + ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) + ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup + + ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; } +}; + +enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize = 1 << 2, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed = 1 << 3, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint = 1 << 4, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7, +}; + +// Storage for SetNexWindow** functions +struct ImGuiNextWindowData +{ + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags Flags; + ImGuiCond PosCond; + ImGuiCond SizeCond; + ImGuiCond CollapsedCond; + ImVec2 PosVal; + ImVec2 PosPivotVal; + ImVec2 SizeVal; + ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; + ImVec2 ScrollVal; + bool CollapsedVal; + ImRect SizeConstraintRect; + ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback; + void* SizeCallbackUserData; + float BgAlphaVal; // Override background alpha + ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?) + + ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } +}; + +enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, +}; + +struct ImGuiNextItemData +{ + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; + float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemMultiSelectData() (!= 0 signify value has been set, so it's an alternate version of HasSelectionData, we don't use Flags for this because they are cleared too early. This is mostly used for debugging) + ImGuiCond OpenCond; + bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() + + ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! +}; + +// Status storage for the last submitted item +struct ImGuiLastItemData +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // See ImGuiItemFlags_ + ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ + ImRect Rect; // Full rectangle + ImRect NavRect; // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed) + ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle (only if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + + ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes +{ + short SizeOfIDStack; + short SizeOfColorStack; + short SizeOfStyleVarStack; + short SizeOfFontStack; + short SizeOfFocusScopeStack; + short SizeOfGroupStack; + short SizeOfItemFlagsStack; + short SizeOfBeginPopupStack; + short SizeOfDisabledStack; + + ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void SetToCurrentState(); + void CompareWithCurrentState(); +}; + +// Data saved for each window pushed into the stack +struct ImGuiWindowStackData +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; + ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup; + ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting +}; + +struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem +{ + int Index; + float Width; + float InitialWidth; +}; + +struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex +{ + void* Ptr; // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool. + int Index; // Usually index in a main pool. + + ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr) { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; } + ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Inputs support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef ImBitArray ImBitArrayForNamedKeys; + +// Extend ImGuiKey_ +enum ImGuiKeyPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN = 0, + ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END = 512, + ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, + ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END = ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, + ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN = ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, + ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END = ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown + 1, + ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN = ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, + ImGuiKey_Aliases_END = ImGuiKey_COUNT, + + // [Internal] Named shortcuts for Navigation + ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow = ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, + ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast = ImGuiKey_ModShift, + ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow = ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, + ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast = ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, + ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate = ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, + ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel = ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, + ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu = ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, + ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput = ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, +}; + +enum ImGuiInputEventType +{ + ImGuiInputEventType_None = 0, + ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos, + ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel, + ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, + ImGuiInputEventType_Key, + ImGuiInputEventType_Text, + ImGuiInputEventType_Focus, + ImGuiInputEventType_COUNT +}; + +enum ImGuiInputSource +{ + ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, + ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, + ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, + ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, + ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText() + ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only + ImGuiInputSource_COUNT +}; + +// FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension? +// Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor' +struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventKey { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventText { unsigned int Char; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventAppFocused { bool Focused; }; + +struct ImGuiInputEvent +{ + ImGuiInputEventType Type; + ImGuiInputSource Source; + union + { + ImGuiInputEventMousePos MousePos; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos + ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel MouseWheel; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel + ImGuiInputEventMouseButton MouseButton; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton + ImGuiInputEventKey Key; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key + ImGuiInputEventText Text; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text + ImGuiInputEventAppFocused AppFocused; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus + }; + bool IgnoredAsSame; + bool AddedByTestEngine; + + ImGuiInputEvent() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Flags for IsKeyPressedEx(). In upcoming feature this will be used more (and IsKeyPressedEx() renamed) +// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (for ImGui::InputText() function) +enum ImGuiInputFlags_ +{ + // Flags for IsKeyPressedEx() + ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Clipper support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiListClipperRange +{ + int Min; + int Max; + bool PosToIndexConvert; // Begin/End are absolute position (will be converted to indices later) + ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMin; // Add to Min after converting to indices + ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMax; // Add to Min after converting to indices + + static ImGuiListClipperRange FromIndices(int min, int max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { min, max, false, 0, 0 }; return r; } + static ImGuiListClipperRange FromPositions(float y1, float y2, int off_min, int off_max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { (int)y1, (int)y2, true, (ImS8)off_min, (ImS8)off_max }; return r; } +}; + +// Temporary clipper data, buffers shared/reused between instances +struct ImGuiListClipperData +{ + ImGuiListClipper* ListClipper; + float LossynessOffset; + int StepNo; + int ItemsFrozen; + ImVector Ranges; + + ImGuiListClipperData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void Reset(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ListClipper = clipper; StepNo = ItemsFrozen = 0; Ranges.resize(0); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Navigation support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ +{ + ImGuiActivateFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is available. + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is not available. + ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2, // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection) +}; + +// Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem() +enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ +{ + ImGuiScrollFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX = 1 << 0, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on X axis to bring item back into view [default for X axis] + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY = 1 << 1, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on Y axis to bring item back into view [default for Y axis for windows that are already visible] + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX = 1 << 2, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on X axis [rarely used] + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY = 1 << 3, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on Y axis + ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX = 1 << 4, // Always center the result item on X axis [rarely used] + ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY = 1 << 5, // Always center the result item on Y axis [default for Y axis for appearing window) + ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent = 1 << 6, // Disable forwarding scrolling to parent window if required to keep item/rect visible (only scroll window the function was applied to). + ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX, + ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY, +}; + +enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3, +}; + +enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful but provided for completeness + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY = 1 << 6, // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded = 1 << 7, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult = 1 << 8, // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 11, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight = 1 << 12, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight +}; + +enum ImGuiNavLayer +{ + ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer + ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt) + ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT +}; + +struct ImGuiNavItemData +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window) + ImGuiID ID; // Init,Move // Best candidate item ID + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID + ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // ????,Move // Best candidate item flags + float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId + float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId + float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId + + ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Columns support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). Prefix using BeginTable() nowadays! +enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ +{ + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, +#endif +}; + +struct ImGuiOldColumnData +{ + float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) + float OffsetNormBeforeResize; + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed + ImRect ClipRect; + + ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +struct ImGuiOldColumns +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; + bool IsFirstFrame; + bool IsBeingResized; + int Current; + int Count; + float OffMinX, OffMaxX; // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x + float LineMinY, LineMaxY; + float HostCursorPosY; // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns() + float HostCursorMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns() + ImRect HostInitialClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns() + ImRect HostBackupClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground() + ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns() + ImVector Columns; + ImDrawListSplitter Splitter; + + ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Multi-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT +// +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Docking support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +// +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Viewport support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!) +// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. +struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport +{ + int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used + ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. + ImDrawData DrawDataP; + ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; + + ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!) + ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height). + ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f. + ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f. + + ImGuiViewportP() { DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; } + ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } + + // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect) + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); } + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); } + void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields + + // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry) + ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } + ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); } + ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Settings support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file +// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily. +// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure) +struct ImGuiWindowSettings +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImVec2ih Pos; + ImVec2ih Size; + bool Collapsed; + bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + + ImGuiWindowSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } +}; + +struct ImGuiSettingsHandler +{ + const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']' + ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHashStr(TypeName) + void (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Clear all settings data + void (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called before reading (in registration order) + void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name); // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]" + void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry + void (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called after reading (in registration order) + void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf' + void* UserData; + + ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ +{ + // Event types + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 5, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 10, // Also send output to TTY +}; + +struct ImGuiMetricsConfig +{ + bool ShowDebugLog; + bool ShowStackTool; + bool ShowWindowsRects; + bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder; + bool ShowTablesRects; + bool ShowDrawCmdMesh; + bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes; + int ShowWindowsRectsType; + int ShowTablesRectsType; + + ImGuiMetricsConfig() + { + ShowDebugLog = ShowStackTool = ShowWindowsRects = ShowWindowsBeginOrder = ShowTablesRects = false; + ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; + ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; + ShowWindowsRectsType = ShowTablesRectsType = -1; + } +}; + +struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImS8 QueryFrameCount; // >= 1: Query in progress + bool QuerySuccess; // Obtained result from DebugHookIdInfo() + ImGuiDataType DataType : 8; + char Desc[57]; // Arbitrarily sized buffer to hold a result (FIXME: could replace Results[] with a chunk stream?) FIXME: Now that we added CTRL+C this should be fixed. + + ImGuiStackLevelInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// State for Stack tool queries +struct ImGuiStackTool +{ + int LastActiveFrame; + int StackLevel; // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level + ImGuiID QueryId; // ID to query details for + ImVector Results; + bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC; + float CopyToClipboardLastTime; + + ImGuiStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Generic context hooks +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook); +enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ }; + +struct ImGuiContextHook +{ + ImGuiID HookId; // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook() + ImGuiContextHookType Type; + ImGuiID Owner; + ImGuiContextHookCallback Callback; + void* UserData; + + ImGuiContextHook() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main Dear ImGui context) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiContext +{ + bool Initialized; + bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. + ImGuiIO IO; + ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be tricked/written into IO structure. + ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. + ImGuiStyle Style; + ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back() + float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window. + float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height. + ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData; + double Time; + int FrameCount; + int FrameCountEnded; + int FrameCountRendered; + bool WithinFrameScope; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() + bool WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed + bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild() + bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC + bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() + void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data + + // Windows state + ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front + ImVector WindowsFocusOrder; // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. + ImVector WindowsTempSortBuffer; // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child + ImVector CurrentWindowStack; + ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* + int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame + ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING) + ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into + ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. + ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set. + ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. + ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. + ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; + float WheelingWindowTimer; + + // Item/widgets state and tracking information + ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] + ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame + ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; + bool HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; // Hovered widget will use mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. + bool HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel; + bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. + float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time + float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active + ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget + ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame) + float ActiveIdTimer; + bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame + bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always) + bool ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss; // Disable losing active id if the active id window gets unfocused. + bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. + bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. + bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; + ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) + ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; + ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) + int ActiveIdMouseButton; + ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore; + ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow; + ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. + float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. + + // Input Ownership + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) + ImBitArrayForNamedKeys ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Escape); SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel);' +#endif + + // Next window/item data + ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions + ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd) + ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions + + // Shared stacks + ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - not inherited by Begin(), unless child window + ImVectorItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() + ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() + ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) + ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + int BeginMenuCount; + + // Viewports + ImVector Viewports; // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. + + // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation + ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow' + ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation + ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set) + ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() + ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat) + ImGuiID NavActivateInputId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput) ? NavId : 0; ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput will be set and NavActivateId will be 0. + ImGuiActivateFlags NavActivateFlags; + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. + ImGuiActivateFlags NavNextActivateFlags; + ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. + ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. + bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid + bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) + bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) + bool NavDisableMouseHover; // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again. + + // Navigation: Init & Move Requests + bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd() + bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item + bool NavInitRequestFromMove; + ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) + ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window) + bool NavMoveSubmitted; // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame() + bool NavMoveScoringItems; // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items + bool NavMoveForwardToNextFrame; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveFlags; + ImGuiScrollFlags NavMoveScrollFlags; + ImGuiModFlags NavMoveKeyMods; + ImGuiDir NavMoveDir; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down) + ImGuiDir NavMoveDirForDebug; + ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename? + ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. + ImRect NavScoringNoClipRect; // Some nav operations (such as PageUp/PageDown) enforce a region which clipper will attempt to always keep submitted + int NavScoringDebugCount; // Metrics for debugging + int NavTabbingDir; // Generally -1 or +1, 0 when tabbing without a nav id + int NavTabbingCounter; // >0 when counting items for tabbing + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocalVisible; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag) + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) + ImGuiNavItemData NavTabbingResultFirst; // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy + + // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize) + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most! + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it. + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents + float NavWindowingTimer; + float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; + bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; + ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos; + ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize; + + // Render + float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) + ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; + + // Drag and Drop + bool DragDropActive; + bool DragDropWithinSource; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag source. + bool DragDropWithinTarget; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag target. + ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropSourceFlags; + int DragDropSourceFrameCount; + int DragDropMouseButton; + ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload; + ImRect DragDropTargetRect; // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping) + ImGuiID DragDropTargetId; + ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropAcceptFlags; + float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface) + ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdCurr; // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload) + ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdPrev; // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets) + int DragDropAcceptFrameCount; // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source + ImGuiID DragDropHoldJustPressedId; // Set when holding a payload just made ButtonBehavior() return a press. + ImVector DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size + unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16]; // Local buffer for small payloads + + // Clipper + int ClipperTempDataStacked; + ImVector ClipperTempData; + + // Tables + ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; + int TablesTempDataStacked; // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size) + ImVector TablesTempData; // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting) + ImPool Tables; // Persistent table data + ImVector TablesLastTimeActive; // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC) + ImVector DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer; + + // Tab bars + ImGuiTabBar* CurrentTabBar; + ImPool TabBars; + ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; + ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; + + // Hover Delay system + ImGuiID HoverDelayId; + ImGuiID HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame; + float HoverDelayTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(), generally inferred from g.HoveredIdTimer but kept uncleared until clear timer elapse. + float HoverDelayClearTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + + // Widget state + ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; + ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; + ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; + ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. + ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets + float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + ImU32 ColorEditLastColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. + ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. + ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData; + float SliderGrabClickOffset; + float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls. + bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it? + bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; + float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings + float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio + float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? + float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled() + short DisabledStackSize; + short TooltipOverrideCount; + ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined + ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once + + // Platform support + ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeData; // Data updated by current frame + ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn + char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point + + // Settings + bool SettingsLoaded; + float SettingsDirtyTimer; // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero + ImGuiTextBuffer SettingsIniData; // In memory .ini settings + ImVector SettingsHandlers; // List of .ini settings handlers + ImChunkStream SettingsWindows; // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries + ImChunkStream SettingsTables; // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries + ImVector Hooks; // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine) + ImGuiID HookIdNext; // Next available HookId + + // Capture/Logging + bool LogEnabled; // Currently capturing + ImGuiLogType LogType; // Capture target + ImFileHandle LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file + ImGuiTextBuffer LogBuffer; // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators. + const char* LogNextPrefix; + const char* LogNextSuffix; + float LogLinePosY; + bool LogLineFirstItem; + int LogDepthRef; + int LogDepthToExpand; + int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. + + // Debug Tools + ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogFlags; + ImGuiTextBuffer DebugLogBuf; + bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) + ImU8 DebugItemPickerMouseButton; + ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID + ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; + ImGuiStackTool DebugStackTool; + + // Misc + float FramerateSecPerFrame[60]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames.. + int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx; + int FramerateSecPerFrameCount; + float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum; + int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture override via SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()/SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(). Default to -1. + int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; // " + int WantTextInputNextFrame; + ImVector TempBuffer; // Temporary text buffer + + ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) + { + Initialized = false; + FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; + Font = NULL; + FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f; + IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); + Time = 0.0f; + FrameCount = 0; + FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; + WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; + GcCompactAll = false; + TestEngineHookItems = false; + TestEngine = NULL; + + WindowsActiveCount = 0; + CurrentWindow = NULL; + HoveredWindow = NULL; + HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + MovingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + + DebugHookIdInfo = 0; + HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; + HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = false; + HoveredIdDisabled = false; + HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; + ActiveId = 0; + ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; + ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; + ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); + ActiveIdWindow = NULL; + ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; + ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; + ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + LastActiveId = 0; + LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + + ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits(); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; +#endif + + CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; + BeginMenuCount = 0; + + NavWindow = NULL; + NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavActivateInputId = 0; + NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; + NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None; + NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; + NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + NavIdIsAlive = false; + NavMousePosDirty = false; + NavDisableHighlight = true; + NavDisableMouseHover = false; + NavAnyRequest = false; + NavInitRequest = false; + NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + NavInitResultId = 0; + NavMoveSubmitted = false; + NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; + NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None; + NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; + NavScoringDebugCount = 0; + NavTabbingDir = 0; + NavTabbingCounter = 0; + + NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; + NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + + DimBgRatio = 0.0f; + MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + + DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; + DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; + DragDropMouseButton = -1; + DragDropTargetId = 0; + DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; + DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; + DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); + + ClipperTempDataStacked = 0; + + CurrentTable = NULL; + TablesTempDataStacked = 0; + CurrentTabBar = NULL; + + HoverDelayId = HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = 0; + HoverDelayTimer = HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + + TempInputId = 0; + ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; + ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f; + ColorEditLastColor = 0; + SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; + SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; + DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; + ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; + DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; + DisabledStackSize = 0; + TooltipOverrideCount = 0; + + PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission + PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; + + SettingsLoaded = false; + SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + HookIdNext = 0; + + LogEnabled = false; + LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; + LogFile = NULL; + LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + LogLineFirstItem = false; + LogDepthRef = 0; + LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; + + DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; + DebugItemPickerActive = false; + DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; + DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + + memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); + FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; + FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; + WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; + } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow. +// (That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered..) +// (This doesn't need a constructor because we zero-clear it as part of ImGuiWindow and all frame-temporary data are setup on Begin) +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData +{ + // Layout + ImVec2 CursorPos; // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates. + ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine; + ImVec2 CursorStartPos; // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding. + ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame. + ImVec2 IdealMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame. + ImVec2 CurrLineSize; + ImVec2 PrevLineSize; + float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). + float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + bool IsSameLine; + bool IsSetPos; + ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) + ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. + ImVec1 GroupOffset; + ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensentate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. + + // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation + ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) + short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) + short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) + ImGuiID NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending + bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; + bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) + + // Miscellaneous + bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this + ImVec2 MenuBarOffset; // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs. + ImGuiMenuColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement + int TreeDepth; // Current tree depth. + ImU32 TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. + ImVector ChildWindows; + ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) + ImGuiOldColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set + int CurrentTableIdx; // Current table index (into g.Tables) + ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; + ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() + + // Local parameters stacks + // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. + float ItemWidth; // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window). + float TextWrapPos; // Current text wrap pos. + ImVector ItemWidthStack; // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth) + ImVector TextWrapPosStack; // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos) +}; + +// Storage for one window +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow +{ + char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. + ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) + ImGuiWindowFlags Flags; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ + ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded. + ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel) + ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) + ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed + ImVec2 ContentSize; // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding. + ImVec2 ContentSizeIdeal; + ImVec2 ContentSizeExplicit; // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize(). + ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). + float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc. + float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin(). + int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)! + ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") + ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window) + ImVec2 Scroll; + ImVec2 ScrollMax; + ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) + ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered + ImVec2 ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist; // 0.0f = no snapping, >0.0f snapping threshold + ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar. + bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; // Are scrollbars visible? + bool Active; // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed + bool WasActive; + bool WriteAccessed; // Set to true when any widget access the current window + bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar + bool WantCollapseToggle; + bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed) + bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) + bool Hidden; // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0) + bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window. + bool IsExplicitChild; // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked() + bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) + signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) + short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) + short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. + short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. + short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused. + ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) + ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; + ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises; + bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; + ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; + ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames + ImS8 HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size + ImS8 HiddenFramesForRenderOnly; // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only + ImS8 DisableInputsFrames; // Disable window interactions for N frames + ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. + ImVec2 SetWindowPosVal; // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size) + ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right. + + ImVector IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure) + ImGuiWindowTempData DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name. + + // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics->Tools->Show Windows Rectangles' viewer. + // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect(). + ImRect OuterRectClipped; // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window. + ImRect InnerRect; // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar) + ImRect InnerClipRect; // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect. + ImRect WorkRect; // Initially covers the whole scrolling region. Reduced by containers e.g columns/tables when active. Shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward). + ImRect ParentWorkRect; // Backup of WorkRect before entering a container such as columns/tables. Used by e.g. SpanAllColumns functions to easily access. Stacked containers are responsible for maintaining this. // FIXME-WORKRECT: Could be a stack? + ImRect ClipRect; // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). + ImRect ContentRegionRect; // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on. + ImVec2ih HitTestHoleSize; // Define an optional rectangular hole where mouse will pass-through the window. + ImVec2ih HitTestHoleOffset; + + int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number the window was Active. + float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there) + float ItemWidthDefault; + ImGuiStorage StateStorage; + ImVector ColumnsStorage; + float FontWindowScale; // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale() + int SettingsOffset; // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back) + + ImDrawList* DrawList; // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer) + ImDrawList DrawListInst; + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup _or_ docked window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindowInBeginStack; + ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Doesn't cross through popups/dock nodes. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowPopupTree; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through popups parent<>child. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. + + ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) + ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) + ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space + + int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy + int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity; + bool MemoryCompacted; // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected + +public: + ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name); + ~ImGuiWindow(); + + ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); + ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); + ImGuiID GetID(int n); + ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); + + // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow. + ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } + float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } + float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } + ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } + float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } + ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_ +enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode = 1 << 20, // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around] + ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 21, + ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22, // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs +}; + +// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_ +enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_ = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing, + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21, // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button +}; + +// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 40 bytes) +struct ImGuiTabItem +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiTabItemFlags Flags; + int LastFrameVisible; + int LastFrameSelected; // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance + float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab + float Width; // Width currently displayed + float ContentWidth; // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call + float RequestedWidth; // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused + ImS32 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames + ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable + ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout() + bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed() + + ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } +}; + +// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes) +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar +{ + ImVector Tabs; + ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; + ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking + ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // Selected tab/window + ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation + ImGuiID VisibleTabId; // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview) + int CurrFrameVisible; + int PrevFrameVisible; + ImRect BarRect; + float CurrTabsContentsHeight; + float PrevTabsContentsHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar + float WidthAllTabs; // Actual width of all tabs (locked during layout) + float WidthAllTabsIdeal; // Ideal width if all tabs were visible and not clipped + float ScrollingAnim; + float ScrollingTarget; + float ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility; + float ScrollingSpeed; + float ScrollingRectMinX; + float ScrollingRectMaxX; + ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; + ImS16 ReorderRequestOffset; + ImS8 BeginCount; + bool WantLayout; + bool VisibleTabWasSubmitted; + bool TabsAddedNew; // Set to true when a new tab item or button has been added to the tab bar during last frame + ImS16 TabsActiveCount; // Number of tabs submitted this frame. + ImS16 LastTabItemIdx; // Index of last BeginTabItem() tab for use by EndTabItem() + float ItemSpacingY; + ImVec2 FramePadding; // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar() + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; + ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. + + ImGuiTabBar(); + int GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } + const char* GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const + { + IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size); + return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; + } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Table support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0,0,0,1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color. +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 64 // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64. +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS (4 + 64 * 2) // See TableSetupDrawChannels() + +// Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future. +typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; +typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; + +// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104 +// We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api. +// We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping. +// This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped". +struct ImGuiTableColumn +{ + ImGuiTableColumnFlags Flags; // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ + float WidthGiven; // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space. + float MinX; // Absolute positions + float MaxX; + float WidthRequest; // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout() + float WidthAuto; // Automatic width + float StretchWeight; // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially. + float InitStretchWeightOrWidth; // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_). + ImRect ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle for the column + ImGuiID UserID; // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn() + float WorkMinX; // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when entering column + float WorkMaxX; // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2) + float ItemWidth; // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows + float ContentMaxXFrozen; // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer content width. + float ContentMaxXUnfrozen; + float ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader() automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating extraneous draw calls + float ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal; + ImS16 NameOffset; // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[] + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx IndexWithinEnabledSet; // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx PrevEnabledColumn; // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column + ImGuiTableColumnIdx NextEnabledColumn; // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent; // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen; // Draw channels for frozen rows (often headers) + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen; // Draw channels for unfrozen rows + bool IsEnabled; // IsUserEnabled && (Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0 + bool IsUserEnabled; // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (unrelated to being off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling). + bool IsUserEnabledNextFrame; + bool IsVisibleX; // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled). + bool IsVisibleY; + bool IsRequestOutput; // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not. + bool IsSkipItems; // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen). + bool IsPreserveWidthAuto; + ImS8 NavLayerCurrent; // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte + ImU8 AutoFitQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to request auto-fit + ImU8 CannotSkipItemsQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem + ImU8 SortDirection : 2; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2; // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4; // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered of available sort directions (2-bits each) + + ImGuiTableColumn() + { + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f; + NameOffset = -1; + DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; + PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1; + SortOrder = -1; + SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; + DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1; + } +}; + +// Transient cell data stored per row. +// sizeof() ~ 6 +struct ImGuiTableCellData +{ + ImU32 BgColor; // Actual color + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number +}; + +// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs, does that needs they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData ?) +struct ImGuiTableInstanceData +{ + float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame // FIXME: multi-instance issue (#3955) + float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame // FIXME: possible multi-instance issue? + + ImGuiTableInstanceData() { LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; } +}; + +// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming RowData +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiTableFlags Flags; + void* RawData; // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[] + ImGuiTableTempData* TempData; // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[] + ImSpan Columns; // Point within RawData[] + ImSpan DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1) + ImSpan RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row. + ImU64 EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map + ImU64 EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data + ImU64 VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) + ImU64 RequestOutputMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items) + ImGuiTableFlags SettingsLoadedFlags; // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order) + int SettingsOffset; // Offset in g.SettingsTables + int LastFrameActive; + int ColumnsCount; // Number of columns declared in BeginTable() + int CurrentRow; + int CurrentColumn; + ImS16 InstanceCurrent; // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are multiple tables, they are just synched. + ImS16 InstanceInteracted; // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with + float RowPosY1; + float RowPosY2; + float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow() + float RowTextBaseline; + float RowIndentOffsetX; + ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_ + ImGuiTableRowFlags LastRowFlags : 16; + int RowBgColorCounter; // Counter for alternating background colors (can be fast-forwarded by e.g clipper), not same as CurrentRow because header rows typically don't increase this. + ImU32 RowBgColor[2]; // Background color override for current row. + ImU32 BorderColorStrong; + ImU32 BorderColorLight; + float BorderX1; + float BorderX2; + float HostIndentX; + float MinColumnWidth; + float OuterPaddingX; + float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders + float CellPaddingY; + float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells + float CellSpacingX2; + float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. + float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width + float ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window + float ColumnsStretchSumWeights; // Sum of weight of all enabled stretching columns + float ResizedColumnNextWidth; + float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. + float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable(). + ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is + ImRect WorkRect; + ImRect InnerClipRect; + ImRect BgClipRect; // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill, evolve during the frame as we cross frozen rows boundaries + ImRect Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped + ImRect Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect. + ImRect HostClipRect; // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window. + ImRect HostBackupInnerClipRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground() + ImGuiWindow* OuterWindow; // Parent window for the table + ImGuiWindow* InnerWindow; // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window) + ImGuiTextBuffer ColumnsNames; // Contiguous buffer holding columns names + ImDrawListSplitter* DrawSplitter; // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly + ImGuiTableInstanceData InstanceDataFirst; + ImVector InstanceDataExtra; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle; + ImVector SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. + ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DeclColumnsCount; // Count calls to TableSetupColumn() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBody; // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column! + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBorder; // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing). + ImGuiTableColumnIdx AutoFitSingleColumn; // Index of single column requesting auto-fit. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LastResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized from previous frame. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HeldHeaderColumn; // Index of column header being held. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumn; // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumnDir; // -1 or +1 + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostEnabledColumn; // Index of left-most non-hidden column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostEnabledColumn; // Index of right-most non-hidden column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostStretchedColumn; // Index of left-most stretched column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostStretchedColumn; // Index of right-most stretched column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ContextPopupColumn; // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsRequest; // Requested frozen rows count + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsCount; // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsRequest; // Requested frozen columns count + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsCount; // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RowCellDataCurrent; // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DummyDrawChannel; // Redirect non-visible columns here. + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelCurrent; // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + bool IsLayoutLocked; // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row. + bool IsInsideRow; // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow(). + bool IsInitializing; + bool IsSortSpecsDirty; + bool IsUsingHeaders; // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag. + bool IsContextPopupOpen; // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted). + bool IsSettingsRequestLoad; + bool IsSettingsDirty; // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data. + bool IsDefaultDisplayOrder; // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1) + bool IsResetAllRequest; + bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest; + bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row. + bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable() + bool MemoryCompacted; + bool HostSkipItems; // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis + + ImGuiTable() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; } + ~ImGuiTable() { IM_FREE(RawData); } +}; + +// Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table). +// - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure. +// - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData +{ + int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool + float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used + + ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable() + ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; + + ImRect HostBackupWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable() + ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupPrevLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupCurrLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupCursorMaxPos; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec1 HostBackupColumnsOffset; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable() + float HostBackupItemWidth; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable() + int HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;//Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable() + + ImGuiTableTempData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; } +}; + +// sizeof() ~ 12 +struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings +{ + float WidthOrWeight; + ImGuiID UserID; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Index; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; + ImU8 SortDirection : 2; + ImU8 IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file + ImU8 IsStretch : 1; + + ImGuiTableColumnSettings() + { + WidthOrWeight = 0.0f; + UserID = 0; + Index = -1; + DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1; + SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; + IsEnabled = 1; + IsStretch = 0; + } +}; + +// This is designed to be stored in a single ImChunkStream (1 header followed by N ImGuiTableColumnSettings, etc.) +struct ImGuiTableSettings +{ + ImGuiID ID; // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting + ImGuiTableFlags SaveFlags; // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags (could be using its own flags..) + float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCount; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCountMax; // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher + bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + + ImGuiTableSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* GetColumnSettings() { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGui internal API +// No guarantee of forward compatibility here! +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace ImGui +{ + // Windows + // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window) + // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either + // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal. + // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal. + inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; } + inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindow() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); + IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); + inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } + inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } + + // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order + IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* above_window); + IMGUI_API int FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window); + + // Fonts, drawing + IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); + inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } + inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + + // Init + IMGUI_API void Initialize(); + IMGUI_API void Shutdown(); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). + + // NewFrame + IMGUI_API void UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs); + IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); + IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); + + // Generic context hooks + IMGUI_API ImGuiID AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook); + IMGUI_API void RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove); + IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type); + + // Viewports + IMGUI_API void SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + + // Settings + IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); + IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void ClearIniSettings(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API void AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); + IMGUI_API void RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + + // Scrolling + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // Use -1.0f on one axis to leave as-is + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio); + + // Early work-in-progress API (ScrollToItem() will become public) + IMGUI_API void ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); +//#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect) { ScrollToRect(window, rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY); } +//#endif + + // Basic Accessors + inline ImGuiID GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.ID; } // Get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand) + inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; } + inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } + inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } + IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void ClearActiveID(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetHoveredID(); + IMGUI_API void SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. + IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed); + + // Basic Helpers for widget code + IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); + inline void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min. + IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); + IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); + IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); + IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); + IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); + + // Parameter stacks + IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); + IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); + + // Logging/Capture + IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. + IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer + IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix); + + // Popups, Modals, Tooltips + IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsExceptModals(); + IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); + IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); + IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); + + // Menus + IMGUI_API bool BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled = true); + IMGUI_API bool MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); + + // Combos + IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPreview(); + IMGUI_API void EndComboPreview(); + + // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation + IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit); + IMGUI_API void NavInitRequestApplyResult(); + IMGUI_API bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet(); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); + IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); + + // Focus Scope (WIP) + // This is generally used to identify a selection set (multiple of which may be in the same window), as selection + // patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear selection) when landing on an item of the set. + IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); + inline ImGuiID GetFocusedFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavFocusScopeId; } // Focus scope which is actually active + inline ImGuiID GetFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; } // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope() + + // Inputs + // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. + inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } + inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; } + inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; } + inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); + IMGUI_API void GetKeyChordName(ImGuiModFlags mods, ImGuiKey key, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size); + IMGUI_API void SetItemUsingMouseWheel(); + IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask[key]; } + inline void SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBit(key); } + inline ImGuiKey MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button) { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button; } + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); + IMGUI_API ImGuiModFlags GetMergedModFlags(); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down); + IMGUI_API float GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // [removed in 1.87] +#endif + + // Drag and Drop + IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropActive(); + IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); + IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); + + // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) + IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); + IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). + IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns + IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index); + IMGUI_API void PushColumnsBackground(); + IMGUI_API void PopColumnsBackground(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count); + IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset); + + // Tables: Candidates for public API + IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs); + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + // Tables: Internals + inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiTable* TableFindByID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API bool TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } + IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API void TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API float TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImRect TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); + IMGUI_API float TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactSettings(); + + // Tables: Settings + IMGUI_API void TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); + + // Tab Bars + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); + IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); + IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); + IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button); + IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped); + + // Render helpers + // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT. + // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally) + IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known); + IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight + IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. + IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); + + // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) + IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); + IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); + IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding); + + // Widgets + IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); + IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); + IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 avail_v, ImS64 contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); + IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); + + // Widgets low-level behaviors + IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. + + // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. + // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). + // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); " + template IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); + template IMGUI_API T ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); + template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); + template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); + template IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value); + + // Data type helpers + IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); + IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max); + + // InputText + IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL); + inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } + inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active + + // Color + IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + + // Plot + IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size); + + // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); + + // Garbage collection + IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); + IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); + + // Debug Log + IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); + IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + + // Debug Tools + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); } + inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } + IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); + IMGUI_API void DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb); + + // Obsolete functions +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0) { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); } // Renamed in 1.89 + + // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister(): + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' + // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedTabbing) != 0 || g.NavActivateInputId == id' (WIP) + // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText() + inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() + inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem +#endif + +} // namespace ImGui + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates +struct ImFontBuilderIO +{ + bool (*FontBuilder_Build)(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +}; + +// Helper for font builder +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); +#endif +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); +extern const char* ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); + +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log +#else +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) ((void)0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) ((void)g) +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (pop) +#endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/src/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp b/src/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3692c248 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,4077 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP +// (tables and columns code) + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Commentary +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Tables: Main code +// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors +// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management +// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing +// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting +// [SECTION] Tables: Headers +// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu +// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data) +// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection +// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging +// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. + +*/ + +// Navigating this file: +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Commentary +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Typical tables call flow: (root level is generally public API): +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginTable() user begin into a table +// | BeginChild() - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set) +// | TableBeginInitMemory() - first time table is used +// | TableResetSettings() - on settings reset +// | TableLoadSettings() - on settings load +// | TableBeginApplyRequests() - apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests +// | - TableSetColumnWidth() - apply resizing width (for mouse resize, often requested by previous frame) +// | - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth()- recompute columns weights (of stretch columns) from their respective width +// - TableSetupColumn() user submit columns details (optional) +// - TableSetupScrollFreeze() user submit scroll freeze information (optional) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow(). +// | TableSetupDrawChannels() - setup ImDrawList channels +// | TableUpdateBorders() - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission +// | TableDrawContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader() user submit a headers row (optional) +// | TableSortSpecsClickColumn() - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction +// | TableOpenContextMenu() - when right-clicked: trigger opening of the default context menu +// - TableGetSortSpecs() user queries updated sort specs (optional, generally after submitting headers) +// - TableNextRow() user begin into a new row (also automatically called by TableHeadersRow()) +// | TableEndRow() - finish existing row +// | TableBeginRow() - add a new row +// - TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn() user begin into a cell +// | TableEndCell() - close existing column/cell +// | TableBeginCell() - enter into current column/cell +// - [...] user emit contents +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - EndTable() user ends the table +// | TableDrawBorders() - draw outer borders, inner vertical borders +// | TableMergeDrawChannels() - merge draw channels if clipping isn't required +// | EndChild() - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// TABLE SIZING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// (Read carefully because this is subtle but it does make sense!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About 'outer_size': +// Its meaning needs to differ slightly depending on if we are using ScrollX/ScrollY flags. +// Default value is ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f). +// X +// - outer_size.x <= 0.0f -> Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge. +// - outer_size.x > 0.0f -> Set Fixed width. +// Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtenY is set) +// Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window. +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags. +// Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! +// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. +// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. +// In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height. +// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not easily noticeable) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About 'inner_width': +// With ScrollX disabled: +// - inner_width -> *ignored* +// With ScrollX enabled: +// - inner_width < 0.0f -> *illegal* fit in known width (right align from outer_size.x) <-- weird +// - inner_width = 0.0f -> fit in outer_width: Fixed size columns will take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns becomes Fixed columns. +// - inner_width > 0.0f -> override scrolling width, generally to be larger than outer_size.x. Fixed column take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns share remaining space! +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Details: +// - If you want to use Stretch columns with ScrollX, you generally need to specify 'inner_width' otherwise the concept +// of "available space" doesn't make sense. +// - Even if not really useful, we allow 'inner_width < outer_size.x' for consistency and to facilitate understanding +// of what the value does. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn(): +// We use a default parameter of 'init_width_or_weight == -1'. +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width <= 0 (default) --> width is automatic +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width > 0 (explicit) --> width is custom +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight <= 0 (default) --> weight is 1.0f +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight > 0 (explicit) --> weight is custom +// Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f) +// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with full padding. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag) +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is max of all contents width +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is 1.0f +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchWeight --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is proportional to contents +// Default Width and default Weight can be overridden when calling TableSetupColumn(). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About mixing Fixed/Auto and Stretch columns together: +// - the typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place! +// that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weight/widths. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About using column width: +// If a column is manual resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column. +// - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width. +// If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// - its width will be automatic and be set to the max of items submitted. +// - therefore you generally cannot have ALL items of the columns use e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). +// - but if the column has one or more items of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables: +// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to only submit visible rows. +// ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height. +// See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper. +// - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper. +// By default a table with _ScrollX but without _Resizable will have column auto-resize. +// So, if you want to use the clipper, make sure to either enable _Resizable, either setup columns width explicitly with _WidthFixed. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of Columns in Tables: +// - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return true when the column is visible or performing +// width measurements. Otherwise, you may skip submitting the contents of a cell/column, BUT ONLY if you know +// it is not going to contribute to row height. +// In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every column but one (e.g. the first one). +// - Case A: column is not hidden by user, and at least partially in sight (most common case). +// - Case B: column is clipped / out of sight (because of scrolling or parent ClipRect): TableNextColumn() return false as a hint but we still allow layout output. +// - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.). +// +// [A] [B] [C] +// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() return false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. +// SkipItems: false false true -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output. +// ClipRect: normal zero-width zero-width -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way. +// ImDrawList output: normal dummy dummy -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway). +// +// - We need to distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row. +// However, in the majority of cases, the contribution to row height is the same for all columns, or the tallest cells are known by the programmer. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of whole Tables: +// - Scrolling tables with a known outer size can be clipped earlier as BeginTable() will return false. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Header mess +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +// System includes +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Main code +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableFixFlags() [Internal] +// - TableFindByID() [Internal] +// - BeginTable() +// - BeginTableEx() [Internal] +// - TableBeginInitMemory() [Internal] +// - TableBeginApplyRequests() [Internal] +// - TableSetupColumnFlags() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateBorders() [Internal] +// - EndTable() +// - TableSetupColumn() +// - TableSetupScrollFreeze() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Configuration +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0 = 0; +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN = 1; +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP = 2; // When using ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip (this becomes the last visible channel) +static const float TABLE_BORDER_SIZE = 1.0f; // FIXME-TABLE: Currently hard-coded because of clipping assumptions with outer borders rendering. +static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; // Extend outside inner borders. +static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.06f; // Delay/timer before making the hover feedback (color+cursor) visible because tables/columns tends to be more cramped. + +// Helper +inline ImGuiTableFlags TableFixFlags(ImGuiTableFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* outer_window) +{ + // Adjust flags: set default sizing policy + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0) + flags |= ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) || (outer_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit : ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame; + + // Adjust flags: enable NoKeepColumnsVisible when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible; + + // Adjust flags: enforce borders when resizable + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV; + + // Adjust flags: disable NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY if we have any scrolling going on + if (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + + // Adjust flags: NoBordersInBodyUntilResize takes priority over NoBordersInBody + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize) + flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + + // Adjust flags: disable saved settings if there's nothing to save + if ((flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + // Inherit _NoSavedSettings from top-level window (child windows always have _NoSavedSettings set) + if (outer_window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + return flags; +} + +ImGuiTable* ImGui::TableFindByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Tables.GetByKey(id); +} + +// Read about "TABLE SIZING" at the top of this file. +bool ImGui::BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) +{ + ImGuiID id = GetID(str_id); + return BeginTableEx(str_id, id, columns_count, flags, outer_size, inner_width); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* outer_window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (outer_window->SkipItems) // Consistent with other tables + beneficial side effect that assert on miscalling EndTable() will be more visible. + return false; + + // Sanity checks + IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count <= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS && "Only 1..64 columns allowed!"); + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f); + + // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping rules may evolve. + const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0; + const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); + ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); + if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0)) + { + ItemSize(outer_rect); + return false; + } + + // Acquire storage for the table + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id); + const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; + const ImGuiID instance_id = id + instance_no; + const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags; + if (instance_no > 0) + IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); + + // Acquire temporary buffers + const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); + if (++g.TablesTempDataStacked > g.TablesTempData.Size) + g.TablesTempData.resize(g.TablesTempDataStacked, ImGuiTableTempData()); + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1]; + temp_data->TableIndex = table_idx; + table->DrawSplitter = &table->TempData->DrawSplitter; + table->DrawSplitter->Clear(); + + // Fix flags + table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0; + flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window); + + // Initialize + table->ID = id; + table->Flags = flags; + table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; + table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; + table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window; + table->ColumnsCount = columns_count; + table->IsLayoutLocked = false; + table->InnerWidth = inner_width; + temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size; + if (instance_no > 0 && table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) + table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); + + // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. + if (use_child_window) + { + // Ensure no vertical scrollbar appears if we only want horizontal one, to make flag consistent + // (we have no other way to disable vertical scrollbar of a window while keeping the horizontal one showing) + ImVec2 override_content_size(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && !(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + override_content_size.y = FLT_MIN; + + // Ensure specified width (when not specified, Stretched columns will act as if the width == OuterWidth and + // never lead to any scrolling). We don't handle inner_width < 0.0f, we could potentially use it to right-align + // based on the right side of the child window work rect, which would require knowing ahead if we are going to + // have decoration taking horizontal spaces (typically a vertical scrollbar). + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && inner_width > 0.0f) + override_content_size.x = inner_width; + + if (override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX || override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX) + SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f)); + + // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it + if ((table_last_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) + SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + + // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding) + ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags); + table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow; + table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect; + table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); + table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect; + IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f); + } + else + { + // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect. + // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable(). + table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect; + } + + // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables + PushOverrideID(instance_id); + + // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + table->HostIndentX = inner_window->DC.Indent.x; + table->HostClipRect = inner_window->ClipRect; + table->HostSkipItems = inner_window->SkipItems; + temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect; + temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect; + temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset; + temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize; + temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize; + temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth; + temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size; + inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + + // Padding and Spacing + // - None ........Content..... Pad .....Content........ + // - PadOuter | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad | + // - PadInner ........Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content........ + // - PadOuter+PadInner | Pad ..Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content.. Pad | + const bool pad_outer_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX) ? false : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX) ? true : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) != 0; + const bool pad_inner_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX) ? false : true; + const float inner_spacing_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + const float inner_spacing_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) == 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + const float inner_padding_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) != 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border; + table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit; + table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit; + table->CellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; + + const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + table->OuterPaddingX = (outer_padding_for_border + outer_padding_explicit) - table->CellPaddingX; + + table->CurrentColumn = -1; + table->CurrentRow = -1; + table->RowBgColorCounter = 0; + table->LastRowFlags = ImGuiTableRowFlags_None; + table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect; + table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect); // We need this to honor inner_width + table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect); + table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : inner_window->ClipRect.Max.y; + + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow + table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow() + table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any + table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0; + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + table->DeclColumnsCount = 0; + + // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping elements of the grid + table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong); + table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight); + + // Make table current + g.CurrentTable = table; + outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; + if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly. + inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; + + if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; + + // Mark as used + if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size) + g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f); + g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time; + temp_data->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; + table->MemoryCompacted = false; + + // Setup memory buffer (clear data if columns count changed) + ImGuiTableColumn* old_columns_to_preserve = NULL; + void* old_columns_raw_data = NULL; + const int old_columns_count = table->Columns.size(); + if (old_columns_count != 0 && old_columns_count != columns_count) + { + // Attempt to preserve width on column count change (#4046) + old_columns_to_preserve = table->Columns.Data; + old_columns_raw_data = table->RawData; + table->RawData = NULL; + } + if (table->RawData == NULL) + { + TableBeginInitMemory(table, columns_count); + table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; + } + if (table->IsResetAllRequest) + TableResetSettings(table); + if (table->IsInitializing) + { + // Initialize + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->InstanceInteracted = -1; + table->ContextPopupColumn = -1; + table->ReorderColumn = table->ResizedColumn = table->LastResizedColumn = -1; + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; + if (old_columns_to_preserve && n < old_columns_count) + { + // FIXME: We don't attempt to preserve column order in this path. + *column = old_columns_to_preserve[n]; + } + else + { + float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; + *column = ImGuiTableColumn(); + column->WidthAuto = width_auto; + column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker + column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true; + } + column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + } + } + if (old_columns_raw_data) + IM_FREE(old_columns_raw_data); + + // Load settings + if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad) + TableLoadSettings(table); + + // Handle DPI/font resize + // This is designed to facilitate DPI changes with the assumption that e.g. style.CellPadding has been scaled as well. + // It will also react to changing fonts with mixed results. It doesn't need to be perfect but merely provide a decent transition. + // FIXME-DPI: Provide consistent standards for reference size. Perhaps using g.CurrentDpiScale would be more self explanatory. + // This is will lead us to non-rounded WidthRequest in columns, which should work but is a poorly tested path. + const float new_ref_scale_unit = g.FontSize; // g.Font->GetCharAdvance('A') ? + if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit) + { + const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor; + } + table->RefScale = new_ref_scale_unit; + + // Disable output until user calls TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn() leading to the TableUpdateLayout() call.. + // This is not strictly necessary but will reduce cases were "out of table" output will be misleading to the user. + // Because we cannot safely assert in EndTable() when no rows have been created, this seems like our best option. + inner_window->SkipItems = true; + + // Clear names + // At this point the ->NameOffset field of each column will be invalid until TableUpdateLayout() or the first call to TableSetupColumn() + if (table->ColumnsNames.Buf.Size > 0) + table->ColumnsNames.Buf.resize(0); + + // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests + TableBeginApplyRequests(table); + + return true; +} + +// For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is: +// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables) +// + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below) +// + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used) +// Shared allocations per number of nested tables +// + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels) +// + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels) +// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. +// Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations. +void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) +{ + // Allocate single buffer for our arrays + ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator; + span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn)); + span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx)); + span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4); + table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); + memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); + span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData); + span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns); + span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex); + span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData); +} + +// Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests +void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + // Handle resizing request + // (We process this at the first TableBegin of the frame) + // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling? + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumnNextWidth != FLT_MAX) + TableSetColumnWidth(table->ResizedColumn, table->ResizedColumnNextWidth); + table->LastResizedColumn = table->ResizedColumn; + table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = FLT_MAX; + table->ResizedColumn = -1; + + // Process auto-fit for single column, which is a special case for stretch columns and fixed columns with FixedSame policy. + // FIXME-TABLE: Would be nice to redistribute available stretch space accordingly to other weights, instead of giving it all to siblings. + if (table->AutoFitSingleColumn != -1) + { + TableSetColumnWidth(table->AutoFitSingleColumn, table->Columns[table->AutoFitSingleColumn].WidthAuto); + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; + } + } + + // Handle reordering request + // Note: we don't clear ReorderColumn after handling the request. + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + if (table->HeldHeaderColumn == -1 && table->ReorderColumn != -1) + table->ReorderColumn = -1; + table->HeldHeaderColumn = -1; + if (table->ReorderColumn != -1 && table->ReorderColumnDir != 0) + { + // We need to handle reordering across hidden columns. + // In the configuration below, moving C to the right of E will lead to: + // ... C [D] E ---> ... [D] E C (Column name/index) + // ... 2 3 4 ... 2 3 4 (Display order) + const int reorder_dir = table->ReorderColumnDir; + IM_ASSERT(reorder_dir == -1 || reorder_dir == +1); + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGuiTableColumn* src_column = &table->Columns[table->ReorderColumn]; + ImGuiTableColumn* dst_column = &table->Columns[(reorder_dir == -1) ? src_column->PrevEnabledColumn : src_column->NextEnabledColumn]; + IM_UNUSED(dst_column); + const int src_order = src_column->DisplayOrder; + const int dst_order = dst_column->DisplayOrder; + src_column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)dst_order; + for (int order_n = src_order + reorder_dir; order_n != dst_order + reorder_dir; order_n += reorder_dir) + table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir; + IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir); + + // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[], + // rebuild the later from the former. + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->ReorderColumnDir = 0; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } + } + + // Handle display order reset request + if (table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest) + { + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = false; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } +} + +// Adjust flags: default width mode + stretch columns are not allowed when auto extending +static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags_in) +{ + ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = flags_in; + + // Sizing Policy + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0) + { + const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); + if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + else + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch; + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. + } + + // Resize + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize; + + // Sorting + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending)) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort; + + // Indentation + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_) == 0) + flags |= (table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column) == 0) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable; + + // Alignment + //if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_) == 0) + // flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter; + //IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. + + // Preserve status flags + column->Flags = flags | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_); + + // Build an ordered list of available sort directions + column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = column->SortDirectionsAvailList = 0; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) + { + int count = 0, mask = 0, list = 0; + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate) || count == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_None; count++; } + column->SortDirectionsAvailList = (ImU8)list; + column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = (ImU8)mask; + column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = (ImU8)count; + ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, column); + } +} + +// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable(). +// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() to be called first. +// FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns. +// Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns? +void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false); + + const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); + table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true; + table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0; + table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00; + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00; + table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1; + table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE + + // [Part 1] Apply/lock Enabled and Order states. Calculate auto/ideal width for columns. Count fixed/stretch columns. + // Process columns in their visible orders as we are building the Prev/Next indices. + int count_fixed = 0; // Number of columns that have fixed sizing policies + int count_stretch = 0; // Number of columns that have stretch sizing policies + int prev_visible_column_idx = -1; + bool has_auto_fit_request = false; + bool has_resizable = false; + float stretch_sum_width_auto = 0.0f; + float fixed_max_width_auto = 0.0f; + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + if (column_n != order_n) + table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = false; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Clear column setup if not submitted by user. Currently we make it mandatory to call TableSetupColumn() every frame. + // It would easily work without but we're not ready to guarantee it since e.g. names need resubmission anyway. + // We take a slight shortcut but in theory we could be calling TableSetupColumn() here with dummy values, it should yield the same effect. + if (table->DeclColumnsCount <= column_n) + { + TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + column->NameOffset = -1; + column->UserID = 0; + column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f; + } + + // Update Enabled state, mark settings and sort specs dirty + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide)) + column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true; + if (column->IsUserEnabled != column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame) + { + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } + column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0; + + if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + + // Auto-fit unsized columns + const bool start_auto_fit = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f) : (column->StretchWeight < 0.0f); + if (start_auto_fit) + column->AutoFitQueue = column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 3) - 1; // Fit for three frames + + if (!column->IsEnabled) + { + column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; + continue; + } + + // Mark as enabled and link to previous/next enabled column + column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; + column->NextEnabledColumn = -1; + if (prev_visible_column_idx != -1) + table->Columns[prev_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + else + table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++; + table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n; + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + prev_visible_column_idx = column_n; + IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder); + + // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping) + // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to. + if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + + // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto) + const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; + if (column_is_resizable) + has_resizable = true; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f && !column_is_resizable) + column->WidthAuto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) + has_auto_fit_request = true; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + { + stretch_sum_width_auto += column->WidthAuto; + count_stretch++; + } + else + { + fixed_max_width_auto = ImMax(fixed_max_width_auto, column->WidthAuto); + count_fixed++; + } + } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && table->SortSpecsCount == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; + IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0); + + // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible + // to avoid the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). + // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time. + if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow) + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; + if (has_auto_fit_request) + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + + // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information. + float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. + float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. + table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + { + // Apply same widths policy + float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; + if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame && (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || !column_is_resizable)) + width_auto = fixed_max_width_auto; + + // Apply automatic width + // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!) + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) + column->WidthRequest = width_auto; + else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + column->WidthRequest = width_auto; + + // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets + // (e.g. TextWrapped) too much. Otherwise what tends to happen is that TextWrapped would output a very + // large height (= first frame scrollbar display very off + clipper would skip lots of items). + // This is merely making the side-effect less extreme, but doesn't properly fixes it. + // FIXME: Move this to ->WidthGiven to avoid temporary lossyless? + // FIXME: This break IsPreserveWidthAuto from not flickering if the stored WidthAuto was smaller. + if (column->AutoFitQueue > 0x01 && table->IsInitializing && !column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + column->WidthRequest = ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth * 4.0f); // FIXME-TABLE: Another constant/scale? + sum_width_requests += column->WidthRequest; + } + else + { + // Initialize stretch weight + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || column->StretchWeight < 0.0f || !column_is_resizable) + { + if (column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) + column->StretchWeight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + else if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) + column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthAuto / stretch_sum_width_auto) * count_stretch; + else + column->StretchWeight = 1.0f; + } + + stretch_sum_weights += column->StretchWeight; + if (table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder > column->DisplayOrder) + table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->RightMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder < column->DisplayOrder) + table->RightMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + } + column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = false; + sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + } + table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed; + table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights = stretch_sum_weights; + + // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths + const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect; + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + const float width_avail = ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth(); + const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests; + float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns; + table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Allocate width for stretched/weighted columns (StretchWeight gets converted into WidthRequest) + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + { + float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights; + column->WidthRequest = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); + width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest; + } + + // [Resize Rule 1] The right-most Visible column is not resizable if there is at least one Stretch column + // See additional comments in TableSetColumnWidth(). + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_; + + // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink + column->WidthGiven = ImFloor(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven; + } + + // [Part 5] Redistribute stretch remainder width due to rounding (remainder width is < 1.0f * number of Stretch column). + // Using right-to-left distribution (more likely to match resizing cursor). + if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths)) + for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]]; + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + column->WidthRequest += 1.0f; + column->WidthGiven += 1.0f; + width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f; + } + + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); + const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); + + // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column + // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. + int visible_n = 0; + bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); + float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1; + ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect; + //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2; + table->VisibleMaskByIndex = 0x00; + table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex = 0x00; + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 || column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + + if (offset_x_frozen && table->FreezeColumnsCount == visible_n) + { + offset_x += work_rect.Min.x - table->OuterRect.Min.x; + offset_x_frozen = false; + } + + // Clear status flags + column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_; + + if ((table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)) == 0) + { + // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function. + // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper. + column->MinX = column->MaxX = column->WorkMinX = column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->ClipRect.Max.x = offset_x; + column->WidthGiven = 0.0f; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; + column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); + column->IsVisibleX = column->IsVisibleY = column->IsRequestOutput = false; + column->IsSkipItems = true; + column->ItemWidth = 1.0f; + continue; + } + + // Detect hovered column + if (is_hovering_table && g.IO.MousePos.x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && g.IO.MousePos.x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + + // Lock start position + column->MinX = offset_x; + + // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position + float max_width = TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n); + column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, max_width); + column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + + // Lock other positions + // - ClipRect.Min.x: Because merging draw commands doesn't compare min boundaries, we make ClipRect.Min.x match left bounds to be consistent regardless of merging. + // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column. + // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow. + // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter. + column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1; + column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max + column->ItemWidth = ImFloor(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); + column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; + column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX; + column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); + + // Mark column as Clipped (not in sight) + // Note that scrolling tables (where inner_window != outer_window) handle Y clipped earlier in BeginTable() so IsVisibleY really only applies to non-scrolling tables. + // FIXME-TABLE: Because InnerClipRect.Max.y is conservatively ==outer_window->ClipRect.Max.y, we never can mark columns _Above_ the scroll line as not IsVisibleY. + // Taking advantage of LastOuterHeight would yield good results there... + // FIXME-TABLE: Y clipping is disabled because it effectively means not submitting will reduce contents width which is fed to outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, + // and this may be used (e.g. typically by outer_window using AlwaysAutoResize or outer_window's horizontal scrollbar, but could be something else). + // Possible solution to preserve last known content width for clipped column. Test 'table_reported_size' fails when enabling Y clipping and window is resized small. + column->IsVisibleX = (column->ClipRect.Max.x > column->ClipRect.Min.x); + column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y); + const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY; + if (is_visible) + table->VisibleMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + + // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output. + column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0; + if (column->IsRequestOutput) + table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + + // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout) + column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems; + if (column->IsSkipItems) + IM_ASSERT(!is_visible); + + // Update status flags + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled; + if (is_visible) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible; + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted; + if (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered; + + // Alignment + // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in + // many cases (to be able to honor this we might be able to store a log of cells width, per row, for + // visible rows, but nav/programmatic scroll would have visible artifacts.) + //if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignRight) + // column->WorkMinX = ImMax(column->WorkMinX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen); + //else if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter) + // column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f); + + // Reset content width variables + column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX; + + // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items + if (table->HostSkipItems == false) + { + column->AutoFitQueue >>= 1; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue >>= 1; + } + + if (visible_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) + host_clip_rect.Min.x = ImClamp(column->MaxX + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, host_clip_rect.Min.x, host_clip_rect.Max.x); + + offset_x += column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + visible_n++; + } + + // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it) + // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either + // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu. + const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x); + if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1) + { + if (g.IO.MousePos.x >= unused_x1) + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; + } + if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) + table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + + // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position. + // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need. + // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point. + if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1) + table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) + { + table->OuterRect.Max.x = table->WorkRect.Max.x = unused_x1; + table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1); + } + table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect; + table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); + table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : +1.0f); + + // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect + TableSetupDrawChannels(table); + + // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + TableUpdateBorders(table); + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; + table->IsLayoutLocked = true; + table->IsUsingHeaders = false; + + // [Part 11] Context menu + if (TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) + { + TableDrawContextMenu(table); + EndPopup(); + } + + // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. + // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change) + if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) + TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + + // Initial state + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + else + inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false); +} + +// Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable() +// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce feedback noise +// - Submit ahead of table contents and header, use ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap to prioritize widgets +// overlapping the same area. +void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + + // At this point OuterRect height may be zero or under actual final height, so we rely on temporal coherency and + // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not + // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height). + // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS; + const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y; + const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); + const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight; + + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) + continue; + + // ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize will be honored in TableDrawBorders() + const float border_y2_hit = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) ? hit_y2_head : hit_y2_body; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false) + continue; + + if (!column->IsVisibleX && table->LastResizedColumn != column_n) + continue; + + ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent); + ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); + KeepAliveID(column_id); + + bool hovered = false, held = false; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) + { + TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); + ClearActiveID(); + held = hovered = false; + } + if (held) + { + if (table->LastResizedColumn == -1) + table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2 = table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1 ? table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX : -FLT_MAX; + table->ResizedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + } + if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) + { + table->HoveredColumnBorder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); + } + } +} + +void ImGui::EndTable() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!"); + + // This assert would be very useful to catch a common error... unfortunately it would probably trigger in some + // cases, and for consistency user may sometimes output empty tables (and still benefit from e.g. outer border) + //IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked && "Table unused: never called TableNextRow(), is that the intent?"); + + // If the user never got to call TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn(), we call layout ourselves to ensure all our + // code paths are consistent (instead of just hoping that TableBegin/TableEnd will work), get borders drawn, etc. + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + const ImGuiTableFlags flags = table->Flags; + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + ImGuiWindow* outer_window = table->OuterWindow; + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; + IM_ASSERT(inner_window == g.CurrentWindow); + IM_ASSERT(outer_window == inner_window || outer_window == inner_window->ParentWindow); + + if (table->IsInsideRow) + TableEndRow(table); + + // Context menu in columns body + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && !IsAnyItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) + TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody); + + // Finalize table height + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize; + inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize; + inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos; + const float inner_content_max_y = table->RowPosY2; + IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY2 == inner_window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (inner_window != outer_window) + inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = inner_content_max_y; + else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY)) + table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height + table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + table_instance->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight(); + + // Setup inner scrolling range + // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, + // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axises together. + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + { + const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + float max_pos_x = table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; + if (table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1) + max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border); + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1) + max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2); + table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x; + } + + // Pop clipping rect + if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) + inner_window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + inner_window->ClipRect = inner_window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); + + // Draw borders + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Borders) != 0) + TableDrawBorders(table); + +#if 0 + // Strip out dummy channel draw calls + // We have no way to prevent user submitting direct ImDrawList calls into a hidden column (but ImGui:: calls will be clipped out) + // Pros: remove draw calls which will have no effect. since they'll have zero-size cliprect they may be early out anyway. + // Cons: making it harder for users watching metrics/debugger to spot the wasted vertices. + if (table->DummyDrawChannel != (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1) + { + ImDrawChannel* dummy_channel = &table->DrawSplitter._Channels[table->DummyDrawChannel]; + dummy_channel->_CmdBuffer.resize(0); + dummy_channel->_IdxBuffer.resize(0); + } +#endif + + // Flatten channels and merge draw calls + ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter; + splitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0); + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) + TableMergeDrawChannels(table); + splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList); + + // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable() + float auto_fit_width_for_fixed = 0.0f; + float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f; + float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + auto_fit_width_for_fixed += column_width_request; + else + auto_fit_width_for_stretched += column_width_request; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) != 0) + auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min, column_width_request / (column->StretchWeight / table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights)); + } + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount + auto_fit_width_for_fixed + ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched, auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min); + + // Update scroll + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window) + { + inner_window->Scroll.x = 0.0f; + } + else if (table->LastResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumn == -1 && inner_window->ScrollbarX && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent) + { + // When releasing a column being resized, scroll to keep the resulting column in sight + const float neighbor_width_to_keep_visible = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->LastResizedColumn]; + if (column->MaxX < table->InnerClipRect.Min.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x - neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); + else if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x + neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); + } + + // Apply resizing/dragging at the end of the frame + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn]; + const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS); + const float new_width = ImFloor(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); + table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width; + } + + // Pop from id stack + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!"); + PopID(); + + // Restore window data that we modified + const ImVec2 backup_outer_max_pos = outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + inner_window->WorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect; + inner_window->ParentWorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect; + inner_window->SkipItems = table->HostSkipItems; + outer_window->DC.CursorPos = table->OuterRect.Min; + outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth; + outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize; + outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset; + + // Layout in outer window + // (FIXME: To allow auto-fit and allow desirable effect of SameLine() we dissociate 'used' vs 'ideal' size by overriding + // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414) + if (inner_window != outer_window) + { + EndChild(); + } + else + { + ItemSize(table->OuterRect.GetSize()); + ItemAdd(table->OuterRect, 0); + } + + // Override declared contents width/height to enable auto-resize while not needlessly adding a scrollbar + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) + { + // FIXME-TABLE: Could we remove this section? + // ColumnsAutoFitWidth may be one frame ahead here since for Fixed+NoResize is calculated from latest contents + IM_ASSERT((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth); + } + else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f) + { + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f; + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth)); + } + else + { + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Max.x); + } + if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f) + { + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f; + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y)); + } + else + { + // OuterRect.Max.y may already have been pushed downward from the initial value (unless ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY is set) + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + } + + // Save settings + if (table->IsSettingsDirty) + TableSaveSettings(table); + table->IsInitializing = false; + + // Clear or restore current table, if any + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table); + IM_ASSERT(g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0); + temp_data = (--g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL; + g.CurrentTable = temp_data ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(temp_data->TableIndex) : NULL; + if (g.CurrentTable) + { + g.CurrentTable->TempData = temp_data; + g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter; + } + outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1; +} + +// See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file +// If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored +void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call call TableSetupColumn() before first row!"); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_) == 0 && "Illegal to pass StatusMask values to TableSetupColumn()"); + if (table->DeclColumnsCount >= table->ColumnsCount) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(table->DeclColumnsCount < table->ColumnsCount, "Called TableSetupColumn() too many times!"); + return; + } + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DeclColumnsCount]; + table->DeclColumnsCount++; + + // Assert when passing a width or weight if policy is entirely left to default, to avoid storing width into weight and vice-versa. + // Give a grace to users of ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX. + if (table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0) + IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column."); + + // When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy + // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not Resizable) + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + + TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags); + column->UserID = user_id; + flags = column->Flags; + + // Initialize defaults + column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = init_width_or_weight; + if (table->IsInitializing) + { + // Init width or weight + if (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f && column->StretchWeight < 0.0f) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + column->WidthRequest = init_width_or_weight; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f; + + // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified + if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + + // Init default visibility/sort state + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0) + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = false; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0) + { + column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs. + column->SortDirection = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending); + } + } + + // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer) + column->NameOffset = -1; + if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0) + { + column->NameOffset = (ImS16)table->ColumnsNames.size(); + table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); + } +} + +// [Public] +void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() before first row!"); + IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); + IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit + + table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)ImMin(columns, table->ColumnsCount) : 0; + table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0; + table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0; + table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0; + table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b + + // Ensure frozen columns are ordered in their section. We still allow multiple frozen columns to be reordered. + // FIXME-TABLE: This work for preserving 2143 into 21|43. How about 4321 turning into 21|43? (preserve relative order in each section) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest; column_n++) + { + int order_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]; + if (order_n != column_n && order_n >= table->FreezeColumnsRequest) + { + ImSwap(table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder, table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]].DisplayOrder); + ImSwap(table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n], table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]); + } + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetColumnCount() +// - TableGetColumnName() +// - TableGetColumnName() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnEnabled() +// - TableGetColumnFlags() +// - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal] +// - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal] +// - TableSetBgColor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ImGui::TableGetColumnCount() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + return table ? table->ColumnsCount : 0; +} + +const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return NULL; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + return TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); +} + +const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + if (table->IsLayoutLocked == false && column_n >= table->DeclColumnsCount) + return ""; // NameOffset is invalid at this point + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->NameOffset == -1) + return ""; + return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset]; +} + +// Change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view) +// Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) +// - Require table to have the ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable flag because we are manipulating user accessible state. +// - Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable(). +// - For the getter you can test (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) != 0. +// - Alternative: the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled is an overriding/master disable flag which will also hide the column from context menu. +void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL); + if (!table) + return; + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); // See comments above + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = enabled; +} + +// We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section +ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) + return (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; + return table->Columns[column_n].Flags; +} + +// Return the cell rectangle based on currently known height. +// - Important: we generally don't know our row height until the end of the row, so Max.y will be incorrect in many situations. +// The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it, or in TableEndRow() when we locked that height. +// - Important: if ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX is set but ImGuiTableFlags_PadInnerX is not set, the outer-most left and right +// columns report a small offset so their CellBgRect can extend up to the outer border. +// FIXME: But the rendering code in TableEndRow() nullifies that with clamping required for scrolling. +ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float x1 = column->MinX; + float x2 = column->MaxX; + //if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1) + // x1 -= table->OuterPaddingX; + //if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1) + // x2 += table->OuterPaddingX; + x1 = ImMax(x1, table->WorkRect.Min.x); + x2 = ImMin(x2, table->WorkRect.Max.x); + return ImRect(x1, table->RowPosY1, x2, table->RowPosY2); +} + +// Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column. +ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) +{ + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiID id = table->ID + 1 + (instance_no * table->ColumnsCount) + column_n; + return id; +} + +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. +int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return -1; + return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody; +} + +void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(target != ImGuiTableBgTarget_None); + + if (color == IM_COL32_DISABLE) + color = 0; + + // We cannot draw neither the cell or row background immediately as we don't know the row height at this point in time. + switch (target) + { + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg: + { + if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard + return; + if (column_n == -1) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + return; + if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n) + table->RowCellDataCurrent++; + ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; + cell_data->BgColor = color; + cell_data->Column = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + break; + } + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0: + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1: + { + if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard + return; + IM_ASSERT(column_n == -1); + int bg_idx = (target == ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1) ? 1 : 0; + table->RowBgColor[bg_idx] = color; + break; + } + default: + IM_ASSERT(0); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetRowIndex() +// - TableNextRow() +// - TableBeginRow() [Internal] +// - TableEndRow() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Public] Note: for row coloring we use ->RowBgColorCounter which is the same value without counting header rows +int ImGui::TableGetRowIndex() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return 0; + return table->CurrentRow; +} + +// [Public] Starts into the first cell of a new row +void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + if (table->IsInsideRow) + TableEndRow(table); + + table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags; + table->RowFlags = row_flags; + table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height; + TableBeginRow(table); + + // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height, + // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell. + table->RowPosY2 += table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f; + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height); + + // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn() + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true; +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + IM_ASSERT(!table->IsInsideRow); + + // New row + table->CurrentRow++; + table->CurrentColumn = -1; + table->RowBgColor[0] = table->RowBgColor[1] = IM_COL32_DISABLE; + table->RowCellDataCurrent = -1; + table->IsInsideRow = true; + + // Begin frozen rows + float next_y1 = table->RowPosY2; + if (table->CurrentRow == 0 && table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) + next_y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->OuterRect.Min.y; + + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1; + table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; + table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; + + // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging. + if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) + { + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg)); + if (table->CurrentRow == 0) + table->IsUsingHeaders = true; + } +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window == table->InnerWindow); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsInsideRow); + + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + + // Logging + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(NULL, "|"); + + // Position cursor at the bottom of our row so it can be used for e.g. clipping calculation. However it is + // likely that the next call to TableBeginCell() will reposition the cursor to take account of vertical padding. + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY2; + + // Row background fill + const float bg_y1 = table->RowPosY1; + const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2; + const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); + const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); + if (table->CurrentRow == 0) + TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; + + const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + if (is_visible) + { + // Decide of background color for the row + ImU32 bg_col0 = 0; + ImU32 bg_col1 = 0; + if (table->RowBgColor[0] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) + bg_col0 = table->RowBgColor[0]; + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg) + bg_col0 = GetColorU32((table->RowBgColorCounter & 1) ? ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt : ImGuiCol_TableRowBg); + if (table->RowBgColor[1] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) + bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1]; + + // Decide of top border color + ImU32 border_col = 0; + const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; + if (table->CurrentRow > 0 || table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) + border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + + const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0; + const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual; + if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) + { + // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is + // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here. + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) + window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.ToVec4(); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + } + + // Draw row background + // We soft/cpu clip this so all backgrounds and borders can share the same clipping rectangle + if (bg_col0 || bg_col1) + { + ImRect row_rect(table->WorkRect.Min.x, bg_y1, table->WorkRect.Max.x, bg_y2); + row_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); + if (bg_col0 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col0); + if (bg_col1 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col1); + } + + // Draw cell background color + if (draw_cell_bg_color) + { + ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data_end = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; + for (ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[0]; cell_data <= cell_data_end; cell_data++) + { + // As we render the BG here we need to clip things (for layout we would not) + // FIXME: This cancels the OuterPadding addition done by TableGetCellBgRect(), need to keep it while rendering correctly while scrolling. + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[cell_data->Column]; + ImRect cell_bg_rect = TableGetCellBgRect(table, cell_data->Column); + cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); + cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling + cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); + } + } + + // Draw top border + if (border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), border_col, border_size); + + // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong) + if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y2), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y2), table->BorderColorStrong, border_size); + } + + // End frozen rows (when we are past the last frozen row line, teleport cursor and alter clipping rectangle) + // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and + // get the new cursor position. + if (unfreeze_rows_request) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + } + if (unfreeze_rows_actual) + { + IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + + // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect + float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); + table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y; + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); + + float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; + } + + // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + } + + if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)) + table->RowBgColorCounter++; + table->IsInsideRow = false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetColumnIndex() +// - TableSetColumnIndex() +// - TableNextColumn() +// - TableBeginCell() [Internal] +// - TableEndCell() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return 0; + return table->CurrentColumn; +} + +// [Public] Append into a specific column +bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return false; + + if (table->CurrentColumn != column_n) + { + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && table->ColumnsCount); + TableBeginCell(table, column_n); + } + + // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, + // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. + return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; +} + +// [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column +bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return false; + + if (table->IsInsideRow && table->CurrentColumn + 1 < table->ColumnsCount) + { + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + TableBeginCell(table, table->CurrentColumn + 1); + } + else + { + TableNextRow(); + TableBeginCell(table, 0); + } + + // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, + // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. + int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; +} + + +// [Internal] Called by TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() +// This is called very frequently, so we need to be mindful of unnecessary overhead. +// FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns. +void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + table->CurrentColumn = column_n; + + // Start position is roughly ~~ CellRect.Min + CellPadding + Indent + float start_x = column->WorkMinX; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable) + start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row. + + window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->CellPaddingY; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent; + + window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX; + window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; + window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth; + + // To allow ImGuiListClipper to function we propagate our row height + if (!column->IsEnabled) + window->DC.CursorPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y, table->RowPosY2); + + window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; + if (column->IsSkipItems) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LastItemData.ID = 0; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0; + } + + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) + { + // FIXME: if we end up drawing all borders/bg in EndTable, could remove this and just assert that channel hasn't changed. + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + //IM_ASSERT(table->DrawSplitter._Current == TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + } + else + { + // FIXME-TABLE: Could avoid this if draw channel is dummy channel? + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); + } + + // Logging + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems) + { + LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|"); + g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + } +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()/TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() +void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + + // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column. + float* p_max_pos_x; + if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) + p_max_pos_x = &column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Useful in case user submit contents in header row that is not a TableHeader() call + else + p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; + *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); + column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; + + // Propagate text baseline for the entire row + // FIXME-TABLE: Here we propagate text baseline from the last line of the cell.. instead of the first one. + table->RowTextBaseline = ImMax(table->RowTextBaseline, window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetMaxColumnWidth() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnWidthAuto() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnWidth() +// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis. +float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float max_width = FLT_MAX; + const float min_column_distance = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + { + // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break. + // (we use DisplayOrder as within a set of multiple frozen column reordering is possible) + if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) + { + max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX; + max_width = max_width - table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; + } + } + else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible) == 0) + { + // If horizontal scrolling if disabled, we apply a final lossless shrinking of columns in order to make + // sure they are all visible. Because of this we also know that all of the columns will always fit in + // table->WorkRect and therefore in table->InnerRect (because ScrollX is off) + // FIXME-TABLE: This is solved incorrectly but also quite a difficult problem to fix as we also want ClipRect width to match. + // See "table_width_distrib" and "table_width_keep_visible" tests + max_width = table->WorkRect.Max.x - (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - column->IndexWithinEnabledSet - 1) * min_column_distance - column->MinX; + //max_width -= table->CellSpacingX1; + max_width -= table->CellSpacingX2; + max_width -= table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + max_width -= table->OuterPaddingX; + } + return max_width; +} + +// Note this is meant to be stored in column->WidthAuto, please generally use the WidthAuto field +float ImGui::TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + const float content_width_body = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen) - column->WorkMinX; + const float content_width_headers = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX; + float width_auto = content_width_body; + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth)) + width_auto = ImMax(width_auto, content_width_headers); + + // Non-resizable fixed columns preserve their requested width + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) + width_auto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + + return ImMax(width_auto, table->MinColumnWidth); +} + +// 'width' = inner column width, without padding +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && table->IsLayoutLocked == false); + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column_0 = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float column_0_width = width; + + // Apply constraints early + // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded) + IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f); + const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth; + const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n)); + column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width); + if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width) + return; + + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width); + ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL; + + // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns. + // - All fixed: easy. + // - All stretch: easy. + // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy. + // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky. + // Qt when manual resize is enabled only support a single _trailing_ stretch column. + + // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1. + // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user. + // Scenarios: + // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. Subsequent columns will be offset. + // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered. + // - F1 F2 W3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered, but it doesn't make much sense as the Stretch column will always be minimal size. + // - F1 F2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok + // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 F2 resize from F2| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 W2 F3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok + // - W1 F2 W3 resize from W1| or F2| --> ok + // - F1 W2 F3 resize from W2| --> ok + // - F1 W3 F2 resize from W3| --> ok + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from W1| --> ok: equivalent to resizing |F2. F3 will not move. + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F2| --> ok + // All resizes from a Wx columns are locking other columns. + + // Possible improvements: + // - W1 W2 W3 resize W1| --> to not be stuck, both W2 and W3 would stretch down. Seems possible to fix. Would be most beneficial to simplify resize of all-weighted columns. + // - W3 F1 F2 resize W3| --> to not be stuck past F1|, both F1 and F2 would need to stretch down, which would be lossy or ambiguous. Seems hard to fix. + + // [Resize Rule 1] Can't resize from right of right-most visible column if there is any Stretch column. Implemented in TableUpdateLayout(). + + // If we have all Fixed columns OR resizing a Fixed column that doesn't come after a Stretch one, we can do an offsetting resize. + // This is the preferred resize path + if (column_0->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + if (!column_1 || table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder >= column_0->DisplayOrder) + { + column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + return; + } + + // We can also use previous column if there's no next one (this is used when doing an auto-fit on the right-most stretch column) + if (column_1 == NULL) + column_1 = (column_0->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL; + if (column_1 == NULL) + return; + + // Resizing from right-side of a Stretch column before a Fixed column forward sizing to left-side of fixed column. + // (old_a + old_b == new_a + new_b) --> (new_a == old_a + old_b - new_b) + float column_1_width = ImMax(column_1->WidthRequest - (column_0_width - column_0->WidthRequest), min_width); + column_0_width = column_0->WidthRequest + column_1->WidthRequest - column_1_width; + IM_ASSERT(column_0_width > 0.0f && column_1_width > 0.0f); + column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; + column_1->WidthRequest = column_1_width; + if ((column_0->Flags | column_1->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(table); + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; +} + +// Disable clipping then auto-fit, will take 2 frames +// (we don't take a shortcut for unclipped columns to reduce inconsistencies when e.g. resizing multiple columns) +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + // Single auto width uses auto-fit + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled) + return; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; +} + +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) // Cannot reset weight of hidden stretch column + continue; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); + column->AutoFitQueue = (1 << 1); + } +} + +void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1); + + // Measure existing quantity + float visible_weight = 0.0f; + float visible_width = 0.0f; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); + visible_weight += column->StretchWeight; + visible_width += column->WidthRequest; + } + IM_ASSERT(visible_weight > 0.0f && visible_width > 0.0f); + + // Apply new weights + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthRequest / visible_width) * visible_weight; + IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TablePushBackgroundChannel() [Internal] +// - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal] +// - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableDrawBorders() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Bg2 is used by Selectable (and possibly other widgets) to render to the background. +// Unlike our Bg0/1 channel which we uses for RowBg/CellBg/Borders and where we guarantee all shapes to be CPU-clipped, the Bg2 channel being widgets-facing will rely on regular ClipRect. +void ImGui::TablePushBackgroundChannel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + table->HostBackupInnerClipRect = window->ClipRect; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent); +} + +void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->HostBackupInnerClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); +} + +// Allocate draw channels. Called by TableUpdateLayout() +// - We allocate them following storage order instead of display order so reordering columns won't needlessly +// increase overall dormant memory cost. +// - We isolate headers draw commands in their own channels instead of just altering clip rects. +// This is in order to facilitate merging of draw commands. +// - After crossing FreezeRowsCount, all columns see their current draw channel changed to a second set of channels. +// - We only use the dummy draw channel so we can push a null clipping rectangle into it without affecting other +// channels, while simplifying per-row/per-cell overhead. It will be empty and discarded when merged. +// - We allocate 1 or 2 background draw channels. This is because we know TablePushBackgroundChannel() is only used for +// horizontal spanning. If we allowed vertical spanning we'd need one background draw channel per merge group (1-4). +// Draw channel allocation (before merging): +// - NoClip --> 2+D+1 channels: bg0/1 + bg2 + foreground (same clip rect == always 1 draw call) +// - Clip --> 2+D+N channels +// - FreezeRows --> 2+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) +// - FreezeRows || FreezeColunns --> 3+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) +// Where D is 1 if any column is clipped or hidden (dummy channel) otherwise 0. +void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1; + const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier; + const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0; + const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy; + table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total); + table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1); + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN; + table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 + channels_for_row : TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); + + int draw_channel_current = 2; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->IsVisibleX && column->IsVisibleY) + { + column->DrawChannelFrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current); + column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current + (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? channels_for_row + 1 : 0)); + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) + draw_channel_current++; + } + else + { + column->DrawChannelFrozen = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = table->DummyDrawChannel; + } + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelFrozen; + } + + // Initial draw cmd starts with a BgClipRect that matches the one of its host, to facilitate merge draw commands by default. + // All our cell highlight are manually clipped with BgClipRect. When unfreezing it will be made smaller to fit scrolling rect. + // (This technically isn't part of setting up draw channels, but is reasonably related to be done here) + table->BgClipRect = table->InnerClipRect; + table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->OuterWindow->ClipRect; + table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->HostClipRect; + IM_ASSERT(table->BgClipRect.Min.y <= table->BgClipRect.Max.y); +} + +// This function reorder draw channels based on matching clip rectangle, to facilitate merging them. Called by EndTable(). +// For simplicity we call it TableMergeDrawChannels() but in fact it only reorder channels + overwrite ClipRect, +// actual merging is done by table->DrawSplitter.Merge() which is called right after TableMergeDrawChannels(). +// +// Columns where the contents didn't stray off their local clip rectangle can be merged. To achieve +// this we merge their clip rect and make them contiguous in the channel list, so they can be merged +// by the call to DrawSplitter.Merge() following to the call to this function. +// We reorder draw commands by arranging them into a maximum of 4 distinct groups: +// +// 1 group: 2 groups: 2 groups: 4 groups: +// [ 0. ] no freeze [ 0. ] row freeze [ 01 ] col freeze [ 01 ] row+col freeze +// [ .. ] or no scroll [ 2. ] and v-scroll [ .. ] and h-scroll [ 23 ] and v+h-scroll +// +// Each column itself can use 1 channel (row freeze disabled) or 2 channels (row freeze enabled). +// When the contents of a column didn't stray off its limit, we move its channels into the corresponding group +// based on its position (within frozen rows/columns groups or not). +// At the end of the operation our 1-4 groups will each have a ImDrawCmd using the same ClipRect. +// This function assume that each column are pointing to a distinct draw channel, +// otherwise merge_group->ChannelsCount will not match set bit count of merge_group->ChannelsMask. +// +// Column channels will not be merged into one of the 1-4 groups in the following cases: +// - The contents stray off its clipping rectangle (we only compare the MaxX value, not the MinX value). +// Direct ImDrawList calls won't be taken into account by default, if you use them make sure the ImGui:: bounds +// matches, by e.g. calling SetCursorScreenPos(). +// - The channel uses more than one draw command itself. We drop all our attempt at merging stuff here.. +// we could do better but it's going to be rare and probably not worth the hassle. +// Columns for which the draw channel(s) haven't been merged with other will use their own ImDrawCmd. +// +// This function is particularly tricky to understand.. take a breath. +void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter; + const bool has_freeze_v = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0); + const bool has_freeze_h = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); + IM_ASSERT(splitter->_Current == 0); + + // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group. + struct MergeGroup + { + ImRect ClipRect; + int ChannelsCount; + ImBitArray ChannelsMask; + + MergeGroup() { ChannelsCount = 0; } + }; + int merge_group_mask = 0x00; + MergeGroup merge_groups[4]; + + // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + const int merge_group_sub_count = has_freeze_v ? 2 : 1; + for (int merge_group_sub_n = 0; merge_group_sub_n < merge_group_sub_count; merge_group_sub_n++) + { + const int channel_no = (merge_group_sub_n == 0) ? column->DrawChannelFrozen : column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + + // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column + ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no]; + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() + src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1) + continue; + + // Find out the width of this merge group and check if it will fit in our column + // (note that we assume that rendering didn't stray on the left direction. we should need a CursorMinPos to detect it) + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip)) + { + float content_max_x; + if (!has_freeze_v) + content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // No row freeze + else if (merge_group_sub_n == 0) + content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // Row freeze: use width before freeze + else + content_max_x = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen; // Row freeze: use width after freeze + if (content_max_x > column->ClipRect.Max.x) + continue; + } + + const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2); + IM_ASSERT(channel_no < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS); + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) + merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + merge_group->ChannelsMask.SetBit(channel_no); + merge_group->ChannelsCount++; + merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect); + merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n); + } + + // Invalidate current draw channel + // (we don't clear DrawChannelFrozen/DrawChannelUnfrozen solely to facilitate debugging/later inspection of data) + column->DrawChannelCurrent = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)-1; + } + + // [DEBUG] Display merge groups +#if 0 + if (g.IO.KeyShift) + for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) + { + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) + continue; + char buf[32]; + ImFormatString(buf, 32, "MG%d:%d", merge_group_n, merge_group->ChannelsCount); + ImVec2 text_pos = merge_group->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(4, 4); + ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(buf, NULL); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRectFilled(text_pos, text_pos + text_size, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255)); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), buf, NULL); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } +#endif + + // 2. Rewrite channel list in our preferred order + if (merge_group_mask != 0) + { + // We skip channel 0 (Bg0/Bg1) and 1 (Bg2 frozen) from the shuffling since they won't move - see channels allocation in TableSetupDrawChannels(). + const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2; + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized + ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data; + ImBitArray remaining_mask; // We need 132-bit of storage + remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); + remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); + IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); + int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); + //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect; + ImRect host_rect = table->HostClipRect; + for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) + { + if (int merge_channels_count = merge_groups[merge_group_n].ChannelsCount) + { + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + ImRect merge_clip_rect = merge_group->ClipRect; + + // Extend outer-most clip limits to match those of host, so draw calls can be merged even if + // outer-most columns have some outer padding offsetting them from their parent ClipRect. + // The principal cases this is dealing with are: + // - On a same-window table (not scrolling = single group), all fitting columns ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge + // - Columns can use padding and have left-most ClipRect.Min.x and right-most ClipRect.Max.x != from host ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge + // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-WORKRECT: We are wasting a merge opportunity on tables without scrolling if column doesn't fit + // within host clip rect, solely because of the half-padding difference between window->WorkRect and window->InnerClipRect. + if ((merge_group_n & 1) == 0 || !has_freeze_h) + merge_clip_rect.Min.x = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.x, host_rect.Min.x); + if ((merge_group_n & 2) == 0 || !has_freeze_v) + merge_clip_rect.Min.y = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.y, host_rect.Min.y); + if ((merge_group_n & 1) != 0) + merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x); + if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0) + merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y); +#if 0 + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); +#endif + remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(remaining_mask.Storage); n++) + remaining_mask.Storage[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask.Storage[n]; + for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++) + { + // Copy + overwrite new clip rect + if (!merge_group->ChannelsMask.TestBit(n)) + continue; + merge_group->ChannelsMask.ClearBit(n); + merge_channels_count--; + + ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; + IM_ASSERT(channel->_CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && merge_clip_rect.Contains(ImRect(channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect))); + channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect = merge_clip_rect.ToVec4(); + memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } + } + + // Make sure Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen appears in the middle of our groups (whereas Bg0/Bg1 and Bg2 frozen are fixed to 0 and 1) + if (merge_group_n == 1 && has_freeze_v) + memcpy(dst_tmp++, &splitter->_Channels[table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen], sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } + + // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list + for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++) + { + if (!remaining_mask.TestBit(n)) + continue; + ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; + memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + remaining_count--; + } + IM_ASSERT(dst_tmp == g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Size); + memcpy(splitter->_Channels.Data + LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data, (splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS) * sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } +} + +// FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow) +void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + if (!table->OuterWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(table->OuterRect)) + return; + + ImDrawList* inner_drawlist = inner_window->DrawList; + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false); + + // Draw inner border and resizing feedback + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; + const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y; + const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; + const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) + { + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); + const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0; + const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); + if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized) + continue; + + // Decide whether right-most column is visible + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && !is_resizable) + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)) + continue; + if (column->MaxX <= column->ClipRect.Min.x) // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-STYLE: Assume BorderSize==1, this is problematic if we want to increase the border size.. + continue; + + // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped + // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling. + ImU32 col; + float draw_y2; + if (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator) + { + draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; + col = is_resized ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive) : is_hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered) : table->BorderColorStrong; + } + else + { + draw_y2 = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? draw_y2_head : draw_y2_body; + col = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + } + + if (draw_y2 > draw_y1) + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), col, border_size); + } + } + + // Draw outer border + // FIXME: could use AddRect or explicit VLine/HLine helper? + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) + { + // Display outer border offset by 1 which is a simple way to display it without adding an extra draw call + // (Without the offset, in outer_window it would be rendered behind cells, because child windows are above their + // parent. In inner_window, it won't reach out over scrollbars. Another weird solution would be to display part + // of it in inner window, and the part that's over scrollbars in the outer window..) + // Either solution currently won't allow us to use a larger border size: the border would clipped. + const ImRect outer_border = table->OuterRect; + const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) + { + inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size); + } + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) + { + inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size); + } + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) + { + inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size); + } + } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y) + { + // Draw bottom-most row border + const float border_y = table->RowPosY2; + if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size); + } + + inner_drawlist->PopClipRect(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetSortSpecs() +// - TableFixColumnSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnNextSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableSortSpecsSanitize() [Internal] +// - TableSortSpecsBuild() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set) +// You can sort your data again when 'SpecsChanged == true'. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since +// last call, or the first time. +// Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()! +ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL); + + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) + return NULL; + + // Require layout (in case TableHeadersRow() hasn't been called) as it may alter IsSortSpecsDirty in some paths. + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + + return &table->SortSpecs; +} + +static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n) +{ + IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); + return (column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03; +} + +// Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending) +void ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + if (column->SortOrder == -1 || (column->SortDirectionsAvailMask & (1 << column->SortDirection)) != 0) + return; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; +} + +// Calculate next sort direction that would be set after clicking the column +// - If the PreferSortDescending flag is set, we will default to a Descending direction on the first click. +// - Note that the PreferSortAscending flag is never checked, it is essentially the default and therefore a no-op. +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiSortDirection_None == 0 && ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending == 1 && ImGuiSortDirection_Descending == 2); +ImGuiSortDirection ImGui::TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + IM_ASSERT(column->SortDirectionsAvailCount > 0); + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + if (column->SortDirection == TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, n)) + return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, (n + 1) % column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImGuiSortDirection_None; +} + +// Note that the NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending flags are processed in TableSortSpecsSanitize(), and they may change/revert +// the value of SortDirection. We could technically also do it here but it would be unnecessary and duplicate code. +void ImGui::TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) + append_to_sort_specs = false; + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + IM_ASSERT(sort_direction != ImGuiSortDirection_None); + + ImGuiTableColumnIdx sort_order_max = 0; + if (append_to_sort_specs) + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + sort_order_max = ImMax(sort_order_max, table->Columns[other_column_n].SortOrder); + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)sort_direction; + if (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_None) + column->SortOrder = -1; + else if (column->SortOrder == -1 || !append_to_sort_specs) + column->SortOrder = append_to_sort_specs ? sort_order_max + 1 : 0; + + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; + if (other_column != column && !append_to_sort_specs) + other_column->SortOrder = -1; + TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, other_column); + } + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; +} + +void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); + + // Clear SortOrder from hidden column and verify that there's no gap or duplicate. + int sort_order_count = 0; + ImU64 sort_order_mask = 0x00; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled) + column->SortOrder = -1; + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + continue; + sort_order_count++; + sort_order_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column->SortOrder); + IM_ASSERT(sort_order_count < (int)sizeof(sort_order_mask) * 8); + } + + const bool need_fix_linearize = ((ImU64)1 << sort_order_count) != (sort_order_mask + 1); + const bool need_fix_single_sort_order = (sort_order_count > 1) && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + if (need_fix_linearize || need_fix_single_sort_order) + { + ImU64 fixed_mask = 0x00; + for (int sort_n = 0; sort_n < sort_order_count; sort_n++) + { + // Fix: Rewrite sort order fields if needed so they have no gap or duplicate. + // (e.g. SortOrder 0 disappeared, SortOrder 1..2 exists --> rewrite then as SortOrder 0..1) + int column_with_smallest_sort_order = -1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if ((fixed_mask & ((ImU64)1 << (ImU64)column_n)) == 0 && table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder != -1) + if (column_with_smallest_sort_order == -1 || table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder < table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder) + column_with_smallest_sort_order = column_n; + IM_ASSERT(column_with_smallest_sort_order != -1); + fixed_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column_with_smallest_sort_order); + table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_n; + + // Fix: Make sure only one column has a SortOrder if ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable is not set. + if (need_fix_single_sort_order) + { + sort_order_count = 1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (column_n != column_with_smallest_sort_order) + table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder = -1; + break; + } + } + } + + // Fallback default sort order (if no column had the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) + if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + sort_order_count = 1; + column->SortOrder = 0; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + break; + } + } + + table->SortSpecsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_order_count; +} + +void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + bool dirty = table->IsSortSpecsDirty; + if (dirty) + { + TableSortSpecsSanitize(table); + table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount); + table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us + } + + // Write output + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data; + if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + continue; + IM_ASSERT(column->SortOrder < table->SortSpecsCount); + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &sort_specs[column->SortOrder]; + sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID; + sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder; + sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + } + + table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs; + table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Headers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal] +// - TableHeadersRow() +// - TableHeader() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() +{ + // Caring for a minor edge case: + // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others. + // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height. + // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height... + float row_height = GetTextLineHeight(); + int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = TableGetColumnFlags(column_n); + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) && !(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel)) + row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y); + } + row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f; + return row_height; +} + +// [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn(). +// The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper +// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceeded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets. +// See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this. +// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy. +// FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public. +void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!"); + + // Layout if not already done (this is automatically done by TableNextRow, we do it here solely to facilitate stepping in debugger as it is frequent to step in TableUpdateLayout) + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + // Open row + const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; + const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code. + return; + + const int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) + { + if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n)) + continue; + + // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them) + // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide + // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier. + const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n); + PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n); + TableHeader(name); + PopID(); + } + + // Allow opening popup from the right-most section after the last column. + ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos(); + if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count) + if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height) + TableOpenContextMenu(-1); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. +} + +// Emit a column header (text + optional sort order) +// We cpu-clip text here so that all columns headers can be merged into a same draw call. +// Note that because of how we cpu-clip and display sorting indicators, you _cannot_ use SameLine() after a TableHeader() +void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeader() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentColumn != -1); + const int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Label + if (label == NULL) + label = ""; + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true); + ImVec2 label_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + + // If we already got a row height, there's use that. + // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect? + ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n); + float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f); + + // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow + float w_arrow = 0.0f; + float w_sort_text = 0.0f; + char sort_order_suf[4] = ""; + const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + w_arrow = ImFloor(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + if (column->SortOrder > 0) + { + ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1); + w_sort_text = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + CalcTextSize(sort_order_suf).x; + } + } + + // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considering for merging. + float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, column->WorkMaxX); + column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x); + + // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open. + const bool selected = (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn == column_n && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return; + + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + + // Using AllowItemOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.ActiveId != id) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + if (held || hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn); + } + else + { + // Submit single cell bg color in the case we didn't submit a full header row + if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0) + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn); + } + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + if (held) + table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f; + + // Drag and drop to re-order columns. + // FIXME-TABLE: Scroll request while reordering a column and it lands out of the scrolling zone. + if (held && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && IsMouseDragging(0) && !g.DragDropActive) + { + // While moving a column it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x + table->ReorderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + + // We don't reorder: through the frozen<>unfrozen line, or through a column that is marked with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder. + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < cell_r.Min.x) + if (ImGuiTableColumn* prev_column = (column->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL) + if (!((column->Flags | prev_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder)) + if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (prev_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)) + table->ReorderColumnDir = -1; + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > cell_r.Max.x) + if (ImGuiTableColumn* next_column = (column->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL) + if (!((column->Flags | next_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder)) + if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (next_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)) + table->ReorderColumnDir = +1; + } + + // Sort order arrow + const float ellipsis_max = cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + { + float x = ImMax(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text); + float y = label_pos.y; + if (column->SortOrder > 0) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, 0.70f)); + RenderText(ImVec2(x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, y), sort_order_suf); + PopStyleColor(); + x += w_sort_text; + } + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(x, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ARROW_SCALE); + } + + // Handle clicking on column header to adjust Sort Order + if (pressed && table->ReorderColumn != column_n) + { + ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction = TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(column); + TableSetColumnSortDirection(column_n, sort_direction, g.IO.KeyShift); + } + } + + // Render clipped label. Clipping here ensure that in the majority of situations, all our header cells will + // be merged into a single draw call. + //window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y), 40, IM_COL32_WHITE); + RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); + + const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); + if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0 && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); + + // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden + if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered()) + TableOpenContextMenu(column_n); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal] +// - TableDrawContextMenu() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column. +void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (column_n == -1 && table->CurrentColumn != -1) // When called within a column automatically use this one (for consistency) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) // To facilitate using with TableGetHoveredColumn() + column_n = -1; + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= -1 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + if (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + table->IsContextPopupOpen = true; + table->ContextPopupColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + OpenPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + } +} + +bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + if (!table->IsContextPopupOpen || table->InstanceCurrent != table->InstanceInteracted) + return false; + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + return true; + table->IsContextPopupOpen = false; + return false; +} + +// Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) +// FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? +void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + bool want_separator = false; + const int column_n = (table->ContextPopupColumn >= 0 && table->ContextPopupColumn < table->ColumnsCount) ? table->ContextPopupColumn : -1; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL; + + // Sizing + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + { + if (column != NULL) + { + const bool can_resize = !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) && column->IsEnabled; + if (MenuItem("Size column to fit###SizeOne", NULL, false, can_resize)) + TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); + } + + const char* size_all_desc; + if (table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount == table->ColumnsEnabledCount && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + size_all_desc = "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll"; // All fixed + else + size_all_desc = "Size all columns to default###SizeAll"; // All stretch or mixed + if (MenuItem(size_all_desc, NULL)) + TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(table); + want_separator = true; + } + + // Ordering + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + { + if (MenuItem("Reset order", NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; + want_separator = true; + } + + // Reset all (should work but seems unnecessary/noisy to expose?) + //if (MenuItem("Reset all")) + // table->IsResetAllRequest = true; + + // Sorting + // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this) +#if 0 + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) + { + if (want_separator) + Separator(); + want_separator = true; + + bool append_to_sort_specs = g.IO.KeyShift; + if (MenuItem("Sort in Ascending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0)) + TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, append_to_sort_specs); + if (MenuItem("Sort in Descending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0)) + TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, append_to_sort_specs); + } +#endif + + // Hiding / Visibility + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) + { + if (want_separator) + Separator(); + want_separator = true; + + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true); + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; + if (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) + continue; + + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, other_column_n); + if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0) + name = ""; + + // Make sure we can't hide the last active column + bool menu_item_active = (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true; + if (other_column->IsUserEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1) + menu_item_active = false; + if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsUserEnabled, menu_item_active)) + other_column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsUserEnabled; + } + PopItemFlag(); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: The binding/finding/creating flow are too confusing. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableSettingsInit() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsCalcChunkSize() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsCreate() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsFindByID() [Internal] +// - TableGetBoundSettings() [Internal] +// - TableResetSettings() +// - TableSaveSettings() [Internal] +// - TableLoadSettings() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsInstallHandler() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [Init] 1: TableSettingsHandler_ReadXXXX() Load and parse .ini file into TableSettings. +// [Main] 2: TableLoadSettings() When table is created, bind Table to TableSettings, serialize TableSettings data into Table. +// [Main] 3: TableSaveSettings() When table properties are modified, serialize Table data into bound or new TableSettings, mark .ini as dirty. +// [Main] 4: TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() When .ini file is dirty (which can come from other source), save TableSettings into .ini file. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Clear and initialize empty settings instance +static void TableSettingsInit(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, int columns_count_max) +{ + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiTableSettings(); + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* settings_column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count_max; n++, settings_column++) + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings_column) ImGuiTableColumnSettings(); + settings->ID = id; + settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count; + settings->ColumnsCountMax = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count_max; + settings->WantApply = true; +} + +static size_t TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(int columns_count) +{ + return sizeof(ImGuiTableSettings) + (size_t)columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnSettings); +} + +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(columns_count)); + TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, columns_count); + return settings; +} + +// Find existing settings +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + // FIXME-OPT: Might want to store a lookup map for this? + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id) + return settings; + return NULL; +} + +// Get settings for a given table, NULL if none +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + if (table->SettingsOffset != -1) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.ptr_from_offset(table->SettingsOffset); + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); + if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= table->ColumnsCount) + return settings; // OK + settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change + } + return NULL; +} + +// Restore initial state of table (with or without saved settings) +void ImGui::TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->IsResetAllRequest = false; + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; // Don't reload from ini + table->SettingsLoadedFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; // Mark as nothing loaded so our initialized data becomes authoritative +} + +void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + table->IsSettingsDirty = false; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) + return; + + // Bind or create settings data + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); + if (settings == NULL) + { + settings = TableSettingsCreate(table->ID, table->ColumnsCount); + table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; + + // Serialize ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn into ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); + IM_ASSERT(settings->ColumnsCount == table->ColumnsCount && settings->ColumnsCountMax >= settings->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column = table->Columns.Data; + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + + bool save_ref_scale = false; + settings->SaveFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++, column++, column_settings++) + { + const float width_or_weight = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? column->StretchWeight : column->WidthRequest; + column_settings->WidthOrWeight = width_or_weight; + column_settings->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder; + column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder; + column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled; + column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0) + save_ref_scale = true; + + // We skip saving some data in the .ini file when they are unnecessary to restore our state. + // Note that fixed width where initial width was derived from auto-fit will always be saved as InitStretchWeightOrWidth will be 0.0f. + // FIXME-TABLE: We don't have logic to easily compare SortOrder to DefaultSortOrder yet so it's always saved when present. + if (width_or_weight != column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + if (column->DisplayOrder != n) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; + if (column->IsUserEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0)) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + } + settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags; + settings->RefScale = save_ref_scale ? table->RefScale : 0.0f; + + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); +} + +void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) + return; + + // Bind settings + ImGuiTableSettings* settings; + if (table->SettingsOffset == -1) + { + settings = TableSettingsFindByID(table->ID); + if (settings == NULL) + return; + if (settings->ColumnsCount != table->ColumnsCount) // Allow settings if columns count changed. We could otherwise decide to return... + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + else + { + settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); + } + + table->SettingsLoadedFlags = settings->SaveFlags; + table->RefScale = settings->RefScale; + + // Serialize ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings into ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + ImU64 display_order_mask = 0; + for (int data_n = 0; data_n < settings->ColumnsCount; data_n++, column_settings++) + { + int column_n = column_settings->Index; + if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= table->ColumnsCount) + continue; + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + { + if (column_settings->IsStretch) + column->StretchWeight = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; + else + column->WidthRequest = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->DisplayOrder; + else + column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled; + column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder; + column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection; + } + + // Validate and fix invalid display order data + const ImU64 expected_display_order_mask = (settings->ColumnsCount == 64) ? ~0 : ((ImU64)1 << settings->ColumnsCount) - 1; + if (display_order_mask != expected_display_order_mask) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + + // Rebuild index + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++) + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i)) + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + g.SettingsTables.clear(); +} + +// Apply to existing windows (if any) +static void TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++) + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i)) + { + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + } +} + +static void* TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) +{ + ImGuiID id = 0; + int columns_count = 0; + if (sscanf(name, "0x%08X,%d", &id, &columns_count) < 2) + return NULL; + + if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(id)) + { + if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= columns_count) + { + TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, settings->ColumnsCountMax); // Recycle + return settings; + } + settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change + } + return ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(id, columns_count); +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) +{ + // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = (ImGuiTableSettings*)entry; + float f = 0.0f; + int column_n = 0, r = 0, n = 0; + + if (sscanf(line, "RefScale=%f", &f) == 1) { settings->RefScale = f; return; } + + if (sscanf(line, "Column %d%n", &column_n, &r) == 1) + { + if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= settings->ColumnsCount) + return; + line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); + char c = 0; + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings() + column_n; + column->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + if (sscanf(line, "UserID=0x%08X%n", (ImU32*)&n, &r)==1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->UserID = (ImGuiID)n; } + if (sscanf(line, "Width=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = (float)n; column->IsStretch = 0; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Weight=%f%n", &f, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = f; column->IsStretch = 1; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Visible=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->IsEnabled = (ImU8)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Order=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Sort=%d%c%n", &n, &c, &r) == 2) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; column->SortDirection = (c == '^') ? ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; } + } +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + { + if (settings->ID == 0) // Skip ditched settings + continue; + + // TableSaveSettings() may clear some of those flags when we establish that the data can be stripped + // (e.g. Order was unchanged) + const bool save_size = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) != 0; + const bool save_visible = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) != 0; + const bool save_order = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) != 0; + const bool save_sort = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) != 0; + if (!save_size && !save_visible && !save_order && !save_sort) + continue; + + buf->reserve(buf->size() + 30 + settings->ColumnsCount * 50); // ballpark reserve + buf->appendf("[%s][0x%08X,%d]\n", handler->TypeName, settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount); + if (settings->RefScale != 0.0f) + buf->appendf("RefScale=%g\n", settings->RefScale); + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < settings->ColumnsCount; column_n++, column++) + { + // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" + bool save_column = column->UserID != 0 || save_size || save_visible || save_order || (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1); + if (!save_column) + continue; + buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n); + if (column->UserID != 0) buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); + if (save_size && column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); + if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); + if (save_visible) buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); + if (save_order) buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); + if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); + buf->append("\n"); + } + buf->append("\n"); + } +} + +void ImGui::TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler() +{ + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableRemove() [Internal] +// - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() [Internal] +// - TableGcCompactSettings() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Remove Table (currently only used by TestEngine) +void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); + //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes()); + //memset(table, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTable)); + g.Tables.Remove(table->ID, table); + g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = -1.0f; +} + +// Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused +void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); + table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; + table->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort + table->ColumnsNames.clear(); + table->MemoryCompacted = true; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + table->Columns[n].NameOffset = -1; + g.TablesLastTimeActive[g.Tables.GetIndex(table)] = -1.0f; +} + +void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data) +{ + temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory(); + temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f; +} + +// Compact and remove unused settings data (currently only used by TestEngine) +void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int required_memory = 0; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID != 0) + required_memory += (int)TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount); + if (required_memory == g.SettingsTables.Buf.Size) + return; + ImChunkStream new_chunk_stream; + new_chunk_stream.Buf.reserve(required_memory); + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID != 0) + memcpy(new_chunk_stream.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)), settings, TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)); + g.SettingsTables.swap(new_chunk_stream); +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DebugNodeTable() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + +static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy) +{ + sizing_policy &= ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_; + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit) { return "FixedFit"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) { return "FixedSame"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) { return "StretchProp"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame) { return "StretchSame"; } + return "N/A"; +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + char buf[512]; + char* p = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. + ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode(table, "%s", buf); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (IsItemVisible() && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!open) + return; + if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) + ImGui::Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); + bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); + BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); + BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); + BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX); + BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder); + BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn); + //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen); + float sum_weights = 0.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + if (table->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + sum_weights += table->Columns[n].StretchWeight; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), + "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n" + "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n" + "WidthGiven: %.1f, Request/Auto: %.1f/%.1f, StretchWeight: %.3f (%.1f%%)\n" + "MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f (%+.1f), ClipRect: %.1f to %.1f (+%.1f)\n" + "ContentWidth: %.1f,%.1f, HeadersUsed/Ideal %.1f/%.1f\n" + "Sort: %d%s, UserID: 0x%08X, Flags: 0x%04X: %s%s%s..", + n, column->DisplayOrder, name, column->MinX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, column->MaxX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, (n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) ? " (Frozen)" : "", + column->IsEnabled, column->IsVisibleX, column->IsVisibleY, column->IsRequestOutput, column->IsSkipItems, column->DrawChannelFrozen, column->DrawChannelUnfrozen, + column->WidthGiven, column->WidthRequest, column->WidthAuto, column->StretchWeight, column->StretchWeight > 0.0f ? (column->StretchWeight / sum_weights) * 100.0f : 0.0f, + column->MinX, column->MaxX, column->MaxX - column->MinX, column->ClipRect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->ClipRect.Min.x, + column->ContentMaxXFrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX, + column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? " (Asc)" : (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? " (Des)" : "", column->UserID, column->Flags, + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? "WidthStretch " : "", + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? "WidthFixed " : "", + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) ? "NoResize " : ""); + Bullet(); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + { + ImRect r(column->MinX, table->OuterRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } + } + if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table)) + DebugNodeTableSettings(settings); + if (clear_settings) + table->IsResetAllRequest = true; + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings) +{ + if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)settings->ID, "Settings 0x%08X (%d columns)", settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount)) + return; + BulletText("SaveFlags: 0x%08X", settings->SaveFlags); + BulletText("ColumnsCount: %d (max %d)", settings->ColumnsCount, settings->ColumnsCountMax); + for (int n = 0; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = &settings->GetColumnSettings()[n]; + ImGuiSortDirection sort_dir = (column_settings->SortOrder != -1) ? (ImGuiSortDirection)column_settings->SortDirection : ImGuiSortDirection_None; + BulletText("Column %d Order %d SortOrder %d %s Vis %d %s %7.3f UserID 0x%08X", + n, column_settings->DisplayOrder, column_settings->SortOrder, + (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? "Asc" : (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? "Des" : "---", + column_settings->IsEnabled, column_settings->IsStretch ? "Weight" : "Width ", column_settings->WidthOrWeight, column_settings->UserID); + } + TreePop(); +} + +#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {} + +#endif + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. +// (This is a legacy API, prefer using BeginTable/EndTable!) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: sizing is lossy when columns width is very small (default width may turn negative etc.) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal] +// - GetColumnIndex() +// - GetColumnsCount() +// - GetColumnOffset() +// - GetColumnWidth() +// - SetColumnOffset() +// - SetColumnWidth() +// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal] +// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal] +// - GetColumnsID() [Internal] +// - BeginColumns() +// - NextColumn() +// - EndColumns() +// - Columns() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences, +// they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd. +// Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let +// the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once. +void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect) +{ + ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4(); + window->ClipRect = clip_rect; + window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4; + window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm) +{ + return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset) +{ + return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; + +static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index) +{ + // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing + // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); + + float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; + x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) + x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + + return x; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return 0.0f; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t); + return x_offset; +} + +static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) +{ + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + float offset_norm; + if (before_resize) + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; + else + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return GetContentRegionAvail().x; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count - 1); + const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; + + if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) + offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); + columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX); + + if (preserve_width) + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); +} + +void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index]; + PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false); +} + +// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns) +void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0); +} + +void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); +} + +ImGuiOldColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) +{ + // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup. + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) + return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; + + window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiOldColumns()); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); + columns->ID = id; + return columns; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. + // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. + PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); + PopID(); + + return id; +} + +void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported + + // Acquire storage for the columns set + ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id); + IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); + columns->Current = 0; + columns->Count = columns_count; + columns->Flags = flags; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; + + columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; + columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect; + columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; + window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; + + // Set state for first column + // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); + const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; + columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f); + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + + // Clear data if columns count changed + if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) + columns->Columns.resize(0); + + // Initialize default widths + columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); + if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) + { + columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) + { + ImGuiOldColumnData column; + column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; + columns->Columns.push_back(column); + } + } + + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + { + // Compute clipping rectangle + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n)); + float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); + column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); + } + + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1); + PushColumnClipRect(0); + } + + // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::NextColumn() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + + if (columns->Count == 1) + { + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); + return; + } + + // Next column + if (++columns->Current == columns->Count) + columns->Current = 0; + + PopItemWidth(); + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them), + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current]; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); + + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (columns->Current > 0) + { + // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out) + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked? + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding; + } + else + { + // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX. + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; + } + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::EndColumns() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + PopItemWidth(); + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + PopClipRect(); + columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList); + } + + const ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = columns->Flags; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent + + // Draw columns borders and handle resize + // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy + bool is_being_resized = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) + { + // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers. + const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y); + const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y); + int dragging_column = -1; + for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) + { + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); + const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); + const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; + const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); + KeepAliveID(column_id); + if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id)) // FIXME: Can be removed or replaced with a lower-level test + continue; + + bool hovered = false, held = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) + { + ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); + if (hovered || held) + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; + if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) + dragging_column = n; + } + + // Draw column + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); + const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); + } + + // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. + if (dragging_column != -1) + { + if (!columns->IsBeingResized) + for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) + columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; + float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); + SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); + } + } + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; + + window->WorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; + window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); +} + +void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + + ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder); + //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) + return; + + if (columns != NULL) + EndColumns(); + + if (columns_count != 1) + BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/src/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp similarity index 60% rename from imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp rename to src/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp index ec6f51a9..822f2b0e 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/src/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.74 +// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP // (widgets code) /* @@ -33,11 +33,14 @@ Index of this file: #endif #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif #include "imgui_internal.h" +// System includes #include // toupper #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier #include // intptr_t @@ -45,34 +48,51 @@ Index of this file: #include // intptr_t #endif +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Warnings +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant -#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). #endif // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning : format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness // -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning : zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Data //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Widgets +static const float DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER = 0.70f; // Time for drag-hold to activate items accepting the ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold button behavior. +static const float DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR = 0.50f; // Multiplier for the default value of io.MouseDragThreshold to make DragFloat/DragInt react faster to mouse drags. + // Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them static const signed char IM_S8_MIN = -128; static const signed char IM_S8_MAX = 127; @@ -105,7 +125,7 @@ static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // For InputTextEx() -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data); +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); @@ -133,9 +153,13 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(text != NULL); + + // Accept null ranges + if (text == text_end) + text = text_end = ""; + + // Calculate length const char* text_begin = text; if (text_end == NULL) text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT @@ -143,7 +167,21 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos; const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f); - if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled) + if (text_end - text <= 2000 || wrap_enabled) + { + // Common case + const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); + + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) + RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); + } + else { // Long text! // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text @@ -152,7 +190,7 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) // - We use memchr(), pay attention that well optimized versions of those str/mem functions are much faster than a casually written loop. const char* line = text; const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight(); - ImVec2 text_size(0,0); + ImVec2 text_size(0, 0); // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text) ImVec2 pos = text_pos; @@ -182,7 +220,7 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height)); while (line < text_end) { - if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false)) + if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0)) break; const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); @@ -216,19 +254,6 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); ItemAdd(bb, 0); } - else - { - const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; - const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); - - ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); - ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) - RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); - } } void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end) @@ -250,9 +275,10 @@ void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - TextEx(g.TempBuffer, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); + // FIXME-OPT: Handle the %s shortcut? + const char* text, *text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args); + TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); } void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) @@ -266,7 +292,10 @@ void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); - TextV(fmt, args); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -280,8 +309,12 @@ void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - TextV(fmt, args); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -295,11 +328,14 @@ void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - bool need_backup = (window->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set if (need_backup) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); - TextV(fmt, args); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); if (need_backup) PopTextWrapPos(); } @@ -323,17 +359,20 @@ void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + const char* value_text_begin, *value_text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&value_text_begin, &value_text_end, fmt, args); + const ImVec2 value_size = CalcTextSize(value_text_begin, value_text_end, false); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); - const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size); + + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImRect value_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w, value_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2)); + const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), ImMax(value_size.y, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0)) return; // Render - const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0]; - const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f)); + RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, &value_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); } @@ -356,8 +395,8 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer; - const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const char* text_begin, *text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text_begin, &text_end, fmt, args); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false); const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y); // Empty text doesn't add padding ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; @@ -369,7 +408,7 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) // Render ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, g.FontSize*0.5f), text_col); + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f), text_begin, text_end, false); } @@ -383,11 +422,14 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) // - ArrowButton() // - CloseButton() [Internal] // - CollapseButton() [Internal] -// - ScrollbarEx() [Internal] +// - GetWindowScrollbarID() [Internal] +// - GetWindowScrollbarRect() [Internal] // - Scrollbar() [Internal] +// - ScrollbarEx() [Internal] // - Image() // - ImageButton() // - Checkbox() +// - CheckboxFlagsT() [Internal] // - CheckboxFlags() // - RadioButton() // - ProgressBar() @@ -453,26 +495,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled) - { - if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false; - if (out_held) *out_held = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID(); - return false; - } + // Default only reacts to left mouse button + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_; - // Default behavior requires click+release on same spot - if ((flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick)) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_; ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; - const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window; + const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow == window; if (flatten_hovered_children) g.HoveredWindow = window; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - if (id != 0 && window->DC.LastItemId != id) - ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, bb, id); + if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id); #endif bool pressed = false; @@ -488,9 +526,10 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool { hovered = true; SetHoveredID(id); - if (CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, 0.70f, 0.00f)) + if (g.HoveredIdTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime <= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER && g.HoveredIdTimer >= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER) { pressed = true; + g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id; FocusWindow(window); } } @@ -502,38 +541,62 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0)) hovered = false; - // Mouse + // Mouse handling if (hovered) { if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt)) { - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) + // Poll buttons + int mouse_button_clicked = -1; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) { mouse_button_clicked = 0; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) { mouse_button_clicked = 1; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseClicked[2]) { mouse_button_clicked = 2; } + + if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id) { - SetActiveID(id, window); - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) - SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); + if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere)) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[mouse_button_clicked] == 2)) + { + pressed = true; + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId) + ClearActiveID(); + else + SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; + FocusWindow(window); + } } - if (((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) { - pressed = true; - if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) + int mouse_button_released = -1; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) { mouse_button_released = 0; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1]) { mouse_button_released = 1; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; } + if (mouse_button_released != -1) + { + const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior + if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) + pressed = true; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); ClearActiveID(); - else - SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID - FocusWindow(window); - } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) - { - if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) // Repeat mode trumps - pressed = true; - ClearActiveID(); + } } // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.ActiveId == id && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[0] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(0, true)) - pressed = true; + if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, true)) + pressed = true; } if (pressed) @@ -543,44 +606,55 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse. if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)) - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnNav)) + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus)) hovered = true; - if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) { bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); - bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id); + if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + { + // Avoid pressing both keys from triggering double amount of repeat events + const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space); + const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate); + const float t1 = ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration); + nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; + } if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) - pressed = true; - if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs || g.ActiveId == id) { // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. - g.NavActivateId = id; // This is so SetActiveId assign a Nav source + pressed = true; SetActiveID(id, window); - if ((nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) SetFocusID(id, window); } } + // Process while held bool held = false; if (g.ActiveId == id) { - if (pressed) - g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true; if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) { if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + + const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]) { held = true; } else { - if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) && !g.DragDropActive) + bool release_in = hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) != 0; + bool release_anywhere = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere) != 0; + if ((release_in || release_anywhere) && !g.DragDropActive) { - bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[0]; - bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps + // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path) + bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2; + bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already) pressed = true; } @@ -591,9 +665,12 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool } else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) { + // When activated using Nav, we hold on the ActiveID until activation button is released if (g.NavActivateDownId != id) ClearActiveID(); } + if (pressed) + g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true; } if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered; @@ -623,8 +700,9 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; + bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); @@ -632,19 +710,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]"); RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); // Automatically close popups //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) // CloseCurrentPopup(); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) { - return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0); + return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); } // Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing. @@ -660,8 +741,9 @@ bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label) // Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack. // Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id) -bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg) +bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; @@ -677,18 +759,19 @@ bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg) return false; bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -696,7 +779,7 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; bool hovered, held; @@ -709,32 +792,41 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), text_col, dir); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir) { float sz = GetFrameHeight(); - return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), 0); + return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), ImGuiButtonFlags_None); } // Button to close a window -bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)//, float size) +bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - // We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Validate sequence close a window. - // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825) + // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible? const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); - bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); + ImRect bb_interact = bb; + const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea(); + if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f) + bb_interact.Expand(ImFloor(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); + + // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window. + // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id); bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held); if (is_clipped) return pressed; // Render + // FIXME: Clarify this mess ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); if (hovered) @@ -743,8 +835,8 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)//, float size) float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); return pressed; } @@ -762,13 +854,12 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) // Render ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter()/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold - if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging()) + if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0)) StartMouseMovingWindow(window); return pressed; @@ -776,7 +867,50 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) { - return window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); + return window->GetID(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); +} + +// Return scrollbar rectangle, must only be called for corresponding axis if window->ScrollbarX/Y is set. +ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect(); + const ImRect inner_rect = window->InnerRect; + const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar) + IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y); + else + return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x, inner_rect.Max.y); +} + +void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis); + + // Calculate scrollbar bounding box + ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis); + ImDrawFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone; + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + { + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; + if (!window->ScrollbarY) + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; + } + else + { + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; + if (!window->ScrollbarX) + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; + } + float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; + float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f; + ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis]; + ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_avail, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners); + window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll; } // Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar @@ -785,19 +919,21 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) // - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar // - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. // Still, the code should probably be made simpler.. -bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float size_avail_v, float size_contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_avail_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; + KeepAliveID(id); + const float bb_frame_width = bb_frame.GetWidth(); const float bb_frame_height = bb_frame.GetHeight(); if (bb_frame_width <= 0.0f || bb_frame_height <= 0.0f) return false; - // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the resize grab) + // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the window resize grab) float alpha = 1.0f; if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && bb_frame_height < g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) alpha = ImSaturate((bb_frame_height - g.FontSize) / (g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); @@ -806,19 +942,18 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f); - const bool horizontal = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X); ImRect bb = bb_frame; bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar) - const float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); + const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. - const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), 1.0f); - const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); + const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), (ImS64)1); + const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_avail_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). @@ -826,13 +961,13 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa bool hovered = false; ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); - float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); - float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; + const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); + float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); + float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) { - float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y; - float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y; + const float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis]; + const float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); @@ -849,13 +984,13 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; } - // Apply scroll + // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll) // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); - *p_scroll_v = IM_ROUND(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v)); + *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max); // Update values for rendering - scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); + scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated @@ -864,10 +999,11 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa } // Render - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window->WindowRounding, rounding_corners); + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg); const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, flags); ImRect grab_rect; - if (horizontal) + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y); else grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels); @@ -876,38 +1012,6 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa return held; } -void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis); - KeepAliveID(id); - - // Calculate scrollbar bounding box - const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect(); - const ImRect inner_rect = window->InnerRect; - const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; - IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f); - const float other_scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis]; - ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = (other_scrollbar_size <= 0.0f) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight : 0; - ImRect bb; - if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) - { - bb.Min = ImVec2(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size)); - bb.Max = ImVec2(inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y); - rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; - } - else - { - bb.Min = ImVec2(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y); - bb.Max = ImVec2(outer_rect.Max.x, window->InnerRect.Max.y); - rounding_corners |= ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight : 0; - } - ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &window->Scroll[axis], inner_rect.Max[axis] - inner_rect.Min[axis], window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f, rounding_corners); -} - void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -932,28 +1036,17 @@ void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& } } -// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default) -// frame_padding = 0: no framing -// frame_padding > 0: set framing size -// The color used are the button colors. -bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +// ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390) +// We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API. +bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. - // We could hash the size/uv to create a unique ID but that would prevent the user from animating UV. - PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id); - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); - PopID(); - - const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : style.FramePadding; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2); - const ImRect image_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + padding, window->DC.CursorPos + padding + size); + const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.FramePadding; + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; @@ -964,14 +1057,50 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const I // Render const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, style.FrameRounding)); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, g.Style.FrameRounding)); if (bg_col.w > 0.0f) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, GetColorU32(bg_col)); - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, GetColorU32(bg_col)); + window->DrawList->AddImage(texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); return pressed; } +bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// Legacy API obsoleted in 1.89. Two differences with new ImageButton() +// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' Old ImageButton() used opaque imTextureId (created issue with: multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) +// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding Old ImageButton() had an override argument. +// If you need to change padding with new ImageButton() you can use PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, value), consistent with other Button functions. +bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. + PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id); + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); + PopID(); + + if (frame_padding >= 0) + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding)); + bool ret = ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); + if (frame_padding >= 0) + PopStyleVar(); + return ret; +} +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -988,7 +1117,10 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) + { + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return false; + } bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); @@ -1002,42 +1134,79 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) + bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; + if (mixed_value) { // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) + // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox) ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f))); window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); } else if (*v) { const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); - RenderCheckMark(check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad*2.0f); + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f); } + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); + LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + RenderText(label_pos, label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return pressed; } -bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) +template +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value) { - bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value); - bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v); + bool all_on = (*flags & flags_value) == flags_value; + bool any_on = (*flags & flags_value) != 0; + bool pressed; + if (!all_on && any_on) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; + pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); + g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + } + else + { + pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); + + } if (pressed) { - if (v) + if (all_on) *flags |= flags_value; else *flags &= ~flags_value; } - return pressed; } +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -1077,15 +1246,17 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) { - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); } + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); + LogRenderedText(&label_pos, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + RenderText(label_pos, label); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } @@ -1109,7 +1280,7 @@ void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* over const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) @@ -1126,13 +1297,13 @@ void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* over char overlay_buf[32]; if (!overlay) { - ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f); + ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f); overlay = overlay_buf; } ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f), &bb); + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb); } void ImGui::Bullet() @@ -1143,18 +1314,18 @@ void ImGui::Bullet() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize); + const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height)); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) { - SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2); + SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2); return; } // Render and stay on same line ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f), text_col); + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, line_height * 0.5f), text_col); SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); } @@ -1176,7 +1347,7 @@ void ImGui::Spacing() ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return; - ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); } void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size) @@ -1199,8 +1370,9 @@ void ImGui::NewLine() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType; window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height. - ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); else ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type; @@ -1249,31 +1421,36 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) // Horizontal Separator float x1 = window->Pos.x; float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; - if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()) + + // FIXME-WORKRECT: old hack (#205) until we decide of consistent behavior with WorkRect/Indent and Separator + if (g.GroupStack.Size > 0 && g.GroupStack.back().WindowID == window->ID) x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; - ImGuiColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; + // FIXME-WORKRECT: In theory we should simply be using WorkRect.Min.x/Max.x everywhere but it isn't aesthetically what we want, + // need to introduce a variant of WorkRect for that purpose. (#4787) + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + { + x1 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MinX; + x2 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MaxX; + } + + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; if (columns) PushColumnsBackground(); // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit + // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell) const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw)); ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout)); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0); + if (item_visible) { - if (columns) - { - PopColumnsBackground(); - columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - } - return; - } - - // Draw - window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------"); + // Draw + window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n"); + } if (columns) { PopColumnsBackground(); @@ -1291,7 +1468,7 @@ void ImGui::Separator() // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; - flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; + flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; // NB: this only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. SeparatorEx(flags); } @@ -1301,10 +1478,10 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; - window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); - window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; + g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup; if (!item_add) return false; @@ -1312,10 +1489,12 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float ImRect bb_interact = bb; bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (hovered) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb if (g.ActiveId != id) SetItemAllowOverlap(); - if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) + if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); ImRect bb_render = bb; @@ -1363,11 +1542,13 @@ static int IMGUI_CDECL ShrinkWidthItemComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) } // Shrink excess width from a set of item, by removing width from the larger items first. +// Set items Width to -1.0f to disable shrinking this item. void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess) { if (count == 1) { - items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f); + if (items[0].Width >= 0.0f) + items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f); return; } ImQsort(items, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem), ShrinkWidthItemComparer); @@ -1376,14 +1557,16 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc { while (count_same_width < count && items[0].Width <= items[count_same_width].Width) count_same_width++; - float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f); + float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count && items[count_same_width].Width >= 0.0f) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f); + if (max_width_to_remove_per_item <= 0.0f) + break; float width_to_remove_per_item = ImMin(width_excess / count_same_width, max_width_to_remove_per_item); for (int item_n = 0; item_n < count_same_width; item_n++) items[item_n].Width -= width_to_remove_per_item; width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width; } - // Round width and redistribute remainder left-to-right (could make it an option of the function?) + // Round width and redistribute remainder // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator. width_excess = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) @@ -1392,17 +1575,24 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded; items[n].Width = width_rounded; } - if (width_excess > 0.0f) - for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) - if (items[n].Index < (int)(width_excess + 0.01f)) - items[n].Width += 1.0f; + while (width_excess > 0.0f) + for (int n = 0; n < count && width_excess > 0.0f; n++) + { + float width_to_add = ImMin(items[n].InitialWidth - items[n].Width, 1.0f); + items[n].Width += width_to_add; + width_excess -= width_to_add; + } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount() [Internal] // - BeginCombo() +// - BeginComboPopup() [Internal] // - EndCombo() +// - BeginComboPreview() [Internal] +// - EndComboPreview() [Internal] // - Combo() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1416,74 +1606,99 @@ static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count) bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags) { - // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool has_window_size_constraint = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) != 0; - g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags backup_next_window_data_flags = g.NextWindowData.Flags; + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values if (window->SkipItems) return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight(); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const float expected_w = CalcItemWidth(); - const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : expected_w; - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth(); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &bb)) return false; + // Open on click bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + const ImGuiID popup_id = ImHashStr("##ComboPopup", 0, id); + bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + if (pressed && !popup_open) + { + OpenPopupEx(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + popup_open = true; + } + // Render shape const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); - const float value_x2 = ImMax(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + const float value_x2 = ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - arrow_size); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Left); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft); if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) { ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Right); - if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= frame_bb.Max.x) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Min.y), bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight); + if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= bb.Max.x) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); } - RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); - if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); - if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open) + // Custom preview + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview) { - if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == 0) - window->NavLastIds[0] = id; - OpenPopupEx(id); - popup_open = true; + g.ComboPreviewData.PreviewRect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, value_x2, bb.Max.y); + IM_ASSERT(preview_value == NULL || preview_value[0] == 0); + preview_value = NULL; } + // Render preview and label + if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + { + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); + RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL); + } + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + if (!popup_open) return false; - if (has_window_size_constraint) + g.NextWindowData.Flags = backup_next_window_data_flags; + return BeginComboPopup(popup_id, bb, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); + return false; + } + + // Set popup size + float w = bb.GetWidth(); + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) { - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w); } else { if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0) flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one int popup_max_height_in_items = -1; if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; @@ -1491,26 +1706,27 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); } + // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx() char name[16]; ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth - // Peak into expected window size so we can position it + // Set position given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it) + // FIXME: This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function? + // FIXME: This might be moved to Begin() or at least around the same spot where Tooltips and other Popups are calling FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx()? if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name)) if (popup_window->WasActive) { - ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowExpectedSize(popup_window); - if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) - popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; - ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(popup_window); - ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); + // Always override 'AutoPosLastDirection' to not leave a chance for a past value to affect us. + ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(popup_window); + popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Down; // Left = "Below, Toward Left", Down = "Below, Toward Right (default)" + ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(popup_window); + ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); SetNextWindowPos(pos); } // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx() ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; - - // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y)); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(g.Style.FramePadding.x, g.Style.WindowPadding.y)); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); PopStyleVar(); if (!ret) @@ -1527,7 +1743,60 @@ void ImGui::EndCombo() EndPopup(); } -// Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] +// Call directly after the BeginCombo/EndCombo block. The preview is designed to only host non-interactive elements +// (Experimental, see GitHub issues: #1658, #4168) +bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData; + + if (window->SkipItems || !window->ClipRect.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect)) // FIXME: Because we don't have a ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible flag to test last ItemAdd() result + return false; + IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag? + if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) + return false; + + // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api + preview_data->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine; + preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + preview_data->BackupLayout = window->DC.LayoutType; + window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->PreviewRect.Min + g.Style.FramePadding; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + PushClipRect(preview_data->PreviewRect.Min, preview_data->PreviewRect.Max, true); + + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndComboPreview() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData; + + // FIXME: Using CursorMaxPos approximation instead of correct AABB which we will store in ImDrawCmd in the future + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; + if (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.x && window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.y) + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 1) // Unlikely case that the PushClipRect() didn't create a command + { + draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 2].ClipRect; + draw_list->_TryMergeDrawCmds(); + } + PopClipRect(); + window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->BackupCursorPos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine; + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.LayoutType = preview_data->BackupLayout; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + preview_data->PreviewRect = ImRect(); +} + +// Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) { const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data; @@ -1569,7 +1838,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here. if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)) - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None)) return false; @@ -1579,7 +1848,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi bool value_changed = false; for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) { - PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + PushID(i); const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); const char* item_text; if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) @@ -1595,6 +1864,10 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi } EndCombo(); + + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); + return value_changed; } @@ -1627,27 +1900,29 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa // - DataTypeFormatString() // - DataTypeApplyOp() // - DataTypeApplyOpFromText() +// - DataTypeCompare() +// - DataTypeClamp() // - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision // - RoundScalarWithFormat<>() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = { - { sizeof(char), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S8 - { sizeof(unsigned char), "%u", "%u" }, - { sizeof(short), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S16 - { sizeof(unsigned short), "%u", "%u" }, - { sizeof(int), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S32 - { sizeof(unsigned int), "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(char), "S8", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S8 + { sizeof(unsigned char), "U8", "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(short), "S16", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S16 + { sizeof(unsigned short), "U16", "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(int), "S32", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S32 + { sizeof(unsigned int), "U32", "%u", "%u" }, #ifdef _MSC_VER - { sizeof(ImS64), "%I64d","%I64d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 - { sizeof(ImU64), "%I64u","%I64u" }, + { sizeof(ImS64), "S64", "%I64d","%I64d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "U64", "%I64u","%I64u" }, #else - { sizeof(ImS64), "%lld", "%lld" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 - { sizeof(ImU64), "%llu", "%llu" }, + { sizeof(ImS64), "S64", "%lld", "%lld" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "U64", "%llu", "%llu" }, #endif - { sizeof(float), "%f", "%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) - { sizeof(double), "%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double + { sizeof(float), "float", "%.3f","%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) + { sizeof(double), "double","%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double }; IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); @@ -1665,9 +1940,9 @@ static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0) return "%d"; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. - return g.TempBuffer; + const char* tmp_format; + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&tmp_format, NULL, "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. + return tmp_format; #else IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d" #endif @@ -1704,7 +1979,7 @@ int ImGui::DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type return 0; } -void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg1, const void* arg2) +void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg1, const void* arg2) { IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-'); switch (data_type) @@ -1756,92 +2031,32 @@ void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* // User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. // NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess.. -bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) { while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) buf++; - - // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value. - // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value - char op = buf[0]; - if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/') - { - buf++; - while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) - buf++; - } - else - { - op = 0; - } if (!buf[0]) return false; // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. - IM_ASSERT(data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); - int data_backup[2]; - const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); - IM_ASSERT(type_info->Size <= sizeof(data_backup)); - memcpy(data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); + const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); + ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); - if (format == NULL) + // Sanitize format + // For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + char format_sanitized[32]; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) format = type_info->ScanFmt; - - // FIXME-LEGACY: The aim is to remove those operators and write a proper expression evaluator at some point.. - int arg1i = 0; - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32) - { - int* v = (int*)p_data; - int arg0i = *v; - float arg1f = 0.0f; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0i) < 1) - return false; - // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision - if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%d", &arg1i)) *v = (int)(arg0i + arg1i); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f)) *v = (int)(arg0i * arg1f); } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); } // Divide - else { if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1i) == 1) *v = arg1i; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) - { - // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in - format = "%f"; - float* v = (float*)p_data; - float arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0f; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) - return false; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) - return false; - if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide - else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - { - format = "%lf"; // scanf differentiate float/double unlike printf which forces everything to double because of ellipsis - double* v = (double*)p_data; - double arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) - return false; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) - return false; - if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide - else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) - { - // All other types assign constant - // We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we will later implement a proper expression evaluator in the future. - sscanf(buf, format, p_data); - } else + format = ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(format, format_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format_sanitized)); + + // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() + int v32 = 0; + if (sscanf(buf, format, type_info->Size >= 4 ? p_data : &v32) < 1) + return false; + if (type_info->Size < 4) { - // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() - int v32; - sscanf(buf, format, &v32); if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8) *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX); else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8) @@ -1854,7 +2069,64 @@ bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_b IM_ASSERT(0); } - return memcmp(data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0; + return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0; +} + +template +static int DataTypeCompareT(const T* lhs, const T* rhs) +{ + if (*lhs < *rhs) return -1; + if (*lhs > *rhs) return +1; + return 0; +} + +int ImGui::DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS8* )arg_1, (const ImS8* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U8: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU8* )arg_1, (const ImU8* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S16: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS16* )arg_1, (const ImS16* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U16: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU16* )arg_1, (const ImU16* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS32* )arg_1, (const ImS32* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU32* )arg_1, (const ImU32* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS64* )arg_1, (const ImS64* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU64* )arg_1, (const ImU64* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DataTypeCompareT((const float* )arg_1, (const float* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeCompareT((const double*)arg_1, (const double*)arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return 0; +} + +template +static bool DataTypeClampT(T* v, const T* v_min, const T* v_max) +{ + // Clamp, both sides are optional, return true if modified + if (v_min && *v < *v_min) { *v = *v_min; return true; } + if (v_max && *v > *v_max) { *v = *v_max; return true; } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: return DataTypeClampT((ImS8* )p_data, (const ImS8* )p_min, (const ImS8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U8: return DataTypeClampT((ImU8* )p_data, (const ImU8* )p_min, (const ImU8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S16: return DataTypeClampT((ImS16* )p_data, (const ImS16* )p_min, (const ImS16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U16: return DataTypeClampT((ImU16* )p_data, (const ImU16* )p_min, (const ImU16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DataTypeClampT((ImS32* )p_data, (const ImS32* )p_min, (const ImS32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DataTypeClampT((ImU32* )p_data, (const ImU32* )p_min, (const ImU32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DataTypeClampT((ImS64* )p_data, (const ImS64* )p_min, (const ImS64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DataTypeClampT((ImU64* )p_data, (const ImU64* )p_min, (const ImU64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DataTypeClampT((float* )p_data, (const float* )p_min, (const float* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeClampT((double*)p_data, (const double*)p_min, (const double*)p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; } static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) @@ -1866,33 +2138,27 @@ static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) } template -static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) -{ - int negative = 0; - if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } - if (*src == '+') { src++; } - TYPE v = 0; - while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') - v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); - *output = negative ? -v : v; - return src; -} - -template TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v) { + IM_UNUSED(data_type); + IM_ASSERT(data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format); if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string return v; + + // Sanitize format + char fmt_sanitized[32]; + ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized)); + fmt_start = fmt_sanitized; + + // Format value with our rounding, and read back char v_str[64]; ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v); const char* p = v_str; while (*p == ' ') p++; - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); - else - ImAtoi(p, (SIGNEDTYPE*)&v); + v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); + return v; } @@ -1917,16 +2183,13 @@ TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, // This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls) template -bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags) +bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiDragFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; - const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; const bool is_clamped = (v_min < v_max); - const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f && is_decimal && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)); - const bool is_locked = (v_min > v_max); - if (is_locked) - return false; + const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); // Default tweak speed if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)) @@ -1934,7 +2197,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings float adjust_delta = 0.0f; - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[0] > 1.0f*1.0f) + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) { adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta[axis]; if (g.IO.KeyAlt) @@ -1944,8 +2207,11 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const } else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) { - int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; - adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis]; + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); + const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); + const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 1.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor; v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); } adjust_delta *= v_speed; @@ -1954,12 +2220,15 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) adjust_delta = -adjust_delta; + // For logarithmic use our range is effectively 0..1 so scale the delta into that range + if (is_logarithmic && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX) && ((v_max - v_min) > 0.000001f)) // Epsilon to avoid /0 + adjust_delta /= (float)(v_max - v_min); + // Clear current value on activation // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300. bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_clamped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); - bool is_drag_direction_change_with_power = is_power && ((adjust_delta < 0 && g.DragCurrentAccum > 0) || (adjust_delta > 0 && g.DragCurrentAccum < 0)); - if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward || is_drag_direction_change_with_power) + if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward) { g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; @@ -1976,13 +2245,19 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_cur = *v; FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f; - if (is_power) + float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true + const float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Drag widgets have no deadzone (as it doesn't make sense) + if (is_logarithmic) { - // Offset + round to user desired precision, with a curve on the v_min..v_max range to get more precision on one side of the range - FLOATTYPE v_old_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - FLOATTYPE v_new_norm_curved = v_old_norm_curved + (g.DragCurrentAccum / (v_max - v_min)); - v_cur = v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)ImPow(ImSaturate((float)v_new_norm_curved), power) * (v_max - v_min); - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_norm_curved; + // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound. + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; + logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision); + + // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back + float v_old_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + float v_new_parametric = v_old_parametric + g.DragCurrentAccum; + v_cur = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, v_new_parametric, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_parametric; } else { @@ -1990,14 +2265,16 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const } // Round to user desired precision based on format string - v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values. g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; - if (is_power) + if (is_logarithmic) { - FLOATTYPE v_cur_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_cur_norm_curved - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder); + // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back + float v_new_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_new_parametric - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder); } else { @@ -2011,9 +2288,9 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const // Clamp values (+ handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types) if (*v != v_cur && is_clamped) { - if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_decimal)) + if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) v_cur = v_min; - if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_decimal)) + if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) v_cur = v_max; } @@ -2024,11 +2301,15 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const return true; } -bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags) +bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { + // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ActiveId == id) { + // Those are the things we can do easily outside the DragBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) ClearActiveID(); else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) @@ -2036,19 +2317,21 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v } if (g.ActiveId != id) return false; + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + return false; switch (data_type) { - case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max : IM_S8_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max : IM_U8_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (float*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX, p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX, p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX, format, power, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max : IM_S8_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max : IM_U8_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (float*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX, p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX, p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX, format, flags); case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -2056,26 +2339,25 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v } // Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a Drag widget, p_min and p_max are optional. -// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. -bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +// Read code of e.g. DragFloat(), DragInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. +bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - if (power != 1.0f) - IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0; ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0)) return false; // Default format string when passing NULL @@ -2084,54 +2366,69 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - bool temp_input_is_active = TempInputTextIsActive(id); - bool temp_input_start = false; + bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { - const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText + const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); - const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]); - if (focus_requested || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2); + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + temp_input_is_active = true; + + // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText + if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active) + if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) + { + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateInputId = id; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; + temp_input_is_active = true; + } + + if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) { SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); - if (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavInputId == id) - { - temp_input_start = true; - FocusableItemUnregister(window); - } } } - if (temp_input_is_active || temp_input_start) - return TempInputTextScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format); + + if (temp_input_is_active) + { + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set + const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0 && (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) < 0); + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + } // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding); // Drag behavior - const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiDragFlags_None); + const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags); if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(id); // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. char value_buf[64]; const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2148,7 +2445,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PushID(i); if (i > 0) SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, power); + value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags); PopID(); PopItemWidth(); p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size); @@ -2166,27 +2463,28 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, float power) +// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this. +bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2197,41 +2495,50 @@ bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_cu BeginGroup(); PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth()); - bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format, power); + float min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min; + float min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max); + ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + bool value_changed = DragScalar("##min", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_min, v_speed, &min_min, &min_max, format, min_flags); PopItemWidth(); SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format, power); + + float max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min); + float max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max; + ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + value_changed |= DragScalar("##max", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_max, v_speed, &max_min, &max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags); PopItemWidth(); SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); EndGroup(); PopID(); + return value_changed; } // NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision -bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max) +// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this. +bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2242,10 +2549,17 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_ BeginGroup(); PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth()); - bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format); + int min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min; + int min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max); + ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, min_min, min_max, format, min_flags); PopItemWidth(); SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format); + + int max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min); + int max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max; + ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, max_min, max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags); PopItemWidth(); SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); @@ -2259,6 +2573,8 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_ //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ScaleRatioFromValueT<> [Internal] +// - ScaleValueFromRatioT<> [Internal] // - SliderBehaviorT<>() [Internal] // - SliderBehavior() [Internal] // - SliderScalar() @@ -2277,67 +2593,161 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_ // - VSliderInt() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -template -float ImGui::SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos) +// Convert a value v in the output space of a slider into a parametric position on the slider itself (the logical opposite of ScaleValueFromRatioT) +template +float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) { if (v_min == v_max) return 0.0f; + IM_UNUSED(data_type); - const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min); - if (is_power) + if (is_logarithmic) + { + bool flipped = v_max < v_min; + + if (flipped) // Handle the case where the range is backwards + ImSwap(v_min, v_max); + + // Fudge min/max to avoid getting close to log(0) + FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; + FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; + + // Awkward special cases - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) + if ((v_min == 0.0f) && (v_max < 0.0f)) + v_min_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + else if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) + v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + + float result; + if (v_clamped <= v_min_fudged) + result = 0.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but below our fudge + else if (v_clamped >= v_max_fudged) + result = 1.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but above our fudge + else if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so split into two portions + { + float zero_point_center = (-(float)v_min) / ((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space. There's an argument we should take the logarithmic nature into account when calculating this, but for now this should do (and the most common case of a symmetrical range works fine) + float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; + float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; + if (v == 0.0f) + result = zero_point_center; // Special case for exactly zero + else if (v < 0.0f) + result = (1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon))) * zero_point_snap_L; + else + result = zero_point_snap_R + ((float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon)) * (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)); + } + else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider + result = 1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / -v_max_fudged) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged)); + else + result = (float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / v_min_fudged) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged)); + + return flipped ? (1.0f - result) : result; + } + else { - if (v_clamped < 0.0f) + // Linear slider + return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); + } +} + +// Convert a parametric position on a slider into a value v in the output space (the logical opposite of ScaleRatioFromValueT) +template +TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) +{ + // We special-case the extents because otherwise our logarithmic fudging can lead to "mathematically correct" + // but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value. Also generally simpler. + if (t <= 0.0f || v_min == v_max) + return v_min; + if (t >= 1.0f) + return v_max; + + TYPE result = (TYPE)0; + if (is_logarithmic) + { + // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero + FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; + FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; + + const bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards" + if (flipped) + ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged); + + // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) + if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) + v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + + float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range + + if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts { - const float f = 1.0f - (float)((v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin((TYPE)0, v_max) - v_min)); - return (1.0f - ImPow(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos; + float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space + float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; + float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; + if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R) + result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise) + else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center) + result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L)))); + else + result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)))); } + else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider + result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip))); else + result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip)); + } + else + { + // Linear slider + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + if (is_floating_point) + { + result = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, t); + } + else if (t < 1.0) { - const float f = (float)((v_clamped - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min))); - return linear_zero_pos + ImPow(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); + // - For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above + // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. + // - Not doing a *1.0 multiply at the end of a range as it tends to be lossy. While absolute aiming at a large s64/u64 + // range is going to be imprecise anyway, with this check we at least make the edge values matches expected limits. + FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t; + result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5))); } } - // Linear slider - return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); + return result; } -// FIXME: Move some of the code into SliderBehavior(). Current responsability is larger than what the equivalent DragBehaviorT<> does, we also do some rendering, etc. +// FIXME: Try to move more of the code into shared SliderBehavior() template -bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; - const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); - const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && is_decimal; + const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - const float grab_padding = 2.0f; + // Calculate bounds + const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style. const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; - SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - if (!is_decimal && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows - grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; const float slider_usable_pos_max = bb.Max[axis] - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f; - // For power curve sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the curve to be symmetric around 0.0f - float linear_zero_pos; // 0.0->1.0f - if (is_power && v_min * v_max < 0.0f) - { - // Different sign - const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_min_to_0 = ImPow(v_min >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_min : -(FLOATTYPE)v_min, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_max_to_0 = ImPow(v_max >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_max : -(FLOATTYPE)v_max, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - linear_zero_pos = (float)(linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0 + linear_dist_max_to_0)); - } - else + float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true + float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true + if (is_logarithmic) { - // Same sign - linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound. + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; + logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision); + zero_deadzone_halfsize = (style.LogSliderDeadzone * 0.5f) / ImMax(slider_usable_sz, 1.0f); } // Process interacting with the slider @@ -2355,7 +2765,17 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ else { const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; - clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; + const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); + const bool clicked_around_grab = (mouse_abs_pos >= grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f - 1.0f) && (mouse_abs_pos <= grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f + 1.0f); // No harm being extra generous here. + g.SliderGrabClickOffset = (clicked_around_grab && is_floating_point) ? mouse_abs_pos - grab_pos : 0.0f; + } + if (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) + clicked_t = ImSaturate((mouse_abs_pos - g.SliderGrabClickOffset - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t; set_new_value = true; @@ -2363,87 +2783,81 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) { - const ImVec2 delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); - float delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? delta2.x : -delta2.y; - if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { - ClearActiveID(); + g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // Reset any stored nav delta upon activation + g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; } - else if (delta != 0.0f) + + float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) : -GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis); + if (input_delta != 0.0f) { - clicked_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); - const int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; - if ((decimal_precision > 0) || is_power) + const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); + const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + if (decimal_precision > 0) { - delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta /= 10.0f; + input_delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds + if (tweak_slow) + input_delta /= 10.0f; } else { - if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta = ((delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps + if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || tweak_slow) + input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps else - delta /= 100.0f; + input_delta /= 100.0f; } - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) - delta *= 10.0f; - set_new_value = true; - if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits - set_new_value = false; - else - clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta); + if (tweak_fast) + input_delta *= 10.0f; + + g.SliderCurrentAccum += input_delta; + g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = true; } - } - if (set_new_value) - { - TYPE v_new; - if (is_power) + float delta = g.SliderCurrentAccum; + if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { - // Account for power curve scale on both sides of the zero - if (clicked_t < linear_zero_pos) - { - // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering - float a = 1.0f - (clicked_t / linear_zero_pos); - a = ImPow(a, power); - v_new = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max, (TYPE)0), v_min, a); - } - else - { - // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering - float a; - if (ImFabs(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f) - a = (clicked_t - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); - else - a = clicked_t; - a = ImPow(a, power); - v_new = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min, (TYPE)0), v_max, a); - } + ClearActiveID(); } - else + else if (g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty) { - // Linear slider - if (is_decimal) + clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + + if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits { - v_new = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, clicked_t); + set_new_value = false; + g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // If pushing up against the limits, don't continue to accumulate } else { - // For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above - // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. - FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (v_max - v_min) * clicked_t; - TYPE v_new_off_floor = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f); - TYPE v_new_off_round = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)0.5); - if (v_new_off_floor < v_new_off_round) - v_new = v_min + v_new_off_round; + set_new_value = true; + float old_clicked_t = clicked_t; + clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta); + + // Calculate what our "new" clicked_t will be, and thus how far we actually moved the slider, and subtract this from the accumulator + TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + + if (delta > 0) + g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMin(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta); else - v_new = v_min + v_new_off_floor; + g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMax(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta); } + + g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; } + } + + if (set_new_value) + { + TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); // Round to user desired precision based on format string - v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); // Apply result if (*v != v_new) @@ -2461,7 +2875,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ else { // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller - float grab_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); + float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); @@ -2477,32 +2891,40 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ // For 32-bit and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range. // So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok. // It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders. -bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) { + // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + + // Those are the things we can do easily outside the SliderBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + return false; + switch (data_type) { - case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min, *(const ImS8*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min, *(const ImU8*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min, *(const ImS8*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min, *(const ImU8*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } case ImGuiDataType_S32: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN/2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, *(const ImS32*)p_min, *(const ImS32*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, *(const ImS32*)p_min, *(const ImS32*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_U32: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, *(const ImU32*)p_min, *(const ImU32*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, *(const ImU32*)p_min, *(const ImU32*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_S64: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN/2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, *(const ImS64*)p_min, *(const ImS64*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, *(const ImS64*)p_min, *(const ImS64*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_U64: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, *(const ImU64*)p_min, *(const ImU64*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, *(const ImU64*)p_min, *(const ImU64*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_Float: - IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX/2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX/2.0f); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v, *(const float*)p_min, *(const float*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX / 2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX / 2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v, *(const float*)p_min, *(const float*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_Double: - IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX/2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX/2.0f); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX / 2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX / 2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -2511,7 +2933,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type // Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a slider, they are all required. // Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. -bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2523,11 +2945,12 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat const float w = CalcItemWidth(); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0; ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0)) return false; // Default format string when passing NULL @@ -2536,38 +2959,42 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - bool temp_input_is_active = TempInputTextIsActive(id); - bool temp_input_start = false; + bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { - const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box + const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); - if (focus_requested || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + temp_input_is_active = true; + + if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) { SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); - if (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavInputId == id) - { - temp_input_start = true; - FocusableItemUnregister(window); - } } } - if (temp_input_is_active || temp_input_start) - return TempInputTextScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format); + + if (temp_input_is_active) + { + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set + const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0; + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + } // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); // Slider behavior ImRect grab_bb; - const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_None, &grab_bb); + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags, &grab_bb); if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(id); @@ -2578,17 +3005,19 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. char value_buf[64]; const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return value_changed; } // Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components -bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2605,7 +3034,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, i PushID(i); if (i > 0) SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power); + value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, flags); PopID(); PopItemWidth(); v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); @@ -2623,57 +3052,57 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, i return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { if (format == NULL) format = "%.0f deg"; - float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI); - bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, format, 1.0f); - *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f; + float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2 * IM_PI); + bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, format, flags); + *v_rad = v_deg * (2 * IM_PI) / 360.0f; return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2698,7 +3127,7 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id) { SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); @@ -2707,13 +3136,13 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d } // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); // Slider behavior ImRect grab_bb; - const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb); + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags | ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb); if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(id); @@ -2725,21 +3154,21 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding char value_buf[64]; const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2748,6 +3177,8 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, // - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal] // - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal] // - InputScalar() @@ -2811,6 +3242,57 @@ const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_ return buf; } +// Sanitize format +// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi +// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi. +void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); + IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + while (fmt_in < fmt_end) + { + char c = *fmt_in++; + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate +} + +// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields "%3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" +const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); + const char* fmt_out_begin = fmt_out; + IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + bool has_type = false; + while (fmt_in < fmt_end) + { + char c = *fmt_in++; + if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.')) + continue; + has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate + return fmt_out_begin; +} + +template +static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) +{ + int negative = 0; + if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } + if (*src == '+') { src++; } + TYPE v = 0; + while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') + v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); + *output = negative ? -v : v; + return src; +} + // Parse display precision back from the display format string // FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed. int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) @@ -2837,35 +3319,67 @@ int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) // Create text input in place of another active widget (e.g. used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets) // FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations. -bool ImGui::TempInputTextScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) +bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - // On the first frame, g.TempInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id. // We clear ActiveID on the first frame to allow the InputText() taking it back. - const bool init = (g.TempInputTextId != id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool init = (g.TempInputId != id); if (init) ClearActiveID(); + g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; + bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem); + if (init) + { + // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id. + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id); + g.TempInputId = g.ActiveId; + } + return value_changed; +} + +static inline ImGuiInputTextFlags InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(ImGuiDataType data_type, const char* format) +{ + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + return ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + const char format_last_char = format[0] ? format[strlen(format) - 1] : 0; + return (format_last_char == 'x' || format_last_char == 'X') ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; +} + +// Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set! +// This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. +// However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. +bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max) +{ char fmt_buf[32]; char data_buf[32]; format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format); ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; - flags |= ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), bb.GetSize(), flags); - if (init) - { - // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id. - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id); - g.TempInputTextId = g.ActiveId; - } - if (value_changed) + flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + + bool value_changed = false; + if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) { - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, NULL); + // Backup old value + size_t data_type_size = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size; + ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size); + + // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp + DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format); + if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max) + { + if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0) + ImSwap(p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max); + DataTypeClamp(data_type, p_data, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max); + } + + // Only mark as edited if new value is different + value_changed = memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size) != 0; if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(id); } @@ -2889,12 +3403,12 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data char buf[64]; DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); - bool value_changed = false; - if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll; - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselve by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + // Testing ActiveId as a minor optimization as filtering is not needed until active + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) + flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + bool value_changed = false; if (p_step != NULL) { const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -2903,14 +3417,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PushID(label); SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); // Step buttons const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding; style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y; ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups; if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; + BeginDisabled(); SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags)) { @@ -2923,6 +3438,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step); value_changed = true; } + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) + EndDisabled(); const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); if (label != label_end) @@ -2938,10 +3455,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data else { if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); } if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -2984,7 +3501,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; - return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) @@ -3002,46 +3519,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGui return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags); } -// Prefer using "const char* format" directly, which is more flexible and consistent with other API. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputFloat(label, v, step, step_fast, format, flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags); -} -#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - -bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes. - const char* format = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d"; - return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); + // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes. + const char* format = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d"; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) @@ -3062,7 +3544,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; - return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3071,13 +3553,17 @@ bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_f // - InputText() // - InputTextWithHint() // - InputTextMultiline() +// - InputTextGetCharInfo() [Internal] +// - InputTextReindexLines() [Internal] +// - InputTextReindexLinesRange() [Internal] // - InputTextEx() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeInputTextState() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) { IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() - return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data); + return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); } bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) @@ -3087,7 +3573,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, co bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) { - IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() or InputTextEx() manually if you need multi-line + hint. return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); } @@ -3112,7 +3598,7 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* t const float line_height = g.FontSize; const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize; - ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0); + ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); float line_width = 0.0f; const ImWchar* s = text_begin; @@ -3154,12 +3640,12 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* t namespace ImStb { -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } -static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } +static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; } static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; -static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx) +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx) { const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; @@ -3172,23 +3658,23 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* ob r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); } -static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_right(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (is_separator( obj->TextW[idx-1] ) && !is_separator( obj->TextW[idx] ) ) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } -#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure -static int is_word_boundary_from_left(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator( obj->TextW[idx-1] ) && is_separator( obj->TextW[idx] ) ) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#else -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#endif -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h +// When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. +static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r'; } +static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && !is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; } +static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && is_separator(obj->TextW[idx])) : 1; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (ImGui::GetIO().ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(obj, idx); else return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(obj, idx); } +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h #define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL -static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n) +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n) { ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos; // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats + obj->Edited = true; obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); obj->CurLenW -= n; @@ -3199,9 +3685,9 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n) *dst = '\0'; } -static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) +static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) { - const bool is_resizable = (obj->UserFlags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + const bool is_resizable = (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; const int text_len = obj->CurLenW; IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len); @@ -3223,6 +3709,7 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const Im memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); + obj->Edited = true; obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; @@ -3245,13 +3732,32 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const Im #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x20000B // keyboard input to perform redo #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x20000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x20000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP 0x20000E // keyboard input to move cursor up a page +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN 0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x400000 #define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION #include "imstb_textedit.h" +// stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling +// the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?) +static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) +{ + stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len); + ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW); + if (text_len <= 0) + return; + if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len)) + { + state->cursor = text_len; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); // Failed to insert character, normally shouldn't happen because of how we currently use stb_textedit_replace() } +} // namespace ImStb + void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key) { stb_textedit_key(this, &Stb, key); @@ -3276,7 +3782,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) *dst++ = c; *dst = '\0'; - if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos) + if (CursorPos >= pos + bytes_count) CursorPos -= bytes_count; else if (CursorPos >= pos) CursorPos = pos; @@ -3294,7 +3800,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons if (!is_resizable) return; - // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the midly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer alltogether!) + // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState; IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID); @@ -3318,54 +3824,82 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons } // Return false to discard a character. -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source) { + IM_ASSERT(input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard); unsigned int c = *p_char; // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467) + bool apply_named_filters = true; if (c < 0x20) { bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); + pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); if (!pass) return false; + apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted. } - // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817) - if (c == 127) - return false; + if (input_source != ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard) + { + // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817) + if (c == 127) + return false; - // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME) - if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) - return false; + // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME) + if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) + return false; + } - // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build. + // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) return false; // Generic named filters - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) - { + if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific))) + { + // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf to use e.g. ',' instead of '.'. + // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'. + // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point. + // Change the default decimal_point with: + // ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; + // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + + // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block) + // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may + // scratch their head as to why it works in numerical fields vs in generic text fields it would require support in the font. + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)) + if (c >= 0xFF01 && c <= 0xFF5E) + c = c - 0xFF01 + 0x21; + + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) return false; + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / e E if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) return false; + // Allow 0-9 a-F A-F if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')) return false; + // Turn a-z into A-Z if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase) if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') - *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a')); + c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a'); if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank) if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) return false; + + *p_char = c; } // Custom callback filter @@ -3387,6 +3921,41 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f return true; } +// Find the shortest single replacement we can make to get the new text from the old text. +// Important: needs to be run before TextW is rewritten with the new characters because calling STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR() at the end. +// FIXME: Ideally we should transition toward (1) making InsertChars()/DeleteChars() update undo-stack (2) discourage (and keep reconcile) or obsolete (and remove reconcile) accessing buffer directly. +static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* state, const char* new_buf_a, int new_length_a) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImWchar* old_buf = state->TextW.Data; + const int old_length = state->CurLenW; + const int new_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); + g.TempBuffer.reserve_discard((new_length + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + ImWchar* new_buf = (ImWchar*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data; + ImTextStrFromUtf8(new_buf, new_length + 1, new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); + + const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length); + int first_diff; + for (first_diff = 0; first_diff < shorter_length; first_diff++) + if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf[first_diff]) + break; + if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length) + return; + + int old_last_diff = old_length - 1; + int new_last_diff = new_length - 1; + for (; old_last_diff >= first_diff && new_last_diff >= first_diff; old_last_diff--, new_last_diff--) + if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf[new_last_diff]) + break; + + const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1; + const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1; + if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0) + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) + for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++) + p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i); +} + // Edit a string of text // - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!". // This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match @@ -3401,6 +3970,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (window->SkipItems) return false; + IM_ASSERT(buf != NULL && buf_size >= 0); IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys) IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key) @@ -3417,11 +3987,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (is_resizable) IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! - if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope, + if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar) BeginGroup(); const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line + const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(frame_size.x + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), frame_size.y); const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); @@ -3429,54 +3999,72 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size; + ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_status_flags = 0; + ImGuiLastItemData item_data_backup; if (is_multiline) { - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + ImVec2 backup_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) { - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); EndGroup(); return false; } - if (!BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize())) + item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; + item_data_backup = g.LastItemData; + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_pos; + + // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug. + // FIXME-NAV: Pressing NavActivate will trigger general child activation right before triggering our own below. Harmless but bizarre. + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges + bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + PopStyleVar(3); + PopStyleColor(); + if (!child_visible) { - EndChildFrame(); + EndChild(); EndGroup(); return false; } draw_window = g.CurrentWindow; // Child window - draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight + draw_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it. + draw_window->DC.CursorPos += style.FramePadding; inner_size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x; } else { + // Support for internal ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem flag, which could be redesigned as an ItemFlags if needed (with test performed in ItemAdd) ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) - return false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) + return false; + item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); if (hovered) g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput; - // NB: we are only allowed to access 'edit_state' if we are the active widget. - ImGuiInputTextState* state = NULL; - if (g.InputTextState.ID == id) - state = &g.InputTextState; + // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget. + ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); - const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); - const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window && g.FocusRequestCurrCounterAll == window->DC.FocusCounterAll); - const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code; + const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)); const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; - const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard)); const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); - bool clear_active_id = false; - bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline); + bool select_all = false; - const bool init_make_active = (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || user_nav_input_start); + float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX; + + const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); + const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav || input_requested_by_tabbing); const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); - if (init_state && g.ActiveId != id) + if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs) { // Access state even if we don't own it yet. state = &g.InputTextState; @@ -3488,17 +4076,21 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget + // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differenciate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate? + bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); + if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (state->TextAIsValid && strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0))) + recycle_state = false; + // Start edition const char* buf_end = NULL; + state->ID = id; state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. state->TextA.resize(0); state->TextAIsValid = false; // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then) state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. - // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget - // FIXME: For non-readonly widgets we might be able to require that TextAIsValid && TextA == buf ? (untested) and discard undo stack if user buffer has changed. - const bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id); if (recycle_state) { // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position @@ -3507,16 +4099,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else { - state->ID = id; state->ScrollX = 0.0f; stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline); - if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code) + } + + if (!is_multiline) + { + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) + select_all = true; + if (input_requested_by_nav && (!recycle_state || !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState))) + select_all = true; + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)) select_all = true; } - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode) - state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; - if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))) - select_all = true; + + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite) + state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) } if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active) @@ -3527,16 +4125,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ FocusWindow(window); // Declare our inputs - IM_ASSERT(ImGuiNavInput_COUNT < 32); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Home) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_End); + SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Escape); + SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel); + SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); + SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); if (is_multiline) - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageUp) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageDown); // FIXME-NAV: Page up/down actually not supported yet by widget, but claim them ahead. - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Tab); + { + SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); + SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); + } + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. + { + SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab); + } } // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function) @@ -3549,9 +4153,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection const bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active); - bool render_selection = state && state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); + bool render_selection = state && (state->HasSelection() || select_all) && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); bool value_changed = false; - bool enter_pressed = false; + bool validated = false; // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :( @@ -3576,7 +4180,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont; password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize; password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale; - password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset; password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent; password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent; password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; @@ -3592,10 +4195,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA; + state->Edited = false; state->BufCapacityA = buf_size; - state->UserFlags = flags; - state->UserCallback = callback; - state->UserCallbackData = callback_user_data; + state->Flags = flags; // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. @@ -3604,25 +4206,57 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Edit in progress const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX; - const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f)); + const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f)); const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) + if (select_all) { state->SelectAll(); state->SelectedAllMouseLock = true; } - else if (hovered && is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + else if (hovered && io.MouseClickedCount[0] >= 2 && !io.KeyShift) { - // Double-click select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes) - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + const int multiclick_count = (io.MouseClickedCount[0] - 2); + if ((multiclick_count % 2) == 0) + { + // Double-click: Select word + // We always use the "Mac" word advance for double-click select vs CTRL+Right which use the platform dependent variant: + // FIXME: There are likely many ways to improve this behavior, but there's no "right" behavior (depends on use-case, software, OS) + const bool is_bol = (state->Stb.cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor - 1) == '\n'; + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb) || !is_bol) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); + //state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb)) + ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(&state->Stb); + state->Stb.cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb.cursor); + state->Stb.select_end = state->Stb.cursor; + ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, &state->Stb); + } + else + { + // Triple-click: Select line + const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor) == '\n'; + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + if (!is_eol && is_multiline) + { + ImSwap(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end; + } + state->CursorFollow = false; + } + state->CursorAnimReset(); } else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock) { if (hovered) { - stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + if (io.KeyShift) + stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + else + stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); state->CursorAnimReset(); } } @@ -3635,29 +4269,28 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false; - // It is ill-defined whether the back-end needs to send a \t character when pressing the TAB keys. - // Win32 and GLFW naturally do it but not SDL. + // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336) + // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes) const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) - if (!io.InputQueueCharacters.contains('\t')) - { - unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) + { + unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) { - if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !user_nav_input_start) + if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav) for (int n = 0; n < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; n++) { // Insert character if they pass filtering unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; - if (c == '\t' && io.KeyShift) + if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above. continue; - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } @@ -3671,54 +4304,72 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); + + const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1); + state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; + const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - const bool is_shortcut_key = (is_osx ? (io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl) : (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper)) && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyShift; // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl - const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && io.KeySuper && io.KeyShift && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; + const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiModFlags_Super | ImGuiModFlags_Shift)); const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End - const bool is_ctrl_key_only = io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper; - const bool is_shift_key_only = io.KeyShift && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper; - - const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_readonly; - const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable); - const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; - - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) + const bool is_ctrl_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl); + const bool is_shift_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Shift); + const bool is_shortcut_key = g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Super) : (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl); + + const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_readonly; + const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Z)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable); + const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Z))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_select_all = is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A); + + // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful. + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true); + const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false)); + const bool is_cancel = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, false) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, false)); + + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | k_mask); scroll_y -= row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) { if (!state->HasSelection()) { if (is_wordmove_key_down) - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); } state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter)) + else if (is_enter_pressed || is_gamepad_validate) { + // Determine if we turn Enter into a \n character bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0; - if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) + if (!is_multiline || is_gamepad_validate || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) { - enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; + validated = true; + if (io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive && !is_multiline) + state->SelectAll(); // No need to scroll + else + clear_active_id = true; } else if (!is_readonly) { unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + else if (is_cancel) { clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true; } @@ -3727,7 +4378,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); state->ClearSelection(); } - else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A)) + else if (is_select_all) { state->SelectAll(); state->CursorFollow = true; @@ -3759,7 +4410,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { // Filter pasted buffer const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); - ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) { @@ -3767,7 +4418,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); if (c == 0) break; - if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) continue; clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; } @@ -3786,62 +4437,79 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Process callbacks and apply result back to user's buffer. + const char* apply_new_text = NULL; + int apply_new_text_length = 0; if (g.ActiveId == id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); - const char* apply_new_text = NULL; - int apply_new_text_length = 0; if (cancel_edit) { // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. if (!is_readonly && strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) { + // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1; + ImVector w_text; + if (apply_new_text_length > 0) + { + w_text.resize(ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length) + 1); + ImTextStrFromUtf8(w_text.Data, w_text.Size, apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length); + } + stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, w_text.Data, (apply_new_text_length > 0) ? (w_text.Size - 1) : 0); } } + // Apply ASCII value + if (!is_readonly) + { + state->TextAIsValid = true; + state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); + ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); + } + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. - // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. Also this allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage. - bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); + // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. + // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). + const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) { // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect. // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks. - if (!is_readonly) - { - state->TextAIsValid = true; - state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); - ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); - } // User callback - if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) + if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) { IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; - ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) && state->Edited) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit; + } else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways) + { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways; + } if (event_flag) { @@ -3851,8 +4519,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ callback_data.Flags = flags; callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + char* callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; callback_data.EventKey = event_key; - callback_data.Buf = state->TextA.Data; + callback_data.Buf = callback_buf; callback_data.BufTextLen = state->CurLenA; callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA; callback_data.BufDirty = false; @@ -3867,17 +4536,21 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ callback(&callback_data); // Read back what user may have modified - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == state->TextA.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields + callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; // Pointer may have been invalidated by a resize callback + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == callback_buf); // Invalid to modify those fields IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); - if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } - if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start) { state->Stb.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } - if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end) { state->Stb.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } - if (callback_data.BufDirty) + const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty; + if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } + if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb.cursor : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } + if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } + if (buf_dirty) { + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! + InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ? if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) - state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); + state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); // Worse case scenario resize state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() state->CursorAnimReset(); @@ -3893,35 +4566,37 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } } - // Copy result to user buffer - if (apply_new_text) - { - IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); - if (backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length && is_resizable) - { - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; - callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; - callback_data.Flags = flags; - callback_data.Buf = buf; - callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length; - callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1); - callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; - callback(&callback_data); - buf = callback_data.Buf; - buf_size = callback_data.BufSize; - apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); - IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); - } + // Clear temporary user storage + state->Flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_None; + } - // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. - ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); - value_changed = true; + // Copy result to user buffer. This can currently only happen when (g.ActiveId == id) + if (apply_new_text != NULL) + { + // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size + // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used + // without any storage on user's side. + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); + if (is_resizable) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.Buf = buf; + callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length; + callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1); + callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + callback(&callback_data); + buf = callback_data.Buf; + buf_size = callback_data.BufSize; + apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); } + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length); - // Clear temporary user storage - state->UserFlags = 0; - state->UserCallback = NULL; - state->UserCallbackData = NULL; + // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. + ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); + value_changed = true; } // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) @@ -4026,10 +4701,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll)) { const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f; + const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x; if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX) state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); - else if (cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x >= state->ScrollX) - state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x + scroll_increment_x); + else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX) + state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); } else { @@ -4039,11 +4715,13 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Vertical scroll if (is_multiline) { - float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y; + // Test if cursor is vertically visible if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y) scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize); - else if (cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y >= scroll_y) - scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y; + else if (cursor_offset.y - (inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) >= scroll_y) + scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + const float scroll_max_y = ImMax((text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) - inner_size.y, 0.0f); + scroll_y = ImClamp(scroll_y, 0.0f, scroll_max_y); draw_pos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // Manipulate cursor pos immediately avoid a frame of lag draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y; } @@ -4078,7 +4756,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines - ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); + ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color); @@ -4100,14 +4778,18 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; - ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll; + ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImFloor(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll); ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f); if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.) if (!is_readonly) - g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); + { + g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = true; + g.PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); + g.PlatformImeData.InputLineHeight = g.FontSize; + } } } else @@ -4127,19 +4809,36 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } } + if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) + PopFont(); + if (is_multiline) { - Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line - EndChildFrame(); + // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (ref issue #4761)... + Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y)); + ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop; + EndChild(); + item_data_backup.StatusFlags |= (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow); + g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + + // ...and then we need to undo the group overriding last item data, which gets a bit messy as EndGroup() tries to forward scrollbar being active... + // FIXME: This quite messy/tricky, should attempt to get rid of the child window. EndGroup(); + if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0) + { + g.LastItemData.ID = id; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = item_data_backup.InFlags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_data_backup.StatusFlags; + } } - if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) - PopFont(); - // Log as text - if (g.LogEnabled && !(is_password && !is_displaying_hint)) + if (g.LogEnabled && (!is_password || is_displaying_hint)) + { + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); LogRenderedText(&draw_pos, buf_display, buf_display_end); + } if (label_size.x > 0) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); @@ -4147,13 +4846,47 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited)) MarkItemEdited(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) - return enter_pressed; + return validated; else return value_changed; } +void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb; + ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate; + Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId); + Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, state->CurLenW, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); + Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point); + if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state + { + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + for (int n = 0; n < STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) + { + ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n]; + const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' '; + if (undo_rec_type == ' ') + BeginDisabled(); + char buf[64] = ""; + if (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1) + ImTextStrToUtf8(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage, undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage + undo_rec->insert_length); + Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%s\"", + undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf); + if (undo_rec_type == ' ') + EndDisabled(); + } + PopStyleVar(); + } + EndChild(); +#else + IM_UNUSED(state); +#endif +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -4174,9 +4907,33 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); } +// ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation. +// Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting. +static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V) +{ + // This check is optional. Suppose we have two color widgets side by side, both widgets display different colors, but both colors have hue and/or saturation undefined. + // With color check: hue/saturation is preserved in one widget. Editing color in one widget would reset hue/saturation in another one. + // Without color check: common hue/saturation would be displayed in all widgets that have hue/saturation undefined. + // g.ColorEditLastColor is stored as ImU32 RGB value: this essentially gives us color equality check with reduced precision. + // Tiny external color changes would not be detected and this check would still pass. This is OK, since we only restore hue/saturation _only_ if they are undefined, + // therefore this change flipping hue/saturation from undefined to a very tiny value would still be represented in color picker. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ColorEditLastColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + return; + + // When S == 0, H is undefined. + // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0. + if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditLastHue == 1)) + *H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + + // When V == 0, S is undefined. + if (*V == 0.0f) + *S = g.ColorEditLastSat; +} + // Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). // See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -// With typical options: Left-click on colored square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. +// With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -4198,24 +4955,24 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) - flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; + flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied) if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags); // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask); - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_); + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; @@ -4229,8 +4986,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag { // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - if (f[1] == 0 && memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) - f[0] = g.ColorEditLastHue; + ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]); } int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) }; @@ -4244,8 +5000,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); + const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); + const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; @@ -4269,19 +5025,18 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); SetNextItemWidth((n + 1 < components) ? w_item_one : w_item_last); - // Disable Hue edit when Saturation is zero - const bool disable_hue_edit = (n == 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && i[1] == 0); + // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0. if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) { - value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, disable_hue_edit ? +FLT_MAX : 0.0f, disable_hue_edit ? -FLT_MAX : hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]); + value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f / 255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]); value_changed_as_float |= value_changed; } else { - value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, disable_hue_edit ? INT_MAX : 0, disable_hue_edit ? INT_MIN : hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); + value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); } } else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) @@ -4289,9 +5044,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // RGB Hexadecimal Input char buf[64]; if (alpha) - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255), ImClamp(i[3],0,255)); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[3], 0, 255)); else - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255)); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255)); SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs); if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) { @@ -4299,14 +5054,17 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag char* p = buf; while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p)) p++; - i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0; + i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = 0; + i[3] = 0xFF; // alpha default to 255 is not parsed by scanf (e.g. inputting #FFFFFF omitting alpha) + int r; if (alpha) - sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned) + r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned) else - sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); + r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); + IM_UNUSED(r); // Fixes C6031: Return value ignored: 'sscanf'. } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); } ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL; @@ -4323,11 +5081,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // Store current color and open a picker g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4; OpenPopup("picker"); - SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1,style.ItemSpacing.y)); + SetNextWindowPos(g.LastItemData.Rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(0.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); } } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); if (BeginPopup("picker")) { @@ -4337,8 +5095,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag TextEx(label, label_display_end); Spacing(); } - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); EndPopup(); @@ -4347,7 +5105,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) { - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, pos.y + style.FramePadding.y); + SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); TextEx(label, label_display_end); } @@ -4360,8 +5118,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)) { g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0]; + g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1]; ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, f, sizeof(float) * 3); + g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0)); } if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); @@ -4378,12 +5137,12 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // Drag and Drop Target // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. - if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) { bool accepted_drag_drop = false; if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) { - memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 //-V1086 value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true; } if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) @@ -4400,10 +5159,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4(). if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId; if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -4417,52 +5176,6 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl return true; } -static inline ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColor(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b) -{ - float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f; - int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF); -} - -// Helper for ColorPicker4() -// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that. -// I spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding alltogether. -void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF) - { - ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(204,204,204,255), col)); - ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), col)); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); - - int yi = 0; - for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++) - { - float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y); - if (y2 <= y1) - continue; - for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f) - { - float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x); - if (x2 <= x1) - continue; - int rounding_corners_flags_cell = 0; - if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; } - if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; } - rounding_corners_flags_cell &= rounding_corners_flags; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1,y1), ImVec2(x2,y2), col_bg2, rounding_corners_flags_cell ? rounding : 0.0f, rounding_corners_flags_cell); - } - } - } - else - { - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); - } -} - // Helper for ColorPicker4() static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w, float alpha) { @@ -4502,12 +5215,12 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags); // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) - flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); @@ -4528,7 +5241,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f; float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f; float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness; - ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size*0.5f); + ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size * 0.5f); // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic. float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f); @@ -4542,8 +5255,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); - if (S == 0 && memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) - H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -4562,10 +5274,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off); - if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner-1)*(wheel_r_inner-1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer+1)*(wheel_r_outer+1)) + if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner - 1) * (wheel_r_inner - 1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer + 1) * (wheel_r_outer + 1)) { // Interactive with Hue wheel - H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI*0.5f; + H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI * 0.5f; if (H < 0.0f) H += 1.0f; value_changed = value_changed_h = true; @@ -4586,7 +5298,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl } } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) { @@ -4594,19 +5306,23 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); if (IsItemActive()) { - S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); + V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); + + // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square. + if (g.ColorEditLastColor == ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + H = g.ColorEditLastHue; value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); // Hue bar logic SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); if (IsItemActive()) { - H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); value_changed = value_changed_h = true; } } @@ -4618,7 +5334,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); if (IsItemActive()) { - col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); value_changed = true; } } @@ -4648,7 +5364,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) Text("Current"); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)); if (ref_col != NULL) { @@ -4669,9 +5385,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) { - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10*1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); g.ColorEditLastHue = H; - memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3); + g.ColorEditLastSat = S; + g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -4686,19 +5403,19 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) { - // FIXME: Hackily differenciating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget. + // FIXME: Hackily differentiating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget. // For the later we don't want to run the hue-wrap canceling code. If you are well versed in HSV picker please provide your input! (See #2050) value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap); value_changed = true; } - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex); PopItemWidth(); } @@ -4725,8 +5442,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl G = col[1]; B = col[2]; ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); - if (S == 0 && memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately. - H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V); // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately. } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -4760,23 +5476,23 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps; const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc); - draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, false, wheel_thickness); + draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, 0, wheel_thickness); const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; // Paint colors over existing vertices ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner); ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner); - ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n+1]); + ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n + 1]); } // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f); + ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f); float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); - draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad+1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments); draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments); // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue) @@ -4814,7 +5530,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad+1, col_midgrey, 12); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, 12); draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, 12); // Render alpha bar @@ -4822,7 +5538,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]); ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size); - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0, bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(draw_list, bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0, bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK); float bar1_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size); RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f); @@ -4834,18 +5550,18 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0) value_changed = false; if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); PopID(); return value_changed; } -// A little colored square. Return true when clicked. +// A little color square. Return true when clicked. // FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. // 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. // Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set. -bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size) +bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -4853,11 +5569,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id); - float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); - if (size.x == 0.0f) - size.x = default_size; - if (size.y == 0.0f) - size.y = default_size; + const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 size(size_arg.x == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.x, size_arg.y == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.y); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) @@ -4877,28 +5590,35 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f; float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f); ImRect bb_inner = bb; - float off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts. - bb_inner.Expand(off); + float off = 0.0f; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0) + { + off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts. + bb_inner.Expand(off); + } if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col_rgb.w < 1.0f) { float mid_x = IM_ROUND((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f); - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight| ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft); } else { // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col_rgb : col_rgb_without_alpha; if (col_source.w < 1.0f) - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding); else - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding); } RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); - if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) - RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding); - else - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0) + { + if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) + RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding); + else + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border + } // Drag and Drop Source // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropSource() does the same test. @@ -4916,7 +5636,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl // Tooltip if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) - ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); + ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); return pressed; } @@ -4925,18 +5645,18 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected g.ColorEditOptions = flags; } @@ -4945,7 +5665,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - BeginTooltipEx(0, true); + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; if (text_end > text) { @@ -4956,9 +5676,9 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); - ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); + ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); SameLine(); - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)) { if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]); @@ -4977,28 +5697,28 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { - bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); - bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); + bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_); + bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_); if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; if (allow_opt_inputs) { - if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; - if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; - if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; + if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; + if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; + if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; } if (allow_opt_datatype) { if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator(); - if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; - if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; + if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; + if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; } if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype) Separator(); - if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1,0))) + if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1, 0))) OpenPopup("Copy"); if (BeginPopup("Copy")) { @@ -5010,12 +5730,15 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca); if (Selectable(buf)) SetClipboardText(buf); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb); - else - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb); if (Selectable(buf)) SetClipboardText(buf); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + } EndPopup(); } @@ -5025,7 +5748,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { - bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_); bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; @@ -5039,16 +5762,16 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection) if (picker_type > 0) Separator(); PushID(picker_type); - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview|(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; ImVec2 backup_pos = GetCursorScreenPos(); if (Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup - g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_); SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos); - ImVec4 dummy_ref_col; - memcpy(&dummy_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4)); - ColorPicker4("##dummypicker", &dummy_ref_col.x, picker_flags); + ImVec4 previewing_ref_col; + memcpy(&previewing_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4)); + ColorPicker4("##previewing_picker", &previewing_ref_col.x, picker_flags); PopID(); } PopItemWidth(); @@ -5056,7 +5779,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (allow_opt_alpha_bar) { if (allow_opt_picker) Separator(); - CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", (unsigned int*)&g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); } EndPopup(); } @@ -5145,9 +5868,9 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); + const char* label, *label_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -5156,12 +5879,19 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; + const char* label, *label_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end); +} + +void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open) +{ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); + ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; + storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0); } -bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) return true; @@ -5177,7 +5907,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); } else { @@ -5186,7 +5916,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (stored_value == -1) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); } else { @@ -5223,7 +5953,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. - const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2); + const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2); ImRect frame_bb; frame_bb.Min.x = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; @@ -5237,9 +5967,9 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l frame_bb.Max.x += IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); } - const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing + const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it - const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser + const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x * 2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y); ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y); @@ -5252,70 +5982,83 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; - bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags); + bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - window->DC.TreeMayJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; - window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = frame_bb; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; + g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb; if (!item_add) { if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } - // Flags that affects opening behavior: - // - 0 (default) .................... single-click anywhere to open - // - OpenOnDoubleClick .............. double-click anywhere to open - // - OpenOnArrow .................... single-click on arrow to open - // - OpenOnDoubleClick|OpenOnArrow .. single-click on arrow or double-click anywhere to open - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : 0); if (!is_leaf) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; - // We allow clicking on the arrow section with keyboard modifiers held, in order to easily + // We allow clicking on the arrow section with keyboard modifiers held, in order to easily // allow browsing a tree while preserving selection with code implementing multi-selection patterns. // When clicking on the rest of the tree node we always disallow keyboard modifiers. - const float hit_padding_x = style.TouchExtraPadding.x; - const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - hit_padding_x; - const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + hit_padding_x; - if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !(g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2)) + const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - style.TouchExtraPadding.x; + const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + style.TouchExtraPadding.x; + const bool is_mouse_x_over_arrow = (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2); + if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers; - + + // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags. + // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support. + // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default, when _OpenOnArrow=0) + // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=0) + // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=1) + // - Double-click on label = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1) + // - Double-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1 and _OpenOnArrow=0) + // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up. + // We set ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease on OpenOnDoubleClick because we want the item to be active on the initial MouseDown in order for drag and drop to work. + if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; + else if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; + else + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0; const bool was_selected = selected; bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + bool toggled = false; if (!is_leaf) { - bool toggled = false; - if (pressed) + if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id) { if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id)) toggled = true; if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) - toggled |= (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2) && (!g.NavDisableMouseHover); // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job - if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) + toggled = true; + } + else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id) + { + IM_ASSERT(button_flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold); + if (!is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. toggled = true; - if (g.DragDropActive && is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. - toggled = false; } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) { toggled = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? { toggled = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); @@ -5325,7 +6068,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l { is_open = !is_open; window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; } } if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) @@ -5333,7 +6076,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); @@ -5352,19 +6095,10 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l text_pos.x -= text_offset_x; if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; + if (g.LogEnabled) - { - // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here. - const char log_prefix[] = "\n##"; - const char log_suffix[] = "##"; - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3); - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix, log_suffix+2); - } - else - { - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - } + LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); } else { @@ -5373,20 +6107,20 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l { const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); } + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); else if (!is_leaf) RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, ">"); + LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); } if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } @@ -5395,7 +6129,7 @@ void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); Indent(); window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush"); + PushID(str_id); } void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) @@ -5403,15 +6137,16 @@ void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); Indent(); window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush"); + PushID(ptr_id); } void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; Indent(); window->DC.TreeDepth++; - window->IDStack.push_back(id); + PushOverrideID(id); } void ImGui::TreePop() @@ -5425,12 +6160,12 @@ void ImGui::TreePop() // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) - if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeMayJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) + if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) { - SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer); + SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); NavMoveRequestCancel(); } - window->DC.TreeMayJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. PopID(); @@ -5465,31 +6200,38 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); } -bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +// p_visible == NULL : regular collapsing header +// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == true : show a small close button on the corner of the header, clicking the button will set *p_visible = false +// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == false : do not show the header at all +// Do not mistake this with the Open state of the header itself, which you can adjust with SetNextItemOpen() or ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen. +bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - if (p_open && !*p_open) + if (p_visible && !*p_visible) return false; ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | (p_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton : 0); + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader; + if (p_visible) + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label); - if (p_open) + if (p_visible != NULL) { // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc. // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup; + ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; float button_size = g.FontSize; - float button_x = ImMax(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); - float button_y = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y; - if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)), ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) - *p_open = false; - last_item_backup.Restore(); + float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); + float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y; + ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id); + if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) + *p_visible = false; + g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; } return is_open; @@ -5501,8 +6243,10 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags // - Selectable() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. +// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##hello") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. // But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id. +// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap are also frequently used flags. +// FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported. bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -5512,78 +6256,102 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped. - PushColumnsBackground(); - + // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle. ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y); ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; - ImRect bb_inner(pos, pos + size); ItemSize(size, 0.0f); - // Fill horizontal space. - ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding; - float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : GetContentRegionMax().x; - float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - pos.x); - ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y); - ImRect bb(pos, pos + size_draw); - if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) - bb.Max.x += window_padding.x; - - // Selectables are tightly packed together so we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable. - const float spacing_x = style.ItemSpacing.x; - const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; - const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); - const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); - bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; - bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; - bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); - bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U); - - bool item_add; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) - { - ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; - window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; - item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); - window->DC.ItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + // Fill horizontal space + // We don't support (size < 0.0f) in Selectable() because the ItemSpacing extension would make explicitly right-aligned sizes not visibly match other widgets. + const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0; + const float min_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : pos.x; + const float max_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x; + if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth)) + size.x = ImMax(label_size.x, max_x - min_x); + + // Text stays at the submission position, but bounding box may be extended on both sides + const ImVec2 text_min = pos; + const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); + + // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable. + ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0) + { + const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; + const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); + const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); + bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; + bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; + bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); + bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U); } - else + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } + + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackground for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + if (span_all_columns) { - item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); + window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; } - if (!item_add) + + const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; + const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None); + if (span_all_columns) { - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - PopColumnsBackground(); - return false; + window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; } + if (!item_add) + return false; + + const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization + BeginDisabled(); + + // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only, + // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected. + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; - - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) - selected = false; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; } const bool was_selected = selected; bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + // Auto-select when moved into + // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch + // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control + // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons + // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) + // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items + // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent) + if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) + selected = pressed = true; + // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover))) { if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) { + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent, WindowRectAbsToRel(window, bb)); // (bb == NavRect) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); } } if (pressed) @@ -5594,7 +6362,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render if (held && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld)) @@ -5603,25 +6371,25 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl { const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); } + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - { + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) PopColumnsBackground(); - bb.Max.x -= (GetContentRegionMax().x - max_x); - } + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderTextClipped(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor(); + RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); // Automatically close popups - if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) CloseCurrentPopup(); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); - return pressed; + if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) + EndDisabled(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; //-V1020 } bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) @@ -5637,18 +6405,14 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginListBox() +// - EndListBox() // - ListBox() -// - ListBoxHeader() -// - ListBoxFooter() -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME: This is an old API. We should redesign some of it, rename ListBoxHeader->BeginListBox, ListBoxFooter->EndListBox -// and promote using them over existing ListBox() functions, similarly to change with combo boxes. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME: In principle this function should be called BeginListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. -// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right. -// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) +// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" +// Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height). +bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -5659,12 +6423,12 @@ bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) const ImGuiID id = GetID(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y); + // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. + // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. + ImVec2 size = ImFloor(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; // Forward storage for ListBoxFooter.. dodgy. g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max)) @@ -5674,48 +6438,42 @@ bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) return false; } + // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. BeginGroup(); - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + { + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + RenderText(label_pos, label); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size); + } BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); return true; } -// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) { - // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. - // We add +25% worth of item height to allow the user to see at a glance if there are more items up/down, without looking at the scrollbar. - // We don't add this extra bit if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size. - // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution. - if (height_in_items < 0) - height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); - float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < items_count) ? (height_in_items + 0.25f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f); - - // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild(). + // If height_in_items == -1, default height is maximum 7. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f; ImVec2 size; size.x = 0.0f; - size.y = ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); - return ListBoxHeader(label, size); + size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + return BeginListBox(label, size); } +#endif -// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. -void ImGui::ListBoxFooter() +void ImGui::EndListBox() { - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow()->ParentWindow; - const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect; - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?"); + IM_UNUSED(window); EndChildFrame(); - - // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect) - // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data - SameLine(); - parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - EndGroup(); + EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label } bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items) @@ -5724,24 +6482,35 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const item return value_changed; } +// This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox(). +// Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently. bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) { - if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items)) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Calculate size from "height_in_items" + if (height_in_items < 0) + height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); + float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f; + ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + + if (!BeginListBox(label, size)) return false; - // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different height, + // you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. bool value_changed = false; - ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. while (clipper.Step()) for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) { - const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); const char* item_text; if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) item_text = "*Unknown item*"; PushID(i); + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) { *current_item = i; @@ -5751,9 +6520,10 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v SetItemDefaultFocus(); PopID(); } - ListBoxFooter(); + EndListBox(); + if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -5765,14 +6535,19 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v // - PlotLines() // - PlotHistogram() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. +// Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see: +// - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot +// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size) +int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) - return; + return -1; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); @@ -5787,7 +6562,7 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb)) - return; + return -1; const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); // Determine scale from values if not specified @@ -5812,13 +6587,13 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); const int values_count_min = (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? 2 : 1; + int idx_hovered = -1; if (values_count >= values_count_min) { int res_w = ImMin((int)frame_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); // Tooltip on hover - int v_hovered = -1; if (hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) { const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f); @@ -5828,10 +6603,10 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count); const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count); if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) - SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1); + SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx + 1, v1); else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0); - v_hovered = v_idx; + idx_hovered = v_idx; } const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w; @@ -5840,7 +6615,7 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count); float t0 = 0.0f; ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle - float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (-scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands + float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (1 + scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram); const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered); @@ -5858,13 +6633,13 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t)); if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) { - window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); + window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); } else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) { if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f) pos1.x -= 1.0f; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); } t0 = t1; @@ -5874,10 +6649,14 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge // Text overlay if (overlay_text) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); + + // Return hovered index or -1 if none are hovered. + // This is currently not exposed in the public API because we need a larger redesign of the whole thing, but in the short-term we are making it available in PlotEx(). + return idx_hovered; } struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData @@ -5963,49 +6742,51 @@ void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format) // - EndMainMenuBar() // - BeginMenu() // - EndMenu() +// - MenuItemEx() [Internal] // - MenuItem() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helpers for internal use -ImGuiMenuColumns::ImGuiMenuColumns() +void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing) { - Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos)); - memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); + if (window_reappearing) + memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths)); + Spacing = (ImU16)spacing; + CalcNextTotalWidth(true); + memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths)); + TotalWidth = NextTotalWidth; + NextTotalWidth = 0; } -void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear) +void ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets) { - IM_ASSERT(count == IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos)); - IM_UNUSED(count); - Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - Spacing = spacing; - if (clear) - memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) + ImU16 offset = 0; + bool want_spacing = false; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Widths); i++) { - if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) - Width += Spacing; - Pos[i] = IM_FLOOR(Width); - Width += NextWidths[i]; - NextWidths[i] = 0.0f; + ImU16 width = Widths[i]; + if (want_spacing && width > 0) + offset += Spacing; + want_spacing |= (width > 0); + if (update_offsets) + { + if (i == 1) { OffsetLabel = offset; } + if (i == 2) { OffsetShortcut = offset; } + if (i == 3) { OffsetMark = offset; } + } + offset += width; } + NextTotalWidth = offset; } -float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double -{ - NextWidth = 0.0f; - NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0); - NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1); - NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) - NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f); - return ImMax(Width, NextWidth); -} - -float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const +float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark) { - return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width); + Widths[0] = ImMax(Widths[0], (ImU16)w_icon); + Widths[1] = ImMax(Widths[1], (ImU16)w_label); + Widths[2] = ImMax(Widths[2], (ImU16)w_shortcut); + Widths[3] = ImMax(Widths[3], (ImU16)w_mark); + CalcNextTotalWidth(false); + return (float)ImMax(TotalWidth, NextTotalWidth); } // FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere.. @@ -6027,14 +6808,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect. // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy. ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); - ImRect clip_rect(IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.x), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowRounding)), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Max.y)); + ImRect clip_rect(IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - ImMax(window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize))), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Max.y)); clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped); PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false); - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); + // We overwrite CursorMaxPos because BeginGroup sets it to CursorPos (essentially the .EmitItem hack in EndMenuBar() would need something analogous here, maybe a BeginGroupEx() with flags). + window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; AlignTextToFramePadding(); return true; @@ -6050,56 +6832,95 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings. if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) { + // Try to find out if the request is for one of our child menu ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow; while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow; - if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) + if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) { // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame. - // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth the hassle/cost) + // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth bothering) const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check FocusWindow(window); - SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, window->NavRectRel[layer]); - g.NavLayer = layer; + SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection. - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; - NavMoveRequestCancel(); + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); // Repeat } } + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending); PopClipRect(); PopID(); - window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. - window->DC.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. + g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; } -// For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set. -bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar() +// Important: calling order matters! +// FIXME: Somehow overlapping with docking tech. +// FIXME: The "rect-cut" aspect of this could be formalized into a lower-level helper (rect-cut: https://halt.software/dead-simple-layouts) +bool ImGui::BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport_p, ImGuiDir dir, float axis_size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f)); - SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y + g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y)); + IM_ASSERT(dir != ImGuiDir_None); + + ImGuiWindow* bar_window = FindWindowByName(name); + if (bar_window == NULL || bar_window->BeginCount == 0) + { + // Calculate and set window size/position + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)(viewport_p ? viewport_p : GetMainViewport()); + ImRect avail_rect = viewport->GetBuildWorkRect(); + ImGuiAxis axis = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; + ImVec2 pos = avail_rect.Min; + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right || dir == ImGuiDir_Down) + pos[axis] = avail_rect.Max[axis] - axis_size; + ImVec2 size = avail_rect.GetSize(); + size[axis] = axis_size; + SetNextWindowPos(pos); + SetNextWindowSize(size); + + // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Left) + viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin[axis] += axis_size; + else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down || dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax[axis] -= axis_size; + } + + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; - bool is_open = Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, window_flags) && BeginMenuBar(); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Lift normal size constraint + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); PopStyleVar(2); + + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); + + // For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set. + // FIXME: This could be generalized as an opt-in way to clamp window->DC.CursorStartPos to avoid SafeArea? + // FIXME: Consider removing support for safe area down the line... it's messy. Nowadays consoles have support for TV calibration in OS settings. + g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f)); + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + float height = GetFrameHeight(); + bool is_open = BeginViewportSideBar("##MainMenuBar", viewport, ImGuiDir_Up, height, window_flags); g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (!is_open) - { + + if (is_open) + BeginMenuBar(); + else End(); - return false; - } - return true; //-V1020 + return is_open; } void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() @@ -6109,13 +6930,35 @@ void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == 0 && !g.NavAnyRequest) + if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest) FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL); End(); } -bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) +static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if ((g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + return false; + + // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others + // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID. + // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PuhsID() user code submitting menus. + // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag, + // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. + // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup + // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu. + // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer. + // This fixes the most common case of menu opening on hover when moving between window content and menu bar. Multiple different menu sets in same nav layer would still + // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart + // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into. + const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; + return (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == upper_popup->ParentNavLayer && upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -6124,20 +6967,47 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + + // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) + // The first menu in a hierarchy isn't so hovering doesn't get across (otherwise e.g. resizing borders with ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren would react), but top-most BeginMenu() will bypass that limitation. + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + + // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin(). + // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame. + // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. ImGuiStorage mapping key to last frame used. + if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id)) + { + if (menu_is_open) + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + else + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return menu_is_open; + } + + // Tag menu as used. Next time BeginMenu() with same ID is called it will append to existing menu + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.push_back(id); ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - bool pressed; - bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id); - bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()); + // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent without always being a Child window) + const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet(); ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = window; // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent) + g.NavWindow = window; // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu, - // However the final position is going to be different! It is choosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup(). + // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup(). // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering. ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + PushID(label); + if (!enabled) + BeginDisabled(); + const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns; + bool pressed; + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar @@ -6147,22 +7017,33 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); float w = label_size.x; - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + RenderText(text_pos, label); PopStyleVar(); window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { - // Menu inside a menu + // Menu inside a regular/vertical menu + // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. + // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); - float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame - float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w); - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled); - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), text_col, ImGuiDir_Right); - } - - const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id); + float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame + float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + RenderText(text_pos, label); + if (icon_w > 0.0f) + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ImGuiDir_Right); + } + if (!enabled) + EndDisabled(); + + const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; if (menuset_is_open) g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; @@ -6172,37 +7053,39 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) { // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. - bool moving_toward_other_child_menu = false; - - ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].SourceWindow == window) ? g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window : NULL; - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + bool moving_toward_child_menu = false; + ImGuiPopupData* child_popup = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) ? &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size] : NULL; // Popup candidate (testing below) + ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (child_popup && child_popup->Window && child_popup->Window->ParentWindow == window) ? child_popup->Window : NULL; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL) { - // FIXME-DPI: Values should be derived from a master "scale" factor. + float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI + float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); - ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta; - ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); - ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); - float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack. - ta.x += (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues - tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale? - tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f); - moving_toward_other_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); - //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] + ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta); + ImVec2 tb = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); + ImVec2 tc = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); + float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // add a bit of extra slack. + ta.x += child_dir * -0.5f; + tb.x += child_dir * ref_unit; + tc.x += child_dir * ref_unit; + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus + tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); + moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] } - if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) + + // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not) + // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon. + // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.) + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover) want_close = true; - if (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed) // Click to open + // Open + if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open want_open = true; - else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) // Hover to open + else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open want_open = true; - - if (g.NavActivateId == id) - { - want_close = menu_is_open; - want_open = !menu_is_open; - } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open { want_open = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); @@ -6220,7 +7103,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) { want_open = true; } - else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open + else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open { want_open = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); @@ -6229,10 +7112,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }' want_close = true; - if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id)) + if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + PopID(); if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) { @@ -6247,34 +7131,43 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) if (menu_is_open) { - // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) - SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; - if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: this is super misleading! The value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos. + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.PopupRounding); // First level will use _PopupRounding, subsequent will use _ChildRounding menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + PopStyleVar(); + } + else + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values } return menu_is_open; } +bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) +{ + return BeginMenuEx(label, NULL, enabled); +} + void ImGui::EndMenu() { // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close ourselves (the _parent_ menu). // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs. // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction. + // FIXME: This doesn't work if the parent BeginMenu() is not on a menu. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow == window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) - { - ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) + if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow == window) + { + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } EndPopup(); } -bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) +bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -6285,44 +7178,74 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, boo ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet(); + ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + if (menuset_is_open) + g.NavWindow = window; + // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73), // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only. - ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled); bool pressed; + PushID(label); + if (!enabled) + BeginDisabled(); + + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover; + const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful - // Note that in this situation we render neither the shortcut neither the selected tick mark + // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark. float w = label_size.x; window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); - pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); PopStyleVar(); + RenderText(text_pos, label); window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { - ImVec2 shortcut_size = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame - float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w); - pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - if (shortcut_size.x > 0.0f) + // Menu item inside a vertical menu + // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. + // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. + float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame + float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); + pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label); + if (icon_w > 0.0f) + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); + if (shortcut_w > 0.0f) { - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetShortcut + stretch_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); PopStyleColor(); } if (selected) - RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize * 0.866f); + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize * 0.866f); } + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + if (!enabled) + EndDisabled(); + PopID(); + if (menuset_is_open) + g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return pressed; } +bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) +{ + return MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, selected, enabled); +} + bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled) { - if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) + if (MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) { if (p_selected) *p_selected = !*p_selected; @@ -6334,9 +7257,6 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [BETA API] API may evolve! This code has been extracted out of the Docking branch, -// and some of the construct which are not used in Master may be left here to facilitate merging. -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - BeginTabBar() // - BeginTabBarEx() [Internal] // - EndTabBar() @@ -6346,44 +7266,61 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, // - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal] // - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal] // - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal] -// - TabBarScrollClamp()v +// - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal] // - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal] // - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +struct ImGuiTabBarSection +{ + int TabCount; // Number of tabs in this section. + float Width; // Sum of width of tabs in this section (after shrinking down) + float Spacing; // Horizontal spacing at the end of the section. + + ImGuiTabBarSection() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + namespace ImGui { static void TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); static ImU32 TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); static float TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth(); static float TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling); - static void TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + static void TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections); static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); } ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar() { - ID = 0; - SelectedTabId = NextSelectedTabId = VisibleTabId = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1; - LastTabContentHeight = 0.0f; - OffsetMax = OffsetMaxIdeal = OffsetNextTab = 0.0f; - ScrollingAnim = ScrollingTarget = ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f; - Flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; - ReorderRequestTabId = 0; - ReorderRequestDir = 0; - WantLayout = VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false; LastTabItemIdx = -1; } -static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +static inline int TabItemGetSectionIdx(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + return (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1; +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerBySection(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs; + const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs; + const int a_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(a); + const int b_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(b); + if (a_section != b_section) + return a_section - b_section; + return (int)(a->IndexDuringLayout - b->IndexDuringLayout); +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs; const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs; - return (int)(a->Offset - b->Offset); + return (int)(a->BeginOrder - b->BeginOrder); } static ImGuiTabBar* GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(const ImGuiPtrOrIndex& ref) @@ -6428,17 +7365,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar)); g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar; + // Append with multiple BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar() pairs. + tab_bar->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; if (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible == g.FrameCount) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("BeginTabBarEx already called this frame\n", g.FrameCount); - IM_ASSERT(0); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); + tab_bar->BeginCount++; return true; } - // When toggling back from ordered to manually-reorderable, shuffle tabs to enforce the last visible order. - // Otherwise, the most recently inserted tabs would move at the end of visible list which can be a little too confusing or magic for the user. - if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1 && tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible != -1) - ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset); + // Ensure correct ordering when toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag, or when a new tab was added while being not reorderable + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) != (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (tab_bar->TabsAddedNew && !(flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))) + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByBeginOrder); + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = false; // Flags if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) @@ -6449,11 +7388,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab() tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible; tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight = tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight; + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = 0.0f; + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding; + tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0; + tab_bar->BeginCount = 1; - // Layout - ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y); - window->DC.CursorPos.x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x; + // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); // Draw separator const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive); @@ -6479,15 +7422,24 @@ void ImGui::EndTabBar() IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Mismatched BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar()!"); return; } + + // Fallback in case no TabItem have been submitted if (tab_bar->WantLayout) TabBarLayout(tab_bar); // Restore the last visible height if no tab is visible, this reduce vertical flicker/movement when a tabs gets removed without calling SetTabItemClosed(). const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); if (tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted || tab_bar->VisibleTabId == 0 || tab_bar_appearing) - tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, 0.0f); + { + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight; + } else - window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight; + { + window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight; + } + if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1) + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos; if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) PopID(); @@ -6503,149 +7455,200 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; tab_bar->WantLayout = false; - // Garbage collect + // Garbage collect by compacting list + // Detect if we need to sort out tab list (e.g. in rare case where a tab changed section) int tab_dst_n = 0; + bool need_sort_by_section = false; + ImGuiTabBarSection sections[3]; // Layout sections: Leading, Central, Trailing for (int tab_src_n = 0; tab_src_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_src_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; - if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible) + if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible || tab->WantClose) { - if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) - tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; + // Remove tab + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; } continue; } if (tab_dst_n != tab_src_n) tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n] = tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; + + tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n]; + tab->IndexDuringLayout = (ImS16)tab_dst_n; + + // We will need sorting if tabs have changed section (e.g. moved from one of Leading/Central/Trailing to another) + int curr_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); + if (tab_dst_n > 0) + { + ImGuiTabItem* prev_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n - 1]; + int prev_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(prev_tab); + if (curr_tab_section_n == 0 && prev_tab_section_n != 0) + need_sort_by_section = true; + if (prev_tab_section_n == 2 && curr_tab_section_n != 2) + need_sort_by_section = true; + } + + sections[curr_tab_section_n].TabCount++; tab_dst_n++; } if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size != tab_dst_n) tab_bar->Tabs.resize(tab_dst_n); + if (need_sort_by_section) + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerBySection); + + // Calculate spacing between sections + sections[0].Spacing = sections[0].TabCount > 0 && (sections[1].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount) > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f; + sections[1].Spacing = sections[1].TabCount > 0 && sections[2].TabCount > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f; + // Setup next selected tab - ImGuiID scroll_track_selected_tab_id = 0; + ImGuiID scroll_to_tab_id = 0; if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId; tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; } // Process order change request (we could probably process it when requested but it's just saner to do it in a single spot). if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId != 0) { - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId)) - { - //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools - int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir; - if (tab2_order >= 0 && tab2_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) - { - ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order]; - ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1; - *tab1 = *tab2; - *tab2 = item_tmp; - if (tab2->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab2->ID; - tab1 = tab2 = NULL; - } - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings) - MarkIniSettingsDirty(); - } + if (TabBarProcessReorder(tab_bar)) + if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId; tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0; } // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!) const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0; if (tab_list_popup_button) - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x! - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Min.x! + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; - // Compute ideal widths + // Leading/Trailing tabs will be shrink only if central one aren't visible anymore, so layout the shrink data as: leading, trailing, central + // (whereas our tabs are stored as: leading, central, trailing) + int shrink_buffer_indexes[3] = { 0, sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount, sections[0].TabCount }; g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size); - float width_total_contents = 0.0f; + + // Compute ideal tabs widths + store them into shrink buffer ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL; + int curr_section_n = -1; bool found_selected_tab_id = false; for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; IM_ASSERT(tab->LastFrameVisible >= tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible); - if (most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) + if ((most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)) most_recently_selected_tab = tab; if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) found_selected_tab_id = true; + if (scroll_to_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID) + scroll_to_tab_id = tab->ID; // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar. // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window. const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); const bool has_close_button = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true; - tab->ContentWidth = TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; + tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth >= 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; - width_total_contents += (tab_n > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f) + tab->ContentWidth; + int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); + ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; + section->Width += tab->ContentWidth + (section_n == curr_section_n ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f); + curr_section_n = section_n; // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index = tab_n; - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width = tab->ContentWidth; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6385); + ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* shrink_width_item = &g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++]; + shrink_width_item->Index = tab_n; + shrink_width_item->Width = shrink_width_item->InitialWidth = tab->ContentWidth; + tab->Width = ImMax(tab->ContentWidth, 1.0f); } - // Compute width - const float initial_offset_x = 0.0f; // g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - const float width_avail = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - initial_offset_x, 0.0f); - float width_excess = (width_avail < width_total_contents) ? (width_total_contents - width_avail) : 0.0f; - if (width_excess > 0.0f && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) - { - // If we don't have enough room, resize down the largest tabs first - ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data, g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Size, width_excess); - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index].Width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); - } + // Compute total ideal width (used for e.g. auto-resizing a window) + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal = 0.0f; + for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++) + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal += sections[section_n].Width + sections[section_n].Spacing; + + // Horizontal scrolling buttons + // (note that TabBarScrollButtons() will alter BarRect.Max.x) + if ((tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_and_select_tab = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar)) + { + scroll_to_tab_id = scroll_and_select_tab->ID; + if ((scroll_and_select_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) == 0) + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = scroll_to_tab_id; + } + + // Shrink widths if full tabs don't fit in their allocated space + float section_0_w = sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing; + float section_1_w = sections[1].Width + sections[1].Spacing; + float section_2_w = sections[2].Width + sections[2].Spacing; + bool central_section_is_visible = (section_0_w + section_2_w) < tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); + float width_excess; + if (central_section_is_visible) + width_excess = ImMax(section_1_w - (tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section_0_w - section_2_w), 0.0f); // Excess used to shrink central section else + width_excess = (section_0_w + section_2_w) - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); // Excess used to shrink leading/trailing section + + // With ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll policy, we will only shrink leading/trailing if the central section is not visible anymore + if (width_excess >= 1.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible)) { - const float tab_max_width = TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth(); - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + int shrink_data_count = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[1].TabCount : sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount); + int shrink_data_offset = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount : 0); + ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data + shrink_data_offset, shrink_data_count, width_excess); + + // Apply shrunk values into tabs and sections + for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++) { - ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - tab->Width = ImMin(tab->ContentWidth, tab_max_width); - IM_ASSERT(tab->Width > 0.0f); + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index]; + float shrinked_width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); + if (shrinked_width < 0.0f) + continue; + + shrinked_width = ImMax(1.0f, shrinked_width); + int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); + sections[section_n].Width -= (tab->Width - shrinked_width); + tab->Width = shrinked_width; } } // Layout all active tabs - float offset_x = initial_offset_x; - float offset_x_ideal = offset_x; - tab_bar->OffsetNextTab = offset_x; // This is used by non-reorderable tab bar where the submission order is always honored. - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + int section_tab_index = 0; + float tab_offset = 0.0f; + tab_bar->WidthAllTabs = 0.0f; + for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++) { - ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - tab->Offset = offset_x; - if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID) - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab->ID; - offset_x += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - offset_x_ideal += tab->ContentWidth + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - } - tab_bar->OffsetMax = ImMax(offset_x - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f); - tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal = ImMax(offset_x_ideal - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f); + ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; + if (section_n == 2) + tab_offset = ImMin(ImMax(0.0f, tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section->Width), tab_offset); - // Horizontal scrolling buttons - const bool scrolling_buttons = (tab_bar->OffsetMax > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); - if (scrolling_buttons) - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x! - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < section->TabCount; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[section_tab_index + tab_n]; + tab->Offset = tab_offset; + tab_offset += tab->Width + (tab_n < section->TabCount - 1 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f); + } + tab_bar->WidthAllTabs += ImMax(section->Width + section->Spacing, 0.0f); + tab_offset += section->Spacing; + section_tab_index += section->TabCount; + } // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one if (found_selected_tab_id == false) tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0 && most_recently_selected_tab != NULL) - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID; + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID; // Lock in visible tab tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false; // Update scrolling - if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id) - if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_track_selected_tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab_id)) - TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab); + if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0) + TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections); tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim); tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget); if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget) @@ -6661,10 +7664,18 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) { tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f; } + tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing; + tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; // Clear name buffers if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0); + + // Actual layout in host window (we don't do it in BeginTabBar() so as not to waste an extra frame) + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min; + ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->WidthAllTabs, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y); + window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal); } // Dockables uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack. @@ -6711,52 +7722,142 @@ void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) // Called on manual closure attempt void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { - if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + return; // A button appended with TabItemButton(). + + if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) { // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure - tab->LastFrameVisible = -1; - tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + tab->WantClose = true; + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) + { + tab->LastFrameVisible = -1; + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + } } - else if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) && (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + else { - // Actually select before expecting closure - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; + // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup) + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; } } static float ImGui::TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling) { - scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->OffsetMax - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()); + scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->WidthAllTabs - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()); return ImMax(scrolling, 0.0f); } -static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +// Note: we may scroll to tab that are not selected! e.g. using keyboard arrow keys +static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections) { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id); + if (tab == NULL) + return; + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar) int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab); - float tab_x1 = tab->Offset + (order > 0 ? -margin : 0.0f); - float tab_x2 = tab->Offset + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size ? margin : 1.0f); + + // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) + // FIXME: This is all confusing. + float scrollable_width = tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; + + // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler + float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f); + float tab_x2 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size - sections[2].TabCount ? margin : 1.0f); tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f; - if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth())) + if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= scrollable_width)) { + // Scroll to the left tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim - tab_x2, 0.0f); tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x1; } - else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()) + else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - scrollable_width) { - tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f); - tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); + // Scroll to the right + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - scrollable_width) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f); + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - scrollable_width; } } -void ImGui::TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir) +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset) { - IM_ASSERT(dir == -1 || dir == +1); + IM_ASSERT(offset != 0); IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = tab->ID; - tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir = (ImS8)dir; + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset; +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); + if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) == 0) + return; + + const bool is_central_section = (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0; + const float bar_offset = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - (is_central_section ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : 0); + + // Count number of contiguous tabs we are crossing over + const int dir = (bar_offset + src_tab->Offset) > mouse_pos.x ? -1 : +1; + const int src_idx = tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(src_tab); + int dst_idx = src_idx; + for (int i = src_idx; i >= 0 && i < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; i += dir) + { + // Reordered tabs must share the same section + const ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[i]; + if (dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder) + break; + if ((dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_)) + break; + dst_idx = i; + + // Include spacing after tab, so when mouse cursor is between tabs we would not continue checking further tabs that are not hovered. + const float x1 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + const float x2 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset + dst_tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(ImVec2(x1, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(x2, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + if ((dir < 0 && mouse_pos.x > x1) || (dir > 0 && mouse_pos.x < x2)) + break; + } + + if (dst_idx != src_idx) + TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, src_tab, dst_idx - src_idx); +} + +bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId); + if (tab1 == NULL || (tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)) + return false; + + //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools + int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; + if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return false; + + // Reordered tabs must share the same section + // (Note: TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos() also has a similar test but since we allow direct calls to TabBarQueueReorder() we do it here too) + ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order]; + if (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder) + return false; + if ((tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_)) + return false; + + ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1; + ImGuiTabItem* src_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 + 1 : tab2; + ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 : tab2 + 1; + const int move_count = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset : -tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; + memmove(dst_tab, src_tab, move_count * sizeof(ImGuiTabItem)); + *tab2 = item_tmp; + + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); + return true; } static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) @@ -6770,13 +7871,6 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; //window->DrawList->AddRect(ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); - const ImRect avail_bar_rect = tab_bar->BarRect; - bool want_clip_rect = !avail_bar_rect.Contains(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(scrolling_buttons_width, 0.0f))); - if (want_clip_rect) - PushClipRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max + ImVec2(g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f), true); - - ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL; - int select_dir = 0; ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text]; arrow_col.w *= 0.5f; @@ -6787,30 +7881,44 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) const float backup_repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate; g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f; g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = 0.200f; - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + float x = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); if (ArrowButtonEx("##<", ImGuiDir_Left, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) select_dir = -1; - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); if (ArrowButtonEx("##>", ImGuiDir_Right, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) select_dir = +1; PopStyleColor(2); g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = backup_repeat_rate; g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = backup_repeat_delay; - if (want_clip_rect) - PopClipRect(); - + ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_scroll_to = NULL; if (select_dir != 0) if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) { int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item); int target_order = selected_order + select_dir; - tab_to_select = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order]; // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible + + // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached + while (tab_to_scroll_to == NULL) + { + // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible + tab_to_scroll_to = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order]; + + // Cross through buttons + // (even if first/last item is a button, return it so we can update the scroll) + if (tab_to_scroll_to->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + { + target_order += select_dir; + selected_order += select_dir; + tab_to_scroll_to = (target_order < 0 || target_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? tab_to_scroll_to : NULL; + } + } } window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos; tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x -= scrolling_buttons_width + 1.0f; - return tab_to_select; + return tab_to_scroll_to; } static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) @@ -6828,7 +7936,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) arrow_col.w *= 0.5f; PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col); PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); - bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview); + bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest); PopStyleColor(2); ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL; @@ -6837,6 +7945,9 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + continue; + const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID)) tab_to_select = tab; @@ -6851,11 +7962,9 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [BETA API] API may evolve! This code has been extracted out of the Docking branch, -// and some of the construct which are not used in Master may be left here to facilitate merging. -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - BeginTabItem() // - EndTabItem() +// - TabItemButton() // - TabItemEx() [Internal] // - SetTabItemClosed() // - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal] @@ -6873,9 +7982,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags f ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; if (tab_bar == NULL) { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "BeginTabItem() Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); return false; } + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); // BeginTabItem() Can't be used with button flags, use TabItemButton() instead! + bool ret = TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, p_open, flags); if (ret && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) { @@ -6895,22 +8006,41 @@ void ImGui::EndTabItem() ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; if (tab_bar == NULL) { - IM_ASSERT(tab_bar != NULL && "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); return; } IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= 0); ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) - window->IDStack.pop_back(); + PopID(); +} + +bool ImGui::TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + return false; + } + return TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, NULL, flags | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder); } bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) { // Layout whole tab bar if not already done + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (tab_bar->WantLayout) + { + ImGuiNextItemData backup_next_item_data = g.NextItemData; TabBarLayout(tab_bar); - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData = backup_next_item_data; + } ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; @@ -6918,17 +8048,23 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label); - // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render. We make a dummy call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID. + // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render. + // We make a call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID. + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); if (p_open && !*p_open) { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); - ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); - PopItemFlag(); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus); return false; } - // Calculate tab contents size - ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(!p_open || !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) != (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)); // Can't use both Leading and Trailing + + // Store into ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton, also honor ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton passed by user (although not documented) + if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) + p_open = NULL; + else if (p_open == NULL) + flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton; // Acquire tab data ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id); @@ -6938,41 +8074,43 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem()); tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back(); tab->ID = id; - tab->Width = size.x; - tab_is_new = true; + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = tab_is_new = true; } - tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (short)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); - tab->ContentWidth = size.x; + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); - if (p_open == NULL) - flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton; + // Calculate tab contents size + ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL); + tab->RequestedWidth = -1.0f; + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth) + size.x = tab->RequestedWidth = g.NextItemData.Width; + if (tab_is_new) + tab->Width = ImMax(1.0f, size.x); + tab->ContentWidth = size.x; + tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++; const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0; const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + const bool is_tab_button = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) != 0; tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; tab->Flags = flags; // Append name with zero-terminator - tab->NameOffset = tab_bar->TabsNames.size(); + tab->NameOffset = (ImS32)tab_bar->TabsNames.size(); tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); - // If we are not reorderable, always reset offset based on submission order. - // (We already handled layout and sizing using the previous known order, but sizing is not affected by order!) - if (!tab_appearing && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)) + // Update selected tab + if (!is_tab_button) { - tab->Offset = tab_bar->OffsetNextTab; - tab_bar->OffsetNextTab += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) + if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated + if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; } - // Update selected tab - if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) - if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated - if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; - // Lock visibility + // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!) bool tab_contents_visible = (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == id); if (tab_contents_visible) tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = true; @@ -6982,11 +8120,13 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1 && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs)) tab_contents_visible = true; - if (tab_appearing && !(tab_bar_appearing && !tab_is_new)) + // Note that tab_is_new is not necessarily the same as tab_appearing! When a tab bar stops being submitted + // and then gets submitted again, the tabs will have 'tab_appearing=true' but 'tab_is_new=false'. + if (tab_appearing && (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_is_new)) { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); - ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); - PopItemFlag(); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus); + if (is_tab_button) + return false; return tab_contents_visible; } @@ -6997,15 +8137,19 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, const ImVec2 backup_main_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; // Layout + const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0; size.x = tab->Width; - window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + if (is_central_section) + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + else + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f); ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation) - bool want_clip_rect = (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x) || (bb.Max.x > tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x); + const bool want_clip_rect = is_central_section && (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX || bb.Max.x > tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX); if (want_clip_rect) - PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, bb.Max.y), true); + PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, bb.Max.y), true); ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); @@ -7020,17 +8164,16 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, } // Click to Select a tab - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); if (g.DragDropActive) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - if (pressed) + if (pressed && !is_tab_button) tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; - hovered |= (g.HoveredId == id); // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered) - if (!held) + if (g.ActiveId != id) SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Drag and drop: re-order tabs @@ -7041,19 +8184,17 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // While moving a tab it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < bb.Min.x) { - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1); + TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos); } else if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > bb.Max.x) { - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1); + TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos); } } } #if 0 - if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) + if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) { // Enlarge tab display when hovering bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); @@ -7071,14 +8212,17 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget. const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1))) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + if (!is_tab_button) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton; // Render tab label, process close button - const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)) : 0; - bool just_closed = TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id); + const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id) : 0; + bool just_closed; + bool text_clipped; + TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped); if (just_closed && p_open != NULL) { *p_open = false; @@ -7090,17 +8234,25 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, PopClipRect(); window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos; - // Tooltip (FIXME: Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer) - // We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar (which g.HoveredId ignores) - if (g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && IsItemHovered()) - if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); - + // Tooltip + // (Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer-> seems ok) + // (We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar, which g.HoveredId ignores) + // FIXME: This is a mess. + // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip? + if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held) + if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + + IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected + if (is_tab_button) + return pressed; return tab_contents_visible; } // [Public] This is call is 100% optional but it allows to remove some one-frame glitches when a tab has been unexpectedly removed. -// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() after BeginTabBar() and before any call to BeginTabItem() +// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar(). +// Tabs closed by the close button will automatically be flagged to avoid this issue. void ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7108,9 +8260,9 @@ void ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label) if (is_within_manual_tab_bar) { ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; - IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->WantLayout); // Needs to be called AFTER BeginTabBar() and BEFORE the first call to BeginTabItem() ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label); - TabBarRemoveTab(tab_bar, tab_id); + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id)) + tab->WantClose = true; // Will be processed by next call to TabBarLayout() } } @@ -7133,7 +8285,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI const float width = bb.GetWidth(); IM_UNUSED(flags); IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f); - const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin(g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); + const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f; const float y2 = bb.Max.y - 1.0f; draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2)); @@ -7147,31 +8299,48 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9); draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2)); - draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), false, g.Style.TabBorderSize); + draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 0, g.Style.TabBorderSize); } } // Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic // We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter. -bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id) +void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + if (out_just_closed) + *out_just_closed = false; + if (out_text_clipped) + *out_text_clipped = false; + if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f) - return false; + return; + + // In Style V2 we'll have full override of all colors per state (e.g. focused, selected) + // But right now if you want to alter text color of tabs this is what you need to do. +#if 0 + const float backup_alpha = g.Style.Alpha; + if (!is_contents_visible) + g.Style.Alpha *= 0.7f; +#endif // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker - const char* TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER = "*"; ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y); - if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) + ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb; + + // Return clipped state ignoring the close button + if (out_text_clipped) { - text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= CalcTextSize(TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, false).x; - ImVec2 unsaved_marker_pos(ImMin(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x + label_size.x + 2, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y + IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); - RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, unsaved_marker_pos, bb.Max - frame_padding, TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, NULL); + *out_text_clipped = (text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min.x + label_size.x) > text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x; + //draw_list->AddCircle(text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, 3.0f, *out_text_clipped ? IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255) : IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } - ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb; - // Close Button + const float button_sz = g.FontSize; + const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - button_sz), bb.Min.y); + + // Close Button & Unsaved Marker // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() // 'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button // 'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button @@ -7179,449 +8348,50 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, bool close_button_pressed = false; bool close_button_visible = false; if (close_button_id != 0) - if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) - close_button_visible = true; + if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton)) + if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) + close_button_visible = true; + bool unsaved_marker_visible = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) != 0 && (button_pos.x + button_sz <= bb.Max.x); + if (close_button_visible) { - ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup; - const float close_button_sz = g.FontSize; + ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding); - if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - close_button_sz, bb.Min.y))) + if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos)) close_button_pressed = true; PopStyleVar(); - last_item_backup.Restore(); + g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; // Close with middle mouse button if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2)) close_button_pressed = true; - - text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_sz; - } - - float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f; - RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size); - - return close_button_pressed; -} - - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. -// In the current version, Columns are very weak. Needs to be replaced with a more full-featured system. -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - GetColumnIndex() -// - GetColumnCount() -// - GetColumnOffset() -// - GetColumnWidth() -// - SetColumnOffset() -// - SetColumnWidth() -// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal] -// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal] -// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal] -// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal] -// - GetColumnsID() [Internal] -// - BeginColumns() -// - NextColumn() -// - EndColumns() -// - Columns() -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0; -} - -int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1; -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm) -{ - return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset) -{ - return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); -} - -static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; - -static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index) -{ - // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing - // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); - - float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; - x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); - if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) - x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); - - return x; -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns == NULL) - return 0.0f; - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); - - const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; - const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t); - return x_offset; -} - -static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) -{ - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - - float offset_norm; - if (before_resize) - offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; - else - offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; - return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm); -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns == NULL) - return GetContentRegionAvail().x; - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); -} - -void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); - - const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count-1); - const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; - - if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) - offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX); - - if (preserve_width) - SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); -} - -void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); -} - -void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index]; - PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false); -} - -// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns) -void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns->Count == 1) - return; - window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); - int cmd_size = window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size; - PushClipRect(columns->HostClipRect.Min, columns->HostClipRect.Max, false); - IM_UNUSED(cmd_size); - IM_ASSERT(cmd_size == window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size); // Being in channel 0 this should not have created an ImDrawCmd -} - -void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns->Count == 1) - return; - window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(columns->Current + 1); - PopClipRect(); -} - -ImGuiColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) -{ - // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup. - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) - return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; - - window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiColumns()); - ImGuiColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); - columns->ID = id; - return columns; -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. - // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. - PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); - PopID(); - - return id; -} - -void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported - - // Acquire storage for the columns set - ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count); - ImGuiColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id); - IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); - columns->Current = 0; - columns->Count = columns_count; - columns->Flags = flags; - window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; - - columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; - columns->HostClipRect = window->ClipRect; - columns->HostWorkRect = window->WorkRect; - - // Set state for first column - // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect - const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); - const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; - columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f); - columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - - // Clear data if columns count changed - if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) - columns->Columns.resize(0); - - // Initialize default widths - columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); - if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) - { - columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); - for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) - { - ImGuiColumnData column; - column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; - columns->Columns.push_back(column); - } - } - - for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) - { - // Compute clipping rectangle - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; - float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n)); - float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); - column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); - column->ClipRect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); } - - if (columns->Count > 1) + else if (unsaved_marker_visible) { - window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(1 + columns->Count); - window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); - PushColumnClipRect(0); + const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } - // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user. - float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); - float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); - float width = offset_1 - offset_0; - PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); - window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; -} - -void ImGui::NextColumn() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - - if (columns->Count == 1) - { - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); - IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); - return; - } - PopItemWidth(); - PopClipRect(); - - const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - if (++columns->Current < columns->Count) - { - // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out) - // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked? - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding; - window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(columns->Current + 1); - } - else - { - // New row/line - // Column 0 honor IndentX - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); - columns->Current = 0; - columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; - } - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); - window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - - PushColumnClipRect(columns->Current); // FIXME-COLUMNS: Could it be an overwrite? - - // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup. - float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); - float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); - float width = offset_1 - offset_0; - PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); - window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; -} - -void ImGui::EndColumns() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - PopItemWidth(); - if (columns->Count > 1) + // This is all rather complicated + // (the main idea is that because the close button only appears on hover, we don't want it to alter the ellipsis position) + // FIXME: if FramePadding is noticeably large, ellipsis_max_x will be wrong here (e.g. #3497), maybe for consistency that parameter of RenderTextEllipsis() shouldn't exist.. + float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f; + if (close_button_visible || unsaved_marker_visible) { - PopClipRect(); - window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); + text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_visible ? (button_sz) : (button_sz * 0.80f); + text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max.x -= unsaved_marker_visible ? (button_sz * 0.80f) : 0.0f; + ellipsis_max_x = text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x; } + RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size); - const ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = columns->Flags; - columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent - - // Draw columns borders and handle resize - // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy - bool is_being_resized = false; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) - { - // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers. - const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y); - const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y); - int dragging_column = -1; - for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) - { - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; - float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); - const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); - const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; - const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); - KeepAliveID(column_id); - if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id, false)) - continue; - - bool hovered = false, held = false; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) - { - ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); - if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; - if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) - dragging_column = n; - } - - // Draw column - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); - const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); - } - - // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. - if (dragging_column != -1) - { - if (!columns->IsBeingResized) - for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) - columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; - columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; - float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); - SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); - } - } - columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; +#if 0 + if (!is_contents_visible) + g.Style.Alpha = backup_alpha; +#endif - window->WorkRect = columns->HostWorkRect; - window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + if (out_just_closed) + *out_just_closed = close_button_pressed; } -// [2018-03: This is currently the only public API, while we are working on making BeginColumns/EndColumns user-facing] -void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); - - ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder); - //flags |= ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) - return; - - if (columns != NULL) - EndColumns(); - if (columns_count != 1) - BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h b/src/ImGui/imstb_rectpack.h similarity index 94% rename from imgui/imstb_rectpack.h rename to src/ImGui/imstb_rectpack.h index ff2a85df..f6917e7a 100644 --- a/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h +++ b/src/ImGui/imstb_rectpack.h @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.00. -// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: -// - Added STBRP__CDECL +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.01. // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. - -// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.00 - public domain - rectangle packing +// +// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.01 - public domain - rectangle packing // Sean Barrett 2014 // // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas. // Does not do rotation. // +// Before #including, +// +// #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +// +// in the file that you want to have the implementation. +// // Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than // the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what // this is meant to replace). @@ -34,13 +38,14 @@ // Minor features // Martins Mozeiko // github:IntellectualKitty -// +// // Bugfixes / warning fixes // Jeremy Jaussaud // Fabian Giesen // // Version history: // +// 1.01 (2021-07-11) always use large rect mode, expose STBRP__MAXVAL in public section // 1.00 (2019-02-25) avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles // 0.99 (2019-02-07) warning fixes // 0.11 (2017-03-03) return packing success/fail result @@ -81,11 +86,10 @@ typedef struct stbrp_context stbrp_context; typedef struct stbrp_node stbrp_node; typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS typedef int stbrp_coord; -#else -typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord; -#endif + +#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0x7fffffff +// Mostly for internal use, but this is the maximum supported coordinate value. STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); // Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type @@ -213,10 +217,9 @@ struct stbrp_context #define STBRP_ASSERT assert #endif -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL #ifdef _MSC_VER #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) -#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl +#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl #else #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) #define STBRP__CDECL @@ -262,9 +265,6 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(stbrp_context *context, int allow_ou STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) { int i; -#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS - STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff); -#endif for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i) nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1]; @@ -283,11 +283,7 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, context->extra[0].y = 0; context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1]; context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS context->extra[1].y = (1<<30); -#else - context->extra[1].y = 65535; -#endif context->extra[1].next = NULL; } @@ -433,7 +429,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt if (y <= best_y) { if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) { best_x = xpos; - STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); + //STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); [DEAR IMGUI] best_y = y; best_waste = waste; best = prev; @@ -441,7 +437,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt } } tail = tail->next; - } + } } fr.prev_link = best; @@ -529,7 +525,6 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i return res; } -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; @@ -541,7 +536,6 @@ static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w); } -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; @@ -549,12 +543,6 @@ static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed); } -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffffffff -#else -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffff -#endif - STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) { int i, all_rects_packed = 1; @@ -602,38 +590,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ diff --git a/imgui/imstb_textedit.h b/src/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h similarity index 94% rename from imgui/imstb_textedit.h rename to src/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h index 2077d02a..75a159da 100644 --- a/imgui/imstb_textedit.h +++ b/src/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13. +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14. // Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: // - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. -// stb_textedit.h - v1.13 - public domain - Sean Barrett +// stb_textedit.h - v1.14 - public domain - Sean Barrett // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools // // This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ // texts, as its performance does not scale and it has limited undo). // // Non-trivial behaviors are modelled after Windows text controls. -// +// // // LICENSE // @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ // // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.14 (2021-07-11) page up/down, various fixes // 1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management // 1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash // 1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield @@ -58,6 +59,7 @@ // Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1 // Fabian Giesen: secondary key inputs in 1.5 // Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove in 1.6 +// Louis Schnellbach: page up/down in 1.14 // // Bugfixes: // Scott Graham @@ -93,8 +95,8 @@ // moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so // it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes): // -// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT -// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT +// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT +// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT // // // Implementation mode: @@ -148,6 +150,8 @@ // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP keyboard input to move cursor up // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN keyboard input to move cursor down +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of line // e.g. HOME // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of line // e.g. END // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // e.g. ctrl-HOME @@ -170,14 +174,10 @@ // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of text // -// Todo: -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page -// // Keyboard input must be encoded as a single integer value; e.g. a character code // and some bitflags that represent shift states. to simplify the interface, SHIFT must // be a bitflag, so we can test the shifted state of cursor movements to allow selection, -// i.e. (STB_TEXTED_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. +// i.e. (STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. // // You can encode other things, such as CONTROL or ALT, in additional bits, and // then test for their presence in e.g. STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT. For example, @@ -219,20 +219,20 @@ // call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse down; it will update the cursor // and reset the selection start/end to the cursor point. the x,y must // be relative to the text widget, with (0,0) being the top left. -// +// // drag: // call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse drag/up; it will update the // cursor and the selection end point -// +// // cut: // call this to delete the current selection; returns true if there was // one. you should FIRST copy the current selection to the system paste buffer. // (To copy, just copy the current selection out of the string yourself.) -// +// // paste: // call this to paste text at the current cursor point or over the current // selection if there is one. -// +// // key: // call this for keyboard inputs sent to the textfield. you can use it // for "key down" events or for "translated" key events. if you need to @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ // clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to // anything other type you wante before including. // -// +// // When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from // the STB_TexteditState. // @@ -337,6 +337,10 @@ typedef struct // each textfield keeps its own insert mode state. to keep an app-wide // insert mode, copy this value in/out of the app state + int row_count_per_page; + // page size in number of row. + // this value MUST be set to >0 for pageup or pagedown in multilines documents. + ///////////////////// // // private data @@ -714,9 +718,7 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditSta state->has_preferred_x = 0; return 1; } - // remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters - if (state->undostate.undo_point) - --state->undostate.undo_point; + // note: paste failure will leave deleted selection, may be restored with an undo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/734 for details) return 0; } @@ -762,7 +764,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, state->insert_mode = !state->insert_mode; break; #endif - + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO: stb_text_undo(str, state); state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -777,7 +779,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to start of selection if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); - else + else if (state->cursor > 0) --state->cursor; state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -826,7 +828,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT: - if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); else { state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor); @@ -855,12 +857,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, break; case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN: - case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { StbFindState find; StbTexteditRow row; - int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int i, j, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN; + int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1; - if (state->single_line) { + if (!is_page && state->single_line) { // on windows, up&down in single-line behave like left&right key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); goto retry; @@ -869,17 +875,25 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, if (sel) stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) - stb_textedit_move_to_last(str,state); + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); // compute current position of cursor point stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); - // now find character position down a row - if (find.length) { - float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; - float x; + for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) { + float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; int start = find.first_char + find.length; + + if (find.length == 0) + break; + + // [DEAR IMGUI] + // going down while being on the last line shouldn't bring us to that line end + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, find.first_char + find.length - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + break; + + // now find character position down a row state->cursor = start; STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); x = row.x0; @@ -901,17 +915,25 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, if (sel) state->select_end = state->cursor; + + // go to next line + find.first_char = find.first_char + find.length; + find.length = row.num_chars; } break; } - + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP: - case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { StbFindState find; StbTexteditRow row; - int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int i, j, prev_scan, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP; + int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1; - if (state->single_line) { + if (!is_page && state->single_line) { // on windows, up&down become left&right key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); goto retry; @@ -926,11 +948,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); - // can only go up if there's a previous row - if (find.prev_first != find.first_char) { + for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) { + float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; + + // can only go up if there's a previous row + if (find.prev_first == find.first_char) + break; + // now find character position up a row - float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; - float x; state->cursor = find.prev_first; STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); x = row.x0; @@ -952,6 +977,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, if (sel) state->select_end = state->cursor; + + // go to previous line + // (we need to scan previous line the hard way. maybe we could expose this as a new API function?) + prev_scan = find.prev_first > 0 ? find.prev_first - 1 : 0; + while (prev_scan > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, prev_scan - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + --prev_scan; + find.first_char = find.prev_first; + find.prev_first = prev_scan; } break; } @@ -981,7 +1014,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, } state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; - + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2: #endif @@ -998,7 +1031,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; - + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: #endif @@ -1075,10 +1108,6 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; } - -// @TODO: -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP - move cursor up a page -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN - move cursor down a page } } @@ -1134,7 +1163,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) state->undo_rec[i].char_storage += n; } // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point' - // {DEAR IMGUI] + // [DEAR IMGUI] size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin; const char* buf_end = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end; @@ -1350,6 +1379,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin state->initialized = 1; state->single_line = (unsigned char) is_single_line; state->insert_mode = 0; + state->row_count_per_page = 0; } // API initialize @@ -1380,38 +1410,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ diff --git a/imgui/imstb_truetype.h b/src/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h similarity index 89% rename from imgui/imstb_truetype.h rename to src/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h index 193338af..643d3789 100644 --- a/imgui/imstb_truetype.h +++ b/src/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h @@ -1,10 +1,19 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.20. +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.26. // Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings. // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. -// stb_truetype.h - v1.20 - public domain -// authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// stb_truetype.h - v1.26 - public domain +// authored from 2009-2021 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// +// ======================================================================= +// +// NO SECURITY GUARANTEE -- DO NOT USE THIS ON UNTRUSTED FONT FILES +// +// This library does no range checking of the offsets found in the file, +// meaning an attacker can use it to read arbitrary memory. +// +// ======================================================================= // // This library processes TrueType files: // parse files @@ -37,11 +46,11 @@ // Daniel Ribeiro Maciel // // Bug/warning reports/fixes: -// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen -// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko -// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat -// Brian Hook Omar Cornut -// Walter van Niftrik github:aloucks +// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen github:NiLuJe +// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko github:aloucks +// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat github:oyvindjam +// Brian Hook Omar Cornut github:vassvik +// Walter van Niftrik Ryan Griege // David Gow Peter LaValle // David Given Sergey Popov // Ivan-Assen Ivanov Giumo X. Clanjor @@ -49,11 +58,17 @@ // Johan Duparc Thomas Fields // Hou Qiming Derek Vinyard // Rob Loach Cort Stratton -// Kenney Phillis Jr. github:oyvindjam -// Brian Costabile github:vassvik -// +// Kenney Phillis Jr. Brian Costabile +// Ken Voskuil (kaesve) +// // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.26 (2021-08-28) fix broken rasterizer +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes +// 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning +// 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) +// 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined +// 1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning // 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() // 1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod // 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function @@ -212,7 +227,7 @@ // // Advancing for the next character: // Call GlyphHMetrics, and compute 'current_point += SF * advance'. -// +// // // ADVANCED USAGE // @@ -248,19 +263,6 @@ // recommend it. // // -// SOURCE STATISTICS (based on v0.6c, 2050 LOC) -// -// Documentation & header file 520 LOC \___ 660 LOC documentation -// Sample code 140 LOC / -// Truetype parsing 620 LOC ---- 620 LOC TrueType -// Software rasterization 240 LOC \. -// Curve tessellation 120 LOC \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation -// Bitmap management 100 LOC / -// Baked bitmap interface 70 LOC / -// Font name matching & access 150 LOC ---- 150 -// C runtime library abstraction 60 LOC ---- 60 -// -// // PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS FOR 1.06: // // 32-bit 64-bit @@ -275,8 +277,8 @@ //// SAMPLE PROGRAMS //// // -// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless -// +// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless. +// See "tests/truetype_demo_win32.c" for a complete version. #if 0 #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // force following include to generate implementation #include "stb_truetype.h" @@ -302,6 +304,8 @@ void my_stbtt_initfont(void) void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text) { // assume orthographic projection with units = screen pixels, origin at top left + glEnable(GL_BLEND); + glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ftex); glBegin(GL_QUADS); @@ -309,10 +313,10 @@ void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text) if (*text >= 32 && *text < 128) { stbtt_aligned_quad q; stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9 - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); } ++text; } @@ -350,7 +354,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) } return 0; } -#endif +#endif // // Output: // @@ -364,9 +368,9 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) // :@@. M@M // @@@o@@@@ // :M@@V:@@. -// +// ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// +// // Complete program: print "Hello World!" banner, with bugs // #if 0 @@ -667,7 +671,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, cons // Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling // stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple // fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look -// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version +// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version // using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times, // building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once, // then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a @@ -719,7 +723,7 @@ struct stbtt_fontinfo int numGlyphs; // number of glyphs, needed for range checking - int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf + int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos,svg; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf int index_map; // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding int indexToLocFormat; // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph @@ -802,6 +806,18 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); // as above, but takes one or more glyph indices for greater efficiency +typedef struct stbtt_kerningentry +{ + int glyph1; // use stbtt_FindGlyphIndex + int glyph2; + int advance; +} stbtt_kerningentry; + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length); +// Retrieves a complete list of all of the kerning pairs provided by the font +// stbtt_GetKerningTable never writes more than table_length entries and returns how many entries it did write. +// The table will be sorted by (a.glyph1 == b.glyph1)?(a.glyph2 < b.glyph2):(a.glyph1 < b.glyph1) ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // @@ -846,6 +862,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices); // frees the data allocated above +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg); +// fills svg with the character's SVG data. +// returns data size or 0 if SVG not found. + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // BITMAP RENDERING @@ -975,7 +997,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, floa // and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention). // // The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow -// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. +// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. @@ -1347,6 +1369,22 @@ static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subrs(stbtt__buf cff, stbtt__buf fontdict) return stbtt__cff_get_index(&cff); } +// since most people won't use this, find this table the first time it's needed +static int stbtt__get_svg(stbtt_fontinfo *info) +{ + stbtt_uint32 t; + if (info->svg < 0) { + t = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "SVG "); + if (t) { + stbtt_uint32 offset = ttULONG(info->data + t + 2); + info->svg = t + offset; + } else { + info->svg = 0; + } + } + return info->svg; +} + static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, int fontstart) { stbtt_uint32 cmap, t; @@ -1426,6 +1464,8 @@ static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, in else info->numGlyphs = 0xffff; + info->svg = -1; + // find a cmap encoding table we understand *now* to avoid searching // later. (todo: could make this installable) // the same regardless of glyph. @@ -1509,12 +1549,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep search += 2; { - stbtt_uint16 offset, start; + stbtt_uint16 offset, start, last; stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1); - STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item)); start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item); - if (unicode_codepoint < start) + last = ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item); + if (unicode_codepoint < start || unicode_codepoint > last) return 0; offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); @@ -1732,7 +1772,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s if (i != 0) num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); - // now start the new one + // now start the new one start_off = !(flags & 1); if (start_off) { // if we start off with an off-curve point, then when we need to find a point on the curve @@ -1774,7 +1814,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s } } num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); - } else if (numberOfContours == -1) { + } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { // Compound shapes. int more = 1; stbtt_uint8 *comp = data + g + 10; @@ -1785,7 +1825,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s int comp_num_verts = 0, i; stbtt_vertex *comp_verts = 0, *tmp = 0; float mtx[6] = {1,0,0,1,0,0}, m, n; - + flags = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; gidx = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; @@ -1815,7 +1855,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s mtx[2] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; } - + // Find transformation scales. m = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[0]*mtx[0] + mtx[1]*mtx[1]); n = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[2]*mtx[2] + mtx[3]*mtx[3]); @@ -1841,7 +1881,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); return 0; } - if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); //-V595 + if (num_vertices > 0 && vertices) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); vertices = tmp; @@ -1851,9 +1891,6 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s // More components ? more = flags & (1<<5); } - } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { - // @TODO other compound variations? - STBTT_assert(0); } else { // numberOfCounters == 0, do nothing } @@ -2107,7 +2144,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index); has_subrs = 1; } - // fallthrough + // FALLTHROUGH case 0x1D: // callgsubr if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack"); v = (int) s[--sp]; @@ -2212,7 +2249,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st } break; default: - if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) //-V560 + if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && b0 < 32) return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator"); // push immediate @@ -2282,7 +2319,49 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_inde } } -static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + return ttUSHORT(data+10); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + int k, length; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + length = ttUSHORT(data+10); + if (table_length < length) + length = table_length; + + for (k = 0; k < length; k++) + { + table[k].glyph1 = ttUSHORT(data+18+(k*6)); + table[k].glyph2 = ttUSHORT(data+20+(k*6)); + table[k].advance = ttSHORT(data+22+(k*6)); + } + + return length; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) { stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; stbtt_uint32 needle, straw; @@ -2312,245 +2391,225 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph return 0; } -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) -{ - stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); - switch(coverageFormat) { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; - int straw, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; - stbtt_uint16 glyphID; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); - straw = glyphID; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - return m; - } +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); + switch (coverageFormat) { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; + int straw, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; + stbtt_uint16 glyphID; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); + straw = glyphID; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + return m; } - } break; - - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; - - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); - return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; - } + } + break; + } + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); + return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; } - } break; + } + break; + } - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } + default: return -1; // unsupported + } - return -1; + return -1; } static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph) { - stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); - switch(classDefFormat) - { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); - stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; - - if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); - - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount; - } break; - - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; - - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); - } + stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); + switch (classDefFormat) + { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); + stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; + + if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + break; + } - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount; - } break; + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); + } + break; + } - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } + default: + return -1; // Unsupported definition type, return an error. + } - return -1; + // "All glyphs not assigned to a class fall into class 0". (OpenType spec) + return 0; } // Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats. #define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x) -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) -{ - stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; - stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; - stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; - stbtt_uint8 *data; - stbtt_int32 i; - - if (!info->gpos) return 0; - - data = info->data + info->gpos; - - if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 - if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 - - lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); - lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; - lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); - - for (i=0; i> 1; - pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; - secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); - straw = secondGlyph; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); - return xAdvance; - } - } - } break; - - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); - - stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); - stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); - int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); - int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); - - stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); - stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); - STBTT_assert(glyph1class < class1Count); - STBTT_assert(glyph2class < class2Count); - - // TODO: Support more formats. - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat1 == 4); - if (valueFormat1 != 4) return 0; - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat2 == 0); - if (valueFormat2 != 0) return 0; - - if (glyph1class >= 0 && glyph1class < class1Count && glyph2class >= 0 && glyph2class < class2Count) { - stbtt_uint8 *class1Records = table + 16; - stbtt_uint8 *class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); - return xAdvance; - } - } break; - - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - break; - }; - } - } - break; - }; +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +{ + stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; + stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; + stbtt_uint8 *data; + stbtt_int32 i, sti; + + if (!info->gpos) return 0; + + data = info->data + info->gpos; + + if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 + + lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); + lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; + lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); + + for (i=0; i= pairSetCount) return 0; + + needle=glyph2; + r=pairValueCount-1; + l=0; + + // Binary search. + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint16 secondGlyph; + stbtt_uint8 *pairValue; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; + secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); + straw = secondGlyph; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); + return xAdvance; + } + } + } else + return 0; + break; + } + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + if (valueFormat1 == 4 && valueFormat2 == 0) { // Support more formats? + stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); + stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); + int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); + int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); + + stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); + stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); + stbtt_uint8 *class1Records, *class2Records; + stbtt_int16 xAdvance; + + if (glyph1class < 0 || glyph1class >= class1Count) return 0; // malformed + if (glyph2class < 0 || glyph2class >= class2Count) return 0; // malformed + + class1Records = table + 16; + class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); + xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); + return xAdvance; + } else + return 0; + break; + } default: - // TODO: Implement other stuff. - break; - } - } + return 0; // Unsupported position format + } + } + } - return 0; + return 0; } STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2) @@ -2559,8 +2618,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int if (info->gpos) xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); - - if (info->kern) + else if (info->kern) xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); return xAdvance; @@ -2621,6 +2679,45 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *v) STBTT_free(v, info->userdata); } +STBTT_DEF stbtt_uint8 *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl) +{ + int i; + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc_list = data + stbtt__get_svg((stbtt_fontinfo *) info); + + int numEntries = ttUSHORT(svg_doc_list); + stbtt_uint8 *svg_docs = svg_doc_list + 2; + + for(i=0; i= ttUSHORT(svg_doc)) && (gl <= ttUSHORT(svg_doc + 2))) + return svg_doc; + } + return 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc; + + if (info->svg == 0) + return 0; + + svg_doc = stbtt_FindSVGDoc(info, gl); + if (svg_doc != NULL) { + *svg = (char *) data + info->svg + ttULONG(svg_doc + 4); + return ttULONG(svg_doc + 8); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, unicode_codepoint), svg); +} + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // antialiasing software rasterizer @@ -2746,7 +2843,7 @@ static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, i float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0); STBTT_assert(z != NULL); if (!z) return z; - + // round dx down to avoid overshooting if (dxdy < 0) z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy); @@ -2824,7 +2921,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__ac } } } - + e = e->next; } } @@ -2970,6 +3067,23 @@ static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edg } } +static float stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(float height, float top_width, float bottom_width) +{ + STBTT_assert(top_width >= 0); + STBTT_assert(bottom_width >= 0); + return (top_width + bottom_width) / 2.0f * height; +} + +static float stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(float height, float tx0, float tx1, float bx0, float bx1) +{ + return stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(height, tx1 - tx0, bx1 - bx0); +} + +static float stbtt__sized_triangle_area(float height, float width) +{ + return height * width / 2; +} + static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top) { float y_bottom = y_top+1; @@ -3024,13 +3138,13 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, float height; // simple case, only spans one pixel int x = (int) x_top; - height = sy1 - sy0; + height = (sy1 - sy0) * e->direction; STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len); - scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2) * height; - scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled + scanline[x] += stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(height, x_top, x+1.0f, x_bottom, x+1.0f); + scanline_fill[x] += height; // everything right of this pixel is filled } else { int x,x1,x2; - float y_crossing, step, sign, area; + float y_crossing, y_final, step, sign, area; // covers 2+ pixels if (x_top > x_bottom) { // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same @@ -3042,32 +3156,83 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, dx = -dx; dy = -dy; t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t; - // [DEAR IMGUI] Fix static analyzer warning - (void)dx; // [ImGui: fix static analyzer warning] } + STBTT_assert(dy >= 0); + STBTT_assert(dx >= 0); x1 = (int) x_top; x2 = (int) x_bottom; // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1 - y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top; + y_crossing = y_top + dy * (x1+1 - x0); + + // compute intersection with y axis at x2 + y_final = y_top + dy * (x2 - x0); + + // x1 x_top x2 x_bottom + // y_top +------|-----+------------+------------+--------|---+------------+ + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // sy0 | Txxxxx|............|............|............|............| + // y_crossing | *xxxxx.......|............|............|............| + // | | xxxxx..|............|............|............| + // | | /- xx*xxxx........|............|............| + // | | dy < | xxxxxx..|............|............| + // y_final | | \- | xx*xxx.........|............| + // sy1 | | | | xxxxxB...|............| + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // y_bottom +------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+ + // + // goal is to measure the area covered by '.' in each pixel + + // if x2 is right at the right edge of x1, y_crossing can blow up, github #1057 + // @TODO: maybe test against sy1 rather than y_bottom? + if (y_crossing > y_bottom) + y_crossing = y_bottom; sign = e->direction; - // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing + + // area of the rectangle covered from sy0..y_crossing area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); - // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing) - scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2); - step = sign * dy; + // area of the triangle (x_top,sy0), (x1+1,sy0), (x1+1,y_crossing) + scanline[x1] += stbtt__sized_triangle_area(area, x1+1 - x_top); + + // check if final y_crossing is blown up; no test case for this + if (y_final > y_bottom) { + int denom = (x2 - (x1+1)); + y_final = y_bottom; + if (denom != 0) { // [DEAR IMGUI] Avoid div by zero (https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/1316) + dy = (y_final - y_crossing ) / denom; // if denom=0, y_final = y_crossing, so y_final <= y_bottom + } + } + + // in second pixel, area covered by line segment found in first pixel + // is always a rectangle 1 wide * the height of that line segment; this + // is exactly what the variable 'area' stores. it also gets a contribution + // from the line segment within it. the THIRD pixel will get the first + // pixel's rectangle contribution, the second pixel's rectangle contribution, + // and its own contribution. the 'own contribution' is the same in every pixel except + // the leftmost and rightmost, a trapezoid that slides down in each pixel. + // the second pixel's contribution to the third pixel will be the + // rectangle 1 wide times the height change in the second pixel, which is dy. + + step = sign * dy * 1; // dy is dy/dx, change in y for every 1 change in x, + // which multiplied by 1-pixel-width is how much pixel area changes for each step in x + // so the area advances by 'step' every time + for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) { - scanline[x] += area + step/2; + scanline[x] += area + step/2; // area of trapezoid is 1*step/2 area += step; } - y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1)); + STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); // accumulated error from area += step unless we round step down + STBTT_assert(sy1 > y_final-0.01f); - STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); - - scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing); + // area covered in the last pixel is the rectangle from all the pixels to the left, + // plus the trapezoid filled by the line segment in this pixel all the way to the right edge + scanline[x2] += area + sign * stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(sy1-y_final, (float) x2, x2+1.0f, x_bottom, x2+1.0f); + // the rest of the line is filled based on the total height of the line segment in this pixel scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0); } } else { @@ -3075,6 +3240,9 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute // force implementation + // note though that this does happen some of the time because + // x_top and x_bottom can be extrapolated at the top & bottom of + // the shape and actually lie outside the bounding box int x; for (x=0; x < len; ++x) { // cases: @@ -3554,7 +3722,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info { int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; stbtt__bitmap gbm; - stbtt_vertex *vertices; + stbtt_vertex *vertices; int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; @@ -3577,7 +3745,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info if (height) *height = gbm.h; if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; - + if (gbm.w && gbm.h) { gbm.pixels = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(gbm.w * gbm.h, info->userdata); if (gbm.pixels) { @@ -3588,7 +3756,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info } STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); return gbm.pixels; -} +} STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { @@ -3600,7 +3768,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigne int ix0,iy0; stbtt_vertex *vertices; int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); - stbtt__bitmap gbm; + stbtt__bitmap gbm; stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,0,0); gbm.pixels = output; @@ -3622,7 +3790,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char * STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff); -} +} STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint) { @@ -3637,7 +3805,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, uns STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { return stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint, width,height,xoff,yoff); -} +} STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint) { @@ -3762,7 +3930,7 @@ static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *no con->y = 0; con->bottom_y = 0; STBTT__NOTUSED(nodes); - STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes); + STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes); } static void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *con, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) @@ -3989,6 +4157,7 @@ static float stbtt__oversample_shift(int oversample) STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) { int i,j,k; + int missing_glyph_added = 0; k=0; for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { @@ -4000,7 +4169,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb int x0,y0,x1,y1; int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); - if (glyph == 0 && spc->skip_missing) { + if (glyph == 0 && (spc->skip_missing || missing_glyph_added)) { rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0; } else { stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph, @@ -4010,6 +4179,8 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1); rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1); + if (glyph == 0) + missing_glyph_added = 1; } ++k; } @@ -4044,7 +4215,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info // rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) { - int i,j,k, return_value = 1; + int i,j,k, missing_glyph = -1, return_value = 1; // save current values int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample; @@ -4109,6 +4280,13 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const bc->yoff = (float) y0 * recip_v + sub_y; bc->xoff2 = (x0 + r->w) * recip_h + sub_x; bc->yoff2 = (y0 + r->h) * recip_v + sub_y; + + if (glyph == 0) + missing_glyph = j; + } else if (spc->skip_missing) { + return_value = 0; + } else if (r->was_packed && r->w == 0 && r->h == 0 && missing_glyph >= 0) { + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j] = ranges[i].chardata_for_range[missing_glyph]; } else { return_value = 0; // if any fail, report failure } @@ -4132,7 +4310,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges) { stbtt_fontinfo info; - int i,j,n, return_value = 1; + int i, j, n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1; //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info; stbrp_rect *rects; @@ -4147,7 +4325,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char n = 0; for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) n += ranges[i].num_chars; - + rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context); if (rects == NULL) return 0; @@ -4158,7 +4336,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n); - + return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context); @@ -4301,15 +4479,14 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex float y_frac; int winding = 0; - orig[0] = x; - //orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commmented double assignment - // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f); if (y_frac < 0.01f) y += 0.01f; else if (y_frac > 0.99f) y -= 0.01f; + + orig[0] = x; orig[1] = y; // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y) @@ -4319,7 +4496,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex int x1 = (int) verts[i ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i ].y; if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; - if (x_inter < x) + if (x_inter < x) winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; } } @@ -4345,7 +4522,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex y1 = (int)verts[i ].y; if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; - if (x_inter < x) + if (x_inter < x) winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; } } else { @@ -4357,7 +4534,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex if (hits[1][0] < 0) winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); } - } + } } } return winding; @@ -4371,35 +4548,35 @@ static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x ) return (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f); } -// x^3 + c*x^2 + b*x + a = 0 +// x^3 + a*x^2 + b*x + c = 0 static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r) { - float s = -a / 3; - float p = b - a*a / 3; - float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; + float s = -a / 3; + float p = b - a*a / 3; + float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; float p3 = p*p*p; - float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; - if (d >= 0) { - float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); - float u = (-q + z) / 2; - float v = (-q - z) / 2; - u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); - v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); - r[0] = s + u + v; - return 1; - } else { - float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); - float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative - float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); + float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; + if (d >= 0) { + float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); + float u = (-q + z) / 2; + float v = (-q - z) / 2; + u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); + v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); + r[0] = s + u + v; + return 1; + } else { + float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); + float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative + float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f; - r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; - r[1] = s - u * (m + n); - r[2] = s - u * (m - n); + r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; + r[1] = s - u * (m + n); + r[2] = s - u * (m - n); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f); // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe? //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f); - return 3; + return 3; } } @@ -4410,12 +4587,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc int w,h; unsigned char *data; - // if one scale is 0, use same scale for both - if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; - if (scale_y == 0) { - if (scale_x == 0) return NULL; // if both scales are 0, return NULL - scale_y = scale_x; - } + if (scale == 0) return NULL; stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); @@ -4438,7 +4610,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc // invert for y-downwards bitmaps scale_y = -scale_y; - + { int x,y,i,j; float *precompute; @@ -4481,18 +4653,17 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; - // check against every point here rather than inside line/curve primitives -- @TODO: wrong if multiple 'moves' in a row produce a garbage point, and given culling, probably more efficient to do within line/curve - float dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); - if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) - min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); - - if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline && precompute[i] != 0.0f) { float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y; + float dist,dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + // coarse culling against bbox //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist && // sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist) - float dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; + dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; STBTT_assert(i != 0); if (dist < min_dist) { // check position along line @@ -4519,7 +4690,8 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0; float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy; - float res[3],px,py,t,it; + float res[3] = {0.f,0.f,0.f}; + float px,py,t,it,dist2; float a_inv = precompute[i]; if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by); @@ -4546,6 +4718,10 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv; num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res); } + dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) { t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t; px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; @@ -4587,7 +4763,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata); } return data; -} +} STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { @@ -4605,7 +4781,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) // // check if a utf8 string contains a prefix which is the utf16 string; if so return length of matching utf8 string -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) { stbtt_int32 i=0; @@ -4644,7 +4820,7 @@ static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, s return i; } -static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) +static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) { return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2); } @@ -4773,7 +4949,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index) { - return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index); + return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index); } STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data) @@ -4805,6 +4981,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const // FULL VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes +// 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning +// 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) +// 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined +// 1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning +// 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() // 1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod // 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function // 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix @@ -4866,38 +5048,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ diff --git a/src/glslUtility.cpp b/src/glslUtility.cpp index 80035d14..6e5344b0 100644 --- a/src/glslUtility.cpp +++ b/src/glslUtility.cpp @@ -15,22 +15,24 @@ namespace glslUtility { // embedded passthrough shaders so that default passthrough shaders don't need to be loaded static std::string passthroughVS = - " attribute vec4 Position; \n" - " attribute vec2 Texcoords; \n" - " varying vec2 v_Texcoords; \n" - " \n" - " void main(void){ \n" - " v_Texcoords = Texcoords; \n" - " gl_Position = Position; \n" - " }"; + " #version 120 \n" + " attribute vec4 Position; \n" + " attribute vec2 Texcoords; \n" + " varying vec2 v_Texcoords; \n" + " \n" + " void main(void){ \n" + " v_Texcoords = Texcoords; \n" + " gl_Position = Position; \n" + " }"; static std::string passthroughFS = - " varying vec2 v_Texcoords; \n" - " \n" - " uniform sampler2D u_image; \n" - " \n" - " void main(void){ \n" - " gl_FragColor = texture2D(u_image, v_Texcoords); \n" - " }"; + " #version 120 \n" + " varying vec2 v_Texcoords; \n" + " \n" + " uniform sampler2D u_image; \n" + " \n" + " void main(void){ \n" + " gl_FragColor = texture2D(u_image, v_Texcoords); \n" + " }"; typedef struct { GLuint vertex; diff --git a/src/glslUtility.hpp b/src/glslUtility.hpp index 6b856fb7..d84433d1 100644 --- a/src/glslUtility.hpp +++ b/src/glslUtility.hpp @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ namespace glslUtility { GLuint createDefaultProgram(const char *attributeLocations[], GLuint numberOfLocations); GLuint createProgram(const char *vertexShaderPath, const char *fragmentShaderPath, - const char *attributeLocations[], GLuint numberOfLocations); + const char *attributeLocations[], GLuint numberOfLocations); } -#endif \ No newline at end of file +#endif diff --git a/src/interactions.h b/src/interactions.h index 144a9f5b..7a60e10c 100644 --- a/src/interactions.h +++ b/src/interactions.h @@ -2,61 +2,109 @@ #include "intersections.h" +// CHECKITOUT /** * Computes a cosine-weighted random direction in a hemisphere. * Used for diffuse lighting. */ __host__ __device__ glm::vec3 calculateRandomDirectionInHemisphere( - glm::vec3 normal, thrust::default_random_engine &rng) { - thrust::uniform_real_distribution u01(0, 1); - - float up = sqrt(u01(rng)); // cos(theta) - float over = sqrt(1 - up * up); // sin(theta) - float around = u01(rng) * TWO_PI; - - // Find a direction that is not the normal based off of whether or not the - // normal's components are all equal to sqrt(1/3) or whether or not at - // least one component is less than sqrt(1/3). Learned this trick from - // Peter Kutz. - - glm::vec3 directionNotNormal; - if (abs(normal.x) < SQRT_OF_ONE_THIRD) { - directionNotNormal = glm::vec3(1, 0, 0); - } else if (abs(normal.y) < SQRT_OF_ONE_THIRD) { - directionNotNormal = glm::vec3(0, 1, 0); - } else { - directionNotNormal = glm::vec3(0, 0, 1); - } - - // Use not-normal direction to generate two perpendicular directions - glm::vec3 perpendicularDirection1 = - glm::normalize(glm::cross(normal, directionNotNormal)); - glm::vec3 perpendicularDirection2 = - glm::normalize(glm::cross(normal, perpendicularDirection1)); - - return up * normal - + cos(around) * over * perpendicularDirection1 - + sin(around) * over * perpendicularDirection2; + glm::vec3 normal, thrust::default_random_engine& rng) { + thrust::uniform_real_distribution u01(0, 1); + + float up = sqrt(u01(rng)); // cos(theta) + float over = sqrt(1 - up * up); // sin(theta) + float around = u01(rng) * TWO_PI; + + // Find a direction that is not the normal based off of whether or not the + // normal's components are all equal to sqrt(1/3) or whether or not at + // least one component is less than sqrt(1/3). Learned this trick from + // Peter Kutz. + + glm::vec3 directionNotNormal; + if (abs(normal.x) < SQRT_OF_ONE_THIRD) { + directionNotNormal = glm::vec3(1, 0, 0); + } + else if (abs(normal.y) < SQRT_OF_ONE_THIRD) { + directionNotNormal = glm::vec3(0, 1, 0); + } + else { + directionNotNormal = glm::vec3(0, 0, 1); + } + + // Use not-normal direction to generate two perpendicular directions + glm::vec3 perpendicularDirection1 = + glm::normalize(glm::cross(normal, directionNotNormal)); + glm::vec3 perpendicularDirection2 = + glm::normalize(glm::cross(normal, perpendicularDirection1)); + + return up * normal + + cos(around) * over * perpendicularDirection1 + + sin(around) * over * perpendicularDirection2; } /** - * Simple ray scattering with diffuse and perfect specular support. + * Scatter a ray with some probabilities according to the material properties. + * For example, a diffuse surface scatters in a cosine-weighted hemisphere. + * A perfect specular surface scatters in the reflected ray direction. + * In order to apply multiple effects to one surface, probabilistically choose + * between them. + * + * The visual effect you want is to straight-up add the diffuse and specular + * components. You can do this in a few ways. This logic also applies to + * combining other types of materias (such as refractive). + * + * - Always take an even (50/50) split between a each effect (a diffuse bounce + * and a specular bounce), but divide the resulting color of either branch + * by its probability (0.5), to counteract the chance (0.5) of the branch + * being taken. + * - This way is inefficient, but serves as a good starting point - it + * converges slowly, especially for pure-diffuse or pure-specular. + * - Pick the split based on the intensity of each material color, and divide + * branch result by that branch's probability (whatever probability you use). + * + * This method applies its changes to the Ray parameter `ray` in place. + * It also modifies the color `color` of the ray in place. + * + * You may need to change the parameter list for your purposes! */ __host__ __device__ void scatterRay( - PathSegment & pathSegment, - glm::vec3 intersect, - glm::vec3 normal, - const Material &m, - thrust::default_random_engine &rng) { - glm::vec3 newDirection; - if (m.hasReflective) { - newDirection = glm::reflect(pathSegment.ray.direction, normal); - } else { - newDirection = calculateRandomDirectionInHemisphere(normal, rng); - } - - pathSegment.ray.direction = newDirection; - pathSegment.ray.origin = intersect + (newDirection * 0.0001f); + PathSegment& pathSegment, + glm::vec3 intersect, + glm::vec3 normal, + const Material& m, + thrust::default_random_engine& rng, + glm::vec2 uv, + glm::vec3* maps) { + // TODO: implement this. + // A basic implementation of pure-diffuse shading will just call the + // calculateRandomDirectionInHemisphere defined above. + thrust::uniform_real_distribution u01(0, 1); + float rand = u01(rng); + + // pure-diffuse + if (!m.hasRefractive && !m.hasReflective) { + glm::vec3 randDir = calculateRandomDirectionInHemisphere(normal, rng); + pathSegment.ray.origin = intersect + (EPSILON * normal); + pathSegment.ray.direction = glm::normalize(randDir); + glm::vec3 col = m.color; + int offset = m.texture_map.offset; + if (offset >= 0) + { + int x = uv.x * (m.texture_map.dim.x - 1); + int y = uv.y * (m.texture_map.dim.y - 1); + col *= maps[offset + y * m.texture_map.dim.x + x]; + } + pathSegment.color *= col; + } + + // pure reflective + else if (!m.hasRefractive && m.hasReflective) { + glm::vec3 reflDir = glm::reflect(pathSegment.ray.direction, normal); + pathSegment.ray.origin = intersect + (EPSILON * normal); + pathSegment.ray.direction = glm::normalize(reflDir); + pathSegment.color *= m.specular.color; + } + } diff --git a/src/intersections.h b/src/intersections.h index c3e81f40..0cc44e78 100644 --- a/src/intersections.h +++ b/src/intersections.h @@ -10,30 +10,32 @@ * Handy-dandy hash function that provides seeds for random number generation. */ __host__ __device__ inline unsigned int utilhash(unsigned int a) { - a = (a + 0x7ed55d16) + (a << 12); - a = (a ^ 0xc761c23c) ^ (a >> 19); - a = (a + 0x165667b1) + (a << 5); - a = (a + 0xd3a2646c) ^ (a << 9); - a = (a + 0xfd7046c5) + (a << 3); - a = (a ^ 0xb55a4f09) ^ (a >> 16); - return a; + a = (a + 0x7ed55d16) + (a << 12); + a = (a ^ 0xc761c23c) ^ (a >> 19); + a = (a + 0x165667b1) + (a << 5); + a = (a + 0xd3a2646c) ^ (a << 9); + a = (a + 0xfd7046c5) + (a << 3); + a = (a ^ 0xb55a4f09) ^ (a >> 16); + return a; } +// CHECKITOUT /** * Compute a point at parameter value `t` on ray `r`. * Falls slightly short so that it doesn't intersect the object it's hitting. */ __host__ __device__ glm::vec3 getPointOnRay(Ray r, float t) { - return r.origin + (t - .0001f) * glm::normalize(r.direction); + return r.origin + (t - .0001f) * glm::normalize(r.direction); } /** * Multiplies a mat4 and a vec4 and returns a vec3 clipped from the vec4. */ __host__ __device__ glm::vec3 multiplyMV(glm::mat4 m, glm::vec4 v) { - return glm::vec3(m * v); + return glm::vec3(m * v); } +// CHECKITOUT /** * Test intersection between a ray and a transformed cube. Untransformed, * the cube ranges from -0.5 to 0.5 in each axis and is centered at the origin. @@ -44,49 +46,50 @@ __host__ __device__ glm::vec3 multiplyMV(glm::mat4 m, glm::vec4 v) { * @return Ray parameter `t` value. -1 if no intersection. */ __host__ __device__ float boxIntersectionTest(Geom box, Ray r, - glm::vec3 &intersectionPoint, glm::vec3 &normal, bool &outside) { - Ray q; - q.origin = multiplyMV(box.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.origin , 1.0f)); - q.direction = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(box.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.direction, 0.0f))); - - float tmin = -1e38f; - float tmax = 1e38f; - glm::vec3 tmin_n; - glm::vec3 tmax_n; - for (int xyz = 0; xyz < 3; ++xyz) { - float qdxyz = q.direction[xyz]; - /*if (glm::abs(qdxyz) > 0.00001f)*/ { - float t1 = (-0.5f - q.origin[xyz]) / qdxyz; - float t2 = (+0.5f - q.origin[xyz]) / qdxyz; - float ta = glm::min(t1, t2); - float tb = glm::max(t1, t2); - glm::vec3 n; - n[xyz] = t2 < t1 ? +1 : -1; - if (ta > 0 && ta > tmin) { - tmin = ta; - tmin_n = n; - } - if (tb < tmax) { - tmax = tb; - tmax_n = n; - } - } - } - - if (tmax >= tmin && tmax > 0) { - outside = true; - if (tmin <= 0) { - tmin = tmax; - tmin_n = tmax_n; - outside = false; - } - intersectionPoint = multiplyMV(box.transform, glm::vec4(getPointOnRay(q, tmin), 1.0f)); - normal = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(box.invTranspose, glm::vec4(tmin_n, 0.0f))); - return glm::length(r.origin - intersectionPoint); - } - return -1; + glm::vec3& intersectionPoint, glm::vec3& normal, bool& outside) { + Ray q; + q.origin = multiplyMV(box.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.origin, 1.0f)); + q.direction = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(box.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.direction, 0.0f))); + + float tmin = -1e38f; + float tmax = 1e38f; + glm::vec3 tmin_n; + glm::vec3 tmax_n; + for (int xyz = 0; xyz < 3; ++xyz) { + float qdxyz = q.direction[xyz]; + /*if (glm::abs(qdxyz) > 0.00001f)*/ { + float t1 = (-0.5f - q.origin[xyz]) / qdxyz; + float t2 = (+0.5f - q.origin[xyz]) / qdxyz; + float ta = glm::min(t1, t2); + float tb = glm::max(t1, t2); + glm::vec3 n; + n[xyz] = t2 < t1 ? +1 : -1; + if (ta > 0 && ta > tmin) { + tmin = ta; + tmin_n = n; + } + if (tb < tmax) { + tmax = tb; + tmax_n = n; + } + } + } + + if (tmax >= tmin && tmax > 0) { + outside = true; + if (tmin <= 0) { + tmin = tmax; + tmin_n = tmax_n; + outside = false; + } + intersectionPoint = multiplyMV(box.transform, glm::vec4(getPointOnRay(q, tmin), 1.0f)); + normal = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(box.invTranspose, glm::vec4(tmin_n, 0.0f))); + return glm::length(r.origin - intersectionPoint); + } + return -1; } +// CHECKITOUT /** * Test intersection between a ray and a transformed sphere. Untransformed, * the sphere always has radius 0.5 and is centered at the origin. @@ -97,45 +100,90 @@ __host__ __device__ float boxIntersectionTest(Geom box, Ray r, * @return Ray parameter `t` value. -1 if no intersection. */ __host__ __device__ float sphereIntersectionTest(Geom sphere, Ray r, - glm::vec3 &intersectionPoint, glm::vec3 &normal, bool &outside) { - float radius = .5; - - glm::vec3 ro = multiplyMV(sphere.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.origin, 1.0f)); - glm::vec3 rd = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(sphere.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.direction, 0.0f))); - - Ray rt; - rt.origin = ro; - rt.direction = rd; - - float vDotDirection = glm::dot(rt.origin, rt.direction); - float radicand = vDotDirection * vDotDirection - (glm::dot(rt.origin, rt.origin) - powf(radius, 2)); - if (radicand < 0) { - return -1; - } - - float squareRoot = sqrt(radicand); - float firstTerm = -vDotDirection; - float t1 = firstTerm + squareRoot; - float t2 = firstTerm - squareRoot; - - float t = 0; - if (t1 < 0 && t2 < 0) { - return -1; - } else if (t1 > 0 && t2 > 0) { - t = min(t1, t2); - outside = true; - } else { - t = max(t1, t2); - outside = false; - } - - glm::vec3 objspaceIntersection = getPointOnRay(rt, t); - - intersectionPoint = multiplyMV(sphere.transform, glm::vec4(objspaceIntersection, 1.f)); - normal = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(sphere.invTranspose, glm::vec4(objspaceIntersection, 0.f))); - if (!outside) { - normal = -normal; - } - - return glm::length(r.origin - intersectionPoint); + glm::vec3& intersectionPoint, glm::vec3& normal, bool& outside) { + float radius = .5; + + glm::vec3 ro = multiplyMV(sphere.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.origin, 1.0f)); + glm::vec3 rd = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(sphere.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.direction, 0.0f))); + + Ray rt; + rt.origin = ro; + rt.direction = rd; + + float vDotDirection = glm::dot(rt.origin, rt.direction); + float radicand = vDotDirection * vDotDirection - (glm::dot(rt.origin, rt.origin) - powf(radius, 2)); + if (radicand < 0) { + return -1; + } + + float squareRoot = sqrt(radicand); + float firstTerm = -vDotDirection; + float t1 = firstTerm + squareRoot; + float t2 = firstTerm - squareRoot; + + float t = 0; + if (t1 < 0 && t2 < 0) { + return -1; + } + else if (t1 > 0 && t2 > 0) { + t = min(t1, t2); + outside = true; + } + else { + t = max(t1, t2); + outside = false; + } + + glm::vec3 objspaceIntersection = getPointOnRay(rt, t); + + intersectionPoint = multiplyMV(sphere.transform, glm::vec4(objspaceIntersection, 1.f)); + normal = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(sphere.invTranspose, glm::vec4(objspaceIntersection, 0.f))); + if (!outside) { + normal = -normal; + } + + return glm::length(r.origin - intersectionPoint); } + +__host__ __device__ float triangleIntersectionTest +(Geom mesh, + const Triangle& tri, + const Material& m, + const glm::vec3* maps, + Ray r, + glm::vec3& intersectionPoint, + glm::vec3& normal, + glm::vec2& uv) { + + glm::vec3 ro = multiplyMV(mesh.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.origin, 1.0f)); + glm::vec3 rd = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(mesh.inverseTransform, glm::vec4(r.direction, 0.0f))); + + Ray rt; + rt.origin = ro; + rt.direction = rd; + + glm::vec3 baryPos; + if (!glm::intersectRayTriangle(rt.origin, rt.direction, tri.pos[0], tri.pos[1], tri.pos[2], baryPos)) + { + return -1; + } + + intersectionPoint = multiplyMV(mesh.transform, glm::vec4(getPointOnRay(rt, baryPos.z), 1.f)); + baryPos.z = 1.f - baryPos.x - baryPos.y; + uv = glm::fract(baryPos.z * tri.uv[0] + baryPos.x * tri.uv[1] + baryPos.y * tri.uv[2]); + glm::vec3 n = baryPos.z * tri.normal[0] + baryPos.x * tri.normal[1] + baryPos.y * tri.normal[2]; + + int offset = m.normal_map.offset; + if (offset >= 0) + { + int w = m.normal_map.dim.x; + int x = uv.x * (w - 1); + int y = uv.y * (m.normal_map.dim.y - 1); + glm::vec4 t = baryPos.z * tri.tangent[0] + baryPos.x * tri.tangent[1] + baryPos.y * tri.tangent[2]; + glm::vec3 b = glm::cross(n, glm::vec3(t)) * t.w; + n = glm::mat3(glm::vec3(t), b, n) * maps[offset + y * w + x]; + } + normal = glm::normalize(multiplyMV(mesh.invTranspose, glm::vec4(n, 0.f))); + + return glm::length(r.origin - intersectionPoint); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/json.hpp b/src/json.hpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87475ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/json.hpp @@ -0,0 +1,26753 @@ +/* + __ _____ _____ _____ + __| | __| | | | JSON for Modern C++ +| | |__ | | | | | | version 3.10.4 +|_____|_____|_____|_|___| https://github.com/nlohmann/json + +Licensed under the MIT License . +SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT +Copyright (c) 2013-2019 Niels Lohmann . + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +*/ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_NLOHMANN_JSON_HPP_ +#define INCLUDE_NLOHMANN_JSON_HPP_ + +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_VERSION_MAJOR 3 +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_VERSION_MINOR 10 +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_VERSION_PATCH 4 + +#include // all_of, find, for_each +#include // nullptr_t, ptrdiff_t, size_t +#include // hash, less +#include // initializer_list +#ifndef JSON_NO_IO + #include // istream, ostream +#endif // JSON_NO_IO +#include // random_access_iterator_tag +#include // unique_ptr +#include // accumulate +#include // string, stoi, to_string +#include // declval, forward, move, pair, swap +#include // vector + +// #include + + +#include +#include + +// #include + + +#include // transform +#include // array +#include // forward_list +#include // inserter, front_inserter, end +#include // map +#include // string +#include // tuple, make_tuple +#include // is_arithmetic, is_same, is_enum, underlying_type, is_convertible +#include // unordered_map +#include // pair, declval +#include // valarray + +// #include + + +#include // exception +#include // runtime_error +#include // to_string +#include // vector + +// #include + + +#include // array +#include // size_t +#include // uint8_t +#include // string + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +/////////////////////////// +// JSON type enumeration // +/////////////////////////// + +/*! +@brief the JSON type enumeration + +This enumeration collects the different JSON types. It is internally used to +distinguish the stored values, and the functions @ref basic_json::is_null(), +@ref basic_json::is_object(), @ref basic_json::is_array(), +@ref basic_json::is_string(), @ref basic_json::is_boolean(), +@ref basic_json::is_number() (with @ref basic_json::is_number_integer(), +@ref basic_json::is_number_unsigned(), and @ref basic_json::is_number_float()), +@ref basic_json::is_discarded(), @ref basic_json::is_primitive(), and +@ref basic_json::is_structured() rely on it. + +@note There are three enumeration entries (number_integer, number_unsigned, and +number_float), because the library distinguishes these three types for numbers: +@ref basic_json::number_unsigned_t is used for unsigned integers, +@ref basic_json::number_integer_t is used for signed integers, and +@ref basic_json::number_float_t is used for floating-point numbers or to +approximate integers which do not fit in the limits of their respective type. + +@sa see @ref basic_json::basic_json(const value_t value_type) -- create a JSON +value with the default value for a given type + +@since version 1.0.0 +*/ +enum class value_t : std::uint8_t +{ + null, ///< null value + object, ///< object (unordered set of name/value pairs) + array, ///< array (ordered collection of values) + string, ///< string value + boolean, ///< boolean value + number_integer, ///< number value (signed integer) + number_unsigned, ///< number value (unsigned integer) + number_float, ///< number value (floating-point) + binary, ///< binary array (ordered collection of bytes) + discarded ///< discarded by the parser callback function +}; + +/*! +@brief comparison operator for JSON types + +Returns an ordering that is similar to Python: +- order: null < boolean < number < object < array < string < binary +- furthermore, each type is not smaller than itself +- discarded values are not comparable +- binary is represented as a b"" string in python and directly comparable to a + string; however, making a binary array directly comparable with a string would + be surprising behavior in a JSON file. + +@since version 1.0.0 +*/ +inline bool operator<(const value_t lhs, const value_t rhs) noexcept +{ + static constexpr std::array order = {{ + 0 /* null */, 3 /* object */, 4 /* array */, 5 /* string */, + 1 /* boolean */, 2 /* integer */, 2 /* unsigned */, 2 /* float */, + 6 /* binary */ + } + }; + + const auto l_index = static_cast(lhs); + const auto r_index = static_cast(rhs); + return l_index < order.size() && r_index < order.size() && order[l_index] < order[r_index]; +} +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include +// #include + + +#include // declval, pair +// #include + + +/* Hedley - https://nemequ.github.io/hedley + * Created by Evan Nemerson + * + * To the extent possible under law, the author(s) have dedicated all + * copyright and related and neighboring rights to this software to + * the public domain worldwide. This software is distributed without + * any warranty. + * + * For details, see . + * SPDX-License-Identifier: CC0-1.0 + */ + +#if !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION) || (JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION < 15) +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION 15 + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_STRINGIFY_EX) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_STRINGIFY_EX +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_STRINGIFY_EX(x) #x + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_STRINGIFY) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_STRINGIFY +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_STRINGIFY(x) JSON_HEDLEY_STRINGIFY_EX(x) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT_EX) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT_EX +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT_EX(a,b) a##b + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT(a,b) JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT_EX(a,b) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT3_EX) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT3_EX +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT3_EX(a,b,c) a##b##c + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT3) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT3 +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT3(a,b,c) JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT3_EX(a,b,c) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major,minor,revision) (((major) * 1000000) + ((minor) * 1000) + (revision)) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_MAJOR) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_MAJOR +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_MAJOR(version) ((version) / 1000000) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_MINOR) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_MINOR +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_MINOR(version) (((version) % 1000000) / 1000) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_REVISION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_REVISION +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_REVISION(version) ((version) % 1000) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__GNUC__, __GNUC_MINOR__, __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__GNUC__, __GNUC_MINOR__, 0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(_MSC_FULL_VER) && (_MSC_FULL_VER >= 140000000) && !defined(__ICL) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(_MSC_FULL_VER / 10000000, (_MSC_FULL_VER % 10000000) / 100000, (_MSC_FULL_VER % 100000) / 100) +#elif defined(_MSC_FULL_VER) && !defined(__ICL) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(_MSC_FULL_VER / 1000000, (_MSC_FULL_VER % 1000000) / 10000, (_MSC_FULL_VER % 10000) / 10) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__ICL) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(_MSC_VER / 100, _MSC_VER % 100, 0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (_MSC_FULL_VER >= ((major * 10000000) + (minor * 100000) + (patch))) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (_MSC_FULL_VER >= ((major * 1000000) + (minor * 10000) + (patch))) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (_MSC_VER >= ((major * 100) + (minor))) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && defined(__INTEL_COMPILER_UPDATE) && !defined(__ICL) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__INTEL_COMPILER / 100, __INTEL_COMPILER % 100, __INTEL_COMPILER_UPDATE) +#elif defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__ICL) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__INTEL_COMPILER / 100, __INTEL_COMPILER % 100, 0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && defined(__INTEL_COMPILER_UPDATE) && defined(__ICL) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__INTEL_COMPILER, __INTEL_COMPILER_UPDATE, 0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__PGI) && defined(__PGIC__) && defined(__PGIC_MINOR__) && defined(__PGIC_PATCHLEVEL__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__PGIC__, __PGIC_MINOR__, __PGIC_PATCHLEVEL__) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__SUNPRO_C) && (__SUNPRO_C > 0x1000) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE((((__SUNPRO_C >> 16) & 0xf) * 10) + ((__SUNPRO_C >> 12) & 0xf), (((__SUNPRO_C >> 8) & 0xf) * 10) + ((__SUNPRO_C >> 4) & 0xf), (__SUNPRO_C & 0xf) * 10) +#elif defined(__SUNPRO_C) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE((__SUNPRO_C >> 8) & 0xf, (__SUNPRO_C >> 4) & 0xf, (__SUNPRO_C) & 0xf) +#elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC) && (__SUNPRO_CC > 0x1000) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE((((__SUNPRO_CC >> 16) & 0xf) * 10) + ((__SUNPRO_CC >> 12) & 0xf), (((__SUNPRO_CC >> 8) & 0xf) * 10) + ((__SUNPRO_CC >> 4) & 0xf), (__SUNPRO_CC & 0xf) * 10) +#elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE((__SUNPRO_CC >> 8) & 0xf, (__SUNPRO_CC >> 4) & 0xf, (__SUNPRO_CC) & 0xf) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__EMSCRIPTEN_major__, __EMSCRIPTEN_minor__, __EMSCRIPTEN_tiny__) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__CC_ARM) && defined(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION / 1000000, (__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION % 1000000) / 10000, (__ARMCOMPILER_VERSION % 10000) / 100) +#elif defined(__CC_ARM) && defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__ARMCC_VERSION / 1000000, (__ARMCC_VERSION % 1000000) / 10000, (__ARMCC_VERSION % 10000) / 100) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__ibmxl__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__ibmxl_version__, __ibmxl_release__, __ibmxl_modification__) +#elif defined(__xlC__) && defined(__xlC_ver__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__xlC__ >> 8, __xlC__ & 0xff, (__xlC_ver__ >> 8) & 0xff) +#elif defined(__xlC__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__xlC__ >> 8, __xlC__ & 0xff, 0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION +#endif +#if \ + defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) && \ + ( \ + defined(__TMS470__) || defined(__TI_ARM__) || \ + defined(__MSP430__) || \ + defined(__TMS320C2000__) \ + ) +#if (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ >= 16000000) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ / 1000000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000000) / 1000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000)) +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) && defined(__TMS320C2000__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ / 1000000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000000) / 1000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000)) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) && defined(__MSP430__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ / 1000000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000000) / 1000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000)) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) && (defined(__TMS470__) || defined(__TI_ARM__)) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ / 1000000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000000) / 1000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000)) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) && defined(__TMS320C6X__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ / 1000000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000000) / 1000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000)) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) && defined(__C7000__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ / 1000000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000000) / 1000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000)) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) && defined(__PRU__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ / 1000000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000000) / 1000, (__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__ % 1000)) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(_CRAYC) + #if defined(_RELEASE_PATCHLEVEL) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(_RELEASE_MAJOR, _RELEASE_MINOR, _RELEASE_PATCHLEVEL) + #else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(_RELEASE_MAJOR, _RELEASE_MINOR, 0) + #endif +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__) + #if __VER__ > 1000 + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE((__VER__ / 1000000), ((__VER__ / 1000) % 1000), (__VER__ % 1000)) + #else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__VER__ / 100, __VER__ % 100, 0) + #endif +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__TINYC__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__TINYC__ / 1000, (__TINYC__ / 100) % 10, __TINYC__ % 100) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__DMC__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__DMC__ >> 8, (__DMC__ >> 4) & 0xf, __DMC__ & 0xf) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__COMPCERT_VERSION__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__COMPCERT_VERSION__ / 10000, (__COMPCERT_VERSION__ / 100) % 100, __COMPCERT_VERSION__ % 100) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__POCC__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__POCC__ / 100, __POCC__ % 100, 0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION +#endif +#if defined(__LCC__) && defined(__LCC_MINOR__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(__LCC__ / 100, __LCC__ % 100, __LCC_MINOR__) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION +#endif +#if \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION) && \ + !defined(__clang__) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION) && \ + !defined(__COMPCERT__) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION >= JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor, patch)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#if \ + defined(__has_attribute) && \ + ( \ + (!defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION) || JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,5,9)) \ + ) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) __has_attribute(attribute) +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#if defined(__has_attribute) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#if defined(__has_attribute) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#if \ + defined(__has_cpp_attribute) && \ + defined(__cplusplus) && \ + (!defined(JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION) || JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,15,0)) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) __has_cpp_attribute(attribute) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE_NS) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE_NS +#endif +#if !defined(__cplusplus) || !defined(__has_cpp_attribute) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE_NS(ns,attribute) (0) +#elif \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION) && \ + (!defined(JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION) || JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,15,0)) && \ + (!defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION) || JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(19,20,0)) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE_NS(ns,attribute) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(ns::attribute) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE_NS(ns,attribute) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#if defined(__has_cpp_attribute) && defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) __has_cpp_attribute(attribute) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#if defined(__has_cpp_attribute) && defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) __has_cpp_attribute(attribute) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN +#endif +#if defined(__has_builtin) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(builtin) __has_builtin(builtin) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(builtin) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_BUILTIN) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_BUILTIN +#endif +#if defined(__has_builtin) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_BUILTIN(builtin,major,minor,patch) __has_builtin(builtin) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_BUILTIN(builtin,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_BUILTIN) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_BUILTIN +#endif +#if defined(__has_builtin) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_BUILTIN(builtin,major,minor,patch) __has_builtin(builtin) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_BUILTIN(builtin,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_FEATURE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_FEATURE +#endif +#if defined(__has_feature) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_FEATURE(feature) __has_feature(feature) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_FEATURE(feature) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_FEATURE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_FEATURE +#endif +#if defined(__has_feature) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_FEATURE(feature,major,minor,patch) __has_feature(feature) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_FEATURE(feature,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_FEATURE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_FEATURE +#endif +#if defined(__has_feature) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_FEATURE(feature,major,minor,patch) __has_feature(feature) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_FEATURE(feature,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_EXTENSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_EXTENSION +#endif +#if defined(__has_extension) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_EXTENSION(extension) __has_extension(extension) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_EXTENSION(extension) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_EXTENSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_EXTENSION +#endif +#if defined(__has_extension) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_EXTENSION(extension,major,minor,patch) __has_extension(extension) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_EXTENSION(extension,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_EXTENSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_EXTENSION +#endif +#if defined(__has_extension) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_EXTENSION(extension,major,minor,patch) __has_extension(extension) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_EXTENSION(extension,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#if defined(__has_declspec_attribute) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) __has_declspec_attribute(attribute) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#if defined(__has_declspec_attribute) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) __has_declspec_attribute(attribute) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#if defined(__has_declspec_attribute) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) __has_declspec_attribute(attribute) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE(attribute,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING +#endif +#if defined(__has_warning) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING(warning) __has_warning(warning) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING(warning) (0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_WARNING) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_WARNING +#endif +#if defined(__has_warning) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_WARNING(warning,major,minor,patch) __has_warning(warning) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_WARNING(warning,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_WARNING) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_WARNING +#endif +#if defined(__has_warning) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_WARNING(warning,major,minor,patch) __has_warning(warning) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_WARNING(warning,major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)) || \ + defined(__clang__) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(18,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,7,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(2,0,1) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK(5,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION_CHECK(0,9,17) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(10,1,0) && defined(__C99_PRAGMA_OPERATOR)) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(value) _Pragma(#value) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(15,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(value) __pragma(value) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(value) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +#endif +#if defined(__clang__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH _Pragma("clang diagnostic push") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP _Pragma("clang diagnostic pop") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH _Pragma("warning(push)") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP _Pragma("warning(pop)") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,6,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(15,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH __pragma(warning(push)) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP __pragma(warning(pop)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(5,6,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH _Pragma("push") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP _Pragma("pop") +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(8,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH _Pragma("diag_push") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP _Pragma("diag_pop") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK(2,90,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH _Pragma("warning(push)") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP _Pragma("warning(pop)") +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +#endif + +/* JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_ is for + HEDLEY INTERNAL USE ONLY. API subject to change without notice. */ +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_ +#endif +#if defined(__cplusplus) +# if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wc++98-compat") +# if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wc++17-extensions") +# if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wc++1z-extensions") +# define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_(xpr) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wc++98-compat\"") \ + _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wc++17-extensions\"") \ + _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wc++1z-extensions\"") \ + xpr \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +# else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_(xpr) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wc++98-compat\"") \ + _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wc++17-extensions\"") \ + xpr \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +# endif +# else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_(xpr) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wc++98-compat\"") \ + xpr \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +# endif +# endif +#endif +#if !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_(x) x +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CONST_CAST) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONST_CAST +#endif +#if defined(__cplusplus) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_CONST_CAST(T, expr) (const_cast(expr)) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wcast-qual") || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,6,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_CONST_CAST(T, expr) (__extension__ ({ \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CAST_QUAL \ + ((T) (expr)); \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP \ + })) +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_CONST_CAST(T, expr) ((T) (expr)) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_REINTERPRET_CAST) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_REINTERPRET_CAST +#endif +#if defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_REINTERPRET_CAST(T, expr) (reinterpret_cast(expr)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_REINTERPRET_CAST(T, expr) ((T) (expr)) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST +#endif +#if defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST(T, expr) (static_cast(expr)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST(T, expr) ((T) (expr)) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CPP_CAST) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CPP_CAST +#endif +#if defined(__cplusplus) +# if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wold-style-cast") +# define JSON_HEDLEY_CPP_CAST(T, expr) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wold-style-cast\"") \ + ((T) (expr)) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +# elif JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,3,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_CPP_CAST(T, expr) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + _Pragma("diag_suppress=Pe137") \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +# else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_CPP_CAST(T, expr) ((T) (expr)) +# endif +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_CPP_CAST(T, expr) (expr) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wdeprecated-declarations") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("warning(disable:1478 1786)") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED __pragma(warning(disable:1478 1786)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(20,7,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("diag_suppress 1215,1216,1444,1445") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(17,10,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("diag_suppress 1215,1444") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(15,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED __pragma(warning(disable:4996)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("diag_suppress 1215,1444") +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("diag_suppress 1291,1718") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,13,0) && !defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("error_messages(off,E_DEPRECATED_ATT,E_DEPRECATED_ATT_MESS)") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,13,0) && defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("error_messages(off,symdeprecated,symdeprecated2)") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("diag_suppress=Pe1444,Pe1215") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK(2,90,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED _Pragma("warn(disable:2241)") +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wunknown-pragmas") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wunknown-pragmas\"") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS _Pragma("warning(disable:161)") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS __pragma(warning(disable:161)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(17,10,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS _Pragma("diag_suppress 1675") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wunknown-pragmas\"") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(15,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS __pragma(warning(disable:4068)) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(16,9,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,3,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS _Pragma("diag_suppress 163") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS _Pragma("diag_suppress 163") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS _Pragma("diag_suppress=Pe161") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS _Pragma("diag_suppress 161") +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wunknown-attributes") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wunknown-attributes\"") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,6,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(17,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES _Pragma("warning(disable:1292)") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES __pragma(warning(disable:1292)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(19,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES __pragma(warning(disable:5030)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(20,7,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES _Pragma("diag_suppress 1097,1098") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(17,10,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES _Pragma("diag_suppress 1097") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,14,0) && defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES _Pragma("error_messages(off,attrskipunsup)") +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(18,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(8,3,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES _Pragma("diag_suppress 1173") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES _Pragma("diag_suppress=Pe1097") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES _Pragma("diag_suppress 1097") +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CAST_QUAL) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CAST_QUAL +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wcast-qual") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CAST_QUAL _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wcast-qual\"") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CAST_QUAL _Pragma("warning(disable:2203 2331)") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CAST_QUAL _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wcast-qual\"") +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CAST_QUAL +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNUSED_FUNCTION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNUSED_FUNCTION +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wunused-function") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNUSED_FUNCTION _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wunused-function\"") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,4,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNUSED_FUNCTION _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wunused-function\"") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(1,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNUSED_FUNCTION __pragma(warning(disable:4505)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNUSED_FUNCTION _Pragma("diag_suppress 3142") +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNUSED_FUNCTION +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(14,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED(since) __declspec(deprecated("Since " # since)) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(since, replacement) __declspec(deprecated("Since " #since "; use " #replacement)) +#elif \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_EXTENSION(attribute_deprecated_with_message) && !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(5,6,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,13,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(17,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(18,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(18,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(8,3,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,3,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED(since) __attribute__((__deprecated__("Since " #since))) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(since, replacement) __attribute__((__deprecated__("Since " #since "; use " #replacement))) +#elif defined(__cplusplus) && (__cplusplus >= 201402L) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED(since) JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_([[deprecated("Since " #since)]]) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(since, replacement) JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_([[deprecated("Since " #since "; use " #replacement)]]) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(deprecated) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,10,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED(since) __attribute__((__deprecated__)) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(since, replacement) __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(13,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK(6,50,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED(since) __declspec(deprecated) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(since, replacement) __declspec(deprecated) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED(since) _Pragma("deprecated") + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(since, replacement) _Pragma("deprecated") +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED(since) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(since, replacement) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_UNAVAILABLE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNAVAILABLE +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(warning) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNAVAILABLE(available_since) __attribute__((__warning__("Not available until " #available_since))) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNAVAILABLE(available_since) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT_MSG) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT_MSG +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(warn_unused_result) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,15,0) && defined(__cplusplus)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(17,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT_MSG(msg) __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +#elif (JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(nodiscard) >= 201907L) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_([[nodiscard]]) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT_MSG(msg) JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_([[nodiscard(msg)]]) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(nodiscard) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_([[nodiscard]]) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT_MSG(msg) JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_([[nodiscard]]) +#elif defined(_Check_return_) /* SAL */ + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT _Check_return_ + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT_MSG(msg) _Check_return_ +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + #define JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT_MSG(msg) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_SENTINEL) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_SENTINEL +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(sentinel) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(5,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_SENTINEL(position) __attribute__((__sentinel__(position))) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_SENTINEL(position) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN __noreturn +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +#elif defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN _Noreturn +#elif defined(__cplusplus) && (__cplusplus >= 201103L) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_([[noreturn]]) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(noreturn) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,11,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(10,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,10,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,10,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN _Pragma("does_not_return") +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(13,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN __declspec(noreturn) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN _Pragma("FUNC_NEVER_RETURNS;") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION_CHECK(3,2,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN __attribute((noreturn)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK(9,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN __declspec(noreturn) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_NO_ESCAPE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_NO_ESCAPE +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(noescape) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_ESCAPE __attribute__((__noescape__)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_ESCAPE +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE_RETURN) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE_RETURN +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(13,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME(expr) __assume(expr) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_assume) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME(expr) __builtin_assume(expr) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) + #if defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME(expr) std::_nassert(expr) + #else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME(expr) _nassert(expr) + #endif +#endif +#if \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_unreachable) && (!defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION))) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(18,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(13,1,5) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK(10,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE() __builtin_unreachable() +#elif defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE() JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME(0) +#endif +#if !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME) + #if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME(expr) JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST(void, ((expr) ? 1 : (JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE(), 1))) + #else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME(expr) JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST(void, expr) + #endif +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE) + #if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE_RETURN(value) return (JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST(void, JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME(0)), (value)) + #else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE_RETURN(value) JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE() + #endif +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE_RETURN(value) return (value) +#endif +#if !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE() JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME(0) +#endif + +JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wpedantic") + #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wpedantic" +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wc++98-compat-pedantic") && defined(__cplusplus) + #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wc++98-compat-pedantic" +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_WARNING("-Wvariadic-macros",4,0,0) + #if defined(__clang__) + #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wvariadic-macros" + #elif defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION) + #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wvariadic-macros" + #endif +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(nonnull) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,3,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(...) __attribute__((__nonnull__(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(...) +#endif +JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PRINTF_FORMAT) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_PRINTF_FORMAT +#endif +#if defined(__MINGW32__) && JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(format,4,4,0) && !defined(__USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PRINTF_FORMAT(string_idx,first_to_check) __attribute__((__format__(ms_printf, string_idx, first_to_check))) +#elif defined(__MINGW32__) && JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(format,4,4,0) && defined(__USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PRINTF_FORMAT(string_idx,first_to_check) __attribute__((__format__(gnu_printf, string_idx, first_to_check))) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(format) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(5,6,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(10,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PRINTF_FORMAT(string_idx,first_to_check) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, string_idx, first_to_check))) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PRINTF_FORMAT(string_idx,first_to_check) __declspec(vaformat(printf,string_idx,first_to_check)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_PRINTF_FORMAT(string_idx,first_to_check) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CONSTEXPR) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONSTEXPR +#endif +#if defined(__cplusplus) + #if __cplusplus >= 201103L + #define JSON_HEDLEY_CONSTEXPR JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_(constexpr) + #endif +#endif +#if !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CONSTEXPR) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_CONSTEXPR +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_UNPREDICTABLE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNPREDICTABLE +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_unpredictable) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNPREDICTABLE(expr) __builtin_unpredictable((expr)) +#endif +#if \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_expect_with_probability) && !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(9,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT(expr, value, probability) __builtin_expect_with_probability( (expr), (value), (probability)) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT_TRUE(expr, probability) __builtin_expect_with_probability(!!(expr), 1 , (probability)) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT_FALSE(expr, probability) __builtin_expect_with_probability(!!(expr), 0 , (probability)) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(expr) __builtin_expect (!!(expr), 1 ) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(expr) __builtin_expect (!!(expr), 0 ) +#elif \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_expect) && !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,15,0) && defined(__cplusplus)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(10,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,7,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(3,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(6,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION_CHECK(0,9,27) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK(8,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT(expr, expected, probability) \ + (((probability) >= 0.9) ? __builtin_expect((expr), (expected)) : (JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST(void, expected), (expr))) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT_TRUE(expr, probability) \ + (__extension__ ({ \ + double hedley_probability_ = (probability); \ + ((hedley_probability_ >= 0.9) ? __builtin_expect(!!(expr), 1) : ((hedley_probability_ <= 0.1) ? __builtin_expect(!!(expr), 0) : !!(expr))); \ + })) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT_FALSE(expr, probability) \ + (__extension__ ({ \ + double hedley_probability_ = (probability); \ + ((hedley_probability_ >= 0.9) ? __builtin_expect(!!(expr), 0) : ((hedley_probability_ <= 0.1) ? __builtin_expect(!!(expr), 1) : !!(expr))); \ + })) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(expr) __builtin_expect(!!(expr), 1) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(expr) __builtin_expect(!!(expr), 0) +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT(expr, expected, probability) (JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST(void, expected), (expr)) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT_TRUE(expr, probability) (!!(expr)) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT_FALSE(expr, probability) (!!(expr)) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(expr) (!!(expr)) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(expr) (!!(expr)) +#endif +#if !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_UNPREDICTABLE) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_UNPREDICTABLE(expr) JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT(expr, 1, 0.5) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MALLOC) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_MALLOC +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(malloc) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,11,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(12,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MALLOC __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,10,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MALLOC _Pragma("returns_new_memory") +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(14,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MALLOC __declspec(restrict) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_MALLOC +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PURE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_PURE +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(pure) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(2,96,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,11,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(10,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(17,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PURE __attribute__((__pure__)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,10,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PURE _Pragma("does_not_write_global_data") +#elif defined(__cplusplus) && \ + ( \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(2,0,1) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) \ + ) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PURE _Pragma("FUNC_IS_PURE;") +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PURE +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CONST) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONST +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(const) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(2,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,11,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(10,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(17,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_CONST __attribute__((__const__)) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,10,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_CONST _Pragma("no_side_effect") +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_CONST JSON_HEDLEY_PURE +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_RESTRICT) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_RESTRICT +#endif +#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) && !defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_RESTRICT restrict +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(14,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(10,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(17,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,2,4) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(8,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,14,0) && defined(__cplusplus)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) || \ + defined(__clang__) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_RESTRICT __restrict +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,3,0) && !defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_RESTRICT _Restrict +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_RESTRICT +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INLINE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_INLINE +#endif +#if \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)) || \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && (__cplusplus >= 199711L)) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INLINE inline +#elif \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(6,2,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INLINE __inline__ +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(12,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(3,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INLINE __inline +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_INLINE +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ALWAYS_INLINE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_ALWAYS_INLINE +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(always_inline) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,11,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(10,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,10,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_ALWAYS_INLINE __attribute__((__always_inline__)) JSON_HEDLEY_INLINE +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(12,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_ALWAYS_INLINE __forceinline +#elif defined(__cplusplus) && \ + ( \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(6,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) \ + ) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_ALWAYS_INLINE _Pragma("FUNC_ALWAYS_INLINE;") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_ALWAYS_INLINE _Pragma("inline=forced") +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_ALWAYS_INLINE JSON_HEDLEY_INLINE +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(noinline) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,11,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(10,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK(15,12,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK(5,2,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK(6,4,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,0,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(4,3,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK(1,2,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK(2,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,10,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE __attribute__((__noinline__)) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(13,10,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE __declspec(noinline) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(10,2,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE _Pragma("noinline") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) && defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE _Pragma("FUNC_CANNOT_INLINE;") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE _Pragma("inline=never") +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION_CHECK(3,2,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE __attribute((noinline)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK(9,0,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE __declspec(noinline) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PRIVATE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_PRIVATE +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PUBLIC) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_PUBLIC +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IMPORT) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_IMPORT +#endif +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PRIVATE +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PUBLIC __declspec(dllexport) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport) +#else +# if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(visibility) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,3,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,11,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(13,1,0) || \ + ( \ + defined(__TI_EABI__) && \ + ( \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,2,0) && defined(__TI_GNU_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORT__)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(7,5,0) \ + ) \ + ) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PRIVATE __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PUBLIC __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) +# else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PRIVATE +# define JSON_HEDLEY_PUBLIC +# endif +# define JSON_HEDLEY_IMPORT extern +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_NO_THROW) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_NO_THROW +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(nothrow) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,3,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_THROW __attribute__((__nothrow__)) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(13,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_THROW __declspec(nothrow) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NO_THROW +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_FALL_THROUGH) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_FALL_THROUGH +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(fallthrough) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(7,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_FALL_THROUGH __attribute__((__fallthrough__)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE_NS(clang,fallthrough) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_FALL_THROUGH JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_([[clang::fallthrough]]) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(fallthrough) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_FALL_THROUGH JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_([[fallthrough]]) +#elif defined(__fallthrough) /* SAL */ + #define JSON_HEDLEY_FALL_THROUGH __fallthrough +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_FALL_THROUGH +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(returns_nonnull) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,9,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL __attribute__((__returns_nonnull__)) +#elif defined(_Ret_notnull_) /* SAL */ + #define JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL _Ret_notnull_ +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_ARRAY_PARAM) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_ARRAY_PARAM +#endif +#if \ + defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) && \ + !defined(__STDC_NO_VLA__) && \ + !defined(__cplusplus) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ARRAY_PARAM(name) (name) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_ARRAY_PARAM(name) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTANT) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTANT +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_CONSTEXPR) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_CONSTEXPR +#endif +/* JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_ is for + HEDLEY INTERNAL USE ONLY. API subject to change without notice. */ +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_ +#endif +#if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_constant_p) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION_CHECK(0,9,19) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(4,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(13,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK(6,1,0) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK(5,10,0) && !defined(__cplusplus)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK(8,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK(1,25,10) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTANT(expr) __builtin_constant_p(expr) +#endif +#if !defined(__cplusplus) +# if \ + JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_types_compatible_p) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(3,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(13,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK(8,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(5,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION_CHECK(0,9,24) +#if defined(__INTPTR_TYPE__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_(expr) __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__((1 ? (void*) ((__INTPTR_TYPE__) ((expr) * 0)) : (int*) 0)), int*) +#else + #include + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_(expr) __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__((1 ? (void*) ((intptr_t) ((expr) * 0)) : (int*) 0)), int*) +#endif +# elif \ + ( \ + defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION) && \ + !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION)) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_EXTENSION(c_generic_selections) && !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,9,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(17,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK(12,1,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK(5,3,0) +#if defined(__INTPTR_TYPE__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_(expr) _Generic((1 ? (void*) ((__INTPTR_TYPE__) ((expr) * 0)) : (int*) 0), int*: 1, void*: 0) +#else + #include + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_(expr) _Generic((1 ? (void*) ((intptr_t) * 0) : (int*) 0), int*: 1, void*: 0) +#endif +# elif \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION) || \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION) || \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION) || \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK(18,12,0) || \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION) || \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION) || \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION) || \ + defined(JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION) || \ + defined(__clang__) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_(expr) ( \ + sizeof(void) != \ + sizeof(*( \ + 1 ? \ + ((void*) ((expr) * 0L) ) : \ +((struct { char v[sizeof(void) * 2]; } *) 1) \ + ) \ + ) \ + ) +# endif +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_) + #if !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTANT) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTANT(expr) JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_(expr) + #endif + #define JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_CONSTEXPR(expr) (JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_(expr) ? (expr) : (-1)) +#else + #if !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTANT) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTANT(expr) (0) + #endif + #define JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_CONSTEXPR(expr) (expr) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_BEGIN_C_DECLS) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_BEGIN_C_DECLS +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_END_C_DECLS) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_END_C_DECLS +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_C_DECL) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_C_DECL +#endif +#if defined(__cplusplus) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_BEGIN_C_DECLS extern "C" { + #define JSON_HEDLEY_END_C_DECLS } + #define JSON_HEDLEY_C_DECL extern "C" +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_BEGIN_C_DECLS + #define JSON_HEDLEY_END_C_DECLS + #define JSON_HEDLEY_C_DECL +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_ASSERT) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_ASSERT +#endif +#if \ + !defined(__cplusplus) && ( \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L)) || \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_FEATURE(c_static_assert) && !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(6,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) || \ + defined(_Static_assert) \ + ) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_ASSERT(expr, message) _Static_assert(expr, message) +#elif \ + (defined(__cplusplus) && (__cplusplus >= 201103L)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(16,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_ASSERT(expr, message) JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_(static_assert(expr, message)) +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_ASSERT(expr, message) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_NULL) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_NULL +#endif +#if defined(__cplusplus) + #if __cplusplus >= 201103L + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NULL JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_(nullptr) + #elif defined(NULL) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NULL NULL + #else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NULL JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST(void*, 0) + #endif +#elif defined(NULL) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NULL NULL +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_NULL ((void*) 0) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wunknown-pragmas") +# define JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE(msg) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(message msg) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE(msg) JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(message msg) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK(5,0,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE(msg) JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(_CRI message msg) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK(8,0,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE(msg) JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(message(msg)) +#elif JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK(2,0,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE(msg) JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(message(msg)) +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE(msg) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_WARNING) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_WARNING +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wunknown-pragmas") +# define JSON_HEDLEY_WARNING(msg) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(clang warning msg) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(4,8,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK(18,4,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(13,0,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_WARNING(msg) JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(GCC warning msg) +#elif \ + JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(15,0,0) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_WARNING(msg) JSON_HEDLEY_PRAGMA(message(msg)) +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_WARNING(msg) JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE(msg) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE +#endif +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_MSG) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_MSG +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(diagnose_if) +# if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wgcc-compat") +# define JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE(expr) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wgcc-compat\"") \ + __attribute__((diagnose_if(!(expr), #expr, "error"))) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +# define JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_MSG(expr,msg) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + _Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wgcc-compat\"") \ + __attribute__((diagnose_if(!(expr), msg, "error"))) \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +# else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE(expr) __attribute__((diagnose_if(!(expr), #expr, "error"))) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_MSG(expr,msg) __attribute__((diagnose_if(!(expr), msg, "error"))) +# endif +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE(expr) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_MSG(expr,msg) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(flag_enum) && (!defined(__cplusplus) || JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING("-Wbitfield-enum-conversion")) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS __attribute__((__flag_enum__)) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS_CAST) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS_CAST +#endif +#if JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK(19,0,0) +# define JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS_CAST(T, expr) (__extension__ ({ \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH \ + _Pragma("warning(disable:188)") \ + ((T) (expr)); \ + JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP \ + })) +#else +# define JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS_CAST(T, expr) JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST(T, expr) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_EMPTY_BASES) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_EMPTY_BASES +#endif +#if \ + (JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(19,0,23918) && !JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK(20,0,0)) || \ + JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK(2021,1,0) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_EMPTY_BASES __declspec(empty_bases) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_EMPTY_BASES +#endif + +/* Remaining macros are deprecated. */ + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_NOT_CLANG_VERSION_CHECK) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_NOT_CLANG_VERSION_CHECK +#endif +#if defined(__clang__) + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_NOT_CLANG_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) (0) +#else + #define JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_NOT_CLANG_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK(major,minor,patch) +#endif + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_BUILTIN) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_BUILTIN +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_BUILTIN(builtin) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN(builtin) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_FEATURE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_FEATURE +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_FEATURE(feature) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_FEATURE(feature) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_EXTENSION) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_EXTENSION +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_EXTENSION(extension) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_EXTENSION(extension) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_DECLSPEC_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_DECLSPEC_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE(attribute) + +#if defined(JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_WARNING) + #undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_WARNING +#endif +#define JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_WARNING(warning) JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING(warning) + +#endif /* !defined(JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION) || (JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION < X) */ + +// #include + + +#include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +template struct make_void +{ + using type = void; +}; +template using void_t = typename make_void::type; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + + +// https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/experimental/is_detected +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +struct nonesuch +{ + nonesuch() = delete; + ~nonesuch() = delete; + nonesuch(nonesuch const&) = delete; + nonesuch(nonesuch const&&) = delete; + void operator=(nonesuch const&) = delete; + void operator=(nonesuch&&) = delete; +}; + +template class Op, + class... Args> +struct detector +{ + using value_t = std::false_type; + using type = Default; +}; + +template class Op, class... Args> +struct detector>, Op, Args...> +{ + using value_t = std::true_type; + using type = Op; +}; + +template class Op, class... Args> +using is_detected = typename detector::value_t; + +template class Op, class... Args> +struct is_detected_lazy : is_detected { }; + +template class Op, class... Args> +using detected_t = typename detector::type; + +template class Op, class... Args> +using detected_or = detector; + +template class Op, class... Args> +using detected_or_t = typename detected_or::type; + +template class Op, class... Args> +using is_detected_exact = std::is_same>; + +template class Op, class... Args> +using is_detected_convertible = + std::is_convertible, To>; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + + +// This file contains all internal macro definitions +// You MUST include macro_unscope.hpp at the end of json.hpp to undef all of them + +// exclude unsupported compilers +#if !defined(JSON_SKIP_UNSUPPORTED_COMPILER_CHECK) + #if defined(__clang__) + #if (__clang_major__ * 10000 + __clang_minor__ * 100 + __clang_patchlevel__) < 30400 + #error "unsupported Clang version - see https://github.com/nlohmann/json#supported-compilers" + #endif + #elif defined(__GNUC__) && !(defined(__ICC) || defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)) + #if (__GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) < 40800 + #error "unsupported GCC version - see https://github.com/nlohmann/json#supported-compilers" + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// C++ language standard detection +// if the user manually specified the used c++ version this is skipped +#if !defined(JSON_HAS_CPP_20) && !defined(JSON_HAS_CPP_17) && !defined(JSON_HAS_CPP_14) && !defined(JSON_HAS_CPP_11) + #if (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 202002L) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 202002L) + #define JSON_HAS_CPP_20 + #define JSON_HAS_CPP_17 + #define JSON_HAS_CPP_14 + #elif (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201703L) || (defined(_HAS_CXX17) && _HAS_CXX17 == 1) // fix for issue #464 + #define JSON_HAS_CPP_17 + #define JSON_HAS_CPP_14 + #elif (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201402L) || (defined(_HAS_CXX14) && _HAS_CXX14 == 1) + #define JSON_HAS_CPP_14 + #endif + // the cpp 11 flag is always specified because it is the minimal required version + #define JSON_HAS_CPP_11 +#endif + +// disable documentation warnings on clang +#if defined(__clang__) + #pragma clang diagnostic push + #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdocumentation" + #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdocumentation-unknown-command" +#endif + +// allow to disable exceptions +#if (defined(__cpp_exceptions) || defined(__EXCEPTIONS) || defined(_CPPUNWIND)) && !defined(JSON_NOEXCEPTION) + #define JSON_THROW(exception) throw exception + #define JSON_TRY try + #define JSON_CATCH(exception) catch(exception) + #define JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH(exception) catch(exception) +#else + #include + #define JSON_THROW(exception) std::abort() + #define JSON_TRY if(true) + #define JSON_CATCH(exception) if(false) + #define JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH(exception) if(false) +#endif + +// override exception macros +#if defined(JSON_THROW_USER) + #undef JSON_THROW + #define JSON_THROW JSON_THROW_USER +#endif +#if defined(JSON_TRY_USER) + #undef JSON_TRY + #define JSON_TRY JSON_TRY_USER +#endif +#if defined(JSON_CATCH_USER) + #undef JSON_CATCH + #define JSON_CATCH JSON_CATCH_USER + #undef JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH + #define JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH JSON_CATCH_USER +#endif +#if defined(JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH_USER) + #undef JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH + #define JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH_USER +#endif + +// allow to override assert +#if !defined(JSON_ASSERT) + #include // assert + #define JSON_ASSERT(x) assert(x) +#endif + +// allow to access some private functions (needed by the test suite) +#if defined(JSON_TESTS_PRIVATE) + #define JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED public +#else + #define JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED private +#endif + +/*! +@brief macro to briefly define a mapping between an enum and JSON +@def NLOHMANN_JSON_SERIALIZE_ENUM +@since version 3.4.0 +*/ +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_SERIALIZE_ENUM(ENUM_TYPE, ...) \ + template \ + inline void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const ENUM_TYPE& e) \ + { \ + static_assert(std::is_enum::value, #ENUM_TYPE " must be an enum!"); \ + static const std::pair m[] = __VA_ARGS__; \ + auto it = std::find_if(std::begin(m), std::end(m), \ + [e](const std::pair& ej_pair) -> bool \ + { \ + return ej_pair.first == e; \ + }); \ + j = ((it != std::end(m)) ? it : std::begin(m))->second; \ + } \ + template \ + inline void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, ENUM_TYPE& e) \ + { \ + static_assert(std::is_enum::value, #ENUM_TYPE " must be an enum!"); \ + static const std::pair m[] = __VA_ARGS__; \ + auto it = std::find_if(std::begin(m), std::end(m), \ + [&j](const std::pair& ej_pair) -> bool \ + { \ + return ej_pair.second == j; \ + }); \ + e = ((it != std::end(m)) ? it : std::begin(m))->first; \ + } + +// Ugly macros to avoid uglier copy-paste when specializing basic_json. They +// may be removed in the future once the class is split. + +#define NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL_DECLARATION \ + template class ObjectType, \ + template class ArrayType, \ + class StringType, class BooleanType, class NumberIntegerType, \ + class NumberUnsignedType, class NumberFloatType, \ + template class AllocatorType, \ + template class JSONSerializer, \ + class BinaryType> + +#define NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL \ + basic_json + +// Macros to simplify conversion from/to types + +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_EXPAND( x ) x +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_GET_MACRO(_1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9, _10, _11, _12, _13, _14, _15, _16, _17, _18, _19, _20, _21, _22, _23, _24, _25, _26, _27, _28, _29, _30, _31, _32, _33, _34, _35, _36, _37, _38, _39, _40, _41, _42, _43, _44, _45, _46, _47, _48, _49, _50, _51, _52, _53, _54, _55, _56, _57, _58, _59, _60, _61, _62, _63, _64, NAME,...) NAME +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE(...) NLOHMANN_JSON_EXPAND(NLOHMANN_JSON_GET_MACRO(__VA_ARGS__, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE64, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE63, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE62, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE61, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE60, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE59, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE58, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE57, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE56, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE55, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE54, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE53, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE52, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE51, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE50, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE49, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE48, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE47, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE46, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE45, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE44, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE43, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE42, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE41, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE40, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE39, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE38, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE37, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE36, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE35, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE34, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE33, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE32, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE31, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE30, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE29, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE28, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE27, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE26, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE25, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE24, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE23, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE22, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE21, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE20, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE19, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE18, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE17, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE16, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE15, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE14, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE13, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE12, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE11, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE10, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE9, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE8, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE7, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE6, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE5, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE4, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE3, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2, \ + NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE1)(__VA_ARGS__)) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) func(v1) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE3(func, v1, v2) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v2) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE4(func, v1, v2, v3) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE3(func, v2, v3) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE5(func, v1, v2, v3, v4) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE4(func, v2, v3, v4) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE6(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE5(func, v2, v3, v4, v5) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE7(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE6(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE8(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE7(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE9(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE8(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE10(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE9(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE11(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE10(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE12(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE11(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE13(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE12(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE14(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE13(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE15(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE14(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE16(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE15(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE17(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE16(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE18(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE17(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE19(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE18(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE20(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE19(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE21(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE20(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE22(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE21(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE23(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE22(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE24(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE23(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE25(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE24(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE26(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE25(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE27(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE26(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE28(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE27(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE29(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE28(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE30(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE29(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE31(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE30(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE32(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE31(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE33(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE32(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE34(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE33(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE35(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE34(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE36(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE35(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE37(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE36(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE38(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE37(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE39(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE38(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE40(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE39(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE41(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE40(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE42(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE41(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE43(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE42(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE44(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE43(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE45(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE44(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE46(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE45(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE47(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE46(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE48(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE47(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE49(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE48(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE50(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE49(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE51(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE50(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE52(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE51(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE53(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE52(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE54(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE53(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE55(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE54(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE56(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE55(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE57(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE56(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE58(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE57(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE59(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE58(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE60(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE59(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE61(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59, v60) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE60(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59, v60) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE62(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59, v60, v61) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE61(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59, v60, v61) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE63(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59, v60, v61, v62) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE62(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59, v60, v61, v62) +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE64(func, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59, v60, v61, v62, v63) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE2(func, v1) NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE63(func, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v16, v17, v18, v19, v20, v21, v22, v23, v24, v25, v26, v27, v28, v29, v30, v31, v32, v33, v34, v35, v36, v37, v38, v39, v40, v41, v42, v43, v44, v45, v46, v47, v48, v49, v50, v51, v52, v53, v54, v55, v56, v57, v58, v59, v60, v61, v62, v63) + +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_TO(v1) nlohmann_json_j[#v1] = nlohmann_json_t.v1; +#define NLOHMANN_JSON_FROM(v1) nlohmann_json_j.at(#v1).get_to(nlohmann_json_t.v1); + +/*! +@brief macro +@def NLOHMANN_DEFINE_TYPE_INTRUSIVE +@since version 3.9.0 +*/ +#define NLOHMANN_DEFINE_TYPE_INTRUSIVE(Type, ...) \ + friend void to_json(nlohmann::json& nlohmann_json_j, const Type& nlohmann_json_t) { NLOHMANN_JSON_EXPAND(NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE(NLOHMANN_JSON_TO, __VA_ARGS__)) } \ + friend void from_json(const nlohmann::json& nlohmann_json_j, Type& nlohmann_json_t) { NLOHMANN_JSON_EXPAND(NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE(NLOHMANN_JSON_FROM, __VA_ARGS__)) } + +/*! +@brief macro +@def NLOHMANN_DEFINE_TYPE_NON_INTRUSIVE +@since version 3.9.0 +*/ +#define NLOHMANN_DEFINE_TYPE_NON_INTRUSIVE(Type, ...) \ + inline void to_json(nlohmann::json& nlohmann_json_j, const Type& nlohmann_json_t) { NLOHMANN_JSON_EXPAND(NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE(NLOHMANN_JSON_TO, __VA_ARGS__)) } \ + inline void from_json(const nlohmann::json& nlohmann_json_j, Type& nlohmann_json_t) { NLOHMANN_JSON_EXPAND(NLOHMANN_JSON_PASTE(NLOHMANN_JSON_FROM, __VA_ARGS__)) } + + +// inspired from https://stackoverflow.com/a/26745591 +// allows to call any std function as if (e.g. with begin): +// using std::begin; begin(x); +// +// it allows using the detected idiom to retrieve the return type +// of such an expression +#define NLOHMANN_CAN_CALL_STD_FUNC_IMPL(std_name) \ + namespace detail { \ + using std::std_name; \ + \ + template \ + using result_of_##std_name = decltype(std_name(std::declval()...)); \ + } \ + \ + namespace detail2 { \ + struct std_name##_tag \ + { \ + }; \ + \ + template \ + std_name##_tag std_name(T&&...); \ + \ + template \ + using result_of_##std_name = decltype(std_name(std::declval()...)); \ + \ + template \ + struct would_call_std_##std_name \ + { \ + static constexpr auto const value = ::nlohmann::detail:: \ + is_detected_exact::value; \ + }; \ + } /* namespace detail2 */ \ + \ + template \ + struct would_call_std_##std_name : detail2::would_call_std_##std_name \ + { \ + } + +#ifndef JSON_USE_IMPLICIT_CONVERSIONS + #define JSON_USE_IMPLICIT_CONVERSIONS 1 +#endif + +#if JSON_USE_IMPLICIT_CONVERSIONS + #define JSON_EXPLICIT +#else + #define JSON_EXPLICIT explicit +#endif + +#ifndef JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + #define JSON_DIAGNOSTICS 0 +#endif + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ + +/*! +@brief replace all occurrences of a substring by another string + +@param[in,out] s the string to manipulate; changed so that all + occurrences of @a f are replaced with @a t +@param[in] f the substring to replace with @a t +@param[in] t the string to replace @a f + +@pre The search string @a f must not be empty. **This precondition is +enforced with an assertion.** + +@since version 2.0.0 +*/ +inline void replace_substring(std::string& s, const std::string& f, + const std::string& t) +{ + JSON_ASSERT(!f.empty()); + for (auto pos = s.find(f); // find first occurrence of f + pos != std::string::npos; // make sure f was found + s.replace(pos, f.size(), t), // replace with t, and + pos = s.find(f, pos + t.size())) // find next occurrence of f + {} +} + +/*! + * @brief string escaping as described in RFC 6901 (Sect. 4) + * @param[in] s string to escape + * @return escaped string + * + * Note the order of escaping "~" to "~0" and "/" to "~1" is important. + */ +inline std::string escape(std::string s) +{ + replace_substring(s, "~", "~0"); + replace_substring(s, "/", "~1"); + return s; +} + +/*! + * @brief string unescaping as described in RFC 6901 (Sect. 4) + * @param[in] s string to unescape + * @return unescaped string + * + * Note the order of escaping "~1" to "/" and "~0" to "~" is important. + */ +static void unescape(std::string& s) +{ + replace_substring(s, "~1", "/"); + replace_substring(s, "~0", "~"); +} + +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include // size_t + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +/// struct to capture the start position of the current token +struct position_t +{ + /// the total number of characters read + std::size_t chars_read_total = 0; + /// the number of characters read in the current line + std::size_t chars_read_current_line = 0; + /// the number of lines read + std::size_t lines_read = 0; + + /// conversion to size_t to preserve SAX interface + constexpr operator size_t() const + { + return chars_read_total; + } +}; + +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +//////////////// +// exceptions // +//////////////// + +/*! +@brief general exception of the @ref basic_json class + +This class is an extension of `std::exception` objects with a member @a id for +exception ids. It is used as the base class for all exceptions thrown by the +@ref basic_json class. This class can hence be used as "wildcard" to catch +exceptions. + +Subclasses: +- @ref parse_error for exceptions indicating a parse error +- @ref invalid_iterator for exceptions indicating errors with iterators +- @ref type_error for exceptions indicating executing a member function with + a wrong type +- @ref out_of_range for exceptions indicating access out of the defined range +- @ref other_error for exceptions indicating other library errors + +@internal +@note To have nothrow-copy-constructible exceptions, we internally use + `std::runtime_error` which can cope with arbitrary-length error messages. + Intermediate strings are built with static functions and then passed to + the actual constructor. +@endinternal + +@liveexample{The following code shows how arbitrary library exceptions can be +caught.,exception} + +@since version 3.0.0 +*/ +class exception : public std::exception +{ + public: + /// returns the explanatory string + const char* what() const noexcept override + { + return m.what(); + } + + /// the id of the exception + const int id; // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-non-private-member-variables-in-classes) + + protected: + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(3) + exception(int id_, const char* what_arg) : id(id_), m(what_arg) {} + + static std::string name(const std::string& ename, int id_) + { + return "[json.exception." + ename + "." + std::to_string(id_) + "] "; + } + + template + static std::string diagnostics(const BasicJsonType& leaf_element) + { +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + std::vector tokens; + for (const auto* current = &leaf_element; current->m_parent != nullptr; current = current->m_parent) + { + switch (current->m_parent->type()) + { + case value_t::array: + { + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < current->m_parent->m_value.array->size(); ++i) + { + if (¤t->m_parent->m_value.array->operator[](i) == current) + { + tokens.emplace_back(std::to_string(i)); + break; + } + } + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + for (const auto& element : *current->m_parent->m_value.object) + { + if (&element.second == current) + { + tokens.emplace_back(element.first.c_str()); + break; + } + } + break; + } + + case value_t::null: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::string: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::boolean: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::number_integer: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::number_unsigned: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::number_float: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::binary: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::discarded: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + break; // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + } + + if (tokens.empty()) + { + return ""; + } + + return "(" + std::accumulate(tokens.rbegin(), tokens.rend(), std::string{}, + [](const std::string & a, const std::string & b) + { + return a + "/" + detail::escape(b); + }) + ") "; +#else + static_cast(leaf_element); + return ""; +#endif + } + + private: + /// an exception object as storage for error messages + std::runtime_error m; +}; + +/*! +@brief exception indicating a parse error + +This exception is thrown by the library when a parse error occurs. Parse errors +can occur during the deserialization of JSON text, CBOR, MessagePack, as well +as when using JSON Patch. + +Member @a byte holds the byte index of the last read character in the input +file. + +Exceptions have ids 1xx. + +name / id | example message | description +------------------------------ | --------------- | ------------------------- +json.exception.parse_error.101 | parse error at 2: unexpected end of input; expected string literal | This error indicates a syntax error while deserializing a JSON text. The error message describes that an unexpected token (character) was encountered, and the member @a byte indicates the error position. +json.exception.parse_error.102 | parse error at 14: missing or wrong low surrogate | JSON uses the `\uxxxx` format to describe Unicode characters. Code points above above 0xFFFF are split into two `\uxxxx` entries ("surrogate pairs"). This error indicates that the surrogate pair is incomplete or contains an invalid code point. +json.exception.parse_error.103 | parse error: code points above 0x10FFFF are invalid | Unicode supports code points up to 0x10FFFF. Code points above 0x10FFFF are invalid. +json.exception.parse_error.104 | parse error: JSON patch must be an array of objects | [RFC 6902](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902) requires a JSON Patch document to be a JSON document that represents an array of objects. +json.exception.parse_error.105 | parse error: operation must have string member 'op' | An operation of a JSON Patch document must contain exactly one "op" member, whose value indicates the operation to perform. Its value must be one of "add", "remove", "replace", "move", "copy", or "test"; other values are errors. +json.exception.parse_error.106 | parse error: array index '01' must not begin with '0' | An array index in a JSON Pointer ([RFC 6901](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6901)) may be `0` or any number without a leading `0`. +json.exception.parse_error.107 | parse error: JSON pointer must be empty or begin with '/' - was: 'foo' | A JSON Pointer must be a Unicode string containing a sequence of zero or more reference tokens, each prefixed by a `/` character. +json.exception.parse_error.108 | parse error: escape character '~' must be followed with '0' or '1' | In a JSON Pointer, only `~0` and `~1` are valid escape sequences. +json.exception.parse_error.109 | parse error: array index 'one' is not a number | A JSON Pointer array index must be a number. +json.exception.parse_error.110 | parse error at 1: cannot read 2 bytes from vector | When parsing CBOR or MessagePack, the byte vector ends before the complete value has been read. +json.exception.parse_error.112 | parse error at 1: error reading CBOR; last byte: 0xF8 | Not all types of CBOR or MessagePack are supported. This exception occurs if an unsupported byte was read. +json.exception.parse_error.113 | parse error at 2: expected a CBOR string; last byte: 0x98 | While parsing a map key, a value that is not a string has been read. +json.exception.parse_error.114 | parse error: Unsupported BSON record type 0x0F | The parsing of the corresponding BSON record type is not implemented (yet). +json.exception.parse_error.115 | parse error at byte 5: syntax error while parsing UBJSON high-precision number: invalid number text: 1A | A UBJSON high-precision number could not be parsed. + +@note For an input with n bytes, 1 is the index of the first character and n+1 + is the index of the terminating null byte or the end of file. This also + holds true when reading a byte vector (CBOR or MessagePack). + +@liveexample{The following code shows how a `parse_error` exception can be +caught.,parse_error} + +@sa - @ref exception for the base class of the library exceptions +@sa - @ref invalid_iterator for exceptions indicating errors with iterators +@sa - @ref type_error for exceptions indicating executing a member function with + a wrong type +@sa - @ref out_of_range for exceptions indicating access out of the defined range +@sa - @ref other_error for exceptions indicating other library errors + +@since version 3.0.0 +*/ +class parse_error : public exception +{ + public: + /*! + @brief create a parse error exception + @param[in] id_ the id of the exception + @param[in] pos the position where the error occurred (or with + chars_read_total=0 if the position cannot be + determined) + @param[in] what_arg the explanatory string + @return parse_error object + */ + template + static parse_error create(int id_, const position_t& pos, const std::string& what_arg, const BasicJsonType& context) + { + std::string w = exception::name("parse_error", id_) + "parse error" + + position_string(pos) + ": " + exception::diagnostics(context) + what_arg; + return parse_error(id_, pos.chars_read_total, w.c_str()); + } + + template + static parse_error create(int id_, std::size_t byte_, const std::string& what_arg, const BasicJsonType& context) + { + std::string w = exception::name("parse_error", id_) + "parse error" + + (byte_ != 0 ? (" at byte " + std::to_string(byte_)) : "") + + ": " + exception::diagnostics(context) + what_arg; + return parse_error(id_, byte_, w.c_str()); + } + + /*! + @brief byte index of the parse error + + The byte index of the last read character in the input file. + + @note For an input with n bytes, 1 is the index of the first character and + n+1 is the index of the terminating null byte or the end of file. + This also holds true when reading a byte vector (CBOR or MessagePack). + */ + const std::size_t byte; + + private: + parse_error(int id_, std::size_t byte_, const char* what_arg) + : exception(id_, what_arg), byte(byte_) {} + + static std::string position_string(const position_t& pos) + { + return " at line " + std::to_string(pos.lines_read + 1) + + ", column " + std::to_string(pos.chars_read_current_line); + } +}; + +/*! +@brief exception indicating errors with iterators + +This exception is thrown if iterators passed to a library function do not match +the expected semantics. + +Exceptions have ids 2xx. + +name / id | example message | description +----------------------------------- | --------------- | ------------------------- +json.exception.invalid_iterator.201 | iterators are not compatible | The iterators passed to constructor @ref basic_json(InputIT first, InputIT last) are not compatible, meaning they do not belong to the same container. Therefore, the range (@a first, @a last) is invalid. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.202 | iterator does not fit current value | In an erase or insert function, the passed iterator @a pos does not belong to the JSON value for which the function was called. It hence does not define a valid position for the deletion/insertion. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.203 | iterators do not fit current value | Either iterator passed to function @ref erase(IteratorType first, IteratorType last) does not belong to the JSON value from which values shall be erased. It hence does not define a valid range to delete values from. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.204 | iterators out of range | When an iterator range for a primitive type (number, boolean, or string) is passed to a constructor or an erase function, this range has to be exactly (@ref begin(), @ref end()), because this is the only way the single stored value is expressed. All other ranges are invalid. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.205 | iterator out of range | When an iterator for a primitive type (number, boolean, or string) is passed to an erase function, the iterator has to be the @ref begin() iterator, because it is the only way to address the stored value. All other iterators are invalid. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.206 | cannot construct with iterators from null | The iterators passed to constructor @ref basic_json(InputIT first, InputIT last) belong to a JSON null value and hence to not define a valid range. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.207 | cannot use key() for non-object iterators | The key() member function can only be used on iterators belonging to a JSON object, because other types do not have a concept of a key. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.208 | cannot use operator[] for object iterators | The operator[] to specify a concrete offset cannot be used on iterators belonging to a JSON object, because JSON objects are unordered. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.209 | cannot use offsets with object iterators | The offset operators (+, -, +=, -=) cannot be used on iterators belonging to a JSON object, because JSON objects are unordered. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.210 | iterators do not fit | The iterator range passed to the insert function are not compatible, meaning they do not belong to the same container. Therefore, the range (@a first, @a last) is invalid. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.211 | passed iterators may not belong to container | The iterator range passed to the insert function must not be a subrange of the container to insert to. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.212 | cannot compare iterators of different containers | When two iterators are compared, they must belong to the same container. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.213 | cannot compare order of object iterators | The order of object iterators cannot be compared, because JSON objects are unordered. +json.exception.invalid_iterator.214 | cannot get value | Cannot get value for iterator: Either the iterator belongs to a null value or it is an iterator to a primitive type (number, boolean, or string), but the iterator is different to @ref begin(). + +@liveexample{The following code shows how an `invalid_iterator` exception can be +caught.,invalid_iterator} + +@sa - @ref exception for the base class of the library exceptions +@sa - @ref parse_error for exceptions indicating a parse error +@sa - @ref type_error for exceptions indicating executing a member function with + a wrong type +@sa - @ref out_of_range for exceptions indicating access out of the defined range +@sa - @ref other_error for exceptions indicating other library errors + +@since version 3.0.0 +*/ +class invalid_iterator : public exception +{ + public: + template + static invalid_iterator create(int id_, const std::string& what_arg, const BasicJsonType& context) + { + std::string w = exception::name("invalid_iterator", id_) + exception::diagnostics(context) + what_arg; + return invalid_iterator(id_, w.c_str()); + } + + private: + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(3) + invalid_iterator(int id_, const char* what_arg) + : exception(id_, what_arg) {} +}; + +/*! +@brief exception indicating executing a member function with a wrong type + +This exception is thrown in case of a type error; that is, a library function is +executed on a JSON value whose type does not match the expected semantics. + +Exceptions have ids 3xx. + +name / id | example message | description +----------------------------- | --------------- | ------------------------- +json.exception.type_error.301 | cannot create object from initializer list | To create an object from an initializer list, the initializer list must consist only of a list of pairs whose first element is a string. When this constraint is violated, an array is created instead. +json.exception.type_error.302 | type must be object, but is array | During implicit or explicit value conversion, the JSON type must be compatible to the target type. For instance, a JSON string can only be converted into string types, but not into numbers or boolean types. +json.exception.type_error.303 | incompatible ReferenceType for get_ref, actual type is object | To retrieve a reference to a value stored in a @ref basic_json object with @ref get_ref, the type of the reference must match the value type. For instance, for a JSON array, the @a ReferenceType must be @ref array_t &. +json.exception.type_error.304 | cannot use at() with string | The @ref at() member functions can only be executed for certain JSON types. +json.exception.type_error.305 | cannot use operator[] with string | The @ref operator[] member functions can only be executed for certain JSON types. +json.exception.type_error.306 | cannot use value() with string | The @ref value() member functions can only be executed for certain JSON types. +json.exception.type_error.307 | cannot use erase() with string | The @ref erase() member functions can only be executed for certain JSON types. +json.exception.type_error.308 | cannot use push_back() with string | The @ref push_back() and @ref operator+= member functions can only be executed for certain JSON types. +json.exception.type_error.309 | cannot use insert() with | The @ref insert() member functions can only be executed for certain JSON types. +json.exception.type_error.310 | cannot use swap() with number | The @ref swap() member functions can only be executed for certain JSON types. +json.exception.type_error.311 | cannot use emplace_back() with string | The @ref emplace_back() member function can only be executed for certain JSON types. +json.exception.type_error.312 | cannot use update() with string | The @ref update() member functions can only be executed for certain JSON types. +json.exception.type_error.313 | invalid value to unflatten | The @ref unflatten function converts an object whose keys are JSON Pointers back into an arbitrary nested JSON value. The JSON Pointers must not overlap, because then the resulting value would not be well defined. +json.exception.type_error.314 | only objects can be unflattened | The @ref unflatten function only works for an object whose keys are JSON Pointers. +json.exception.type_error.315 | values in object must be primitive | The @ref unflatten function only works for an object whose keys are JSON Pointers and whose values are primitive. +json.exception.type_error.316 | invalid UTF-8 byte at index 10: 0x7E | The @ref dump function only works with UTF-8 encoded strings; that is, if you assign a `std::string` to a JSON value, make sure it is UTF-8 encoded. | +json.exception.type_error.317 | JSON value cannot be serialized to requested format | The dynamic type of the object cannot be represented in the requested serialization format (e.g. a raw `true` or `null` JSON object cannot be serialized to BSON) | + +@liveexample{The following code shows how a `type_error` exception can be +caught.,type_error} + +@sa - @ref exception for the base class of the library exceptions +@sa - @ref parse_error for exceptions indicating a parse error +@sa - @ref invalid_iterator for exceptions indicating errors with iterators +@sa - @ref out_of_range for exceptions indicating access out of the defined range +@sa - @ref other_error for exceptions indicating other library errors + +@since version 3.0.0 +*/ +class type_error : public exception +{ + public: + template + static type_error create(int id_, const std::string& what_arg, const BasicJsonType& context) + { + std::string w = exception::name("type_error", id_) + exception::diagnostics(context) + what_arg; + return type_error(id_, w.c_str()); + } + + private: + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(3) + type_error(int id_, const char* what_arg) : exception(id_, what_arg) {} +}; + +/*! +@brief exception indicating access out of the defined range + +This exception is thrown in case a library function is called on an input +parameter that exceeds the expected range, for instance in case of array +indices or nonexisting object keys. + +Exceptions have ids 4xx. + +name / id | example message | description +------------------------------- | --------------- | ------------------------- +json.exception.out_of_range.401 | array index 3 is out of range | The provided array index @a i is larger than @a size-1. +json.exception.out_of_range.402 | array index '-' (3) is out of range | The special array index `-` in a JSON Pointer never describes a valid element of the array, but the index past the end. That is, it can only be used to add elements at this position, but not to read it. +json.exception.out_of_range.403 | key 'foo' not found | The provided key was not found in the JSON object. +json.exception.out_of_range.404 | unresolved reference token 'foo' | A reference token in a JSON Pointer could not be resolved. +json.exception.out_of_range.405 | JSON pointer has no parent | The JSON Patch operations 'remove' and 'add' can not be applied to the root element of the JSON value. +json.exception.out_of_range.406 | number overflow parsing '10E1000' | A parsed number could not be stored as without changing it to NaN or INF. +json.exception.out_of_range.407 | number overflow serializing '9223372036854775808' | UBJSON and BSON only support integer numbers up to 9223372036854775807. (until version 3.8.0) | +json.exception.out_of_range.408 | excessive array size: 8658170730974374167 | The size (following `#`) of an UBJSON array or object exceeds the maximal capacity. | +json.exception.out_of_range.409 | BSON key cannot contain code point U+0000 (at byte 2) | Key identifiers to be serialized to BSON cannot contain code point U+0000, since the key is stored as zero-terminated c-string | + +@liveexample{The following code shows how an `out_of_range` exception can be +caught.,out_of_range} + +@sa - @ref exception for the base class of the library exceptions +@sa - @ref parse_error for exceptions indicating a parse error +@sa - @ref invalid_iterator for exceptions indicating errors with iterators +@sa - @ref type_error for exceptions indicating executing a member function with + a wrong type +@sa - @ref other_error for exceptions indicating other library errors + +@since version 3.0.0 +*/ +class out_of_range : public exception +{ + public: + template + static out_of_range create(int id_, const std::string& what_arg, const BasicJsonType& context) + { + std::string w = exception::name("out_of_range", id_) + exception::diagnostics(context) + what_arg; + return out_of_range(id_, w.c_str()); + } + + private: + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(3) + out_of_range(int id_, const char* what_arg) : exception(id_, what_arg) {} +}; + +/*! +@brief exception indicating other library errors + +This exception is thrown in case of errors that cannot be classified with the +other exception types. + +Exceptions have ids 5xx. + +name / id | example message | description +------------------------------ | --------------- | ------------------------- +json.exception.other_error.501 | unsuccessful: {"op":"test","path":"/baz", "value":"bar"} | A JSON Patch operation 'test' failed. The unsuccessful operation is also printed. + +@sa - @ref exception for the base class of the library exceptions +@sa - @ref parse_error for exceptions indicating a parse error +@sa - @ref invalid_iterator for exceptions indicating errors with iterators +@sa - @ref type_error for exceptions indicating executing a member function with + a wrong type +@sa - @ref out_of_range for exceptions indicating access out of the defined range + +@liveexample{The following code shows how an `other_error` exception can be +caught.,other_error} + +@since version 3.0.0 +*/ +class other_error : public exception +{ + public: + template + static other_error create(int id_, const std::string& what_arg, const BasicJsonType& context) + { + std::string w = exception::name("other_error", id_) + exception::diagnostics(context) + what_arg; + return other_error(id_, w.c_str()); + } + + private: + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(3) + other_error(int id_, const char* what_arg) : exception(id_, what_arg) {} +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // size_t +#include // conditional, enable_if, false_type, integral_constant, is_constructible, is_integral, is_same, remove_cv, remove_reference, true_type +#include // index_sequence, make_index_sequence, index_sequence_for + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ + +template +using uncvref_t = typename std::remove_cv::type>::type; + +#ifdef JSON_HAS_CPP_14 + +// the following utilities are natively available in C++14 +using std::enable_if_t; +using std::index_sequence; +using std::make_index_sequence; +using std::index_sequence_for; + +#else + +// alias templates to reduce boilerplate +template +using enable_if_t = typename std::enable_if::type; + +// The following code is taken from https://github.com/abseil/abseil-cpp/blob/10cb35e459f5ecca5b2ff107635da0bfa41011b4/absl/utility/utility.h +// which is part of Google Abseil (https://github.com/abseil/abseil-cpp), licensed under the Apache License 2.0. + +//// START OF CODE FROM GOOGLE ABSEIL + +// integer_sequence +// +// Class template representing a compile-time integer sequence. An instantiation +// of `integer_sequence` has a sequence of integers encoded in its +// type through its template arguments (which is a common need when +// working with C++11 variadic templates). `absl::integer_sequence` is designed +// to be a drop-in replacement for C++14's `std::integer_sequence`. +// +// Example: +// +// template< class T, T... Ints > +// void user_function(integer_sequence); +// +// int main() +// { +// // user_function's `T` will be deduced to `int` and `Ints...` +// // will be deduced to `0, 1, 2, 3, 4`. +// user_function(make_integer_sequence()); +// } +template +struct integer_sequence +{ + using value_type = T; + static constexpr std::size_t size() noexcept + { + return sizeof...(Ints); + } +}; + +// index_sequence +// +// A helper template for an `integer_sequence` of `size_t`, +// `absl::index_sequence` is designed to be a drop-in replacement for C++14's +// `std::index_sequence`. +template +using index_sequence = integer_sequence; + +namespace utility_internal +{ + +template +struct Extend; + +// Note that SeqSize == sizeof...(Ints). It's passed explicitly for efficiency. +template +struct Extend, SeqSize, 0> +{ + using type = integer_sequence < T, Ints..., (Ints + SeqSize)... >; +}; + +template +struct Extend, SeqSize, 1> +{ + using type = integer_sequence < T, Ints..., (Ints + SeqSize)..., 2 * SeqSize >; +}; + +// Recursion helper for 'make_integer_sequence'. +// 'Gen::type' is an alias for 'integer_sequence'. +template +struct Gen +{ + using type = + typename Extend < typename Gen < T, N / 2 >::type, N / 2, N % 2 >::type; +}; + +template +struct Gen +{ + using type = integer_sequence; +}; + +} // namespace utility_internal + +// Compile-time sequences of integers + +// make_integer_sequence +// +// This template alias is equivalent to +// `integer_sequence`, and is designed to be a drop-in +// replacement for C++14's `std::make_integer_sequence`. +template +using make_integer_sequence = typename utility_internal::Gen::type; + +// make_index_sequence +// +// This template alias is equivalent to `index_sequence<0, 1, ..., N-1>`, +// and is designed to be a drop-in replacement for C++14's +// `std::make_index_sequence`. +template +using make_index_sequence = make_integer_sequence; + +// index_sequence_for +// +// Converts a typename pack into an index sequence of the same length, and +// is designed to be a drop-in replacement for C++14's +// `std::index_sequence_for()` +template +using index_sequence_for = make_index_sequence; + +//// END OF CODE FROM GOOGLE ABSEIL + +#endif + +// dispatch utility (taken from ranges-v3) +template struct priority_tag : priority_tag < N - 1 > {}; +template<> struct priority_tag<0> {}; + +// taken from ranges-v3 +template +struct static_const +{ + static constexpr T value{}; +}; + +template +constexpr T static_const::value; + +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +// dispatching helper struct +template struct identity_tag {}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include // numeric_limits +#include // false_type, is_constructible, is_integral, is_same, true_type +#include // declval +#include // tuple + +// #include + + +// #include + + +#include // random_access_iterator_tag + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +template +struct iterator_types {}; + +template +struct iterator_types < + It, + void_t> +{ + using difference_type = typename It::difference_type; + using value_type = typename It::value_type; + using pointer = typename It::pointer; + using reference = typename It::reference; + using iterator_category = typename It::iterator_category; +}; + +// This is required as some compilers implement std::iterator_traits in a way that +// doesn't work with SFINAE. See https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/1341. +template +struct iterator_traits +{ +}; + +template +struct iterator_traits < T, enable_if_t < !std::is_pointer::value >> + : iterator_types +{ +}; + +template +struct iterator_traits::value>> +{ + using iterator_category = std::random_access_iterator_tag; + using value_type = T; + using difference_type = ptrdiff_t; + using pointer = T*; + using reference = T&; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +NLOHMANN_CAN_CALL_STD_FUNC_IMPL(begin); +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +NLOHMANN_CAN_CALL_STD_FUNC_IMPL(end); +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include +#ifndef INCLUDE_NLOHMANN_JSON_FWD_HPP_ +#define INCLUDE_NLOHMANN_JSON_FWD_HPP_ + +#include // int64_t, uint64_t +#include // map +#include // allocator +#include // string +#include // vector + +/*! +@brief namespace for Niels Lohmann +@see https://github.com/nlohmann +@since version 1.0.0 +*/ +namespace nlohmann +{ +/*! +@brief default JSONSerializer template argument + +This serializer ignores the template arguments and uses ADL +([argument-dependent lookup](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/language/adl)) +for serialization. +*/ +template +struct adl_serializer; + +template class ObjectType = + std::map, + template class ArrayType = std::vector, + class StringType = std::string, class BooleanType = bool, + class NumberIntegerType = std::int64_t, + class NumberUnsignedType = std::uint64_t, + class NumberFloatType = double, + template class AllocatorType = std::allocator, + template class JSONSerializer = + adl_serializer, + class BinaryType = std::vector> +class basic_json; + +/*! +@brief JSON Pointer + +A JSON pointer defines a string syntax for identifying a specific value +within a JSON document. It can be used with functions `at` and +`operator[]`. Furthermore, JSON pointers are the base for JSON patches. + +@sa [RFC 6901](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6901) + +@since version 2.0.0 +*/ +template +class json_pointer; + +/*! +@brief default JSON class + +This type is the default specialization of the @ref basic_json class which +uses the standard template types. + +@since version 1.0.0 +*/ +using json = basic_json<>; + +template +struct ordered_map; + +/*! +@brief ordered JSON class + +This type preserves the insertion order of object keys. + +@since version 3.9.0 +*/ +using ordered_json = basic_json; + +} // namespace nlohmann + +#endif // INCLUDE_NLOHMANN_JSON_FWD_HPP_ + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +/*! +@brief detail namespace with internal helper functions + +This namespace collects functions that should not be exposed, +implementations of some @ref basic_json methods, and meta-programming helpers. + +@since version 2.1.0 +*/ +namespace detail +{ +///////////// +// helpers // +///////////// + +// Note to maintainers: +// +// Every trait in this file expects a non CV-qualified type. +// The only exceptions are in the 'aliases for detected' section +// (i.e. those of the form: decltype(T::member_function(std::declval()))) +// +// In this case, T has to be properly CV-qualified to constraint the function arguments +// (e.g. to_json(BasicJsonType&, const T&)) + +template struct is_basic_json : std::false_type {}; + +NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL_DECLARATION +struct is_basic_json : std::true_type {}; + +////////////////////// +// json_ref helpers // +////////////////////// + +template +class json_ref; + +template +struct is_json_ref : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_json_ref> : std::true_type {}; + +////////////////////////// +// aliases for detected // +////////////////////////// + +template +using mapped_type_t = typename T::mapped_type; + +template +using key_type_t = typename T::key_type; + +template +using value_type_t = typename T::value_type; + +template +using difference_type_t = typename T::difference_type; + +template +using pointer_t = typename T::pointer; + +template +using reference_t = typename T::reference; + +template +using iterator_category_t = typename T::iterator_category; + +template +using to_json_function = decltype(T::to_json(std::declval()...)); + +template +using from_json_function = decltype(T::from_json(std::declval()...)); + +template +using get_template_function = decltype(std::declval().template get()); + +// trait checking if JSONSerializer::from_json(json const&, udt&) exists +template +struct has_from_json : std::false_type {}; + +// trait checking if j.get is valid +// use this trait instead of std::is_constructible or std::is_convertible, +// both rely on, or make use of implicit conversions, and thus fail when T +// has several constructors/operator= (see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/958) +template +struct is_getable +{ + static constexpr bool value = is_detected::value; +}; + +template +struct has_from_json < BasicJsonType, T, enable_if_t < !is_basic_json::value >> +{ + using serializer = typename BasicJsonType::template json_serializer; + + static constexpr bool value = + is_detected_exact::value; +}; + +// This trait checks if JSONSerializer::from_json(json const&) exists +// this overload is used for non-default-constructible user-defined-types +template +struct has_non_default_from_json : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct has_non_default_from_json < BasicJsonType, T, enable_if_t < !is_basic_json::value >> +{ + using serializer = typename BasicJsonType::template json_serializer; + + static constexpr bool value = + is_detected_exact::value; +}; + +// This trait checks if BasicJsonType::json_serializer::to_json exists +// Do not evaluate the trait when T is a basic_json type, to avoid template instantiation infinite recursion. +template +struct has_to_json : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct has_to_json < BasicJsonType, T, enable_if_t < !is_basic_json::value >> +{ + using serializer = typename BasicJsonType::template json_serializer; + + static constexpr bool value = + is_detected_exact::value; +}; + + +/////////////////// +// is_ functions // +/////////////////// + +// https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/types/conjunction +template struct conjunction : std::true_type { }; +template struct conjunction : B1 { }; +template +struct conjunction +: std::conditional, B1>::type {}; + +// https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/types/negation +template struct negation : std::integral_constant < bool, !B::value > { }; + +// Reimplementation of is_constructible and is_default_constructible, due to them being broken for +// std::pair and std::tuple until LWG 2367 fix (see https://cplusplus.github.io/LWG/lwg-defects.html#2367). +// This causes compile errors in e.g. clang 3.5 or gcc 4.9. +template +struct is_default_constructible : std::is_default_constructible {}; + +template +struct is_default_constructible> + : conjunction, is_default_constructible> {}; + +template +struct is_default_constructible> + : conjunction, is_default_constructible> {}; + +template +struct is_default_constructible> + : conjunction...> {}; + +template +struct is_default_constructible> + : conjunction...> {}; + + +template +struct is_constructible : std::is_constructible {}; + +template +struct is_constructible> : is_default_constructible> {}; + +template +struct is_constructible> : is_default_constructible> {}; + +template +struct is_constructible> : is_default_constructible> {}; + +template +struct is_constructible> : is_default_constructible> {}; + + +template +struct is_iterator_traits : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_iterator_traits> +{ + private: + using traits = iterator_traits; + + public: + static constexpr auto value = + is_detected::value && + is_detected::value && + is_detected::value && + is_detected::value && + is_detected::value; +}; + +template +struct is_range +{ + private: + using t_ref = typename std::add_lvalue_reference::type; + + using iterator = detected_t; + using sentinel = detected_t; + + // to be 100% correct, it should use https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/iterator/input_or_output_iterator + // and https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/iterator/sentinel_for + // but reimplementing these would be too much work, as a lot of other concepts are used underneath + static constexpr auto is_iterator_begin = + is_iterator_traits>::value; + + public: + static constexpr bool value = !std::is_same::value && !std::is_same::value && is_iterator_begin; +}; + +template +using iterator_t = enable_if_t::value, result_of_begin())>>; + +template +using range_value_t = value_type_t>>; + +// The following implementation of is_complete_type is taken from +// https://blogs.msdn.microsoft.com/vcblog/2015/12/02/partial-support-for-expression-sfinae-in-vs-2015-update-1/ +// and is written by Xiang Fan who agreed to using it in this library. + +template +struct is_complete_type : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_complete_type : std::true_type {}; + +template +struct is_compatible_object_type_impl : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_compatible_object_type_impl < + BasicJsonType, CompatibleObjectType, + enable_if_t < is_detected::value&& + is_detected::value >> +{ + using object_t = typename BasicJsonType::object_t; + + // macOS's is_constructible does not play well with nonesuch... + static constexpr bool value = + is_constructible::value && + is_constructible::value; +}; + +template +struct is_compatible_object_type + : is_compatible_object_type_impl {}; + +template +struct is_constructible_object_type_impl : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_constructible_object_type_impl < + BasicJsonType, ConstructibleObjectType, + enable_if_t < is_detected::value&& + is_detected::value >> +{ + using object_t = typename BasicJsonType::object_t; + + static constexpr bool value = + (is_default_constructible::value && + (std::is_move_assignable::value || + std::is_copy_assignable::value) && + (is_constructible::value && + std::is_same < + typename object_t::mapped_type, + typename ConstructibleObjectType::mapped_type >::value)) || + (has_from_json::value || + has_non_default_from_json < + BasicJsonType, + typename ConstructibleObjectType::mapped_type >::value); +}; + +template +struct is_constructible_object_type + : is_constructible_object_type_impl {}; + +template +struct is_compatible_string_type +{ + static constexpr auto value = + is_constructible::value; +}; + +template +struct is_constructible_string_type +{ + static constexpr auto value = + is_constructible::value; +}; + +template +struct is_compatible_array_type_impl : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_compatible_array_type_impl < + BasicJsonType, CompatibleArrayType, + enable_if_t < + is_detected::value&& + is_iterator_traits>>::value&& +// special case for types like std::filesystem::path whose iterator's value_type are themselves +// c.f. https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/3073 + !std::is_same>::value >> +{ + static constexpr bool value = + is_constructible>::value; +}; + +template +struct is_compatible_array_type + : is_compatible_array_type_impl {}; + +template +struct is_constructible_array_type_impl : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_constructible_array_type_impl < + BasicJsonType, ConstructibleArrayType, + enable_if_t::value >> + : std::true_type {}; + +template +struct is_constructible_array_type_impl < + BasicJsonType, ConstructibleArrayType, + enable_if_t < !std::is_same::value&& + !is_compatible_string_type::value&& + is_default_constructible::value&& +(std::is_move_assignable::value || + std::is_copy_assignable::value)&& +is_detected::value&& +is_iterator_traits>>::value&& +is_detected::value&& +// special case for types like std::filesystem::path whose iterator's value_type are themselves +// c.f. https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/3073 +!std::is_same>::value&& + is_complete_type < + detected_t>::value >> +{ + using value_type = range_value_t; + + static constexpr bool value = + std::is_same::value || + has_from_json::value || + has_non_default_from_json < + BasicJsonType, + value_type >::value; +}; + +template +struct is_constructible_array_type + : is_constructible_array_type_impl {}; + +template +struct is_compatible_integer_type_impl : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_compatible_integer_type_impl < + RealIntegerType, CompatibleNumberIntegerType, + enable_if_t < std::is_integral::value&& + std::is_integral::value&& + !std::is_same::value >> +{ + // is there an assert somewhere on overflows? + using RealLimits = std::numeric_limits; + using CompatibleLimits = std::numeric_limits; + + static constexpr auto value = + is_constructible::value && + CompatibleLimits::is_integer && + RealLimits::is_signed == CompatibleLimits::is_signed; +}; + +template +struct is_compatible_integer_type + : is_compatible_integer_type_impl {}; + +template +struct is_compatible_type_impl: std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_compatible_type_impl < + BasicJsonType, CompatibleType, + enable_if_t::value >> +{ + static constexpr bool value = + has_to_json::value; +}; + +template +struct is_compatible_type + : is_compatible_type_impl {}; + +template +struct is_constructible_tuple : std::false_type {}; + +template +struct is_constructible_tuple> : conjunction...> {}; + +// a naive helper to check if a type is an ordered_map (exploits the fact that +// ordered_map inherits capacity() from std::vector) +template +struct is_ordered_map +{ + using one = char; + + struct two + { + char x[2]; // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-avoid-c-arrays,hicpp-avoid-c-arrays,modernize-avoid-c-arrays) + }; + + template static one test( decltype(&C::capacity) ) ; + template static two test(...); + + enum { value = sizeof(test(nullptr)) == sizeof(char) }; // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) +}; + +// to avoid useless casts (see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/2893#issuecomment-889152324) +template < typename T, typename U, enable_if_t < !std::is_same::value, int > = 0 > +T conditional_static_cast(U value) +{ + return static_cast(value); +} + +template::value, int> = 0> +T conditional_static_cast(U value) +{ + return value; +} + +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#ifdef JSON_HAS_CPP_17 + #include +#endif + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +template +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, typename std::nullptr_t& n) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_null())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be null, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + n = nullptr; +} + +// overloads for basic_json template parameters +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename ArithmeticType, + enable_if_t < std::is_arithmetic::value&& + !std::is_same::value, + int > = 0 > +void get_arithmetic_value(const BasicJsonType& j, ArithmeticType& val) +{ + switch (static_cast(j)) + { + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + val = static_cast(*j.template get_ptr()); + break; + } + case value_t::number_integer: + { + val = static_cast(*j.template get_ptr()); + break; + } + case value_t::number_float: + { + val = static_cast(*j.template get_ptr()); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::object: + case value_t::array: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be number, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } +} + +template +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::boolean_t& b) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_boolean())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be boolean, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + b = *j.template get_ptr(); +} + +template +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::string_t& s) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_string())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be string, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + s = *j.template get_ptr(); +} + +template < + typename BasicJsonType, typename ConstructibleStringType, + enable_if_t < + is_constructible_string_type::value&& + !std::is_same::value, + int > = 0 > +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, ConstructibleStringType& s) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_string())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be string, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + + s = *j.template get_ptr(); +} + +template +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t& val) +{ + get_arithmetic_value(j, val); +} + +template +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t& val) +{ + get_arithmetic_value(j, val); +} + +template +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t& val) +{ + get_arithmetic_value(j, val); +} + +template::value, int> = 0> +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, EnumType& e) +{ + typename std::underlying_type::type val; + get_arithmetic_value(j, val); + e = static_cast(val); +} + +// forward_list doesn't have an insert method +template::value, int> = 0> +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, std::forward_list& l) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be array, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + l.clear(); + std::transform(j.rbegin(), j.rend(), + std::front_inserter(l), [](const BasicJsonType & i) + { + return i.template get(); + }); +} + +// valarray doesn't have an insert method +template::value, int> = 0> +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, std::valarray& l) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be array, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + l.resize(j.size()); + std::transform(j.begin(), j.end(), std::begin(l), + [](const BasicJsonType & elem) + { + return elem.template get(); + }); +} + +template +auto from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, T (&arr)[N]) // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-avoid-c-arrays,hicpp-avoid-c-arrays,modernize-avoid-c-arrays) +-> decltype(j.template get(), void()) +{ + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < N; ++i) + { + arr[i] = j.at(i).template get(); + } +} + +template +void from_json_array_impl(const BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::array_t& arr, priority_tag<3> /*unused*/) +{ + arr = *j.template get_ptr(); +} + +template +auto from_json_array_impl(const BasicJsonType& j, std::array& arr, + priority_tag<2> /*unused*/) +-> decltype(j.template get(), void()) +{ + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < N; ++i) + { + arr[i] = j.at(i).template get(); + } +} + +template::value, + int> = 0> +auto from_json_array_impl(const BasicJsonType& j, ConstructibleArrayType& arr, priority_tag<1> /*unused*/) +-> decltype( + arr.reserve(std::declval()), + j.template get(), + void()) +{ + using std::end; + + ConstructibleArrayType ret; + ret.reserve(j.size()); + std::transform(j.begin(), j.end(), + std::inserter(ret, end(ret)), [](const BasicJsonType & i) + { + // get() returns *this, this won't call a from_json + // method when value_type is BasicJsonType + return i.template get(); + }); + arr = std::move(ret); +} + +template::value, + int> = 0> +void from_json_array_impl(const BasicJsonType& j, ConstructibleArrayType& arr, + priority_tag<0> /*unused*/) +{ + using std::end; + + ConstructibleArrayType ret; + std::transform( + j.begin(), j.end(), std::inserter(ret, end(ret)), + [](const BasicJsonType & i) + { + // get() returns *this, this won't call a from_json + // method when value_type is BasicJsonType + return i.template get(); + }); + arr = std::move(ret); +} + +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename ConstructibleArrayType, + enable_if_t < + is_constructible_array_type::value&& + !is_constructible_object_type::value&& + !is_constructible_string_type::value&& + !std::is_same::value&& + !is_basic_json::value, + int > = 0 > +auto from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, ConstructibleArrayType& arr) +-> decltype(from_json_array_impl(j, arr, priority_tag<3> {}), +j.template get(), +void()) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be array, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + + from_json_array_impl(j, arr, priority_tag<3> {}); +} + +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename T, std::size_t... Idx > +std::array from_json_inplace_array_impl(BasicJsonType&& j, + identity_tag> /*unused*/, index_sequence /*unused*/) +{ + return { { std::forward(j).at(Idx).template get()... } }; +} + +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename T, std::size_t N > +auto from_json(BasicJsonType&& j, identity_tag> tag) +-> decltype(from_json_inplace_array_impl(std::forward(j), tag, make_index_sequence {})) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be array, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + + return from_json_inplace_array_impl(std::forward(j), tag, make_index_sequence {}); +} + +template +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::binary_t& bin) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_binary())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be binary, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + + bin = *j.template get_ptr(); +} + +template::value, int> = 0> +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, ConstructibleObjectType& obj) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_object())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be object, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + + ConstructibleObjectType ret; + const auto* inner_object = j.template get_ptr(); + using value_type = typename ConstructibleObjectType::value_type; + std::transform( + inner_object->begin(), inner_object->end(), + std::inserter(ret, ret.begin()), + [](typename BasicJsonType::object_t::value_type const & p) + { + return value_type(p.first, p.second.template get()); + }); + obj = std::move(ret); +} + +// overload for arithmetic types, not chosen for basic_json template arguments +// (BooleanType, etc..); note: Is it really necessary to provide explicit +// overloads for boolean_t etc. in case of a custom BooleanType which is not +// an arithmetic type? +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename ArithmeticType, + enable_if_t < + std::is_arithmetic::value&& + !std::is_same::value&& + !std::is_same::value&& + !std::is_same::value&& + !std::is_same::value, + int > = 0 > +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, ArithmeticType& val) +{ + switch (static_cast(j)) + { + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + val = static_cast(*j.template get_ptr()); + break; + } + case value_t::number_integer: + { + val = static_cast(*j.template get_ptr()); + break; + } + case value_t::number_float: + { + val = static_cast(*j.template get_ptr()); + break; + } + case value_t::boolean: + { + val = static_cast(*j.template get_ptr()); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::object: + case value_t::array: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be number, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } +} + +template +std::tuple from_json_tuple_impl_base(BasicJsonType&& j, index_sequence /*unused*/) +{ + return std::make_tuple(std::forward(j).at(Idx).template get()...); +} + +template < typename BasicJsonType, class A1, class A2 > +std::pair from_json_tuple_impl(BasicJsonType&& j, identity_tag> /*unused*/, priority_tag<0> /*unused*/) +{ + return {std::forward(j).at(0).template get(), + std::forward(j).at(1).template get()}; +} + +template +void from_json_tuple_impl(BasicJsonType&& j, std::pair& p, priority_tag<1> /*unused*/) +{ + p = from_json_tuple_impl(std::forward(j), identity_tag> {}, priority_tag<0> {}); +} + +template +std::tuple from_json_tuple_impl(BasicJsonType&& j, identity_tag> /*unused*/, priority_tag<2> /*unused*/) +{ + return from_json_tuple_impl_base(std::forward(j), index_sequence_for {}); +} + +template +void from_json_tuple_impl(BasicJsonType&& j, std::tuple& t, priority_tag<3> /*unused*/) +{ + t = from_json_tuple_impl_base(std::forward(j), index_sequence_for {}); +} + +template +auto from_json(BasicJsonType&& j, TupleRelated&& t) +-> decltype(from_json_tuple_impl(std::forward(j), std::forward(t), priority_tag<3> {})) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be array, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + + return from_json_tuple_impl(std::forward(j), std::forward(t), priority_tag<3> {}); +} + +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename Key, typename Value, typename Compare, typename Allocator, + typename = enable_if_t < !std::is_constructible < + typename BasicJsonType::string_t, Key >::value >> +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, std::map& m) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be array, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + m.clear(); + for (const auto& p : j) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!p.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be array, but is " + std::string(p.type_name()), j)); + } + m.emplace(p.at(0).template get(), p.at(1).template get()); + } +} + +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename Key, typename Value, typename Hash, typename KeyEqual, typename Allocator, + typename = enable_if_t < !std::is_constructible < + typename BasicJsonType::string_t, Key >::value >> +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, std::unordered_map& m) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be array, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + m.clear(); + for (const auto& p : j) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!p.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be array, but is " + std::string(p.type_name()), j)); + } + m.emplace(p.at(0).template get(), p.at(1).template get()); + } +} + +#ifdef JSON_HAS_CPP_17 +template +void from_json(const BasicJsonType& j, std::filesystem::path& p) +{ + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_string())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be string, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + p = *j.template get_ptr(); +} +#endif + +struct from_json_fn +{ + template + auto operator()(const BasicJsonType& j, T&& val) const + noexcept(noexcept(from_json(j, std::forward(val)))) + -> decltype(from_json(j, std::forward(val))) + { + return from_json(j, std::forward(val)); + } +}; +} // namespace detail + +/// namespace to hold default `from_json` function +/// to see why this is required: +/// http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2015/n4381.html +namespace // NOLINT(cert-dcl59-cpp,fuchsia-header-anon-namespaces,google-build-namespaces) +{ +constexpr const auto& from_json = detail::static_const::value; // NOLINT(misc-definitions-in-headers) +} // namespace +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include // copy +#include // begin, end +#include // string +#include // tuple, get +#include // is_same, is_constructible, is_floating_point, is_enum, underlying_type +#include // move, forward, declval, pair +#include // valarray +#include // vector + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // size_t +#include // input_iterator_tag +#include // string, to_string +#include // tuple_size, get, tuple_element +#include // move + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +template +void int_to_string( string_type& target, std::size_t value ) +{ + // For ADL + using std::to_string; + target = to_string(value); +} +template class iteration_proxy_value +{ + public: + using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t; + using value_type = iteration_proxy_value; + using pointer = value_type * ; + using reference = value_type & ; + using iterator_category = std::input_iterator_tag; + using string_type = typename std::remove_cv< typename std::remove_reference().key() ) >::type >::type; + + private: + /// the iterator + IteratorType anchor; + /// an index for arrays (used to create key names) + std::size_t array_index = 0; + /// last stringified array index + mutable std::size_t array_index_last = 0; + /// a string representation of the array index + mutable string_type array_index_str = "0"; + /// an empty string (to return a reference for primitive values) + const string_type empty_str{}; + + public: + explicit iteration_proxy_value(IteratorType it) noexcept + : anchor(std::move(it)) + {} + + /// dereference operator (needed for range-based for) + iteration_proxy_value& operator*() + { + return *this; + } + + /// increment operator (needed for range-based for) + iteration_proxy_value& operator++() + { + ++anchor; + ++array_index; + + return *this; + } + + /// equality operator (needed for InputIterator) + bool operator==(const iteration_proxy_value& o) const + { + return anchor == o.anchor; + } + + /// inequality operator (needed for range-based for) + bool operator!=(const iteration_proxy_value& o) const + { + return anchor != o.anchor; + } + + /// return key of the iterator + const string_type& key() const + { + JSON_ASSERT(anchor.m_object != nullptr); + + switch (anchor.m_object->type()) + { + // use integer array index as key + case value_t::array: + { + if (array_index != array_index_last) + { + int_to_string( array_index_str, array_index ); + array_index_last = array_index; + } + return array_index_str; + } + + // use key from the object + case value_t::object: + return anchor.key(); + + // use an empty key for all primitive types + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + return empty_str; + } + } + + /// return value of the iterator + typename IteratorType::reference value() const + { + return anchor.value(); + } +}; + +/// proxy class for the items() function +template class iteration_proxy +{ + private: + /// the container to iterate + typename IteratorType::reference container; + + public: + /// construct iteration proxy from a container + explicit iteration_proxy(typename IteratorType::reference cont) noexcept + : container(cont) {} + + /// return iterator begin (needed for range-based for) + iteration_proxy_value begin() noexcept + { + return iteration_proxy_value(container.begin()); + } + + /// return iterator end (needed for range-based for) + iteration_proxy_value end() noexcept + { + return iteration_proxy_value(container.end()); + } +}; +// Structured Bindings Support +// For further reference see https://blog.tartanllama.xyz/structured-bindings/ +// And see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/1391 +template = 0> +auto get(const nlohmann::detail::iteration_proxy_value& i) -> decltype(i.key()) +{ + return i.key(); +} +// Structured Bindings Support +// For further reference see https://blog.tartanllama.xyz/structured-bindings/ +// And see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/1391 +template = 0> +auto get(const nlohmann::detail::iteration_proxy_value& i) -> decltype(i.value()) +{ + return i.value(); +} +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// The Addition to the STD Namespace is required to add +// Structured Bindings Support to the iteration_proxy_value class +// For further reference see https://blog.tartanllama.xyz/structured-bindings/ +// And see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/1391 +namespace std +{ +#if defined(__clang__) + // Fix: https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/1401 + #pragma clang diagnostic push + #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmismatched-tags" +#endif +template +class tuple_size<::nlohmann::detail::iteration_proxy_value> + : public std::integral_constant {}; + +template +class tuple_element> +{ + public: + using type = decltype( + get(std::declval < + ::nlohmann::detail::iteration_proxy_value> ())); +}; +#if defined(__clang__) + #pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif +} // namespace std + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +#ifdef JSON_HAS_CPP_17 + #include +#endif + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +////////////////// +// constructors // +////////////////// + +/* + * Note all external_constructor<>::construct functions need to call + * j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type) to avoid a memory leak in case j contains an + * allocated value (e.g., a string). See bug issue + * https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/2865 for more information. + */ + +template struct external_constructor; + +template<> +struct external_constructor +{ + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::boolean_t b) noexcept + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::boolean; + j.m_value = b; + j.assert_invariant(); + } +}; + +template<> +struct external_constructor +{ + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, const typename BasicJsonType::string_t& s) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::string; + j.m_value = s; + j.assert_invariant(); + } + + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::string_t&& s) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::string; + j.m_value = std::move(s); + j.assert_invariant(); + } + + template < typename BasicJsonType, typename CompatibleStringType, + enable_if_t < !std::is_same::value, + int > = 0 > + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, const CompatibleStringType& str) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::string; + j.m_value.string = j.template create(str); + j.assert_invariant(); + } +}; + +template<> +struct external_constructor +{ + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, const typename BasicJsonType::binary_t& b) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::binary; + j.m_value = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t(b); + j.assert_invariant(); + } + + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::binary_t&& b) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::binary; + j.m_value = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t(std::move(b)); + j.assert_invariant(); + } +}; + +template<> +struct external_constructor +{ + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t val) noexcept + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::number_float; + j.m_value = val; + j.assert_invariant(); + } +}; + +template<> +struct external_constructor +{ + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t val) noexcept + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::number_unsigned; + j.m_value = val; + j.assert_invariant(); + } +}; + +template<> +struct external_constructor +{ + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t val) noexcept + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::number_integer; + j.m_value = val; + j.assert_invariant(); + } +}; + +template<> +struct external_constructor +{ + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, const typename BasicJsonType::array_t& arr) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::array; + j.m_value = arr; + j.set_parents(); + j.assert_invariant(); + } + + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::array_t&& arr) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::array; + j.m_value = std::move(arr); + j.set_parents(); + j.assert_invariant(); + } + + template < typename BasicJsonType, typename CompatibleArrayType, + enable_if_t < !std::is_same::value, + int > = 0 > + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, const CompatibleArrayType& arr) + { + using std::begin; + using std::end; + + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::array; + j.m_value.array = j.template create(begin(arr), end(arr)); + j.set_parents(); + j.assert_invariant(); + } + + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, const std::vector& arr) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::array; + j.m_value = value_t::array; + j.m_value.array->reserve(arr.size()); + for (const bool x : arr) + { + j.m_value.array->push_back(x); + j.set_parent(j.m_value.array->back()); + } + j.assert_invariant(); + } + + template::value, int> = 0> + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, const std::valarray& arr) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::array; + j.m_value = value_t::array; + j.m_value.array->resize(arr.size()); + if (arr.size() > 0) + { + std::copy(std::begin(arr), std::end(arr), j.m_value.array->begin()); + } + j.set_parents(); + j.assert_invariant(); + } +}; + +template<> +struct external_constructor +{ + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, const typename BasicJsonType::object_t& obj) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::object; + j.m_value = obj; + j.set_parents(); + j.assert_invariant(); + } + + template + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::object_t&& obj) + { + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::object; + j.m_value = std::move(obj); + j.set_parents(); + j.assert_invariant(); + } + + template < typename BasicJsonType, typename CompatibleObjectType, + enable_if_t < !std::is_same::value, int > = 0 > + static void construct(BasicJsonType& j, const CompatibleObjectType& obj) + { + using std::begin; + using std::end; + + j.m_value.destroy(j.m_type); + j.m_type = value_t::object; + j.m_value.object = j.template create(begin(obj), end(obj)); + j.set_parents(); + j.assert_invariant(); + } +}; + +///////////// +// to_json // +///////////// + +template::value, int> = 0> +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, T b) noexcept +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, b); +} + +template::value, int> = 0> +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const CompatibleString& s) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, s); +} + +template +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::string_t&& s) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, std::move(s)); +} + +template::value, int> = 0> +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, FloatType val) noexcept +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, static_cast(val)); +} + +template::value, int> = 0> +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, CompatibleNumberUnsignedType val) noexcept +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, static_cast(val)); +} + +template::value, int> = 0> +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, CompatibleNumberIntegerType val) noexcept +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, static_cast(val)); +} + +template::value, int> = 0> +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, EnumType e) noexcept +{ + using underlying_type = typename std::underlying_type::type; + external_constructor::construct(j, static_cast(e)); +} + +template +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const std::vector& e) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, e); +} + +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename CompatibleArrayType, + enable_if_t < is_compatible_array_type::value&& + !is_compatible_object_type::value&& + !is_compatible_string_type::value&& + !std::is_same::value&& + !is_basic_json::value, + int > = 0 > +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const CompatibleArrayType& arr) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, arr); +} + +template +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const typename BasicJsonType::binary_t& bin) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, bin); +} + +template::value, int> = 0> +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const std::valarray& arr) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, std::move(arr)); +} + +template +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::array_t&& arr) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, std::move(arr)); +} + +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename CompatibleObjectType, + enable_if_t < is_compatible_object_type::value&& !is_basic_json::value, int > = 0 > +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const CompatibleObjectType& obj) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, obj); +} + +template +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, typename BasicJsonType::object_t&& obj) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, std::move(obj)); +} + +template < + typename BasicJsonType, typename T, std::size_t N, + enable_if_t < !std::is_constructible::value, // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-avoid-c-arrays,hicpp-avoid-c-arrays,modernize-avoid-c-arrays) + int > = 0 > +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const T(&arr)[N]) // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-avoid-c-arrays,hicpp-avoid-c-arrays,modernize-avoid-c-arrays) +{ + external_constructor::construct(j, arr); +} + +template < typename BasicJsonType, typename T1, typename T2, enable_if_t < std::is_constructible::value&& std::is_constructible::value, int > = 0 > +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const std::pair& p) +{ + j = { p.first, p.second }; +} + +// for https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/1134 +template>::value, int> = 0> +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const T& b) +{ + j = { {b.key(), b.value()} }; +} + +template +void to_json_tuple_impl(BasicJsonType& j, const Tuple& t, index_sequence /*unused*/) +{ + j = { std::get(t)... }; +} + +template::value, int > = 0> +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const T& t) +{ + to_json_tuple_impl(j, t, make_index_sequence::value> {}); +} + +#ifdef JSON_HAS_CPP_17 +template +void to_json(BasicJsonType& j, const std::filesystem::path& p) +{ + j = p.string(); +} +#endif + +struct to_json_fn +{ + template + auto operator()(BasicJsonType& j, T&& val) const noexcept(noexcept(to_json(j, std::forward(val)))) + -> decltype(to_json(j, std::forward(val)), void()) + { + return to_json(j, std::forward(val)); + } +}; +} // namespace detail + +/// namespace to hold default `to_json` function +/// to see why this is required: +/// http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2015/n4381.html +namespace // NOLINT(cert-dcl59-cpp,fuchsia-header-anon-namespaces,google-build-namespaces) +{ +constexpr const auto& to_json = detail::static_const::value; // NOLINT(misc-definitions-in-headers) +} // namespace +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ + +template +struct adl_serializer +{ + /*! + @brief convert a JSON value to any value type + + This function is usually called by the `get()` function of the + @ref basic_json class (either explicit or via conversion operators). + + @note This function is chosen for default-constructible value types. + + @param[in] j JSON value to read from + @param[in,out] val value to write to + */ + template + static auto from_json(BasicJsonType && j, TargetType& val) noexcept( + noexcept(::nlohmann::from_json(std::forward(j), val))) + -> decltype(::nlohmann::from_json(std::forward(j), val), void()) + { + ::nlohmann::from_json(std::forward(j), val); + } + + /*! + @brief convert a JSON value to any value type + + This function is usually called by the `get()` function of the + @ref basic_json class (either explicit or via conversion operators). + + @note This function is chosen for value types which are not default-constructible. + + @param[in] j JSON value to read from + + @return copy of the JSON value, converted to @a ValueType + */ + template + static auto from_json(BasicJsonType && j) noexcept( + noexcept(::nlohmann::from_json(std::forward(j), detail::identity_tag {}))) + -> decltype(::nlohmann::from_json(std::forward(j), detail::identity_tag {})) + { + return ::nlohmann::from_json(std::forward(j), detail::identity_tag {}); + } + + /*! + @brief convert any value type to a JSON value + + This function is usually called by the constructors of the @ref basic_json + class. + + @param[in,out] j JSON value to write to + @param[in] val value to read from + */ + template + static auto to_json(BasicJsonType& j, TargetType && val) noexcept( + noexcept(::nlohmann::to_json(j, std::forward(val)))) + -> decltype(::nlohmann::to_json(j, std::forward(val)), void()) + { + ::nlohmann::to_json(j, std::forward(val)); + } +}; +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include // uint8_t, uint64_t +#include // tie +#include // move + +namespace nlohmann +{ + +/*! +@brief an internal type for a backed binary type + +This type extends the template parameter @a BinaryType provided to `basic_json` +with a subtype used by BSON and MessagePack. This type exists so that the user +does not have to specify a type themselves with a specific naming scheme in +order to override the binary type. + +@tparam BinaryType container to store bytes (`std::vector` by + default) + +@since version 3.8.0; changed type of subtypes to std::uint64_t in 3.10.0. +*/ +template +class byte_container_with_subtype : public BinaryType +{ + public: + /// the type of the underlying container + using container_type = BinaryType; + /// the type of the subtype + using subtype_type = std::uint64_t; + + byte_container_with_subtype() noexcept(noexcept(container_type())) + : container_type() + {} + + byte_container_with_subtype(const container_type& b) noexcept(noexcept(container_type(b))) + : container_type(b) + {} + + byte_container_with_subtype(container_type&& b) noexcept(noexcept(container_type(std::move(b)))) + : container_type(std::move(b)) + {} + + byte_container_with_subtype(const container_type& b, subtype_type subtype_) noexcept(noexcept(container_type(b))) + : container_type(b) + , m_subtype(subtype_) + , m_has_subtype(true) + {} + + byte_container_with_subtype(container_type&& b, subtype_type subtype_) noexcept(noexcept(container_type(std::move(b)))) + : container_type(std::move(b)) + , m_subtype(subtype_) + , m_has_subtype(true) + {} + + bool operator==(const byte_container_with_subtype& rhs) const + { + return std::tie(static_cast(*this), m_subtype, m_has_subtype) == + std::tie(static_cast(rhs), rhs.m_subtype, rhs.m_has_subtype); + } + + bool operator!=(const byte_container_with_subtype& rhs) const + { + return !(rhs == *this); + } + + /*! + @brief sets the binary subtype + + Sets the binary subtype of the value, also flags a binary JSON value as + having a subtype, which has implications for serialization. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @sa see @ref subtype() -- return the binary subtype + @sa see @ref clear_subtype() -- clears the binary subtype + @sa see @ref has_subtype() -- returns whether or not the binary value has a + subtype + + @since version 3.8.0 + */ + void set_subtype(subtype_type subtype_) noexcept + { + m_subtype = subtype_; + m_has_subtype = true; + } + + /*! + @brief return the binary subtype + + Returns the numerical subtype of the value if it has a subtype. If it does + not have a subtype, this function will return subtype_type(-1) as a sentinel + value. + + @return the numerical subtype of the binary value + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @sa see @ref set_subtype() -- sets the binary subtype + @sa see @ref clear_subtype() -- clears the binary subtype + @sa see @ref has_subtype() -- returns whether or not the binary value has a + subtype + + @since version 3.8.0; fixed return value to properly return + subtype_type(-1) as documented in version 3.10.0 + */ + constexpr subtype_type subtype() const noexcept + { + return m_has_subtype ? m_subtype : subtype_type(-1); + } + + /*! + @brief return whether the value has a subtype + + @return whether the value has a subtype + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @sa see @ref subtype() -- return the binary subtype + @sa see @ref set_subtype() -- sets the binary subtype + @sa see @ref clear_subtype() -- clears the binary subtype + + @since version 3.8.0 + */ + constexpr bool has_subtype() const noexcept + { + return m_has_subtype; + } + + /*! + @brief clears the binary subtype + + Clears the binary subtype and flags the value as not having a subtype, which + has implications for serialization; for instance MessagePack will prefer the + bin family over the ext family. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @sa see @ref subtype() -- return the binary subtype + @sa see @ref set_subtype() -- sets the binary subtype + @sa see @ref has_subtype() -- returns whether or not the binary value has a + subtype + + @since version 3.8.0 + */ + void clear_subtype() noexcept + { + m_subtype = 0; + m_has_subtype = false; + } + + private: + subtype_type m_subtype = 0; + bool m_has_subtype = false; +}; + +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // uint8_t +#include // size_t +#include // hash + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ + +// boost::hash_combine +inline std::size_t combine(std::size_t seed, std::size_t h) noexcept +{ + seed ^= h + 0x9e3779b9 + (seed << 6U) + (seed >> 2U); + return seed; +} + +/*! +@brief hash a JSON value + +The hash function tries to rely on std::hash where possible. Furthermore, the +type of the JSON value is taken into account to have different hash values for +null, 0, 0U, and false, etc. + +@tparam BasicJsonType basic_json specialization +@param j JSON value to hash +@return hash value of j +*/ +template +std::size_t hash(const BasicJsonType& j) +{ + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + + const auto type = static_cast(j.type()); + switch (j.type()) + { + case BasicJsonType::value_t::null: + case BasicJsonType::value_t::discarded: + { + return combine(type, 0); + } + + case BasicJsonType::value_t::object: + { + auto seed = combine(type, j.size()); + for (const auto& element : j.items()) + { + const auto h = std::hash {}(element.key()); + seed = combine(seed, h); + seed = combine(seed, hash(element.value())); + } + return seed; + } + + case BasicJsonType::value_t::array: + { + auto seed = combine(type, j.size()); + for (const auto& element : j) + { + seed = combine(seed, hash(element)); + } + return seed; + } + + case BasicJsonType::value_t::string: + { + const auto h = std::hash {}(j.template get_ref()); + return combine(type, h); + } + + case BasicJsonType::value_t::boolean: + { + const auto h = std::hash {}(j.template get()); + return combine(type, h); + } + + case BasicJsonType::value_t::number_integer: + { + const auto h = std::hash {}(j.template get()); + return combine(type, h); + } + + case BasicJsonType::value_t::number_unsigned: + { + const auto h = std::hash {}(j.template get()); + return combine(type, h); + } + + case BasicJsonType::value_t::number_float: + { + const auto h = std::hash {}(j.template get()); + return combine(type, h); + } + + case BasicJsonType::value_t::binary: + { + auto seed = combine(type, j.get_binary().size()); + const auto h = std::hash {}(j.get_binary().has_subtype()); + seed = combine(seed, h); + seed = combine(seed, static_cast(j.get_binary().subtype())); + for (const auto byte : j.get_binary()) + { + seed = combine(seed, std::hash {}(byte)); + } + return seed; + } + + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + return 0; // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } +} + +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include // generate_n +#include // array +#include // ldexp +#include // size_t +#include // uint8_t, uint16_t, uint32_t, uint64_t +#include // snprintf +#include // memcpy +#include // back_inserter +#include // numeric_limits +#include // char_traits, string +#include // make_pair, move +#include // vector + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // array +#include // size_t +#include // strlen +#include // begin, end, iterator_traits, random_access_iterator_tag, distance, next +#include // shared_ptr, make_shared, addressof +#include // accumulate +#include // string, char_traits +#include // enable_if, is_base_of, is_pointer, is_integral, remove_pointer +#include // pair, declval + +#ifndef JSON_NO_IO + #include // FILE * + #include // istream +#endif // JSON_NO_IO + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +/// the supported input formats +enum class input_format_t { json, cbor, msgpack, ubjson, bson }; + +//////////////////// +// input adapters // +//////////////////// + +#ifndef JSON_NO_IO +/*! +Input adapter for stdio file access. This adapter read only 1 byte and do not use any + buffer. This adapter is a very low level adapter. +*/ +class file_input_adapter +{ + public: + using char_type = char; + + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + explicit file_input_adapter(std::FILE* f) noexcept + : m_file(f) + {} + + // make class move-only + file_input_adapter(const file_input_adapter&) = delete; + file_input_adapter(file_input_adapter&&) noexcept = default; + file_input_adapter& operator=(const file_input_adapter&) = delete; + file_input_adapter& operator=(file_input_adapter&&) = delete; + ~file_input_adapter() = default; + + std::char_traits::int_type get_character() noexcept + { + return std::fgetc(m_file); + } + + private: + /// the file pointer to read from + std::FILE* m_file; +}; + + +/*! +Input adapter for a (caching) istream. Ignores a UFT Byte Order Mark at +beginning of input. Does not support changing the underlying std::streambuf +in mid-input. Maintains underlying std::istream and std::streambuf to support +subsequent use of standard std::istream operations to process any input +characters following those used in parsing the JSON input. Clears the +std::istream flags; any input errors (e.g., EOF) will be detected by the first +subsequent call for input from the std::istream. +*/ +class input_stream_adapter +{ + public: + using char_type = char; + + ~input_stream_adapter() + { + // clear stream flags; we use underlying streambuf I/O, do not + // maintain ifstream flags, except eof + if (is != nullptr) + { + is->clear(is->rdstate() & std::ios::eofbit); + } + } + + explicit input_stream_adapter(std::istream& i) + : is(&i), sb(i.rdbuf()) + {} + + // delete because of pointer members + input_stream_adapter(const input_stream_adapter&) = delete; + input_stream_adapter& operator=(input_stream_adapter&) = delete; + input_stream_adapter& operator=(input_stream_adapter&&) = delete; + + input_stream_adapter(input_stream_adapter&& rhs) noexcept + : is(rhs.is), sb(rhs.sb) + { + rhs.is = nullptr; + rhs.sb = nullptr; + } + + // std::istream/std::streambuf use std::char_traits::to_int_type, to + // ensure that std::char_traits::eof() and the character 0xFF do not + // end up as the same value, eg. 0xFFFFFFFF. + std::char_traits::int_type get_character() + { + auto res = sb->sbumpc(); + // set eof manually, as we don't use the istream interface. + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(res == std::char_traits::eof())) + { + is->clear(is->rdstate() | std::ios::eofbit); + } + return res; + } + + private: + /// the associated input stream + std::istream* is = nullptr; + std::streambuf* sb = nullptr; +}; +#endif // JSON_NO_IO + +// General-purpose iterator-based adapter. It might not be as fast as +// theoretically possible for some containers, but it is extremely versatile. +template +class iterator_input_adapter +{ + public: + using char_type = typename std::iterator_traits::value_type; + + iterator_input_adapter(IteratorType first, IteratorType last) + : current(std::move(first)), end(std::move(last)) + {} + + typename std::char_traits::int_type get_character() + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(current != end)) + { + auto result = std::char_traits::to_int_type(*current); + std::advance(current, 1); + return result; + } + + return std::char_traits::eof(); + } + + private: + IteratorType current; + IteratorType end; + + template + friend struct wide_string_input_helper; + + bool empty() const + { + return current == end; + } +}; + + +template +struct wide_string_input_helper; + +template +struct wide_string_input_helper +{ + // UTF-32 + static void fill_buffer(BaseInputAdapter& input, + std::array::int_type, 4>& utf8_bytes, + size_t& utf8_bytes_index, + size_t& utf8_bytes_filled) + { + utf8_bytes_index = 0; + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(input.empty())) + { + utf8_bytes[0] = std::char_traits::eof(); + utf8_bytes_filled = 1; + } + else + { + // get the current character + const auto wc = input.get_character(); + + // UTF-32 to UTF-8 encoding + if (wc < 0x80) + { + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(wc); + utf8_bytes_filled = 1; + } + else if (wc <= 0x7FF) + { + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(0xC0u | ((static_cast(wc) >> 6u) & 0x1Fu)); + utf8_bytes[1] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | (static_cast(wc) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes_filled = 2; + } + else if (wc <= 0xFFFF) + { + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(0xE0u | ((static_cast(wc) >> 12u) & 0x0Fu)); + utf8_bytes[1] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | ((static_cast(wc) >> 6u) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes[2] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | (static_cast(wc) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes_filled = 3; + } + else if (wc <= 0x10FFFF) + { + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(0xF0u | ((static_cast(wc) >> 18u) & 0x07u)); + utf8_bytes[1] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | ((static_cast(wc) >> 12u) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes[2] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | ((static_cast(wc) >> 6u) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes[3] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | (static_cast(wc) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes_filled = 4; + } + else + { + // unknown character + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(wc); + utf8_bytes_filled = 1; + } + } + } +}; + +template +struct wide_string_input_helper +{ + // UTF-16 + static void fill_buffer(BaseInputAdapter& input, + std::array::int_type, 4>& utf8_bytes, + size_t& utf8_bytes_index, + size_t& utf8_bytes_filled) + { + utf8_bytes_index = 0; + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(input.empty())) + { + utf8_bytes[0] = std::char_traits::eof(); + utf8_bytes_filled = 1; + } + else + { + // get the current character + const auto wc = input.get_character(); + + // UTF-16 to UTF-8 encoding + if (wc < 0x80) + { + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(wc); + utf8_bytes_filled = 1; + } + else if (wc <= 0x7FF) + { + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(0xC0u | ((static_cast(wc) >> 6u))); + utf8_bytes[1] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | (static_cast(wc) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes_filled = 2; + } + else if (0xD800 > wc || wc >= 0xE000) + { + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(0xE0u | ((static_cast(wc) >> 12u))); + utf8_bytes[1] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | ((static_cast(wc) >> 6u) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes[2] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | (static_cast(wc) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes_filled = 3; + } + else + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!input.empty())) + { + const auto wc2 = static_cast(input.get_character()); + const auto charcode = 0x10000u + (((static_cast(wc) & 0x3FFu) << 10u) | (wc2 & 0x3FFu)); + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(0xF0u | (charcode >> 18u)); + utf8_bytes[1] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | ((charcode >> 12u) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes[2] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | ((charcode >> 6u) & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes[3] = static_cast::int_type>(0x80u | (charcode & 0x3Fu)); + utf8_bytes_filled = 4; + } + else + { + utf8_bytes[0] = static_cast::int_type>(wc); + utf8_bytes_filled = 1; + } + } + } + } +}; + +// Wraps another input apdater to convert wide character types into individual bytes. +template +class wide_string_input_adapter +{ + public: + using char_type = char; + + wide_string_input_adapter(BaseInputAdapter base) + : base_adapter(base) {} + + typename std::char_traits::int_type get_character() noexcept + { + // check if buffer needs to be filled + if (utf8_bytes_index == utf8_bytes_filled) + { + fill_buffer(); + + JSON_ASSERT(utf8_bytes_filled > 0); + JSON_ASSERT(utf8_bytes_index == 0); + } + + // use buffer + JSON_ASSERT(utf8_bytes_filled > 0); + JSON_ASSERT(utf8_bytes_index < utf8_bytes_filled); + return utf8_bytes[utf8_bytes_index++]; + } + + private: + BaseInputAdapter base_adapter; + + template + void fill_buffer() + { + wide_string_input_helper::fill_buffer(base_adapter, utf8_bytes, utf8_bytes_index, utf8_bytes_filled); + } + + /// a buffer for UTF-8 bytes + std::array::int_type, 4> utf8_bytes = {{0, 0, 0, 0}}; + + /// index to the utf8_codes array for the next valid byte + std::size_t utf8_bytes_index = 0; + /// number of valid bytes in the utf8_codes array + std::size_t utf8_bytes_filled = 0; +}; + + +template +struct iterator_input_adapter_factory +{ + using iterator_type = IteratorType; + using char_type = typename std::iterator_traits::value_type; + using adapter_type = iterator_input_adapter; + + static adapter_type create(IteratorType first, IteratorType last) + { + return adapter_type(std::move(first), std::move(last)); + } +}; + +template +struct is_iterator_of_multibyte +{ + using value_type = typename std::iterator_traits::value_type; + enum + { + value = sizeof(value_type) > 1 + }; +}; + +template +struct iterator_input_adapter_factory::value>> +{ + using iterator_type = IteratorType; + using char_type = typename std::iterator_traits::value_type; + using base_adapter_type = iterator_input_adapter; + using adapter_type = wide_string_input_adapter; + + static adapter_type create(IteratorType first, IteratorType last) + { + return adapter_type(base_adapter_type(std::move(first), std::move(last))); + } +}; + +// General purpose iterator-based input +template +typename iterator_input_adapter_factory::adapter_type input_adapter(IteratorType first, IteratorType last) +{ + using factory_type = iterator_input_adapter_factory; + return factory_type::create(first, last); +} + +// Convenience shorthand from container to iterator +// Enables ADL on begin(container) and end(container) +// Encloses the using declarations in namespace for not to leak them to outside scope + +namespace container_input_adapter_factory_impl +{ + +using std::begin; +using std::end; + +template +struct container_input_adapter_factory {}; + +template +struct container_input_adapter_factory< ContainerType, + void_t()), end(std::declval()))>> + { + using adapter_type = decltype(input_adapter(begin(std::declval()), end(std::declval()))); + + static adapter_type create(const ContainerType& container) +{ + return input_adapter(begin(container), end(container)); +} + }; + +} // namespace container_input_adapter_factory_impl + +template +typename container_input_adapter_factory_impl::container_input_adapter_factory::adapter_type input_adapter(const ContainerType& container) +{ + return container_input_adapter_factory_impl::container_input_adapter_factory::create(container); +} + +#ifndef JSON_NO_IO +// Special cases with fast paths +inline file_input_adapter input_adapter(std::FILE* file) +{ + return file_input_adapter(file); +} + +inline input_stream_adapter input_adapter(std::istream& stream) +{ + return input_stream_adapter(stream); +} + +inline input_stream_adapter input_adapter(std::istream&& stream) +{ + return input_stream_adapter(stream); +} +#endif // JSON_NO_IO + +using contiguous_bytes_input_adapter = decltype(input_adapter(std::declval(), std::declval())); + +// Null-delimited strings, and the like. +template < typename CharT, + typename std::enable_if < + std::is_pointer::value&& + !std::is_array::value&& + std::is_integral::type>::value&& + sizeof(typename std::remove_pointer::type) == 1, + int >::type = 0 > +contiguous_bytes_input_adapter input_adapter(CharT b) +{ + auto length = std::strlen(reinterpret_cast(b)); + const auto* ptr = reinterpret_cast(b); + return input_adapter(ptr, ptr + length); +} + +template +auto input_adapter(T (&array)[N]) -> decltype(input_adapter(array, array + N)) // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-avoid-c-arrays,hicpp-avoid-c-arrays,modernize-avoid-c-arrays) +{ + return input_adapter(array, array + N); +} + +// This class only handles inputs of input_buffer_adapter type. +// It's required so that expressions like {ptr, len} can be implicitely casted +// to the correct adapter. +class span_input_adapter +{ + public: + template < typename CharT, + typename std::enable_if < + std::is_pointer::value&& + std::is_integral::type>::value&& + sizeof(typename std::remove_pointer::type) == 1, + int >::type = 0 > + span_input_adapter(CharT b, std::size_t l) + : ia(reinterpret_cast(b), reinterpret_cast(b) + l) {} + + template::iterator_category, std::random_access_iterator_tag>::value, + int>::type = 0> + span_input_adapter(IteratorType first, IteratorType last) + : ia(input_adapter(first, last)) {} + + contiguous_bytes_input_adapter&& get() + { + return std::move(ia); // NOLINT(hicpp-move-const-arg,performance-move-const-arg) + } + + private: + contiguous_bytes_input_adapter ia; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include +#include // string +#include // move +#include // vector + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ + +/*! +@brief SAX interface + +This class describes the SAX interface used by @ref nlohmann::json::sax_parse. +Each function is called in different situations while the input is parsed. The +boolean return value informs the parser whether to continue processing the +input. +*/ +template +struct json_sax +{ + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using binary_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t; + + /*! + @brief a null value was read + @return whether parsing should proceed + */ + virtual bool null() = 0; + + /*! + @brief a boolean value was read + @param[in] val boolean value + @return whether parsing should proceed + */ + virtual bool boolean(bool val) = 0; + + /*! + @brief an integer number was read + @param[in] val integer value + @return whether parsing should proceed + */ + virtual bool number_integer(number_integer_t val) = 0; + + /*! + @brief an unsigned integer number was read + @param[in] val unsigned integer value + @return whether parsing should proceed + */ + virtual bool number_unsigned(number_unsigned_t val) = 0; + + /*! + @brief an floating-point number was read + @param[in] val floating-point value + @param[in] s raw token value + @return whether parsing should proceed + */ + virtual bool number_float(number_float_t val, const string_t& s) = 0; + + /*! + @brief a string was read + @param[in] val string value + @return whether parsing should proceed + @note It is safe to move the passed string. + */ + virtual bool string(string_t& val) = 0; + + /*! + @brief a binary string was read + @param[in] val binary value + @return whether parsing should proceed + @note It is safe to move the passed binary. + */ + virtual bool binary(binary_t& val) = 0; + + /*! + @brief the beginning of an object was read + @param[in] elements number of object elements or -1 if unknown + @return whether parsing should proceed + @note binary formats may report the number of elements + */ + virtual bool start_object(std::size_t elements) = 0; + + /*! + @brief an object key was read + @param[in] val object key + @return whether parsing should proceed + @note It is safe to move the passed string. + */ + virtual bool key(string_t& val) = 0; + + /*! + @brief the end of an object was read + @return whether parsing should proceed + */ + virtual bool end_object() = 0; + + /*! + @brief the beginning of an array was read + @param[in] elements number of array elements or -1 if unknown + @return whether parsing should proceed + @note binary formats may report the number of elements + */ + virtual bool start_array(std::size_t elements) = 0; + + /*! + @brief the end of an array was read + @return whether parsing should proceed + */ + virtual bool end_array() = 0; + + /*! + @brief a parse error occurred + @param[in] position the position in the input where the error occurs + @param[in] last_token the last read token + @param[in] ex an exception object describing the error + @return whether parsing should proceed (must return false) + */ + virtual bool parse_error(std::size_t position, + const std::string& last_token, + const detail::exception& ex) = 0; + + json_sax() = default; + json_sax(const json_sax&) = default; + json_sax(json_sax&&) noexcept = default; + json_sax& operator=(const json_sax&) = default; + json_sax& operator=(json_sax&&) noexcept = default; + virtual ~json_sax() = default; +}; + + +namespace detail +{ +/*! +@brief SAX implementation to create a JSON value from SAX events + +This class implements the @ref json_sax interface and processes the SAX events +to create a JSON value which makes it basically a DOM parser. The structure or +hierarchy of the JSON value is managed by the stack `ref_stack` which contains +a pointer to the respective array or object for each recursion depth. + +After successful parsing, the value that is passed by reference to the +constructor contains the parsed value. + +@tparam BasicJsonType the JSON type +*/ +template +class json_sax_dom_parser +{ + public: + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using binary_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t; + + /*! + @param[in,out] r reference to a JSON value that is manipulated while + parsing + @param[in] allow_exceptions_ whether parse errors yield exceptions + */ + explicit json_sax_dom_parser(BasicJsonType& r, const bool allow_exceptions_ = true) + : root(r), allow_exceptions(allow_exceptions_) + {} + + // make class move-only + json_sax_dom_parser(const json_sax_dom_parser&) = delete; + json_sax_dom_parser(json_sax_dom_parser&&) = default; // NOLINT(hicpp-noexcept-move,performance-noexcept-move-constructor) + json_sax_dom_parser& operator=(const json_sax_dom_parser&) = delete; + json_sax_dom_parser& operator=(json_sax_dom_parser&&) = default; // NOLINT(hicpp-noexcept-move,performance-noexcept-move-constructor) + ~json_sax_dom_parser() = default; + + bool null() + { + handle_value(nullptr); + return true; + } + + bool boolean(bool val) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool number_integer(number_integer_t val) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool number_unsigned(number_unsigned_t val) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool number_float(number_float_t val, const string_t& /*unused*/) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool string(string_t& val) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool binary(binary_t& val) + { + handle_value(std::move(val)); + return true; + } + + bool start_object(std::size_t len) + { + ref_stack.push_back(handle_value(BasicJsonType::value_t::object)); + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(len != std::size_t(-1) && len > ref_stack.back()->max_size())) + { + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(408, "excessive object size: " + std::to_string(len), *ref_stack.back())); + } + + return true; + } + + bool key(string_t& val) + { + // add null at given key and store the reference for later + object_element = &(ref_stack.back()->m_value.object->operator[](val)); + return true; + } + + bool end_object() + { + ref_stack.back()->set_parents(); + ref_stack.pop_back(); + return true; + } + + bool start_array(std::size_t len) + { + ref_stack.push_back(handle_value(BasicJsonType::value_t::array)); + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(len != std::size_t(-1) && len > ref_stack.back()->max_size())) + { + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(408, "excessive array size: " + std::to_string(len), *ref_stack.back())); + } + + return true; + } + + bool end_array() + { + ref_stack.back()->set_parents(); + ref_stack.pop_back(); + return true; + } + + template + bool parse_error(std::size_t /*unused*/, const std::string& /*unused*/, + const Exception& ex) + { + errored = true; + static_cast(ex); + if (allow_exceptions) + { + JSON_THROW(ex); + } + return false; + } + + constexpr bool is_errored() const + { + return errored; + } + + private: + /*! + @invariant If the ref stack is empty, then the passed value will be the new + root. + @invariant If the ref stack contains a value, then it is an array or an + object to which we can add elements + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL + BasicJsonType* handle_value(Value&& v) + { + if (ref_stack.empty()) + { + root = BasicJsonType(std::forward(v)); + return &root; + } + + JSON_ASSERT(ref_stack.back()->is_array() || ref_stack.back()->is_object()); + + if (ref_stack.back()->is_array()) + { + ref_stack.back()->m_value.array->emplace_back(std::forward(v)); + return &(ref_stack.back()->m_value.array->back()); + } + + JSON_ASSERT(ref_stack.back()->is_object()); + JSON_ASSERT(object_element); + *object_element = BasicJsonType(std::forward(v)); + return object_element; + } + + /// the parsed JSON value + BasicJsonType& root; + /// stack to model hierarchy of values + std::vector ref_stack {}; + /// helper to hold the reference for the next object element + BasicJsonType* object_element = nullptr; + /// whether a syntax error occurred + bool errored = false; + /// whether to throw exceptions in case of errors + const bool allow_exceptions = true; +}; + +template +class json_sax_dom_callback_parser +{ + public: + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using binary_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t; + using parser_callback_t = typename BasicJsonType::parser_callback_t; + using parse_event_t = typename BasicJsonType::parse_event_t; + + json_sax_dom_callback_parser(BasicJsonType& r, + const parser_callback_t cb, + const bool allow_exceptions_ = true) + : root(r), callback(cb), allow_exceptions(allow_exceptions_) + { + keep_stack.push_back(true); + } + + // make class move-only + json_sax_dom_callback_parser(const json_sax_dom_callback_parser&) = delete; + json_sax_dom_callback_parser(json_sax_dom_callback_parser&&) = default; // NOLINT(hicpp-noexcept-move,performance-noexcept-move-constructor) + json_sax_dom_callback_parser& operator=(const json_sax_dom_callback_parser&) = delete; + json_sax_dom_callback_parser& operator=(json_sax_dom_callback_parser&&) = default; // NOLINT(hicpp-noexcept-move,performance-noexcept-move-constructor) + ~json_sax_dom_callback_parser() = default; + + bool null() + { + handle_value(nullptr); + return true; + } + + bool boolean(bool val) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool number_integer(number_integer_t val) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool number_unsigned(number_unsigned_t val) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool number_float(number_float_t val, const string_t& /*unused*/) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool string(string_t& val) + { + handle_value(val); + return true; + } + + bool binary(binary_t& val) + { + handle_value(std::move(val)); + return true; + } + + bool start_object(std::size_t len) + { + // check callback for object start + const bool keep = callback(static_cast(ref_stack.size()), parse_event_t::object_start, discarded); + keep_stack.push_back(keep); + + auto val = handle_value(BasicJsonType::value_t::object, true); + ref_stack.push_back(val.second); + + // check object limit + if (ref_stack.back() && JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(len != std::size_t(-1) && len > ref_stack.back()->max_size())) + { + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(408, "excessive object size: " + std::to_string(len), *ref_stack.back())); + } + + return true; + } + + bool key(string_t& val) + { + BasicJsonType k = BasicJsonType(val); + + // check callback for key + const bool keep = callback(static_cast(ref_stack.size()), parse_event_t::key, k); + key_keep_stack.push_back(keep); + + // add discarded value at given key and store the reference for later + if (keep && ref_stack.back()) + { + object_element = &(ref_stack.back()->m_value.object->operator[](val) = discarded); + } + + return true; + } + + bool end_object() + { + if (ref_stack.back()) + { + if (!callback(static_cast(ref_stack.size()) - 1, parse_event_t::object_end, *ref_stack.back())) + { + // discard object + *ref_stack.back() = discarded; + } + else + { + ref_stack.back()->set_parents(); + } + } + + JSON_ASSERT(!ref_stack.empty()); + JSON_ASSERT(!keep_stack.empty()); + ref_stack.pop_back(); + keep_stack.pop_back(); + + if (!ref_stack.empty() && ref_stack.back() && ref_stack.back()->is_structured()) + { + // remove discarded value + for (auto it = ref_stack.back()->begin(); it != ref_stack.back()->end(); ++it) + { + if (it->is_discarded()) + { + ref_stack.back()->erase(it); + break; + } + } + } + + return true; + } + + bool start_array(std::size_t len) + { + const bool keep = callback(static_cast(ref_stack.size()), parse_event_t::array_start, discarded); + keep_stack.push_back(keep); + + auto val = handle_value(BasicJsonType::value_t::array, true); + ref_stack.push_back(val.second); + + // check array limit + if (ref_stack.back() && JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(len != std::size_t(-1) && len > ref_stack.back()->max_size())) + { + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(408, "excessive array size: " + std::to_string(len), *ref_stack.back())); + } + + return true; + } + + bool end_array() + { + bool keep = true; + + if (ref_stack.back()) + { + keep = callback(static_cast(ref_stack.size()) - 1, parse_event_t::array_end, *ref_stack.back()); + if (keep) + { + ref_stack.back()->set_parents(); + } + else + { + // discard array + *ref_stack.back() = discarded; + } + } + + JSON_ASSERT(!ref_stack.empty()); + JSON_ASSERT(!keep_stack.empty()); + ref_stack.pop_back(); + keep_stack.pop_back(); + + // remove discarded value + if (!keep && !ref_stack.empty() && ref_stack.back()->is_array()) + { + ref_stack.back()->m_value.array->pop_back(); + } + + return true; + } + + template + bool parse_error(std::size_t /*unused*/, const std::string& /*unused*/, + const Exception& ex) + { + errored = true; + static_cast(ex); + if (allow_exceptions) + { + JSON_THROW(ex); + } + return false; + } + + constexpr bool is_errored() const + { + return errored; + } + + private: + /*! + @param[in] v value to add to the JSON value we build during parsing + @param[in] skip_callback whether we should skip calling the callback + function; this is required after start_array() and + start_object() SAX events, because otherwise we would call the + callback function with an empty array or object, respectively. + + @invariant If the ref stack is empty, then the passed value will be the new + root. + @invariant If the ref stack contains a value, then it is an array or an + object to which we can add elements + + @return pair of boolean (whether value should be kept) and pointer (to the + passed value in the ref_stack hierarchy; nullptr if not kept) + */ + template + std::pair handle_value(Value&& v, const bool skip_callback = false) + { + JSON_ASSERT(!keep_stack.empty()); + + // do not handle this value if we know it would be added to a discarded + // container + if (!keep_stack.back()) + { + return {false, nullptr}; + } + + // create value + auto value = BasicJsonType(std::forward(v)); + + // check callback + const bool keep = skip_callback || callback(static_cast(ref_stack.size()), parse_event_t::value, value); + + // do not handle this value if we just learnt it shall be discarded + if (!keep) + { + return {false, nullptr}; + } + + if (ref_stack.empty()) + { + root = std::move(value); + return {true, &root}; + } + + // skip this value if we already decided to skip the parent + // (https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/971#issuecomment-413678360) + if (!ref_stack.back()) + { + return {false, nullptr}; + } + + // we now only expect arrays and objects + JSON_ASSERT(ref_stack.back()->is_array() || ref_stack.back()->is_object()); + + // array + if (ref_stack.back()->is_array()) + { + ref_stack.back()->m_value.array->emplace_back(std::move(value)); + return {true, &(ref_stack.back()->m_value.array->back())}; + } + + // object + JSON_ASSERT(ref_stack.back()->is_object()); + // check if we should store an element for the current key + JSON_ASSERT(!key_keep_stack.empty()); + const bool store_element = key_keep_stack.back(); + key_keep_stack.pop_back(); + + if (!store_element) + { + return {false, nullptr}; + } + + JSON_ASSERT(object_element); + *object_element = std::move(value); + return {true, object_element}; + } + + /// the parsed JSON value + BasicJsonType& root; + /// stack to model hierarchy of values + std::vector ref_stack {}; + /// stack to manage which values to keep + std::vector keep_stack {}; + /// stack to manage which object keys to keep + std::vector key_keep_stack {}; + /// helper to hold the reference for the next object element + BasicJsonType* object_element = nullptr; + /// whether a syntax error occurred + bool errored = false; + /// callback function + const parser_callback_t callback = nullptr; + /// whether to throw exceptions in case of errors + const bool allow_exceptions = true; + /// a discarded value for the callback + BasicJsonType discarded = BasicJsonType::value_t::discarded; +}; + +template +class json_sax_acceptor +{ + public: + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using binary_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t; + + bool null() + { + return true; + } + + bool boolean(bool /*unused*/) + { + return true; + } + + bool number_integer(number_integer_t /*unused*/) + { + return true; + } + + bool number_unsigned(number_unsigned_t /*unused*/) + { + return true; + } + + bool number_float(number_float_t /*unused*/, const string_t& /*unused*/) + { + return true; + } + + bool string(string_t& /*unused*/) + { + return true; + } + + bool binary(binary_t& /*unused*/) + { + return true; + } + + bool start_object(std::size_t /*unused*/ = std::size_t(-1)) + { + return true; + } + + bool key(string_t& /*unused*/) + { + return true; + } + + bool end_object() + { + return true; + } + + bool start_array(std::size_t /*unused*/ = std::size_t(-1)) + { + return true; + } + + bool end_array() + { + return true; + } + + bool parse_error(std::size_t /*unused*/, const std::string& /*unused*/, const detail::exception& /*unused*/) + { + return false; + } +}; +} // namespace detail + +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include // array +#include // localeconv +#include // size_t +#include // snprintf +#include // strtof, strtod, strtold, strtoll, strtoull +#include // initializer_list +#include // char_traits, string +#include // move +#include // vector + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +/////////// +// lexer // +/////////// + +template +class lexer_base +{ + public: + /// token types for the parser + enum class token_type + { + uninitialized, ///< indicating the scanner is uninitialized + literal_true, ///< the `true` literal + literal_false, ///< the `false` literal + literal_null, ///< the `null` literal + value_string, ///< a string -- use get_string() for actual value + value_unsigned, ///< an unsigned integer -- use get_number_unsigned() for actual value + value_integer, ///< a signed integer -- use get_number_integer() for actual value + value_float, ///< an floating point number -- use get_number_float() for actual value + begin_array, ///< the character for array begin `[` + begin_object, ///< the character for object begin `{` + end_array, ///< the character for array end `]` + end_object, ///< the character for object end `}` + name_separator, ///< the name separator `:` + value_separator, ///< the value separator `,` + parse_error, ///< indicating a parse error + end_of_input, ///< indicating the end of the input buffer + literal_or_value ///< a literal or the begin of a value (only for diagnostics) + }; + + /// return name of values of type token_type (only used for errors) + JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL + JSON_HEDLEY_CONST + static const char* token_type_name(const token_type t) noexcept + { + switch (t) + { + case token_type::uninitialized: + return ""; + case token_type::literal_true: + return "true literal"; + case token_type::literal_false: + return "false literal"; + case token_type::literal_null: + return "null literal"; + case token_type::value_string: + return "string literal"; + case token_type::value_unsigned: + case token_type::value_integer: + case token_type::value_float: + return "number literal"; + case token_type::begin_array: + return "'['"; + case token_type::begin_object: + return "'{'"; + case token_type::end_array: + return "']'"; + case token_type::end_object: + return "'}'"; + case token_type::name_separator: + return "':'"; + case token_type::value_separator: + return "','"; + case token_type::parse_error: + return ""; + case token_type::end_of_input: + return "end of input"; + case token_type::literal_or_value: + return "'[', '{', or a literal"; + // LCOV_EXCL_START + default: // catch non-enum values + return "unknown token"; + // LCOV_EXCL_STOP + } + } +}; +/*! +@brief lexical analysis + +This class organizes the lexical analysis during JSON deserialization. +*/ +template +class lexer : public lexer_base +{ + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using char_type = typename InputAdapterType::char_type; + using char_int_type = typename std::char_traits::int_type; + + public: + using token_type = typename lexer_base::token_type; + + explicit lexer(InputAdapterType&& adapter, bool ignore_comments_ = false) noexcept + : ia(std::move(adapter)) + , ignore_comments(ignore_comments_) + , decimal_point_char(static_cast(get_decimal_point())) + {} + + // delete because of pointer members + lexer(const lexer&) = delete; + lexer(lexer&&) = default; // NOLINT(hicpp-noexcept-move,performance-noexcept-move-constructor) + lexer& operator=(lexer&) = delete; + lexer& operator=(lexer&&) = default; // NOLINT(hicpp-noexcept-move,performance-noexcept-move-constructor) + ~lexer() = default; + + private: + ///////////////////// + // locales + ///////////////////// + + /// return the locale-dependent decimal point + JSON_HEDLEY_PURE + static char get_decimal_point() noexcept + { + const auto* loc = localeconv(); + JSON_ASSERT(loc != nullptr); + return (loc->decimal_point == nullptr) ? '.' : *(loc->decimal_point); + } + + ///////////////////// + // scan functions + ///////////////////// + + /*! + @brief get codepoint from 4 hex characters following `\u` + + For input "\u c1 c2 c3 c4" the codepoint is: + (c1 * 0x1000) + (c2 * 0x0100) + (c3 * 0x0010) + c4 + = (c1 << 12) + (c2 << 8) + (c3 << 4) + (c4 << 0) + + Furthermore, the possible characters '0'..'9', 'A'..'F', and 'a'..'f' + must be converted to the integers 0x0..0x9, 0xA..0xF, 0xA..0xF, resp. The + conversion is done by subtracting the offset (0x30, 0x37, and 0x57) + between the ASCII value of the character and the desired integer value. + + @return codepoint (0x0000..0xFFFF) or -1 in case of an error (e.g. EOF or + non-hex character) + */ + int get_codepoint() + { + // this function only makes sense after reading `\u` + JSON_ASSERT(current == 'u'); + int codepoint = 0; + + const auto factors = { 12u, 8u, 4u, 0u }; + for (const auto factor : factors) + { + get(); + + if (current >= '0' && current <= '9') + { + codepoint += static_cast((static_cast(current) - 0x30u) << factor); + } + else if (current >= 'A' && current <= 'F') + { + codepoint += static_cast((static_cast(current) - 0x37u) << factor); + } + else if (current >= 'a' && current <= 'f') + { + codepoint += static_cast((static_cast(current) - 0x57u) << factor); + } + else + { + return -1; + } + } + + JSON_ASSERT(0x0000 <= codepoint && codepoint <= 0xFFFF); + return codepoint; + } + + /*! + @brief check if the next byte(s) are inside a given range + + Adds the current byte and, for each passed range, reads a new byte and + checks if it is inside the range. If a violation was detected, set up an + error message and return false. Otherwise, return true. + + @param[in] ranges list of integers; interpreted as list of pairs of + inclusive lower and upper bound, respectively + + @pre The passed list @a ranges must have 2, 4, or 6 elements; that is, + 1, 2, or 3 pairs. This precondition is enforced by an assertion. + + @return true if and only if no range violation was detected + */ + bool next_byte_in_range(std::initializer_list ranges) + { + JSON_ASSERT(ranges.size() == 2 || ranges.size() == 4 || ranges.size() == 6); + add(current); + + for (auto range = ranges.begin(); range != ranges.end(); ++range) + { + get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(*range <= current && current <= *(++range))) + { + add(current); + } + else + { + error_message = "invalid string: ill-formed UTF-8 byte"; + return false; + } + } + + return true; + } + + /*! + @brief scan a string literal + + This function scans a string according to Sect. 7 of RFC 8259. While + scanning, bytes are escaped and copied into buffer token_buffer. Then the + function returns successfully, token_buffer is *not* null-terminated (as it + may contain \0 bytes), and token_buffer.size() is the number of bytes in the + string. + + @return token_type::value_string if string could be successfully scanned, + token_type::parse_error otherwise + + @note In case of errors, variable error_message contains a textual + description. + */ + token_type scan_string() + { + // reset token_buffer (ignore opening quote) + reset(); + + // we entered the function by reading an open quote + JSON_ASSERT(current == '\"'); + + while (true) + { + // get next character + switch (get()) + { + // end of file while parsing string + case std::char_traits::eof(): + { + error_message = "invalid string: missing closing quote"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + // closing quote + case '\"': + { + return token_type::value_string; + } + + // escapes + case '\\': + { + switch (get()) + { + // quotation mark + case '\"': + add('\"'); + break; + // reverse solidus + case '\\': + add('\\'); + break; + // solidus + case '/': + add('/'); + break; + // backspace + case 'b': + add('\b'); + break; + // form feed + case 'f': + add('\f'); + break; + // line feed + case 'n': + add('\n'); + break; + // carriage return + case 'r': + add('\r'); + break; + // tab + case 't': + add('\t'); + break; + + // unicode escapes + case 'u': + { + const int codepoint1 = get_codepoint(); + int codepoint = codepoint1; // start with codepoint1 + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(codepoint1 == -1)) + { + error_message = "invalid string: '\\u' must be followed by 4 hex digits"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + // check if code point is a high surrogate + if (0xD800 <= codepoint1 && codepoint1 <= 0xDBFF) + { + // expect next \uxxxx entry + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(get() == '\\' && get() == 'u')) + { + const int codepoint2 = get_codepoint(); + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(codepoint2 == -1)) + { + error_message = "invalid string: '\\u' must be followed by 4 hex digits"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + // check if codepoint2 is a low surrogate + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(0xDC00 <= codepoint2 && codepoint2 <= 0xDFFF)) + { + // overwrite codepoint + codepoint = static_cast( + // high surrogate occupies the most significant 22 bits + (static_cast(codepoint1) << 10u) + // low surrogate occupies the least significant 15 bits + + static_cast(codepoint2) + // there is still the 0xD800, 0xDC00 and 0x10000 noise + // in the result so we have to subtract with: + // (0xD800 << 10) + DC00 - 0x10000 = 0x35FDC00 + - 0x35FDC00u); + } + else + { + error_message = "invalid string: surrogate U+D800..U+DBFF must be followed by U+DC00..U+DFFF"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + else + { + error_message = "invalid string: surrogate U+D800..U+DBFF must be followed by U+DC00..U+DFFF"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + else + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(0xDC00 <= codepoint1 && codepoint1 <= 0xDFFF)) + { + error_message = "invalid string: surrogate U+DC00..U+DFFF must follow U+D800..U+DBFF"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + + // result of the above calculation yields a proper codepoint + JSON_ASSERT(0x00 <= codepoint && codepoint <= 0x10FFFF); + + // translate codepoint into bytes + if (codepoint < 0x80) + { + // 1-byte characters: 0xxxxxxx (ASCII) + add(static_cast(codepoint)); + } + else if (codepoint <= 0x7FF) + { + // 2-byte characters: 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx + add(static_cast(0xC0u | (static_cast(codepoint) >> 6u))); + add(static_cast(0x80u | (static_cast(codepoint) & 0x3Fu))); + } + else if (codepoint <= 0xFFFF) + { + // 3-byte characters: 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + add(static_cast(0xE0u | (static_cast(codepoint) >> 12u))); + add(static_cast(0x80u | ((static_cast(codepoint) >> 6u) & 0x3Fu))); + add(static_cast(0x80u | (static_cast(codepoint) & 0x3Fu))); + } + else + { + // 4-byte characters: 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + add(static_cast(0xF0u | (static_cast(codepoint) >> 18u))); + add(static_cast(0x80u | ((static_cast(codepoint) >> 12u) & 0x3Fu))); + add(static_cast(0x80u | ((static_cast(codepoint) >> 6u) & 0x3Fu))); + add(static_cast(0x80u | (static_cast(codepoint) & 0x3Fu))); + } + + break; + } + + // other characters after escape + default: + error_message = "invalid string: forbidden character after backslash"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + break; + } + + // invalid control characters + case 0x00: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0000 (NUL) must be escaped to \\u0000"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x01: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0001 (SOH) must be escaped to \\u0001"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x02: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0002 (STX) must be escaped to \\u0002"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x03: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0003 (ETX) must be escaped to \\u0003"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x04: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0004 (EOT) must be escaped to \\u0004"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x05: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0005 (ENQ) must be escaped to \\u0005"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x06: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0006 (ACK) must be escaped to \\u0006"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x07: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0007 (BEL) must be escaped to \\u0007"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x08: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0008 (BS) must be escaped to \\u0008 or \\b"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x09: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0009 (HT) must be escaped to \\u0009 or \\t"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x0A: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+000A (LF) must be escaped to \\u000A or \\n"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x0B: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+000B (VT) must be escaped to \\u000B"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x0C: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+000C (FF) must be escaped to \\u000C or \\f"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x0D: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+000D (CR) must be escaped to \\u000D or \\r"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x0E: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+000E (SO) must be escaped to \\u000E"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x0F: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+000F (SI) must be escaped to \\u000F"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x10: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0010 (DLE) must be escaped to \\u0010"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x11: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0011 (DC1) must be escaped to \\u0011"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x12: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0012 (DC2) must be escaped to \\u0012"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x13: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0013 (DC3) must be escaped to \\u0013"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x14: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0014 (DC4) must be escaped to \\u0014"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x15: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0015 (NAK) must be escaped to \\u0015"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x16: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0016 (SYN) must be escaped to \\u0016"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x17: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0017 (ETB) must be escaped to \\u0017"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x18: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0018 (CAN) must be escaped to \\u0018"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x19: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+0019 (EM) must be escaped to \\u0019"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x1A: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+001A (SUB) must be escaped to \\u001A"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x1B: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+001B (ESC) must be escaped to \\u001B"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x1C: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+001C (FS) must be escaped to \\u001C"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x1D: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+001D (GS) must be escaped to \\u001D"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x1E: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+001E (RS) must be escaped to \\u001E"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + case 0x1F: + { + error_message = "invalid string: control character U+001F (US) must be escaped to \\u001F"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + // U+0020..U+007F (except U+0022 (quote) and U+005C (backspace)) + case 0x20: + case 0x21: + case 0x23: + case 0x24: + case 0x25: + case 0x26: + case 0x27: + case 0x28: + case 0x29: + case 0x2A: + case 0x2B: + case 0x2C: + case 0x2D: + case 0x2E: + case 0x2F: + case 0x30: + case 0x31: + case 0x32: + case 0x33: + case 0x34: + case 0x35: + case 0x36: + case 0x37: + case 0x38: + case 0x39: + case 0x3A: + case 0x3B: + case 0x3C: + case 0x3D: + case 0x3E: + case 0x3F: + case 0x40: + case 0x41: + case 0x42: + case 0x43: + case 0x44: + case 0x45: + case 0x46: + case 0x47: + case 0x48: + case 0x49: + case 0x4A: + case 0x4B: + case 0x4C: + case 0x4D: + case 0x4E: + case 0x4F: + case 0x50: + case 0x51: + case 0x52: + case 0x53: + case 0x54: + case 0x55: + case 0x56: + case 0x57: + case 0x58: + case 0x59: + case 0x5A: + case 0x5B: + case 0x5D: + case 0x5E: + case 0x5F: + case 0x60: + case 0x61: + case 0x62: + case 0x63: + case 0x64: + case 0x65: + case 0x66: + case 0x67: + case 0x68: + case 0x69: + case 0x6A: + case 0x6B: + case 0x6C: + case 0x6D: + case 0x6E: + case 0x6F: + case 0x70: + case 0x71: + case 0x72: + case 0x73: + case 0x74: + case 0x75: + case 0x76: + case 0x77: + case 0x78: + case 0x79: + case 0x7A: + case 0x7B: + case 0x7C: + case 0x7D: + case 0x7E: + case 0x7F: + { + add(current); + break; + } + + // U+0080..U+07FF: bytes C2..DF 80..BF + case 0xC2: + case 0xC3: + case 0xC4: + case 0xC5: + case 0xC6: + case 0xC7: + case 0xC8: + case 0xC9: + case 0xCA: + case 0xCB: + case 0xCC: + case 0xCD: + case 0xCE: + case 0xCF: + case 0xD0: + case 0xD1: + case 0xD2: + case 0xD3: + case 0xD4: + case 0xD5: + case 0xD6: + case 0xD7: + case 0xD8: + case 0xD9: + case 0xDA: + case 0xDB: + case 0xDC: + case 0xDD: + case 0xDE: + case 0xDF: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!next_byte_in_range({0x80, 0xBF}))) + { + return token_type::parse_error; + } + break; + } + + // U+0800..U+0FFF: bytes E0 A0..BF 80..BF + case 0xE0: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(next_byte_in_range({0xA0, 0xBF, 0x80, 0xBF})))) + { + return token_type::parse_error; + } + break; + } + + // U+1000..U+CFFF: bytes E1..EC 80..BF 80..BF + // U+E000..U+FFFF: bytes EE..EF 80..BF 80..BF + case 0xE1: + case 0xE2: + case 0xE3: + case 0xE4: + case 0xE5: + case 0xE6: + case 0xE7: + case 0xE8: + case 0xE9: + case 0xEA: + case 0xEB: + case 0xEC: + case 0xEE: + case 0xEF: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(next_byte_in_range({0x80, 0xBF, 0x80, 0xBF})))) + { + return token_type::parse_error; + } + break; + } + + // U+D000..U+D7FF: bytes ED 80..9F 80..BF + case 0xED: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(next_byte_in_range({0x80, 0x9F, 0x80, 0xBF})))) + { + return token_type::parse_error; + } + break; + } + + // U+10000..U+3FFFF F0 90..BF 80..BF 80..BF + case 0xF0: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(next_byte_in_range({0x90, 0xBF, 0x80, 0xBF, 0x80, 0xBF})))) + { + return token_type::parse_error; + } + break; + } + + // U+40000..U+FFFFF F1..F3 80..BF 80..BF 80..BF + case 0xF1: + case 0xF2: + case 0xF3: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(next_byte_in_range({0x80, 0xBF, 0x80, 0xBF, 0x80, 0xBF})))) + { + return token_type::parse_error; + } + break; + } + + // U+100000..U+10FFFF F4 80..8F 80..BF 80..BF + case 0xF4: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(next_byte_in_range({0x80, 0x8F, 0x80, 0xBF, 0x80, 0xBF})))) + { + return token_type::parse_error; + } + break; + } + + // remaining bytes (80..C1 and F5..FF) are ill-formed + default: + { + error_message = "invalid string: ill-formed UTF-8 byte"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + } + } + + /*! + * @brief scan a comment + * @return whether comment could be scanned successfully + */ + bool scan_comment() + { + switch (get()) + { + // single-line comments skip input until a newline or EOF is read + case '/': + { + while (true) + { + switch (get()) + { + case '\n': + case '\r': + case std::char_traits::eof(): + case '\0': + return true; + + default: + break; + } + } + } + + // multi-line comments skip input until */ is read + case '*': + { + while (true) + { + switch (get()) + { + case std::char_traits::eof(): + case '\0': + { + error_message = "invalid comment; missing closing '*/'"; + return false; + } + + case '*': + { + switch (get()) + { + case '/': + return true; + + default: + { + unget(); + continue; + } + } + } + + default: + continue; + } + } + } + + // unexpected character after reading '/' + default: + { + error_message = "invalid comment; expecting '/' or '*' after '/'"; + return false; + } + } + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + static void strtof(float& f, const char* str, char** endptr) noexcept + { + f = std::strtof(str, endptr); + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + static void strtof(double& f, const char* str, char** endptr) noexcept + { + f = std::strtod(str, endptr); + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + static void strtof(long double& f, const char* str, char** endptr) noexcept + { + f = std::strtold(str, endptr); + } + + /*! + @brief scan a number literal + + This function scans a string according to Sect. 6 of RFC 8259. + + The function is realized with a deterministic finite state machine derived + from the grammar described in RFC 8259. Starting in state "init", the + input is read and used to determined the next state. Only state "done" + accepts the number. State "error" is a trap state to model errors. In the + table below, "anything" means any character but the ones listed before. + + state | 0 | 1-9 | e E | + | - | . | anything + ---------|----------|----------|----------|---------|---------|----------|----------- + init | zero | any1 | [error] | [error] | minus | [error] | [error] + minus | zero | any1 | [error] | [error] | [error] | [error] | [error] + zero | done | done | exponent | done | done | decimal1 | done + any1 | any1 | any1 | exponent | done | done | decimal1 | done + decimal1 | decimal2 | decimal2 | [error] | [error] | [error] | [error] | [error] + decimal2 | decimal2 | decimal2 | exponent | done | done | done | done + exponent | any2 | any2 | [error] | sign | sign | [error] | [error] + sign | any2 | any2 | [error] | [error] | [error] | [error] | [error] + any2 | any2 | any2 | done | done | done | done | done + + The state machine is realized with one label per state (prefixed with + "scan_number_") and `goto` statements between them. The state machine + contains cycles, but any cycle can be left when EOF is read. Therefore, + the function is guaranteed to terminate. + + During scanning, the read bytes are stored in token_buffer. This string is + then converted to a signed integer, an unsigned integer, or a + floating-point number. + + @return token_type::value_unsigned, token_type::value_integer, or + token_type::value_float if number could be successfully scanned, + token_type::parse_error otherwise + + @note The scanner is independent of the current locale. Internally, the + locale's decimal point is used instead of `.` to work with the + locale-dependent converters. + */ + token_type scan_number() // lgtm [cpp/use-of-goto] + { + // reset token_buffer to store the number's bytes + reset(); + + // the type of the parsed number; initially set to unsigned; will be + // changed if minus sign, decimal point or exponent is read + token_type number_type = token_type::value_unsigned; + + // state (init): we just found out we need to scan a number + switch (current) + { + case '-': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_minus; + } + + case '0': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_zero; + } + + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_any1; + } + + // all other characters are rejected outside scan_number() + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + +scan_number_minus: + // state: we just parsed a leading minus sign + number_type = token_type::value_integer; + switch (get()) + { + case '0': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_zero; + } + + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_any1; + } + + default: + { + error_message = "invalid number; expected digit after '-'"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + +scan_number_zero: + // state: we just parse a zero (maybe with a leading minus sign) + switch (get()) + { + case '.': + { + add(decimal_point_char); + goto scan_number_decimal1; + } + + case 'e': + case 'E': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_exponent; + } + + default: + goto scan_number_done; + } + +scan_number_any1: + // state: we just parsed a number 0-9 (maybe with a leading minus sign) + switch (get()) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_any1; + } + + case '.': + { + add(decimal_point_char); + goto scan_number_decimal1; + } + + case 'e': + case 'E': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_exponent; + } + + default: + goto scan_number_done; + } + +scan_number_decimal1: + // state: we just parsed a decimal point + number_type = token_type::value_float; + switch (get()) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_decimal2; + } + + default: + { + error_message = "invalid number; expected digit after '.'"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + +scan_number_decimal2: + // we just parsed at least one number after a decimal point + switch (get()) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_decimal2; + } + + case 'e': + case 'E': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_exponent; + } + + default: + goto scan_number_done; + } + +scan_number_exponent: + // we just parsed an exponent + number_type = token_type::value_float; + switch (get()) + { + case '+': + case '-': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_sign; + } + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_any2; + } + + default: + { + error_message = + "invalid number; expected '+', '-', or digit after exponent"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + +scan_number_sign: + // we just parsed an exponent sign + switch (get()) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_any2; + } + + default: + { + error_message = "invalid number; expected digit after exponent sign"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + +scan_number_any2: + // we just parsed a number after the exponent or exponent sign + switch (get()) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + { + add(current); + goto scan_number_any2; + } + + default: + goto scan_number_done; + } + +scan_number_done: + // unget the character after the number (we only read it to know that + // we are done scanning a number) + unget(); + + char* endptr = nullptr; // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + errno = 0; + + // try to parse integers first and fall back to floats + if (number_type == token_type::value_unsigned) + { + const auto x = std::strtoull(token_buffer.data(), &endptr, 10); + + // we checked the number format before + JSON_ASSERT(endptr == token_buffer.data() + token_buffer.size()); + + if (errno == 0) + { + value_unsigned = static_cast(x); + if (value_unsigned == x) + { + return token_type::value_unsigned; + } + } + } + else if (number_type == token_type::value_integer) + { + const auto x = std::strtoll(token_buffer.data(), &endptr, 10); + + // we checked the number format before + JSON_ASSERT(endptr == token_buffer.data() + token_buffer.size()); + + if (errno == 0) + { + value_integer = static_cast(x); + if (value_integer == x) + { + return token_type::value_integer; + } + } + } + + // this code is reached if we parse a floating-point number or if an + // integer conversion above failed + strtof(value_float, token_buffer.data(), &endptr); + + // we checked the number format before + JSON_ASSERT(endptr == token_buffer.data() + token_buffer.size()); + + return token_type::value_float; + } + + /*! + @param[in] literal_text the literal text to expect + @param[in] length the length of the passed literal text + @param[in] return_type the token type to return on success + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + token_type scan_literal(const char_type* literal_text, const std::size_t length, + token_type return_type) + { + JSON_ASSERT(std::char_traits::to_char_type(current) == literal_text[0]); + for (std::size_t i = 1; i < length; ++i) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(std::char_traits::to_char_type(get()) != literal_text[i])) + { + error_message = "invalid literal"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + return return_type; + } + + ///////////////////// + // input management + ///////////////////// + + /// reset token_buffer; current character is beginning of token + void reset() noexcept + { + token_buffer.clear(); + token_string.clear(); + token_string.push_back(std::char_traits::to_char_type(current)); + } + + /* + @brief get next character from the input + + This function provides the interface to the used input adapter. It does + not throw in case the input reached EOF, but returns a + `std::char_traits::eof()` in that case. Stores the scanned characters + for use in error messages. + + @return character read from the input + */ + char_int_type get() + { + ++position.chars_read_total; + ++position.chars_read_current_line; + + if (next_unget) + { + // just reset the next_unget variable and work with current + next_unget = false; + } + else + { + current = ia.get_character(); + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(current != std::char_traits::eof())) + { + token_string.push_back(std::char_traits::to_char_type(current)); + } + + if (current == '\n') + { + ++position.lines_read; + position.chars_read_current_line = 0; + } + + return current; + } + + /*! + @brief unget current character (read it again on next get) + + We implement unget by setting variable next_unget to true. The input is not + changed - we just simulate ungetting by modifying chars_read_total, + chars_read_current_line, and token_string. The next call to get() will + behave as if the unget character is read again. + */ + void unget() + { + next_unget = true; + + --position.chars_read_total; + + // in case we "unget" a newline, we have to also decrement the lines_read + if (position.chars_read_current_line == 0) + { + if (position.lines_read > 0) + { + --position.lines_read; + } + } + else + { + --position.chars_read_current_line; + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(current != std::char_traits::eof())) + { + JSON_ASSERT(!token_string.empty()); + token_string.pop_back(); + } + } + + /// add a character to token_buffer + void add(char_int_type c) + { + token_buffer.push_back(static_cast(c)); + } + + public: + ///////////////////// + // value getters + ///////////////////// + + /// return integer value + constexpr number_integer_t get_number_integer() const noexcept + { + return value_integer; + } + + /// return unsigned integer value + constexpr number_unsigned_t get_number_unsigned() const noexcept + { + return value_unsigned; + } + + /// return floating-point value + constexpr number_float_t get_number_float() const noexcept + { + return value_float; + } + + /// return current string value (implicitly resets the token; useful only once) + string_t& get_string() + { + return token_buffer; + } + + ///////////////////// + // diagnostics + ///////////////////// + + /// return position of last read token + constexpr position_t get_position() const noexcept + { + return position; + } + + /// return the last read token (for errors only). Will never contain EOF + /// (an arbitrary value that is not a valid char value, often -1), because + /// 255 may legitimately occur. May contain NUL, which should be escaped. + std::string get_token_string() const + { + // escape control characters + std::string result; + for (const auto c : token_string) + { + if (static_cast(c) <= '\x1F') + { + // escape control characters + std::array cs{{}}; + (std::snprintf)(cs.data(), cs.size(), "", static_cast(c)); // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + result += cs.data(); + } + else + { + // add character as is + result.push_back(static_cast(c)); + } + } + + return result; + } + + /// return syntax error message + JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL + constexpr const char* get_error_message() const noexcept + { + return error_message; + } + + ///////////////////// + // actual scanner + ///////////////////// + + /*! + @brief skip the UTF-8 byte order mark + @return true iff there is no BOM or the correct BOM has been skipped + */ + bool skip_bom() + { + if (get() == 0xEF) + { + // check if we completely parse the BOM + return get() == 0xBB && get() == 0xBF; + } + + // the first character is not the beginning of the BOM; unget it to + // process is later + unget(); + return true; + } + + void skip_whitespace() + { + do + { + get(); + } + while (current == ' ' || current == '\t' || current == '\n' || current == '\r'); + } + + token_type scan() + { + // initially, skip the BOM + if (position.chars_read_total == 0 && !skip_bom()) + { + error_message = "invalid BOM; must be 0xEF 0xBB 0xBF if given"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + // read next character and ignore whitespace + skip_whitespace(); + + // ignore comments + while (ignore_comments && current == '/') + { + if (!scan_comment()) + { + return token_type::parse_error; + } + + // skip following whitespace + skip_whitespace(); + } + + switch (current) + { + // structural characters + case '[': + return token_type::begin_array; + case ']': + return token_type::end_array; + case '{': + return token_type::begin_object; + case '}': + return token_type::end_object; + case ':': + return token_type::name_separator; + case ',': + return token_type::value_separator; + + // literals + case 't': + { + std::array true_literal = {{char_type('t'), char_type('r'), char_type('u'), char_type('e')}}; + return scan_literal(true_literal.data(), true_literal.size(), token_type::literal_true); + } + case 'f': + { + std::array false_literal = {{char_type('f'), char_type('a'), char_type('l'), char_type('s'), char_type('e')}}; + return scan_literal(false_literal.data(), false_literal.size(), token_type::literal_false); + } + case 'n': + { + std::array null_literal = {{char_type('n'), char_type('u'), char_type('l'), char_type('l')}}; + return scan_literal(null_literal.data(), null_literal.size(), token_type::literal_null); + } + + // string + case '\"': + return scan_string(); + + // number + case '-': + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + return scan_number(); + + // end of input (the null byte is needed when parsing from + // string literals) + case '\0': + case std::char_traits::eof(): + return token_type::end_of_input; + + // error + default: + error_message = "invalid literal"; + return token_type::parse_error; + } + } + + private: + /// input adapter + InputAdapterType ia; + + /// whether comments should be ignored (true) or signaled as errors (false) + const bool ignore_comments = false; + + /// the current character + char_int_type current = std::char_traits::eof(); + + /// whether the next get() call should just return current + bool next_unget = false; + + /// the start position of the current token + position_t position {}; + + /// raw input token string (for error messages) + std::vector token_string {}; + + /// buffer for variable-length tokens (numbers, strings) + string_t token_buffer {}; + + /// a description of occurred lexer errors + const char* error_message = ""; + + // number values + number_integer_t value_integer = 0; + number_unsigned_t value_unsigned = 0; + number_float_t value_float = 0; + + /// the decimal point + const char_int_type decimal_point_char = '.'; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // size_t +#include // declval +#include // string + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +template +using null_function_t = decltype(std::declval().null()); + +template +using boolean_function_t = + decltype(std::declval().boolean(std::declval())); + +template +using number_integer_function_t = + decltype(std::declval().number_integer(std::declval())); + +template +using number_unsigned_function_t = + decltype(std::declval().number_unsigned(std::declval())); + +template +using number_float_function_t = decltype(std::declval().number_float( + std::declval(), std::declval())); + +template +using string_function_t = + decltype(std::declval().string(std::declval())); + +template +using binary_function_t = + decltype(std::declval().binary(std::declval())); + +template +using start_object_function_t = + decltype(std::declval().start_object(std::declval())); + +template +using key_function_t = + decltype(std::declval().key(std::declval())); + +template +using end_object_function_t = decltype(std::declval().end_object()); + +template +using start_array_function_t = + decltype(std::declval().start_array(std::declval())); + +template +using end_array_function_t = decltype(std::declval().end_array()); + +template +using parse_error_function_t = decltype(std::declval().parse_error( + std::declval(), std::declval(), + std::declval())); + +template +struct is_sax +{ + private: + static_assert(is_basic_json::value, + "BasicJsonType must be of type basic_json<...>"); + + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using binary_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t; + using exception_t = typename BasicJsonType::exception; + + public: + static constexpr bool value = + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value && + is_detected_exact::value; +}; + +template +struct is_sax_static_asserts +{ + private: + static_assert(is_basic_json::value, + "BasicJsonType must be of type basic_json<...>"); + + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using binary_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t; + using exception_t = typename BasicJsonType::exception; + + public: + static_assert(is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool null()"); + static_assert(is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool boolean(bool)"); + static_assert(is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool boolean(bool)"); + static_assert( + is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool number_integer(number_integer_t)"); + static_assert( + is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool number_unsigned(number_unsigned_t)"); + static_assert(is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool number_float(number_float_t, const string_t&)"); + static_assert( + is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool string(string_t&)"); + static_assert( + is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool binary(binary_t&)"); + static_assert(is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool start_object(std::size_t)"); + static_assert(is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool key(string_t&)"); + static_assert(is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool end_object()"); + static_assert(is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool start_array(std::size_t)"); + static_assert(is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool end_array()"); + static_assert( + is_detected_exact::value, + "Missing/invalid function: bool parse_error(std::size_t, const " + "std::string&, const exception&)"); +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ + +/// how to treat CBOR tags +enum class cbor_tag_handler_t +{ + error, ///< throw a parse_error exception in case of a tag + ignore, ///< ignore tags + store ///< store tags as binary type +}; + +/*! +@brief determine system byte order + +@return true if and only if system's byte order is little endian + +@note from https://stackoverflow.com/a/1001328/266378 +*/ +static inline bool little_endianess(int num = 1) noexcept +{ + return *reinterpret_cast(&num) == 1; +} + + +/////////////////// +// binary reader // +/////////////////// + +/*! +@brief deserialization of CBOR, MessagePack, and UBJSON values +*/ +template> +class binary_reader +{ + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using binary_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t; + using json_sax_t = SAX; + using char_type = typename InputAdapterType::char_type; + using char_int_type = typename std::char_traits::int_type; + + public: + /*! + @brief create a binary reader + + @param[in] adapter input adapter to read from + */ + explicit binary_reader(InputAdapterType&& adapter) noexcept : ia(std::move(adapter)) + { + (void)detail::is_sax_static_asserts {}; + } + + // make class move-only + binary_reader(const binary_reader&) = delete; + binary_reader(binary_reader&&) = default; // NOLINT(hicpp-noexcept-move,performance-noexcept-move-constructor) + binary_reader& operator=(const binary_reader&) = delete; + binary_reader& operator=(binary_reader&&) = default; // NOLINT(hicpp-noexcept-move,performance-noexcept-move-constructor) + ~binary_reader() = default; + + /*! + @param[in] format the binary format to parse + @param[in] sax_ a SAX event processor + @param[in] strict whether to expect the input to be consumed completed + @param[in] tag_handler how to treat CBOR tags + + @return whether parsing was successful + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(3) + bool sax_parse(const input_format_t format, + json_sax_t* sax_, + const bool strict = true, + const cbor_tag_handler_t tag_handler = cbor_tag_handler_t::error) + { + sax = sax_; + bool result = false; + + switch (format) + { + case input_format_t::bson: + result = parse_bson_internal(); + break; + + case input_format_t::cbor: + result = parse_cbor_internal(true, tag_handler); + break; + + case input_format_t::msgpack: + result = parse_msgpack_internal(); + break; + + case input_format_t::ubjson: + result = parse_ubjson_internal(); + break; + + case input_format_t::json: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + + // strict mode: next byte must be EOF + if (result && strict) + { + if (format == input_format_t::ubjson) + { + get_ignore_noop(); + } + else + { + get(); + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(current != std::char_traits::eof())) + { + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(110, chars_read, exception_message(format, "expected end of input; last byte: 0x" + get_token_string(), "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + + return result; + } + + private: + ////////// + // BSON // + ////////// + + /*! + @brief Reads in a BSON-object and passes it to the SAX-parser. + @return whether a valid BSON-value was passed to the SAX parser + */ + bool parse_bson_internal() + { + std::int32_t document_size{}; + get_number(input_format_t::bson, document_size); + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_object(std::size_t(-1)))) + { + return false; + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_bson_element_list(/*is_array*/false))) + { + return false; + } + + return sax->end_object(); + } + + /*! + @brief Parses a C-style string from the BSON input. + @param[in,out] result A reference to the string variable where the read + string is to be stored. + @return `true` if the \x00-byte indicating the end of the string was + encountered before the EOF; false` indicates an unexpected EOF. + */ + bool get_bson_cstr(string_t& result) + { + auto out = std::back_inserter(result); + while (true) + { + get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::bson, "cstring"))) + { + return false; + } + if (current == 0x00) + { + return true; + } + *out++ = static_cast(current); + } + } + + /*! + @brief Parses a zero-terminated string of length @a len from the BSON + input. + @param[in] len The length (including the zero-byte at the end) of the + string to be read. + @param[in,out] result A reference to the string variable where the read + string is to be stored. + @tparam NumberType The type of the length @a len + @pre len >= 1 + @return `true` if the string was successfully parsed + */ + template + bool get_bson_string(const NumberType len, string_t& result) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(len < 1)) + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(112, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::bson, "string length must be at least 1, is " + std::to_string(len), "string"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + return get_string(input_format_t::bson, len - static_cast(1), result) && get() != std::char_traits::eof(); + } + + /*! + @brief Parses a byte array input of length @a len from the BSON input. + @param[in] len The length of the byte array to be read. + @param[in,out] result A reference to the binary variable where the read + array is to be stored. + @tparam NumberType The type of the length @a len + @pre len >= 0 + @return `true` if the byte array was successfully parsed + */ + template + bool get_bson_binary(const NumberType len, binary_t& result) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(len < 0)) + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(112, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::bson, "byte array length cannot be negative, is " + std::to_string(len), "binary"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + // All BSON binary values have a subtype + std::uint8_t subtype{}; + get_number(input_format_t::bson, subtype); + result.set_subtype(subtype); + + return get_binary(input_format_t::bson, len, result); + } + + /*! + @brief Read a BSON document element of the given @a element_type. + @param[in] element_type The BSON element type, c.f. http://bsonspec.org/spec.html + @param[in] element_type_parse_position The position in the input stream, + where the `element_type` was read. + @warning Not all BSON element types are supported yet. An unsupported + @a element_type will give rise to a parse_error.114: + Unsupported BSON record type 0x... + @return whether a valid BSON-object/array was passed to the SAX parser + */ + bool parse_bson_element_internal(const char_int_type element_type, + const std::size_t element_type_parse_position) + { + switch (element_type) + { + case 0x01: // double + { + double number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::bson, number) && sax->number_float(static_cast(number), ""); + } + + case 0x02: // string + { + std::int32_t len{}; + string_t value; + return get_number(input_format_t::bson, len) && get_bson_string(len, value) && sax->string(value); + } + + case 0x03: // object + { + return parse_bson_internal(); + } + + case 0x04: // array + { + return parse_bson_array(); + } + + case 0x05: // binary + { + std::int32_t len{}; + binary_t value; + return get_number(input_format_t::bson, len) && get_bson_binary(len, value) && sax->binary(value); + } + + case 0x08: // boolean + { + return sax->boolean(get() != 0); + } + + case 0x0A: // null + { + return sax->null(); + } + + case 0x10: // int32 + { + std::int32_t value{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::bson, value) && sax->number_integer(value); + } + + case 0x12: // int64 + { + std::int64_t value{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::bson, value) && sax->number_integer(value); + } + + default: // anything else not supported (yet) + { + std::array cr{{}}; + (std::snprintf)(cr.data(), cr.size(), "%.2hhX", static_cast(element_type)); // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + return sax->parse_error(element_type_parse_position, std::string(cr.data()), parse_error::create(114, element_type_parse_position, "Unsupported BSON record type 0x" + std::string(cr.data()), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief Read a BSON element list (as specified in the BSON-spec) + + The same binary layout is used for objects and arrays, hence it must be + indicated with the argument @a is_array which one is expected + (true --> array, false --> object). + + @param[in] is_array Determines if the element list being read is to be + treated as an object (@a is_array == false), or as an + array (@a is_array == true). + @return whether a valid BSON-object/array was passed to the SAX parser + */ + bool parse_bson_element_list(const bool is_array) + { + string_t key; + + while (auto element_type = get()) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::bson, "element list"))) + { + return false; + } + + const std::size_t element_type_parse_position = chars_read; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_bson_cstr(key))) + { + return false; + } + + if (!is_array && !sax->key(key)) + { + return false; + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_bson_element_internal(element_type, element_type_parse_position))) + { + return false; + } + + // get_bson_cstr only appends + key.clear(); + } + + return true; + } + + /*! + @brief Reads an array from the BSON input and passes it to the SAX-parser. + @return whether a valid BSON-array was passed to the SAX parser + */ + bool parse_bson_array() + { + std::int32_t document_size{}; + get_number(input_format_t::bson, document_size); + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_array(std::size_t(-1)))) + { + return false; + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_bson_element_list(/*is_array*/true))) + { + return false; + } + + return sax->end_array(); + } + + ////////// + // CBOR // + ////////// + + /*! + @param[in] get_char whether a new character should be retrieved from the + input (true) or whether the last read character should + be considered instead (false) + @param[in] tag_handler how CBOR tags should be treated + + @return whether a valid CBOR value was passed to the SAX parser + */ + bool parse_cbor_internal(const bool get_char, + const cbor_tag_handler_t tag_handler) + { + switch (get_char ? get() : current) + { + // EOF + case std::char_traits::eof(): + return unexpect_eof(input_format_t::cbor, "value"); + + // Integer 0x00..0x17 (0..23) + case 0x00: + case 0x01: + case 0x02: + case 0x03: + case 0x04: + case 0x05: + case 0x06: + case 0x07: + case 0x08: + case 0x09: + case 0x0A: + case 0x0B: + case 0x0C: + case 0x0D: + case 0x0E: + case 0x0F: + case 0x10: + case 0x11: + case 0x12: + case 0x13: + case 0x14: + case 0x15: + case 0x16: + case 0x17: + return sax->number_unsigned(static_cast(current)); + + case 0x18: // Unsigned integer (one-byte uint8_t follows) + { + std::uint8_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_unsigned(number); + } + + case 0x19: // Unsigned integer (two-byte uint16_t follows) + { + std::uint16_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_unsigned(number); + } + + case 0x1A: // Unsigned integer (four-byte uint32_t follows) + { + std::uint32_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_unsigned(number); + } + + case 0x1B: // Unsigned integer (eight-byte uint64_t follows) + { + std::uint64_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_unsigned(number); + } + + // Negative integer -1-0x00..-1-0x17 (-1..-24) + case 0x20: + case 0x21: + case 0x22: + case 0x23: + case 0x24: + case 0x25: + case 0x26: + case 0x27: + case 0x28: + case 0x29: + case 0x2A: + case 0x2B: + case 0x2C: + case 0x2D: + case 0x2E: + case 0x2F: + case 0x30: + case 0x31: + case 0x32: + case 0x33: + case 0x34: + case 0x35: + case 0x36: + case 0x37: + return sax->number_integer(static_cast(0x20 - 1 - current)); + + case 0x38: // Negative integer (one-byte uint8_t follows) + { + std::uint8_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_integer(static_cast(-1) - number); + } + + case 0x39: // Negative integer -1-n (two-byte uint16_t follows) + { + std::uint16_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_integer(static_cast(-1) - number); + } + + case 0x3A: // Negative integer -1-n (four-byte uint32_t follows) + { + std::uint32_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_integer(static_cast(-1) - number); + } + + case 0x3B: // Negative integer -1-n (eight-byte uint64_t follows) + { + std::uint64_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_integer(static_cast(-1) + - static_cast(number)); + } + + // Binary data (0x00..0x17 bytes follow) + case 0x40: + case 0x41: + case 0x42: + case 0x43: + case 0x44: + case 0x45: + case 0x46: + case 0x47: + case 0x48: + case 0x49: + case 0x4A: + case 0x4B: + case 0x4C: + case 0x4D: + case 0x4E: + case 0x4F: + case 0x50: + case 0x51: + case 0x52: + case 0x53: + case 0x54: + case 0x55: + case 0x56: + case 0x57: + case 0x58: // Binary data (one-byte uint8_t for n follows) + case 0x59: // Binary data (two-byte uint16_t for n follow) + case 0x5A: // Binary data (four-byte uint32_t for n follow) + case 0x5B: // Binary data (eight-byte uint64_t for n follow) + case 0x5F: // Binary data (indefinite length) + { + binary_t b; + return get_cbor_binary(b) && sax->binary(b); + } + + // UTF-8 string (0x00..0x17 bytes follow) + case 0x60: + case 0x61: + case 0x62: + case 0x63: + case 0x64: + case 0x65: + case 0x66: + case 0x67: + case 0x68: + case 0x69: + case 0x6A: + case 0x6B: + case 0x6C: + case 0x6D: + case 0x6E: + case 0x6F: + case 0x70: + case 0x71: + case 0x72: + case 0x73: + case 0x74: + case 0x75: + case 0x76: + case 0x77: + case 0x78: // UTF-8 string (one-byte uint8_t for n follows) + case 0x79: // UTF-8 string (two-byte uint16_t for n follow) + case 0x7A: // UTF-8 string (four-byte uint32_t for n follow) + case 0x7B: // UTF-8 string (eight-byte uint64_t for n follow) + case 0x7F: // UTF-8 string (indefinite length) + { + string_t s; + return get_cbor_string(s) && sax->string(s); + } + + // array (0x00..0x17 data items follow) + case 0x80: + case 0x81: + case 0x82: + case 0x83: + case 0x84: + case 0x85: + case 0x86: + case 0x87: + case 0x88: + case 0x89: + case 0x8A: + case 0x8B: + case 0x8C: + case 0x8D: + case 0x8E: + case 0x8F: + case 0x90: + case 0x91: + case 0x92: + case 0x93: + case 0x94: + case 0x95: + case 0x96: + case 0x97: + return get_cbor_array(static_cast(static_cast(current) & 0x1Fu), tag_handler); + + case 0x98: // array (one-byte uint8_t for n follows) + { + std::uint8_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_cbor_array(static_cast(len), tag_handler); + } + + case 0x99: // array (two-byte uint16_t for n follow) + { + std::uint16_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_cbor_array(static_cast(len), tag_handler); + } + + case 0x9A: // array (four-byte uint32_t for n follow) + { + std::uint32_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_cbor_array(static_cast(len), tag_handler); + } + + case 0x9B: // array (eight-byte uint64_t for n follow) + { + std::uint64_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_cbor_array(detail::conditional_static_cast(len), tag_handler); + } + + case 0x9F: // array (indefinite length) + return get_cbor_array(std::size_t(-1), tag_handler); + + // map (0x00..0x17 pairs of data items follow) + case 0xA0: + case 0xA1: + case 0xA2: + case 0xA3: + case 0xA4: + case 0xA5: + case 0xA6: + case 0xA7: + case 0xA8: + case 0xA9: + case 0xAA: + case 0xAB: + case 0xAC: + case 0xAD: + case 0xAE: + case 0xAF: + case 0xB0: + case 0xB1: + case 0xB2: + case 0xB3: + case 0xB4: + case 0xB5: + case 0xB6: + case 0xB7: + return get_cbor_object(static_cast(static_cast(current) & 0x1Fu), tag_handler); + + case 0xB8: // map (one-byte uint8_t for n follows) + { + std::uint8_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_cbor_object(static_cast(len), tag_handler); + } + + case 0xB9: // map (two-byte uint16_t for n follow) + { + std::uint16_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_cbor_object(static_cast(len), tag_handler); + } + + case 0xBA: // map (four-byte uint32_t for n follow) + { + std::uint32_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_cbor_object(static_cast(len), tag_handler); + } + + case 0xBB: // map (eight-byte uint64_t for n follow) + { + std::uint64_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_cbor_object(detail::conditional_static_cast(len), tag_handler); + } + + case 0xBF: // map (indefinite length) + return get_cbor_object(std::size_t(-1), tag_handler); + + case 0xC6: // tagged item + case 0xC7: + case 0xC8: + case 0xC9: + case 0xCA: + case 0xCB: + case 0xCC: + case 0xCD: + case 0xCE: + case 0xCF: + case 0xD0: + case 0xD1: + case 0xD2: + case 0xD3: + case 0xD4: + case 0xD8: // tagged item (1 bytes follow) + case 0xD9: // tagged item (2 bytes follow) + case 0xDA: // tagged item (4 bytes follow) + case 0xDB: // tagged item (8 bytes follow) + { + switch (tag_handler) + { + case cbor_tag_handler_t::error: + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(112, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::cbor, "invalid byte: 0x" + last_token, "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + case cbor_tag_handler_t::ignore: + { + // ignore binary subtype + switch (current) + { + case 0xD8: + { + std::uint8_t subtype_to_ignore{}; + get_number(input_format_t::cbor, subtype_to_ignore); + break; + } + case 0xD9: + { + std::uint16_t subtype_to_ignore{}; + get_number(input_format_t::cbor, subtype_to_ignore); + break; + } + case 0xDA: + { + std::uint32_t subtype_to_ignore{}; + get_number(input_format_t::cbor, subtype_to_ignore); + break; + } + case 0xDB: + { + std::uint64_t subtype_to_ignore{}; + get_number(input_format_t::cbor, subtype_to_ignore); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + return parse_cbor_internal(true, tag_handler); + } + + case cbor_tag_handler_t::store: + { + binary_t b; + // use binary subtype and store in binary container + switch (current) + { + case 0xD8: + { + std::uint8_t subtype{}; + get_number(input_format_t::cbor, subtype); + b.set_subtype(detail::conditional_static_cast(subtype)); + break; + } + case 0xD9: + { + std::uint16_t subtype{}; + get_number(input_format_t::cbor, subtype); + b.set_subtype(detail::conditional_static_cast(subtype)); + break; + } + case 0xDA: + { + std::uint32_t subtype{}; + get_number(input_format_t::cbor, subtype); + b.set_subtype(detail::conditional_static_cast(subtype)); + break; + } + case 0xDB: + { + std::uint64_t subtype{}; + get_number(input_format_t::cbor, subtype); + b.set_subtype(detail::conditional_static_cast(subtype)); + break; + } + default: + return parse_cbor_internal(true, tag_handler); + } + get(); + return get_cbor_binary(b) && sax->binary(b); + } + + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + return false; // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + } + + case 0xF4: // false + return sax->boolean(false); + + case 0xF5: // true + return sax->boolean(true); + + case 0xF6: // null + return sax->null(); + + case 0xF9: // Half-Precision Float (two-byte IEEE 754) + { + const auto byte1_raw = get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::cbor, "number"))) + { + return false; + } + const auto byte2_raw = get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::cbor, "number"))) + { + return false; + } + + const auto byte1 = static_cast(byte1_raw); + const auto byte2 = static_cast(byte2_raw); + + // code from RFC 7049, Appendix D, Figure 3: + // As half-precision floating-point numbers were only added + // to IEEE 754 in 2008, today's programming platforms often + // still only have limited support for them. It is very + // easy to include at least decoding support for them even + // without such support. An example of a small decoder for + // half-precision floating-point numbers in the C language + // is shown in Fig. 3. + const auto half = static_cast((byte1 << 8u) + byte2); + const double val = [&half] + { + const int exp = (half >> 10u) & 0x1Fu; + const unsigned int mant = half & 0x3FFu; + JSON_ASSERT(0 <= exp&& exp <= 32); + JSON_ASSERT(mant <= 1024); + switch (exp) + { + case 0: + return std::ldexp(mant, -24); + case 31: + return (mant == 0) + ? std::numeric_limits::infinity() + : std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN(); + default: + return std::ldexp(mant + 1024, exp - 25); + } + }(); + return sax->number_float((half & 0x8000u) != 0 + ? static_cast(-val) + : static_cast(val), ""); + } + + case 0xFA: // Single-Precision Float (four-byte IEEE 754) + { + float number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_float(static_cast(number), ""); + } + + case 0xFB: // Double-Precision Float (eight-byte IEEE 754) + { + double number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, number) && sax->number_float(static_cast(number), ""); + } + + default: // anything else (0xFF is handled inside the other types) + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(112, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::cbor, "invalid byte: 0x" + last_token, "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief reads a CBOR string + + This function first reads starting bytes to determine the expected + string length and then copies this number of bytes into a string. + Additionally, CBOR's strings with indefinite lengths are supported. + + @param[out] result created string + + @return whether string creation completed + */ + bool get_cbor_string(string_t& result) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::cbor, "string"))) + { + return false; + } + + switch (current) + { + // UTF-8 string (0x00..0x17 bytes follow) + case 0x60: + case 0x61: + case 0x62: + case 0x63: + case 0x64: + case 0x65: + case 0x66: + case 0x67: + case 0x68: + case 0x69: + case 0x6A: + case 0x6B: + case 0x6C: + case 0x6D: + case 0x6E: + case 0x6F: + case 0x70: + case 0x71: + case 0x72: + case 0x73: + case 0x74: + case 0x75: + case 0x76: + case 0x77: + { + return get_string(input_format_t::cbor, static_cast(current) & 0x1Fu, result); + } + + case 0x78: // UTF-8 string (one-byte uint8_t for n follows) + { + std::uint8_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_string(input_format_t::cbor, len, result); + } + + case 0x79: // UTF-8 string (two-byte uint16_t for n follow) + { + std::uint16_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_string(input_format_t::cbor, len, result); + } + + case 0x7A: // UTF-8 string (four-byte uint32_t for n follow) + { + std::uint32_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_string(input_format_t::cbor, len, result); + } + + case 0x7B: // UTF-8 string (eight-byte uint64_t for n follow) + { + std::uint64_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && get_string(input_format_t::cbor, len, result); + } + + case 0x7F: // UTF-8 string (indefinite length) + { + while (get() != 0xFF) + { + string_t chunk; + if (!get_cbor_string(chunk)) + { + return false; + } + result.append(chunk); + } + return true; + } + + default: + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(113, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::cbor, "expected length specification (0x60-0x7B) or indefinite string type (0x7F); last byte: 0x" + last_token, "string"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief reads a CBOR byte array + + This function first reads starting bytes to determine the expected + byte array length and then copies this number of bytes into the byte array. + Additionally, CBOR's byte arrays with indefinite lengths are supported. + + @param[out] result created byte array + + @return whether byte array creation completed + */ + bool get_cbor_binary(binary_t& result) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::cbor, "binary"))) + { + return false; + } + + switch (current) + { + // Binary data (0x00..0x17 bytes follow) + case 0x40: + case 0x41: + case 0x42: + case 0x43: + case 0x44: + case 0x45: + case 0x46: + case 0x47: + case 0x48: + case 0x49: + case 0x4A: + case 0x4B: + case 0x4C: + case 0x4D: + case 0x4E: + case 0x4F: + case 0x50: + case 0x51: + case 0x52: + case 0x53: + case 0x54: + case 0x55: + case 0x56: + case 0x57: + { + return get_binary(input_format_t::cbor, static_cast(current) & 0x1Fu, result); + } + + case 0x58: // Binary data (one-byte uint8_t for n follows) + { + std::uint8_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && + get_binary(input_format_t::cbor, len, result); + } + + case 0x59: // Binary data (two-byte uint16_t for n follow) + { + std::uint16_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && + get_binary(input_format_t::cbor, len, result); + } + + case 0x5A: // Binary data (four-byte uint32_t for n follow) + { + std::uint32_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && + get_binary(input_format_t::cbor, len, result); + } + + case 0x5B: // Binary data (eight-byte uint64_t for n follow) + { + std::uint64_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::cbor, len) && + get_binary(input_format_t::cbor, len, result); + } + + case 0x5F: // Binary data (indefinite length) + { + while (get() != 0xFF) + { + binary_t chunk; + if (!get_cbor_binary(chunk)) + { + return false; + } + result.insert(result.end(), chunk.begin(), chunk.end()); + } + return true; + } + + default: + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(113, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::cbor, "expected length specification (0x40-0x5B) or indefinite binary array type (0x5F); last byte: 0x" + last_token, "binary"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + } + + /*! + @param[in] len the length of the array or std::size_t(-1) for an + array of indefinite size + @param[in] tag_handler how CBOR tags should be treated + @return whether array creation completed + */ + bool get_cbor_array(const std::size_t len, + const cbor_tag_handler_t tag_handler) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_array(len))) + { + return false; + } + + if (len != std::size_t(-1)) + { + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < len; ++i) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_cbor_internal(true, tag_handler))) + { + return false; + } + } + } + else + { + while (get() != 0xFF) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_cbor_internal(false, tag_handler))) + { + return false; + } + } + } + + return sax->end_array(); + } + + /*! + @param[in] len the length of the object or std::size_t(-1) for an + object of indefinite size + @param[in] tag_handler how CBOR tags should be treated + @return whether object creation completed + */ + bool get_cbor_object(const std::size_t len, + const cbor_tag_handler_t tag_handler) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_object(len))) + { + return false; + } + + if (len != 0) + { + string_t key; + if (len != std::size_t(-1)) + { + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < len; ++i) + { + get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_cbor_string(key) || !sax->key(key))) + { + return false; + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_cbor_internal(true, tag_handler))) + { + return false; + } + key.clear(); + } + } + else + { + while (get() != 0xFF) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_cbor_string(key) || !sax->key(key))) + { + return false; + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_cbor_internal(true, tag_handler))) + { + return false; + } + key.clear(); + } + } + } + + return sax->end_object(); + } + + ///////////// + // MsgPack // + ///////////// + + /*! + @return whether a valid MessagePack value was passed to the SAX parser + */ + bool parse_msgpack_internal() + { + switch (get()) + { + // EOF + case std::char_traits::eof(): + return unexpect_eof(input_format_t::msgpack, "value"); + + // positive fixint + case 0x00: + case 0x01: + case 0x02: + case 0x03: + case 0x04: + case 0x05: + case 0x06: + case 0x07: + case 0x08: + case 0x09: + case 0x0A: + case 0x0B: + case 0x0C: + case 0x0D: + case 0x0E: + case 0x0F: + case 0x10: + case 0x11: + case 0x12: + case 0x13: + case 0x14: + case 0x15: + case 0x16: + case 0x17: + case 0x18: + case 0x19: + case 0x1A: + case 0x1B: + case 0x1C: + case 0x1D: + case 0x1E: + case 0x1F: + case 0x20: + case 0x21: + case 0x22: + case 0x23: + case 0x24: + case 0x25: + case 0x26: + case 0x27: + case 0x28: + case 0x29: + case 0x2A: + case 0x2B: + case 0x2C: + case 0x2D: + case 0x2E: + case 0x2F: + case 0x30: + case 0x31: + case 0x32: + case 0x33: + case 0x34: + case 0x35: + case 0x36: + case 0x37: + case 0x38: + case 0x39: + case 0x3A: + case 0x3B: + case 0x3C: + case 0x3D: + case 0x3E: + case 0x3F: + case 0x40: + case 0x41: + case 0x42: + case 0x43: + case 0x44: + case 0x45: + case 0x46: + case 0x47: + case 0x48: + case 0x49: + case 0x4A: + case 0x4B: + case 0x4C: + case 0x4D: + case 0x4E: + case 0x4F: + case 0x50: + case 0x51: + case 0x52: + case 0x53: + case 0x54: + case 0x55: + case 0x56: + case 0x57: + case 0x58: + case 0x59: + case 0x5A: + case 0x5B: + case 0x5C: + case 0x5D: + case 0x5E: + case 0x5F: + case 0x60: + case 0x61: + case 0x62: + case 0x63: + case 0x64: + case 0x65: + case 0x66: + case 0x67: + case 0x68: + case 0x69: + case 0x6A: + case 0x6B: + case 0x6C: + case 0x6D: + case 0x6E: + case 0x6F: + case 0x70: + case 0x71: + case 0x72: + case 0x73: + case 0x74: + case 0x75: + case 0x76: + case 0x77: + case 0x78: + case 0x79: + case 0x7A: + case 0x7B: + case 0x7C: + case 0x7D: + case 0x7E: + case 0x7F: + return sax->number_unsigned(static_cast(current)); + + // fixmap + case 0x80: + case 0x81: + case 0x82: + case 0x83: + case 0x84: + case 0x85: + case 0x86: + case 0x87: + case 0x88: + case 0x89: + case 0x8A: + case 0x8B: + case 0x8C: + case 0x8D: + case 0x8E: + case 0x8F: + return get_msgpack_object(static_cast(static_cast(current) & 0x0Fu)); + + // fixarray + case 0x90: + case 0x91: + case 0x92: + case 0x93: + case 0x94: + case 0x95: + case 0x96: + case 0x97: + case 0x98: + case 0x99: + case 0x9A: + case 0x9B: + case 0x9C: + case 0x9D: + case 0x9E: + case 0x9F: + return get_msgpack_array(static_cast(static_cast(current) & 0x0Fu)); + + // fixstr + case 0xA0: + case 0xA1: + case 0xA2: + case 0xA3: + case 0xA4: + case 0xA5: + case 0xA6: + case 0xA7: + case 0xA8: + case 0xA9: + case 0xAA: + case 0xAB: + case 0xAC: + case 0xAD: + case 0xAE: + case 0xAF: + case 0xB0: + case 0xB1: + case 0xB2: + case 0xB3: + case 0xB4: + case 0xB5: + case 0xB6: + case 0xB7: + case 0xB8: + case 0xB9: + case 0xBA: + case 0xBB: + case 0xBC: + case 0xBD: + case 0xBE: + case 0xBF: + case 0xD9: // str 8 + case 0xDA: // str 16 + case 0xDB: // str 32 + { + string_t s; + return get_msgpack_string(s) && sax->string(s); + } + + case 0xC0: // nil + return sax->null(); + + case 0xC2: // false + return sax->boolean(false); + + case 0xC3: // true + return sax->boolean(true); + + case 0xC4: // bin 8 + case 0xC5: // bin 16 + case 0xC6: // bin 32 + case 0xC7: // ext 8 + case 0xC8: // ext 16 + case 0xC9: // ext 32 + case 0xD4: // fixext 1 + case 0xD5: // fixext 2 + case 0xD6: // fixext 4 + case 0xD7: // fixext 8 + case 0xD8: // fixext 16 + { + binary_t b; + return get_msgpack_binary(b) && sax->binary(b); + } + + case 0xCA: // float 32 + { + float number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_float(static_cast(number), ""); + } + + case 0xCB: // float 64 + { + double number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_float(static_cast(number), ""); + } + + case 0xCC: // uint 8 + { + std::uint8_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_unsigned(number); + } + + case 0xCD: // uint 16 + { + std::uint16_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_unsigned(number); + } + + case 0xCE: // uint 32 + { + std::uint32_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_unsigned(number); + } + + case 0xCF: // uint 64 + { + std::uint64_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_unsigned(number); + } + + case 0xD0: // int 8 + { + std::int8_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_integer(number); + } + + case 0xD1: // int 16 + { + std::int16_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_integer(number); + } + + case 0xD2: // int 32 + { + std::int32_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_integer(number); + } + + case 0xD3: // int 64 + { + std::int64_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, number) && sax->number_integer(number); + } + + case 0xDC: // array 16 + { + std::uint16_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && get_msgpack_array(static_cast(len)); + } + + case 0xDD: // array 32 + { + std::uint32_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && get_msgpack_array(static_cast(len)); + } + + case 0xDE: // map 16 + { + std::uint16_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && get_msgpack_object(static_cast(len)); + } + + case 0xDF: // map 32 + { + std::uint32_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && get_msgpack_object(static_cast(len)); + } + + // negative fixint + case 0xE0: + case 0xE1: + case 0xE2: + case 0xE3: + case 0xE4: + case 0xE5: + case 0xE6: + case 0xE7: + case 0xE8: + case 0xE9: + case 0xEA: + case 0xEB: + case 0xEC: + case 0xED: + case 0xEE: + case 0xEF: + case 0xF0: + case 0xF1: + case 0xF2: + case 0xF3: + case 0xF4: + case 0xF5: + case 0xF6: + case 0xF7: + case 0xF8: + case 0xF9: + case 0xFA: + case 0xFB: + case 0xFC: + case 0xFD: + case 0xFE: + case 0xFF: + return sax->number_integer(static_cast(current)); + + default: // anything else + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(112, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::msgpack, "invalid byte: 0x" + last_token, "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief reads a MessagePack string + + This function first reads starting bytes to determine the expected + string length and then copies this number of bytes into a string. + + @param[out] result created string + + @return whether string creation completed + */ + bool get_msgpack_string(string_t& result) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::msgpack, "string"))) + { + return false; + } + + switch (current) + { + // fixstr + case 0xA0: + case 0xA1: + case 0xA2: + case 0xA3: + case 0xA4: + case 0xA5: + case 0xA6: + case 0xA7: + case 0xA8: + case 0xA9: + case 0xAA: + case 0xAB: + case 0xAC: + case 0xAD: + case 0xAE: + case 0xAF: + case 0xB0: + case 0xB1: + case 0xB2: + case 0xB3: + case 0xB4: + case 0xB5: + case 0xB6: + case 0xB7: + case 0xB8: + case 0xB9: + case 0xBA: + case 0xBB: + case 0xBC: + case 0xBD: + case 0xBE: + case 0xBF: + { + return get_string(input_format_t::msgpack, static_cast(current) & 0x1Fu, result); + } + + case 0xD9: // str 8 + { + std::uint8_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && get_string(input_format_t::msgpack, len, result); + } + + case 0xDA: // str 16 + { + std::uint16_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && get_string(input_format_t::msgpack, len, result); + } + + case 0xDB: // str 32 + { + std::uint32_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && get_string(input_format_t::msgpack, len, result); + } + + default: + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(113, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::msgpack, "expected length specification (0xA0-0xBF, 0xD9-0xDB); last byte: 0x" + last_token, "string"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief reads a MessagePack byte array + + This function first reads starting bytes to determine the expected + byte array length and then copies this number of bytes into a byte array. + + @param[out] result created byte array + + @return whether byte array creation completed + */ + bool get_msgpack_binary(binary_t& result) + { + // helper function to set the subtype + auto assign_and_return_true = [&result](std::int8_t subtype) + { + result.set_subtype(static_cast(subtype)); + return true; + }; + + switch (current) + { + case 0xC4: // bin 8 + { + std::uint8_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, len, result); + } + + case 0xC5: // bin 16 + { + std::uint16_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, len, result); + } + + case 0xC6: // bin 32 + { + std::uint32_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, len, result); + } + + case 0xC7: // ext 8 + { + std::uint8_t len{}; + std::int8_t subtype{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && + get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, subtype) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, len, result) && + assign_and_return_true(subtype); + } + + case 0xC8: // ext 16 + { + std::uint16_t len{}; + std::int8_t subtype{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && + get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, subtype) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, len, result) && + assign_and_return_true(subtype); + } + + case 0xC9: // ext 32 + { + std::uint32_t len{}; + std::int8_t subtype{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, len) && + get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, subtype) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, len, result) && + assign_and_return_true(subtype); + } + + case 0xD4: // fixext 1 + { + std::int8_t subtype{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, subtype) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, 1, result) && + assign_and_return_true(subtype); + } + + case 0xD5: // fixext 2 + { + std::int8_t subtype{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, subtype) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, 2, result) && + assign_and_return_true(subtype); + } + + case 0xD6: // fixext 4 + { + std::int8_t subtype{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, subtype) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, 4, result) && + assign_and_return_true(subtype); + } + + case 0xD7: // fixext 8 + { + std::int8_t subtype{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, subtype) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, 8, result) && + assign_and_return_true(subtype); + } + + case 0xD8: // fixext 16 + { + std::int8_t subtype{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::msgpack, subtype) && + get_binary(input_format_t::msgpack, 16, result) && + assign_and_return_true(subtype); + } + + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + return false; // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + } + + /*! + @param[in] len the length of the array + @return whether array creation completed + */ + bool get_msgpack_array(const std::size_t len) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_array(len))) + { + return false; + } + + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < len; ++i) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_msgpack_internal())) + { + return false; + } + } + + return sax->end_array(); + } + + /*! + @param[in] len the length of the object + @return whether object creation completed + */ + bool get_msgpack_object(const std::size_t len) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_object(len))) + { + return false; + } + + string_t key; + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < len; ++i) + { + get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_msgpack_string(key) || !sax->key(key))) + { + return false; + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_msgpack_internal())) + { + return false; + } + key.clear(); + } + + return sax->end_object(); + } + + //////////// + // UBJSON // + //////////// + + /*! + @param[in] get_char whether a new character should be retrieved from the + input (true, default) or whether the last read + character should be considered instead + + @return whether a valid UBJSON value was passed to the SAX parser + */ + bool parse_ubjson_internal(const bool get_char = true) + { + return get_ubjson_value(get_char ? get_ignore_noop() : current); + } + + /*! + @brief reads a UBJSON string + + This function is either called after reading the 'S' byte explicitly + indicating a string, or in case of an object key where the 'S' byte can be + left out. + + @param[out] result created string + @param[in] get_char whether a new character should be retrieved from the + input (true, default) or whether the last read + character should be considered instead + + @return whether string creation completed + */ + bool get_ubjson_string(string_t& result, const bool get_char = true) + { + if (get_char) + { + get(); // TODO(niels): may we ignore N here? + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::ubjson, "value"))) + { + return false; + } + + switch (current) + { + case 'U': + { + std::uint8_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, len) && get_string(input_format_t::ubjson, len, result); + } + + case 'i': + { + std::int8_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, len) && get_string(input_format_t::ubjson, len, result); + } + + case 'I': + { + std::int16_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, len) && get_string(input_format_t::ubjson, len, result); + } + + case 'l': + { + std::int32_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, len) && get_string(input_format_t::ubjson, len, result); + } + + case 'L': + { + std::int64_t len{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, len) && get_string(input_format_t::ubjson, len, result); + } + + default: + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(113, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::ubjson, "expected length type specification (U, i, I, l, L); last byte: 0x" + last_token, "string"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + + /*! + @param[out] result determined size + @return whether size determination completed + */ + bool get_ubjson_size_value(std::size_t& result) + { + switch (get_ignore_noop()) + { + case 'U': + { + std::uint8_t number{}; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number))) + { + return false; + } + result = static_cast(number); + return true; + } + + case 'i': + { + std::int8_t number{}; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number))) + { + return false; + } + result = static_cast(number); // NOLINT(bugprone-signed-char-misuse,cert-str34-c): number is not a char + return true; + } + + case 'I': + { + std::int16_t number{}; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number))) + { + return false; + } + result = static_cast(number); + return true; + } + + case 'l': + { + std::int32_t number{}; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number))) + { + return false; + } + result = static_cast(number); + return true; + } + + case 'L': + { + std::int64_t number{}; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number))) + { + return false; + } + result = static_cast(number); + return true; + } + + default: + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(113, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::ubjson, "expected length type specification (U, i, I, l, L) after '#'; last byte: 0x" + last_token, "size"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief determine the type and size for a container + + In the optimized UBJSON format, a type and a size can be provided to allow + for a more compact representation. + + @param[out] result pair of the size and the type + + @return whether pair creation completed + */ + bool get_ubjson_size_type(std::pair& result) + { + result.first = string_t::npos; // size + result.second = 0; // type + + get_ignore_noop(); + + if (current == '$') + { + result.second = get(); // must not ignore 'N', because 'N' maybe the type + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::ubjson, "type"))) + { + return false; + } + + get_ignore_noop(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(current != '#')) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::ubjson, "value"))) + { + return false; + } + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(112, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::ubjson, "expected '#' after type information; last byte: 0x" + last_token, "size"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + return get_ubjson_size_value(result.first); + } + + if (current == '#') + { + return get_ubjson_size_value(result.first); + } + + return true; + } + + /*! + @param prefix the previously read or set type prefix + @return whether value creation completed + */ + bool get_ubjson_value(const char_int_type prefix) + { + switch (prefix) + { + case std::char_traits::eof(): // EOF + return unexpect_eof(input_format_t::ubjson, "value"); + + case 'T': // true + return sax->boolean(true); + case 'F': // false + return sax->boolean(false); + + case 'Z': // null + return sax->null(); + + case 'U': + { + std::uint8_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number) && sax->number_unsigned(number); + } + + case 'i': + { + std::int8_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number) && sax->number_integer(number); + } + + case 'I': + { + std::int16_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number) && sax->number_integer(number); + } + + case 'l': + { + std::int32_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number) && sax->number_integer(number); + } + + case 'L': + { + std::int64_t number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number) && sax->number_integer(number); + } + + case 'd': + { + float number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number) && sax->number_float(static_cast(number), ""); + } + + case 'D': + { + double number{}; + return get_number(input_format_t::ubjson, number) && sax->number_float(static_cast(number), ""); + } + + case 'H': + { + return get_ubjson_high_precision_number(); + } + + case 'C': // char + { + get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::ubjson, "char"))) + { + return false; + } + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(current > 127)) + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(113, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::ubjson, "byte after 'C' must be in range 0x00..0x7F; last byte: 0x" + last_token, "char"), BasicJsonType())); + } + string_t s(1, static_cast(current)); + return sax->string(s); + } + + case 'S': // string + { + string_t s; + return get_ubjson_string(s) && sax->string(s); + } + + case '[': // array + return get_ubjson_array(); + + case '{': // object + return get_ubjson_object(); + + default: // anything else + { + auto last_token = get_token_string(); + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, last_token, parse_error::create(112, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::ubjson, "invalid byte: 0x" + last_token, "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + } + + /*! + @return whether array creation completed + */ + bool get_ubjson_array() + { + std::pair size_and_type; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_ubjson_size_type(size_and_type))) + { + return false; + } + + if (size_and_type.first != string_t::npos) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_array(size_and_type.first))) + { + return false; + } + + if (size_and_type.second != 0) + { + if (size_and_type.second != 'N') + { + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < size_and_type.first; ++i) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_ubjson_value(size_and_type.second))) + { + return false; + } + } + } + } + else + { + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < size_and_type.first; ++i) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_ubjson_internal())) + { + return false; + } + } + } + } + else + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_array(std::size_t(-1)))) + { + return false; + } + + while (current != ']') + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_ubjson_internal(false))) + { + return false; + } + get_ignore_noop(); + } + } + + return sax->end_array(); + } + + /*! + @return whether object creation completed + */ + bool get_ubjson_object() + { + std::pair size_and_type; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_ubjson_size_type(size_and_type))) + { + return false; + } + + string_t key; + if (size_and_type.first != string_t::npos) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_object(size_and_type.first))) + { + return false; + } + + if (size_and_type.second != 0) + { + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < size_and_type.first; ++i) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_ubjson_string(key) || !sax->key(key))) + { + return false; + } + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_ubjson_value(size_and_type.second))) + { + return false; + } + key.clear(); + } + } + else + { + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < size_and_type.first; ++i) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_ubjson_string(key) || !sax->key(key))) + { + return false; + } + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_ubjson_internal())) + { + return false; + } + key.clear(); + } + } + } + else + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_object(std::size_t(-1)))) + { + return false; + } + + while (current != '}') + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!get_ubjson_string(key, false) || !sax->key(key))) + { + return false; + } + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!parse_ubjson_internal())) + { + return false; + } + get_ignore_noop(); + key.clear(); + } + } + + return sax->end_object(); + } + + // Note, no reader for UBJSON binary types is implemented because they do + // not exist + + bool get_ubjson_high_precision_number() + { + // get size of following number string + std::size_t size{}; + auto res = get_ubjson_size_value(size); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!res)) + { + return res; + } + + // get number string + std::vector number_vector; + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) + { + get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(input_format_t::ubjson, "number"))) + { + return false; + } + number_vector.push_back(static_cast(current)); + } + + // parse number string + using ia_type = decltype(detail::input_adapter(number_vector)); + auto number_lexer = detail::lexer(detail::input_adapter(number_vector), false); + const auto result_number = number_lexer.scan(); + const auto number_string = number_lexer.get_token_string(); + const auto result_remainder = number_lexer.scan(); + + using token_type = typename detail::lexer_base::token_type; + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(result_remainder != token_type::end_of_input)) + { + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, number_string, parse_error::create(115, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::ubjson, "invalid number text: " + number_lexer.get_token_string(), "high-precision number"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + switch (result_number) + { + case token_type::value_integer: + return sax->number_integer(number_lexer.get_number_integer()); + case token_type::value_unsigned: + return sax->number_unsigned(number_lexer.get_number_unsigned()); + case token_type::value_float: + return sax->number_float(number_lexer.get_number_float(), std::move(number_string)); + case token_type::uninitialized: + case token_type::literal_true: + case token_type::literal_false: + case token_type::literal_null: + case token_type::value_string: + case token_type::begin_array: + case token_type::begin_object: + case token_type::end_array: + case token_type::end_object: + case token_type::name_separator: + case token_type::value_separator: + case token_type::parse_error: + case token_type::end_of_input: + case token_type::literal_or_value: + default: + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, number_string, parse_error::create(115, chars_read, exception_message(input_format_t::ubjson, "invalid number text: " + number_lexer.get_token_string(), "high-precision number"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + + /////////////////////// + // Utility functions // + /////////////////////// + + /*! + @brief get next character from the input + + This function provides the interface to the used input adapter. It does + not throw in case the input reached EOF, but returns a -'ve valued + `std::char_traits::eof()` in that case. + + @return character read from the input + */ + char_int_type get() + { + ++chars_read; + return current = ia.get_character(); + } + + /*! + @return character read from the input after ignoring all 'N' entries + */ + char_int_type get_ignore_noop() + { + do + { + get(); + } + while (current == 'N'); + + return current; + } + + /* + @brief read a number from the input + + @tparam NumberType the type of the number + @param[in] format the current format (for diagnostics) + @param[out] result number of type @a NumberType + + @return whether conversion completed + + @note This function needs to respect the system's endianess, because + bytes in CBOR, MessagePack, and UBJSON are stored in network order + (big endian) and therefore need reordering on little endian systems. + */ + template + bool get_number(const input_format_t format, NumberType& result) + { + // step 1: read input into array with system's byte order + std::array vec{}; + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < sizeof(NumberType); ++i) + { + get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(format, "number"))) + { + return false; + } + + // reverse byte order prior to conversion if necessary + if (is_little_endian != InputIsLittleEndian) + { + vec[sizeof(NumberType) - i - 1] = static_cast(current); + } + else + { + vec[i] = static_cast(current); // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + } + + // step 2: convert array into number of type T and return + std::memcpy(&result, vec.data(), sizeof(NumberType)); + return true; + } + + /*! + @brief create a string by reading characters from the input + + @tparam NumberType the type of the number + @param[in] format the current format (for diagnostics) + @param[in] len number of characters to read + @param[out] result string created by reading @a len bytes + + @return whether string creation completed + + @note We can not reserve @a len bytes for the result, because @a len + may be too large. Usually, @ref unexpect_eof() detects the end of + the input before we run out of string memory. + */ + template + bool get_string(const input_format_t format, + const NumberType len, + string_t& result) + { + bool success = true; + for (NumberType i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(format, "string"))) + { + success = false; + break; + } + result.push_back(static_cast(current)); + } + return success; + } + + /*! + @brief create a byte array by reading bytes from the input + + @tparam NumberType the type of the number + @param[in] format the current format (for diagnostics) + @param[in] len number of bytes to read + @param[out] result byte array created by reading @a len bytes + + @return whether byte array creation completed + + @note We can not reserve @a len bytes for the result, because @a len + may be too large. Usually, @ref unexpect_eof() detects the end of + the input before we run out of memory. + */ + template + bool get_binary(const input_format_t format, + const NumberType len, + binary_t& result) + { + bool success = true; + for (NumberType i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + get(); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!unexpect_eof(format, "binary"))) + { + success = false; + break; + } + result.push_back(static_cast(current)); + } + return success; + } + + /*! + @param[in] format the current format (for diagnostics) + @param[in] context further context information (for diagnostics) + @return whether the last read character is not EOF + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(3) + bool unexpect_eof(const input_format_t format, const char* context) const + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(current == std::char_traits::eof())) + { + return sax->parse_error(chars_read, "", + parse_error::create(110, chars_read, exception_message(format, "unexpected end of input", context), BasicJsonType())); + } + return true; + } + + /*! + @return a string representation of the last read byte + */ + std::string get_token_string() const + { + std::array cr{{}}; + (std::snprintf)(cr.data(), cr.size(), "%.2hhX", static_cast(current)); // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + return std::string{cr.data()}; + } + + /*! + @param[in] format the current format + @param[in] detail a detailed error message + @param[in] context further context information + @return a message string to use in the parse_error exceptions + */ + std::string exception_message(const input_format_t format, + const std::string& detail, + const std::string& context) const + { + std::string error_msg = "syntax error while parsing "; + + switch (format) + { + case input_format_t::cbor: + error_msg += "CBOR"; + break; + + case input_format_t::msgpack: + error_msg += "MessagePack"; + break; + + case input_format_t::ubjson: + error_msg += "UBJSON"; + break; + + case input_format_t::bson: + error_msg += "BSON"; + break; + + case input_format_t::json: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + + return error_msg + " " + context + ": " + detail; + } + + private: + /// input adapter + InputAdapterType ia; + + /// the current character + char_int_type current = std::char_traits::eof(); + + /// the number of characters read + std::size_t chars_read = 0; + + /// whether we can assume little endianess + const bool is_little_endian = little_endianess(); + + /// the SAX parser + json_sax_t* sax = nullptr; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // isfinite +#include // uint8_t +#include // function +#include // string +#include // move +#include // vector + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +//////////// +// parser // +//////////// + +enum class parse_event_t : std::uint8_t +{ + /// the parser read `{` and started to process a JSON object + object_start, + /// the parser read `}` and finished processing a JSON object + object_end, + /// the parser read `[` and started to process a JSON array + array_start, + /// the parser read `]` and finished processing a JSON array + array_end, + /// the parser read a key of a value in an object + key, + /// the parser finished reading a JSON value + value +}; + +template +using parser_callback_t = + std::function; + +/*! +@brief syntax analysis + +This class implements a recursive descent parser. +*/ +template +class parser +{ + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using lexer_t = lexer; + using token_type = typename lexer_t::token_type; + + public: + /// a parser reading from an input adapter + explicit parser(InputAdapterType&& adapter, + const parser_callback_t cb = nullptr, + const bool allow_exceptions_ = true, + const bool skip_comments = false) + : callback(cb) + , m_lexer(std::move(adapter), skip_comments) + , allow_exceptions(allow_exceptions_) + { + // read first token + get_token(); + } + + /*! + @brief public parser interface + + @param[in] strict whether to expect the last token to be EOF + @param[in,out] result parsed JSON value + + @throw parse_error.101 in case of an unexpected token + @throw parse_error.102 if to_unicode fails or surrogate error + @throw parse_error.103 if to_unicode fails + */ + void parse(const bool strict, BasicJsonType& result) + { + if (callback) + { + json_sax_dom_callback_parser sdp(result, callback, allow_exceptions); + sax_parse_internal(&sdp); + + // in strict mode, input must be completely read + if (strict && (get_token() != token_type::end_of_input)) + { + sdp.parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), + exception_message(token_type::end_of_input, "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + // in case of an error, return discarded value + if (sdp.is_errored()) + { + result = value_t::discarded; + return; + } + + // set top-level value to null if it was discarded by the callback + // function + if (result.is_discarded()) + { + result = nullptr; + } + } + else + { + json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + sax_parse_internal(&sdp); + + // in strict mode, input must be completely read + if (strict && (get_token() != token_type::end_of_input)) + { + sdp.parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::end_of_input, "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + // in case of an error, return discarded value + if (sdp.is_errored()) + { + result = value_t::discarded; + return; + } + } + + result.assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief public accept interface + + @param[in] strict whether to expect the last token to be EOF + @return whether the input is a proper JSON text + */ + bool accept(const bool strict = true) + { + json_sax_acceptor sax_acceptor; + return sax_parse(&sax_acceptor, strict); + } + + template + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + bool sax_parse(SAX* sax, const bool strict = true) + { + (void)detail::is_sax_static_asserts {}; + const bool result = sax_parse_internal(sax); + + // strict mode: next byte must be EOF + if (result && strict && (get_token() != token_type::end_of_input)) + { + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::end_of_input, "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + return result; + } + + private: + template + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + bool sax_parse_internal(SAX* sax) + { + // stack to remember the hierarchy of structured values we are parsing + // true = array; false = object + std::vector states; + // value to avoid a goto (see comment where set to true) + bool skip_to_state_evaluation = false; + + while (true) + { + if (!skip_to_state_evaluation) + { + // invariant: get_token() was called before each iteration + switch (last_token) + { + case token_type::begin_object: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_object(std::size_t(-1)))) + { + return false; + } + + // closing } -> we are done + if (get_token() == token_type::end_object) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->end_object())) + { + return false; + } + break; + } + + // parse key + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(last_token != token_type::value_string)) + { + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::value_string, "object key"), BasicJsonType())); + } + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->key(m_lexer.get_string()))) + { + return false; + } + + // parse separator (:) + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(get_token() != token_type::name_separator)) + { + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::name_separator, "object separator"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + // remember we are now inside an object + states.push_back(false); + + // parse values + get_token(); + continue; + } + + case token_type::begin_array: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->start_array(std::size_t(-1)))) + { + return false; + } + + // closing ] -> we are done + if (get_token() == token_type::end_array) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->end_array())) + { + return false; + } + break; + } + + // remember we are now inside an array + states.push_back(true); + + // parse values (no need to call get_token) + continue; + } + + case token_type::value_float: + { + const auto res = m_lexer.get_number_float(); + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!std::isfinite(res))) + { + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + out_of_range::create(406, "number overflow parsing '" + m_lexer.get_token_string() + "'", BasicJsonType())); + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->number_float(res, m_lexer.get_string()))) + { + return false; + } + + break; + } + + case token_type::literal_false: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->boolean(false))) + { + return false; + } + break; + } + + case token_type::literal_null: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->null())) + { + return false; + } + break; + } + + case token_type::literal_true: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->boolean(true))) + { + return false; + } + break; + } + + case token_type::value_integer: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->number_integer(m_lexer.get_number_integer()))) + { + return false; + } + break; + } + + case token_type::value_string: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->string(m_lexer.get_string()))) + { + return false; + } + break; + } + + case token_type::value_unsigned: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->number_unsigned(m_lexer.get_number_unsigned()))) + { + return false; + } + break; + } + + case token_type::parse_error: + { + // using "uninitialized" to avoid "expected" message + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::uninitialized, "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + case token_type::uninitialized: + case token_type::end_array: + case token_type::end_object: + case token_type::name_separator: + case token_type::value_separator: + case token_type::end_of_input: + case token_type::literal_or_value: + default: // the last token was unexpected + { + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::literal_or_value, "value"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + } + else + { + skip_to_state_evaluation = false; + } + + // we reached this line after we successfully parsed a value + if (states.empty()) + { + // empty stack: we reached the end of the hierarchy: done + return true; + } + + if (states.back()) // array + { + // comma -> next value + if (get_token() == token_type::value_separator) + { + // parse a new value + get_token(); + continue; + } + + // closing ] + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(last_token == token_type::end_array)) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->end_array())) + { + return false; + } + + // We are done with this array. Before we can parse a + // new value, we need to evaluate the new state first. + // By setting skip_to_state_evaluation to false, we + // are effectively jumping to the beginning of this if. + JSON_ASSERT(!states.empty()); + states.pop_back(); + skip_to_state_evaluation = true; + continue; + } + + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::end_array, "array"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + // states.back() is false -> object + + // comma -> next value + if (get_token() == token_type::value_separator) + { + // parse key + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(get_token() != token_type::value_string)) + { + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::value_string, "object key"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->key(m_lexer.get_string()))) + { + return false; + } + + // parse separator (:) + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(get_token() != token_type::name_separator)) + { + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::name_separator, "object separator"), BasicJsonType())); + } + + // parse values + get_token(); + continue; + } + + // closing } + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(last_token == token_type::end_object)) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!sax->end_object())) + { + return false; + } + + // We are done with this object. Before we can parse a + // new value, we need to evaluate the new state first. + // By setting skip_to_state_evaluation to false, we + // are effectively jumping to the beginning of this if. + JSON_ASSERT(!states.empty()); + states.pop_back(); + skip_to_state_evaluation = true; + continue; + } + + return sax->parse_error(m_lexer.get_position(), + m_lexer.get_token_string(), + parse_error::create(101, m_lexer.get_position(), exception_message(token_type::end_object, "object"), BasicJsonType())); + } + } + + /// get next token from lexer + token_type get_token() + { + return last_token = m_lexer.scan(); + } + + std::string exception_message(const token_type expected, const std::string& context) + { + std::string error_msg = "syntax error "; + + if (!context.empty()) + { + error_msg += "while parsing " + context + " "; + } + + error_msg += "- "; + + if (last_token == token_type::parse_error) + { + error_msg += std::string(m_lexer.get_error_message()) + "; last read: '" + + m_lexer.get_token_string() + "'"; + } + else + { + error_msg += "unexpected " + std::string(lexer_t::token_type_name(last_token)); + } + + if (expected != token_type::uninitialized) + { + error_msg += "; expected " + std::string(lexer_t::token_type_name(expected)); + } + + return error_msg; + } + + private: + /// callback function + const parser_callback_t callback = nullptr; + /// the type of the last read token + token_type last_token = token_type::uninitialized; + /// the lexer + lexer_t m_lexer; + /// whether to throw exceptions in case of errors + const bool allow_exceptions = true; +}; + +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +// #include + + +#include // ptrdiff_t +#include // numeric_limits + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +/* +@brief an iterator for primitive JSON types + +This class models an iterator for primitive JSON types (boolean, number, +string). It's only purpose is to allow the iterator/const_iterator classes +to "iterate" over primitive values. Internally, the iterator is modeled by +a `difference_type` variable. Value begin_value (`0`) models the begin, +end_value (`1`) models past the end. +*/ +class primitive_iterator_t +{ + private: + using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t; + static constexpr difference_type begin_value = 0; + static constexpr difference_type end_value = begin_value + 1; + + JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED: + /// iterator as signed integer type + difference_type m_it = (std::numeric_limits::min)(); + + public: + constexpr difference_type get_value() const noexcept + { + return m_it; + } + + /// set iterator to a defined beginning + void set_begin() noexcept + { + m_it = begin_value; + } + + /// set iterator to a defined past the end + void set_end() noexcept + { + m_it = end_value; + } + + /// return whether the iterator can be dereferenced + constexpr bool is_begin() const noexcept + { + return m_it == begin_value; + } + + /// return whether the iterator is at end + constexpr bool is_end() const noexcept + { + return m_it == end_value; + } + + friend constexpr bool operator==(primitive_iterator_t lhs, primitive_iterator_t rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs.m_it == rhs.m_it; + } + + friend constexpr bool operator<(primitive_iterator_t lhs, primitive_iterator_t rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs.m_it < rhs.m_it; + } + + primitive_iterator_t operator+(difference_type n) noexcept + { + auto result = *this; + result += n; + return result; + } + + friend constexpr difference_type operator-(primitive_iterator_t lhs, primitive_iterator_t rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs.m_it - rhs.m_it; + } + + primitive_iterator_t& operator++() noexcept + { + ++m_it; + return *this; + } + + primitive_iterator_t const operator++(int) noexcept // NOLINT(readability-const-return-type) + { + auto result = *this; + ++m_it; + return result; + } + + primitive_iterator_t& operator--() noexcept + { + --m_it; + return *this; + } + + primitive_iterator_t const operator--(int) noexcept // NOLINT(readability-const-return-type) + { + auto result = *this; + --m_it; + return result; + } + + primitive_iterator_t& operator+=(difference_type n) noexcept + { + m_it += n; + return *this; + } + + primitive_iterator_t& operator-=(difference_type n) noexcept + { + m_it -= n; + return *this; + } +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +/*! +@brief an iterator value + +@note This structure could easily be a union, but MSVC currently does not allow +unions members with complex constructors, see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/105. +*/ +template struct internal_iterator +{ + /// iterator for JSON objects + typename BasicJsonType::object_t::iterator object_iterator {}; + /// iterator for JSON arrays + typename BasicJsonType::array_t::iterator array_iterator {}; + /// generic iterator for all other types + primitive_iterator_t primitive_iterator {}; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include // iterator, random_access_iterator_tag, bidirectional_iterator_tag, advance, next +#include // conditional, is_const, remove_const + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +// forward declare, to be able to friend it later on +template class iteration_proxy; +template class iteration_proxy_value; + +/*! +@brief a template for a bidirectional iterator for the @ref basic_json class +This class implements a both iterators (iterator and const_iterator) for the +@ref basic_json class. +@note An iterator is called *initialized* when a pointer to a JSON value has + been set (e.g., by a constructor or a copy assignment). If the iterator is + default-constructed, it is *uninitialized* and most methods are undefined. + **The library uses assertions to detect calls on uninitialized iterators.** +@requirement The class satisfies the following concept requirements: +- +[BidirectionalIterator](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/BidirectionalIterator): + The iterator that can be moved can be moved in both directions (i.e. + incremented and decremented). +@since version 1.0.0, simplified in version 2.0.9, change to bidirectional + iterators in version 3.0.0 (see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/593) +*/ +template +class iter_impl +{ + /// the iterator with BasicJsonType of different const-ness + using other_iter_impl = iter_impl::value, typename std::remove_const::type, const BasicJsonType>::type>; + /// allow basic_json to access private members + friend other_iter_impl; + friend BasicJsonType; + friend iteration_proxy; + friend iteration_proxy_value; + + using object_t = typename BasicJsonType::object_t; + using array_t = typename BasicJsonType::array_t; + // make sure BasicJsonType is basic_json or const basic_json + static_assert(is_basic_json::type>::value, + "iter_impl only accepts (const) basic_json"); + + public: + + /// The std::iterator class template (used as a base class to provide typedefs) is deprecated in C++17. + /// The C++ Standard has never required user-defined iterators to derive from std::iterator. + /// A user-defined iterator should provide publicly accessible typedefs named + /// iterator_category, value_type, difference_type, pointer, and reference. + /// Note that value_type is required to be non-const, even for constant iterators. + using iterator_category = std::bidirectional_iterator_tag; + + /// the type of the values when the iterator is dereferenced + using value_type = typename BasicJsonType::value_type; + /// a type to represent differences between iterators + using difference_type = typename BasicJsonType::difference_type; + /// defines a pointer to the type iterated over (value_type) + using pointer = typename std::conditional::value, + typename BasicJsonType::const_pointer, + typename BasicJsonType::pointer>::type; + /// defines a reference to the type iterated over (value_type) + using reference = + typename std::conditional::value, + typename BasicJsonType::const_reference, + typename BasicJsonType::reference>::type; + + iter_impl() = default; + ~iter_impl() = default; + iter_impl(iter_impl&&) noexcept = default; + iter_impl& operator=(iter_impl&&) noexcept = default; + + /*! + @brief constructor for a given JSON instance + @param[in] object pointer to a JSON object for this iterator + @pre object != nullptr + @post The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + explicit iter_impl(pointer object) noexcept : m_object(object) + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + { + m_it.object_iterator = typename object_t::iterator(); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + m_it.array_iterator = typename array_t::iterator(); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + m_it.primitive_iterator = primitive_iterator_t(); + break; + } + } + } + + /*! + @note The conventional copy constructor and copy assignment are implicitly + defined. Combined with the following converting constructor and + assignment, they support: (1) copy from iterator to iterator, (2) + copy from const iterator to const iterator, and (3) conversion from + iterator to const iterator. However conversion from const iterator + to iterator is not defined. + */ + + /*! + @brief const copy constructor + @param[in] other const iterator to copy from + @note This copy constructor had to be defined explicitly to circumvent a bug + occurring on msvc v19.0 compiler (VS 2015) debug build. For more + information refer to: https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/1608 + */ + iter_impl(const iter_impl& other) noexcept + : m_object(other.m_object), m_it(other.m_it) + {} + + /*! + @brief converting assignment + @param[in] other const iterator to copy from + @return const/non-const iterator + @note It is not checked whether @a other is initialized. + */ + iter_impl& operator=(const iter_impl& other) noexcept + { + if (&other != this) + { + m_object = other.m_object; + m_it = other.m_it; + } + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief converting constructor + @param[in] other non-const iterator to copy from + @note It is not checked whether @a other is initialized. + */ + iter_impl(const iter_impl::type>& other) noexcept + : m_object(other.m_object), m_it(other.m_it) + {} + + /*! + @brief converting assignment + @param[in] other non-const iterator to copy from + @return const/non-const iterator + @note It is not checked whether @a other is initialized. + */ + iter_impl& operator=(const iter_impl::type>& other) noexcept // NOLINT(cert-oop54-cpp) + { + m_object = other.m_object; + m_it = other.m_it; + return *this; + } + + JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED: + /*! + @brief set the iterator to the first value + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + void set_begin() noexcept + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + { + m_it.object_iterator = m_object->m_value.object->begin(); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + m_it.array_iterator = m_object->m_value.array->begin(); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + { + // set to end so begin()==end() is true: null is empty + m_it.primitive_iterator.set_end(); + break; + } + + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + m_it.primitive_iterator.set_begin(); + break; + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief set the iterator past the last value + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + void set_end() noexcept + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + { + m_it.object_iterator = m_object->m_value.object->end(); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + m_it.array_iterator = m_object->m_value.array->end(); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + m_it.primitive_iterator.set_end(); + break; + } + } + } + + public: + /*! + @brief return a reference to the value pointed to by the iterator + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + reference operator*() const + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_it.object_iterator != m_object->m_value.object->end()); + return m_it.object_iterator->second; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_it.array_iterator != m_object->m_value.array->end()); + return *m_it.array_iterator; + } + + case value_t::null: + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(214, "cannot get value", *m_object)); + + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(m_it.primitive_iterator.is_begin())) + { + return *m_object; + } + + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(214, "cannot get value", *m_object)); + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief dereference the iterator + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + pointer operator->() const + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_it.object_iterator != m_object->m_value.object->end()); + return &(m_it.object_iterator->second); + } + + case value_t::array: + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_it.array_iterator != m_object->m_value.array->end()); + return &*m_it.array_iterator; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(m_it.primitive_iterator.is_begin())) + { + return m_object; + } + + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(214, "cannot get value", *m_object)); + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief post-increment (it++) + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + iter_impl const operator++(int) // NOLINT(readability-const-return-type) + { + auto result = *this; + ++(*this); + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief pre-increment (++it) + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + iter_impl& operator++() + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + { + std::advance(m_it.object_iterator, 1); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + std::advance(m_it.array_iterator, 1); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + ++m_it.primitive_iterator; + break; + } + } + + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief post-decrement (it--) + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + iter_impl const operator--(int) // NOLINT(readability-const-return-type) + { + auto result = *this; + --(*this); + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief pre-decrement (--it) + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + iter_impl& operator--() + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + { + std::advance(m_it.object_iterator, -1); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + std::advance(m_it.array_iterator, -1); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + --m_it.primitive_iterator; + break; + } + } + + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: equal + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + template < typename IterImpl, detail::enable_if_t < (std::is_same::value || std::is_same::value), std::nullptr_t > = nullptr > + bool operator==(const IterImpl& other) const + { + // if objects are not the same, the comparison is undefined + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(m_object != other.m_object)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(212, "cannot compare iterators of different containers", *m_object)); + } + + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + return (m_it.object_iterator == other.m_it.object_iterator); + + case value_t::array: + return (m_it.array_iterator == other.m_it.array_iterator); + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + return (m_it.primitive_iterator == other.m_it.primitive_iterator); + } + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: not equal + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + template < typename IterImpl, detail::enable_if_t < (std::is_same::value || std::is_same::value), std::nullptr_t > = nullptr > + bool operator!=(const IterImpl& other) const + { + return !operator==(other); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: smaller + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + bool operator<(const iter_impl& other) const + { + // if objects are not the same, the comparison is undefined + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(m_object != other.m_object)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(212, "cannot compare iterators of different containers", *m_object)); + } + + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(213, "cannot compare order of object iterators", *m_object)); + + case value_t::array: + return (m_it.array_iterator < other.m_it.array_iterator); + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + return (m_it.primitive_iterator < other.m_it.primitive_iterator); + } + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: less than or equal + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + bool operator<=(const iter_impl& other) const + { + return !other.operator < (*this); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: greater than + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + bool operator>(const iter_impl& other) const + { + return !operator<=(other); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: greater than or equal + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + bool operator>=(const iter_impl& other) const + { + return !operator<(other); + } + + /*! + @brief add to iterator + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + iter_impl& operator+=(difference_type i) + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(209, "cannot use offsets with object iterators", *m_object)); + + case value_t::array: + { + std::advance(m_it.array_iterator, i); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + m_it.primitive_iterator += i; + break; + } + } + + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief subtract from iterator + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + iter_impl& operator-=(difference_type i) + { + return operator+=(-i); + } + + /*! + @brief add to iterator + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + iter_impl operator+(difference_type i) const + { + auto result = *this; + result += i; + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief addition of distance and iterator + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + friend iter_impl operator+(difference_type i, const iter_impl& it) + { + auto result = it; + result += i; + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief subtract from iterator + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + iter_impl operator-(difference_type i) const + { + auto result = *this; + result -= i; + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief return difference + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + difference_type operator-(const iter_impl& other) const + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(209, "cannot use offsets with object iterators", *m_object)); + + case value_t::array: + return m_it.array_iterator - other.m_it.array_iterator; + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + return m_it.primitive_iterator - other.m_it.primitive_iterator; + } + } + + /*! + @brief access to successor + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + reference operator[](difference_type n) const + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + switch (m_object->m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(208, "cannot use operator[] for object iterators", *m_object)); + + case value_t::array: + return *std::next(m_it.array_iterator, n); + + case value_t::null: + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(214, "cannot get value", *m_object)); + + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(m_it.primitive_iterator.get_value() == -n)) + { + return *m_object; + } + + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(214, "cannot get value", *m_object)); + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief return the key of an object iterator + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + const typename object_t::key_type& key() const + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_object != nullptr); + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(m_object->is_object())) + { + return m_it.object_iterator->first; + } + + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(207, "cannot use key() for non-object iterators", *m_object)); + } + + /*! + @brief return the value of an iterator + @pre The iterator is initialized; i.e. `m_object != nullptr`. + */ + reference value() const + { + return operator*(); + } + + JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED: + /// associated JSON instance + pointer m_object = nullptr; + /// the actual iterator of the associated instance + internal_iterator::type> m_it {}; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // ptrdiff_t +#include // reverse_iterator +#include // declval + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +////////////////////// +// reverse_iterator // +////////////////////// + +/*! +@brief a template for a reverse iterator class + +@tparam Base the base iterator type to reverse. Valid types are @ref +iterator (to create @ref reverse_iterator) and @ref const_iterator (to +create @ref const_reverse_iterator). + +@requirement The class satisfies the following concept requirements: +- +[BidirectionalIterator](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/BidirectionalIterator): + The iterator that can be moved can be moved in both directions (i.e. + incremented and decremented). +- [OutputIterator](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/OutputIterator): + It is possible to write to the pointed-to element (only if @a Base is + @ref iterator). + +@since version 1.0.0 +*/ +template +class json_reverse_iterator : public std::reverse_iterator +{ + public: + using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t; + /// shortcut to the reverse iterator adapter + using base_iterator = std::reverse_iterator; + /// the reference type for the pointed-to element + using reference = typename Base::reference; + + /// create reverse iterator from iterator + explicit json_reverse_iterator(const typename base_iterator::iterator_type& it) noexcept + : base_iterator(it) {} + + /// create reverse iterator from base class + explicit json_reverse_iterator(const base_iterator& it) noexcept : base_iterator(it) {} + + /// post-increment (it++) + json_reverse_iterator const operator++(int) // NOLINT(readability-const-return-type) + { + return static_cast(base_iterator::operator++(1)); + } + + /// pre-increment (++it) + json_reverse_iterator& operator++() + { + return static_cast(base_iterator::operator++()); + } + + /// post-decrement (it--) + json_reverse_iterator const operator--(int) // NOLINT(readability-const-return-type) + { + return static_cast(base_iterator::operator--(1)); + } + + /// pre-decrement (--it) + json_reverse_iterator& operator--() + { + return static_cast(base_iterator::operator--()); + } + + /// add to iterator + json_reverse_iterator& operator+=(difference_type i) + { + return static_cast(base_iterator::operator+=(i)); + } + + /// add to iterator + json_reverse_iterator operator+(difference_type i) const + { + return static_cast(base_iterator::operator+(i)); + } + + /// subtract from iterator + json_reverse_iterator operator-(difference_type i) const + { + return static_cast(base_iterator::operator-(i)); + } + + /// return difference + difference_type operator-(const json_reverse_iterator& other) const + { + return base_iterator(*this) - base_iterator(other); + } + + /// access to successor + reference operator[](difference_type n) const + { + return *(this->operator+(n)); + } + + /// return the key of an object iterator + auto key() const -> decltype(std::declval().key()) + { + auto it = --this->base(); + return it.key(); + } + + /// return the value of an iterator + reference value() const + { + auto it = --this->base(); + return it.operator * (); + } +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // all_of +#include // isdigit +#include // max +#include // accumulate +#include // string +#include // move +#include // vector + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +template +class json_pointer +{ + // allow basic_json to access private members + NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL_DECLARATION + friend class basic_json; + + public: + /*! + @brief create JSON pointer + + Create a JSON pointer according to the syntax described in + [Section 3 of RFC6901](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6901#section-3). + + @param[in] s string representing the JSON pointer; if omitted, the empty + string is assumed which references the whole JSON value + + @throw parse_error.107 if the given JSON pointer @a s is nonempty and does + not begin with a slash (`/`); see example below + + @throw parse_error.108 if a tilde (`~`) in the given JSON pointer @a s is + not followed by `0` (representing `~`) or `1` (representing `/`); see + example below + + @liveexample{The example shows the construction several valid JSON pointers + as well as the exceptional behavior.,json_pointer} + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + explicit json_pointer(const std::string& s = "") + : reference_tokens(split(s)) + {} + + /*! + @brief return a string representation of the JSON pointer + + @invariant For each JSON pointer `ptr`, it holds: + @code {.cpp} + ptr == json_pointer(ptr.to_string()); + @endcode + + @return a string representation of the JSON pointer + + @liveexample{The example shows the result of `to_string`.,json_pointer__to_string} + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + std::string to_string() const + { + return std::accumulate(reference_tokens.begin(), reference_tokens.end(), + std::string{}, + [](const std::string & a, const std::string & b) + { + return a + "/" + detail::escape(b); + }); + } + + /// @copydoc to_string() + operator std::string() const + { + return to_string(); + } + + /*! + @brief append another JSON pointer at the end of this JSON pointer + + @param[in] ptr JSON pointer to append + @return JSON pointer with @a ptr appended + + @liveexample{The example shows the usage of `operator/=`.,json_pointer__operator_add} + + @complexity Linear in the length of @a ptr. + + @sa see @ref operator/=(std::string) to append a reference token + @sa see @ref operator/=(std::size_t) to append an array index + @sa see @ref operator/(const json_pointer&, const json_pointer&) for a binary operator + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + json_pointer& operator/=(const json_pointer& ptr) + { + reference_tokens.insert(reference_tokens.end(), + ptr.reference_tokens.begin(), + ptr.reference_tokens.end()); + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief append an unescaped reference token at the end of this JSON pointer + + @param[in] token reference token to append + @return JSON pointer with @a token appended without escaping @a token + + @liveexample{The example shows the usage of `operator/=`.,json_pointer__operator_add} + + @complexity Amortized constant. + + @sa see @ref operator/=(const json_pointer&) to append a JSON pointer + @sa see @ref operator/=(std::size_t) to append an array index + @sa see @ref operator/(const json_pointer&, std::size_t) for a binary operator + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + json_pointer& operator/=(std::string token) + { + push_back(std::move(token)); + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief append an array index at the end of this JSON pointer + + @param[in] array_idx array index to append + @return JSON pointer with @a array_idx appended + + @liveexample{The example shows the usage of `operator/=`.,json_pointer__operator_add} + + @complexity Amortized constant. + + @sa see @ref operator/=(const json_pointer&) to append a JSON pointer + @sa see @ref operator/=(std::string) to append a reference token + @sa see @ref operator/(const json_pointer&, std::string) for a binary operator + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + json_pointer& operator/=(std::size_t array_idx) + { + return *this /= std::to_string(array_idx); + } + + /*! + @brief create a new JSON pointer by appending the right JSON pointer at the end of the left JSON pointer + + @param[in] lhs JSON pointer + @param[in] rhs JSON pointer + @return a new JSON pointer with @a rhs appended to @a lhs + + @liveexample{The example shows the usage of `operator/`.,json_pointer__operator_add_binary} + + @complexity Linear in the length of @a lhs and @a rhs. + + @sa see @ref operator/=(const json_pointer&) to append a JSON pointer + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + friend json_pointer operator/(const json_pointer& lhs, + const json_pointer& rhs) + { + return json_pointer(lhs) /= rhs; + } + + /*! + @brief create a new JSON pointer by appending the unescaped token at the end of the JSON pointer + + @param[in] ptr JSON pointer + @param[in] token reference token + @return a new JSON pointer with unescaped @a token appended to @a ptr + + @liveexample{The example shows the usage of `operator/`.,json_pointer__operator_add_binary} + + @complexity Linear in the length of @a ptr. + + @sa see @ref operator/=(std::string) to append a reference token + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + friend json_pointer operator/(const json_pointer& ptr, std::string token) // NOLINT(performance-unnecessary-value-param) + { + return json_pointer(ptr) /= std::move(token); + } + + /*! + @brief create a new JSON pointer by appending the array-index-token at the end of the JSON pointer + + @param[in] ptr JSON pointer + @param[in] array_idx array index + @return a new JSON pointer with @a array_idx appended to @a ptr + + @liveexample{The example shows the usage of `operator/`.,json_pointer__operator_add_binary} + + @complexity Linear in the length of @a ptr. + + @sa see @ref operator/=(std::size_t) to append an array index + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + friend json_pointer operator/(const json_pointer& ptr, std::size_t array_idx) + { + return json_pointer(ptr) /= array_idx; + } + + /*! + @brief returns the parent of this JSON pointer + + @return parent of this JSON pointer; in case this JSON pointer is the root, + the root itself is returned + + @complexity Linear in the length of the JSON pointer. + + @liveexample{The example shows the result of `parent_pointer` for different + JSON Pointers.,json_pointer__parent_pointer} + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + json_pointer parent_pointer() const + { + if (empty()) + { + return *this; + } + + json_pointer res = *this; + res.pop_back(); + return res; + } + + /*! + @brief remove last reference token + + @pre not `empty()` + + @liveexample{The example shows the usage of `pop_back`.,json_pointer__pop_back} + + @complexity Constant. + + @throw out_of_range.405 if JSON pointer has no parent + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + void pop_back() + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(empty())) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(405, "JSON pointer has no parent", BasicJsonType())); + } + + reference_tokens.pop_back(); + } + + /*! + @brief return last reference token + + @pre not `empty()` + @return last reference token + + @liveexample{The example shows the usage of `back`.,json_pointer__back} + + @complexity Constant. + + @throw out_of_range.405 if JSON pointer has no parent + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + const std::string& back() const + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(empty())) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(405, "JSON pointer has no parent", BasicJsonType())); + } + + return reference_tokens.back(); + } + + /*! + @brief append an unescaped token at the end of the reference pointer + + @param[in] token token to add + + @complexity Amortized constant. + + @liveexample{The example shows the result of `push_back` for different + JSON Pointers.,json_pointer__push_back} + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + void push_back(const std::string& token) + { + reference_tokens.push_back(token); + } + + /// @copydoc push_back(const std::string&) + void push_back(std::string&& token) + { + reference_tokens.push_back(std::move(token)); + } + + /*! + @brief return whether pointer points to the root document + + @return true iff the JSON pointer points to the root document + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @liveexample{The example shows the result of `empty` for different JSON + Pointers.,json_pointer__empty} + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + bool empty() const noexcept + { + return reference_tokens.empty(); + } + + private: + /*! + @param[in] s reference token to be converted into an array index + + @return integer representation of @a s + + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index begins with '0' + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index begins not with a digit + @throw out_of_range.404 if string @a s could not be converted to an integer + @throw out_of_range.410 if an array index exceeds size_type + */ + static typename BasicJsonType::size_type array_index(const std::string& s) + { + using size_type = typename BasicJsonType::size_type; + + // error condition (cf. RFC 6901, Sect. 4) + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(s.size() > 1 && s[0] == '0')) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::parse_error::create(106, 0, "array index '" + s + "' must not begin with '0'", BasicJsonType())); + } + + // error condition (cf. RFC 6901, Sect. 4) + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(s.size() > 1 && !(s[0] >= '1' && s[0] <= '9'))) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::parse_error::create(109, 0, "array index '" + s + "' is not a number", BasicJsonType())); + } + + std::size_t processed_chars = 0; + unsigned long long res = 0; // NOLINT(runtime/int) + JSON_TRY + { + res = std::stoull(s, &processed_chars); + } + JSON_CATCH(std::out_of_range&) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(404, "unresolved reference token '" + s + "'", BasicJsonType())); + } + + // check if the string was completely read + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(processed_chars != s.size())) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(404, "unresolved reference token '" + s + "'", BasicJsonType())); + } + + // only triggered on special platforms (like 32bit), see also + // https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/2203 + if (res >= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) // NOLINT(runtime/int) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(410, "array index " + s + " exceeds size_type", BasicJsonType())); // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + + return static_cast(res); + } + + JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED: + json_pointer top() const + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(empty())) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(405, "JSON pointer has no parent", BasicJsonType())); + } + + json_pointer result = *this; + result.reference_tokens = {reference_tokens[0]}; + return result; + } + + private: + /*! + @brief create and return a reference to the pointed to value + + @complexity Linear in the number of reference tokens. + + @throw parse_error.109 if array index is not a number + @throw type_error.313 if value cannot be unflattened + */ + BasicJsonType& get_and_create(BasicJsonType& j) const + { + auto* result = &j; + + // in case no reference tokens exist, return a reference to the JSON value + // j which will be overwritten by a primitive value + for (const auto& reference_token : reference_tokens) + { + switch (result->type()) + { + case detail::value_t::null: + { + if (reference_token == "0") + { + // start a new array if reference token is 0 + result = &result->operator[](0); + } + else + { + // start a new object otherwise + result = &result->operator[](reference_token); + } + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::object: + { + // create an entry in the object + result = &result->operator[](reference_token); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::array: + { + // create an entry in the array + result = &result->operator[](array_index(reference_token)); + break; + } + + /* + The following code is only reached if there exists a reference + token _and_ the current value is primitive. In this case, we have + an error situation, because primitive values may only occur as + single value; that is, with an empty list of reference tokens. + */ + case detail::value_t::string: + case detail::value_t::boolean: + case detail::value_t::number_integer: + case detail::value_t::number_unsigned: + case detail::value_t::number_float: + case detail::value_t::binary: + case detail::value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(detail::type_error::create(313, "invalid value to unflatten", j)); + } + } + + return *result; + } + + /*! + @brief return a reference to the pointed to value + + @note This version does not throw if a value is not present, but tries to + create nested values instead. For instance, calling this function + with pointer `"/this/that"` on a null value is equivalent to calling + `operator[]("this").operator[]("that")` on that value, effectively + changing the null value to an object. + + @param[in] ptr a JSON value + + @return reference to the JSON value pointed to by the JSON pointer + + @complexity Linear in the length of the JSON pointer. + + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index begins with '0' + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index was not a number + @throw out_of_range.404 if the JSON pointer can not be resolved + */ + BasicJsonType& get_unchecked(BasicJsonType* ptr) const + { + for (const auto& reference_token : reference_tokens) + { + // convert null values to arrays or objects before continuing + if (ptr->is_null()) + { + // check if reference token is a number + const bool nums = + std::all_of(reference_token.begin(), reference_token.end(), + [](const unsigned char x) + { + return std::isdigit(x); + }); + + // change value to array for numbers or "-" or to object otherwise + *ptr = (nums || reference_token == "-") + ? detail::value_t::array + : detail::value_t::object; + } + + switch (ptr->type()) + { + case detail::value_t::object: + { + // use unchecked object access + ptr = &ptr->operator[](reference_token); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::array: + { + if (reference_token == "-") + { + // explicitly treat "-" as index beyond the end + ptr = &ptr->operator[](ptr->m_value.array->size()); + } + else + { + // convert array index to number; unchecked access + ptr = &ptr->operator[](array_index(reference_token)); + } + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::null: + case detail::value_t::string: + case detail::value_t::boolean: + case detail::value_t::number_integer: + case detail::value_t::number_unsigned: + case detail::value_t::number_float: + case detail::value_t::binary: + case detail::value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(404, "unresolved reference token '" + reference_token + "'", *ptr)); + } + } + + return *ptr; + } + + /*! + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index begins with '0' + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index was not a number + @throw out_of_range.402 if the array index '-' is used + @throw out_of_range.404 if the JSON pointer can not be resolved + */ + BasicJsonType& get_checked(BasicJsonType* ptr) const + { + for (const auto& reference_token : reference_tokens) + { + switch (ptr->type()) + { + case detail::value_t::object: + { + // note: at performs range check + ptr = &ptr->at(reference_token); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::array: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(reference_token == "-")) + { + // "-" always fails the range check + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(402, + "array index '-' (" + std::to_string(ptr->m_value.array->size()) + + ") is out of range", *ptr)); + } + + // note: at performs range check + ptr = &ptr->at(array_index(reference_token)); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::null: + case detail::value_t::string: + case detail::value_t::boolean: + case detail::value_t::number_integer: + case detail::value_t::number_unsigned: + case detail::value_t::number_float: + case detail::value_t::binary: + case detail::value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(404, "unresolved reference token '" + reference_token + "'", *ptr)); + } + } + + return *ptr; + } + + /*! + @brief return a const reference to the pointed to value + + @param[in] ptr a JSON value + + @return const reference to the JSON value pointed to by the JSON + pointer + + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index begins with '0' + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index was not a number + @throw out_of_range.402 if the array index '-' is used + @throw out_of_range.404 if the JSON pointer can not be resolved + */ + const BasicJsonType& get_unchecked(const BasicJsonType* ptr) const + { + for (const auto& reference_token : reference_tokens) + { + switch (ptr->type()) + { + case detail::value_t::object: + { + // use unchecked object access + ptr = &ptr->operator[](reference_token); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::array: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(reference_token == "-")) + { + // "-" cannot be used for const access + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(402, "array index '-' (" + std::to_string(ptr->m_value.array->size()) + ") is out of range", *ptr)); + } + + // use unchecked array access + ptr = &ptr->operator[](array_index(reference_token)); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::null: + case detail::value_t::string: + case detail::value_t::boolean: + case detail::value_t::number_integer: + case detail::value_t::number_unsigned: + case detail::value_t::number_float: + case detail::value_t::binary: + case detail::value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(404, "unresolved reference token '" + reference_token + "'", *ptr)); + } + } + + return *ptr; + } + + /*! + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index begins with '0' + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index was not a number + @throw out_of_range.402 if the array index '-' is used + @throw out_of_range.404 if the JSON pointer can not be resolved + */ + const BasicJsonType& get_checked(const BasicJsonType* ptr) const + { + for (const auto& reference_token : reference_tokens) + { + switch (ptr->type()) + { + case detail::value_t::object: + { + // note: at performs range check + ptr = &ptr->at(reference_token); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::array: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(reference_token == "-")) + { + // "-" always fails the range check + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(402, + "array index '-' (" + std::to_string(ptr->m_value.array->size()) + + ") is out of range", *ptr)); + } + + // note: at performs range check + ptr = &ptr->at(array_index(reference_token)); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::null: + case detail::value_t::string: + case detail::value_t::boolean: + case detail::value_t::number_integer: + case detail::value_t::number_unsigned: + case detail::value_t::number_float: + case detail::value_t::binary: + case detail::value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(detail::out_of_range::create(404, "unresolved reference token '" + reference_token + "'", *ptr)); + } + } + + return *ptr; + } + + /*! + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index begins with '0' + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index was not a number + */ + bool contains(const BasicJsonType* ptr) const + { + for (const auto& reference_token : reference_tokens) + { + switch (ptr->type()) + { + case detail::value_t::object: + { + if (!ptr->contains(reference_token)) + { + // we did not find the key in the object + return false; + } + + ptr = &ptr->operator[](reference_token); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::array: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(reference_token == "-")) + { + // "-" always fails the range check + return false; + } + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(reference_token.size() == 1 && !("0" <= reference_token && reference_token <= "9"))) + { + // invalid char + return false; + } + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(reference_token.size() > 1)) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!('1' <= reference_token[0] && reference_token[0] <= '9'))) + { + // first char should be between '1' and '9' + return false; + } + for (std::size_t i = 1; i < reference_token.size(); i++) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!('0' <= reference_token[i] && reference_token[i] <= '9'))) + { + // other char should be between '0' and '9' + return false; + } + } + } + + const auto idx = array_index(reference_token); + if (idx >= ptr->size()) + { + // index out of range + return false; + } + + ptr = &ptr->operator[](idx); + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::null: + case detail::value_t::string: + case detail::value_t::boolean: + case detail::value_t::number_integer: + case detail::value_t::number_unsigned: + case detail::value_t::number_float: + case detail::value_t::binary: + case detail::value_t::discarded: + default: + { + // we do not expect primitive values if there is still a + // reference token to process + return false; + } + } + } + + // no reference token left means we found a primitive value + return true; + } + + /*! + @brief split the string input to reference tokens + + @note This function is only called by the json_pointer constructor. + All exceptions below are documented there. + + @throw parse_error.107 if the pointer is not empty or begins with '/' + @throw parse_error.108 if character '~' is not followed by '0' or '1' + */ + static std::vector split(const std::string& reference_string) + { + std::vector result; + + // special case: empty reference string -> no reference tokens + if (reference_string.empty()) + { + return result; + } + + // check if nonempty reference string begins with slash + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(reference_string[0] != '/')) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::parse_error::create(107, 1, "JSON pointer must be empty or begin with '/' - was: '" + reference_string + "'", BasicJsonType())); + } + + // extract the reference tokens: + // - slash: position of the last read slash (or end of string) + // - start: position after the previous slash + for ( + // search for the first slash after the first character + std::size_t slash = reference_string.find_first_of('/', 1), + // set the beginning of the first reference token + start = 1; + // we can stop if start == 0 (if slash == std::string::npos) + start != 0; + // set the beginning of the next reference token + // (will eventually be 0 if slash == std::string::npos) + start = (slash == std::string::npos) ? 0 : slash + 1, + // find next slash + slash = reference_string.find_first_of('/', start)) + { + // use the text between the beginning of the reference token + // (start) and the last slash (slash). + auto reference_token = reference_string.substr(start, slash - start); + + // check reference tokens are properly escaped + for (std::size_t pos = reference_token.find_first_of('~'); + pos != std::string::npos; + pos = reference_token.find_first_of('~', pos + 1)) + { + JSON_ASSERT(reference_token[pos] == '~'); + + // ~ must be followed by 0 or 1 + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(pos == reference_token.size() - 1 || + (reference_token[pos + 1] != '0' && + reference_token[pos + 1] != '1'))) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::parse_error::create(108, 0, "escape character '~' must be followed with '0' or '1'", BasicJsonType())); + } + } + + // finally, store the reference token + detail::unescape(reference_token); + result.push_back(reference_token); + } + + return result; + } + + private: + /*! + @param[in] reference_string the reference string to the current value + @param[in] value the value to consider + @param[in,out] result the result object to insert values to + + @note Empty objects or arrays are flattened to `null`. + */ + static void flatten(const std::string& reference_string, + const BasicJsonType& value, + BasicJsonType& result) + { + switch (value.type()) + { + case detail::value_t::array: + { + if (value.m_value.array->empty()) + { + // flatten empty array as null + result[reference_string] = nullptr; + } + else + { + // iterate array and use index as reference string + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < value.m_value.array->size(); ++i) + { + flatten(reference_string + "/" + std::to_string(i), + value.m_value.array->operator[](i), result); + } + } + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::object: + { + if (value.m_value.object->empty()) + { + // flatten empty object as null + result[reference_string] = nullptr; + } + else + { + // iterate object and use keys as reference string + for (const auto& element : *value.m_value.object) + { + flatten(reference_string + "/" + detail::escape(element.first), element.second, result); + } + } + break; + } + + case detail::value_t::null: + case detail::value_t::string: + case detail::value_t::boolean: + case detail::value_t::number_integer: + case detail::value_t::number_unsigned: + case detail::value_t::number_float: + case detail::value_t::binary: + case detail::value_t::discarded: + default: + { + // add primitive value with its reference string + result[reference_string] = value; + break; + } + } + } + + /*! + @param[in] value flattened JSON + + @return unflattened JSON + + @throw parse_error.109 if array index is not a number + @throw type_error.314 if value is not an object + @throw type_error.315 if object values are not primitive + @throw type_error.313 if value cannot be unflattened + */ + static BasicJsonType + unflatten(const BasicJsonType& value) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!value.is_object())) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::type_error::create(314, "only objects can be unflattened", value)); + } + + BasicJsonType result; + + // iterate the JSON object values + for (const auto& element : *value.m_value.object) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!element.second.is_primitive())) + { + JSON_THROW(detail::type_error::create(315, "values in object must be primitive", element.second)); + } + + // assign value to reference pointed to by JSON pointer; Note that if + // the JSON pointer is "" (i.e., points to the whole value), function + // get_and_create returns a reference to result itself. An assignment + // will then create a primitive value. + json_pointer(element.first).get_and_create(result) = element.second; + } + + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief compares two JSON pointers for equality + + @param[in] lhs JSON pointer to compare + @param[in] rhs JSON pointer to compare + @return whether @a lhs is equal to @a rhs + + @complexity Linear in the length of the JSON pointer + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + */ + friend bool operator==(json_pointer const& lhs, + json_pointer const& rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs.reference_tokens == rhs.reference_tokens; + } + + /*! + @brief compares two JSON pointers for inequality + + @param[in] lhs JSON pointer to compare + @param[in] rhs JSON pointer to compare + @return whether @a lhs is not equal @a rhs + + @complexity Linear in the length of the JSON pointer + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + */ + friend bool operator!=(json_pointer const& lhs, + json_pointer const& rhs) noexcept + { + return !(lhs == rhs); + } + + /// the reference tokens + std::vector reference_tokens; +}; +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + + +#include +#include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +template +class json_ref +{ + public: + using value_type = BasicJsonType; + + json_ref(value_type&& value) + : owned_value(std::move(value)) + {} + + json_ref(const value_type& value) + : value_ref(&value) + {} + + json_ref(std::initializer_list init) + : owned_value(init) + {} + + template < + class... Args, + enable_if_t::value, int> = 0 > + json_ref(Args && ... args) + : owned_value(std::forward(args)...) + {} + + // class should be movable only + json_ref(json_ref&&) noexcept = default; + json_ref(const json_ref&) = delete; + json_ref& operator=(const json_ref&) = delete; + json_ref& operator=(json_ref&&) = delete; + ~json_ref() = default; + + value_type moved_or_copied() const + { + if (value_ref == nullptr) + { + return std::move(owned_value); + } + return *value_ref; + } + + value_type const& operator*() const + { + return value_ref ? *value_ref : owned_value; + } + + value_type const* operator->() const + { + return &** this; + } + + private: + mutable value_type owned_value = nullptr; + value_type const* value_ref = nullptr; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // reverse +#include // array +#include // isnan, isinf +#include // uint8_t, uint16_t, uint32_t, uint64_t +#include // memcpy +#include // numeric_limits +#include // string +#include // move + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // copy +#include // size_t +#include // back_inserter +#include // shared_ptr, make_shared +#include // basic_string +#include // vector + +#ifndef JSON_NO_IO + #include // streamsize + #include // basic_ostream +#endif // JSON_NO_IO + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +/// abstract output adapter interface +template struct output_adapter_protocol +{ + virtual void write_character(CharType c) = 0; + virtual void write_characters(const CharType* s, std::size_t length) = 0; + virtual ~output_adapter_protocol() = default; + + output_adapter_protocol() = default; + output_adapter_protocol(const output_adapter_protocol&) = default; + output_adapter_protocol(output_adapter_protocol&&) noexcept = default; + output_adapter_protocol& operator=(const output_adapter_protocol&) = default; + output_adapter_protocol& operator=(output_adapter_protocol&&) noexcept = default; +}; + +/// a type to simplify interfaces +template +using output_adapter_t = std::shared_ptr>; + +/// output adapter for byte vectors +template> +class output_vector_adapter : public output_adapter_protocol +{ + public: + explicit output_vector_adapter(std::vector& vec) noexcept + : v(vec) + {} + + void write_character(CharType c) override + { + v.push_back(c); + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + void write_characters(const CharType* s, std::size_t length) override + { + std::copy(s, s + length, std::back_inserter(v)); + } + + private: + std::vector& v; +}; + +#ifndef JSON_NO_IO +/// output adapter for output streams +template +class output_stream_adapter : public output_adapter_protocol +{ + public: + explicit output_stream_adapter(std::basic_ostream& s) noexcept + : stream(s) + {} + + void write_character(CharType c) override + { + stream.put(c); + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + void write_characters(const CharType* s, std::size_t length) override + { + stream.write(s, static_cast(length)); + } + + private: + std::basic_ostream& stream; +}; +#endif // JSON_NO_IO + +/// output adapter for basic_string +template> +class output_string_adapter : public output_adapter_protocol +{ + public: + explicit output_string_adapter(StringType& s) noexcept + : str(s) + {} + + void write_character(CharType c) override + { + str.push_back(c); + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + void write_characters(const CharType* s, std::size_t length) override + { + str.append(s, length); + } + + private: + StringType& str; +}; + +template> +class output_adapter +{ + public: + template> + output_adapter(std::vector& vec) + : oa(std::make_shared>(vec)) {} + +#ifndef JSON_NO_IO + output_adapter(std::basic_ostream& s) + : oa(std::make_shared>(s)) {} +#endif // JSON_NO_IO + + output_adapter(StringType& s) + : oa(std::make_shared>(s)) {} + + operator output_adapter_t() + { + return oa; + } + + private: + output_adapter_t oa = nullptr; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +/////////////////// +// binary writer // +/////////////////// + +/*! +@brief serialization to CBOR and MessagePack values +*/ +template +class binary_writer +{ + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using binary_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + + public: + /*! + @brief create a binary writer + + @param[in] adapter output adapter to write to + */ + explicit binary_writer(output_adapter_t adapter) : oa(std::move(adapter)) + { + JSON_ASSERT(oa); + } + + /*! + @param[in] j JSON value to serialize + @pre j.type() == value_t::object + */ + void write_bson(const BasicJsonType& j) + { + switch (j.type()) + { + case value_t::object: + { + write_bson_object(*j.m_value.object); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::array: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(317, "to serialize to BSON, top-level type must be object, but is " + std::string(j.type_name()), j)); + } + } + } + + /*! + @param[in] j JSON value to serialize + */ + void write_cbor(const BasicJsonType& j) + { + switch (j.type()) + { + case value_t::null: + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xF6)); + break; + } + + case value_t::boolean: + { + oa->write_character(j.m_value.boolean + ? to_char_type(0xF5) + : to_char_type(0xF4)); + break; + } + + case value_t::number_integer: + { + if (j.m_value.number_integer >= 0) + { + // CBOR does not differentiate between positive signed + // integers and unsigned integers. Therefore, we used the + // code from the value_t::number_unsigned case here. + if (j.m_value.number_integer <= 0x17) + { + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x18)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x19)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x1A)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x1B)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + } + else + { + // The conversions below encode the sign in the first + // byte, and the value is converted to a positive number. + const auto positive_number = -1 - j.m_value.number_integer; + if (j.m_value.number_integer >= -24) + { + write_number(static_cast(0x20 + positive_number)); + } + else if (positive_number <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x38)); + write_number(static_cast(positive_number)); + } + else if (positive_number <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x39)); + write_number(static_cast(positive_number)); + } + else if (positive_number <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x3A)); + write_number(static_cast(positive_number)); + } + else + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x3B)); + write_number(static_cast(positive_number)); + } + } + break; + } + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= 0x17) + { + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_unsigned)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x18)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_unsigned)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x19)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_unsigned)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x1A)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_unsigned)); + } + else + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x1B)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_unsigned)); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::number_float: + { + if (std::isnan(j.m_value.number_float)) + { + // NaN is 0xf97e00 in CBOR + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xF9)); + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x7E)); + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x00)); + } + else if (std::isinf(j.m_value.number_float)) + { + // Infinity is 0xf97c00, -Infinity is 0xf9fc00 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xf9)); + oa->write_character(j.m_value.number_float > 0 ? to_char_type(0x7C) : to_char_type(0xFC)); + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x00)); + } + else + { + write_compact_float(j.m_value.number_float, detail::input_format_t::cbor); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::string: + { + // step 1: write control byte and the string length + const auto N = j.m_value.string->size(); + if (N <= 0x17) + { + write_number(static_cast(0x60 + N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x78)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x79)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x7A)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + // LCOV_EXCL_START + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x7B)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + // LCOV_EXCL_STOP + + // step 2: write the string + oa->write_characters( + reinterpret_cast(j.m_value.string->c_str()), + j.m_value.string->size()); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + // step 1: write control byte and the array size + const auto N = j.m_value.array->size(); + if (N <= 0x17) + { + write_number(static_cast(0x80 + N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x98)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x99)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x9A)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + // LCOV_EXCL_START + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x9B)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + // LCOV_EXCL_STOP + + // step 2: write each element + for (const auto& el : *j.m_value.array) + { + write_cbor(el); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::binary: + { + if (j.m_value.binary->has_subtype()) + { + if (j.m_value.binary->subtype() <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + write_number(static_cast(0xd8)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.binary->subtype())); + } + else if (j.m_value.binary->subtype() <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + write_number(static_cast(0xd9)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.binary->subtype())); + } + else if (j.m_value.binary->subtype() <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + write_number(static_cast(0xda)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.binary->subtype())); + } + else if (j.m_value.binary->subtype() <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + write_number(static_cast(0xdb)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.binary->subtype())); + } + } + + // step 1: write control byte and the binary array size + const auto N = j.m_value.binary->size(); + if (N <= 0x17) + { + write_number(static_cast(0x40 + N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x58)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x59)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x5A)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + // LCOV_EXCL_START + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x5B)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + // LCOV_EXCL_STOP + + // step 2: write each element + oa->write_characters( + reinterpret_cast(j.m_value.binary->data()), + N); + + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + // step 1: write control byte and the object size + const auto N = j.m_value.object->size(); + if (N <= 0x17) + { + write_number(static_cast(0xA0 + N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xB8)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xB9)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xBA)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + // LCOV_EXCL_START + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xBB)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + // LCOV_EXCL_STOP + + // step 2: write each element + for (const auto& el : *j.m_value.object) + { + write_cbor(el.first); + write_cbor(el.second); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::discarded: + default: + break; + } + } + + /*! + @param[in] j JSON value to serialize + */ + void write_msgpack(const BasicJsonType& j) + { + switch (j.type()) + { + case value_t::null: // nil + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xC0)); + break; + } + + case value_t::boolean: // true and false + { + oa->write_character(j.m_value.boolean + ? to_char_type(0xC3) + : to_char_type(0xC2)); + break; + } + + case value_t::number_integer: + { + if (j.m_value.number_integer >= 0) + { + // MessagePack does not differentiate between positive + // signed integers and unsigned integers. Therefore, we used + // the code from the value_t::number_unsigned case here. + if (j.m_value.number_unsigned < 128) + { + // positive fixnum + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // uint 8 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xCC)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // uint 16 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xCD)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // uint 32 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xCE)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // uint 64 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xCF)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + } + else + { + if (j.m_value.number_integer >= -32) + { + // negative fixnum + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_integer >= (std::numeric_limits::min)() && + j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // int 8 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xD0)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_integer >= (std::numeric_limits::min)() && + j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // int 16 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xD1)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_integer >= (std::numeric_limits::min)() && + j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // int 32 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xD2)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_integer >= (std::numeric_limits::min)() && + j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // int 64 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xD3)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + } + break; + } + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + if (j.m_value.number_unsigned < 128) + { + // positive fixnum + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // uint 8 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xCC)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // uint 16 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xCD)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // uint 32 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xCE)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // uint 64 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xCF)); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_integer)); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::number_float: + { + write_compact_float(j.m_value.number_float, detail::input_format_t::msgpack); + break; + } + + case value_t::string: + { + // step 1: write control byte and the string length + const auto N = j.m_value.string->size(); + if (N <= 31) + { + // fixstr + write_number(static_cast(0xA0 | N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // str 8 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xD9)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // str 16 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xDA)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // str 32 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xDB)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + + // step 2: write the string + oa->write_characters( + reinterpret_cast(j.m_value.string->c_str()), + j.m_value.string->size()); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + // step 1: write control byte and the array size + const auto N = j.m_value.array->size(); + if (N <= 15) + { + // fixarray + write_number(static_cast(0x90 | N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // array 16 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xDC)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // array 32 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xDD)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + + // step 2: write each element + for (const auto& el : *j.m_value.array) + { + write_msgpack(el); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::binary: + { + // step 0: determine if the binary type has a set subtype to + // determine whether or not to use the ext or fixext types + const bool use_ext = j.m_value.binary->has_subtype(); + + // step 1: write control byte and the byte string length + const auto N = j.m_value.binary->size(); + if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + std::uint8_t output_type{}; + bool fixed = true; + if (use_ext) + { + switch (N) + { + case 1: + output_type = 0xD4; // fixext 1 + break; + case 2: + output_type = 0xD5; // fixext 2 + break; + case 4: + output_type = 0xD6; // fixext 4 + break; + case 8: + output_type = 0xD7; // fixext 8 + break; + case 16: + output_type = 0xD8; // fixext 16 + break; + default: + output_type = 0xC7; // ext 8 + fixed = false; + break; + } + + } + else + { + output_type = 0xC4; // bin 8 + fixed = false; + } + + oa->write_character(to_char_type(output_type)); + if (!fixed) + { + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + std::uint8_t output_type = use_ext + ? 0xC8 // ext 16 + : 0xC5; // bin 16 + + oa->write_character(to_char_type(output_type)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + std::uint8_t output_type = use_ext + ? 0xC9 // ext 32 + : 0xC6; // bin 32 + + oa->write_character(to_char_type(output_type)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + + // step 1.5: if this is an ext type, write the subtype + if (use_ext) + { + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.binary->subtype())); + } + + // step 2: write the byte string + oa->write_characters( + reinterpret_cast(j.m_value.binary->data()), + N); + + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + // step 1: write control byte and the object size + const auto N = j.m_value.object->size(); + if (N <= 15) + { + // fixmap + write_number(static_cast(0x80 | (N & 0xF))); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // map 16 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xDE)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + else if (N <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + // map 32 + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0xDF)); + write_number(static_cast(N)); + } + + // step 2: write each element + for (const auto& el : *j.m_value.object) + { + write_msgpack(el.first); + write_msgpack(el.second); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::discarded: + default: + break; + } + } + + /*! + @param[in] j JSON value to serialize + @param[in] use_count whether to use '#' prefixes (optimized format) + @param[in] use_type whether to use '$' prefixes (optimized format) + @param[in] add_prefix whether prefixes need to be used for this value + */ + void write_ubjson(const BasicJsonType& j, const bool use_count, + const bool use_type, const bool add_prefix = true) + { + switch (j.type()) + { + case value_t::null: + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('Z')); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::boolean: + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(j.m_value.boolean + ? to_char_type('T') + : to_char_type('F')); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::number_integer: + { + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(j.m_value.number_integer, add_prefix); + break; + } + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(j.m_value.number_unsigned, add_prefix); + break; + } + + case value_t::number_float: + { + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(j.m_value.number_float, add_prefix); + break; + } + + case value_t::string: + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('S')); + } + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(j.m_value.string->size(), true); + oa->write_characters( + reinterpret_cast(j.m_value.string->c_str()), + j.m_value.string->size()); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('[')); + } + + bool prefix_required = true; + if (use_type && !j.m_value.array->empty()) + { + JSON_ASSERT(use_count); + const CharType first_prefix = ubjson_prefix(j.front()); + const bool same_prefix = std::all_of(j.begin() + 1, j.end(), + [this, first_prefix](const BasicJsonType & v) + { + return ubjson_prefix(v) == first_prefix; + }); + + if (same_prefix) + { + prefix_required = false; + oa->write_character(to_char_type('$')); + oa->write_character(first_prefix); + } + } + + if (use_count) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('#')); + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(j.m_value.array->size(), true); + } + + for (const auto& el : *j.m_value.array) + { + write_ubjson(el, use_count, use_type, prefix_required); + } + + if (!use_count) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(']')); + } + + break; + } + + case value_t::binary: + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('[')); + } + + if (use_type && !j.m_value.binary->empty()) + { + JSON_ASSERT(use_count); + oa->write_character(to_char_type('$')); + oa->write_character('U'); + } + + if (use_count) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('#')); + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(j.m_value.binary->size(), true); + } + + if (use_type) + { + oa->write_characters( + reinterpret_cast(j.m_value.binary->data()), + j.m_value.binary->size()); + } + else + { + for (size_t i = 0; i < j.m_value.binary->size(); ++i) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('U')); + oa->write_character(j.m_value.binary->data()[i]); + } + } + + if (!use_count) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(']')); + } + + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('{')); + } + + bool prefix_required = true; + if (use_type && !j.m_value.object->empty()) + { + JSON_ASSERT(use_count); + const CharType first_prefix = ubjson_prefix(j.front()); + const bool same_prefix = std::all_of(j.begin(), j.end(), + [this, first_prefix](const BasicJsonType & v) + { + return ubjson_prefix(v) == first_prefix; + }); + + if (same_prefix) + { + prefix_required = false; + oa->write_character(to_char_type('$')); + oa->write_character(first_prefix); + } + } + + if (use_count) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('#')); + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(j.m_value.object->size(), true); + } + + for (const auto& el : *j.m_value.object) + { + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(el.first.size(), true); + oa->write_characters( + reinterpret_cast(el.first.c_str()), + el.first.size()); + write_ubjson(el.second, use_count, use_type, prefix_required); + } + + if (!use_count) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('}')); + } + + break; + } + + case value_t::discarded: + default: + break; + } + } + + private: + ////////// + // BSON // + ////////// + + /*! + @return The size of a BSON document entry header, including the id marker + and the entry name size (and its null-terminator). + */ + static std::size_t calc_bson_entry_header_size(const string_t& name, const BasicJsonType& j) + { + const auto it = name.find(static_cast(0)); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(it != BasicJsonType::string_t::npos)) + { + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(409, "BSON key cannot contain code point U+0000 (at byte " + std::to_string(it) + ")", j)); + static_cast(j); + } + + return /*id*/ 1ul + name.size() + /*zero-terminator*/1u; + } + + /*! + @brief Writes the given @a element_type and @a name to the output adapter + */ + void write_bson_entry_header(const string_t& name, + const std::uint8_t element_type) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(element_type)); // boolean + oa->write_characters( + reinterpret_cast(name.c_str()), + name.size() + 1u); + } + + /*! + @brief Writes a BSON element with key @a name and boolean value @a value + */ + void write_bson_boolean(const string_t& name, + const bool value) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x08); + oa->write_character(value ? to_char_type(0x01) : to_char_type(0x00)); + } + + /*! + @brief Writes a BSON element with key @a name and double value @a value + */ + void write_bson_double(const string_t& name, + const double value) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x01); + write_number(value); + } + + /*! + @return The size of the BSON-encoded string in @a value + */ + static std::size_t calc_bson_string_size(const string_t& value) + { + return sizeof(std::int32_t) + value.size() + 1ul; + } + + /*! + @brief Writes a BSON element with key @a name and string value @a value + */ + void write_bson_string(const string_t& name, + const string_t& value) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x02); + + write_number(static_cast(value.size() + 1ul)); + oa->write_characters( + reinterpret_cast(value.c_str()), + value.size() + 1); + } + + /*! + @brief Writes a BSON element with key @a name and null value + */ + void write_bson_null(const string_t& name) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x0A); + } + + /*! + @return The size of the BSON-encoded integer @a value + */ + static std::size_t calc_bson_integer_size(const std::int64_t value) + { + return (std::numeric_limits::min)() <= value && value <= (std::numeric_limits::max)() + ? sizeof(std::int32_t) + : sizeof(std::int64_t); + } + + /*! + @brief Writes a BSON element with key @a name and integer @a value + */ + void write_bson_integer(const string_t& name, + const std::int64_t value) + { + if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= value && value <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x10); // int32 + write_number(static_cast(value)); + } + else + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x12); // int64 + write_number(static_cast(value)); + } + } + + /*! + @return The size of the BSON-encoded unsigned integer in @a j + */ + static constexpr std::size_t calc_bson_unsigned_size(const std::uint64_t value) noexcept + { + return (value <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + ? sizeof(std::int32_t) + : sizeof(std::int64_t); + } + + /*! + @brief Writes a BSON element with key @a name and unsigned @a value + */ + void write_bson_unsigned(const string_t& name, + const BasicJsonType& j) + { + if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x10 /* int32 */); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_unsigned)); + } + else if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x12 /* int64 */); + write_number(static_cast(j.m_value.number_unsigned)); + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(407, "integer number " + std::to_string(j.m_value.number_unsigned) + " cannot be represented by BSON as it does not fit int64", j)); + } + } + + /*! + @brief Writes a BSON element with key @a name and object @a value + */ + void write_bson_object_entry(const string_t& name, + const typename BasicJsonType::object_t& value) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x03); // object + write_bson_object(value); + } + + /*! + @return The size of the BSON-encoded array @a value + */ + static std::size_t calc_bson_array_size(const typename BasicJsonType::array_t& value) + { + std::size_t array_index = 0ul; + + const std::size_t embedded_document_size = std::accumulate(std::begin(value), std::end(value), std::size_t(0), [&array_index](std::size_t result, const typename BasicJsonType::array_t::value_type & el) + { + return result + calc_bson_element_size(std::to_string(array_index++), el); + }); + + return sizeof(std::int32_t) + embedded_document_size + 1ul; + } + + /*! + @return The size of the BSON-encoded binary array @a value + */ + static std::size_t calc_bson_binary_size(const typename BasicJsonType::binary_t& value) + { + return sizeof(std::int32_t) + value.size() + 1ul; + } + + /*! + @brief Writes a BSON element with key @a name and array @a value + */ + void write_bson_array(const string_t& name, + const typename BasicJsonType::array_t& value) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x04); // array + write_number(static_cast(calc_bson_array_size(value))); + + std::size_t array_index = 0ul; + + for (const auto& el : value) + { + write_bson_element(std::to_string(array_index++), el); + } + + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x00)); + } + + /*! + @brief Writes a BSON element with key @a name and binary value @a value + */ + void write_bson_binary(const string_t& name, + const binary_t& value) + { + write_bson_entry_header(name, 0x05); + + write_number(static_cast(value.size())); + write_number(value.has_subtype() ? static_cast(value.subtype()) : std::uint8_t(0x00)); + + oa->write_characters(reinterpret_cast(value.data()), value.size()); + } + + /*! + @brief Calculates the size necessary to serialize the JSON value @a j with its @a name + @return The calculated size for the BSON document entry for @a j with the given @a name. + */ + static std::size_t calc_bson_element_size(const string_t& name, + const BasicJsonType& j) + { + const auto header_size = calc_bson_entry_header_size(name, j); + switch (j.type()) + { + case value_t::object: + return header_size + calc_bson_object_size(*j.m_value.object); + + case value_t::array: + return header_size + calc_bson_array_size(*j.m_value.array); + + case value_t::binary: + return header_size + calc_bson_binary_size(*j.m_value.binary); + + case value_t::boolean: + return header_size + 1ul; + + case value_t::number_float: + return header_size + 8ul; + + case value_t::number_integer: + return header_size + calc_bson_integer_size(j.m_value.number_integer); + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + return header_size + calc_bson_unsigned_size(j.m_value.number_unsigned); + + case value_t::string: + return header_size + calc_bson_string_size(*j.m_value.string); + + case value_t::null: + return header_size + 0ul; + + // LCOV_EXCL_START + case value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) + return 0ul; + // LCOV_EXCL_STOP + } + } + + /*! + @brief Serializes the JSON value @a j to BSON and associates it with the + key @a name. + @param name The name to associate with the JSON entity @a j within the + current BSON document + */ + void write_bson_element(const string_t& name, + const BasicJsonType& j) + { + switch (j.type()) + { + case value_t::object: + return write_bson_object_entry(name, *j.m_value.object); + + case value_t::array: + return write_bson_array(name, *j.m_value.array); + + case value_t::binary: + return write_bson_binary(name, *j.m_value.binary); + + case value_t::boolean: + return write_bson_boolean(name, j.m_value.boolean); + + case value_t::number_float: + return write_bson_double(name, j.m_value.number_float); + + case value_t::number_integer: + return write_bson_integer(name, j.m_value.number_integer); + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + return write_bson_unsigned(name, j); + + case value_t::string: + return write_bson_string(name, *j.m_value.string); + + case value_t::null: + return write_bson_null(name); + + // LCOV_EXCL_START + case value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) + return; + // LCOV_EXCL_STOP + } + } + + /*! + @brief Calculates the size of the BSON serialization of the given + JSON-object @a j. + @param[in] value JSON value to serialize + @pre value.type() == value_t::object + */ + static std::size_t calc_bson_object_size(const typename BasicJsonType::object_t& value) + { + std::size_t document_size = std::accumulate(value.begin(), value.end(), std::size_t(0), + [](size_t result, const typename BasicJsonType::object_t::value_type & el) + { + return result += calc_bson_element_size(el.first, el.second); + }); + + return sizeof(std::int32_t) + document_size + 1ul; + } + + /*! + @param[in] value JSON value to serialize + @pre value.type() == value_t::object + */ + void write_bson_object(const typename BasicJsonType::object_t& value) + { + write_number(static_cast(calc_bson_object_size(value))); + + for (const auto& el : value) + { + write_bson_element(el.first, el.second); + } + + oa->write_character(to_char_type(0x00)); + } + + ////////// + // CBOR // + ////////// + + static constexpr CharType get_cbor_float_prefix(float /*unused*/) + { + return to_char_type(0xFA); // Single-Precision Float + } + + static constexpr CharType get_cbor_float_prefix(double /*unused*/) + { + return to_char_type(0xFB); // Double-Precision Float + } + + ///////////// + // MsgPack // + ///////////// + + static constexpr CharType get_msgpack_float_prefix(float /*unused*/) + { + return to_char_type(0xCA); // float 32 + } + + static constexpr CharType get_msgpack_float_prefix(double /*unused*/) + { + return to_char_type(0xCB); // float 64 + } + + //////////// + // UBJSON // + //////////// + + // UBJSON: write number (floating point) + template::value, int>::type = 0> + void write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(const NumberType n, + const bool add_prefix) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(get_ubjson_float_prefix(n)); + } + write_number(n); + } + + // UBJSON: write number (unsigned integer) + template::value, int>::type = 0> + void write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(const NumberType n, + const bool add_prefix) + { + if (n <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('i')); // int8 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else if (n <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('U')); // uint8 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else if (n <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('I')); // int16 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else if (n <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('l')); // int32 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else if (n <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('L')); // int64 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('H')); // high-precision number + } + + const auto number = BasicJsonType(n).dump(); + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(number.size(), true); + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < number.size(); ++i) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(static_cast(number[i]))); + } + } + } + + // UBJSON: write number (signed integer) + template < typename NumberType, typename std::enable_if < + std::is_signed::value&& + !std::is_floating_point::value, int >::type = 0 > + void write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(const NumberType n, + const bool add_prefix) + { + if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= n && n <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('i')); // int8 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else if (static_cast((std::numeric_limits::min)()) <= n && n <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('U')); // uint8 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= n && n <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('I')); // int16 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= n && n <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('l')); // int32 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= n && n <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('L')); // int64 + } + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + // LCOV_EXCL_START + else + { + if (add_prefix) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type('H')); // high-precision number + } + + const auto number = BasicJsonType(n).dump(); + write_number_with_ubjson_prefix(number.size(), true); + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < number.size(); ++i) + { + oa->write_character(to_char_type(static_cast(number[i]))); + } + } + // LCOV_EXCL_STOP + } + + /*! + @brief determine the type prefix of container values + */ + CharType ubjson_prefix(const BasicJsonType& j) const noexcept + { + switch (j.type()) + { + case value_t::null: + return 'Z'; + + case value_t::boolean: + return j.m_value.boolean ? 'T' : 'F'; + + case value_t::number_integer: + { + if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= j.m_value.number_integer && j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + return 'i'; + } + if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= j.m_value.number_integer && j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + return 'U'; + } + if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= j.m_value.number_integer && j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + return 'I'; + } + if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= j.m_value.number_integer && j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + return 'l'; + } + if ((std::numeric_limits::min)() <= j.m_value.number_integer && j.m_value.number_integer <= (std::numeric_limits::max)()) + { + return 'L'; + } + // anything else is treated as high-precision number + return 'H'; // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + return 'i'; + } + if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + return 'U'; + } + if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + return 'I'; + } + if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + return 'l'; + } + if (j.m_value.number_unsigned <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) + { + return 'L'; + } + // anything else is treated as high-precision number + return 'H'; // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + + case value_t::number_float: + return get_ubjson_float_prefix(j.m_value.number_float); + + case value_t::string: + return 'S'; + + case value_t::array: // fallthrough + case value_t::binary: + return '['; + + case value_t::object: + return '{'; + + case value_t::discarded: + default: // discarded values + return 'N'; + } + } + + static constexpr CharType get_ubjson_float_prefix(float /*unused*/) + { + return 'd'; // float 32 + } + + static constexpr CharType get_ubjson_float_prefix(double /*unused*/) + { + return 'D'; // float 64 + } + + /////////////////////// + // Utility functions // + /////////////////////// + + /* + @brief write a number to output input + @param[in] n number of type @a NumberType + @tparam NumberType the type of the number + @tparam OutputIsLittleEndian Set to true if output data is + required to be little endian + + @note This function needs to respect the system's endianess, because bytes + in CBOR, MessagePack, and UBJSON are stored in network order (big + endian) and therefore need reordering on little endian systems. + */ + template + void write_number(const NumberType n) + { + // step 1: write number to array of length NumberType + std::array vec{}; + std::memcpy(vec.data(), &n, sizeof(NumberType)); + + // step 2: write array to output (with possible reordering) + if (is_little_endian != OutputIsLittleEndian) + { + // reverse byte order prior to conversion if necessary + std::reverse(vec.begin(), vec.end()); + } + + oa->write_characters(vec.data(), sizeof(NumberType)); + } + + void write_compact_float(const number_float_t n, detail::input_format_t format) + { +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" +#endif + if (static_cast(n) >= static_cast(std::numeric_limits::lowest()) && + static_cast(n) <= static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)()) && + static_cast(static_cast(n)) == static_cast(n)) + { + oa->write_character(format == detail::input_format_t::cbor + ? get_cbor_float_prefix(static_cast(n)) + : get_msgpack_float_prefix(static_cast(n))); + write_number(static_cast(n)); + } + else + { + oa->write_character(format == detail::input_format_t::cbor + ? get_cbor_float_prefix(n) + : get_msgpack_float_prefix(n)); + write_number(n); + } +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + } + + public: + // The following to_char_type functions are implement the conversion + // between uint8_t and CharType. In case CharType is not unsigned, + // such a conversion is required to allow values greater than 128. + // See for a discussion. + template < typename C = CharType, + enable_if_t < std::is_signed::value && std::is_signed::value > * = nullptr > + static constexpr CharType to_char_type(std::uint8_t x) noexcept + { + return *reinterpret_cast(&x); + } + + template < typename C = CharType, + enable_if_t < std::is_signed::value && std::is_unsigned::value > * = nullptr > + static CharType to_char_type(std::uint8_t x) noexcept + { + static_assert(sizeof(std::uint8_t) == sizeof(CharType), "size of CharType must be equal to std::uint8_t"); + static_assert(std::is_trivial::value, "CharType must be trivial"); + CharType result; + std::memcpy(&result, &x, sizeof(x)); + return result; + } + + template::value>* = nullptr> + static constexpr CharType to_char_type(std::uint8_t x) noexcept + { + return x; + } + + template < typename InputCharType, typename C = CharType, + enable_if_t < + std::is_signed::value && + std::is_signed::value && + std::is_same::type>::value + > * = nullptr > + static constexpr CharType to_char_type(InputCharType x) noexcept + { + return x; + } + + private: + /// whether we can assume little endianess + const bool is_little_endian = little_endianess(); + + /// the output + output_adapter_t oa = nullptr; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // reverse, remove, fill, find, none_of +#include // array +#include // localeconv, lconv +#include // labs, isfinite, isnan, signbit +#include // size_t, ptrdiff_t +#include // uint8_t +#include // snprintf +#include // numeric_limits +#include // string, char_traits +#include // is_same +#include // move + +// #include + + +#include // array +#include // signbit, isfinite +#include // intN_t, uintN_t +#include // memcpy, memmove +#include // numeric_limits +#include // conditional + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ + +/*! +@brief implements the Grisu2 algorithm for binary to decimal floating-point +conversion. + +This implementation is a slightly modified version of the reference +implementation which may be obtained from +http://florian.loitsch.com/publications (bench.tar.gz). + +The code is distributed under the MIT license, Copyright (c) 2009 Florian Loitsch. + +For a detailed description of the algorithm see: + +[1] Loitsch, "Printing Floating-Point Numbers Quickly and Accurately with + Integers", Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN 2010 Conference on Programming + Language Design and Implementation, PLDI 2010 +[2] Burger, Dybvig, "Printing Floating-Point Numbers Quickly and Accurately", + Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN 1996 Conference on Programming Language + Design and Implementation, PLDI 1996 +*/ +namespace dtoa_impl +{ + +template +Target reinterpret_bits(const Source source) +{ + static_assert(sizeof(Target) == sizeof(Source), "size mismatch"); + + Target target; + std::memcpy(&target, &source, sizeof(Source)); + return target; +} + +struct diyfp // f * 2^e +{ + static constexpr int kPrecision = 64; // = q + + std::uint64_t f = 0; + int e = 0; + + constexpr diyfp(std::uint64_t f_, int e_) noexcept : f(f_), e(e_) {} + + /*! + @brief returns x - y + @pre x.e == y.e and x.f >= y.f + */ + static diyfp sub(const diyfp& x, const diyfp& y) noexcept + { + JSON_ASSERT(x.e == y.e); + JSON_ASSERT(x.f >= y.f); + + return {x.f - y.f, x.e}; + } + + /*! + @brief returns x * y + @note The result is rounded. (Only the upper q bits are returned.) + */ + static diyfp mul(const diyfp& x, const diyfp& y) noexcept + { + static_assert(kPrecision == 64, "internal error"); + + // Computes: + // f = round((x.f * y.f) / 2^q) + // e = x.e + y.e + q + + // Emulate the 64-bit * 64-bit multiplication: + // + // p = u * v + // = (u_lo + 2^32 u_hi) (v_lo + 2^32 v_hi) + // = (u_lo v_lo ) + 2^32 ((u_lo v_hi ) + (u_hi v_lo )) + 2^64 (u_hi v_hi ) + // = (p0 ) + 2^32 ((p1 ) + (p2 )) + 2^64 (p3 ) + // = (p0_lo + 2^32 p0_hi) + 2^32 ((p1_lo + 2^32 p1_hi) + (p2_lo + 2^32 p2_hi)) + 2^64 (p3 ) + // = (p0_lo ) + 2^32 (p0_hi + p1_lo + p2_lo ) + 2^64 (p1_hi + p2_hi + p3) + // = (p0_lo ) + 2^32 (Q ) + 2^64 (H ) + // = (p0_lo ) + 2^32 (Q_lo + 2^32 Q_hi ) + 2^64 (H ) + // + // (Since Q might be larger than 2^32 - 1) + // + // = (p0_lo + 2^32 Q_lo) + 2^64 (Q_hi + H) + // + // (Q_hi + H does not overflow a 64-bit int) + // + // = p_lo + 2^64 p_hi + + const std::uint64_t u_lo = x.f & 0xFFFFFFFFu; + const std::uint64_t u_hi = x.f >> 32u; + const std::uint64_t v_lo = y.f & 0xFFFFFFFFu; + const std::uint64_t v_hi = y.f >> 32u; + + const std::uint64_t p0 = u_lo * v_lo; + const std::uint64_t p1 = u_lo * v_hi; + const std::uint64_t p2 = u_hi * v_lo; + const std::uint64_t p3 = u_hi * v_hi; + + const std::uint64_t p0_hi = p0 >> 32u; + const std::uint64_t p1_lo = p1 & 0xFFFFFFFFu; + const std::uint64_t p1_hi = p1 >> 32u; + const std::uint64_t p2_lo = p2 & 0xFFFFFFFFu; + const std::uint64_t p2_hi = p2 >> 32u; + + std::uint64_t Q = p0_hi + p1_lo + p2_lo; + + // The full product might now be computed as + // + // p_hi = p3 + p2_hi + p1_hi + (Q >> 32) + // p_lo = p0_lo + (Q << 32) + // + // But in this particular case here, the full p_lo is not required. + // Effectively we only need to add the highest bit in p_lo to p_hi (and + // Q_hi + 1 does not overflow). + + Q += std::uint64_t{1} << (64u - 32u - 1u); // round, ties up + + const std::uint64_t h = p3 + p2_hi + p1_hi + (Q >> 32u); + + return {h, x.e + y.e + 64}; + } + + /*! + @brief normalize x such that the significand is >= 2^(q-1) + @pre x.f != 0 + */ + static diyfp normalize(diyfp x) noexcept + { + JSON_ASSERT(x.f != 0); + + while ((x.f >> 63u) == 0) + { + x.f <<= 1u; + x.e--; + } + + return x; + } + + /*! + @brief normalize x such that the result has the exponent E + @pre e >= x.e and the upper e - x.e bits of x.f must be zero. + */ + static diyfp normalize_to(const diyfp& x, const int target_exponent) noexcept + { + const int delta = x.e - target_exponent; + + JSON_ASSERT(delta >= 0); + JSON_ASSERT(((x.f << delta) >> delta) == x.f); + + return {x.f << delta, target_exponent}; + } +}; + +struct boundaries +{ + diyfp w; + diyfp minus; + diyfp plus; +}; + +/*! +Compute the (normalized) diyfp representing the input number 'value' and its +boundaries. + +@pre value must be finite and positive +*/ +template +boundaries compute_boundaries(FloatType value) +{ + JSON_ASSERT(std::isfinite(value)); + JSON_ASSERT(value > 0); + + // Convert the IEEE representation into a diyfp. + // + // If v is denormal: + // value = 0.F * 2^(1 - bias) = ( F) * 2^(1 - bias - (p-1)) + // If v is normalized: + // value = 1.F * 2^(E - bias) = (2^(p-1) + F) * 2^(E - bias - (p-1)) + + static_assert(std::numeric_limits::is_iec559, + "internal error: dtoa_short requires an IEEE-754 floating-point implementation"); + + constexpr int kPrecision = std::numeric_limits::digits; // = p (includes the hidden bit) + constexpr int kBias = std::numeric_limits::max_exponent - 1 + (kPrecision - 1); + constexpr int kMinExp = 1 - kBias; + constexpr std::uint64_t kHiddenBit = std::uint64_t{1} << (kPrecision - 1); // = 2^(p-1) + + using bits_type = typename std::conditional::type; + + const auto bits = static_cast(reinterpret_bits(value)); + const std::uint64_t E = bits >> (kPrecision - 1); + const std::uint64_t F = bits & (kHiddenBit - 1); + + const bool is_denormal = E == 0; + const diyfp v = is_denormal + ? diyfp(F, kMinExp) + : diyfp(F + kHiddenBit, static_cast(E) - kBias); + + // Compute the boundaries m- and m+ of the floating-point value + // v = f * 2^e. + // + // Determine v- and v+, the floating-point predecessor and successor if v, + // respectively. + // + // v- = v - 2^e if f != 2^(p-1) or e == e_min (A) + // = v - 2^(e-1) if f == 2^(p-1) and e > e_min (B) + // + // v+ = v + 2^e + // + // Let m- = (v- + v) / 2 and m+ = (v + v+) / 2. All real numbers _strictly_ + // between m- and m+ round to v, regardless of how the input rounding + // algorithm breaks ties. + // + // ---+-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+--- (A) + // v- m- v m+ v+ + // + // -----------------+------+------+-------------+-------------+--- (B) + // v- m- v m+ v+ + + const bool lower_boundary_is_closer = F == 0 && E > 1; + const diyfp m_plus = diyfp(2 * v.f + 1, v.e - 1); + const diyfp m_minus = lower_boundary_is_closer + ? diyfp(4 * v.f - 1, v.e - 2) // (B) + : diyfp(2 * v.f - 1, v.e - 1); // (A) + + // Determine the normalized w+ = m+. + const diyfp w_plus = diyfp::normalize(m_plus); + + // Determine w- = m- such that e_(w-) = e_(w+). + const diyfp w_minus = diyfp::normalize_to(m_minus, w_plus.e); + + return {diyfp::normalize(v), w_minus, w_plus}; +} + +// Given normalized diyfp w, Grisu needs to find a (normalized) cached +// power-of-ten c, such that the exponent of the product c * w = f * 2^e lies +// within a certain range [alpha, gamma] (Definition 3.2 from [1]) +// +// alpha <= e = e_c + e_w + q <= gamma +// +// or +// +// f_c * f_w * 2^alpha <= f_c 2^(e_c) * f_w 2^(e_w) * 2^q +// <= f_c * f_w * 2^gamma +// +// Since c and w are normalized, i.e. 2^(q-1) <= f < 2^q, this implies +// +// 2^(q-1) * 2^(q-1) * 2^alpha <= c * w * 2^q < 2^q * 2^q * 2^gamma +// +// or +// +// 2^(q - 2 + alpha) <= c * w < 2^(q + gamma) +// +// The choice of (alpha,gamma) determines the size of the table and the form of +// the digit generation procedure. Using (alpha,gamma)=(-60,-32) works out well +// in practice: +// +// The idea is to cut the number c * w = f * 2^e into two parts, which can be +// processed independently: An integral part p1, and a fractional part p2: +// +// f * 2^e = ( (f div 2^-e) * 2^-e + (f mod 2^-e) ) * 2^e +// = (f div 2^-e) + (f mod 2^-e) * 2^e +// = p1 + p2 * 2^e +// +// The conversion of p1 into decimal form requires a series of divisions and +// modulos by (a power of) 10. These operations are faster for 32-bit than for +// 64-bit integers, so p1 should ideally fit into a 32-bit integer. This can be +// achieved by choosing +// +// -e >= 32 or e <= -32 := gamma +// +// In order to convert the fractional part +// +// p2 * 2^e = p2 / 2^-e = d[-1] / 10^1 + d[-2] / 10^2 + ... +// +// into decimal form, the fraction is repeatedly multiplied by 10 and the digits +// d[-i] are extracted in order: +// +// (10 * p2) div 2^-e = d[-1] +// (10 * p2) mod 2^-e = d[-2] / 10^1 + ... +// +// The multiplication by 10 must not overflow. It is sufficient to choose +// +// 10 * p2 < 16 * p2 = 2^4 * p2 <= 2^64. +// +// Since p2 = f mod 2^-e < 2^-e, +// +// -e <= 60 or e >= -60 := alpha + +constexpr int kAlpha = -60; +constexpr int kGamma = -32; + +struct cached_power // c = f * 2^e ~= 10^k +{ + std::uint64_t f; + int e; + int k; +}; + +/*! +For a normalized diyfp w = f * 2^e, this function returns a (normalized) cached +power-of-ten c = f_c * 2^e_c, such that the exponent of the product w * c +satisfies (Definition 3.2 from [1]) + + alpha <= e_c + e + q <= gamma. +*/ +inline cached_power get_cached_power_for_binary_exponent(int e) +{ + // Now + // + // alpha <= e_c + e + q <= gamma (1) + // ==> f_c * 2^alpha <= c * 2^e * 2^q + // + // and since the c's are normalized, 2^(q-1) <= f_c, + // + // ==> 2^(q - 1 + alpha) <= c * 2^(e + q) + // ==> 2^(alpha - e - 1) <= c + // + // If c were an exact power of ten, i.e. c = 10^k, one may determine k as + // + // k = ceil( log_10( 2^(alpha - e - 1) ) ) + // = ceil( (alpha - e - 1) * log_10(2) ) + // + // From the paper: + // "In theory the result of the procedure could be wrong since c is rounded, + // and the computation itself is approximated [...]. In practice, however, + // this simple function is sufficient." + // + // For IEEE double precision floating-point numbers converted into + // normalized diyfp's w = f * 2^e, with q = 64, + // + // e >= -1022 (min IEEE exponent) + // -52 (p - 1) + // -52 (p - 1, possibly normalize denormal IEEE numbers) + // -11 (normalize the diyfp) + // = -1137 + // + // and + // + // e <= +1023 (max IEEE exponent) + // -52 (p - 1) + // -11 (normalize the diyfp) + // = 960 + // + // This binary exponent range [-1137,960] results in a decimal exponent + // range [-307,324]. One does not need to store a cached power for each + // k in this range. For each such k it suffices to find a cached power + // such that the exponent of the product lies in [alpha,gamma]. + // This implies that the difference of the decimal exponents of adjacent + // table entries must be less than or equal to + // + // floor( (gamma - alpha) * log_10(2) ) = 8. + // + // (A smaller distance gamma-alpha would require a larger table.) + + // NB: + // Actually this function returns c, such that -60 <= e_c + e + 64 <= -34. + + constexpr int kCachedPowersMinDecExp = -300; + constexpr int kCachedPowersDecStep = 8; + + static constexpr std::array kCachedPowers = + { + { + { 0xAB70FE17C79AC6CA, -1060, -300 }, + { 0xFF77B1FCBEBCDC4F, -1034, -292 }, + { 0xBE5691EF416BD60C, -1007, -284 }, + { 0x8DD01FAD907FFC3C, -980, -276 }, + { 0xD3515C2831559A83, -954, -268 }, + { 0x9D71AC8FADA6C9B5, -927, -260 }, + { 0xEA9C227723EE8BCB, -901, -252 }, + { 0xAECC49914078536D, -874, -244 }, + { 0x823C12795DB6CE57, -847, -236 }, + { 0xC21094364DFB5637, -821, -228 }, + { 0x9096EA6F3848984F, -794, -220 }, + { 0xD77485CB25823AC7, -768, -212 }, + { 0xA086CFCD97BF97F4, -741, -204 }, + { 0xEF340A98172AACE5, -715, -196 }, + { 0xB23867FB2A35B28E, -688, -188 }, + { 0x84C8D4DFD2C63F3B, -661, -180 }, + { 0xC5DD44271AD3CDBA, -635, -172 }, + { 0x936B9FCEBB25C996, -608, -164 }, + { 0xDBAC6C247D62A584, -582, -156 }, + { 0xA3AB66580D5FDAF6, -555, -148 }, + { 0xF3E2F893DEC3F126, -529, -140 }, + { 0xB5B5ADA8AAFF80B8, -502, -132 }, + { 0x87625F056C7C4A8B, -475, -124 }, + { 0xC9BCFF6034C13053, -449, -116 }, + { 0x964E858C91BA2655, -422, -108 }, + { 0xDFF9772470297EBD, -396, -100 }, + { 0xA6DFBD9FB8E5B88F, -369, -92 }, + { 0xF8A95FCF88747D94, -343, -84 }, + { 0xB94470938FA89BCF, -316, -76 }, + { 0x8A08F0F8BF0F156B, -289, -68 }, + { 0xCDB02555653131B6, -263, -60 }, + { 0x993FE2C6D07B7FAC, -236, -52 }, + { 0xE45C10C42A2B3B06, -210, -44 }, + { 0xAA242499697392D3, -183, -36 }, + { 0xFD87B5F28300CA0E, -157, -28 }, + { 0xBCE5086492111AEB, -130, -20 }, + { 0x8CBCCC096F5088CC, -103, -12 }, + { 0xD1B71758E219652C, -77, -4 }, + { 0x9C40000000000000, -50, 4 }, + { 0xE8D4A51000000000, -24, 12 }, + { 0xAD78EBC5AC620000, 3, 20 }, + { 0x813F3978F8940984, 30, 28 }, + { 0xC097CE7BC90715B3, 56, 36 }, + { 0x8F7E32CE7BEA5C70, 83, 44 }, + { 0xD5D238A4ABE98068, 109, 52 }, + { 0x9F4F2726179A2245, 136, 60 }, + { 0xED63A231D4C4FB27, 162, 68 }, + { 0xB0DE65388CC8ADA8, 189, 76 }, + { 0x83C7088E1AAB65DB, 216, 84 }, + { 0xC45D1DF942711D9A, 242, 92 }, + { 0x924D692CA61BE758, 269, 100 }, + { 0xDA01EE641A708DEA, 295, 108 }, + { 0xA26DA3999AEF774A, 322, 116 }, + { 0xF209787BB47D6B85, 348, 124 }, + { 0xB454E4A179DD1877, 375, 132 }, + { 0x865B86925B9BC5C2, 402, 140 }, + { 0xC83553C5C8965D3D, 428, 148 }, + { 0x952AB45CFA97A0B3, 455, 156 }, + { 0xDE469FBD99A05FE3, 481, 164 }, + { 0xA59BC234DB398C25, 508, 172 }, + { 0xF6C69A72A3989F5C, 534, 180 }, + { 0xB7DCBF5354E9BECE, 561, 188 }, + { 0x88FCF317F22241E2, 588, 196 }, + { 0xCC20CE9BD35C78A5, 614, 204 }, + { 0x98165AF37B2153DF, 641, 212 }, + { 0xE2A0B5DC971F303A, 667, 220 }, + { 0xA8D9D1535CE3B396, 694, 228 }, + { 0xFB9B7CD9A4A7443C, 720, 236 }, + { 0xBB764C4CA7A44410, 747, 244 }, + { 0x8BAB8EEFB6409C1A, 774, 252 }, + { 0xD01FEF10A657842C, 800, 260 }, + { 0x9B10A4E5E9913129, 827, 268 }, + { 0xE7109BFBA19C0C9D, 853, 276 }, + { 0xAC2820D9623BF429, 880, 284 }, + { 0x80444B5E7AA7CF85, 907, 292 }, + { 0xBF21E44003ACDD2D, 933, 300 }, + { 0x8E679C2F5E44FF8F, 960, 308 }, + { 0xD433179D9C8CB841, 986, 316 }, + { 0x9E19DB92B4E31BA9, 1013, 324 }, + } + }; + + // This computation gives exactly the same results for k as + // k = ceil((kAlpha - e - 1) * 0.30102999566398114) + // for |e| <= 1500, but doesn't require floating-point operations. + // NB: log_10(2) ~= 78913 / 2^18 + JSON_ASSERT(e >= -1500); + JSON_ASSERT(e <= 1500); + const int f = kAlpha - e - 1; + const int k = (f * 78913) / (1 << 18) + static_cast(f > 0); + + const int index = (-kCachedPowersMinDecExp + k + (kCachedPowersDecStep - 1)) / kCachedPowersDecStep; + JSON_ASSERT(index >= 0); + JSON_ASSERT(static_cast(index) < kCachedPowers.size()); + + const cached_power cached = kCachedPowers[static_cast(index)]; + JSON_ASSERT(kAlpha <= cached.e + e + 64); + JSON_ASSERT(kGamma >= cached.e + e + 64); + + return cached; +} + +/*! +For n != 0, returns k, such that pow10 := 10^(k-1) <= n < 10^k. +For n == 0, returns 1 and sets pow10 := 1. +*/ +inline int find_largest_pow10(const std::uint32_t n, std::uint32_t& pow10) +{ + // LCOV_EXCL_START + if (n >= 1000000000) + { + pow10 = 1000000000; + return 10; + } + // LCOV_EXCL_STOP + if (n >= 100000000) + { + pow10 = 100000000; + return 9; + } + if (n >= 10000000) + { + pow10 = 10000000; + return 8; + } + if (n >= 1000000) + { + pow10 = 1000000; + return 7; + } + if (n >= 100000) + { + pow10 = 100000; + return 6; + } + if (n >= 10000) + { + pow10 = 10000; + return 5; + } + if (n >= 1000) + { + pow10 = 1000; + return 4; + } + if (n >= 100) + { + pow10 = 100; + return 3; + } + if (n >= 10) + { + pow10 = 10; + return 2; + } + + pow10 = 1; + return 1; +} + +inline void grisu2_round(char* buf, int len, std::uint64_t dist, std::uint64_t delta, + std::uint64_t rest, std::uint64_t ten_k) +{ + JSON_ASSERT(len >= 1); + JSON_ASSERT(dist <= delta); + JSON_ASSERT(rest <= delta); + JSON_ASSERT(ten_k > 0); + + // <--------------------------- delta ----> + // <---- dist ---------> + // --------------[------------------+-------------------]-------------- + // M- w M+ + // + // ten_k + // <------> + // <---- rest ----> + // --------------[------------------+----+--------------]-------------- + // w V + // = buf * 10^k + // + // ten_k represents a unit-in-the-last-place in the decimal representation + // stored in buf. + // Decrement buf by ten_k while this takes buf closer to w. + + // The tests are written in this order to avoid overflow in unsigned + // integer arithmetic. + + while (rest < dist + && delta - rest >= ten_k + && (rest + ten_k < dist || dist - rest > rest + ten_k - dist)) + { + JSON_ASSERT(buf[len - 1] != '0'); + buf[len - 1]--; + rest += ten_k; + } +} + +/*! +Generates V = buffer * 10^decimal_exponent, such that M- <= V <= M+. +M- and M+ must be normalized and share the same exponent -60 <= e <= -32. +*/ +inline void grisu2_digit_gen(char* buffer, int& length, int& decimal_exponent, + diyfp M_minus, diyfp w, diyfp M_plus) +{ + static_assert(kAlpha >= -60, "internal error"); + static_assert(kGamma <= -32, "internal error"); + + // Generates the digits (and the exponent) of a decimal floating-point + // number V = buffer * 10^decimal_exponent in the range [M-, M+]. The diyfp's + // w, M- and M+ share the same exponent e, which satisfies alpha <= e <= gamma. + // + // <--------------------------- delta ----> + // <---- dist ---------> + // --------------[------------------+-------------------]-------------- + // M- w M+ + // + // Grisu2 generates the digits of M+ from left to right and stops as soon as + // V is in [M-,M+]. + + JSON_ASSERT(M_plus.e >= kAlpha); + JSON_ASSERT(M_plus.e <= kGamma); + + std::uint64_t delta = diyfp::sub(M_plus, M_minus).f; // (significand of (M+ - M-), implicit exponent is e) + std::uint64_t dist = diyfp::sub(M_plus, w ).f; // (significand of (M+ - w ), implicit exponent is e) + + // Split M+ = f * 2^e into two parts p1 and p2 (note: e < 0): + // + // M+ = f * 2^e + // = ((f div 2^-e) * 2^-e + (f mod 2^-e)) * 2^e + // = ((p1 ) * 2^-e + (p2 )) * 2^e + // = p1 + p2 * 2^e + + const diyfp one(std::uint64_t{1} << -M_plus.e, M_plus.e); + + auto p1 = static_cast(M_plus.f >> -one.e); // p1 = f div 2^-e (Since -e >= 32, p1 fits into a 32-bit int.) + std::uint64_t p2 = M_plus.f & (one.f - 1); // p2 = f mod 2^-e + + // 1) + // + // Generate the digits of the integral part p1 = d[n-1]...d[1]d[0] + + JSON_ASSERT(p1 > 0); + + std::uint32_t pow10{}; + const int k = find_largest_pow10(p1, pow10); + + // 10^(k-1) <= p1 < 10^k, pow10 = 10^(k-1) + // + // p1 = (p1 div 10^(k-1)) * 10^(k-1) + (p1 mod 10^(k-1)) + // = (d[k-1] ) * 10^(k-1) + (p1 mod 10^(k-1)) + // + // M+ = p1 + p2 * 2^e + // = d[k-1] * 10^(k-1) + (p1 mod 10^(k-1)) + p2 * 2^e + // = d[k-1] * 10^(k-1) + ((p1 mod 10^(k-1)) * 2^-e + p2) * 2^e + // = d[k-1] * 10^(k-1) + ( rest) * 2^e + // + // Now generate the digits d[n] of p1 from left to right (n = k-1,...,0) + // + // p1 = d[k-1]...d[n] * 10^n + d[n-1]...d[0] + // + // but stop as soon as + // + // rest * 2^e = (d[n-1]...d[0] * 2^-e + p2) * 2^e <= delta * 2^e + + int n = k; + while (n > 0) + { + // Invariants: + // M+ = buffer * 10^n + (p1 + p2 * 2^e) (buffer = 0 for n = k) + // pow10 = 10^(n-1) <= p1 < 10^n + // + const std::uint32_t d = p1 / pow10; // d = p1 div 10^(n-1) + const std::uint32_t r = p1 % pow10; // r = p1 mod 10^(n-1) + // + // M+ = buffer * 10^n + (d * 10^(n-1) + r) + p2 * 2^e + // = (buffer * 10 + d) * 10^(n-1) + (r + p2 * 2^e) + // + JSON_ASSERT(d <= 9); + buffer[length++] = static_cast('0' + d); // buffer := buffer * 10 + d + // + // M+ = buffer * 10^(n-1) + (r + p2 * 2^e) + // + p1 = r; + n--; + // + // M+ = buffer * 10^n + (p1 + p2 * 2^e) + // pow10 = 10^n + // + + // Now check if enough digits have been generated. + // Compute + // + // p1 + p2 * 2^e = (p1 * 2^-e + p2) * 2^e = rest * 2^e + // + // Note: + // Since rest and delta share the same exponent e, it suffices to + // compare the significands. + const std::uint64_t rest = (std::uint64_t{p1} << -one.e) + p2; + if (rest <= delta) + { + // V = buffer * 10^n, with M- <= V <= M+. + + decimal_exponent += n; + + // We may now just stop. But instead look if the buffer could be + // decremented to bring V closer to w. + // + // pow10 = 10^n is now 1 ulp in the decimal representation V. + // The rounding procedure works with diyfp's with an implicit + // exponent of e. + // + // 10^n = (10^n * 2^-e) * 2^e = ulp * 2^e + // + const std::uint64_t ten_n = std::uint64_t{pow10} << -one.e; + grisu2_round(buffer, length, dist, delta, rest, ten_n); + + return; + } + + pow10 /= 10; + // + // pow10 = 10^(n-1) <= p1 < 10^n + // Invariants restored. + } + + // 2) + // + // The digits of the integral part have been generated: + // + // M+ = d[k-1]...d[1]d[0] + p2 * 2^e + // = buffer + p2 * 2^e + // + // Now generate the digits of the fractional part p2 * 2^e. + // + // Note: + // No decimal point is generated: the exponent is adjusted instead. + // + // p2 actually represents the fraction + // + // p2 * 2^e + // = p2 / 2^-e + // = d[-1] / 10^1 + d[-2] / 10^2 + ... + // + // Now generate the digits d[-m] of p1 from left to right (m = 1,2,...) + // + // p2 * 2^e = d[-1]d[-2]...d[-m] * 10^-m + // + 10^-m * (d[-m-1] / 10^1 + d[-m-2] / 10^2 + ...) + // + // using + // + // 10^m * p2 = ((10^m * p2) div 2^-e) * 2^-e + ((10^m * p2) mod 2^-e) + // = ( d) * 2^-e + ( r) + // + // or + // 10^m * p2 * 2^e = d + r * 2^e + // + // i.e. + // + // M+ = buffer + p2 * 2^e + // = buffer + 10^-m * (d + r * 2^e) + // = (buffer * 10^m + d) * 10^-m + 10^-m * r * 2^e + // + // and stop as soon as 10^-m * r * 2^e <= delta * 2^e + + JSON_ASSERT(p2 > delta); + + int m = 0; + for (;;) + { + // Invariant: + // M+ = buffer * 10^-m + 10^-m * (d[-m-1] / 10 + d[-m-2] / 10^2 + ...) * 2^e + // = buffer * 10^-m + 10^-m * (p2 ) * 2^e + // = buffer * 10^-m + 10^-m * (1/10 * (10 * p2) ) * 2^e + // = buffer * 10^-m + 10^-m * (1/10 * ((10*p2 div 2^-e) * 2^-e + (10*p2 mod 2^-e)) * 2^e + // + JSON_ASSERT(p2 <= (std::numeric_limits::max)() / 10); + p2 *= 10; + const std::uint64_t d = p2 >> -one.e; // d = (10 * p2) div 2^-e + const std::uint64_t r = p2 & (one.f - 1); // r = (10 * p2) mod 2^-e + // + // M+ = buffer * 10^-m + 10^-m * (1/10 * (d * 2^-e + r) * 2^e + // = buffer * 10^-m + 10^-m * (1/10 * (d + r * 2^e)) + // = (buffer * 10 + d) * 10^(-m-1) + 10^(-m-1) * r * 2^e + // + JSON_ASSERT(d <= 9); + buffer[length++] = static_cast('0' + d); // buffer := buffer * 10 + d + // + // M+ = buffer * 10^(-m-1) + 10^(-m-1) * r * 2^e + // + p2 = r; + m++; + // + // M+ = buffer * 10^-m + 10^-m * p2 * 2^e + // Invariant restored. + + // Check if enough digits have been generated. + // + // 10^-m * p2 * 2^e <= delta * 2^e + // p2 * 2^e <= 10^m * delta * 2^e + // p2 <= 10^m * delta + delta *= 10; + dist *= 10; + if (p2 <= delta) + { + break; + } + } + + // V = buffer * 10^-m, with M- <= V <= M+. + + decimal_exponent -= m; + + // 1 ulp in the decimal representation is now 10^-m. + // Since delta and dist are now scaled by 10^m, we need to do the + // same with ulp in order to keep the units in sync. + // + // 10^m * 10^-m = 1 = 2^-e * 2^e = ten_m * 2^e + // + const std::uint64_t ten_m = one.f; + grisu2_round(buffer, length, dist, delta, p2, ten_m); + + // By construction this algorithm generates the shortest possible decimal + // number (Loitsch, Theorem 6.2) which rounds back to w. + // For an input number of precision p, at least + // + // N = 1 + ceil(p * log_10(2)) + // + // decimal digits are sufficient to identify all binary floating-point + // numbers (Matula, "In-and-Out conversions"). + // This implies that the algorithm does not produce more than N decimal + // digits. + // + // N = 17 for p = 53 (IEEE double precision) + // N = 9 for p = 24 (IEEE single precision) +} + +/*! +v = buf * 10^decimal_exponent +len is the length of the buffer (number of decimal digits) +The buffer must be large enough, i.e. >= max_digits10. +*/ +JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(1) +inline void grisu2(char* buf, int& len, int& decimal_exponent, + diyfp m_minus, diyfp v, diyfp m_plus) +{ + JSON_ASSERT(m_plus.e == m_minus.e); + JSON_ASSERT(m_plus.e == v.e); + + // --------(-----------------------+-----------------------)-------- (A) + // m- v m+ + // + // --------------------(-----------+-----------------------)-------- (B) + // m- v m+ + // + // First scale v (and m- and m+) such that the exponent is in the range + // [alpha, gamma]. + + const cached_power cached = get_cached_power_for_binary_exponent(m_plus.e); + + const diyfp c_minus_k(cached.f, cached.e); // = c ~= 10^-k + + // The exponent of the products is = v.e + c_minus_k.e + q and is in the range [alpha,gamma] + const diyfp w = diyfp::mul(v, c_minus_k); + const diyfp w_minus = diyfp::mul(m_minus, c_minus_k); + const diyfp w_plus = diyfp::mul(m_plus, c_minus_k); + + // ----(---+---)---------------(---+---)---------------(---+---)---- + // w- w w+ + // = c*m- = c*v = c*m+ + // + // diyfp::mul rounds its result and c_minus_k is approximated too. w, w- and + // w+ are now off by a small amount. + // In fact: + // + // w - v * 10^k < 1 ulp + // + // To account for this inaccuracy, add resp. subtract 1 ulp. + // + // --------+---[---------------(---+---)---------------]---+-------- + // w- M- w M+ w+ + // + // Now any number in [M-, M+] (bounds included) will round to w when input, + // regardless of how the input rounding algorithm breaks ties. + // + // And digit_gen generates the shortest possible such number in [M-, M+]. + // Note that this does not mean that Grisu2 always generates the shortest + // possible number in the interval (m-, m+). + const diyfp M_minus(w_minus.f + 1, w_minus.e); + const diyfp M_plus (w_plus.f - 1, w_plus.e ); + + decimal_exponent = -cached.k; // = -(-k) = k + + grisu2_digit_gen(buf, len, decimal_exponent, M_minus, w, M_plus); +} + +/*! +v = buf * 10^decimal_exponent +len is the length of the buffer (number of decimal digits) +The buffer must be large enough, i.e. >= max_digits10. +*/ +template +JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(1) +void grisu2(char* buf, int& len, int& decimal_exponent, FloatType value) +{ + static_assert(diyfp::kPrecision >= std::numeric_limits::digits + 3, + "internal error: not enough precision"); + + JSON_ASSERT(std::isfinite(value)); + JSON_ASSERT(value > 0); + + // If the neighbors (and boundaries) of 'value' are always computed for double-precision + // numbers, all float's can be recovered using strtod (and strtof). However, the resulting + // decimal representations are not exactly "short". + // + // The documentation for 'std::to_chars' (https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/utility/to_chars) + // says "value is converted to a string as if by std::sprintf in the default ("C") locale" + // and since sprintf promotes float's to double's, I think this is exactly what 'std::to_chars' + // does. + // On the other hand, the documentation for 'std::to_chars' requires that "parsing the + // representation using the corresponding std::from_chars function recovers value exactly". That + // indicates that single precision floating-point numbers should be recovered using + // 'std::strtof'. + // + // NB: If the neighbors are computed for single-precision numbers, there is a single float + // (7.0385307e-26f) which can't be recovered using strtod. The resulting double precision + // value is off by 1 ulp. +#if 0 + const boundaries w = compute_boundaries(static_cast(value)); +#else + const boundaries w = compute_boundaries(value); +#endif + + grisu2(buf, len, decimal_exponent, w.minus, w.w, w.plus); +} + +/*! +@brief appends a decimal representation of e to buf +@return a pointer to the element following the exponent. +@pre -1000 < e < 1000 +*/ +JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(1) +JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL +inline char* append_exponent(char* buf, int e) +{ + JSON_ASSERT(e > -1000); + JSON_ASSERT(e < 1000); + + if (e < 0) + { + e = -e; + *buf++ = '-'; + } + else + { + *buf++ = '+'; + } + + auto k = static_cast(e); + if (k < 10) + { + // Always print at least two digits in the exponent. + // This is for compatibility with printf("%g"). + *buf++ = '0'; + *buf++ = static_cast('0' + k); + } + else if (k < 100) + { + *buf++ = static_cast('0' + k / 10); + k %= 10; + *buf++ = static_cast('0' + k); + } + else + { + *buf++ = static_cast('0' + k / 100); + k %= 100; + *buf++ = static_cast('0' + k / 10); + k %= 10; + *buf++ = static_cast('0' + k); + } + + return buf; +} + +/*! +@brief prettify v = buf * 10^decimal_exponent + +If v is in the range [10^min_exp, 10^max_exp) it will be printed in fixed-point +notation. Otherwise it will be printed in exponential notation. + +@pre min_exp < 0 +@pre max_exp > 0 +*/ +JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(1) +JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL +inline char* format_buffer(char* buf, int len, int decimal_exponent, + int min_exp, int max_exp) +{ + JSON_ASSERT(min_exp < 0); + JSON_ASSERT(max_exp > 0); + + const int k = len; + const int n = len + decimal_exponent; + + // v = buf * 10^(n-k) + // k is the length of the buffer (number of decimal digits) + // n is the position of the decimal point relative to the start of the buffer. + + if (k <= n && n <= max_exp) + { + // digits[000] + // len <= max_exp + 2 + + std::memset(buf + k, '0', static_cast(n) - static_cast(k)); + // Make it look like a floating-point number (#362, #378) + buf[n + 0] = '.'; + buf[n + 1] = '0'; + return buf + (static_cast(n) + 2); + } + + if (0 < n && n <= max_exp) + { + // dig.its + // len <= max_digits10 + 1 + + JSON_ASSERT(k > n); + + std::memmove(buf + (static_cast(n) + 1), buf + n, static_cast(k) - static_cast(n)); + buf[n] = '.'; + return buf + (static_cast(k) + 1U); + } + + if (min_exp < n && n <= 0) + { + // 0.[000]digits + // len <= 2 + (-min_exp - 1) + max_digits10 + + std::memmove(buf + (2 + static_cast(-n)), buf, static_cast(k)); + buf[0] = '0'; + buf[1] = '.'; + std::memset(buf + 2, '0', static_cast(-n)); + return buf + (2U + static_cast(-n) + static_cast(k)); + } + + if (k == 1) + { + // dE+123 + // len <= 1 + 5 + + buf += 1; + } + else + { + // d.igitsE+123 + // len <= max_digits10 + 1 + 5 + + std::memmove(buf + 2, buf + 1, static_cast(k) - 1); + buf[1] = '.'; + buf += 1 + static_cast(k); + } + + *buf++ = 'e'; + return append_exponent(buf, n - 1); +} + +} // namespace dtoa_impl + +/*! +@brief generates a decimal representation of the floating-point number value in [first, last). + +The format of the resulting decimal representation is similar to printf's %g +format. Returns an iterator pointing past-the-end of the decimal representation. + +@note The input number must be finite, i.e. NaN's and Inf's are not supported. +@note The buffer must be large enough. +@note The result is NOT null-terminated. +*/ +template +JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(1, 2) +JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL +char* to_chars(char* first, const char* last, FloatType value) +{ + static_cast(last); // maybe unused - fix warning + JSON_ASSERT(std::isfinite(value)); + + // Use signbit(value) instead of (value < 0) since signbit works for -0. + if (std::signbit(value)) + { + value = -value; + *first++ = '-'; + } + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" +#endif + if (value == 0) // +-0 + { + *first++ = '0'; + // Make it look like a floating-point number (#362, #378) + *first++ = '.'; + *first++ = '0'; + return first; + } +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + + JSON_ASSERT(last - first >= std::numeric_limits::max_digits10); + + // Compute v = buffer * 10^decimal_exponent. + // The decimal digits are stored in the buffer, which needs to be interpreted + // as an unsigned decimal integer. + // len is the length of the buffer, i.e. the number of decimal digits. + int len = 0; + int decimal_exponent = 0; + dtoa_impl::grisu2(first, len, decimal_exponent, value); + + JSON_ASSERT(len <= std::numeric_limits::max_digits10); + + // Format the buffer like printf("%.*g", prec, value) + constexpr int kMinExp = -4; + // Use digits10 here to increase compatibility with version 2. + constexpr int kMaxExp = std::numeric_limits::digits10; + + JSON_ASSERT(last - first >= kMaxExp + 2); + JSON_ASSERT(last - first >= 2 + (-kMinExp - 1) + std::numeric_limits::max_digits10); + JSON_ASSERT(last - first >= std::numeric_limits::max_digits10 + 6); + + return dtoa_impl::format_buffer(first, len, decimal_exponent, kMinExp, kMaxExp); +} + +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ +namespace detail +{ +/////////////////// +// serialization // +/////////////////// + +/// how to treat decoding errors +enum class error_handler_t +{ + strict, ///< throw a type_error exception in case of invalid UTF-8 + replace, ///< replace invalid UTF-8 sequences with U+FFFD + ignore ///< ignore invalid UTF-8 sequences +}; + +template +class serializer +{ + using string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using binary_char_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t::value_type; + static constexpr std::uint8_t UTF8_ACCEPT = 0; + static constexpr std::uint8_t UTF8_REJECT = 1; + + public: + /*! + @param[in] s output stream to serialize to + @param[in] ichar indentation character to use + @param[in] error_handler_ how to react on decoding errors + */ + serializer(output_adapter_t s, const char ichar, + error_handler_t error_handler_ = error_handler_t::strict) + : o(std::move(s)) + , loc(std::localeconv()) + , thousands_sep(loc->thousands_sep == nullptr ? '\0' : std::char_traits::to_char_type(* (loc->thousands_sep))) + , decimal_point(loc->decimal_point == nullptr ? '\0' : std::char_traits::to_char_type(* (loc->decimal_point))) + , indent_char(ichar) + , indent_string(512, indent_char) + , error_handler(error_handler_) + {} + + // delete because of pointer members + serializer(const serializer&) = delete; + serializer& operator=(const serializer&) = delete; + serializer(serializer&&) = delete; + serializer& operator=(serializer&&) = delete; + ~serializer() = default; + + /*! + @brief internal implementation of the serialization function + + This function is called by the public member function dump and organizes + the serialization internally. The indentation level is propagated as + additional parameter. In case of arrays and objects, the function is + called recursively. + + - strings and object keys are escaped using `escape_string()` + - integer numbers are converted implicitly via `operator<<` + - floating-point numbers are converted to a string using `"%g"` format + - binary values are serialized as objects containing the subtype and the + byte array + + @param[in] val value to serialize + @param[in] pretty_print whether the output shall be pretty-printed + @param[in] ensure_ascii If @a ensure_ascii is true, all non-ASCII characters + in the output are escaped with `\uXXXX` sequences, and the result consists + of ASCII characters only. + @param[in] indent_step the indent level + @param[in] current_indent the current indent level (only used internally) + */ + void dump(const BasicJsonType& val, + const bool pretty_print, + const bool ensure_ascii, + const unsigned int indent_step, + const unsigned int current_indent = 0) + { + switch (val.m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + { + if (val.m_value.object->empty()) + { + o->write_characters("{}", 2); + return; + } + + if (pretty_print) + { + o->write_characters("{\n", 2); + + // variable to hold indentation for recursive calls + const auto new_indent = current_indent + indent_step; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(indent_string.size() < new_indent)) + { + indent_string.resize(indent_string.size() * 2, ' '); + } + + // first n-1 elements + auto i = val.m_value.object->cbegin(); + for (std::size_t cnt = 0; cnt < val.m_value.object->size() - 1; ++cnt, ++i) + { + o->write_characters(indent_string.c_str(), new_indent); + o->write_character('\"'); + dump_escaped(i->first, ensure_ascii); + o->write_characters("\": ", 3); + dump(i->second, true, ensure_ascii, indent_step, new_indent); + o->write_characters(",\n", 2); + } + + // last element + JSON_ASSERT(i != val.m_value.object->cend()); + JSON_ASSERT(std::next(i) == val.m_value.object->cend()); + o->write_characters(indent_string.c_str(), new_indent); + o->write_character('\"'); + dump_escaped(i->first, ensure_ascii); + o->write_characters("\": ", 3); + dump(i->second, true, ensure_ascii, indent_step, new_indent); + + o->write_character('\n'); + o->write_characters(indent_string.c_str(), current_indent); + o->write_character('}'); + } + else + { + o->write_character('{'); + + // first n-1 elements + auto i = val.m_value.object->cbegin(); + for (std::size_t cnt = 0; cnt < val.m_value.object->size() - 1; ++cnt, ++i) + { + o->write_character('\"'); + dump_escaped(i->first, ensure_ascii); + o->write_characters("\":", 2); + dump(i->second, false, ensure_ascii, indent_step, current_indent); + o->write_character(','); + } + + // last element + JSON_ASSERT(i != val.m_value.object->cend()); + JSON_ASSERT(std::next(i) == val.m_value.object->cend()); + o->write_character('\"'); + dump_escaped(i->first, ensure_ascii); + o->write_characters("\":", 2); + dump(i->second, false, ensure_ascii, indent_step, current_indent); + + o->write_character('}'); + } + + return; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + if (val.m_value.array->empty()) + { + o->write_characters("[]", 2); + return; + } + + if (pretty_print) + { + o->write_characters("[\n", 2); + + // variable to hold indentation for recursive calls + const auto new_indent = current_indent + indent_step; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(indent_string.size() < new_indent)) + { + indent_string.resize(indent_string.size() * 2, ' '); + } + + // first n-1 elements + for (auto i = val.m_value.array->cbegin(); + i != val.m_value.array->cend() - 1; ++i) + { + o->write_characters(indent_string.c_str(), new_indent); + dump(*i, true, ensure_ascii, indent_step, new_indent); + o->write_characters(",\n", 2); + } + + // last element + JSON_ASSERT(!val.m_value.array->empty()); + o->write_characters(indent_string.c_str(), new_indent); + dump(val.m_value.array->back(), true, ensure_ascii, indent_step, new_indent); + + o->write_character('\n'); + o->write_characters(indent_string.c_str(), current_indent); + o->write_character(']'); + } + else + { + o->write_character('['); + + // first n-1 elements + for (auto i = val.m_value.array->cbegin(); + i != val.m_value.array->cend() - 1; ++i) + { + dump(*i, false, ensure_ascii, indent_step, current_indent); + o->write_character(','); + } + + // last element + JSON_ASSERT(!val.m_value.array->empty()); + dump(val.m_value.array->back(), false, ensure_ascii, indent_step, current_indent); + + o->write_character(']'); + } + + return; + } + + case value_t::string: + { + o->write_character('\"'); + dump_escaped(*val.m_value.string, ensure_ascii); + o->write_character('\"'); + return; + } + + case value_t::binary: + { + if (pretty_print) + { + o->write_characters("{\n", 2); + + // variable to hold indentation for recursive calls + const auto new_indent = current_indent + indent_step; + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(indent_string.size() < new_indent)) + { + indent_string.resize(indent_string.size() * 2, ' '); + } + + o->write_characters(indent_string.c_str(), new_indent); + + o->write_characters("\"bytes\": [", 10); + + if (!val.m_value.binary->empty()) + { + for (auto i = val.m_value.binary->cbegin(); + i != val.m_value.binary->cend() - 1; ++i) + { + dump_integer(*i); + o->write_characters(", ", 2); + } + dump_integer(val.m_value.binary->back()); + } + + o->write_characters("],\n", 3); + o->write_characters(indent_string.c_str(), new_indent); + + o->write_characters("\"subtype\": ", 11); + if (val.m_value.binary->has_subtype()) + { + dump_integer(val.m_value.binary->subtype()); + } + else + { + o->write_characters("null", 4); + } + o->write_character('\n'); + o->write_characters(indent_string.c_str(), current_indent); + o->write_character('}'); + } + else + { + o->write_characters("{\"bytes\":[", 10); + + if (!val.m_value.binary->empty()) + { + for (auto i = val.m_value.binary->cbegin(); + i != val.m_value.binary->cend() - 1; ++i) + { + dump_integer(*i); + o->write_character(','); + } + dump_integer(val.m_value.binary->back()); + } + + o->write_characters("],\"subtype\":", 12); + if (val.m_value.binary->has_subtype()) + { + dump_integer(val.m_value.binary->subtype()); + o->write_character('}'); + } + else + { + o->write_characters("null}", 5); + } + } + return; + } + + case value_t::boolean: + { + if (val.m_value.boolean) + { + o->write_characters("true", 4); + } + else + { + o->write_characters("false", 5); + } + return; + } + + case value_t::number_integer: + { + dump_integer(val.m_value.number_integer); + return; + } + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + dump_integer(val.m_value.number_unsigned); + return; + } + + case value_t::number_float: + { + dump_float(val.m_value.number_float); + return; + } + + case value_t::discarded: + { + o->write_characters("", 11); + return; + } + + case value_t::null: + { + o->write_characters("null", 4); + return; + } + + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + } + + JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED: + /*! + @brief dump escaped string + + Escape a string by replacing certain special characters by a sequence of an + escape character (backslash) and another character and other control + characters by a sequence of "\u" followed by a four-digit hex + representation. The escaped string is written to output stream @a o. + + @param[in] s the string to escape + @param[in] ensure_ascii whether to escape non-ASCII characters with + \uXXXX sequences + + @complexity Linear in the length of string @a s. + */ + void dump_escaped(const string_t& s, const bool ensure_ascii) + { + std::uint32_t codepoint{}; + std::uint8_t state = UTF8_ACCEPT; + std::size_t bytes = 0; // number of bytes written to string_buffer + + // number of bytes written at the point of the last valid byte + std::size_t bytes_after_last_accept = 0; + std::size_t undumped_chars = 0; + + for (std::size_t i = 0; i < s.size(); ++i) + { + const auto byte = static_cast(s[i]); + + switch (decode(state, codepoint, byte)) + { + case UTF8_ACCEPT: // decode found a new code point + { + switch (codepoint) + { + case 0x08: // backspace + { + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\\'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 'b'; + break; + } + + case 0x09: // horizontal tab + { + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\\'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 't'; + break; + } + + case 0x0A: // newline + { + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\\'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 'n'; + break; + } + + case 0x0C: // formfeed + { + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\\'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 'f'; + break; + } + + case 0x0D: // carriage return + { + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\\'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 'r'; + break; + } + + case 0x22: // quotation mark + { + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\\'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\"'; + break; + } + + case 0x5C: // reverse solidus + { + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\\'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\\'; + break; + } + + default: + { + // escape control characters (0x00..0x1F) or, if + // ensure_ascii parameter is used, non-ASCII characters + if ((codepoint <= 0x1F) || (ensure_ascii && (codepoint >= 0x7F))) + { + if (codepoint <= 0xFFFF) + { + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + (std::snprintf)(string_buffer.data() + bytes, 7, "\\u%04x", + static_cast(codepoint)); + bytes += 6; + } + else + { + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + (std::snprintf)(string_buffer.data() + bytes, 13, "\\u%04x\\u%04x", + static_cast(0xD7C0u + (codepoint >> 10u)), + static_cast(0xDC00u + (codepoint & 0x3FFu))); + bytes += 12; + } + } + else + { + // copy byte to buffer (all previous bytes + // been copied have in default case above) + string_buffer[bytes++] = s[i]; + } + break; + } + } + + // write buffer and reset index; there must be 13 bytes + // left, as this is the maximal number of bytes to be + // written ("\uxxxx\uxxxx\0") for one code point + if (string_buffer.size() - bytes < 13) + { + o->write_characters(string_buffer.data(), bytes); + bytes = 0; + } + + // remember the byte position of this accept + bytes_after_last_accept = bytes; + undumped_chars = 0; + break; + } + + case UTF8_REJECT: // decode found invalid UTF-8 byte + { + switch (error_handler) + { + case error_handler_t::strict: + { + std::string sn(9, '\0'); + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + (std::snprintf)(&sn[0], sn.size(), "%.2X", byte); + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(316, "invalid UTF-8 byte at index " + std::to_string(i) + ": 0x" + sn, BasicJsonType())); + } + + case error_handler_t::ignore: + case error_handler_t::replace: + { + // in case we saw this character the first time, we + // would like to read it again, because the byte + // may be OK for itself, but just not OK for the + // previous sequence + if (undumped_chars > 0) + { + --i; + } + + // reset length buffer to the last accepted index; + // thus removing/ignoring the invalid characters + bytes = bytes_after_last_accept; + + if (error_handler == error_handler_t::replace) + { + // add a replacement character + if (ensure_ascii) + { + string_buffer[bytes++] = '\\'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 'u'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 'f'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 'f'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 'f'; + string_buffer[bytes++] = 'd'; + } + else + { + string_buffer[bytes++] = detail::binary_writer::to_char_type('\xEF'); + string_buffer[bytes++] = detail::binary_writer::to_char_type('\xBF'); + string_buffer[bytes++] = detail::binary_writer::to_char_type('\xBD'); + } + + // write buffer and reset index; there must be 13 bytes + // left, as this is the maximal number of bytes to be + // written ("\uxxxx\uxxxx\0") for one code point + if (string_buffer.size() - bytes < 13) + { + o->write_characters(string_buffer.data(), bytes); + bytes = 0; + } + + bytes_after_last_accept = bytes; + } + + undumped_chars = 0; + + // continue processing the string + state = UTF8_ACCEPT; + break; + } + + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + break; + } + + default: // decode found yet incomplete multi-byte code point + { + if (!ensure_ascii) + { + // code point will not be escaped - copy byte to buffer + string_buffer[bytes++] = s[i]; + } + ++undumped_chars; + break; + } + } + } + + // we finished processing the string + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(state == UTF8_ACCEPT)) + { + // write buffer + if (bytes > 0) + { + o->write_characters(string_buffer.data(), bytes); + } + } + else + { + // we finish reading, but do not accept: string was incomplete + switch (error_handler) + { + case error_handler_t::strict: + { + std::string sn(9, '\0'); + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + (std::snprintf)(&sn[0], sn.size(), "%.2X", static_cast(s.back())); + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(316, "incomplete UTF-8 string; last byte: 0x" + sn, BasicJsonType())); + } + + case error_handler_t::ignore: + { + // write all accepted bytes + o->write_characters(string_buffer.data(), bytes_after_last_accept); + break; + } + + case error_handler_t::replace: + { + // write all accepted bytes + o->write_characters(string_buffer.data(), bytes_after_last_accept); + // add a replacement character + if (ensure_ascii) + { + o->write_characters("\\ufffd", 6); + } + else + { + o->write_characters("\xEF\xBF\xBD", 3); + } + break; + } + + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + } + } + + private: + /*! + @brief count digits + + Count the number of decimal (base 10) digits for an input unsigned integer. + + @param[in] x unsigned integer number to count its digits + @return number of decimal digits + */ + inline unsigned int count_digits(number_unsigned_t x) noexcept + { + unsigned int n_digits = 1; + for (;;) + { + if (x < 10) + { + return n_digits; + } + if (x < 100) + { + return n_digits + 1; + } + if (x < 1000) + { + return n_digits + 2; + } + if (x < 10000) + { + return n_digits + 3; + } + x = x / 10000u; + n_digits += 4; + } + } + + /*! + @brief dump an integer + + Dump a given integer to output stream @a o. Works internally with + @a number_buffer. + + @param[in] x integer number (signed or unsigned) to dump + @tparam NumberType either @a number_integer_t or @a number_unsigned_t + */ + template < typename NumberType, detail::enable_if_t < + std::is_integral::value || + std::is_same::value || + std::is_same::value || + std::is_same::value, + int > = 0 > + void dump_integer(NumberType x) + { + static constexpr std::array, 100> digits_to_99 + { + { + {{'0', '0'}}, {{'0', '1'}}, {{'0', '2'}}, {{'0', '3'}}, {{'0', '4'}}, {{'0', '5'}}, {{'0', '6'}}, {{'0', '7'}}, {{'0', '8'}}, {{'0', '9'}}, + {{'1', '0'}}, {{'1', '1'}}, {{'1', '2'}}, {{'1', '3'}}, {{'1', '4'}}, {{'1', '5'}}, {{'1', '6'}}, {{'1', '7'}}, {{'1', '8'}}, {{'1', '9'}}, + {{'2', '0'}}, {{'2', '1'}}, {{'2', '2'}}, {{'2', '3'}}, {{'2', '4'}}, {{'2', '5'}}, {{'2', '6'}}, {{'2', '7'}}, {{'2', '8'}}, {{'2', '9'}}, + {{'3', '0'}}, {{'3', '1'}}, {{'3', '2'}}, {{'3', '3'}}, {{'3', '4'}}, {{'3', '5'}}, {{'3', '6'}}, {{'3', '7'}}, {{'3', '8'}}, {{'3', '9'}}, + {{'4', '0'}}, {{'4', '1'}}, {{'4', '2'}}, {{'4', '3'}}, {{'4', '4'}}, {{'4', '5'}}, {{'4', '6'}}, {{'4', '7'}}, {{'4', '8'}}, {{'4', '9'}}, + {{'5', '0'}}, {{'5', '1'}}, {{'5', '2'}}, {{'5', '3'}}, {{'5', '4'}}, {{'5', '5'}}, {{'5', '6'}}, {{'5', '7'}}, {{'5', '8'}}, {{'5', '9'}}, + {{'6', '0'}}, {{'6', '1'}}, {{'6', '2'}}, {{'6', '3'}}, {{'6', '4'}}, {{'6', '5'}}, {{'6', '6'}}, {{'6', '7'}}, {{'6', '8'}}, {{'6', '9'}}, + {{'7', '0'}}, {{'7', '1'}}, {{'7', '2'}}, {{'7', '3'}}, {{'7', '4'}}, {{'7', '5'}}, {{'7', '6'}}, {{'7', '7'}}, {{'7', '8'}}, {{'7', '9'}}, + {{'8', '0'}}, {{'8', '1'}}, {{'8', '2'}}, {{'8', '3'}}, {{'8', '4'}}, {{'8', '5'}}, {{'8', '6'}}, {{'8', '7'}}, {{'8', '8'}}, {{'8', '9'}}, + {{'9', '0'}}, {{'9', '1'}}, {{'9', '2'}}, {{'9', '3'}}, {{'9', '4'}}, {{'9', '5'}}, {{'9', '6'}}, {{'9', '7'}}, {{'9', '8'}}, {{'9', '9'}}, + } + }; + + // special case for "0" + if (x == 0) + { + o->write_character('0'); + return; + } + + // use a pointer to fill the buffer + auto buffer_ptr = number_buffer.begin(); // NOLINT(llvm-qualified-auto,readability-qualified-auto,cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + + const bool is_negative = std::is_signed::value && !(x >= 0); // see issue #755 + number_unsigned_t abs_value; + + unsigned int n_chars{}; + + if (is_negative) + { + *buffer_ptr = '-'; + abs_value = remove_sign(static_cast(x)); + + // account one more byte for the minus sign + n_chars = 1 + count_digits(abs_value); + } + else + { + abs_value = static_cast(x); + n_chars = count_digits(abs_value); + } + + // spare 1 byte for '\0' + JSON_ASSERT(n_chars < number_buffer.size() - 1); + + // jump to the end to generate the string from backward + // so we later avoid reversing the result + buffer_ptr += n_chars; + + // Fast int2ascii implementation inspired by "Fastware" talk by Andrei Alexandrescu + // See: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o4-CwDo2zpg + while (abs_value >= 100) + { + const auto digits_index = static_cast((abs_value % 100)); + abs_value /= 100; + *(--buffer_ptr) = digits_to_99[digits_index][1]; + *(--buffer_ptr) = digits_to_99[digits_index][0]; + } + + if (abs_value >= 10) + { + const auto digits_index = static_cast(abs_value); + *(--buffer_ptr) = digits_to_99[digits_index][1]; + *(--buffer_ptr) = digits_to_99[digits_index][0]; + } + else + { + *(--buffer_ptr) = static_cast('0' + abs_value); + } + + o->write_characters(number_buffer.data(), n_chars); + } + + /*! + @brief dump a floating-point number + + Dump a given floating-point number to output stream @a o. Works internally + with @a number_buffer. + + @param[in] x floating-point number to dump + */ + void dump_float(number_float_t x) + { + // NaN / inf + if (!std::isfinite(x)) + { + o->write_characters("null", 4); + return; + } + + // If number_float_t is an IEEE-754 single or double precision number, + // use the Grisu2 algorithm to produce short numbers which are + // guaranteed to round-trip, using strtof and strtod, resp. + // + // NB: The test below works if == . + static constexpr bool is_ieee_single_or_double + = (std::numeric_limits::is_iec559 && std::numeric_limits::digits == 24 && std::numeric_limits::max_exponent == 128) || + (std::numeric_limits::is_iec559 && std::numeric_limits::digits == 53 && std::numeric_limits::max_exponent == 1024); + + dump_float(x, std::integral_constant()); + } + + void dump_float(number_float_t x, std::true_type /*is_ieee_single_or_double*/) + { + auto* begin = number_buffer.data(); + auto* end = ::nlohmann::detail::to_chars(begin, begin + number_buffer.size(), x); + + o->write_characters(begin, static_cast(end - begin)); + } + + void dump_float(number_float_t x, std::false_type /*is_ieee_single_or_double*/) + { + // get number of digits for a float -> text -> float round-trip + static constexpr auto d = std::numeric_limits::max_digits10; + + // the actual conversion + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(cppcoreguidelines-pro-type-vararg,hicpp-vararg) + std::ptrdiff_t len = (std::snprintf)(number_buffer.data(), number_buffer.size(), "%.*g", d, x); + + // negative value indicates an error + JSON_ASSERT(len > 0); + // check if buffer was large enough + JSON_ASSERT(static_cast(len) < number_buffer.size()); + + // erase thousands separator + if (thousands_sep != '\0') + { + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(readability-qualified-auto,llvm-qualified-auto): std::remove returns an iterator, see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/3081 + const auto end = std::remove(number_buffer.begin(), number_buffer.begin() + len, thousands_sep); + std::fill(end, number_buffer.end(), '\0'); + JSON_ASSERT((end - number_buffer.begin()) <= len); + len = (end - number_buffer.begin()); + } + + // convert decimal point to '.' + if (decimal_point != '\0' && decimal_point != '.') + { + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(readability-qualified-auto,llvm-qualified-auto): std::find returns an iterator, see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/3081 + const auto dec_pos = std::find(number_buffer.begin(), number_buffer.end(), decimal_point); + if (dec_pos != number_buffer.end()) + { + *dec_pos = '.'; + } + } + + o->write_characters(number_buffer.data(), static_cast(len)); + + // determine if need to append ".0" + const bool value_is_int_like = + std::none_of(number_buffer.begin(), number_buffer.begin() + len + 1, + [](char c) + { + return c == '.' || c == 'e'; + }); + + if (value_is_int_like) + { + o->write_characters(".0", 2); + } + } + + /*! + @brief check whether a string is UTF-8 encoded + + The function checks each byte of a string whether it is UTF-8 encoded. The + result of the check is stored in the @a state parameter. The function must + be called initially with state 0 (accept). State 1 means the string must + be rejected, because the current byte is not allowed. If the string is + completely processed, but the state is non-zero, the string ended + prematurely; that is, the last byte indicated more bytes should have + followed. + + @param[in,out] state the state of the decoding + @param[in,out] codep codepoint (valid only if resulting state is UTF8_ACCEPT) + @param[in] byte next byte to decode + @return new state + + @note The function has been edited: a std::array is used. + + @copyright Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Bjoern Hoehrmann + @sa http://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/ + */ + static std::uint8_t decode(std::uint8_t& state, std::uint32_t& codep, const std::uint8_t byte) noexcept + { + static const std::array utf8d = + { + { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 00..1F + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 20..3F + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 40..5F + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 60..7F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, // 80..9F + 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, // A0..BF + 8, 8, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // C0..DF + 0xA, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x4, 0x3, 0x3, // E0..EF + 0xB, 0x6, 0x6, 0x6, 0x5, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, // F0..FF + 0x0, 0x1, 0x2, 0x3, 0x5, 0x8, 0x7, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, 0x4, 0x6, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, // s0..s0 + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // s1..s2 + 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // s3..s4 + 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // s5..s6 + 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 // s7..s8 + } + }; + + JSON_ASSERT(byte < utf8d.size()); + const std::uint8_t type = utf8d[byte]; + + codep = (state != UTF8_ACCEPT) + ? (byte & 0x3fu) | (codep << 6u) + : (0xFFu >> type) & (byte); + + std::size_t index = 256u + static_cast(state) * 16u + static_cast(type); + JSON_ASSERT(index < 400); + state = utf8d[index]; + return state; + } + + /* + * Overload to make the compiler happy while it is instantiating + * dump_integer for number_unsigned_t. + * Must never be called. + */ + number_unsigned_t remove_sign(number_unsigned_t x) + { + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + return x; // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + + /* + * Helper function for dump_integer + * + * This function takes a negative signed integer and returns its absolute + * value as unsigned integer. The plus/minus shuffling is necessary as we can + * not directly remove the sign of an arbitrary signed integer as the + * absolute values of INT_MIN and INT_MAX are usually not the same. See + * #1708 for details. + */ + inline number_unsigned_t remove_sign(number_integer_t x) noexcept + { + JSON_ASSERT(x < 0 && x < (std::numeric_limits::max)()); // NOLINT(misc-redundant-expression) + return static_cast(-(x + 1)) + 1; + } + + private: + /// the output of the serializer + output_adapter_t o = nullptr; + + /// a (hopefully) large enough character buffer + std::array number_buffer{{}}; + + /// the locale + const std::lconv* loc = nullptr; + /// the locale's thousand separator character + const char thousands_sep = '\0'; + /// the locale's decimal point character + const char decimal_point = '\0'; + + /// string buffer + std::array string_buffer{{}}; + + /// the indentation character + const char indent_char; + /// the indentation string + string_t indent_string; + + /// error_handler how to react on decoding errors + const error_handler_t error_handler; +}; +} // namespace detail +} // namespace nlohmann + +// #include + +// #include + +// #include + + +#include // less +#include // initializer_list +#include // input_iterator_tag, iterator_traits +#include // allocator +#include // for out_of_range +#include // enable_if, is_convertible +#include // pair +#include // vector + +// #include + + +namespace nlohmann +{ + +/// ordered_map: a minimal map-like container that preserves insertion order +/// for use within nlohmann::basic_json +template , + class Allocator = std::allocator>> + struct ordered_map : std::vector, Allocator> +{ + using key_type = Key; + using mapped_type = T; + using Container = std::vector, Allocator>; + using typename Container::iterator; + using typename Container::const_iterator; + using typename Container::size_type; + using typename Container::value_type; + + // Explicit constructors instead of `using Container::Container` + // otherwise older compilers choke on it (GCC <= 5.5, xcode <= 9.4) + ordered_map(const Allocator& alloc = Allocator()) : Container{alloc} {} + template + ordered_map(It first, It last, const Allocator& alloc = Allocator()) + : Container{first, last, alloc} {} + ordered_map(std::initializer_list init, const Allocator& alloc = Allocator() ) + : Container{init, alloc} {} + + std::pair emplace(const key_type& key, T&& t) + { + for (auto it = this->begin(); it != this->end(); ++it) + { + if (it->first == key) + { + return {it, false}; + } + } + Container::emplace_back(key, t); + return {--this->end(), true}; + } + + T& operator[](const Key& key) + { + return emplace(key, T{}).first->second; + } + + const T& operator[](const Key& key) const + { + return at(key); + } + + T& at(const Key& key) + { + for (auto it = this->begin(); it != this->end(); ++it) + { + if (it->first == key) + { + return it->second; + } + } + + JSON_THROW(std::out_of_range("key not found")); + } + + const T& at(const Key& key) const + { + for (auto it = this->begin(); it != this->end(); ++it) + { + if (it->first == key) + { + return it->second; + } + } + + JSON_THROW(std::out_of_range("key not found")); + } + + size_type erase(const Key& key) + { + for (auto it = this->begin(); it != this->end(); ++it) + { + if (it->first == key) + { + // Since we cannot move const Keys, re-construct them in place + for (auto next = it; ++next != this->end(); ++it) + { + it->~value_type(); // Destroy but keep allocation + new (&*it) value_type{std::move(*next)}; + } + Container::pop_back(); + return 1; + } + } + return 0; + } + + iterator erase(iterator pos) + { + auto it = pos; + + // Since we cannot move const Keys, re-construct them in place + for (auto next = it; ++next != this->end(); ++it) + { + it->~value_type(); // Destroy but keep allocation + new (&*it) value_type{std::move(*next)}; + } + Container::pop_back(); + return pos; + } + + size_type count(const Key& key) const + { + for (auto it = this->begin(); it != this->end(); ++it) + { + if (it->first == key) + { + return 1; + } + } + return 0; + } + + iterator find(const Key& key) + { + for (auto it = this->begin(); it != this->end(); ++it) + { + if (it->first == key) + { + return it; + } + } + return Container::end(); + } + + const_iterator find(const Key& key) const + { + for (auto it = this->begin(); it != this->end(); ++it) + { + if (it->first == key) + { + return it; + } + } + return Container::end(); + } + + std::pair insert( value_type&& value ) + { + return emplace(value.first, std::move(value.second)); + } + + std::pair insert( const value_type& value ) + { + for (auto it = this->begin(); it != this->end(); ++it) + { + if (it->first == value.first) + { + return {it, false}; + } + } + Container::push_back(value); + return {--this->end(), true}; + } + + template + using require_input_iter = typename std::enable_if::iterator_category, + std::input_iterator_tag>::value>::type; + + template> + void insert(InputIt first, InputIt last) + { + for (auto it = first; it != last; ++it) + { + insert(*it); + } + } +}; + +} // namespace nlohmann + + +#if defined(JSON_HAS_CPP_17) + #include +#endif + +/*! +@brief namespace for Niels Lohmann +@see https://github.com/nlohmann +@since version 1.0.0 +*/ +namespace nlohmann +{ + +/*! +@brief a class to store JSON values + +@tparam ObjectType type for JSON objects (`std::map` by default; will be used +in @ref object_t) +@tparam ArrayType type for JSON arrays (`std::vector` by default; will be used +in @ref array_t) +@tparam StringType type for JSON strings and object keys (`std::string` by +default; will be used in @ref string_t) +@tparam BooleanType type for JSON booleans (`bool` by default; will be used +in @ref boolean_t) +@tparam NumberIntegerType type for JSON integer numbers (`int64_t` by +default; will be used in @ref number_integer_t) +@tparam NumberUnsignedType type for JSON unsigned integer numbers (@c +`uint64_t` by default; will be used in @ref number_unsigned_t) +@tparam NumberFloatType type for JSON floating-point numbers (`double` by +default; will be used in @ref number_float_t) +@tparam BinaryType type for packed binary data for compatibility with binary +serialization formats (`std::vector` by default; will be used in +@ref binary_t) +@tparam AllocatorType type of the allocator to use (`std::allocator` by +default) +@tparam JSONSerializer the serializer to resolve internal calls to `to_json()` +and `from_json()` (@ref adl_serializer by default) + +@requirement The class satisfies the following concept requirements: +- Basic + - [DefaultConstructible](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/DefaultConstructible): + JSON values can be default constructed. The result will be a JSON null + value. + - [MoveConstructible](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/MoveConstructible): + A JSON value can be constructed from an rvalue argument. + - [CopyConstructible](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/CopyConstructible): + A JSON value can be copy-constructed from an lvalue expression. + - [MoveAssignable](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/MoveAssignable): + A JSON value van be assigned from an rvalue argument. + - [CopyAssignable](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/CopyAssignable): + A JSON value can be copy-assigned from an lvalue expression. + - [Destructible](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Destructible): + JSON values can be destructed. +- Layout + - [StandardLayoutType](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/StandardLayoutType): + JSON values have + [standard layout](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/language/data_members#Standard_layout): + All non-static data members are private and standard layout types, the + class has no virtual functions or (virtual) base classes. +- Library-wide + - [EqualityComparable](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/EqualityComparable): + JSON values can be compared with `==`, see @ref + operator==(const_reference,const_reference). + - [LessThanComparable](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/LessThanComparable): + JSON values can be compared with `<`, see @ref + operator<(const_reference,const_reference). + - [Swappable](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Swappable): + Any JSON lvalue or rvalue of can be swapped with any lvalue or rvalue of + other compatible types, using unqualified function call @ref swap(). + - [NullablePointer](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/NullablePointer): + JSON values can be compared against `std::nullptr_t` objects which are used + to model the `null` value. +- Container + - [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container): + JSON values can be used like STL containers and provide iterator access. + - [ReversibleContainer](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/ReversibleContainer); + JSON values can be used like STL containers and provide reverse iterator + access. + +@invariant The member variables @a m_value and @a m_type have the following +relationship: +- If `m_type == value_t::object`, then `m_value.object != nullptr`. +- If `m_type == value_t::array`, then `m_value.array != nullptr`. +- If `m_type == value_t::string`, then `m_value.string != nullptr`. +The invariants are checked by member function assert_invariant(). + +@internal +@note ObjectType trick from https://stackoverflow.com/a/9860911 +@endinternal + +@see [RFC 8259: The JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) Data Interchange +Format](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) + +@since version 1.0.0 + +@nosubgrouping +*/ +NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL_DECLARATION +class basic_json // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-special-member-functions,hicpp-special-member-functions) +{ + private: + template friend struct detail::external_constructor; + friend ::nlohmann::json_pointer; + + template + friend class ::nlohmann::detail::parser; + friend ::nlohmann::detail::serializer; + template + friend class ::nlohmann::detail::iter_impl; + template + friend class ::nlohmann::detail::binary_writer; + template + friend class ::nlohmann::detail::binary_reader; + template + friend class ::nlohmann::detail::json_sax_dom_parser; + template + friend class ::nlohmann::detail::json_sax_dom_callback_parser; + friend class ::nlohmann::detail::exception; + + /// workaround type for MSVC + using basic_json_t = NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL; + + JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED: + // convenience aliases for types residing in namespace detail; + using lexer = ::nlohmann::detail::lexer_base; + + template + static ::nlohmann::detail::parser parser( + InputAdapterType adapter, + detail::parser_callback_tcb = nullptr, + const bool allow_exceptions = true, + const bool ignore_comments = false + ) + { + return ::nlohmann::detail::parser(std::move(adapter), + std::move(cb), allow_exceptions, ignore_comments); + } + + private: + using primitive_iterator_t = ::nlohmann::detail::primitive_iterator_t; + template + using internal_iterator = ::nlohmann::detail::internal_iterator; + template + using iter_impl = ::nlohmann::detail::iter_impl; + template + using iteration_proxy = ::nlohmann::detail::iteration_proxy; + template using json_reverse_iterator = ::nlohmann::detail::json_reverse_iterator; + + template + using output_adapter_t = ::nlohmann::detail::output_adapter_t; + + template + using binary_reader = ::nlohmann::detail::binary_reader; + template using binary_writer = ::nlohmann::detail::binary_writer; + + JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED: + using serializer = ::nlohmann::detail::serializer; + + public: + using value_t = detail::value_t; + /// JSON Pointer, see @ref nlohmann::json_pointer + using json_pointer = ::nlohmann::json_pointer; + template + using json_serializer = JSONSerializer; + /// how to treat decoding errors + using error_handler_t = detail::error_handler_t; + /// how to treat CBOR tags + using cbor_tag_handler_t = detail::cbor_tag_handler_t; + /// helper type for initializer lists of basic_json values + using initializer_list_t = std::initializer_list>; + + using input_format_t = detail::input_format_t; + /// SAX interface type, see @ref nlohmann::json_sax + using json_sax_t = json_sax; + + //////////////// + // exceptions // + //////////////// + + /// @name exceptions + /// Classes to implement user-defined exceptions. + /// @{ + + /// @copydoc detail::exception + using exception = detail::exception; + /// @copydoc detail::parse_error + using parse_error = detail::parse_error; + /// @copydoc detail::invalid_iterator + using invalid_iterator = detail::invalid_iterator; + /// @copydoc detail::type_error + using type_error = detail::type_error; + /// @copydoc detail::out_of_range + using out_of_range = detail::out_of_range; + /// @copydoc detail::other_error + using other_error = detail::other_error; + + /// @} + + + ///////////////////// + // container types // + ///////////////////// + + /// @name container types + /// The canonic container types to use @ref basic_json like any other STL + /// container. + /// @{ + + /// the type of elements in a basic_json container + using value_type = basic_json; + + /// the type of an element reference + using reference = value_type&; + /// the type of an element const reference + using const_reference = const value_type&; + + /// a type to represent differences between iterators + using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t; + /// a type to represent container sizes + using size_type = std::size_t; + + /// the allocator type + using allocator_type = AllocatorType; + + /// the type of an element pointer + using pointer = typename std::allocator_traits::pointer; + /// the type of an element const pointer + using const_pointer = typename std::allocator_traits::const_pointer; + + /// an iterator for a basic_json container + using iterator = iter_impl; + /// a const iterator for a basic_json container + using const_iterator = iter_impl; + /// a reverse iterator for a basic_json container + using reverse_iterator = json_reverse_iterator; + /// a const reverse iterator for a basic_json container + using const_reverse_iterator = json_reverse_iterator; + + /// @} + + + /*! + @brief returns the allocator associated with the container + */ + static allocator_type get_allocator() + { + return allocator_type(); + } + + /*! + @brief returns version information on the library + + This function returns a JSON object with information about the library, + including the version number and information on the platform and compiler. + + @return JSON object holding version information + key | description + ----------- | --------------- + `compiler` | Information on the used compiler. It is an object with the following keys: `c++` (the used C++ standard), `family` (the compiler family; possible values are `clang`, `icc`, `gcc`, `ilecpp`, `msvc`, `pgcpp`, `sunpro`, and `unknown`), and `version` (the compiler version). + `copyright` | The copyright line for the library as string. + `name` | The name of the library as string. + `platform` | The used platform as string. Possible values are `win32`, `linux`, `apple`, `unix`, and `unknown`. + `url` | The URL of the project as string. + `version` | The version of the library. It is an object with the following keys: `major`, `minor`, and `patch` as defined by [Semantic Versioning](http://semver.org), and `string` (the version string). + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example output of the `meta()` + function.,meta} + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @complexity Constant. + + @since 2.1.0 + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json meta() + { + basic_json result; + + result["copyright"] = "(C) 2013-2021 Niels Lohmann"; + result["name"] = "JSON for Modern C++"; + result["url"] = "https://github.com/nlohmann/json"; + result["version"]["string"] = + std::to_string(NLOHMANN_JSON_VERSION_MAJOR) + "." + + std::to_string(NLOHMANN_JSON_VERSION_MINOR) + "." + + std::to_string(NLOHMANN_JSON_VERSION_PATCH); + result["version"]["major"] = NLOHMANN_JSON_VERSION_MAJOR; + result["version"]["minor"] = NLOHMANN_JSON_VERSION_MINOR; + result["version"]["patch"] = NLOHMANN_JSON_VERSION_PATCH; + +#ifdef _WIN32 + result["platform"] = "win32"; +#elif defined __linux__ + result["platform"] = "linux"; +#elif defined __APPLE__ + result["platform"] = "apple"; +#elif defined __unix__ + result["platform"] = "unix"; +#else + result["platform"] = "unknown"; +#endif + +#if defined(__ICC) || defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) + result["compiler"] = {{"family", "icc"}, {"version", __INTEL_COMPILER}}; +#elif defined(__clang__) + result["compiler"] = {{"family", "clang"}, {"version", __clang_version__}}; +#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GNUG__) + result["compiler"] = {{"family", "gcc"}, {"version", std::to_string(__GNUC__) + "." + std::to_string(__GNUC_MINOR__) + "." + std::to_string(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)}}; +#elif defined(__HP_cc) || defined(__HP_aCC) + result["compiler"] = "hp" +#elif defined(__IBMCPP__) + result["compiler"] = {{"family", "ilecpp"}, {"version", __IBMCPP__}}; +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + result["compiler"] = {{"family", "msvc"}, {"version", _MSC_VER}}; +#elif defined(__PGI) + result["compiler"] = {{"family", "pgcpp"}, {"version", __PGI}}; +#elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC) + result["compiler"] = {{"family", "sunpro"}, {"version", __SUNPRO_CC}}; +#else + result["compiler"] = {{"family", "unknown"}, {"version", "unknown"}}; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus + result["compiler"]["c++"] = std::to_string(__cplusplus); +#else + result["compiler"]["c++"] = "unknown"; +#endif + return result; + } + + + /////////////////////////// + // JSON value data types // + /////////////////////////// + + /// @name JSON value data types + /// The data types to store a JSON value. These types are derived from + /// the template arguments passed to class @ref basic_json. + /// @{ + +#if defined(JSON_HAS_CPP_14) + // Use transparent comparator if possible, combined with perfect forwarding + // on find() and count() calls prevents unnecessary string construction. + using object_comparator_t = std::less<>; +#else + using object_comparator_t = std::less; +#endif + + /*! + @brief a type for an object + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) describes JSON objects as follows: + > An object is an unordered collection of zero or more name/value pairs, + > where a name is a string and a value is a string, number, boolean, null, + > object, or array. + + To store objects in C++, a type is defined by the template parameters + described below. + + @tparam ObjectType the container to store objects (e.g., `std::map` or + `std::unordered_map`) + @tparam StringType the type of the keys or names (e.g., `std::string`). + The comparison function `std::less` is used to order elements + inside the container. + @tparam AllocatorType the allocator to use for objects (e.g., + `std::allocator`) + + #### Default type + + With the default values for @a ObjectType (`std::map`), @a StringType + (`std::string`), and @a AllocatorType (`std::allocator`), the default + value for @a object_t is: + + @code {.cpp} + std::map< + std::string, // key_type + basic_json, // value_type + std::less, // key_compare + std::allocator> // allocator_type + > + @endcode + + #### Behavior + + The choice of @a object_t influences the behavior of the JSON class. With + the default type, objects have the following behavior: + + - When all names are unique, objects will be interoperable in the sense + that all software implementations receiving that object will agree on + the name-value mappings. + - When the names within an object are not unique, it is unspecified which + one of the values for a given key will be chosen. For instance, + `{"key": 2, "key": 1}` could be equal to either `{"key": 1}` or + `{"key": 2}`. + - Internally, name/value pairs are stored in lexicographical order of the + names. Objects will also be serialized (see @ref dump) in this order. + For instance, `{"b": 1, "a": 2}` and `{"a": 2, "b": 1}` will be stored + and serialized as `{"a": 2, "b": 1}`. + - When comparing objects, the order of the name/value pairs is irrelevant. + This makes objects interoperable in the sense that they will not be + affected by these differences. For instance, `{"b": 1, "a": 2}` and + `{"a": 2, "b": 1}` will be treated as equal. + + #### Limits + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) specifies: + > An implementation may set limits on the maximum depth of nesting. + + In this class, the object's limit of nesting is not explicitly constrained. + However, a maximum depth of nesting may be introduced by the compiler or + runtime environment. A theoretical limit can be queried by calling the + @ref max_size function of a JSON object. + + #### Storage + + Objects are stored as pointers in a @ref basic_json type. That is, for any + access to object values, a pointer of type `object_t*` must be + dereferenced. + + @sa see @ref array_t -- type for an array value + + @since version 1.0.0 + + @note The order name/value pairs are added to the object is *not* + preserved by the library. Therefore, iterating an object may return + name/value pairs in a different order than they were originally stored. In + fact, keys will be traversed in alphabetical order as `std::map` with + `std::less` is used by default. Please note this behavior conforms to [RFC + 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259), because any order implements the + specified "unordered" nature of JSON objects. + */ + using object_t = ObjectType>>; + + /*! + @brief a type for an array + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) describes JSON arrays as follows: + > An array is an ordered sequence of zero or more values. + + To store objects in C++, a type is defined by the template parameters + explained below. + + @tparam ArrayType container type to store arrays (e.g., `std::vector` or + `std::list`) + @tparam AllocatorType allocator to use for arrays (e.g., `std::allocator`) + + #### Default type + + With the default values for @a ArrayType (`std::vector`) and @a + AllocatorType (`std::allocator`), the default value for @a array_t is: + + @code {.cpp} + std::vector< + basic_json, // value_type + std::allocator // allocator_type + > + @endcode + + #### Limits + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) specifies: + > An implementation may set limits on the maximum depth of nesting. + + In this class, the array's limit of nesting is not explicitly constrained. + However, a maximum depth of nesting may be introduced by the compiler or + runtime environment. A theoretical limit can be queried by calling the + @ref max_size function of a JSON array. + + #### Storage + + Arrays are stored as pointers in a @ref basic_json type. That is, for any + access to array values, a pointer of type `array_t*` must be dereferenced. + + @sa see @ref object_t -- type for an object value + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + using array_t = ArrayType>; + + /*! + @brief a type for a string + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) describes JSON strings as follows: + > A string is a sequence of zero or more Unicode characters. + + To store objects in C++, a type is defined by the template parameter + described below. Unicode values are split by the JSON class into + byte-sized characters during deserialization. + + @tparam StringType the container to store strings (e.g., `std::string`). + Note this container is used for keys/names in objects, see @ref object_t. + + #### Default type + + With the default values for @a StringType (`std::string`), the default + value for @a string_t is: + + @code {.cpp} + std::string + @endcode + + #### Encoding + + Strings are stored in UTF-8 encoding. Therefore, functions like + `std::string::size()` or `std::string::length()` return the number of + bytes in the string rather than the number of characters or glyphs. + + #### String comparison + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) states: + > Software implementations are typically required to test names of object + > members for equality. Implementations that transform the textual + > representation into sequences of Unicode code units and then perform the + > comparison numerically, code unit by code unit, are interoperable in the + > sense that implementations will agree in all cases on equality or + > inequality of two strings. For example, implementations that compare + > strings with escaped characters unconverted may incorrectly find that + > `"a\\b"` and `"a\u005Cb"` are not equal. + + This implementation is interoperable as it does compare strings code unit + by code unit. + + #### Storage + + String values are stored as pointers in a @ref basic_json type. That is, + for any access to string values, a pointer of type `string_t*` must be + dereferenced. + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + using string_t = StringType; + + /*! + @brief a type for a boolean + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) implicitly describes a boolean as a + type which differentiates the two literals `true` and `false`. + + To store objects in C++, a type is defined by the template parameter @a + BooleanType which chooses the type to use. + + #### Default type + + With the default values for @a BooleanType (`bool`), the default value for + @a boolean_t is: + + @code {.cpp} + bool + @endcode + + #### Storage + + Boolean values are stored directly inside a @ref basic_json type. + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + using boolean_t = BooleanType; + + /*! + @brief a type for a number (integer) + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) describes numbers as follows: + > The representation of numbers is similar to that used in most + > programming languages. A number is represented in base 10 using decimal + > digits. It contains an integer component that may be prefixed with an + > optional minus sign, which may be followed by a fraction part and/or an + > exponent part. Leading zeros are not allowed. (...) Numeric values that + > cannot be represented in the grammar below (such as Infinity and NaN) + > are not permitted. + + This description includes both integer and floating-point numbers. + However, C++ allows more precise storage if it is known whether the number + is a signed integer, an unsigned integer or a floating-point number. + Therefore, three different types, @ref number_integer_t, @ref + number_unsigned_t and @ref number_float_t are used. + + To store integer numbers in C++, a type is defined by the template + parameter @a NumberIntegerType which chooses the type to use. + + #### Default type + + With the default values for @a NumberIntegerType (`int64_t`), the default + value for @a number_integer_t is: + + @code {.cpp} + int64_t + @endcode + + #### Default behavior + + - The restrictions about leading zeros is not enforced in C++. Instead, + leading zeros in integer literals lead to an interpretation as octal + number. Internally, the value will be stored as decimal number. For + instance, the C++ integer literal `010` will be serialized to `8`. + During deserialization, leading zeros yield an error. + - Not-a-number (NaN) values will be serialized to `null`. + + #### Limits + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) specifies: + > An implementation may set limits on the range and precision of numbers. + + When the default type is used, the maximal integer number that can be + stored is `9223372036854775807` (INT64_MAX) and the minimal integer number + that can be stored is `-9223372036854775808` (INT64_MIN). Integer numbers + that are out of range will yield over/underflow when used in a + constructor. During deserialization, too large or small integer numbers + will be automatically be stored as @ref number_unsigned_t or @ref + number_float_t. + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) further states: + > Note that when such software is used, numbers that are integers and are + > in the range \f$[-2^{53}+1, 2^{53}-1]\f$ are interoperable in the sense + > that implementations will agree exactly on their numeric values. + + As this range is a subrange of the exactly supported range [INT64_MIN, + INT64_MAX], this class's integer type is interoperable. + + #### Storage + + Integer number values are stored directly inside a @ref basic_json type. + + @sa see @ref number_float_t -- type for number values (floating-point) + + @sa see @ref number_unsigned_t -- type for number values (unsigned integer) + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + using number_integer_t = NumberIntegerType; + + /*! + @brief a type for a number (unsigned) + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) describes numbers as follows: + > The representation of numbers is similar to that used in most + > programming languages. A number is represented in base 10 using decimal + > digits. It contains an integer component that may be prefixed with an + > optional minus sign, which may be followed by a fraction part and/or an + > exponent part. Leading zeros are not allowed. (...) Numeric values that + > cannot be represented in the grammar below (such as Infinity and NaN) + > are not permitted. + + This description includes both integer and floating-point numbers. + However, C++ allows more precise storage if it is known whether the number + is a signed integer, an unsigned integer or a floating-point number. + Therefore, three different types, @ref number_integer_t, @ref + number_unsigned_t and @ref number_float_t are used. + + To store unsigned integer numbers in C++, a type is defined by the + template parameter @a NumberUnsignedType which chooses the type to use. + + #### Default type + + With the default values for @a NumberUnsignedType (`uint64_t`), the + default value for @a number_unsigned_t is: + + @code {.cpp} + uint64_t + @endcode + + #### Default behavior + + - The restrictions about leading zeros is not enforced in C++. Instead, + leading zeros in integer literals lead to an interpretation as octal + number. Internally, the value will be stored as decimal number. For + instance, the C++ integer literal `010` will be serialized to `8`. + During deserialization, leading zeros yield an error. + - Not-a-number (NaN) values will be serialized to `null`. + + #### Limits + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) specifies: + > An implementation may set limits on the range and precision of numbers. + + When the default type is used, the maximal integer number that can be + stored is `18446744073709551615` (UINT64_MAX) and the minimal integer + number that can be stored is `0`. Integer numbers that are out of range + will yield over/underflow when used in a constructor. During + deserialization, too large or small integer numbers will be automatically + be stored as @ref number_integer_t or @ref number_float_t. + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) further states: + > Note that when such software is used, numbers that are integers and are + > in the range \f$[-2^{53}+1, 2^{53}-1]\f$ are interoperable in the sense + > that implementations will agree exactly on their numeric values. + + As this range is a subrange (when considered in conjunction with the + number_integer_t type) of the exactly supported range [0, UINT64_MAX], + this class's integer type is interoperable. + + #### Storage + + Integer number values are stored directly inside a @ref basic_json type. + + @sa see @ref number_float_t -- type for number values (floating-point) + @sa see @ref number_integer_t -- type for number values (integer) + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + using number_unsigned_t = NumberUnsignedType; + + /*! + @brief a type for a number (floating-point) + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) describes numbers as follows: + > The representation of numbers is similar to that used in most + > programming languages. A number is represented in base 10 using decimal + > digits. It contains an integer component that may be prefixed with an + > optional minus sign, which may be followed by a fraction part and/or an + > exponent part. Leading zeros are not allowed. (...) Numeric values that + > cannot be represented in the grammar below (such as Infinity and NaN) + > are not permitted. + + This description includes both integer and floating-point numbers. + However, C++ allows more precise storage if it is known whether the number + is a signed integer, an unsigned integer or a floating-point number. + Therefore, three different types, @ref number_integer_t, @ref + number_unsigned_t and @ref number_float_t are used. + + To store floating-point numbers in C++, a type is defined by the template + parameter @a NumberFloatType which chooses the type to use. + + #### Default type + + With the default values for @a NumberFloatType (`double`), the default + value for @a number_float_t is: + + @code {.cpp} + double + @endcode + + #### Default behavior + + - The restrictions about leading zeros is not enforced in C++. Instead, + leading zeros in floating-point literals will be ignored. Internally, + the value will be stored as decimal number. For instance, the C++ + floating-point literal `01.2` will be serialized to `1.2`. During + deserialization, leading zeros yield an error. + - Not-a-number (NaN) values will be serialized to `null`. + + #### Limits + + [RFC 8259](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8259) states: + > This specification allows implementations to set limits on the range and + > precision of numbers accepted. Since software that implements IEEE + > 754-2008 binary64 (double precision) numbers is generally available and + > widely used, good interoperability can be achieved by implementations + > that expect no more precision or range than these provide, in the sense + > that implementations will approximate JSON numbers within the expected + > precision. + + This implementation does exactly follow this approach, as it uses double + precision floating-point numbers. Note values smaller than + `-1.79769313486232e+308` and values greater than `1.79769313486232e+308` + will be stored as NaN internally and be serialized to `null`. + + #### Storage + + Floating-point number values are stored directly inside a @ref basic_json + type. + + @sa see @ref number_integer_t -- type for number values (integer) + + @sa see @ref number_unsigned_t -- type for number values (unsigned integer) + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + using number_float_t = NumberFloatType; + + /*! + @brief a type for a packed binary type + + This type is a type designed to carry binary data that appears in various + serialized formats, such as CBOR's Major Type 2, MessagePack's bin, and + BSON's generic binary subtype. This type is NOT a part of standard JSON and + exists solely for compatibility with these binary types. As such, it is + simply defined as an ordered sequence of zero or more byte values. + + Additionally, as an implementation detail, the subtype of the binary data is + carried around as a `std::uint8_t`, which is compatible with both of the + binary data formats that use binary subtyping, (though the specific + numbering is incompatible with each other, and it is up to the user to + translate between them). + + [CBOR's RFC 7049](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7049) describes this type + as: + > Major type 2: a byte string. The string's length in bytes is represented + > following the rules for positive integers (major type 0). + + [MessagePack's documentation on the bin type + family](https://github.com/msgpack/msgpack/blob/master/spec.md#bin-format-family) + describes this type as: + > Bin format family stores an byte array in 2, 3, or 5 bytes of extra bytes + > in addition to the size of the byte array. + + [BSON's specifications](http://bsonspec.org/spec.html) describe several + binary types; however, this type is intended to represent the generic binary + type which has the description: + > Generic binary subtype - This is the most commonly used binary subtype and + > should be the 'default' for drivers and tools. + + None of these impose any limitations on the internal representation other + than the basic unit of storage be some type of array whose parts are + decomposable into bytes. + + The default representation of this binary format is a + `std::vector`, which is a very common way to represent a byte + array in modern C++. + + #### Default type + + The default values for @a BinaryType is `std::vector` + + #### Storage + + Binary Arrays are stored as pointers in a @ref basic_json type. That is, + for any access to array values, a pointer of the type `binary_t*` must be + dereferenced. + + #### Notes on subtypes + + - CBOR + - Binary values are represented as byte strings. Subtypes are serialized + as tagged values. + - MessagePack + - If a subtype is given and the binary array contains exactly 1, 2, 4, 8, + or 16 elements, the fixext family (fixext1, fixext2, fixext4, fixext8) + is used. For other sizes, the ext family (ext8, ext16, ext32) is used. + The subtype is then added as singed 8-bit integer. + - If no subtype is given, the bin family (bin8, bin16, bin32) is used. + - BSON + - If a subtype is given, it is used and added as unsigned 8-bit integer. + - If no subtype is given, the generic binary subtype 0x00 is used. + + @sa see @ref binary -- create a binary array + + @since version 3.8.0 + */ + using binary_t = nlohmann::byte_container_with_subtype; + /// @} + + private: + + /// helper for exception-safe object creation + template + JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL + static T* create(Args&& ... args) + { + AllocatorType alloc; + using AllocatorTraits = std::allocator_traits>; + + auto deleter = [&](T * obj) + { + AllocatorTraits::deallocate(alloc, obj, 1); + }; + std::unique_ptr obj(AllocatorTraits::allocate(alloc, 1), deleter); + AllocatorTraits::construct(alloc, obj.get(), std::forward(args)...); + JSON_ASSERT(obj != nullptr); + return obj.release(); + } + + //////////////////////// + // JSON value storage // + //////////////////////// + + JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED: + /*! + @brief a JSON value + + The actual storage for a JSON value of the @ref basic_json class. This + union combines the different storage types for the JSON value types + defined in @ref value_t. + + JSON type | value_t type | used type + --------- | --------------- | ------------------------ + object | object | pointer to @ref object_t + array | array | pointer to @ref array_t + string | string | pointer to @ref string_t + boolean | boolean | @ref boolean_t + number | number_integer | @ref number_integer_t + number | number_unsigned | @ref number_unsigned_t + number | number_float | @ref number_float_t + binary | binary | pointer to @ref binary_t + null | null | *no value is stored* + + @note Variable-length types (objects, arrays, and strings) are stored as + pointers. The size of the union should not exceed 64 bits if the default + value types are used. + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + union json_value + { + /// object (stored with pointer to save storage) + object_t* object; + /// array (stored with pointer to save storage) + array_t* array; + /// string (stored with pointer to save storage) + string_t* string; + /// binary (stored with pointer to save storage) + binary_t* binary; + /// boolean + boolean_t boolean; + /// number (integer) + number_integer_t number_integer; + /// number (unsigned integer) + number_unsigned_t number_unsigned; + /// number (floating-point) + number_float_t number_float; + + /// default constructor (for null values) + json_value() = default; + /// constructor for booleans + json_value(boolean_t v) noexcept : boolean(v) {} + /// constructor for numbers (integer) + json_value(number_integer_t v) noexcept : number_integer(v) {} + /// constructor for numbers (unsigned) + json_value(number_unsigned_t v) noexcept : number_unsigned(v) {} + /// constructor for numbers (floating-point) + json_value(number_float_t v) noexcept : number_float(v) {} + /// constructor for empty values of a given type + json_value(value_t t) + { + switch (t) + { + case value_t::object: + { + object = create(); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + array = create(); + break; + } + + case value_t::string: + { + string = create(""); + break; + } + + case value_t::binary: + { + binary = create(); + break; + } + + case value_t::boolean: + { + boolean = boolean_t(false); + break; + } + + case value_t::number_integer: + { + number_integer = number_integer_t(0); + break; + } + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + number_unsigned = number_unsigned_t(0); + break; + } + + case value_t::number_float: + { + number_float = number_float_t(0.0); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + { + object = nullptr; // silence warning, see #821 + break; + } + + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + object = nullptr; // silence warning, see #821 + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(t == value_t::null)) + { + JSON_THROW(other_error::create(500, "961c151d2e87f2686a955a9be24d316f1362bf21 3.10.4", basic_json())); // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + break; + } + } + } + + /// constructor for strings + json_value(const string_t& value) + { + string = create(value); + } + + /// constructor for rvalue strings + json_value(string_t&& value) + { + string = create(std::move(value)); + } + + /// constructor for objects + json_value(const object_t& value) + { + object = create(value); + } + + /// constructor for rvalue objects + json_value(object_t&& value) + { + object = create(std::move(value)); + } + + /// constructor for arrays + json_value(const array_t& value) + { + array = create(value); + } + + /// constructor for rvalue arrays + json_value(array_t&& value) + { + array = create(std::move(value)); + } + + /// constructor for binary arrays + json_value(const typename binary_t::container_type& value) + { + binary = create(value); + } + + /// constructor for rvalue binary arrays + json_value(typename binary_t::container_type&& value) + { + binary = create(std::move(value)); + } + + /// constructor for binary arrays (internal type) + json_value(const binary_t& value) + { + binary = create(value); + } + + /// constructor for rvalue binary arrays (internal type) + json_value(binary_t&& value) + { + binary = create(std::move(value)); + } + + void destroy(value_t t) + { + if (t == value_t::array || t == value_t::object) + { + // flatten the current json_value to a heap-allocated stack + std::vector stack; + + // move the top-level items to stack + if (t == value_t::array) + { + stack.reserve(array->size()); + std::move(array->begin(), array->end(), std::back_inserter(stack)); + } + else + { + stack.reserve(object->size()); + for (auto&& it : *object) + { + stack.push_back(std::move(it.second)); + } + } + + while (!stack.empty()) + { + // move the last item to local variable to be processed + basic_json current_item(std::move(stack.back())); + stack.pop_back(); + + // if current_item is array/object, move + // its children to the stack to be processed later + if (current_item.is_array()) + { + std::move(current_item.m_value.array->begin(), current_item.m_value.array->end(), std::back_inserter(stack)); + + current_item.m_value.array->clear(); + } + else if (current_item.is_object()) + { + for (auto&& it : *current_item.m_value.object) + { + stack.push_back(std::move(it.second)); + } + + current_item.m_value.object->clear(); + } + + // it's now safe that current_item get destructed + // since it doesn't have any children + } + } + + switch (t) + { + case value_t::object: + { + AllocatorType alloc; + std::allocator_traits::destroy(alloc, object); + std::allocator_traits::deallocate(alloc, object, 1); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + AllocatorType alloc; + std::allocator_traits::destroy(alloc, array); + std::allocator_traits::deallocate(alloc, array, 1); + break; + } + + case value_t::string: + { + AllocatorType alloc; + std::allocator_traits::destroy(alloc, string); + std::allocator_traits::deallocate(alloc, string, 1); + break; + } + + case value_t::binary: + { + AllocatorType alloc; + std::allocator_traits::destroy(alloc, binary); + std::allocator_traits::deallocate(alloc, binary, 1); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + break; + } + } + } + }; + + private: + /*! + @brief checks the class invariants + + This function asserts the class invariants. It needs to be called at the + end of every constructor to make sure that created objects respect the + invariant. Furthermore, it has to be called each time the type of a JSON + value is changed, because the invariant expresses a relationship between + @a m_type and @a m_value. + + Furthermore, the parent relation is checked for arrays and objects: If + @a check_parents true and the value is an array or object, then the + container's elements must have the current value as parent. + + @param[in] check_parents whether the parent relation should be checked. + The value is true by default and should only be set to false + during destruction of objects when the invariant does not + need to hold. + */ + void assert_invariant(bool check_parents = true) const noexcept + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_type != value_t::object || m_value.object != nullptr); + JSON_ASSERT(m_type != value_t::array || m_value.array != nullptr); + JSON_ASSERT(m_type != value_t::string || m_value.string != nullptr); + JSON_ASSERT(m_type != value_t::binary || m_value.binary != nullptr); + +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + JSON_TRY + { + // cppcheck-suppress assertWithSideEffect + JSON_ASSERT(!check_parents || !is_structured() || std::all_of(begin(), end(), [this](const basic_json & j) + { + return j.m_parent == this; + })); + } + JSON_CATCH(...) {} // LCOV_EXCL_LINE +#endif + static_cast(check_parents); + } + + void set_parents() + { +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::array: + { + for (auto& element : *m_value.array) + { + element.m_parent = this; + } + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + for (auto& element : *m_value.object) + { + element.second.m_parent = this; + } + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + break; + } +#endif + } + + iterator set_parents(iterator it, typename iterator::difference_type count) + { +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + for (typename iterator::difference_type i = 0; i < count; ++i) + { + (it + i)->m_parent = this; + } +#else + static_cast(count); +#endif + return it; + } + + reference set_parent(reference j, std::size_t old_capacity = std::size_t(-1)) + { +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + if (old_capacity != std::size_t(-1)) + { + // see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/2838 + JSON_ASSERT(type() == value_t::array); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(m_value.array->capacity() != old_capacity)) + { + // capacity has changed: update all parents + set_parents(); + return j; + } + } + + // ordered_json uses a vector internally, so pointers could have + // been invalidated; see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/2962 +#ifdef JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION +#pragma warning(push ) +#pragma warning(disable : 4127) // ignore warning to replace if with if constexpr +#endif + if (detail::is_ordered_map::value) + { + set_parents(); + return j; + } +#ifdef JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + + j.m_parent = this; +#else + static_cast(j); + static_cast(old_capacity); +#endif + return j; + } + + public: + ////////////////////////// + // JSON parser callback // + ////////////////////////// + + /*! + @brief parser event types + + The parser callback distinguishes the following events: + - `object_start`: the parser read `{` and started to process a JSON object + - `key`: the parser read a key of a value in an object + - `object_end`: the parser read `}` and finished processing a JSON object + - `array_start`: the parser read `[` and started to process a JSON array + - `array_end`: the parser read `]` and finished processing a JSON array + - `value`: the parser finished reading a JSON value + + @image html callback_events.png "Example when certain parse events are triggered" + + @sa see @ref parser_callback_t for more information and examples + */ + using parse_event_t = detail::parse_event_t; + + /*! + @brief per-element parser callback type + + With a parser callback function, the result of parsing a JSON text can be + influenced. When passed to @ref parse, it is called on certain events + (passed as @ref parse_event_t via parameter @a event) with a set recursion + depth @a depth and context JSON value @a parsed. The return value of the + callback function is a boolean indicating whether the element that emitted + the callback shall be kept or not. + + We distinguish six scenarios (determined by the event type) in which the + callback function can be called. The following table describes the values + of the parameters @a depth, @a event, and @a parsed. + + parameter @a event | description | parameter @a depth | parameter @a parsed + ------------------ | ----------- | ------------------ | ------------------- + parse_event_t::object_start | the parser read `{` and started to process a JSON object | depth of the parent of the JSON object | a JSON value with type discarded + parse_event_t::key | the parser read a key of a value in an object | depth of the currently parsed JSON object | a JSON string containing the key + parse_event_t::object_end | the parser read `}` and finished processing a JSON object | depth of the parent of the JSON object | the parsed JSON object + parse_event_t::array_start | the parser read `[` and started to process a JSON array | depth of the parent of the JSON array | a JSON value with type discarded + parse_event_t::array_end | the parser read `]` and finished processing a JSON array | depth of the parent of the JSON array | the parsed JSON array + parse_event_t::value | the parser finished reading a JSON value | depth of the value | the parsed JSON value + + @image html callback_events.png "Example when certain parse events are triggered" + + Discarding a value (i.e., returning `false`) has different effects + depending on the context in which function was called: + + - Discarded values in structured types are skipped. That is, the parser + will behave as if the discarded value was never read. + - In case a value outside a structured type is skipped, it is replaced + with `null`. This case happens if the top-level element is skipped. + + @param[in] depth the depth of the recursion during parsing + + @param[in] event an event of type parse_event_t indicating the context in + the callback function has been called + + @param[in,out] parsed the current intermediate parse result; note that + writing to this value has no effect for parse_event_t::key events + + @return Whether the JSON value which called the function during parsing + should be kept (`true`) or not (`false`). In the latter case, it is either + skipped completely or replaced by an empty discarded object. + + @sa see @ref parse for examples + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + using parser_callback_t = detail::parser_callback_t; + + ////////////////// + // constructors // + ////////////////// + + /// @name constructors and destructors + /// Constructors of class @ref basic_json, copy/move constructor, copy + /// assignment, static functions creating objects, and the destructor. + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief create an empty value with a given type + + Create an empty JSON value with a given type. The value will be default + initialized with an empty value which depends on the type: + + Value type | initial value + ----------- | ------------- + null | `null` + boolean | `false` + string | `""` + number | `0` + object | `{}` + array | `[]` + binary | empty array + + @param[in] v the type of the value to create + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @liveexample{The following code shows the constructor for different @ref + value_t values,basic_json__value_t} + + @sa see @ref clear() -- restores the postcondition of this constructor + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + basic_json(const value_t v) + : m_type(v), m_value(v) + { + assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief create a null object + + Create a `null` JSON value. It either takes a null pointer as parameter + (explicitly creating `null`) or no parameter (implicitly creating `null`). + The passed null pointer itself is not read -- it is only used to choose + the right constructor. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this constructor never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code shows the constructor with and without a + null pointer parameter.,basic_json__nullptr_t} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + basic_json(std::nullptr_t = nullptr) noexcept + : basic_json(value_t::null) + { + assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief create a JSON value + + This is a "catch all" constructor for all compatible JSON types; that is, + types for which a `to_json()` method exists. The constructor forwards the + parameter @a val to that method (to `json_serializer::to_json` method + with `U = uncvref_t`, to be exact). + + Template type @a CompatibleType includes, but is not limited to, the + following types: + - **arrays**: @ref array_t and all kinds of compatible containers such as + `std::vector`, `std::deque`, `std::list`, `std::forward_list`, + `std::array`, `std::valarray`, `std::set`, `std::unordered_set`, + `std::multiset`, and `std::unordered_multiset` with a `value_type` from + which a @ref basic_json value can be constructed. + - **objects**: @ref object_t and all kinds of compatible associative + containers such as `std::map`, `std::unordered_map`, `std::multimap`, + and `std::unordered_multimap` with a `key_type` compatible to + @ref string_t and a `value_type` from which a @ref basic_json value can + be constructed. + - **strings**: @ref string_t, string literals, and all compatible string + containers can be used. + - **numbers**: @ref number_integer_t, @ref number_unsigned_t, + @ref number_float_t, and all convertible number types such as `int`, + `size_t`, `int64_t`, `float` or `double` can be used. + - **boolean**: @ref boolean_t / `bool` can be used. + - **binary**: @ref binary_t / `std::vector` may be used, + unfortunately because string literals cannot be distinguished from binary + character arrays by the C++ type system, all types compatible with `const + char*` will be directed to the string constructor instead. This is both + for backwards compatibility, and due to the fact that a binary type is not + a standard JSON type. + + See the examples below. + + @tparam CompatibleType a type such that: + - @a CompatibleType is not derived from `std::istream`, + - @a CompatibleType is not @ref basic_json (to avoid hijacking copy/move + constructors), + - @a CompatibleType is not a different @ref basic_json type (i.e. with different template arguments) + - @a CompatibleType is not a @ref basic_json nested type (e.g., + @ref json_pointer, @ref iterator, etc ...) + - `json_serializer` has a `to_json(basic_json_t&, CompatibleType&&)` method + + @tparam U = `uncvref_t` + + @param[in] val the value to be forwarded to the respective constructor + + @complexity Usually linear in the size of the passed @a val, also + depending on the implementation of the called `to_json()` + method. + + @exceptionsafety Depends on the called constructor. For types directly + supported by the library (i.e., all types for which no `to_json()` function + was provided), strong guarantee holds: if an exception is thrown, there are + no changes to any JSON value. + + @liveexample{The following code shows the constructor with several + compatible types.,basic_json__CompatibleType} + + @since version 2.1.0 + */ + template < typename CompatibleType, + typename U = detail::uncvref_t, + detail::enable_if_t < + !detail::is_basic_json::value && detail::is_compatible_type::value, int > = 0 > + basic_json(CompatibleType && val) noexcept(noexcept( // NOLINT(bugprone-forwarding-reference-overload,bugprone-exception-escape) + JSONSerializer::to_json(std::declval(), + std::forward(val)))) + { + JSONSerializer::to_json(*this, std::forward(val)); + set_parents(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief create a JSON value from an existing one + + This is a constructor for existing @ref basic_json types. + It does not hijack copy/move constructors, since the parameter has different + template arguments than the current ones. + + The constructor tries to convert the internal @ref m_value of the parameter. + + @tparam BasicJsonType a type such that: + - @a BasicJsonType is a @ref basic_json type. + - @a BasicJsonType has different template arguments than @ref basic_json_t. + + @param[in] val the @ref basic_json value to be converted. + + @complexity Usually linear in the size of the passed @a val, also + depending on the implementation of the called `to_json()` + method. + + @exceptionsafety Depends on the called constructor. For types directly + supported by the library (i.e., all types for which no `to_json()` function + was provided), strong guarantee holds: if an exception is thrown, there are + no changes to any JSON value. + + @since version 3.2.0 + */ + template < typename BasicJsonType, + detail::enable_if_t < + detail::is_basic_json::value&& !std::is_same::value, int > = 0 > + basic_json(const BasicJsonType& val) + { + using other_boolean_t = typename BasicJsonType::boolean_t; + using other_number_float_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_float_t; + using other_number_integer_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_integer_t; + using other_number_unsigned_t = typename BasicJsonType::number_unsigned_t; + using other_string_t = typename BasicJsonType::string_t; + using other_object_t = typename BasicJsonType::object_t; + using other_array_t = typename BasicJsonType::array_t; + using other_binary_t = typename BasicJsonType::binary_t; + + switch (val.type()) + { + case value_t::boolean: + JSONSerializer::to_json(*this, val.template get()); + break; + case value_t::number_float: + JSONSerializer::to_json(*this, val.template get()); + break; + case value_t::number_integer: + JSONSerializer::to_json(*this, val.template get()); + break; + case value_t::number_unsigned: + JSONSerializer::to_json(*this, val.template get()); + break; + case value_t::string: + JSONSerializer::to_json(*this, val.template get_ref()); + break; + case value_t::object: + JSONSerializer::to_json(*this, val.template get_ref()); + break; + case value_t::array: + JSONSerializer::to_json(*this, val.template get_ref()); + break; + case value_t::binary: + JSONSerializer::to_json(*this, val.template get_ref()); + break; + case value_t::null: + *this = nullptr; + break; + case value_t::discarded: + m_type = value_t::discarded; + break; + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + set_parents(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief create a container (array or object) from an initializer list + + Creates a JSON value of type array or object from the passed initializer + list @a init. In case @a type_deduction is `true` (default), the type of + the JSON value to be created is deducted from the initializer list @a init + according to the following rules: + + 1. If the list is empty, an empty JSON object value `{}` is created. + 2. If the list consists of pairs whose first element is a string, a JSON + object value is created where the first elements of the pairs are + treated as keys and the second elements are as values. + 3. In all other cases, an array is created. + + The rules aim to create the best fit between a C++ initializer list and + JSON values. The rationale is as follows: + + 1. The empty initializer list is written as `{}` which is exactly an empty + JSON object. + 2. C++ has no way of describing mapped types other than to list a list of + pairs. As JSON requires that keys must be of type string, rule 2 is the + weakest constraint one can pose on initializer lists to interpret them + as an object. + 3. In all other cases, the initializer list could not be interpreted as + JSON object type, so interpreting it as JSON array type is safe. + + With the rules described above, the following JSON values cannot be + expressed by an initializer list: + + - the empty array (`[]`): use @ref array(initializer_list_t) + with an empty initializer list in this case + - arrays whose elements satisfy rule 2: use @ref + array(initializer_list_t) with the same initializer list + in this case + + @note When used without parentheses around an empty initializer list, @ref + basic_json() is called instead of this function, yielding the JSON null + value. + + @param[in] init initializer list with JSON values + + @param[in] type_deduction internal parameter; when set to `true`, the type + of the JSON value is deducted from the initializer list @a init; when set + to `false`, the type provided via @a manual_type is forced. This mode is + used by the functions @ref array(initializer_list_t) and + @ref object(initializer_list_t). + + @param[in] manual_type internal parameter; when @a type_deduction is set + to `false`, the created JSON value will use the provided type (only @ref + value_t::array and @ref value_t::object are valid); when @a type_deduction + is set to `true`, this parameter has no effect + + @throw type_error.301 if @a type_deduction is `false`, @a manual_type is + `value_t::object`, but @a init contains an element which is not a pair + whose first element is a string. In this case, the constructor could not + create an object. If @a type_deduction would have be `true`, an array + would have been created. See @ref object(initializer_list_t) + for an example. + + @complexity Linear in the size of the initializer list @a init. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how JSON values are created from + initializer lists.,basic_json__list_init_t} + + @sa see @ref array(initializer_list_t) -- create a JSON array + value from an initializer list + @sa see @ref object(initializer_list_t) -- create a JSON object + value from an initializer list + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + basic_json(initializer_list_t init, + bool type_deduction = true, + value_t manual_type = value_t::array) + { + // check if each element is an array with two elements whose first + // element is a string + bool is_an_object = std::all_of(init.begin(), init.end(), + [](const detail::json_ref& element_ref) + { + return element_ref->is_array() && element_ref->size() == 2 && (*element_ref)[0].is_string(); + }); + + // adjust type if type deduction is not wanted + if (!type_deduction) + { + // if array is wanted, do not create an object though possible + if (manual_type == value_t::array) + { + is_an_object = false; + } + + // if object is wanted but impossible, throw an exception + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(manual_type == value_t::object && !is_an_object)) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(301, "cannot create object from initializer list", basic_json())); + } + } + + if (is_an_object) + { + // the initializer list is a list of pairs -> create object + m_type = value_t::object; + m_value = value_t::object; + + for (auto& element_ref : init) + { + auto element = element_ref.moved_or_copied(); + m_value.object->emplace( + std::move(*((*element.m_value.array)[0].m_value.string)), + std::move((*element.m_value.array)[1])); + } + } + else + { + // the initializer list describes an array -> create array + m_type = value_t::array; + m_value.array = create(init.begin(), init.end()); + } + + set_parents(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief explicitly create a binary array (without subtype) + + Creates a JSON binary array value from a given binary container. Binary + values are part of various binary formats, such as CBOR, MessagePack, and + BSON. This constructor is used to create a value for serialization to those + formats. + + @note Note, this function exists because of the difficulty in correctly + specifying the correct template overload in the standard value ctor, as both + JSON arrays and JSON binary arrays are backed with some form of a + `std::vector`. Because JSON binary arrays are a non-standard extension it + was decided that it would be best to prevent automatic initialization of a + binary array type, for backwards compatibility and so it does not happen on + accident. + + @param[in] init container containing bytes to use as binary type + + @return JSON binary array value + + @complexity Linear in the size of @a init. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @since version 3.8.0 + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json binary(const typename binary_t::container_type& init) + { + auto res = basic_json(); + res.m_type = value_t::binary; + res.m_value = init; + return res; + } + + /*! + @brief explicitly create a binary array (with subtype) + + Creates a JSON binary array value from a given binary container. Binary + values are part of various binary formats, such as CBOR, MessagePack, and + BSON. This constructor is used to create a value for serialization to those + formats. + + @note Note, this function exists because of the difficulty in correctly + specifying the correct template overload in the standard value ctor, as both + JSON arrays and JSON binary arrays are backed with some form of a + `std::vector`. Because JSON binary arrays are a non-standard extension it + was decided that it would be best to prevent automatic initialization of a + binary array type, for backwards compatibility and so it does not happen on + accident. + + @param[in] init container containing bytes to use as binary type + @param[in] subtype subtype to use in MessagePack and BSON + + @return JSON binary array value + + @complexity Linear in the size of @a init. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @since version 3.8.0 + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json binary(const typename binary_t::container_type& init, typename binary_t::subtype_type subtype) + { + auto res = basic_json(); + res.m_type = value_t::binary; + res.m_value = binary_t(init, subtype); + return res; + } + + /// @copydoc binary(const typename binary_t::container_type&) + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json binary(typename binary_t::container_type&& init) + { + auto res = basic_json(); + res.m_type = value_t::binary; + res.m_value = std::move(init); + return res; + } + + /// @copydoc binary(const typename binary_t::container_type&, typename binary_t::subtype_type) + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json binary(typename binary_t::container_type&& init, typename binary_t::subtype_type subtype) + { + auto res = basic_json(); + res.m_type = value_t::binary; + res.m_value = binary_t(std::move(init), subtype); + return res; + } + + /*! + @brief explicitly create an array from an initializer list + + Creates a JSON array value from a given initializer list. That is, given a + list of values `a, b, c`, creates the JSON value `[a, b, c]`. If the + initializer list is empty, the empty array `[]` is created. + + @note This function is only needed to express two edge cases that cannot + be realized with the initializer list constructor (@ref + basic_json(initializer_list_t, bool, value_t)). These cases + are: + 1. creating an array whose elements are all pairs whose first element is a + string -- in this case, the initializer list constructor would create an + object, taking the first elements as keys + 2. creating an empty array -- passing the empty initializer list to the + initializer list constructor yields an empty object + + @param[in] init initializer list with JSON values to create an array from + (optional) + + @return JSON array value + + @complexity Linear in the size of @a init. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for the `array` + function.,array} + + @sa see @ref basic_json(initializer_list_t, bool, value_t) -- + create a JSON value from an initializer list + @sa see @ref object(initializer_list_t) -- create a JSON object + value from an initializer list + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json array(initializer_list_t init = {}) + { + return basic_json(init, false, value_t::array); + } + + /*! + @brief explicitly create an object from an initializer list + + Creates a JSON object value from a given initializer list. The initializer + lists elements must be pairs, and their first elements must be strings. If + the initializer list is empty, the empty object `{}` is created. + + @note This function is only added for symmetry reasons. In contrast to the + related function @ref array(initializer_list_t), there are + no cases which can only be expressed by this function. That is, any + initializer list @a init can also be passed to the initializer list + constructor @ref basic_json(initializer_list_t, bool, value_t). + + @param[in] init initializer list to create an object from (optional) + + @return JSON object value + + @throw type_error.301 if @a init is not a list of pairs whose first + elements are strings. In this case, no object can be created. When such a + value is passed to @ref basic_json(initializer_list_t, bool, value_t), + an array would have been created from the passed initializer list @a init. + See example below. + + @complexity Linear in the size of @a init. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for the `object` + function.,object} + + @sa see @ref basic_json(initializer_list_t, bool, value_t) -- + create a JSON value from an initializer list + @sa see @ref array(initializer_list_t) -- create a JSON array + value from an initializer list + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json object(initializer_list_t init = {}) + { + return basic_json(init, false, value_t::object); + } + + /*! + @brief construct an array with count copies of given value + + Constructs a JSON array value by creating @a cnt copies of a passed value. + In case @a cnt is `0`, an empty array is created. + + @param[in] cnt the number of JSON copies of @a val to create + @param[in] val the JSON value to copy + + @post `std::distance(begin(),end()) == cnt` holds. + + @complexity Linear in @a cnt. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @liveexample{The following code shows examples for the @ref + basic_json(size_type\, const basic_json&) + constructor.,basic_json__size_type_basic_json} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + basic_json(size_type cnt, const basic_json& val) + : m_type(value_t::array) + { + m_value.array = create(cnt, val); + set_parents(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief construct a JSON container given an iterator range + + Constructs the JSON value with the contents of the range `[first, last)`. + The semantics depends on the different types a JSON value can have: + - In case of a null type, invalid_iterator.206 is thrown. + - In case of other primitive types (number, boolean, or string), @a first + must be `begin()` and @a last must be `end()`. In this case, the value is + copied. Otherwise, invalid_iterator.204 is thrown. + - In case of structured types (array, object), the constructor behaves as + similar versions for `std::vector` or `std::map`; that is, a JSON array + or object is constructed from the values in the range. + + @tparam InputIT an input iterator type (@ref iterator or @ref + const_iterator) + + @param[in] first begin of the range to copy from (included) + @param[in] last end of the range to copy from (excluded) + + @pre Iterators @a first and @a last must be initialized. **This + precondition is enforced with an assertion (see warning).** If + assertions are switched off, a violation of this precondition yields + undefined behavior. + + @pre Range `[first, last)` is valid. Usually, this precondition cannot be + checked efficiently. Only certain edge cases are detected; see the + description of the exceptions below. A violation of this precondition + yields undefined behavior. + + @warning A precondition is enforced with a runtime assertion that will + result in calling `std::abort` if this precondition is not met. + Assertions can be disabled by defining `NDEBUG` at compile time. + See https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/error/assert for more + information. + + @throw invalid_iterator.201 if iterators @a first and @a last are not + compatible (i.e., do not belong to the same JSON value). In this case, + the range `[first, last)` is undefined. + @throw invalid_iterator.204 if iterators @a first and @a last belong to a + primitive type (number, boolean, or string), but @a first does not point + to the first element any more. In this case, the range `[first, last)` is + undefined. See example code below. + @throw invalid_iterator.206 if iterators @a first and @a last belong to a + null value. In this case, the range `[first, last)` is undefined. + + @complexity Linear in distance between @a first and @a last. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @liveexample{The example below shows several ways to create JSON values by + specifying a subrange with iterators.,basic_json__InputIt_InputIt} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + template < class InputIT, typename std::enable_if < + std::is_same::value || + std::is_same::value, int >::type = 0 > + basic_json(InputIT first, InputIT last) + { + JSON_ASSERT(first.m_object != nullptr); + JSON_ASSERT(last.m_object != nullptr); + + // make sure iterator fits the current value + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(first.m_object != last.m_object)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(201, "iterators are not compatible", basic_json())); + } + + // copy type from first iterator + m_type = first.m_object->m_type; + + // check if iterator range is complete for primitive values + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::string: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!first.m_it.primitive_iterator.is_begin() + || !last.m_it.primitive_iterator.is_end())) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(204, "iterators out of range", *first.m_object)); + } + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::object: + case value_t::array: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + break; + } + + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::number_integer: + { + m_value.number_integer = first.m_object->m_value.number_integer; + break; + } + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + m_value.number_unsigned = first.m_object->m_value.number_unsigned; + break; + } + + case value_t::number_float: + { + m_value.number_float = first.m_object->m_value.number_float; + break; + } + + case value_t::boolean: + { + m_value.boolean = first.m_object->m_value.boolean; + break; + } + + case value_t::string: + { + m_value = *first.m_object->m_value.string; + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + m_value.object = create(first.m_it.object_iterator, + last.m_it.object_iterator); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + m_value.array = create(first.m_it.array_iterator, + last.m_it.array_iterator); + break; + } + + case value_t::binary: + { + m_value = *first.m_object->m_value.binary; + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(206, "cannot construct with iterators from " + std::string(first.m_object->type_name()), *first.m_object)); + } + + set_parents(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + + /////////////////////////////////////// + // other constructors and destructor // + /////////////////////////////////////// + + template, + std::is_same>::value, int> = 0 > + basic_json(const JsonRef& ref) : basic_json(ref.moved_or_copied()) {} + + /*! + @brief copy constructor + + Creates a copy of a given JSON value. + + @param[in] other the JSON value to copy + + @post `*this == other` + + @complexity Linear in the size of @a other. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes to any JSON value. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is linear. + - As postcondition, it holds: `other == basic_json(other)`. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for the copy + constructor.,basic_json__basic_json} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + basic_json(const basic_json& other) + : m_type(other.m_type) + { + // check of passed value is valid + other.assert_invariant(); + + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::object: + { + m_value = *other.m_value.object; + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + m_value = *other.m_value.array; + break; + } + + case value_t::string: + { + m_value = *other.m_value.string; + break; + } + + case value_t::boolean: + { + m_value = other.m_value.boolean; + break; + } + + case value_t::number_integer: + { + m_value = other.m_value.number_integer; + break; + } + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + m_value = other.m_value.number_unsigned; + break; + } + + case value_t::number_float: + { + m_value = other.m_value.number_float; + break; + } + + case value_t::binary: + { + m_value = *other.m_value.binary; + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + break; + } + + set_parents(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief move constructor + + Move constructor. Constructs a JSON value with the contents of the given + value @a other using move semantics. It "steals" the resources from @a + other and leaves it as JSON null value. + + @param[in,out] other value to move to this object + + @post `*this` has the same value as @a other before the call. + @post @a other is a JSON null value. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this constructor never throws + exceptions. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [MoveConstructible](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/MoveConstructible) + requirements. + + @liveexample{The code below shows the move constructor explicitly called + via std::move.,basic_json__moveconstructor} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + basic_json(basic_json&& other) noexcept + : m_type(std::move(other.m_type)), + m_value(std::move(other.m_value)) + { + // check that passed value is valid + other.assert_invariant(false); + + // invalidate payload + other.m_type = value_t::null; + other.m_value = {}; + + set_parents(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief copy assignment + + Copy assignment operator. Copies a JSON value via the "copy and swap" + strategy: It is expressed in terms of the copy constructor, destructor, + and the `swap()` member function. + + @param[in] other value to copy from + + @complexity Linear. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is linear. + + @liveexample{The code below shows and example for the copy assignment. It + creates a copy of value `a` which is then swapped with `b`. Finally\, the + copy of `a` (which is the null value after the swap) is + destroyed.,basic_json__copyassignment} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + basic_json& operator=(basic_json other) noexcept ( + std::is_nothrow_move_constructible::value&& + std::is_nothrow_move_assignable::value&& + std::is_nothrow_move_constructible::value&& + std::is_nothrow_move_assignable::value + ) + { + // check that passed value is valid + other.assert_invariant(); + + using std::swap; + swap(m_type, other.m_type); + swap(m_value, other.m_value); + + set_parents(); + assert_invariant(); + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief destructor + + Destroys the JSON value and frees all allocated memory. + + @complexity Linear. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is linear. + - All stored elements are destroyed and all memory is freed. + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + ~basic_json() noexcept + { + assert_invariant(false); + m_value.destroy(m_type); + } + + /// @} + + public: + /////////////////////// + // object inspection // + /////////////////////// + + /// @name object inspection + /// Functions to inspect the type of a JSON value. + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief serialization + + Serialization function for JSON values. The function tries to mimic + Python's `json.dumps()` function, and currently supports its @a indent + and @a ensure_ascii parameters. + + @param[in] indent If indent is nonnegative, then array elements and object + members will be pretty-printed with that indent level. An indent level of + `0` will only insert newlines. `-1` (the default) selects the most compact + representation. + @param[in] indent_char The character to use for indentation if @a indent is + greater than `0`. The default is ` ` (space). + @param[in] ensure_ascii If @a ensure_ascii is true, all non-ASCII characters + in the output are escaped with `\uXXXX` sequences, and the result consists + of ASCII characters only. + @param[in] error_handler how to react on decoding errors; there are three + possible values: `strict` (throws and exception in case a decoding error + occurs; default), `replace` (replace invalid UTF-8 sequences with U+FFFD), + and `ignore` (ignore invalid UTF-8 sequences during serialization; all + bytes are copied to the output unchanged). + + @return string containing the serialization of the JSON value + + @throw type_error.316 if a string stored inside the JSON value is not + UTF-8 encoded and @a error_handler is set to strict + + @note Binary values are serialized as object containing two keys: + - "bytes": an array of bytes as integers + - "subtype": the subtype as integer or "null" if the binary has no subtype + + @complexity Linear. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes in the JSON value. + + @liveexample{The following example shows the effect of different @a indent\, + @a indent_char\, and @a ensure_ascii parameters to the result of the + serialization.,dump} + + @see https://docs.python.org/2/library/json.html#json.dump + + @since version 1.0.0; indentation character @a indent_char, option + @a ensure_ascii and exceptions added in version 3.0.0; error + handlers added in version 3.4.0; serialization of binary values added + in version 3.8.0. + */ + string_t dump(const int indent = -1, + const char indent_char = ' ', + const bool ensure_ascii = false, + const error_handler_t error_handler = error_handler_t::strict) const + { + string_t result; + serializer s(detail::output_adapter(result), indent_char, error_handler); + + if (indent >= 0) + { + s.dump(*this, true, ensure_ascii, static_cast(indent)); + } + else + { + s.dump(*this, false, ensure_ascii, 0); + } + + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief return the type of the JSON value (explicit) + + Return the type of the JSON value as a value from the @ref value_t + enumeration. + + @return the type of the JSON value + Value type | return value + ------------------------- | ------------------------- + null | value_t::null + boolean | value_t::boolean + string | value_t::string + number (integer) | value_t::number_integer + number (unsigned integer) | value_t::number_unsigned + number (floating-point) | value_t::number_float + object | value_t::object + array | value_t::array + binary | value_t::binary + discarded | value_t::discarded + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `type()` for all JSON + types.,type} + + @sa see @ref operator value_t() -- return the type of the JSON value (implicit) + @sa see @ref type_name() -- return the type as string + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr value_t type() const noexcept + { + return m_type; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether type is primitive + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON type is primitive + (string, number, boolean, or null). + + @return `true` if type is primitive (string, number, boolean, or null), + `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_primitive()` for all JSON + types.,is_primitive} + + @sa see @ref is_structured() -- returns whether JSON value is structured + @sa see @ref is_null() -- returns whether JSON value is `null` + @sa see @ref is_string() -- returns whether JSON value is a string + @sa see @ref is_boolean() -- returns whether JSON value is a boolean + @sa see @ref is_number() -- returns whether JSON value is a number + @sa see @ref is_binary() -- returns whether JSON value is a binary array + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_primitive() const noexcept + { + return is_null() || is_string() || is_boolean() || is_number() || is_binary(); + } + + /*! + @brief return whether type is structured + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON type is structured + (array or object). + + @return `true` if type is structured (array or object), `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_structured()` for all JSON + types.,is_structured} + + @sa see @ref is_primitive() -- returns whether value is primitive + @sa see @ref is_array() -- returns whether value is an array + @sa see @ref is_object() -- returns whether value is an object + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_structured() const noexcept + { + return is_array() || is_object(); + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is null + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is null. + + @return `true` if type is null, `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_null()` for all JSON + types.,is_null} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_null() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::null; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is a boolean + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is a boolean. + + @return `true` if type is boolean, `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_boolean()` for all JSON + types.,is_boolean} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_boolean() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::boolean; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is a number + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is a number. This + includes both integer (signed and unsigned) and floating-point values. + + @return `true` if type is number (regardless whether integer, unsigned + integer or floating-type), `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_number()` for all JSON + types.,is_number} + + @sa see @ref is_number_integer() -- check if value is an integer or unsigned + integer number + @sa see @ref is_number_unsigned() -- check if value is an unsigned integer + number + @sa see @ref is_number_float() -- check if value is a floating-point number + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_number() const noexcept + { + return is_number_integer() || is_number_float(); + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is an integer number + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is a signed or + unsigned integer number. This excludes floating-point values. + + @return `true` if type is an integer or unsigned integer number, `false` + otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_number_integer()` for all + JSON types.,is_number_integer} + + @sa see @ref is_number() -- check if value is a number + @sa see @ref is_number_unsigned() -- check if value is an unsigned integer + number + @sa see @ref is_number_float() -- check if value is a floating-point number + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_number_integer() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::number_integer || m_type == value_t::number_unsigned; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is an unsigned integer number + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is an unsigned + integer number. This excludes floating-point and signed integer values. + + @return `true` if type is an unsigned integer number, `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_number_unsigned()` for all + JSON types.,is_number_unsigned} + + @sa see @ref is_number() -- check if value is a number + @sa see @ref is_number_integer() -- check if value is an integer or unsigned + integer number + @sa see @ref is_number_float() -- check if value is a floating-point number + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_number_unsigned() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::number_unsigned; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is a floating-point number + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is a + floating-point number. This excludes signed and unsigned integer values. + + @return `true` if type is a floating-point number, `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_number_float()` for all + JSON types.,is_number_float} + + @sa see @ref is_number() -- check if value is number + @sa see @ref is_number_integer() -- check if value is an integer number + @sa see @ref is_number_unsigned() -- check if value is an unsigned integer + number + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_number_float() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::number_float; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is an object + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is an object. + + @return `true` if type is object, `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_object()` for all JSON + types.,is_object} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_object() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::object; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is an array + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is an array. + + @return `true` if type is array, `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_array()` for all JSON + types.,is_array} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_array() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::array; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is a string + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is a string. + + @return `true` if type is string, `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_string()` for all JSON + types.,is_string} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_string() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::string; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is a binary array + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value is a binary array. + + @return `true` if type is binary array, `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_binary()` for all JSON + types.,is_binary} + + @since version 3.8.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_binary() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::binary; + } + + /*! + @brief return whether value is discarded + + This function returns true if and only if the JSON value was discarded + during parsing with a callback function (see @ref parser_callback_t). + + @note This function will always be `false` for JSON values after parsing. + That is, discarded values can only occur during parsing, but will be + removed when inside a structured value or replaced by null in other cases. + + @return `true` if type is discarded, `false` otherwise. + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `is_discarded()` for all JSON + types.,is_discarded} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr bool is_discarded() const noexcept + { + return m_type == value_t::discarded; + } + + /*! + @brief return the type of the JSON value (implicit) + + Implicitly return the type of the JSON value as a value from the @ref + value_t enumeration. + + @return the type of the JSON value + + @complexity Constant. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this member function never throws + exceptions. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies the @ref value_t operator for + all JSON types.,operator__value_t} + + @sa see @ref type() -- return the type of the JSON value (explicit) + @sa see @ref type_name() -- return the type as string + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + constexpr operator value_t() const noexcept + { + return m_type; + } + + /// @} + + private: + ////////////////// + // value access // + ////////////////// + + /// get a boolean (explicit) + boolean_t get_impl(boolean_t* /*unused*/) const + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_boolean())) + { + return m_value.boolean; + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be boolean, but is " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (object) + object_t* get_impl_ptr(object_t* /*unused*/) noexcept + { + return is_object() ? m_value.object : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (object) + constexpr const object_t* get_impl_ptr(const object_t* /*unused*/) const noexcept + { + return is_object() ? m_value.object : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (array) + array_t* get_impl_ptr(array_t* /*unused*/) noexcept + { + return is_array() ? m_value.array : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (array) + constexpr const array_t* get_impl_ptr(const array_t* /*unused*/) const noexcept + { + return is_array() ? m_value.array : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (string) + string_t* get_impl_ptr(string_t* /*unused*/) noexcept + { + return is_string() ? m_value.string : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (string) + constexpr const string_t* get_impl_ptr(const string_t* /*unused*/) const noexcept + { + return is_string() ? m_value.string : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (boolean) + boolean_t* get_impl_ptr(boolean_t* /*unused*/) noexcept + { + return is_boolean() ? &m_value.boolean : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (boolean) + constexpr const boolean_t* get_impl_ptr(const boolean_t* /*unused*/) const noexcept + { + return is_boolean() ? &m_value.boolean : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (integer number) + number_integer_t* get_impl_ptr(number_integer_t* /*unused*/) noexcept + { + return is_number_integer() ? &m_value.number_integer : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (integer number) + constexpr const number_integer_t* get_impl_ptr(const number_integer_t* /*unused*/) const noexcept + { + return is_number_integer() ? &m_value.number_integer : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (unsigned number) + number_unsigned_t* get_impl_ptr(number_unsigned_t* /*unused*/) noexcept + { + return is_number_unsigned() ? &m_value.number_unsigned : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (unsigned number) + constexpr const number_unsigned_t* get_impl_ptr(const number_unsigned_t* /*unused*/) const noexcept + { + return is_number_unsigned() ? &m_value.number_unsigned : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (floating-point number) + number_float_t* get_impl_ptr(number_float_t* /*unused*/) noexcept + { + return is_number_float() ? &m_value.number_float : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (floating-point number) + constexpr const number_float_t* get_impl_ptr(const number_float_t* /*unused*/) const noexcept + { + return is_number_float() ? &m_value.number_float : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (binary) + binary_t* get_impl_ptr(binary_t* /*unused*/) noexcept + { + return is_binary() ? m_value.binary : nullptr; + } + + /// get a pointer to the value (binary) + constexpr const binary_t* get_impl_ptr(const binary_t* /*unused*/) const noexcept + { + return is_binary() ? m_value.binary : nullptr; + } + + /*! + @brief helper function to implement get_ref() + + This function helps to implement get_ref() without code duplication for + const and non-const overloads + + @tparam ThisType will be deduced as `basic_json` or `const basic_json` + + @throw type_error.303 if ReferenceType does not match underlying value + type of the current JSON + */ + template + static ReferenceType get_ref_impl(ThisType& obj) + { + // delegate the call to get_ptr<>() + auto* ptr = obj.template get_ptr::type>(); + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(ptr != nullptr)) + { + return *ptr; + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(303, "incompatible ReferenceType for get_ref, actual type is " + std::string(obj.type_name()), obj)); + } + + public: + /// @name value access + /// Direct access to the stored value of a JSON value. + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief get a pointer value (implicit) + + Implicit pointer access to the internally stored JSON value. No copies are + made. + + @warning Writing data to the pointee of the result yields an undefined + state. + + @tparam PointerType pointer type; must be a pointer to @ref array_t, @ref + object_t, @ref string_t, @ref boolean_t, @ref number_integer_t, + @ref number_unsigned_t, or @ref number_float_t. Enforced by a static + assertion. + + @return pointer to the internally stored JSON value if the requested + pointer type @a PointerType fits to the JSON value; `nullptr` otherwise + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how pointers to internal values of a + JSON value can be requested. Note that no type conversions are made and a + `nullptr` is returned if the value and the requested pointer type does not + match.,get_ptr} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + auto get_ptr() noexcept -> decltype(std::declval().get_impl_ptr(std::declval())) + { + // delegate the call to get_impl_ptr<>() + return get_impl_ptr(static_cast(nullptr)); + } + + /*! + @brief get a pointer value (implicit) + @copydoc get_ptr() + */ + template < typename PointerType, typename std::enable_if < + std::is_pointer::value&& + std::is_const::type>::value, int >::type = 0 > + constexpr auto get_ptr() const noexcept -> decltype(std::declval().get_impl_ptr(std::declval())) + { + // delegate the call to get_impl_ptr<>() const + return get_impl_ptr(static_cast(nullptr)); + } + + private: + /*! + @brief get a value (explicit) + + Explicit type conversion between the JSON value and a compatible value + which is [CopyConstructible](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/CopyConstructible) + and [DefaultConstructible](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/DefaultConstructible). + The value is converted by calling the @ref json_serializer + `from_json()` method. + + The function is equivalent to executing + @code {.cpp} + ValueType ret; + JSONSerializer::from_json(*this, ret); + return ret; + @endcode + + This overloads is chosen if: + - @a ValueType is not @ref basic_json, + - @ref json_serializer has a `from_json()` method of the form + `void from_json(const basic_json&, ValueType&)`, and + - @ref json_serializer does not have a `from_json()` method of + the form `ValueType from_json(const basic_json&)` + + @tparam ValueType the returned value type + + @return copy of the JSON value, converted to @a ValueType + + @throw what @ref json_serializer `from_json()` method throws + + @liveexample{The example below shows several conversions from JSON values + to other types. There a few things to note: (1) Floating-point numbers can + be converted to integers\, (2) A JSON array can be converted to a standard + `std::vector`\, (3) A JSON object can be converted to C++ + associative containers such as `std::unordered_map`.,get__ValueType_const} + + @since version 2.1.0 + */ + template < typename ValueType, + detail::enable_if_t < + detail::is_default_constructible::value&& + detail::has_from_json::value, + int > = 0 > + ValueType get_impl(detail::priority_tag<0> /*unused*/) const noexcept(noexcept( + JSONSerializer::from_json(std::declval(), std::declval()))) + { + auto ret = ValueType(); + JSONSerializer::from_json(*this, ret); + return ret; + } + + /*! + @brief get a value (explicit); special case + + Explicit type conversion between the JSON value and a compatible value + which is **not** [CopyConstructible](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/CopyConstructible) + and **not** [DefaultConstructible](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/DefaultConstructible). + The value is converted by calling the @ref json_serializer + `from_json()` method. + + The function is equivalent to executing + @code {.cpp} + return JSONSerializer::from_json(*this); + @endcode + + This overloads is chosen if: + - @a ValueType is not @ref basic_json and + - @ref json_serializer has a `from_json()` method of the form + `ValueType from_json(const basic_json&)` + + @note If @ref json_serializer has both overloads of + `from_json()`, this one is chosen. + + @tparam ValueType the returned value type + + @return copy of the JSON value, converted to @a ValueType + + @throw what @ref json_serializer `from_json()` method throws + + @since version 2.1.0 + */ + template < typename ValueType, + detail::enable_if_t < + detail::has_non_default_from_json::value, + int > = 0 > + ValueType get_impl(detail::priority_tag<1> /*unused*/) const noexcept(noexcept( + JSONSerializer::from_json(std::declval()))) + { + return JSONSerializer::from_json(*this); + } + + /*! + @brief get special-case overload + + This overloads converts the current @ref basic_json in a different + @ref basic_json type + + @tparam BasicJsonType == @ref basic_json + + @return a copy of *this, converted into @a BasicJsonType + + @complexity Depending on the implementation of the called `from_json()` + method. + + @since version 3.2.0 + */ + template < typename BasicJsonType, + detail::enable_if_t < + detail::is_basic_json::value, + int > = 0 > + BasicJsonType get_impl(detail::priority_tag<2> /*unused*/) const + { + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief get special-case overload + + This overloads avoids a lot of template boilerplate, it can be seen as the + identity method + + @tparam BasicJsonType == @ref basic_json + + @return a copy of *this + + @complexity Constant. + + @since version 2.1.0 + */ + template::value, + int> = 0> + basic_json get_impl(detail::priority_tag<3> /*unused*/) const + { + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief get a pointer value (explicit) + @copydoc get() + */ + template::value, + int> = 0> + constexpr auto get_impl(detail::priority_tag<4> /*unused*/) const noexcept + -> decltype(std::declval().template get_ptr()) + { + // delegate the call to get_ptr + return get_ptr(); + } + + public: + /*! + @brief get a (pointer) value (explicit) + + Performs explicit type conversion between the JSON value and a compatible value if required. + + - If the requested type is a pointer to the internally stored JSON value that pointer is returned. + No copies are made. + + - If the requested type is the current @ref basic_json, or a different @ref basic_json convertible + from the current @ref basic_json. + + - Otherwise the value is converted by calling the @ref json_serializer `from_json()` + method. + + @tparam ValueTypeCV the provided value type + @tparam ValueType the returned value type + + @return copy of the JSON value, converted to @tparam ValueType if necessary + + @throw what @ref json_serializer `from_json()` method throws if conversion is required + + @since version 2.1.0 + */ + template < typename ValueTypeCV, typename ValueType = detail::uncvref_t> +#if defined(JSON_HAS_CPP_14) + constexpr +#endif + auto get() const noexcept( + noexcept(std::declval().template get_impl(detail::priority_tag<4> {}))) + -> decltype(std::declval().template get_impl(detail::priority_tag<4> {})) + { + // we cannot static_assert on ValueTypeCV being non-const, because + // there is support for get(), which is why we + // still need the uncvref + static_assert(!std::is_reference::value, + "get() cannot be used with reference types, you might want to use get_ref()"); + return get_impl(detail::priority_tag<4> {}); + } + + /*! + @brief get a pointer value (explicit) + + Explicit pointer access to the internally stored JSON value. No copies are + made. + + @warning The pointer becomes invalid if the underlying JSON object + changes. + + @tparam PointerType pointer type; must be a pointer to @ref array_t, @ref + object_t, @ref string_t, @ref boolean_t, @ref number_integer_t, + @ref number_unsigned_t, or @ref number_float_t. + + @return pointer to the internally stored JSON value if the requested + pointer type @a PointerType fits to the JSON value; `nullptr` otherwise + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how pointers to internal values of a + JSON value can be requested. Note that no type conversions are made and a + `nullptr` is returned if the value and the requested pointer type does not + match.,get__PointerType} + + @sa see @ref get_ptr() for explicit pointer-member access + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + auto get() noexcept -> decltype(std::declval().template get_ptr()) + { + // delegate the call to get_ptr + return get_ptr(); + } + + /*! + @brief get a value (explicit) + + Explicit type conversion between the JSON value and a compatible value. + The value is filled into the input parameter by calling the @ref json_serializer + `from_json()` method. + + The function is equivalent to executing + @code {.cpp} + ValueType v; + JSONSerializer::from_json(*this, v); + @endcode + + This overloads is chosen if: + - @a ValueType is not @ref basic_json, + - @ref json_serializer has a `from_json()` method of the form + `void from_json(const basic_json&, ValueType&)`, and + + @tparam ValueType the input parameter type. + + @return the input parameter, allowing chaining calls. + + @throw what @ref json_serializer `from_json()` method throws + + @liveexample{The example below shows several conversions from JSON values + to other types. There a few things to note: (1) Floating-point numbers can + be converted to integers\, (2) A JSON array can be converted to a standard + `std::vector`\, (3) A JSON object can be converted to C++ + associative containers such as `std::unordered_map`.,get_to} + + @since version 3.3.0 + */ + template < typename ValueType, + detail::enable_if_t < + !detail::is_basic_json::value&& + detail::has_from_json::value, + int > = 0 > + ValueType & get_to(ValueType& v) const noexcept(noexcept( + JSONSerializer::from_json(std::declval(), v))) + { + JSONSerializer::from_json(*this, v); + return v; + } + + // specialization to allow to call get_to with a basic_json value + // see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/2175 + template::value, + int> = 0> + ValueType & get_to(ValueType& v) const + { + v = *this; + return v; + } + + template < + typename T, std::size_t N, + typename Array = T (&)[N], // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-avoid-c-arrays,hicpp-avoid-c-arrays,modernize-avoid-c-arrays) + detail::enable_if_t < + detail::has_from_json::value, int > = 0 > + Array get_to(T (&v)[N]) const // NOLINT(cppcoreguidelines-avoid-c-arrays,hicpp-avoid-c-arrays,modernize-avoid-c-arrays) + noexcept(noexcept(JSONSerializer::from_json( + std::declval(), v))) + { + JSONSerializer::from_json(*this, v); + return v; + } + + /*! + @brief get a reference value (implicit) + + Implicit reference access to the internally stored JSON value. No copies + are made. + + @warning Writing data to the referee of the result yields an undefined + state. + + @tparam ReferenceType reference type; must be a reference to @ref array_t, + @ref object_t, @ref string_t, @ref boolean_t, @ref number_integer_t, or + @ref number_float_t. Enforced by static assertion. + + @return reference to the internally stored JSON value if the requested + reference type @a ReferenceType fits to the JSON value; throws + type_error.303 otherwise + + @throw type_error.303 in case passed type @a ReferenceType is incompatible + with the stored JSON value; see example below + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example shows several calls to `get_ref()`.,get_ref} + + @since version 1.1.0 + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + ReferenceType get_ref() + { + // delegate call to get_ref_impl + return get_ref_impl(*this); + } + + /*! + @brief get a reference value (implicit) + @copydoc get_ref() + */ + template < typename ReferenceType, typename std::enable_if < + std::is_reference::value&& + std::is_const::type>::value, int >::type = 0 > + ReferenceType get_ref() const + { + // delegate call to get_ref_impl + return get_ref_impl(*this); + } + + /*! + @brief get a value (implicit) + + Implicit type conversion between the JSON value and a compatible value. + The call is realized by calling @ref get() const. + + @tparam ValueType non-pointer type compatible to the JSON value, for + instance `int` for JSON integer numbers, `bool` for JSON booleans, or + `std::vector` types for JSON arrays. The character type of @ref string_t + as well as an initializer list of this type is excluded to avoid + ambiguities as these types implicitly convert to `std::string`. + + @return copy of the JSON value, converted to type @a ValueType + + @throw type_error.302 in case passed type @a ValueType is incompatible + to the JSON value type (e.g., the JSON value is of type boolean, but a + string is requested); see example below + + @complexity Linear in the size of the JSON value. + + @liveexample{The example below shows several conversions from JSON values + to other types. There a few things to note: (1) Floating-point numbers can + be converted to integers\, (2) A JSON array can be converted to a standard + `std::vector`\, (3) A JSON object can be converted to C++ + associative containers such as `std::unordered_map`.,operator__ValueType} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + template < typename ValueType, typename std::enable_if < + detail::conjunction < + detail::negation>, + detail::negation>>, + detail::negation>, + detail::negation>, + detail::negation>>, + +#if defined(JSON_HAS_CPP_17) && (defined(__GNUC__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1910 && _MSC_VER <= 1914)) + detail::negation>, +#endif + detail::is_detected_lazy + >::value, int >::type = 0 > + JSON_EXPLICIT operator ValueType() const + { + // delegate the call to get<>() const + return get(); + } + + /*! + @return reference to the binary value + + @throw type_error.302 if the value is not binary + + @sa see @ref is_binary() to check if the value is binary + + @since version 3.8.0 + */ + binary_t& get_binary() + { + if (!is_binary()) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be binary, but is " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + return *get_ptr(); + } + + /// @copydoc get_binary() + const binary_t& get_binary() const + { + if (!is_binary()) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(302, "type must be binary, but is " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + return *get_ptr(); + } + + /// @} + + + //////////////////// + // element access // + //////////////////// + + /// @name element access + /// Access to the JSON value. + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief access specified array element with bounds checking + + Returns a reference to the element at specified location @a idx, with + bounds checking. + + @param[in] idx index of the element to access + + @return reference to the element at index @a idx + + @throw type_error.304 if the JSON value is not an array; in this case, + calling `at` with an index makes no sense. See example below. + @throw out_of_range.401 if the index @a idx is out of range of the array; + that is, `idx >= size()`. See example below. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes in the JSON value. + + @complexity Constant. + + @since version 1.0.0 + + @liveexample{The example below shows how array elements can be read and + written using `at()`. It also demonstrates the different exceptions that + can be thrown.,at__size_type} + */ + reference at(size_type idx) + { + // at only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_array())) + { + JSON_TRY + { + return set_parent(m_value.array->at(idx)); + } + JSON_CATCH (std::out_of_range&) + { + // create better exception explanation + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(401, "array index " + std::to_string(idx) + " is out of range", *this)); + } + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(304, "cannot use at() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /*! + @brief access specified array element with bounds checking + + Returns a const reference to the element at specified location @a idx, + with bounds checking. + + @param[in] idx index of the element to access + + @return const reference to the element at index @a idx + + @throw type_error.304 if the JSON value is not an array; in this case, + calling `at` with an index makes no sense. See example below. + @throw out_of_range.401 if the index @a idx is out of range of the array; + that is, `idx >= size()`. See example below. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes in the JSON value. + + @complexity Constant. + + @since version 1.0.0 + + @liveexample{The example below shows how array elements can be read using + `at()`. It also demonstrates the different exceptions that can be thrown., + at__size_type_const} + */ + const_reference at(size_type idx) const + { + // at only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_array())) + { + JSON_TRY + { + return m_value.array->at(idx); + } + JSON_CATCH (std::out_of_range&) + { + // create better exception explanation + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(401, "array index " + std::to_string(idx) + " is out of range", *this)); + } + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(304, "cannot use at() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /*! + @brief access specified object element with bounds checking + + Returns a reference to the element at with specified key @a key, with + bounds checking. + + @param[in] key key of the element to access + + @return reference to the element at key @a key + + @throw type_error.304 if the JSON value is not an object; in this case, + calling `at` with a key makes no sense. See example below. + @throw out_of_range.403 if the key @a key is is not stored in the object; + that is, `find(key) == end()`. See example below. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes in the JSON value. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container. + + @sa see @ref operator[](const typename object_t::key_type&) for unchecked + access by reference + @sa see @ref value() for access by value with a default value + + @since version 1.0.0 + + @liveexample{The example below shows how object elements can be read and + written using `at()`. It also demonstrates the different exceptions that + can be thrown.,at__object_t_key_type} + */ + reference at(const typename object_t::key_type& key) + { + // at only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + JSON_TRY + { + return set_parent(m_value.object->at(key)); + } + JSON_CATCH (std::out_of_range&) + { + // create better exception explanation + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(403, "key '" + key + "' not found", *this)); + } + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(304, "cannot use at() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /*! + @brief access specified object element with bounds checking + + Returns a const reference to the element at with specified key @a key, + with bounds checking. + + @param[in] key key of the element to access + + @return const reference to the element at key @a key + + @throw type_error.304 if the JSON value is not an object; in this case, + calling `at` with a key makes no sense. See example below. + @throw out_of_range.403 if the key @a key is is not stored in the object; + that is, `find(key) == end()`. See example below. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes in the JSON value. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container. + + @sa see @ref operator[](const typename object_t::key_type&) for unchecked + access by reference + @sa see @ref value() for access by value with a default value + + @since version 1.0.0 + + @liveexample{The example below shows how object elements can be read using + `at()`. It also demonstrates the different exceptions that can be thrown., + at__object_t_key_type_const} + */ + const_reference at(const typename object_t::key_type& key) const + { + // at only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + JSON_TRY + { + return m_value.object->at(key); + } + JSON_CATCH (std::out_of_range&) + { + // create better exception explanation + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(403, "key '" + key + "' not found", *this)); + } + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(304, "cannot use at() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /*! + @brief access specified array element + + Returns a reference to the element at specified location @a idx. + + @note If @a idx is beyond the range of the array (i.e., `idx >= size()`), + then the array is silently filled up with `null` values to make `idx` a + valid reference to the last stored element. + + @param[in] idx index of the element to access + + @return reference to the element at index @a idx + + @throw type_error.305 if the JSON value is not an array or null; in that + cases, using the [] operator with an index makes no sense. + + @complexity Constant if @a idx is in the range of the array. Otherwise + linear in `idx - size()`. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how array elements can be read and + written using `[]` operator. Note the addition of `null` + values.,operatorarray__size_type} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + reference operator[](size_type idx) + { + // implicitly convert null value to an empty array + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::array; + m_value.array = create(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + // operator[] only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_array())) + { + // fill up array with null values if given idx is outside range + if (idx >= m_value.array->size()) + { +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + // remember array size & capacity before resizing + const auto old_size = m_value.array->size(); + const auto old_capacity = m_value.array->capacity(); +#endif + m_value.array->resize(idx + 1); + +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(m_value.array->capacity() != old_capacity)) + { + // capacity has changed: update all parents + set_parents(); + } + else + { + // set parent for values added above + set_parents(begin() + static_cast(old_size), static_cast(idx + 1 - old_size)); + } +#endif + assert_invariant(); + } + + return m_value.array->operator[](idx); + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(305, "cannot use operator[] with a numeric argument with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief access specified array element + + Returns a const reference to the element at specified location @a idx. + + @param[in] idx index of the element to access + + @return const reference to the element at index @a idx + + @throw type_error.305 if the JSON value is not an array; in that case, + using the [] operator with an index makes no sense. + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how array elements can be read using + the `[]` operator.,operatorarray__size_type_const} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + const_reference operator[](size_type idx) const + { + // const operator[] only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_array())) + { + return m_value.array->operator[](idx); + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(305, "cannot use operator[] with a numeric argument with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief access specified object element + + Returns a reference to the element at with specified key @a key. + + @note If @a key is not found in the object, then it is silently added to + the object and filled with a `null` value to make `key` a valid reference. + In case the value was `null` before, it is converted to an object. + + @param[in] key key of the element to access + + @return reference to the element at key @a key + + @throw type_error.305 if the JSON value is not an object or null; in that + cases, using the [] operator with a key makes no sense. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how object elements can be read and + written using the `[]` operator.,operatorarray__key_type} + + @sa see @ref at(const typename object_t::key_type&) for access by reference + with range checking + @sa see @ref value() for access by value with a default value + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + reference operator[](const typename object_t::key_type& key) + { + // implicitly convert null value to an empty object + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::object; + m_value.object = create(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + // operator[] only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + return set_parent(m_value.object->operator[](key)); + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(305, "cannot use operator[] with a string argument with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief read-only access specified object element + + Returns a const reference to the element at with specified key @a key. No + bounds checking is performed. + + @warning If the element with key @a key does not exist, the behavior is + undefined. + + @param[in] key key of the element to access + + @return const reference to the element at key @a key + + @pre The element with key @a key must exist. **This precondition is + enforced with an assertion.** + + @throw type_error.305 if the JSON value is not an object; in that case, + using the [] operator with a key makes no sense. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how object elements can be read using + the `[]` operator.,operatorarray__key_type_const} + + @sa see @ref at(const typename object_t::key_type&) for access by reference + with range checking + @sa see @ref value() for access by value with a default value + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + const_reference operator[](const typename object_t::key_type& key) const + { + // const operator[] only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_value.object->find(key) != m_value.object->end()); + return m_value.object->find(key)->second; + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(305, "cannot use operator[] with a string argument with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief access specified object element + + Returns a reference to the element at with specified key @a key. + + @note If @a key is not found in the object, then it is silently added to + the object and filled with a `null` value to make `key` a valid reference. + In case the value was `null` before, it is converted to an object. + + @param[in] key key of the element to access + + @return reference to the element at key @a key + + @throw type_error.305 if the JSON value is not an object or null; in that + cases, using the [] operator with a key makes no sense. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how object elements can be read and + written using the `[]` operator.,operatorarray__key_type} + + @sa see @ref at(const typename object_t::key_type&) for access by reference + with range checking + @sa see @ref value() for access by value with a default value + + @since version 1.1.0 + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + reference operator[](T* key) + { + // implicitly convert null to object + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::object; + m_value = value_t::object; + assert_invariant(); + } + + // at only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + return set_parent(m_value.object->operator[](key)); + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(305, "cannot use operator[] with a string argument with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief read-only access specified object element + + Returns a const reference to the element at with specified key @a key. No + bounds checking is performed. + + @warning If the element with key @a key does not exist, the behavior is + undefined. + + @param[in] key key of the element to access + + @return const reference to the element at key @a key + + @pre The element with key @a key must exist. **This precondition is + enforced with an assertion.** + + @throw type_error.305 if the JSON value is not an object; in that case, + using the [] operator with a key makes no sense. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how object elements can be read using + the `[]` operator.,operatorarray__key_type_const} + + @sa see @ref at(const typename object_t::key_type&) for access by reference + with range checking + @sa see @ref value() for access by value with a default value + + @since version 1.1.0 + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + const_reference operator[](T* key) const + { + // at only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + JSON_ASSERT(m_value.object->find(key) != m_value.object->end()); + return m_value.object->find(key)->second; + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(305, "cannot use operator[] with a string argument with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief access specified object element with default value + + Returns either a copy of an object's element at the specified key @a key + or a given default value if no element with key @a key exists. + + The function is basically equivalent to executing + @code {.cpp} + try { + return at(key); + } catch(out_of_range) { + return default_value; + } + @endcode + + @note Unlike @ref at(const typename object_t::key_type&), this function + does not throw if the given key @a key was not found. + + @note Unlike @ref operator[](const typename object_t::key_type& key), this + function does not implicitly add an element to the position defined by @a + key. This function is furthermore also applicable to const objects. + + @param[in] key key of the element to access + @param[in] default_value the value to return if @a key is not found + + @tparam ValueType type compatible to JSON values, for instance `int` for + JSON integer numbers, `bool` for JSON booleans, or `std::vector` types for + JSON arrays. Note the type of the expected value at @a key and the default + value @a default_value must be compatible. + + @return copy of the element at key @a key or @a default_value if @a key + is not found + + @throw type_error.302 if @a default_value does not match the type of the + value at @a key + @throw type_error.306 if the JSON value is not an object; in that case, + using `value()` with a key makes no sense. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how object elements can be queried + with a default value.,basic_json__value} + + @sa see @ref at(const typename object_t::key_type&) for access by reference + with range checking + @sa see @ref operator[](const typename object_t::key_type&) for unchecked + access by reference + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + // using std::is_convertible in a std::enable_if will fail when using explicit conversions + template < class ValueType, typename std::enable_if < + detail::is_getable::value + && !std::is_same::value, int >::type = 0 > + ValueType value(const typename object_t::key_type& key, const ValueType& default_value) const + { + // at only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + // if key is found, return value and given default value otherwise + const auto it = find(key); + if (it != end()) + { + return it->template get(); + } + + return default_value; + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(306, "cannot use value() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief overload for a default value of type const char* + @copydoc basic_json::value(const typename object_t::key_type&, const ValueType&) const + */ + string_t value(const typename object_t::key_type& key, const char* default_value) const + { + return value(key, string_t(default_value)); + } + + /*! + @brief access specified object element via JSON Pointer with default value + + Returns either a copy of an object's element at the specified key @a key + or a given default value if no element with key @a key exists. + + The function is basically equivalent to executing + @code {.cpp} + try { + return at(ptr); + } catch(out_of_range) { + return default_value; + } + @endcode + + @note Unlike @ref at(const json_pointer&), this function does not throw + if the given key @a key was not found. + + @param[in] ptr a JSON pointer to the element to access + @param[in] default_value the value to return if @a ptr found no value + + @tparam ValueType type compatible to JSON values, for instance `int` for + JSON integer numbers, `bool` for JSON booleans, or `std::vector` types for + JSON arrays. Note the type of the expected value at @a key and the default + value @a default_value must be compatible. + + @return copy of the element at key @a key or @a default_value if @a key + is not found + + @throw type_error.302 if @a default_value does not match the type of the + value at @a ptr + @throw type_error.306 if the JSON value is not an object; in that case, + using `value()` with a key makes no sense. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how object elements can be queried + with a default value.,basic_json__value_ptr} + + @sa see @ref operator[](const json_pointer&) for unchecked access by reference + + @since version 2.0.2 + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + ValueType value(const json_pointer& ptr, const ValueType& default_value) const + { + // at only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + // if pointer resolves a value, return it or use default value + JSON_TRY + { + return ptr.get_checked(this).template get(); + } + JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH (out_of_range&) + { + return default_value; + } + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(306, "cannot use value() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief overload for a default value of type const char* + @copydoc basic_json::value(const json_pointer&, ValueType) const + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(3) + string_t value(const json_pointer& ptr, const char* default_value) const + { + return value(ptr, string_t(default_value)); + } + + /*! + @brief access the first element + + Returns a reference to the first element in the container. For a JSON + container `c`, the expression `c.front()` is equivalent to `*c.begin()`. + + @return In case of a structured type (array or object), a reference to the + first element is returned. In case of number, string, boolean, or binary + values, a reference to the value is returned. + + @complexity Constant. + + @pre The JSON value must not be `null` (would throw `std::out_of_range`) + or an empty array or object (undefined behavior, **guarded by + assertions**). + @post The JSON value remains unchanged. + + @throw invalid_iterator.214 when called on `null` value + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `front()`.,front} + + @sa see @ref back() -- access the last element + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + reference front() + { + return *begin(); + } + + /*! + @copydoc basic_json::front() + */ + const_reference front() const + { + return *cbegin(); + } + + /*! + @brief access the last element + + Returns a reference to the last element in the container. For a JSON + container `c`, the expression `c.back()` is equivalent to + @code {.cpp} + auto tmp = c.end(); + --tmp; + return *tmp; + @endcode + + @return In case of a structured type (array or object), a reference to the + last element is returned. In case of number, string, boolean, or binary + values, a reference to the value is returned. + + @complexity Constant. + + @pre The JSON value must not be `null` (would throw `std::out_of_range`) + or an empty array or object (undefined behavior, **guarded by + assertions**). + @post The JSON value remains unchanged. + + @throw invalid_iterator.214 when called on a `null` value. See example + below. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `back()`.,back} + + @sa see @ref front() -- access the first element + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + reference back() + { + auto tmp = end(); + --tmp; + return *tmp; + } + + /*! + @copydoc basic_json::back() + */ + const_reference back() const + { + auto tmp = cend(); + --tmp; + return *tmp; + } + + /*! + @brief remove element given an iterator + + Removes the element specified by iterator @a pos. The iterator @a pos must + be valid and dereferenceable. Thus the `end()` iterator (which is valid, + but is not dereferenceable) cannot be used as a value for @a pos. + + If called on a primitive type other than `null`, the resulting JSON value + will be `null`. + + @param[in] pos iterator to the element to remove + @return Iterator following the last removed element. If the iterator @a + pos refers to the last element, the `end()` iterator is returned. + + @tparam IteratorType an @ref iterator or @ref const_iterator + + @post Invalidates iterators and references at or after the point of the + erase, including the `end()` iterator. + + @throw type_error.307 if called on a `null` value; example: `"cannot use + erase() with null"` + @throw invalid_iterator.202 if called on an iterator which does not belong + to the current JSON value; example: `"iterator does not fit current + value"` + @throw invalid_iterator.205 if called on a primitive type with invalid + iterator (i.e., any iterator which is not `begin()`); example: `"iterator + out of range"` + + @complexity The complexity depends on the type: + - objects: amortized constant + - arrays: linear in distance between @a pos and the end of the container + - strings and binary: linear in the length of the member + - other types: constant + + @liveexample{The example shows the result of `erase()` for different JSON + types.,erase__IteratorType} + + @sa see @ref erase(IteratorType, IteratorType) -- removes the elements in + the given range + @sa see @ref erase(const typename object_t::key_type&) -- removes the element + from an object at the given key + @sa see @ref erase(const size_type) -- removes the element from an array at + the given index + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + template < class IteratorType, typename std::enable_if < + std::is_same::value || + std::is_same::value, int >::type + = 0 > + IteratorType erase(IteratorType pos) + { + // make sure iterator fits the current value + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(this != pos.m_object)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(202, "iterator does not fit current value", *this)); + } + + IteratorType result = end(); + + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::binary: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!pos.m_it.primitive_iterator.is_begin())) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(205, "iterator out of range", *this)); + } + + if (is_string()) + { + AllocatorType alloc; + std::allocator_traits::destroy(alloc, m_value.string); + std::allocator_traits::deallocate(alloc, m_value.string, 1); + m_value.string = nullptr; + } + else if (is_binary()) + { + AllocatorType alloc; + std::allocator_traits::destroy(alloc, m_value.binary); + std::allocator_traits::deallocate(alloc, m_value.binary, 1); + m_value.binary = nullptr; + } + + m_type = value_t::null; + assert_invariant(); + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + result.m_it.object_iterator = m_value.object->erase(pos.m_it.object_iterator); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + result.m_it.array_iterator = m_value.array->erase(pos.m_it.array_iterator); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(307, "cannot use erase() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief remove elements given an iterator range + + Removes the element specified by the range `[first; last)`. The iterator + @a first does not need to be dereferenceable if `first == last`: erasing + an empty range is a no-op. + + If called on a primitive type other than `null`, the resulting JSON value + will be `null`. + + @param[in] first iterator to the beginning of the range to remove + @param[in] last iterator past the end of the range to remove + @return Iterator following the last removed element. If the iterator @a + second refers to the last element, the `end()` iterator is returned. + + @tparam IteratorType an @ref iterator or @ref const_iterator + + @post Invalidates iterators and references at or after the point of the + erase, including the `end()` iterator. + + @throw type_error.307 if called on a `null` value; example: `"cannot use + erase() with null"` + @throw invalid_iterator.203 if called on iterators which does not belong + to the current JSON value; example: `"iterators do not fit current value"` + @throw invalid_iterator.204 if called on a primitive type with invalid + iterators (i.e., if `first != begin()` and `last != end()`); example: + `"iterators out of range"` + + @complexity The complexity depends on the type: + - objects: `log(size()) + std::distance(first, last)` + - arrays: linear in the distance between @a first and @a last, plus linear + in the distance between @a last and end of the container + - strings and binary: linear in the length of the member + - other types: constant + + @liveexample{The example shows the result of `erase()` for different JSON + types.,erase__IteratorType_IteratorType} + + @sa see @ref erase(IteratorType) -- removes the element at a given position + @sa see @ref erase(const typename object_t::key_type&) -- removes the element + from an object at the given key + @sa see @ref erase(const size_type) -- removes the element from an array at + the given index + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + template < class IteratorType, typename std::enable_if < + std::is_same::value || + std::is_same::value, int >::type + = 0 > + IteratorType erase(IteratorType first, IteratorType last) + { + // make sure iterator fits the current value + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(this != first.m_object || this != last.m_object)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(203, "iterators do not fit current value", *this)); + } + + IteratorType result = end(); + + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::binary: + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(!first.m_it.primitive_iterator.is_begin() + || !last.m_it.primitive_iterator.is_end())) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(204, "iterators out of range", *this)); + } + + if (is_string()) + { + AllocatorType alloc; + std::allocator_traits::destroy(alloc, m_value.string); + std::allocator_traits::deallocate(alloc, m_value.string, 1); + m_value.string = nullptr; + } + else if (is_binary()) + { + AllocatorType alloc; + std::allocator_traits::destroy(alloc, m_value.binary); + std::allocator_traits::deallocate(alloc, m_value.binary, 1); + m_value.binary = nullptr; + } + + m_type = value_t::null; + assert_invariant(); + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + result.m_it.object_iterator = m_value.object->erase(first.m_it.object_iterator, + last.m_it.object_iterator); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + result.m_it.array_iterator = m_value.array->erase(first.m_it.array_iterator, + last.m_it.array_iterator); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(307, "cannot use erase() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief remove element from a JSON object given a key + + Removes elements from a JSON object with the key value @a key. + + @param[in] key value of the elements to remove + + @return Number of elements removed. If @a ObjectType is the default + `std::map` type, the return value will always be `0` (@a key was not + found) or `1` (@a key was found). + + @post References and iterators to the erased elements are invalidated. + Other references and iterators are not affected. + + @throw type_error.307 when called on a type other than JSON object; + example: `"cannot use erase() with null"` + + @complexity `log(size()) + count(key)` + + @liveexample{The example shows the effect of `erase()`.,erase__key_type} + + @sa see @ref erase(IteratorType) -- removes the element at a given position + @sa see @ref erase(IteratorType, IteratorType) -- removes the elements in + the given range + @sa see @ref erase(const size_type) -- removes the element from an array at + the given index + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + size_type erase(const typename object_t::key_type& key) + { + // this erase only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + return m_value.object->erase(key); + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(307, "cannot use erase() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief remove element from a JSON array given an index + + Removes element from a JSON array at the index @a idx. + + @param[in] idx index of the element to remove + + @throw type_error.307 when called on a type other than JSON object; + example: `"cannot use erase() with null"` + @throw out_of_range.401 when `idx >= size()`; example: `"array index 17 + is out of range"` + + @complexity Linear in distance between @a idx and the end of the container. + + @liveexample{The example shows the effect of `erase()`.,erase__size_type} + + @sa see @ref erase(IteratorType) -- removes the element at a given position + @sa see @ref erase(IteratorType, IteratorType) -- removes the elements in + the given range + @sa see @ref erase(const typename object_t::key_type&) -- removes the element + from an object at the given key + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + void erase(const size_type idx) + { + // this erase only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_array())) + { + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(idx >= size())) + { + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(401, "array index " + std::to_string(idx) + " is out of range", *this)); + } + + m_value.array->erase(m_value.array->begin() + static_cast(idx)); + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(307, "cannot use erase() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /// @} + + + //////////// + // lookup // + //////////// + + /// @name lookup + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief find an element in a JSON object + + Finds an element in a JSON object with key equivalent to @a key. If the + element is not found or the JSON value is not an object, end() is + returned. + + @note This method always returns @ref end() when executed on a JSON type + that is not an object. + + @param[in] key key value of the element to search for. + + @return Iterator to an element with key equivalent to @a key. If no such + element is found or the JSON value is not an object, past-the-end (see + @ref end()) iterator is returned. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the JSON object. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `find()` is used.,find__key_type} + + @sa see @ref contains(KeyT&&) const -- checks whether a key exists + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + template + iterator find(KeyT&& key) + { + auto result = end(); + + if (is_object()) + { + result.m_it.object_iterator = m_value.object->find(std::forward(key)); + } + + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief find an element in a JSON object + @copydoc find(KeyT&&) + */ + template + const_iterator find(KeyT&& key) const + { + auto result = cend(); + + if (is_object()) + { + result.m_it.object_iterator = m_value.object->find(std::forward(key)); + } + + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief returns the number of occurrences of a key in a JSON object + + Returns the number of elements with key @a key. If ObjectType is the + default `std::map` type, the return value will always be `0` (@a key was + not found) or `1` (@a key was found). + + @note This method always returns `0` when executed on a JSON type that is + not an object. + + @param[in] key key value of the element to count + + @return Number of elements with key @a key. If the JSON value is not an + object, the return value will be `0`. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the JSON object. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `count()` is used.,count} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + template + size_type count(KeyT&& key) const + { + // return 0 for all nonobject types + return is_object() ? m_value.object->count(std::forward(key)) : 0; + } + + /*! + @brief check the existence of an element in a JSON object + + Check whether an element exists in a JSON object with key equivalent to + @a key. If the element is not found or the JSON value is not an object, + false is returned. + + @note This method always returns false when executed on a JSON type + that is not an object. + + @param[in] key key value to check its existence. + + @return true if an element with specified @a key exists. If no such + element with such key is found or the JSON value is not an object, + false is returned. + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the JSON object. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `contains()`.,contains} + + @sa see @ref find(KeyT&&) -- returns an iterator to an object element + @sa see @ref contains(const json_pointer&) const -- checks the existence for a JSON pointer + + @since version 3.6.0 + */ + template < typename KeyT, typename std::enable_if < + !std::is_same::type, json_pointer>::value, int >::type = 0 > + bool contains(KeyT && key) const + { + return is_object() && m_value.object->find(std::forward(key)) != m_value.object->end(); + } + + /*! + @brief check the existence of an element in a JSON object given a JSON pointer + + Check whether the given JSON pointer @a ptr can be resolved in the current + JSON value. + + @note This method can be executed on any JSON value type. + + @param[in] ptr JSON pointer to check its existence. + + @return true if the JSON pointer can be resolved to a stored value, false + otherwise. + + @post If `j.contains(ptr)` returns true, it is safe to call `j[ptr]`. + + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index begins with '0' + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index was not a number + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the JSON object. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `contains()`.,contains_json_pointer} + + @sa see @ref contains(KeyT &&) const -- checks the existence of a key + + @since version 3.7.0 + */ + bool contains(const json_pointer& ptr) const + { + return ptr.contains(this); + } + + /// @} + + + /////////////// + // iterators // + /////////////// + + /// @name iterators + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief returns an iterator to the first element + + Returns an iterator to the first element. + + @image html range-begin-end.svg "Illustration from cppreference.com" + + @return iterator to the first element + + @complexity Constant. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `begin()`.,begin} + + @sa see @ref cbegin() -- returns a const iterator to the beginning + @sa see @ref end() -- returns an iterator to the end + @sa see @ref cend() -- returns a const iterator to the end + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + iterator begin() noexcept + { + iterator result(this); + result.set_begin(); + return result; + } + + /*! + @copydoc basic_json::cbegin() + */ + const_iterator begin() const noexcept + { + return cbegin(); + } + + /*! + @brief returns a const iterator to the first element + + Returns a const iterator to the first element. + + @image html range-begin-end.svg "Illustration from cppreference.com" + + @return const iterator to the first element + + @complexity Constant. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + - Has the semantics of `const_cast(*this).begin()`. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `cbegin()`.,cbegin} + + @sa see @ref begin() -- returns an iterator to the beginning + @sa see @ref end() -- returns an iterator to the end + @sa see @ref cend() -- returns a const iterator to the end + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + const_iterator cbegin() const noexcept + { + const_iterator result(this); + result.set_begin(); + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief returns an iterator to one past the last element + + Returns an iterator to one past the last element. + + @image html range-begin-end.svg "Illustration from cppreference.com" + + @return iterator one past the last element + + @complexity Constant. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `end()`.,end} + + @sa see @ref cend() -- returns a const iterator to the end + @sa see @ref begin() -- returns an iterator to the beginning + @sa see @ref cbegin() -- returns a const iterator to the beginning + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + iterator end() noexcept + { + iterator result(this); + result.set_end(); + return result; + } + + /*! + @copydoc basic_json::cend() + */ + const_iterator end() const noexcept + { + return cend(); + } + + /*! + @brief returns a const iterator to one past the last element + + Returns a const iterator to one past the last element. + + @image html range-begin-end.svg "Illustration from cppreference.com" + + @return const iterator one past the last element + + @complexity Constant. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + - Has the semantics of `const_cast(*this).end()`. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `cend()`.,cend} + + @sa see @ref end() -- returns an iterator to the end + @sa see @ref begin() -- returns an iterator to the beginning + @sa see @ref cbegin() -- returns a const iterator to the beginning + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + const_iterator cend() const noexcept + { + const_iterator result(this); + result.set_end(); + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief returns an iterator to the reverse-beginning + + Returns an iterator to the reverse-beginning; that is, the last element. + + @image html range-rbegin-rend.svg "Illustration from cppreference.com" + + @complexity Constant. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [ReversibleContainer](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/ReversibleContainer) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + - Has the semantics of `reverse_iterator(end())`. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `rbegin()`.,rbegin} + + @sa see @ref crbegin() -- returns a const reverse iterator to the beginning + @sa see @ref rend() -- returns a reverse iterator to the end + @sa see @ref crend() -- returns a const reverse iterator to the end + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + reverse_iterator rbegin() noexcept + { + return reverse_iterator(end()); + } + + /*! + @copydoc basic_json::crbegin() + */ + const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const noexcept + { + return crbegin(); + } + + /*! + @brief returns an iterator to the reverse-end + + Returns an iterator to the reverse-end; that is, one before the first + element. + + @image html range-rbegin-rend.svg "Illustration from cppreference.com" + + @complexity Constant. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [ReversibleContainer](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/ReversibleContainer) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + - Has the semantics of `reverse_iterator(begin())`. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `rend()`.,rend} + + @sa see @ref crend() -- returns a const reverse iterator to the end + @sa see @ref rbegin() -- returns a reverse iterator to the beginning + @sa see @ref crbegin() -- returns a const reverse iterator to the beginning + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + reverse_iterator rend() noexcept + { + return reverse_iterator(begin()); + } + + /*! + @copydoc basic_json::crend() + */ + const_reverse_iterator rend() const noexcept + { + return crend(); + } + + /*! + @brief returns a const reverse iterator to the last element + + Returns a const iterator to the reverse-beginning; that is, the last + element. + + @image html range-rbegin-rend.svg "Illustration from cppreference.com" + + @complexity Constant. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [ReversibleContainer](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/ReversibleContainer) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + - Has the semantics of `const_cast(*this).rbegin()`. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `crbegin()`.,crbegin} + + @sa see @ref rbegin() -- returns a reverse iterator to the beginning + @sa see @ref rend() -- returns a reverse iterator to the end + @sa see @ref crend() -- returns a const reverse iterator to the end + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + const_reverse_iterator crbegin() const noexcept + { + return const_reverse_iterator(cend()); + } + + /*! + @brief returns a const reverse iterator to one before the first + + Returns a const reverse iterator to the reverse-end; that is, one before + the first element. + + @image html range-rbegin-rend.svg "Illustration from cppreference.com" + + @complexity Constant. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [ReversibleContainer](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/ReversibleContainer) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + - Has the semantics of `const_cast(*this).rend()`. + + @liveexample{The following code shows an example for `crend()`.,crend} + + @sa see @ref rend() -- returns a reverse iterator to the end + @sa see @ref rbegin() -- returns a reverse iterator to the beginning + @sa see @ref crbegin() -- returns a const reverse iterator to the beginning + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + const_reverse_iterator crend() const noexcept + { + return const_reverse_iterator(cbegin()); + } + + public: + /*! + @brief wrapper to access iterator member functions in range-based for + + This function allows to access @ref iterator::key() and @ref + iterator::value() during range-based for loops. In these loops, a + reference to the JSON values is returned, so there is no access to the + underlying iterator. + + For loop without iterator_wrapper: + + @code{cpp} + for (auto it = j_object.begin(); it != j_object.end(); ++it) + { + std::cout << "key: " << it.key() << ", value:" << it.value() << '\n'; + } + @endcode + + Range-based for loop without iterator proxy: + + @code{cpp} + for (auto it : j_object) + { + // "it" is of type json::reference and has no key() member + std::cout << "value: " << it << '\n'; + } + @endcode + + Range-based for loop with iterator proxy: + + @code{cpp} + for (auto it : json::iterator_wrapper(j_object)) + { + std::cout << "key: " << it.key() << ", value:" << it.value() << '\n'; + } + @endcode + + @note When iterating over an array, `key()` will return the index of the + element as string (see example). + + @param[in] ref reference to a JSON value + @return iteration proxy object wrapping @a ref with an interface to use in + range-based for loops + + @liveexample{The following code shows how the wrapper is used,iterator_wrapper} + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes in the JSON value. + + @complexity Constant. + + @note The name of this function is not yet final and may change in the + future. + + @deprecated This stream operator is deprecated and will be removed in + future 4.0.0 of the library. Please use @ref items() instead; + that is, replace `json::iterator_wrapper(j)` with `j.items()`. + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.1.0, items()) + static iteration_proxy iterator_wrapper(reference ref) noexcept + { + return ref.items(); + } + + /*! + @copydoc iterator_wrapper(reference) + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.1.0, items()) + static iteration_proxy iterator_wrapper(const_reference ref) noexcept + { + return ref.items(); + } + + /*! + @brief helper to access iterator member functions in range-based for + + This function allows to access @ref iterator::key() and @ref + iterator::value() during range-based for loops. In these loops, a + reference to the JSON values is returned, so there is no access to the + underlying iterator. + + For loop without `items()` function: + + @code{cpp} + for (auto it = j_object.begin(); it != j_object.end(); ++it) + { + std::cout << "key: " << it.key() << ", value:" << it.value() << '\n'; + } + @endcode + + Range-based for loop without `items()` function: + + @code{cpp} + for (auto it : j_object) + { + // "it" is of type json::reference and has no key() member + std::cout << "value: " << it << '\n'; + } + @endcode + + Range-based for loop with `items()` function: + + @code{cpp} + for (auto& el : j_object.items()) + { + std::cout << "key: " << el.key() << ", value:" << el.value() << '\n'; + } + @endcode + + The `items()` function also allows to use + [structured bindings](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/language/structured_binding) + (C++17): + + @code{cpp} + for (auto& [key, val] : j_object.items()) + { + std::cout << "key: " << key << ", value:" << val << '\n'; + } + @endcode + + @note When iterating over an array, `key()` will return the index of the + element as string (see example). For primitive types (e.g., numbers), + `key()` returns an empty string. + + @warning Using `items()` on temporary objects is dangerous. Make sure the + object's lifetime exeeds the iteration. See + for more + information. + + @return iteration proxy object wrapping @a ref with an interface to use in + range-based for loops + + @liveexample{The following code shows how the function is used.,items} + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes in the JSON value. + + @complexity Constant. + + @since version 3.1.0, structured bindings support since 3.5.0. + */ + iteration_proxy items() noexcept + { + return iteration_proxy(*this); + } + + /*! + @copydoc items() + */ + iteration_proxy items() const noexcept + { + return iteration_proxy(*this); + } + + /// @} + + + ////////////// + // capacity // + ////////////// + + /// @name capacity + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief checks whether the container is empty. + + Checks if a JSON value has no elements (i.e. whether its @ref size is `0`). + + @return The return value depends on the different types and is + defined as follows: + Value type | return value + ----------- | ------------- + null | `true` + boolean | `false` + string | `false` + number | `false` + binary | `false` + object | result of function `object_t::empty()` + array | result of function `array_t::empty()` + + @liveexample{The following code uses `empty()` to check if a JSON + object contains any elements.,empty} + + @complexity Constant, as long as @ref array_t and @ref object_t satisfy + the Container concept; that is, their `empty()` functions have constant + complexity. + + @iterators No changes. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @note This function does not return whether a string stored as JSON value + is empty - it returns whether the JSON container itself is empty which is + false in the case of a string. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + - Has the semantics of `begin() == end()`. + + @sa see @ref size() -- returns the number of elements + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + bool empty() const noexcept + { + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::null: + { + // null values are empty + return true; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + // delegate call to array_t::empty() + return m_value.array->empty(); + } + + case value_t::object: + { + // delegate call to object_t::empty() + return m_value.object->empty(); + } + + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + // all other types are nonempty + return false; + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief returns the number of elements + + Returns the number of elements in a JSON value. + + @return The return value depends on the different types and is + defined as follows: + Value type | return value + ----------- | ------------- + null | `0` + boolean | `1` + string | `1` + number | `1` + binary | `1` + object | result of function object_t::size() + array | result of function array_t::size() + + @liveexample{The following code calls `size()` on the different value + types.,size} + + @complexity Constant, as long as @ref array_t and @ref object_t satisfy + the Container concept; that is, their size() functions have constant + complexity. + + @iterators No changes. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @note This function does not return the length of a string stored as JSON + value - it returns the number of elements in the JSON value which is 1 in + the case of a string. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + - Has the semantics of `std::distance(begin(), end())`. + + @sa see @ref empty() -- checks whether the container is empty + @sa see @ref max_size() -- returns the maximal number of elements + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + size_type size() const noexcept + { + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::null: + { + // null values are empty + return 0; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + // delegate call to array_t::size() + return m_value.array->size(); + } + + case value_t::object: + { + // delegate call to object_t::size() + return m_value.object->size(); + } + + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + // all other types have size 1 + return 1; + } + } + } + + /*! + @brief returns the maximum possible number of elements + + Returns the maximum number of elements a JSON value is able to hold due to + system or library implementation limitations, i.e. `std::distance(begin(), + end())` for the JSON value. + + @return The return value depends on the different types and is + defined as follows: + Value type | return value + ----------- | ------------- + null | `0` (same as `size()`) + boolean | `1` (same as `size()`) + string | `1` (same as `size()`) + number | `1` (same as `size()`) + binary | `1` (same as `size()`) + object | result of function `object_t::max_size()` + array | result of function `array_t::max_size()` + + @liveexample{The following code calls `max_size()` on the different value + types. Note the output is implementation specific.,max_size} + + @complexity Constant, as long as @ref array_t and @ref object_t satisfy + the Container concept; that is, their `max_size()` functions have constant + complexity. + + @iterators No changes. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @requirement This function helps `basic_json` satisfying the + [Container](https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/named_req/Container) + requirements: + - The complexity is constant. + - Has the semantics of returning `b.size()` where `b` is the largest + possible JSON value. + + @sa see @ref size() -- returns the number of elements + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + size_type max_size() const noexcept + { + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::array: + { + // delegate call to array_t::max_size() + return m_value.array->max_size(); + } + + case value_t::object: + { + // delegate call to object_t::max_size() + return m_value.object->max_size(); + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + // all other types have max_size() == size() + return size(); + } + } + } + + /// @} + + + /////////////// + // modifiers // + /////////////// + + /// @name modifiers + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief clears the contents + + Clears the content of a JSON value and resets it to the default value as + if @ref basic_json(value_t) would have been called with the current value + type from @ref type(): + + Value type | initial value + ----------- | ------------- + null | `null` + boolean | `false` + string | `""` + number | `0` + binary | An empty byte vector + object | `{}` + array | `[]` + + @post Has the same effect as calling + @code {.cpp} + *this = basic_json(type()); + @endcode + + @liveexample{The example below shows the effect of `clear()` to different + JSON types.,clear} + + @complexity Linear in the size of the JSON value. + + @iterators All iterators, pointers and references related to this container + are invalidated. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @sa see @ref basic_json(value_t) -- constructor that creates an object with the + same value than calling `clear()` + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + void clear() noexcept + { + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::number_integer: + { + m_value.number_integer = 0; + break; + } + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + { + m_value.number_unsigned = 0; + break; + } + + case value_t::number_float: + { + m_value.number_float = 0.0; + break; + } + + case value_t::boolean: + { + m_value.boolean = false; + break; + } + + case value_t::string: + { + m_value.string->clear(); + break; + } + + case value_t::binary: + { + m_value.binary->clear(); + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + m_value.array->clear(); + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + m_value.object->clear(); + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + break; + } + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an array + + Appends the given element @a val to the end of the JSON value. If the + function is called on a JSON null value, an empty array is created before + appending @a val. + + @param[in] val the value to add to the JSON array + + @throw type_error.308 when called on a type other than JSON array or + null; example: `"cannot use push_back() with number"` + + @complexity Amortized constant. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `push_back()` and `+=` can be used to + add elements to a JSON array. Note how the `null` value was silently + converted to a JSON array.,push_back} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + void push_back(basic_json&& val) + { + // push_back only works for null objects or arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(is_null() || is_array()))) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(308, "cannot use push_back() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + // transform null object into an array + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::array; + m_value = value_t::array; + assert_invariant(); + } + + // add element to array (move semantics) + const auto old_capacity = m_value.array->capacity(); + m_value.array->push_back(std::move(val)); + set_parent(m_value.array->back(), old_capacity); + // if val is moved from, basic_json move constructor marks it null so we do not call the destructor + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an array + @copydoc push_back(basic_json&&) + */ + reference operator+=(basic_json&& val) + { + push_back(std::move(val)); + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an array + @copydoc push_back(basic_json&&) + */ + void push_back(const basic_json& val) + { + // push_back only works for null objects or arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(is_null() || is_array()))) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(308, "cannot use push_back() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + // transform null object into an array + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::array; + m_value = value_t::array; + assert_invariant(); + } + + // add element to array + const auto old_capacity = m_value.array->capacity(); + m_value.array->push_back(val); + set_parent(m_value.array->back(), old_capacity); + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an array + @copydoc push_back(basic_json&&) + */ + reference operator+=(const basic_json& val) + { + push_back(val); + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an object + + Inserts the given element @a val to the JSON object. If the function is + called on a JSON null value, an empty object is created before inserting + @a val. + + @param[in] val the value to add to the JSON object + + @throw type_error.308 when called on a type other than JSON object or + null; example: `"cannot use push_back() with number"` + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container, O(log(`size()`)). + + @liveexample{The example shows how `push_back()` and `+=` can be used to + add elements to a JSON object. Note how the `null` value was silently + converted to a JSON object.,push_back__object_t__value} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + void push_back(const typename object_t::value_type& val) + { + // push_back only works for null objects or objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(is_null() || is_object()))) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(308, "cannot use push_back() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + // transform null object into an object + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::object; + m_value = value_t::object; + assert_invariant(); + } + + // add element to object + auto res = m_value.object->insert(val); + set_parent(res.first->second); + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an object + @copydoc push_back(const typename object_t::value_type&) + */ + reference operator+=(const typename object_t::value_type& val) + { + push_back(val); + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an object + + This function allows to use `push_back` with an initializer list. In case + + 1. the current value is an object, + 2. the initializer list @a init contains only two elements, and + 3. the first element of @a init is a string, + + @a init is converted into an object element and added using + @ref push_back(const typename object_t::value_type&). Otherwise, @a init + is converted to a JSON value and added using @ref push_back(basic_json&&). + + @param[in] init an initializer list + + @complexity Linear in the size of the initializer list @a init. + + @note This function is required to resolve an ambiguous overload error, + because pairs like `{"key", "value"}` can be both interpreted as + `object_t::value_type` or `std::initializer_list`, see + https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/235 for more information. + + @liveexample{The example shows how initializer lists are treated as + objects when possible.,push_back__initializer_list} + */ + void push_back(initializer_list_t init) + { + if (is_object() && init.size() == 2 && (*init.begin())->is_string()) + { + basic_json&& key = init.begin()->moved_or_copied(); + push_back(typename object_t::value_type( + std::move(key.get_ref()), (init.begin() + 1)->moved_or_copied())); + } + else + { + push_back(basic_json(init)); + } + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an object + @copydoc push_back(initializer_list_t) + */ + reference operator+=(initializer_list_t init) + { + push_back(init); + return *this; + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an array + + Creates a JSON value from the passed parameters @a args to the end of the + JSON value. If the function is called on a JSON null value, an empty array + is created before appending the value created from @a args. + + @param[in] args arguments to forward to a constructor of @ref basic_json + @tparam Args compatible types to create a @ref basic_json object + + @return reference to the inserted element + + @throw type_error.311 when called on a type other than JSON array or + null; example: `"cannot use emplace_back() with number"` + + @complexity Amortized constant. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `push_back()` can be used to add + elements to a JSON array. Note how the `null` value was silently converted + to a JSON array.,emplace_back} + + @since version 2.0.8, returns reference since 3.7.0 + */ + template + reference emplace_back(Args&& ... args) + { + // emplace_back only works for null objects or arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(is_null() || is_array()))) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(311, "cannot use emplace_back() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + // transform null object into an array + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::array; + m_value = value_t::array; + assert_invariant(); + } + + // add element to array (perfect forwarding) + const auto old_capacity = m_value.array->capacity(); + m_value.array->emplace_back(std::forward(args)...); + return set_parent(m_value.array->back(), old_capacity); + } + + /*! + @brief add an object to an object if key does not exist + + Inserts a new element into a JSON object constructed in-place with the + given @a args if there is no element with the key in the container. If the + function is called on a JSON null value, an empty object is created before + appending the value created from @a args. + + @param[in] args arguments to forward to a constructor of @ref basic_json + @tparam Args compatible types to create a @ref basic_json object + + @return a pair consisting of an iterator to the inserted element, or the + already-existing element if no insertion happened, and a bool + denoting whether the insertion took place. + + @throw type_error.311 when called on a type other than JSON object or + null; example: `"cannot use emplace() with number"` + + @complexity Logarithmic in the size of the container, O(log(`size()`)). + + @liveexample{The example shows how `emplace()` can be used to add elements + to a JSON object. Note how the `null` value was silently converted to a + JSON object. Further note how no value is added if there was already one + value stored with the same key.,emplace} + + @since version 2.0.8 + */ + template + std::pair emplace(Args&& ... args) + { + // emplace only works for null objects or arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!(is_null() || is_object()))) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(311, "cannot use emplace() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + // transform null object into an object + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::object; + m_value = value_t::object; + assert_invariant(); + } + + // add element to array (perfect forwarding) + auto res = m_value.object->emplace(std::forward(args)...); + set_parent(res.first->second); + + // create result iterator and set iterator to the result of emplace + auto it = begin(); + it.m_it.object_iterator = res.first; + + // return pair of iterator and boolean + return {it, res.second}; + } + + /// Helper for insertion of an iterator + /// @note: This uses std::distance to support GCC 4.8, + /// see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/1257 + template + iterator insert_iterator(const_iterator pos, Args&& ... args) + { + iterator result(this); + JSON_ASSERT(m_value.array != nullptr); + + auto insert_pos = std::distance(m_value.array->begin(), pos.m_it.array_iterator); + m_value.array->insert(pos.m_it.array_iterator, std::forward(args)...); + result.m_it.array_iterator = m_value.array->begin() + insert_pos; + + // This could have been written as: + // result.m_it.array_iterator = m_value.array->insert(pos.m_it.array_iterator, cnt, val); + // but the return value of insert is missing in GCC 4.8, so it is written this way instead. + + set_parents(); + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief inserts element + + Inserts element @a val before iterator @a pos. + + @param[in] pos iterator before which the content will be inserted; may be + the end() iterator + @param[in] val element to insert + @return iterator pointing to the inserted @a val. + + @throw type_error.309 if called on JSON values other than arrays; + example: `"cannot use insert() with string"` + @throw invalid_iterator.202 if @a pos is not an iterator of *this; + example: `"iterator does not fit current value"` + + @complexity Constant plus linear in the distance between @a pos and end of + the container. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `insert()` is used.,insert} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + iterator insert(const_iterator pos, const basic_json& val) + { + // insert only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_array())) + { + // check if iterator pos fits to this JSON value + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(pos.m_object != this)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(202, "iterator does not fit current value", *this)); + } + + // insert to array and return iterator + return insert_iterator(pos, val); + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(309, "cannot use insert() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief inserts element + @copydoc insert(const_iterator, const basic_json&) + */ + iterator insert(const_iterator pos, basic_json&& val) + { + return insert(pos, val); + } + + /*! + @brief inserts elements + + Inserts @a cnt copies of @a val before iterator @a pos. + + @param[in] pos iterator before which the content will be inserted; may be + the end() iterator + @param[in] cnt number of copies of @a val to insert + @param[in] val element to insert + @return iterator pointing to the first element inserted, or @a pos if + `cnt==0` + + @throw type_error.309 if called on JSON values other than arrays; example: + `"cannot use insert() with string"` + @throw invalid_iterator.202 if @a pos is not an iterator of *this; + example: `"iterator does not fit current value"` + + @complexity Linear in @a cnt plus linear in the distance between @a pos + and end of the container. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `insert()` is used.,insert__count} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + iterator insert(const_iterator pos, size_type cnt, const basic_json& val) + { + // insert only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_array())) + { + // check if iterator pos fits to this JSON value + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(pos.m_object != this)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(202, "iterator does not fit current value", *this)); + } + + // insert to array and return iterator + return insert_iterator(pos, cnt, val); + } + + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(309, "cannot use insert() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + /*! + @brief inserts elements + + Inserts elements from range `[first, last)` before iterator @a pos. + + @param[in] pos iterator before which the content will be inserted; may be + the end() iterator + @param[in] first begin of the range of elements to insert + @param[in] last end of the range of elements to insert + + @throw type_error.309 if called on JSON values other than arrays; example: + `"cannot use insert() with string"` + @throw invalid_iterator.202 if @a pos is not an iterator of *this; + example: `"iterator does not fit current value"` + @throw invalid_iterator.210 if @a first and @a last do not belong to the + same JSON value; example: `"iterators do not fit"` + @throw invalid_iterator.211 if @a first or @a last are iterators into + container for which insert is called; example: `"passed iterators may not + belong to container"` + + @return iterator pointing to the first element inserted, or @a pos if + `first==last` + + @complexity Linear in `std::distance(first, last)` plus linear in the + distance between @a pos and end of the container. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `insert()` is used.,insert__range} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + iterator insert(const_iterator pos, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { + // insert only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(309, "cannot use insert() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + // check if iterator pos fits to this JSON value + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(pos.m_object != this)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(202, "iterator does not fit current value", *this)); + } + + // check if range iterators belong to the same JSON object + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(first.m_object != last.m_object)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(210, "iterators do not fit", *this)); + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(first.m_object == this)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(211, "passed iterators may not belong to container", *this)); + } + + // insert to array and return iterator + return insert_iterator(pos, first.m_it.array_iterator, last.m_it.array_iterator); + } + + /*! + @brief inserts elements + + Inserts elements from initializer list @a ilist before iterator @a pos. + + @param[in] pos iterator before which the content will be inserted; may be + the end() iterator + @param[in] ilist initializer list to insert the values from + + @throw type_error.309 if called on JSON values other than arrays; example: + `"cannot use insert() with string"` + @throw invalid_iterator.202 if @a pos is not an iterator of *this; + example: `"iterator does not fit current value"` + + @return iterator pointing to the first element inserted, or @a pos if + `ilist` is empty + + @complexity Linear in `ilist.size()` plus linear in the distance between + @a pos and end of the container. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `insert()` is used.,insert__ilist} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + iterator insert(const_iterator pos, initializer_list_t ilist) + { + // insert only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(309, "cannot use insert() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + // check if iterator pos fits to this JSON value + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(pos.m_object != this)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(202, "iterator does not fit current value", *this)); + } + + // insert to array and return iterator + return insert_iterator(pos, ilist.begin(), ilist.end()); + } + + /*! + @brief inserts elements + + Inserts elements from range `[first, last)`. + + @param[in] first begin of the range of elements to insert + @param[in] last end of the range of elements to insert + + @throw type_error.309 if called on JSON values other than objects; example: + `"cannot use insert() with string"` + @throw invalid_iterator.202 if iterator @a first or @a last does does not + point to an object; example: `"iterators first and last must point to + objects"` + @throw invalid_iterator.210 if @a first and @a last do not belong to the + same JSON value; example: `"iterators do not fit"` + + @complexity Logarithmic: `O(N*log(size() + N))`, where `N` is the number + of elements to insert. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `insert()` is used.,insert__range_object} + + @since version 3.0.0 + */ + void insert(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { + // insert only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!is_object())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(309, "cannot use insert() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + // check if range iterators belong to the same JSON object + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(first.m_object != last.m_object)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(210, "iterators do not fit", *this)); + } + + // passed iterators must belong to objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!first.m_object->is_object())) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(202, "iterators first and last must point to objects", *this)); + } + + m_value.object->insert(first.m_it.object_iterator, last.m_it.object_iterator); + } + + /*! + @brief updates a JSON object from another object, overwriting existing keys + + Inserts all values from JSON object @a j and overwrites existing keys. + + @param[in] j JSON object to read values from + + @throw type_error.312 if called on JSON values other than objects; example: + `"cannot use update() with string"` + + @complexity O(N*log(size() + N)), where N is the number of elements to + insert. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `update()` is used.,update} + + @sa https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/stdtypes.html#dict.update + + @since version 3.0.0 + */ + void update(const_reference j) + { + // implicitly convert null value to an empty object + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::object; + m_value.object = create(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!is_object())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(312, "cannot use update() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!j.is_object())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(312, "cannot use update() with " + std::string(j.type_name()), *this)); + } + + for (auto it = j.cbegin(); it != j.cend(); ++it) + { + m_value.object->operator[](it.key()) = it.value(); +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + m_value.object->operator[](it.key()).m_parent = this; +#endif + } + } + + /*! + @brief updates a JSON object from another object, overwriting existing keys + + Inserts all values from from range `[first, last)` and overwrites existing + keys. + + @param[in] first begin of the range of elements to insert + @param[in] last end of the range of elements to insert + + @throw type_error.312 if called on JSON values other than objects; example: + `"cannot use update() with string"` + @throw invalid_iterator.202 if iterator @a first or @a last does does not + point to an object; example: `"iterators first and last must point to + objects"` + @throw invalid_iterator.210 if @a first and @a last do not belong to the + same JSON value; example: `"iterators do not fit"` + + @complexity O(N*log(size() + N)), where N is the number of elements to + insert. + + @liveexample{The example shows how `update()` is used__range.,update} + + @sa https://docs.python.org/3.6/library/stdtypes.html#dict.update + + @since version 3.0.0 + */ + void update(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { + // implicitly convert null value to an empty object + if (is_null()) + { + m_type = value_t::object; + m_value.object = create(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!is_object())) + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(312, "cannot use update() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + + // check if range iterators belong to the same JSON object + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(first.m_object != last.m_object)) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(210, "iterators do not fit", *this)); + } + + // passed iterators must belong to objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!first.m_object->is_object() + || !last.m_object->is_object())) + { + JSON_THROW(invalid_iterator::create(202, "iterators first and last must point to objects", *this)); + } + + for (auto it = first; it != last; ++it) + { + m_value.object->operator[](it.key()) = it.value(); +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + m_value.object->operator[](it.key()).m_parent = this; +#endif + } + } + + /*! + @brief exchanges the values + + Exchanges the contents of the JSON value with those of @a other. Does not + invoke any move, copy, or swap operations on individual elements. All + iterators and references remain valid. The past-the-end iterator is + invalidated. + + @param[in,out] other JSON value to exchange the contents with + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how JSON values can be swapped with + `swap()`.,swap__reference} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + void swap(reference other) noexcept ( + std::is_nothrow_move_constructible::value&& + std::is_nothrow_move_assignable::value&& + std::is_nothrow_move_constructible::value&& + std::is_nothrow_move_assignable::value + ) + { + std::swap(m_type, other.m_type); + std::swap(m_value, other.m_value); + + set_parents(); + other.set_parents(); + assert_invariant(); + } + + /*! + @brief exchanges the values + + Exchanges the contents of the JSON value from @a left with those of @a right. Does not + invoke any move, copy, or swap operations on individual elements. All + iterators and references remain valid. The past-the-end iterator is + invalidated. implemented as a friend function callable via ADL. + + @param[in,out] left JSON value to exchange the contents with + @param[in,out] right JSON value to exchange the contents with + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how JSON values can be swapped with + `swap()`.,swap__reference} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + friend void swap(reference left, reference right) noexcept ( + std::is_nothrow_move_constructible::value&& + std::is_nothrow_move_assignable::value&& + std::is_nothrow_move_constructible::value&& + std::is_nothrow_move_assignable::value + ) + { + left.swap(right); + } + + /*! + @brief exchanges the values + + Exchanges the contents of a JSON array with those of @a other. Does not + invoke any move, copy, or swap operations on individual elements. All + iterators and references remain valid. The past-the-end iterator is + invalidated. + + @param[in,out] other array to exchange the contents with + + @throw type_error.310 when JSON value is not an array; example: `"cannot + use swap() with string"` + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how arrays can be swapped with + `swap()`.,swap__array_t} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + void swap(array_t& other) // NOLINT(bugprone-exception-escape) + { + // swap only works for arrays + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_array())) + { + std::swap(*(m_value.array), other); + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(310, "cannot use swap() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /*! + @brief exchanges the values + + Exchanges the contents of a JSON object with those of @a other. Does not + invoke any move, copy, or swap operations on individual elements. All + iterators and references remain valid. The past-the-end iterator is + invalidated. + + @param[in,out] other object to exchange the contents with + + @throw type_error.310 when JSON value is not an object; example: + `"cannot use swap() with string"` + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how objects can be swapped with + `swap()`.,swap__object_t} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + void swap(object_t& other) // NOLINT(bugprone-exception-escape) + { + // swap only works for objects + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_object())) + { + std::swap(*(m_value.object), other); + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(310, "cannot use swap() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /*! + @brief exchanges the values + + Exchanges the contents of a JSON string with those of @a other. Does not + invoke any move, copy, or swap operations on individual elements. All + iterators and references remain valid. The past-the-end iterator is + invalidated. + + @param[in,out] other string to exchange the contents with + + @throw type_error.310 when JSON value is not a string; example: `"cannot + use swap() with boolean"` + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how strings can be swapped with + `swap()`.,swap__string_t} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + void swap(string_t& other) // NOLINT(bugprone-exception-escape) + { + // swap only works for strings + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_string())) + { + std::swap(*(m_value.string), other); + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(310, "cannot use swap() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /*! + @brief exchanges the values + + Exchanges the contents of a JSON string with those of @a other. Does not + invoke any move, copy, or swap operations on individual elements. All + iterators and references remain valid. The past-the-end iterator is + invalidated. + + @param[in,out] other binary to exchange the contents with + + @throw type_error.310 when JSON value is not a string; example: `"cannot + use swap() with boolean"` + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how strings can be swapped with + `swap()`.,swap__binary_t} + + @since version 3.8.0 + */ + void swap(binary_t& other) // NOLINT(bugprone-exception-escape) + { + // swap only works for strings + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_binary())) + { + std::swap(*(m_value.binary), other); + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(310, "cannot use swap() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /// @copydoc swap(binary_t&) + void swap(typename binary_t::container_type& other) // NOLINT(bugprone-exception-escape) + { + // swap only works for strings + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(is_binary())) + { + std::swap(*(m_value.binary), other); + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(type_error::create(310, "cannot use swap() with " + std::string(type_name()), *this)); + } + } + + /// @} + + public: + ////////////////////////////////////////// + // lexicographical comparison operators // + ////////////////////////////////////////// + + /// @name lexicographical comparison operators + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief comparison: equal + + Compares two JSON values for equality according to the following rules: + - Two JSON values are equal if (1) they are from the same type and (2) + their stored values are the same according to their respective + `operator==`. + - Integer and floating-point numbers are automatically converted before + comparison. Note that two NaN values are always treated as unequal. + - Two JSON null values are equal. + + @note Floating-point inside JSON values numbers are compared with + `json::number_float_t::operator==` which is `double::operator==` by + default. To compare floating-point while respecting an epsilon, an alternative + [comparison function](https://github.com/mariokonrad/marnav/blob/master/include/marnav/math/floatingpoint.hpp#L34-#L39) + could be used, for instance + @code {.cpp} + template::value, T>::type> + inline bool is_same(T a, T b, T epsilon = std::numeric_limits::epsilon()) noexcept + { + return std::abs(a - b) <= epsilon; + } + @endcode + Or you can self-defined operator equal function like this: + @code {.cpp} + bool my_equal(const_reference lhs, const_reference rhs) { + const auto lhs_type lhs.type(); + const auto rhs_type rhs.type(); + if (lhs_type == rhs_type) { + switch(lhs_type) + // self_defined case + case value_t::number_float: + return std::abs(lhs - rhs) <= std::numeric_limits::epsilon(); + // other cases remain the same with the original + ... + } + ... + } + @endcode + + @note NaN values never compare equal to themselves or to other NaN values. + + @param[in] lhs first JSON value to consider + @param[in] rhs second JSON value to consider + @return whether the values @a lhs and @a rhs are equal + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @complexity Linear. + + @liveexample{The example demonstrates comparing several JSON + types.,operator__equal} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + friend bool operator==(const_reference lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" +#endif + const auto lhs_type = lhs.type(); + const auto rhs_type = rhs.type(); + + if (lhs_type == rhs_type) + { + switch (lhs_type) + { + case value_t::array: + return *lhs.m_value.array == *rhs.m_value.array; + + case value_t::object: + return *lhs.m_value.object == *rhs.m_value.object; + + case value_t::null: + return true; + + case value_t::string: + return *lhs.m_value.string == *rhs.m_value.string; + + case value_t::boolean: + return lhs.m_value.boolean == rhs.m_value.boolean; + + case value_t::number_integer: + return lhs.m_value.number_integer == rhs.m_value.number_integer; + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + return lhs.m_value.number_unsigned == rhs.m_value.number_unsigned; + + case value_t::number_float: + return lhs.m_value.number_float == rhs.m_value.number_float; + + case value_t::binary: + return *lhs.m_value.binary == *rhs.m_value.binary; + + case value_t::discarded: + default: + return false; + } + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_integer && rhs_type == value_t::number_float) + { + return static_cast(lhs.m_value.number_integer) == rhs.m_value.number_float; + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_float && rhs_type == value_t::number_integer) + { + return lhs.m_value.number_float == static_cast(rhs.m_value.number_integer); + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_unsigned && rhs_type == value_t::number_float) + { + return static_cast(lhs.m_value.number_unsigned) == rhs.m_value.number_float; + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_float && rhs_type == value_t::number_unsigned) + { + return lhs.m_value.number_float == static_cast(rhs.m_value.number_unsigned); + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_unsigned && rhs_type == value_t::number_integer) + { + return static_cast(lhs.m_value.number_unsigned) == rhs.m_value.number_integer; + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_integer && rhs_type == value_t::number_unsigned) + { + return lhs.m_value.number_integer == static_cast(rhs.m_value.number_unsigned); + } + + return false; +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: equal + @copydoc operator==(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator==(const_reference lhs, ScalarType rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs == basic_json(rhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: equal + @copydoc operator==(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator==(ScalarType lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return basic_json(lhs) == rhs; + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: not equal + + Compares two JSON values for inequality by calculating `not (lhs == rhs)`. + + @param[in] lhs first JSON value to consider + @param[in] rhs second JSON value to consider + @return whether the values @a lhs and @a rhs are not equal + + @complexity Linear. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @liveexample{The example demonstrates comparing several JSON + types.,operator__notequal} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + friend bool operator!=(const_reference lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return !(lhs == rhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: not equal + @copydoc operator!=(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator!=(const_reference lhs, ScalarType rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs != basic_json(rhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: not equal + @copydoc operator!=(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator!=(ScalarType lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return basic_json(lhs) != rhs; + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: less than + + Compares whether one JSON value @a lhs is less than another JSON value @a + rhs according to the following rules: + - If @a lhs and @a rhs have the same type, the values are compared using + the default `<` operator. + - Integer and floating-point numbers are automatically converted before + comparison + - In case @a lhs and @a rhs have different types, the values are ignored + and the order of the types is considered, see + @ref operator<(const value_t, const value_t). + + @param[in] lhs first JSON value to consider + @param[in] rhs second JSON value to consider + @return whether @a lhs is less than @a rhs + + @complexity Linear. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @liveexample{The example demonstrates comparing several JSON + types.,operator__less} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + friend bool operator<(const_reference lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + const auto lhs_type = lhs.type(); + const auto rhs_type = rhs.type(); + + if (lhs_type == rhs_type) + { + switch (lhs_type) + { + case value_t::array: + // note parentheses are necessary, see + // https://github.com/nlohmann/json/issues/1530 + return (*lhs.m_value.array) < (*rhs.m_value.array); + + case value_t::object: + return (*lhs.m_value.object) < (*rhs.m_value.object); + + case value_t::null: + return false; + + case value_t::string: + return (*lhs.m_value.string) < (*rhs.m_value.string); + + case value_t::boolean: + return (lhs.m_value.boolean) < (rhs.m_value.boolean); + + case value_t::number_integer: + return (lhs.m_value.number_integer) < (rhs.m_value.number_integer); + + case value_t::number_unsigned: + return (lhs.m_value.number_unsigned) < (rhs.m_value.number_unsigned); + + case value_t::number_float: + return (lhs.m_value.number_float) < (rhs.m_value.number_float); + + case value_t::binary: + return (*lhs.m_value.binary) < (*rhs.m_value.binary); + + case value_t::discarded: + default: + return false; + } + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_integer && rhs_type == value_t::number_float) + { + return static_cast(lhs.m_value.number_integer) < rhs.m_value.number_float; + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_float && rhs_type == value_t::number_integer) + { + return lhs.m_value.number_float < static_cast(rhs.m_value.number_integer); + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_unsigned && rhs_type == value_t::number_float) + { + return static_cast(lhs.m_value.number_unsigned) < rhs.m_value.number_float; + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_float && rhs_type == value_t::number_unsigned) + { + return lhs.m_value.number_float < static_cast(rhs.m_value.number_unsigned); + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_integer && rhs_type == value_t::number_unsigned) + { + return lhs.m_value.number_integer < static_cast(rhs.m_value.number_unsigned); + } + else if (lhs_type == value_t::number_unsigned && rhs_type == value_t::number_integer) + { + return static_cast(lhs.m_value.number_unsigned) < rhs.m_value.number_integer; + } + + // We only reach this line if we cannot compare values. In that case, + // we compare types. Note we have to call the operator explicitly, + // because MSVC has problems otherwise. + return operator<(lhs_type, rhs_type); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: less than + @copydoc operator<(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator<(const_reference lhs, ScalarType rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs < basic_json(rhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: less than + @copydoc operator<(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator<(ScalarType lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return basic_json(lhs) < rhs; + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: less than or equal + + Compares whether one JSON value @a lhs is less than or equal to another + JSON value by calculating `not (rhs < lhs)`. + + @param[in] lhs first JSON value to consider + @param[in] rhs second JSON value to consider + @return whether @a lhs is less than or equal to @a rhs + + @complexity Linear. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @liveexample{The example demonstrates comparing several JSON + types.,operator__greater} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + friend bool operator<=(const_reference lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return !(rhs < lhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: less than or equal + @copydoc operator<=(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator<=(const_reference lhs, ScalarType rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs <= basic_json(rhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: less than or equal + @copydoc operator<=(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator<=(ScalarType lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return basic_json(lhs) <= rhs; + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: greater than + + Compares whether one JSON value @a lhs is greater than another + JSON value by calculating `not (lhs <= rhs)`. + + @param[in] lhs first JSON value to consider + @param[in] rhs second JSON value to consider + @return whether @a lhs is greater than to @a rhs + + @complexity Linear. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @liveexample{The example demonstrates comparing several JSON + types.,operator__lessequal} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + friend bool operator>(const_reference lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return !(lhs <= rhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: greater than + @copydoc operator>(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator>(const_reference lhs, ScalarType rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs > basic_json(rhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: greater than + @copydoc operator>(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator>(ScalarType lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return basic_json(lhs) > rhs; + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: greater than or equal + + Compares whether one JSON value @a lhs is greater than or equal to another + JSON value by calculating `not (lhs < rhs)`. + + @param[in] lhs first JSON value to consider + @param[in] rhs second JSON value to consider + @return whether @a lhs is greater than or equal to @a rhs + + @complexity Linear. + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @liveexample{The example demonstrates comparing several JSON + types.,operator__greaterequal} + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + friend bool operator>=(const_reference lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return !(lhs < rhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: greater than or equal + @copydoc operator>=(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator>=(const_reference lhs, ScalarType rhs) noexcept + { + return lhs >= basic_json(rhs); + } + + /*! + @brief comparison: greater than or equal + @copydoc operator>=(const_reference, const_reference) + */ + template::value, int>::type = 0> + friend bool operator>=(ScalarType lhs, const_reference rhs) noexcept + { + return basic_json(lhs) >= rhs; + } + + /// @} + + /////////////////// + // serialization // + /////////////////// + + /// @name serialization + /// @{ +#ifndef JSON_NO_IO + /*! + @brief serialize to stream + + Serialize the given JSON value @a j to the output stream @a o. The JSON + value will be serialized using the @ref dump member function. + + - The indentation of the output can be controlled with the member variable + `width` of the output stream @a o. For instance, using the manipulator + `std::setw(4)` on @a o sets the indentation level to `4` and the + serialization result is the same as calling `dump(4)`. + + - The indentation character can be controlled with the member variable + `fill` of the output stream @a o. For instance, the manipulator + `std::setfill('\\t')` sets indentation to use a tab character rather than + the default space character. + + @param[in,out] o stream to serialize to + @param[in] j JSON value to serialize + + @return the stream @a o + + @throw type_error.316 if a string stored inside the JSON value is not + UTF-8 encoded + + @complexity Linear. + + @liveexample{The example below shows the serialization with different + parameters to `width` to adjust the indentation level.,operator_serialize} + + @since version 1.0.0; indentation character added in version 3.0.0 + */ + friend std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& o, const basic_json& j) + { + // read width member and use it as indentation parameter if nonzero + const bool pretty_print = o.width() > 0; + const auto indentation = pretty_print ? o.width() : 0; + + // reset width to 0 for subsequent calls to this stream + o.width(0); + + // do the actual serialization + serializer s(detail::output_adapter(o), o.fill()); + s.dump(j, pretty_print, false, static_cast(indentation)); + return o; + } + + /*! + @brief serialize to stream + @deprecated This stream operator is deprecated and will be removed in + future 4.0.0 of the library. Please use + @ref operator<<(std::ostream&, const basic_json&) + instead; that is, replace calls like `j >> o;` with `o << j;`. + @since version 1.0.0; deprecated since version 3.0.0 + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.0.0, operator<<(std::ostream&, const basic_json&)) + friend std::ostream& operator>>(const basic_json& j, std::ostream& o) + { + return o << j; + } +#endif // JSON_NO_IO + /// @} + + + ///////////////////// + // deserialization // + ///////////////////// + + /// @name deserialization + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief deserialize from a compatible input + + @tparam InputType A compatible input, for instance + - an std::istream object + - a FILE pointer + - a C-style array of characters + - a pointer to a null-terminated string of single byte characters + - an object obj for which begin(obj) and end(obj) produces a valid pair of + iterators. + + @param[in] i input to read from + @param[in] cb a parser callback function of type @ref parser_callback_t + which is used to control the deserialization by filtering unwanted values + (optional) + @param[in] allow_exceptions whether to throw exceptions in case of a + parse error (optional, true by default) + @param[in] ignore_comments whether comments should be ignored and treated + like whitespace (true) or yield a parse error (true); (optional, false by + default) + + @return deserialized JSON value; in case of a parse error and + @a allow_exceptions set to `false`, the return value will be + value_t::discarded. + + @throw parse_error.101 if a parse error occurs; example: `""unexpected end + of input; expected string literal""` + @throw parse_error.102 if to_unicode fails or surrogate error + @throw parse_error.103 if to_unicode fails + + @complexity Linear in the length of the input. The parser is a predictive + LL(1) parser. The complexity can be higher if the parser callback function + @a cb or reading from the input @a i has a super-linear complexity. + + @note A UTF-8 byte order mark is silently ignored. + + @liveexample{The example below demonstrates the `parse()` function reading + from an array.,parse__array__parser_callback_t} + + @liveexample{The example below demonstrates the `parse()` function with + and without callback function.,parse__string__parser_callback_t} + + @liveexample{The example below demonstrates the `parse()` function with + and without callback function.,parse__istream__parser_callback_t} + + @liveexample{The example below demonstrates the `parse()` function reading + from a contiguous container.,parse__contiguouscontainer__parser_callback_t} + + @since version 2.0.3 (contiguous containers); version 3.9.0 allowed to + ignore comments. + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json parse(InputType&& i, + const parser_callback_t cb = nullptr, + const bool allow_exceptions = true, + const bool ignore_comments = false) + { + basic_json result; + parser(detail::input_adapter(std::forward(i)), cb, allow_exceptions, ignore_comments).parse(true, result); + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief deserialize from a pair of character iterators + + The value_type of the iterator must be a integral type with size of 1, 2 or + 4 bytes, which will be interpreted respectively as UTF-8, UTF-16 and UTF-32. + + @param[in] first iterator to start of character range + @param[in] last iterator to end of character range + @param[in] cb a parser callback function of type @ref parser_callback_t + which is used to control the deserialization by filtering unwanted values + (optional) + @param[in] allow_exceptions whether to throw exceptions in case of a + parse error (optional, true by default) + @param[in] ignore_comments whether comments should be ignored and treated + like whitespace (true) or yield a parse error (true); (optional, false by + default) + + @return deserialized JSON value; in case of a parse error and + @a allow_exceptions set to `false`, the return value will be + value_t::discarded. + + @throw parse_error.101 if a parse error occurs; example: `""unexpected end + of input; expected string literal""` + @throw parse_error.102 if to_unicode fails or surrogate error + @throw parse_error.103 if to_unicode fails + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json parse(IteratorType first, + IteratorType last, + const parser_callback_t cb = nullptr, + const bool allow_exceptions = true, + const bool ignore_comments = false) + { + basic_json result; + parser(detail::input_adapter(std::move(first), std::move(last)), cb, allow_exceptions, ignore_comments).parse(true, result); + return result; + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, parse(ptr, ptr + len)) + static basic_json parse(detail::span_input_adapter&& i, + const parser_callback_t cb = nullptr, + const bool allow_exceptions = true, + const bool ignore_comments = false) + { + basic_json result; + parser(i.get(), cb, allow_exceptions, ignore_comments).parse(true, result); + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief check if the input is valid JSON + + Unlike the @ref parse(InputType&&, const parser_callback_t,const bool) + function, this function neither throws an exception in case of invalid JSON + input (i.e., a parse error) nor creates diagnostic information. + + @tparam InputType A compatible input, for instance + - an std::istream object + - a FILE pointer + - a C-style array of characters + - a pointer to a null-terminated string of single byte characters + - an object obj for which begin(obj) and end(obj) produces a valid pair of + iterators. + + @param[in] i input to read from + @param[in] ignore_comments whether comments should be ignored and treated + like whitespace (true) or yield a parse error (true); (optional, false by + default) + + @return Whether the input read from @a i is valid JSON. + + @complexity Linear in the length of the input. The parser is a predictive + LL(1) parser. + + @note A UTF-8 byte order mark is silently ignored. + + @liveexample{The example below demonstrates the `accept()` function reading + from a string.,accept__string} + */ + template + static bool accept(InputType&& i, + const bool ignore_comments = false) + { + return parser(detail::input_adapter(std::forward(i)), nullptr, false, ignore_comments).accept(true); + } + + template + static bool accept(IteratorType first, IteratorType last, + const bool ignore_comments = false) + { + return parser(detail::input_adapter(std::move(first), std::move(last)), nullptr, false, ignore_comments).accept(true); + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, accept(ptr, ptr + len)) + static bool accept(detail::span_input_adapter&& i, + const bool ignore_comments = false) + { + return parser(i.get(), nullptr, false, ignore_comments).accept(true); + } + + /*! + @brief generate SAX events + + The SAX event lister must follow the interface of @ref json_sax. + + This function reads from a compatible input. Examples are: + - an std::istream object + - a FILE pointer + - a C-style array of characters + - a pointer to a null-terminated string of single byte characters + - an object obj for which begin(obj) and end(obj) produces a valid pair of + iterators. + + @param[in] i input to read from + @param[in,out] sax SAX event listener + @param[in] format the format to parse (JSON, CBOR, MessagePack, or UBJSON) + @param[in] strict whether the input has to be consumed completely + @param[in] ignore_comments whether comments should be ignored and treated + like whitespace (true) or yield a parse error (true); (optional, false by + default); only applies to the JSON file format. + + @return return value of the last processed SAX event + + @throw parse_error.101 if a parse error occurs; example: `""unexpected end + of input; expected string literal""` + @throw parse_error.102 if to_unicode fails or surrogate error + @throw parse_error.103 if to_unicode fails + + @complexity Linear in the length of the input. The parser is a predictive + LL(1) parser. The complexity can be higher if the SAX consumer @a sax has + a super-linear complexity. + + @note A UTF-8 byte order mark is silently ignored. + + @liveexample{The example below demonstrates the `sax_parse()` function + reading from string and processing the events with a user-defined SAX + event consumer.,sax_parse} + + @since version 3.2.0 + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + static bool sax_parse(InputType&& i, SAX* sax, + input_format_t format = input_format_t::json, + const bool strict = true, + const bool ignore_comments = false) + { + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::forward(i)); + return format == input_format_t::json + ? parser(std::move(ia), nullptr, true, ignore_comments).sax_parse(sax, strict) + : detail::binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(format, sax, strict); + } + + template + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(3) + static bool sax_parse(IteratorType first, IteratorType last, SAX* sax, + input_format_t format = input_format_t::json, + const bool strict = true, + const bool ignore_comments = false) + { + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::move(first), std::move(last)); + return format == input_format_t::json + ? parser(std::move(ia), nullptr, true, ignore_comments).sax_parse(sax, strict) + : detail::binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(format, sax, strict); + } + + template + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, sax_parse(ptr, ptr + len, ...)) + JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(2) + static bool sax_parse(detail::span_input_adapter&& i, SAX* sax, + input_format_t format = input_format_t::json, + const bool strict = true, + const bool ignore_comments = false) + { + auto ia = i.get(); + return format == input_format_t::json + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(hicpp-move-const-arg,performance-move-const-arg) + ? parser(std::move(ia), nullptr, true, ignore_comments).sax_parse(sax, strict) + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(hicpp-move-const-arg,performance-move-const-arg) + : detail::binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(format, sax, strict); + } +#ifndef JSON_NO_IO + /*! + @brief deserialize from stream + @deprecated This stream operator is deprecated and will be removed in + version 4.0.0 of the library. Please use + @ref operator>>(std::istream&, basic_json&) + instead; that is, replace calls like `j << i;` with `i >> j;`. + @since version 1.0.0; deprecated since version 3.0.0 + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.0.0, operator>>(std::istream&, basic_json&)) + friend std::istream& operator<<(basic_json& j, std::istream& i) + { + return operator>>(i, j); + } + + /*! + @brief deserialize from stream + + Deserializes an input stream to a JSON value. + + @param[in,out] i input stream to read a serialized JSON value from + @param[in,out] j JSON value to write the deserialized input to + + @throw parse_error.101 in case of an unexpected token + @throw parse_error.102 if to_unicode fails or surrogate error + @throw parse_error.103 if to_unicode fails + + @complexity Linear in the length of the input. The parser is a predictive + LL(1) parser. + + @note A UTF-8 byte order mark is silently ignored. + + @liveexample{The example below shows how a JSON value is constructed by + reading a serialization from a stream.,operator_deserialize} + + @sa parse(std::istream&, const parser_callback_t) for a variant with a + parser callback function to filter values while parsing + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + friend std::istream& operator>>(std::istream& i, basic_json& j) + { + parser(detail::input_adapter(i)).parse(false, j); + return i; + } +#endif // JSON_NO_IO + /// @} + + /////////////////////////// + // convenience functions // + /////////////////////////// + + /*! + @brief return the type as string + + Returns the type name as string to be used in error messages - usually to + indicate that a function was called on a wrong JSON type. + + @return a string representation of a the @a m_type member: + Value type | return value + ----------- | ------------- + null | `"null"` + boolean | `"boolean"` + string | `"string"` + number | `"number"` (for all number types) + object | `"object"` + array | `"array"` + binary | `"binary"` + discarded | `"discarded"` + + @exceptionsafety No-throw guarantee: this function never throws exceptions. + + @complexity Constant. + + @liveexample{The following code exemplifies `type_name()` for all JSON + types.,type_name} + + @sa see @ref type() -- return the type of the JSON value + @sa see @ref operator value_t() -- return the type of the JSON value (implicit) + + @since version 1.0.0, public since 2.1.0, `const char*` and `noexcept` + since 3.0.0 + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL + const char* type_name() const noexcept + { + { + switch (m_type) + { + case value_t::null: + return "null"; + case value_t::object: + return "object"; + case value_t::array: + return "array"; + case value_t::string: + return "string"; + case value_t::boolean: + return "boolean"; + case value_t::binary: + return "binary"; + case value_t::discarded: + return "discarded"; + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + default: + return "number"; + } + } + } + + + JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED: + ////////////////////// + // member variables // + ////////////////////// + + /// the type of the current element + value_t m_type = value_t::null; + + /// the value of the current element + json_value m_value = {}; + +#if JSON_DIAGNOSTICS + /// a pointer to a parent value (for debugging purposes) + basic_json* m_parent = nullptr; +#endif + + ////////////////////////////////////////// + // binary serialization/deserialization // + ////////////////////////////////////////// + + /// @name binary serialization/deserialization support + /// @{ + + public: + /*! + @brief create a CBOR serialization of a given JSON value + + Serializes a given JSON value @a j to a byte vector using the CBOR (Concise + Binary Object Representation) serialization format. CBOR is a binary + serialization format which aims to be more compact than JSON itself, yet + more efficient to parse. + + The library uses the following mapping from JSON values types to + CBOR types according to the CBOR specification (RFC 7049): + + JSON value type | value/range | CBOR type | first byte + --------------- | ------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------- | --------------- + null | `null` | Null | 0xF6 + boolean | `true` | True | 0xF5 + boolean | `false` | False | 0xF4 + number_integer | -9223372036854775808..-2147483649 | Negative integer (8 bytes follow) | 0x3B + number_integer | -2147483648..-32769 | Negative integer (4 bytes follow) | 0x3A + number_integer | -32768..-129 | Negative integer (2 bytes follow) | 0x39 + number_integer | -128..-25 | Negative integer (1 byte follow) | 0x38 + number_integer | -24..-1 | Negative integer | 0x20..0x37 + number_integer | 0..23 | Integer | 0x00..0x17 + number_integer | 24..255 | Unsigned integer (1 byte follow) | 0x18 + number_integer | 256..65535 | Unsigned integer (2 bytes follow) | 0x19 + number_integer | 65536..4294967295 | Unsigned integer (4 bytes follow) | 0x1A + number_integer | 4294967296..18446744073709551615 | Unsigned integer (8 bytes follow) | 0x1B + number_unsigned | 0..23 | Integer | 0x00..0x17 + number_unsigned | 24..255 | Unsigned integer (1 byte follow) | 0x18 + number_unsigned | 256..65535 | Unsigned integer (2 bytes follow) | 0x19 + number_unsigned | 65536..4294967295 | Unsigned integer (4 bytes follow) | 0x1A + number_unsigned | 4294967296..18446744073709551615 | Unsigned integer (8 bytes follow) | 0x1B + number_float | *any value representable by a float* | Single-Precision Float | 0xFA + number_float | *any value NOT representable by a float* | Double-Precision Float | 0xFB + string | *length*: 0..23 | UTF-8 string | 0x60..0x77 + string | *length*: 23..255 | UTF-8 string (1 byte follow) | 0x78 + string | *length*: 256..65535 | UTF-8 string (2 bytes follow) | 0x79 + string | *length*: 65536..4294967295 | UTF-8 string (4 bytes follow) | 0x7A + string | *length*: 4294967296..18446744073709551615 | UTF-8 string (8 bytes follow) | 0x7B + array | *size*: 0..23 | array | 0x80..0x97 + array | *size*: 23..255 | array (1 byte follow) | 0x98 + array | *size*: 256..65535 | array (2 bytes follow) | 0x99 + array | *size*: 65536..4294967295 | array (4 bytes follow) | 0x9A + array | *size*: 4294967296..18446744073709551615 | array (8 bytes follow) | 0x9B + object | *size*: 0..23 | map | 0xA0..0xB7 + object | *size*: 23..255 | map (1 byte follow) | 0xB8 + object | *size*: 256..65535 | map (2 bytes follow) | 0xB9 + object | *size*: 65536..4294967295 | map (4 bytes follow) | 0xBA + object | *size*: 4294967296..18446744073709551615 | map (8 bytes follow) | 0xBB + binary | *size*: 0..23 | byte string | 0x40..0x57 + binary | *size*: 23..255 | byte string (1 byte follow) | 0x58 + binary | *size*: 256..65535 | byte string (2 bytes follow) | 0x59 + binary | *size*: 65536..4294967295 | byte string (4 bytes follow) | 0x5A + binary | *size*: 4294967296..18446744073709551615 | byte string (8 bytes follow) | 0x5B + + Binary values with subtype are mapped to tagged values (0xD8..0xDB) + depending on the subtype, followed by a byte string, see "binary" cells + in the table above. + + @note The mapping is **complete** in the sense that any JSON value type + can be converted to a CBOR value. + + @note If NaN or Infinity are stored inside a JSON number, they are + serialized properly. This behavior differs from the @ref dump() + function which serializes NaN or Infinity to `null`. + + @note The following CBOR types are not used in the conversion: + - UTF-8 strings terminated by "break" (0x7F) + - arrays terminated by "break" (0x9F) + - maps terminated by "break" (0xBF) + - byte strings terminated by "break" (0x5F) + - date/time (0xC0..0xC1) + - bignum (0xC2..0xC3) + - decimal fraction (0xC4) + - bigfloat (0xC5) + - expected conversions (0xD5..0xD7) + - simple values (0xE0..0xF3, 0xF8) + - undefined (0xF7) + - half-precision floats (0xF9) + - break (0xFF) + + @param[in] j JSON value to serialize + @return CBOR serialization as byte vector + + @complexity Linear in the size of the JSON value @a j. + + @liveexample{The example shows the serialization of a JSON value to a byte + vector in CBOR format.,to_cbor} + + @sa http://cbor.io + @sa see @ref from_cbor(InputType&&, const bool, const bool, const cbor_tag_handler_t) for the + analogous deserialization + @sa see @ref to_msgpack(const basic_json&) for the related MessagePack format + @sa see @ref to_ubjson(const basic_json&, const bool, const bool) for the + related UBJSON format + + @since version 2.0.9; compact representation of floating-point numbers + since version 3.8.0 + */ + static std::vector to_cbor(const basic_json& j) + { + std::vector result; + to_cbor(j, result); + return result; + } + + static void to_cbor(const basic_json& j, detail::output_adapter o) + { + binary_writer(o).write_cbor(j); + } + + static void to_cbor(const basic_json& j, detail::output_adapter o) + { + binary_writer(o).write_cbor(j); + } + + /*! + @brief create a MessagePack serialization of a given JSON value + + Serializes a given JSON value @a j to a byte vector using the MessagePack + serialization format. MessagePack is a binary serialization format which + aims to be more compact than JSON itself, yet more efficient to parse. + + The library uses the following mapping from JSON values types to + MessagePack types according to the MessagePack specification: + + JSON value type | value/range | MessagePack type | first byte + --------------- | --------------------------------- | ---------------- | ---------- + null | `null` | nil | 0xC0 + boolean | `true` | true | 0xC3 + boolean | `false` | false | 0xC2 + number_integer | -9223372036854775808..-2147483649 | int64 | 0xD3 + number_integer | -2147483648..-32769 | int32 | 0xD2 + number_integer | -32768..-129 | int16 | 0xD1 + number_integer | -128..-33 | int8 | 0xD0 + number_integer | -32..-1 | negative fixint | 0xE0..0xFF + number_integer | 0..127 | positive fixint | 0x00..0x7F + number_integer | 128..255 | uint 8 | 0xCC + number_integer | 256..65535 | uint 16 | 0xCD + number_integer | 65536..4294967295 | uint 32 | 0xCE + number_integer | 4294967296..18446744073709551615 | uint 64 | 0xCF + number_unsigned | 0..127 | positive fixint | 0x00..0x7F + number_unsigned | 128..255 | uint 8 | 0xCC + number_unsigned | 256..65535 | uint 16 | 0xCD + number_unsigned | 65536..4294967295 | uint 32 | 0xCE + number_unsigned | 4294967296..18446744073709551615 | uint 64 | 0xCF + number_float | *any value representable by a float* | float 32 | 0xCA + number_float | *any value NOT representable by a float* | float 64 | 0xCB + string | *length*: 0..31 | fixstr | 0xA0..0xBF + string | *length*: 32..255 | str 8 | 0xD9 + string | *length*: 256..65535 | str 16 | 0xDA + string | *length*: 65536..4294967295 | str 32 | 0xDB + array | *size*: 0..15 | fixarray | 0x90..0x9F + array | *size*: 16..65535 | array 16 | 0xDC + array | *size*: 65536..4294967295 | array 32 | 0xDD + object | *size*: 0..15 | fix map | 0x80..0x8F + object | *size*: 16..65535 | map 16 | 0xDE + object | *size*: 65536..4294967295 | map 32 | 0xDF + binary | *size*: 0..255 | bin 8 | 0xC4 + binary | *size*: 256..65535 | bin 16 | 0xC5 + binary | *size*: 65536..4294967295 | bin 32 | 0xC6 + + @note The mapping is **complete** in the sense that any JSON value type + can be converted to a MessagePack value. + + @note The following values can **not** be converted to a MessagePack value: + - strings with more than 4294967295 bytes + - byte strings with more than 4294967295 bytes + - arrays with more than 4294967295 elements + - objects with more than 4294967295 elements + + @note Any MessagePack output created @ref to_msgpack can be successfully + parsed by @ref from_msgpack. + + @note If NaN or Infinity are stored inside a JSON number, they are + serialized properly. This behavior differs from the @ref dump() + function which serializes NaN or Infinity to `null`. + + @param[in] j JSON value to serialize + @return MessagePack serialization as byte vector + + @complexity Linear in the size of the JSON value @a j. + + @liveexample{The example shows the serialization of a JSON value to a byte + vector in MessagePack format.,to_msgpack} + + @sa http://msgpack.org + @sa see @ref from_msgpack for the analogous deserialization + @sa see @ref to_cbor(const basic_json& for the related CBOR format + @sa see @ref to_ubjson(const basic_json&, const bool, const bool) for the + related UBJSON format + + @since version 2.0.9 + */ + static std::vector to_msgpack(const basic_json& j) + { + std::vector result; + to_msgpack(j, result); + return result; + } + + static void to_msgpack(const basic_json& j, detail::output_adapter o) + { + binary_writer(o).write_msgpack(j); + } + + static void to_msgpack(const basic_json& j, detail::output_adapter o) + { + binary_writer(o).write_msgpack(j); + } + + /*! + @brief create a UBJSON serialization of a given JSON value + + Serializes a given JSON value @a j to a byte vector using the UBJSON + (Universal Binary JSON) serialization format. UBJSON aims to be more compact + than JSON itself, yet more efficient to parse. + + The library uses the following mapping from JSON values types to + UBJSON types according to the UBJSON specification: + + JSON value type | value/range | UBJSON type | marker + --------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------- | ------ + null | `null` | null | `Z` + boolean | `true` | true | `T` + boolean | `false` | false | `F` + number_integer | -9223372036854775808..-2147483649 | int64 | `L` + number_integer | -2147483648..-32769 | int32 | `l` + number_integer | -32768..-129 | int16 | `I` + number_integer | -128..127 | int8 | `i` + number_integer | 128..255 | uint8 | `U` + number_integer | 256..32767 | int16 | `I` + number_integer | 32768..2147483647 | int32 | `l` + number_integer | 2147483648..9223372036854775807 | int64 | `L` + number_unsigned | 0..127 | int8 | `i` + number_unsigned | 128..255 | uint8 | `U` + number_unsigned | 256..32767 | int16 | `I` + number_unsigned | 32768..2147483647 | int32 | `l` + number_unsigned | 2147483648..9223372036854775807 | int64 | `L` + number_unsigned | 2147483649..18446744073709551615 | high-precision | `H` + number_float | *any value* | float64 | `D` + string | *with shortest length indicator* | string | `S` + array | *see notes on optimized format* | array | `[` + object | *see notes on optimized format* | map | `{` + + @note The mapping is **complete** in the sense that any JSON value type + can be converted to a UBJSON value. + + @note The following values can **not** be converted to a UBJSON value: + - strings with more than 9223372036854775807 bytes (theoretical) + + @note The following markers are not used in the conversion: + - `Z`: no-op values are not created. + - `C`: single-byte strings are serialized with `S` markers. + + @note Any UBJSON output created @ref to_ubjson can be successfully parsed + by @ref from_ubjson. + + @note If NaN or Infinity are stored inside a JSON number, they are + serialized properly. This behavior differs from the @ref dump() + function which serializes NaN or Infinity to `null`. + + @note The optimized formats for containers are supported: Parameter + @a use_size adds size information to the beginning of a container and + removes the closing marker. Parameter @a use_type further checks + whether all elements of a container have the same type and adds the + type marker to the beginning of the container. The @a use_type + parameter must only be used together with @a use_size = true. Note + that @a use_size = true alone may result in larger representations - + the benefit of this parameter is that the receiving side is + immediately informed on the number of elements of the container. + + @note If the JSON data contains the binary type, the value stored is a list + of integers, as suggested by the UBJSON documentation. In particular, + this means that serialization and the deserialization of a JSON + containing binary values into UBJSON and back will result in a + different JSON object. + + @param[in] j JSON value to serialize + @param[in] use_size whether to add size annotations to container types + @param[in] use_type whether to add type annotations to container types + (must be combined with @a use_size = true) + @return UBJSON serialization as byte vector + + @complexity Linear in the size of the JSON value @a j. + + @liveexample{The example shows the serialization of a JSON value to a byte + vector in UBJSON format.,to_ubjson} + + @sa http://ubjson.org + @sa see @ref from_ubjson(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) for the + analogous deserialization + @sa see @ref to_cbor(const basic_json& for the related CBOR format + @sa see @ref to_msgpack(const basic_json&) for the related MessagePack format + + @since version 3.1.0 + */ + static std::vector to_ubjson(const basic_json& j, + const bool use_size = false, + const bool use_type = false) + { + std::vector result; + to_ubjson(j, result, use_size, use_type); + return result; + } + + static void to_ubjson(const basic_json& j, detail::output_adapter o, + const bool use_size = false, const bool use_type = false) + { + binary_writer(o).write_ubjson(j, use_size, use_type); + } + + static void to_ubjson(const basic_json& j, detail::output_adapter o, + const bool use_size = false, const bool use_type = false) + { + binary_writer(o).write_ubjson(j, use_size, use_type); + } + + + /*! + @brief Serializes the given JSON object `j` to BSON and returns a vector + containing the corresponding BSON-representation. + + BSON (Binary JSON) is a binary format in which zero or more ordered key/value pairs are + stored as a single entity (a so-called document). + + The library uses the following mapping from JSON values types to BSON types: + + JSON value type | value/range | BSON type | marker + --------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------- | ------ + null | `null` | null | 0x0A + boolean | `true`, `false` | boolean | 0x08 + number_integer | -9223372036854775808..-2147483649 | int64 | 0x12 + number_integer | -2147483648..2147483647 | int32 | 0x10 + number_integer | 2147483648..9223372036854775807 | int64 | 0x12 + number_unsigned | 0..2147483647 | int32 | 0x10 + number_unsigned | 2147483648..9223372036854775807 | int64 | 0x12 + number_unsigned | 9223372036854775808..18446744073709551615| -- | -- + number_float | *any value* | double | 0x01 + string | *any value* | string | 0x02 + array | *any value* | document | 0x04 + object | *any value* | document | 0x03 + binary | *any value* | binary | 0x05 + + @warning The mapping is **incomplete**, since only JSON-objects (and things + contained therein) can be serialized to BSON. + Also, integers larger than 9223372036854775807 cannot be serialized to BSON, + and the keys may not contain U+0000, since they are serialized a + zero-terminated c-strings. + + @throw out_of_range.407 if `j.is_number_unsigned() && j.get() > 9223372036854775807` + @throw out_of_range.409 if a key in `j` contains a NULL (U+0000) + @throw type_error.317 if `!j.is_object()` + + @pre The input `j` is required to be an object: `j.is_object() == true`. + + @note Any BSON output created via @ref to_bson can be successfully parsed + by @ref from_bson. + + @param[in] j JSON value to serialize + @return BSON serialization as byte vector + + @complexity Linear in the size of the JSON value @a j. + + @liveexample{The example shows the serialization of a JSON value to a byte + vector in BSON format.,to_bson} + + @sa http://bsonspec.org/spec.html + @sa see @ref from_bson(detail::input_adapter&&, const bool strict) for the + analogous deserialization + @sa see @ref to_ubjson(const basic_json&, const bool, const bool) for the + related UBJSON format + @sa see @ref to_cbor(const basic_json&) for the related CBOR format + @sa see @ref to_msgpack(const basic_json&) for the related MessagePack format + */ + static std::vector to_bson(const basic_json& j) + { + std::vector result; + to_bson(j, result); + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief Serializes the given JSON object `j` to BSON and forwards the + corresponding BSON-representation to the given output_adapter `o`. + @param j The JSON object to convert to BSON. + @param o The output adapter that receives the binary BSON representation. + @pre The input `j` shall be an object: `j.is_object() == true` + @sa see @ref to_bson(const basic_json&) + */ + static void to_bson(const basic_json& j, detail::output_adapter o) + { + binary_writer(o).write_bson(j); + } + + /*! + @copydoc to_bson(const basic_json&, detail::output_adapter) + */ + static void to_bson(const basic_json& j, detail::output_adapter o) + { + binary_writer(o).write_bson(j); + } + + + /*! + @brief create a JSON value from an input in CBOR format + + Deserializes a given input @a i to a JSON value using the CBOR (Concise + Binary Object Representation) serialization format. + + The library maps CBOR types to JSON value types as follows: + + CBOR type | JSON value type | first byte + ---------------------- | --------------- | ---------- + Integer | number_unsigned | 0x00..0x17 + Unsigned integer | number_unsigned | 0x18 + Unsigned integer | number_unsigned | 0x19 + Unsigned integer | number_unsigned | 0x1A + Unsigned integer | number_unsigned | 0x1B + Negative integer | number_integer | 0x20..0x37 + Negative integer | number_integer | 0x38 + Negative integer | number_integer | 0x39 + Negative integer | number_integer | 0x3A + Negative integer | number_integer | 0x3B + Byte string | binary | 0x40..0x57 + Byte string | binary | 0x58 + Byte string | binary | 0x59 + Byte string | binary | 0x5A + Byte string | binary | 0x5B + UTF-8 string | string | 0x60..0x77 + UTF-8 string | string | 0x78 + UTF-8 string | string | 0x79 + UTF-8 string | string | 0x7A + UTF-8 string | string | 0x7B + UTF-8 string | string | 0x7F + array | array | 0x80..0x97 + array | array | 0x98 + array | array | 0x99 + array | array | 0x9A + array | array | 0x9B + array | array | 0x9F + map | object | 0xA0..0xB7 + map | object | 0xB8 + map | object | 0xB9 + map | object | 0xBA + map | object | 0xBB + map | object | 0xBF + False | `false` | 0xF4 + True | `true` | 0xF5 + Null | `null` | 0xF6 + Half-Precision Float | number_float | 0xF9 + Single-Precision Float | number_float | 0xFA + Double-Precision Float | number_float | 0xFB + + @warning The mapping is **incomplete** in the sense that not all CBOR + types can be converted to a JSON value. The following CBOR types + are not supported and will yield parse errors (parse_error.112): + - date/time (0xC0..0xC1) + - bignum (0xC2..0xC3) + - decimal fraction (0xC4) + - bigfloat (0xC5) + - expected conversions (0xD5..0xD7) + - simple values (0xE0..0xF3, 0xF8) + - undefined (0xF7) + + @warning CBOR allows map keys of any type, whereas JSON only allows + strings as keys in object values. Therefore, CBOR maps with keys + other than UTF-8 strings are rejected (parse_error.113). + + @note Any CBOR output created @ref to_cbor can be successfully parsed by + @ref from_cbor. + + @param[in] i an input in CBOR format convertible to an input adapter + @param[in] strict whether to expect the input to be consumed until EOF + (true by default) + @param[in] allow_exceptions whether to throw exceptions in case of a + parse error (optional, true by default) + @param[in] tag_handler how to treat CBOR tags (optional, error by default) + + @return deserialized JSON value; in case of a parse error and + @a allow_exceptions set to `false`, the return value will be + value_t::discarded. + + @throw parse_error.110 if the given input ends prematurely or the end of + file was not reached when @a strict was set to true + @throw parse_error.112 if unsupported features from CBOR were + used in the given input @a v or if the input is not valid CBOR + @throw parse_error.113 if a string was expected as map key, but not found + + @complexity Linear in the size of the input @a i. + + @liveexample{The example shows the deserialization of a byte vector in CBOR + format to a JSON value.,from_cbor} + + @sa http://cbor.io + @sa see @ref to_cbor(const basic_json&) for the analogous serialization + @sa see @ref from_msgpack(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) for the + related MessagePack format + @sa see @ref from_ubjson(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) for the + related UBJSON format + + @since version 2.0.9; parameter @a start_index since 2.1.1; changed to + consume input adapters, removed start_index parameter, and added + @a strict parameter since 3.0.0; added @a allow_exceptions parameter + since 3.2.0; added @a tag_handler parameter since 3.9.0. + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json from_cbor(InputType&& i, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true, + const cbor_tag_handler_t tag_handler = cbor_tag_handler_t::error) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::forward(i)); + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::cbor, &sdp, strict, tag_handler); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + /*! + @copydoc from_cbor(InputType&&, const bool, const bool, const cbor_tag_handler_t) + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json from_cbor(IteratorType first, IteratorType last, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true, + const cbor_tag_handler_t tag_handler = cbor_tag_handler_t::error) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::move(first), std::move(last)); + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::cbor, &sdp, strict, tag_handler); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, from_cbor(ptr, ptr + len)) + static basic_json from_cbor(const T* ptr, std::size_t len, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true, + const cbor_tag_handler_t tag_handler = cbor_tag_handler_t::error) + { + return from_cbor(ptr, ptr + len, strict, allow_exceptions, tag_handler); + } + + + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, from_cbor(ptr, ptr + len)) + static basic_json from_cbor(detail::span_input_adapter&& i, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true, + const cbor_tag_handler_t tag_handler = cbor_tag_handler_t::error) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = i.get(); + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(hicpp-move-const-arg,performance-move-const-arg) + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::cbor, &sdp, strict, tag_handler); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + /*! + @brief create a JSON value from an input in MessagePack format + + Deserializes a given input @a i to a JSON value using the MessagePack + serialization format. + + The library maps MessagePack types to JSON value types as follows: + + MessagePack type | JSON value type | first byte + ---------------- | --------------- | ---------- + positive fixint | number_unsigned | 0x00..0x7F + fixmap | object | 0x80..0x8F + fixarray | array | 0x90..0x9F + fixstr | string | 0xA0..0xBF + nil | `null` | 0xC0 + false | `false` | 0xC2 + true | `true` | 0xC3 + float 32 | number_float | 0xCA + float 64 | number_float | 0xCB + uint 8 | number_unsigned | 0xCC + uint 16 | number_unsigned | 0xCD + uint 32 | number_unsigned | 0xCE + uint 64 | number_unsigned | 0xCF + int 8 | number_integer | 0xD0 + int 16 | number_integer | 0xD1 + int 32 | number_integer | 0xD2 + int 64 | number_integer | 0xD3 + str 8 | string | 0xD9 + str 16 | string | 0xDA + str 32 | string | 0xDB + array 16 | array | 0xDC + array 32 | array | 0xDD + map 16 | object | 0xDE + map 32 | object | 0xDF + bin 8 | binary | 0xC4 + bin 16 | binary | 0xC5 + bin 32 | binary | 0xC6 + ext 8 | binary | 0xC7 + ext 16 | binary | 0xC8 + ext 32 | binary | 0xC9 + fixext 1 | binary | 0xD4 + fixext 2 | binary | 0xD5 + fixext 4 | binary | 0xD6 + fixext 8 | binary | 0xD7 + fixext 16 | binary | 0xD8 + negative fixint | number_integer | 0xE0-0xFF + + @note Any MessagePack output created @ref to_msgpack can be successfully + parsed by @ref from_msgpack. + + @param[in] i an input in MessagePack format convertible to an input + adapter + @param[in] strict whether to expect the input to be consumed until EOF + (true by default) + @param[in] allow_exceptions whether to throw exceptions in case of a + parse error (optional, true by default) + + @return deserialized JSON value; in case of a parse error and + @a allow_exceptions set to `false`, the return value will be + value_t::discarded. + + @throw parse_error.110 if the given input ends prematurely or the end of + file was not reached when @a strict was set to true + @throw parse_error.112 if unsupported features from MessagePack were + used in the given input @a i or if the input is not valid MessagePack + @throw parse_error.113 if a string was expected as map key, but not found + + @complexity Linear in the size of the input @a i. + + @liveexample{The example shows the deserialization of a byte vector in + MessagePack format to a JSON value.,from_msgpack} + + @sa http://msgpack.org + @sa see @ref to_msgpack(const basic_json&) for the analogous serialization + @sa see @ref from_cbor(InputType&&, const bool, const bool, const cbor_tag_handler_t) for the + related CBOR format + @sa see @ref from_ubjson(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) for + the related UBJSON format + @sa see @ref from_bson(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) for + the related BSON format + + @since version 2.0.9; parameter @a start_index since 2.1.1; changed to + consume input adapters, removed start_index parameter, and added + @a strict parameter since 3.0.0; added @a allow_exceptions parameter + since 3.2.0 + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json from_msgpack(InputType&& i, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::forward(i)); + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::msgpack, &sdp, strict); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + /*! + @copydoc from_msgpack(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json from_msgpack(IteratorType first, IteratorType last, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::move(first), std::move(last)); + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::msgpack, &sdp, strict); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, from_msgpack(ptr, ptr + len)) + static basic_json from_msgpack(const T* ptr, std::size_t len, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + return from_msgpack(ptr, ptr + len, strict, allow_exceptions); + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, from_msgpack(ptr, ptr + len)) + static basic_json from_msgpack(detail::span_input_adapter&& i, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = i.get(); + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(hicpp-move-const-arg,performance-move-const-arg) + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::msgpack, &sdp, strict); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + + /*! + @brief create a JSON value from an input in UBJSON format + + Deserializes a given input @a i to a JSON value using the UBJSON (Universal + Binary JSON) serialization format. + + The library maps UBJSON types to JSON value types as follows: + + UBJSON type | JSON value type | marker + ----------- | --------------------------------------- | ------ + no-op | *no value, next value is read* | `N` + null | `null` | `Z` + false | `false` | `F` + true | `true` | `T` + float32 | number_float | `d` + float64 | number_float | `D` + uint8 | number_unsigned | `U` + int8 | number_integer | `i` + int16 | number_integer | `I` + int32 | number_integer | `l` + int64 | number_integer | `L` + high-precision number | number_integer, number_unsigned, or number_float - depends on number string | 'H' + string | string | `S` + char | string | `C` + array | array (optimized values are supported) | `[` + object | object (optimized values are supported) | `{` + + @note The mapping is **complete** in the sense that any UBJSON value can + be converted to a JSON value. + + @param[in] i an input in UBJSON format convertible to an input adapter + @param[in] strict whether to expect the input to be consumed until EOF + (true by default) + @param[in] allow_exceptions whether to throw exceptions in case of a + parse error (optional, true by default) + + @return deserialized JSON value; in case of a parse error and + @a allow_exceptions set to `false`, the return value will be + value_t::discarded. + + @throw parse_error.110 if the given input ends prematurely or the end of + file was not reached when @a strict was set to true + @throw parse_error.112 if a parse error occurs + @throw parse_error.113 if a string could not be parsed successfully + + @complexity Linear in the size of the input @a i. + + @liveexample{The example shows the deserialization of a byte vector in + UBJSON format to a JSON value.,from_ubjson} + + @sa http://ubjson.org + @sa see @ref to_ubjson(const basic_json&, const bool, const bool) for the + analogous serialization + @sa see @ref from_cbor(InputType&&, const bool, const bool, const cbor_tag_handler_t) for the + related CBOR format + @sa see @ref from_msgpack(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) for + the related MessagePack format + @sa see @ref from_bson(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) for + the related BSON format + + @since version 3.1.0; added @a allow_exceptions parameter since 3.2.0 + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json from_ubjson(InputType&& i, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::forward(i)); + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::ubjson, &sdp, strict); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + /*! + @copydoc from_ubjson(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json from_ubjson(IteratorType first, IteratorType last, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::move(first), std::move(last)); + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::ubjson, &sdp, strict); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, from_ubjson(ptr, ptr + len)) + static basic_json from_ubjson(const T* ptr, std::size_t len, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + return from_ubjson(ptr, ptr + len, strict, allow_exceptions); + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, from_ubjson(ptr, ptr + len)) + static basic_json from_ubjson(detail::span_input_adapter&& i, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = i.get(); + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(hicpp-move-const-arg,performance-move-const-arg) + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::ubjson, &sdp, strict); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + + /*! + @brief Create a JSON value from an input in BSON format + + Deserializes a given input @a i to a JSON value using the BSON (Binary JSON) + serialization format. + + The library maps BSON record types to JSON value types as follows: + + BSON type | BSON marker byte | JSON value type + --------------- | ---------------- | --------------------------- + double | 0x01 | number_float + string | 0x02 | string + document | 0x03 | object + array | 0x04 | array + binary | 0x05 | binary + undefined | 0x06 | still unsupported + ObjectId | 0x07 | still unsupported + boolean | 0x08 | boolean + UTC Date-Time | 0x09 | still unsupported + null | 0x0A | null + Regular Expr. | 0x0B | still unsupported + DB Pointer | 0x0C | still unsupported + JavaScript Code | 0x0D | still unsupported + Symbol | 0x0E | still unsupported + JavaScript Code | 0x0F | still unsupported + int32 | 0x10 | number_integer + Timestamp | 0x11 | still unsupported + 128-bit decimal float | 0x13 | still unsupported + Max Key | 0x7F | still unsupported + Min Key | 0xFF | still unsupported + + @warning The mapping is **incomplete**. The unsupported mappings + are indicated in the table above. + + @param[in] i an input in BSON format convertible to an input adapter + @param[in] strict whether to expect the input to be consumed until EOF + (true by default) + @param[in] allow_exceptions whether to throw exceptions in case of a + parse error (optional, true by default) + + @return deserialized JSON value; in case of a parse error and + @a allow_exceptions set to `false`, the return value will be + value_t::discarded. + + @throw parse_error.114 if an unsupported BSON record type is encountered + + @complexity Linear in the size of the input @a i. + + @liveexample{The example shows the deserialization of a byte vector in + BSON format to a JSON value.,from_bson} + + @sa http://bsonspec.org/spec.html + @sa see @ref to_bson(const basic_json&) for the analogous serialization + @sa see @ref from_cbor(InputType&&, const bool, const bool, const cbor_tag_handler_t) for the + related CBOR format + @sa see @ref from_msgpack(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) for + the related MessagePack format + @sa see @ref from_ubjson(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) for the + related UBJSON format + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json from_bson(InputType&& i, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::forward(i)); + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::bson, &sdp, strict); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + /*! + @copydoc from_bson(InputType&&, const bool, const bool) + */ + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json from_bson(IteratorType first, IteratorType last, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = detail::input_adapter(std::move(first), std::move(last)); + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::bson, &sdp, strict); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + + template + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, from_bson(ptr, ptr + len)) + static basic_json from_bson(const T* ptr, std::size_t len, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + return from_bson(ptr, ptr + len, strict, allow_exceptions); + } + + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR(3.8.0, from_bson(ptr, ptr + len)) + static basic_json from_bson(detail::span_input_adapter&& i, + const bool strict = true, + const bool allow_exceptions = true) + { + basic_json result; + detail::json_sax_dom_parser sdp(result, allow_exceptions); + auto ia = i.get(); + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(hicpp-move-const-arg,performance-move-const-arg) + const bool res = binary_reader(std::move(ia)).sax_parse(input_format_t::bson, &sdp, strict); + return res ? result : basic_json(value_t::discarded); + } + /// @} + + ////////////////////////// + // JSON Pointer support // + ////////////////////////// + + /// @name JSON Pointer functions + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief access specified element via JSON Pointer + + Uses a JSON pointer to retrieve a reference to the respective JSON value. + No bound checking is performed. Similar to @ref operator[](const typename + object_t::key_type&), `null` values are created in arrays and objects if + necessary. + + In particular: + - If the JSON pointer points to an object key that does not exist, it + is created an filled with a `null` value before a reference to it + is returned. + - If the JSON pointer points to an array index that does not exist, it + is created an filled with a `null` value before a reference to it + is returned. All indices between the current maximum and the given + index are also filled with `null`. + - The special value `-` is treated as a synonym for the index past the + end. + + @param[in] ptr a JSON pointer + + @return reference to the element pointed to by @a ptr + + @complexity Constant. + + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index begins with '0' + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index was not a number + @throw out_of_range.404 if the JSON pointer can not be resolved + + @liveexample{The behavior is shown in the example.,operatorjson_pointer} + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + reference operator[](const json_pointer& ptr) + { + return ptr.get_unchecked(this); + } + + /*! + @brief access specified element via JSON Pointer + + Uses a JSON pointer to retrieve a reference to the respective JSON value. + No bound checking is performed. The function does not change the JSON + value; no `null` values are created. In particular, the special value + `-` yields an exception. + + @param[in] ptr JSON pointer to the desired element + + @return const reference to the element pointed to by @a ptr + + @complexity Constant. + + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index begins with '0' + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index was not a number + @throw out_of_range.402 if the array index '-' is used + @throw out_of_range.404 if the JSON pointer can not be resolved + + @liveexample{The behavior is shown in the example.,operatorjson_pointer_const} + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + const_reference operator[](const json_pointer& ptr) const + { + return ptr.get_unchecked(this); + } + + /*! + @brief access specified element via JSON Pointer + + Returns a reference to the element at with specified JSON pointer @a ptr, + with bounds checking. + + @param[in] ptr JSON pointer to the desired element + + @return reference to the element pointed to by @a ptr + + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index in the passed JSON pointer @a ptr + begins with '0'. See example below. + + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index in the passed JSON pointer @a ptr + is not a number. See example below. + + @throw out_of_range.401 if an array index in the passed JSON pointer @a ptr + is out of range. See example below. + + @throw out_of_range.402 if the array index '-' is used in the passed JSON + pointer @a ptr. As `at` provides checked access (and no elements are + implicitly inserted), the index '-' is always invalid. See example below. + + @throw out_of_range.403 if the JSON pointer describes a key of an object + which cannot be found. See example below. + + @throw out_of_range.404 if the JSON pointer @a ptr can not be resolved. + See example below. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes in the JSON value. + + @complexity Constant. + + @since version 2.0.0 + + @liveexample{The behavior is shown in the example.,at_json_pointer} + */ + reference at(const json_pointer& ptr) + { + return ptr.get_checked(this); + } + + /*! + @brief access specified element via JSON Pointer + + Returns a const reference to the element at with specified JSON pointer @a + ptr, with bounds checking. + + @param[in] ptr JSON pointer to the desired element + + @return reference to the element pointed to by @a ptr + + @throw parse_error.106 if an array index in the passed JSON pointer @a ptr + begins with '0'. See example below. + + @throw parse_error.109 if an array index in the passed JSON pointer @a ptr + is not a number. See example below. + + @throw out_of_range.401 if an array index in the passed JSON pointer @a ptr + is out of range. See example below. + + @throw out_of_range.402 if the array index '-' is used in the passed JSON + pointer @a ptr. As `at` provides checked access (and no elements are + implicitly inserted), the index '-' is always invalid. See example below. + + @throw out_of_range.403 if the JSON pointer describes a key of an object + which cannot be found. See example below. + + @throw out_of_range.404 if the JSON pointer @a ptr can not be resolved. + See example below. + + @exceptionsafety Strong guarantee: if an exception is thrown, there are no + changes in the JSON value. + + @complexity Constant. + + @since version 2.0.0 + + @liveexample{The behavior is shown in the example.,at_json_pointer_const} + */ + const_reference at(const json_pointer& ptr) const + { + return ptr.get_checked(this); + } + + /*! + @brief return flattened JSON value + + The function creates a JSON object whose keys are JSON pointers (see [RFC + 6901](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6901)) and whose values are all + primitive. The original JSON value can be restored using the @ref + unflatten() function. + + @return an object that maps JSON pointers to primitive values + + @note Empty objects and arrays are flattened to `null` and will not be + reconstructed correctly by the @ref unflatten() function. + + @complexity Linear in the size the JSON value. + + @liveexample{The following code shows how a JSON object is flattened to an + object whose keys consist of JSON pointers.,flatten} + + @sa see @ref unflatten() for the reverse function + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + basic_json flatten() const + { + basic_json result(value_t::object); + json_pointer::flatten("", *this, result); + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief unflatten a previously flattened JSON value + + The function restores the arbitrary nesting of a JSON value that has been + flattened before using the @ref flatten() function. The JSON value must + meet certain constraints: + 1. The value must be an object. + 2. The keys must be JSON pointers (see + [RFC 6901](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6901)) + 3. The mapped values must be primitive JSON types. + + @return the original JSON from a flattened version + + @note Empty objects and arrays are flattened by @ref flatten() to `null` + values and can not unflattened to their original type. Apart from + this example, for a JSON value `j`, the following is always true: + `j == j.flatten().unflatten()`. + + @complexity Linear in the size the JSON value. + + @throw type_error.314 if value is not an object + @throw type_error.315 if object values are not primitive + + @liveexample{The following code shows how a flattened JSON object is + unflattened into the original nested JSON object.,unflatten} + + @sa see @ref flatten() for the reverse function + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + basic_json unflatten() const + { + return json_pointer::unflatten(*this); + } + + /// @} + + ////////////////////////// + // JSON Patch functions // + ////////////////////////// + + /// @name JSON Patch functions + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief applies a JSON patch + + [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com) defines a JSON document structure for + expressing a sequence of operations to apply to a JSON) document. With + this function, a JSON Patch is applied to the current JSON value by + executing all operations from the patch. + + @param[in] json_patch JSON patch document + @return patched document + + @note The application of a patch is atomic: Either all operations succeed + and the patched document is returned or an exception is thrown. In + any case, the original value is not changed: the patch is applied + to a copy of the value. + + @throw parse_error.104 if the JSON patch does not consist of an array of + objects + + @throw parse_error.105 if the JSON patch is malformed (e.g., mandatory + attributes are missing); example: `"operation add must have member path"` + + @throw out_of_range.401 if an array index is out of range. + + @throw out_of_range.403 if a JSON pointer inside the patch could not be + resolved successfully in the current JSON value; example: `"key baz not + found"` + + @throw out_of_range.405 if JSON pointer has no parent ("add", "remove", + "move") + + @throw other_error.501 if "test" operation was unsuccessful + + @complexity Linear in the size of the JSON value and the length of the + JSON patch. As usually only a fraction of the JSON value is affected by + the patch, the complexity can usually be neglected. + + @liveexample{The following code shows how a JSON patch is applied to a + value.,patch} + + @sa see @ref diff -- create a JSON patch by comparing two JSON values + + @sa [RFC 6902 (JSON Patch)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902) + @sa [RFC 6901 (JSON Pointer)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6901) + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + basic_json patch(const basic_json& json_patch) const + { + // make a working copy to apply the patch to + basic_json result = *this; + + // the valid JSON Patch operations + enum class patch_operations {add, remove, replace, move, copy, test, invalid}; + + const auto get_op = [](const std::string & op) + { + if (op == "add") + { + return patch_operations::add; + } + if (op == "remove") + { + return patch_operations::remove; + } + if (op == "replace") + { + return patch_operations::replace; + } + if (op == "move") + { + return patch_operations::move; + } + if (op == "copy") + { + return patch_operations::copy; + } + if (op == "test") + { + return patch_operations::test; + } + + return patch_operations::invalid; + }; + + // wrapper for "add" operation; add value at ptr + const auto operation_add = [&result](json_pointer & ptr, basic_json val) + { + // adding to the root of the target document means replacing it + if (ptr.empty()) + { + result = val; + return; + } + + // make sure the top element of the pointer exists + json_pointer top_pointer = ptr.top(); + if (top_pointer != ptr) + { + result.at(top_pointer); + } + + // get reference to parent of JSON pointer ptr + const auto last_path = ptr.back(); + ptr.pop_back(); + basic_json& parent = result[ptr]; + + switch (parent.m_type) + { + case value_t::null: + case value_t::object: + { + // use operator[] to add value + parent[last_path] = val; + break; + } + + case value_t::array: + { + if (last_path == "-") + { + // special case: append to back + parent.push_back(val); + } + else + { + const auto idx = json_pointer::array_index(last_path); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(idx > parent.size())) + { + // avoid undefined behavior + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(401, "array index " + std::to_string(idx) + " is out of range", parent)); + } + + // default case: insert add offset + parent.insert(parent.begin() + static_cast(idx), val); + } + break; + } + + // if there exists a parent it cannot be primitive + case value_t::string: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::boolean: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::number_integer: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::number_unsigned: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::number_float: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::binary: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + case value_t::discarded: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + default: // LCOV_EXCL_LINE + JSON_ASSERT(false); // NOLINT(cert-dcl03-c,hicpp-static-assert,misc-static-assert) LCOV_EXCL_LINE + } + }; + + // wrapper for "remove" operation; remove value at ptr + const auto operation_remove = [this, &result](json_pointer & ptr) + { + // get reference to parent of JSON pointer ptr + const auto last_path = ptr.back(); + ptr.pop_back(); + basic_json& parent = result.at(ptr); + + // remove child + if (parent.is_object()) + { + // perform range check + auto it = parent.find(last_path); + if (JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY(it != parent.end())) + { + parent.erase(it); + } + else + { + JSON_THROW(out_of_range::create(403, "key '" + last_path + "' not found", *this)); + } + } + else if (parent.is_array()) + { + // note erase performs range check + parent.erase(json_pointer::array_index(last_path)); + } + }; + + // type check: top level value must be an array + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!json_patch.is_array())) + { + JSON_THROW(parse_error::create(104, 0, "JSON patch must be an array of objects", json_patch)); + } + + // iterate and apply the operations + for (const auto& val : json_patch) + { + // wrapper to get a value for an operation + const auto get_value = [&val](const std::string & op, + const std::string & member, + bool string_type) -> basic_json & + { + // find value + auto it = val.m_value.object->find(member); + + // context-sensitive error message + const auto error_msg = (op == "op") ? "operation" : "operation '" + op + "'"; + + // check if desired value is present + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(it == val.m_value.object->end())) + { + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(performance-inefficient-string-concatenation) + JSON_THROW(parse_error::create(105, 0, error_msg + " must have member '" + member + "'", val)); + } + + // check if result is of type string + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(string_type && !it->second.is_string())) + { + // NOLINTNEXTLINE(performance-inefficient-string-concatenation) + JSON_THROW(parse_error::create(105, 0, error_msg + " must have string member '" + member + "'", val)); + } + + // no error: return value + return it->second; + }; + + // type check: every element of the array must be an object + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!val.is_object())) + { + JSON_THROW(parse_error::create(104, 0, "JSON patch must be an array of objects", val)); + } + + // collect mandatory members + const auto op = get_value("op", "op", true).template get(); + const auto path = get_value(op, "path", true).template get(); + json_pointer ptr(path); + + switch (get_op(op)) + { + case patch_operations::add: + { + operation_add(ptr, get_value("add", "value", false)); + break; + } + + case patch_operations::remove: + { + operation_remove(ptr); + break; + } + + case patch_operations::replace: + { + // the "path" location must exist - use at() + result.at(ptr) = get_value("replace", "value", false); + break; + } + + case patch_operations::move: + { + const auto from_path = get_value("move", "from", true).template get(); + json_pointer from_ptr(from_path); + + // the "from" location must exist - use at() + basic_json v = result.at(from_ptr); + + // The move operation is functionally identical to a + // "remove" operation on the "from" location, followed + // immediately by an "add" operation at the target + // location with the value that was just removed. + operation_remove(from_ptr); + operation_add(ptr, v); + break; + } + + case patch_operations::copy: + { + const auto from_path = get_value("copy", "from", true).template get(); + const json_pointer from_ptr(from_path); + + // the "from" location must exist - use at() + basic_json v = result.at(from_ptr); + + // The copy is functionally identical to an "add" + // operation at the target location using the value + // specified in the "from" member. + operation_add(ptr, v); + break; + } + + case patch_operations::test: + { + bool success = false; + JSON_TRY + { + // check if "value" matches the one at "path" + // the "path" location must exist - use at() + success = (result.at(ptr) == get_value("test", "value", false)); + } + JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH (out_of_range&) + { + // ignore out of range errors: success remains false + } + + // throw an exception if test fails + if (JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY(!success)) + { + JSON_THROW(other_error::create(501, "unsuccessful: " + val.dump(), val)); + } + + break; + } + + case patch_operations::invalid: + default: + { + // op must be "add", "remove", "replace", "move", "copy", or + // "test" + JSON_THROW(parse_error::create(105, 0, "operation value '" + op + "' is invalid", val)); + } + } + } + + return result; + } + + /*! + @brief creates a diff as a JSON patch + + Creates a [JSON Patch](http://jsonpatch.com) so that value @a source can + be changed into the value @a target by calling @ref patch function. + + @invariant For two JSON values @a source and @a target, the following code + yields always `true`: + @code {.cpp} + source.patch(diff(source, target)) == target; + @endcode + + @note Currently, only `remove`, `add`, and `replace` operations are + generated. + + @param[in] source JSON value to compare from + @param[in] target JSON value to compare against + @param[in] path helper value to create JSON pointers + + @return a JSON patch to convert the @a source to @a target + + @complexity Linear in the lengths of @a source and @a target. + + @liveexample{The following code shows how a JSON patch is created as a + diff for two JSON values.,diff} + + @sa see @ref patch -- apply a JSON patch + @sa see @ref merge_patch -- apply a JSON Merge Patch + + @sa [RFC 6902 (JSON Patch)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6902) + + @since version 2.0.0 + */ + JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT + static basic_json diff(const basic_json& source, const basic_json& target, + const std::string& path = "") + { + // the patch + basic_json result(value_t::array); + + // if the values are the same, return empty patch + if (source == target) + { + return result; + } + + if (source.type() != target.type()) + { + // different types: replace value + result.push_back( + { + {"op", "replace"}, {"path", path}, {"value", target} + }); + return result; + } + + switch (source.type()) + { + case value_t::array: + { + // first pass: traverse common elements + std::size_t i = 0; + while (i < source.size() && i < target.size()) + { + // recursive call to compare array values at index i + auto temp_diff = diff(source[i], target[i], path + "/" + std::to_string(i)); + result.insert(result.end(), temp_diff.begin(), temp_diff.end()); + ++i; + } + + // i now reached the end of at least one array + // in a second pass, traverse the remaining elements + + // remove my remaining elements + const auto end_index = static_cast(result.size()); + while (i < source.size()) + { + // add operations in reverse order to avoid invalid + // indices + result.insert(result.begin() + end_index, object( + { + {"op", "remove"}, + {"path", path + "/" + std::to_string(i)} + })); + ++i; + } + + // add other remaining elements + while (i < target.size()) + { + result.push_back( + { + {"op", "add"}, + {"path", path + "/-"}, + {"value", target[i]} + }); + ++i; + } + + break; + } + + case value_t::object: + { + // first pass: traverse this object's elements + for (auto it = source.cbegin(); it != source.cend(); ++it) + { + // escape the key name to be used in a JSON patch + const auto path_key = path + "/" + detail::escape(it.key()); + + if (target.find(it.key()) != target.end()) + { + // recursive call to compare object values at key it + auto temp_diff = diff(it.value(), target[it.key()], path_key); + result.insert(result.end(), temp_diff.begin(), temp_diff.end()); + } + else + { + // found a key that is not in o -> remove it + result.push_back(object( + { + {"op", "remove"}, {"path", path_key} + })); + } + } + + // second pass: traverse other object's elements + for (auto it = target.cbegin(); it != target.cend(); ++it) + { + if (source.find(it.key()) == source.end()) + { + // found a key that is not in this -> add it + const auto path_key = path + "/" + detail::escape(it.key()); + result.push_back( + { + {"op", "add"}, {"path", path_key}, + {"value", it.value()} + }); + } + } + + break; + } + + case value_t::null: + case value_t::string: + case value_t::boolean: + case value_t::number_integer: + case value_t::number_unsigned: + case value_t::number_float: + case value_t::binary: + case value_t::discarded: + default: + { + // both primitive type: replace value + result.push_back( + { + {"op", "replace"}, {"path", path}, {"value", target} + }); + break; + } + } + + return result; + } + + /// @} + + //////////////////////////////// + // JSON Merge Patch functions // + //////////////////////////////// + + /// @name JSON Merge Patch functions + /// @{ + + /*! + @brief applies a JSON Merge Patch + + The merge patch format is primarily intended for use with the HTTP PATCH + method as a means of describing a set of modifications to a target + resource's content. This function applies a merge patch to the current + JSON value. + + The function implements the following algorithm from Section 2 of + [RFC 7396 (JSON Merge Patch)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7396): + + ``` + define MergePatch(Target, Patch): + if Patch is an Object: + if Target is not an Object: + Target = {} // Ignore the contents and set it to an empty Object + for each Name/Value pair in Patch: + if Value is null: + if Name exists in Target: + remove the Name/Value pair from Target + else: + Target[Name] = MergePatch(Target[Name], Value) + return Target + else: + return Patch + ``` + + Thereby, `Target` is the current object; that is, the patch is applied to + the current value. + + @param[in] apply_patch the patch to apply + + @complexity Linear in the lengths of @a patch. + + @liveexample{The following code shows how a JSON Merge Patch is applied to + a JSON document.,merge_patch} + + @sa see @ref patch -- apply a JSON patch + @sa [RFC 7396 (JSON Merge Patch)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7396) + + @since version 3.0.0 + */ + void merge_patch(const basic_json& apply_patch) + { + if (apply_patch.is_object()) + { + if (!is_object()) + { + *this = object(); + } + for (auto it = apply_patch.begin(); it != apply_patch.end(); ++it) + { + if (it.value().is_null()) + { + erase(it.key()); + } + else + { + operator[](it.key()).merge_patch(it.value()); + } + } + } + else + { + *this = apply_patch; + } + } + + /// @} +}; + +/*! +@brief user-defined to_string function for JSON values + +This function implements a user-defined to_string for JSON objects. + +@param[in] j a JSON object +@return a std::string object +*/ + +NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL_DECLARATION +std::string to_string(const NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL& j) +{ + return j.dump(); +} +} // namespace nlohmann + +/////////////////////// +// nonmember support // +/////////////////////// + +// specialization of std::swap, and std::hash +namespace std +{ + +/// hash value for JSON objects +template<> +struct hash +{ + /*! + @brief return a hash value for a JSON object + + @since version 1.0.0 + */ + std::size_t operator()(const nlohmann::json& j) const + { + return nlohmann::detail::hash(j); + } +}; + +/// specialization for std::less +/// @note: do not remove the space after '<', +/// see https://github.com/nlohmann/json/pull/679 +template<> +struct less<::nlohmann::detail::value_t> +{ + /*! + @brief compare two value_t enum values + @since version 3.0.0 + */ + bool operator()(nlohmann::detail::value_t lhs, + nlohmann::detail::value_t rhs) const noexcept + { + return nlohmann::detail::operator<(lhs, rhs); + } +}; + +// C++20 prohibit function specialization in the std namespace. +#ifndef JSON_HAS_CPP_20 + +/*! +@brief exchanges the values of two JSON objects + +@since version 1.0.0 +*/ +template<> +inline void swap(nlohmann::json& j1, nlohmann::json& j2) noexcept( // NOLINT(readability-inconsistent-declaration-parameter-name) + is_nothrow_move_constructible::value&& // NOLINT(misc-redundant-expression) + is_nothrow_move_assignable::value + ) +{ + j1.swap(j2); +} + +#endif + +} // namespace std + +/*! +@brief user-defined string literal for JSON values + +This operator implements a user-defined string literal for JSON objects. It +can be used by adding `"_json"` to a string literal and returns a JSON object +if no parse error occurred. + +@param[in] s a string representation of a JSON object +@param[in] n the length of string @a s +@return a JSON object + +@since version 1.0.0 +*/ +JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(1) +inline nlohmann::json operator "" _json(const char* s, std::size_t n) +{ + return nlohmann::json::parse(s, s + n); +} + +/*! +@brief user-defined string literal for JSON pointer + +This operator implements a user-defined string literal for JSON Pointers. It +can be used by adding `"_json_pointer"` to a string literal and returns a JSON pointer +object if no parse error occurred. + +@param[in] s a string representation of a JSON Pointer +@param[in] n the length of string @a s +@return a JSON pointer object + +@since version 2.0.0 +*/ +JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL(1) +inline nlohmann::json::json_pointer operator "" _json_pointer(const char* s, std::size_t n) +{ + return nlohmann::json::json_pointer(std::string(s, n)); +} + +// #include + + +// restore clang diagnostic settings +#if defined(__clang__) + #pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +// clean up +#undef JSON_ASSERT +#undef JSON_INTERNAL_CATCH +#undef JSON_CATCH +#undef JSON_THROW +#undef JSON_TRY +#undef JSON_PRIVATE_UNLESS_TESTED +#undef JSON_HAS_CPP_11 +#undef JSON_HAS_CPP_14 +#undef JSON_HAS_CPP_17 +#undef JSON_HAS_CPP_20 +#undef NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL_DECLARATION +#undef NLOHMANN_BASIC_JSON_TPL +#undef JSON_EXPLICIT +#undef NLOHMANN_CAN_CALL_STD_FUNC_IMPL + +// #include + + +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_ALWAYS_INLINE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_ARM_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_ARRAY_PARAM +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_ASSUME +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_BEGIN_C_DECLS +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_BUILTIN +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_DECLSPEC_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_EXTENSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_FEATURE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CLANG_HAS_WARNING +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_COMPCERT_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT3 +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT3_EX +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONCAT_EX +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONST +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONSTEXPR +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CONST_CAST +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CPP_CAST +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_CRAY_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_C_DECL +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DEPRECATED_FOR +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CAST_QUAL +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_CPP98_COMPAT_WRAP_ +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_CPP_ATTRIBUTES +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNKNOWN_PRAGMAS +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_DISABLE_UNUSED_FUNCTION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_POP +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_DMC_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_EMPTY_BASES +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_EMSCRIPTEN_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_END_C_DECLS +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_FLAGS_CAST +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_BUILTIN +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_EXTENSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_FEATURE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_HAS_WARNING +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_NOT_CLANG_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GCC_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_BUILTIN +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_EXTENSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_FEATURE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_HAS_WARNING +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_GNUC_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_BUILTIN +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_CPP_ATTRIBUTE_NS +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_DECLSPEC_ATTRIBUTE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_EXTENSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_FEATURE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_HAS_WARNING +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_IAR_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_IBM_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_IMPORT +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_INLINE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_CL_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_INTEL_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTANT +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_IS_CONSTEXPR_ +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_LIKELY +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_MALLOC +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_MCST_LCC_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_MESSAGE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_MSVC_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_NEVER_INLINE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_NON_NULL +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_NO_ESCAPE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_NO_RETURN +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_NO_THROW +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_NULL +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_PELLES_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_PGI_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_PREDICT +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_PRINTF_FORMAT +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_PRIVATE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_PUBLIC +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_PURE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_REINTERPRET_CAST +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_CONSTEXPR +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_REQUIRE_MSG +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_RESTRICT +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_RETURNS_NON_NULL +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_SENTINEL +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_ASSERT +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_STATIC_CAST +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_STRINGIFY +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_STRINGIFY_EX +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_SUNPRO_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TINYC_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_ARMCL_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL2000_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL430_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL6X_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CL7X_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_CLPRU_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_TI_VERSION_CHECK +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNAVAILABLE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNLIKELY +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNPREDICTABLE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_UNREACHABLE_RETURN +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_MAJOR +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_MINOR +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_DECODE_REVISION +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_VERSION_ENCODE +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_WARNING +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT_MSG +#undef JSON_HEDLEY_FALL_THROUGH + + + +#endif // INCLUDE_NLOHMANN_JSON_HPP_ diff --git a/src/main.cpp b/src/main.cpp index 4092ae4a..2b15e313 100644 --- a/src/main.cpp +++ b/src/main.cpp @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ #include "main.h" #include "preview.h" #include - -#include "../imgui/imgui.h" -#include "../imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h" -#include "../imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h" +#include "ImGui/imgui.h" +#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_glfw.h" +#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h" static std::string startTimeString; @@ -24,12 +23,12 @@ int startupIterations = 0; int lastLoopIterations = 0; bool ui_showGbuffer = false; bool ui_denoise = false; -int ui_filterSize = 80; -float ui_colorWeight = 0.45f; -float ui_normalWeight = 0.35f; +int ui_filterSize = 25; +float ui_colorWeight = 45.f; +float ui_normalWeight = 0.3f; float ui_positionWeight = 0.2f; bool ui_saveAndExit = false; - +bool hasBeenDenoised = false; static bool camchanged = true; static float dtheta = 0, dphi = 0; static glm::vec3 cammove; @@ -38,8 +37,8 @@ float zoom, theta, phi; glm::vec3 cameraPosition; glm::vec3 ogLookAt; // for recentering the camera -Scene *scene; -RenderState *renderState; +Scene* scene; +RenderState* renderState; int iteration; int width; @@ -57,7 +56,7 @@ int main(int argc, char** argv) { return 1; } - const char *sceneFile = argv[1]; + const char* sceneFile = argv[1]; // Load scene file scene = new Scene(sceneFile); @@ -65,7 +64,7 @@ int main(int argc, char** argv) { // Set up camera stuff from loaded path tracer settings iteration = 0; renderState = &scene->state; - Camera &cam = renderState->camera; + Camera& cam = renderState->camera; width = cam.resolution.x; height = cam.resolution.y; @@ -122,13 +121,13 @@ void saveImage() { void runCuda() { if (lastLoopIterations != ui_iterations) { - lastLoopIterations = ui_iterations; - camchanged = true; + lastLoopIterations = ui_iterations; + camchanged = true; } if (camchanged) { iteration = 0; - Camera &cam = renderState->camera; + Camera& cam = renderState->camera; cameraPosition.x = zoom * sin(phi) * sin(theta); cameraPosition.y = zoom * cos(theta); cameraPosition.z = zoom * cos(phi) * sin(theta); @@ -144,7 +143,7 @@ void runCuda() { cameraPosition += cam.lookAt; cam.position = cameraPosition; camchanged = false; - } + } // Map OpenGL buffer object for writing from CUDA on a single GPU // No data is moved (Win & Linux). When mapped to CUDA, OpenGL should not use this buffer @@ -154,7 +153,7 @@ void runCuda() { pathtraceInit(scene); } - uchar4 *pbo_dptr = NULL; + uchar4* pbo_dptr = NULL; cudaGLMapBufferObject((void**)&pbo_dptr, pbo); if (iteration < ui_iterations) { @@ -163,12 +162,28 @@ void runCuda() { // execute the kernel int frame = 0; pathtrace(frame, iteration); + if (iteration == ui_iterations && ui_denoise) { + denoise(); + hasBeenDenoised = true; + } + } + + if (iteration == ui_iterations && ui_denoise && !hasBeenDenoised) { + denoise(); + hasBeenDenoised = true; + } + + if (hasBeenDenoised && !ui_denoise) { + lastLoopIterations = 0; + camchanged = true; + hasBeenDenoised = false; } if (ui_showGbuffer) { - showGBuffer(pbo_dptr); - } else { - showImage(pbo_dptr, iteration); + showGBuffer(pbo_dptr); + } + else { + showImage(pbo_dptr, iteration); } // unmap buffer object @@ -184,59 +199,59 @@ void runCuda() { void keyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods) { if (action == GLFW_PRESS) { - switch (key) { - case GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE: - saveImage(); - glfwSetWindowShouldClose(window, GL_TRUE); - break; - case GLFW_KEY_S: - saveImage(); - break; - case GLFW_KEY_SPACE: - camchanged = true; - renderState = &scene->state; - Camera &cam = renderState->camera; - cam.lookAt = ogLookAt; - break; - } + switch (key) { + case GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE: + saveImage(); + glfwSetWindowShouldClose(window, GL_TRUE); + break; + case GLFW_KEY_S: + saveImage(); + break; + case GLFW_KEY_SPACE: + camchanged = true; + renderState = &scene->state; + Camera& cam = renderState->camera; + cam.lookAt = ogLookAt; + break; + } } } void mouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods) { - if (ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse) return; - leftMousePressed = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT && action == GLFW_PRESS); - rightMousePressed = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT && action == GLFW_PRESS); - middleMousePressed = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE && action == GLFW_PRESS); + if (ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse) return; + leftMousePressed = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT && action == GLFW_PRESS); + rightMousePressed = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT && action == GLFW_PRESS); + middleMousePressed = (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE && action == GLFW_PRESS); } void mousePositionCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xpos, double ypos) { - if (xpos == lastX || ypos == lastY) return; // otherwise, clicking back into window causes re-start - if (leftMousePressed) { - // compute new camera parameters - phi -= (xpos - lastX) / width; - theta -= (ypos - lastY) / height; - theta = std::fmax(0.001f, std::fmin(theta, PI)); - camchanged = true; - } - else if (rightMousePressed) { - zoom += (ypos - lastY) / height; - zoom = std::fmax(0.1f, zoom); - camchanged = true; - } - else if (middleMousePressed) { - renderState = &scene->state; - Camera &cam = renderState->camera; - glm::vec3 forward = cam.view; - forward.y = 0.0f; - forward = glm::normalize(forward); - glm::vec3 right = cam.right; - right.y = 0.0f; - right = glm::normalize(right); - - cam.lookAt -= (float) (xpos - lastX) * right * 0.01f; - cam.lookAt += (float) (ypos - lastY) * forward * 0.01f; - camchanged = true; - } - lastX = xpos; - lastY = ypos; + if (xpos == lastX || ypos == lastY) return; // otherwise, clicking back into window causes re-start + if (leftMousePressed) { + // compute new camera parameters + phi -= (xpos - lastX) / width; + theta -= (ypos - lastY) / height; + theta = std::fmax(0.001f, std::fmin(theta, PI)); + camchanged = true; + } + else if (rightMousePressed) { + zoom += (ypos - lastY) / height; + zoom = std::fmax(0.1f, zoom); + camchanged = true; + } + else if (middleMousePressed) { + renderState = &scene->state; + Camera& cam = renderState->camera; + glm::vec3 forward = cam.view; + forward.y = 0.0f; + forward = glm::normalize(forward); + glm::vec3 right = cam.right; + right.y = 0.0f; + right = glm::normalize(right); + + cam.lookAt -= (float)(xpos - lastX) * right * 0.01f; + cam.lookAt += (float)(ypos - lastY) * forward * 0.01f; + camchanged = true; + } + lastX = xpos; + lastY = ypos; } diff --git a/src/main.h b/src/main.h index 06d311a8..45afcb8c 100644 --- a/src/main.h +++ b/src/main.h @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ extern float ui_normalWeight; extern float ui_positionWeight; extern bool ui_saveAndExit; + void runCuda(); void keyCallback(GLFWwindow *window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods); void mousePositionCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xpos, double ypos); diff --git a/src/pathtrace.cu b/src/pathtrace.cu index 23e5f909..896bec75 100644 --- a/src/pathtrace.cu +++ b/src/pathtrace.cu @@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ #include #include #include +#include +#include #include "sceneStructs.h" #include "scene.h" @@ -14,120 +16,218 @@ #include "intersections.h" #include "interactions.h" +#include + #define ERRORCHECK 1 +#define STREAM_COMPACTION 1 +#define ANTIALIASING 0 +#define CACHE_FIRST_BOUNCE 0 +#define SORT_BY_MAT 0 +#define NOR 1 +#define POS 2 +#define G_BUFFER_IMG_MODE POS +#define PERFORMANCE_TIME 1 + +#if PERFORMANCE_TIME +cudaEvent_t start, stop; +#endif #define FILENAME (strrchr(__FILE__, '/') ? strrchr(__FILE__, '/') + 1 : __FILE__) #define checkCUDAError(msg) checkCUDAErrorFn(msg, FILENAME, __LINE__) -void checkCUDAErrorFn(const char *msg, const char *file, int line) { + +void checkCUDAErrorFn(const char* msg, const char* file, int line) { #if ERRORCHECK - cudaDeviceSynchronize(); - cudaError_t err = cudaGetLastError(); - if (cudaSuccess == err) { - return; - } - - fprintf(stderr, "CUDA error"); - if (file) { - fprintf(stderr, " (%s:%d)", file, line); - } - fprintf(stderr, ": %s: %s\n", msg, cudaGetErrorString(err)); + cudaDeviceSynchronize(); + cudaError_t err = cudaGetLastError(); + if (cudaSuccess == err) { + return; + } + + fprintf(stderr, "CUDA error"); + if (file) { + fprintf(stderr, " (%s:%d)", file, line); + } + fprintf(stderr, ": %s: %s\n", msg, cudaGetErrorString(err)); # ifdef _WIN32 - getchar(); + getchar(); # endif - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); #endif } __host__ __device__ thrust::default_random_engine makeSeededRandomEngine(int iter, int index, int depth) { - int h = utilhash((1 << 31) | (depth << 22) | iter) ^ utilhash(index); - return thrust::default_random_engine(h); + int h = utilhash((1 << 31) | (depth << 22) | iter) ^ utilhash(index); + return thrust::default_random_engine(h); } //Kernel that writes the image to the OpenGL PBO directly. __global__ void sendImageToPBO(uchar4* pbo, glm::ivec2 resolution, - int iter, glm::vec3* image) { - int x = (blockIdx.x * blockDim.x) + threadIdx.x; - int y = (blockIdx.y * blockDim.y) + threadIdx.y; - - if (x < resolution.x && y < resolution.y) { - int index = x + (y * resolution.x); - glm::vec3 pix = image[index]; - - glm::ivec3 color; - color.x = glm::clamp((int) (pix.x / iter * 255.0), 0, 255); - color.y = glm::clamp((int) (pix.y / iter * 255.0), 0, 255); - color.z = glm::clamp((int) (pix.z / iter * 255.0), 0, 255); - - // Each thread writes one pixel location in the texture (textel) - pbo[index].w = 0; - pbo[index].x = color.x; - pbo[index].y = color.y; - pbo[index].z = color.z; - } + int iter, glm::vec3* image) { + int x = (blockIdx.x * blockDim.x) + threadIdx.x; + int y = (blockIdx.y * blockDim.y) + threadIdx.y; + + if (x < resolution.x && y < resolution.y) { + int index = x + (y * resolution.x); + glm::vec3 pix = image[index]; + + glm::ivec3 color; + color.x = glm::clamp((int)(pix.x / iter * 255.0), 0, 255); + color.y = glm::clamp((int)(pix.y / iter * 255.0), 0, 255); + color.z = glm::clamp((int)(pix.z / iter * 255.0), 0, 255); + + // Each thread writes one pixel location in the texture (textel) + pbo[index].w = 0; + pbo[index].x = color.x; + pbo[index].y = color.y; + pbo[index].z = color.z; + } +} + +//the following 3 helper functions are for oct-eocoding normal +//reference: https://jcgt.org/published/0003/02/01/paper.pdf +__host__ __device__ glm::vec2 signNotZero(glm::vec2 v) { + return glm::vec2((v.x >= 0) ? 1.f : -1.f, (v.y >= 0) ? 1.f : -1.f); +} + +__host__ __device__ glm::vec2 float32x3_to_oct(glm::vec3 v) { + glm::vec2 p = glm::vec2(v) * (1.f / (abs(v.x) + abs(v.y) + abs(v.z))); + return (v.z <= 0) ? ((1.f - abs(p)) * signNotZero(p)) : p; +} + +__host__ __device__ glm::vec3 oct_to_float32x3(glm::vec2 e) { + float z = 1.f - abs(e.x) - abs(e.y); + if (z < 0) { + e = (1.f - abs(e)) * signNotZero(e); + } + return normalize(glm::vec3(e, z)); +} + +__host__ __device__ glm::vec3 depthToPos(float depth, float x, float y, const Camera& cam) { + glm::vec3 dir = glm::normalize(cam.view + - cam.right * cam.pixelLength.x * ((float)x - (float)cam.resolution.x * 0.5f) + - cam.up * cam.pixelLength.y * ((float)y - (float)cam.resolution.y * 0.5f)); + return cam.position + depth * dir; } __global__ void gbufferToPBO(uchar4* pbo, glm::ivec2 resolution, GBufferPixel* gBuffer) { - int x = (blockIdx.x * blockDim.x) + threadIdx.x; - int y = (blockIdx.y * blockDim.y) + threadIdx.y; - - if (x < resolution.x && y < resolution.y) { - int index = x + (y * resolution.x); - float timeToIntersect = gBuffer[index].t * 256.0; - - pbo[index].w = 0; - pbo[index].x = timeToIntersect; - pbo[index].y = timeToIntersect; - pbo[index].z = timeToIntersect; - } + int x = (blockIdx.x * blockDim.x) + threadIdx.x; + int y = (blockIdx.y * blockDim.y) + threadIdx.y; + + if (x < resolution.x && y < resolution.y) { + int idx = x + (y * resolution.x); + +#if Z_DEPTH + glm::vec3 pos = glm::vec3(gBuffer[idx].z); +#else + glm::vec3 pos = gBuffer[idx].pos; +#endif //Z_DEPTH + +#if OCT_ENCODING_NOR + glm::vec3 normal = oct_to_float32x3(gBuffer[idx].octNormal); +#else + glm::vec3 normal = gBuffer[idx].normal; +#endif //OCT_ENCODING_NOR + +#if G_BUFFER_IMG_MODE == NOR + normal = glm::abs(normal * 255.f); + pbo[idx].w = 0; + pbo[idx].x = normal.x; + pbo[idx].y = normal.y; + pbo[idx].z = normal.z; + +#elif G_BUFFER_IMG_MODE == POS + +#if !Z_DEPTH + pos = glm::clamp(glm::abs(pos * 25.f), 0.f, 255.f); +#else + pos = glm::clamp(glm::abs(pos * 5.f), 0.f, 255.f); +#endif + pbo[idx].w = 0; + pbo[idx].x = pos.x; + pbo[idx].y = pos.y; + pbo[idx].z = pos.z; + +#else + float timeToIntersect = gBuffer[idx].t * 256.0; + + pbo[idx].w = 0; + pbo[idx].x = timeToIntersect; + pbo[idx].y = timeToIntersect; + pbo[idx].z = timeToIntersect; +#endif //G_BUFFER_IMG + } } -static Scene * hst_scene = NULL; -static glm::vec3 * dev_image = NULL; -static Geom * dev_geoms = NULL; -static Material * dev_materials = NULL; -static PathSegment * dev_paths = NULL; -static ShadeableIntersection * dev_intersections = NULL; +static Scene* hst_scene = NULL; +static GuiDataContainer* guiData = NULL; +static glm::vec3* dev_image = NULL; +static Geom* dev_geoms = NULL; +static Material* dev_materials = NULL; +static PathSegment* dev_paths = NULL; +static PathSegment* dev_cache_paths = NULL; +static ShadeableIntersection* dev_intersections = NULL; static GBufferPixel* dev_gBuffer = NULL; +static glm::vec3* dev_blurredImg = nullptr; // TODO: static variables for device memory, any extra info you need, etc // ... +static Triangle* dev_triangles = NULL; +static glm::vec3* dev_maps = NULL; + -void pathtraceInit(Scene *scene) { - hst_scene = scene; - const Camera &cam = hst_scene->state.camera; - const int pixelcount = cam.resolution.x * cam.resolution.y; - cudaMalloc(&dev_image, pixelcount * sizeof(glm::vec3)); - cudaMemset(dev_image, 0, pixelcount * sizeof(glm::vec3)); +void pathtraceInit(Scene* scene) { + hst_scene = scene; - cudaMalloc(&dev_paths, pixelcount * sizeof(PathSegment)); + const Camera& cam = hst_scene->state.camera; + const int pixelcount = cam.resolution.x * cam.resolution.y; - cudaMalloc(&dev_geoms, scene->geoms.size() * sizeof(Geom)); - cudaMemcpy(dev_geoms, scene->geoms.data(), scene->geoms.size() * sizeof(Geom), cudaMemcpyHostToDevice); + cudaMalloc(&dev_image, pixelcount * sizeof(glm::vec3)); + cudaMemset(dev_image, 0, pixelcount * sizeof(glm::vec3)); - cudaMalloc(&dev_materials, scene->materials.size() * sizeof(Material)); - cudaMemcpy(dev_materials, scene->materials.data(), scene->materials.size() * sizeof(Material), cudaMemcpyHostToDevice); + cudaMalloc(&dev_paths, pixelcount * sizeof(PathSegment)); - cudaMalloc(&dev_intersections, pixelcount * sizeof(ShadeableIntersection)); - cudaMemset(dev_intersections, 0, pixelcount * sizeof(ShadeableIntersection)); + cudaMalloc(&dev_geoms, scene->geoms.size() * sizeof(Geom)); + cudaMemcpy(dev_geoms, scene->geoms.data(), scene->geoms.size() * sizeof(Geom), cudaMemcpyHostToDevice); - cudaMalloc(&dev_gBuffer, pixelcount * sizeof(GBufferPixel)); + cudaMalloc(&dev_materials, scene->materials.size() * sizeof(Material)); + cudaMemcpy(dev_materials, scene->materials.data(), scene->materials.size() * sizeof(Material), cudaMemcpyHostToDevice); - // TODO: initialize any extra device memeory you need + cudaMalloc(&dev_intersections, pixelcount * sizeof(ShadeableIntersection)); + cudaMemset(dev_intersections, 0, pixelcount * sizeof(ShadeableIntersection)); + + cudaMalloc(&dev_gBuffer, pixelcount * sizeof(GBufferPixel)); + cudaMalloc(&dev_blurredImg, pixelcount * sizeof(glm::vec3)); - checkCUDAError("pathtraceInit"); + // TODO: initialize any extra device memeory you need + cudaMalloc(&dev_cache_paths, pixelcount * sizeof(PathSegment)); + cudaMemset(dev_cache_paths, 0, pixelcount * sizeof(PathSegment)); + + cudaMalloc(&dev_triangles, scene->triangles.size() * sizeof(Triangle)); + cudaMemcpy(dev_triangles, scene->triangles.data(), scene->triangles.size() * sizeof(Triangle), cudaMemcpyHostToDevice); + if (scene->maps.size() > 0) + { + cudaMalloc(&dev_maps, scene->maps.size() * sizeof(glm::vec3)); + cudaMemcpy(dev_maps, scene->maps.data(), scene->maps.size() * sizeof(glm::vec3), cudaMemcpyHostToDevice); + } + checkCUDAError("pathtraceInit"); } void pathtraceFree() { - cudaFree(dev_image); // no-op if dev_image is null - cudaFree(dev_paths); - cudaFree(dev_geoms); - cudaFree(dev_materials); - cudaFree(dev_intersections); - cudaFree(dev_gBuffer); - // TODO: clean up any extra device memory you created - - checkCUDAError("pathtraceFree"); + cudaFree(dev_image); // no-op if dev_image is null + cudaFree(dev_paths); + cudaFree(dev_geoms); + cudaFree(dev_materials); + cudaFree(dev_intersections); + cudaFree(dev_gBuffer); + cudaFree(dev_blurredImg); + + // TODO: clean up any extra device memory you created + cudaFree(dev_cache_paths); + cudaFree(dev_triangles); + cudaFree(dev_maps); + + checkCUDAError("pathtraceFree"); } /** @@ -145,29 +245,61 @@ __global__ void generateRayFromCamera(Camera cam, int iter, int traceDepth, Path if (x < cam.resolution.x && y < cam.resolution.y) { int index = x + (y * cam.resolution.x); - PathSegment & segment = pathSegments[index]; + PathSegment& segment = pathSegments[index]; segment.ray.origin = cam.position; - segment.color = glm::vec3(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + segment.color = glm::vec3(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + thrust::default_random_engine rng = makeSeededRandomEngine(iter, index, 0); + thrust::uniform_real_distribution u01(0, 1); + // TODO: implement antialiasing by jittering the ray +#if ANTIALIASING && !CACHE_FIRST_BOUNCE + segment.ray.direction = glm::normalize(cam.view + - cam.right * cam.pixelLength.x * ((float)x - (float)cam.resolution.x * 0.5f + u01(rng) - 0.5f) + - cam.up * cam.pixelLength.y * ((float)y - (float)cam.resolution.y * 0.5f + u01(rng) - 0.5f) + ); +#elif !CACHE_FIRST_BOUNCE + //depth of field segment.ray.direction = glm::normalize(cam.view - cam.right * cam.pixelLength.x * ((float)x - (float)cam.resolution.x * 0.5f) - cam.up * cam.pixelLength.y * ((float)y - (float)cam.resolution.y * 0.5f) - ); + ); + if (cam.aperture > 0) + { + glm::vec3 forward = glm::normalize(cam.lookAt - cam.position); + glm::vec3 right = glm::normalize(glm::cross(forward, cam.up)); + glm::vec3 focalPoint = segment.ray.origin + cam.focalLength * segment.ray.direction; + + float angle = u01(rng) * 2.f * PI; + float radius = cam.aperture * glm::sqrt(u01(rng)); + + segment.ray.origin += radius * (cos(angle) * right + sin(angle) * cam.up); + segment.ray.direction = glm::normalize(focalPoint - segment.ray.origin); + } + + +#endif segment.pixelIndex = index; segment.remainingBounces = traceDepth; } } +// TODO: +// computeIntersections handles generating ray intersections ONLY. +// Generating new rays is handled in your shader(s). +// Feel free to modify the code below. __global__ void computeIntersections( int depth , int num_paths - , PathSegment * pathSegments - , Geom * geoms + , PathSegment* pathSegments + , Geom* geoms , int geoms_size - , ShadeableIntersection * intersections - ) + , ShadeableIntersection* intersections + , Triangle* triangles + , Material* materials + , glm::vec3* maps +) { int path_index = blockIdx.x * blockDim.x + threadIdx.x; @@ -175,39 +307,63 @@ __global__ void computeIntersections( { PathSegment pathSegment = pathSegments[path_index]; +#if (STREAM_COMPACTION == 0) + if (pathSegment.remainingBounces <= 0) + { + intersections[path_index].t = -1.f; + return; + } +#endif + float t; glm::vec3 intersect_point; glm::vec3 normal; + glm::vec2 uv; float t_min = FLT_MAX; int hit_geom_index = -1; bool outside = true; glm::vec3 tmp_intersect; glm::vec3 tmp_normal; - + glm::vec2 tmp_uv; // naive parse through global geoms for (int i = 0; i < geoms_size; i++) { - Geom & geom = geoms[i]; - - if (geom.type == CUBE) - { - t = boxIntersectionTest(geom, pathSegment.ray, tmp_intersect, tmp_normal, outside); - } - else if (geom.type == SPHERE) + Geom& geom = geoms[i]; + if (geom.type == MESH) { - t = sphereIntersectionTest(geom, pathSegment.ray, tmp_intersect, tmp_normal, outside); - } + for (int j = geom.mesh_start_idx; j < geom.mesh_end_idx; j++) + { + t = triangleIntersectionTest(geom, triangles[j], materials[geom.materialid], maps, pathSegment.ray, tmp_intersect, tmp_normal, tmp_uv); + if (t > 0.f && t_min > t) + { + t_min = t; + hit_geom_index = i; + intersect_point = tmp_intersect; + normal = tmp_normal; + uv = tmp_uv; + } + } - // Compute the minimum t from the intersection tests to determine what - // scene geometry object was hit first. - if (t > 0.0f && t_min > t) + } + else { - t_min = t; - hit_geom_index = i; - intersect_point = tmp_intersect; - normal = tmp_normal; + if (geom.type == CUBE) + { + t = boxIntersectionTest(geom, pathSegment.ray, tmp_intersect, tmp_normal, outside); + } + else if (geom.type == SPHERE) + { + t = sphereIntersectionTest(geom, pathSegment.ray, tmp_intersect, tmp_normal, outside); + } + if (t > 0.0f && t_min > t) + { + t_min = t; + hit_geom_index = i; + intersect_point = tmp_intersect; + normal = tmp_normal; + } } } @@ -221,72 +377,116 @@ __global__ void computeIntersections( intersections[path_index].t = t_min; intersections[path_index].materialId = geoms[hit_geom_index].materialid; intersections[path_index].surfaceNormal = normal; + intersections[path_index].uv = uv; } } } -__global__ void shadeSimpleMaterials ( - int iter - , int num_paths - , ShadeableIntersection * shadeableIntersections - , PathSegment * pathSegments - , Material * materials - ) +// LOOK: "fake" shader demonstrating what you might do with the info in +// a ShadeableIntersection, as well as how to use thrust's random number +// generator. Observe that since the thrust random number generator basically +// adds "noise" to the iteration, the image should start off noisy and get +// cleaner as more iterations are computed. +// +// Note that this shader does NOT do a BSDF evaluation! +// Your shaders should handle that - this can allow techniques such as +// bump mapping. +__global__ void shadeFakeMaterial( + int iter + , int num_paths + , ShadeableIntersection* shadeableIntersections + , PathSegment* pathSegments + , Material* materials +) { - int idx = blockIdx.x * blockDim.x + threadIdx.x; - if (idx < num_paths) - { - ShadeableIntersection intersection = shadeableIntersections[idx]; - PathSegment segment = pathSegments[idx]; - if (segment.remainingBounces == 0) { - return; - } - - if (intersection.t > 0.0f) { // if the intersection exists... - segment.remainingBounces--; - // Set up the RNG - thrust::default_random_engine rng = makeSeededRandomEngine(iter, idx, segment.remainingBounces); - - Material material = materials[intersection.materialId]; - glm::vec3 materialColor = material.color; - - // If the material indicates that the object was a light, "light" the ray - if (material.emittance > 0.0f) { - segment.color *= (materialColor * material.emittance); - segment.remainingBounces = 0; - } - else { - segment.color *= materialColor; - glm::vec3 intersectPos = intersection.t * segment.ray.direction + segment.ray.origin; - scatterRay(segment, intersectPos, intersection.surfaceNormal, material, rng); - } - // If there was no intersection, color the ray black. - // Lots of renderers use 4 channel color, RGBA, where A = alpha, often - // used for opacity, in which case they can indicate "no opacity". - // This can be useful for post-processing and image compositing. - } else { - segment.color = glm::vec3(0.0f); - segment.remainingBounces = 0; - } - - pathSegments[idx] = segment; - } + int idx = blockIdx.x * blockDim.x + threadIdx.x; + if (idx < num_paths) + { + ShadeableIntersection intersection = shadeableIntersections[idx]; + if (intersection.t > 0.0f) { // if the intersection exists... + // Set up the RNG + // LOOK: this is how you use thrust's RNG! Please look at + // makeSeededRandomEngine as well. + thrust::default_random_engine rng = makeSeededRandomEngine(iter, idx, 0); + thrust::uniform_real_distribution u01(0, 1); + + Material material = materials[intersection.materialId]; + glm::vec3 materialColor = material.color; + + // If the material indicates that the object was a light, "light" the ray + if (material.emittance > 0.0f) { + pathSegments[idx].color *= (materialColor * material.emittance); + } + // Otherwise, do some pseudo-lighting computation. This is actually more + // like what you would expect from shading in a rasterizer like OpenGL. + // TODO: replace this! you should be able to start with basically a one-liner + else { + float lightTerm = glm::dot(intersection.surfaceNormal, glm::vec3(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f)); + pathSegments[idx].color *= (materialColor * lightTerm) * 0.3f + ((1.0f - intersection.t * 0.02f) * materialColor) * 0.7f; + pathSegments[idx].color *= u01(rng); // apply some noise because why not + pathSegments[idx].remainingBounces--; + } + // If there was no intersection, color the ray black. + // Lots of renderers use 4 channel color, RGBA, where A = alpha, often + // used for opacity, in which case they can indicate "no opacity". + // This can be useful for post-processing and image compositing. + } + else { + pathSegments[idx].color = glm::vec3(0.0f); + } + } } -__global__ void generateGBuffer ( - int num_paths, - ShadeableIntersection* shadeableIntersections, - PathSegment* pathSegments, - GBufferPixel* gBuffer) { - int idx = blockIdx.x * blockDim.x + threadIdx.x; - if (idx < num_paths) - { - gBuffer[idx].t = shadeableIntersections[idx].t; - } +__global__ void shadeMaterial( + int iter + , int num_paths + , ShadeableIntersection* shadeableIntersections + , PathSegment* pathSegments + , Material* materials + , glm::vec3* dev_maps +) +{ + int idx = blockIdx.x * blockDim.x + threadIdx.x; + if (idx < num_paths) + { + ShadeableIntersection intersection = shadeableIntersections[idx]; + if (intersection.t > 0.0f) { // if the intersection exists... + // Set up the RNG + // LOOK: this is how you use thrust's RNG! Please look at + // makeSeededRandomEngine as well. + thrust::default_random_engine rng = makeSeededRandomEngine(iter, idx, 0); + thrust::uniform_real_distribution u01(0, 1); + + Material material = materials[intersection.materialId]; + glm::vec3 materialColor = material.color; + + // If the material indicates that the object was a light, "light" the ray + if (material.emittance > 0.0f) { + pathSegments[idx].color *= (materialColor * material.emittance); + pathSegments[idx].remainingBounces = 0; + } + // Otherwise, do some pseudo-lighting computation. This is actually more + // like what you would expect from shading in a rasterizer like OpenGL. + // TODO: replace this! you should be able to start with basically a one-liner + else { + glm::vec3 intersect_point = getPointOnRay(pathSegments[idx].ray, intersection.t); + scatterRay(pathSegments[idx], intersect_point, intersection.surfaceNormal, material, rng, intersection.uv, dev_maps); + pathSegments[idx].remainingBounces--; + } + // If there was no intersection, color the ray black. + // Lots of renderers use 4 channel color, RGBA, where A = alpha, often + // used for opacity, in which case they can indicate "no opacity". + // This can be useful for post-processing and image compositing. + } + else { + pathSegments[idx].color = glm::vec3(0.0f); + pathSegments[idx].remainingBounces = 0; + } + } } // Add the current iteration's output to the overall image -__global__ void finalGather(int nPaths, glm::vec3 * image, PathSegment * iterationPaths) +__global__ void finalGather(int nPaths, glm::vec3* image, PathSegment* iterationPaths) { int index = (blockIdx.x * blockDim.x) + threadIdx.x; @@ -297,137 +497,319 @@ __global__ void finalGather(int nPaths, glm::vec3 * image, PathSegment * iterati } } +__global__ void generateGBuffer( + int num_paths, + ShadeableIntersection* shadeableIntersections, + PathSegment* pathSegments, + GBufferPixel* gBuffer) { + int idx = blockIdx.x * blockDim.x + threadIdx.x; + if (idx < num_paths) + { +#if Z_DEPTH + gBuffer[idx].z = shadeableIntersections[idx].t; +#else + + gBuffer[idx].pos = getPointOnRay(pathSegments[idx].ray, shadeableIntersections[idx].t); +#endif //Z_DEPTH + +#if OCT_ENCODING_NOR + gBuffer[idx].octNormal = float32x3_to_oct(shadeableIntersections[idx].surfaceNormal); +#else + gBuffer[idx].normal = shadeableIntersections[idx].surfaceNormal; +#endif //OCT_ENCODING_NOR + } +} + +struct sort_material { + __host__ __device__ bool operator()(const ShadeableIntersection& m1, const ShadeableIntersection& m2) { + return m1.materialId < m2.materialId; + } +}; + +struct is_bouncing +{ + __host__ __device__ + bool operator()(const PathSegment& seg) + { + return seg.remainingBounces > 0; + } +}; + /** * Wrapper for the __global__ call that sets up the kernel calls and does a ton * of memory management */ void pathtrace(int frame, int iter) { - const int traceDepth = hst_scene->state.traceDepth; - const Camera &cam = hst_scene->state.camera; - const int pixelcount = cam.resolution.x * cam.resolution.y; + const int traceDepth = hst_scene->state.traceDepth; + const Camera& cam = hst_scene->state.camera; + const int pixelcount = cam.resolution.x * cam.resolution.y; // 2D block for generating ray from camera - const dim3 blockSize2d(8, 8); - const dim3 blocksPerGrid2d( - (cam.resolution.x + blockSize2d.x - 1) / blockSize2d.x, - (cam.resolution.y + blockSize2d.y - 1) / blockSize2d.y); + const dim3 blockSize2d(8, 8); + const dim3 blocksPerGrid2d( + (cam.resolution.x + blockSize2d.x - 1) / blockSize2d.x, + (cam.resolution.y + blockSize2d.y - 1) / blockSize2d.y); // 1D block for path tracing const int blockSize1d = 128; - /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - // Pathtracing Recap: - // * Initialize array of path rays (using rays that come out of the camera) - // * You can pass the Camera object to that kernel. - // * Each path ray must carry at minimum a (ray, color) pair, - // * where color starts as the multiplicative identity, white = (1, 1, 1). - // * This has already been done for you. - // * NEW: For the first depth, generate geometry buffers (gbuffers) - // * For each depth: - // * Compute an intersection in the scene for each path ray. - // A very naive version of this has been implemented for you, but feel - // free to add more primitives and/or a better algorithm. - // Currently, intersection distance is recorded as a parametric distance, - // t, or a "distance along the ray." t = -1.0 indicates no intersection. - // * Color is attenuated (multiplied) by reflections off of any object - // * Stream compact away all of the terminated paths. - // You may use either your implementation or `thrust::remove_if` or its - // cousins. - // * Note that you can't really use a 2D kernel launch any more - switch - // to 1D. - // * Shade the rays that intersected something or didn't bottom out. - // That is, color the ray by performing a color computation according - // to the shader, then generate a new ray to continue the ray path. - // We recommend just updating the ray's PathSegment in place. - // Note that this step may come before or after stream compaction, - // since some shaders you write may also cause a path to terminate. - // * Finally: - // * if not denoising, add this iteration's results to the image - // * TODO: if denoising, run kernels that take both the raw pathtraced result and the gbuffer, and put the result in the "pbo" from opengl - - generateRayFromCamera <<>>(cam, iter, traceDepth, dev_paths); + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Recap: + // * Initialize array of path rays (using rays that come out of the camera) + // * You can pass the Camera object to that kernel. + // * Each path ray must carry at minimum a (ray, color) pair, + // * where color starts as the multiplicative identity, white = (1, 1, 1). + // * This has already been done for you. + // * For each depth: + // * Compute an intersection in the scene for each path ray. + // A very naive version of this has been implemented for you, but feel + // free to add more primitives and/or a better algorithm. + // Currently, intersection distance is recorded as a parametric distance, + // t, or a "distance along the ray." t = -1.0 indicates no intersection. + // * Color is attenuated (multiplied) by reflections off of any object + // * TODO: Stream compact away all of the terminated paths. + // You may use either your implementation or `thrust::remove_if` or its + // cousins. + // * Note that you can't really use a 2D kernel launch any more - switch + // to 1D. + // * TODO: Shade the rays that intersected something or didn't bottom out. + // That is, color the ray by performing a color computation according + // to the shader, then generate a new ray to continue the ray path. + // We recommend just updating the ray's PathSegment in place. + // Note that this step may come before or after stream compaction, + // since some shaders you write may also cause a path to terminate. + // * Finally, add this iteration's results to the image. This has been done + // for you. + + // TODO: perform one iteration of path tracing + +#if CACHE_FIRST_BOUNCE + + if (iter == 1) + { + generateRayFromCamera << > > (cam, iter, traceDepth, dev_paths); + checkCUDAError("generate camera ray"); + + cudaMemcpy(dev_cache_paths, dev_paths, pixelcount * sizeof(PathSegment), cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice); + } + else + { + cudaMemcpy(dev_paths, dev_cache_paths, pixelcount * sizeof(PathSegment), cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice); + } +#else + generateRayFromCamera << > > (cam, iter, traceDepth, dev_paths); checkCUDAError("generate camera ray"); +#endif //CACHE_FIRST_BOUNCE + int depth = 0; PathSegment* dev_path_end = dev_paths + pixelcount; int num_paths = dev_path_end - dev_paths; // --- PathSegment Tracing Stage --- // Shoot ray into scene, bounce between objects, push shading chunks + + // Empty gbuffer + cudaMemset(dev_gBuffer, 0, pixelcount * sizeof(GBufferPixel)); - // Empty gbuffer - cudaMemset(dev_gBuffer, 0, pixelcount * sizeof(GBufferPixel)); - - // clean shading chunks - cudaMemset(dev_intersections, 0, pixelcount * sizeof(ShadeableIntersection)); - - bool iterationComplete = false; + bool iterationComplete = false; while (!iterationComplete) { - // tracing - dim3 numblocksPathSegmentTracing = (num_paths + blockSize1d - 1) / blockSize1d; - computeIntersections <<>> ( - depth - , num_paths - , dev_paths - , dev_geoms - , hst_scene->geoms.size() - , dev_intersections - ); - checkCUDAError("trace one bounce"); - cudaDeviceSynchronize(); + // clean shading chunks + cudaMemset(dev_intersections, 0, pixelcount * sizeof(ShadeableIntersection)); + + // tracing + dim3 numblocksPathSegmentTracing = (num_paths + blockSize1d - 1) / blockSize1d; + computeIntersections << > > ( + depth + , num_paths + , dev_paths + , dev_geoms + , hst_scene->geoms.size() + , dev_intersections + , dev_triangles + , dev_materials + , dev_maps + ); + checkCUDAError("trace one bounce"); + cudaDeviceSynchronize(); + + //material sorting +#if SORT_BY_MAT + thrust::sort_by_key(thrust::device, dev_intersections, dev_intersections + num_paths, dev_paths, sort_material()); +#endif //SORT BY MAT - if (depth == 0) { - generateGBuffer<<>>(num_paths, dev_intersections, dev_paths, dev_gBuffer); - } + if (depth == 0) + { + generateGBuffer << > > (num_paths, dev_intersections, dev_paths, dev_gBuffer); + } + depth++; + + + // TODO: + // --- Shading Stage --- + // Shade path segments based on intersections and generate new rays by + // evaluating the BSDF. + // Start off with just a big kernel that handles all the different + // materials you have in the scenefile. + // TODO: compare between directly shading the path segments and shading + // path segments that have been reshuffled to be contiguous in memory. + + shadeMaterial << > > ( + iter, + num_paths, + dev_intersections, + dev_paths, + dev_materials, + dev_maps + ); + - depth++; + //stream compaction for path segments + if (depth >= hst_scene->state.traceDepth) + { + break; + } + PathSegment* remaining_path_end = thrust::stable_partition(thrust::device, dev_paths, dev_path_end, is_bouncing()); + num_paths = remaining_path_end - dev_paths; - shadeSimpleMaterials<<>> ( - iter, - num_paths, - dev_intersections, - dev_paths, - dev_materials - ); - iterationComplete = depth == traceDepth; + if (num_paths == 0) { + iterationComplete = true; + } // TODO: should be based off stream compaction results. } - // Assemble this iteration and apply it to the image - dim3 numBlocksPixels = (pixelcount + blockSize1d - 1) / blockSize1d; - finalGather<<>>(num_paths, dev_image, dev_paths); + // Assemble this iteration and apply it to the image + dim3 numBlocksPixels = (pixelcount + blockSize1d - 1) / blockSize1d; + num_paths = dev_path_end - dev_paths; + finalGather << > > (num_paths, dev_image, dev_paths); - /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // CHECKITOUT: use dev_image as reference if you want to implement saving denoised images. - // Otherwise, screenshots are also acceptable. - // Retrieve image from GPU - cudaMemcpy(hst_scene->state.image.data(), dev_image, - pixelcount * sizeof(glm::vec3), cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost); + // Retrieve image from GPU + cudaMemcpy(hst_scene->state.image.data(), dev_image, + pixelcount * sizeof(glm::vec3), cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost); - checkCUDAError("pathtrace"); + checkCUDAError("pathtrace"); } -// CHECKITOUT: this kernel "post-processes" the gbuffer/gbuffers into something that you can visualize for debugging. void showGBuffer(uchar4* pbo) { - const Camera &cam = hst_scene->state.camera; - const dim3 blockSize2d(8, 8); - const dim3 blocksPerGrid2d( - (cam.resolution.x + blockSize2d.x - 1) / blockSize2d.x, - (cam.resolution.y + blockSize2d.y - 1) / blockSize2d.y); - - // CHECKITOUT: process the gbuffer results and send them to OpenGL buffer for visualization - gbufferToPBO<<>>(pbo, cam.resolution, dev_gBuffer); + const Camera& cam = hst_scene->state.camera; + const dim3 blockSize2d(8, 8); + const dim3 blocksPerGrid2d( + (cam.resolution.x + blockSize2d.x - 1) / blockSize2d.x, + (cam.resolution.y + blockSize2d.y - 1) / blockSize2d.y); + + gbufferToPBO << > > (pbo, cam.resolution, dev_gBuffer); } void showImage(uchar4* pbo, int iter) { -const Camera &cam = hst_scene->state.camera; - const dim3 blockSize2d(8, 8); - const dim3 blocksPerGrid2d( - (cam.resolution.x + blockSize2d.x - 1) / blockSize2d.x, - (cam.resolution.y + blockSize2d.y - 1) / blockSize2d.y); - - // Send results to OpenGL buffer for rendering - sendImageToPBO<<>>(pbo, cam.resolution, iter, dev_image); + const Camera& cam = hst_scene->state.camera; + const dim3 blockSize2d(8, 8); + const dim3 blocksPerGrid2d( + (cam.resolution.x + blockSize2d.x - 1) / blockSize2d.x, + (cam.resolution.y + blockSize2d.y - 1) / blockSize2d.y); + + // Send results to OpenGL buffer for rendering + sendImageToPBO << > > (pbo, cam.resolution, iter, dev_image); +} + +__device__ glm::vec3 depth2Pos(Camera cam, float t, float x, float y) { + glm::vec3 dir = glm::normalize(cam.view - cam.right * cam.pixelLength.x * ((float)x - (float)cam.resolution.x * 0.5f) - cam.up * cam.pixelLength.y * ((float)y - (float)cam.resolution.y * 0.5f)); + return cam.position + dir * t; +} + +//reference: https://jo.dreggn.org/home/2010_atrous.pdf +__global__ void aTrousFilter +( + Camera cam, + glm::ivec2 resolution, + int stepWidth, + float c_phi, + float n_phi, + float p_phi, + const glm::vec3* img, + const GBufferPixel* gBuffer, + glm::vec3* blurredImg) { + + int x = blockDim.x * blockIdx.x + threadIdx.x; + int y = blockDim.y * blockIdx.y + threadIdx.y; + + if (x < resolution.x && y < resolution.y) { + + int idx = y * resolution.x + x; + constexpr float kernel[5] = {0.0625f, 0.25f, 0.375f, 0.25f, 0.0625f}; + + glm::vec3 sum(0.f); + float cum_w = 0.f; + + for (int i = 0; i < 5; ++i) + { + for (int j = 0; j < 5; ++j) + { + int tx = glm::clamp(x + (i - 2) * stepWidth, 0, resolution.x); + int ty = glm::clamp(y + (j - 2) * stepWidth, 0, resolution.y); + int t_idx = ty * resolution.x + tx; + + glm::vec3 ctmp = img[t_idx]; + glm::vec3 t = img[idx] - ctmp; + float dist2 = glm::dot(t, t); + float c_w = min(exp(-dist2 / c_phi), 1.f); +#if OCT_ENCODING_NOR + t = oct_to_float32x3(gBuffer[idx].octNormal) - oct_to_float32x3(gBuffer[t_idx].octNormal); +#else + t = gBuffer[idx].normal - gBuffer[t_idx].normal; +#endif //OCT_ENCODING_NOR + + dist2 = glm::length(t); + float n_w = min(exp(-dist2 / n_phi), 1.f); + +#if Z_DEPTH + t = depth2Pos(cam, gBuffer[idx].z, x, y) - depth2Pos(cam, gBuffer[t_idx].z, x, y); +#else + t = gBuffer[idx].pos - gBuffer[t_idx].pos; +#endif //Z_DEPTH + dist2 = glm::dot(t, t); + float p_w = min(exp(-dist2 / p_phi), 1.f); + + float weight = c_w * n_w * p_w; + sum += ctmp * weight * kernel[i] * kernel[j]; + cum_w += weight * kernel[i] * kernel[j]; + } + } + blurredImg[idx] = sum / cum_w; + } +} + +void denoise() +{ + const glm::ivec2 resolution = hst_scene->state.camera.resolution; + const Camera& cam = hst_scene->state.camera; + const dim3 blockSize2d(32, 32); + const dim3 blocksPerGrid2d((resolution.x + blockSize2d.x - 1) / blockSize2d.x, (resolution.y + blockSize2d.y - 1) / blockSize2d.y); + + //performance time tracking + cudaEventCreate(&start); + cudaEventCreate(&stop); + +#if PERFORMANCE_TIME + cudaEventRecord(start); +#endif + + for (int stepWidth = 1; stepWidth * 4 + 1 <= ui_filterSize; stepWidth *= 2) + { + aTrousFilter << > > (cam, resolution, stepWidth, ui_colorWeight, ui_normalWeight, ui_positionWeight, dev_image, dev_gBuffer, dev_blurredImg); + std::swap(dev_image, dev_blurredImg); + } +#if PERFORMANCE_TIME + cudaEventRecord(stop); +#endif + cudaMemcpy(hst_scene->state.image.data(), dev_image, resolution.x * resolution.y * sizeof(glm::vec3), cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost); + +#if PERFORMANCE_TIME + cudaEventSynchronize(stop); + float milliseconds = 0; + cudaEventElapsedTime(&milliseconds, start, stop); + std::cout << "denoise took :" << milliseconds << std::endl; +#endif } diff --git a/src/pathtrace.h b/src/pathtrace.h index 9e12f440..1c1526ee 100644 --- a/src/pathtrace.h +++ b/src/pathtrace.h @@ -2,9 +2,11 @@ #include #include "scene.h" +#include "main.h" -void pathtraceInit(Scene *scene); +void pathtraceInit(Scene* scene); void pathtraceFree(); void pathtrace(int frame, int iteration); -void showGBuffer(uchar4 *pbo); -void showImage(uchar4 *pbo, int iter); +void showGBuffer(uchar4* pbo); +void showImage(uchar4* pbo, int iter); +void denoise(); diff --git a/src/preview.cpp b/src/preview.cpp index 3ca27180..c3711ab7 100644 --- a/src/preview.cpp +++ b/src/preview.cpp @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ #include "main.h" #include "preview.h" -#include "../imgui/imgui.h" -#include "../imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h" -#include "../imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h" +#include "ImGui/imgui.h" +#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_glfw.h" +#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h" #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ GLuint texcoordsLocation = 1; GLuint pbo; GLuint displayImage; -GLFWwindow *window; +GLFWwindow* window; std::string currentTimeString() { time_t now; @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ void initTextures() { glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, displayImage); glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_NEAREST); glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_NEAREST); - glTexImage2D( GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA8, width, height, 0, GL_BGRA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, NULL); + glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA8, width, height, 0, GL_BGRA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, NULL); } void initVAO(void) { @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ void initVAO(void) { } GLuint initShader() { - const char *attribLocations[] = { "Position", "Texcoords" }; + const char* attribLocations[] = { "Position", "Texcoords" }; GLuint program = glslUtility::createDefaultProgram(attribLocations, 2); GLint location; @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ bool init() { return true; } -static ImGuiWindowFlags windowFlags= ImGuiWindowFlags_None | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; +static ImGuiWindowFlags windowFlags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; static bool ui_hide = false; void drawGui(int windowWidth, int windowHeight) { @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ void drawGui(int windowWidth, int windowHeight) { ImGui::Checkbox("Denoise", &ui_denoise); ImGui::SliderInt("Filter Size", &ui_filterSize, 0, 100); - ImGui::SliderFloat("Color Weight", &ui_colorWeight, 0.0f, 10.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat("Color Weight", &ui_colorWeight, 0.0f, 100.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat("Normal Weight", &ui_normalWeight, 0.0f, 10.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat("Position Weight", &ui_positionWeight, 0.0f, 10.0f); @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ void mainLoop() { glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT); // VAO, shader program, and texture already bound - glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, 6, GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT, 0); + glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, 6, GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT, 0); // Draw imgui int display_w, display_h; diff --git a/src/preview.h b/src/preview.h index ecd75cd6..800b149a 100644 --- a/src/preview.h +++ b/src/preview.h @@ -5,3 +5,6 @@ extern GLuint pbo; std::string currentTimeString(); bool init(); void mainLoop(); + +bool MouseOverImGuiWindow(); +void InitImguiData(GuiDataContainer* guiData); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/scene.cpp b/src/scene.cpp index cbae043c..a6be52c8 100644 --- a/src/scene.cpp +++ b/src/scene.cpp @@ -1,188 +1,392 @@ +#define TINYGLTF_IMPLEMENTATION #include #include "scene.h" #include #include #include +#include "tiny_gltf.h" +#include "stb_image.h" + Scene::Scene(string filename) { - cout << "Reading scene from " << filename << " ..." << endl; - cout << " " << endl; - char* fname = (char*)filename.c_str(); - fp_in.open(fname); - if (!fp_in.is_open()) { - cout << "Error reading from file - aborting!" << endl; - throw; - } - while (fp_in.good()) { - string line; - utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); - if (!line.empty()) { - vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); - if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "MATERIAL") == 0) { - loadMaterial(tokens[1]); - cout << " " << endl; - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "OBJECT") == 0) { - loadGeom(tokens[1]); - cout << " " << endl; - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "CAMERA") == 0) { - loadCamera(); - cout << " " << endl; - } - } - } + cout << "Reading scene from " << filename << " ..." << endl; + cout << " " << endl; + char* fname = (char*)filename.c_str(); + fp_in.open(fname); + if (!fp_in.is_open()) { + cout << "Error reading from file - aborting!" << endl; + throw; + } + + while (fp_in.good()) { + string line; + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + if (!line.empty()) { + vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); + if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "MATERIAL") == 0) { + loadMaterial(tokens[1]); + cout << " " << endl; + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "OBJECT") == 0) { + loadGeom(tokens[1]); + cout << " " << endl; + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "CAMERA") == 0) { + loadCamera(); + cout << " " << endl; + } + } + } +} +//reference: http://www.opengl-tutorial.org/intermediate-tutorials/tutorial-13-normal-mapping/ +glm::vec3 triangleTangent(Triangle& tri) +{ + glm::vec3 deltaPos1 = tri.pos[1] - tri.pos[0]; + glm::vec3 deltaPos2 = tri.pos[2] - tri.pos[0]; + glm::vec2 deltaUV1 = tri.uv[1] - tri.uv[0]; + glm::vec2 deltaUV2 = tri.uv[2] - tri.uv[0]; + glm::vec3 tangent = (deltaUV2.y * deltaPos1 - deltaUV1.y * deltaPos2) / (deltaPos2.y * deltaUV1.x - deltaUV1.y * deltaUV2.x);; + + return glm::normalize(tangent); +} + +// Reference example code: https://github.com/syoyo/tinygltf +int Scene::loadGLTF(string path, Geom& geom) { + tinygltf::Model model; + tinygltf::TinyGLTF loader; + std::string err; + std::string warn; + + bool ret = loader.LoadASCIIFromFile(&model, &err, &warn, path); + //bool ret = loader.LoadBinaryFromFile(&model, &err, &warn, argv[1]); // + + if (!warn.empty()) + { + cout << "Warning: " << warn << endl; + } + if (!err.empty()) + { + cout << "Error: " << err << endl; + } + if (!ret) + { + cout << "Failed to parse glTF" << endl; + return -1; + } + + geom.mesh_start_idx = triangles.size(); + for (auto& mesh : model.meshes) + { + for (auto& prim : mesh.primitives) + { + const tinygltf::Accessor* accessor; + const tinygltf::BufferView* bufferView; + const tinygltf::Buffer* buffer; + int offset; + const unsigned short* indices = nullptr; + const float* positions = nullptr; + const float* normals = nullptr; + const float* uvs = nullptr; + const float* tangents = nullptr; + + accessor = &model.accessors[prim.indices]; + bufferView = &model.bufferViews[accessor->bufferView]; + buffer = &model.buffers[bufferView->buffer]; + offset = bufferView->byteOffset + accessor->byteOffset; + indices = reinterpret_cast(&buffer->data[offset]); + + accessor = &model.accessors[prim.attributes["POSITION"]]; + bufferView = &model.bufferViews[accessor->bufferView]; + buffer = &model.buffers[bufferView->buffer]; + offset = bufferView->byteOffset + accessor->byteOffset; + positions = reinterpret_cast(&buffer->data[offset]); + + if (prim.attributes["NORMAL"] >= 0) + { + accessor = &model.accessors[prim.attributes["NORMAL"]]; + bufferView = &model.bufferViews[accessor->bufferView]; + buffer = &model.buffers[bufferView->buffer]; + offset = bufferView->byteOffset + accessor->byteOffset; + normals = reinterpret_cast(&buffer->data[offset]); + } + + if (prim.attributes["TEXCOORD_0"] >= 0) + { + accessor = &model.accessors[prim.attributes["TEXCOORD_0"]]; + bufferView = &model.bufferViews[accessor->bufferView]; + buffer = &model.buffers[bufferView->buffer]; + offset = bufferView->byteOffset + accessor->byteOffset; + uvs = reinterpret_cast(&buffer->data[offset]); + } + + if (prim.attributes["TANGENT"] >= 0) + { + accessor = &model.accessors[prim.attributes["TANGENT"]]; + bufferView = &model.bufferViews[accessor->bufferView]; + buffer = &model.buffers[bufferView->buffer]; + offset = bufferView->byteOffset + accessor->byteOffset; + tangents = reinterpret_cast(&buffer->data[offset]); + } + + for (size_t i = 0; i < model.accessors[prim.indices].count; i += 3) + { + Triangle tri; + for (int j = 0; j < 3; ++j) + { + int idx = indices[i + j]; + tri.pos[j] = glm::vec3(positions[idx * 3], positions[idx * 3 + 1], positions[idx * 3 + 2]); + if (normals) + { + tri.normal[j] = glm::vec3(normals[idx * 3], normals[idx * 3 + 1], normals[idx * 3 + 2]); + } + if (uvs) + { + tri.uv[j] = glm::vec2(uvs[idx * 2], uvs[idx * 2 + 1]); + } + if (tangents) + { + tri.tangent[j] = glm::vec4(tangents[idx * 4], tangents[idx * 4 + 1], tangents[idx * 4 + 2], tangents[idx * 4 + 3]); + } + glm::vec3 worldPos(geom.transform * glm::vec4(tri.pos[j], 1.f)); + } + if (!normals) + { + glm::vec3 normal = glm::normalize(glm::cross(tri.pos[1] - tri.pos[0], tri.pos[2] - tri.pos[0])); + for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) + { + tri.normal[i] = normal; + } + } + if (uvs && !tangents) + { + glm::vec3 t = triangleTangent(tri); + for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) + { + tri.tangent[i] = glm::vec4(t, 1); + } + } + triangles.push_back(tri); + } + } + } + geom.mesh_end_idx = triangles.size(); + return 1; } int Scene::loadGeom(string objectid) { - int id = atoi(objectid.c_str()); - if (id != geoms.size()) { - cout << "ERROR: OBJECT ID does not match expected number of geoms" << endl; - return -1; - } else { - cout << "Loading Geom " << id << "..." << endl; - Geom newGeom; - string line; - - //load object type - utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); - if (!line.empty() && fp_in.good()) { - if (strcmp(line.c_str(), "sphere") == 0) { - cout << "Creating new sphere..." << endl; - newGeom.type = SPHERE; - } else if (strcmp(line.c_str(), "cube") == 0) { - cout << "Creating new cube..." << endl; - newGeom.type = CUBE; - } - } - - //link material - utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); - if (!line.empty() && fp_in.good()) { - vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); - newGeom.materialid = atoi(tokens[1].c_str()); - cout << "Connecting Geom " << objectid << " to Material " << newGeom.materialid << "..." << endl; - } - - //load transformations - utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); - while (!line.empty() && fp_in.good()) { - vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); - - //load tranformations - if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "TRANS") == 0) { - newGeom.translation = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "ROTAT") == 0) { - newGeom.rotation = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "SCALE") == 0) { - newGeom.scale = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); - } - - utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); - } - - newGeom.transform = utilityCore::buildTransformationMatrix( - newGeom.translation, newGeom.rotation, newGeom.scale); - newGeom.inverseTransform = glm::inverse(newGeom.transform); - newGeom.invTranspose = glm::inverseTranspose(newGeom.transform); - - geoms.push_back(newGeom); - return 1; - } + int id = atoi(objectid.c_str()); + if (id != geoms.size()) { + cout << "ERROR: OBJECT ID does not match expected number of geoms" << endl; + return -1; + } + else { + cout << "Loading Geom " << id << "..." << endl; + Geom newGeom; + string line; + + //load object type + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + if (!line.empty() && fp_in.good()) { + if (strcmp(line.c_str(), "sphere") == 0) { + cout << "Creating new sphere..." << endl; + newGeom.type = SPHERE; + } + else if (strcmp(line.c_str(), "cube") == 0) { + cout << "Creating new cube..." << endl; + newGeom.type = CUBE; + } + else if (strcmp(line.c_str(), "gltf") == 0) { + cout << "Creating new MESH..." << endl; + newGeom.type = MESH; + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + loadGLTF(line, newGeom); + } + } + + //link material + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + if (!line.empty() && fp_in.good()) { + vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); + newGeom.materialid = atoi(tokens[1].c_str()); + cout << "Connecting Geom " << objectid << " to Material " << newGeom.materialid << "..." << endl; + } + + //load transformations + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + while (!line.empty() && fp_in.good()) { + vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); + + //load tranformations + if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "TRANS") == 0) { + newGeom.translation = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "ROTAT") == 0) { + newGeom.rotation = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "SCALE") == 0) { + newGeom.scale = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); + } + + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + } + + newGeom.transform = utilityCore::buildTransformationMatrix( + newGeom.translation, newGeom.rotation, newGeom.scale); + newGeom.inverseTransform = glm::inverse(newGeom.transform); + newGeom.invTranspose = glm::inverseTranspose(newGeom.transform); + + geoms.push_back(newGeom); + return 1; + } } int Scene::loadCamera() { - cout << "Loading Camera ..." << endl; - RenderState &state = this->state; - Camera &camera = state.camera; - float fovy; - - //load static properties - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) { - string line; - utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); - vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); - if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "RES") == 0) { - camera.resolution.x = atoi(tokens[1].c_str()); - camera.resolution.y = atoi(tokens[2].c_str()); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "FOVY") == 0) { - fovy = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "ITERATIONS") == 0) { - state.iterations = atoi(tokens[1].c_str()); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "DEPTH") == 0) { - state.traceDepth = atoi(tokens[1].c_str()); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "FILE") == 0) { - state.imageName = tokens[1]; - } - } - - string line; - utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); - while (!line.empty() && fp_in.good()) { - vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); - if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "EYE") == 0) { - camera.position = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "LOOKAT") == 0) { - camera.lookAt = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "UP") == 0) { - camera.up = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); - } - - utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); - } - - //calculate fov based on resolution - float yscaled = tan(fovy * (PI / 180)); - float xscaled = (yscaled * camera.resolution.x) / camera.resolution.y; - float fovx = (atan(xscaled) * 180) / PI; - camera.fov = glm::vec2(fovx, fovy); + cout << "Loading Camera ..." << endl; + RenderState& state = this->state; + Camera& camera = state.camera; + float fovy; + + //load static properties + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) { + string line; + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); + if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "RES") == 0) { + camera.resolution.x = atoi(tokens[1].c_str()); + camera.resolution.y = atoi(tokens[2].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "FOVY") == 0) { + fovy = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "ITERATIONS") == 0) { + state.iterations = atoi(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "DEPTH") == 0) { + state.traceDepth = atoi(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "FILE") == 0) { + state.imageName = tokens[1]; + } + } + + string line; + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + while (!line.empty() && fp_in.good()) { + vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); + if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "EYE") == 0) { + camera.position = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "LOOKAT") == 0) { + camera.lookAt = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "UP") == 0) { + camera.up = glm::vec3(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "FOCAL") == 0) { + camera.focalLength = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "APERTURE") == 0) { + camera.aperture = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + } + + //calculate fov based on resolution + float yscaled = tan(fovy * (PI / 180)); + float xscaled = (yscaled * camera.resolution.x) / camera.resolution.y; + float fovx = (atan(xscaled) * 180) / PI; + camera.fov = glm::vec2(fovx, fovy); camera.right = glm::normalize(glm::cross(camera.view, camera.up)); - camera.pixelLength = glm::vec2(2 * xscaled / (float)camera.resolution.x - , 2 * yscaled / (float)camera.resolution.y); + camera.pixelLength = glm::vec2(2 * xscaled / (float)camera.resolution.x, + 2 * yscaled / (float)camera.resolution.y); - camera.view = glm::normalize(camera.lookAt - camera.position); + camera.view = glm::normalize(camera.lookAt - camera.position); - //set up render camera stuff - int arraylen = camera.resolution.x * camera.resolution.y; - state.image.resize(arraylen); - std::fill(state.image.begin(), state.image.end(), glm::vec3()); + //set up render camera stuff + int arraylen = camera.resolution.x * camera.resolution.y; + state.image.resize(arraylen); + std::fill(state.image.begin(), state.image.end(), glm::vec3()); - cout << "Loaded camera!" << endl; - return 1; + cout << "Loaded camera!" << endl; + return 1; } int Scene::loadMaterial(string materialid) { - int id = atoi(materialid.c_str()); - if (id != materials.size()) { - cout << "ERROR: MATERIAL ID does not match expected number of materials" << endl; - return -1; - } else { - cout << "Loading Material " << id << "..." << endl; - Material newMaterial; - - //load static properties - for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) { - string line; - utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); - vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); - if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "RGB") == 0) { - glm::vec3 color( atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str()) ); - newMaterial.color = color; - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "SPECEX") == 0) { - newMaterial.specular.exponent = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "SPECRGB") == 0) { - glm::vec3 specColor(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); - newMaterial.specular.color = specColor; - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "REFL") == 0) { - newMaterial.hasReflective = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "REFR") == 0) { - newMaterial.hasRefractive = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "REFRIOR") == 0) { - newMaterial.indexOfRefraction = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); - } else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "EMITTANCE") == 0) { - newMaterial.emittance = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); - } - } - materials.push_back(newMaterial); - return 1; - } + int id = atoi(materialid.c_str()); + if (id != materials.size()) { + cout << "ERROR: MATERIAL ID does not match expected number of materials" << endl; + return -1; + } + else { + cout << "Loading Material " << id << "..." << endl; + Material newMaterial; + + //load static properties + for (int i = 0; i < 9; i++) { + string line; + Map* map = nullptr; + utilityCore::safeGetline(fp_in, line); + vector tokens = utilityCore::tokenizeString(line); + if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "RGB") == 0) { + glm::vec3 color(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); + newMaterial.color = color; + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "SPECEX") == 0) { + newMaterial.specular.exponent = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "SPECRGB") == 0) { + glm::vec3 specColor(atof(tokens[1].c_str()), atof(tokens[2].c_str()), atof(tokens[3].c_str())); + newMaterial.specular.color = specColor; + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "REFL") == 0) { + newMaterial.hasReflective = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "REFR") == 0) { + newMaterial.hasRefractive = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "REFRIOR") == 0) { + newMaterial.indexOfRefraction = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "EMITTANCE") == 0) { + newMaterial.emittance = atof(tokens[1].c_str()); + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "TEXTUREMAP") == 0) { + if (strcmp(tokens[1].c_str(), "NULL") != 0) { + map = &newMaterial.texture_map; + int width, height, channels; + unsigned char* pixels = stbi_load(tokens[1].c_str(), &width, &height, &channels, 3); + map->offset = maps.size(); + map->dim = glm::ivec2(width, height); + for (int i = 0; i < width * height; i++) { + glm::vec3 col; + for (int j = 0; j < 3; ++j) { + col[j] = (float)pixels[i * 3 + j] / 255.f; + } + maps.push_back(col); + } + stbi_image_free(pixels); + } + } + else if (strcmp(tokens[0].c_str(), "NORMALMAP") == 0) { + if (strcmp(tokens[1].c_str(), "NULL") != 0) { + map = &newMaterial.normal_map; + int width, height, channels; + unsigned char* pixels = stbi_load(tokens[1].c_str(), &width, &height, &channels, 3); + map->offset = maps.size(); + map->dim = glm::ivec2(width, height); + for (int i = 0; i < width * height; i++) { + glm::vec3 col; + for (int j = 0; j < 3; ++j) { + col[j] = (float)pixels[i * 3 + j] / 255.f; + } + maps.push_back(col); + } + stbi_image_free(pixels); + } + } + } + materials.push_back(newMaterial); + return 1; + } } diff --git a/src/scene.h b/src/scene.h index f29a9171..53e868f8 100644 --- a/src/scene.h +++ b/src/scene.h @@ -11,16 +11,24 @@ using namespace std; class Scene { + private: - ifstream fp_in; - int loadMaterial(string materialid); - int loadGeom(string objectid); - int loadCamera(); + ifstream fp_in; + int loadMaterial(string materialid); + int loadGLTF(string fileDir, Geom& geom); + int loadGeom(string objectid); + int loadCamera(); + + public: - Scene(string filename); - ~Scene(); - std::vector geoms; - std::vector materials; - RenderState state; + Scene(string filename); + ~Scene(); + + std::vector geoms; + std::vector materials; + RenderState state; + vector maps; + std::vector triangles; + }; diff --git a/src/sceneStructs.h b/src/sceneStructs.h index da7e558a..4d1b247e 100644 --- a/src/sceneStructs.h +++ b/src/sceneStructs.h @@ -6,57 +6,78 @@ #include "glm/glm.hpp" #define BACKGROUND_COLOR (glm::vec3(0.0f)) +#define Z_DEPTH 0 +#define OCT_ENCODING_NOR 0 enum GeomType { - SPHERE, - CUBE, + SPHERE, + CUBE, + MESH +}; + +struct Triangle { + glm::vec3 pos[3]; + glm::vec3 normal[3]; + glm::vec2 uv[3]; + glm::vec4 tangent[3]; }; struct Ray { - glm::vec3 origin; - glm::vec3 direction; + glm::vec3 origin; + glm::vec3 direction; +}; + +struct Map { + int offset = -1; + glm::ivec2 dim; }; struct Geom { - enum GeomType type; - int materialid; - glm::vec3 translation; - glm::vec3 rotation; - glm::vec3 scale; - glm::mat4 transform; - glm::mat4 inverseTransform; - glm::mat4 invTranspose; + enum GeomType type; + int materialid; + glm::vec3 translation; + glm::vec3 rotation; + glm::vec3 scale; + glm::mat4 transform; + glm::mat4 inverseTransform; + glm::mat4 invTranspose; + int mesh_start_idx; + int mesh_end_idx; }; struct Material { - glm::vec3 color; - struct { - float exponent; - glm::vec3 color; - } specular; - float hasReflective; - float hasRefractive; - float indexOfRefraction; - float emittance; + glm::vec3 color; + struct { + float exponent; + glm::vec3 color; + } specular; + float hasReflective; + float hasRefractive; + float indexOfRefraction; + float emittance; + Map texture_map; + Map normal_map; }; struct Camera { - glm::ivec2 resolution; - glm::vec3 position; - glm::vec3 lookAt; - glm::vec3 view; - glm::vec3 up; - glm::vec3 right; - glm::vec2 fov; - glm::vec2 pixelLength; + glm::ivec2 resolution; + glm::vec3 position; + glm::vec3 lookAt; + glm::vec3 view; + glm::vec3 up; + glm::vec3 right; + glm::vec2 fov; + glm::vec2 pixelLength; + float focalLength; + float aperture; }; struct RenderState { - Camera camera; - unsigned int iterations; - int traceDepth; - std::vector image; - std::string imageName; + Camera camera; + unsigned int iterations; + int traceDepth; + std::vector image; + std::string imageName; }; struct PathSegment { @@ -70,13 +91,22 @@ struct PathSegment { // 1) color contribution computation // 2) BSDF evaluation: generate a new ray struct ShadeableIntersection { - float t; - glm::vec3 surfaceNormal; - int materialId; + float t; + glm::vec3 surfaceNormal; + int materialId; + glm::vec2 uv; }; -// CHECKITOUT - a simple struct for storing scene geometry information per-pixel. -// What information might be helpful for guiding a denoising filter? struct GBufferPixel { - float t; -}; +#if Z_DEPTH + float z; +#else + glm::vec3 pos; +#endif + +#if OCT_ENCODING_NOR + glm::vec2 octNormal; +#else + glm::vec3 normal; +#endif +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/tiny_gltf.h b/src/tiny_gltf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f7aa3db --- /dev/null +++ b/src/tiny_gltf.h @@ -0,0 +1,7906 @@ +#pragma once +// +// Header-only tiny glTF 2.0 loader and serializer. +// +// +// The MIT License (MIT) +// +// Copyright (c) 2015 - Present Syoyo Fujita, Aurélien Chatelain and many +// contributors. +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +// +// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +// THE SOFTWARE. + +// Version: +// - v2.6.3 Fix GLB file with empty BIN chunk was not handled. PR#382 and PR#383. +// - v2.6.2 Fix out-of-bounds access of accessors. PR#379. +// - v2.6.1 Better GLB validation check when loading. +// - v2.6.0 Support serializing sparse accessor(Thanks to @fynv). +// Disable expanding file path for security(no use of awkward `wordexp` anymore). +// - v2.5.0 Add SetPreserveImageChannels() option to load image data as is. +// - v2.4.3 Fix null object output when when material has all default +// parameters. +// - v2.4.2 Decode percent-encoded URI. +// - v2.4.1 Fix some glTF object class does not have `extensions` and/or +// `extras` property. +// - v2.4.0 Experimental RapidJSON and C++14 support(Thanks to @jrkoone). +// - v2.3.1 Set default value of minFilter and magFilter in Sampler to -1. +// - v2.3.0 Modified Material representation according to glTF 2.0 schema +// (and introduced TextureInfo class) +// Change the behavior of `Value::IsNumber`. It return true either the +// value is int or real. +// - v2.2.0 Add loading 16bit PNG support. Add Sparse accessor support(Thanks +// to @Ybalrid) +// - v2.1.0 Add draco compression. +// - v2.0.1 Add comparsion feature(Thanks to @Selmar). +// - v2.0.0 glTF 2.0!. +// +// Tiny glTF loader is using following third party libraries: +// +// - jsonhpp: C++ JSON library. +// - base64: base64 decode/encode library. +// - stb_image: Image loading library. +// +#ifndef TINY_GLTF_H_ +#define TINY_GLTF_H_ + +#include +#include +#include // std::fabs +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +//Auto-detect C++14 standard version +#if !defined(TINYGLTF_USE_CPP14) && defined(__cplusplus) && (__cplusplus >= 201402L) +#define TINYGLTF_USE_CPP14 +#endif + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_USE_CPP14 +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +#ifdef TINYGLTF_ANDROID_LOAD_FROM_ASSETS +#include +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#if (__GNUC__ < 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ <= 8)) +#define TINYGLTF_NOEXCEPT +#else +#define TINYGLTF_NOEXCEPT noexcept +#endif +#else +#define TINYGLTF_NOEXCEPT noexcept +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_METHODS(x) \ + ~x() = default; \ + x(const x &) = default; \ + x(x &&) TINYGLTF_NOEXCEPT = default; \ + x &operator=(const x &) = default; \ + x &operator=(x &&) TINYGLTF_NOEXCEPT = default; + +namespace tinygltf { + +#define TINYGLTF_MODE_POINTS (0) +#define TINYGLTF_MODE_LINE (1) +#define TINYGLTF_MODE_LINE_LOOP (2) +#define TINYGLTF_MODE_LINE_STRIP (3) +#define TINYGLTF_MODE_TRIANGLES (4) +#define TINYGLTF_MODE_TRIANGLE_STRIP (5) +#define TINYGLTF_MODE_TRIANGLE_FAN (6) + +#define TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_BYTE (5120) +#define TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_BYTE (5121) +#define TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_SHORT (5122) +#define TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_SHORT (5123) +#define TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_INT (5124) +#define TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT (5125) +#define TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_FLOAT (5126) +#define TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_DOUBLE \ + (5130) // OpenGL double type. Note that some of glTF 2.0 validator does not + // support double type even the schema seems allow any value of + // integer: + // https://github.com/KhronosGroup/glTF/blob/b9884a2fd45130b4d673dd6c8a706ee21ee5c5f7/specification/2.0/schema/accessor.schema.json#L22 + +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FILTER_NEAREST (9728) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FILTER_LINEAR (9729) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FILTER_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST (9984) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FILTER_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST (9985) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FILTER_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR (9986) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FILTER_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR (9987) + +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT (10497) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_CLAMP_TO_EDGE (33071) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_MIRRORED_REPEAT (33648) + +// Redeclarations of the above for technique.parameters. +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_BYTE (5120) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_UNSIGNED_BYTE (5121) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_SHORT (5122) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_UNSIGNED_SHORT (5123) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_INT (5124) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT (5125) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_FLOAT (5126) + +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_FLOAT_VEC2 (35664) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_FLOAT_VEC3 (35665) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_FLOAT_VEC4 (35666) + +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_INT_VEC2 (35667) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_INT_VEC3 (35668) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_INT_VEC4 (35669) + +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_BOOL (35670) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_BOOL_VEC2 (35671) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_BOOL_VEC3 (35672) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_BOOL_VEC4 (35673) + +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_FLOAT_MAT2 (35674) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_FLOAT_MAT3 (35675) +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_FLOAT_MAT4 (35676) + +#define TINYGLTF_PARAMETER_TYPE_SAMPLER_2D (35678) + +// End parameter types + +#define TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC2 (2) +#define TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC3 (3) +#define TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC4 (4) +#define TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT2 (32 + 2) +#define TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT3 (32 + 3) +#define TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT4 (32 + 4) +#define TINYGLTF_TYPE_SCALAR (64 + 1) +#define TINYGLTF_TYPE_VECTOR (64 + 4) +#define TINYGLTF_TYPE_MATRIX (64 + 16) + +#define TINYGLTF_IMAGE_FORMAT_JPEG (0) +#define TINYGLTF_IMAGE_FORMAT_PNG (1) +#define TINYGLTF_IMAGE_FORMAT_BMP (2) +#define TINYGLTF_IMAGE_FORMAT_GIF (3) + +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FORMAT_ALPHA (6406) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FORMAT_RGB (6407) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FORMAT_RGBA (6408) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FORMAT_LUMINANCE (6409) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_FORMAT_LUMINANCE_ALPHA (6410) + +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_TARGET_TEXTURE2D (3553) +#define TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_TYPE_UNSIGNED_BYTE (5121) + +#define TINYGLTF_TARGET_ARRAY_BUFFER (34962) +#define TINYGLTF_TARGET_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER (34963) + +#define TINYGLTF_SHADER_TYPE_VERTEX_SHADER (35633) +#define TINYGLTF_SHADER_TYPE_FRAGMENT_SHADER (35632) + +#define TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EPS (1.e-12) +#define TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(a, b) (std::fabs((b) - (a)) < TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EPS) + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +#ifdef TINYGLTF_ANDROID_LOAD_FROM_ASSETS +AAssetManager *asset_manager = nullptr; +#endif +#endif + +typedef enum { + NULL_TYPE, + REAL_TYPE, + INT_TYPE, + BOOL_TYPE, + STRING_TYPE, + ARRAY_TYPE, + BINARY_TYPE, + OBJECT_TYPE +} Type; + +static inline int32_t GetComponentSizeInBytes(uint32_t componentType) { + if (componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_BYTE) { + return 1; + } else if (componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_BYTE) { + return 1; + } else if (componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_SHORT) { + return 2; + } else if (componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_SHORT) { + return 2; + } else if (componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_INT) { + return 4; + } else if (componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT) { + return 4; + } else if (componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_FLOAT) { + return 4; + } else if (componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_DOUBLE) { + return 8; + } else { + // Unknown componenty type + return -1; + } +} + +static inline int32_t GetNumComponentsInType(uint32_t ty) { + if (ty == TINYGLTF_TYPE_SCALAR) { + return 1; + } else if (ty == TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC2) { + return 2; + } else if (ty == TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC3) { + return 3; + } else if (ty == TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC4) { + return 4; + } else if (ty == TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT2) { + return 4; + } else if (ty == TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT3) { + return 9; + } else if (ty == TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT4) { + return 16; + } else { + // Unknown componenty type + return -1; + } +} + +// TODO(syoyo): Move these functions to TinyGLTF class +bool IsDataURI(const std::string &in); +bool DecodeDataURI(std::vector *out, std::string &mime_type, + const std::string &in, size_t reqBytes, bool checkSize); + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic push +// Suppress warning for : static Value null_value +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wpadded" +#endif + +// Simple class to represent JSON object +class Value { + public: + typedef std::vector Array; + typedef std::map Object; + + Value() + : type_(NULL_TYPE), + int_value_(0), + real_value_(0.0), + boolean_value_(false) {} + + explicit Value(bool b) : type_(BOOL_TYPE) { boolean_value_ = b; } + explicit Value(int i) : type_(INT_TYPE) { + int_value_ = i; + real_value_ = i; + } + explicit Value(double n) : type_(REAL_TYPE) { real_value_ = n; } + explicit Value(const std::string &s) : type_(STRING_TYPE) { + string_value_ = s; + } + explicit Value(std::string &&s) + : type_(STRING_TYPE), string_value_(std::move(s)) {} + explicit Value(const unsigned char *p, size_t n) : type_(BINARY_TYPE) { + binary_value_.resize(n); + memcpy(binary_value_.data(), p, n); + } + explicit Value(std::vector &&v) noexcept + : type_(BINARY_TYPE), + binary_value_(std::move(v)) {} + explicit Value(const Array &a) : type_(ARRAY_TYPE) { array_value_ = a; } + explicit Value(Array &&a) noexcept : type_(ARRAY_TYPE), + array_value_(std::move(a)) {} + + explicit Value(const Object &o) : type_(OBJECT_TYPE) { object_value_ = o; } + explicit Value(Object &&o) noexcept : type_(OBJECT_TYPE), + object_value_(std::move(o)) {} + + DEFAULT_METHODS(Value) + + char Type() const { return static_cast(type_); } + + bool IsBool() const { return (type_ == BOOL_TYPE); } + + bool IsInt() const { return (type_ == INT_TYPE); } + + bool IsNumber() const { return (type_ == REAL_TYPE) || (type_ == INT_TYPE); } + + bool IsReal() const { return (type_ == REAL_TYPE); } + + bool IsString() const { return (type_ == STRING_TYPE); } + + bool IsBinary() const { return (type_ == BINARY_TYPE); } + + bool IsArray() const { return (type_ == ARRAY_TYPE); } + + bool IsObject() const { return (type_ == OBJECT_TYPE); } + + // Use this function if you want to have number value as double. + double GetNumberAsDouble() const { + if (type_ == INT_TYPE) { + return double(int_value_); + } else { + return real_value_; + } + } + + // Use this function if you want to have number value as int. + // TODO(syoyo): Support int value larger than 32 bits + int GetNumberAsInt() const { + if (type_ == REAL_TYPE) { + return int(real_value_); + } else { + return int_value_; + } + } + + // Accessor + template + const T &Get() const; + template + T &Get(); + + // Lookup value from an array + const Value &Get(int idx) const { + static Value null_value; + assert(IsArray()); + assert(idx >= 0); + return (static_cast(idx) < array_value_.size()) + ? array_value_[static_cast(idx)] + : null_value; + } + + // Lookup value from a key-value pair + const Value &Get(const std::string &key) const { + static Value null_value; + assert(IsObject()); + Object::const_iterator it = object_value_.find(key); + return (it != object_value_.end()) ? it->second : null_value; + } + + size_t ArrayLen() const { + if (!IsArray()) return 0; + return array_value_.size(); + } + + // Valid only for object type. + bool Has(const std::string &key) const { + if (!IsObject()) return false; + Object::const_iterator it = object_value_.find(key); + return (it != object_value_.end()) ? true : false; + } + + // List keys + std::vector Keys() const { + std::vector keys; + if (!IsObject()) return keys; // empty + + for (Object::const_iterator it = object_value_.begin(); + it != object_value_.end(); ++it) { + keys.push_back(it->first); + } + + return keys; + } + + size_t Size() const { return (IsArray() ? ArrayLen() : Keys().size()); } + + bool operator==(const tinygltf::Value &other) const; + + protected: + int type_ = NULL_TYPE; + + int int_value_ = 0; + double real_value_ = 0.0; + std::string string_value_; + std::vector binary_value_; + Array array_value_; + Object object_value_; + bool boolean_value_ = false; +}; + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +#define TINYGLTF_VALUE_GET(ctype, var) \ + template <> \ + inline const ctype &Value::Get() const { \ + return var; \ + } \ + template <> \ + inline ctype &Value::Get() { \ + return var; \ + } +TINYGLTF_VALUE_GET(bool, boolean_value_) +TINYGLTF_VALUE_GET(double, real_value_) +TINYGLTF_VALUE_GET(int, int_value_) +TINYGLTF_VALUE_GET(std::string, string_value_) +TINYGLTF_VALUE_GET(std::vector, binary_value_) +TINYGLTF_VALUE_GET(Value::Array, array_value_) +TINYGLTF_VALUE_GET(Value::Object, object_value_) +#undef TINYGLTF_VALUE_GET + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wc++98-compat" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wpadded" +#endif + +/// Agregate object for representing a color +using ColorValue = std::array; + +// === legacy interface ==== +// TODO(syoyo): Deprecate `Parameter` class. +struct Parameter { + bool bool_value = false; + bool has_number_value = false; + std::string string_value; + std::vector number_array; + std::map json_double_value; + double number_value = 0.0; + + // context sensitive methods. depending the type of the Parameter you are + // accessing, these are either valid or not + // If this parameter represent a texture map in a material, will return the + // texture index + + /// Return the index of a texture if this Parameter is a texture map. + /// Returned value is only valid if the parameter represent a texture from a + /// material + int TextureIndex() const { + const auto it = json_double_value.find("index"); + if (it != std::end(json_double_value)) { + return int(it->second); + } + return -1; + } + + /// Return the index of a texture coordinate set if this Parameter is a + /// texture map. Returned value is only valid if the parameter represent a + /// texture from a material + int TextureTexCoord() const { + const auto it = json_double_value.find("texCoord"); + if (it != std::end(json_double_value)) { + return int(it->second); + } + // As per the spec, if texCoord is ommited, this parameter is 0 + return 0; + } + + /// Return the scale of a texture if this Parameter is a normal texture map. + /// Returned value is only valid if the parameter represent a normal texture + /// from a material + double TextureScale() const { + const auto it = json_double_value.find("scale"); + if (it != std::end(json_double_value)) { + return it->second; + } + // As per the spec, if scale is ommited, this paramter is 1 + return 1; + } + + /// Return the strength of a texture if this Parameter is a an occlusion map. + /// Returned value is only valid if the parameter represent an occlusion map + /// from a material + double TextureStrength() const { + const auto it = json_double_value.find("strength"); + if (it != std::end(json_double_value)) { + return it->second; + } + // As per the spec, if strenghth is ommited, this parameter is 1 + return 1; + } + + /// Material factor, like the roughness or metalness of a material + /// Returned value is only valid if the parameter represent a texture from a + /// material + double Factor() const { return number_value; } + + /// Return the color of a material + /// Returned value is only valid if the parameter represent a texture from a + /// material + ColorValue ColorFactor() const { + return { + {// this agregate intialize the std::array object, and uses C++11 RVO. + number_array[0], number_array[1], number_array[2], + (number_array.size() > 3 ? number_array[3] : 1.0)}}; + } + + Parameter() = default; + DEFAULT_METHODS(Parameter) + bool operator==(const Parameter &) const; +}; + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wpadded" +#endif + +typedef std::map ParameterMap; +typedef std::map ExtensionMap; + +struct AnimationChannel { + int sampler; // required + int target_node; // required (index of the node to target) + std::string target_path; // required in ["translation", "rotation", "scale", + // "weights"] + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + ExtensionMap target_extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + std::string target_extensions_json_string; + + AnimationChannel() : sampler(-1), target_node(-1) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(AnimationChannel) + bool operator==(const AnimationChannel &) const; +}; + +struct AnimationSampler { + int input; // required + int output; // required + std::string interpolation; // "LINEAR", "STEP","CUBICSPLINE" or user defined + // string. default "LINEAR" + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + AnimationSampler() : input(-1), output(-1), interpolation("LINEAR") {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(AnimationSampler) + bool operator==(const AnimationSampler &) const; +}; + +struct Animation { + std::string name; + std::vector channels; + std::vector samplers; + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Animation() = default; + DEFAULT_METHODS(Animation) + bool operator==(const Animation &) const; +}; + +struct Skin { + std::string name; + int inverseBindMatrices; // required here but not in the spec + int skeleton; // The index of the node used as a skeleton root + std::vector joints; // Indices of skeleton nodes + + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Skin() { + inverseBindMatrices = -1; + skeleton = -1; + } + DEFAULT_METHODS(Skin) + bool operator==(const Skin &) const; +}; + +struct Sampler { + std::string name; + // glTF 2.0 spec does not define default value for `minFilter` and + // `magFilter`. Set -1 in TinyGLTF(issue #186) + int minFilter = + -1; // optional. -1 = no filter defined. ["NEAREST", "LINEAR", + // "NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST", "LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST", + // "NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR", "LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR"] + int magFilter = + -1; // optional. -1 = no filter defined. ["NEAREST", "LINEAR"] + int wrapS = + TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT; // ["CLAMP_TO_EDGE", "MIRRORED_REPEAT", + // "REPEAT"], default "REPEAT" + int wrapT = + TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT; // ["CLAMP_TO_EDGE", "MIRRORED_REPEAT", + // "REPEAT"], default "REPEAT" + // int wrapR = TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT; // TinyGLTF extension. currently + // not used. + + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Sampler() + : minFilter(-1), + magFilter(-1), + wrapS(TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT), + wrapT(TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(Sampler) + bool operator==(const Sampler &) const; +}; + +struct Image { + std::string name; + int width; + int height; + int component; + int bits; // bit depth per channel. 8(byte), 16 or 32. + int pixel_type; // pixel type(TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_***). usually + // UBYTE(bits = 8) or USHORT(bits = 16) + std::vector image; + int bufferView; // (required if no uri) + std::string mimeType; // (required if no uri) ["image/jpeg", "image/png", + // "image/bmp", "image/gif"] + std::string uri; // (required if no mimeType) uri is not decoded(e.g. + // whitespace may be represented as %20) + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + // When this flag is true, data is stored to `image` in as-is format(e.g. jpeg + // compressed for "image/jpeg" mime) This feature is good if you use custom + // image loader function. (e.g. delayed decoding of images for faster glTF + // parsing) Default parser for Image does not provide as-is loading feature at + // the moment. (You can manipulate this by providing your own LoadImageData + // function) + bool as_is; + + Image() : as_is(false) { + bufferView = -1; + width = -1; + height = -1; + component = -1; + bits = -1; + pixel_type = -1; + } + DEFAULT_METHODS(Image) + + bool operator==(const Image &) const; +}; + +struct Texture { + std::string name; + + int sampler; + int source; + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Texture() : sampler(-1), source(-1) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(Texture) + + bool operator==(const Texture &) const; +}; + +struct TextureInfo { + int index = -1; // required. + int texCoord; // The set index of texture's TEXCOORD attribute used for + // texture coordinate mapping. + + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + TextureInfo() : index(-1), texCoord(0) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(TextureInfo) + bool operator==(const TextureInfo &) const; +}; + +struct NormalTextureInfo { + int index = -1; // required + int texCoord; // The set index of texture's TEXCOORD attribute used for + // texture coordinate mapping. + double scale; // scaledNormal = normalize(( + // * 2.0 - 1.0) * vec3(, , 1.0)) + + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + NormalTextureInfo() : index(-1), texCoord(0), scale(1.0) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(NormalTextureInfo) + bool operator==(const NormalTextureInfo &) const; +}; + +struct OcclusionTextureInfo { + int index = -1; // required + int texCoord; // The set index of texture's TEXCOORD attribute used for + // texture coordinate mapping. + double strength; // occludedColor = lerp(color, color * , ) + + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + OcclusionTextureInfo() : index(-1), texCoord(0), strength(1.0) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(OcclusionTextureInfo) + bool operator==(const OcclusionTextureInfo &) const; +}; + +// pbrMetallicRoughness class defined in glTF 2.0 spec. +struct PbrMetallicRoughness { + std::vector baseColorFactor; // len = 4. default [1,1,1,1] + TextureInfo baseColorTexture; + double metallicFactor; // default 1 + double roughnessFactor; // default 1 + TextureInfo metallicRoughnessTexture; + + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + PbrMetallicRoughness() + : baseColorFactor(std::vector{1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}), + metallicFactor(1.0), + roughnessFactor(1.0) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(PbrMetallicRoughness) + bool operator==(const PbrMetallicRoughness &) const; +}; + +// Each extension should be stored in a ParameterMap. +// members not in the values could be included in the ParameterMap +// to keep a single material model +struct Material { + std::string name; + + std::vector emissiveFactor; // length 3. default [0, 0, 0] + std::string alphaMode; // default "OPAQUE" + double alphaCutoff; // default 0.5 + bool doubleSided; // default false; + + PbrMetallicRoughness pbrMetallicRoughness; + + NormalTextureInfo normalTexture; + OcclusionTextureInfo occlusionTexture; + TextureInfo emissiveTexture; + + // For backward compatibility + // TODO(syoyo): Remove `values` and `additionalValues` in the next release. + ParameterMap values; + ParameterMap additionalValues; + + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Material() : alphaMode("OPAQUE"), alphaCutoff(0.5), doubleSided(false) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(Material) + + bool operator==(const Material &) const; +}; + +struct BufferView { + std::string name; + int buffer{-1}; // Required + size_t byteOffset{0}; // minimum 0, default 0 + size_t byteLength{0}; // required, minimum 1. 0 = invalid + size_t byteStride{0}; // minimum 4, maximum 252 (multiple of 4), default 0 = + // understood to be tightly packed + int target{0}; // ["ARRAY_BUFFER", "ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER"] for vertex indices + // or atttribs. Could be 0 for other data + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + bool dracoDecoded{false}; // Flag indicating this has been draco decoded + + BufferView() + : buffer(-1), + byteOffset(0), + byteLength(0), + byteStride(0), + target(0), + dracoDecoded(false) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(BufferView) + bool operator==(const BufferView &) const; +}; + +struct Accessor { + int bufferView; // optional in spec but required here since sparse accessor + // are not supported + std::string name; + size_t byteOffset; + bool normalized; // optional. + int componentType; // (required) One of TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_*** + size_t count; // required + int type; // (required) One of TINYGLTF_TYPE_*** .. + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + std::vector + minValues; // optional. integer value is promoted to double + std::vector + maxValues; // optional. integer value is promoted to double + + struct { + int count; + bool isSparse; + struct { + int byteOffset; + int bufferView; + int componentType; // a TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_ value + } indices; + struct { + int bufferView; + int byteOffset; + } values; + } sparse; + + /// + /// Utility function to compute byteStride for a given bufferView object. + /// Returns -1 upon invalid glTF value or parameter configuration. + /// + int ByteStride(const BufferView &bufferViewObject) const { + if (bufferViewObject.byteStride == 0) { + // Assume data is tightly packed. + int componentSizeInBytes = + GetComponentSizeInBytes(static_cast(componentType)); + if (componentSizeInBytes <= 0) { + return -1; + } + + int numComponents = GetNumComponentsInType(static_cast(type)); + if (numComponents <= 0) { + return -1; + } + + return componentSizeInBytes * numComponents; + } else { + // Check if byteStride is a mulple of the size of the accessor's component + // type. + int componentSizeInBytes = + GetComponentSizeInBytes(static_cast(componentType)); + if (componentSizeInBytes <= 0) { + return -1; + } + + if ((bufferViewObject.byteStride % uint32_t(componentSizeInBytes)) != 0) { + return -1; + } + return static_cast(bufferViewObject.byteStride); + } + + // unreachable return 0; + } + + Accessor() + : bufferView(-1), + byteOffset(0), + normalized(false), + componentType(-1), + count(0), + type(-1) { + sparse.isSparse = false; + } + DEFAULT_METHODS(Accessor) + bool operator==(const tinygltf::Accessor &) const; +}; + +struct PerspectiveCamera { + double aspectRatio; // min > 0 + double yfov; // required. min > 0 + double zfar; // min > 0 + double znear; // required. min > 0 + + PerspectiveCamera() + : aspectRatio(0.0), + yfov(0.0), + zfar(0.0) // 0 = use infinite projecton matrix + , + znear(0.0) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(PerspectiveCamera) + bool operator==(const PerspectiveCamera &) const; + + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; +}; + +struct OrthographicCamera { + double xmag; // required. must not be zero. + double ymag; // required. must not be zero. + double zfar; // required. `zfar` must be greater than `znear`. + double znear; // required + + OrthographicCamera() : xmag(0.0), ymag(0.0), zfar(0.0), znear(0.0) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(OrthographicCamera) + bool operator==(const OrthographicCamera &) const; + + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; +}; + +struct Camera { + std::string type; // required. "perspective" or "orthographic" + std::string name; + + PerspectiveCamera perspective; + OrthographicCamera orthographic; + + Camera() {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(Camera) + bool operator==(const Camera &) const; + + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; +}; + +struct Primitive { + std::map attributes; // (required) A dictionary object of + // integer, where each integer + // is the index of the accessor + // containing an attribute. + int material; // The index of the material to apply to this primitive + // when rendering. + int indices; // The index of the accessor that contains the indices. + int mode; // one of TINYGLTF_MODE_*** + std::vector > targets; // array of morph targets, + // where each target is a dict with attribues in ["POSITION, "NORMAL", + // "TANGENT"] pointing + // to their corresponding accessors + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Primitive() { + material = -1; + indices = -1; + mode = -1; + } + DEFAULT_METHODS(Primitive) + bool operator==(const Primitive &) const; +}; + +struct Mesh { + std::string name; + std::vector primitives; + std::vector weights; // weights to be applied to the Morph Targets + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Mesh() = default; + DEFAULT_METHODS(Mesh) + bool operator==(const Mesh &) const; +}; + +class Node { + public: + Node() : camera(-1), skin(-1), mesh(-1) {} + + DEFAULT_METHODS(Node) + + bool operator==(const Node &) const; + + int camera; // the index of the camera referenced by this node + + std::string name; + int skin; + int mesh; + std::vector children; + std::vector rotation; // length must be 0 or 4 + std::vector scale; // length must be 0 or 3 + std::vector translation; // length must be 0 or 3 + std::vector matrix; // length must be 0 or 16 + std::vector weights; // The weights of the instantiated Morph Target + + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; +}; + +struct Buffer { + std::string name; + std::vector data; + std::string + uri; // considered as required here but not in the spec (need to clarify) + // uri is not decoded(e.g. whitespace may be represented as %20) + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Buffer() = default; + DEFAULT_METHODS(Buffer) + bool operator==(const Buffer &) const; +}; + +struct Asset { + std::string version = "2.0"; // required + std::string generator; + std::string minVersion; + std::string copyright; + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Asset() = default; + DEFAULT_METHODS(Asset) + bool operator==(const Asset &) const; +}; + +struct Scene { + std::string name; + std::vector nodes; + + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; + + Scene() = default; + DEFAULT_METHODS(Scene) + bool operator==(const Scene &) const; +}; + +struct SpotLight { + double innerConeAngle; + double outerConeAngle; + + SpotLight() : innerConeAngle(0.0), outerConeAngle(0.7853981634) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(SpotLight) + bool operator==(const SpotLight &) const; + + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; +}; + +struct Light { + std::string name; + std::vector color; + double intensity{1.0}; + std::string type; + double range{0.0}; // 0.0 = inifinite + SpotLight spot; + + Light() : intensity(1.0), range(0.0) {} + DEFAULT_METHODS(Light) + + bool operator==(const Light &) const; + + ExtensionMap extensions; + Value extras; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; +}; + +class Model { + public: + Model() = default; + DEFAULT_METHODS(Model) + + bool operator==(const Model &) const; + + std::vector accessors; + std::vector animations; + std::vector buffers; + std::vector bufferViews; + std::vector materials; + std::vector meshes; + std::vector nodes; + std::vector textures; + std::vector images; + std::vector skins; + std::vector samplers; + std::vector cameras; + std::vector scenes; + std::vector lights; + + int defaultScene = -1; + std::vector extensionsUsed; + std::vector extensionsRequired; + + Asset asset; + + Value extras; + ExtensionMap extensions; + + // Filled when SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions is enabled. + std::string extras_json_string; + std::string extensions_json_string; +}; + +enum SectionCheck { + NO_REQUIRE = 0x00, + REQUIRE_VERSION = 0x01, + REQUIRE_SCENE = 0x02, + REQUIRE_SCENES = 0x04, + REQUIRE_NODES = 0x08, + REQUIRE_ACCESSORS = 0x10, + REQUIRE_BUFFERS = 0x20, + REQUIRE_BUFFER_VIEWS = 0x40, + REQUIRE_ALL = 0x7f +}; + +/// +/// LoadImageDataFunction type. Signature for custom image loading callbacks. +/// +typedef bool (*LoadImageDataFunction)(Image *, const int, std::string *, + std::string *, int, int, + const unsigned char *, int, + void *user_pointer); + +/// +/// WriteImageDataFunction type. Signature for custom image writing callbacks. +/// +typedef bool (*WriteImageDataFunction)(const std::string *, const std::string *, + Image *, bool, void *); + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_STB_IMAGE +// Declaration of default image loader callback +bool LoadImageData(Image *image, const int image_idx, std::string *err, + std::string *warn, int req_width, int req_height, + const unsigned char *bytes, int size, void *); +#endif + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_STB_IMAGE_WRITE +// Declaration of default image writer callback +bool WriteImageData(const std::string *basepath, const std::string *filename, + Image *image, bool embedImages, void *); +#endif + +/// +/// FilExistsFunction type. Signature for custom filesystem callbacks. +/// +typedef bool (*FileExistsFunction)(const std::string &abs_filename, void *); + +/// +/// ExpandFilePathFunction type. Signature for custom filesystem callbacks. +/// +typedef std::string (*ExpandFilePathFunction)(const std::string &, void *); + +/// +/// ReadWholeFileFunction type. Signature for custom filesystem callbacks. +/// +typedef bool (*ReadWholeFileFunction)(std::vector *, + std::string *, const std::string &, + void *); + +/// +/// WriteWholeFileFunction type. Signature for custom filesystem callbacks. +/// +typedef bool (*WriteWholeFileFunction)(std::string *, const std::string &, + const std::vector &, + void *); + +/// +/// A structure containing all required filesystem callbacks and a pointer to +/// their user data. +/// +struct FsCallbacks { + FileExistsFunction FileExists; + ExpandFilePathFunction ExpandFilePath; + ReadWholeFileFunction ReadWholeFile; + WriteWholeFileFunction WriteWholeFile; + + void *user_data; // An argument that is passed to all fs callbacks +}; + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_FS +// Declaration of default filesystem callbacks + +bool FileExists(const std::string &abs_filename, void *); + +/// +/// Expand file path(e.g. `~` to home directory on posix, `%APPDATA%` to +/// `C:\\Users\\tinygltf\\AppData`) +/// +/// @param[in] filepath File path string. Assume UTF-8 +/// @param[in] userdata User data. Set to `nullptr` if you don't need it. +/// +std::string ExpandFilePath(const std::string &filepath, void *userdata); + +bool ReadWholeFile(std::vector *out, std::string *err, + const std::string &filepath, void *); + +bool WriteWholeFile(std::string *err, const std::string &filepath, + const std::vector &contents, void *); +#endif + +/// +/// glTF Parser/Serialier context. +/// +class TinyGLTF { + public: +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wc++98-compat" +#endif + + TinyGLTF() : bin_data_(nullptr), bin_size_(0), is_binary_(false) {} + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + + ~TinyGLTF() {} + + /// + /// Loads glTF ASCII asset from a file. + /// Set warning message to `warn` for example it fails to load asserts. + /// Returns false and set error string to `err` if there's an error. + /// + bool LoadASCIIFromFile(Model *model, std::string *err, std::string *warn, + const std::string &filename, + unsigned int check_sections = REQUIRE_VERSION); + + /// + /// Loads glTF ASCII asset from string(memory). + /// `length` = strlen(str); + /// `base_dir` is a search path of glTF asset(e.g. images). Path Must be an + /// expanded path (e.g. no tilde(`~`), no environment variables). Set warning + /// message to `warn` for example it fails to load asserts. Returns false and + /// set error string to `err` if there's an error. + /// + bool LoadASCIIFromString(Model *model, std::string *err, std::string *warn, + const char *str, const unsigned int length, + const std::string &base_dir, + unsigned int check_sections = REQUIRE_VERSION); + + /// + /// Loads glTF binary asset from a file. + /// Set warning message to `warn` for example it fails to load asserts. + /// Returns false and set error string to `err` if there's an error. + /// + bool LoadBinaryFromFile(Model *model, std::string *err, std::string *warn, + const std::string &filename, + unsigned int check_sections = REQUIRE_VERSION); + + /// + /// Loads glTF binary asset from memory. + /// `length` = strlen(str); + /// `base_dir` is a search path of glTF asset(e.g. images). Path Must be an + /// expanded path (e.g. no tilde(`~`), no environment variables). + /// Set warning message to `warn` for example it fails to load asserts. + /// Returns false and set error string to `err` if there's an error. + /// + bool LoadBinaryFromMemory(Model *model, std::string *err, std::string *warn, + const unsigned char *bytes, + const unsigned int length, + const std::string &base_dir = "", + unsigned int check_sections = REQUIRE_VERSION); + + /// + /// Write glTF to stream, buffers and images will be embeded + /// + bool WriteGltfSceneToStream(Model *model, std::ostream &stream, + bool prettyPrint, bool writeBinary); + + /// + /// Write glTF to file. + /// + bool WriteGltfSceneToFile(Model *model, const std::string &filename, + bool embedImages, bool embedBuffers, + bool prettyPrint, bool writeBinary); + + /// + /// Set callback to use for loading image data + /// + void SetImageLoader(LoadImageDataFunction LoadImageData, void *user_data); + + /// + /// Unset(remove) callback of loading image data + /// + void RemoveImageLoader(); + + /// + /// Set callback to use for writing image data + /// + void SetImageWriter(WriteImageDataFunction WriteImageData, void *user_data); + + /// + /// Set callbacks to use for filesystem (fs) access and their user data + /// + void SetFsCallbacks(FsCallbacks callbacks); + + /// + /// Set serializing default values(default = false). + /// When true, default values are force serialized to .glTF. + /// This may be helpfull if you want to serialize a full description of glTF + /// data. + /// + /// TODO(LTE): Supply parsing option as function arguments to + /// `LoadASCIIFromFile()` and others, not by a class method + /// + void SetSerializeDefaultValues(const bool enabled) { + serialize_default_values_ = enabled; + } + + bool GetSerializeDefaultValues() const { return serialize_default_values_; } + + /// + /// Store original JSON string for `extras` and `extensions`. + /// This feature will be useful when the user want to reconstruct custom data + /// structure from JSON string. + /// + void SetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions(const bool enabled) { + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_ = enabled; + } + + bool GetStoreOriginalJSONForExtrasAndExtensions() const { + return store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_; + } + + /// + /// Specify whether preserve image channales when loading images or not. + /// (Not effective when the user suppy their own LoadImageData callbacks) + /// + void SetPreserveImageChannels(bool onoff) { + preserve_image_channels_ = onoff; + } + + bool GetPreserveImageChannels() const { return preserve_image_channels_; } + + private: + /// + /// Loads glTF asset from string(memory). + /// `length` = strlen(str); + /// Set warning message to `warn` for example it fails to load asserts + /// Returns false and set error string to `err` if there's an error. + /// + bool LoadFromString(Model *model, std::string *err, std::string *warn, + const char *str, const unsigned int length, + const std::string &base_dir, unsigned int check_sections); + + const unsigned char *bin_data_ = nullptr; + size_t bin_size_ = 0; + bool is_binary_ = false; + + bool serialize_default_values_ = false; ///< Serialize default values? + + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_ = false; + + bool preserve_image_channels_ = false; /// Default false(expand channels to + /// RGBA) for backward compatibility. + + // Warning & error messages + std::string warn_; + std::string err_; + + FsCallbacks fs = { +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_FS + &tinygltf::FileExists, &tinygltf::ExpandFilePath, + &tinygltf::ReadWholeFile, &tinygltf::WriteWholeFile, + + nullptr // Fs callback user data +#else + nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, + + nullptr // Fs callback user data +#endif + }; + + LoadImageDataFunction LoadImageData = +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_STB_IMAGE + &tinygltf::LoadImageData; +#else + nullptr; +#endif + void *load_image_user_data_{nullptr}; + bool user_image_loader_{false}; + + WriteImageDataFunction WriteImageData = +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_STB_IMAGE_WRITE + &tinygltf::WriteImageData; +#else + nullptr; +#endif + void *write_image_user_data_{nullptr}; +}; + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic pop // -Wpadded +#endif + +} // namespace tinygltf + +#endif // TINY_GLTF_H_ + +#if defined(TINYGLTF_IMPLEMENTATION) || defined(__INTELLISENSE__) +#include +//#include +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_FS +#include +#include +#endif +#include + +#ifdef __clang__ +// Disable some warnings for external files. +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" +#if __has_warning("-Wreserved-id-macro") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdisabled-macro-expansion" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wpadded" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wc++98-compat" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wc++98-compat-pedantic" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdocumentation-unknown-command" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-enum" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-fallthrough" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wweak-vtables" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcovered-switch-default" +#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wcomma") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wcast-qual") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wmissing-variable-declarations") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-variable-declarations" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wmissing-prototypes") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wcast-align") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-align" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wnewline-eof") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnewline-eof" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wunused-parameter") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wmismatched-tags") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmismatched-tags" +#endif +#if __has_warning("-Wextra-semi-stmt") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wextra-semi-stmt" +#endif +#endif + +// Disable GCC warnigs +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits" +#endif // __GNUC__ + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_INCLUDE_JSON +#ifndef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON +#include "json.hpp" +#else +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_INCLUDE_RAPIDJSON +#include "document.h" +#include "prettywriter.h" +#include "rapidjson.h" +#include "stringbuffer.h" +#include "writer.h" +#endif +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef TINYGLTF_ENABLE_DRACO +#include "draco/compression/decode.h" +#include "draco/core/decoder_buffer.h" +#endif + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_STB_IMAGE +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE +#include "stb_image.h" +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_STB_IMAGE_WRITE +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_WRITE +#include "stb_image_write.h" +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 + +// issue 143. +// Define NOMINMAX to avoid min/max defines, +// but undef it after included windows.h +#ifndef NOMINMAX +#define TINYGLTF_INTERNAL_NOMINMAX +#define NOMINMAX +#endif + +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define TINYGLTF_INTERNAL_WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#include // include API for expanding a file path + +#ifdef TINYGLTF_INTERNAL_WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif + +#if defined(TINYGLTF_INTERNAL_NOMINMAX) +#undef NOMINMAX +#endif + +#if defined(__GLIBCXX__) // mingw + +#include // _O_RDONLY + +#include // fstream (all sorts of IO stuff) + stdio_filebuf (=streambuf) + +#endif + +#elif !defined(__ANDROID__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) +//#include +#endif + +#if defined(__sparcv9) || defined(__powerpc__) +// Big endian +#else +#if (__BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__) || MINIZ_X86_OR_X64_CPU +#define TINYGLTF_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1 +#endif +#endif + +namespace { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON_CRTALLOCATOR +// This uses the RapidJSON CRTAllocator. It is thread safe and multiple +// documents may be active at once. +using json = + rapidjson::GenericValue, rapidjson::CrtAllocator>; +using json_const_iterator = json::ConstMemberIterator; +using json_const_array_iterator = json const *; +using JsonDocument = + rapidjson::GenericDocument, rapidjson::CrtAllocator>; +rapidjson::CrtAllocator s_CrtAllocator; // stateless and thread safe +rapidjson::CrtAllocator &GetAllocator() { return s_CrtAllocator; } +#else +// This uses the default RapidJSON MemoryPoolAllocator. It is very fast, but +// not thread safe. Only a single JsonDocument may be active at any one time, +// meaning only a single gltf load/save can be active any one time. +using json = rapidjson::Value; +using json_const_iterator = json::ConstMemberIterator; +using json_const_array_iterator = json const *; +rapidjson::Document *s_pActiveDocument = nullptr; +rapidjson::Document::AllocatorType &GetAllocator() { + assert(s_pActiveDocument); // Root json node must be JsonDocument type + return s_pActiveDocument->GetAllocator(); +} + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic push +// Suppress JsonDocument(JsonDocument &&rhs) noexcept +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-member-function" +#endif + +struct JsonDocument : public rapidjson::Document { + JsonDocument() { + assert(s_pActiveDocument == + nullptr); // When using default allocator, only one document can be + // active at a time, if you need multiple active at once, + // define TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON_CRTALLOCATOR + s_pActiveDocument = this; + } + JsonDocument(const JsonDocument &) = delete; + JsonDocument(JsonDocument &&rhs) noexcept + : rapidjson::Document(std::move(rhs)) { + s_pActiveDocument = this; + rhs.isNil = true; + } + ~JsonDocument() { + if (!isNil) { + s_pActiveDocument = nullptr; + } + } + + private: + bool isNil = false; +}; + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +#endif // TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON_CRTALLOCATOR + +#else +using nlohmann::json; +using json_const_iterator = json::const_iterator; +using json_const_array_iterator = json_const_iterator; +using JsonDocument = json; +#endif + +void JsonParse(JsonDocument &doc, const char *str, size_t length, + bool throwExc = false) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + (void)throwExc; + doc.Parse(str, length); +#else + doc = json::parse(str, str + length, nullptr, throwExc); +#endif +} +} // namespace + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include "TargetConditionals.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wc++98-compat" +#endif + +namespace tinygltf { + +/// +/// Internal LoadImageDataOption struct. +/// This struct is passed through `user_pointer` in LoadImageData. +/// The struct is not passed when the user supply their own LoadImageData +/// callbacks. +/// +struct LoadImageDataOption { + // true: preserve image channels(e.g. load as RGB image if the image has RGB + // channels) default `false`(channels are expanded to RGBA for backward + // compatiblity). + bool preserve_channels{false}; +}; + +// Equals function for Value, for recursivity +static bool Equals(const tinygltf::Value &one, const tinygltf::Value &other) { + if (one.Type() != other.Type()) return false; + + switch (one.Type()) { + case NULL_TYPE: + return true; + case BOOL_TYPE: + return one.Get() == other.Get(); + case REAL_TYPE: + return TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(one.Get(), other.Get()); + case INT_TYPE: + return one.Get() == other.Get(); + case OBJECT_TYPE: { + auto oneObj = one.Get(); + auto otherObj = other.Get(); + if (oneObj.size() != otherObj.size()) return false; + for (auto &it : oneObj) { + auto otherIt = otherObj.find(it.first); + if (otherIt == otherObj.end()) return false; + + if (!Equals(it.second, otherIt->second)) return false; + } + return true; + } + case ARRAY_TYPE: { + if (one.Size() != other.Size()) return false; + for (int i = 0; i < int(one.Size()); ++i) + if (!Equals(one.Get(i), other.Get(i))) return false; + return true; + } + case STRING_TYPE: + return one.Get() == other.Get(); + case BINARY_TYPE: + return one.Get >() == + other.Get >(); + default: { + // unhandled type + return false; + } + } +} + +// Equals function for std::vector using TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EPSILON +static bool Equals(const std::vector &one, + const std::vector &other) { + if (one.size() != other.size()) return false; + for (int i = 0; i < int(one.size()); ++i) { + if (!TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(one[size_t(i)], other[size_t(i)])) return false; + } + return true; +} + +bool Accessor::operator==(const Accessor &other) const { + return this->bufferView == other.bufferView && + this->byteOffset == other.byteOffset && + this->componentType == other.componentType && + this->count == other.count && this->extensions == other.extensions && + this->extras == other.extras && + Equals(this->maxValues, other.maxValues) && + Equals(this->minValues, other.minValues) && this->name == other.name && + this->normalized == other.normalized && this->type == other.type; +} +bool Animation::operator==(const Animation &other) const { + return this->channels == other.channels && + this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->name == other.name && this->samplers == other.samplers; +} +bool AnimationChannel::operator==(const AnimationChannel &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->target_node == other.target_node && + this->target_path == other.target_path && + this->sampler == other.sampler; +} +bool AnimationSampler::operator==(const AnimationSampler &other) const { + return this->extras == other.extras && this->extensions == other.extensions && + this->input == other.input && + this->interpolation == other.interpolation && + this->output == other.output; +} +bool Asset::operator==(const Asset &other) const { + return this->copyright == other.copyright && + this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->generator == other.generator && + this->minVersion == other.minVersion && this->version == other.version; +} +bool Buffer::operator==(const Buffer &other) const { + return this->data == other.data && this->extensions == other.extensions && + this->extras == other.extras && this->name == other.name && + this->uri == other.uri; +} +bool BufferView::operator==(const BufferView &other) const { + return this->buffer == other.buffer && this->byteLength == other.byteLength && + this->byteOffset == other.byteOffset && + this->byteStride == other.byteStride && this->name == other.name && + this->target == other.target && this->extensions == other.extensions && + this->extras == other.extras && + this->dracoDecoded == other.dracoDecoded; +} +bool Camera::operator==(const Camera &other) const { + return this->name == other.name && this->extensions == other.extensions && + this->extras == other.extras && + this->orthographic == other.orthographic && + this->perspective == other.perspective && this->type == other.type; +} +bool Image::operator==(const Image &other) const { + return this->bufferView == other.bufferView && + this->component == other.component && + this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->height == other.height && this->image == other.image && + this->mimeType == other.mimeType && this->name == other.name && + this->uri == other.uri && this->width == other.width; +} +bool Light::operator==(const Light &other) const { + return Equals(this->color, other.color) && this->name == other.name && + this->type == other.type; +} +bool Material::operator==(const Material &other) const { + return (this->pbrMetallicRoughness == other.pbrMetallicRoughness) && + (this->normalTexture == other.normalTexture) && + (this->occlusionTexture == other.occlusionTexture) && + (this->emissiveTexture == other.emissiveTexture) && + Equals(this->emissiveFactor, other.emissiveFactor) && + (this->alphaMode == other.alphaMode) && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->alphaCutoff, other.alphaCutoff) && + (this->doubleSided == other.doubleSided) && + (this->extensions == other.extensions) && + (this->extras == other.extras) && (this->values == other.values) && + (this->additionalValues == other.additionalValues) && + (this->name == other.name); +} +bool Mesh::operator==(const Mesh &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->name == other.name && Equals(this->weights, other.weights) && + this->primitives == other.primitives; +} +bool Model::operator==(const Model &other) const { + return this->accessors == other.accessors && + this->animations == other.animations && this->asset == other.asset && + this->buffers == other.buffers && + this->bufferViews == other.bufferViews && + this->cameras == other.cameras && + this->defaultScene == other.defaultScene && + this->extensions == other.extensions && + this->extensionsRequired == other.extensionsRequired && + this->extensionsUsed == other.extensionsUsed && + this->extras == other.extras && this->images == other.images && + this->lights == other.lights && this->materials == other.materials && + this->meshes == other.meshes && this->nodes == other.nodes && + this->samplers == other.samplers && this->scenes == other.scenes && + this->skins == other.skins && this->textures == other.textures; +} +bool Node::operator==(const Node &other) const { + return this->camera == other.camera && this->children == other.children && + this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + Equals(this->matrix, other.matrix) && this->mesh == other.mesh && + this->name == other.name && Equals(this->rotation, other.rotation) && + Equals(this->scale, other.scale) && this->skin == other.skin && + Equals(this->translation, other.translation) && + Equals(this->weights, other.weights); +} +bool SpotLight::operator==(const SpotLight &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->innerConeAngle, other.innerConeAngle) && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->outerConeAngle, other.outerConeAngle); +} +bool OrthographicCamera::operator==(const OrthographicCamera &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->xmag, other.xmag) && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->ymag, other.ymag) && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->zfar, other.zfar) && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->znear, other.znear); +} +bool Parameter::operator==(const Parameter &other) const { + if (this->bool_value != other.bool_value || + this->has_number_value != other.has_number_value) + return false; + + if (!TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->number_value, other.number_value)) + return false; + + if (this->json_double_value.size() != other.json_double_value.size()) + return false; + for (auto &it : this->json_double_value) { + auto otherIt = other.json_double_value.find(it.first); + if (otherIt == other.json_double_value.end()) return false; + + if (!TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(it.second, otherIt->second)) return false; + } + + if (!Equals(this->number_array, other.number_array)) return false; + + if (this->string_value != other.string_value) return false; + + return true; +} +bool PerspectiveCamera::operator==(const PerspectiveCamera &other) const { + return TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->aspectRatio, other.aspectRatio) && + this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->yfov, other.yfov) && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->zfar, other.zfar) && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->znear, other.znear); +} +bool Primitive::operator==(const Primitive &other) const { + return this->attributes == other.attributes && this->extras == other.extras && + this->indices == other.indices && this->material == other.material && + this->mode == other.mode && this->targets == other.targets; +} +bool Sampler::operator==(const Sampler &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->magFilter == other.magFilter && + this->minFilter == other.minFilter && this->name == other.name && + this->wrapS == other.wrapS && this->wrapT == other.wrapT; + + // this->wrapR == other.wrapR +} +bool Scene::operator==(const Scene &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->name == other.name && this->nodes == other.nodes; +} +bool Skin::operator==(const Skin &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->inverseBindMatrices == other.inverseBindMatrices && + this->joints == other.joints && this->name == other.name && + this->skeleton == other.skeleton; +} +bool Texture::operator==(const Texture &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->name == other.name && this->sampler == other.sampler && + this->source == other.source; +} +bool TextureInfo::operator==(const TextureInfo &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->index == other.index && this->texCoord == other.texCoord; +} +bool NormalTextureInfo::operator==(const NormalTextureInfo &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->index == other.index && this->texCoord == other.texCoord && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->scale, other.scale); +} +bool OcclusionTextureInfo::operator==(const OcclusionTextureInfo &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + this->index == other.index && this->texCoord == other.texCoord && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->strength, other.strength); +} +bool PbrMetallicRoughness::operator==(const PbrMetallicRoughness &other) const { + return this->extensions == other.extensions && this->extras == other.extras && + (this->baseColorTexture == other.baseColorTexture) && + (this->metallicRoughnessTexture == other.metallicRoughnessTexture) && + Equals(this->baseColorFactor, other.baseColorFactor) && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->metallicFactor, other.metallicFactor) && + TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(this->roughnessFactor, other.roughnessFactor); +} +bool Value::operator==(const Value &other) const { + return Equals(*this, other); +} + +static void swap4(unsigned int *val) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_LITTLE_ENDIAN + (void)val; +#else + unsigned int tmp = *val; + unsigned char *dst = reinterpret_cast(val); + unsigned char *src = reinterpret_cast(&tmp); + + dst[0] = src[3]; + dst[1] = src[2]; + dst[2] = src[1]; + dst[3] = src[0]; +#endif +} + +static std::string JoinPath(const std::string &path0, + const std::string &path1) { + if (path0.empty()) { + return path1; + } else { + // check '/' + char lastChar = *path0.rbegin(); + if (lastChar != '/') { + return path0 + std::string("/") + path1; + } else { + return path0 + path1; + } + } +} + +static std::string FindFile(const std::vector &paths, + const std::string &filepath, FsCallbacks *fs) { + if (fs == nullptr || fs->ExpandFilePath == nullptr || + fs->FileExists == nullptr) { + // Error, fs callback[s] missing + return std::string(); + } + + for (size_t i = 0; i < paths.size(); i++) { + std::string absPath = + fs->ExpandFilePath(JoinPath(paths[i], filepath), fs->user_data); + if (fs->FileExists(absPath, fs->user_data)) { + return absPath; + } + } + + return std::string(); +} + +static std::string GetFilePathExtension(const std::string &FileName) { + if (FileName.find_last_of(".") != std::string::npos) + return FileName.substr(FileName.find_last_of(".") + 1); + return ""; +} + +static std::string GetBaseDir(const std::string &filepath) { + if (filepath.find_last_of("/\\") != std::string::npos) + return filepath.substr(0, filepath.find_last_of("/\\")); + return ""; +} + +static std::string GetBaseFilename(const std::string &filepath) { + auto idx = filepath.find_last_of("/\\"); + if (idx != std::string::npos) return filepath.substr(idx + 1); + return filepath; +} + +std::string base64_encode(unsigned char const *, unsigned int len); +std::string base64_decode(std::string const &s); + +/* + base64.cpp and base64.h + + Copyright (C) 2004-2008 René Nyffenegger + + This source code is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied + warranty. In no event will the author be held liable for any damages + arising from the use of this software. + + Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, + including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it + freely, subject to the following restrictions: + + 1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented; you must not + claim that you wrote the original source code. If you use this source code + in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be + appreciated but is not required. + + 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be + misrepresented as being the original source code. + + 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. + + René Nyffenegger rene.nyffenegger@adp-gmbh.ch + +*/ + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" +#endif + +static inline bool is_base64(unsigned char c) { + return (isalnum(c) || (c == '+') || (c == '/')); +} + +std::string base64_encode(unsigned char const *bytes_to_encode, + unsigned int in_len) { + std::string ret; + int i = 0; + int j = 0; + unsigned char char_array_3[3]; + unsigned char char_array_4[4]; + + const char *base64_chars = + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" + "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" + "0123456789+/"; + + while (in_len--) { + char_array_3[i++] = *(bytes_to_encode++); + if (i == 3) { + char_array_4[0] = (char_array_3[0] & 0xfc) >> 2; + char_array_4[1] = + ((char_array_3[0] & 0x03) << 4) + ((char_array_3[1] & 0xf0) >> 4); + char_array_4[2] = + ((char_array_3[1] & 0x0f) << 2) + ((char_array_3[2] & 0xc0) >> 6); + char_array_4[3] = char_array_3[2] & 0x3f; + + for (i = 0; (i < 4); i++) ret += base64_chars[char_array_4[i]]; + i = 0; + } + } + + if (i) { + for (j = i; j < 3; j++) char_array_3[j] = '\0'; + + char_array_4[0] = (char_array_3[0] & 0xfc) >> 2; + char_array_4[1] = + ((char_array_3[0] & 0x03) << 4) + ((char_array_3[1] & 0xf0) >> 4); + char_array_4[2] = + ((char_array_3[1] & 0x0f) << 2) + ((char_array_3[2] & 0xc0) >> 6); + + for (j = 0; (j < i + 1); j++) ret += base64_chars[char_array_4[j]]; + + while ((i++ < 3)) ret += '='; + } + + return ret; +} + +std::string base64_decode(std::string const &encoded_string) { + int in_len = static_cast(encoded_string.size()); + int i = 0; + int j = 0; + int in_ = 0; + unsigned char char_array_4[4], char_array_3[3]; + std::string ret; + + const std::string base64_chars = + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" + "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" + "0123456789+/"; + + while (in_len-- && (encoded_string[in_] != '=') && + is_base64(encoded_string[in_])) { + char_array_4[i++] = encoded_string[in_]; + in_++; + if (i == 4) { + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + char_array_4[i] = + static_cast(base64_chars.find(char_array_4[i])); + + char_array_3[0] = + (char_array_4[0] << 2) + ((char_array_4[1] & 0x30) >> 4); + char_array_3[1] = + ((char_array_4[1] & 0xf) << 4) + ((char_array_4[2] & 0x3c) >> 2); + char_array_3[2] = ((char_array_4[2] & 0x3) << 6) + char_array_4[3]; + + for (i = 0; (i < 3); i++) ret += char_array_3[i]; + i = 0; + } + } + + if (i) { + for (j = i; j < 4; j++) char_array_4[j] = 0; + + for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) + char_array_4[j] = + static_cast(base64_chars.find(char_array_4[j])); + + char_array_3[0] = (char_array_4[0] << 2) + ((char_array_4[1] & 0x30) >> 4); + char_array_3[1] = + ((char_array_4[1] & 0xf) << 4) + ((char_array_4[2] & 0x3c) >> 2); + char_array_3[2] = ((char_array_4[2] & 0x3) << 6) + char_array_4[3]; + + for (j = 0; (j < i - 1); j++) ret += char_array_3[j]; + } + + return ret; +} +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +// https://github.com/syoyo/tinygltf/issues/228 +// TODO(syoyo): Use uriparser https://uriparser.github.io/ for stricter Uri +// decoding? +// +// Uri Decoding from DLIB +// http://dlib.net/dlib/server/server_http.cpp.html +// --- dlib begin ------------------------------------------------------------ +// Copyright (C) 2003 Davis E. King (davis@dlib.net) +// License: Boost Software License +// Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - August 17th, 2003 + +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization +// obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by +// this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, +// execute, and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the +// Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the Software is furnished to +// do so, all subject to the following: +// The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including +// the above license grant, this restriction and the following disclaimer, +// must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and +// all derivative works of the Software, unless such copies or derivative +// works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by +// a source language processor. +// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT +// SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE +// FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +// ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +// DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +// +namespace dlib { + +inline unsigned char from_hex(unsigned char ch) { + if (ch <= '9' && ch >= '0') + ch -= '0'; + else if (ch <= 'f' && ch >= 'a') + ch -= 'a' - 10; + else if (ch <= 'F' && ch >= 'A') + ch -= 'A' - 10; + else + ch = 0; + return ch; +} + +static const std::string urldecode(const std::string &str) { + using namespace std; + string result; + string::size_type i; + for (i = 0; i < str.size(); ++i) { + if (str[i] == '+') { + result += ' '; + } else if (str[i] == '%' && str.size() > i + 2) { + const unsigned char ch1 = + from_hex(static_cast(str[i + 1])); + const unsigned char ch2 = + from_hex(static_cast(str[i + 2])); + const unsigned char ch = static_cast((ch1 << 4) | ch2); + result += static_cast(ch); + i += 2; + } else { + result += str[i]; + } + } + return result; +} + +} // namespace dlib +// --- dlib end -------------------------------------------------------------- + +static bool LoadExternalFile(std::vector *out, std::string *err, + std::string *warn, const std::string &filename, + const std::string &basedir, bool required, + size_t reqBytes, bool checkSize, FsCallbacks *fs) { + if (fs == nullptr || fs->FileExists == nullptr || + fs->ExpandFilePath == nullptr || fs->ReadWholeFile == nullptr) { + // This is a developer error, assert() ? + if (err) { + (*err) += "FS callback[s] not set\n"; + } + return false; + } + + std::string *failMsgOut = required ? err : warn; + + out->clear(); + + std::vector paths; + paths.push_back(basedir); + paths.push_back("."); + + std::string filepath = FindFile(paths, filename, fs); + if (filepath.empty() || filename.empty()) { + if (failMsgOut) { + (*failMsgOut) += "File not found : " + filename + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + + std::vector buf; + std::string fileReadErr; + bool fileRead = + fs->ReadWholeFile(&buf, &fileReadErr, filepath, fs->user_data); + if (!fileRead) { + if (failMsgOut) { + (*failMsgOut) += + "File read error : " + filepath + " : " + fileReadErr + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + + size_t sz = buf.size(); + if (sz == 0) { + if (failMsgOut) { + (*failMsgOut) += "File is empty : " + filepath + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + + if (checkSize) { + if (reqBytes == sz) { + out->swap(buf); + return true; + } else { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "File size mismatch : " << filepath << ", requestedBytes " + << reqBytes << ", but got " << sz << std::endl; + if (failMsgOut) { + (*failMsgOut) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + } + + out->swap(buf); + return true; +} + +void TinyGLTF::SetImageLoader(LoadImageDataFunction func, void *user_data) { + LoadImageData = func; + load_image_user_data_ = user_data; + user_image_loader_ = true; +} + +void TinyGLTF::RemoveImageLoader() { + LoadImageData = +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_STB_IMAGE + &tinygltf::LoadImageData; +#else + nullptr; +#endif + + load_image_user_data_ = nullptr; + user_image_loader_ = false; +} + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_STB_IMAGE +bool LoadImageData(Image *image, const int image_idx, std::string *err, + std::string *warn, int req_width, int req_height, + const unsigned char *bytes, int size, void *user_data) { + (void)warn; + + LoadImageDataOption option; + if (user_data) { + option = *reinterpret_cast(user_data); + } + + int w = 0, h = 0, comp = 0, req_comp = 0; + + unsigned char *data = nullptr; + + // preserve_channels true: Use channels stored in the image file. + // false: force 32-bit textures for common Vulkan compatibility. It appears + // that some GPU drivers do not support 24-bit images for Vulkan + req_comp = option.preserve_channels ? 0 : 4; + int bits = 8; + int pixel_type = TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_BYTE; + + // It is possible that the image we want to load is a 16bit per channel image + // We are going to attempt to load it as 16bit per channel, and if it worked, + // set the image data accodingly. We are casting the returned pointer into + // unsigned char, because we are representing "bytes". But we are updating + // the Image metadata to signal that this image uses 2 bytes (16bits) per + // channel: + if (stbi_is_16_bit_from_memory(bytes, size)) { + data = reinterpret_cast( + stbi_load_16_from_memory(bytes, size, &w, &h, &comp, req_comp)); + if (data) { + bits = 16; + pixel_type = TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_SHORT; + } + } + + // at this point, if data is still NULL, it means that the image wasn't + // 16bit per channel, we are going to load it as a normal 8bit per channel + // mage as we used to do: + // if image cannot be decoded, ignore parsing and keep it by its path + // don't break in this case + // FIXME we should only enter this function if the image is embedded. If + // image->uri references + // an image file, it should be left as it is. Image loading should not be + // mandatory (to support other formats) + if (!data) data = stbi_load_from_memory(bytes, size, &w, &h, &comp, req_comp); + if (!data) { + // NOTE: you can use `warn` instead of `err` + if (err) { + (*err) += + "Unknown image format. STB cannot decode image data for image[" + + std::to_string(image_idx) + "] name = \"" + image->name + "\".\n"; + } + return false; + } + + if ((w < 1) || (h < 1)) { + stbi_image_free(data); + if (err) { + (*err) += "Invalid image data for image[" + std::to_string(image_idx) + + "] name = \"" + image->name + "\"\n"; + } + return false; + } + + if (req_width > 0) { + if (req_width != w) { + stbi_image_free(data); + if (err) { + (*err) += "Image width mismatch for image[" + + std::to_string(image_idx) + "] name = \"" + image->name + + "\"\n"; + } + return false; + } + } + + if (req_height > 0) { + if (req_height != h) { + stbi_image_free(data); + if (err) { + (*err) += "Image height mismatch. for image[" + + std::to_string(image_idx) + "] name = \"" + image->name + + "\"\n"; + } + return false; + } + } + + if (req_comp != 0) { + // loaded data has `req_comp` channels(components) + comp = req_comp; + } + + image->width = w; + image->height = h; + image->component = comp; + image->bits = bits; + image->pixel_type = pixel_type; + image->image.resize(static_cast(w * h * comp) * size_t(bits / 8)); + std::copy(data, data + w * h * comp * (bits / 8), image->image.begin()); + stbi_image_free(data); + + return true; +} +#endif + +void TinyGLTF::SetImageWriter(WriteImageDataFunction func, void *user_data) { + WriteImageData = func; + write_image_user_data_ = user_data; +} + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_STB_IMAGE_WRITE +static void WriteToMemory_stbi(void *context, void *data, int size) { + std::vector *buffer = + reinterpret_cast *>(context); + + unsigned char *pData = reinterpret_cast(data); + + buffer->insert(buffer->end(), pData, pData + size); +} + +bool WriteImageData(const std::string *basepath, const std::string *filename, + Image *image, bool embedImages, void *fsPtr) { + const std::string ext = GetFilePathExtension(*filename); + + // Write image to temporary buffer + std::string header; + std::vector data; + + if (ext == "png") { + if ((image->bits != 8) || + (image->pixel_type != TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_BYTE)) { + // Unsupported pixel format + return false; + } + + if (!stbi_write_png_to_func(WriteToMemory_stbi, &data, image->width, + image->height, image->component, + &image->image[0], 0)) { + return false; + } + header = "data:image/png;base64,"; + } else if (ext == "jpg") { + if (!stbi_write_jpg_to_func(WriteToMemory_stbi, &data, image->width, + image->height, image->component, + &image->image[0], 100)) { + return false; + } + header = "data:image/jpeg;base64,"; + } else if (ext == "bmp") { + if (!stbi_write_bmp_to_func(WriteToMemory_stbi, &data, image->width, + image->height, image->component, + &image->image[0])) { + return false; + } + header = "data:image/bmp;base64,"; + } else if (!embedImages) { + // Error: can't output requested format to file + return false; + } + + if (embedImages) { + // Embed base64-encoded image into URI + if (data.size()) { + image->uri = + header + + base64_encode(&data[0], static_cast(data.size())); + } else { + // Throw error? + } + } else { + // Write image to disc + FsCallbacks *fs = reinterpret_cast(fsPtr); + if ((fs != nullptr) && (fs->WriteWholeFile != nullptr)) { + const std::string imagefilepath = JoinPath(*basepath, *filename); + std::string writeError; + if (!fs->WriteWholeFile(&writeError, imagefilepath, data, + fs->user_data)) { + // Could not write image file to disc; Throw error ? + return false; + } + } else { + // Throw error? + } + image->uri = *filename; + } + + return true; +} +#endif + +void TinyGLTF::SetFsCallbacks(FsCallbacks callbacks) { fs = callbacks; } + +#ifdef _WIN32 +static inline std::wstring UTF8ToWchar(const std::string &str) { + int wstr_size = + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, str.data(), (int)str.size(), nullptr, 0); + std::wstring wstr(wstr_size, 0); + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, str.data(), (int)str.size(), &wstr[0], + (int)wstr.size()); + return wstr; +} + +static inline std::string WcharToUTF8(const std::wstring &wstr) { + int str_size = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wstr.data(), (int)wstr.size(), + nullptr, 0, NULL, NULL); + std::string str(str_size, 0); + WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wstr.data(), (int)wstr.size(), &str[0], + (int)str.size(), NULL, NULL); + return str; +} +#endif + +#ifndef TINYGLTF_NO_FS +// Default implementations of filesystem functions + +bool FileExists(const std::string &abs_filename, void *) { + bool ret; +#ifdef TINYGLTF_ANDROID_LOAD_FROM_ASSETS + if (asset_manager) { + AAsset *asset = AAssetManager_open(asset_manager, abs_filename.c_str(), + AASSET_MODE_STREAMING); + if (!asset) { + return false; + } + AAsset_close(asset); + ret = true; + } else { + return false; + } +#else +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__GLIBCXX__) || defined(_LIBCPP_VERSION) + FILE *fp = nullptr; + errno_t err = _wfopen_s(&fp, UTF8ToWchar(abs_filename).c_str(), L"rb"); + if (err != 0) { + return false; + } +#else + FILE *fp = nullptr; + errno_t err = fopen_s(&fp, abs_filename.c_str(), "rb"); + if (err != 0) { + return false; + } +#endif + +#else + FILE *fp = fopen(abs_filename.c_str(), "rb"); +#endif + if (fp) { + ret = true; + fclose(fp); + } else { + ret = false; + } +#endif + + return ret; +} + +std::string ExpandFilePath(const std::string &filepath, void *) { + // https://github.com/syoyo/tinygltf/issues/368 + // + // No file path expansion in built-in FS function anymore, since glTF URI + // should not contain tilde('~') and environment variables, and for security + // reason(`wordexp`). + // + // Users need to supply `base_dir`(in `LoadASCIIFromString`, + // `LoadBinaryFromMemory`) in expanded absolute path. + + return filepath; + +#if 0 +#ifdef _WIN32 + // Assume input `filepath` is encoded in UTF-8 + std::wstring wfilepath = UTF8ToWchar(filepath); + DWORD wlen = ExpandEnvironmentStringsW(wfilepath.c_str(), nullptr, 0); + wchar_t *wstr = new wchar_t[wlen]; + ExpandEnvironmentStringsW(wfilepath.c_str(), wstr, wlen); + + std::wstring ws(wstr); + delete[] wstr; + return WcharToUTF8(ws); + +#else + +#if defined(TARGET_OS_IPHONE) || defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || \ + defined(__ANDROID__) || defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) + // no expansion + std::string s = filepath; +#else + std::string s; + wordexp_t p; + + if (filepath.empty()) { + return ""; + } + + // Quote the string to keep any spaces in filepath intact. + std::string quoted_path = "\"" + filepath + "\""; + // char** w; + int ret = wordexp(quoted_path.c_str(), &p, 0); + if (ret) { + // err + s = filepath; + return s; + } + + // Use first element only. + if (p.we_wordv) { + s = std::string(p.we_wordv[0]); + wordfree(&p); + } else { + s = filepath; + } + +#endif + + return s; +#endif +#endif +} + +bool ReadWholeFile(std::vector *out, std::string *err, + const std::string &filepath, void *) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_ANDROID_LOAD_FROM_ASSETS + if (asset_manager) { + AAsset *asset = AAssetManager_open(asset_manager, filepath.c_str(), + AASSET_MODE_STREAMING); + if (!asset) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "File open error : " + filepath + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + size_t size = AAsset_getLength(asset); + if (size == 0) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "Invalid file size : " + filepath + + " (does the path point to a directory?)"; + } + return false; + } + out->resize(size); + AAsset_read(asset, reinterpret_cast(&out->at(0)), size); + AAsset_close(asset); + return true; + } else { + if (err) { + (*err) += "No asset manager specified : " + filepath + "\n"; + } + return false; + } +#else +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if defined(__GLIBCXX__) // mingw + int file_descriptor = + _wopen(UTF8ToWchar(filepath).c_str(), _O_RDONLY | _O_BINARY); + __gnu_cxx::stdio_filebuf wfile_buf(file_descriptor, std::ios_base::in); + std::istream f(&wfile_buf); +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(_LIBCPP_VERSION) + // For libcxx, assume _LIBCPP_HAS_OPEN_WITH_WCHAR is defined to accept + // `wchar_t *` + std::ifstream f(UTF8ToWchar(filepath).c_str(), std::ifstream::binary); +#else + // Unknown compiler/runtime + std::ifstream f(filepath.c_str(), std::ifstream::binary); +#endif +#else + std::ifstream f(filepath.c_str(), std::ifstream::binary); +#endif + if (!f) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "File open error : " + filepath + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + + f.seekg(0, f.end); + size_t sz = static_cast(f.tellg()); + f.seekg(0, f.beg); + + if (int64_t(sz) < 0) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "Invalid file size : " + filepath + + " (does the path point to a directory?)"; + } + return false; + } else if (sz == 0) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "File is empty : " + filepath + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + + out->resize(sz); + f.read(reinterpret_cast(&out->at(0)), + static_cast(sz)); + + return true; +#endif +} + +bool WriteWholeFile(std::string *err, const std::string &filepath, + const std::vector &contents, void *) { +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if defined(__GLIBCXX__) // mingw + int file_descriptor = _wopen(UTF8ToWchar(filepath).c_str(), + _O_CREAT | _O_WRONLY | _O_TRUNC | _O_BINARY); + __gnu_cxx::stdio_filebuf wfile_buf( + file_descriptor, std::ios_base::out | std::ios_base::binary); + std::ostream f(&wfile_buf); +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + std::ofstream f(UTF8ToWchar(filepath).c_str(), std::ofstream::binary); +#else // clang? + std::ofstream f(filepath.c_str(), std::ofstream::binary); +#endif +#else + std::ofstream f(filepath.c_str(), std::ofstream::binary); +#endif + if (!f) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "File open error for writing : " + filepath + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + + f.write(reinterpret_cast(&contents.at(0)), + static_cast(contents.size())); + if (!f) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "File write error: " + filepath + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // TINYGLTF_NO_FS + +static std::string MimeToExt(const std::string &mimeType) { + if (mimeType == "image/jpeg") { + return "jpg"; + } else if (mimeType == "image/png") { + return "png"; + } else if (mimeType == "image/bmp") { + return "bmp"; + } else if (mimeType == "image/gif") { + return "gif"; + } + + return ""; +} + +static void UpdateImageObject(Image &image, std::string &baseDir, int index, + bool embedImages, + WriteImageDataFunction *WriteImageData = nullptr, + void *user_data = nullptr) { + std::string filename; + std::string ext; + // If image has uri, use it it as a filename + if (image.uri.size()) { + filename = GetBaseFilename(image.uri); + ext = GetFilePathExtension(filename); + } else if (image.bufferView != -1) { + // If there's no URI and the data exists in a buffer, + // don't change properties or write images + } else if (image.name.size()) { + ext = MimeToExt(image.mimeType); + // Otherwise use name as filename + filename = image.name + "." + ext; + } else { + ext = MimeToExt(image.mimeType); + // Fallback to index of image as filename + filename = std::to_string(index) + "." + ext; + } + + // If callback is set, modify image data object + if (*WriteImageData != nullptr && !filename.empty()) { + std::string uri; + (*WriteImageData)(&baseDir, &filename, &image, embedImages, user_data); + } +} + +bool IsDataURI(const std::string &in) { + std::string header = "data:application/octet-stream;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + return true; + } + + header = "data:image/jpeg;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + return true; + } + + header = "data:image/png;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + return true; + } + + header = "data:image/bmp;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + return true; + } + + header = "data:image/gif;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + return true; + } + + header = "data:text/plain;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + return true; + } + + header = "data:application/gltf-buffer;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool DecodeDataURI(std::vector *out, std::string &mime_type, + const std::string &in, size_t reqBytes, bool checkSize) { + std::string header = "data:application/octet-stream;base64,"; + std::string data; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + data = base64_decode(in.substr(header.size())); // cut mime string. + } + + if (data.empty()) { + header = "data:image/jpeg;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + mime_type = "image/jpeg"; + data = base64_decode(in.substr(header.size())); // cut mime string. + } + } + + if (data.empty()) { + header = "data:image/png;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + mime_type = "image/png"; + data = base64_decode(in.substr(header.size())); // cut mime string. + } + } + + if (data.empty()) { + header = "data:image/bmp;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + mime_type = "image/bmp"; + data = base64_decode(in.substr(header.size())); // cut mime string. + } + } + + if (data.empty()) { + header = "data:image/gif;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + mime_type = "image/gif"; + data = base64_decode(in.substr(header.size())); // cut mime string. + } + } + + if (data.empty()) { + header = "data:text/plain;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + mime_type = "text/plain"; + data = base64_decode(in.substr(header.size())); + } + } + + if (data.empty()) { + header = "data:application/gltf-buffer;base64,"; + if (in.find(header) == 0) { + data = base64_decode(in.substr(header.size())); + } + } + + // TODO(syoyo): Allow empty buffer? #229 + if (data.empty()) { + return false; + } + + if (checkSize) { + if (data.size() != reqBytes) { + return false; + } + out->resize(reqBytes); + } else { + out->resize(data.size()); + } + std::copy(data.begin(), data.end(), out->begin()); + return true; +} + +namespace { +bool GetInt(const json &o, int &val) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + if (!o.IsDouble()) { + if (o.IsInt()) { + val = o.GetInt(); + return true; + } else if (o.IsUint()) { + val = static_cast(o.GetUint()); + return true; + } else if (o.IsInt64()) { + val = static_cast(o.GetInt64()); + return true; + } else if (o.IsUint64()) { + val = static_cast(o.GetUint64()); + return true; + } + } + + return false; +#else + auto type = o.type(); + + if ((type == json::value_t::number_integer) || + (type == json::value_t::number_unsigned)) { + val = static_cast(o.get()); + return true; + } + + return false; +#endif +} + +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON +bool GetDouble(const json &o, double &val) { + if (o.IsDouble()) { + val = o.GetDouble(); + return true; + } + + return false; +} +#endif + +bool GetNumber(const json &o, double &val) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + if (o.IsNumber()) { + val = o.GetDouble(); + return true; + } + + return false; +#else + if (o.is_number()) { + val = o.get(); + return true; + } + + return false; +#endif +} + +bool GetString(const json &o, std::string &val) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + if (o.IsString()) { + val = o.GetString(); + return true; + } + + return false; +#else + if (o.type() == json::value_t::string) { + val = o.get(); + return true; + } + + return false; +#endif +} + +bool IsArray(const json &o) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return o.IsArray(); +#else + return o.is_array(); +#endif +} + +json_const_array_iterator ArrayBegin(const json &o) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return o.Begin(); +#else + return o.begin(); +#endif +} + +json_const_array_iterator ArrayEnd(const json &o) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return o.End(); +#else + return o.end(); +#endif +} + +bool IsObject(const json &o) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return o.IsObject(); +#else + return o.is_object(); +#endif +} + +json_const_iterator ObjectBegin(const json &o) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return o.MemberBegin(); +#else + return o.begin(); +#endif +} + +json_const_iterator ObjectEnd(const json &o) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return o.MemberEnd(); +#else + return o.end(); +#endif +} + +// Making this a const char* results in a pointer to a temporary when +// TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON is off. +std::string GetKey(json_const_iterator &it) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return it->name.GetString(); +#else + return it.key().c_str(); +#endif +} + +bool FindMember(const json &o, const char *member, json_const_iterator &it) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + if (!o.IsObject()) { + return false; + } + it = o.FindMember(member); + return it != o.MemberEnd(); +#else + it = o.find(member); + return it != o.end(); +#endif +} + +const json &GetValue(json_const_iterator &it) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return it->value; +#else + return it.value(); +#endif +} + +std::string JsonToString(const json &o, int spacing = -1) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + using namespace rapidjson; + StringBuffer buffer; + if (spacing == -1) { + Writer writer(buffer); + // TODO: Better error handling. + // https://github.com/syoyo/tinygltf/issues/332 + if (!o.Accept(writer)) { + return "tiny_gltf::JsonToString() failed rapidjson conversion"; + } + } else { + PrettyWriter writer(buffer); + writer.SetIndent(' ', uint32_t(spacing)); + if (!o.Accept(writer)) { + return "tiny_gltf::JsonToString() failed rapidjson conversion"; + } + } + return buffer.GetString(); +#else + return o.dump(spacing); +#endif +} + +} // namespace + +static bool ParseJsonAsValue(Value *ret, const json &o) { + Value val{}; +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + using rapidjson::Type; + switch (o.GetType()) { + case Type::kObjectType: { + Value::Object value_object; + for (auto it = o.MemberBegin(); it != o.MemberEnd(); ++it) { + Value entry; + ParseJsonAsValue(&entry, it->value); + if (entry.Type() != NULL_TYPE) + value_object.emplace(GetKey(it), std::move(entry)); + } + if (value_object.size() > 0) val = Value(std::move(value_object)); + } break; + case Type::kArrayType: { + Value::Array value_array; + value_array.reserve(o.Size()); + for (auto it = o.Begin(); it != o.End(); ++it) { + Value entry; + ParseJsonAsValue(&entry, *it); + if (entry.Type() != NULL_TYPE) + value_array.emplace_back(std::move(entry)); + } + if (value_array.size() > 0) val = Value(std::move(value_array)); + } break; + case Type::kStringType: + val = Value(std::string(o.GetString())); + break; + case Type::kFalseType: + case Type::kTrueType: + val = Value(o.GetBool()); + break; + case Type::kNumberType: + if (!o.IsDouble()) { + int i = 0; + GetInt(o, i); + val = Value(i); + } else { + double d = 0.0; + GetDouble(o, d); + val = Value(d); + } + break; + case Type::kNullType: + break; + // all types are covered, so no `case default` + } +#else + switch (o.type()) { + case json::value_t::object: { + Value::Object value_object; + for (auto it = o.begin(); it != o.end(); it++) { + Value entry; + ParseJsonAsValue(&entry, it.value()); + if (entry.Type() != NULL_TYPE) + value_object.emplace(it.key(), std::move(entry)); + } + if (value_object.size() > 0) val = Value(std::move(value_object)); + } break; + case json::value_t::array: { + Value::Array value_array; + value_array.reserve(o.size()); + for (auto it = o.begin(); it != o.end(); it++) { + Value entry; + ParseJsonAsValue(&entry, it.value()); + if (entry.Type() != NULL_TYPE) + value_array.emplace_back(std::move(entry)); + } + if (value_array.size() > 0) val = Value(std::move(value_array)); + } break; + case json::value_t::string: + val = Value(o.get()); + break; + case json::value_t::boolean: + val = Value(o.get()); + break; + case json::value_t::number_integer: + case json::value_t::number_unsigned: + val = Value(static_cast(o.get())); + break; + case json::value_t::number_float: + val = Value(o.get()); + break; + case json::value_t::null: + case json::value_t::discarded: + case json::value_t::binary: + // default: + break; + } +#endif + const bool isNotNull = val.Type() != NULL_TYPE; + + if (ret) *ret = std::move(val); + + return isNotNull; +} + +static bool ParseExtrasProperty(Value *ret, const json &o) { + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + return false; + } + + return ParseJsonAsValue(ret, GetValue(it)); +} + +static bool ParseBooleanProperty(bool *ret, std::string *err, const json &o, + const std::string &property, + const bool required, + const std::string &parent_node = "") { + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, property.c_str(), it)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is missing"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + auto &value = GetValue(it); + + bool isBoolean; + bool boolValue = false; +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + isBoolean = value.IsBool(); + if (isBoolean) { + boolValue = value.GetBool(); + } +#else + isBoolean = value.is_boolean(); + if (isBoolean) { + boolValue = value.get(); + } +#endif + if (!isBoolean) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not a bool type.\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + if (ret) { + (*ret) = boolValue; + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseIntegerProperty(int *ret, std::string *err, const json &o, + const std::string &property, + const bool required, + const std::string &parent_node = "") { + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, property.c_str(), it)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is missing"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + int intValue; + bool isInt = GetInt(GetValue(it), intValue); + if (!isInt) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not an integer type.\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + if (ret) { + (*ret) = intValue; + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseUnsignedProperty(size_t *ret, std::string *err, const json &o, + const std::string &property, + const bool required, + const std::string &parent_node = "") { + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, property.c_str(), it)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is missing"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + auto &value = GetValue(it); + + size_t uValue = 0; + bool isUValue; +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + isUValue = false; + if (value.IsUint()) { + uValue = value.GetUint(); + isUValue = true; + } else if (value.IsUint64()) { + uValue = value.GetUint64(); + isUValue = true; + } +#else + isUValue = value.is_number_unsigned(); + if (isUValue) { + uValue = value.get(); + } +#endif + if (!isUValue) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not a positive integer.\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + if (ret) { + (*ret) = uValue; + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseNumberProperty(double *ret, std::string *err, const json &o, + const std::string &property, + const bool required, + const std::string &parent_node = "") { + json_const_iterator it; + + if (!FindMember(o, property.c_str(), it)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is missing"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + double numberValue; + bool isNumber = GetNumber(GetValue(it), numberValue); + + if (!isNumber) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not a number type.\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + if (ret) { + (*ret) = numberValue; + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseNumberArrayProperty(std::vector *ret, std::string *err, + const json &o, const std::string &property, + bool required, + const std::string &parent_node = "") { + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, property.c_str(), it)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is missing"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + if (!IsArray(GetValue(it))) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not an array"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + ret->clear(); + auto end = ArrayEnd(GetValue(it)); + for (auto i = ArrayBegin(GetValue(it)); i != end; ++i) { + double numberValue; + const bool isNumber = GetNumber(*i, numberValue); + if (!isNumber) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not a number.\n"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + ret->push_back(numberValue); + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseIntegerArrayProperty(std::vector *ret, std::string *err, + const json &o, + const std::string &property, + bool required, + const std::string &parent_node = "") { + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, property.c_str(), it)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is missing"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + if (!IsArray(GetValue(it))) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not an array"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + ret->clear(); + auto end = ArrayEnd(GetValue(it)); + for (auto i = ArrayBegin(GetValue(it)); i != end; ++i) { + int numberValue; + bool isNumber = GetInt(*i, numberValue); + if (!isNumber) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not an integer type.\n"; + if (!parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += " in " + parent_node; + } + (*err) += ".\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + ret->push_back(numberValue); + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseStringProperty( + std::string *ret, std::string *err, const json &o, + const std::string &property, bool required, + const std::string &parent_node = std::string()) { + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, property.c_str(), it)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is missing"; + if (parent_node.empty()) { + (*err) += ".\n"; + } else { + (*err) += " in `" + parent_node + "'.\n"; + } + } + } + return false; + } + + std::string strValue; + if (!GetString(GetValue(it), strValue)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not a string type.\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + if (ret) { + (*ret) = std::move(strValue); + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseStringIntegerProperty(std::map *ret, + std::string *err, const json &o, + const std::string &property, + bool required, + const std::string &parent = "") { + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, property.c_str(), it)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + if (!parent.empty()) { + (*err) += + "'" + property + "' property is missing in " + parent + ".\n"; + } else { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is missing.\n"; + } + } + } + return false; + } + + const json &dict = GetValue(it); + + // Make sure we are dealing with an object / dictionary. + if (!IsObject(dict)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not an object.\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + ret->clear(); + + json_const_iterator dictIt(ObjectBegin(dict)); + json_const_iterator dictItEnd(ObjectEnd(dict)); + + for (; dictIt != dictItEnd; ++dictIt) { + int intVal; + if (!GetInt(GetValue(dictIt), intVal)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' value is not an integer type.\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + // Insert into the list. + (*ret)[GetKey(dictIt)] = intVal; + } + return true; +} + +static bool ParseJSONProperty(std::map *ret, + std::string *err, const json &o, + const std::string &property, bool required) { + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, property.c_str(), it)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is missing. \n'"; + } + } + return false; + } + + const json &obj = GetValue(it); + + if (!IsObject(obj)) { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'" + property + "' property is not a JSON object.\n"; + } + } + return false; + } + + ret->clear(); + + json_const_iterator it2(ObjectBegin(obj)); + json_const_iterator itEnd(ObjectEnd(obj)); + for (; it2 != itEnd; ++it2) { + double numVal; + if (GetNumber(GetValue(it2), numVal)) + ret->emplace(std::string(GetKey(it2)), numVal); + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseParameterProperty(Parameter *param, std::string *err, + const json &o, const std::string &prop, + bool required) { + // A parameter value can either be a string or an array of either a boolean or + // a number. Booleans of any kind aren't supported here. Granted, it + // complicates the Parameter structure and breaks it semantically in the sense + // that the client probably works off the assumption that if the string is + // empty the vector is used, etc. Would a tagged union work? + if (ParseStringProperty(¶m->string_value, err, o, prop, false)) { + // Found string property. + return true; + } else if (ParseNumberArrayProperty(¶m->number_array, err, o, prop, + false)) { + // Found a number array. + return true; + } else if (ParseNumberProperty(¶m->number_value, err, o, prop, false)) { + param->has_number_value = true; + return true; + } else if (ParseJSONProperty(¶m->json_double_value, err, o, prop, + false)) { + return true; + } else if (ParseBooleanProperty(¶m->bool_value, err, o, prop, false)) { + return true; + } else { + if (required) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "parameter must be a string or number / number array.\n"; + } + } + return false; + } +} + +static bool ParseExtensionsProperty(ExtensionMap *ret, std::string *err, + const json &o) { + (void)err; + + json_const_iterator it; + if (!FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + return false; + } + + auto &obj = GetValue(it); + if (!IsObject(obj)) { + return false; + } + ExtensionMap extensions; + json_const_iterator extIt = ObjectBegin(obj); // it.value().begin(); + json_const_iterator extEnd = ObjectEnd(obj); + for (; extIt != extEnd; ++extIt) { + auto &itObj = GetValue(extIt); + if (!IsObject(itObj)) continue; + std::string key(GetKey(extIt)); + if (!ParseJsonAsValue(&extensions[key], itObj)) { + if (!key.empty()) { + // create empty object so that an extension object is still of type + // object + extensions[key] = Value{Value::Object{}}; + } + } + } + if (ret) { + (*ret) = std::move(extensions); + } + return true; +} + +static bool ParseAsset(Asset *asset, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + ParseStringProperty(&asset->version, err, o, "version", true, "Asset"); + ParseStringProperty(&asset->generator, err, o, "generator", false, "Asset"); + ParseStringProperty(&asset->minVersion, err, o, "minVersion", false, "Asset"); + ParseStringProperty(&asset->copyright, err, o, "copyright", false, "Asset"); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&asset->extensions, err, o); + + // Unity exporter version is added as extra here + ParseExtrasProperty(&(asset->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + asset->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + asset->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseImage(Image *image, const int image_idx, std::string *err, + std::string *warn, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions, + const std::string &basedir, FsCallbacks *fs, + LoadImageDataFunction *LoadImageData = nullptr, + void *load_image_user_data = nullptr) { + // A glTF image must either reference a bufferView or an image uri + + // schema says oneOf [`bufferView`, `uri`] + // TODO(syoyo): Check the type of each parameters. + json_const_iterator it; + bool hasBufferView = FindMember(o, "bufferView", it); + bool hasURI = FindMember(o, "uri", it); + + ParseStringProperty(&image->name, err, o, "name", false); + + if (hasBufferView && hasURI) { + // Should not both defined. + if (err) { + (*err) += + "Only one of `bufferView` or `uri` should be defined, but both are " + "defined for image[" + + std::to_string(image_idx) + "] name = \"" + image->name + "\"\n"; + } + return false; + } + + if (!hasBufferView && !hasURI) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "Neither required `bufferView` nor `uri` defined for image[" + + std::to_string(image_idx) + "] name = \"" + image->name + + "\"\n"; + } + return false; + } + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&image->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&image->extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator eit; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", eit)) { + image->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(eit)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator eit; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", eit)) { + image->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(eit)); + } + } + } + + if (hasBufferView) { + int bufferView = -1; + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&bufferView, err, o, "bufferView", true)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "Failed to parse `bufferView` for image[" + + std::to_string(image_idx) + "] name = \"" + image->name + + "\"\n"; + } + return false; + } + + std::string mime_type; + ParseStringProperty(&mime_type, err, o, "mimeType", false); + + int width = 0; + ParseIntegerProperty(&width, err, o, "width", false); + + int height = 0; + ParseIntegerProperty(&height, err, o, "height", false); + + // Just only save some information here. Loading actual image data from + // bufferView is done after this `ParseImage` function. + image->bufferView = bufferView; + image->mimeType = mime_type; + image->width = width; + image->height = height; + + return true; + } + + // Parse URI & Load image data. + + std::string uri; + std::string tmp_err; + if (!ParseStringProperty(&uri, &tmp_err, o, "uri", true)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "Failed to parse `uri` for image[" + std::to_string(image_idx) + + "] name = \"" + image->name + "\".\n"; + } + return false; + } + + std::vector img; + + if (IsDataURI(uri)) { + if (!DecodeDataURI(&img, image->mimeType, uri, 0, false)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "Failed to decode 'uri' for image[" + + std::to_string(image_idx) + "] name = [" + image->name + + "]\n"; + } + return false; + } + } else { + // Assume external file + // Keep texture path (for textures that cannot be decoded) + image->uri = uri; +#ifdef TINYGLTF_NO_EXTERNAL_IMAGE + return true; +#else + std::string decoded_uri = dlib::urldecode(uri); + if (!LoadExternalFile(&img, err, warn, decoded_uri, basedir, + /* required */ false, /* required bytes */ 0, + /* checksize */ false, fs)) { + if (warn) { + (*warn) += "Failed to load external 'uri' for image[" + + std::to_string(image_idx) + "] name = [" + image->name + + "]\n"; + } + // If the image cannot be loaded, keep uri as image->uri. + return true; + } + + if (img.empty()) { + if (warn) { + (*warn) += "Image data is empty for image[" + + std::to_string(image_idx) + "] name = [" + image->name + + "] \n"; + } + return false; + } +#endif + } + + if (*LoadImageData == nullptr) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "No LoadImageData callback specified.\n"; + } + return false; + } + return (*LoadImageData)(image, image_idx, err, warn, 0, 0, &img.at(0), + static_cast(img.size()), load_image_user_data); +} + +static bool ParseTexture(Texture *texture, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions, + const std::string &basedir) { + (void)basedir; + int sampler = -1; + int source = -1; + ParseIntegerProperty(&sampler, err, o, "sampler", false); + + ParseIntegerProperty(&source, err, o, "source", false); + + texture->sampler = sampler; + texture->source = source; + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&texture->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&texture->extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + texture->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + texture->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + ParseStringProperty(&texture->name, err, o, "name", false); + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseTextureInfo( + TextureInfo *texinfo, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + if (texinfo == nullptr) { + return false; + } + + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&texinfo->index, err, o, "index", + /* required */ true, "TextureInfo")) { + return false; + } + + ParseIntegerProperty(&texinfo->texCoord, err, o, "texCoord", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&texinfo->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&texinfo->extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + texinfo->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + texinfo->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseNormalTextureInfo( + NormalTextureInfo *texinfo, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + if (texinfo == nullptr) { + return false; + } + + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&texinfo->index, err, o, "index", + /* required */ true, "NormalTextureInfo")) { + return false; + } + + ParseIntegerProperty(&texinfo->texCoord, err, o, "texCoord", false); + ParseNumberProperty(&texinfo->scale, err, o, "scale", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&texinfo->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&texinfo->extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + texinfo->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + texinfo->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseOcclusionTextureInfo( + OcclusionTextureInfo *texinfo, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + if (texinfo == nullptr) { + return false; + } + + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&texinfo->index, err, o, "index", + /* required */ true, "NormalTextureInfo")) { + return false; + } + + ParseIntegerProperty(&texinfo->texCoord, err, o, "texCoord", false); + ParseNumberProperty(&texinfo->strength, err, o, "strength", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&texinfo->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&texinfo->extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + texinfo->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + texinfo->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseBuffer(Buffer *buffer, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions, + FsCallbacks *fs, const std::string &basedir, + bool is_binary = false, + const unsigned char *bin_data = nullptr, + size_t bin_size = 0) { + size_t byteLength; + if (!ParseUnsignedProperty(&byteLength, err, o, "byteLength", true, + "Buffer")) { + return false; + } + + // In glTF 2.0, uri is not mandatory anymore + buffer->uri.clear(); + ParseStringProperty(&buffer->uri, err, o, "uri", false, "Buffer"); + + // having an empty uri for a non embedded image should not be valid + if (!is_binary && buffer->uri.empty()) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "'uri' is missing from non binary glTF file buffer.\n"; + } + } + + json_const_iterator type; + if (FindMember(o, "type", type)) { + std::string typeStr; + if (GetString(GetValue(type), typeStr)) { + if (typeStr.compare("arraybuffer") == 0) { + // buffer.type = "arraybuffer"; + } + } + } + + if (is_binary) { + // Still binary glTF accepts external dataURI. + if (!buffer->uri.empty()) { + // First try embedded data URI. + if (IsDataURI(buffer->uri)) { + std::string mime_type; + if (!DecodeDataURI(&buffer->data, mime_type, buffer->uri, byteLength, + true)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += + "Failed to decode 'uri' : " + buffer->uri + " in Buffer\n"; + } + return false; + } + } else { + // External .bin file. + std::string decoded_uri = dlib::urldecode(buffer->uri); + if (!LoadExternalFile(&buffer->data, err, /* warn */ nullptr, + decoded_uri, basedir, /* required */ true, + byteLength, /* checkSize */ true, fs)) { + return false; + } + } + } else { + // load data from (embedded) binary data + + if ((bin_size == 0) || (bin_data == nullptr)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "Invalid binary data in `Buffer', or GLB with empty BIN chunk.\n"; + } + return false; + } + + if (byteLength > bin_size) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "Invalid `byteLength'. Must be equal or less than binary size: " + "`byteLength' = " + << byteLength << ", binary size = " << bin_size << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + // Read buffer data + buffer->data.resize(static_cast(byteLength)); + memcpy(&(buffer->data.at(0)), bin_data, static_cast(byteLength)); + } + + } else { + if (IsDataURI(buffer->uri)) { + std::string mime_type; + if (!DecodeDataURI(&buffer->data, mime_type, buffer->uri, byteLength, + true)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "Failed to decode 'uri' : " + buffer->uri + " in Buffer\n"; + } + return false; + } + } else { + // Assume external .bin file. + std::string decoded_uri = dlib::urldecode(buffer->uri); + if (!LoadExternalFile(&buffer->data, err, /* warn */ nullptr, decoded_uri, + basedir, /* required */ true, byteLength, + /* checkSize */ true, fs)) { + return false; + } + } + } + + ParseStringProperty(&buffer->name, err, o, "name", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&buffer->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&buffer->extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + buffer->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + buffer->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseBufferView( + BufferView *bufferView, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + int buffer = -1; + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&buffer, err, o, "buffer", true, "BufferView")) { + return false; + } + + size_t byteOffset = 0; + ParseUnsignedProperty(&byteOffset, err, o, "byteOffset", false); + + size_t byteLength = 1; + if (!ParseUnsignedProperty(&byteLength, err, o, "byteLength", true, + "BufferView")) { + return false; + } + + size_t byteStride = 0; + if (!ParseUnsignedProperty(&byteStride, err, o, "byteStride", false)) { + // Spec says: When byteStride of referenced bufferView is not defined, it + // means that accessor elements are tightly packed, i.e., effective stride + // equals the size of the element. + // We cannot determine the actual byteStride until Accessor are parsed, thus + // set 0(= tightly packed) here(as done in OpenGL's VertexAttribPoiner) + byteStride = 0; + } + + if ((byteStride > 252) || ((byteStride % 4) != 0)) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "Invalid `byteStride' value. `byteStride' must be the multiple of " + "4 : " + << byteStride << std::endl; + + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + int target = 0; + ParseIntegerProperty(&target, err, o, "target", false); + if ((target == TINYGLTF_TARGET_ARRAY_BUFFER) || + (target == TINYGLTF_TARGET_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER)) { + // OK + } else { + target = 0; + } + bufferView->target = target; + + ParseStringProperty(&bufferView->name, err, o, "name", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&bufferView->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&bufferView->extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + bufferView->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + bufferView->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + bufferView->buffer = buffer; + bufferView->byteOffset = byteOffset; + bufferView->byteLength = byteLength; + bufferView->byteStride = byteStride; + return true; +} + +static bool ParseSparseAccessor(Accessor *accessor, std::string *err, + const json &o) { + accessor->sparse.isSparse = true; + + int count = 0; + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&count, err, o, "count", true, "SparseAccessor")) { + return false; + } + + json_const_iterator indices_iterator; + json_const_iterator values_iterator; + if (!FindMember(o, "indices", indices_iterator)) { + (*err) = "the sparse object of this accessor doesn't have indices"; + return false; + } + + if (!FindMember(o, "values", values_iterator)) { + (*err) = "the sparse object ob ths accessor doesn't have values"; + return false; + } + + const json &indices_obj = GetValue(indices_iterator); + const json &values_obj = GetValue(values_iterator); + + int indices_buffer_view = 0, indices_byte_offset = 0, component_type = 0; + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&indices_buffer_view, err, indices_obj, + "bufferView", true, "SparseAccessor")) { + return false; + } + ParseIntegerProperty(&indices_byte_offset, err, indices_obj, "byteOffset", + false); + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&component_type, err, indices_obj, "componentType", + true, "SparseAccessor")) { + return false; + } + + int values_buffer_view = 0, values_byte_offset = 0; + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&values_buffer_view, err, values_obj, "bufferView", + true, "SparseAccessor")) { + return false; + } + ParseIntegerProperty(&values_byte_offset, err, values_obj, "byteOffset", + false); + + accessor->sparse.count = count; + accessor->sparse.indices.bufferView = indices_buffer_view; + accessor->sparse.indices.byteOffset = indices_byte_offset; + accessor->sparse.indices.componentType = component_type; + accessor->sparse.values.bufferView = values_buffer_view; + accessor->sparse.values.byteOffset = values_byte_offset; + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseAccessor(Accessor *accessor, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + int bufferView = -1; + ParseIntegerProperty(&bufferView, err, o, "bufferView", false, "Accessor"); + + size_t byteOffset = 0; + ParseUnsignedProperty(&byteOffset, err, o, "byteOffset", false, "Accessor"); + + bool normalized = false; + ParseBooleanProperty(&normalized, err, o, "normalized", false, "Accessor"); + + size_t componentType = 0; + if (!ParseUnsignedProperty(&componentType, err, o, "componentType", true, + "Accessor")) { + return false; + } + + size_t count = 0; + if (!ParseUnsignedProperty(&count, err, o, "count", true, "Accessor")) { + return false; + } + + std::string type; + if (!ParseStringProperty(&type, err, o, "type", true, "Accessor")) { + return false; + } + + if (type.compare("SCALAR") == 0) { + accessor->type = TINYGLTF_TYPE_SCALAR; + } else if (type.compare("VEC2") == 0) { + accessor->type = TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC2; + } else if (type.compare("VEC3") == 0) { + accessor->type = TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC3; + } else if (type.compare("VEC4") == 0) { + accessor->type = TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC4; + } else if (type.compare("MAT2") == 0) { + accessor->type = TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT2; + } else if (type.compare("MAT3") == 0) { + accessor->type = TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT3; + } else if (type.compare("MAT4") == 0) { + accessor->type = TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT4; + } else { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "Unsupported `type` for accessor object. Got \"" << type << "\"\n"; + if (err) { + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + ParseStringProperty(&accessor->name, err, o, "name", false); + + accessor->minValues.clear(); + accessor->maxValues.clear(); + ParseNumberArrayProperty(&accessor->minValues, err, o, "min", false, + "Accessor"); + + ParseNumberArrayProperty(&accessor->maxValues, err, o, "max", false, + "Accessor"); + + accessor->count = count; + accessor->bufferView = bufferView; + accessor->byteOffset = byteOffset; + accessor->normalized = normalized; + { + if (componentType >= TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_BYTE && + componentType <= TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_DOUBLE) { + // OK + accessor->componentType = int(componentType); + } else { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "Invalid `componentType` in accessor. Got " << componentType + << "\n"; + if (err) { + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + } + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&(accessor->extensions), err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(accessor->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + accessor->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + accessor->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + // check if accessor has a "sparse" object: + json_const_iterator iterator; + if (FindMember(o, "sparse", iterator)) { + // here this accessor has a "sparse" subobject + return ParseSparseAccessor(accessor, err, GetValue(iterator)); + } + + return true; +} + +#ifdef TINYGLTF_ENABLE_DRACO + +static void DecodeIndexBuffer(draco::Mesh *mesh, size_t componentSize, + std::vector &outBuffer) { + if (componentSize == 4) { + assert(sizeof(mesh->face(draco::FaceIndex(0))[0]) == componentSize); + memcpy(outBuffer.data(), &mesh->face(draco::FaceIndex(0))[0], + outBuffer.size()); + } else { + size_t faceStride = componentSize * 3; + for (draco::FaceIndex f(0); f < mesh->num_faces(); ++f) { + const draco::Mesh::Face &face = mesh->face(f); + if (componentSize == 2) { + uint16_t indices[3] = {(uint16_t)face[0].value(), + (uint16_t)face[1].value(), + (uint16_t)face[2].value()}; + memcpy(outBuffer.data() + f.value() * faceStride, &indices[0], + faceStride); + } else { + uint8_t indices[3] = {(uint8_t)face[0].value(), + (uint8_t)face[1].value(), + (uint8_t)face[2].value()}; + memcpy(outBuffer.data() + f.value() * faceStride, &indices[0], + faceStride); + } + } + } +} + +template +static bool GetAttributeForAllPoints(draco::Mesh *mesh, + const draco::PointAttribute *pAttribute, + std::vector &outBuffer) { + size_t byteOffset = 0; + T values[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; + for (draco::PointIndex i(0); i < mesh->num_points(); ++i) { + const draco::AttributeValueIndex val_index = pAttribute->mapped_index(i); + if (!pAttribute->ConvertValue(val_index, pAttribute->num_components(), + values)) + return false; + + memcpy(outBuffer.data() + byteOffset, &values[0], + sizeof(T) * pAttribute->num_components()); + byteOffset += sizeof(T) * pAttribute->num_components(); + } + + return true; +} + +static bool GetAttributeForAllPoints(uint32_t componentType, draco::Mesh *mesh, + const draco::PointAttribute *pAttribute, + std::vector &outBuffer) { + bool decodeResult = false; + switch (componentType) { + case TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_BYTE: + decodeResult = + GetAttributeForAllPoints(mesh, pAttribute, outBuffer); + break; + case TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_BYTE: + decodeResult = + GetAttributeForAllPoints(mesh, pAttribute, outBuffer); + break; + case TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_SHORT: + decodeResult = + GetAttributeForAllPoints(mesh, pAttribute, outBuffer); + break; + case TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_SHORT: + decodeResult = + GetAttributeForAllPoints(mesh, pAttribute, outBuffer); + break; + case TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_INT: + decodeResult = + GetAttributeForAllPoints(mesh, pAttribute, outBuffer); + break; + case TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT: + decodeResult = + GetAttributeForAllPoints(mesh, pAttribute, outBuffer); + break; + case TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_FLOAT: + decodeResult = + GetAttributeForAllPoints(mesh, pAttribute, outBuffer); + break; + case TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_DOUBLE: + decodeResult = + GetAttributeForAllPoints(mesh, pAttribute, outBuffer); + break; + default: + return false; + } + + return decodeResult; +} + +static bool ParseDracoExtension(Primitive *primitive, Model *model, + std::string *err, + const Value &dracoExtensionValue) { + (void)err; + auto bufferViewValue = dracoExtensionValue.Get("bufferView"); + if (!bufferViewValue.IsInt()) return false; + auto attributesValue = dracoExtensionValue.Get("attributes"); + if (!attributesValue.IsObject()) return false; + + auto attributesObject = attributesValue.Get(); + int bufferView = bufferViewValue.Get(); + + BufferView &view = model->bufferViews[bufferView]; + Buffer &buffer = model->buffers[view.buffer]; + // BufferView has already been decoded + if (view.dracoDecoded) return true; + view.dracoDecoded = true; + + const char *bufferViewData = + reinterpret_cast(buffer.data.data() + view.byteOffset); + size_t bufferViewSize = view.byteLength; + + // decode draco + draco::DecoderBuffer decoderBuffer; + decoderBuffer.Init(bufferViewData, bufferViewSize); + draco::Decoder decoder; + auto decodeResult = decoder.DecodeMeshFromBuffer(&decoderBuffer); + if (!decodeResult.ok()) { + return false; + } + const std::unique_ptr &mesh = decodeResult.value(); + + // create new bufferView for indices + if (primitive->indices >= 0) { + int32_t componentSize = GetComponentSizeInBytes( + model->accessors[primitive->indices].componentType); + Buffer decodedIndexBuffer; + decodedIndexBuffer.data.resize(mesh->num_faces() * 3 * componentSize); + + DecodeIndexBuffer(mesh.get(), componentSize, decodedIndexBuffer.data); + + model->buffers.emplace_back(std::move(decodedIndexBuffer)); + + BufferView decodedIndexBufferView; + decodedIndexBufferView.buffer = int(model->buffers.size() - 1); + decodedIndexBufferView.byteLength = + int(mesh->num_faces() * 3 * componentSize); + decodedIndexBufferView.byteOffset = 0; + decodedIndexBufferView.byteStride = 0; + decodedIndexBufferView.target = TINYGLTF_TARGET_ARRAY_BUFFER; + model->bufferViews.emplace_back(std::move(decodedIndexBufferView)); + + model->accessors[primitive->indices].bufferView = + int(model->bufferViews.size() - 1); + model->accessors[primitive->indices].count = int(mesh->num_faces() * 3); + } + + for (const auto &attribute : attributesObject) { + if (!attribute.second.IsInt()) return false; + auto primitiveAttribute = primitive->attributes.find(attribute.first); + if (primitiveAttribute == primitive->attributes.end()) return false; + + int dracoAttributeIndex = attribute.second.Get(); + const auto pAttribute = mesh->GetAttributeByUniqueId(dracoAttributeIndex); + const auto componentType = + model->accessors[primitiveAttribute->second].componentType; + + // Create a new buffer for this decoded buffer + Buffer decodedBuffer; + size_t bufferSize = mesh->num_points() * pAttribute->num_components() * + GetComponentSizeInBytes(componentType); + decodedBuffer.data.resize(bufferSize); + + if (!GetAttributeForAllPoints(componentType, mesh.get(), pAttribute, + decodedBuffer.data)) + return false; + + model->buffers.emplace_back(std::move(decodedBuffer)); + + BufferView decodedBufferView; + decodedBufferView.buffer = int(model->buffers.size() - 1); + decodedBufferView.byteLength = bufferSize; + decodedBufferView.byteOffset = pAttribute->byte_offset(); + decodedBufferView.byteStride = pAttribute->byte_stride(); + decodedBufferView.target = primitive->indices >= 0 + ? TINYGLTF_TARGET_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER + : TINYGLTF_TARGET_ARRAY_BUFFER; + model->bufferViews.emplace_back(std::move(decodedBufferView)); + + model->accessors[primitiveAttribute->second].bufferView = + int(model->bufferViews.size() - 1); + model->accessors[primitiveAttribute->second].count = + int(mesh->num_points()); + } + + return true; +} +#endif + +static bool ParsePrimitive(Primitive *primitive, Model *model, std::string *err, + const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + int material = -1; + ParseIntegerProperty(&material, err, o, "material", false); + primitive->material = material; + + int mode = TINYGLTF_MODE_TRIANGLES; + ParseIntegerProperty(&mode, err, o, "mode", false); + primitive->mode = mode; // Why only triangled were supported ? + + int indices = -1; + ParseIntegerProperty(&indices, err, o, "indices", false); + primitive->indices = indices; + if (!ParseStringIntegerProperty(&primitive->attributes, err, o, "attributes", + true, "Primitive")) { + return false; + } + + // Look for morph targets + json_const_iterator targetsObject; + if (FindMember(o, "targets", targetsObject) && + IsArray(GetValue(targetsObject))) { + auto targetsObjectEnd = ArrayEnd(GetValue(targetsObject)); + for (json_const_array_iterator i = ArrayBegin(GetValue(targetsObject)); + i != targetsObjectEnd; ++i) { + std::map targetAttribues; + + const json &dict = *i; + if (IsObject(dict)) { + json_const_iterator dictIt(ObjectBegin(dict)); + json_const_iterator dictItEnd(ObjectEnd(dict)); + + for (; dictIt != dictItEnd; ++dictIt) { + int iVal; + if (GetInt(GetValue(dictIt), iVal)) + targetAttribues[GetKey(dictIt)] = iVal; + } + primitive->targets.emplace_back(std::move(targetAttribues)); + } + } + } + + ParseExtrasProperty(&(primitive->extras), o); + ParseExtensionsProperty(&primitive->extensions, err, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + primitive->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + primitive->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + +#ifdef TINYGLTF_ENABLE_DRACO + auto dracoExtension = + primitive->extensions.find("KHR_draco_mesh_compression"); + if (dracoExtension != primitive->extensions.end()) { + ParseDracoExtension(primitive, model, err, dracoExtension->second); + } +#else + (void)model; +#endif + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseMesh(Mesh *mesh, Model *model, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + ParseStringProperty(&mesh->name, err, o, "name", false); + + mesh->primitives.clear(); + json_const_iterator primObject; + if (FindMember(o, "primitives", primObject) && + IsArray(GetValue(primObject))) { + json_const_array_iterator primEnd = ArrayEnd(GetValue(primObject)); + for (json_const_array_iterator i = ArrayBegin(GetValue(primObject)); + i != primEnd; ++i) { + Primitive primitive; + if (ParsePrimitive(&primitive, model, err, *i, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions)) { + // Only add the primitive if the parsing succeeds. + mesh->primitives.emplace_back(std::move(primitive)); + } + } + } + + // Should probably check if has targets and if dimensions fit + ParseNumberArrayProperty(&mesh->weights, err, o, "weights", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&mesh->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(mesh->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + mesh->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + mesh->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseNode(Node *node, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + ParseStringProperty(&node->name, err, o, "name", false); + + int skin = -1; + ParseIntegerProperty(&skin, err, o, "skin", false); + node->skin = skin; + + // Matrix and T/R/S are exclusive + if (!ParseNumberArrayProperty(&node->matrix, err, o, "matrix", false)) { + ParseNumberArrayProperty(&node->rotation, err, o, "rotation", false); + ParseNumberArrayProperty(&node->scale, err, o, "scale", false); + ParseNumberArrayProperty(&node->translation, err, o, "translation", false); + } + + int camera = -1; + ParseIntegerProperty(&camera, err, o, "camera", false); + node->camera = camera; + + int mesh = -1; + ParseIntegerProperty(&mesh, err, o, "mesh", false); + node->mesh = mesh; + + node->children.clear(); + ParseIntegerArrayProperty(&node->children, err, o, "children", false); + + ParseNumberArrayProperty(&node->weights, err, o, "weights", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&node->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(node->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + node->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + node->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParsePbrMetallicRoughness( + PbrMetallicRoughness *pbr, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + if (pbr == nullptr) { + return false; + } + + std::vector baseColorFactor; + if (ParseNumberArrayProperty(&baseColorFactor, err, o, "baseColorFactor", + /* required */ false)) { + if (baseColorFactor.size() != 4) { + if (err) { + (*err) += + "Array length of `baseColorFactor` parameter in " + "pbrMetallicRoughness must be 4, but got " + + std::to_string(baseColorFactor.size()) + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + pbr->baseColorFactor = baseColorFactor; + } + + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "baseColorTexture", it)) { + ParseTextureInfo(&pbr->baseColorTexture, err, GetValue(it), + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions); + } + } + + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "metallicRoughnessTexture", it)) { + ParseTextureInfo(&pbr->metallicRoughnessTexture, err, GetValue(it), + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions); + } + } + + ParseNumberProperty(&pbr->metallicFactor, err, o, "metallicFactor", false); + ParseNumberProperty(&pbr->roughnessFactor, err, o, "roughnessFactor", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&pbr->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&pbr->extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + pbr->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + pbr->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseMaterial(Material *material, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + ParseStringProperty(&material->name, err, o, "name", /* required */ false); + + if (ParseNumberArrayProperty(&material->emissiveFactor, err, o, + "emissiveFactor", + /* required */ false)) { + if (material->emissiveFactor.size() != 3) { + if (err) { + (*err) += + "Array length of `emissiveFactor` parameter in " + "material must be 3, but got " + + std::to_string(material->emissiveFactor.size()) + "\n"; + } + return false; + } + } else { + // fill with default values + material->emissiveFactor = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0}; + } + + ParseStringProperty(&material->alphaMode, err, o, "alphaMode", + /* required */ false); + ParseNumberProperty(&material->alphaCutoff, err, o, "alphaCutoff", + /* required */ false); + ParseBooleanProperty(&material->doubleSided, err, o, "doubleSided", + /* required */ false); + + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "pbrMetallicRoughness", it)) { + ParsePbrMetallicRoughness(&material->pbrMetallicRoughness, err, + GetValue(it), + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions); + } + } + + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "normalTexture", it)) { + ParseNormalTextureInfo(&material->normalTexture, err, GetValue(it), + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions); + } + } + + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "occlusionTexture", it)) { + ParseOcclusionTextureInfo(&material->occlusionTexture, err, GetValue(it), + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions); + } + } + + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "emissiveTexture", it)) { + ParseTextureInfo(&material->emissiveTexture, err, GetValue(it), + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions); + } + } + + // Old code path. For backward compatibility, we still store material values + // as Parameter. This will create duplicated information for + // example(pbrMetallicRoughness), but should be neglible in terms of memory + // consumption. + // TODO(syoyo): Remove in the next major release. + material->values.clear(); + material->additionalValues.clear(); + + json_const_iterator it(ObjectBegin(o)); + json_const_iterator itEnd(ObjectEnd(o)); + + for (; it != itEnd; ++it) { + std::string key(GetKey(it)); + if (key == "pbrMetallicRoughness") { + if (IsObject(GetValue(it))) { + const json &values_object = GetValue(it); + + json_const_iterator itVal(ObjectBegin(values_object)); + json_const_iterator itValEnd(ObjectEnd(values_object)); + + for (; itVal != itValEnd; ++itVal) { + Parameter param; + if (ParseParameterProperty(¶m, err, values_object, GetKey(itVal), + false)) { + material->values.emplace(GetKey(itVal), std::move(param)); + } + } + } + } else if (key == "extensions" || key == "extras") { + // done later, skip, otherwise poorly parsed contents will be saved in the + // parametermap and serialized again later + } else { + Parameter param; + if (ParseParameterProperty(¶m, err, o, key, false)) { + // names of materials have already been parsed. Putting it in this map + // doesn't correctly reflext the glTF specification + if (key != "name") + material->additionalValues.emplace(std::move(key), std::move(param)); + } + } + } + + material->extensions.clear(); + ParseExtensionsProperty(&material->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(material->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator eit; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", eit)) { + material->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(eit)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator eit; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", eit)) { + material->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(eit)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseAnimationChannel( + AnimationChannel *channel, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + int samplerIndex = -1; + int targetIndex = -1; + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&samplerIndex, err, o, "sampler", true, + "AnimationChannel")) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`sampler` field is missing in animation channels\n"; + } + return false; + } + + json_const_iterator targetIt; + if (FindMember(o, "target", targetIt) && IsObject(GetValue(targetIt))) { + const json &target_object = GetValue(targetIt); + + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&targetIndex, err, target_object, "node", true)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`node` field is missing in animation.channels.target\n"; + } + return false; + } + + if (!ParseStringProperty(&channel->target_path, err, target_object, "path", + true)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`path` field is missing in animation.channels.target\n"; + } + return false; + } + ParseExtensionsProperty(&channel->target_extensions, err, target_object); + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(target_object, "extensions", it)) { + channel->target_extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + channel->sampler = samplerIndex; + channel->target_node = targetIndex; + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&channel->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(channel->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + channel->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + channel->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseAnimation(Animation *animation, std::string *err, + const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator channelsIt; + if (FindMember(o, "channels", channelsIt) && + IsArray(GetValue(channelsIt))) { + json_const_array_iterator channelEnd = ArrayEnd(GetValue(channelsIt)); + for (json_const_array_iterator i = ArrayBegin(GetValue(channelsIt)); + i != channelEnd; ++i) { + AnimationChannel channel; + if (ParseAnimationChannel( + &channel, err, *i, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions)) { + // Only add the channel if the parsing succeeds. + animation->channels.emplace_back(std::move(channel)); + } + } + } + } + + { + json_const_iterator samplerIt; + if (FindMember(o, "samplers", samplerIt) && IsArray(GetValue(samplerIt))) { + const json &sampler_array = GetValue(samplerIt); + + json_const_array_iterator it = ArrayBegin(sampler_array); + json_const_array_iterator itEnd = ArrayEnd(sampler_array); + + for (; it != itEnd; ++it) { + const json &s = *it; + + AnimationSampler sampler; + int inputIndex = -1; + int outputIndex = -1; + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&inputIndex, err, s, "input", true)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`input` field is missing in animation.sampler\n"; + } + return false; + } + ParseStringProperty(&sampler.interpolation, err, s, "interpolation", + false); + if (!ParseIntegerProperty(&outputIndex, err, s, "output", true)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`output` field is missing in animation.sampler\n"; + } + return false; + } + sampler.input = inputIndex; + sampler.output = outputIndex; + ParseExtensionsProperty(&(sampler.extensions), err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(sampler.extras), s); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator eit; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", eit)) { + sampler.extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(eit)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator eit; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", eit)) { + sampler.extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(eit)); + } + } + } + + animation->samplers.emplace_back(std::move(sampler)); + } + } + } + + ParseStringProperty(&animation->name, err, o, "name", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&animation->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(animation->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + animation->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + animation->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseSampler(Sampler *sampler, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + ParseStringProperty(&sampler->name, err, o, "name", false); + + int minFilter = -1; + int magFilter = -1; + int wrapS = TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT; + int wrapT = TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT; + // int wrapR = TINYGLTF_TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT; + ParseIntegerProperty(&minFilter, err, o, "minFilter", false); + ParseIntegerProperty(&magFilter, err, o, "magFilter", false); + ParseIntegerProperty(&wrapS, err, o, "wrapS", false); + ParseIntegerProperty(&wrapT, err, o, "wrapT", false); + // ParseIntegerProperty(&wrapR, err, o, "wrapR", false); // tinygltf + // extension + + // TODO(syoyo): Check the value is alloed one. + // (e.g. we allow 9728(NEAREST), but don't allow 9727) + + sampler->minFilter = minFilter; + sampler->magFilter = magFilter; + sampler->wrapS = wrapS; + sampler->wrapT = wrapT; + // sampler->wrapR = wrapR; + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&(sampler->extensions), err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(sampler->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + sampler->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + sampler->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseSkin(Skin *skin, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + ParseStringProperty(&skin->name, err, o, "name", false, "Skin"); + + std::vector joints; + if (!ParseIntegerArrayProperty(&joints, err, o, "joints", false, "Skin")) { + return false; + } + skin->joints = std::move(joints); + + int skeleton = -1; + ParseIntegerProperty(&skeleton, err, o, "skeleton", false, "Skin"); + skin->skeleton = skeleton; + + int invBind = -1; + ParseIntegerProperty(&invBind, err, o, "inverseBindMatrices", true, "Skin"); + skin->inverseBindMatrices = invBind; + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&(skin->extensions), err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(skin->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + skin->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + skin->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParsePerspectiveCamera( + PerspectiveCamera *camera, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + double yfov = 0.0; + if (!ParseNumberProperty(&yfov, err, o, "yfov", true, "OrthographicCamera")) { + return false; + } + + double znear = 0.0; + if (!ParseNumberProperty(&znear, err, o, "znear", true, + "PerspectiveCamera")) { + return false; + } + + double aspectRatio = 0.0; // = invalid + ParseNumberProperty(&aspectRatio, err, o, "aspectRatio", false, + "PerspectiveCamera"); + + double zfar = 0.0; // = invalid + ParseNumberProperty(&zfar, err, o, "zfar", false, "PerspectiveCamera"); + + camera->aspectRatio = aspectRatio; + camera->zfar = zfar; + camera->yfov = yfov; + camera->znear = znear; + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&camera->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(camera->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + camera->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + camera->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + // TODO(syoyo): Validate parameter values. + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseSpotLight(SpotLight *light, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + ParseNumberProperty(&light->innerConeAngle, err, o, "innerConeAngle", false); + ParseNumberProperty(&light->outerConeAngle, err, o, "outerConeAngle", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&light->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&light->extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + light->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + light->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + // TODO(syoyo): Validate parameter values. + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseOrthographicCamera( + OrthographicCamera *camera, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + double xmag = 0.0; + if (!ParseNumberProperty(&xmag, err, o, "xmag", true, "OrthographicCamera")) { + return false; + } + + double ymag = 0.0; + if (!ParseNumberProperty(&ymag, err, o, "ymag", true, "OrthographicCamera")) { + return false; + } + + double zfar = 0.0; + if (!ParseNumberProperty(&zfar, err, o, "zfar", true, "OrthographicCamera")) { + return false; + } + + double znear = 0.0; + if (!ParseNumberProperty(&znear, err, o, "znear", true, + "OrthographicCamera")) { + return false; + } + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&camera->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(camera->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + camera->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + camera->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + camera->xmag = xmag; + camera->ymag = ymag; + camera->zfar = zfar; + camera->znear = znear; + + // TODO(syoyo): Validate parameter values. + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseCamera(Camera *camera, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + if (!ParseStringProperty(&camera->type, err, o, "type", true, "Camera")) { + return false; + } + + if (camera->type.compare("orthographic") == 0) { + json_const_iterator orthoIt; + if (!FindMember(o, "orthographic", orthoIt)) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "Orhographic camera description not found." << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + const json &v = GetValue(orthoIt); + if (!IsObject(v)) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "\"orthographic\" is not a JSON object." << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + if (!ParseOrthographicCamera( + &camera->orthographic, err, v, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions)) { + return false; + } + } else if (camera->type.compare("perspective") == 0) { + json_const_iterator perspIt; + if (!FindMember(o, "perspective", perspIt)) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "Perspective camera description not found." << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + const json &v = GetValue(perspIt); + if (!IsObject(v)) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "\"perspective\" is not a JSON object." << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + if (!ParsePerspectiveCamera( + &camera->perspective, err, v, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions)) { + return false; + } + } else { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "Invalid camera type: \"" << camera->type + << "\". Must be \"perspective\" or \"orthographic\"" << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + ParseStringProperty(&camera->name, err, o, "name", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&camera->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(camera->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + camera->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + camera->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +static bool ParseLight(Light *light, std::string *err, const json &o, + bool store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + if (!ParseStringProperty(&light->type, err, o, "type", true)) { + return false; + } + + if (light->type == "spot") { + json_const_iterator spotIt; + if (!FindMember(o, "spot", spotIt)) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "Spot light description not found." << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + const json &v = GetValue(spotIt); + if (!IsObject(v)) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "\"spot\" is not a JSON object." << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + if (!ParseSpotLight(&light->spot, err, v, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions)) { + return false; + } + } + + ParseStringProperty(&light->name, err, o, "name", false); + ParseNumberArrayProperty(&light->color, err, o, "color", false); + ParseNumberProperty(&light->range, err, o, "range", false); + ParseNumberProperty(&light->intensity, err, o, "intensity", false); + ParseExtensionsProperty(&light->extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&(light->extras), o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + light->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + light->extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool TinyGLTF::LoadFromString(Model *model, std::string *err, std::string *warn, + const char *json_str, + unsigned int json_str_length, + const std::string &base_dir, + unsigned int check_sections) { + if (json_str_length < 4) { + if (err) { + (*err) = "JSON string too short.\n"; + } + return false; + } + + JsonDocument v; + +#if (defined(__cpp_exceptions) || defined(__EXCEPTIONS) || \ + defined(_CPPUNWIND)) && \ + !defined(TINYGLTF_NOEXCEPTION) + try { + JsonParse(v, json_str, json_str_length, true); + + } catch (const std::exception &e) { + if (err) { + (*err) = e.what(); + } + return false; + } +#else + { + JsonParse(v, json_str, json_str_length); + + if (!IsObject(v)) { + // Assume parsing was failed. + if (err) { + (*err) = "Failed to parse JSON object\n"; + } + return false; + } + } +#endif + + if (!IsObject(v)) { + // root is not an object. + if (err) { + (*err) = "Root element is not a JSON object\n"; + } + return false; + } + + { + bool version_found = false; + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(v, "asset", it) && IsObject(GetValue(it))) { + auto &itObj = GetValue(it); + json_const_iterator version_it; + std::string versionStr; + if (FindMember(itObj, "version", version_it) && + GetString(GetValue(version_it), versionStr)) { + version_found = true; + } + } + if (version_found) { + // OK + } else if (check_sections & REQUIRE_VERSION) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "\"asset\" object not found in .gltf or not an object type\n"; + } + return false; + } + } + + // scene is not mandatory. + // FIXME Maybe a better way to handle it than removing the code + + auto IsArrayMemberPresent = [](const json &_v, const char *name) -> bool { + json_const_iterator it; + return FindMember(_v, name, it) && IsArray(GetValue(it)); + }; + + { + if ((check_sections & REQUIRE_SCENES) && + !IsArrayMemberPresent(v, "scenes")) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "\"scenes\" object not found in .gltf or not an array type\n"; + } + return false; + } + } + + { + if ((check_sections & REQUIRE_NODES) && !IsArrayMemberPresent(v, "nodes")) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "\"nodes\" object not found in .gltf\n"; + } + return false; + } + } + + { + if ((check_sections & REQUIRE_ACCESSORS) && + !IsArrayMemberPresent(v, "accessors")) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "\"accessors\" object not found in .gltf\n"; + } + return false; + } + } + + { + if ((check_sections & REQUIRE_BUFFERS) && + !IsArrayMemberPresent(v, "buffers")) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "\"buffers\" object not found in .gltf\n"; + } + return false; + } + } + + { + if ((check_sections & REQUIRE_BUFFER_VIEWS) && + !IsArrayMemberPresent(v, "bufferViews")) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "\"bufferViews\" object not found in .gltf\n"; + } + return false; + } + } + + model->buffers.clear(); + model->bufferViews.clear(); + model->accessors.clear(); + model->meshes.clear(); + model->cameras.clear(); + model->nodes.clear(); + model->extensionsUsed.clear(); + model->extensionsRequired.clear(); + model->extensions.clear(); + model->defaultScene = -1; + + // 1. Parse Asset + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(v, "asset", it) && IsObject(GetValue(it))) { + const json &root = GetValue(it); + + ParseAsset(&model->asset, err, root, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_); + } + } + +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_CPP14 + auto ForEachInArray = [](const json &_v, const char *member, + const auto &cb) -> bool +#else + // The std::function<> implementation can be less efficient because it will + // allocate heap when the size of the captured lambda is above 16 bytes with + // clang and gcc, but it does not require C++14. + auto ForEachInArray = [](const json &_v, const char *member, + const std::function &cb) -> bool +#endif + { + json_const_iterator itm; + if (FindMember(_v, member, itm) && IsArray(GetValue(itm))) { + const json &root = GetValue(itm); + auto it = ArrayBegin(root); + auto end = ArrayEnd(root); + for (; it != end; ++it) { + if (!cb(*it)) return false; + } + } + return true; + }; + + // 2. Parse extensionUsed + { + ForEachInArray(v, "extensionsUsed", [&](const json &o) { + std::string str; + GetString(o, str); + model->extensionsUsed.emplace_back(std::move(str)); + return true; + }); + } + + { + ForEachInArray(v, "extensionsRequired", [&](const json &o) { + std::string str; + GetString(o, str); + model->extensionsRequired.emplace_back(std::move(str)); + return true; + }); + } + + // 3. Parse Buffer + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "buffers", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`buffers' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Buffer buffer; + if (!ParseBuffer(&buffer, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_, &fs, + base_dir, is_binary_, bin_data_, bin_size_)) { + return false; + } + + model->buffers.emplace_back(std::move(buffer)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + // 4. Parse BufferView + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "bufferViews", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`bufferViews' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + BufferView bufferView; + if (!ParseBufferView(&bufferView, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + + model->bufferViews.emplace_back(std::move(bufferView)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 5. Parse Accessor + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "accessors", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`accessors' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Accessor accessor; + if (!ParseAccessor(&accessor, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + + model->accessors.emplace_back(std::move(accessor)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 6. Parse Mesh + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "meshes", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`meshes' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Mesh mesh; + if (!ParseMesh(&mesh, model, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + + model->meshes.emplace_back(std::move(mesh)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // Assign missing bufferView target types + // - Look for missing Mesh indices + // - Look for missing Mesh attributes + for (auto &mesh : model->meshes) { + for (auto &primitive : mesh.primitives) { + if (primitive.indices > + -1) // has indices from parsing step, must be Element Array Buffer + { + if (size_t(primitive.indices) >= model->accessors.size()) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "primitive indices accessor out of bounds"; + } + return false; + } + + auto bufferView = + model->accessors[size_t(primitive.indices)].bufferView; + if (bufferView < 0 || size_t(bufferView) >= model->bufferViews.size()) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "accessor[" + std::to_string(primitive.indices) + + "] invalid bufferView"; + } + return false; + } + + model->bufferViews[size_t(bufferView)].target = + TINYGLTF_TARGET_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER; + // we could optionally check if acessors' bufferView type is Scalar, as + // it should be + } + + for (auto &attribute : primitive.attributes) { + const auto accessorsIndex = size_t(attribute.second); + if (accessorsIndex < model->accessors.size()) { + const auto bufferView = model->accessors[accessorsIndex].bufferView; + // bufferView could be null(-1) for sparse morph target + if (bufferView >= 0 && bufferView < model->bufferViews.size()) { + model->bufferViews[size_t(bufferView)].target = + TINYGLTF_TARGET_ARRAY_BUFFER; + } + } + } + + for (auto &target : primitive.targets) { + for (auto &attribute : target) { + const auto accessorsIndex = size_t(attribute.second); + if (accessorsIndex < model->accessors.size()) { + const auto bufferView = model->accessors[accessorsIndex].bufferView; + // bufferView could be null(-1) for sparse morph target + if (bufferView >= 0 && bufferView < model->bufferViews.size()) { + model->bufferViews[size_t(bufferView)].target = + TINYGLTF_TARGET_ARRAY_BUFFER; + } + } + } + } + } + } + + // 7. Parse Node + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "nodes", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`nodes' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Node node; + if (!ParseNode(&node, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + + model->nodes.emplace_back(std::move(node)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 8. Parse scenes. + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "scenes", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`scenes' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + std::vector nodes; + ParseIntegerArrayProperty(&nodes, err, o, "nodes", false); + + Scene scene; + scene.nodes = std::move(nodes); + + ParseStringProperty(&scene.name, err, o, "name", false); + + ParseExtensionsProperty(&scene.extensions, err, o); + ParseExtrasProperty(&scene.extras, o); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_) { + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + scene.extensions_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extras", it)) { + scene.extras_json_string = JsonToString(GetValue(it)); + } + } + } + + model->scenes.emplace_back(std::move(scene)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 9. Parse default scenes. + { + json_const_iterator rootIt; + int iVal; + if (FindMember(v, "scene", rootIt) && GetInt(GetValue(rootIt), iVal)) { + model->defaultScene = iVal; + } + } + + // 10. Parse Material + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "materials", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`materials' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Material material; + ParseStringProperty(&material.name, err, o, "name", false); + + if (!ParseMaterial(&material, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + + model->materials.emplace_back(std::move(material)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 11. Parse Image + void *load_image_user_data{nullptr}; + + LoadImageDataOption load_image_option; + + if (user_image_loader_) { + // Use user supplied pointer + load_image_user_data = load_image_user_data_; + } else { + load_image_option.preserve_channels = preserve_image_channels_; + load_image_user_data = reinterpret_cast(&load_image_option); + } + + { + int idx = 0; + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "images", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "image[" + std::to_string(idx) + "] is not a JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Image image; + if (!ParseImage(&image, idx, err, warn, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_, base_dir, + &fs, &this->LoadImageData, load_image_user_data)) { + return false; + } + + if (image.bufferView != -1) { + // Load image from the buffer view. + if (size_t(image.bufferView) >= model->bufferViews.size()) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "image[" << idx << "] bufferView \"" << image.bufferView + << "\" not found in the scene." << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + const BufferView &bufferView = + model->bufferViews[size_t(image.bufferView)]; + if (size_t(bufferView.buffer) >= model->buffers.size()) { + if (err) { + std::stringstream ss; + ss << "image[" << idx << "] buffer \"" << bufferView.buffer + << "\" not found in the scene." << std::endl; + (*err) += ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + const Buffer &buffer = model->buffers[size_t(bufferView.buffer)]; + + if (*LoadImageData == nullptr) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "No LoadImageData callback specified.\n"; + } + return false; + } + bool ret = LoadImageData( + &image, idx, err, warn, image.width, image.height, + &buffer.data[bufferView.byteOffset], + static_cast(bufferView.byteLength), load_image_user_data); + if (!ret) { + return false; + } + } + + model->images.emplace_back(std::move(image)); + ++idx; + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 12. Parse Texture + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "textures", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`textures' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Texture texture; + if (!ParseTexture(&texture, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_, + base_dir)) { + return false; + } + + model->textures.emplace_back(std::move(texture)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 13. Parse Animation + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "animations", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`animations' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Animation animation; + if (!ParseAnimation(&animation, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + + model->animations.emplace_back(std::move(animation)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 14. Parse Skin + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "skins", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`skins' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Skin skin; + if (!ParseSkin(&skin, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + + model->skins.emplace_back(std::move(skin)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 15. Parse Sampler + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "samplers", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`samplers' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Sampler sampler; + if (!ParseSampler(&sampler, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + + model->samplers.emplace_back(std::move(sampler)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 16. Parse Camera + { + bool success = ForEachInArray(v, "cameras", [&](const json &o) { + if (!IsObject(o)) { + if (err) { + (*err) += "`cameras' does not contain an JSON object."; + } + return false; + } + Camera camera; + if (!ParseCamera(&camera, err, o, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + + model->cameras.emplace_back(std::move(camera)); + return true; + }); + + if (!success) { + return false; + } + } + + // 17. Parse Extensions + ParseExtensionsProperty(&model->extensions, err, v); + + // 18. Specific extension implementations + { + json_const_iterator rootIt; + if (FindMember(v, "extensions", rootIt) && IsObject(GetValue(rootIt))) { + const json &root = GetValue(rootIt); + + json_const_iterator it(ObjectBegin(root)); + json_const_iterator itEnd(ObjectEnd(root)); + for (; it != itEnd; ++it) { + // parse KHR_lights_punctual extension + std::string key(GetKey(it)); + if ((key == "KHR_lights_punctual") && IsObject(GetValue(it))) { + const json &object = GetValue(it); + json_const_iterator itLight; + if (FindMember(object, "lights", itLight)) { + const json &lights = GetValue(itLight); + if (!IsArray(lights)) { + continue; + } + + auto arrayIt(ArrayBegin(lights)); + auto arrayItEnd(ArrayEnd(lights)); + for (; arrayIt != arrayItEnd; ++arrayIt) { + Light light; + if (!ParseLight(&light, err, *arrayIt, + store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_)) { + return false; + } + model->lights.emplace_back(std::move(light)); + } + } + } + } + } + } + + // 19. Parse Extras + ParseExtrasProperty(&model->extras, v); + + if (store_original_json_for_extras_and_extensions_) { + model->extras_json_string = JsonToString(v["extras"]); + model->extensions_json_string = JsonToString(v["extensions"]); + } + + return true; +} + +bool TinyGLTF::LoadASCIIFromString(Model *model, std::string *err, + std::string *warn, const char *str, + unsigned int length, + const std::string &base_dir, + unsigned int check_sections) { + is_binary_ = false; + bin_data_ = nullptr; + bin_size_ = 0; + + return LoadFromString(model, err, warn, str, length, base_dir, + check_sections); +} + +bool TinyGLTF::LoadASCIIFromFile(Model *model, std::string *err, + std::string *warn, const std::string &filename, + unsigned int check_sections) { + std::stringstream ss; + + if (fs.ReadWholeFile == nullptr) { + // Programmer error, assert() ? + ss << "Failed to read file: " << filename + << ": one or more FS callback not set" << std::endl; + if (err) { + (*err) = ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + std::vector data; + std::string fileerr; + bool fileread = fs.ReadWholeFile(&data, &fileerr, filename, fs.user_data); + if (!fileread) { + ss << "Failed to read file: " << filename << ": " << fileerr << std::endl; + if (err) { + (*err) = ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + size_t sz = data.size(); + if (sz == 0) { + if (err) { + (*err) = "Empty file."; + } + return false; + } + + std::string basedir = GetBaseDir(filename); + + bool ret = LoadASCIIFromString( + model, err, warn, reinterpret_cast(&data.at(0)), + static_cast(data.size()), basedir, check_sections); + + return ret; +} + +bool TinyGLTF::LoadBinaryFromMemory(Model *model, std::string *err, + std::string *warn, + const unsigned char *bytes, + unsigned int size, + const std::string &base_dir, + unsigned int check_sections) { + if (size < 20) { + if (err) { + (*err) = "Too short data size for glTF Binary."; + } + return false; + } + + if (bytes[0] == 'g' && bytes[1] == 'l' && bytes[2] == 'T' && + bytes[3] == 'F') { + // ok + } else { + if (err) { + (*err) = "Invalid magic."; + } + return false; + } + + unsigned int version; // 4 bytes + unsigned int length; // 4 bytes + unsigned int chunk0_length; // 4 bytes + unsigned int chunk0_format; // 4 bytes; + + memcpy(&version, bytes + 4, 4); + swap4(&version); + memcpy(&length, bytes + 8, 4); + swap4(&length); + memcpy(&chunk0_length, bytes + 12, 4); // JSON data length + swap4(&chunk0_length); + memcpy(&chunk0_format, bytes + 16, 4); + swap4(&chunk0_format); + + // https://registry.khronos.org/glTF/specs/2.0/glTF-2.0.html#binary-gltf-layout + // + // In case the Bin buffer is not present, the size is exactly 20 + size of + // JSON contents, + // so use "greater than" operator. + // + // https://github.com/syoyo/tinygltf/issues/372 + // Use 64bit uint to avoid integer overflow. + uint64_t header_and_json_size = 20ull + uint64_t(chunk0_length); + + if (header_and_json_size > std::numeric_limits::max()) { + // Do not allow 4GB or more GLB data. + (*err) = "Invalid glTF binary. GLB data exceeds 4GB."; + } + + if ((header_and_json_size > uint64_t(size)) || (chunk0_length < 1) || (length > size) || + (header_and_json_size > uint64_t(length)) || + (chunk0_format != 0x4E4F534A)) { // 0x4E4F534A = JSON format. + if (err) { + (*err) = "Invalid glTF binary."; + } + return false; + } + + // Padding check + // The start and the end of each chunk must be aligned to a 4-byte boundary. + // No padding check for chunk0 start since its 4byte-boundary is ensured. + if ((header_and_json_size % 4) != 0) { + if (err) { + (*err) = "JSON Chunk end does not aligned to a 4-byte boundary."; + } + } + + //std::cout << "header_and_json_size = " << header_and_json_size << "\n"; + //std::cout << "length = " << length << "\n"; + + // Chunk1(BIN) data + // The spec says: When the binary buffer is empty or when it is stored by other means, this chunk SHOULD be omitted. + // So when header + JSON data == binary size, Chunk1 is omitted. + if (header_and_json_size == uint64_t(length)) { + + bin_data_ = nullptr; + bin_size_ = 0; + } else { + // Read Chunk1 info(BIN data) + // At least Chunk1 should have 12 bytes(8 bytes(header) + 4 bytes(bin payload could be 1~3 bytes, but need to be aliged to 4 bytes) + if ((header_and_json_size + 12ull) > uint64_t(length)) { + if (err) { + (*err) = "Insufficient storage space for Chunk1(BIN data). At least Chunk1 Must have 4 bytes or more bytes, but got " + std::to_string((header_and_json_size + 12ull) - uint64_t(length)) + ".\n"; + } + return false; + } + + unsigned int chunk1_length; // 4 bytes + unsigned int chunk1_format; // 4 bytes; + memcpy(&chunk1_length, bytes + header_and_json_size, 4); // JSON data length + swap4(&chunk1_length); + memcpy(&chunk1_format, bytes + header_and_json_size + 4, 4); + swap4(&chunk1_format); + + //std::cout << "chunk1_length = " << chunk1_length << "\n"; + + if (chunk1_length < 4) { + if (err) { + (*err) = "Insufficient Chunk1(BIN) data size."; + } + return false; + } + + if ((chunk1_length % 4) != 0) { + if (err) { + (*err) = "BIN Chunk end does not aligned to a 4-byte boundary."; + } + return false; + } + + if (uint64_t(chunk1_length) + header_and_json_size > uint64_t(length)) { + if (err) { + (*err) = "BIN Chunk data length exceeds the GLB size."; + } + return false; + } + + if (chunk1_format != 0x004e4942) { + if (err) { + (*err) = "Invlid type for chunk1 data."; + } + return false; + } + + //std::cout << "chunk1_length = " << chunk1_length << "\n"; + + bin_data_ = bytes + header_and_json_size + + 8; // 4 bytes (bin_buffer_length) + 4 bytes(bin_buffer_format) + + bin_size_ = size_t(chunk1_length); + } + + // Extract JSON string. + std::string jsonString(reinterpret_cast(&bytes[20]), + chunk0_length); + + is_binary_ = true; + + bool ret = LoadFromString(model, err, warn, + reinterpret_cast(&bytes[20]), + chunk0_length, base_dir, check_sections); + if (!ret) { + return ret; + } + + return true; +} + +bool TinyGLTF::LoadBinaryFromFile(Model *model, std::string *err, + std::string *warn, + const std::string &filename, + unsigned int check_sections) { + std::stringstream ss; + + if (fs.ReadWholeFile == nullptr) { + // Programmer error, assert() ? + ss << "Failed to read file: " << filename + << ": one or more FS callback not set" << std::endl; + if (err) { + (*err) = ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + std::vector data; + std::string fileerr; + bool fileread = fs.ReadWholeFile(&data, &fileerr, filename, fs.user_data); + if (!fileread) { + ss << "Failed to read file: " << filename << ": " << fileerr << std::endl; + if (err) { + (*err) = ss.str(); + } + return false; + } + + std::string basedir = GetBaseDir(filename); + + bool ret = LoadBinaryFromMemory(model, err, warn, &data.at(0), + static_cast(data.size()), + basedir, check_sections); + + return ret; +} + +/////////////////////// +// GLTF Serialization +/////////////////////// +namespace { +json JsonFromString(const char *s) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return json(s, GetAllocator()); +#else + return json(s); +#endif +} + +void JsonAssign(json &dest, const json &src) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + dest.CopyFrom(src, GetAllocator()); +#else + dest = src; +#endif +} + +void JsonAddMember(json &o, const char *key, json &&value) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + if (!o.IsObject()) { + o.SetObject(); + } + o.AddMember(json(key, GetAllocator()), std::move(value), GetAllocator()); +#else + o[key] = std::move(value); +#endif +} + +void JsonPushBack(json &o, json &&value) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + o.PushBack(std::move(value), GetAllocator()); +#else + o.push_back(std::move(value)); +#endif +} + +bool JsonIsNull(const json &o) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + return o.IsNull(); +#else + return o.is_null(); +#endif +} + +void JsonSetObject(json &o) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + o.SetObject(); +#else + o = o.object({}); +#endif +} + +void JsonReserveArray(json &o, size_t s) { +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + o.SetArray(); + o.Reserve(static_cast(s), GetAllocator()); +#endif + (void)(o); + (void)(s); +} +} // namespace + +// typedef std::pair json_object_pair; + +template +static void SerializeNumberProperty(const std::string &key, T number, + json &obj) { + // obj.insert( + // json_object_pair(key, json(static_cast(number)))); + // obj[key] = static_cast(number); + JsonAddMember(obj, key.c_str(), json(number)); +} + +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON +template <> +void SerializeNumberProperty(const std::string &key, size_t number, json &obj) { + JsonAddMember(obj, key.c_str(), json(static_cast(number))); +} +#endif + +template +static void SerializeNumberArrayProperty(const std::string &key, + const std::vector &value, + json &obj) { + if (value.empty()) return; + + json ary; + JsonReserveArray(ary, value.size()); + for (const auto &s : value) { + JsonPushBack(ary, json(s)); + } + JsonAddMember(obj, key.c_str(), std::move(ary)); +} + +static void SerializeStringProperty(const std::string &key, + const std::string &value, json &obj) { + JsonAddMember(obj, key.c_str(), JsonFromString(value.c_str())); +} + +static void SerializeStringArrayProperty(const std::string &key, + const std::vector &value, + json &obj) { + json ary; + JsonReserveArray(ary, value.size()); + for (auto &s : value) { + JsonPushBack(ary, JsonFromString(s.c_str())); + } + JsonAddMember(obj, key.c_str(), std::move(ary)); +} + +static bool ValueToJson(const Value &value, json *ret) { + json obj; +#ifdef TINYGLTF_USE_RAPIDJSON + switch (value.Type()) { + case REAL_TYPE: + obj.SetDouble(value.Get()); + break; + case INT_TYPE: + obj.SetInt(value.Get()); + break; + case BOOL_TYPE: + obj.SetBool(value.Get()); + break; + case STRING_TYPE: + obj.SetString(value.Get().c_str(), GetAllocator()); + break; + case ARRAY_TYPE: { + obj.SetArray(); + obj.Reserve(static_cast(value.ArrayLen()), + GetAllocator()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < value.ArrayLen(); ++i) { + Value elementValue = value.Get(int(i)); + json elementJson; + if (ValueToJson(value.Get(int(i)), &elementJson)) + obj.PushBack(std::move(elementJson), GetAllocator()); + } + break; + } + case BINARY_TYPE: + // TODO + // obj = json(value.Get>()); + return false; + break; + case OBJECT_TYPE: { + obj.SetObject(); + Value::Object objMap = value.Get(); + for (auto &it : objMap) { + json elementJson; + if (ValueToJson(it.second, &elementJson)) { + obj.AddMember(json(it.first.c_str(), GetAllocator()), + std::move(elementJson), GetAllocator()); + } + } + break; + } + case NULL_TYPE: + default: + return false; + } +#else + switch (value.Type()) { + case REAL_TYPE: + obj = json(value.Get()); + break; + case INT_TYPE: + obj = json(value.Get()); + break; + case BOOL_TYPE: + obj = json(value.Get()); + break; + case STRING_TYPE: + obj = json(value.Get()); + break; + case ARRAY_TYPE: { + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < value.ArrayLen(); ++i) { + Value elementValue = value.Get(int(i)); + json elementJson; + if (ValueToJson(value.Get(int(i)), &elementJson)) + obj.push_back(elementJson); + } + break; + } + case BINARY_TYPE: + // TODO + // obj = json(value.Get>()); + return false; + break; + case OBJECT_TYPE: { + Value::Object objMap = value.Get(); + for (auto &it : objMap) { + json elementJson; + if (ValueToJson(it.second, &elementJson)) obj[it.first] = elementJson; + } + break; + } + case NULL_TYPE: + default: + return false; + } +#endif + if (ret) *ret = std::move(obj); + return true; +} + +static void SerializeValue(const std::string &key, const Value &value, + json &obj) { + json ret; + if (ValueToJson(value, &ret)) { + JsonAddMember(obj, key.c_str(), std::move(ret)); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfBufferData(const std::vector &data, + json &o) { + std::string header = "data:application/octet-stream;base64,"; + if (data.size() > 0) { + std::string encodedData = + base64_encode(&data[0], static_cast(data.size())); + SerializeStringProperty("uri", header + encodedData, o); + } else { + // Issue #229 + // size 0 is allowd. Just emit mime header. + SerializeStringProperty("uri", header, o); + } +} + +static bool SerializeGltfBufferData(const std::vector &data, + const std::string &binFilename) { +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if defined(__GLIBCXX__) // mingw + int file_descriptor = _wopen(UTF8ToWchar(binFilename).c_str(), + _O_CREAT | _O_WRONLY | _O_TRUNC | _O_BINARY); + __gnu_cxx::stdio_filebuf wfile_buf( + file_descriptor, std::ios_base::out | std::ios_base::binary); + std::ostream output(&wfile_buf); + if (!wfile_buf.is_open()) return false; +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + std::ofstream output(UTF8ToWchar(binFilename).c_str(), std::ofstream::binary); + if (!output.is_open()) return false; +#else + std::ofstream output(binFilename.c_str(), std::ofstream::binary); + if (!output.is_open()) return false; +#endif +#else + std::ofstream output(binFilename.c_str(), std::ofstream::binary); + if (!output.is_open()) return false; +#endif + if (data.size() > 0) { + output.write(reinterpret_cast(&data[0]), + std::streamsize(data.size())); + } else { + // Issue #229 + // size 0 will be still valid buffer data. + // write empty file. + } + return true; +} + +#if 0 // FIXME(syoyo): not used. will be removed in the future release. +static void SerializeParameterMap(ParameterMap ¶m, json &o) { + for (ParameterMap::iterator paramIt = param.begin(); paramIt != param.end(); + ++paramIt) { + if (paramIt->second.number_array.size()) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty(paramIt->first, + paramIt->second.number_array, o); + } else if (paramIt->second.json_double_value.size()) { + json json_double_value; + for (std::map::iterator it = + paramIt->second.json_double_value.begin(); + it != paramIt->second.json_double_value.end(); ++it) { + if (it->first == "index") { + json_double_value[it->first] = paramIt->second.TextureIndex(); + } else { + json_double_value[it->first] = it->second; + } + } + + o[paramIt->first] = json_double_value; + } else if (!paramIt->second.string_value.empty()) { + SerializeStringProperty(paramIt->first, paramIt->second.string_value, o); + } else if (paramIt->second.has_number_value) { + o[paramIt->first] = paramIt->second.number_value; + } else { + o[paramIt->first] = paramIt->second.bool_value; + } + } +} +#endif + +static void SerializeExtensionMap(const ExtensionMap &extensions, json &o) { + if (!extensions.size()) return; + + json extMap; + for (ExtensionMap::const_iterator extIt = extensions.begin(); + extIt != extensions.end(); ++extIt) { + // Allow an empty object for extension(#97) + json ret; + bool isNull = true; + if (ValueToJson(extIt->second, &ret)) { + isNull = JsonIsNull(ret); + JsonAddMember(extMap, extIt->first.c_str(), std::move(ret)); + } + if (isNull) { + if (!(extIt->first.empty())) { // name should not be empty, but for sure + // create empty object so that an extension name is still included in + // json. + json empty; + JsonSetObject(empty); + JsonAddMember(extMap, extIt->first.c_str(), std::move(empty)); + } + } + } + JsonAddMember(o, "extensions", std::move(extMap)); +} + +static void SerializeGltfAccessor(Accessor &accessor, json &o) { + if (accessor.bufferView >= 0) + SerializeNumberProperty("bufferView", accessor.bufferView, o); + + if (accessor.byteOffset != 0) + SerializeNumberProperty("byteOffset", int(accessor.byteOffset), o); + + SerializeNumberProperty("componentType", accessor.componentType, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("count", accessor.count, o); + + if ((accessor.componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_FLOAT) || + (accessor.componentType == TINYGLTF_COMPONENT_TYPE_DOUBLE)) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("min", accessor.minValues, o); + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("max", accessor.maxValues, o); + } else { + // Issue #301. Serialize as integer. + // Assume int value is within [-2**31-1, 2**31-1] + { + std::vector values; + std::transform(accessor.minValues.begin(), accessor.minValues.end(), + std::back_inserter(values), + [](double v) { return static_cast(v); }); + + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("min", values, o); + } + + { + std::vector values; + std::transform(accessor.maxValues.begin(), accessor.maxValues.end(), + std::back_inserter(values), + [](double v) { return static_cast(v); }); + + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("max", values, o); + } + } + + if (accessor.normalized) + SerializeValue("normalized", Value(accessor.normalized), o); + std::string type; + switch (accessor.type) { + case TINYGLTF_TYPE_SCALAR: + type = "SCALAR"; + break; + case TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC2: + type = "VEC2"; + break; + case TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC3: + type = "VEC3"; + break; + case TINYGLTF_TYPE_VEC4: + type = "VEC4"; + break; + case TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT2: + type = "MAT2"; + break; + case TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT3: + type = "MAT3"; + break; + case TINYGLTF_TYPE_MAT4: + type = "MAT4"; + break; + } + + SerializeStringProperty("type", type, o); + if (!accessor.name.empty()) SerializeStringProperty("name", accessor.name, o); + + if (accessor.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", accessor.extras, o); + } + + // sparse + if (accessor.sparse.isSparse) + { + json sparse; + SerializeNumberProperty("count", accessor.sparse.count, sparse); + { + json indices; + SerializeNumberProperty("bufferView", accessor.sparse.indices.bufferView, indices); + SerializeNumberProperty("byteOffset", accessor.sparse.indices.byteOffset, indices); + SerializeNumberProperty("componentType", accessor.sparse.indices.componentType, indices); + JsonAddMember(sparse, "indices", std::move(indices)); + } + { + json values; + SerializeNumberProperty("bufferView", accessor.sparse.values.bufferView, values); + SerializeNumberProperty("byteOffset", accessor.sparse.values.byteOffset, values); + JsonAddMember(sparse, "values", std::move(values)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "sparse", std::move(sparse)); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfAnimationChannel(AnimationChannel &channel, json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("sampler", channel.sampler, o); + { + json target; + SerializeNumberProperty("node", channel.target_node, target); + SerializeStringProperty("path", channel.target_path, target); + + SerializeExtensionMap(channel.target_extensions, target); + + JsonAddMember(o, "target", std::move(target)); + } + + if (channel.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", channel.extras, o); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(channel.extensions, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfAnimationSampler(AnimationSampler &sampler, json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("input", sampler.input, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("output", sampler.output, o); + SerializeStringProperty("interpolation", sampler.interpolation, o); + + if (sampler.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", sampler.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfAnimation(Animation &animation, json &o) { + if (!animation.name.empty()) + SerializeStringProperty("name", animation.name, o); + + { + json channels; + JsonReserveArray(channels, animation.channels.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < animation.channels.size(); ++i) { + json channel; + AnimationChannel gltfChannel = animation.channels[i]; + SerializeGltfAnimationChannel(gltfChannel, channel); + JsonPushBack(channels, std::move(channel)); + } + + JsonAddMember(o, "channels", std::move(channels)); + } + + { + json samplers; + JsonReserveArray(samplers, animation.samplers.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < animation.samplers.size(); ++i) { + json sampler; + AnimationSampler gltfSampler = animation.samplers[i]; + SerializeGltfAnimationSampler(gltfSampler, sampler); + JsonPushBack(samplers, std::move(sampler)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "samplers", std::move(samplers)); + } + + if (animation.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", animation.extras, o); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(animation.extensions, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfAsset(Asset &asset, json &o) { + if (!asset.generator.empty()) { + SerializeStringProperty("generator", asset.generator, o); + } + + if (!asset.copyright.empty()) { + SerializeStringProperty("copyright", asset.copyright, o); + } + + if (asset.version.empty()) { + // Just in case + // `version` must be defined + asset.version = "2.0"; + } + + // TODO(syoyo): Do we need to check if `version` is greater or equal to 2.0? + SerializeStringProperty("version", asset.version, o); + + if (asset.extras.Keys().size()) { + SerializeValue("extras", asset.extras, o); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(asset.extensions, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfBufferBin(Buffer &buffer, json &o, + std::vector &binBuffer) { + SerializeNumberProperty("byteLength", buffer.data.size(), o); + binBuffer = buffer.data; + + if (buffer.name.size()) SerializeStringProperty("name", buffer.name, o); + + if (buffer.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", buffer.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfBuffer(Buffer &buffer, json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("byteLength", buffer.data.size(), o); + SerializeGltfBufferData(buffer.data, o); + + if (buffer.name.size()) SerializeStringProperty("name", buffer.name, o); + + if (buffer.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", buffer.extras, o); + } +} + +static bool SerializeGltfBuffer(Buffer &buffer, json &o, + const std::string &binFilename, + const std::string &binBaseFilename) { + if (!SerializeGltfBufferData(buffer.data, binFilename)) return false; + SerializeNumberProperty("byteLength", buffer.data.size(), o); + SerializeStringProperty("uri", binBaseFilename, o); + + if (buffer.name.size()) SerializeStringProperty("name", buffer.name, o); + + if (buffer.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", buffer.extras, o); + } + return true; +} + +static void SerializeGltfBufferView(BufferView &bufferView, json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("buffer", bufferView.buffer, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("byteLength", bufferView.byteLength, o); + + // byteStride is optional, minimum allowed is 4 + if (bufferView.byteStride >= 4) { + SerializeNumberProperty("byteStride", bufferView.byteStride, o); + } + // byteOffset is optional, default is 0 + if (bufferView.byteOffset > 0) { + SerializeNumberProperty("byteOffset", bufferView.byteOffset, o); + } + // Target is optional, check if it contains a valid value + if (bufferView.target == TINYGLTF_TARGET_ARRAY_BUFFER || + bufferView.target == TINYGLTF_TARGET_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER) { + SerializeNumberProperty("target", bufferView.target, o); + } + if (bufferView.name.size()) { + SerializeStringProperty("name", bufferView.name, o); + } + + if (bufferView.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", bufferView.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfImage(Image &image, json &o) { + // if uri empty, the mimeType and bufferview should be set + if (image.uri.empty()) { + SerializeStringProperty("mimeType", image.mimeType, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("bufferView", image.bufferView, o); + } else { + // TODO(syoyo): dlib::urilencode? + SerializeStringProperty("uri", image.uri, o); + } + + if (image.name.size()) { + SerializeStringProperty("name", image.name, o); + } + + if (image.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", image.extras, o); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(image.extensions, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfTextureInfo(TextureInfo &texinfo, json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("index", texinfo.index, o); + + if (texinfo.texCoord != 0) { + SerializeNumberProperty("texCoord", texinfo.texCoord, o); + } + + if (texinfo.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", texinfo.extras, o); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(texinfo.extensions, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfNormalTextureInfo(NormalTextureInfo &texinfo, + json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("index", texinfo.index, o); + + if (texinfo.texCoord != 0) { + SerializeNumberProperty("texCoord", texinfo.texCoord, o); + } + + if (!TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(texinfo.scale, 1.0)) { + SerializeNumberProperty("scale", texinfo.scale, o); + } + + if (texinfo.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", texinfo.extras, o); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(texinfo.extensions, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfOcclusionTextureInfo(OcclusionTextureInfo &texinfo, + json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("index", texinfo.index, o); + + if (texinfo.texCoord != 0) { + SerializeNumberProperty("texCoord", texinfo.texCoord, o); + } + + if (!TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(texinfo.strength, 1.0)) { + SerializeNumberProperty("strength", texinfo.strength, o); + } + + if (texinfo.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", texinfo.extras, o); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(texinfo.extensions, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfPbrMetallicRoughness(PbrMetallicRoughness &pbr, + json &o) { + std::vector default_baseColorFactor = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}; + if (!Equals(pbr.baseColorFactor, default_baseColorFactor)) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("baseColorFactor", pbr.baseColorFactor, + o); + } + + if (!TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(pbr.metallicFactor, 1.0)) { + SerializeNumberProperty("metallicFactor", pbr.metallicFactor, o); + } + + if (!TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(pbr.roughnessFactor, 1.0)) { + SerializeNumberProperty("roughnessFactor", pbr.roughnessFactor, o); + } + + if (pbr.baseColorTexture.index > -1) { + json texinfo; + SerializeGltfTextureInfo(pbr.baseColorTexture, texinfo); + JsonAddMember(o, "baseColorTexture", std::move(texinfo)); + } + + if (pbr.metallicRoughnessTexture.index > -1) { + json texinfo; + SerializeGltfTextureInfo(pbr.metallicRoughnessTexture, texinfo); + JsonAddMember(o, "metallicRoughnessTexture", std::move(texinfo)); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(pbr.extensions, o); + + if (pbr.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", pbr.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfMaterial(Material &material, json &o) { + if (material.name.size()) { + SerializeStringProperty("name", material.name, o); + } + + // QUESTION(syoyo): Write material parameters regardless of its default value? + + if (!TINYGLTF_DOUBLE_EQUAL(material.alphaCutoff, 0.5)) { + SerializeNumberProperty("alphaCutoff", material.alphaCutoff, o); + } + + if (material.alphaMode.compare("OPAQUE") != 0) { + SerializeStringProperty("alphaMode", material.alphaMode, o); + } + + if (material.doubleSided != false) + JsonAddMember(o, "doubleSided", json(material.doubleSided)); + + if (material.normalTexture.index > -1) { + json texinfo; + SerializeGltfNormalTextureInfo(material.normalTexture, texinfo); + JsonAddMember(o, "normalTexture", std::move(texinfo)); + } + + if (material.occlusionTexture.index > -1) { + json texinfo; + SerializeGltfOcclusionTextureInfo(material.occlusionTexture, texinfo); + JsonAddMember(o, "occlusionTexture", std::move(texinfo)); + } + + if (material.emissiveTexture.index > -1) { + json texinfo; + SerializeGltfTextureInfo(material.emissiveTexture, texinfo); + JsonAddMember(o, "emissiveTexture", std::move(texinfo)); + } + + std::vector default_emissiveFactor = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0}; + if (!Equals(material.emissiveFactor, default_emissiveFactor)) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("emissiveFactor", + material.emissiveFactor, o); + } + + { + json pbrMetallicRoughness; + SerializeGltfPbrMetallicRoughness(material.pbrMetallicRoughness, + pbrMetallicRoughness); + // Issue 204 + // Do not serialize `pbrMetallicRoughness` if pbrMetallicRoughness has all + // default values(json is null). Otherwise it will serialize to + // `pbrMetallicRoughness : null`, which cannot be read by other glTF + // importers(and validators). + // + if (!JsonIsNull(pbrMetallicRoughness)) { + JsonAddMember(o, "pbrMetallicRoughness", std::move(pbrMetallicRoughness)); + } + } + +#if 0 // legacy way. just for the record. + if (material.values.size()) { + json pbrMetallicRoughness; + SerializeParameterMap(material.values, pbrMetallicRoughness); + JsonAddMember(o, "pbrMetallicRoughness", std::move(pbrMetallicRoughness)); + } + + SerializeParameterMap(material.additionalValues, o); +#else + +#endif + + SerializeExtensionMap(material.extensions, o); + + if (material.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", material.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfMesh(Mesh &mesh, json &o) { + json primitives; + JsonReserveArray(primitives, mesh.primitives.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < mesh.primitives.size(); ++i) { + json primitive; + const Primitive &gltfPrimitive = mesh.primitives[i]; // don't make a copy + { + json attributes; + for (auto attrIt = gltfPrimitive.attributes.begin(); + attrIt != gltfPrimitive.attributes.end(); ++attrIt) { + SerializeNumberProperty(attrIt->first, attrIt->second, attributes); + } + + JsonAddMember(primitive, "attributes", std::move(attributes)); + } + + // Indicies is optional + if (gltfPrimitive.indices > -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("indices", gltfPrimitive.indices, primitive); + } + // Material is optional + if (gltfPrimitive.material > -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("material", gltfPrimitive.material, + primitive); + } + SerializeNumberProperty("mode", gltfPrimitive.mode, primitive); + + // Morph targets + if (gltfPrimitive.targets.size()) { + json targets; + JsonReserveArray(targets, gltfPrimitive.targets.size()); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < gltfPrimitive.targets.size(); ++k) { + json targetAttributes; + std::map targetData = gltfPrimitive.targets[k]; + for (std::map::iterator attrIt = targetData.begin(); + attrIt != targetData.end(); ++attrIt) { + SerializeNumberProperty(attrIt->first, attrIt->second, + targetAttributes); + } + JsonPushBack(targets, std::move(targetAttributes)); + } + JsonAddMember(primitive, "targets", std::move(targets)); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(gltfPrimitive.extensions, primitive); + + if (gltfPrimitive.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", gltfPrimitive.extras, primitive); + } + + JsonPushBack(primitives, std::move(primitive)); + } + + JsonAddMember(o, "primitives", std::move(primitives)); + + if (mesh.weights.size()) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("weights", mesh.weights, o); + } + + if (mesh.name.size()) { + SerializeStringProperty("name", mesh.name, o); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(mesh.extensions, o); + if (mesh.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", mesh.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeSpotLight(SpotLight &spot, json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("innerConeAngle", spot.innerConeAngle, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("outerConeAngle", spot.outerConeAngle, o); + SerializeExtensionMap(spot.extensions, o); + if (spot.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", spot.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfLight(Light &light, json &o) { + if (!light.name.empty()) SerializeStringProperty("name", light.name, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("intensity", light.intensity, o); + if (light.range > 0.0) { + SerializeNumberProperty("range", light.range, o); + } + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("color", light.color, o); + SerializeStringProperty("type", light.type, o); + if (light.type == "spot") { + json spot; + SerializeSpotLight(light.spot, spot); + JsonAddMember(o, "spot", std::move(spot)); + } + SerializeExtensionMap(light.extensions, o); + if (light.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", light.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfNode(Node &node, json &o) { + if (node.translation.size() > 0) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("translation", node.translation, o); + } + if (node.rotation.size() > 0) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("rotation", node.rotation, o); + } + if (node.scale.size() > 0) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("scale", node.scale, o); + } + if (node.matrix.size() > 0) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("matrix", node.matrix, o); + } + if (node.mesh != -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("mesh", node.mesh, o); + } + + if (node.skin != -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("skin", node.skin, o); + } + + if (node.camera != -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("camera", node.camera, o); + } + + if (node.weights.size() > 0) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("weights", node.weights, o); + } + + if (node.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", node.extras, o); + } + + SerializeExtensionMap(node.extensions, o); + if (!node.name.empty()) SerializeStringProperty("name", node.name, o); + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("children", node.children, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfSampler(Sampler &sampler, json &o) { + if (sampler.magFilter != -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("magFilter", sampler.magFilter, o); + } + if (sampler.minFilter != -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("minFilter", sampler.minFilter, o); + } + // SerializeNumberProperty("wrapR", sampler.wrapR, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("wrapS", sampler.wrapS, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("wrapT", sampler.wrapT, o); + + if (sampler.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", sampler.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfOrthographicCamera(const OrthographicCamera &camera, + json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("zfar", camera.zfar, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("znear", camera.znear, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("xmag", camera.xmag, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("ymag", camera.ymag, o); + + if (camera.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", camera.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfPerspectiveCamera(const PerspectiveCamera &camera, + json &o) { + SerializeNumberProperty("zfar", camera.zfar, o); + SerializeNumberProperty("znear", camera.znear, o); + if (camera.aspectRatio > 0) { + SerializeNumberProperty("aspectRatio", camera.aspectRatio, o); + } + + if (camera.yfov > 0) { + SerializeNumberProperty("yfov", camera.yfov, o); + } + + if (camera.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", camera.extras, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfCamera(const Camera &camera, json &o) { + SerializeStringProperty("type", camera.type, o); + if (!camera.name.empty()) { + SerializeStringProperty("name", camera.name, o); + } + + if (camera.type.compare("orthographic") == 0) { + json orthographic; + SerializeGltfOrthographicCamera(camera.orthographic, orthographic); + JsonAddMember(o, "orthographic", std::move(orthographic)); + } else if (camera.type.compare("perspective") == 0) { + json perspective; + SerializeGltfPerspectiveCamera(camera.perspective, perspective); + JsonAddMember(o, "perspective", std::move(perspective)); + } else { + // ??? + } + + if (camera.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", camera.extras, o); + } + SerializeExtensionMap(camera.extensions, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfScene(Scene &scene, json &o) { + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("nodes", scene.nodes, o); + + if (scene.name.size()) { + SerializeStringProperty("name", scene.name, o); + } + if (scene.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", scene.extras, o); + } + SerializeExtensionMap(scene.extensions, o); +} + +static void SerializeGltfSkin(Skin &skin, json &o) { + // required + SerializeNumberArrayProperty("joints", skin.joints, o); + + if (skin.inverseBindMatrices >= 0) { + SerializeNumberProperty("inverseBindMatrices", skin.inverseBindMatrices, o); + } + + if (skin.skeleton >= 0) { + SerializeNumberProperty("skeleton", skin.skeleton, o); + } + + if (skin.name.size()) { + SerializeStringProperty("name", skin.name, o); + } +} + +static void SerializeGltfTexture(Texture &texture, json &o) { + if (texture.sampler > -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("sampler", texture.sampler, o); + } + if (texture.source > -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("source", texture.source, o); + } + if (texture.name.size()) { + SerializeStringProperty("name", texture.name, o); + } + if (texture.extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", texture.extras, o); + } + SerializeExtensionMap(texture.extensions, o); +} + +/// +/// Serialize all properties except buffers and images. +/// +static void SerializeGltfModel(Model *model, json &o) { + // ACCESSORS + if (model->accessors.size()) { + json accessors; + JsonReserveArray(accessors, model->accessors.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->accessors.size(); ++i) { + json accessor; + SerializeGltfAccessor(model->accessors[i], accessor); + JsonPushBack(accessors, std::move(accessor)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "accessors", std::move(accessors)); + } + + // ANIMATIONS + if (model->animations.size()) { + json animations; + JsonReserveArray(animations, model->animations.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->animations.size(); ++i) { + if (model->animations[i].channels.size()) { + json animation; + SerializeGltfAnimation(model->animations[i], animation); + JsonPushBack(animations, std::move(animation)); + } + } + + JsonAddMember(o, "animations", std::move(animations)); + } + + // ASSET + json asset; + SerializeGltfAsset(model->asset, asset); + JsonAddMember(o, "asset", std::move(asset)); + + // BUFFERVIEWS + if (model->bufferViews.size()) { + json bufferViews; + JsonReserveArray(bufferViews, model->bufferViews.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->bufferViews.size(); ++i) { + json bufferView; + SerializeGltfBufferView(model->bufferViews[i], bufferView); + JsonPushBack(bufferViews, std::move(bufferView)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "bufferViews", std::move(bufferViews)); + } + + // Extensions required + if (model->extensionsRequired.size()) { + SerializeStringArrayProperty("extensionsRequired", + model->extensionsRequired, o); + } + + // MATERIALS + if (model->materials.size()) { + json materials; + JsonReserveArray(materials, model->materials.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->materials.size(); ++i) { + json material; + SerializeGltfMaterial(model->materials[i], material); + + if (JsonIsNull(material)) { + // Issue 294. + // `material` does not have any required parameters + // so the result may be null(unmodified) when all material parameters + // have default value. + // + // null is not allowed thus we create an empty JSON object. + JsonSetObject(material); + } + JsonPushBack(materials, std::move(material)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "materials", std::move(materials)); + } + + // MESHES + if (model->meshes.size()) { + json meshes; + JsonReserveArray(meshes, model->meshes.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->meshes.size(); ++i) { + json mesh; + SerializeGltfMesh(model->meshes[i], mesh); + JsonPushBack(meshes, std::move(mesh)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "meshes", std::move(meshes)); + } + + // NODES + if (model->nodes.size()) { + json nodes; + JsonReserveArray(nodes, model->nodes.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->nodes.size(); ++i) { + json node; + SerializeGltfNode(model->nodes[i], node); + JsonPushBack(nodes, std::move(node)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "nodes", std::move(nodes)); + } + + // SCENE + if (model->defaultScene > -1) { + SerializeNumberProperty("scene", model->defaultScene, o); + } + + // SCENES + if (model->scenes.size()) { + json scenes; + JsonReserveArray(scenes, model->scenes.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->scenes.size(); ++i) { + json currentScene; + SerializeGltfScene(model->scenes[i], currentScene); + JsonPushBack(scenes, std::move(currentScene)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "scenes", std::move(scenes)); + } + + // SKINS + if (model->skins.size()) { + json skins; + JsonReserveArray(skins, model->skins.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->skins.size(); ++i) { + json skin; + SerializeGltfSkin(model->skins[i], skin); + JsonPushBack(skins, std::move(skin)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "skins", std::move(skins)); + } + + // TEXTURES + if (model->textures.size()) { + json textures; + JsonReserveArray(textures, model->textures.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->textures.size(); ++i) { + json texture; + SerializeGltfTexture(model->textures[i], texture); + JsonPushBack(textures, std::move(texture)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "textures", std::move(textures)); + } + + // SAMPLERS + if (model->samplers.size()) { + json samplers; + JsonReserveArray(samplers, model->samplers.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->samplers.size(); ++i) { + json sampler; + SerializeGltfSampler(model->samplers[i], sampler); + JsonPushBack(samplers, std::move(sampler)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "samplers", std::move(samplers)); + } + + // CAMERAS + if (model->cameras.size()) { + json cameras; + JsonReserveArray(cameras, model->cameras.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->cameras.size(); ++i) { + json camera; + SerializeGltfCamera(model->cameras[i], camera); + JsonPushBack(cameras, std::move(camera)); + } + JsonAddMember(o, "cameras", std::move(cameras)); + } + + // EXTENSIONS + SerializeExtensionMap(model->extensions, o); + + auto extensionsUsed = model->extensionsUsed; + + // LIGHTS as KHR_lights_punctual + if (model->lights.size()) { + json lights; + JsonReserveArray(lights, model->lights.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->lights.size(); ++i) { + json light; + SerializeGltfLight(model->lights[i], light); + JsonPushBack(lights, std::move(light)); + } + json khr_lights_cmn; + JsonAddMember(khr_lights_cmn, "lights", std::move(lights)); + json ext_j; + + { + json_const_iterator it; + if (FindMember(o, "extensions", it)) { + JsonAssign(ext_j, GetValue(it)); + } + } + + JsonAddMember(ext_j, "KHR_lights_punctual", std::move(khr_lights_cmn)); + + JsonAddMember(o, "extensions", std::move(ext_j)); + + // Also add "KHR_lights_punctual" to `extensionsUsed` + { + auto has_khr_lights_punctual = + std::find_if(extensionsUsed.begin(), extensionsUsed.end(), + [](const std::string &s) { + return (s.compare("KHR_lights_punctual") == 0); + }); + + if (has_khr_lights_punctual == extensionsUsed.end()) { + extensionsUsed.push_back("KHR_lights_punctual"); + } + } + } + + // Extensions used + if (extensionsUsed.size()) { + SerializeStringArrayProperty("extensionsUsed", extensionsUsed, o); + } + + // EXTRAS + if (model->extras.Type() != NULL_TYPE) { + SerializeValue("extras", model->extras, o); + } +} + +static bool WriteGltfStream(std::ostream &stream, const std::string &content) { + stream << content << std::endl; + return true; +} + +static bool WriteGltfFile(const std::string &output, + const std::string &content) { +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if defined(_MSC_VER) + std::ofstream gltfFile(UTF8ToWchar(output).c_str()); +#elif defined(__GLIBCXX__) + int file_descriptor = _wopen(UTF8ToWchar(output).c_str(), + _O_CREAT | _O_WRONLY | _O_TRUNC | _O_BINARY); + __gnu_cxx::stdio_filebuf wfile_buf( + file_descriptor, std::ios_base::out | std::ios_base::binary); + std::ostream gltfFile(&wfile_buf); + if (!wfile_buf.is_open()) return false; +#else + std::ofstream gltfFile(output.c_str()); + if (!gltfFile.is_open()) return false; +#endif +#else + std::ofstream gltfFile(output.c_str()); + if (!gltfFile.is_open()) return false; +#endif + return WriteGltfStream(gltfFile, content); +} + +static bool WriteBinaryGltfStream(std::ostream &stream, + const std::string &content, + const std::vector &binBuffer) { + const std::string header = "glTF"; + const int version = 2; + + const uint32_t content_size = uint32_t(content.size()); + const uint32_t binBuffer_size = uint32_t(binBuffer.size()); + // determine number of padding bytes required to ensure 4 byte alignment + const uint32_t content_padding_size = + content_size % 4 == 0 ? 0 : 4 - content_size % 4; + const uint32_t bin_padding_size = + binBuffer_size % 4 == 0 ? 0 : 4 - binBuffer_size % 4; + + // 12 bytes for header, JSON content length, 8 bytes for JSON chunk info. + // Chunk data must be located at 4-byte boundary, which may require padding + const uint32_t length = + 12 + 8 + content_size + content_padding_size + + (binBuffer_size ? (8 + binBuffer_size + bin_padding_size) : 0); + + stream.write(header.c_str(), std::streamsize(header.size())); + stream.write(reinterpret_cast(&version), sizeof(version)); + stream.write(reinterpret_cast(&length), sizeof(length)); + + // JSON chunk info, then JSON data + const uint32_t model_length = uint32_t(content.size()) + content_padding_size; + const uint32_t model_format = 0x4E4F534A; + stream.write(reinterpret_cast(&model_length), + sizeof(model_length)); + stream.write(reinterpret_cast(&model_format), + sizeof(model_format)); + stream.write(content.c_str(), std::streamsize(content.size())); + + // Chunk must be multiplies of 4, so pad with spaces + if (content_padding_size > 0) { + const std::string padding = std::string(size_t(content_padding_size), ' '); + stream.write(padding.c_str(), std::streamsize(padding.size())); + } + if (binBuffer.size() > 0) { + // BIN chunk info, then BIN data + const uint32_t bin_length = uint32_t(binBuffer.size()) + bin_padding_size; + const uint32_t bin_format = 0x004e4942; + stream.write(reinterpret_cast(&bin_length), + sizeof(bin_length)); + stream.write(reinterpret_cast(&bin_format), + sizeof(bin_format)); + stream.write(reinterpret_cast(binBuffer.data()), + std::streamsize(binBuffer.size())); + // Chunksize must be multiplies of 4, so pad with zeroes + if (bin_padding_size > 0) { + const std::vector padding = + std::vector(size_t(bin_padding_size), 0); + stream.write(reinterpret_cast(padding.data()), + std::streamsize(padding.size())); + } + } + + // TODO: Check error on stream.write + return true; +} + +static bool WriteBinaryGltfFile(const std::string &output, + const std::string &content, + const std::vector &binBuffer) { +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if defined(_MSC_VER) + std::ofstream gltfFile(UTF8ToWchar(output).c_str(), std::ios::binary); +#elif defined(__GLIBCXX__) + int file_descriptor = _wopen(UTF8ToWchar(output).c_str(), + _O_CREAT | _O_WRONLY | _O_TRUNC | _O_BINARY); + __gnu_cxx::stdio_filebuf wfile_buf( + file_descriptor, std::ios_base::out | std::ios_base::binary); + std::ostream gltfFile(&wfile_buf); +#else + std::ofstream gltfFile(output.c_str(), std::ios::binary); +#endif +#else + std::ofstream gltfFile(output.c_str(), std::ios::binary); +#endif + return WriteBinaryGltfStream(gltfFile, content, binBuffer); +} + +bool TinyGLTF::WriteGltfSceneToStream(Model *model, std::ostream &stream, + bool prettyPrint = true, + bool writeBinary = false) { + JsonDocument output; + + /// Serialize all properties except buffers and images. + SerializeGltfModel(model, output); + + // BUFFERS + std::vector binBuffer; + if (model->buffers.size()) { + json buffers; + JsonReserveArray(buffers, model->buffers.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->buffers.size(); ++i) { + json buffer; + if (writeBinary && i == 0 && model->buffers[i].uri.empty()) { + SerializeGltfBufferBin(model->buffers[i], buffer, binBuffer); + } else { + SerializeGltfBuffer(model->buffers[i], buffer); + } + JsonPushBack(buffers, std::move(buffer)); + } + JsonAddMember(output, "buffers", std::move(buffers)); + } + + // IMAGES + if (model->images.size()) { + json images; + JsonReserveArray(images, model->images.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->images.size(); ++i) { + json image; + + std::string dummystring = ""; + // UpdateImageObject need baseDir but only uses it if embeddedImages is + // enabled, since we won't write separate images when writing to a stream + // we + UpdateImageObject(model->images[i], dummystring, int(i), true, + &this->WriteImageData, this->write_image_user_data_); + SerializeGltfImage(model->images[i], image); + JsonPushBack(images, std::move(image)); + } + JsonAddMember(output, "images", std::move(images)); + } + + if (writeBinary) { + return WriteBinaryGltfStream(stream, JsonToString(output), binBuffer); + } else { + return WriteGltfStream(stream, JsonToString(output, prettyPrint ? 2 : -1)); + } + +} + +bool TinyGLTF::WriteGltfSceneToFile(Model *model, const std::string &filename, + bool embedImages = false, + bool embedBuffers = false, + bool prettyPrint = true, + bool writeBinary = false) { + JsonDocument output; + std::string defaultBinFilename = GetBaseFilename(filename); + std::string defaultBinFileExt = ".bin"; + std::string::size_type pos = + defaultBinFilename.rfind('.', defaultBinFilename.length()); + + if (pos != std::string::npos) { + defaultBinFilename = defaultBinFilename.substr(0, pos); + } + std::string baseDir = GetBaseDir(filename); + if (baseDir.empty()) { + baseDir = "./"; + } + /// Serialize all properties except buffers and images. + SerializeGltfModel(model, output); + + // BUFFERS + std::vector usedUris; + std::vector binBuffer; + if (model->buffers.size()) { + json buffers; + JsonReserveArray(buffers, model->buffers.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->buffers.size(); ++i) { + json buffer; + if (writeBinary && i == 0 && model->buffers[i].uri.empty()) { + SerializeGltfBufferBin(model->buffers[i], buffer, binBuffer); + } else if (embedBuffers) { + SerializeGltfBuffer(model->buffers[i], buffer); + } else { + std::string binSavePath; + std::string binUri; + if (!model->buffers[i].uri.empty() && + !IsDataURI(model->buffers[i].uri)) { + binUri = model->buffers[i].uri; + } else { + binUri = defaultBinFilename + defaultBinFileExt; + bool inUse = true; + int numUsed = 0; + while (inUse) { + inUse = false; + for (const std::string &usedName : usedUris) { + if (binUri.compare(usedName) != 0) continue; + inUse = true; + binUri = defaultBinFilename + std::to_string(numUsed++) + + defaultBinFileExt; + break; + } + } + } + usedUris.push_back(binUri); + binSavePath = JoinPath(baseDir, binUri); + if (!SerializeGltfBuffer(model->buffers[i], buffer, binSavePath, + binUri)) { + return false; + } + } + JsonPushBack(buffers, std::move(buffer)); + } + JsonAddMember(output, "buffers", std::move(buffers)); + } + + // IMAGES + if (model->images.size()) { + json images; + JsonReserveArray(images, model->images.size()); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < model->images.size(); ++i) { + json image; + + UpdateImageObject(model->images[i], baseDir, int(i), embedImages, + &this->WriteImageData, this->write_image_user_data_); + SerializeGltfImage(model->images[i], image); + JsonPushBack(images, std::move(image)); + } + JsonAddMember(output, "images", std::move(images)); + } + + if (writeBinary) { + return WriteBinaryGltfFile(filename, JsonToString(output), binBuffer); + } else { + return WriteGltfFile(filename, JsonToString(output, (prettyPrint ? 2 : -1))); + } + +} + +} // namespace tinygltf + +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +#endif // TINYGLTF_IMPLEMENTATION diff --git a/src/utilities.h b/src/utilities.h index abb4f27c..d167117d 100644 --- a/src/utilities.h +++ b/src/utilities.h @@ -13,6 +13,14 @@ #define TWO_PI 6.2831853071795864769252867665590057683943f #define SQRT_OF_ONE_THIRD 0.5773502691896257645091487805019574556476f #define EPSILON 0.00001f +#define EPSILON_REF 0.01f + +class GuiDataContainer +{ +public: + GuiDataContainer() : TracedDepth(0) {} + int TracedDepth; +}; namespace utilityCore { extern float clamp(float f, float min, float max);